Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 28, 2014.

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

 

¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Or

 

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

Or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Or

 

¨ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report                     

For the transition period from N/A to N/A

Commission file number: 001-14930

HSBC Holdings plc

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

N/A   United Kingdom
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)   (Jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation)

8 Canada Square

London E14 5HQ

United Kingdom

(Address of principal executive offices)

Russell C Picot

8 Canada Square

London E14 5HQ

United Kingdom

Tel +44 (0) 20 7991 8888

Fax +44 (0) 20 7992 4880

(Name, Telephone, Email and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:

 

Title of each class

  

Name of each exchange on which registered

Ordinary Shares, nominal value US$0.50 each.    London Stock Exchange
   Hong Kong Stock Exchange
   Euronext Paris
   Bermuda Stock Exchange
   New York Stock Exchange*

American Depository Shares, each representing 5

Ordinary Shares of nominal value US$0.50 each.

   New York Stock Exchange

6.20% Non-Cumulative Dollar Preference Shares,

Series A

   New York Stock Exchange*

American Depositary Shares evidenced by American

Depositary receipts, each representing one-

fortieth of a Share of 6.20% Non-Cumulative Dollar

Preference Shares, Series A

   New York Stock Exchange
5.10% Senior Unsecured Notes Due 2021    New York Stock Exchange
4.00% Senior Unsecured Notes Due 2022    New York Stock Exchange
4.875% Senior Unsecured Notes Due 2022    New York Stock Exchange
7.625% Subordinated Notes due 2032    New York Stock Exchange
7.35% Subordinated Notes due 2032    New York Stock Exchange
6.5% Subordinated Notes 2036    New York Stock Exchange
6.5% Subordinated Notes 2037    New York Stock Exchange
6.8% Subordinated Notes Due 2038    New York Stock Exchange
6.100% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2042    New York Stock Exchange

8.125% Perpetual Subordinated Capital Securities

Exchangeable at the Issuer’s Option into Non-

Cumulative Dollar Preference Shares

   New York Stock Exchange

8.00% Perpetual Subordinated Capital Securities

Exchangeable at the Issuer’s Option into Non-

Cumulative Dollar Preference Shares, Series 2

   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934: None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:

Ordinary Shares, nominal value US$0.50 each                                              18,830,007,039

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

þ Yes ¨ No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

¨ Yes þ No.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

þ Yes ¨ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

¨ Yes ¨ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer þ   Accelerated filer ¨   Non-accelerated filer ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP  ¨   International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board þ
  Other  ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

¨ Item 17  ¨ Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

¨ Yes þ No

 

* Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Annual Report and Accounts 2013

  

 

Certain defined terms

Unless the context requires otherwise, ‘HSBC Holdings’ means HSBC Holdings plc and ‘HSBC’, the ‘Group’, ‘we’, ‘us’ and ‘our’ refer to HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiaries. Within this document the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China is referred to as ‘Hong Kong’. When used in the terms ‘shareholders’ equity’ and ‘total shareholders’ equity’, ‘shareholders’ means holders of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares and those preference shares classified as equity. The abbreviations ‘US$m’ and ‘US$bn’ represent millions and billions (thousands of millions) of US dollars, respectively.

Financial statements

The consolidated financial statements of HSBC and the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) and as endorsed by the European Union (‘EU’). EU-endorsed IFRSs could differ from IFRSs as issued by the IASB if, at any point in time, new or amended IFRSs were not to be endorsed by the EU. At 31 December 2013, there were no unendorsed standards effective for the year ended 31 December 2013 affecting these consolidated and separate financial statements, and there was no difference between IFRSs endorsed by the EU and IFRSs issued by the IASB in terms of their application to HSBC. Accordingly, HSBC’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013 are prepared in accordance with IFRSs as issued by the IASB.

We use the US dollar as our presentation currency because the US dollar and currencies linked to it form the major currency bloc in which we transact and fund our business. Unless otherwise stated, the information presented in this document has been prepared in accordance with IFRSs.

When reference to ‘underlying’ is made in tables or commentaries, the comparative information has been expressed at constant currency (see page 47), the impact of fair value movements in respect of credit spread changes on HSBC’s own debt has been eliminated and the effects of acquisitions, disposals and dilutions have been adjusted as reconciled on page 50. Underlying return on risk-weighted assets (‘RoRWA’) is defined and reconciled on page 71.

Contents

 

 

Strategic Report

  

Who we are

     1   

Our purpose

     1   

Highlights of 2013

     2   

Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements

     2a   

Group Chairman’s Statement

     3   

Group Chief Executive’s Review

     6   

Value creation and long-term sustainability

     9   

Strategic priorities:

  

1 Grow the business and dividends

     13   

2 Implement Global Standards

     23   

3 Streamline processes and procedures

     30   

Risk overview

     36   

Rewarding performance

     42   

Report of the Directors

  

Financial Review

  

Financial summary 1

     47   

Global businesses 1

     77   

Products and services

     79   

Geographical regions 1

     96   

Disclosure controls

     129a   

Management’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting

     129a   

Other information

     130   

Legal proceedings and regulatory matters

     133b   

Regulation and supervision

     133k   

Disclosures pursuant to Section 13(r) of the Securities Exchange Act

     133v   

Risk 1

     134   

Capital 1

     298   

Corporate Governance 1

  

Corporate Governance Report

     329   

Biographies of Directors and senior management

     330   

Board of Directors

     338   

Board committees

     347   

Internal control

     364   

Statement on going concern

     367   

Employees

     367   

Directors’ Remuneration Report 1

     378   

Financial Statements 1

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     410   

Financial statements

     416   

Notes on the financial statements

     428   

Shareholder Information 1

  

Shareholder information

     565   

Glossary of accounting terms and US equivalents

     574   

Abbreviations

     575   

Glossary

     579   

Index

     588   

 

1 Detailed contents are provided on the referenced pages.
 

 


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report

  

 

Who we are

HSBC is one of the largest banking and financial services organisations in the world.

Customers:

54 million

Served by:

254,000 employees

Through four global businesses:

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

Commercial Banking

Global Banking and Markets

Global Private Banking

Located in:

75 countries and territories

Across six geographical regions:

Europe

Hong Kong

Rest of Asia-Pacific

Middle East and North Africa

North America

Latin America

Offices:

Over 6,300

Global headquarters:

London

Market capitalisation:

US$207 billion

Listed on stock exchanges in:

London

Hong Kong

New York

Paris

Bermuda

Shareholders:

216,000 in 131 countries and territories

 

 

Cover images: internationalisation of the renminbi

The images show the views from HSBC’s head offices in Shanghai, Hong Kong and London – the three cities that are key to the development of China’s currency, the renminbi (‘RMB’). The growth of the RMB is set to be a defining theme of the 21st century. HSBC has RMB capabilities in over 50 countries and territories worldwide, where our customers can count on an expert service.

 

Our purpose

Our purpose is to be where the growth is, connecting customers to opportunities, enabling businesses to thrive and economies to prosper, and ultimately helping people to fulfil their hopes and realise their ambitions.

Our strategic priorities

We aim to be the world’s leading and most respected international bank. We will achieve this by focusing on the needs of our customers and the societies we serve, thereby delivering long-term sustainable value to all our stakeholders.

For 2011 to 2013, we defined strategic actions across three areas: capital deployment, organisation and cost efficiency, and growth. In May 2013, we announced a set of three interconnected and equally weighted priorities for 2014 to 2016 to help us deliver our strategy:

 

 

grow the business and dividends;

 

 

implement Global Standards; and

 

 

streamline processes and procedures.

These priorities form the basis for this Strategic Report . Each priority is interrelated, complementary and underpinned by initiatives within our day-to-day business. Together they create value for our customers and shareholders, and contribute to the long-term sustainability of HSBC.

A diagrammatic representation of the priorities and their related themes is provided on page 12.

How we measure performance

We track our progress in implementing our strategy with a range of financial and non-financial measures or key performance indicators. Specific targets have been set for the period 2014 to 2016 at both a Group level and for each of our global businesses and regions.

Rewarding performance

The remuneration of all staff within the Group, including executive Directors, is based on the achievement of financial and non-financial objectives. These objectives, which are aligned with the Group’s strategy, are detailed in individuals’ annual scorecards. To be considered for a variable pay award, an individual must have fully complied with HSBC Values.

For further information on HSBC Values, see page 25.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Highlights of 2013

 

Ø Profit before tax was up 9% to US$22.6bn on a reported basis. Underlying profit before tax was up 41% to US$21.6bn.

 

Ø Considerable progress in delivering on strategic priorities including the disposal or closure of a further 20 businesses and non-core investments announced in 2013, helping make HSBC easier to manage and control.
Ø Reinforced HSBC’s position as one of the best-capitalised banks in the world. Based on our current understanding of capital rules, we remain well-placed to meet expected future capital requirements.

 

Ø Dividends to shareholders increased to US$9.2bn as capital strength creates capacity for organic growth and allows us to increase the dividends paid.
 

 

LOGO

For a description of the difference between reported and underlying performance, see page 16.

For footnotes, see page 46.

 

2


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements

 

The Annual Report and Accounts 2013 contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to HSBC’s financial condition, results of operations, capital position and business.

Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about HSBC’s beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. Words such as ‘expects’, ‘anticipates’, ‘intends’, ‘plans’, ‘believes’, ‘seeks’, ‘estimates’, ‘potential’ and ‘reasonably possible’, variations of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are based on current plans, estimates and projections, and therefore undue reliance should not be placed on them. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. HSBC makes no commitment to revise or update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring or existing after the date of any forward-looking statements.

Written and/or oral forward-looking statements may also be made in the periodic reports to the US Securities and Exchange Commission, summary financial statements to shareholders, proxy statements, offering circulars and prospectuses, press releases and other written materials, and in oral statements made by HSBC’s Directors, officers or employees to third parties, including financial analysts.

Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties. Readers are cautioned that a number of factors could cause actual results to differ, in some instances materially, from those anticipated or implied in any forward-looking statement. These include, but are not limited to:

 

 

changes in general economic conditions in the markets in which we operate, such as continuing or deepening recessions and fluctuations in employment beyond those factored into consensus forecasts; changes in foreign exchange rates and interest rates; volatility in equity markets; lack of liquidity in wholesale funding markets; illiquidity and downward price pressure in national real estate markets; adverse changes in central banks’ policies with respect to the provision of liquidity support to financial markets; heightened market concerns over sovereign creditworthiness in over-indebted countries; adverse changes in the funding status

   

of public or private defined benefit pensions; and consumer perception as to the continuing availability of credit and price competition in the market segments we serve;

 

 

changes in government policy and regulation, including the monetary, interest rate and other policies of central banks and other regulatory authorities; initiatives to change the size, scope of activities and interconnectedness of financial institutions in connection with the implementation of stricter regulation of financial institutions in key markets worldwide; revised capital and liquidity benchmarks which could serve to deleverage bank balance sheets and lower returns available from the current business model and portfolio mix; imposition of levies or taxes designed to change business mix and risk appetite; the practices, pricing or responsibilities of financial institutions serving their consumer markets; expropriation, nationalisation, confiscation of assets and changes in legislation relating to foreign ownership; changes in bankruptcy legislation in the principal markets in which we operate and the consequences thereof; general changes in government policy that may significantly influence investor decisions; extraordinary government actions as a result of current market turmoil; other unfavourable political or diplomatic developments producing social instability or legal uncertainty which in turn may affect demand for our products and services; the costs, effects and outcomes of product regulatory reviews, actions or litigation, including any additional compliance requirements; and the effects of competition in the markets where we operate including increased competition from non-bank financial services companies, including securities firms; and

 

 

factors specific to HSBC, including discretionary RWA growth and our success in adequately identifying the risks we face, such as the incidence of loan losses or delinquency, and managing those risks (through account management, hedging and other techniques). Effective risk management depends on, among other things, our ability through stress testing and other techniques to prepare for events that cannot be captured by the statistical models it uses; and our success in addressing operational, legal and regulatory, and litigation challenges, notably compliance with the DPA.

 

 

2a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Group Chairman’s Statement

 

LOGO

Against the welcome backdrop of generally improving economic conditions, we significantly progressed the reshaping of HSBC during 2013. The focus of these efforts was two-fold; alongside concentrating on capturing the high quality opportunities from and within our increasingly distinctive international network and diversified business model we strove to improve risk management and control through eliminating or restructuring businesses with higher inherent risk characteristics. The combination of our commitment to implementing Global Standards, addressing regulatory changes and managing increased capital discipline has driven a fundamental review of all aspects of our business. I have no doubt that a stronger HSBC is emerging from this process. The Group Chief Executive’s Review gives greater detail of the progress made on this journey and draws out the key elements of HSBC’s performance in 2013.

If there is one thing to highlight from all the work being done, it is the recognition of the benefits to our customers of the connectivity we can deliver across geographies and through our universal banking model. As we reshape HSBC we shall not lose sight of the importance of these network benefits or of the fact that this network has taken close to 150 years to build.

Nowhere is this more evident than in our businesses facilitating cross-border investment and trade activities. Our geographic presence, which straddles both the key developed Western economies and the most important markets in Asia, Latin America and the Middle East, adds both comparative advantage and resilience to our competitive positioning.

China finished the year with record trade figures, thereby becoming the largest trading nation in the world, and it is fitting that the cover of this year’s Annual Report features the three cities where HSBC’s trade credentials were established in 1865 and which are now playing key roles in the internationalisation of the renminbi, namely Shanghai, Hong Kong and London.

Performance in 2013

HSBC’s performance in 2013 was reassuringly sound across our main business areas with good underlying momentum in areas of targeted investment.

Pre-tax profit on a reported basis was US$22.6 billion, 9% or US$1.9 billion higher than that reported in 2012. On an underlying basis, profit before tax was 41% (US$6.3 billion) ahead of last year, driven primarily by welcome reductions in loan impairment charges as well as in fines and penalties and customer redress costs.

These improvements flow in large part from the re-positioning of the Group and from enhanced risk controls given effect over the last three years.

Earnings per share of US$0.84 compared with US$0.74 in 2012. Shareholders’ equity stood at US$181.9 billion, some US$6.6 billion higher than at the start of the year. The Group’s market capitalisation rose over the year by US$13 billion and at US$207 billion exceeded shareholders’ equity by US$25 billion or 14%.

Continuing strong capital generation from operating results, together with the favourable effect of the ongoing run-off of exit portfolios and non-core disposals, lifted our core tier 1 ratio to 13.6% compared with 12.3% at the start of the year.

Taking account of our strong capital position and earnings performance, the Board has approved a fourth interim dividend in respect of 2013 of US$0.19 per share, as against US$0.18 per share in 2012. The Board intends to maintain the first three quarterly interim dividends in respect of 2014 at US$0.10 per share. Total dividends in respect of 2013 of US$0.49 per share were 9% or US$0.04 higher than in 2012, amounting to US$9.2 billion in aggregate, an increase in pay-out of US$0.9 billion.

Once again in 2013, the British Government increased the rate of the bank levy imposed on the consolidated balance sheets of UK domiciled banks and expanded the scope of the levy. This increased the cost to HSBC in 2013 by US$321 million, taking the levy for the year to US$904 million, of which US$484 million related to non-UK banking activity. The impact of the levy represented US$0.05 per share

 

 

3


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

which would otherwise have been available for distribution to shareholders or retained to strengthen the capital base or support incremental growth.

Global Standards and regulatory change

In the current public policy debates about how best to restore and expand economic growth, two themes critical to our industry stand out. First, how to prevent another financial crisis and what tools are needed to minimise the cost to society should one occur. Second, how to achieve a better balance between economic activity and a more equitable distribution of the economic growth that is generated in the future.

We are clear that through building the further resilience mandated by global regulatory changes and by implementing and adhering to global standards in all aspects of compliance, we can address both sets of objectives and build a more sustainable future for HSBC. Much has been done but there is much still to do.

The Group Chief Executive’s Review highlights the priority we give to this agenda. It remains the key focus of the Board’s governance of executive performance. In executing these responsibilities, the Board is also acutely aware of its commitments under the Deferred Prosecution Agreement and associated regulatory undertakings entered into in December 2012. As reported at our interim results, Michael Cherkasky, the Monitor appointed to evaluate and report upon the effectiveness of the Group’s AML and sanctions compliance function and HSBC’s progress in meeting its remedial obligations, commenced his work in July last year. The Board, both directly and through its Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee, has established a good working relationship with the Monitor in order to support him and his team in the execution of their assignment.

Responding to heightened standards

Sustainable success in banking is founded upon meeting the expectations of society. Fundamentally, this means delivering transparent and fair outcomes to our customers. It also means avoiding any perception of self-interest by ensuring there is a proper division of value between providers and consumers of financial products and services. While regulatory changes seek to address the framework supporting these outcomes, responsibility and accountability rest with the industry itself, and ultimately with the management and boards of individual institutions. We understand this and strive to be seen as proactively responsive to rising expectations. We made good progress in 2013 in this regard. In particular, we redesigned the compensation frameworks in Retail

Banking and Wealth Management around the customer, so that from the start of 2014 we have removed the link between financial reward opportunity and product sales for substantially all of our staff in our retail and wealth businesses. We have also stepped up the Board’s governance oversight over conduct and behavioural issues, and I deal with this later.

Board changes

It is critical to all we do that we have the breadth and depth of experience on the Board necessary to provide effective governance and challenge. As we refresh the Board to take account of planned retirements, we seek to add skills and experience complementary to those already on the Board in order to strengthen the range of oversight competences within the Board. Through the Nomination Committee we look up to two years ahead to identify a pipeline of suitable candidates and I am hugely encouraged by the quality of individuals we are able to identify and attract.

We shall be saying goodbye to two long-serving Directors later this year. Both John Coombe and James Hughes-Hallett have given outstanding service and commitment over their nine years on the Board and its Committees. They will not seek re-election at the AGM in May.

In his time on the Board, in addition to his measured contributions to Board discussions, John has brought a wealth of business and financial experience and expertise to the Group Audit Committee, which latterly he chaired, and to the Group Risk and Remuneration Committees. In these roles he has taken on a considerable workload and critical responsibilities throughout periods of significant economic and market uncertainty and major regulatory change. Upon his retirement it is proposed that John will be succeeded in his role as Chair of the Group Audit Committee by Renato Fassbind.

With his deep experience of managing a broad range of international businesses, notably in the Far East, James has brought a businessman’s perspective to the Board as well as detailed knowledge of both Hong Kong and mainland China. James has served with distinction on the Group Audit, Risk, Corporate Sustainability and Nomination Committees.

On behalf of the Board and shareholders, I want to take this opportunity to acknowledge their contribution to HSBC and record our appreciation and gratitude for their long and distinguished periods of service.

On 21 February we announced the appointment of a new Director to the Board.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Kathleen Casey , a former Commissioner of the US Securities and Exchange Commission (‘SEC’), will join the Board as an independent non-executive Director with effect from 1 March 2014. She will become a member of the Group Audit Committee and the Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee.

Kathleen served as an SEC Commissioner from 2006 to 2011, acting as the regulator’s principal representative in multilateral and bilateral regulatory dialogues including with the G-20 Financial Stability Board and the International Organisation of Securities Commissions. Before being appointed Commissioner, Kathleen spent 13 years on Capitol Hill, holding various positions including Staff Director and Counsel of the United States Senate Committee on Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs (2003-2006).

Kathleen brings to the Board a wealth of experience of financial services regulation gained though public service at a key time in the regulatory evolution of the sector. Her skills will complement well the diverse background and experience of the Board.

Governance changes

Recognising the benefits to be had from reinforcing the links between our major subsidiary boards and HSBC Holdings, the Board invited Rona Fairhead to extend her term of service on the Board and take on the Chairmanship of HSBC North America Holdings Inc. The Board was delighted when she accepted this invitation, taking on her new role with effect from the start of this year.

Finally, the Board considered in depth the conclusions and recommendations of the Parliamentary Commission on Banking Standards on conduct and behaviour in banks and concluded that the Board should expand and enhance its oversight of these areas. Accordingly, the Board has established a new Committee, the Conduct and Values Committee, into which will be folded much of what was done historically in the Group Corporate Sustainability Committee. I am delighted to report that Rachel Lomax has agreed to chair this new committee. Further details of its terms of reference and membership are set out on page 362.

Looking forward

As well as addressing the regulatory and governance challenges we face, it is essential to keep a sense of perspective and be able to focus on the significant opportunities arising from successful execution of our strategy. Let me outline four by way of illustration.

First, trade. HSBC was founded on financing trade and investment flows. By 2050 trade and capital flows between Asia, the Middle East and Latin America, in which we are well represented, could increase tenfold. The internationalisation of the renminbi, where HSBC is already the leading international bank, will amplify these opportunities.

Second, the world’s population is ageing, necessitating considerably greater privately funded retirement saving. HSBC’s research shows that globally some 48% of people have never saved for retirement and that 56% admit they are not preparing adequately.

Third, as the world’s population expands there is an urgent need to fund the technology and infrastructure investment that will deliver the energy, water and food needed to support the extra two billion people predicted to be living by 2050.

Fourth, we need to invest to bring to our customers the benefits available through smarter digital technology and richer data.

The above represent only some of the foreseeable changes to which banking needs to respond in order to enable our customers better to meet their financial needs and aspirations.

The opportunities are clear; HSBC’s commitment to be a trusted partner in the delivery of these opportunities lies at the heart of our strategy. Our ability to succeed lies in the strength and range of our networks and our universal banking model. The rest of this Strategic Report covers the detail of that strategy.

Finally, what we have achieved in 2013 and what we plan to do rests upon the dedication and commitment of our employees, the continuing support of our customers, counterparties and shareholders, the trust of our regulators and public confidence more generally. On behalf of the Board, I want to take this opportunity to thank our staff for all their efforts and their continuing loyalty to HSBC, and to commit to those we serve and those who regulate us that we are focused on continuing to earn their trust and deserve their confidence in HSBC.

 

LOGO

D J Flint, Group Chairman

24 February 2014

 

 

5


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Group Chief Executive’s Review

 

LOGO

2013 marked the end of the first stage of implementation of our strategy for HSBC. Throughout this three-year period we have worked constantly to reshape HSBC and improve returns. The Group today is leaner and simpler than in 2011 with strong potential for growth.

In 2011, I outlined a strategy to realise our purpose as a business and to establish HSBC as the world’s leading international bank. It aims to capitalise on two major trends: the continuing growth of international trade and capital flows; and wealth creation, particularly in Asia, the Middle East and Latin America. Over the last three years we have put this into action, pursuing more effective capital deployment, greater organisational efficiency and improved growth.

We have simplified HSBC considerably since 2011, initiating the disposal or closure of 63 non -strategic businesses or non-core investments, including 20 in 2013. This represents a potential reduction in risk-weighted assets of around US$95bn, equivalent to about 9% of 2010 year-end risk-weighted assets. To date, about US$90bn in risk-weighted assets have been released with, potentially, some US$5bn still to come.

We have transformed the way that we run the business, exerting pressure on costs and making it easier to manage and control. We have installed consistent business models, reshaped global businesses and global functions, and removed layers of management to give staff greater responsibility, improve decision making and remove bureaucracy. The number of full-time equivalent employees has been reduced from 295,000 at the start of 2011 to

254,000 at the end of 2013, primarily through disposals and our cost-reduction programmes. We achieved an additional US$1.5bn of sustainable cost savings bringing our total annualised sustainable cost savings to US$4.9bn since 2011. This comfortably exceeded our target of US$2.5-3.5bn and provides good momentum into 2014. On a constant currency basis and excluding UK customer redress and restructuring costs, operating expenses in 2013 were broadly flat compared to 2010. This demonstrates the impact of our sustainable cost savings and business disposals in broadly offsetting cost increases, which came primarily from inflationary pressures, the UK bank levy and investment in risk and compliance, as well as business initiatives.

We have positioned HSBC to capture international trade and capital flows, 90% of which go through markets covered by our international network. We have also sought to capitalise on the advantages that our unique network provides.

We have focused on our product capabilities to broaden client coverage, grown revenue through greater collaboration between global businesses and strengthened them through investment and senior hires in strategic markets such as Hong Kong, mainland China and Germany. We have also combined our market-leading position in Asia and our global reach to cement our position as the number one international bank for renminbi (‘RMB’) business in the world, as recognised by the 2013 Asiamoney Offshore RMB Services Survey. Our leadership in the Greater Chinese market continues to be reflected in our first place rankings in the dim sum bond issuance and Hong Kong M&A league tables for 2013, and the announcement that we are the first custodian bank to service London-based renminbi qualified foreign institutional investors.

Our presence in markets across all of the major global trade routes has enabled us to support clients with international growth ambitions. In 2013 alone, we launched funds in Canada, Egypt, France, Mexico, Turkey, the UAE, the UK and the US offering financing to help our internationally focused SME clients. We have continued to build our international network through investments in city clusters, notably in the US, mainland China and Germany. Our clients are also benefiting from the global network of China desks that we established to assist companies trading with and from mainland China.

We also helped many of our customers achieve their personal ambitions. For instance, in the UK we lent £3.8bn (US$6.0bn) to help more than 30,000 first-time buyers purchase their own home in 2013.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

We also provided greater convenience for our retail customers by rolling out new mobile applications across 25 key markets, with 2.5 million downloads in 2013.

Through actions like these we have already replaced approximately a third of the reduction in total revenue from disposals by growing our business since the start of 2011.

Although much progress has been made since 2011, we did not meet all of our targets by the end of 2013. Our reported cost efficiency ratio of 59.6% and return on equity of 9.2% in 2013 were both outside our target ranges, in part affected by continuing UK customer redress. In addition, there is further work required to grow our incremental wealth revenues to achieve our target of US$3bn in the medium term.

Performance

Our performance in 2013 was influenced by the strategic measures that we have taken since the start of 2011.

Reported profit before tax was US$22.6bn, US$1.9bn higher than 2012, and underlying profit before tax was US$21.6bn, US$6.3bn higher than last year. Underlying revenue grew 9% faster than costs in 2013.

Underlying profit before tax was higher in three out of our four global businesses and all of our regions, with the exception of Latin America where underlying profit before tax fell. Whilst our performance in Latin America was affected by slower economic growth and inflationary pressures, we made significant progress in repositioning our portfolios with a focus on our priority markets of Brazil, Mexico and Argentina.

In Commercial Banking, underlying profit before tax increased by 5%, driven by higher revenues and lower costs. Higher revenue reflected average balance sheet growth, partly offset by spread compression, together with higher lending fees and improved collaboration with our other global businesses. These factors were partially offset by higher loan impairment charges, notably in Latin America.

In Global Banking and Markets, underlying profit before tax increased by 15%. This was driven by higher revenue and significantly lower loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions. The increase in revenue was, in part, underpinned by a resilient performance in the majority of our customer-facing businesses.

In Retail Banking & Wealth Management underlying profit before tax increased by US$2.4bn as we made further progress in running-off the Consumer Mortgage and Lending (‘CML’) portfolio in North America, with the improvement in loan impairment charges more than offsetting the decline in revenue. Our Retail Banking & Wealth Management business excluding the US run-off portfolio benefited from lower UK customer redress charges and further sustainable cost savings, together with revenue growth, mainly in Hong Kong and Europe excluding the loss on sale of the HFC Bank secured lending portfolio.

We continued to address legacy issues and reposition our business model and client base in Global Private Banking, which in part resulted in a reduction in underlying profit before tax of US$0.7bn.

Our capital position strengthened over the year. Our core tier 1 ratio increased to 13.6% and our estimated CRD IV end point basis common equity tier 1 ratio increased to 10.9%. We remain well placed to meet expected future capital requirements, and will continue to review the evolution of the regulatory environment.

We continued to demonstrate our ability to generate capital to grow our business and to support our progressive dividend policy, cementing our status as one of the highest dividend payers in the FTSE.

Strategy – next phase

2014 marks the beginning of the next phase of strategy implementation. This will be a continuation of the work that we began in 2011, albeit with new goals informed by our experience of the past three years.

At our investor update in May we reaffirmed our return on equity target at 12-15% and modified our cost-efficiency target for 2014-16 to mid-50s. We also announced three strategic priorities for 2014-16, each of equal importance.

First, our strategy is designed to further grow the business and dividends. We will continue to recycle risk-weighted assets from lower return to higher return parts of the Group. Our capital strategy aims to increase dividends progressively. If we are unable to deploy the remaining capital ourselves in such a way that it provides incremental value for our shareholders, we may seek to neutralise the effect of scrip dividends through share buy-backs, subject to regulatory capital requirements and shareholder approval. We shall also continue to wind down and

 

 

7


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

thus reduce the impact of our portfolio of legacy businesses.

Second, we will continue to implement our Global Standards programme which we believe will increase the quality of the Group’s earnings. Global Standards governs all of our activity and will drive consistently high standards through HSBC globally. We have made substantial investment in risk and compliance capabilities across all businesses and regions to strengthen our response to the ongoing threat of financial crime, and will continue to do so. This is the right thing to do, in line with our values, and we believe that it will also become a source of competitive advantage.

Third, we aim to deliver a further US$2-3bn of sustainable savings by streamlining our processes and procedures without in any way compromising our commitment to compliance and Global Standards. There remains considerable scope within the business to globalise and simplify many of our operations and practices.

These priorities are essential to realising our vision of establishing HSBC as the world’s leading international bank.

Outlook

We remain of the view that the GDP of mainland China will grow by 7.4% this year, the UK by 2.6%, the USA by 2.5% and Western Europe by 1.2%.

Although there has been a sharp sell-off in some emerging markets, both when tapering was first talked of last June and more recently in January of this year, we see this as a reflection of specific circumstances rather than a generalised threat. The countries most affected have two common themes, large current account deficits and the uncertain outcomes arising from elections within a year. Other emerging markets such as Mexico have, by contrast, been upgraded by the rating agencies in the same period. Overall, we remain optimistic about the longer-term prospects of emerging markets and especially the opportunities for HSBC, which will arise from the anticipated material expansion in South-South trade and capital flows. In the short term, we stress the importance of differentiating within and between individual countries within the generic category of emerging markets. Nevertheless, we anticipate greater volatility in 2014 and choppy markets as adjustments are made to changing economic circumstances and sentiment.

 

LOGO

S T Gulliver, Group Chief Executive

24 February 2014

 

 

8


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Value creation and long-term sustainability

 

•  How we create value

 

     9       Through our principal activities – making payments, holding savings, providing finance and managing risks – we play a central role in society and in the economic system. Our target is to build and maintain a business which is sustainable in the long term.

•  Long-term sustainability

 

     10      

•  Our strategy

 

     11      

•  Our strategic priorities

    

 

12

 

  

 

  
               

In May 2013, we reinforced our vision for the long-term direction of HSBC first outlined in 2011, together with a clear strategy that will help us achieve it. It guides where and how we seek to compete. We constantly assess our progress against this strategy and provide regular updates to stakeholders.

 

 

How we create value

 

Banks, and the individuals within them, play a crucial role in the economic and social system, creating value for many parties in different ways. We provide a facility for customers to securely and conveniently deposit their savings. We allow funds to flow from savers and investors to borrowers, either directly or through the capital markets. The borrowers then use these loans or other forms of credit to buy goods or invest in businesses. By these means, we help the economy to convert savings which may be individually short-term into financing which is, in aggregate, longer term. We bring together investors and people looking for investment funding and we develop new financial products. We also facilitate personal and commercial transactions by acting as payment agent both within countries and internationally. Through these activities, we take on risks which we then manage and reflect in our prices.

Our direct lending includes residential and commercial mortgages and overdrafts, and term loan facilities. We finance importers and exporters engaged in international trade and provide advances to companies secured on amounts owed to them by their customers.

We also offer additional financial products and services including broking, asset management, financial advisory, life insurance, corporate finance, securities services and alternative investments. We make markets in financial assets so that investors have confidence in efficient pricing and the availability of buyers and sellers. We provide these products for clients ranging from governments to large and mid-market corporates, small and medium-sized enterprises, high net worth individuals and retail customers. We help customers raise financing from external investors in debt and equity capital markets. We create liquidity and price transparency in these securities allowing investors to buy and sell them on the secondary market. We exchange national currencies, helping international trade.

Value creation

 

LOGO

Our main products and services are described in more detail on page 79.

 

 

Our operating income is primarily derived from:

 

 

net interest income – interest income we earn on customer loans and advances and on our surplus funds, less interest expense we pay on interest-bearing customer accounts and debt securities in issue;

 

 

net fee income – fee income we earn from the provision of financial services and products to customers less fees we pay; and

 

 

net trading income – income from client driven trading activities primarily conducted in Markets, including Foreign Exchange, Credit, Rates and Equities trading.

 

 

 

9


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

We offer products that help a wide range of customers to manage their risks and exposures through, for example, life insurance and pension products for retail customers and receivables finance or documentary trade instruments for companies. Corporate customers also ask us to help with managing the financial risks arising in their businesses by employing our expertise and market access.

An important way of managing risks arising from changes in asset and liability values and movements in rates is provided by derivative products such as forwards, futures, swaps and options. In this connection, we are an active market-maker and derivative counterparty. Customers use derivatives to manage their risks, for example, by:

 

 

using forward foreign currency contracts to hedge their income from export sales or costs of imported materials;

 

 

using an inflation swap to hedge future inflation-linked liabilities, for example, for pension payments;

 

 

transforming variable payments of debt interest into fixed rate payments, or vice versa; or

 

 

providing investors with hedges against movements in markets or particular stocks.

We charge customers a margin, representing the difference between the price charged to the customer and the theoretical cost of executing an offsetting hedge in the market. We retain that margin, which represents a profit to the Group, at maturity of the transaction if the risk management of the position has been effective.

We then use derivatives along with other financial instruments to constrain the risks arising from customer business within risk limits. Normally, we will have customers both buying and selling relevant instruments so our focus is then on managing any residual risks through transactions with other dealers or professional counterparties. Where we do not fully hedge the residual risks we may gain or lose money as market movements affect the net value of the portfolio.

Stress tests and other risk management techniques are also used to ensure that potential losses remain within our risk appetite under a wide range of potential market scenarios.

In addition, we manage risks within HSBC, including those which arise from the business we do with customers.

For further information on our risk measures, see page 38, and on how we manage our own risks, see page 39.

Long-term sustainability

 

At HSBC, we understand that the success of our business is closely connected to the economic, environmental and social landscape in which we operate. For us, long-term corporate sustainability means achieving a sustainable return on equity and profit growth so that we can continue to reward shareholders and employees, build long-lasting relationships with customers and suppliers, pay taxes and duties in the countries in which we operate, and invest in communities for future growth. The way we do business is as important as what we do: our responsibilities to our customers, employees and shareholders as well as to the countries and communities in which we operate go far beyond simply being profitable.

Continuing financial success depends, in part, on our ability to identify and address environmental, social and ethical developments which present risks or opportunities for the business. It also depends on the consistent implementation of the highest standards everywhere we operate to detect, deter and protect against financial crime. Our response to these factors shapes our reputation, drives employee engagement and affects the riskiness of the business, and can help reduce costs and secure new revenue streams.

Our international spread and the long-established position of many of our businesses in HSBC’s home and priority growth markets, when combined with our wide-ranging portfolio of products and services, differentiate HSBC from our competitors and give our business and operating models an inherent resilience. This has enabled the Group to remain profitable and grow through the most turbulent of times for our industry, and we are confident that the models will continue to stand us in good stead in the future and will underpin the achievement of our strategic priorities.

Our business and operating models are described in more detail on page 13. For further information on our response to environmental and community issues, see page 34.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Our strategy

 

Long-term trends

Our strategy is aligned to two long-term trends:

 

 

The world economy is becoming ever more connected, with growth in world trade and cross-border capital flows continuing to outstrip growth in average gross domestic product. Over the next decade we expect 35 markets to generate 90% of world trade growth with a similar degree of concentration in cross-border capital flows.

 

 

Of the world’s top 30 economies, we expect those of Asia-Pacific, Latin America, the Middle East and Africa to have increased by around four-fold in size by 2050, benefiting from demographics and urbanisation. By this time they will be larger than those of Europe and North America combined. By 2050, we expect 18 of the 30 largest economies will be from Asia-Pacific, Latin America or the Middle East and Africa.

Competitive advantages

What matters in this environment are:

 

 

having an international network and global product capabilities to capture international trade and movements in capital; and

 

 

being able to take advantage of organic investment opportunities in the most attractive growth markets and maintaining the capacity to invest.

HSBC’s competitive advantages come from:

 

 

our meaningful presence in and long-term commitment to our key strategic markets;

 

our strong ability to add to our capital base while also providing competitive rewards to our staff and good returns to our shareholders;

 

 

our stable funding base, with about US$1.5 trillion of customer accounts of which 73% has been advanced to customers;

 

 

our business network, which covers over 90% of global trade and capital flows; and

 

 

our local balance sheet strength and trading capabilities in the most relevant financial hubs.

A two-part strategy

Based on these long-term trends and our competitive advantages, we have developed a two-part strategy:

 

 

A network of businesses connecting the world. HSBC is well positioned to capture growing international trade and capital flows. Our global reach and range of services place us in a strong position to serve clients as they grow from small enterprises into large multi-nationals through our Commercial Banking and Global Banking & Markets businesses.

 

 

Wealth management and retail with local scale. We will capture opportunities arising from social mobility and wealth creation in our priority growth markets across Asia-Pacific, Latin America and the Middle East, through our Premier proposition and Global Private Banking business. We will invest in full scale retail businesses only in markets where we can achieve profitable scale, namely in our home markets of the United Kingdom and Hong Kong.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Our strategic priorities

 

Our strategic priorities are designed to ensure we have a sustainable business for the long term.

 

Grow …    Implement …
Profit underpins long-term business sustainability and growing our profit is an integral part of our strategy. The conditions for creating value and generating profits are reflected in our business and operating models, which determine how our global businesses, geographical regions and functions interact. Delivering organic growth will support a progressive dividend.    A global bank needs global standards – consistent operating principles that are fundamental to the way we do business and which help us to detect, deter and protect against financial crime. Implementing Global Standards affects how we govern the Group, the nature of our core business and the performance, recognition and behaviours of all our people in managing high quality customer relationships. It starts with embedding our HSBC Values in everything we do.

 

LOGO

Streamline …

This initiative is critical to the long-term sustainability of our business. Society’s expectations of the financial services industry are evolving and becoming more demanding. At the same time, the digital revolution is reducing barriers to new entrants to the industry and markets are becoming increasingly competitive. In this environment, it is essential that we focus relentlessly on improving efficiency, ensuring that all parts of the Group streamline their processes and procedures and, as a consequence, reduce their costs. In doing so, we must remain cognisant of our wider obligations to the community, including human rights, and the environment.

 

12


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Strategic priority 1

Grow the business and dividends

 

•  Business model

 

     13      

Our targets are to:

 

1.   grow risk-weighted assets (‘RWA’s) in line with our organic investment criteria;

 

2.   progressively grow dividends and introduce share buy-backs as appropriate; and

 

3.   reduce the effect of legacy and non-strategic activities on our profit before tax and RWAs.

•  Operating model

 

     14      

•  Financial performance

    

 

16

 

  

 

  
Our success in meeting our targets is described on page 20.      

 

 

Business model

 

Our business model is based on an international network connecting and serving a cohesive portfolio of markets.

Our comprehensive range of banking and related financial services is provided by operating subsidiaries and associates. Services are primarily delivered by domestic banks, typically with local deposit bases.

The UK and Hong Kong are our home markets, and a further 20 countries form our priority growth markets (see table below). These 22 markets accounted for over 90% of our profit before tax in 2013, and are the primary focus of capital deployment. Network markets are markets with strong international relevance which serve to

complement our international spread, operating mainly through Commercial Banking and Global Banking and Markets. Our combination of home, priority growth and network markets covers around 85-90% of all international trade and financial flows.

The final category, small markets, includes those where our operations are of sufficient scale to operate profitably, or markets where we maintain representative offices.

Our legal entities are regulated by their local regulators and on a Group-wide basis we are regulated from the UK by the Prudential Regulation Authority (‘PRA’) for prudential matters (safety and soundness) and by the Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) for conduct (consumer and market protection).

 

 

HSBC’s market

 

LOGO

 

13


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Operating model

 

Our operating model is based on a matrix management structure comprising global businesses, geographical regions and global functions.

The matrix is overlaid on a legal entity structure headed by HSBC Holdings plc.

Holding company

HSBC Holdings, the holding company of the Group, is the primary source of equity capital for its subsidiaries and provides non-equity capital to them when necessary.

Under authority delegated by the Board of HSBC Holdings, the Group Management Board (‘GMB’) is responsible for the management and day-to-day running of the Group, within the risk

appetite set by the Board. GMB works to ensure that there are sufficient cash resources to pay dividends to shareholders, interest to bondholders, expenses and taxes.

HSBC Holdings does not provide core funding to any banking subsidiary, nor is a lender of last resort and does not carry out any banking business in its own right. Subsidiaries operate as separately capitalised entities implementing the Group strategy.

Matrix management structure

The following table lists our four global businesses, six geographical regions and 11 global functions, and summarises their responsibilities under HSBC’s matrix structure.

For details of our principal subsidiaries see Note 24 on the Financial Statements. A simplified Group structure chart is provided on page 570.

 

 

Matrix management structure

 

LOGO

 

14


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Global businesses

Our four global businesses are Retail Banking and Wealth Management (‘RBWM’), Commercial Banking (‘CMB’), Global Banking and Markets (‘GB&M’) and Global Private Banking (‘GPB’). They are responsible for developing, implementing and managing their business propositions consistently across the Group, focusing on profitability and efficiency. They set their strategies

within the parameters of the Group strategy in liaison with the geographical regions, are responsible for issuing planning guidance regarding their businesses, are accountable for their profit and loss performance, and manage their headcount.

The main business activities of our global business are summarised below, and their products and services on page 79.

 

 

Main business activities by global business and reported revenue 5 in 2013

 

LOGO

For footnotes, see page 46.

 

Investment criteria

Our investment criteria are governed by six filters. The first two filters – international connectivity and economic development – determine whether the business is strategically relevant. The next three filters – profitability, efficiency and liquidity – determine whether the financial position of the business is attractive. The sixth filter – the risk of financial crime – governs our activities in high risk jurisdictions, and is applied to protect us by restricting the scope of our business where appropriate.

Decisions over where to invest additional resources have three components:

 

 

Strategic – we will only invest in businesses aligned to our strategy, mostly in our 22 home and priority growth markets and in target businesses and clients;

 

 

Financial – the investment must be value accretive for the Group, and must meet minimum returns, revenue and cost hurdles; and

 

Risk – the investment must be consistent with our risk appetite.

Using the six filters in decision-making

 

LOGO

 

 

15


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Financial performance

 

Performance reflected underlying momentum in areas of targeted investment

Reported results

 

     2013           2012           2011  
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Net interest income

     35,539            37,672            40,662   

Net fee income

     16,434            16,430            17,160   

Other income

     12,672            14,228            14,458   

Net operating income 5

     64,645            68,330            72,280   

LICs 12

     (5,849         (8,311         (12,127

Net operating income

     58,796            60,019            60,153   

Total operating expenses

     (38,556         (42,927         (41,545

Operating profit

     20,240            17,092            18,608   

Income from associates 13

     2,325            3,557            3,264   

Profit before tax

     22,565            20,649            21,872   

For footnotes, see page 46.

Reported profit before tax of US$22.6bn in 2013 was US$1.9bn or 9% higher than in 2012. This was primarily due to lower adverse fair value movements of US$4.0bn on own debt designated at fair value resulting from changes in credit spreads and decreases in both loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (‘LICs’) of US$2.5bn and operating expenses of US$4.4bn. These factors were partially offset by lower gains (net of losses) from disposals and reclassifications of US$2.2bn, compared with US$7.8bn in 2012. Gains on disposals in 2013 included the gain of US$1.1bn on sale of our operations in Panama and US$1.1bn from the reclassification of Industrial Bank Co. Limited (‘Industrial Bank’) as a financial investment following its issue of share capital to third parties.

The Board approved a 6% increase in the final dividend in respect of 2013 to US$0.19 per share, US$0.01 higher than the final dividend in respect of 2012. Total dividends in respect of 2013 were US$9.2bn (US$0.49 per share), US$0.9bn higher than in 2012. The core tier 1 capital ratio strengthened from 12.3% to 13.6%, and the estimated CRD IV end point basis common equity tier 1 ratio also improved from 9.5% to 10.9%. This was driven by a combination of capital generation and a reduction in risk-weighted assets from management actions. Uncertainty remains, however, around the precise amount of capital that banks will be required to hold under CRD IV as key technical standards and consultations from regulatory authorities are pending. These include the levels, timing and interaction of CRD IV capital buffers and a review of the Pillar 2 framework.

Underlying performance

For further information on non-GAAP financial measures, see page 47.

 

 

From reported results to underlying performance

To arrive at underlying performance,

 

 

we adjust for the year-on-year effects of foreign currency translation;

 

 

we eliminate the fair value movements on our long-term debt attributable to credit spread (own credit spread) where the net result of such movements will be zero upon maturity of the debt; and

 

 

we adjust for acquisitions, disposals and changes of ownership levels of subsidiaries, associates and businesses, by eliminating the gain or loss on disposal in the year incurred and removing the operating profit or loss of the acquired and disposed of businesses from all years presented.

Reconciliations of our reported results to an underlying basis are provided in the Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission which is available on www.hsbc.com.

 

 

 

 

Underlying profit before tax

(US$bn)

   Profit attributable to ordinary
shareholders (US$m)
  

Earnings per share

(US$)

LOGO    LOGO    LOGO

 

16


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

On an underlying basis, profit before tax rose by 41% to US$21.6bn, primarily from higher net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (‘revenue’), lower LICs, notably in North America, Europe and Middle East and North Africa, and lower operating expenses, mainly from the non-recurrence of a charge in 2012 arising from US investigations and reduced charges relating to UK customer redress.

Underlying profit before tax in our global businesses rose with the exception of GPB which decreased by US$0.7bn to US$0.2bn as we continued to address legacy issues and reposition the customer base.

The following commentary is on an underlying basis.

Revenue across the Group was stable, underpinned by a resilient performance in GB&M and growth in CMB

Underlying revenue rose by US$1.7bn or 3% to US$63.3bn. This reflected a number of factors including net favourable fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges of US$0.8bn, a net gain recognised on completion of the disposal of our investment in Ping An of US$0.6bn offsetting the adverse fair value movements on the contingent forward sale contract recorded in 2012, and foreign exchange gains on sterling debt issued by HSBC Holdings of US$0.4bn.

Revenue increased in CMB following average balance sheet growth partly offset by spread compression together with higher lending fees and improved collaboration with other global businesses. In GB&M, revenue was higher, in part reflecting a resilient performance in a majority of our customer-facing businesses. These factors were partially offset by lower revenue in RBWM, primarily from the run-off of our US CML portfolio and, in GPB, from the loss on write-off of goodwill relating to our Monaco business and the repositioning of our client base.

LICs fell in the majority of our regions, notably in North America, Europe and in the Middle East and North Africa

Underlying LICs were US$1.9bn or 25% lower than in 2012, primarily in North America where the decline was, in part, due to improvements in housing market conditions, reduced lending balances from continued portfolio run-off and loan sales, and lower levels of new impaired loans and delinquency in the CML portfolio. LICs were also lower in

Europe, mainly in GB&M and CMB, and in the Middle East and North Africa, which benefited from an overall improvement in the loan portfolio. By contrast, LICs were higher in Latin America, particularly in Mexico from specific impairments in CMB relating to homebuilders due to a change in the public housing policy and higher collective impairments in RBWM. In Brazil, although credit quality improved following the modification of credit strategies in previous periods to mitigate rising delinquency rates, LICs increased, reflecting impairment model changes and assumption revisions for restructured loan account portfolios in RBWM and CMB, and higher specific impairments in CMB.

Operating expenses were lower, primarily driven by the non-recurrence of certain notable items in 2012 and further sustainable cost savings

Underlying operating expenses were US$2.6bn or 6% less than in 2012, primarily due to the non-recurrence of a 2012 charge following US anti-money laundering (‘AML’), Bank Secrecy Act (‘BSA’) and Office of Foreign Asset Control (‘OFAC’) investigations, lower UK customer redress charges and reduced restructuring and related costs.

Excluding these items, operating expenses were higher, mainly due to a rise in the UK bank levy, increased litigation-related expenses, notably a provision in respect of regulatory investigations in GPB, a Madoff-related charge in GB&M and investment in strategic initiatives, risk management and compliance. Higher operational costs also contributed, in part driven by general inflationary pressures and rental costs. These factors were partially offset by sustainable cost savings in the year and an accounting gain relating to changes in delivering ill-health benefits to certain employees in the UK.

The additional US$1.5bn of sustainable cost savings across all regions, took our total annualised cost savings to US$4.9bn since 2011 as we continued with our organisational effectiveness programmes during 2013. Together with business disposals, these led to a fall in the number of full-time equivalent staff of more than 6,500 to 254,000.

Income from associates rose, mainly driven by strong results in mainland China

Underlying income from associates increased, primarily from Bank of Communications Co., Limited (‘BoCom’), where balance sheet growth and increased fee income were partially offset by higher operating expenses and a rise in LICs.

 

 

17


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

The effective tax rate was 21.1% compared with 25.7% in 2012

The effective tax rate was lower than in 2012, reflecting non-taxable gains on profits associated with the reclassification of Industrial Bank as a financial investment and the disposal of our operations in Panama and our investment in Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd (‘Ping An’). In addition, the 2012 tax expense included the non-tax deductible effect of fines and penalties paid as part of the settlement of the US AML, BSA and OFAC investigations.

For more details of the Group’s financial performance, see page 51.

Balance sheet strength

Total reported assets were US$2.7 trillion, 1% lower than at 31 December 2012 on both a reported and a constant currency basis. Our balance sheet remained strong with a ratio of customer advances to customer accounts of 72.9%. This is a consequence of our business model and of our conservative risk appetite, which is predominantly to fund the growth in commercial assets with growth in customer accounts.

Loans and advances grew by US$87.0bn and Customer accounts increased by US$148.6bn on a constant currency basis. These included a US$52.8bn increase in reverse repo agreements and a rise of US$92.3bn in repo agreements, reflecting the change in the way GB&M manages these activities (see page 68). Excluding these, loans and advances to customers grew by more than US$34.0bn in 2013, notably in term and trade-related lending to corporate and commercial customers in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific as demand for financing continued and, to a lesser extent, commercial real estate and other property-related lending grew. Mortgage lending rose in Rest of Asia-Pacific, Hong Kong and also in the UK. This was broadly offset by the strategic reduction in the US run-off portfolio. Customer accounts increased by over US$56.0bn in 2013, driven by growth mainly in Europe, Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific reflecting customer sentiment.

For further information on the Balance Sheet, see page 65, and on the Group’s liquidity and funding, see page 213.

 

 

 

Total assets

(US$bn)

  

Post-tax return on average total assets

(%)

  
LOGO    LOGO   

Loans and advances to

customers 14 (US$bn)

  

Customer accounts 14

(US$bn)

  

Ratio of customer advances to customer

deposits (%)

LOGO    LOGO    LOGO

For footnote, see page 46.

 

18


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Capital strength

Our approach to managing Group capital is designed to ensure that we exceed current regulatory requirements, and are well placed to meet those expected in the future.

We monitor capital adequacy, inter alia, by use of capital ratios which measure capital relative to a regulatory assessment of risks taken and by the leverage ratio which measures capital relative to exposure.

In June 2013, the European Commission published the final Regulation and Directive, known collectively as CRD IV, to give effect to the Basel III framework in the EU. This came into effect on 1 January 2014.

Under the new regime, common equity tier 1 (‘CET1’) represents the highest form of eligible regulatory capital against which the capital strength of banks is measured. In 2013 we managed our capital position to meet an internal target ratio of 9.5-10.5% on a CET1 end point basis, changing to greater than 10% from 1 January 2014. We continue to keep this under review.

Leverage ratio

The following table presents our estimated leverage ratio in accordance with PRA instructions. The numerator is calculated using the CRD IV end point tier 1 capital definition and the exposure measure is calculated using the December 2010 Basel III text.

Estimated leverage ratio

 

     At 31 December  
     2013           2012  
     US$bn           US$bn  

Tier 1 capital under CRD IV (end point)

     133            116   

Exposures after regulatory adjustments

     3,028            2,760   

Estimated leverage ratio (end point)

     4.4%            4.2%   

For further details of the leverage ratio, see page 312.

The above calculation excludes those tier 1 capital instruments which will be ineligible for inclusion in regulatory capital after the Basel III transitional period has fully elapsed. If we were to calculate the leverage ratio by adding back those instruments, the effect would be to increase estimated end point tier 1 capital by US$16bn and the leverage ratio by some 50 basis points at 31 December 2013.

For further information on the Group’s capital and our risk-weighted assets, see page 298.

 

 

 

Core tier 1 ratio 1

(%)

  

Total capital ratio

(%)

  

Common equity tier 1 ratio 15

(%)

LOGO    LOGO    LOGO

For footnotes, see page 46.

 

19


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Meeting our targets

Grow risk-weighted assets in line with our organic investment criteria

In 2013, the reduction in RWAs was mainly a result of the reclassification of Industrial Bank from an associate to a financial investment and the run-off of the US CML portfolio. We will continue to recycle RWAs from low to high performing opportunities within the Group’s risk appetite in line with our organic investment criteria. Organic investment decisions are made by GMB under authority delegated by the Board.

On the basis of current assumptions regarding the regulatory and the business operating environment, discretionary RWA growth remains targeted towards Rest of Asia-Pacific, Hong Kong, Latin America and Middle East and North Africa. Discretionary RWA growth excludes the effect of legacy and run-off portfolios, transactions, associates and major regulatory changes.

Return on risk-weighted assets (‘RoRWA’), as measured by pre-tax return on average risk-weighted assets, is one of the main operational measures by which we assess business performance and organic investment opportunities. RoRWA targets are set to ensure that business decisions remain aligned with our medium-to-longer term financial performance objectives.

Progressively grow dividends and introduce share buy-backs as appropriate

We remain one of the best-capitalised banks in the world, providing capacity for both organic growth and dividend return to shareholders. Over the past two years we have increased our dividend per ordinary share by 20%.

Although significant regulatory uncertainty remains, we continue to demonstrate our ability to generate capital and support a progressive dividend policy based on our three key strategic priorities of growing the business and dividends, implementing Global Standards and streamlining processes and procedures.

Our policy on share buy-backs will be strongly influenced by the emerging requirements for capital by regulators. In order to give ourselves the full range of options, we will seek to table a resolution at our 2014 Annual General Meeting for shareholders to enable share buybacks at a future date.

Uncertainty remains around the amount of capital that banks will be required to hold as key technical standards and consultations from regulatory authorities are pending. These include the levels, timing and interaction of CRD IV capital buffers and a review of the Pillar 2 framework. As more information becomes available, this will inform our capital target, planning and dividend policy.

Reduce the effect of legacy and non-strategic activities on our profit before tax and RWAs

We continue to make good progress reshaping our business, announcing 20 transactions disposing of or closing non-strategic businesses in 2013, bringing the total number since the start of 2011 to 63. These transactions have released around US$90bn in risk weighted-assets to date, with a further potential release of around US$5bn to come.

In 2013, in addition to the reclassification of Industrial Bank, we completed the sale of our Panama operations and, in the US CML portfolio, the sale of the non-real estate loan portfolio together with several tranches of real estate loans. We expect the ongoing recovery of the US housing market and increased investor appetite may provide further opportunities to accelerate the run-off of our CML portfolio in 2014, following significant RWA reductions in 2013.

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets (US$bn)    Return on risk-weighted assets (%)    Dividend payout ratio (%)
LOGO    LOGO    LOGO

 

20


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

We continue to actively manage down legacy RWA positions in GB&M. In 2013, increased disposals and amortisations contributed to the reduction in legacy RWA positions in GB&M.

Run-off portfolios’ contribution to RWAs (US$bn)

 

LOGO

Run-off portfolios consist of legacy credit in GB&M and the US CML and other portfolios.

Brand value

Maintenance of the HSBC brand and our overall reputation remains a priority for the Group.

We continue to use the Brand Finance valuation method as reported in The Banker magazine as our core metric. This is our third year of using this benchmark. The Brand Finance methodology provides a comprehensive measure of the strength of the brand and its impact across all business lines and customer segments. It is wholly independent and is publicly reported. Our target is a top three position in the banking peer group and we have achieved this target with an overall value of US$26.9bn (up 18% from 2013), placing us second. We are the only company to be given an AAA rating for our brand in this year’s report.

Brand value (US$bn)

 

LOGO

In addition to the Brand Finance measure, we have reviewed our performance in two other rating agency evaluations that receive substantial public

coverage. In the Brand Z Most Valuable Global Brand tables published in the Financial Times in May 2013, we achieved first place in the International Banks peer grouping with a valuation of US$24bn (up 24% from 2012). The Interbrand Annual Best Global Brands report, published in September 2013, showed HSBC as the top ranked banking brand with a valuation of US$12bn (up 7% from 2012) and in second place when all financial services brands are considered.

We believe this performance is driven by an underlying strong brand equity established in recent years and a consistent and active programme of activities in support of the brand throughout 2013.

Economic contribution

By running a sustainable business, HSBC is able to make a valuable contribution to the economy by paying dividends to our shareholders; salaries to our employees; payments to suppliers; and tax revenues to governments in the countries and territories where we operate. We also finance companies so that they, in turn, can create employment.

HSBC has adopted the UK Code of Practice for the Taxation of Banks and seeks to apply the spirit as well as the letter of the law in all the territories in which we operate. In January 2013, the Global Standards Steering Meeting of the GMB agreed terms of a new Global Standard on ‘tax transparency’ to ensure that HSBC’s banking services are not associated with any arrangements that are known or suspected to be designed to facilitate tax evasion by a customer.

This supplements anti-money laundering and ‘know your customer’ (‘KYC’) checks and is supported by an educational programme to train employees on how to identify possible tax evasion by customers and the procedures for reporting and escalating such situations.

HSBC’s net tax paid

 

     2013           2012  
     US$bn           US$bn  

Tax on profits

     4.7            5.6   

Employer taxes

     1.6            1.6   

UK bank levy 16

     0.7            0.5   

Irrecoverable value-added tax

     0.8            0.8   

Other duties and levies

     0.8            0.8   
     8.6            9.3   

For footnote, see page 46.

 

 

21


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Distribution of economic benefits

 

     2013          2012          2011  
     US$bn          US$bn          US$bn  

Net cash tax outflow

     8.6           9.3           8.0   

Distributions to shareholders and non-controlling interests

     10.2           8.7           8.3   

Employee compensation and benefits

     19.2           20.5           21.2   

General administrative expenses including premises and procurement  

     17.1           20.0           17.5   

 

Pro-forma post-tax profit allocation 17

 

     2013          2012  
     %          %  

Retained earnings/capital

     53           60   

Dividends

     35           29   

Variable pay

     12           11   
             100                   100   

For footnote, see page 46.

 

 

Market capitalisation and total shareholder return

 

       

Closing market price

US$0.50 ordinary

shares in issue

 

18,830m

 

2012: 18,476m

2011: 17,868m

 

Market

capitalisation

 

US$207bn

 

2012: US$194bn

2011: US$136bn

 

London

 

£6.62

 

2012: £6.47

2011: £4.91

 

Hong Kong

 

HK$84.15

 

2012: HK$81.30

2011: HK$59.00

 

American

Depositary Share 18

 

US$55.13

 

2012: US$53.07

2011: US$38.10

       

Total shareholder return 19

    Over 1 year   Over 3 years   Over 5 years
To 31 December 2013     107   118   144

Benchmarks:

       

– FTSE 100 20

  119   128   183

– MSCI World 20

  127   141   207

– MSCI Banks 20

  125   132   186

For footnotes, see page 46.

 

22


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Strategic priority 2

Implement Global Standards

 

•   HSBC Values

    

 

25

 

  

 

   Our target is to make significant progress in implementing Global Standards for the benefit of HSBC and the financial system as a whole.

•   Governance

    

 

25

 

  

 

  

•   Employees

    

 

27

 

  

 

  

Our Values, good governance and commitment to operating sustainably guide the way we manage our business and help us create value for our stakeholders.

 

 

We have committed to develop Global Standards shaped by the highest or most effective standards of financial crime compliance available in any jurisdiction where HSBC operates and to deploy them globally on a consistent basis.

By definition, the impact of Global Standards is organisation-wide, and the principal means by which we drive consistently high standards is through universal application of our HSBC Values, strong systems of governance and the behaviours, performance and recognition of all our people in managing high quality customer relationships.

In line with our ambition to be recognised as the world’s leading international bank, we aspire to set the industry standard for knowing our customers and detecting, deterring and protecting against financial crime. As international markets become more interconnected and complex and as threats to the global financial system grow, we are strengthening further the policies and practices which govern how we do business and with whom.

We greatly value our reputation. Our success over the years is due in no small part to our reputation for trustworthiness and integrity. In areas where we have fallen short in recent years – in the application of our standards and in our ability to identify and so prevent misuse and abuse of the financial system through our networks – we have moved immediately to strengthen our governance processes and have committed to adopt and enforce the highest or most effective financial crime compliance standards across HSBC.

We continue to reinforce the status and significance of compliance and adherence to our Global Standards by building strong internal controls, developing world class capabilities through communication, training and assurance programmes to make sure employees understand and can meet their responsibilities, and redesigning core elements of how we assess and reward senior executives.

We see the implementation of Global Standards

as a source of competitive advantage. Global Standards allow us to:

 

 

strengthen our response to the ongoing threat of financial crime;

 

 

make consistent – and therefore simplify – the ways by which we monitor and enforce high standards at HSBC;

 

 

strengthen policies and processes that govern how we do business and with whom; and

 

 

ensure that we consistently apply our HSBC Values.

Implementing Global Standards

We expect our Global Standards programme to underpin our business practices in the future. Initially, we are concentrating on transforming how we detect, deter and protect against financial crime. We are implementing a more consistent, comprehensive approach to assessing financial crime risk in order to help protect our customers, our employees and the financial system as a whole.

Governance framework

The Global Standards Execution Committee provides execution control based on direction and priorities set by the Global Standards Steering Meeting (a meeting of the GMB), details of which may be found in the Directors’ Report on page 354. The Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee and the Board receive regular reports on the Global Standards programme.

Under this governance structure, a sequenced approach to global implementation was designed, tested and deployed during 2013 following detailed planning, to closely identify and manage execution risk, ensure that our Global Standards are delivered in a globally consistent and coherent way, and embed sustained ways of working.

The process of embedding Global Standards and the supporting controls and capabilities that allow the business to identify and mitigate financial crime

 

 

23


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

risk is underway and will continue in 2014 and beyond. The implementation programme is focused on the following four areas:

 

 

data readiness: creating a complete, cleansed data set to improve our understanding of the customer base and facilitate our financial crime risk assessment. This will provide the basis for transaction monitoring and assist capacity planning to improve the quality and efficiency of our KYC activities.

 

 

customer due diligence: strengthening the rigour with which we research and evaluate our customers and affiliates to better understand them and their activities; improving KYC profiling through enhanced due diligence, customer identification, screening and financial crime risk scoring; tightening our controls around tax transparency and bearer shares and putting a global customer selection and exit policy in place.

 

 

financial crime compliance: building HSBC’s Financial Crime Compliance organisation with the right people and capabilities to support the business; developing global policies for anti-money laundering (‘AML’), sanctions and anti-bribery and corruption and enhancing the monitoring, screening and testing that will allow us to manage financial crime risk more effectively; and designing a new, annual HSBC-wide risk assessment to better understand the financial crime risk we carry in the business and determine the best approach to managing it.

 

 

financial intelligence: establishing a new global network of Financial Intelligence Units that use cutting edge technology to identify and investigate significant cases, trends and strategic issues related to financial crime risks.

Changes in day-to-day activities

Risk appetite

Our global Financial Crime Risk Appetite statement was approved by the Board in October 2013 on the recommendation of the Risk Management Meeting of the GMB, the Group Risk Committee and the Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee. It was incorporated into the Risk Management Meeting’s process monitoring from November 2013. The statement sets the Global Standard for financial crime compliance across HSBC, and is expected to evolve and be refined over time.

Enterprise-wide risk assessment

We completed enterprise-wide assessments of our

risks relating to sanctions and AML compliance. The outcome of these assessments is the basis for risk management planning, prioritisation and resource allocation for 2014. In the future, we shall conduct such assessments annually.

Incentives

We adapted our remuneration strategy to balance short-term and sustainable performance. It rewards commercial success and compliance with our risk management framework.

Organisation

We continued to significantly reinforce our second line of defence (described on page 39) through an increase in Regulatory and Financial Crime Compliance headcount of more than 1,750 in 2013 (up by more than 50% since December 2012).

We are raising awareness and capabilities among our employees through a comprehensive global campaign to ‘Ask the Right Questions’.

The Monitor

Under the agreements entered into with the US Department of Justice (‘DoJ’), the UK Financial Conduct Authority (‘the FCA’, formerly the FSA) and the US Federal Reserve Board (‘FRB’) in 2012, including the five-year Deferred Prosecution Agreement (‘US DPA’), it was agreed that an independent compliance monitor (‘the Monitor’) would be appointed to evaluate our progress in fully implementing our obligations and produce regular assessments of the effectiveness of our Compliance function.

Michael Cherkasky began his work as the Monitor on 22 July 2013, charged with evaluating and reporting upon the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls, policies and procedures as they relate to ongoing compliance with applicable AML, sanctions, terrorist financing and proliferation financing obligations, over a five-year period.

The Monitor’s work is proceeding as anticipated, consistent with the timelines and requirements set forth in the relevant agreements.

HSBC is taking concerted action to remediate AML and sanctions compliance deficiencies and to implement Global Standards. We recognise we are only at the start of a long journey, being one year into our US DPA. We look forward to maintaining a strong, collaborative relationship with the Monitor and his team.

 

 

24


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

HSBC Values

 

Embedding HSBC Values in every decision and every interaction with customers and with each other is a top priority for the Group and is shaping the way we do business.

The role of HSBC Values in daily operating practice is fundamental to our culture, and is particularly important in the light of developments in regulatory policy, investor confidence and society’s expectations of banks. HSBC Values are integral to the selection, assessment, recognition, remuneration and training of our employees. We expect our executives and employees to act with courageous integrity in the execution of their duties in the following ways:

HSBC Values

 

 

Be dependable and do the right thing

 

 

stand firm for what is right, deliver on commitments, be resilient and trustworthy;

 

 

take personal accountability, be decisive, use judgement and common sense, empower others.

Be open to different ideas and cultures

 

 

communicate openly, honestly and transparently, value challenge, learn from mistakes;

 

 

listen, treat people fairly, be inclusive, value different perspectives.

Be connected with our customers, communities, regulators and each other

 

 

build connections, be externally focused, collaborate across boundaries;

 

 

care about individuals and their progress, show respect, be supportive and responsive.

 

For further details on the role of HSBC Values in the employee proposition, see page 27.

Business principles

HSBC Values describe how we should interact with each other, with customers, regulators and the wider community. Our business principles set the standard by which we derive our strategy and make commercial decisions. Together our values and business principles form our character and define who we are as an organisation and what makes us distinctive. They describe the enduring nature of how we do business. We aim to bring these values and business principles to life through our day-to-day actions.

The emphasis we place on adhering to high behavioural standards and doing the right thing has led us to establish a new Board committee, the Conduct & Values Committee, which will oversee design and application of HSBC’s policies, procedures and standards to ensure that we conduct

business responsibly and consistently adhere to HSBC Values.

Business principles

 

 

 

Financial strength – maintain capital strength and liquidity

 

 

Risk-management – be enterprising and commercial, understand and be accountable for the impact of our actions, take prudent decisions

 

 

Speed – be fast and responsive, make principles-led decisions

 

 

Performance-focus – drive leading, competitive levels of performance, act with urgency and intensity, prioritise, simplify

 

 

Efficiency – focus on cost discipline and process efficiency

 

 

Quality – pursue excellence

 

 

Customer-focus – provide outstanding customer experience

 

 

Integrated – align the Group and break down silos

 

 

Sustainability – take a long-term outlook, understand impact of actions on stakeholders, brand and reputation

 

Governance

 

The Board is committed to establishing and maintaining the highest standards of corporate governance wherever we operate. This is key to the Group’s ability to capitalise on the opportunities arising from successful implementation of our strategic priorities.

We believe that a robust and transparent corporate governance framework is vital to the sustainable success of HSBC. Strengthening our corporate governance framework to support the successful implementation of our Global Standards programme is a continuing focus of the Board’s agenda.

Role of the Board and Committees

The strategy and risk appetite for HSBC is set by the Board, which delegates the day-to-day running of the business to the GMB. Risk Management Meetings and Global Standards Steering Meetings of the GMB are held in addition to regular GMB meetings.

GMB executive committees

 

LOGO

The key roles of the non-executive committees established by the Board are described in the chart below.

 

 

25


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

The committee structure and governance framework of the HSBC Holdings Board

 

LOGO

For footnotes, see page 46.

 

The terms of reference of the principal non-executive Board committees are available at www.hsbc.com/ boardcommittees.

For further details on Group corporate governance, see page 329.

 

 

26


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Employees

 

Successfully enhancing a values-led high performance culture in HSBC is critical to implementing Global Standards sustainably. We continue to focus on embedding HSBC Values in every decision and interaction between colleagues and with customers.

 

 

We aim to attract, retain and motivate the very best people, and our remuneration policy supports this endeavour.

 

 

We actively manage succession planning by defining the capabilities we need and complementing this by identifying talented individuals and ensuring they are provided with appropriate career and development opportunities to fulfil their potential in HSBC.

 

 

We provide training and development opportunities to enable employees to acquire the technical and leadership skills needed to enhance their careers.

 

 

We are committed to a diverse and inclusive culture reflective of our customer base.

 

 

We encourage employees to engage in the local communities in which they work.

At the end of 2013 we had a total workforce of 263,000 full-time and part-time employees compared with 270,000 at the end of 2012 and 298,000 at the end of 2011. Our main centres of employment were as follows (approximate numbers):

 

LOGO

Profile of leadership

The executive management of HSBC consists of four Executive Directors, 13 Group Managing Directors, and 51 Group General Managers. This leadership team is based in ten different countries and comprises 14 nationalities. 70% have served with HSBC for more than ten years and the total average tenure is 19 years.

HSBC has 13 non-executive directors. Of the 17 Directors, four (23.5%) are female.

Employment proposition

HSBC Values

In 2013, education on HSBC Values continued for all levels of employees, through induction and training programmes that covered relevant technical, management and leadership skills. We require a high behavioural standard from all our employees, and our focus on values and courageous integrity is being instilled at every level of the Group. For example, the values of being open, connected and dependable are an important first part of every appraisal for employees, including the most senior managers. In 2013, nearly 135,000 employees received values training, in addition to the 103,000 employees in 2012. A number of employees left the Group for breaching our values.

Employee development

The development of employees is essential if our businesses and operations are to strengthen and prosper. We take a systematic approach to identifying, developing and deploying talented employees to ensure we have a robust supply of high calibre individuals with the values, skills and experience for current and future senior management positions.

We keep our approach to training current and under constant review in order to improve the quality of our curricula and ensure employees are equipped with the technical and leadership skills to operate in a global organisation. We are standardising our training to help employees provide a high quality and consistent experience for customers in all our markets.

Employee engagement

Strong employee engagement leads to positive commercial outcomes and underpins improved business performance, increased customer satisfaction, higher productivity, talent retention and reduced absenteeism.

We assess our employees’ engagement through our Global People Surveys, which were held annually from 2007 to 2011 and bi-annually thereafter. The latest Survey, in 2013, focused on supporting a values-led high performance culture by assessing if our employees were engaged in the Group’s purpose and felt able to deliver on our ambition to become the world’s leading international bank.

The overall engagement score in 2013 was 68%, which was four points ahead of the financial services industry norm and eight points behind the best-in-

 

 

27


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

class benchmark. Strong scores were registered in risk awareness (81% and nine points above best-in-class), leadership capability (67%) and living the HSBC Values (77%). Employee development significantly improved from six points below best-in-class in 2011 to three points above in 2013. Aspects that require attention included pride and advocacy, which were 12 and 13 points, respectively, below best-in-class norms and had fallen from 2011 levels.

Succession planning

Our talent strategy aims to ensure that high-quality candidates are available to fill key positions and meet business needs across all areas of the Group. We closely align succession planning with talent management, individual development and career planning. The succession plan defines the number, distribution and types of roles and capabilities needed by HSBC, and talented individuals are then aligned to these roles. This approach in turn defines the individual’s career path and development plan. In 2013, we assessed about 24,000 senior employees with the potential to become leaders and determined their career development needs. Potential successors must demonstrate an understanding of our Global Standards and exemplify HSBC Values.

Our talent strategy supports our aspirations in the emerging markets, where in 2013 we maintained 2012’s proportion of those defined as talent at 39%. 25% of CEOs in emerging markets were local nationals. We closely monitor local nationals identified as short-term and medium-term successors to key leadership roles and have established base lines by which we intend to improve the proportion of local nationals over the medium term.

Diversity and inclusion

HSBC is committed to a diverse and inclusive culture where employees can be confident their views are encouraged, their concerns are attended to and they work in an environment where bias, discrimination and harassment on any matter, including gender, age, ethnicity, religion, sexuality and disability, are not tolerated and where advancement is based on meritocracy. Our diversity helps us respond to our increasingly diverse customer base, and to develop and retain a secure supply of skilled, committed employees.

Oversight of our diversity and inclusion agenda resides with executives on the Group Diversity Committee, complemented by a number

of Group People/Diversity Committees. We have over 55 employee network groups representing gender, ethnicity, age, sexuality, disability, religion, culture, working parents, health and community volunteering. These groups are instrumental in driving an inclusive culture and maintaining effective dialogue between management and employees.

Gender balance

An area of continued focus is gender representation, particularly at senior levels of our organisation. We are addressing bias in hiring, promotions and talent identification, expanding mentoring and sponsorship, introducing better support for returning parents, and increasing flexible working opportunities.

The gender balance for HSBC Directors and employees at 31 December 2013 was as follows:

Gender balance

 

     Male           Female           Total  

Executive Directors

     3                       3   

Non-executive Directors

     9            4            13   

Directors

     12            4            16   

Senior employees

     6,339            1,867            8,206   

Other employees

     118,981            135,714            254,695   

Total

     125,331            137,585            262,916   
              
     Male           Female           Total  
     %           %           %  

Executive Directors

     100.0                       100   

Non-executive Directors

     69.2            30.8            100   

Directors

     75.0            25.0            100   

Senior employees

     77.3            22.7            100   

Other employees

     46.7            53.3            100   

Total

     47.7            52.3            100   

Overall, global female representation was 52.3% at 31 December 2013, having been as high as 53.3% in 2009. Female representation at senior levels rose from 21.4% in 2010 to 22.7% in 2013, and our target is to improve this to 25% by 2014/15. The proportion of females in our talent pipeline improved from 25.8% in 2010 to 32.2% in 2013 and female representation on the GMB increased significantly from 10% (one out of 10) to 19% (three out of 16) in December 2013.

The average age of our employees is 36 years and average tenure is 8.9 years.

 

 

28


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Unconscious bias

It is recognised that social behaviour may be driven by stereotypes that operate automatically and therefore unconsciously. These stereotypes can lead to a less inclusive environment. We are addressing this through ‘unconscious bias’ training which was delivered through e-learning to 8,300 managers and nearly 50,000 employees in 2013 (21,000 managers and 8,000 employees in 2012).

In 2014, our diversity and inclusion priorities will include continuing to address unconscious bias through targeted education, encouraging the career development of diverse talent with an emphasis on gender and local nationals, enhancing a bias-free approach to performance management and improving internal and external candidate lists, connecting and leveraging our Employee Resource Network Groups, and maintaining a consistent framework for governance and sponsorship.

Health, welfare and safety

We regard the physical and psychological health, welfare and safety of our people as being of the utmost importance. We recently introduced a global occupational health framework which requires the proactive management of employee welfare and encourages the sharing of best practice across the Group. Between August 2012 and the end of 2013, 94% of assigned HSBC employees carried out our bi-annual online health and safety training.

We run a number of employee assistance programmes tailored to local requirements. Skilled professional counsellors are available on free phone lines 24 hours a day and seven days a week to help employees manage personal or work-related problems that create stress and affect their work. Free face-to-face counselling is also provided, as is support for partners and dependents. Programmes are offered in the UK, Hong Kong, North America and India.

Whistleblowing

The HSBC Group operates a global Compliance Disclosure Line (telephone and email) which is available to allow employees to make disclosures when the normal channels for airing grievances or concerns are unavailable or inappropriate.

The Compliance Disclosure Line is available to capture employee concerns on a number of matters, including breaches of law or regulation, allegations of bribery and corruption, failure to comply with Group policies, suspicions of money laundering, breaches of internal controls and fraud or deliberate error in the financial records of any Group company. Global Regulatory Compliance is responsible for the operation of the Compliance Disclosure Line and the handling of disclosure cases. Each case is reviewed and referred for appropriate investigation. The disclosure is acknowledged (when contact details are provided) and the employee is advised when the investigation has been concluded. Global Regulatory Compliance may also be made aware of whistleblowing cases made directly to senior executives, line managers, Human Resources and Security and Fraud, and will investigate accordingly.

Additional local whistleblowing lines are in place in several countries, operated by Security and Fraud, Human Resources and Regulatory Compliance. When such lines are established, processes are put in place to escalate relevant disclosures made on the local whistleblowing lines to Global Regulatory Compliance or Financial Crime Compliance. Global Regulatory Compliance also monitor an external email address for complaints regarding accounting and internal financial controls or auditing matters (accountingdisclosures@hsbc.com highlighted under Investor Relations and Governance on www.hsbc.com). Cases received are escalated to the Group Chief Accounting Officer, Group Finance Director and Group Chief Executive as appropriate.

 

 

29


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Strategic priority 3

Streamline processes and procedures

 

•  Operational performance

    34      

Our aim is to achieve a cost efficiency ratio in the mid 50’s.

 

•  Customers

 

 

 

 

31

 

  

  

 

•  Environmental, social and community obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

 

  

 

  

We are redesigning key processes and procedures in order to manage risk, improve customer service, enhance quality and reduce expenses. Sustainable savings will release funds to invest in growing our business, Global Standards and increasing dividends.

 

 

Operational performance

 

We continue to refine our operational processes, develop our global functions, implement consistent business models and streamline IT.

Sustainable savings are the financial outputs from our organisational effectiveness and streamlining programmes. They arise from the reduction or elimination of complexity, inefficiencies or unnecessary activities, and release capital that can be reinvested in growing our business as well as increasing returns to shareholders.

We are transitioning from organisational effectiveness to streamlining, which is the next phase of our transformation. While organisational effectiveness was about how HSBC is managed, streamlining is about how we operate.

We committed to deliver US$2.5-3.5bn of sustainable savings at the outset of the organisational effectiveness programme. We have achieved US$4.5bn for the period from 2011 to the end of 2013, equivalent to US$4.9bn on an annualised (run rate) basis, as follows:

Sustainable savings 2011 to 2013

 

     US$bn  

Re-engineering operational processes

     1.6   

Re-engineering global functions

     1.4   

Implementing consistent business models

     0.7   

Streamlining IT

     0.8   
     4.5   

In implementing our operational effectiveness programme, we concentrated on a number of key elements:

 

 

people and structure – we implemented an 8x8 reporting structure, moved to a global operating model, and defined and introduced target business models across all global businesses and functions;

 

software development – we improved software development productivity and shifted the mix of employees towards lower-cost locations;

 

 

process optimisation – we improved the efficiency of our operational activities such as contact centres (including offshoring), trade and payments services; and

 

 

corporate real estate – we rationalised our property portfolio by leasing and launching facilities management initiatives.

In phase 2, from 2014 to 2016, we will concentrate on streamlining operations, focusing on reducing or eliminating complexity, inefficiencies, risks or unnecessary activities across the whole Group. This exercise will be applied to:

 

 

propositions, and sales channels;

 

 

processes and servicing channels, including production management, multi-channel servicing, operational processes and the locations of activities; and

 

 

infrastructure, including real estate, technology, supplier management and global functions.

Streamlining will be achieved through a combination of simplifying and globalising our processes, products, systems and operations. ‘Simplifying’ involves identifying inefficiencies or excessive complexity and redesigning or rationalising processes to make them easier to understand and manage and more efficient. ‘Globalising’ involves developing standard global processes and implementing them around the Group with minimal local variations.

Cost efficiency ratio

Our cost efficiency ratio for 2013 was 59.6%, down from 62.8% in 2012.

 

 

30


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Customers

 

Our purpose is to connect customers to opportunities, enabling businesses to thrive and economies to prosper, helping people to fulfil their hopes and realise their ambitions.

Our dealings with customers are conditioned by our understanding of their needs, the quality of the service we provide and the standards which govern how we operate. With over 54 million personal and business customers around the world, we know that only by putting customers at the centre of what we do can we achieve our purpose.

Customer service and satisfaction

Throughout 2013 we concentrated on enhancing the customer service we provide through our global businesses.

In RBWM, we measure customer satisfaction through an independent market research survey of retail banking customers in selected countries and calculate a Customer Recommendation Index (‘CRI’) to score performance. This CRI score is benchmarked against average scores of a peer group of banks in each market and we set targets for our business relative to our competitive set of banks. The Group target is for 75% of all the markets (based on their weighted revenue) to meet their CRI targets. This year, RBWM met its target of 75% with a score of 85% through strong performances in our home markets of Hong Kong and the UK and significant improvements in other major markets such as Brazil and Turkey. Historically, our strongest performance markets have been in Asia and this continued in 2013 with excellent results recorded in Taiwan, Malaysia and mainland China.

In CMB, we continued to measure our client engagement through a survey of key customers, the Client Engagement Programme (‘CEP’). This survey is conducted by an independent third party. We have gained valuable insights from this work which help us tailor solutions and service offerings to meet our customers’ individual needs.

The survey was conducted in the following markets: UK, Germany, France, Turkey, US, Canada, UAE, mainland China, Hong Kong, India, Australia, Singapore, Mexico, Argentina and Brazil, and provides aggregate scores for each of our Business Banking and Corporate Banking businesses.

We have conducted over 2,500 interviews with our Corporate Banking customers and over 6,000 interviews in our Business Banking customers. These interviews allow us to build an overall score

from a possible 100 by our customers rating us on seven key relationship criteria. We have seen consistent positive performance, and in 2012 our score for the Corporate Banking segment was 84, rising slightly to 85 in 2013 with strong performances in mainland China, the US, Brazil and Germany. In our Business Banking segment our score was 81 in 2012 and 82 in 2013, with strong performances in a number of priority markets notably our home markets of Hong Kong and UK. Given the complex and competitive environment we have seen in many of the markets surveyed, we believe this to be a very good, consistent, performance and shows a positive relationship for HSBC with these valuable customers.

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

Standardising our propositions to make it easier for customers to do business

We continue to make significant progress in executing our customer strategy in RBWM.

In HSBC Premier, we are focusing on meeting the wealth management needs of our customers in five respects: protection, education, retirement, managing and growing wealth, and legacy planning. We have improved the platforms used by both customers and relationship managers, helping us to enhance customer experience and raise the standards of our financial planning.

We intend to refresh HSBC Advance in all our priority markets in 2014, putting digital functionality at the heart of the updated proposition. We are focusing on the day-to-day banking needs of our customers and improving their access to personal lending.

In 2013, we deployed service enhancements for customers in all segments (Premier, Advance and personal banking) using mobile phones and saw 2.5m downloads of our global mobile banking ‘app’ in 25 countries, with over 1.1m downloads in the fourth quarter of 2013 alone. We also selectively piloted Twitter and Facebook-based services for customers and were voted the top social media bank in the UK in 2013 by IMGroup, the digital management consultancy.

We have undertaken a full review of all our products in RBWM, and are standardising our offering across all categories. Products are assessed on grounds of fairness and transparency before being approved. For example, in the UK, we made money management easier by simplifying automated teller machine (‘ATM’) withdrawals, we improved our branch infrastructure to enable customers to reset their telephone security at the branches and we

 

 

31


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

updated our on-line avatar, ‘Ask Olivia’, so that customers can easily get online answers to questions about error codes on their secure key. In Vietnam, an SMS Alert message will now be sent to a customer’s registered mobile phone number as soon as they complete a credit card transaction, preventing fraud and helping to protect our credit cardholders.

We are also continuing to develop new products. We have extended our range of renminbi offerings and improved our foreign exchange services, particularly online. Through our Asset Management Group, we have now launched Managed Solutions in eight of our priority markets.

Interacting with customers

In 2013, we took a major step to align our staff’s remuneration with customer interests by introducing a new incentive programme for our Wealth Management relationship managers. The programme removed all formulaic links to sales volumes and focused on assessing how well we are meeting our customers’ needs. We developed a similar incentive programme covering the rest of the RBWM front line staff and all our retail products. This was partially implemented in the UK and France in 2013 and will be effective in most markets from the beginning of 2014.

We continue to invest in all the channels that customers use to enhance ease of use and improve the overall customer experience. Upgrades to our physical estate included increasing physical access for disabled customers to branches in the UK and Hong Kong. In Canada, the upgraded ATMs now feature paperless bill payments and voice guidance in English, French, Cantonese and Mandarin. On digital channels, we launched new mobile applications and increased the functionality of our internet banking platforms. In Brazil, we were recognised as best internet bank in the market for the second year running, and launched bill payment by digital picture on mobiles. We are working on improving our international account opening processes while also raising the standards we employ for combating financial crime risk.

Supporting home ownership

Mortgages are a key product for our customers in enabling home ownership, and we continue to improve our products and processes.

In the UK, we granted over 30,000 first time buyer loans, and started selectively offering 95% loan-to-value mortgages as part of the government’s ‘Help to Buy’ scheme. We won the Moneyfacts

award for Best Bank Mortgage Provider for the fifth year running.

In mainland China, where we have achieved double digit growth in balances in each of the last three years, we re-engineered our processes to accommodate increased volumes and to speed up the granting of loans. We have reduced overall turnaround times from 12 days to six days. Through our ‘Decision in Principle’ service we can now give customers the results of their initial screening within one hour.

In the UAE, we launched a tracker rate mortgage linked to a public benchmark, along with other initiatives including assisting customers with the registry process. Customer feedback was very positive and RBWM continued to grow strongly even as the overall market fell slightly.

In the US, we continued to work with the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York in offering ‘First Home Club’, a savings and education programme that assists low income families generate the down payment required to buy their first home.

Supporting customers in financial difficulty

We recognise that some of our customers are facing challenging financial situations, and we have looked to support them during difficult times.

Across Europe, frontline specialists were trained to offer an income and expenditure review for customers who are likely to face difficulty in making repayments to HSBC in the near future. We also eliminated certain current account charges in the UK (unpaid transaction fees). We updated our restructure and payment programme suites in the Middle East and Mexico while collaborating with charities, associations and government loan relief programmes in the US, Canada and France. In the Philippines, we offer a ‘General Restructuring’ Facility as a restructuring programme for both non-delinquent and delinquent customers, and responded to Typhoon Haiyan with targeted payment holidays to credit card customers affected by the catastrophe. In Australia, we offered hardship relief on mortgage repayments to customers affected by bushfires in New South Wales.

Commercial Banking

Supporting small and medium-sized entities

To help our customers find the right financial solutions to succeed in the global economy, we launched a series of funds to support SME’s that trade or aspire to trade internationally. We launched SME funds in the UK, France and Mexico in the first

 

 

32


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

half of 2013 and in the US and Canada in the second half of the year. The latter two were of US$1bn each. We also launched our fourth SME fund in the UAE of AED1bn (US$272m) for international trade customers.

Our International Exchange programme continued to be a cornerstone of our client retention activity. In 2013, we hosted four events, in Singapore, Guangzhou, Mexico City and Istanbul, and provided leadership content and networking opportunities for over 300 corporate clients from around the world. We work closely with local government, trade bodies and central banks to provide the best possible insights and information for these customers. The client feedback confirmed that customers derive huge value from connecting with like-minded businesses, and there are multiple examples of new business relationships formed as a result of these conferences.

Interacting with customers

 

 

In 2013, our CEP undertook over 10,000 customer interviews in 15 of CMB’s priority markets. The programme gives customers the opportunity to share their views, and demonstrates that HSBC is listening and actively working to improve our ability to support customers with global operations.

 

 

We are enhancing our customers’ account opening experience, enabling it to take place anytime anywhere, provided we can fulfil regulatory and Group KYC requirements. At the end of 2013, we launched a multi-channel business account opening tool in the UK for customers who wish to open accounts using online channels or call centres without visiting a branch.

 

 

In Hong Kong, in the fourth quarter of 2013, we made iPads available in Business Banking centres to enable customers to register for internet banking at the time of account opening.

 

 

We are expanding the servicing and transaction options available on our international online platform, HSBCnet, to better cater for the requirements of businesses of different sizes and needs. In addition to our payments and cash management HSBCnet package, which is available in all markets, we launched domestic and international HSBCnet packages in our top 12 markets during 2013.

 

 

Relationship managers now update and validate customer information through regular routine discussions.

 

Significant training is being provided for staff, including around the use of tools to help them support customers in completing required customer due diligence information.

New renminbi products and services

The growing use of China’s currency worldwide is creating new opportunities for our customers engaging in trade, capital transactions and financing business in or with mainland China. We continued to strengthen our ability to meet these customers’ needs by playing a major part in a number of innovative transactions for the currency, including being the first international bank to:

 

 

offer an automated foreign currency cross-border sweeping structure in mainland China to help multinationals optimise the use of internal funding by consolidating their liquidity positions onshore and offshore;

 

 

pilot foreign currency cross-border netting in mainland China, enabling multinationals to offset foreign currency payables and receivables between Chinese subsidiaries and netting centres overseas. The product allows companies to reduce inter-company transactions while lowering processing costs and currency risk exposure; and

 

 

implement a tailor-made renminbi cross-border centralised payments and collections settlement product in mainland China. This eliminates foreign exchange exposure and optimises working capital management for companies.

For further information on the products and services we offer, see page 79.

Client selection

Client selection is core to our growth strategy as we seek to generate long-term relationships and sustainable revenue streams within acceptable risk parameters. In 2013, we initiated a comprehensive programme to reposition our portfolios and better manage our business. This involves reviewing our customer base and establishing robust client selection filters designed to ensure that our controls and information flows are such that we can be confident that we only do business with customers who meet our criteria.

We are also undertaking a review of business policies and controls as part of our implementation of Global Standards to further guard against money laundering and sanctions risks.

Our risk profile is described on page 134.

 

 

33


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Environmental, social and community obligations

 

We will create a robust, resilient and sustainable business in which our clients can have confidence, our employees can take pride and our communities can trust.

Our continuing success depends, in part, on our ability to identify and address environmental, social and ethical factors which present risks to our business or offer opportunities to support customers in a more sustainable way. These can affect our reputation, drive employee engagement, help manage the risks of lending, leverage savings through eco-efficiency and secure new revenue streams.

 

Human  rights

We apply human rights considerations directly as they affect our employees and indirectly through our suppliers and customers, in the latter case in particular through our project finance lending. Human rights issues most directly relevant for HSBC are those relating to the right to just and favourable conditions of work and remuneration, the right to equal pay for equal work, the right to form and join trade unions, the right to rest and leisure and the prohibition of slavery and child labour. Alongside our own commitments, such as our HSBC Code of Conduct for Suppliers (in place since 2005), the HSBC Global Standards Manual, HSBC Values and our Business Principles, we have signed up to global commitments and standards, including the UN Global Compact, the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the Global Sullivan Principles.

Our sustainability risk framework

We recognise that businesses can have an impact on the environment and communities around them. For over 10 years we have been developing, implementing and refining our approach to working with our business customers to understand and manage these issues. We assess and support customers in six sensitive sectors using our own policies and, in financing projects, using the Equator Principles as a starting point. By extending their application to all relevant corporate loans and providing independent assurance on their implementation, we go beyond the minimum requirements of the Equator Principles framework. Our sustainability risk framework is based on robust policies, formal processes and well-trained, empowered people.

We welcome constructive feedback from NGOs and campaign groups and regularly engage with a number of them on matters of shared interest. In 2013, HSBC was approached by non-governmental organisations (‘NGO’s) raising concerns regarding the implementation of our forest land and forest products sector policy. If our clients do not comply fully with our policies, or cannot show that they are on a credible path to do so, we will exit our relationship with them.

Our approach to managing sustainability risk is described on page 297.

Climate business

We define ‘climate business’ as seeking long-term commercial business opportunities to support transition to a low-carbon economy. Our climate business includes clients in the solar, wind, biomass, energy efficiency, low carbon transport and water sectors, and revenues are growing year on year. HSBC’s Climate Change Centre of Excellence, part of our global research team focusing on business risks and opportunities created by climate change, was established in 2007 and its research estimates that the climate business sector could exceed US$2.2 trillion by 2020.

Our sustainable operations strategy

HSBC’s carbon dioxide emissions are calculated on the basis of the energy used in our buildings and employee business travel from over 30 countries (covering about 93% of our operations by FTE). The data gathered on energy consumption and distance travelled are converted to carbon dioxide emissions using conversion factors from the following sources, if available, in order of preference:

 

1. factors provided by the data/service providers;

 

2. factors provided by the local public environmental authorities. For electricity, if specific factors cannot be obtained from the above two sources, we use the latest available carbon emission factors for national grid electricity from the International Energy Agency as recommended for use by the Greenhouse Gas Protocol; and

 

3. for other types of energy and travel, if no specific factors can be obtained from the first two sources, we use the latest available factors provided by the UK Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs and/or the Department of Energy and Climate Change in the UK.

To incorporate all of the operations over which we have financial (management) control, the

 

 

34


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

calculated carbon dioxide emissions are scaled up on the basis of the FTE coverage rate to account for any missing data (typically less than 10% of FTEs). In addition, emission uplift rates are applied to allow for uncertainty on the quality and coverage of emission measurement and estimation. The rates are 4% for electricity, 10% for other energy and 6% for business travel, based on the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change Good Practice Guidance and Uncertainty Management in National Greenhouse Gas Inventories, and HSBC’s internal analysis of data coverage and quality.

Carbon dioxide emissions in tonnes

 

                             
     2013      2012  

Total

     889,000         963,000   

From energy

     755,000         825,000   

From travel

     134,000         138,000   

Carbon dioxide emissions in tonnes per FTE

 

                             
     2013      2012  

Total

     3.43         3.61   

From energy

     2.91         3.09   

From travel

     0.52         0.52   

 

Our greenhouse gas reporting year runs from October to September. For the year from 1 October 2012 to 30 September 2013, carbon dioxide emissions from our global operations were 889,000 tonnes.

HSBC Technology and Services employs around a third of our workforce and runs our operations, including real estate, IT infrastructure and supply chain. One of its goals, known as ‘REDUCE’, is to cut annual carbon dioxide emissions per employee by a tonne between 2012 and 2020 to 2.5 tonnes. Our baseline year is 2011, in which emissions were 3.44 tonnes (rounded up to 3.5).

To tackle this challenge, we set a 10-point sustainable operations strategy at the start of 2012, listed below. This strategy covers issues from sustainability leadership and engagement to supply-chain collaboration, and includes ambitious targets to reduce our use of energy and reduce our waste. We made progress in 2013, but recognise that stretching goals like these will take time to achieve. We have capitalised on ‘quick wins’ where possible, but have also spent time to analyse thoroughly and prepare for achieving these targets.

 

 

 

Our 10-point sustainable operations strategy

 

  1. We are engaging all employees in delivering improved efficiency by 2020 with training and sustainability leadership programmes.
  2. We will increase energy consumption from renewables from 24% to 40% and increase self-generated electricity capacity from zero to 5%.
  3. We will collaborate with our supply chain to achieve sustainable savings through efficiency and innovation.
  4. We will improve the energy efficiency of our Group data centres.
  5. An annual US$5m investment in an HSBC Eco-efficiency Fund has been committed to trial sustainable innovation.
  6. Our target is to increase the recycling of HSBC’s waste from 60% to 100% of our office waste and electronic-waste.
  7. Work on all new and redesigned buildings costing over US$10m in our portfolio of 7,500 buildings will be done to Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (‘LEED’) certification standards.
  8. We aim to reduce annual energy consumption per employee by 1MWh.
  9. We will reduce paper usage, ensure it comes from sustainable sources, and encourage paperless banking for all retail and commercial customers.
10. We continue to promote alternatives to travel, reducing travel carbon emissions per employee.

 

Further details on our progress with achieving our sustainability operations programme will be published in our Sustainability Report 2013 on 23 May 2014.

 

Community investment

In 2013, we donated a total of US$117m to community investment projects (2012: US$120m).

Youth education

Education is key to prosperity. We seek to help young people fulfil their potential through global and local investment in education programmes. Our programmes span various levels of need, including financial literacy training, scholarships, cultural awareness programmes and teaching life skills.

In 2013, we launched the three-year £30m (US$47m) Opportunity Partnership, to help transform the lives of 25,000 disadvantaged young people in the UK through education, training and work.

Staff volunteering

Thousands of HSBC employees globally are involved every year through volunteering for our Community Investment programmes. We report in detail on this in the HSBC Sustainability Report 2013 .

HSBC Water Programme

2013 was the second year of our flagship environmental project, the HSBC Water Programme. This is a five-year, US$100m programme in partnership with Earthwatch, WaterAid and WWF to deliver water provision, protection, information and education across the world. In 2013, we developed the programme by connecting specific parts of our business with HSBC Water Programme activities.

 

 

35


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Risk overview

 

•   Risk and our strategic priorities

    36      

Our risk profile is underpinned by our core philosophy of maintaining a strong balance sheet and liquidity position, and capital strength.

 

•   Risk in 2013

    36      

 

•   Top and emerging risks

    37      

 

•   How we manage risk

    39      

 

•   How risk affects our performance

 

   

 

41

 

  

 

  

All our activities involve, to varying degrees, the measurement, evaluation, acceptance and management of risk or combinations of risks. Our risk management framework, employed at all levels of the organisation, ensures that our risk profile remains conservative and aligned to our risk appetite and strategy.

 

 

 

Risk and our strategic priorities

 

The Group’s three strategic priorities are reflected in our management of risk.

Grow both business and dividends – we ensure risk is maintained at appropriate levels while HSBC is positioned for growth and capital is deployed accordingly to maximise revenue opportunities.

Implement Global Standards – our management of financial crime risk is strengthened by the implementation of Global Standards, which are enhancing the procedures, policies, capabilities and controls that govern how we do business and with whom.

Streamline processes and procedures – during 2013, we initiated a comprehensive programme to reposition our portfolios in line with our updated risk appetite, and we made progress with programmes to make HSBC easier to manage and control. We also continued to simplify the Group structure through our disposal programme and to de-risk legacy portfolios. The steps we have taken to reshape HSBC have released around US$90bn in risk-weighted assets to date.

Our business and operating models are described on page 13. For further information on Global Standards, see page 23.

Risk in 2013

 

Financial markets were volatile during 2013, reflecting concerns over the US fiscal cliff and debt ceiling, the potential tapering of quantitative easing, the continuing political instability in the Middle East and its possible effect on global energy prices, and the widely held view that the global economic recovery remains fragile. We maintained a conservative risk profile by reducing exposure to the most likely areas of stress:

 

 

we managed selectively our exposure to sovereign debt and bank counterparties to

 

ensure that the overall quality of the portfolio remained strong;

 

 

we regularly assessed higher risk countries and adjusted our risk appetite and exposures accordingly;

 

 

we repositioned certain portfolios through our six filters process (see page 15) and our focus on certain products or customer segments;

 

 

we made our client selection filters more robust in managing the risk of financial crime; and

 

 

we mitigated risks, for example reputational and operational, when they were forecast to exceed our risk appetite.

The diversification of our lending portfolio across global businesses and regions, together with our broad range of products, ensured that we were not overly dependent on a limited number of countries or markets to generate income and growth.

We monitored a range of key risk metrics in 2013, including the following:

 

     2013           2012  
     US$bn           US$bn  

Maximum exposure to credit risk

     3,112            3,140   

of which:

        

– loans and advances held at amortised cost 14

     1,292              1,150   

Risk-weighted assets

     1,093            1,124   

of which:

        

– credit risk RWAs

     864              898   

– market risk RWAs

     63              55   

– operational risk RWAs

     119              122   

Proportion of RWAs on standardised approach

     30%            34%   

Trading value at risk (US$m)

     52            79   

Advances to deposits ratio 14

     73%            74%   

Advances to core funding (year end) 14 :

        

HSBC UK 23

     100%              106%   

HBAP 24

     72%              73%   

HSBC USA 25

     85%              78%   

For footnotes, see page 46.

 

 

 

36


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Risks incurred in our business activities

Our principal banking risks are credit risk, liquidity and funding risks, market risk, operational risk, compliance risk, fiduciary risk, reputational risk pension risk and sustainability risk. We also incur insurance risk. The chart below provides a

high level guide to how our business activities are reflected in our risk measures and in the Group’s balance sheet. The third-party assets and liabilities indicate the contribution each business makes to the balance sheet, while RWAs illustrate the relative size of the risks incurred in respect of each business.

For a description of our principal risks, see page 136.

 

 

Exposure to risks arising from the business activities of global businesses

 

LOGO

For footnote, see page 46.

 

For further information on credit risk, see page 150; capital and risk-weighted assets, see page 298; market risk, including value at risk, see page 230; and operational risk see page 244.

Top and emerging risks

 

Identifying and monitoring top and emerging risks are integral to our approach to risk management. We define a ‘top risk’ as being a current, emerged risk which has arisen across any of our risk categories, regions or global businesses and has the potential to have a material impact on our financial results or our reputation and the sustainability of our long-term business model, and which may form and crystallise within a year. We consider an ‘emerging risk’ to be one with potentially significant but uncertain outcomes which may form and crystallise beyond a one-year time horizon, in the event of which it could have a material effect on our ability to achieve our long-term strategy.

The ongoing assessment of our top and emerging risks is informed by a comprehensive suite of risk factors (see page 135) which may result in our risk appetite being revised.

During 2013, senior management paid particular attention to a number of top and emerging risks. These risks, as at 31 December 2013, are tabulated below.

We made a number of changes to our top and emerging risks to reflect revised assessment of their effect on HSBC during 2013. Threats to the global economy from a disorderly exit from quantitative easing, which emerged as a risk during the first half of 2013 following announcements that monetary stimuli may be scaled back, receded during the second half of the year. This followed announcements by central banks on the likely pace and scale of tapering together with an acceleration of economic growth in the US and UK.

 

 

37


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Top and emerging risks – LOGO / LOGO

 

Macroeconomic and
geopolitical risks

 

      Macro-prudential, regulatory
and legal risks to our
business model
     

Risks related to our business

operation, governance and

internal control systems

                 

LOGO Emerging markets’ slowdown

   

LOGO Regulatory developments affecting our business model and Group profitability

   

LOGO Heightened execution risk

 

Growth decelerated in a number of emerging markets during 2013. Any contraction in trade and capital flows would affect both emerging and developed economies.

   

 

Governments and regulators in numerous jurisdictions continue to develop policy which may impose new requirements, including in the areas of capital and liquidity management and business structure.

 

   

 

Regulatory demands, a challenging external environment, the level of internal transformation and risks arising from business and portfolio disposals may affect our ability to execute our strategy.

 

LOGO Increased geopolitical risk

   

LOGO Regulatory investigations, fines, sanctions, commitments and consent orders and requirements relating to conduct of business and financial crime negatively affecting our results and brand

   

LOGO Internet crime and fraud and

LOGO Information security risk

 

Our operations are exposed to risks arising from political instability and civil unrest in a number of countries, which may have a wider effect on regional stability and regional and global economies.

   

 

Financial service providers are at risk of regulatory sanctions or fines related to conduct of business and financial crime.

 

In December 2012, HSBC entered into agreements with US and UK authorities in relation to investigations regarding past inadequate compliance with AML and sanctions laws and we continue to be subject to other regulatory proceedings, the outcome of which is difficult to predict. There is a risk that we fail to meet agreed deadlines or are found to have material gaps in our plans or the implementation progress compared with that required by the DPAs and other orders.

 

   

 

Our businesses face a range of operational risks, including those arising from internet crime and fraud and cyber attacks affecting the security of Group and customer information.

        LOGO Data management
       

 

New regulatory requirements necessitate more frequent and granular data submissions, which must be produced on a consistent, accurate and timely basis.

 

   

LOGO Dispute risk

 

   

LOGO Model risk

 

   

 

HSBC is party to legal proceedings arising out of its normal business operations which could give rise to potential financial loss and significant reputational damage.

   

 

Regulatory requirements relating to models and assumptions in areas such as capital calculations and stress testing could potentially result in an increased and more volatile capital requirement.

 

 

 

Heightened execution risk was also assessed as a top risk to reflect the external and internal challenges to delivering our strategy at the same time

as implementing the changes necessitated by regulatory change and the implementation of Global Standards.

 

 

38


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

When the top and emerging risks listed above resulted in our risk appetite potentially being exceeded, we took steps to mitigate them, including reducing our exposure to areas of stress. Given the impact on the Group of breaching the US DPA, significant senior management attention was given to tracking and monitoring our compliance with its requirements and improving policies, processes and controls to minimise the risk of a breach.

For a detailed account of these risks see page 141 and for a summary of our risk factors, see page 135.

How we manage risk

 

Our risk culture is fundamental to the delivery of our strategic objectives. It may be characterised as conservative, control-based and collegiate. It is reinforced by our HSBC Values and our Global Standards, and forms the basis on which our risk appetite and risk management framework are established. These are instrumental in aligning the behaviour of individuals with the Group’s attitude to assuming and managing risk.

We manage risk actively, with five main elements underpinning our risk culture.

Running risk like a business

Running risk like a business means ensuring that the Global Risk function is dynamic and responsive to the needs of its stakeholders. We continue to focus on:

 

 

making systems compatible (for example, in Global Risk and Global Finance) so a complete picture of our risks is obtained;

 

 

streamlining data production and re-engineering processes to create time to spend on risk management; and

 

 

understanding the detail behind our risks and costs.

Organisation and structure

Robust risk governance and accountability are embedded throughout the Group, fostering a continuous monitoring of the risk environment and an integrated evaluation of risks and their interactions. Adherence to consistent standards and risk management policies is required across HSBC by our Global Standards and our Global Risk Operating Model.

Our risk governance framework, of which our risk appetite framework is a significant element, ensures the appropriate oversight of and accountability for the effective management of risk, including financial crime risk, at Group, regional and

global business levels. Similar arrangements are in place in our major operating subsidiaries.

The Group Risk Committee is responsible for advising the Board on high-level risk related matters and risk governance.

The risk governance framework was augmented by the establishment in January 2013 of the Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee, which reports to the Board on matters relating to financial crime and financial system abuse and provides a forward-looking perspective on financial crime risk.

A Conduct & Values Committee was established in January 2014, to oversee the design and application of HSBC’s policies, procedures and standards, to ensure that we conduct business responsibly and consistently adhere to HSBC Values and to advise the Board accordingly.

For a description of the governance structure for managing risk at the Group level, see the report of the Group Risk Committee on page 352. The Report of the Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee is on page 358.

Three lines of defence

The Group has adopted a risk management and internal control structure referred to as the ‘three lines of defence’ to ensure we achieve our commercial aims while meeting regulatory and legal requirements. It is a key part of our operational risk management framework.

 

 

First line – every employee is responsible for the risks that are part of their day to day jobs. The first line of defence ensures that all key risks within their operations are identified, mitigated and monitored by appropriate internal controls within an overall control environment.

 

 

Second line – global functions, such as Global Risk, Global Finance and Global Human Resources form the second line of defence. They have similar responsibilities to the first line of defence for the processes and activities they own. In addition, they are responsible for setting policy and for providing oversight and challenge of the activities conducted by the first line.

 

 

Third line – Internal Audit forms the third line of defence, providing independent assurance to senior management and the Board over the design and operation of HSBC’s risk management, governance and internal control processes.

For details of our operational risk management framework, see page 244.

 

 

39


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

People

All employees are required to identify, assess and manage risk within the scope of their assigned responsibilities and, as such, they are critical to the effectiveness of the three lines of defence. Personal accountability for Global Standards is reinforced by HSBC Values.

Clear and consistent employee communication on risk conveys strategic messages and sets the tone from senior leadership. A suite of mandatory training on critical risk and compliance topics is deployed to embed skills and understanding and strengthen the risk culture within HSBC. It reinforces the attitude to risk in the behaviour expected of employees, as described in our risk policies. The training is updated regularly, describing technical aspects of the various risks assumed by the Group and how they should be managed effectively. Staff are supported in their roles by a disclosure line which enables them to raise concerns confidentially (see page 29).

Our risk culture is reinforced by our approach to remuneration. Individual awards are based on compliance with HSBC Values and the achievement of financial and non-financial objectives which are aligned to our risk appetite and global strategy.

For further information on risk and remuneration, see the Report of the Group Remuneration Committee on page 360.

Risk management processes and procedures

Risk management within HSBC is driven by the following four processes:

 

 

risk identification;

 

 

risk appetite;

 

 

mapping our risk profile; and

 

 

stress testing and scenario analysis.

Risk identification

We identify and monitor risks continuously. This process, which is informed by analysis of our risk factors and the results of our stress testing programme, gives rise to the classification of certain key risks as top or emerging. Changes in our assessment of top and emerging risks may result in adjustments to our business strategy and, potentially, our risk appetite.

Risk appetite

The Group’s Risk Appetite Statement describes the types and levels of risk that we are prepared to accept in executing our strategy. The Risk Appetite Statement is approved by the Board on the advice of the Group Risk Committee. It is a key component of our risk management framework, informs our annual

operating plan and plays an important role in our six filters process.

Global businesses, geographical regions and global functions are required to align their risk appetite statements with the Group’s.

Quantitative and qualitative metrics are assigned to nine key categories: earnings, capital, liquidity and funding, securitisations, cost of risk, intra-group lending, strategic investments, risk categories and risk diversification and concentration. Measurement against the metrics:

 

 

guides underlying business activity, ensuring it is aligned to risk appetite statements;

 

 

informs risk-adjusted remuneration;

 

 

enables the key underlying assumptions to be monitored and, where necessary, adjusted through subsequent business planning cycles; and

 

 

promptly identifies business decisions needed to mitigate risk.

Some of the core metrics that are measured and presented to the Board monthly are tabulated below:

Key risk appetite metrics

 

     2013
     Target 27              Actual  

Core tier 1 ratio

     9.5% to 10.5%         13.6%  

Common equity tier 1 ratio

     9.5% to 10.5%         10.9%  

Return on equity

     12% to 15%         9.2%  

Return on RWAs

     2.1% to 2.7%         2.0%  

Cost efficiency ratio

     48% to 52%         59.6%  

Advances to customer accounts ratio 14

     Below 90%         72.9%  

Cost of risk (loan impairment charges)

    

 

Below 15% of  

operating income  

  

  

   7.7%  

For footnotes, see page 46.

In 2013, we changed the targets for two of these risk appetite metrics. Our return on risk-weighted assets target was raised from 1.8-2.6% to the current target of 2.1-2.7%, reflecting changes in our risk profile as we reshaped our portfolio of businesses in line with our strategy and our six filters framework. As our portfolios became less risky, we reduced the acceptable cost of risk from below 20% to below 15% of operating income.

Our core tier 1 ratio exceeded the target, although remained within our risk tolerance to ensure we were well placed to meet requirements on a Basel III basis (page 309).

Our six filters are described on page 15.

 

 

40


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Mapping our risk profile

Risks are assumed by our global businesses in accordance with their risk appetite and are managed at Group, global business and regional levels. All risks are recorded and monitored through our risk mapping process, which describes our risk profile by category in the different regions and global businesses.

In addition to our banking and insurance risks, the risk mapping process identifies and monitors risks such as model, financial management, capital, Islamic finance and strategic risks. These risks are regularly assessed through our risk appetite framework, stress tested and considered for classification as top and emerging risks.

For a summary of our banking and insurance risks, see page 136.

Stress testing and scenario analysis

We conduct stress-testing scenarios across the Group on both enterprise-wide and regional bases, reflecting our business strategy and resultant risk exposures. These scenarios include, but are not limited to, adverse macroeconomic events, failures at country, sector and counterparty levels and a variety of projected major operational risk events. The results of the stress tests are used to assess potential unplanned demand for regulatory capital under the various scenarios. We also participate in scenario analyses requested by regulatory bodies including the Bank of England concurrent stress test exercise and the US Federal Reserve Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (‘CCAR’) and Dodd-Frank Stress Testing programmes.

We tested several scenarios in the course of 2013. The results of these stress tests demonstrated that HSBC would remain satisfactorily capitalised after taking account of assumed management actions to mitigate the effect of the scenarios in question.

For further information on our stress-testing and scenario analyses, see page 139.

How risk affects our performance

 

The management of risk is an integral part of all our activities. Risk measures our exposure to uncertainty and the consequent variability of return.

The execution of our strategy, including the exit from non-strategic markets, the sale of businesses and non-core investments, the repositioning of our portfolios and implementation of revised client selection filters, together with an improvement in market conditions, led to a modest improvement in

credit metrics in our retail portfolios during 2013, while our wholesale portfolios remained stable.

LICs fell in North America, Europe and the Middle East and North Africa following a general improvement in credit conditions but rose in Latin America for reasons outlined on page 17.

Operational losses declined significantly compared with 2012, although remained above historical trend. The decrease reflected the non-recurrence of fines and penalties paid in 2012 as part of the settlement of investigations into past inadequate compliance with AML and sanctions laws. Provisions related to UK customer redress, principally payment protection insurance and interest rate protection products, also declined. There are many factors which could affect these estimated liabilities and there remains a high degree of uncertainty as to the eventual cost of redress for these matters.

HSBC is party to legal proceedings, investigations and regulatory matters in a number of jurisdictions arising out of its normal business operations. We recognise a provision for a liability in relation to these matters when it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle an obligation which has arisen as a result of past events, and for which a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Our provisions for legal proceedings and regulatory matters and for customer remediation at 31 December 2013 totalled US$4.2bn. While the outcome of these matters is inherently uncertain, management believes that, based on the information available to it, appropriate provisions have been made.

The reported results of HSBC are sensitive to the accounting policies, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of our consolidated financial statements and reflect our assessment of the financial impact of risks affecting the Group.

For a description of material legal proceedings and regulatory matters, see Note 43 on the Financial Statements on page 554.

Provisions for legal proceedings and regulatory matters and for customer remediation are disclosed in Note 31 on the Financial Statements on page 526.

For details of operational losses, see page 246.

For details of our critical accounting policies, see page 72.

 

 

41


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Rewarding performance

 

•   Employee remuneration

    42       Our remuneration strategy rewards commercial success and compliance with our risk management framework.

 

•   Directors’ remuneration

 

 

 

 

43

 

  

  

 

•   Remuneration policy going forward

 

 

 

 

44

 

  

  

 

•   External reporting

 

 

 

 

 

45

 

  

  

The quality of our people and their long-term commitment to the Group are fundamental to our success. We therefore aim to attract, retain and motivate the very best people who are committed to maintaining a long-term career with HSBC, and who will perform their role in the long-term interests of shareholders.

 

 

Employee remuneration

 

HSBC’s reward package comprises four key elements of remuneration:

 

 

fixed pay;

 

 

benefits;

 

 

annual incentive; and

 

 

the Group Performance Share Plan (‘GPSP’).

These elements support the achievement of our objectives through balancing reward for both short-term and long-term sustainable performance. Our strategy is designed to reward only success, and aligns employees’ remuneration with our risk framework and risk outcomes. For our most senior employees the greater part of their reward is deferred and thereby subject to malus, that is, it can be cancelled if warranted by events.

In order to ensure alignment between what we pay our people and our business strategy, we assess individual performance against annual and long-term financial and non-financial objectives which are summarised in performance scorecards. This assessment also takes into account adherence to the HSBC Values of being ‘open, connected and dependable’ and acting with ‘courageous integrity’. Altogether, performance is therefore judged not only on what is achieved over the short and long-term but also importantly on how it is achieved, as we believe the latter is essential to the long-term sustainability of the business.

Industry changes and key challenges

The main drivers of change in remuneration policy and practice within the financial services industry are the new regulations under CRD IV which apply globally to all employees of EU headquartered banks. The key change is the application of a cap on variable pay that can be paid to any ‘material risk taker’ (being employees who have been identified as having a material impact on the institution’s risk profile). This presents significant challenges for HSBC given the fact that as a worldwide business, a

significant number of our material risk takers are based outside the EU.

This situation has necessitated a review of our remuneration policy, especially the balance between fixed and variable pay, to ensure we can remain competitive on a total compensation basis and retain our key talent. Bearing in mind the interests of our shareholders, the Board believes it is necessary to increase the variable pay cap to the 200% of fixed pay for material risk takers that is permitted under CRD IV with shareholder approval. This will enable us to hold back a larger proportion of variable pay, subject to malus, than would be the case if we were not to take advantage of this provision. It will require shareholder approval at the AGM on 23 May 2014.

Overall, a representative number of our major institutional shareholders have been supportive of the proposed changes to our remuneration policy and recognise the importance of ensuring we can retain our key talent.

Variable pay pool determination

Determining the quantum of variable pay requires consideration of affordability, the equitable distribution between shareholders and employees and market-based judgements around peer comparisons and retention risk. The Group Remuneration Committee considers many factors in determining HSBC’s variable pay pool funding. The total variable pay pool for 2013 was US$3.9bn, increased from US$3.7bn in 2012, as shown in the table below:

Variable pay pool

 

     Group  
     2013      2012  
     US$m      US$m  

Variable pay pool

     

– total

     3,920         3,689   

– as a percentage of underlying profit

     15%         17%   

– percentage of pool deferred 28

     18%         17%   

For footnote, see page 46.

 

 

42


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Funding

The variable pay pool takes into account the performance of the Group which is considered within the context of our Risk Appetite Statement. This ensures that the variable pay pool is shaped by risk considerations, and is shaped by an integrated approach to business, risk and capital management which supports achievement of our strategic objectives.

Funding is calibrated with reference to Group profitability, capital strength, and shareholder returns. This approach ensures that performance-related awards for any global business, global function, geographical region or level of staff are considered in a holistic fashion.

The methodology also considers the relationship between capital, dividends and variable pay to ensure that the distribution of post-tax profits between these three elements is considered appropriate.

For the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the 2012, 2013 and target split, see page 394.

Relative importance of spend on pay

The following chart provides a breakdown of total staff pay relative to the amount paid out in dividends.

 

 

LOGO

Directors’ remuneration

 

The single total figure for Directors’ remuneration required by Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-Sized Companies (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 is as follows:

 

 

Executive Directors

 

     Douglas Flint         Stuart Gulliver         Iain Mackay
    

2013  

£000  

       

2012  

£000  

       

2013  

£000  

       

2012  

£000  

       

2013  

£000  

       

2012  

£000  

Fixed pay

                                

Base salary

   1,500         1,500         1,250         1,250         700         700  

Pension

   750         750         625         625         350         350  
  

 

2,250  

      2,250         1,875         1,875         1,050         1,050  

 

Benefits

   48         64         591         642         33         36  

Variable pay

                                

Annual incentive

   –         –         1,833         780         1,074         539  

GPSP

   –         –         3,667         3,000         2,148         1,400  
  

 

–  

      –         5,500         3,780         3,222         1,939  

 

Notional return on deferred cash

   27         12         –         –         7         3  

Non-taxable benefits

   102         98         67         65         53         50  

 

Total single figure of remuneration

   2,427         2,424         8,033         6,362         4,365         3,078  

 

Addendum

 

                                

Annual incentive with performance conditions 30

   –         –         –         1,170         –         809  

 

Total single figure of remuneration and annual incentive with performance conditions

           2,427                 2,424                 8,033                 7,533                 4,365                 3,887  

For footnote, see page 46.

 

43


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Douglas Flint, as Group Chairman, is not eligible for an annual incentive and did not receive a GPSP award in 2013.

Marc Moses was appointed an executive Director with effect from 1 January 2014, reflecting the criticality of the Risk function to HSBC and his

leadership of the function, and recognises his personal contribution to the Group.

A full summary of the variable pay performance outcomes for the two eligible executive Directors receiving such awards in 2013 is tabulated below.

For full details of Directors’ remuneration, see page 389.

 

 

Variable pay performance for 2013

 

    Stuart Gulliver           Iain Mackay  
   

Maximum

multiple

   

Pre-

discretion

per-

formance
outcome

   

Multiple

awarded

   

Pre-  

discretion  

value  

       

Com-   

mittee   

discretion 31

       

Post-  

discretion  

value  

         

Maximum

multiple

    

Post-

discretion

per-

formance
outcome

    

Multiple

awarded

         Value  
                      £000           £000            £000                                  £000  

Salary

    1.00        100%        1.00        1,250            n/a             1,250              1.00         100%         1.00         700   

Annual incentive

    3.00        60%        1.80        2,250            (417)            1,833              3.00         51%         1.53         1,074   

GPSP

    6.00        60%        3.60        4,500            (833)            3,667              5.10         60%         3.07         2,148   

Total

          8,000            (1,250)            6,750                       3,922   

For footnote, see page 46.

 

Remuneration policy going forward

 

In order to deal with the challenges of CRD IV we have introduced changes to our remuneration structure for executive Directors in 2014 as summarised in the table below, subject to

shareholders’ approval at the 2014 AGM. If approved, the policy is intended to apply for three years to the conclusion of the AGM in 2017.

For full details of the remuneration policy for executive Directors, see page 381.

 

 

Changes in remuneration policy for 2014

 

Purpose and link

to strategy

   Operation    Maximum opportunity   

Performance

metrics

Salary    No change    No change    No change (none)

 

Fixed pay allowance 32

  

 

Introduction of share allowance

  

 

Maximum fixed pay allowance for each executive Director will be the difference between (i) 50% of the target remuneration of the executive Director under this policy and (ii) the aggregate of the base salary and cash allowance in lieu of pension for that executive Director

   None

 

Benefits

  

 

No change

  

 

No change

  

 

No change (none)

 

Total variable pay

  

 

No change

  

 

Maximum at 900% of salary reduced to 200% of fixed pay

  

 

No change

Annual incentive 32

   No change    Maximum incentive reduced from 300% of base salary to 67% of fixed pay    See page 382

GPSP 32

   No change    Maximum incentive reduced from 600% of base salary to 133% of fixed pay    See page 383

 

Pension

  

 

No change

  

 

No change

  

 

No change (none)

For footnote, see page 46.

 

The mix of fixed and variable pay granted to an employee is commensurate with the individual’s role, experience and responsibility and the local market.

Fixed pay allowances will only be granted to certain material risk takers based on their role, function, experience and technical expertise. The Group Chairman will not be eligible for a fixed pay allowance.

Executive Directors, Group Managing Directors and Group General Managers will receive shares that vest immediately. The shares (net of shares sold to cover any income tax and social security) will be subject to a retention period. 20% of these shares will be released in March immediately following the end of the financial year in which the shares are granted. The remaining 80% will be subject to a retention period of at least five years.

 

 

44


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

All other employees will receive the fixed pay allowance in cash when it is below a specified threshold. Where the fixed pay allowance is above the specified threshold, all of it will be received in shares that vest immediately. Any shares delivered (net of shares sold to cover any income tax and social security) as part of the fixed pay allowance would be subject to a retention period. 40% of the shares will be released in March following the end of the relevant financial year in which the shares were granted. The remaining 60% will be released in three equal annual tranches on each anniversary of the initial release.

Group Managing Directors participate in both the annual incentive and the GPSP. Group General Managers participate in the annual incentive and may receive other long-term awards. Other employees across the Group are eligible to participate in annual incentive arrangements.

External reporting

 

The required remuneration disclosures for Directors and highest paid employees in the Group are made in the Directors Remuneration Report on page 378. Remuneration disclosures for Code Staff can be found in the Pillar 3 Disclosures 2013 .

On behalf of the Board                 24 February 2014

D J Flint, Group Chairman

HSBC Holdings plc

Registered number 617987

 

 

45


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Strategic Report (continued)

  

 

Footnotes to Strategic Report

 

  1 A Basel II measure, of core tier 1 capital expressed as percentage of total risk-weighted assets.
  2 The cost efficiency ratio is defined as total operating expenses divided by net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.
  3 Dividends recorded in the financial statements are dividends per ordinary share declared in a year and are not dividends in respect of, or for, that year. The third interim dividend for 2012 of US$0.09 was paid on 12 December 2012. The fourth interim dividend for 2012 of US$0.18 was paid on 8 May 2013. First, second and third interim dividends for 2013, each of US$0.10 per ordinary share, were paid on 11 July 2013, 9 October 2013 and 11 December 2013, respectively. Note 10 on the Financial Statements provides more information on the dividends declared in 2013. On 24 February 2014 the Directors declared a fourth interim dividend for 2013 of US$0.19 per ordinary share in lieu of a final dividend, which will be payable to ordinary shareholders on 30 April 2014 in cash in US dollars, or in pounds sterling or Hong Kong dollars at exchange rates to be determined on 22 April 2014, with a scrip dividend alternative. The reserves available for distribution at 31 December 2013 were US$49,339m.
       Quarterly dividends of US$15.5 per 6.2% non-cumulative Series A US dollar preference share, equivalent to a dividend of US$0.3875 per Series A American Depositary Share, each of which represents one-fortieth of a Series A US dollar preference share, were paid on 16 September 2013, 17 June 2013, 15 March 2013 and 16 December 2013.
       Quarterly coupons of US$0.508 per security were paid with respect to 8.125% capital securities on 15 January 2013, 15 April 2013, 15 July 2013 and 15 October 2013.
       Quarterly coupons of US$0.5 per security were paid with respect to 8% capital securities on 15 March 2013, 17 June 2013, 16 September 2013 and 16 December 2013.
  4 The return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity is defined as profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company divided by average ordinary shareholders’ equity.
  5 Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions, also referred to as ‘revenue.’
  6 Intermediation of securities, funds and insurance products, including Securities Services in GB&M.
  7 Merger and acquisition, event and project financing, and co-investments in GPB.
  8 Including Foreign Exchange, Rates, Credit and Equities.
  9 Including portfolio management.
  10 Including private trust and estate planning (for financial and non-financial assets).
  11 Including hedge funds, real estate and private equity.
  12 Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.
  13 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures.
  14 In 2013, GB&M changed the way it manages repo and reverse repo activities in the Credit and Rates businesses as set out on page 68 of the ‘Financial Review’. This led to an increase in the amount of reverse repo and repo agreements classified as ‘Loans and advances to customers’ at amortised cost and ‘Customer accounts’ at amortised cost in the balance sheet, respectively.
  15 A Basel III measure, of common equity tier 1 capital expressed as percentage of total risk exposure amount.
  16 UK bank levy paid reflects the payments made to the tax authorities during the calendar year and may differ from the recognition of liabilities charged to the income statement.
  17 Excludes movements in the fair value of own debt and before variable pay distributions. See Directors’ Remuneration Report page 378.
  18 Each American Depositary Share represents five ordinary shares.
  19 Total shareholder return is defined as the growth in share value and declared dividend income during the relevant period.
  20 The Financial Times Stock Exchange 100 Index, The Morgan Stanley Capital International World Index and The Morgan Stanley Capital International World Bank Index.
  21 Established on 17 January 2014.
  22 Established on 22 November 2013.
  23 The HSBC UK entity shown comprises five legal entities; HSBC Bank plc (including all overseas branches), and SPEs consolidated by HSBC Bank plc for Financial Statement purposes), Marks and Spencer Financial Services Limited, HSBC Private Bank (UK) Ltd, HFC Bank Ltd and HSBC Trust Company (UK) Limited, managed as a single operating entity, in line with the application of UK liquidity regulation as agreed with the UK PRA.
  24 The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation represents the bank in Hong Kong including all overseas branches. Each branch is monitored and controlled for liquidity and funding risk purposes as a standalone operating entity.
  25 The HSBC USA principal entity shown represents the HSBC USA Inc consolidated group; predominantly HSBC USA Inc and HSBC Bank USA, NA. The HSBC USA Inc consolidated group is managed as a single operating entity.
  26 The sum of balances presented does not agree to consolidated amounts because inter-company eliminations are not presented here.
  27 Targets for 2014 to 2016 were announced at our Investor Update on 15 May 2013.
  28 The percentage of variable pay deferred for the Code Staff population was 64%.
  29 Dividends per ordinary share in respect of that year. For 2013, this includes the first, second and third interim dividends paid in 2013 of US$5.6bn (gross of scrip) and a fourth interim dividend of US$3.6bn.
  30 60% of the 2012 annual incentive for Stuart Gulliver and Iain Mackay disclosed in the 2012 Directors’ Remuneration Report was deferred for five years. The vesting of these awards is subject to a service condition and satisfactory completion of the DPA. The DPA condition ends on the fifth anniversary of the award date unless the DPA is extended or otherwise continues beyond that date, in which case the awards will vest on the date on which the DPA expires and otherwise ceases to operate.
  31 In its meeting of 15 January 2014, the Group Remuneration Committee used its discretion to reduce overall variable pay by £1.25m (equivalent to 18.5% of the total annual incentive and GPSP). This adjustment was considered appropriate in the context of overall Group-wide year-over-year profitability and incentive pool funding, Group-wide risk and compliance, market remuneration benchmarks and the remuneration recommendations for the Group CEO’s direct reports.
  32 Maximum award potentials for fixed pay allowances and variable pay awards are based on obtaining shareholder approval to increase the maximum variable pay award as a percentage of fixed pay under CRD IV from 100% to 200% at the Annual General Meeting on 23 May 2014. If shareholder approval is not obtained the maximum fixed pay allowance payable for each executive Director under the policy will be the difference between (i) 50% of maximum total remuneration of the executive Director under this policy as shown in the Remuneration scenarios chart on page 389 and (ii) the aggregate of the base salary and cash allowance in lieu of pension for that executive Director. Maximum variable pay award levels will be revised to 100% of fixed pay and the maximum annual incentive and GPSP awards will accordingly be reduced to 1/3 and 2/3 of this amount (i.e. 33% and 67% of fixed pay, respectively). The requested increase in the cap to 200% would enable us to minimise the increase in fixed remuneration costs and so help to maintain greater flexibility on total pay.

 

46


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review

  

 

Financial summary

 

Use of non-GAAP financial measures

     47   

Constant currency

     47   

Underlying performance

     47   

Consolidated income statement

     51   

Group performance by income and expense item

     53   

Net interest income

     53   

Net fee income

     55   

Net trading income

     55   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     56   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     58   

Net earned insurance premiums

     58   

Gains on disposal of US branch network, US cards business and
Ping An

     59   

Other operating income

     59   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     60   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     61   

Operating expenses

     62   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     64   

Tax expense

     64   

2012 compared with 2011

     64a   

Consolidated balance sheet

     65   

Movement in 2013

     66   

Average balance sheet

     69a   

Average balance sheet and net interest income

     69a   

Analysis of changes in net interest income and net interest expense

     69h   

Short-term borrowings

     69k   

Contractual obligations

     69k   

Loan maturity and interest sensitivity analysis

     69l   

Deposits

     69m   

Certificates of deposit and other time deposits

     70a   

Reconciliation of RoRWA measures

     71   

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     71a   

Critical accounting policies

     72   

The management commentary included in the Report of the Directors: ‘Financial Review’, together with the ‘Employees’ and ‘Corporate sustainability’ sections of ‘Corporate Governance’ and the ‘Directors’ Remuneration Report’ is presented in compliance with the IFRSs Practice Statement ‘Management Commentary’ issued by the IASB.

Use of non-GAAP financial measures

 

Our reported results are prepared in accordance with IFRSs as detailed in the Financial Statements starting on page 416. In measuring our performance, the financial measures that we use include those which have been derived from our reported results in

order to eliminate factors which distort year-on-year comparisons. These are considered non-GAAP financial measures. Non-GAAP financial measures that we use throughout our Financial Review and are described below. Other non-GAAP financial measures are described and reconciled to the closest reported financial measure when used.

Constant currency

The constant currency measure adjusts for the year-on-year effects of foreign currency translation differences by comparing reported results for 2013 with reported results for 2012 retranslated at 2013 exchange rates. Except where stated otherwise, commentaries are on a constant currency basis, as reconciled in the table below.

The foreign currency translation differences reflect the movements of the US dollar against most major currencies during 2013.

We exclude the translation differences because we consider the like-for-like basis of constant currency financial measures more appropriately reflects changes due to operating performance.

 

 

Constant currency

Constant currency comparatives for 2012 referred to in the commentaries are computed by retranslating into US dollars for non-US dollar branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates:

 

 

the income statements for 2012 at the average rates of exchange for 2013; and

 

 

the balance sheet at 31 December 2012 at the prevailing rates of exchange on 31 December 2013.

Constant currency comparatives for 2011 referred to in the 2012 commentaries are computed on the same basis, by applying average rates of exchange for 2012 to the 2011 income and rates of exchange on 31 December 2012 to the balance sheet at 31 December 2011.

No adjustment has been made to the exchange rates used to translate foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities into the functional currencies of any HSBC branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates. When reference is made to ‘constant currency’ in tables or commentaries, comparative data reported in the functional currencies of HSBC’s operations have been translated at the appropriate exchange rates applied in the current year on the basis described above.

 

Underlying performance

To arrive at underlying performance:

 

 

we adjust for the year-on-year effects of foreign currency translation;

 

 

we eliminate the fair value movements on our long-term debt attributable to credit spread (‘own credit spread’) where the net result of such movements will be zero upon maturity of the debt. This does not include fair value

 

 

47


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

changes due to own credit risk in respect of trading liabilities or derivative liabilities; and

 

 

we adjust for acquisitions, disposals and changes of ownership levels of subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and businesses.

For acquisitions, disposals and changes of ownership levels of subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and businesses, we eliminate the gain or

loss on disposal or dilution and any associated gain or loss on reclassification or impairment recognised in the year incurred, and remove the operating profit or loss of the acquired, disposed of or diluted subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and businesses from all the years presented so we can view results on a like-for-like basis. For example, if a disposal was made in the current year, any gain

 

 

47a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency profit before tax

 

     2013 compared with 2012  

HSBC

    
 
 
2012 as
reported
US$m
  
  
  
       

 

 

 

Currency

translation

adjustment

US$m

  

  

1  

  

       

 

 

 

 

2012

at 2013

exchange

rates

US$m

  

  

  

  

  

       

 

 

2013 as

reported

US$m

  

  

  

       

 

 

Reported

change

%

  

2  

  

       

 

 

 

Constant

currency

change

%

  

  

2  

  

Net interest income

     37,672            (682         36,990            35,539            (6         (4

Net fee income

     16,430            (203         16,227            16,434                       1   

Net trading income

     7,091            (164         6,927            8,690            23            25   

Own credit spread 3

     (5,215         12            (5,203         (1,246         76            76   

Other income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     2,989            (53         2,936            2,014            (33         (31

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (2,226         (41         (2,267         768               

Gains on disposal of US branch network, US cards business and Ping An

     7,024                       7,024                       (100         (100

Gains less losses from financial investments

     1,189            (17         1,172            2,012            69            72   

Net earned insurance premiums

     13,044            (118         12,926            11,940            (8         (8

Other operating income (including dividend income)

     2,321            (200         2,121            2,954            27            39   

Total operating income

     82,545            (1,425         81,120            78,337            (5         (3

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (14,215         96            (14,119         (13,692         (4         (3

Net operating income 4

     68,330            (1,329         67,001            64,645            (5         (4

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (8,311         201            (8,110         (5,849         30            28   

Net operating income

     60,019            (1,128         58,891            58,796            (2           

Operating expenses

     (42,927         683            (42,244         (38,556         10            9   

Operating profit

     17,092            (445         16,647            20,240            18            22   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     3,557            45            3,602            2,325            (35         (35

Profit before tax

     20,649            (400         20,249            22,565            9            11   

By global business

                                

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     9,575            (26         9,549            6,649            (31         (30

Commercial Banking

     8,535            (96         8,439            8,441            (1           

Global Banking and Markets

     8,520            (147         8,373            9,441            11            13   

Global Private Banking

     1,009            (16         993            193            (81         (81

Other

     (6,990         (115         (7,105         (2,159         69            70   

Profit before tax

     20,649            (400         20,249            22,565            9            11   

By geographical region

                                

Europe

     (3,414         65            (3,349         1,825               

Hong Kong

     7,582            (1         7,581            8,089            7            7   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     10,448            (227         10,221            7,764            (26         (24

Middle East and North Africa

     1,350            (36         1,314            1,694            25            29   

North America

     2,299            (28         2,271            1,221            (47         (46

Latin America

     2,384            (173         2,211            1,972            (17         (11

Profit before tax

     20,649            (400         20,249            22,565            9            11   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

48


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

or loss on disposal, any associated gain or loss on reclassification or impairment recognised and the results of the disposed-of business would be removed from the results of the current year and the previous year as if the disposed-of business did not exist in those years. Disposal of investments other than those included in the above definition do not lead to underlying adjustments.

We use underlying performance to explain year-on-year changes when the effect of fair value movements on own debt, acquisitions, disposals or dilution is significant because we consider that this basis more appropriately reflects operating performance.

The following acquisitions, disposals and changes to ownership levels affected the underlying performance:

 

 

Disposal gains/(losses) affecting underlying performance

 

     Date      Disposal
gain/(loss)
 
            US$m  

HSBC Bank Canada’s disposal of HSBC Securities (Canada) Inc’s full service retail brokerage business 5

     Jan 2012         83   

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited’s disposal of RBWM operations in Thailand 5

     Mar 2012         108   

HSBC Finance Corporation, HSBC USA Inc. and HSBC Technology and Services (USA) Inc.’s disposal of US Card and Retail Services business 5

     May 2012         3,148   

HSBC Bank USA, N.A.’s disposal of 138 non-strategic branches 5

     May 2012         661   

HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.’s disposal of its non-life insurance manufacturing subsidiary 5

     May 2012         102   

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited’s disposal of its private banking business in Japan 5

     Jun 2012         67   

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited’s disposal of its shareholding in a property company in the Philippines 6

     Jun 2012         130   

Hang Seng Bank Limited’s disposal of its non-life insurance manufacturing subsidiary 5

     Jul 2012         46   

HSBC Bank USA, N.A.’s disposal of 57 non-strategic branches 5

     Aug 2012         203   

HSBC Asia Holdings B.V.’s investment loss on a subsidiary 5

     Aug 2012         (85

HSBC Bank plc’s disposal of HSBC Securities SA 6

     Aug 2012         (11

HSBC Europe (Netherlands) B.V.’s disposal of HSBC Credit Zrt 6

     Aug 2012         (2

HSBC Europe (Netherlands) B.V.’s disposal of HSBC Insurance (Ireland) Limited 6

     Oct 2012         (12

HSBC Europe (Netherlands) B.V.’s disposal of HSBC Reinsurance Limited 6

     Oct 2012         7   

HSBC Private Bank (UK) Limited’s disposal of Property Vision Holdings Limited 6

     Oct 2012         (1

HSBC Investment Bank Holdings Limited’s disposal of its stake in Havas Havalimanlari Yer Hizmetleri Yatirim Holding Anonim Sirketi 6

     Oct 2012         18   

HSBC Insurance (Asia) Limited’s disposal of its non-life insurance portfolios 5

     Nov 2012         117   

HSBC Bank plc’s disposal of HSBC Shipping Services Limited 6

     Nov 2012         (2

HSBC Bank (Panama) S.A.’s disposal of its operations in Costa Rica, El Salvador and Honduras 5

     Dec 2012         (62

HSBC Insurance Holdings Limited and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited’s disposal of their shares in Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd (‘Ping An’) 5

     Dec 2012         3,012   

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited’s disposal of its shareholding in Global Payments Asia-Pacific Limited 5

     Dec 2012         212   

Reclassification gain in respect of our holding in Industrial Bank Co., Limited following the issue of additional share capital to third parties 5

     Jan 2013         1,089   

HSBC Insurance (Asia-Pacific) Holdings Limited’s disposal of its shareholding in Bao Viet Holdings 5

     Mar 2013         104   

Household Insurance Group Holding company’s disposal of its insurance manufacturing business 5

     Mar 2013         (99

HSBC Seguros, S.A. de C.V., Grupo Financiero HSBC’s disposal of its property and Casualty Insurance business in Mexico 5

     Apr 2013         20   

HSBC Bank plc’s disposal of its shareholding in HSBC (Hellas) Mutual Funds Management SA 6

     Apr 2013         (7

HSBC Insurance (Asia-Pacific) Holdings Limited disposal of its shareholding in Hana HSBC Life Insurance Company Limited 5

     May 2013         28   

HSBC Bank plc’s disposal of HSBC Assurances IARD 6

     May 2013         (4

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited’s disposal of HSBC Life (International) Limited’s Taiwan branch operations 6

     June 2013         (36

HSBC Markets (USA) Inc.’s disposal of its subsidiary, Rutland Plastic Technologies 6

     Aug 2013         17   

HSBC Insurance (Singapore) Pte Ltd’s disposal of its Employee Benefits Insurance business in Singapore 6

     Aug 2013         (8

HSBC Investment Bank Holdings plc’s disposal of its investment in associate FIP Colorado 6

     Aug 2013         (5

HSBC Investment Bank Holdings plc group’s disposal of its investment in subsidiary, Viking Sea Tech 5

     Aug 2013         54   

HSBC Latin America Holdings UK Limited’s disposal of HSBC Bank (Panama) S.A 6 .

     Oct 2013         1,107   

HSBC Latin America Holdings UK Limited’s disposal of HSBC Bank (Peru) S.A 6 .

     Nov 2013         (18

HSBC Latin America Holdings UK Limited’s disposal of HSBC Bank (Paraguay) S.A 6 .

     Nov 2013         (21

Reclassification loss in respect of our holding in Yantai Bank Co., Limited following an increase in its registered share capital 5

     Dec 2013         (38

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

49


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Acquisition gains/(losses) affecting underlying performance 6

 

     Date     

Fair value gain

on acquisition

            US$m

Gain on the merger of Oman International Bank S.A.O.G. and the Omani operations of HSBC Bank Middle East Limited

     Jun 2012       3

Gain on the acquisition of the onshore retail and commercial banking business of Lloyds Banking Group in the UAE by HSBC Bank Middle East Limited

     Oct 2012       18

For footnote, see page 132.

 

The following table reconciles selected items for 2013 and 2012 to an underlying basis. Equivalent tables are provided for each of our global businesses

and geographical segments in the Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (‘SEC’), which is available on www.hsbc.com.

 

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items

 

     2013           2012         Change 2  
             US$m                   US$m         %  

Net interest income

            

Reported

     35,539            37,672          (6

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (682    

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (273         (2,015    

Underlying

     35,266            34,975          1   

Other operating income

            

Reported

     2,632            2,100          25   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (195    

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (2,234         (811    

Underlying

     398            1,094          (64

Revenue 4

            

Reported

     64,645            68,330          (5

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (1,341    

Own credit spread 3

     1,246            5,215       

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (2,596         (10,607    

Underlying

     63,295            61,597          3   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

            

Reported

     (5,849         (8,311       30   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           201       

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     32            376       

Underlying

     (5,817         (7,734       25   

Total operating expenses

            

Reported

     (38,556         (42,927       10   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           683       

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     353            1,490       

Underlying

     (38,203         (40,754       6   

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     60.4%            66.2%       

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

            

Reported

     2,325            3,557          (35

Currency translation adjustment 1

           45       

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (14         (1,425    

Underlying

     2,311            2,177          6   

Profit before tax

            

Reported

     22,565            20,649          9   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (412    

Own credit spread 3

     1,246            5,215       

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (2,225         (10,166    

Underlying

     21,586            15,286          41   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

50


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Consolidated income statement

 

Five-year summary consolidated income statement

 

    

 

2013

        US$m

  

  

      

 

2012

        US$m

  

  

       

 

2011

        US$m

  

  

       

 

2010

        US$m

  

  

       

 

2009

        US$m

  

  

Net interest income

     35,539           37,672            40,662            39,441            40,730   

Net fee income

     16,434           16,430            17,160            17,355            17,664   

Net trading income

     8,690           7,091            6,506            7,210            9,863   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     768           (2,226         3,439            1,220            (3,531

Gains less losses from financial investments

     2,012           1,189            907            968            520   

Dividend income

     322           221            149            112            126   

Net earned insurance premiums

     11,940           13,044            12,872            11,146            10,471   

Gains on disposal of US branch network, US cards business and Ping An

               7,024                                    

Other operating income

     2,632           2,100            1,766            2,562            2,788   

Total operating income

     78,337           82,545            83,461            80,014            78,631   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (13,692        (14,215         (11,181         (11,767         (12,450

Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     64,645           68,330            72,280            68,247            66,181   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (5,849        (8,311         (12,127         (14,039         (26,488

Net operating income

     58,796           60,019            60,153            54,208            39,693   

Total operating expenses

     (38,556        (42,927         (41,545         (37,688         (34,395

Operating profit

     20,240           17,092            18,608            16,520            5,298   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     2,325           3,557            3,264            2,517            1,781   

Profit before tax

     22,565           20,649            21,872            19,037            7,079   

Tax expense

     (4,765        (5,315         (3,928         (4,846         (385

Profit for the year

     17,800           15,334            17,944            14,191            6,694   

Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company

     16,204           14,027            16,797            13,159            5,834   

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

     1,596           1,307            1,147            1,032            860   
Five-year financial information                          
     US$          US$           US$           US$           US$  

Basic earnings per share 8

     0.84           0.74            0.92            0.73            0.34   

Diluted earnings per share 8

     0.84           0.74            0.91            0.72            0.34   

Dividends per ordinary share 9

     0.48           0.41            0.39            0.34            0.34   
     %          %           %           %           %  

Dividend payout ratio 10

     57.1           55.4            42.4            46.6            100.0   

Post-tax return on average total assets

     0.7           0.6            0.6            0.6            0.3   

Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity

     9.2           8.4            10.9            9.5            5.1   

Average foreign exchange translation rates to US$:

                         

US$1: £

     0.639           0.631            0.624            0.648            0.641   

US$1: €

     0.753           0.778            0.719            0.755            0.719   

For footnotes, see page 132.

Unless stated otherwise, all tables in the Annual Report and Accounts 2013 are presented on a reported basis.

For a summary of our financial performance in 2013, see page 16.

 

51


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Notable revenue items by geographical region

 

    Europe          

Hong

Kong

         

Rest of

Asia-

Pacific

          MENA          

North

America

         

Latin

America

          Total  
    US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

2013

                                     

Net gain on completion of Ping An disposal 11

                          553                                             553   

2012

                                     

Ping An contingent forward sale contract 11

                          (553)                                             (553)   

Notable revenue items by global business

 

   

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

  Management

           Commercial
Banking
       

Global

  Banking

and

Markets

       

Global

Private

  Banking

        Other         Total  
    US$m          US$m         US$m         US$m           US$m           US$m  

2013

                      

Net gain on completion of Ping An disposal 11

                                         553          553   

2012

                      

Ping An contingent forward sale contract 11

                                         (553)          (553)   

For footnote, see page 132.

Notable cost items by geographical region

 

        Europe          

Hong

Kong

         

 Rest of

Asia-

Pacific

           MENA          

North

 America

         

Latin

 America

          Total  
     US$m            US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m            US$m  

2013

                                      

Restructuring and other related costs

     217            6            81            3            100            76            483   

UK customer redress programmes

     1,235                                                                   1,235   

2012

                                      

Restructuring and other related costs

     299            31            131            27            221            167            876   

UK customer redress programmes

     2,338                                                                   2,338   

Fines and penalties for inadequate compliance with anti-money laundering and sanction laws

     375                                             1,546                       1,921   

2011

                                      

Restructuring and other related costs

     404            68            45            31            236            338            1,122   

UK customer redress programmes

     898                                                                   898   

Notable cost items by global business

 

   

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

    Management

         Commercial
Banking
        

Global

Banking

and

Markets

         Global
Private
Banking
         Other          Total  
    US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m  

2013

                          

Restructuring and other related costs

    165           32           15           74           197           483   

UK customer redress programmes

    953           148           134                               1,235   

2012

                          

Restructuring and other related costs

    266           62           63           58           427           876   

UK customer redress programmes

    1,751           258           331           (2                  2,338   

Fines and penalties for inadequate compliance with anti-money laundering and sanction laws

                                            1,921           1,921   

2011

                          

Restructuring and other related costs

    405           122           158           38           399           1,122   

UK customer redress programmes

    875           23                                         898   

 

52


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Group performance by income and expense item

 

Net interest income

 

    

2013

US$m

        

2012

US$m

          2011
US$m
 

Interest income

     51,192           56,702            63,005   

Interest expense

     (15,653        (19,030         (22,343

Net interest income 12

     35,539           37,672            40,662   

Average interest-earning assets

     1,669,368             1,625,068              1,622,658   

Gross interest yield 13

     3.07%           3.49%            3.88%   

Less: cost of funds

     (1.10%        (1.36%         (1.56%

Net interest spread 14

     1.97%           2.13%            2.32%   

Net interest margin 15

     2.13%           2.32%            2.51%   

Summary of interest income by type of asset

 

     2013          2012          2011  
    

Average

balance

US$m

        

Interest

income

US$m

         Yield
%
        

Average

balance

US$m

        

Interest

income

US$m

         Yield
%
        

Average

balance

US$m

        

Interest

income

US$m

         Yield
%
 

Short-term funds and loans and advances to banks

     301,267           3,655           1.21           275,979           4,307           1.56           261,749           5,860           2.24   

Loans and advances to customers

     946,756           38,720           4.09           934,656           41,043           4.39           945,288           45,250           4.79   

Financial investments

     393,309           8,002           2.03           387,329           9,078           2.34           384,059           10,229           2.66   

Other interest-earning assets

     28,036           815           2.91           27,104           2,274           8.39           31,562           1,666           5.28   

Total interest-earning assets

     1,669,368           51,192           3.07           1,625,068           56,702           3.49           1,622,658           63,005           3.88   

Trading assets and financial assets designated at fair value 16,17

     354,817           5,763           1.62           368,406           6,931           1.88           410,038           8,671           2.11   

Impairment provisions

     (15,954                  (17,421                  (18,738          

Non-interest-earning assets

     683,785                           730,901                           752,965                   

Total assets and interest income

     2,692,016           56,955           2.12           2,706,954           63,633           2.35           2,766,923           71,676           2.59   

Summary of interest expense by type of liability and equity

 

                       
     2013          2012          2011  
    

Average

balance

US$m

        

Interest

expense

US$m

         Cost
%
        

Average

balance

US$m

        

Interest

expense

US$m

         Cost
%
        

Average

balance

US$m

        

Interest

expense

US$m

         Cost
%
 

Deposits by banks 18

     86,882           691           0.80           92,803           1,160           1.25           106,099           1,591           1.50   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value – own debt issued 19

     72,333           967           1.34           75,016           1,325           1.77           73,635           1,313           1.78   

Customer accounts 20

     1,104,644           9,063           0.82           1,052,812           10,878           1.03           1,058,326           13,456           1.27   

Debt securities in issue

     150,976           4,182           2.77           161,348           4,755           2.95           181,482           5,260           2.90   

Other interest-bearing liabilities

     11,345           750           6.61           19,275           912           4.73           14,024           723           5.16   

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     1,426,180           15,653           1.10           1,401,254           19,030           1.36           1,433,566           22,343           1.56   

Trading liabilities and financial liabilities designated at fair value (excluding own debt issued)

     301,353           3,027           1.00           318,883           3,445           1.08           355,345           4,564           1.28   

Non-interest bearing current accounts

     184,370                     177,085                     162,369             

Total equity and other non-interest bearing liabilities

     780,113                           809,732                           815,643                   

Total equity and liabilities

     2,692,016           18,680           0.69           2,706,954           22,475           0.83           2,766,923           26,907           0.97   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

53


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

The commentary in the following sections is on a constant currency basis unless stated otherwise.

Reported net interest income of US$35.5bn decreased by 6% compared with 2012 and on a constant currency basis, net interest income fell by US$1.5bn. Both net interest spread and margin also fell, reflecting lower yields on customer lending following the disposal in 2012 of the CRS business in the US, which was higher yielding relative to the average yield of our portfolio, and lower yields on our surplus liquidity. These factors were partially offset by a lower cost of funds, principally on customer accounts and debt issued by the Group.

On an underlying basis, which excludes the net interest income earned by the businesses sold during 2013 (see page 50) from both years (2013: US$273m; 2012: US$2.0bn) and currency translation movements of US$682m, net interest income increased by 1%. This reflected balance sheet growth in Hong Kong and Europe, partly offset by lower net interest income earned in North America as a result of the run-off and disposal of CML portfolios in the US and the consumer finance business in Canada.

Interest income

On a constant currency basis, interest income fell. This was driven by lower interest income from customer lending, including loans classified within ‘Assets held for sale’, as a consequence of the disposal of the CRS business in the US in 2012 and the CML non-real estate loan portfolio and select tranches of CML first lien mortgages in the US in 2013. In addition, average yields on customer lending in Latin America fell, notably in Brazil, following lower average interest rates; re-pricing in line with local competition; a change in the composition of the lending portfolios as we focused on growing secured, lower yielding, lending balances for corporate and Premier customers. Interest income earned in Panama, where we disposed of the business, also fell. By contrast interest income on customer lending in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific rose, driven by growth in residential mortgage balances in RBWM and term and trade-related and commercial real estate and other property-related lending in CMB. This increase in interest income was partially offset by compressed yields on trade lending and lower yields as interest rates declined in a number of countries across the region.

Interest income in Balance Sheet Management also decreased. Yields on financial investments and cash placed with banks and central banks declined as

the proceeds from maturities and sales of available-for-sale debt securities were invested at prevailing rates, which were lower. This was partly offset by growth in customer deposits leading to an overall increase in the size of the Balance Sheet Management portfolio.

Interest expense

Interest expense fell in the year, though to a lesser extent than interest income, driven by a lower cost of funds relating to customer accounts. The reduction in interest rates paid to customers in Europe, Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific more than offset the effect of the growth in the average balances of customer accounts. There was also a decline in the interest expense on customer accounts in Latin America, principally in Brazil, reflecting the managed reduction in term deposits as we continued to change the funding base, substituting wholesale customer deposits for medium-term loan notes, together with a lower average base interest rate. The disposal of the business in Panama also reduced interest expense.

Interest expense on debt issued by the Group decreased too. In North America, as a result of the business disposals and the run-off of the CML portfolio, our funding requirements declined and led to a fall in average outstanding balances. In Europe, average outstanding balances fell as a result of net redemptions. Additionally, the effective rate of interest declined as new issuances were at lower prevailing rates.

Repos and reverse repos

During the final quarter, GB&M changed the way it manages reverse repurchase (‘reverse repo’) and repurchase (‘repo’) activities. For full details, see page 68. This had the effect of reducing the net interest margin as average interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities increased significantly. These reverse repo and repo agreements have a lower gross yield and cost of funds, respectively, when compared with the remainder of our portfolio.

‘Net interest income’ includes the expense of internally funded trading assets, while related revenue is reported in ‘Net trading income’. The internal cost of funding these assets declined, reflecting a decrease in the average trading asset balances in most regions and reductions in our average cost of funds in these regions. In reporting our global business results, this cost is included within ‘Net trading income’.

 

 

54


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Net fee income

 

     2013
US$m
         2012
US$m
          2011
US$m
 

Account services

     3,581           3,563            3,670   

Funds under management

     2,673           2,561            2,753   

Cards

     2,455           3,030            3,955   

Credit facilities

     1,907           1,761            1,749   

Broking income

     1,388           1,350            1,711   

Imports/exports

     1,157           1,196            1,103   

Unit trusts

     891           739            657   

Underwriting

     866           739            578   

Remittances

     849           819            770   

Global custody

     698           737            751   

Insurance

     551           696            1,052   

Other

     2,957           2,958            2,748   

Fee income

     19,973           20,149            21,497   

Less: fee expense

     (3,539        (3,719         (4,337

Net fee income

           16,434                 16,430                  17,160   

 

Net fee income was broadly unchanged on a reported basis and increased by US$207m on a constant currency basis.

Fees from unit trusts grew, primarily in Hong Kong, as we captured improved market sentiment and strong customer demand. Fees from funds under management increased, primarily in Europe and Hong Kong, reflecting improved market conditions. Fee income from credit facilities rose, mainly in Europe in CMB.

Underwriting fees rose, notably in Europe and Hong Kong, as client demand for equity and debt capital financing increased and the collaboration between CMB and GB&M strengthened.

These factors were partly offset by the sale of the CRS business in North America, which led to a reduction in cards and insurance fee income and fee expenses. Fee income related to the sale fell following the expiry of the majority of the transition service agreements entered into during 2012. This is reported in other fee income while associated costs are reported in ‘Operating expenses’.

 

 

Net trading income

 

     2013
US$m
         2012
US$m
          2011
US$m
 

Trading activities

     6,921           5,249            4,873   

Ping An contingent forward sale contract 11

     (682        (553           

Net interest income on trading activities

     2,047           2,683            3,223   

Loss on termination of hedges

     (194                     

Other trading income – hedge ineffectiveness:

             

    – on cash flow hedges

     22           35            26   

    – on fair value hedges

     65           (27         (224

Non-qualifying hedges 21

     511           (296         (1,392

Net trading income 22

             8,690                   7,091                    6,506   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

Reported net trading income of US$8.7bn was US$1.6bn higher than in 2012. On a constant currency basis, income increased by US$1.8bn, notably in Europe. Net income from trading activities primarily arose from our Markets business within GB&M, which recorded a resilient performance during 2013.

The rise in net income from trading activities was due in part to lower adverse foreign exchange movements on assets held as economic hedges

of foreign currency debt designated at fair value. These adverse movements offset favourable foreign exchange movements on the foreign currency debt which are reported in ‘Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value’. In addition, we made foreign exchange gains of US$442m on sterling debt issued by HSBC Holdings. We also recorded a favourable debit valuation adjustment (‘DVA’) of US$105m on derivative contracts, compared with a net reported charge of US$385m in

 

 

55


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

2012, as a result of a change in estimation methodology in respect of credit valuation adjustments (‘CVA’s) of US$903m and a DVA of US$518m, to reflect evolving market practices.

Net income from trading activities in Markets also rose. Trading revenue in Credit grew driven by revaluation gains from price appreciation on assets in the legacy portfolio together with increased customer activity. Foreign Exchange revenue rose as a result of increased client demand for hedging solutions, in part from increased collaboration, although this was partly offset by margin compression and reduced market volatility in the second half of 2013. Equities revenue also grew, from higher client flows and increased revaluation gains in Europe, together with minimal fair value movements on own credit spreads on structured liabilities, compared with adverse fair value movements in 2012.

Rates trading income in 2012 included a charge following a change in the CVA methodology, as noted above. In 2013, we won new client mandates and reported smaller adverse fair value movements on our credit spreads on structured liabilities. These factors were broadly offset by reduced revenue as in 2012 we benefited from a significant tightening of spreads on eurozone bonds following the ECB’s

liquidity intervention. Revenue in 2013 was also affected by uncertainty regarding the tapering of quantitative easing in the US.

During 2013, we reported adverse fair value movements of US$682m compared with US$553m in 2012 on the contingent forward sale contract relating to Ping An in Rest of Asia-Pacific (see Note 25 on the Financial Statements).

Net interest income from trading activities also declined. This was driven by lower yields on debt securities in part reflecting the downward movement in interest rates.

In addition, net trading income was adversely affected by losses of US$194m relating to the termination of qualifying accounting hedges, mainly in HSBC Finance Corporation (‘HSBC Finance’) of US$199m, as a result of anticipated changes in funding.

In 2013, there were favourable movements on non-qualifying hedges compared with adverse movements in 2012. In North America, we reported favourable fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges as US long-term interest rates increased, compared with adverse fair value movements in 2012. There were also favourable fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges in Europe, compared with adverse movements in 2012.

 

 

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

 

     2013
  US$m
         2012
  US$m
         2011
  US$m
 

Net income/(expense) arising from:

            

– financial assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts

     3,170           2,980           (933

– liabilities to customers under investment contracts

     (1,237        (996                    231   

– HSBC’s long-term debt issued and related derivatives

     (1,228        (4,327        4,161   

Change in own credit spread on long-term debt

     (1,246        (5,215        3,933   

Other changes in fair value 23

     18           888           228   

– other instruments designated at fair value and related derivatives

     63                       117           (20

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

                 768           (2,226        3,439   

For footnote, see page 132.

 

56


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Assets and liabilities from which net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value arose

 

    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

 

Financial assets designated at fair value at 31 December

     38,430            33,582            30,856   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value at 31 December

     89,084            87,720            85,724   

Including:

              

Financial assets held to meet liabilities under:

              

– insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF 24

     10,717            8,376            7,221   

– unit-linked insurance and other insurance and investment contracts

     25,423            23,655            20,033   

Long-term debt issues designated at fair value

     75,278            74,768            73,808   

For footnote, see page 132.

 

The accounting policies for the designation of financial instruments at fair value and the treatment of the associated income and expenses are described in Notes 2i and 2b on the Financial Statements, respectively.

The majority of the financial liabilities designated at fair value are fixed-rate long-term debt issues, the interest rate profile of which has been changed to floating through swaps as part of a documented interest rate management strategy. The movement in fair value of these long-term debt issues and the related hedges includes the effect of our credit spread changes and any ineffectiveness in the economic relationship between the related swaps and own debt. As credit spreads widen or narrow, accounting profits or losses, respectively, are booked. The size and direction of the changes in the credit spread on our debt and ineffectiveness, which are recognised in the income statement, can be volatile from year to year, but do not alter the cash flows expected as part of the documented interest rate management strategy. As a consequence, fair value movements arising from changes in our own credit spread on long-term debt and other fair value movements on the debt and related derivatives are not regarded internally as part of managed performance and are therefore not allocated to global businesses, but are reported in ‘Other’. Credit spread movements on own debt designated at fair value are excluded from underlying results, and related fair value movements are not included in the calculation of regulatory capital.

We reported net income from financial instruments designated at fair value of US$768m in 2013 compared with a net expense of US$2.2bn in 2012. This included credit spread-related movements in the fair value of our own long-term debt, on which we experienced adverse fair value movements of US$1.2bn in 2013 compared with US$5.2bn in 2012. Adverse fair value

movements were less extensive in 2013 than in 2012 as HSBC spreads tightened significantly in Europe and North America, having widened during 2011.

Net income arising from financial assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts increased reflecting higher net investment returns in 2013 than in 2012. These returns reflected favourable equity market movements in the UK and France, partly offset by weaker equity market performance and falling bond prices in Hong Kong and lower net income on the bond portfolio in Brazil.

Investment gains or losses arising from equity markets result in a corresponding movement in liabilities to customers, reflecting the extent to which unit-linked policyholders, in particular, participate in the investment performance of the associated asset portfolio. Where these relate to assets held to back investment contracts, the corresponding movement in liabilities to customers is also recorded under ‘Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value’. This is in contrast to gains or losses related to assets held to back insurance contracts or investment contracts with discretionary participation features (‘DPF’), where the corresponding movement in liabilities to customers is recorded under ‘Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders’.

Other changes in fair value reflected lower favourable foreign exchange movements in 2013 than in 2012 on foreign currency debt designated at fair value and issued as part of our overall funding strategy (offset from assets held as economic hedges in ‘Net trading income’), and higher adverse movements due to hedging ineffectiveness in 2013.

 

 

57


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Gains less losses from financial investments

 

    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

 

Net gains/(losses) from disposal of:

              

– debt securities

     491            781            712   

– Ping An equity securities classified as available-for-sale 11

     1,235                         

– other equity securities

     462            823            360   

– other financial investments

     (1         5            12   
     2,187            1,609            1,084   

Impairment of available-for-sale equity securities

     (175         (420         (177

Gains less losses from financial investments

       2,012              1,189                 907   

For footnote, see page 132.

 

Gains less losses from financial investments rose by US$823m on a reported basis and by US$840m on a constant currency basis.

This was driven by a significant increase in net gains from the disposal of available-for-sale equity securities in Rest of Asia-Pacific following the completion of the sale of our remaining shareholding in Ping An and an increase in disposal gains in Principal Investments. These increases were partly offset by the non-recurrence of gains in Hong Kong from the sale of our shares in four Indian banks in 2012.

The year on year decline in impairments on available-for-sale equity securities also contributed to the rise in gains less losses from financial investments. This was driven by a reduction in write downs in our Principal Investments business.

Net gains on the disposal of debt securities fell as 2012 included significant gains on the sale of available-for-sale government debt securities, notably in Europe, arising from structural interest rate risk management of the balance sheet.

 

 

Net earned insurance premiums

 

    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

 

Gross insurance premium income

     12,398            13,602            13,338   

Reinsurance premiums

     (458         (558         (466

Net earned insurance premiums

     11,940            13,044            12,872   

 

Net earned insurance premiums decreased by US$1.1bn on a reported basis, and by US$1.0bn on constant currency basis.

The reduction was primarily due to lower net earned premiums in Europe, Latin America and North America, partly offset by an increase in Hong Kong.

In Europe, net earned premiums decreased, mainly as a result of lower sales of investment contracts with DPF in France. In addition, 2012 benefited from a number of large sales through independent financial adviser channels which are now in run off.

In Latin America, net earned premiums decreased in Brazil due to lower sales of unit-linked

pension products, primarily as a result of changes to the distribution channel. In addition, the sale of the non-life business in Argentina in 2012 contributed to the decrease.

The reduction in net earned premiums in North America was due to the sale of our insurance manufacturing business in the first half of 2013.

In Hong Kong, premium income increased as a result of higher renewal premiums for insurance contracts with DPF and unit-linked insurance contracts, partly offset by lower sales of new business in 2013 and the disposal of the non-life business during 2012.

 

 

58


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Gains on disposal of US branch network, US cards business and Ping An

 

    

2013

US$m

        

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

 

Gains on disposal of US branch network

               864              

Gains on disposal of US cards business

               3,148              

Gains on disposal of Ping An 11

               3,012              
               7,024              

For footnote, see page 132.

 

In 2012, we made significant progress in exiting non-strategic markets and disposing of businesses and investments not aligned with the Group’s long-term strategy. These included three major disposals:

 

 

In May 2012, HSBC USA Inc., HSBC Finance and HSBC Technology and Services (USA) Inc. sold their US Card and Retail Services business, realising a gain on sale of US$3.1bn.

 

 

In May 2012, HSBC Bank USA, N.A. (‘HSBC Bank USA’) sold 138 out of 195 branches, primarily in upstate New York, realising a gain of US$661m. In August 2012, it sold the remaining 57 branches to the same purchaser, realising a gain of US$203m.

 

 

In December 2012, HSBC Insurance Holdings Limited and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation agreed to sell their entire shareholdings in Ping An, representing 15.57% of the issued share capital of Ping An, in two

   

tranches. The first tranche was completed on 7 December 2012, at which point we ceased to account for Ping An as an associate and recognised a gain on disposal of US$3.0bn. The remaining shareholding in respect of the second tranche was recognised as a financial investment.

The fixing of the sale price in respect of the second tranche gave rise to a contingent forward sale contract, for which there was an adverse fair value movement of US$553m recorded in ‘Net trading income’ in 2012. The disposal of our investment in Ping An was completed in 2013. We realised a gain of US$1.2bn, which was recorded in ‘Gains less losses from financial investments’. This was partly offset by the adverse fair value movement of US$682m on the contingent forward sale contract recorded in ‘Net trading income’, leading to a net gain in the year of US$553m.

 

 

Other operating income

 

    

2013

US$m

        

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

 

Rent received

     155           210            217   

Gains/(losses) recognised on assets held for sale

     (729        485            55   

Gains on investment properties

     113           72            118   

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and non-financial investments

     178           187            57   

Gains arising from dilution of interest in Industrial Bank and other associates and joint ventures

     1,051                      208   

Gain on disposal of HSBC Bank (Panama) S.A.

     1,107                        

Change in present value of in-force long-term insurance business

     525           737            726   

Other

     232           409            385   

Other operating income

     2,632           2,100            1,766   

 

Change in present value of in-force long-term insurance business

 

             
    

2013

US$m

        

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

 

Value of new business

     924           1,027            943   

Expected return

     (505        (420         (428

Assumption changes and experience variances

     88           69            (30

Other adjustments

     18           61            241   

Change in present value of in-force long-term insurance business

     525           737            726   

 

59


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Other operating income of US$2.6bn increased by US$532m in 2013 on a reported basis and by US$727m on a constant currency basis.

Reported other operating income included net gains on the disposals and the reclassifications listed on page 49 of US$2.2bn in 2013, principally relating to an accounting gain arising from the reclassification of Industrial Bank as a financial investment following its issue of additional share capital to third parties and a gain on the disposal of our operations in Panama, compared with net gains of US$736m in 2012.

On an underlying basis, which excludes the net gains above, the results of disposed of operations and the effects of foreign currency translation, other operating income decreased. This was driven by losses totalling US$424m on the sales of our CML non-real estate personal loan portfolio and several tranches of real estate secured loans, and a loss of US$279m following the write-off of goodwill relating to our GPB business in Monaco. In addition,

we recognised a loss of US$146m on the sale of the HFC Bank UK secured loan portfolio in RBWM in Europe. These factors were partly offset by higher disposal and revaluation gains on investment properties in Hong Kong.

There were lower favourable movements on the present value of the in-force (‘PVIF’) long-term insurance business asset compared with 2012. This was largely due to lower values of new business in Europe, Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific, reflecting lower sales. Additionally, expected returns increased due to the growth of the opening PVIF asset year on year, particularly in Hong Kong and Brazil.

These factors were partly offset by higher favourable assumption changes in Hong Kong, which exceeded the adverse experience and assumption changes in Latin America. The lower other PVIF movements in 2013 compared with 2012 were driven by Latin America, notably the favourable effect of the recognition of a PVIF asset in Brazil in 2012 which did not recur.

 

 

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

 

    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

 

Insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders:

              

– gross

     13,948            14,529            11,631   

– reinsurers’ share

     (256         (314         (450

– net 25

     13,692            14,215            11,181   

For footnote, see page 132.

 

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders decreased by 4% on a reported basis, and by 3% on a constant currency basis.

The reduction largely reflected the decrease in premiums, notably in Latin America, North America and France, and included the effect of business disposals described under ‘Net earned insurance premiums’.

This reduction was partly offset by increases in reserves attributable to increased renewal premiums in Hong Kong and higher investment returns on the

assets held to support policyholder contracts where the policyholder bears investment risk. These returns reflected favourable equity market movements in the UK and France, partly offset by weaker equity market performance and falling bond prices in Hong Kong and lower net income on the bond portfolio in Brazil.

The gains or losses recognised on the financial assets designated at fair value held to support these insurance and investment contract liabilities are reported in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’.

 

 

60


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

 

    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

 

Loan impairment charges

              

New allowances net of allowance releases

     7,344            9,306            12,931   

Recoveries of amounts previously written off

     (1,296         (1,146         (1,426
     6,048            8,160            11,505   

Individually assessed allowances

     2,320            2,139            1,915   

Collectively assessed allowances

     3,728            6,021            9,590   

Impairment/(releases of impairment allowances) on available-for-sale debt securities

     (211         99            631   

Other credit risk provisions/(recoveries)

     12            52            (9

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     5,849            8,311            12,127   
     %            %            %   

Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers as a percentage of average gross loans and advances to  
customers

     0.6            0.9            1.2   

 

On a reported basis, loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (‘LICs’) were US$2.5bn lower than in 2012, decreasing in the majority of regions, most notably in North America, Europe and the Middle East and North Africa. Underlying LICs declined by US$1.9bn to US$5.8bn.

The percentage of impairment charges to average gross loans and advances reduced to 0.6% at 31 December 2013 from 0.9% at 31 December 2012.

On a constant currency basis, LICs fell by US$2.3bn, a reduction of 28%. Collectively assessed charges decreased by US$2.1bn while individually assessed impairment charges increased by US$198m. Credit risk provisions on available-for-sale debt securities reflected net releases of US$211m in 2013 compared with charges in 2012.

The fall in collectively assessed charges largely arose in North America, in part due to improvements in housing market conditions. In addition, the decrease reflected lower lending balances, reduced new impaired loans and lower delinquency levels in the CML portfolio. This was partially offset by increases in Latin America, principally in Mexico due to higher collective impairments in RBWM. In Brazil, improvements in credit quality were broadly offset by higher charges from model changes and assumption revisions for restructured loan portfolios in RBWM and Business Banking in CMB.

The increase in individually assessed loan impairment charges reflected higher levels of impairment in Latin America, particularly on exposures to homebuilders in Mexico and across a number of corporate exposures in Brazil. These were partly offset by releases in the Middle East and North Africa, mainly in GB&M for a small number of customers as a result of an overall improvement in

the loan portfolio compared with charges in 2012. In Europe, higher provisions in GB&M were broadly offset by decreases in CMB, mainly in the UK and Greece.

The movement in credit risk provisions on available-for-sale debt securities was largely in GB&M as a result of net releases in Europe compared with charges in 2012, and a credit risk provision on an available-for-sale debt security in 2012 in Rest of Asia-Pacific.

In North America , LICs decreased by US$2.3bn to US$1.2bn, mainly in the US, in part due to improvements in housing market conditions. In addition, the decrease reflected lower lending balances from continued run-off and loan sales, and lower levels of new impaired loans and delinquency in the CML portfolio. US$322m of the decline in loan impairment charges was due to the sale of the CRS business in 2012. These factors were partly offset by an increase of US$130m relating to a rise in the estimated average period of time from a loss event occurring to writing off real estate loans to twelve months (previously a period of ten months was used). In CMB, loan impairment charges increased by US$77m, reflecting higher collectively assessed charges in the US as a result of increased lending balances in key growth markets and higher individually assessed impairments on a small number of exposures mainly in Canada.

In Europe , LICs decreased by 20% to US$1.5bn. In the UK, GB&M reported net releases of credit risk provisions on available-for-sale asset-backed securities (‘ABS’s), compared with impairment charges in 2012, offset in part by higher individually assessed provisions. In addition, there were lower loan impairment charges in CMB due to lower collectively and individually assessed provisions, and in RBWM due to lower collectively assessed provisions reflecting recoveries from

 

 

61


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

debt sales. In other countries in Europe, lower individually assessed impairment provisions in Greece were partly offset by increases in Turkey, where there was growth in unsecured lending in RBWM and a rise in Spain, where the challenging economic conditions continued to affect the market.

In the Middle East and North Africa , LICs reflected a net release of US$42m compared with a charge of US$282m in 2012. We recorded provision releases, mainly in GB&M, for a small number of UAE-related exposures, reflecting an overall improvement in the loan portfolio compared with charges in 2012. In addition, loan impairment charges declined, due to lower individually assessed loan impairments in the UAE in CMB, and lower provisions in RBWM on residential mortgages following a repositioning of the book towards higher quality lending and improved property prices.

In Rest of Asia-Pacific , LICs decreased by US$63m as 2012 included a large individually assessed impairment of a corporate exposure in Australia and a credit risk provision on an available-for-sale debt security in GB&M. These factors were partly offset by an increase in individually assessed impairments in GB&M and CMB in a number of countries across the region.

In Latin America , LICs increased by US$693m, primarily in Mexico due to specific impairments in CMB relating to homebuilders from a change in the public housing policy, and higher collective impairments in RBWM as a result of increased volumes and higher delinquency in our unsecured lending portfolio. In Brazil, LICs increased due to changes to the impairment model and assumption revisions for restructured loan account portfolios in RBWM and CMB, following a realignment of local practices to Group standard policy. LICs were also adversely affected by higher specific impairments in CMB across a number of corporate exposures. These factors were partly offset by improvements in credit quality in Brazil following the modification of credit strategies in previous years to mitigate rising delinquency rates.

LICs in Hong Kong were US$63m higher due to a revision to the assumptions used in our collective assessment models in RBWM and a rise in individual impairment charges in CMB, although these remained low. This was partly offset by collective provision releases in CMB from lower historical loss rates and individual impairment releases in GB&M.

 

 

Operating expenses

 

    

2013

US$m

        

2012

US$m

        

2011

US$m

 

By expense category

            

Employee compensation and benefits

     19,196           20,491           21,166   

Premises and equipment (excluding depreciation and impairment)

     4,183           4,326           4,503   

General and administrative expenses

     12,882           15,657           12,956   

Administrative expenses

     36,261           40,474           38,625   

Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment

     1,364           1,484           1,570   

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets

     931           969           1,350   

Operating expenses

     38,556           42,927           41,545   

 

Staff numbers (full-time equivalents)

 

            
     At 31 December  
     2013           2012           2011   

Geographical regions

            

Europe

     68,334           70,061           74,892   

Hong Kong

     28,367           27,742           28,984   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     85,334           85,024           91,051   

Middle East and North Africa

     8,618           8,765           8,373   

North America

     20,871           22,443           30,981   

Latin America

     42,542           46,556           54,035   
     254,066           260,591           288,316   

 

Reported operating expenses of US$38.6bn were US$4.4bn or 10% lower than 2012. On an underlying basis, costs fell by 6%.

On a constant currency basis, operating expenses in 2013 were US$3.7bn or 9% lower than in 2012, primarily due to the non-recurrence of a

charge for US AML, BSA, and OFAC investigations of US$1.9bn, and a reduction in restructuring and other related costs of US$369m. UK customer redress programmes were also lower than in 2012. These included:

 

 

62


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

a charge for additional estimated redress for possible mis-selling in previous years of payment protection insurance (‘PPI’) policies of US$756m (US$1.7bn in 2012);

 

 

US$261m in respect of interest rate protection products (US$586m in 2012); and

 

 

US$149m in respect of wealth management products.

 

 

The provision for the UK customer redress programmes at 31 December 2013 is US$2.1bn

The business disposals, primarily the disposal of the CRS business and the non-strategic branches in the US in 2012, resulted in a lower cost base in 2013.

Excluding the above, expenses were US$808m higher than in 2012. The UK bank levy charge of US$904m in 2013 increased compared with US$571m in 2012, mainly due to an increase in its rate. In addition, operating expenses in both years included adjustments relating to the prior year charge for the UK bank levy (2013: US$12m adverse adjustment; 2012: US$99m favourable adjustment).

Litigation-related expenses increased primarily due to a provision in respect of regulatory investigations in GPB, Madoff related litigation costs in GB&M, and a customer remediation provision connected with our former CRS business.

During 2013:

 

 

we increased our investment in digital and wealth management capabilities in RBWM;

 

 

in CMB we continued our ongoing expansion into the large corporate market in the US; and

 

 

increased investment spend on regulatory requirements particularly through the Global Standards programme.

In addition, other costs rose due to higher operational expenses in part driven by general inflationary pressures including wage inflation across the Group and rental costs in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific. Cost growth in the Middle East and North Africa resulted from a customer redress programme in RBWM relating to fees charged on overseas credit card transactions, the acquisition of the Lloyds business in the UAE in 2012 and the merger with Oman International Bank S.A.O.G. (‘OIB’). Operating expenses also increased in Hong Kong and North America as a result of changes to the recognition of pension costs.

These cost increases were in part offset by further sustainable cost savings of US$1.5bn from our ongoing organisational effectiveness programmes. In addition, we recorded an accounting gain of US$430m from changes in delivering ill-health benefits to certain employees in the UK (see Note 7 on the Financial Statements).

The number of employees expressed in full-time equivalent numbers (‘FTE’s) at the end of 2013 was 3% lower than at the end of 2012 due to sustainable cost savings initiatives and business disposals. Average staff numbers fell by 6% compared with 2012.

 

 

Cost efficiency ratios 26

 

    

2013

%

    

2012

%

         

2011

%

 

HSBC

     59.6         62.8            57.5   

Geographical regions

           

Europe

     84.0         108.4            70.4   

Hong Kong

     38.2         39.0            44.5   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     47.1         42.7            54.2   

Middle East and North Africa

     51.5         48.0            44.5   

North America

     72.9         60.8            55.7   

Latin America

     56.1         58.7            63.3   

Global businesses

           

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     64.5         58.4            63.2   

Commercial Banking

     43.1         45.9            46.3   

Global Banking and Markets

     51.9         54.2            57.0   

Global Private Banking

     91.4         67.6            68.8   

For footnote, see page 132.

 

63


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

 

    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

 

Associates

              

Bank of Communications Co., Limited

     1,878            1,670            1,370   

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd

                763            946   

Industrial Bank Co., Limited

                670            471   

The Saudi British Bank

     403            346            308   

Other

     5            72            126   

Share of profit in associates

       2,286              3,521              3,221   

Share of profit in joint ventures

     39            36            43   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     2,325            3,557            3,264   

 

The share of profit in associates and joint ventures was US$2.3bn, a decrease of 35% compared with 2012 on both a reported and constant currency basis. This was driven by the disposal of Ping An in 2012 and the reclassification in 2013 of Industrial Bank as a financial investment.

The recognition of profits ceased from Ping An following the agreement to sell our shareholding in December 2012, and from Industrial Bank following the issuance of additional share capital to third parties in January 2013, which resulted in our diluted shareholding being classified as a financial investment. In addition, in 2013, we recorded an impairment charge of US$106m on our banking associate in Vietnam.

Our share of profit from BoCom rose as a result of balance sheet growth and increased fee income, partly offset by higher operating expenses and a rise in loan impairment charges.

At 31 December 2013, we performed an impairment review of our investment in BoCom and concluded that it was not impaired at the year end, based on our value in use calculation (see Note 21 on the Financial Statements for further details). In future years, the value in use will remain relatively stable if the current calculation assumptions remain broadly the same. However, it is expected that the carrying amount will increase in 2014 due to retained profits earned by BoCom. At the point where the carrying amount exceeds the value in use, the carrying amount would be reduced to equal value in use, with a corresponding reduction in income, unless the market value has increased to a level above the carrying amount.

Profits from The Saudi British Bank rose, reflecting strong lending growth and effective cost management.

 

 

Tax expense

 

    

2013

US$m

        

2012

US$m

        

2011

US$m

 

Profit before tax

     22,565           20,649           21,872   

Tax expense

     (4,765        (5,315        (3,928

Profit after tax

     17,800           15,334           17,944   

Effective tax rate

     21.1%           25.7%           18.0%   

 

The effective tax rate for 2013 of 21.1% was lower than the UK corporation tax rate of 23.25%.

The lower effective tax rate reflected the geographical distribution of our profit, the non-taxable gain on profits resulting from the reclassification of our holding in Industrial Bank as a financial investment and the disposal of our operations in Panama and our investment in Ping An.

The tax expense decreased by US$0.6bn to US$4.8bn despite a US$2.0bn increase in accounting profit before tax, due to the combination of benefits noted above and because the 2012 tax expense included the non-tax deductible effect of fines and penalties paid as part of the settlement of

investigations into past inadequate compliance with anti-money laundering and sanction laws.

In 2013, the tax borne and paid by the Group to the relevant tax authorities, including tax on profits, bank levy and employer-related taxes, was US$8.6bn (2012: US$9.3bn). The amount differs from the tax charge reported in the income statement due to indirect taxes such as VAT and the bank levy included in pre-tax profit, and the timing of payments.

We also play a major role as tax collector for governments in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Such taxes include employee-related taxes and taxes withheld from payments to deposit holders. In 2013, we collected US$8.8bn (2012: US$8.5bn).

 

 

64


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

2012 compared with 2011

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency profit before tax

 

     2012 compared with 2011  

HSBC

    
 
 
2011 as
reported
        US$m
  
  
  
      

 

 

 

Currency

translation

adjustment

US$m

  

  

1  

  

      

 

 

 

 

2011

at 2012

exchange

rates

        US$m

  

  

  

  

  

      

 

 

2012 as

reported

        US$m

  

  

  

      

 

 

Reported

change

%

  

2  

  

      

 

 

 

Constant

currency

change

%

  

  

2  

  

Net interest income

     40,662           (1,151        39,511           37,672           (7        (5

Net fee income

     17,160           (436        16,724           16,430           (4        (2

Own credit spread 3

     3,933           (35        3,898           (5,215          

Gains on disposal of US branch network, US cards business and Ping An

                                   7,024             

Other income 7

     10,525           (446        10,079           12,419           18           23   

Net operating income 4

     72,280           (2,068        70,212           68,330           (5        (3

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (12,127        277           (11,850        (8,311        31           30   

Net operating income

     60,153           (1,791        58,362           60,019                     3   

Operating expenses

     (41,545        1,273           (40,272        (42,927        (3        (7

Operating profit

     18,608           (518        18,090           17,092           (8        (6

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     3,264           55           3,319           3,557           9           7   

Profit before tax

     21,872           (463        21,409           20,649           (6        (4

By global business

                           

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     4,270           (71        4,199           9,575           124           128   

Commercial Banking

     7,947           (180        7,767           8,535           7           10   

Global Banking and Markets

     7,049           (200        6,849           8,520           21           24   

Global Private Banking

     944           (8        936           1,009           7           8   

Other

     1,662           (4        1,658           (6,990          

Profit before tax

     21,872           (463        21,409           20,649           (6        (4

By geographical region

                           

Europe

     4,671           (130        4,541           (3,414          

Hong Kong

     5,823           20           5,843           7,582           30           30   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     7,471           (79        7,392           10,448           40           41   

Middle East and North Africa

     1,492           (7        1,485           1,350           (10        (9

North America

     100           (14        86           2,299           2,199           2,573   

Latin America

     2,315           (253        2,062           2,384           3           16   

Profit before tax

     21,872           (463        21,409           20,649           (6        (4

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

64a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items

 

    

 

2012

US$m

  

  

      

 

2011

US$m

  

  

   

 

Change

%

2  

  

Revenue 4

         

Reported

     68,330           72,280        (5

Currency translation adjustment 1

          (2,033  

Own credit spread 3

     5,215           (3,933  

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (10,048        (6,976  

Underlying

     63,497           59,338        7   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

                     

Reported

     (8,311        (12,127     31   

Currency translation adjustment 1

          277     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     338           1,619     

Underlying

     (7,973        (10,231     22   

Operating expenses

         

Reported

     (42,927        (41,545     (3

Currency translation adjustment 1

          1,273     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     1,004           2,666     

Underlying

     (41,923        (37,606     (11

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     66.0%           63.4%     

Profit before tax

         

Reported

     20,649           21,872        (6

Currency translation adjustment 1

          (428  

Own credit spread 3

     5,215           (3,933  

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (9,479        (3,650  

Underlying

     16,385           13,861        18   

By global business

         

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     4,001           871        359   

Commercial Banking

     7,941           7,691        3   

Global Banking and Markets

     8,371           6,735        24   

Global Private Banking

     954           945        1   

Other

     (4,882        (2,381     (105

Underlying profit before tax

     16,385           13,861        18   

By geographical region

         

Europe

     699           1,629        (57

Hong Kong

     7,162           5,761        24   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     6,403           6,249        2   

Middle East and North Africa

     1,380           1,417        (3

North America

     (1,499        (3,076     51   

Latin America

     2,240           1,881        19   

Underlying profit before tax

     16,385           13,861        18   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

Consolidated income statement

Reported profit before tax of US$20.6bn in 2012 was US$1.2bn, or 6%, lower than in 2011. This was primarily due to adverse fair value movements on own debt attributable to credit spreads of US$5.2bn, compared with favourable movements of US$3.9bn in 2011. The variance was partially offset by US$7.5bn of gains (net of losses) on disposals, in particular in respect of the US Card and Retail Services business and our associate, Ping An. Our remaining shareholding in Ping An has been

reclassified as a financial investment, the sale of which was completed on 6 February 2013.

We expect disposal of the Card and Retail Services business in North America and of our associate shares in Ping An in Rest of Asia-Pacific to have a significant impact on our profits in each of these regions for the foreseeable future. In addition, future profits in Rest of Asia-Pacific are expected to be affected by the dilution of our shareholding in Industrial Bank Co. Limited (‘Industrial Bank’), following its issue of additional share capital to third parties on 7 January 2013. Our shareholding in

 

 

64b


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Industrial Bank has now been classified as a financial investment.

On an underlying basis, profit before tax rose by 18%, primarily due to higher net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (‘revenue’) and lower loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions, which were partially offset by an increase in operating expenses. The latter was primarily driven by fines and penalties paid as part of the settlement of investigations into past inadequate compliance with anti-money laundering and sanctions laws of US$1.9bn, and a higher provision for UK customer redress programmes of US$1.4bn.

The following commentary is on an underlying basis, except where otherwise stated.

Revenue of US$63.5bn was US$4.2bn, or 7%, higher than in 2011, primarily due to lower adverse movements on non-qualifying hedges which accounted for US$1.1bn of the increase, and revenue growth in GB&M and CMB.

Revenue growth in GB&M mainly reflected higher Rates and Credit income, notably in Europe, as spreads tightened and investor sentiment improved following stimuli by central banks globally.

In CMB, revenue growth primarily reflected increased net interest income as a result of average balance sheet growth. Customer loans and advances grew in all regions, with over half this growth coming from our faster-growing regions of Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific and Latin America, driven by trade-related lending. In Europe, lending balances increased, notably in the UK, despite muted demand for credit. Customer deposits also rose as we continued to attract deposits through our Payments and Cash Management products.

Revenue growth in RBWM reflected increased insurance income, mainly in Hong Kong and Latin America, which benefited from higher investment returns and increased sales of life insurance products. In addition, net interest income grew, mainly in Hong Kong and Latin America, reflecting higher average lending and deposit balances. These factors were partially offset by the continued run-off of our Consumer and Mortgage Lending (‘CML’) portfolio in the US.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions were US$2.3bn lower than in 2011. This primarily reflected a decrease in North America, mainly due to the continued decline in lending balances and lower delinquency rates in the CML portfolio. In addition, in Europe there were lower credit risk provisions on available-for-sale asset-

backed securities (‘ABS’s) driven by an improvement in underlying asset prices, and lower loan impairment charges in RBWM, most notably in the UK, as delinquency rates improved across both unsecured and secured lending portfolios. These factors were partially offset by increased loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions in Latin America, particularly in Brazil, which were primarily due to higher delinquency rates in RBWM and in Business Banking in CMB. In Rest of Asia-Pacific, there were also higher individually assessed loan impairments on a small number of customers in CMB.

Operating expenses were higher than in 2011, primarily from fines and penalties paid as part of the settlement of investigations into past inadequate compliance with anti-money laundering and sanctions laws of US$1.9bn, as well as an increase in provisions relating to UK customer redress programmes of US$1.4bn. In addition, in 2011 operating expenses included a credit of US$570m relating to defined benefit pension obligations in the UK, which did not recur.

The charges for UK customer redress programmes include estimates in respect of possible mis-selling in previous years of payment protection insurance (‘PPI’) policies of US$1.7bn and interest rate protection products of US$598m. The additional provision relating to PPI reflects our recent claims experience. The provision in relation to interest rate protection products reflects an estimate of possible customer redress requirements following an independent review carried out at the request of the Financial Services Authority (‘FSA’). There are many factors which affect these estimated liabilities and there remains a high degree of uncertainty as to the eventual cost of redress for these matters.

Operating expenses also increased due to inflationary pressures, for example, on wages and salaries, in certain of our Latin American and Asian markets. Other increases arose from investment in strategic initiatives including certain business expansion projects, enhanced processes and technology capabilities, and increased investment in regulatory and compliance infrastructure, primarily in the US. These factors were partly offset by US$2.0bn of sustainable cost savings achieved across all regions, as we continued with our organisational effectiveness programmes during 2012. The number of full time equivalent staff numbers (‘FTEs’) fell by more than 27,700, reflecting the planned net reduction of staff numbers across the Group from organisational effectiveness initiatives and business disposals.

 

 

64c


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

On a constant currency basis, income from associates increased, mainly driven by strong results in our mainland China associates. The contribution from Bank of Communications Co., Limited (‘BoCom’) and Industrial Bank rose due to loan growth and higher fee income. These factors were partially offset by a decline in income from Ping An due to market valuation losses on equity securities held by their insurance business, reflecting volatile domestic equity markets.

The reported profit after tax was US$2.6bn or 15% lower than in 2011, reflecting a decrease in taxable profits, and a higher tax charge in 2012. The increased tax charge included the effect of the non-tax deductible charge for fines and penalties paid as part of the settlement of investigations into past inadequate compliance with anti-money laundering and sanctions laws, together with the non-recognition of the tax benefit in respect of the accounting charge associated with negative fair value movements on own debt. The lower tax charge in 2011 included the benefit of US foreign tax credits. The effective tax rate in 2012 was 26% compared with 18% in 2011.

Group performance by income and expense item

Net interest income

The commentary in the following sections is on a constant currency basis unless otherwise stated.

Reported net interest income decreased by 7%. On a constant currency basis, it declined by 5%.

On an underlying basis, excluding net interest income earned by the businesses sold during 2012 from all periods presented (2012: US$1.6bn; 2011: US$4.8bn) and currency translation movements of US$1.2bn, net interest income rose by 4%. This reflected strong balance sheet growth in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific, together with a lower cost of funds in Latin America driven by a decline in interest rates in Brazil.

The decrease in both net interest spread and net interest margin compared with 2011 was attributable to significantly lower yields on customer lending and on our surplus liquidity, partly offset by a reduction in our cost of funds, notably on customer accounts.

Interest income was lower than in 2011. This was driven by lower interest income on customer lending, including loans classified within ‘Assets held for sale’, due in part to the loss of interest income from disposals during 2012, principally in the US. These disposals also led to a change in the composition of our lending book as the decline in higher yielding card balances was replaced by volume growth in relatively lower yielding products,

mainly residential mortgages and term lending, in Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific and Europe. Growth in average residential mortgage balances reflected the success of marketing campaigns and competitive pricing in the UK, the continued strength in the property market in Hong Kong and the expansion of our distribution network in Rest of Asia-Pacific. Average term lending balances increased in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific as we capitalised on trade and capital flows, while the rise in Europe was in spite of muted demand for credit. As a result of the change in composition of the lending book, the gross yield on customer lending fell.

Revenue in Balance Sheet Management also decreased, principally in Europe as yield curves continued to flatten and liquidity arising from maturities and sales of available-for-sale debt securities was re-invested at lower prevailing rates. In addition, we placed a greater portion of our liquidity with central banks. This was partly offset by higher revenue in Rest of Asia-Pacific, notably mainland China, as strong customer deposit growth led to a rise in the size of the available-for-sale debt securities portfolio.

The decline in interest income was partly offset by lower interest expense, notably on customer accounts. This was driven by a reduction in the cost of funds on customer accounts in Latin America, notably in Brazil, and in Europe due to the downward movement in interest rates during the year, together with deposit repricing initiatives in the US and Europe. The reduction in average customer account balances due to the disposal of non-strategic branches in the US was largely offset by significant volume growth in other parts of the business, notably in Hong Kong, reflecting more conservative customer behaviour during the year in RBWM, and in Rest of Asia-Pacific, as a result of new mandates and deposit acquisition in Payments and Cash Management in CMB and GB&M.

Interest expense on deposits by banks decreased, mainly in Europe. This was due to lower placements by other financial institutions with HSBC, in part due to lower interest rates offered, together with a reduction in the cost of sale and repurchase (‘repo’) funding as market rates fell. Lower average balances and interest rates in Brazil also contributed to the decline.

There was also a decrease in interest expense on debt securities issued by the Group, driven by a net reduction in average balances outstanding, mainly in North America and, to a lesser extent, in Europe. Funding requirements in the US fell as a result of the

 

 

64d


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

business disposals and continued reduction of the CML portfolio in run-off and, as a consequence, maturing debt was not replaced and some of the outstanding debt was repaid with the proceeds from the sales. In addition, maturing debt was not replaced in Europe. These decreases were partly offset by higher interest expense in Latin America, as a result of new debt issued, principally in 2011. The Group’s cost of funds on debt securities rose as the new issuances in Latin America were at a higher effective interest rate than that paid in other parts of the Group. The replacement of short-term debt by the issuance of medium-term notes in Europe also contributed to the rise in the cost of funds of debt securities in issue.

‘Net interest income’ includes the expense of internally funding trading assets, while related revenue is reported in ‘Net trading income’. The internal cost of funding of these assets declined, reflecting the reduction in average trading assets during the year. In reporting our global business results, this cost is included within ‘Net trading income’.

Net fee income

Net fee income decreased by US$730m on a reported basis, and by US$294m on a constant currency basis.

On an underlying basis, which excludes the net fee income relating to the business disposals (2012: US$401m and 2011:US$1.41bn) and currency translation movements of US$436m, net fee income rose by US$726m, or 5%.

The reduction on a constant currency basis was primarily due to the sale of the Card and Retail Services business, which led to a reduction in cards and insurance fee income and fee expenses. As part of that transaction, we entered into a transition service agreement with the purchaser to support certain account servicing operations until they are integrated into the purchaser’s infrastructure. We receive fees for providing these services, which are reported in ‘Other fee income’. The associated costs are reported in ‘Operating expenses’.

Broking income fell, most notably in Hong Kong and Europe, due to reduced transaction volumes reflecting investor sentiment. Income from funds under management (‘FuM’) fell, mainly in Rest of Asia-Pacific, as customers invested in lower yielding products reflecting their lower risk appetite. Income from FuM was also lower in North America, due to the sale of the full service retail brokerage business in Canada. In Europe, the decline was mainly due to challenging market conditions in the latter half of 2011 which led to a fall in average

client assets in 2012 as well as net new money outflows and a fall in client numbers within GPB.

Partly offsetting these reductions was growth in underwriting fees as we actively captured increased client demand for debt capital financing in North America, Hong Kong and Europe in 2012, in part, reflecting the enhanced collaboration between CMB and GB&M. Trade-related income also increased, most notably in Europe and Hong Kong, reflecting increased transaction volumes as we capitalised on our global network to capture cross-border trade flows.

Fees from unit trusts also rose in Hong Kong, reflecting higher sales volumes.

Net trading income

Reported net trading income of US$7.1bn was US$585m higher than in 2011. On a constant currency basis, net trading income rose by US$849m, driven by lower adverse fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges. Net income from trading activities rose in GB&M, but this was more than offset by lower net interest income on trading activities and adverse fair value movements on the contingent forward sale contract relating to Ping An.

There were lower adverse fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges. These hedges are derivatives entered into as part of a documented interest rate management strategy for which hedge accounting was not, nor could be, applied. They are principally cross-currency and interest rate swaps used to economically hedge fixed rate debt issued by HSBC Holdings and floating rate debt issued by HSBC Finance Corporation (‘HSBC Finance’). The size and direction of the changes in the fair value of non-qualifying hedges that are recognised in the income statement can be volatile from year-to-year, but do not alter the cash flows expected as part of the documented interest rate management strategy for both the instruments and the underlying economically hedged assets and liabilities if the derivative is held to maturity. In North America, there were lower adverse fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges as US long-term interest rates declined to a lesser extent than in 2011. There were also lower adverse fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges in Europe. This was driven by favourable fair value movements in HSBC Holdings, compared with adverse fair value movements in 2011, reflecting the less pronounced decline in long-term US interest rates relative to sterling and euro interest rates compared with 2011. This was partly offset by adverse movements in European operating entities as interest rates fell.

 

 

64e


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

During 2012, HSBC Finance terminated approximately US$3.0bn of non-qualifying hedges. A further US$2.4bn of non-qualifying hedges were terminated in January 2013 to better align our hedges with the overall interest rate position in HSBC Finance. The losses on these economic hedges reported in previous years were therefore crystallised.

Net income from trading activities increased compared with 2011, driven by a strong performance in GB&M. This was after taking into account a net charge of US$385m in the fourth quarter of 2012 as a result of a change in estimation methodology in respect of credit valuation adjustments on derivative assets and debit valuation adjustments on derivative liabilities to reflect evolving market practices.

Rates revenue was significantly higher, notably in Europe, as spreads on government debt securities tightened and investor sentiment improved following stimuli by central banks. This was despite significant adverse fair value movements due to own credit spreads on structured liabilities as spreads tightened, compared with a gain reported in 2011, together with a credit valuation adjustment charge of US$837m. The improvement in market sentiment also led to tighter spreads on corporate debt securities, resulting in strong growth in Credit revenue. Foreign Exchange revenue was broadly in line with 2011, as higher income resulting from enhanced collaboration between GB&M and CMB, and increased volumes from improvements in our electronic pricing and distribution capabilities, offset the effect of less volatile markets in 2012. These favourable movements were partly offset by a reduction in Equities trading revenue, reflecting a decline in market volumes together with adverse fair value movements on structured liabilities as own credit spreads tightened in 2012, compared with favourable movements in 2011.

These factors were partly offset by unfavourable fair value movements on assets held as economic hedges of foreign currency debt at fair value compared with favourable movements in 2011, due to movements in the underlying currencies. These offset favourable foreign exchange movements on foreign currency debt which are reported in ‘Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value’.

Net interest income on trading activities also declined. This was driven by a significant reduction in average trading assets, notably holdings of debt securities in Europe, in the latter part of 2011 and the first quarter of 2012 as eurozone sovereign debt concerns dominated the market. In addition, yields fell as a result of both price appreciation in a low

interest rate environment and an increase in the proportion of the portfolio invested in relatively lower-yielding treasury bills and government debt securities. This was partly offset by a reduction in funding costs, reflecting both the decline in the size of the portfolio and the low rate environment.

There were also adverse fair value movements of US$553m on the contingent forward sale contract relating to Ping An.

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

The accounting policies for the designation of financial instruments at fair value and the treatment of the associated income and expenses are described in Notes 2i and 2b on the Financial Statements, respectively.

The majority of the financial liabilities designated at fair value are fixed-rate long-term debt issues, the rate profile of which has been changed to floating through interest rate swaps as part of a documented interest rate management strategy. The movement in fair value of these long-term debt issues and the related hedges includes the effect of our credit spread changes and any ineffectiveness in the economic relationship between the related swaps and own debt. As credit spreads widen or narrow, accounting profits or losses, respectively, are booked. The size and direction of the changes in the credit spread on our debt and ineffectiveness, which are recognised in the income statement, can be volatile from year to year, but do not alter the cash flows expected as part of the documented interest rate management strategy. As a consequence, fair value movements arising from changes in our own credit spread on long-term debt and other fair value movements on the debt and related derivatives are not regarded internally as part of managed performance and are therefore not allocated to global businesses, but are reported in ‘Other’. Credit spread movements on own debt designated at fair value are excluded from underlying results, and related fair value movements are not included in the calculation of regulatory capital.

We reported net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value of US$2.2bn in 2012 compared with net income of US$3.4bn in 2011. This included the credit spread-related movements in the fair value of our own long-term debt, on which we reported adverse fair value movements of US$5.2bn in 2012 and favourable movements of US$3.9bn in 2011. The adverse fair value movements arose in 2012 as credit spreads tightened in Europe and North America, having widened during 2011.

 

 

64f


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Net income arising from financial assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts reflected net investment gains in 2012 as global equity market conditions improved, compared with net investment losses in 2011. This predominantly affected the value of assets held to support unit-linked contracts in the UK and Hong Kong, insurance contracts with discretionary participation features (‘DPF’) in Hong Kong, and investment contracts with DPF in France.

The investment gains or losses arising from equity markets result in a corresponding movement in liabilities to customers, reflecting the extent to which unit-linked policyholders, in particular, participate in the investment performance of the associated asset portfolio. Where these relate to assets held to back investment contracts, the corresponding movement in liabilities to customers is also recorded under ‘Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value’. This is in contrast to gains or losses related to assets held to back insurance contracts or investment contracts with DPF, where the corresponding movement in liabilities to customers is recorded under ‘Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders’.

Within net income from financial instruments designated at fair value were favourable foreign exchange movements in 2012, compared with adverse movements in 2011, on foreign currency debt designated at fair value issued as part of our overall funding strategy. An offset from assets held as economic hedges was reported in ‘Net trading income’.

Gains less losses from financial investments

Gains less losses from financial investments increased by US$282m on a reported basis and US$310m on a constant currency basis.

The increase was driven by higher net gains from the disposal of available-for-sale equity securities, notably in Hong Kong as a result of the sale of our shares in four Indian banks. In addition, we reported a rise in disposal gains in Principal Investments in GB&M.

Higher gains were also reported on the disposal of available-for-sale government debt securities, principally in the UK as part of Balance Sheet

Management’s structural interest rate risk management activities. This was partly offset by losses on the disposal of legacy assets in GB&M in the UK, together with the non-recurrence of gains in 2011 on the disposal of available-for-sale debt securities in our Insurance business in RBWM, also in Europe.

There were higher impairments of available-for-sale equity securities due to significant write-downs in 2012 on three holdings, two of which were in our direct investment business, which is in run-off.

Net earned insurance premiums

Net earned insurance premiums were broadly in line with 2011 on a reported basis. On a constant currency basis net earned premiums increased by 6%.

The rise in net earned premium income was driven by Hong Kong and Latin America. In Hong Kong, sales of insurance contracts increased, in particular deferred annuity products, as we widened our product offerings to fulfil customers’ long-term savings and retirement needs, supported by successful marketing campaigns. Renewal premiums from both unit-linked and insurance contracts with DPF also increased reflecting strong sales in previous years. The increase in net earned premiums in Latin America was due to higher sales of unit-linked and term life products in Brazil, reflecting customer appetite for life insurance products. It was partly offset by a decrease in net earned premiums following the sale of the general insurance business in Argentina in May 2012. In Europe, net earned premiums decreased, mainly on investment contracts with DPF in France, as a result of the uncertain economic and political environment in the election year and increased product competition. The non-renewal and transfer to third parties of certain contracts in our Irish business during 2011 also contributed to the decline. This was partly offset by a rise in net earned premiums in the UK due, in part, to the sale of a unit-linked insurance product through two new third party platforms.

Gains on disposal of US branch network, US cards business and Ping An

Significant progress was made in 2012 in exiting non-strategic markets and disposing of businesses and investments not aligned with the Group’s long-term strategy. These included three major disposals:

 

 

In May 2012, HSBC USA Inc., HSBC Finance and HSBC Technology and Services (USA) Inc. sold their US Card and Retail Services business

 

 

64g


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

to Capital One Financial Corporation, realising a gain on sale of US$3.1bn.

 

 

In May 2012, HSBC Bank USA, N.A. (‘HSBC Bank USA’) sold 138 out of 195 branches primarily in upstate New York to First Niagara Bank, realising a gain of US$661m. In August 2012, it sold the remaining 57 branches to the same purchaser, realising a gain of US$203m.

In December 2012, HSBC Insurance Holdings Limited and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation agreed to sell to indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of Charoen Pokphand Group Company Limited their entire shareholdings in Ping An, representing 15.57% of the issued share capital of Ping An, in two tranches. The first tranche was completed on 7 December 2012. The completion of the second tranche took place on 6 February 2013. The disposal of this associate resulted in a gain of US$3.0bn in 2012. Our remaining shareholding has been classified as a financial investment.

Other operating income

Reported other operating income of US$2.1bn increased by 19% in 2012. On a constant currency basis, it rose by 25% as a result of business disposals during the year.

We continued to rationalise our portfolio in non-strategic markets, resulting in a number of gains and losses on disposal which are excluded from our underlying results. These included gains of US$108m on the sale of our RBWM operations in Thailand, US$130m on the sale of our shareholding in a property company in the Philippines, US$163m on the sales of the HSBC and Hang Seng general insurance businesses in Hong Kong, US$102m following the completion of the sale of our general insurance manufacturing business in Argentina, and US$212m following the sale of our shares in Global Payments Asia-Pacific Ltd. The gains on disposal were partly offset by an investment loss on a subsidiary of US$85m in the Middle East and North Africa and a loss of US$62m on the sale of our operations in Costa Rica, Honduras and El Salvador.

Reported other operating income in 2011 included a gain of US$181m arising from a dilution of our holding in Ping An following its issue of share capital to a third party and a gain of US$83m from the sale of HSBC Afore S.A. de C.V. (‘HSBC Afore’), our Mexican pension business.

On an underlying basis, excluding the gains and losses on disposal totalling US$747m in 2012 and US$354m in 2011, other operating income rose.

This was due to lower losses on foreclosed properties due to the reduction in foreclosure activity in the US, less deterioration in housing prices during 2012 and, in some markets, improvements in pricing compared with 2011 in the US.

The present value of in-force (‘PVIF’) long-term insurance business asset was broadly in line with 2011. The value of new business from the sale of life insurance products, favourable investment returns, together with the recognition of a PVIF asset relating to the unit-linked pension products in Brazil contributed to a rise. In addition, there were lower adverse changes to non-economic assumptions, including mortality and lapse rates in Hong Kong and North America in 2012. These factors were substantially offset by adverse assumption changes in 2012, principally relating to the valuation of policyholder options and guarantees in Hong Kong, along with the non-recurrence of a gain of US$237m (US$243m as reported) recognised upon refinement of the PVIF asset in 2011.

The increase in other operating income was partly offset by losses recognised on the sale of syndicated loans in Europe and on the reclassification of certain businesses to held for sale in South America. In addition, a gain on sale and leaseback of branches in Mexico recognised in 2011 did not recur.

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders increased by 27% on a reported basis, and by 33% on a constant currency basis.

The increase in liabilities to policyholders largely resulted from gains in the fair value of the assets where the policyholders bear the investment risk, particularly in relation to unit-linked insurance contracts and investment and insurance contracts with DPF.

The higher investment returns were largely the result of positive equity market movements in 2012 compared with losses experienced during 2011 notably in Hong Kong, France and the UK. The gains or losses on the financial assets designated at fair value held to support these insurance and investment contract liabilities are reported in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’.

The increase in liabilities to policyholders also reflected the increase in new business written, notably in Hong Kong and Brazil as explained under ‘Net earned insurance premiums’. This was partly

 

 

64h


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

offset by a lower increase in reserves in France attributable to the decline in net earned premiums, and a decrease in Argentina due to the sale of the general insurance business in May 2012.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

Reported loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (‘LIC’s) fell from US$12bn to US$8.3bn, a decrease of 31% compared with 2011. On an underlying basis they reduced from US$10bn to US$8.0bn.

On a constant currency basis, they declined by US$3.5bn or 30% compared with 2011. Collectively assessed allowances were down by US$3.3bn and credit risk provisions fell by US$456m, partly offset by higher individually assessed impairment charges of US$258m.

At 31 December 2012, the aggregate balance of customer loan impairment allowances was US$16bn. This represented 2% of gross loans and advances to customers (net of reverse repos and settlement accounts) in line with 31 December 2011.

The fall in collectively assessed impairment allowances was most significant in RBWM in North America due to the continued reduction in the CML portfolios in run-off, and the sale of the Card and Retail Services business. In addition, lower loan impairment charges in Europe in RBWM were due to improved credit quality as we continued to pro-actively identify and monitor customers facing financial hardship and focused our lending growth on higher quality assets, notably in the UK. These factors were partly offset by higher loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions in Latin America which were driven by increased delinquency rates in RBWM and CMB, mainly in Brazil.

Impairment of available-for-sale debt securities reduced, mainly in Europe, due to lower charges on available-for-sale ABSs and on Greek sovereign debt, partly offset by an increase in Rest of Asia-Pacific due to a charge on an available-for-sale debt security in GB&M.

Individually assessed impairment allowances increased by 14%, primarily in Europe in CMB, reflecting challenging economic conditions in the UK, Greece, Spain and Turkey. In addition, higher individually assessed impairments in Latin America mainly related to a single exposure in Brazil.

LICs declined in North America, primarily in the CML portfolio, as well as in Europe, Hong Kong and the Middle East and North Africa. The decrease was

partly offset by an increase in Latin America and Rest of Asia-Pacific.

In North America, LICs fell by 51% to US$3.5bn. Within this, loan impairment charges fell by US$1.3bn following the sale of the Card and Retail Services business. Loan impairment charges in our CML business in the US fell by 48% to US$2.6bn, driven by lower lending balances, as we continued to run off the portfolio, and lower delinquency levels. Loan impairment charges continued to be adversely affected by delays in expected cash flows from mortgage loans due, in part, to delays in foreclosure processing, although the effects were less pronounced than in 2011. These decreases were partly offset by an adjustment made following a review completed in the fourth quarter of 2012 which concluded that the estimated average period of time from current status to write-off was ten months for real estate loans. In CMB and GB&M, loan impairment charges increased, mainly in Bermuda, due to individually assessed impairments on a small number of exposures.

In Europe, LICs decreased by 22% to US$1.9bn. This was mainly in GB&M due to lower credit risk provisions on available-for-sale ABSs as a result of an improvement in underlying asset prices, as well as lower charges on Greek sovereign debt. This was partly offset by increased impairment charges on the legacy credit loans and receivables portfolio. In RBWM, loan impairment charges continued to decline, primarily in the UK, as we focused our lending growth on higher quality assets and continued to pro-actively identify and monitor customers facing financial hardship. As a result, delinquency rates improved across both the secured and unsecured lending portfolios. This was partly offset by an increase in impairments in Turkey due to strong growth in previous years in our RBWM customer loans and advances. In addition, there were higher individually assessed provisions in CMB across a range of sectors, reflecting increased stress on the financial status of certain customers in the challenging economic conditions in certain eurozone countries.

In Hong Kong, LICs fell by 53% to US$74m, largely due to lower specific impairment charges in CMB and the non-recurrence of charges relating to available-for-sale Greek sovereign debt securities.

In the Middle East and North Africa, LICs decreased by US$6m to US$286m. Lower loan impairment charges in RBWM reflected repositioning of the book towards higher quality secured lending in previous years. This was largely

 

 

64i


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

offset by higher LICs recorded for a small number of large exposures in GB&M.

LICs in Latin America and Rest of Asia-Pacific increased compared with 2011. In Latin America, they increased by 29% to US$2.1bn. This was mainly in Brazil, driven by increased delinquency rates in RBWM and CMB, particularly in the Business Banking portfolio reflecting lower economic growth in 2012. We took a number of steps to reposition the portfolios in RBWM and CMB including improving our collections capabilities, reducing third-party originations and lowering credit limits where appropriate. Loan impairment charges fell in Brazil during the second half of 2012, mainly due to lower collective portfolio provisions.

In Rest of Asia-Pacific, LICs increased by 64% to US$436m, notably in CMB as a result of the impairment of a corporate exposure in Australia and a small number of corporate exposures in India, as well as a credit risk provision on an available-for-sale debt security in GB&M.

Operating expenses

Reported operating expenses of US$42.9bn were US$1.4bn or 3% higher than in 2011. On an underlying basis, costs increased by 11%.

On a constant currency basis, operating expenses in 2012 were US$2.7bn or 7% higher than in 2011, primarily driven by fines and penalties paid as part of the settlement of investigations into past inadequate compliance with anti-money laundering and sanction laws of US$1.9bn, of which US$1.5bn was attributed to, and paid by, HNAH and its subsidiaries and US$375m was paid by HSBC Holdings. Further provisions for the UK customer redress programmes of US$2.3bn were raised during 2012 compared with a charge of US$890m in 2011 (US$898m as reported). This included a charge for additional estimated redress for possible mis-selling in previous years of PPI policies US$1.7bn (2011: US$713m) and interest rate protection products (US$598m), which took the balance sheet provision for the UK customer redress programmes at 31 December 2012 to US$2.2bn.

In 2011 we recorded a credit of US$570m (US$587m as reported) following a change in the inflation measure used to calculate the defined benefit obligation in the UK for deferred pensions which did not recur in 2012.

Costs also rose due to inflationary pressures in certain of our Latin American and Asian markets and increased investment costs in strategic initiatives,

including certain business expansion projects, and in enhanced processes and technology capabilities. We also increased investment in our regulatory and compliance infrastructure primarily in the US.

The above increases in costs were mitigated by strict cost control and the continued delivery of our organisational effectiveness programmes, which resulted in sustainable cost savings of US$2.0bn. The number of employees (expressed in FTEs) at the end of the 2012 was 10% lower than at the end of 2011. This reflected the planned net reduction of staff numbers across the Group from organisational effectiveness initiatives and business disposals. In 2012, average FTEs fell by 7%.

Business disposals in 2011 and 2012 resulted in a lower cost base, most significantly from the sale of the Card and Retail Services business and the 195 branches in the US.

Restructuring and other related costs were US$876m in 2012 compared with US$1.1bn in 2011 (US$1.1bn as reported).

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

The reported share of profit in associates and joint ventures was US$3.6bn, an increase of 9% compared with 2011. On a constant currency basis, it increased by 7%, driven by higher contributions from our associates in mainland China.

Our share of profits from BoCom rose, as a result of loan growth and higher fee income from cards, management service and guarantees and commitments. This was partly offset by increased operating expenses reflecting investment in staff and technology, and higher loan impairment charges. Profits from Industrial Bank also increased, reflecting continued growth in lending balances and a rise in associated fee income, partly offset by higher operating expenses in line with business expansion, as well as increased loan impairment charges. On 7 January 2013, our holding in Industrial Bank was diluted following its issue of additional share capital to third parties. Our shareholding has now been classified as a financial investment.

Profits from The Saudi British Bank rose, driven by higher revenues reflecting strong balance sheet growth and lower costs resulting from effective control and monitoring.

Profits from Ping An were lower due to market valuation losses on equity securities held by their insurance business, reflecting volatile domestic equity markets, partly offset by increased income from the banking business reflecting the contribution of Ping An Bank (formerly Shenzhen Development

 

 

64j


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Bank). On 5 December 2012, we agreed to sell our entire shareholding in Ping An and recognised a gain on the disposal of the associate. Our remaining shareholding has been classified as a financial investment.

Tax expense

The tax charge in 2012 was US$1.4bn or 35% higher than in 2011 on a reported basis.

The higher tax charge in 2012 reflected the non-tax deductible effect of fines and penalties paid as part of the settlement of investigations into past inadequate compliance with anti-money laundering and sanctions laws, together with the non-recognition of the tax benefit in respect of the accounting charge associated with negative fair value movements on own debt. The lower tax charge in 2011 included the

benefit of US deferred tax recognised in 2011 in respect of foreign tax credits.

As a result of these factors, the reported effective tax rate for 2012 was 25.7 % compared with 18.0% for 2011.

In 2012, the tax paid by the Group was US$9.3bn (2011: US$8.0bn). The amount differs from the tax charge reported in the income statement due to indirect taxes such as VAT and the bank levy included in the pre-tax profit and the timing of payments.

The Group also plays a major role as tax collector for governments in the jurisdictions in which we operate. In 2012, the Group collected US$8.5bn (2011: US$8.7bn).

 

 

64k


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Consolidated balance sheet

 

Five-year summary consolidated balance sheet

 

     At 31 December  
    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

         

2010

US$m

         

2009

US$m

 

ASSETS

                          

Cash and balances at central banks

     166,599            141,532            129,902            57,383            60,655   

Trading assets

     303,192            408,811            330,451            385,052            421,381   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     38,430            33,582            30,856            37,011            37,181   

Derivatives

     282,265            357,450            346,379            260,757            250,886   

Loans and advances to banks

     211,521            152,546            180,987            208,271            179,781   

Loans and advances to customers 27

     1,080,304            997,623            940,429            958,366            896,231   

Financial investments

     425,925            421,101            400,044            400,755            369,158   

Assets held for sale

     4,050            19,269            39,558            1,991            3,118   

Other assets

     159,032            160,624            156,973            145,103            146,061   

Total assets

     2,671,318            2,692,538            2,555,579            2,454,689            2,364,452   

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

                          

Liabilities

                          

Deposits by banks

     129,212            107,429            112,822            110,584            124,872   

Customer accounts

     1,482,812            1,340,014            1,253,925            1,227,725            1,159,034   

Trading liabilities

     207,025            304,563            265,192            300,703            268,130   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     89,084            87,720            85,724            88,133            80,092   

Derivatives

     274,284            358,886            345,380            258,665            247,646   

Debt securities in issue

     104,080            119,461            131,013            145,401            146,896   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     74,181            68,195            61,259            58,609            53,707   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

     2,804            5,018            22,200            86            3   

Other liabilities

     117,377            118,123            111,971            109,868            148,411   

Total liabilities

     2,480,859            2,509,409            2,389,486            2,299,774            2,228,791   

Equity

                          

Total shareholders’ equity

     181,871            175,242            158,725            147,667            128,299   

Non-controlling interests

     8,588            7,887            7,368            7,248            7,362   

Total equity

     190,459            183,129            166,093            154,915            135,661   

Total equity and liabilities

     2,671,318            2,692,538            2,555,579            2,454,689            2,364,452   

Five-year selected financial information

 

                          

Called up share capital

     9,415            9,238            8,934            8,843            8,705   

Capital resources 28,29

     194,009            180,806            170,334            167,555            155,729   

Undated subordinated loan capital

     2,777            2,778            2,779            2,781            2,785   

Preferred securities and dated subordinated loan capital 30

     48,114            48,260            49,438            54,421            52,126   

Risk-weighted assets and capital ratios 28

                          

Risk-weighted assets

     1,092,653            1,123,943            1,209,514            1,103,113            1,133,168   
     %            %            %            %            %   

Core tier 1 ratio

     13.6            12.3            10.1            10.5            9.4   

Total capital ratio

     17.8            16.1            14.1            15.2            13.7   

Financial statistics

                          

Loans and advances to customers as a percentage of customer accounts

     72.9            74.4            75.0            78.1            77.3   

Average total shareholders’ equity to average total assets

     6.55            6.16            5.64            5.53            4.72   

Net asset value per ordinary share at year-end 31 (US$)

     9.27            9.09            8.48            7.94            7.17   

Number of US$0.50 ordinary shares in issue (millions)

     18,830            18,476            17,868            17,686            17,408   

Closing foreign exchange translation rates to US$:

                          

US$1: £

     0.605            0.619            0.646            0.644            0.616   

US$1: €

     0.726            0.758            0.773            0.748            0.694   

For footnotes, see page 132.

A more detailed consolidated balance sheet is contained in the Financial Statements on page 419.

 

65


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Movement in 2013

Total reported assets were US$2.7 trillion, 1% lower than at 31 December 2012, on both a reported and constant currency basis. Our balance sheet remains strong, with a ratio of customer advances to customer accounts of 72.9%.

During 2013, GB&M changed the way it manages repo and reverse repo activities. This led to an increase in 2013 in reverse repo agreements classified as ‘Loans and advances to customers’ and ‘Loans and advances to banks’, and a decline in those included in ‘Trading assets’. Similarly, there was an increase in repo agreements classified in ‘Deposits by banks’ and ‘Customer accounts’, with a decline in ‘Trading liabilities’. For further details of this change, see page 68.

Loans and advances to customers grew by more than US$34.2bn in 2013, notably in term and trade-related lending to corporate and commercial customers. Customer accounts increased by over US$56.3bn in 2013. These movements exclude reverse repo and repo transactions and the effect of currency movements.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

Assets

Cash and balances at central banks increased by 17%, mainly in Europe, driven by the placement of surplus funds reflecting growth in deposits in excess of lending growth and, to a lesser extent, in North America.

Trading assets decreased by US$110bn or 27%, driven by a fall in reverse repos, reflecting the change in the way GB&M manages these activities noted above. Excluding this, trading assets were broadly in line with December 2012 levels.

Financial assets designated at fair value increased by 16%, in part due to favourable market movements in our European insurance operations coupled with higher investments from premium income received during the year in our insurance businesses, notably in Europe and Hong Kong.

Derivative assets decreased by 22%. Upward movements in yield curves in major currencies led to a decline in the fair value of interest rate contracts, largely in Europe. In North America, declines in fair values of interest rate contracts reflected the increase in swap rates during the year and increased netting.

Loans and advances to banks rose by US$61.4bn or 41%, including a US$56.4bn increase in reverse repos reflecting the change in the way

GB&M manages these activities. Excluding this, there was a US$5.0bn increase driven by higher placements with financial institutions in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific.

Loans and advances to customers increased by US$87.0bn or 9%, including a US$52.8bn rise in reverse repo balances reflecting the change in the way GB&M manages these activities, which mainly affected balances in North America and the UK. We reclassified over US$9.5bn of customer lending balances mainly relating to our operations in Panama and first lien mortgage portfolios in the US to ‘Assets held for sale’. These were subsequently disposed of in the second half of the year.

Excluding these factors, customer lending balances grew by US$44.0bn as continued demand for financing led to a rise in term and trade-related lending to CMB and GB&M customers in Hong Kong and, to a lesser extent, in Rest of Asia-Pacific. Commercial real estate and other property-related lending also grew in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific. Residential mortgages remained broadly in line with 2012. There was growth in Rest of Asia-Pacific and, to a lesser extent, in Hong Kong, although the rate of growth in Hong Kong fell in the second half of the year. We also continued to grow our portfolio in the UK, which reflected our competitive offering. These factors were broadly offset by the continued reduction in the US run-off portfolio. In addition, in the UK there was an increase in corporate overdraft balances, mainly in GB&M that did not meet the criteria for netting, with a corresponding rise in related customer accounts.

Financial investments were broadly in line with 2012 levels. We recorded net sales and maturities of available-for-sale government debt securities in North America. This was broadly offset by an increase in Hong Kong due to net new purchases, together with the re-classification of our shareholding in Industrial Bank.

Assets held for sale decreased by 79%, driven by the completion of the sales of our investment in Ping An and of the non-real estate personal lending portfolio in the US.

Liabilities

Deposits by banks rose by US$21.4bn or 20% and included an increase of US$30.5bn relating to repo balances, reflecting the change in the way GB&M manages these activities. Excluding this, balances fell in Europe and North America.

 

 

66


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Customer accounts increased by US$148.6bn or 11%. This included a rise in repo funding of US$92.3bn reflecting the change in the way GB&M manages these activities, which mainly affected balances in North America and the UK. In addition, we reclassified over US$6.5bn of deposit balances, mainly relating to our operations in Panama, to ‘Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale’. These were subsequently disposed of in the second half of the year.

Excluding these factors, customer accounts increased by US$63.4bn, driven by a rise in the UK in RBWM reflecting customers’ continued preference for holding higher balances in readily-accessible current and savings accounts in the uncertain economic environment. This was coupled with higher balances in our Payments and Cash Management business in GB&M and CMB. Current accounts also grew in GB&M due to higher balances that did not meet the netting criteria and an increase in short-term deposits. In Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific, customer accounts rose, mainly in RBWM reflecting customer sentiment, but also in CMB reflecting deposit campaigns in the final quarter of the year. In North America, customer accounts grew, driven by higher balances in our CMB business although this was offset in part by a fall in RBWM, due to re-pricing.

Trading liabilities decreased by US$102.1bn or 33% and included a fall of US$114.3bn in repos reflecting the change in the way GB&M manages

these activities. Excluding this, trading liabilities increased by US$12.2bn driven by increases in Europe, reflecting client demand and volumes.

Financial liabilities designated at fair value remained broadly unchanged during 2013.

The reduction in the value of Derivative liabilities was in line with that of ‘Derivative assets’ as the underlying risk is broadly matched.

Debt securities in issue fell by 12%. This was driven by a net redemption in debt securities in issue in Europe together with maturing debt that was not replaced in the US as funding requirements declined due to business disposals and the run-off of the CML portfolio. These factors were partly offset by an increase in Brazil as we substituted wholesale customer deposits for medium-term loan notes.

Liabilities under insurance contracts rose by 9% as a result of liabilities to policyholders established for new business, largely written in Hong Kong.

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale decreased by US$1.9bn, driven by the disposal of non-strategic businesses in Latin America and North America.

Equity

Total shareholders’ equity rose by 4%, primarily driven by profits generated in the year, partly offset by dividends paid.

 

 

67


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency assets and liabilities

 

     31 December 2013 compared with 31 December 2012  

HSBC

    

 

 
 

31 Dec 12

as

reported
US$m

  

  

  
  

       

 

 

 

Currency

translation

adjustment

US$m

  

  

32  

  

      

 

 

 

 

31 Dec 12

at 31 Dec 13

exchange

rates

US$m

  

  

  

  

  

       

 

 
 

31 Dec 13

as

reported
US$m

  

  

  
  

       

 
 

Reported

change
%

  

  
  

       

 

 
 

Constant

currency

change
%

  

  

  
  

Cash and balances at central banks

     141,532            565           142,097            166,599            18            17   

Trading assets

     408,811            4,379           413,190            303,192            (26         (27

Financial assets designated at fair value

     33,582            (372        33,210            38,430            14            16   

Derivative assets

     357,450            6,480           363,930            282,265            (21         (22

Loans and advances to banks

     152,546            (2,420        150,126            211,521            39            41   

Loans and advances to customers

     997,623            (4,367        993,256            1,080,304            8            9   

Financial investments

     421,101            (3,132        417,969            425,925            1            2   

Assets held for sale

     19,269            (303        18,966            4,050            (79         (79

Other assets

     160,624            3,215           163,839            159,032            (1         (3

Total assets

       2,692,538            4,045           2,696,583            2,671,318            (1         (1

Deposits by banks

     107,429            339           107,768            129,212            20            20   

Customer accounts

     1,340,014            (5,801        1,334,213            1,482,812            11            11   

Trading liabilities

     304,563            4,605           309,168            207,025            (32         (33

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     87,720            1,155           88,875            89,084            2            -   

Derivative liabilities

     358,886            6,815           365,701            274,284            (24         (25

Debt securities in issue

     119,461            (1,088        118,373            104,080            (13         (12

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     68,195            115           68,310            74,181            9            9   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

     5,018            (280        4,738            2,804            (44         (41

Other liabilities

     118,123            (1,594        116,529            117,377            -            1   

Total liabilities

     2,509,409            4,266           2,513,675            2,480,859            (1         (1

Total shareholders’ equity

     175,242            (463        174,779            181,871            4            4   

Non-controlling interests

     7,887            (43        7,844            8,588            9            9   

Total equity

     183,129            (506        182,623            190,459            4            4   

Total equity and liabilities

     2,692,538            3,760           2,696,298            2,671,318            (1         (1

For footnote, see page 132.

 

In 2013, GB&M changed the way it manages repo and reverse repo activities in the Credit and Rates businesses, which were previously being managed in a trading environment. During the year, the repo and reverse repo business activities were organised into trading and non-trading portfolios, with separate risk management procedures. This resulted in an increase in the amount of reverse repos classified as ‘Loans and advances to customers’ and ‘Loans and advances to banks’, and a decline in the amount classified as ‘Trading assets’ at 31 December 2013, compared with previous year-ends. Similarly, at 31 December 2013 there was an increase in the amount of repos classified as ‘Customer accounts’ and ‘Deposits by banks’, with a

decline in the amount classified as ‘Trading liabilities’, compared with previous year-ends. The increase in amortised cost balances and the decrease in trading balances primarily occurred in Europe and North America, specifically the UK and the US.

The impact of repos and reverse repos on the balance sheet is set out in the table below. The table also provides a combined view of customer lending and customer deposits which, by taking into account loans and advances to customers and customer account balances reported as held for sale, more accurately reflects the overall size of our lending and deposit books.

 

 

68


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Combined view of lending and deposits

 

    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

          Change
%
 

Customers – amortised cost

              

Loans and advances to customers

     1,080,304            997,623            8   

– loans and other receivables

     992,089            962,972            3   

– reverse repos

     88,215            34,651            155   

Loans and advances to customers reported in ‘Assets held for sale’ 33

     1,703            6,124            (72

Combined customer lending

     1,082,007            1,003,747            8   

Customer accounts

     1,482,812            1,340,014            11   

– cash deposits and other accounts

     1,361,297            1,311,396            4   

– repos

     121,515            28,618            325   

Customer accounts reported in ‘Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale’

     2,187            2,990            (27

Combined customer deposits

     1,484,999            1,343,004            11   

Banks – amortised cost

              

Loans and advances to banks

     211,521            152,546            39   

– loans and other receivables

     120,046            117,085            3   

– reverse repos

     91,475            35,461            158   

Deposits by banks

     129,212            107,429            20   

– cash deposits and other accounts

     86,507            95,480            (9

– repos

     42,705            11,949            257   

Customers and banks – fair value

              

Trading assets – reverse repos

     10,120            118,681            (91

– loans and advances to customers

     7,180            73,666            (90

– loans and advances to banks

     2,940            45,015            (93

Trading liabilities – repos

     17,421            130,223            (87

– customer accounts

     9,611            103,483            (91

– deposits by banks

     7,810            26,740            (71

For footnote, see page 132.

Financial investments

 

     At 31 December 2013           At 31 December 2012  
     Equity
securities
US$bn
         

Debt

securities
US$bn

          Total
    US$bn
         

Equity

securities
US$bn

         

Debt

securities
US$bn

          Total
    US$bn
 

Balance Sheet Management

                314.4            314.4                       293.4            293.4   

Insurance entities

                46.4            46.4                       43.4            43.4   

Structured entities

     0.1            22.6            22.7                       24.7            24.7   

Principal investments

     2.7                       2.7            2.9                       2.9   

Other

     6.3            33.4            39.7            2.9            53.8            56.7   
     9.1            416.8            425.9            5.8            415.3            421.1   

 

The table above analyses the Group’s holdings of financial investments by business activity. Further information can be found in the following sections:

 

 

‘Balance Sheet Management’ (page 238) for a description of the activities and an analysis of third party assets in balance sheet management.

 

 

‘Risk management of insurance operations’ (page 249) includes an analysis of the financial investments within our insurance operations by the type of contractual liabilities that they back.

 

‘Structured entities’ (page 550) for further information about the nature of securities investment conduits in which the above financial investments are held.

 

 

‘Equity securities classified as available for sale’ (page 235) includes private equity holdings and other strategic investments.

 

 

‘Other’ represents financial investments held in certain locally managed treasury portfolios and other GB&M portfolios held for specific business activities.

 

 

69


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Average balance sheet

 

Average balance sheet and net interest income

Average balances and related interest are shown for the domestic operations of our principal commercial banks by geographical region. ‘Other operations’ comprise the operations of our principal commerical banking and consumer finance entities outside their domestic markets and all other banking operations, including investment banking balances and transactions.

Average balances are based on daily averages for the principal areas of our banking activities with monthly or less frequent averages used elsewhere.

Balances and transactions with fellow subsidiaries are reported gross in the principal

commercial banking and consumer finance entities and the elimination entries are included within ‘Other operations’.

Net interest margin numbers are calculated by dividing net interest income as reported in the income statement by the average interest-earning assets from which interest income is reported within the ‘Net interest income’ line of the income statement. Total interest-earning assets include loans where the carrying amount has been adjusted as a result of impairment allowances. In accordance with IFRSs, we recognise interest income on assets after the carrying amount has been adjusted as a result of impairment. Fee income which forms an integral part of the effective interest rate of a financial instrument is recognised as an adjustment to the effective interest rate and recorded in ‘Interest income’.

 

 

Assets

 

    2013         2012         2011  
   

Average

balance
US$m

       

Interest

income
US$m

        Yield
%
       

Average

balance
US$m

       

Interest

income
US$m

        Yield
%
       

Average

balance
US$m

       

Interest

income
US$m

        Yield
%
 

Summary

                                 

Interest-earning assets measured at amortised cost (itemised below)

    1,669,368          51,192          3.07          1,625,068          56,702          3.49          1,622,658          63,005          3.88   

Trading assets and financial assets designated at fair value 55,56

    354,817          5,763          1.62          368,406          6,931          1.88          410,038          8,671          2.11   

Impairment provisions

    (15,954               (17,421               (18,738        

Non-interest-earning assets

    683,785                        730,901                        752,965                 

Total assets and interest income

    2,692,016          56,955          2.12          2,706,954          63,633          2.35          2,766,923          71,676          2.59   

Average yield on all interest-earning assets

            2.81                  3.19                  3.53   

Short-term funds and loans and advances to banks

                                 

Europe

  

HSBC Bank

    104,187          938          0.90          86,496          1,040          1.20          62,489          1,186          1.90   
  

HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse)

    15,400          10          0.06          2,072          9          0.43          1,886          14          0.74   
  

HSBC France

    36,874          127          0.34          33,199          176          0.53          36,023          477          1.32   

Hong Kong

  

Hang Seng Bank

    16,496          251          1.52          16,396          283          1.73          17,761          334          1.88   
  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    16,294          192          1.18          18,379          224          1.22          22,033          233          1.06   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    46,684          853          1.83          42,814          805          1.88          41,692          920          2.21   
  

HSBC Bank Malaysia

    5,865          173          2.95          5,375          157          2.92          6,049          174          2.88   

MENA

  

HSBC Bank Middle East

    5,638          34          0.60          5,922          41          0.69          4,467          42          0.94   

North America

  

HSBC Bank USA

    25,105          87          0.35          23,768          106          0.45          27,495          97          0.35   
  

HSBC Bank Canada

    3,174          30          0.95          1,677          17          1.01          2,886          23          0.80   

Latin America

  

HSBC Mexico

    2,979          114          3.83          3,053          119          3.90          3,383          130          3.84   
  

Brazilian operations 57

    11,076          788          7.11          14,610          1,155          7.91          18,954          2,036          10.74   
  

HSBC Bank Argentina

    1,337          31          2.32          396          45          11.36          341          33          9.68   

Other operations

    10,158          27          0.27          21,822          130          0.60          16,290          161          0.99   
    301,267          3,655          1.21          275,979          4,307          1.56          261,749          5,860          2.24   

 

69a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

         2013         2012         2011  
        

Average

balance
US$m

       

Interest

income
US$m

        Yield
%
       

Average

balance
US$m

       

Interest

income
US$m

        Yield
%
       

Average

balance
US$m

       

Interest

income
US$m

        Yield
%
 

Loans and advances to customers

                                 

Europe

  

HSBC Bank

    306,065          10,686          3.49          289,586          10,596          3.66          299,775          10,225          3.41   
  

HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse)

    15,235          194          1.27          12,591          199          1.58          14,631          255          1.74   
  

HSBC France

    67,062          1,670          2.49          69,021          1,713          2.48          75,033          2,087          2.78   
  

HSBC Finance

    173          10          5.78          886          42          4.74          1,486          98          6.59   

Hong Kong

  

Hang Seng Bank

    72,537          2,179          3.00          64,907          1,895          2.92          63,198          1,569          2.48   
  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    113,936          2,631          2.31          100,203          2,410          2.41          91,209          1,975          2.17   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    126,095          5,427          4.30          109,298          5,231          4.79          99,683          4,863          4.88   
  

HSBC Bank Malaysia

    13,928          683          4.90          13,456          707          5.25          12,118          657          5.42   

MENA

  

HSBC Bank Middle East

    25,537          1,124          4.40          24,012          1,214          5.06          22,494          1,296          5.76   

North America

  

HSBC Bank USA

    58,177          1,786          3.07          59,806          1,742          2.91          67,817          3,226          4.76   
  

HSBC Finance

    34,146          3,064          8.97          43,887          3,904          8.90          59,857          5,842          9.76   
  

HSBC Bank Canada

    45,646          1,497          3.28          44,673          1,588          3.55          44,512          1,683          3.78   

Latin America

  

HSBC Mexico

    15,335          1,658          10.81          14,411          1,613          11.19          14,290          1,630          11.41   
  

Brazilian operations 57

    25,732          4,608          17.91          27,621          5,468          19.80          30,212          6,584          21.79   
  

HSBC Bank Argentina

    3,615          799          22.10          3,644          718          19.70          3,320          524          15.78   

Other operations

    23,537          704          2.99          56,654          2,003          3.54          45,653          2,736          5.99   
    946,756          38,720          4.09          934,656          41,043          4.39          945,288          45,250            4.79   

Financial investments

                                 

Europe

  

HSBC Bank

    88,406          1,223          1.38          80,475          1,275          1.58          95,522          1,631          1.71   
  

HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse)

    13,509          183          1.35          5,722          107          1.87          13,521          247          1.83   
  

HSBC France

    13,733          94          0.68          11,208          130          1.16          4,662          133          2.85   

Hong Kong

  

Hang Seng Bank

    31,502          601          1.91          29,319          590          2.01          26,095          596          2.28   
  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    56,325          291          0.52          48,695          320          0.66          52,357          399          0.76   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    48,415          1,490          3.08          46,095          1,501          3.26          40,033          1,422          3.55   
  

HSBC Bank Malaysia

    2,197          72          3.28          1,798          59          3.28          1,013          33          3.26   

MENA

  

HSBC Bank Middle East

    11,838          113          0.95          10,266          113          1.10          10,944          150          1.37   

North America

  

HSBC Bank USA

    56,302          884          1.57          61,510          1,092          1.78          50,357          1,250          2.48   
  

HSBC Finance

                               941          67          7.12          2,956          104          3.52   
  

HSBC Bank Canada

    20,364          279          1.37          21,179          297          1.40          17,821          307          1.72   

Latin America

  

HSBC Mexico

    7,782          351          4.51          8,021          379          4.73          9,767          473          4.84   
  

Brazilian operations 57

    7,404          740          9.99          9,527          1,019          10.70          10,072          1,206          11.97   
  

HSBC Bank Argentina

    451          71          15.74          701          96          13.69          651          99          15.21   

Other operations

    35,081          1,610          4.59          51,872          2,033          3.92          48,288          2,179          4.51   
    393,309          8,002          2.03          387,329          9,078          2.34          384,059          10,229            2.66   

 

69b


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Assets (continued)

 

    2013         2012         2011  
   

Average

balance
US$m

       

Interest

income
US$m

        Yield
%
       

Average

balance
US$m

       

Interest

income
US$m

        Yield
%
       

Average

balance
US$m

       

Interest

income
US$m

        Yield
%
 

Other interest-earning assets

                                 

Europe

  

HSBC Bank

    73,607          64          0.09          119,175          153          0.13          53,394          101          0.19   
  

HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse)

    7,441          69          0.93          14,461          189          1.31          19,568          262          1.34   
  

HSBC France

    14,294          111          0.78          13,107          121          0.92          10,037          160          1.59   

Hong Kong

  

Hang Seng Bank

    2,088          14          0.67          1,003          9          0.90          854          9          1.05   
  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    50,474          452          0.90          43,871          441          1.01          32,917          383          1.16   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    11,895          46          0.39          15,320          40          0.26          15,414          53          0.34   
  

HSBC Bank Malaysia

    456          2          0.44          553          4          0.72          578          8          1.38   

MENA

  

HSBC Bank Middle East

    1,888          87          4.61          1,914          72          3.76          698          22          3.15   

North America

  

HSBC Bank USA

    6,386          103          1.61          12,324          872          7.08          15,187          903          5.95   
  

HSBC Finance

    6,821          19          0.28          7,723          656          8.49          6,014          671          11.16   
  

HSBC Bank Canada

    1,691          42          2.48          2,340          69          2.95          3,109          59          1.90   

Latin America

  

HSBC Mexico

    265          6          2.26          614          39          6.35          383          27          7.05   
  

Brazilian operations 57

    2,394          107          4.47          1,338          100          7.47          2,031          54          2.66   
  

HSBC Bank Argentina

    93                            106          4          4          88                     

Other operations

    (151,757       (307           (206,745       (495           (128,710       (1,046    
    28,036          815          2.91          27,104          2,274          8.39          31,562          1,666          5.28   

Total interest-earning assets

                                 

Europe

  

HSBC Bank

    572,265          12,911          2.26          575,732          13,064          2.27          511,180          13,143          2.57   
  

HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse)

    51,585          456          0.88          34,846          504          1.45          49,606          778          1.57   
  

HSBC France

    131,963          2,002          1.52          126,535          2,140          1.69          125,755          2,857          2.27   
  

HSBC Finance

    173          10          5.78          889          42          4.72          1,486          98          6.59   

Hong Kong

  

Hang Seng Bank

    122,623          3,045          2.48          111,625          2,777          2.49          107,908          2,508          2.32   
  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    237,029          3,566          1.50          211,148          3,395          1.61          198,516          2,990          1.51   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    233,089          7,816          3.35          213,527          7,577          3.55          196,822          7,258          3.69   
  

HSBC Bank Malaysia

    22,446          930          4.14          21,182          927          4.38          19,758          872          4.41   

MENA

  

HSBC Bank Middle East

    44,901          1,358          3.02          42,114          1,440          3.42          38,603          1,510          3.91   

North America

  

HSBC Bank USA

    145,970          2,860          1.96          157,408          3,812          2.42          160,856          5,476          3.40   
  

HSBC Finance

    40,967          3,083          7.53          54,342          4,627          8.51          68,827          6,617          9.61   
  

HSBC Bank Canada

    70,875          1,848          2.61          69,869          1,971          2.82          68,328          2,072          3.03   

Latin America

  

HSBC Mexico

    26,361          2,129          8.08          26,099          2,150          8.24          27,823          2,260          8.12   
  

Brazilian operations 57

    46,606          6,243          13.40          53,096          7,742          14.58          61,269          9,880          16.13   
  

HSBC Bank Argentina

    5,496          901          16.39          4,847          863          17.80          4,400          656          14.91   

Other operations

    (82,981       2,034              (78,191       3,671              (18,479       4,030       
    1,669,368          51,192          3.07          1,625,068          56,702          3.49          1,622,658          63,005          3.88   

For footnotes, see page 133a.

 

69c


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Equity and liabilities

 

    2013         2012         2011  
   

Average

balance
US$m

       

Interest

expense
US$m

        Cost
%
       

Average

balance
US$m

       

Interest

expense
US$m

        Cost
%
       

Average

balance
US$m

       

Interest

expense
US$m

        Cost
%
 

Summary

                                 

Interest-bearing liabilities measured at amortised cost (itemised below)

    1,426,180          15,653          1.10          1,401,254          19,030          1.36          1,433,566          22,343          1.56   

Trading liabilities and financial liabilities designated at fair value (excluding own debt issued)

    301,353          3,027          1.00          318,883          3,445          1.08          355,345          4,564          1.28   

Non-interest bearing current accounts

    184,370                  177,085                  162,369           

Total equity and other non-interest bearing liabilities

    780,113                        809,732                        815,643                 

Total equity and liabilities

    2,692,016          18,680          0.69          2,706,954          22,475          0.83          2,766,923          26,907          0.97   

Average cost on all interest-bearing liabilities

            1.08                  1.31                  1.50   

Deposits by banks 58

                                 

Europe

  

HSBC Bank

    29,394          209          0.71          27,738          435          1.57          33,764          529          1.57   
  

HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse)

    379          1          0.26          657          2          0.30          874          2          0.23   
  

HSBC France

    20,081          85          0.42          26,026          171          0.66          29,329          396          1.35   

Hong Kong

  

Hang Seng Bank

    1,101          15          1.36          1,305          15          1.15          1,903          7          0.37   
  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    6,638          13          0.20          7,648          12          0.16          8,389          13          0.15   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    9,701          103          1.06          10,668          159          1.49          10,613          159          1.50   
  

HSBC Bank Malaysia

    865          20          2.31          961          20          2.08          360          9          2.50   

MENA

  

HSBC Bank Middle East

    1,488          4          0.27          1,588          6          0.38          1,511          6          0.40   

North America

  

HSBC Bank USA

    8,233          17          0.21          7,587          19          0.25          7,730          18          0.23   
  

HSBC Bank Canada

    2,572          22          0.86          1,613          9          0.56          760          15          1.97   

Latin America

  

HSBC Mexico

    1,368          64          4.68          1,103          52          4.71          1,167          62          5.31   
  

Brazilian operations 57

    3,466          103          2.97          4,323          194          4.49          6,433          331          5.15   
  

HSBC Bank Argentina

    20          2          10.00          44          3          6.82          24          2          8.33   

Other operations

    1,576          33          2.09          1,542          63          4.09          3,242          42          1.30   
    86,882          691          0.80          92,803          1,160          1.25          106,099          1,591          1.50   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value – own debt issued 59

                                 

Europe

  

HSBC Holdings

    19,719          366          1.86          23,864          446          1.87          19,654          342          1.74   
  

HSBC Bank

    28,969          443          1.53          28,046          556          1.98          26,504          462          1.74   
  

HSBC France

    9,173          67          0.73          7,147          118          1.65          6,907          174          2.52   

North America

  

HSBC Bank USA

    1,933          35          1.81          1,853          38          2.05          1,642          38          2.31   
  

HSBC Finance

    8,878          80          0.90          12,147          184          1.51          17,108          289          1.69   

Other operations

    3,661          (24       (0.66       1,959          (17       (0.87       1,820          8          0.44   
    72,333          967          1.34          75,016          1,325          1.77          73,635          1,313          1.78   

 

69d


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Equity and liabilities (continued)

 

    2013         2012         2011  
   

Average

balance
US$m

       

Interest

expense
US$m

        Cost
%
       

Average

balance
US$m

       

Interest

expense
US$m

        Cost
%
       

Average

balance
US$m

       

Interest

expense
US$m

        Cost
%
 

Customer accounts 60

                                 

Europe

  

HSBC Bank

    350,722          2,296          0.65          309,808          2,445          0.79          306,060          2,387          0.78   
  

HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse)

    16,453          70          0.43          15,926          84          0.53          22,025          163          0.74   
  

HSBC France

    49,739          255          0.51          47,974          403          0.84          49,363          650          1.32   

Hong Kong

  

Hang Seng Bank

    91,778          360          0.39          85,425          365          0.43          83,220          342          0.41   
  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    208,859          254          0.12          190,654          250          0.13          177,336          231          0.13   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    136,212          2,300          1.69          129,419          2,381          1.84          121,237          2,277          1.88   
  

HSBC Bank Malaysia

    13,737          296          2.15          13,624          311          2.28          13,326          299          2.24   

MENA

  

HSBC Bank Middle East

    18,387          106          0.58          17,477          163          0.93          17,484          237          1.36   

North America

  

HSBC Bank USA

    65,578          115          0.18          68,134          224          0.33          83,988          340          0.40   
  

HSBC Bank Canada

    42,936          340          0.79          45,116          344          0.76          44,833          358          0.80   

Latin America

  

HSBC Mexico

    16,808          455          2.71          17,735          528          2.98          18,139          538          2.97   
  

Brazilian operations 57

    21,596          1,545          7.15          30,352          2,411          7.94          41,194          4,471          10.85   
  

HSBC Bank Argentina

    3,318          343          10.34          3,594          268          7.46          3,149          200          6.35   

Other operations

    68,521          328          0.48          77,574          701          0.90          76,972          963          1.25   
    1,104,644          9,063          0.82          1,052,812          10,878          1.03          1,058,326          13,456          1.27   

Debt securities in issue

                                 

Europe

  

HSBC Bank

    64,528          768          1.19          69,294          989          1.43          79,670          982          1.23   
  

HSBC France

    13,365          54          0.40          14,801          118          0.80          18,043          260          1.44   

Hong Kong

  

Hang Seng Bank

    1,393          12          0.86          1,606          15          0.93          1,424          13          0.91   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    7,493          186          2.48          7,732          241          3.12          7,918          263          3.32   
  

HSBC Bank Malaysia

    967          26          2.69          1,016          25          2.46          568          18          3.17   

MENA

  

HSBC Bank Middle East

    3,057          64          2.09          3,769          83          2.20          3,870          77          1.99   

North America

  

HSBC Bank USA

    14,012          415          2.96          12,738          390          3.06          12,535          395          3.15   
  

HSBC Finance

    19,888          739          3.72          29,198          1,059          3.63          40,629          1,413          3.48   
  

HSBC Bank Canada

    13,158          342          2.60          12,675          390          3.08          12,061          392          3.25   

Latin America

  

HSBC Mexico

    813          41          5.04          897          51          5.69          1,074          57          5.31   
  

Brazilian operations 57

    10,963          863          7.87          9,114          732          8.03          6,825          708          10.37   
  

HSBC Bank Argentina

    52          10          19.23          121          20          16.53          66          11          16.67   

Other operations

    1,287          662          51.44          (1,613       642          (39.80       (3,201       671          (20.96
    150,976          4,182          2.77          161,348          4,755          2.95          181,482          5,260          2.90   

 

69e


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

         2013         2012   2011  
        

Average

balance

       

Interest

expense

        Cost        

Average

balance

       

Interest

expense

        Cost        

Average

balance

       

Interest

expense

        Cost  
         US$m         US$m         %         US$m         US$m         %         US$m         US$m         %  

Other interest-bearing liabilities

                                 

Europe

  

HSBC Bank

    96,464          659          0.68          126,279          671          0.53          66,449          595          0.90   
  

HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse)

    7,869          13          0.17          4,195          4          0.10          3,006          8          0.27   
  

HSBC France

    26,159          77          0.29          20,853          28          0.13          20,294          170          0.84   
  

HSBC Finance

    23                            303          2          0.66          828          6          0.72   

Hong Kong

  

Hang Seng Bank

    2,021          48          2.38          1,715          39          2.27          1,422          25          1.76   
  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    14,280          76          0.53          11,213          71          0.63          12,759          72          0.56   

Rest of Asia-
Pacific

  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    45,776          414          0.90          40,827          406          0.99          35,562          361          1.02   
  

HSBC Bank Malaysia

    1,339          8          0.60          1,069          16          1.50          1,121          17          1.52   

MENA

  

HSBC Bank Middle East

    2,557          58          2.27          1,681          76          4.52          1,506          50          3.32   

North America

  

HSBC Bank USA

    17,793          176          0.99          26,255          408          1.55          23,431          820          3.50   
  

HSBC Finance

    5,265          220          4.18          3,196          162          5.07          4,345          29          0.67   
  

HSBC Bank Canada

    3,007          25          0.83          772          4          0.52          360          2          0.56   
  

HSBC Markets Inc

    3,330          36          1.08          1,202          36          3.00          2,193          40          1.82   

Latin America

  

HSBC Mexico

    1,658          19          1.15          1,305          19          1.46          1,379          22          1.60   
  

Brazilian operations 57

    3,497          189          5.40          4,705          362          7.69          4,223          335          7.93   
  

HSBC Bank Argentina

    29          3          10.34          26          3          11.54          15          1          6.67   

Other operations

       (219,722       (1,271           (226,321       (1,395           (164,869       (1,830    
       11,345          750          6.61          19,275          912          4.73          14,024          723          5.16   

Total interest-bearing liabilities

                                 

Europe

  

HSBC Bank

    570,077          4,375          0.77          561,165          5,096          0.91          512,447          4,955          0.97   
  

HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse)

    24,701          84          0.34          20,778          90          0.43          25,905          173          0.67   
  

HSBC France

    118,517          538          0.45          116,801          838          0.72          123,936          1,650          1.33   
  

HSBC Finance

    23                            303          2          0.66          828          6          0.72   

Hong Kong

  

Hang Seng Bank

    96,293          435          0.45          90,051          434          0.48          87,969          387          0.44   
  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    229,777          343          0.15          209,515          333          0.16          198,484          316          0.16   

Rest of Asia-
Pacific

  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    199,182          3,003          1.51          188,646          3,187          1.69          175,330          3,060          1.75   
  

HSBC Bank Malaysia

    16,908          350          2.07          16,670          372          2.23          15,375          343          2.23   

MENA

  

HSBC Bank Middle East

    25,489          232          0.91          24,515          328          1.34          24,371          370          1.52   

North America

  

HSBC Bank USA

    107,549          758          0.70          116,567          1,079          0.93          129,326          1,611          1.25   
  

HSBC Finance

    34,031          1,039          3.05          44,541          1,405          3.15          62,082          1,731          2.79   
  

HSBC Bank Canada

    61,673          729          1.18          60,176          747          1.24          58,014          767          1.32   
  

HSBC Markets Inc

    3,330          36          1.08          1,202          36          3.00          2,193          40          1.82   

Latin America

  

HSBC Mexico

    20,647          579          2.80          21,040          650          3.09          21,759          679          3.12   
  

Brazilian operations 57

    39,522          2,700          6.83          48,494          3,699          7.63          58,675          5,845          9.96   
  

HSBC Bank Argentina

    3,419          358          10.47          3,785          294          7.77          3,254          217          6.67   

Other operations

       (124,958       94              (122,995       440              (66,382       193       
       1,426,180          15,653          1.10          1,401,254          19,030          1.36          1,433,566          22,343          1.56   
                                                                        

For footnotes, see page 133a.

 

69f


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Net interest margin 61

 

         

                2013

%

         

                2012

%

         

                2011

%

 

Total

     2.13            2.32            2.51   

Europe

  

HSBC Bank

     1.49            1.38            1.60   
  

HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse)

     0.72            1.19            1.22   
  

HSBC France

     1.11            1.03            0.96   
  

HSBC Finance

     5.78            4.50            6.19   

Hong Kong

  

Hang Seng Bank

     2.13            2.10            1.97   
  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

     1.36            1.45            1.35   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

     2.06            2.06            2.13   
  

HSBC Bank Malaysia

     2.58            2.62            2.68   

MENA

  

HSBC Bank Middle East

     2.51            2.64            2.95   

North America

  

HSBC Bank USA

     1.44            1.74            2.40   
  

HSBC Finance

     4.99            5.93            7.10   
  

HSBC Bank Canada

     1.58            1.75            1.91   

Latin America

  

HSBC Mexico

     5.88            5.75            5.68   
  

Brazilian operations 57

     7.60            7.61            6.59   
  

HSBC Bank Argentina

     9.88            11.74            9.98   

Distribution of average total assets

 

              
         

2013

%

         

2012

%

         

2011

%

 

Europe

  

HSBC Bank

     40.1            44.8            41.5   
  

HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse)

     2.0            1.7            2.1   
  

HSBC France

     11.4            11.5            10.3   
  

HSBC Finance

                           0.1   

Hong Kong

  

Hang Seng Bank

     5.3            4.8            4.5   
  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

     13.1            12.0            11.0   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

     11.9            11.3            10.6   
  

HSBC Bank Malaysia

     1.0            1.0            0.8   

MENA

  

HSBC Bank Middle East

     2.0            1.8            1.6   

North America

  

HSBC Bank USA

     8.7            10.2            9.7   
  

HSBC Finance

     1.7            2.1            2.7   
  

HSBC Bank Canada

     3.2            3.2            3.0   

Latin America

  

HSBC Mexico

     1.5            1.5            1.5   
  

Brazilian operations 57

     2.3            2.7            3.0   
  

HSBC Bank Argentina

                0.2            0.2   

Other operations (including consolidation adjustments)

     (4.2         (8.8         (2.6
     100.0            100.0            100.0   

For footnotes, see page 133a.

 

69g


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Analysis of changes in net interest income and net interest expense

The following tables allocate changes in net interest income and net interest expense between volume and rate for 2013 compared with 2012, and for 2012 compared with 2011. We isolate volume variances and allocate any change arising from both volume and rate to rate.

Interest income

 

                   Increase/(decrease)
in 2013 compared
with 2012
                  Increase/(decrease)
in 2012 compared

with 2011
           
         2013
US$m
        Volume
US$m
        Rate
US$m
        2012
US$m
        Volume
US$m
        Rate
US$m
        2011
US$m
 

Short-term funds and loans and advances to banks

                         

Europe

  

HSBC Bank

    938          212          (314       1,040          456          (602       1,186   
  

HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse)

    10          57          (56       9          1          (6       14   
  

HSBC France

    127          19          (68       176          (37       (264       477   

Hong Kong

  

Hang Seng Bank

    251          2          (34       283          (26       (25       334   
  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    192          (25       (7       224          (39       30          233   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    853          73          (25       805          25          (140       920   
  

HSBC Bank Malaysia

    173          14          2          157          (19       2          174   

MENA

  

HSBC Bank Middle East

    34          (2       (5       41          14          (15       42   

North America

  

HSBC Bank USA

    87          6          (25       106          (13       22          97   
  

HSBC Bank Canada

    30          15          (2       17          (10       4          23   

Latin America

  

HSBC Mexico

    114          (3       (2       119          (13       2          130   
  

Brazilian operations 57

    788          (280       (87       1,155          (467       (414       2,036   
  

HSBC Bank Argentina

    31          107          (121       45          5          7          33   

Other operations

    27          (69       (34       130          55          (86       161   
    3,655          394          (1,046       4,307          319          (1,872       5,860   

Loans and advances to customers

                         

Europe

  

HSBC Bank

    10,686          603          (513       10,596          (347       718          10,225   
  

HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse)

    194          42          (47       199          (35       (21       255   
  

HSBC France

    1,670          (49       6          1,713          (167       (207       2,087   
  

HSBC Finance

    10          (34       2          42          (40       (16       98   

Hong Kong

  

Hang Seng Bank

    2,179          223          61          1,895          42          284          1,569   
  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    2,631          331          (110       2,410          195          240          1,975   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    5,427          805          (609       5,231          469          (101       4,863   
  

HSBC Bank Malaysia

    683          25          (49       707          73          (23       657   

MENA

  

HSBC Bank Middle East

    1,124          77          (167       1,214          87          (169       1,296   

North America

  

HSBC Bank USA

    1,786          (47       91          1,742          (381       (1,103       3,226   
  

HSBC Finance

    3,064          (867       27          3,904          (1,559       (379       5,842   
  

HSBC Bank Canada

    1,497          35          (126       1,588          6          (101       1,683   

Latin America

  

HSBC Mexico

    1,658          103          (58       1,613          14          (31       1,630   
  

Brazilian operations 57

    4,608          (374       (486       5,468          (565       (551       6,584   
  

HSBC Bank Argentina

    799          (6       87          718          51          143          524   

Other operations

    704          (761       (538       2,003          659          (1,392       2,736   
       38,720          531          (2,854       41,043          (509       (3,698       45,250   

 

69h


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Interest income (continued)

 

                   Increase/(decrease)
in 2013 compared
with 2012
                  Increase/(decrease)
in 2012  compared
with 2011
           
         2013
US$m
        Volume
US$m
        Rate
US$m
        2012
US$m
        Volume
US$m
        Rate
US$m
        2011
US$m
 

Financial investments

                         

Europe

  

HSBC Bank

    1,223          125          (177       1,275          (257       (99       1,631   
  

HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse)

    183          146          (70       107          (143       3          247   
  

HSBC France

    94          29          (65       130          187          (190       133   

Hong Kong

  

Hang Seng Bank

    601          44          (33       590          74          (80       596   
  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    291          50          (79       320          (28       (51       399   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    1,490          76          (87       1,501          215          (136       1,422   
  

HSBC Bank Malaysia

    72          13                   59          26                   33   

MENA

  

HSBC Bank Middle East

    113          17          (17       113          (9       (28       150   

North America

  

HSBC Bank USA

    884          (93       (115       1,092          277          (435       1,250   
  

HSBC Finance

             (67                67          (71       34          104   
  

HSBC Bank Canada

    279          (11       (7       297          58          (68       307   

Latin America

  

HSBC Mexico

    351          (11       (17       379          (85       (9       473   
  

Brazilian operations 57

    740          (227       (52       1,019          (65       (122       1,206   
  

HSBC Bank Argentina

    71          (34       9          96          8          (11       99   

Other operations

    1,610          (658       235          2,033          162          (308       2,179   
    8,002          140          (1,216       9,078          87          (1,238       10,229   

 

Interest expense

 

  

                   
                   Increase/(decrease)
in 2013 compared
with 2012
                  Increase/(decrease)
in 2012  compared
with 2011
           
         2013
US$m
        Volume
US$m
        Rate
US$m
        2012
US$m
        Volume
US$m
        Rate
US$m
        2011
US$m
 

Deposits by banks

                         

Europe

  

HSBC Bank

    209          26          (252       435          (95       1          529   
  

HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse)

    1          (1                2                            2   
  

HSBC France

    85          (39       (47       171          (45       (180       396   

Hong Kong

  

Hang Seng Bank

    15          (2       2          15          (2       10          7   
  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    13          (2       3          12          (1                13   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    103          (14       (42       159          1          (1       159   
  

HSBC Bank Malaysia

    20          (2       2          20          15          (4       9   

MENA

  

HSBC Bank Middle East

    4                   (2       6                            6   

North America

  

HSBC Bank USA

    17          2          (4       19                   1          18   
  

HSBC Bank Canada

    22          5          8          9          17          (23       15   

Latin America

  

HSBC Mexico

    64          12                   52          (3       (7       62   
  

Brazilian operations 57

    103          (39       (52       194          (109       (28       331   
  

HSBC Bank Argentina

    2          (2       1          3          2          (1       2   

Other operations

    33                   (30       63          (22       43          42   
    691          (74       (395       1,160          (199       (232       1,591   

For footnote, see page 133a.

 

69i


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

                   Increase/(decrease)
in 2013 compared
with 2012
                  Increase/(decrease)
in 2012 compared
with 2011
           
         2013
US$m
        Volume
US$m
        Rate
US$m
        2012
US$m
        Volume
US$m
        Rate
US$m
        2011
US$m
 

Customer accounts

                         

Europe

  

HSBC Bank

    2,296          323          (472       2,445          29          29          2,387   
  

HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse)

    70          3          (17       84          (45       (34       163   
  

HSBC France

    255          15          (163       403          (18       (229       650   

Hong Kong

  

Hang Seng Bank

    360          27          (32       365          9          14          342   
  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    254          24          (20       250          17          2          231   

Rest of Asia–Pacific

  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    2,300          125          (206       2,381          154          (50       2,277   
  

HSBC Bank Malaysia

    296          3          (18       311          7          5          299   

MENA

  

HSBC Bank Middle East

    106          8          (65       163                   (74       237   

North America

  

HSBC Bank USA

    115          (8       (101       224          (63       (53       340   
  

HSBC Bank Canada

    340          (17       13          344          2          (16       358   

Latin America

  

HSBC Mexico

    455          (28       (45       528          (12       2          538   
  

Brazilian operations 57

    1,545          (695       (171       2,411          (1,176       (884       4,471   
  

HSBC Bank Argentina

    343          (21       96          268          28          40          200   

Other operations

    328          (82       (291       701          8          (270       963   
    9,063          534          (2,349       10,878          (70       (2,508       13,456   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value – own debt issued

    967          (47       (311       1,325          25          (13       1,313   

Debt securities in issue

                         

Europe

  

HSBC Bank

    768          (68       (153       989          (128       135          982   
  

HSBC France

    54          (11       (53       118          (47       (95       260   

Hong Kong

  

Hang Seng Bank

    12          (2       (1       15          2                   13   

Rest of Asia–Pacific

  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

    186          (7       (48       241          (6       (16       263   
  

HSBC Bank Malaysia

    26          (1       2          25          14          (7       18   

MENA

  

HSBC Bank Middle East

    64          (16       (3       83          (2       8          77   

North America

  

HSBC Bank USA

    415          39          (14       390          6          (11       395   
  

HSBC Finance

    739          (338       18          1,059          (398       44          1,413   
  

HSBC Bank Canada

    342          15          (63       390          20          (22       392   

Latin America

  

HSBC Mexico

    41          (5       (5       51          (9       3          57   
  

Brazilian operations 57

    863          148          (17       732          237          (213       708   
  

HSBC Bank Argentina

    10          (11       1          20          9                   11   

Other operations

    662          (1,154       1,174          642          (333       304          671   
       4,182          (306       (267       4,755          (588       83          5,260   

For footnote, see page 133a.

 

69j


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Short-term borrowings

We include short-term borrowings within customer accounts, deposits by banks, debt securities in issue and trading liabilities and do not show short-term borrowings separately on the balance sheet. Short-term borrowings are defined by the US Securities and Exchange Commission as Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, commercial paper and other short-term borrowings.

Our only significant short-term borrowings are securities sold under agreements to repurchase and certain debt securities in issue. For securities sold under agreements to repurchase, we run matched repo and reverse repo trading books. We generally observe lower year-end demand in our reverse repo lending business which results in lower repo balances at the balance sheet date. Additional information on these is provided in the table below.

 

 

Repos and short-term bonds

 

                 2013
US$m
                 2012
US$m
                 2011
US$m
 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

        

Outstanding at 31 December

     181,641         170,790         135,239   

Average amount outstanding during the year

     218,580         206,352         236,290   

Maximum quarter-end balance outstanding during the year

     210,452         176,162         202,305   

Weighted average interest rate during the year

     0.3%         0.4%         0.6%   

Weighted average interest rate at the year-end

     0.5%         0.5%         1.0%   

Short-term bonds

        

Outstanding at 31 December

     40,667         44,240         35,415   

Average amount outstanding during the year

     46,455         40,349         40,679   

Maximum quarter-end balance outstanding during the year

     54,933         44,240         42,785   

Weighted average interest rate during the year

     1.4%         1.4%         1.9%   

Weighted average interest rate at the year-end

     0.7%         1.3%         2.2%   

Contractual obligations

The table below provides details of our material contractual obligations as at 31 December 2013.

 

     Payments due by period  
     Total          

Less than

1 year

          1–3 years           3–5 years           More than
5 years
 
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

Long-term debt obligations

     210,509            59,855            56,428            28,467            65,759   

Term deposits and certificates of deposit

     129,172            122,673            4,328            1,142            1,029   

Capital (finance) lease obligations

     376            59            101            31            185   

Operating lease obligations

     5,496            971            1,482            1,031            2,012   

Purchase obligations

     402            212            12            178              

Short positions in debt securities and equity shares

     74,052            53,030            5,469            4,271            11,282   

Current tax liability

     607            607                                    

Pension/healthcare obligation

     18,959            1,618            3,328            3,605            10,408   
     439,573            239,025            71,148            38,725            90,675   

 

69k


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Loan maturity and interest sensitivity analysis

At 31 December 2013, the geographical analysis of loan maturity and interest sensitivity by loan type on a contractual repayment basis was as follows:

 

     Europe           Hong
Kong
         

Rest

of Asia-

Pacific

          MENA           North
America
          Latin
America
          Total  
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

Maturity of 1 year or less

                                      

Loans and advances to banks

     67,104            32,242            49,476            6,037            29,982            12,244            197,085   

Commercial loans to customers

                                      

Manufacturing and international trade and services

     94,400            44,139            45,007            9,222            8,407            14,356            215,531   

Real estate and other property related

     13,517            13,757            7,144            1,474            4,356            1,614            41,862   

Non-bank financial institutions

     64,616            5,980            7,535            238            38,694            864            117,927   

Governments

     2,204                       102            1,280            169            319            4,074   

Other commercial

     41,448            3,314            10,083            2,245            2,904            2,736            62,730   
     216,185            67,190            69,871            14,459            54,530            19,889            442,124   

Maturity after 1 year but within 5 years

                                      

Loans and advances to banks

     6,187            1,706            1,125            406            157            549            10,130   

Commercial loans to customers

                                      

Manufacturing and international trade and services

     28,981            9,731            9,841            1,989            13,306            5,652            69,500   

Real estate and other property related

     19,148            23,083            8,618            453            6,575            775            58,652   

Non-bank financial institutions

     8,576            1,592            987            2,294            3,512            495            17,456   

Governments

     344            187            143            163            387            197            1,421   

Other commercial

     15,445            7,729            5,576            1,372            5,968            2,548            38,638   
     72,494            42,322            25,165            6,271            29,748            9,667            185,667   

Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to banks and commercial loans to customers

                                      

Fixed interest rate

     14,968            195            1,817            1,341            5,558            3,303            27,182   

Variable interest rate

     63,713            43,833            24,473            5,336            24,347            6,913            168,615   
     78,681            44,028            26,290            6,677            29,905            10,216            195,797   

Maturity after 5 years

                                      

Loans and advances to banks

     613            1,202            36                       25            2,488            4,364   

Commercial loans to customers

                                      

Manufacturing and international trade and services

     9,652            753            655            598            1,816            501            13,975   

Real estate and other property related

     5,969            8,064            1,041            45            3,685            360            19,164   

Non-bank financial institutions

     2,358            38                                  385            17            2,798   

Governments

     792            552            37                       8            458            1,847   

Other commercial

     10,207            3,523            819            919            3,004            672            19,144   
     28,978            12,930            2,552            1,562            8,898            2,008            56,928   

Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to banks and commercial loans to customers

                                      

Fixed interest rate

     7,283            1,089            62            358            773            382            9,947   

Variable interest rate

     22,308            13,043            2,526            1,204            8,150            4,114            51,345   
     29,591            14,132            2,588            1,562            8,923            4,496            61,292   

 

69l


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Deposits

The following tables summarise the average amount of bank deposits, customer deposits and certificates of deposit (‘CD’s) and other money market instruments (which are included within ‘Debt securities in issue’ in the balance sheet), together

with the average interest rates paid thereon for each of the past three years. The geographical analysis of average deposits is based on the location of the office in which the deposits are recorded and excludes balances with HSBC companies. The ‘Other’ category includes securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

 

 

Deposits by banks

 

     2013           2012           2011  
     Average
balance
US$m
    

Average

rate

%

          Average
balance
US$m
    

Average

rate

%

          Average
balance
US$m
    

Average

rate

%

 

Europe

     63,213               64,497               75,890      

Demand and other – non-interest bearing

     13,198                    9,377                    10,788           

Demand – interest bearing

     5,154         0.5            8,988         0.4            16,492         0.8   

Time

     17,465         1.1            24,698         1.5            19,893         2.2   

Other

     27,396         0.4            21,434         1.1            28,717         1.3   
                       

Hong Kong

     14,686               13,355               13,222      

Demand and other – non-interest bearing

     7,271                    4,727                    3,047           

Demand – interest bearing

     6,217         0.1            5,643         0.1            6,052         0.1   

Time

     1,072         0.7            2,013         0.4            3,347         0.3   

Other

     126         3.2            972         0.6            776         0.1   
                       

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     12,919               14,485               13,650      

Demand and other – non-interest bearing

     2,334                    2,495                    2,535           

Demand – interest bearing

     5,965         1.0            6,190         1.1            5,802         1.2   

Time

     3,210         0.8            3,879         1.5            4,218         1.6   

Other

     1,410         2.5            1,921         3.1            1,095         3.0   
                       

Middle East and North Africa

     2,546               1,892               2,060      

Demand and other – non-interest bearing

     1,058                    301                    548           

Demand – interest bearing

     12                    8         6.5            20           

Time

     1,422         0.2            1,543         0.4            1,424         0.4   

Other

     54         1.9            40         1.8            68         1.6   
                       

North America

     15,820               13,695               11,904      

Demand and other – non-interest bearing

     3,488                    4,470                    2,367           

Demand – interest bearing

     2,787         0.1            2,996         0.1            3,849         0.1   

Time

     5,110         0.3            4,756         0.4            4,797         0.4   

Other

     4,435         0.5            1,473         0.5            891         1.3   
                       

Latin America

     5,166               6,463               8,819      

Demand and other – non-interest bearing

     118                    212                    161           

Demand – interest bearing

     333         4.5            333         3.9            545         3.7   

Time

     2,783         3.1            3,665         3.7            4,924         4.3   

Other

     1,932         4.8            2,253         6.1            3,189         6.0   
        

 

              
                                           
                       

Total

     114,350               114,385               125,545      

Demand and other – non-interest bearing

     27,467                    21,582                    19,446           

Demand – interest bearing

     20,468         0.5            24,157         0.5            32,760         0.7   

Time

     31,062         1.1            40,553         1.4            38,603         2.0   

Other

     35,353         0.7            28,093         1.7            34,736         1.7   
        

 

              
                                           

 

69m


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Customer accounts

 

     2013           2012           2011  
     Average
balance
US$m
    

Average

rate

%

          Average
balance
US$m
    

Average

rate

%

          Average
balance
US$m
    

Average

rate

%

 

Europe

     508,783               467,472               467,393      

Demand and other – non-interest bearing

     75,480                    71,342                    72,743           

Demand – interest bearing

     272,973         0.4            242,769         0.4            220,314         0.4   

Savings

     63,585         1.4            62,626         1.8            57,070         1.7   

Time

     50,010         1.1            59,034         1.3            67,499         1.5   

Other

     46,735         0.3            31,701         0.5            49,767         0.7   
                       

Hong Kong

     351,790               325,909               307,513      

Demand and other – non-interest bearing

     36,336                    34,714                    31,694           

Demand – interest bearing

     264,508                    236,198                    219,581           

Savings

     38,447         0.9            39,752         0.8            38,283         0.7   

Time

     11,396         0.8            14,252         1.0            16,910         1.0   

Other

     1,103         0.2            993         0.3            1,045         0.3   
                       

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     181,386               179,587               170,008      

Demand and other – non-interest bearing

     22,687                    20,914                    19,283           

Demand – interest bearing

     83,019         0.8            78,563         1.0            74,636         1.1   

Savings

     65,652         2.9            67,424         2.9            63,500         2.8   

Time

     9,581         0.7            12,381         1.0            11,815         1.0   

Other

     447         2.0            305         3.6            774         2.2   
                       

Middle East and North Africa

     40,451               37,604               36,105      

Demand and other – non-interest bearing

     16,801                    14,564                    13,016           

Demand – interest bearing

     13,248         0.4            10,967         0.6            9,887         0.6   

Savings

     9,981         2.6            11,555         3.0            12,596         3.2   

Time

     357         1.4            452         2.2            530         2.5   

Other

     64                    66         1.5            76           
                       

North America

     157,549               153,057               165,779      

Demand and other – non-interest bearing

     27,992                    28,403                    26,524           

Demand – interest bearing

     37,837         0.3            38,419         0.3            35,440         0.3   

Savings

     63,565         0.6            68,039         0.7            75,866         0.8   

Time

     7,673         0.3            9,587         0.4            13,835         0.4   

Other

     20,482         0.1            8,609         0.2            14,114         0.1   
                       

Latin America

     57,066               73,323               89,603      

Demand and other – non-interest bearing

     13,084                    14,203                    14,815           

Demand – interest bearing

     7,237         1.8            8,258         2.2            8,374         1.7   

Savings

     24,652         7.4            35,294         7.5            47,197         9.8   

Time

     9,459         4.4            13,095         4.0            16,567         3.9   

Other

     2,634         6.2            2,473         4.7            2,650         7.2   
        

 

              
                                           
                       

Total

     1,297,032               1,236,953               1,236,401      

Demand and other – non-interest bearing

     192,388                    184,140                    178,075           

Demand – interest bearing

     678,821         0.3            615,175         0.4            568,232         0.4   

Savings

     265,882         2.1            284,690         2.4            294,512         2.9   

Time

     88,477         1.3            108,801         1.5            127,156         1.6   

Other

     71,464         0.4            44,147         0.7            68,426         0.9   
        

 

              
                                           

 

69n


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Customer accounts by country

 

     At 31 December  
    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

Europe

     644,816            555,009   

UK 34

     504,984            426,144   

France 35

     65,844            55,578   

Germany

     16,615            15,611   

Malta

     6,222            5,957   

Switzerland

     16,796            20,211   

Turkey

     7,795            7,629   

Other

     26,560            23,879   
        

Hong Kong

     365,993            346,208   
        

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     182,626            183,621   

Australia

     19,812            20,430   

India

     11,549            10,415   

Indonesia

     5,865            6,512   

Mainland China

     40,579            35,572   

Malaysia

     17,139            17,641   

Singapore

     43,988            47,862   

Taiwan

     12,758            12,497   

Vietnam

     2,426            2,147   

Other

     28,510            30,545   
        

Middle East and North Africa

(excluding Saudi Arabia)

     38,683            39,583   

Egypt

     7,401            7,548   

Qatar

     2,861            2,704   

UAE

     18,433            18,448   

Other

     9,988            10,883   
        

North America

     196,495            149,037   

US 34

     135,531            90,627   

Canada

     48,065            47,049   

Bermuda

     12,899            11,361   
        

Latin America

     54,199            66,556   

Argentina

     4,468            5,351   

Brazil

     24,353            30,144   

Mexico

     23,975            22,724   

Panama

                5,940   

Other

     1,403            2,397   
     

 

  
                      

Total

     1,482,812            1,340,014   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

70


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Certificates of deposit and other money market instruments

 

     2013           2012           2011  
     Average
balance
US$m
    

Average

rate

%

          Average
balance
US$m
    

Average

rate

%

          Average
balance
US$m
    

Average

rate

%

 

Europe

     28,680         0.5            32,602         0.4            46,641         0.6   

Hong Kong

     1,400         0.7            1,458         0.9            932         1.0   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     1,799         2.9            3,863         3.0            3,951         3.4   

North America

     5,583         0.6            9,339         0.6            10,936         0.5   

Latin America

     9,335         8.3            7,344         8.5            5,499         9.2   
     46,797         2.3            54,606         1.8            67,959         1.4   

Certificates of deposit and other time deposits

The maturity analysis of certificates of deposit (‘CD’s) and other wholesale time deposits is expressed by remaining maturity. The majority of CDs and time deposits are in amounts of US$100,000 and over or the equivalent in other currencies.

 

         At 31 December 2013  
        

3 months

or less
US$m

         

After

3 months
but within

6 months
US$m

         

After

6 months
but within

12 months
US$m

         

After

12 months
US$m

          Total
US$m
 

Europe

       57,584            9,610            7,326            4,298            78,818   

Certificates of deposit

       8,910            5,070            1,779                       15,759   

Time deposits:

                                      

– banks

       12,778            595            516            1,074            14,963   

– customers

       35,896            3,945            5,031            3,224            48,096   
                            

Hong Kong

       10,713            783            743            47            12,286   

Certificates of deposit

                  21            5                       26   

Time deposits:

                                      

– banks

       354            36                                  390   

– customers

       10,359            726            738            47            11,870   
                            

Rest of Asia-Pacific

       11,219            963            358            1,159            13,699   

Certificates of deposit

       1,582            317            111            617            2,627   

Time deposits:

                                      

– banks

       3,281            399            1            25            3,706   

– customers

       6,356            247            246            517            7,366   
                            

Middle East and North Africa

       1,372            45            122            36            1,575   

Time deposits:

                                                          

– banks

       742            10            14                       766   

– customers

       630            35            108            36            809   
                            

North America

       9,673            733            267            228            10,901   

Time deposits:

                                                          

– banks

       3,747            3                                  3,750   

– customers

       5,926            730            267            228            7,151   
                            

Latin America

       9,169            1,087            906            731            11,893   

Certificates of deposit

       11                       228            463            702   

Time deposits:

                                      

– banks

       784            583            404            244            2,015   

– customers

       8,374            504            274            24            9,176   
 

 

                          
                                                            

Total

       99,730            13,221            9,722            6,499            129,172   

Certificates of deposit

       10,503            5,408            2,123            1,080            19,114   

Time deposits:

                                      

– banks

       21,686            1,626            935            1,343            25,590   

– customers

       67,541            6,187            6,664            4,076            84,468   
 

 

                          
                                                            

 

70a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of RoRWA measures

 

 

 

Performance Management

We target a return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity of 12%–15%. For internal management purposes we monitor global businesses and geographical regions by pre-tax return on RWAs, a metric which combines return on equity and regulatory capital efficiency objectives.

In addition to measuring return on average risk-weighted assets (‘RoRWA’) we measure our performance internally using the non-GAAP measure of underlying RoRWA, which is underlying profit before tax as a percentage of average risk-weighted assets adjusted for the effects of foreign currency translation differences and business disposals. Underlying RoRWA adjusts performance for certain items which distort year-on-year performance as explained on page 47.

We also present the non-GAAP measure of underlying RoRWA adjusted for the effect of operations which are not regarded as contributing to the longer-term performance of the Group. These include the run-off portfolios and the CRS business which was sold in 2012.

The CRS average RWAs in the table below represent the average of the associated operational risk RWAs that were not immediately released on disposal and have not already been adjusted as part of the underlying RoRWA calculation. The 2012 pre-tax loss for CRS primarily relates to litigation expenses incurred after the sale of the business that have not been adjusted as part of the underlying RoRWA calculation.

 

 

Reconciliation of underlying RoRWA (excluding run-off portfolios and Card and Retail Services)

 

     2013           2012  
     Pre-tax
return
US$m
         

Average

RWAs 36
US$bn

         

RoRWA
37

%

          Pre-tax
return
US$m
         

Average

RWAs 36
US$bn

         

RoRWA
37

%

 

Reported

     22,565            1,104            2.0            20,649            1,172            1.8   

Underlying 37

     21,586            1,088            2.0            15,286            1,078            1.4   

Run-off portfolios

     68            124            0.1            (1,624         166            (1.0

Legacy credit in GB&M

     185            33            0.6            (274         45            (0.6

US CML and other 38

     (117         91            (0.1         (1,350         121            (1.1

Card and Retail Services

                4                       (150         5            (3.0

Underlying (excluding run-off portfolios and Card and Retail Services)

     21,518            960            2.2            17,060            906            1.9   

Reconciliation of reported and underlying average risk-weighted assets

 

     Year ended 31 December  
     2013
US$bn
          2012
US$bn
          Change
%
 

Average reported RWAs 36

     1,104            1,172            (6

Currency translation adjustment 32

                (6      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (16         (88      

Average underlying RWAs 36

     1,088            1,078            1   

For footnotes, see page 132.

LOGO

 

 

71


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges 62

 

 

     2013      2012      2011      2010      2009  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

              

– excluding interest on deposits 63

     3.84         3.03         2.82         2.71         1.53   

– including interest on deposits

     2.09         1.76         1.68         1.73         1.22   

Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preference share dividends

              

– excluding interest on deposits 63

     3.50         2.79         2.64         2.56         1.48   

– including interest on deposits

     2.01         1.71         1.64         1.69         1.20   

For footnotes, see page 133a.

 

71a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Critical accounting policies

 

(Audited)

Introduction

The results of HSBC are sensitive to the accounting policies, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. The significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 on the Financial Statements.

The accounting policies that are deemed critical to our results and financial position, in terms of the materiality of the items to which the policies are applied and the high degree of judgement involved, including the use of assumptions and estimation, are discussed below.

Impairment of loans and advances

Our accounting policy for losses arising from the impairment of customer loans and advances is described in Note 2g on the Financial Statements. Loan impairment allowances represent management’s best estimate of losses incurred in the loan portfolios at the balance sheet date.

Management is required to exercise judgement in making assumptions and estimates when calculating loan impairment allowances on both individually and collectively assessed loans and advances.

The largest concentration of collectively assessed loan impairment allowances are in North America, where they were US$3.8bn, representing 47% (2012: US$5.2bn; 54%) of the Group’s total collectively assessed loan impairment allowances and 25% of the Group’s total impairment allowances. Of the North American collective impairment allowances approximately 79% (2012: 86%) related to the US CML portfolio.

The methods used to calculate collective impairment allowances on homogeneous groups of loans and advances that are not considered individually significant are disclosed in Note 2g on the Financial Statements. They are subject to estimation uncertainty, in part because it is not practicable to identify losses on an individual loan basis because of the large number of individually insignificant loans in the portfolio.

The estimation methods include the use of statistical analyses of historical information, supplemented with significant management judgement, to assess whether current economic and credit conditions are such that the actual level of

incurred losses is likely to be greater or less than that suggested by historical experience. Where changes in economic, regulatory or behavioural conditions result in the most recent trends in portfolio risk factors being not fully reflected in the statistical models, risk factors are taken into account by adjusting the impairment allowances derived solely from historical loss experience.

Risk factors include loan portfolio growth, product mix, unemployment rates, bankruptcy trends, geographical concentrations, loan product features, economic conditions such as national and local trends in housing markets, the level of interest rates, portfolio seasoning, account management policies and practices, changes in laws and regulations, and other influences on customer payment patterns. Different factors are applied in different regions and countries to reflect local economic conditions, laws and regulations. The methodology and the assumptions used in calculating impairment losses are reviewed regularly in the light of differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience. For example, roll rates, loss rates and the expected timing of future recoveries are regularly benchmarked against actual outcomes to ensure they remain appropriate.

During 2013, we reviewed the impairment allowance methodology used for retail banking and small business portfolios across the Group to ensure that the assumptions used in our collective impairment assessment models continue to appropriately reflect the periods of time between a loss event occurring, the discovery of the loss event and the eventual write off. As a result of this review, the collective impairment allowances were increased by US$251m.

Where loans are individually assessed for impairment, management judgement is required in determining whether there is objective evidence that a loss event has occurred and, if so, the measurement of the impairment allowance. In determining whether there is objective evidence that a loss event has occurred, judgement is exercised in evaluating all relevant information on indicators of impairment, which is not restricted to the consideration of whether payments are contractually past-due but includes broader consideration of factors indicating deterioration in the financial condition and outlook of borrowers affecting their ability to pay. A higher level of judgement is required for loans to borrowers showing signs of financial difficulty in market sectors experiencing economic stress, particularly

 

 

72


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

where the likelihood of repayment is affected by the prospects for refinancing or the sale of a specified asset. For those loans where objective evidence of impairment exists, management determine the size of the allowance required based on a range of factors such as the realisable value of security, the likely dividend available on liquidation or bankruptcy, the viability of the customer’s business model and the capacity to trade successfully out of financial difficulties and generate sufficient cash flow to service debt obligations.

Under certain specified conditions, we provide loan forbearance to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties by agreeing to modify the contractual payment terms of loans in order to improve the management of customer relationships, maximise collection opportunities and, if possible, avoid default or repossession. Where forbearance activities are significant, higher levels of judgement and estimation uncertainty are involved in determining their effects on loan impairment allowances. Judgements are involved in differentiating the credit risk characteristics of forbearance cases, including those which return to performing status following renegotiation. Where collectively assessed loan portfolios include significant levels of loan forbearance, portfolios are segmented to reflect the different credit risk characteristics of forbearance cases, and estimates are made of the incurred losses inherent within the forbearance portfolio segments at the reporting date. Forbearance activities take place in both retail and wholesale loan portfolios, but our largest concentration is in the US, in HSBC Finance’s CML portfolio.

The exercise of judgement requires the use of assumptions which are highly subjective and very sensitive to the risk factors, in particular to changes in economic and credit conditions across a large number of geographical areas. Many of the factors have a high degree of interdependency and there is no single factor to which our loan impairment allowances as a whole are sensitive, though they are particularly sensitive to general economic and credit conditions in North America. For example, a 10% increase in impairment allowances on collectively assessed loans and advances in North America would have increased loan impairment allowances by US$0.4bn at 31 December 2013 (2012: US$0.5bn).

It is possible that the outcomes within the next financial year could differ from the assumptions used, and this could result in a material adjustment to the carrying amount of loans and advances.

 

Goodwill impairment

Our accounting policy for goodwill is described in Note 2p on the Financial Statements. Note 22 on the Financial Statements lists our cash generating units (‘CGU’s) by geographical region and global business. HSBC’s total goodwill amounted to US$21bn at 31 December 2013 (2012: US$21bn).

The review of goodwill for impairment reflects management’s best estimate of the future cash flows of the CGUs and the rates used to discount these cash flows, both of which are subject to uncertain factors as follows:

 

 

the future cash flows of the CGUs are sensitive to the cash flows projected for the periods for which detailed forecasts are available and to assumptions regarding the long-term pattern of sustainable cash flows thereafter. Forecasts are compared with actual performance and verifiable economic data, but they necessarily reflect management’s view of future business prospects at the time of the assessment; and

 

 

the rates used to discount future expected cash flows are based on the costs of capital assigned to individual CGUs and the rates can have a significant effect on their valuation. The cost of capital percentage is generally derived from a Capital Asset Pricing Model, which incorporates inputs reflecting a number of financial and economic variables, including the risk-free interest rate in the country concerned and a premium for the risk of the business being evaluated. These variables are subject to fluctuations in external market rates and economic conditions beyond our control and are consequently subject to uncertainty and require the exercise of significant judgement.

A decline in a CGU’s expected cash flows and/or an increase in its cost of capital reduces the CGU’s estimated recoverable amount. If this is lower than the carrying value of the CGU, a charge for impairment of goodwill is recognised in our income statement for the year.

The accuracy of forecast cash flows is subject to a high degree of uncertainty in volatile market conditions. In such market conditions, management retests goodwill for impairment more frequently than annually to ensure that the assumptions on which the cash flow forecasts are based continue to reflect current market conditions and management’s best estimate of future business prospects.

 

 

73


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

During 2013, no impairment of goodwill was identified (2012: nil). In addition to the annual impairment test which was performed as at 1 July 2013, management reviewed the current and expected performance of the CGUs as at 31 December 2013 and determined that there was no indication of impairment of the goodwill allocated to them, except for the GPB – Europe CGU, for which reduced forecast profitability triggered the re-testing of the related goodwill as at 31 December 2013. Although the results of the goodwill impairment testing for this CGU are more sensitive to key assumptions used, the re-test of the goodwill concluded that there was no impairment.

Note 22 on the Financial Statements includes details of the CGUs with significant balances of goodwill, states the key assumptions used to assess the goodwill in each of those CGUs for impairment and provides a discussion of the sensitivity of the carrying value of goodwill to changes in key assumptions.

Interests in associates

Under the equity accounting method, investments in associates are initially stated at cost, and are adjusted thereafter for the post-acquisition change in HSBC’s share of the net assets of the associate. An investment in an associate is tested for impairment when there is an indication that the investment may be impaired. At 31 December 2013, the fair value of HSBC’s investment in BoCom had been below the carrying amount for approximately 20 months, apart from a short period in 2013. The conclusion of the impairment test, based on the assessment of the value in use, was that the investment is not impaired. The measurement of value in use involves significant judgement in estimating the present values of cash flows expected to arise from continuing to hold the investment. Note 21 on the Financial Statements includes detailed information on HSBC’s investment in BoCom. It provides a description of the key assumptions used in estimating value in use, the sensitivity of the value in use calculation to different assumptions and a sensitivity analysis that shows the changes in key assumptions that would reduce the excess of value in use over the carrying amount (‘headroom’) to nil.

 

Valuation of financial instruments

Our accounting policy for determining the fair value of financial instruments is described in Note 2d on the Financial Statements. The best evidence of fair value is a quoted price for the instrument being measured in an actively traded market. In the event that the market for a financial instrument is not active, a valuation technique is used. The majority of valuation techniques employ only observable market data and so the reliability of the fair value measurement is high. However, certain financial instruments are valued on the basis of valuation techniques that include one or more significant inputs that are unobservable. Valuation techniques that rely to a greater extent on unobservable inputs require a higher level of management judgement to calculate a fair value than those based wholly on observable inputs.

Valuation techniques used to calculate fair values are discussed in Note 15 on the Financial Statements. The main assumptions and estimates which management consider when applying a model with valuation techniques are:

 

 

the likelihood and expected timing of future cash flows on the instrument. These cash flows are estimated based on the terms of the instrument, and judgement may be required when the ability of the counterparty to service the instrument in accordance with the contractual terms is in doubt. Future cash flows may be sensitive to changes in market rates;

 

 

selecting an appropriate discount rate for the instrument. The determination of this rate is based on an assessment of what a market participant would regard as the appropriate spread of the rate for the instrument over the appropriate risk-free rate; and

 

 

judgement to determine what model to use to calculate fair value in areas where the choice of valuation model is particularly subjective, for example, when valuing complex derivative products.

When applying a model with unobservable inputs, estimates are made to reflect uncertainties in fair values resulting from a lack of market data inputs, for example, as a result of illiquidity in

 

 

74


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

the market. For these instruments, the fair value measurement is less reliable. Inputs into valuations based on unobservable data are inherently uncertain because there is little or no current market data available from which to determine the level at which an arm’s length transaction would occur under normal business conditions. However, in most cases there is some market data available on which to base a determination of fair value, for example historical data, and the fair values of most financial instruments are based on some market observable inputs even when unobservable inputs are significant.

The fair values of financial assets and liabilities of US$547bn (2012: US$718bn) and US$467bn (2012: US$622bn), respectively, were determined using valuation techniques and represented 53% (2012: 60%) and 82% (2012: 83%), respectively, of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value.

The types and amounts of adjustments made in determining the fair value of financial instruments measured at fair value using valuation techniques, and a sensitivity analysis of fair values for financial instruments with significant unobservable inputs to reasonably possible alternative assumptions, are described in Note 15 on the Financial Statements.

Given the uncertainty and subjective nature of valuing financial instruments at fair value, it is possible that the outcomes in the next financial year could differ from the assumptions used, and this could result in a material adjustment to the carrying amount of financial instruments measured at fair value.

HSBC does not include a funding spread in the discount rate applied to the fair value measurement of uncollateralised derivatives. The application of such a ‘funding fair value adjustment’ is under consideration by the financial services industry, although no consensus has yet emerged. In the future, and possibly in 2014, HSBC may adopt a ‘funding fair value adjustment’ to reflect funding of uncollateralised derivatives at rates other than interbank offer rates.

 

Deferred tax assets

Our accounting policy for the recognition of deferred tax assets is described in Note 2s on the Financial Statements. The recognition of a deferred tax asset relies on an assessment of the probability and sufficiency of future taxable profits, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and ongoing tax planning strategies.

The most significant judgements concern the US deferred tax asset, given the recent history of losses in our US operations. The net US deferred tax asset amounted to US$4.4bn or 59% (2012: US$4.6bn; 61%) of deferred tax assets recognised on the Group’s balance sheet. These judgements take into consideration the reliance placed on the use of tax planning strategies.

The most significant tax planning strategy is the retention of capital in our US operations to ensure the realisation of the deferred tax assets. The principal strategy involves generating future taxable profits through the retention of capital in the US in excess of normal regulatory requirements in order to reduce deductible funding expenses or otherwise deploy such capital or increase levels of taxable income. Management expects that, with this strategy, the US operations will generate sufficient future profits to support the recognition of the deferred tax assets. If HSBC Holdings were to decide not to provide this ongoing support, the full recovery of the deferred tax asset may no longer be probable and could result in a significant reduction of the deferred tax asset which would be recognised as a charge in the income statement.

Provisions

The accounting policy for provisions is described in Note 2w on the Financial Statements. Note 31 on the Financial Statements discloses the major categories of provisions recognised. The closing balance of provisions amounted to US$5.2bn (2012: US$5.3bn), of which US$1.8bn (2012: US$1.7bn) related to legal proceedings and regulatory matters and US$2.4bn (2012: US$2.4bn) related to customer remediation.

 

 

75


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Judgement is involved in determining whether a present obligation exists and in estimating the probability, timing and amount of any outflows. Professional expert advice is taken on litigation provisions, property provisions (including onerous contracts) and similar liabilities.

Provisions for legal proceedings and regulatory matters typically require a higher degree of judgement than other types of provisions. When matters are at an early stage, accounting judgements can be difficult because of the high degree of uncertainty associated with determining whether a present obligation exists, and estimating the probability and amount of any outflows that may arise. As matters progress through various stages of development, management and legal advisers evaluate on an ongoing basis whether provisions should be recognised and their estimated amounts, revising previous judgements and estimates as appropriate. At more advanced stages, it is typically possible to make judgements and estimates around a better defined set of possible outcomes. However, such judgements can be very difficult and the amount of any provision can be very sensitive to the assumptions used. There could be a wide range of possible outcomes for any pending legal proceedings, investigations or inquiries. As a result, it is often not practicable to quantify a range of

possible outcomes for individual matters. It is also not practicable to meaningfully quantify ranges of potential outcomes in aggregate for these types of provisions because of the diverse nature and circumstances of such matters and the wide range of uncertainties involved. For a detailed description of the nature of uncertainties and assumptions and the effect on the amount and timing of possible cash outflows on material matters, see Note 43 on the Financial Statements.

Provisions for customer remediation also require significant levels of estimation and judgement. The amounts of provisions recognised depend on a number of different assumptions, for example, the volume of inbound complaints, the projected period of inbound complaint volumes, the decay rate of complaint volumes, the population identified as systemically mis-sold and the number of policies per customer complaint.

In view of the inherent uncertainties and the high level of subjectivity involved in the recognition and measurement of provisions, it is possible that the outcomes in the next financial year could differ from those on which management’s estimates are based, resulting in materially different amounts of provisions recognised and outflows of economic benefits from those estimated by management for the purposes of the 2013 Financial Statements.

 

 

76


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Global businesses

 

Summary

     77   

Products and services

     79   

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     81   

Commercial Banking

     84   

Global Banking and Markets

     87   

Global Private Banking

     90   

Other

     92   

Reconciliation of reported to constant currency and underlying profit/(loss) before tax

     93a   

Analysis by global business

     94   

Summary

 

HSBC reviews operating activity on a number of bases, including by geographical region and by global business.

The commentaries below present global businesses followed by geographical regions (page 96). Performance is discussed in this order because certain strategic themes, business initiatives and trends affect more than one geographical region.

All commentaries are on a constant currency basis (page 47) unless stated otherwise, while tables are on a reported basis.

 

 

Basis of preparation

The results of global businesses are presented in accordance with the accounting policies used in the preparation of HSBC’s consolidated financial statements. Our operations are closely integrated and, accordingly, the presentation of global business data includes internal allocations of certain items of income and expense. These allocations include the costs of certain support services and global functions, to the extent that these can be meaningfully attributed to operational business lines. While such allocations have been made on a systematic and consistent basis, they necessarily involve some subjectivity.

Where relevant, income and expense amounts presented include the results of inter-segment funding as well as inter-company and inter-business line transactions. All such transactions are undertaken on arm’s length terms.

The expense of the UK bank levy is included in the Europe geographical region as HSBC regards the levy as a cost of being headquartered in the UK. For the purposes of the segmentation by global business, the cost of the levy is included in ‘Other’.

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

 

     2013           2012           2011  
     US$m           %           US$m           %           US$m           %  

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     6,649            29.5            9,575            46.4            4,270            19.6   

Commercial Banking

     8,441            37.4            8,535            41.3            7,947            36.3   

Global Banking and Markets

     9,441            41.8            8,520            41.3            7,049            32.2   

Global Private Banking

     193            0.9            1,009            4.9            944            4.3   

Other 39

     (2,159         (9.6         (6,990         (33.9         1,662            7.6   
     22,565            100.0            20,649            100.0            21,872            100.0   

Total assets 40

 

     At 31 December  
     2013           2012  
     US$m           %           US$m           %  

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     517,085            19.4            536,244            19.9   

Commercial Banking

     360,623            13.5            363,659            13.5   

Global Banking and Markets

     1,975,509            74.0            1,942,470            72.1   

Global Private Banking

     97,655            3.7            118,440            4.4   

Other

     171,812            6.4            201,741            7.5   

Intra-HSBC items

     (451,366         (17.0         (470,016         (17.4
     2,671,318            100.0            2,692,538            100.0   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

77


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Risk-weighted assets

 

     At 31 December  
     2013           2012  
     US$bn           %           US$bn           %  

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     233.5            21.4            276.6            24.6   

Commercial Banking

     391.7            35.8            397.0            35.3   

Global Banking and Markets

     422.3            38.6            403.1            35.9   

Global Private Banking

     21.7            2.0            21.7            1.9   

Other

     23.5            2.2            25.5            2.3   
     1,092.7            100.0            1,123.9            100.0   

Selected items included in profit before tax by global business

 

The table below shows the gain or loss on disposal or dilution and any associated gain or loss on reclassification or impairment recognised in the year incurred, and the operating profit or loss of the

acquired, disposed of or diluted subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and businesses which are eliminated from underlying results so that results can be viewed on a like-for-like basis.

 

 

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions 41

 

     2013           2012  
     US$m           US$m  

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     264            5,565   

Commercial Banking

     541            922   

Global Banking and Markets

     404            516   

Global Private Banking

     1            57   

Other 39

     1,015            3,106   
     2,225            10,166   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

Principal RBWM business

The Principal RBWM business measure excludes the effects of the US run-off portfolio and the disposed of US CRS business. We believe that looking at the Principal RBWM business without the run-off and disposed of businesses allows management to more clearly discuss the cause of material changes from

year-to-year in the ongoing business and to assess the factors and trends in the business which are anticipated to have a material effect in future years. Tables which reconcile reported RBWM financial measures to Principal RBWM financial measures are provided in the Form 20-F filed with the SEC, which is available on www.hsbc.com.

 

 

78


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Products and services

 

 

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

 

RBWM serves over 50 million personal customers. We take deposits and provide transactional banking services to enable customers to manage their day-to-day finances and save for the future. We selectively offer credit facilities to assist customers in their short or longer-term borrowing requirements; and we provide financial advisory, broking, insurance and investment services to help them to manage and protect their financial futures.

 

We develop products designed to meet the needs of specific customer segments, which may include a range of different services and delivery channels.

 

Typically, customer offerings include:

 

•     liability-driven services : deposits and account services;

 

•     asset-driven services : credit and lending, both secured and unsecured; and

 

•     fee-driven and other services : financial advisory, broking, life insurance manufacturing and asset management.

 

Total RBWM comprises our Principal RBWM business and the US run-off portfolio.

 

We deliver services through four principal channels: branches, self-service terminals, telephone service centres and digital (internet and mobile). Customers can transact with the bank via a combination of these channels, through the following offerings:

 

•      HSBC Premier : we provide preferential banking services and global recognition to our mass affluent customers and their immediate families with a dedicated relationship manager, specialist wealth advice and tailored solutions. Customers can access emergency travel assistance, priority telephone banking and an online ‘global view’ of their Premier accounts around the world.

 

•      HSBC Advance : we provide a range of preferential products and services to simplify the banking needs of customers and to help them manage and plan their money to achieve their financial goals and ambitions.

 

•      Wealth Solutions & Financial Planning : a financial planning process designed around individual customer needs to help our clients to protect, grow and manage their wealth through investment and wealth insurance products manufactured by Global Asset Management, Markets and HSBC Insurance and by selected third-party providers.

 

•      Basic banking : we increasingly provide globally standardised but locally delivered, reliable, easy to understand, good-value banking products and services using global product platforms and globally set service standards.

     
 

Commercial Banking

 

Our CMB business is segmented into large corporates, mid-market companies and Business Banking. This allows us to provide an appropriate level of support to companies with more sophisticated needs and SMEs as they grow both domestically and internationally, and ensures a clear focus on internationally aspirant customers.

 

We place particular emphasis on international connectivity to meet the needs of our business customers. We aim to be recognised as the leading international trade and business bank by focusing on faster-growing markets, repositioning towards international business and enhancing collaboration across the Group. This will be underpinned by reducing complexity and operational risk and driving efficiency gains through adopting a global operating model.

 

•       Credit and Lending : we offer a broad range of domestic and cross-border financing, including overdrafts, corporate cards, term loans and syndicated, leveraged, acquisition and project finance. Asset finance is also offered in selected countries.

 

•      Global Trade and Receivables Finance : we provide the services and finance our clients need throughout the trade cycle including; letters of credit, collections, guarantees; receivables finance; supply chain solutions; commodity and structured finance; and risk distribution. HSBC is supporting the development of renminbi as a trade currency, with renminbi capabilities in more than 50 markets.

 

•      Payments and Cash Management : we are a leading provider of domestic and cross-border payments, collections, liquidity management and account services offering local, regional and global solutions delivered via e-enabled platforms designed to address the current and future needs of our clients.

 

•      Insurance and Investments : we offer business and financial protection, trade insurance, employee benefits, corporate wealth management and a variety of other commercial risk insurance products in selected countries.

 

•      GB&M : our CMB franchise represents a key client base for GB&M products and services, including foreign exchange and interest rate products, together with capital raising on debt and equity markets and advisory services.

 

     

 

 

79


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Global Banking and Markets

 

GB&M provides tailored financial solutions to major government, corporate and institutional clients worldwide. Managed as a global business with regional oversight, GB&M operates a long-term relationship management approach to build a full understanding of clients’ financial requirements. Sector-focused client service teams comprising relationship managers and product specialists develop financial solutions to meet individual client needs. With a presence in over 60 countries/territories and access to HSBC’s worldwide presence and capabilities, this business serves subsidiaries and offices of our clients on a global basis.

 

In August 2013, GB&M was reshaped to more effectively focus resources on clients and enhance relationships, and to better capture growth opportunities which create greater value for our clients and our shareholders.

 

GB&M is managed within the following framework:

 

•     Client Coverage contains relationship managers organised by sector, region and country who work to understand client needs and provide holistic solutions by bringing together HSBC’s broad array of product capabilities.

 

•     Markets provides sales and trading services which are categorised as follows:

 

–     Credit and Rates sell, trade and distribute fixed income securities to clients including corporates, financial institutions, sovereigns, agencies and public sector issuers. They also offer clients risk management solutions.

 

–     Foreign Exchange provides spot and derivative products to meet the investment demands of institutional investors, the hedging needs of SMEs, MMEs and large corporates in GB&M and CMB, and the needs of RBWM customers in our branches. Foreign Exchange trades on behalf of clients in over 90 currencies.

 

–     Equities provides sales and trading services for clients, including direct market access and financing and hedging solutions.

 

•     Capital Financing offers financing and advisory services. Products include debt and equity capital raising, advisory, corporate lending, leveraged finance, asset and structured finance, real estate, infrastructure and project finance, and export credit.

 

•     Payments and Cash Management products include non-retail deposit taking and international, regional and domestic payments and cash management services.

 

•     Securities Services provides custody and clearing services to corporate and institutional clients and funds administration to both domestic and cross-border investors.

 

•     Global Trade and Receivables Finance provides trade services for our clients.

 

•     Balance Sheet Management is responsible for the management of liquidity and funding. It also manages structural interest rate positions within the Markets limit structure.

 

     
 

Global Private Banking

 

GPB provides investment management and trustee solutions to high net worth individuals and their families in the Group’s priority markets. We aim to meet the needs of our clients by providing excellent customer service and offering a comprehensive suite of solutions.

 

Drawing on the strength of the HSBC Group and the most suitable products from the marketplace, we work with our clients to provide solutions to grow, manage, and preserve wealth for today and for the future.

 

•     Private Banking services comprise multicurrency and fiduciary deposits, account services, and credit and specialist lending. GPB also accesses HSBC’s universal banking capabilities to offer products and services such as credit cards, internet banking, and corporate and investment banking solutions.

 

•     Investment Management comprises advisory and discretionary investment services, as well as brokerage across asset classes. This includes a complete range of investment vehicles, portfolio management, securities services and alternatives.

 

•     Private Trust Solutions comprise trusts and estate planning, designed to protect wealth and preserve it for future generations through structures tailored to meet the individual needs of each client.

 

     

 

80


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

 

RBWM provides banking and wealth management services for our personal customers to help them secure their future prosperity and realise their ambitions.

 

     2013           2012           2011  
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Net interest income

     18,339            20,298            24,101   

Net fee income

     7,021            7,205            8,226   

Other income 7

     1,380            6,358            1,206   

Net operating income 4

     26,740            33,861            33,533   

LICs 42

     (3,227         (5,515         (9,319

Net operating income

     23,513            28,346            24,214   

Total operating expenses

     (17,248         (19,769         (21,202

Operating profit

     6,265            8,577            3,012   

Income from associates 43

     384            998            1,258   

Profit before tax

     6,649            9,575            4,270   

RoRWA 36

     2.6%            3.1%            1.2%   

77%

of profit before tax from

Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific, Latin America

and Middle East and North Africa

Managing the US run-off portfolio

releasing over US$28bn of RWAs

Best Wealth Management Firm

(Banker Middle East Industry Awards, 2013)

 

 

Strategic direction

RBWM provides retail banking and wealth management services for personal customers in markets where we have, or can build, the scale in our target customer segments to do so cost effectively.

We focus on three strategic imperatives:

 

 

building a consistent, high standard, customer needs-driven wealth management service for retail customers drawing on our Insurance and Asset Management businesses;

 

 

leveraging global expertise to improve customer service and productivity, to provide a high standard of banking solutions and service to our customers efficiently; and

 

 

simplifying and re-shaping the RBWM portfolio of businesses globally, to focus our capital and resources on key markets.

Our three growth priorities are customer growth in target segments, deepening customer relationships through wealth management and relationship-led lending, and enhancing distribution capabilities, including digital.

Implementing Global Standards, enhancing risk management control models and simplifying processes also remain top priorities for RBWM.

 

For footnotes, see page 132.

The commentary is on a constant currency basis unless stated otherwise, while tables are on a reported basis.

 

Review of performance

 

 

RBWM reported profit before tax of US$6.6bn compared with US$9.6bn in 2012 on a reported basis and US$9.5bn on a constant currency basis. The decrease arose from lower net gains on sale, most notably following the sale of the CRS business and US branches (US$3.7bn) in 2012, and the absence of profits from non-strategic businesses sold or closed in that year, including Ping An.

 

 

On an underlying basis, profit before tax increased by US$2.4bn, driven by a fall in loan impairment charges in the US run-off portfolio. In addition, operating expenses declined, mainly driven by a reduction in customer redress provisions in the UK.

 

 

In the US run-off portfolio, the loss before tax decreased due to lower loan impairment charges reflecting improvements in housing market conditions, decreased lending balances, reduced new impaired loans and lower delinquency levels. Revenue reduced, reflecting lower average lending balances from the continued run-off of the CML portfolio, losses on early termination of cash flow hedges and portfolio disposals. These factors were partly offset by favourable movements in the fair value of non-qualifying hedges in HSBC Finance of US$315m, compared with adverse movements of US$227m in 2012.

The commentary that follows reflects performance in our Principal RBWM business (see page 78).

 

 

Profit before tax fell by US$208m, reflecting lower net gains on sale of our non-strategic operations and the reduction in profit following these disposals. This was largely offset by a decrease in operating expenses which reflected lower customer redress provisions in the UK and sustainable cost savings resulting from our organisational effectiveness programmes.

 

 

Revenue declined by 4% reflecting lower net gains on sale of our non-strategic operations (most notably the US branches), the loss on sale of the HFC Bank UK secured lending portfolio and the consequent reduction in operating revenue. Excluding these, revenue grew by 1%, mainly in Hong Kong and Europe.

 

 

Net interest income increased by 1% despite lower revenue from businesses that had been disposed of or closed since the beginning of 2012. The increase was driven by improved mortgage spreads and growth in mortgage

 

 

81


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

RBWM – profit/(loss) before tax

 

    

Total

RBWM

US$m

         

US

CRS

US$m

         

US

run-off

port-

folio

US$m

         

Prin-

cipal

RBWM

US$m

 

2013

                    

Net interest income

     18,339                       2,061            16,278   

Net fee income

     7,021                       11            7,010   

Other income/(expense) 7

     1,380                       (400         1,780   

Net operating income 4

     26,740                       1,672            25,068   

LICs 42

     (3,227                    (705         (2,522

Net operating income

     23,513                       967            22,546   

Total operating expenses

     (17,248                    (1,166         (16,082

Operating profit/(loss)

     6,265                       (199         6,464   

Income/(expense) from associates 43

     384                       (1         385   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     6,649                       (200         6,849   

RoRWA 36

     2.6%                       (0.2%         4.4%   

2012

                    

Net interest income

     20,298            1,267            2,563            16,468   

Net fee income

     7,205            395            33            6,777   

Other income/(expense) 7

     6,358            3,155            (200         3,403   

Net operating income 4

     33,861            4,817            2,396            26,648   

LICs 42

     (5,515         (322         (2,569         (2,624

Net operating income/(expense)

     28,346            4,495            (173         24,024   

Total operating expenses

     (19,769         (729         (1,103         (17,937

Operating profit/(loss)

     8,577            3,766            (1,276         6,087   

Income from associates 43

     998                       2            996   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     9,575            3,766            (1,274         7,083   

RoRWA 36

     3.1%            14.7%            (1.1%         4.2%   

2011

                    

Net interest income

     24,101            4,128            2,990            16,983   

Net fee income/(expense)

     8,226            1,273            (49         7,002   

Other income/(expense) 7

     1,206            61            (1,196         2,341   

Net operating income 4

     33,533            5,462            1,745            26,326   

LICs 42

     (9,319         (1,600         (4,982         (2,737

Net operating income/(expense)

     24,214            3,862            (3,237         23,589   

Total operating expenses

     (21,202         (1,801         (1,238         (18,163

Operating profit/(expense)

     3,012            2,061            (4,475         5,426   

Income from associates 43

     1,258                       3            1,255   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     4,270            2,061            (4,472         6,681   

RoRWA 36

     1.2%            3.9%            (3.3%         4.0%   

For footnotes, see page 132.

balances in Hong Kong, the UK and France, although the rate of balance growth in Hong Kong began to slow in 2013 as transaction volumes in the property market reduced. In Hong Kong, the increase was also driven by growth in the insurance investment portfolio. Deposit balances increased, particularly in the UK and Hong Kong, though the benefit was more than offset by deposit spread compression, particularly in Hong Kong, reflecting the sustained low interest rate environment.

 

 

Net fee income grew by 5%, primarily due to higher sales of investment products in Hong Kong, where growth in unit trusts and brokerage income was driven by favourable market sentiment and strong customer demand. This was supported by increased foreign exchange revenue in the UK and higher management fees reflecting growth in average assets under management, most notably in North America and Hong Kong.

 

 

Other income declined by US$1.5bn as a result of portfolio rationalisations and other items described above. The decline also reflected a fall in sales of manufactured insurance products, which led to lower favourable value of new business movements in the PVIF asset in Europe, Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific. Lower favourable PVIF movements also reflected the non-recurrence of the recognition of a PVIF asset in Brazil in 2012 and adverse experience and assumption changes in Latin America in 2013.

 

 

LICs increased by 1%, mainly driven by higher collective provisions resulting from model changes and assumption revisions for restructured loans in Brazil and assumption changes to our emergence period methodology across all regions (see page 72). Impairments also increased in Mexico and Turkey reflecting higher lending balances. These increases were largely offset by better underlying credit quality in Brazil, improvements in housing market conditions, and lower charge-offs in North America and recoveries from debt sales in the UK.

 

 

Operating expenses decreased by US$1.4bn, mainly as a result of lower customer redress provisions in the UK of US$953m compared with US$1.8bn in 2012, sustainable cost savings of over US$300m from organisational effectiveness programmes, and the disposal and run-off of businesses in 2012 and 2013. In addition, we recorded an accounting gain of US$189m relating to changes in delivering ill-

 

 

82


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

health benefits in 2013. These were partly offset by higher staff and premises costs in Latin America and Hong Kong, driven by inflationary pressures.

 

 

Income from associates and joint ventures decreased following the disposal of our associate Ping An in December 2012 and the reclassification of Industrial Bank as a financial investment in 2013. On an underlying basis, income from associates rose, primarily in BoCom reflecting balance sheet growth and increased fee income, and in Hong Kong due to the price appreciation of real estate properties.

Growth priorities

Grow in priority markets and deepen customer relationships

 

 

Our focus remains on growing the number of customers in our target segments and serving their domestic and international needs whilst de-risking the overall portfolio. HSBC Premier (‘Premier’) is our core retail Wealth offering, and our strategy continues to be to grow the number of customers in this segment and generate more business from the existing client base. Growth and development of this area represents a significant opportunity and is key to reaching our US$3bn incremental Wealth revenue target by 2016, of which US$0.9bn has been achieved to date. In 2013, Wealth revenue of US$6.3bn remained broadly unchanged, with favourable investment sales in Hong Kong and higher foreign exchange income in the UK and Hong Kong being offset by lower insurance revenue, mainly in Latin America.

 

 

The total number of active customers in our Principal RBWM business decreased by 5% to 50.4m following business closures and disposals, most notably the sale of the UK HFC Bank lending portfolio and the business in Panama. However, we made good progress in refining and rebalancing the Premier portfolio towards quality long-term sustainable relationships and grew our Premier client base in mainland China, Hong Kong, France and Turkey. Overall, Premier customer numbers remained broadly unchanged at 4.2m as new account growth was offset by reclassification of non-qualifying customers.

 

 

At the beginning of the year we introduced a new incentive plan for our Wealth Management relationship managers (‘RM’s) globally. This new plan removes the formulaic link between product sales and variable pay and is instead

   

premised on RM activities that support meeting customer needs, improving customer experience and sales quality. This represents a significant shift in our approach to remuneration and we believe better aligns customer and staff interests, with a focus on building total relationship balances rather than product volume.

 

 

We provide our customers with access to a range of wealth management products and are able to leverage HSBC Group-wide capabilities in extending managed solutions, delivering research, expanding renminbi offerings and improving foreign exchange services online. We are also increasing the number of senior RMs dealing with our Premier customers to improve client contact.

Distribution

 

 

We continued to invest heavily in enhancing our digital capabilities. The global mobile application which was launched in the fourth quarter of 2012 was deployed in 25 markets by the end of 2013 as we migrated customers to digital channels. This application was downloaded by 2.5m customers, with over 1.1m downloads in the fourth quarter of 2013 alone. Benefits to customers include the ability to engage in stock trading and foreign exchange transactions, bill payment and fund transfers, and increased options to purchase products with improved speed and security.

 

 

We deployed digital tools to our front-line staff to raise financial planning standards and gain a more detailed understanding of clients’ aspirations, risk appetites and investment horizons. We invested significantly in our Wealth Platform with the aim of improving both RM efficiency and customer experience. We rolled out tablet-based tools and applications to RMs in France, UAE and Indonesia with plans to deploy these in 6 further markets in 2014.

 

 

We have made good progress in consolidating our Internet Banking systems, reducing the number from 59 to 41 with plans to implement a global solution by the end of 2015. In the third quarter of 2012, we launched the product range review programme and have subsequently reduced the number of retail banking products currently offered from just under 1,000 to 730. We will continue to review our product range to simplify and standardise our offering and to optimise customer choice, increase efficiencies and lower transactional costs.

 

 

83


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Commercial Banking

 

CMB offers a full range of commercial financial services and tailored solutions to more than three million customers ranging from small and medium-sized enterprises to publicly quoted companies in almost 60 countries.

 

     2013           2012           2011  
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Net interest income

     10,200            10,361            9,931   

Net fee income

     4,717            4,470            4,291   

Other income 7

     1,448            1,720            1,389   

Net operating income 4

     16,365            16,551            15,611   

LICs 42

     (2,384         (2,099         (1,738

Net operating income

     13,981            14,452            13,873   

Total operating expenses

     (7,049         (7,598         (7,221

Operating profit/(loss)

     6,932            6,854            6,652   

Income from associates 43

     1,509            1,681            1,295   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     8,441            8,535            7,947   

RoRWA 36

     2.2%            2.2%            2.2%   

5%

growth in customer lending balances

on a constant currency basis

11%

increase in gross revenues from sales

of GB&M products to CMB customers

Best Transaction Banking House

and Best Cash Management Bank

(Euromoney Poll 2013)

 

 

Strategic direction

CMB aims to be the banking partner of choice for international businesses by building on our rich heritage, international capabilities and relationships to enable connectivity and support trade and capital flows around the world, thereby strengthening our leading position in international business and trade.

We have three growth priorities:

 

 

grow coverage in faster growing markets;

 

 

drive revenue growth through our international network; and

 

 

grow collaboration revenues.

Implementing Global Standards, enhancing risk management controls models and simplifying processes also remain top priorities for CMB.

 

For footnotes, see page 132.

The commentary is on a constant currency basis unless stated otherwise, while tables are on a reported basis.

 

Review of performance

 

 

In 2013, CMB reported a profit before tax of US$8.4bn, which was marginally lower on a reported basis and was broadly unchanged on a constant currency basis compared with 2012. 2013 results included gains of US$470m mainly from the sale of our operations in Panama, compared with gains of US$468m in 2012 which included the sales of branches in the US. Share of profit in associates was lower due to the reclassification of Industrial Bank from an associate to a financial investment and the disposal of our investment in Ping An.

 

 

On an underlying basis, which excludes the disposal gains and associated operating results, profit before tax rose by 5%. This was driven by increased revenues, a reduction in operating expenses, and higher income from our associates, partly offset by a rise in loan impairment charges.

 

 

Revenue on a constant currency basis remained broadly unchanged compared with 2012. Disposal gains in Latin America and increased revenue in Europe were largely offset by the effect of business disposals in the US in 2012. On an underlying basis revenue increased by 2%, with growth in Hong Kong and Europe partly offset by falls in North America and Latin America. Higher net interest income from average balance sheet growth was partly offset by spread compression. Higher net fee income was driven by an increase in lending fees and enhanced collaboration with GB&M.

Management view of revenue

 

     2013           2012           2011  
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Global Trade and Receivables Finance

     2,929            2,968            2,019   

Credit and Lending

     6,103            6,246            6,329   

Payments and Cash Management, current accounts and savings deposits

     5,287            5,369            4,584   

Other

     2,046            1,968            2,679   

Net operating income 4

     16,365            16,551            15,611   

For footnote, see page 132.

 

 

Global Trade and Receivables Finance revenue was broadly unchanged compared with 2012. Double digit lending growth, primarily in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific, was offset by spread compression, particularly in Hong Kong and Latin America, reflecting competition and increased liquidity in the markets.

 

 

84


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

Credit and Lending revenue remained largely unchanged, as higher average balances in Hong Kong and increased net fee income were broadly offset by lower average balances in Latin America and spread compression in Europe, Middle East and North Africa and North America.

 

 

Payments and Cash Management revenue remained broadly unchanged compared with 2012. This reflected liability growth, notably in Hong Kong and the UK, which was driven by new mandates and increased transaction volumes and supported by our focus on international customers, offset by the effect of business disposals in the US.

 

 

The movement in ‘Other’ reflected the gains on business disposals recorded in both 2012 and 2013.

 

 

LICs increased by US$344m, driven by higher individually assessed loan impairments in Latin America, in particular specific impairments in Mexico relating to homebuilders from a change in public housing policy and in Brazil relating to certain corporate exposures. In Europe, lower individual impairments, mainly in the UK and Greece, were partly offset by higher provisions in Spain due to the continued challenging economic conditions.

 

 

Operating expenses decreased by 5%, primarily in Europe due to an accounting gain arising from a change in the basis of delivering ill-health benefits in 2013 of US$161m and lower customer redress provisions of US$148m (2012: US$258m). Operating expenses also decreased due to the effects of business disposals. In 2013, we generated over US$80m of sustainable savings. These factors were partly offset by increased costs in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific due to inflationary pressures and investment for growth.

 

 

Income from associates declined by 12%, reflecting the reclassification of Industrial Bank as an investment and the disposal of our investment in Ping An. Excluding these events, income from associates grew by 11% as BoCom benefited from a rise in lending and associated fee income.

Growth priorities

Grow coverage in faster-growing markets

 

 

Revenues in Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific, Latin America and Middle East and North Africa increased by 3% compared with 2012 and represented over 55% of our revenues in 2013. CMB’s top 20 markets contributed around 90% of our profit before tax in 2013.

 

 

Our global network helps connect customers internationally. For example, we expanded our renminbi offering to Latin America as trade with mainland China gathered pace. In addition, we opened the first China desk in Argentina to support mainland Chinese businesses operating in Argentina as well as local companies interested in doing business in mainland China.

Drive revenue growth through our international network

 

 

HSBC has a competitive advantage by being present and able to capture business at both ends of the top twenty global trade corridors. The opportunities this presents to generate additional revenues has helped us grow underlying revenue faster than GDP growth in Europe, Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific.

 

 

In addition, we continue to invest in organic growth in city clusters with international business opportunities as we have done in the US, mainland China, Germany and other markets.

 

 

We continued to expand our international relationship managers (‘IRM’) programme and now have almost 500 IRMs supporting SME clients with international growth ambitions, having extended our programme from three markets in 2012 to 12 in 2013. The new markets include Hong Kong, US, Canada, Egypt, Singapore, India, Argentina, UAE and Turkey. There are plans to expand the model into a further five key Business Banking markets next year.

 

 

We continued to support SMEs by launching funds to support those businesses that trade or aspire to trade internationally. SME funds were launched in the first half of 2013 in the UK,

 

 

85


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

France and Mexico, and subsequently we launched two SME funds of US$1bn in US and Canada. In the UAE, a fourth SME fund of AED1bn (US$272m) targeted at international trade customers was also launched.

Grow collaboration revenues

 

 

CMB’s ongoing collaboration with HSBC’s other global businesses resulted in revenue growth of over US$0.3bn for the Group, a 9% increase compared with 2012. Our collaboration with global businesses has now delivered US$1.3bn in incremental revenue for the Group since 2010, achieving 65% of our medium-term target. Gross revenues from sales of GB&M products to CMB customers, which are shared by the two global businesses, grew by 11%,

   

mainly driven by sales of foreign exchange products and debt capital markets activities. Close collaboration across international borders and global businesses resulted in a number of high-profile deals in 2013.

 

 

To serve our clients in each segment better, and to further enhance the collaboration efforts with GB&M, we have created two senior management roles – Global Head of Large Corporates and Global Head of Mid-market and Business Banking – to focus on our largest clients who are internationally connected and prime candidates for collaboration activities with an emphasis on markets and capital financing. This should ensure better coverage of our target segments in the future.

 

 

86


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Global Banking and Markets

 

GB&M provides tailored financial solutions to major government, corporate and institutional clients worldwide.

 

     2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
          2011
US$m
 

Net interest income

     6,766            6,960            7,263   

Net fee income

     3,482            3,329            3,227   

Net trading income 44

     6,780            5,690            5,204   

Other income

     2,148            2,294            1,363   

Net operating income 4

     19,176            18,273            17,057   

LICs 42

     (207         (670         (984

Net operating income

     18,969            17,603            16,073   

Total operating expenses

     (9,960         (9,907         (9,722

Operating profit

     9,009            7,696            6,351   

Income from associates 43

     432            824            698   

Profit before tax

     9,441            8,520            7,049   

RoRWA 36

     2.3%            2.1%            1.8%   

Resilient performance in

a challenging environment

Increased client flows in the majority

of our customer-facing businesses

Best Global Emerging

Market Investment Bank

(Euromoney Awards for Excellence 2013)

 

 

Strategic direction

GB&M continues to pursue its ‘emerging markets-led and financing-focused’ strategy, with the objective of being a ‘top 5’ bank to our priority clients. This strategy has evolved to include a greater emphasis on connectivity between the global businesses, across the regions and within GB&M, leveraging the Group’s extensive distribution network.

We focus on four growth priorities:

 

 

leveraging our distinctive geographical network which connects developed and faster-growing regions;

 

 

connecting clients to global growth opportunities;

 

 

continuing to be well positioned in products that will benefit from global trends; and

 

 

enhancing collaboration with other global businesses to appropriately service the needs of our international client base.

Implementing Global Standards, enhancing risk management controls and simplifying processes also remain top priorities for GB&M.

 

For footnotes, see page 132.

The commentary is on a constant currency basis unless stated otherwise, while tables are on a reported basis.

Review of performance

 

 

GB&M reported profit before tax of US$9.4bn, 11% higher than in 2012. Reported results in 2013 included a number of gains on disposal, particularly of our business in Panama. Reported results in 2012 included income from associates Industrial Bank and Ping An. On an underlying basis, which excludes these items, the results of other disposed of operations and the effect of currency movements, profit before tax rose by 15%. This was driven by increased revenue and significantly lower impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.

 

 

Revenue rose by 6%, in part reflecting resilient performance in the majority of our customer facing businesses. 2013 revenue included a DVA of US$105m and a gain on disposal of our operations in Panama of US$316m. In 2012, revenue included a reported net charge of US$385m as a result of a change in estimation methodology in respect of CVAs of US$903m, and a DVA of US$518m to reflect evolving market practices.

 

 

LICs decreased significantly by US$458m or 69%. Credit risk provisions declined, driven by net releases on available-for-sale ABSs in our legacy portfolio compared with impairment charges in 2012, and the non-recurrence of impairments on certain available-for-sale debt securities in Principal Investments. Impairment charges in the legacy credit loans and advances portfolio also declined.

 

 

Operating expenses increased marginally by 2%, despite a decline in performance-related costs and sustainable savings of US$74m achieved from identifying savings and simplifying our processes. There was an increase in 2013 in litigation-related costs, primarily Madoff-related, of US$293m, coupled with an increase in investment in regulatory and compliance resources. These costs were offset in part by a lower customer redress provision relating to interest rate protection products of US$134m (2012: US$329m) and an accounting gain of US$81m relating to changes in delivering employee ill-health benefits.

 

 

Income from associates was lower, largely due to the reclassification of Industrial Bank as a financial investment and following the sale of our shareholding in Ping An.

 

 

87


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Management view of total operating income 45

 

    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

 

Markets 46

     6,935            6,105            5,749   

Credit

     796            485            133   

Rates

     1,653            1,607            1,238   

Foreign Exchange

     3,186            3,215            3,269   

Equities

     1,300            798            1,109   

Capital Financing

     3,994            3,758            3,711   

Payments and Cash Management

     1,770            1,680            1,561   

Securities Services

     1,662            1,623            1,669   

Global Trade and Receivables Finance

     741            740            601   

Balance Sheet Management

     3,110            3,738            3,418   

Principal Investments

     512            188            277   

Debit valuation adjustment

     105            518              

Other 47

     347            (77         71   

Net operating income 4

     19,176            18,273            17,057   

The management view of income above reflects the new management structure of GB&M which has been in place since 12 August 2013 (comparatives have been re-presented for this change).

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

 

Markets reported a resilient performance with revenue of US$6.9bn. Revenue in Credit increased, reflecting higher secondary market activity and improved investor appetite, along with revaluation gains from price appreciation on assets in the legacy portfolio. Despite competitive pressure, revenue in primary credit rose. We also increased market share and improved our league table position, particularly in the issue of sterling and Hong Kong dollar bonds in which we led the market.

 

 

Despite difficult market conditions, Equities revenue rose, in part, due to increased client flows and larger market share in Hong Kong. Equities also reported increased revaluation gains along with minimal fair value movements on own credit spreads on structured liabilities, compared with adverse movements in 2012.

 

 

Foreign Exchange income was broadly in line with 2012. Revenues rose due to increased client demand for foreign exchange hedging solutions, which benefited from GB&M’s

   

collaboration with CMB. This was partly offset, however by margin compression and reduced market volatility in the second half of 2013.

 

 

Revenue in Rates in 2012 included a charge as a result of the change in estimation methodology in respect of CVAs, as noted above. In 2013, we won new client mandates and improved market share, despite price compression, particularly in European government bonds. This was coupled with smaller adverse fair value movements on our own credit spreads on structured liabilities compared with 2012. These factors were broadly offset, as revenue in 2012 benefited from the significant tightening of spreads following the ECB liquidity intervention. Revenue in 2013 was affected by uncertainty regarding the tapering of quantitative easing in the US.

 

 

Revenue in Capital Financing rose due to higher volumes and spreads in Credit and Lending and gains on sale of equity positions compared with losses on syndicated loans in 2012. In addition, income grew in Project and Export Finance, in part due to increased market share in export credit agency financing, and revenue rose, due to increased issuance demand in debt capital markets.

 

 

Payments and Cash Management revenue also grew, in part due to increased customer activity reflecting new mandates, with growth in deposit balances and transaction volumes compared with 2012.

 

 

As expected, Balance Sheet Management revenue decreased as proceeds from the sale and maturity of investments were reinvested at prevailing rates which were lower, together with reduced gains on the disposal of available-for-sale debt securities.

 

 

Revenue in Principal Investments rose during the year, mainly driven by lower equity impairments. In addition, there were higher gains on disposal of units held in third-party managed private equity funds than in 2012 due to increased refinancing and exit opportunities as market conditions improved.

 

 

‘Other’ included a gain on the disposal of our operations in Panama of US$316m in 2013.

 

 

88


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Growth priorities

Leveraging our distinctive geographical network which connects developed and faster-growing regions

 

 

As a universal bank with a distinctive international network and business model, we have provided innovative solutions to multinational corporates including advisory, financing and foreign exchange services.

 

 

We advised on the largest M&A transaction by a foreign company in India for a stake enhancement in an India-listed subsidiary. Examples like this reinforce our ability to execute complex cross-border M&A transactions.

 

 

We also acted as sole bookrunner on a dim sum bond issuance for the first foreign government to issue in the mainland China market, highlighting our leading role in the internationalisation of the renminbi.

Connecting clients to global growth opportunities

 

 

GB&M’s product expertise supports our clients in the growth of their business activities. In equity capital markets, we were joint lead manager and bookrunner for a large Chinese bank initial public offering (‘IPO’) in Hong Kong and also led the Hong Kong advisory market. This demonstrated our strength in providing cross-border capital markets access and advisory services to clients in mainland China.

 

 

We were voted ‘Best for Innovation in Securities Services’ by The Banker magazine following the redesign and development of our Securities Services web portal. This is now more intuitive, consistent across product lines, multi-lingual and accessible from tablets. The award recognised our commitment to innovation and connecting clients to information using new technology.

Continuing to be well positioned in products that will benefit from global trends

 

 

We continued to build on the strength of our product offering, with a particular focus on renminbi, which became the second most utilised trade finance currency in 2013. We were voted ‘Best Overall for Products and Services’ by Asiamoney Offshore RMB Services Survey 2013, for the second consecutive year.

 

 

We also delivered a broad range of GB&M products in a number of transactions relating to resource and energy companies. This included providing advisory and financing services to a consortium in the acquisition of an ‘energy from waste’ company, and to a liquified natural gas company.

 

 

We remain focused on opportunities in Project and Export Finance, which will benefit as emerging countries pursue economic growth through infrastructure investment and as institutional investors seek out long-term real assets. We were voted ‘Best Project Finance House’ in Asia, Africa and Latin America by Euromoney and ‘Best Global Export Finance Arranger’ by Trade Finance magazine.

 

 

With globalisation increasing the number of cross-border payment flows, our leadership in Payments and Cash Management was recognised by Euromoney , who named HSBC the ‘Best Global Cash Manager’ for the second consecutive year.

Enhancing collaboration with other global businesses to appropriately service the needs of our customers

 

 

We continued to strengthen collaboration with other global businesses to better meet the needs of our customers across the Group. Gross revenues from sales of GB&M products to CMB customers, which are shared by the two global businesses, grew by 11% mainly driven by sales of foreign exchange products. Revenue from equity capital markets activities for CMB clients also increased significantly as a result of a larger number of deals.

 

 

89


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Global Private Banking

 

GPB serves high net worth individuals and families with complex and international needs within the Group’s priority markets.

 

     2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
          2011
US$m
 

Net interest income

     1,146            1,294            1,439   

Net fee income

     1,150            1,232            1,382   

Other income

     143            646            471   

Net operating income 4

     2,439            3,172            3,292   

LICs 42

     (31         (27         (86

Net operating income

     2,408            3,145            3,206   

Total operating expenses

     (2,229         (2,143         (2,266

Operating profit

     179            1,002            940   

Income from associates 43

     14            7            4   

Profit before tax

     193            1,009            944   

RoRWA 36

     0.9%            4.6%            3.9%   

Profit before tax was significantly lower

as we continued to address legacy issues

and reposition the customer base

Approximately US$50m of

sustainable cost savings, on top of about

US$90m already delivered in 2011 and 2012

Best Private Bank in Hong Kong

(The Banker Global Private Banking Awards)

 

 

Strategic direction

GPB aims to build on HSBC’s commercial banking heritage to be the leading private bank for high net worth business owners.

We have two growth priorities:

 

 

repositioning the business to concentrate on home and priority markets, particularly onshore, aligned with Group priorities; and

 

 

capturing growth opportunities from Group collaboration, particularly by accessing owners and principals of CMB and GB&M clients.

Implementing Global Standards, enhancing risk management controls, tax transparency and simplifying processes also remain top priorities for GPB.

 

For footnotes, see page 132.

The commentary is on a constant currency basis unless stated otherwise, while tables are on a reported basis.

Review of performance

 

 

Reported profit before tax of US$193m was US$816m lower than in 2012 and US$800m lower on a constant currency basis.

 

 

On an underlying basis, which excludes the gain on the sale of our operations in Japan in 2012 of US$67m and associated operating results, profit before tax was US$744m lower, primarily due to reduced revenue.

 

 

Revenue declined by 23%, mainly due to the loss on write-off of goodwill relating to our Monaco business of US$279m and the non-recurrence of the sale of our operations in Japan and our headquarters building in Switzerland (US$120m) reported in 2012. Net interest income fell as higher-yielding positions matured and opportunities for reinvestment were limited by prevailing rates. Narrower lending spreads coupled with a decline in average deposit balances also contributed to the fall in net interest income. In addition, brokerage fees decreased, reflecting a fall in client transaction volumes due to lower volatility, and account services fees were lower due to the reduction in client numbers and client assets as we repositioned our client base. Trading income also fell, in part due to lower foreign exchange volumes and lower volatility in the market, notably in the second half of 2013.

 

 

Operating expenses increased by 4%, primarily due to regulatory investigation provisions of US$352m, partly offset by lower staff costs from a managed reduction in average staff numbers, reduced performance costs and the non-recurrence of customer redress provisions and costs relating to the merger of pension funds in Switzerland. We also delivered further sustainable savings of approximately US$50m in 2013.

Client assets 48

 

     2013
US$bn
          2012
US$bn
 

At 1 January

     398            377   

Net new money

     (26         (7

Value change

     12            17   

Exchange and other

     (2         11   

At 31 December

     382            398   
 

 

90


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

Client assets, which include funds under management and cash deposits, decreased by US$16bn in 2013 primarily due to negative net new money, the effects of the disposal of our operations in Panama and ongoing client transfers in relation to the disposal of our HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG (‘HSBC Trinkaus’) business in Luxembourg, partly offset by favourable market movements. Negative net new money was mainly driven by the repositioning of our business by moving from offshore to domestic banking, refocusing our client base towards higher net worth relationships, and adopting new compliance and tax transparency standards. There were also a large number of client withdrawals, notably in Switzerland. However, we attracted positive net new money of US$4.6bn from clients in Asia.

 

 

Our return on assets, defined as the percentage of revenue to average client assets, was 62bps in 2013 compared with 79bps in 2012. The reduction was primarily due to the write-off of goodwill noted above and the non-recurrence of the gains on the sale of our operations in Japan and our headquarters in Switzerland reported in 2012. Excluding the effect of these items, our return on assets was 69bps in 2013 compared with 76bps in 2012, primarily reflecting the fall in net interest income.

Growth priorities

Repositioning the business

 

 

The repositioning of GPB’s business model and target client base that commenced in 2012 was accelerated in 2013. Our focus remained on home and priority growth markets where wealth creation is strong and where the Group’s presence could be leveraged.

 

 

During 2013, we began to implement Global Standards and continued to reposition our business through the adoption of new compliance and tax transparency standards. In addition, we initiated a detailed review of our portfolio which will continue in 2014.

 

 

We also took actions to simplify and rationalise our portfolio. For example, we agreed to sell our HSBC Trinkaus private banking and related fund business in Luxembourg. We also reviewed our operations in Monaco following receipt of unsolicited expressions of interest, though it was decided in July to retain the business. Furthermore, to help integrate GPB with

   

HSBC’s other global businesses, we transferred the ownership of our operations in Asia and the Channel Islands into the main banking entities in these areas to more closely align management responsibility.

Capturing growth opportunities

 

 

Referral flows from collaboration with other global businesses generated net new money of US$5bn in 2013. An enhanced strategy based on closer alignment with CMB will focus on driving collaboration in 12 priority markets where both GPB and CMB have significant scale. Staff will be dedicated to focusing on identifying new prospects and an improved coverage model will be implemented in 2014 to pursue opportunities.

 

 

The Global Priority Clients initiative – a collaborative venture between GPB, GB&M and CMB for the Group’s most significant dual banked clients – was redefined during the second half of 2013. By ensuring an effective and enhanced coverage model to meet the private and corporate needs of our most significant and complex clients, supported by dedicated senior management, we will deepen our client relationships and drive incremental revenue opportunities.

 

 

We continued to enhance our product offering to clients through the strengthening of the Alternatives platform, with six product launches during 2013 comprising three private equity funds, two real estate club deals and a fund of hedge funds.

 

 

In addition, we continued to focus on enhancing the service offering to clients. For example, recently we significantly upgraded the relationship management systems used by all front-office staff in Switzerland. We are also establishing a common banking platform which will provide consistent, tailored products and services globally. This will initially be implemented across continental Europe (including in Switzerland in 2015), and in other countries shortly thereafter.

 

 

In 2014, we will be developing our digital strategy to provide an upgraded multi-channel offering enabling us to keep pace with changing industry dynamics and competitor developments as well as meet clients’ growing digital expectations.

 

 

91


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Other 40

 

‘Other’ contains the results of certain property transactions, unallocated investment activities, centrally held investment companies, movements in fair value of own debt, central support and functional costs with associated recoveries, HSBC’s holding company and financing operations.

 

     2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
          2011
US$m
 

Net interest expense

     (737         (730         (911

Net fee income

     64            194            34   

Net trading income/(expense) 44

     6            (537         (355
              

Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives

     (1,228         (4,327         4,161   

Changes in other financial instruments designated at fair value

     (576         (1,136         78   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (1,804         (5,463         4,239   

Other income

     8,122            8,868            6,138   

Net operating income 4

     5,651            2,332            9,145   

LICs 42

                             

Net operating income

     5,651            2,332            9,145   

Total operating expenses

     (7,796         (9,369         (7,492

Operating profit/(loss)

     (2,145         (7,037         1,653   

Income/(expense) from associates 43

     (14         47            9   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     (2,159         (6,990         1,662   

For footnotes, see page 132.

The commentary is on a constant currency basis unless stated otherwise, while tables are on a reported basis.

Notes

 

 

Reported loss before tax of US$2.2bn compared with a loss of US$7.0bn in 2012. On a constant currency basis, the pre-tax loss decreased by US$5.0bn.

 

 

These results included lower adverse movements on the fair value of our own debt as credit spreads tightened to a lesser extent, notably in Europe and North America. Reported results also included a number of gains and losses on disposal totalling US$1.1bn (see page 49). These included a gain of US$1.1bn arising from the reclassification of Industrial Bank as a financial investment following its issue of additional share capital to third parties. Reported profits in 2012 included a gain of US$3.0bn on the disposal of our associate, Ping An, and a gain on disposal of US$130m from the sale of our shareholding in a property company in the Philippines.

 

 

On an underlying basis, excluding the gains and losses on disposal noted above and the associated operating results, the pre-tax loss of US$1.9bn decreased by US$3.1bn, driven by the non-recurrence of charges for US AML, BSA and OFAC investigations of US$1.9bn. In addition, we recognised a net gain of US$553m on completion of the sale of our investment in Ping An in 2013, compared with adverse fair value movements of US$553m on the Ping An contingent forward sale contract recorded in 2012.

 

 

Net fee income decreased by US$130m, reflecting the expiring of most of the transition services agreement entered into during 2012 following the sale of the CRS business in North America. We received fee income relating to the above agreement while the associated costs were reported in ‘Operating expenses’.

 

 

Net trading income of US$6m in 2013 compared with a net trading expense of US$538m in 2012, driven by foreign exchange gains of US$442m relating to sterling debt issued by HSBC Holdings. In addition, there were favourable fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges, notably in Europe, mainly related to the cross-currency swaps used to economically hedge fixed rate long-term debt, compared with adverse movements in 2012. This was partly offset by adverse fair value movements of US$682m on the contingent forward sale contract relating to Ping An in 2013 compared with US$553m in 2012.

 

 

92


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value reduced by US$3.6bn. We reported adverse movements of US$1.2bn on the fair value of our own debt attributable to a tightening of credit spreads in 2013, notably in Europe and North America, compared with adverse movements of US$5.2bn in 2012. Excluding this, net expense increased due to higher adverse fair value movements from interest and exchange rate ineffectiveness in the hedging of long-term debt designated at fair value issued principally by HSBC Holdings and its European subsidiaries.

 

 

Gains less losses from financial investments increased by US$868m, driven by a gain of US$1.2bn on the disposal of our investment in Ping An, partly offset by the non-recurrence of gains of US$314m from the sale of our shares in four Indian banks in 2012.

 

 

Dividend income increased by US$124m on a reported basis, mainly due to dividends

   

received from Industrial Bank following its reclassification as a financial investment.

 

 

Other operating income increased by US$1.5bn, driven by an accounting gain of US$1.1bn arising from the reclassification of Industrial Bank as a financial investment.

 

 

Operating expenses reduced by US$1.5bn, mainly from the non-recurrence of the US fines and penalties noted above, together with lower restructuring costs across all our regions. These factors were partly offset by the UK bank levy charge of US$904m in 2013, which was higher than the charge of US$571m in 2012, mainly due to an increase in the rate of the levy. In addition, operating expenses in both years included adjustments relating to the previous year’s bank levy charge (2013: US$12m adverse adjustment; 2012: US$99m favourable adjustment).

 

 

93


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported to constant currency and underlying profit/(loss) before tax

 

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

2013 compared with 2012

 

    

2012 as

reported

US$m

         

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

         

2012

at 2013

exchange

rates

US$m

         

2013 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change 2

%

         

Constant

currency

change 2

%

 

Net interest income

     20,298            (368         19,930            18,339            (10         (8

Net fee income

     7,205            (113         7,092            7,021            (3         (1

Net trading income

     304            (18         286            686            126            140   

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     1,893            (26         1,867            1,638            (13         (12

Gains on disposal of US branch network and cards business

     3,735                       3,735                       (100         (100

Gains less losses from financial investments

     96            (7         89            55            (43         (38

Net earned insurance premiums

     11,191            (68         11,123            10,543            (6         (5

Other operating income (including dividend income)

     1,496            (34         1,462            565            (62         (61

Total operating income

     46,218            (634         45,584            38,847            (16         (15

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (12,357         44            (12,313         (12,107         2            2   

Net operating income 4

     33,861            (590         33,271            26,740            (21         (20

LICs 42

     (5,515         135            (5,380         (3,227         41            40   

Net operating income

     28,346            (455         27,891            23,513            (17         (16

Operating expenses

     (19,769         415            (19,354         (17,248         13            11   

Operating profit

     8,577            (40         8,537            6,265            (27         (27

Income from associates 43

     998            14            1,012            384            (62         (62

Profit before tax

     9,575            (26         9,549            6,649            (31         (30

 

For footnotes, see page 132.

                                

 

2012 compared with 2011

 

                                
    

2011 as

reported

US$m

         

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

         

2011

at 2012

exchange

rates

US$m

         

2012 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change 2

%

         

Constant

currency

change 2

%

 

Net interest income

     24,101            (702         23,399            20,298            (16         (13

Net fee income

     8,226            (187         8,039            7,205            (12         (10

Gains on disposal of US branch network and cards business

                                      3,735               

Other income 7

     1,206            (100         1,106            2,623            117            137   

Net operating income 4

     33,533            (989         32,544            33,861            1            4   

LICs 42

     (9,319         181            (9,138         (5,515         41            40   

Net operating income

     24,214            (808         23,406            28,346            17            21   

Operating expenses

     (21,202         712            (20,490         (19,769         7            4   

Operating profit

     3,012            (96         2,916            8,577            185            194   

Income from associates 43

     1,258            25            1,283            998            (21         (22

Profit before tax

     4,270            (71         4,199            9,575            124            128   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

93a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items

 

     Year ended 31 December  
     2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
          Change 2
%
          2012
US$m
          2011
US$m
          Change 2
%
 

Net interest income

                                

Reported

     18,339            20,298            (10         20,298            24,101            (16

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (368                     (701      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (151         (1,735               (1,504         (4,611      

Underlying

     18,188            18,195                       18,794            18,789              

Other operating income

                                

Reported

     544            1,472            (63         1,472            907            62   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (33                     (38      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (312         (395               (363         (159      

Underlying

     232            1,044            (78         1,109            710            56   

Revenue 4

                                

Reported

     26,740            33,861            (21         33,861            33,533            1   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (590                     (989      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (494         (6,447               (6,164         (6,427      

Underlying

     26,246            26,824            (2         27,697            26,117            6   

LICs 42

                                

Reported

     (3,227         (5,515         41            (5,515         (9,319         41   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           135                        181         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     33            377                  339            1,616         

Underlying

     (3,194         (5,003         36            (5,176         (7,522         31   

Operating expenses

                                

Reported

     (17,248         (19,769         13            (19,769         (21,202         7   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           415                        712         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     203            1,176                  873            2,429         

Underlying

     (17,045         (18,178         6            (18,896         (18,061         (5

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     64.9%            67.8%                  68.2%            69.2%         

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

                                

Reported

     384            998            (62         998            1,258            (21

Currency translation adjustment 1

           14                        25         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (6         (670               (622         (946      

Underlying

     378            342            11            376            337            12   

Profit before tax

                                

Reported

     6,649            9,575            (31         9,575            4,270            124   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (26                     (71      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (264         (5,565               (5,574         (3,328      

Underlying

     6,385            3,984            60            4,001            871            359   

 

93b


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Principal Retail Banking and Wealth Management business

2013 compared with 2012

 

    

2012 as

reported

US$m

         

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

         

2012

at 2013

exchange

rates

US$m

         

2013 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change 2

%

         

Constant

currency

change 2

%

 

Net interest income

     16,468            (368         16,100            16,278            (1         1   

Net fee income

     6,777            (113         6,664            7,010            3            5   

Other income 7

     3,403            (109         3,294            1,780            (48         (46

Net operating income 4

     26,648            (590         26,058            25,068            (6         (4

LICs 42

     (2,624         135            (2,489         (2,522         4            (1

Net operating income

     24,024            (455         23,569            22,546            (6         (4

Total operating expenses

     (17,937         415            (17,522         (16,082         10            8   

Operating profit

     6,087            (40         6,047            6,464            6            7   

Income from associates 43

     996            14            1,010            385            (61         (62

Profit before tax

     7,083            (26         7,057            6,849            (3         (3

For footnotes, see page 132.

Analysis of reported RBWM and Principal RBWM business

 

    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

Change 2

%

         

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

         

Change 2

%

 

Net interest income

                                

Reported RBWM

     18,339            20,298            (10         20,298            24,101            (16

US CRS

                1,267            (100         1,267            4,128            (69

US run-off portfolio

     2,061            2,563            (20         2,563            2,990            (14

Principal RBWM business

     16,278            16,468            (1         16,468            16,983            (3

Net fee income

                                

Reported RBWM

     7,021            7,205            (3         7,205            8,226            (12

US CRS

                395            (100         395            1,273            (69

US run-off portfolio

     11            33            (67         33            (49      

Principal RBWM business

     7,010            6,777            3            6,777            7,002            (3

Other income/(expense) 7

                                

Reported RBWM

     1,380            6,358            (78         6,358            1,206            427   

US CRS

                3,155            (100         3,155            61            5,072   

US run-off portfolio

     (400         (200         (100         (200         (1,196         83   

Principal RBWM business

     1,780            3,403            (48         3,403            2,341            45   

Net operating income 4

                                

Reported RBWM

     26,740            33,861            (21         33,861            33,533            1   

US CRS

                4,817            (100         4,817            5,462            (12

US run-off portfolio

     1,672            2,396            (30         2,396            1,745            37   

Principal RBWM business

     25,068            26,648            (6         26,648            26,326            1   

LICs 42

                                

Reported RBWM

     (3,227         (5,515         41            (5,515         (9,319         41   

US CRS

                (322         100            (322         (1,600         80   

US run-off portfolio

     (705         (2,569         73            (2,569         (4,982         48   

Principal RBWM business

     (2,522         (2,624         4            (2,624         (2,737         4   

Net operating income

                                

Reported RBWM

     23,513            28,346            (17         28,346            24,214            17   

US CRS

                4,495            (100         4,495            3,862            16   

US run-off portfolio

     967            (173               (173         (3,237         95   

Principal RBWM business

     22,546            24,024            (6         24,024            23,589            2   

 

93c


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

     2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
          Change 2
%
          2012
US$m
          2011
US$m
          Change 2
%
 

Total operating expenses

                                

Reported RBWM

     (17,248         (19,769         13            (19,769         (21,202         7   

US CRS

                (729         100            (729         (1,801         60   

US run-off portfolio

     (1,166         (1,103         (6         (1,103         (1,238         11   

Principal RBWM business

     (16,082         (17,937         10            (17,937         (18,163         1   

Operating profit/(loss)

                                

Reported RBWM

     6,265            8,577            (27         8,577            3,012            185   

US CRS

                3,766            (100         3,766            2,061            83   

US run-off portfolio

     (199         (1,276         84            (1,276         (4,475         71   

Principal RBWM business

     6,464            6,087            6            6,087            5,426            12   

Income from associates 43

                                

Reported RBWM

     384            998            (62         998            1,258            (21

US CRS

                                                    

US run-off portfolio

     (1         2                  2            3            (33

Principal RBWM business

     385            996            (61         996            1,255            (21

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                

Reported RBWM

     6,649            9,575            (31         9,575            4,270            124   

US CRS

                3,766            (100         3,766            2,061            83   

US run-off portfolio

     (200         (1,274         84            (1,274         (4,472         72   

Principal RBWM business

     6,849            7,083            (3         7,083            6,681            6   

 

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

Retail Banking and Wealth Management – Reconciliation of reported and underlying items

 

HSBC Finance

 

  

  

  

     
     Year ended 31 December  
     2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
          Change 2
%
          2012
US$m
          2011
US$m
          Change 2
%
 

Revenue 4

                                

Reported

     1,672            7,251            (77         7,251            7,216              

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     105            (4,888               (4,830         (5,462      

Underlying

     1,777            2,363            (25         2,421            1,754            38   

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                

Reported

     (200         2,443                  2,443            (2,405      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     120            (3,889               (3,916         (2,061      

Underlying

     (80         (1,446         94            (1,473         (4,466         67   
     US run-off    Principal business  
     Year ended 31 December    Year ended 31 December  
     2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
          Change 2
%
          2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
          Change 2
%
 

Revenue 4

                                

Reported

     1,672            2,396            (30         25,068            26,648            (6

Currency translation adjustment

                                  (590      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     105                             (599         (1,630      

Underlying

     1,777            2,396            (26         24,469            24,428              

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

93d


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Commercial Banking

2013 compared with 2012

 

     2012 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

         

2012

at 2013

exchange

rates

US$m

         

2013 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change 2

%

         

Constant

currency

change 2

%

 

Net interest income

     10,361            (220         10,141            10,200            (2         1   

Net fee income

     4,470            (69         4,401            4,717            6            7   

Net trading income

     633            (15         618            649            3            5   

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     250            (17         233            332            33            42   

Gains on disposal of US branch network and cards business

     277                       277                       (100         (100

Gains less losses from financial investments

     22            (2         20            1            (95         (95

Net earned insurance premiums

     1,786            (49         1,737            1,375            (23         (21

Other operating income (including dividend income)

     554            (10         544            636            15            17   

Total operating income

     18,353            (382         17,971            17,910            (2           

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (1,802         53            (1,749         (1,545         15            12   

Net operating income 4

     16,551            (329         16,222            16,365            (1         1   

LICs 42

     (2,099         59            (2,040         (2,384         (14         (17

Net operating income

     14,452            (270         14,182            13,981            (3         (1

Operating expenses

     (7,598         149            (7,449         (7,049         7            5   

Operating profit

     6,854            (121         6,733            6,932            1            3   

Income from associates 43

     1,681            25            1,706            1,509            (10         (12

Profit before tax

     8,535            (96         8,439            8,441            (1           

 

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

2012 compared with 2011

 

  

  

     
    

2011 as

reported

US$m

         

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

         

2011

at 2012

exchange

rates

US$m

         

2012 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change 2

%

         

Constant

currency

change 2

%

 

Net interest income

     9,931            (381         9,550            10,361            4            8   

Net fee income

     4,291            (132         4,159            4,470            4            7   

Gains on disposal of US branch network

                                      277               

Other income 7

     1,389            (58         1,331            1,443            4            8   

Net operating income 4

     15,611            (571         15,040            16,551            6            10   

LICs 42

     (1,738         81            (1,657         (2,099         (21         (27

Net operating income

     13,873            (490         13,383            14,452            4            8   

Operating expenses

     (7,221         288            (6,933         (7,598         (5         (10

Operating profit

     6,652            (202         6,450            6,854            3            6   

Income from associates 43

     1,295            22            1,317            1,681            30            28   

Profit before tax

     7,947            (180         7,767            8,535            7            10   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

93e


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items

 

     Year ended 31 December  
     2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
          Change 2
%
          2012
US$m
          2011
US$m
          Change 2
%
 

Net interest income

                                

Reported

     10,200            10,361            (2         10,361            9,931            4   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (220                     (381      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (92         (211               (83         (139      

Underlying

     10,108            9,930            2            10,278            9,411            9   

Other operating income

                                

Reported

     621            536            16            536            483            11   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (10                     (10      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (470         (187               (203         6         

Underlying

     151            339            (55         333            479            (30

Revenue 4

                                

Reported

     16,365            16,551            (1         16,551            15,611            6   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (329                     (571      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (593         (762               (605         (232      

Underlying

     15,772            15,460            2            15,946            14,808            8   

LICs 42

                                

Reported

     (2,384         (2,099         (14         (2,099         (1,738         (21

Currency translation adjustment 1

                59                        81         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (1                          (1         3         

Underlying

     (2,385         (2,040         (17         (2,100         (1,654         (27

Operating expenses

                                

Reported

     (7,049         (7,598         7            (7,598         (7,221         (5

Currency translation adjustment 1

                149                        288         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     63            191                  100            162         

Underlying

     (6,986         (7,258         4            (7,498         (6,771         (11

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     44.3%            46.9%                  47.0%            45.7%         

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

                                

Reported

     1,509            1,681            (10         1,681            1,295            30   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           25                        21         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (10         (351               (88         (9      

Underlying

     1,499            1,355            11            1,593            1,307            22   

Profit before tax

                                

Reported

     8,441            8,535            (1         8,535            7,947            7   

Currency translation adjustment 1

                (96                     (180      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (541         (922               (594         (76      

Underlying

     7,900            7,517            5            7,941            7,691            3   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

93f


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Global Banking and Markets

2013 compared with 2012

 

    

2012 as

reported

US$m

         

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

         

2012

at 2013

exchange

rates

US$m

         

2013 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change 2

%

         

Constant

currency

change 2

%

 

Net interest income

     6,960            (127         6,833            6,766            (3         (1

Net fee income

     3,329            (22         3,307            3,482            5            5   

Net trading income

     5,690            (90         5,600            6,780            19            21   

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     1,094            (13         1,081            599            (45         (45

Gains less losses from financial investments

     730            (8         722            747            2            3   

Net earned insurance premiums

     25            (3         22            6            (76         (73

Other operating income (including dividend income)

     461            9            470            799            73            70   

Total operating income

     18,289            (254         18,035            19,179            5            6   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (16         1            (15         (3         81            80   

Net operating income 4

     18,273            (253         18,020            19,176            5            6   

LICs 42

     (670         5            (665         (207         69            69   

Net operating income

     17,603            (248         17,355            18,969            8            9   

Operating expenses

     (9,907         95            (9,812         (9,960         (1         (2

Operating profit

     7,696            (153         7,543            9,009            17            19   

Income from associates 43

     824            6            830            432            (48         (48

Profit before tax

     8,520            (147         8,373            9,441            11            13   

 

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

2012 compared with 2011

 

  

  

     
    

2011 as

reported

US$m

         

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

         

2011

at 2012

exchange

rates

US$m

         

2012 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change 2

%

         

Constant

currency

change 2

%

 

Net interest income

     7,263            (197         7,066            6,960            (4         (2

Net fee income

     3,227            (92         3,135            3,329            3            6   

Net trading income

     5,204            (116         5,088            5,690            9            12   

Other income 7

     1,363            (26         1,337            2,294            68            72   

Net operating income 4

     17,057            (431         16,626            18,273            7            10   

LICs 42

     (984         14            (970         (670         32            31   

Net operating income

     16,073            (417         15,656            17,603            10            12   

Operating expenses

     (9,722         208            (9,514         (9,907         (2         (4

Operating profit

     6,351            (209         6,142            7,696            21            25   

Income from associates 43

     698            9            707            824            18            17   

Profit before tax

     7,049            (200         6,849            8,520            21            24   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

93g


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency management view of total operating income of Global Banking and Markets

2013 compared with 2012

 

     2012 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

         

2012

at 2013

exchange

rates

US$m

         

2013 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change 2

%

         

Constant
currency

change 2

%

 

Markets 46

     6,105            (75         6,030            6,935            14            15   

Credit

     485            (2         483            796            64            65   

Rates

     1,607            (18         1,589            1,653            3            4   

Foreign Exchange

     3,215            (54         3,161            3,186            (1         1   

Equities

     798            (1         797            1,300            63            63   

Capital Financing

     3,758            (34         3,724            3,994            6            7   

Payments and Cash Management

     1,680            (32         1,648            1,770            5            7   

Securities Services

     1,623            (20         1,603            1,662            2            4   

Global Trade and Receivables Finance

     740            (14         726            741                       2   

Balance Sheet Management

     3,738            (64         3,674            3,110            (17         (15

Principal Investments

     188            (3         185            512            172            177   

Debit valuation adjustment

     518            (6         512            105            (80         (79

Other 47

     (77         (5         (82         347               

Total operating income

     18,273            (253         18,020            19,176            5            6   

 

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

2012 compared with 2011

 

  

  

     
    

2011 as

reported

US$m

         

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

         

2011

at 2012

exchange

rates

US$m

         

2012 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change 2

%

         

Constant

currency

change 2

%

 

Markets 46

     5,749            (138         5,611            6,104            6            9   

Credit

     133            (6         127            485            265            282   

Rates

     1,238            (16         1,222            1,607            30            32   

Foreign Exchange

     3,269            (77         3,192            3,214            (2         1   

Equities

     1,109            (39         1,070            798            (28         (25

Capital Financing

     3,711            (114         3,597            3,758            1            4   

Payments and Cash Management

     1,561            (27         1,534            1,679            8            9   

Securities Services

     1,669            (44         1,625            1,624            (3           

Global Trade and Receivables Finance

     601            (18         583            740            23            27   

Balance Sheet Management

     3,418            (73         3,345            3,738            9            12   

Principal Investments

     277            (7         270            188            (32         (31

Debit valuation adjustment

                                      518                         

Other 47

     71            (10         61            (76                      

Total operating income

     17,057            (431         16,626            18,273            7            10   

The management view of income above reflects the new management structure of GB&M which has been in place since 12 August 2013 (comparatives have been re-presented for this change).

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

93h


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items

 

     Year ended 31 December  
     2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
          Change 2
%
          2012
US$m
          2011
US$m
          Change 2
%
 

Net interest income

                                

Reported

     6,766            6,960            (3         6,960            7,263            (4

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (127                     (198      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (26         (56               (24         (31      

Underlying

     6,740            6,777            (1         6,936            7,034            (1

Other operating income

                                

Reported

     670            313            114            313            577            (46

Currency translation adjustment 1

           10                        (10      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (407         (78               (30         7         

Underlying

     263            245            7            283            574            (51

Revenue 4

                                

Reported

     19,176            18,273            5            18,273            17,057            7   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (253                     (431      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (460         (219               (107         (81      

Underlying

     18,716            17,801            5            18,166            16,545            10   

LICs 42

                                

Reported

     (207         (670         69            (670         (984         32   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           5                        14         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                                    

Underlying

     (207         (665         69            (670         (970         31   

Operating expenses

                                

Reported

     (9,960         (9,907         (1         (9,907         (9,722         (2

Currency translation adjustment 1

           95                        208         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     54            107                  21            34         

Underlying

     (9,906         (9,705         (2         (9,886         (9,480         (4

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     52.9%            54.5%                  54.4%            57.3%         

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

                                

Reported

     432            824            (48         824            698            18   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           6                        9         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     2            (404               (63         (67      

Underlying

     434            426            2            761            640            19   

Profit before tax

                                

Reported

     9,441            8,520            11            8,520            7,049            21   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (147                     (200      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (404         (516               (149         (114      

Underlying

     9,037            7,857            15            8,371            6,735            24   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

93i


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Balance sheet data significant to Global Banking and Markets

 

    

Europe

US$m

    

Hong

Kong

US$m

    

Rest of

Asia-

Pacific

US$m

    

MENA

US$m

    

North

America

US$m

    

Latin

America

US$m

    

Total

US$m

 

At 31 December 2013

                    

Trading assets 64

     212,941         27,998         11,942         432         38,709         6,660         298,682   

Derivative assets 65

     227,985         34,353         24,558         1,143         57,131         5,971         351,141   

Trading liabilities

     137,448         10,377         3,958         1,230         38,850         2,823         194,686   

Derivative liabilities 65

     273,086         32,269         23,597         1,158         55,105         5,499         390,714   

At 31 December 2012

                    

Trading assets 64

     242,175         31,614         22,804         530         95,347         9,506         401,976   

Derivative assets 65

     287,427         28,531         22,700         1,417         80,096         5,117         425,288   

Trading liabilities

     176,838         9,345         4,470         1,081         94,943         5,950         292,627   

Derivative liabilities 65

     292,711         27,720         22,900         1,430         79,437         4,899         429,097   

At 31 December 2011

                    

Trading assets 64

     180,790         38,637         19,167         938         69,568         14,370         323,470   

Derivative assets 65

     272,756         25,203         23,056         1,275         86,619         4,825         413,734   

Trading liabilities

     157,934         8,282         3,781         757         70,288         5,014         246,056   

Derivative liabilities 65

     274,803         25,186         23,877         1,245         86,697         4,469         416,277   

For footnotes, see page 133a.

 

93j


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Global Private Banking

2013 compared with 2012

 

    

2012 as

reported

US$m

         

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

         

2012

at 2013

exchange

rates

US$m

         

2013 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change 2

%

         

Constant

currency

change 2

%

 

Net interest income

     1,294            (6         1,288            1,146            (11         (11

Net fee income

     1,232            1            1,233            1,150            (7         (7

Net trading income

     490            (1         489            394            (20         (19

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

                                      4               

Gains less losses from financial investments

     (3                    (3         (3                      

Net earned insurance premiums

     42            2            44            16            (62         (64

Other operating income/(expense) (including dividend income)

     157            (13         144            (231            

Total operating income

     3,212            (17         3,195            2,476            (23         (23

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (40         (2         (42         (37         8            12   

Net operating income 4

     3,172            (19         3,153            2,439            (23         (23

LICs 42

     (27         1            (26         (31         (15         (19

Net operating income

     3,145            (18         3,127            2,408            (23         (23

Operating expenses

     (2,143         2            (2,141         (2,229         (4         (4

Operating profit

     1,002            (16         986            179            (82         (82

Income from associates 43

     7                       7            14            100            100   

Profit before tax

     1,009            (16         993            193            (81         (81

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

2012 compared with 2011

 

  

  

     
    

2011 as

reported

US$m

         

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

         

2011

at 2012

exchange

rates

US$m

         

2012 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change 2

%

         

Constant

currency

change 2

%

 

Net interest income

     1,439            (12         1,427            1,294            (10         (9

Net fee income

     1,382            (19         1,363            1,232            (11         (10

Other income 7

     471            (4         467            646            37            38   

Net operating income 4

     3,292            (35         3,257            3,172            (4         (3

LICs 42

     (86         1            (85         (27         69            68   

Net operating income

     3,206            (34         3,172            3,145            (2         (1

Operating expenses

     (2,266         26            (2,240         (2,143         5            4   

Operating profit

     940            (8         932            1,002            7            8   

Income from associates 43

     4                       4            7            75            75   

Profit before tax

     944            (8         936            1,009            7            8   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

93k


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items

 

     Year ended 31 December  
     2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
          Change 2
%
          2012
US$m
          2011
US$m
          Change 2
%
 

Net interest income

                                

Reported

     1,146            1,294            (11         1,294            1,439            (10

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (6                     (11      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (4         (13               (7         (14      

Underlying

     1,142            1,275            (10         1,287            1,414            (9

Other operating income

                                

Reported

     (239         151                  151            30            403   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (13                     (1      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (1         (56               (56                 

Underlying

     (240         82                  95            29            228   

Revenue 4

                                

Reported

     2,439            3,172            (23         3,172            3,292            (4

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (19                          (35      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (5         (72               (65         (28      

Underlying

     2,434            3,081            (21         3,107            3,229            (4

LICs 42

                                

Reported

     (31         (27         (15         (27         (86         69   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           1                        1         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                                    

Underlying

     (31         (26         (19         (27         (85         68   

Operating expenses

                                

Reported

     (2,229         (2,143         (4         (2,143         (2,266         5   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           2                        26         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     4            15                  10            37         

Underlying

     (2,225         (2,126         (5         (2,133         (2,203         3   

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     91.4%            69.0%                  68.7%            68.2%         

Profit before tax

                                

Reported

     193            1,009            (81         1,009            944            7   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (16                     (8      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (1         (57               (55         9         

Underlying

     192            936            (79         954            945            1   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

93l


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Other

2013 compared with 2012

 

    

2012 as

reported

US$m

         

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

         

2012

at 2013

exchange

rates

US$m

         

2013 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change 2

%

         

Constant

currency

change 2

%

 

Net interest income

     (730         (4         (734         (737         (1           

Net fee income

     194                       194            64            (67         (67

Net trading income

     (537         (1         (538         6               

Own credit spread 3

     (5,215         12            (5,203         (1,246         76            76   

Other expense from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (248         7            (241         (558         (125         (132

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (5,463         19            (5,444         (1,804         67            67   

Gains on disposal of US branch network, US cards business and Ping An

     3,012                       3,012                       (100         (100

Gains less losses from financial investments

     344                       344            1,212            252            252   

Other operating income (including dividend income)

     5,512            (210         5,302            6,910            25            30   

Total operating income

     2,332            (196         2,136            5,651            142            165   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

                                                    

Net operating income 4

     2,332            (196         2,136            5,651            142            165   

LICs 42

                                                              

Net operating income

     2,332            (196         2,136            5,651            142            165   

Operating expenses

     (9,369         81            (9,288         (7,796         17            16   

Operating loss

     (7,037         (115         (7,152         (2,145         70            70   

Income from associates 43

     47                       47            (14            

Loss before tax

     (6,990         (115         (7,105         (2,159         69            70   

 

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

2012 compared with 2011

 

  

  

     
    

2011 as

reported

US$m

         

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

         

2011

at 2012

exchange

rates

US$m

         

2012 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change 2

%

         

Constant

currency

change 2

%

 

Net interest income

     (911         35            (876         (730         20            17   

Net fee income

     34            (6         28            194            471            593   

Own credit spread 3

     3,933            (35         3,898            (5,215            

Gains on disposal of Ping An

                                      3,012               

Other income 7

     6,089            (119         5,970            5,071            (17         (15

Net operating income 4

     9,145            (125         9,020            2,332            (74         (74

LICs 42

                                                    

Net operating income

     9,145            (125         9,020            2,332            (74         (74

Operating expenses

     (7,492         122            (7,370         (9,369         (25         (27

Operating profit/(loss)

     1,653            (3         1,650            (7,037            

Income from associates 43

     9            (1         8            47            422            488   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     1,662            (4         1,658            (6,990            

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

93m


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items

 

     Year ended 31 December  
     2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
          Change 2
%
          2012
US$m
          2011
US$m
          Change 2
%
 

Revenue 4

                                

Reported

     5,651            2,332            142            2,332            9,145            (74

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (209                     (90      

Own credit spread 3

     1,246            5,215                  5,215            (3,933      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (1,044         (3,107               (3,107         (208      

Underlying

     5,853            4,231            38            4,440            4,914            (10

Operating expenses

                                

Reported

     (7,796         (9,369         17            (9,369         (7,492         (25

Currency translation adjustment 1

           81                        122         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     29            1                             4         

Underlying

     (7,767         (9,287         16            (9,369         (7,366         (27

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     132.7%            219.5%                  211.0%            149.9%         

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                

Reported

     (2,159         (6,990         69            (6,990         1,662         

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (127                     31         

Own credit spread 3

     1,246            5,215                  5,215            (3,933      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (1,015         (3,106               (3,107         (141      

Underlying

     (1,928         (5,008         62            (4,882         (2,381         (105

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

93n


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Analysis by global business

 

HSBC profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data

 

     2013  
    

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

         

Commercial

Banking

US$m

         

Global

Banking

and

Markets

US$m

         

Global

Private

Banking

US$m

         

Other 39

US$m

         

Inter–

segment

elimination 49

US$m

         

Total

US$m

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                      

Net interest income/(expense)

     18,339            10,200            6,766            1,146            (737         (175         35,539   

Net fee income

     7,021            4,717            3,482            1,150            64                       16,434   
                                      

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     689            649            4,953            390            (38                    6,643   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

     (3                    1,827            4            44            175            2,047   

Net trading income 44

     686            649            6,780            394            6            175            8,690   
                                      

Changes in fair value of long- term debt issued and related derivatives

                                                 (1,228                    (1,228

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

     1,638            332            599            4            (576         (1         1,996   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     1,638            332            599            4            (1,804         (1         768   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     55            1            747            (3         1,212                       2,012   

Dividend income

     21            15            129            8            149                       322   

Net earned insurance premiums

     10,543            1,375            6            16                                  11,940   

Other operating income/ (expense)

     544            621            670            (239         6,761            (5,725         2,632   

Total operating income

     38,847            17,910            19,179            2,476            5,651            (5,726         78,337   

Net insurance claims 50

     (12,107         (1,545         (3         (37                               (13,692

Net operating income 4

     26,740            16,365            19,176            2,439            5,651            (5,726         64,645   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (3,227         (2,384         (207         (31                               (5,849

Net operating income

     23,513            13,981            18,969            2,408            5,651            (5,726         58,796   
                                      

Employee expenses 51

     (5,219         (2,327         (3,549         (776         (7,325                    (19,196

Other operating expenses

     (12,029         (4,722         (6,411         (1,453         (471         5,726            (19,360

Total operating expenses

     (17,248         (7,049         (9,960         (2,229         (7,796         5,726            (38,556

Operating profit/(loss)

     6,265            6,932            9,009            179            (2,145                    20,240   

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

     384            1,509            432            14            (14                    2,325   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     6,649            8,441            9,441            193            (2,159                    22,565   
     %           %           %           %           %                       %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     29.5            37.4            41.8            0.9            (9.6               100.0   

Cost efficiency ratio

     64.5            43.1            51.9            91.4            138.0                  59.6   

Balance sheet data 40

                                      
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     375,115            297,852            360,659            44,224            2,454                  1,080,304   

Total assets

     517,085            360,623            1,975,509            97,655            171,812            (451,366         2,671,318   

Customer accounts

     579,994            354,298            450,315            96,770            1,435                  1,482,812   

 

94


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

     2012  
    

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management
US$m

         

Commercial

Banking

US$m

         

Global

Banking

and

Markets

US$m

         

Global

Private

Banking

US$m

         

Other 39

US$m

         

Inter–

segment

elimination 49

US$m

         

Total

US$m

 

Profit before tax

                                      

Net interest income/(expense)

     20,298            10,361            6,960            1,294            (730         (511         37,672   

Net fee income

     7,205            4,470            3,329            1,232            194                       16,430   
                                      

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     276            617            3,588            476            (549                    4,408   

Net interest income on trading activities

     28            16            2,102            14            12            511            2,683   

Net trading income/(expense) 44

     304            633            5,690            490            (537         511            7,091   
                                      

Changes in fair value of long- term debt issued and related derivatives

                                                 (4,327                    (4,327

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

     1,893            250            1,094                       (1,136                    2,101   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     1,893            250            1,094                       (5,463                    (2,226

Gains less losses from financial investments

     96            22            730            (3         344                       1,189   

Dividend income

     24            18            148            6            25                       221   

Net earned insurance premiums

     11,191            1,786            25            42                                  13,044   

Gains on disposal of US branch network, US cards business and Ping An

     3,735            277                                  3,012                       7,024   

Other operating income

     1,472            536            313            151            5,487            (5,859         2,100   

Total operating income

     46,218            18,353            18,289            3,212            2,332            (5,859         82,545   

Net insurance claims 50

     (12,357         (1,802         (16         (40                               (14,215

Net operating income 4

     33,861            16,551            18,273            3,172            2,332            (5,859         68,330   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (5,515         (2,099         (670         (27                               (8,311

Net operating income

     28,346            14,452            17,603            3,145            2,332            (5,859         60,019   
                                      

Employee expenses 51

     (5,532         (2,247         (3,764         (915         (8,033                    (20,491

Other operating expenses

     (14,237         (5,351         (6,143         (1,228         (1,336         5,859            (22,436

Total operating expenses

     (19,769         (7,598         (9,907         (2,143         (9,369         5,859            (42,927

Operating profit/(loss)

     8,577            6,854            7,696            1,002            (7,037                    17,092   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     998            1,681            824            7            47                       3,557   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     9,575            8,535            8,520            1,009            (6,990                    20,649   
     %           %           %           %           %                       %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     46.4            41.3            41.3            4.9            (33.9               100.0   

Cost efficiency ratio

     58.4            45.9            54.2            67.6                             62.8   

Balance sheet data 40

                                      
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     378,040            288,033            283,842            45,213            2,495                  997,623   

Total assets

     536,244            363,659            1,942,470            118,440            201,741            (470,016         2,692,538   

Customer accounts

     562,151            338,405            332,115            105,772            1,571                  1,340,014   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

95


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data (continued)

 

     2011  
    

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

         

Commercial

Banking

US$m

         

Global

Banking

and

Markets

US$m

         

Global

Private

Banking

US$m

         

Other 39

US$m

         

Inter-

segment

elimination 49

US$m

         

Total

US$m

 

Profit before tax

                                      

Net interest income/(expense)

     24,101            9,931            7,263            1,439            (911         (1,161         40,662   

Net fee income

     8,226            4,291            3,227            1,382            34                       17,160   
                                      

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     (562         565            3,306            415            (441                    3,283   

Net interest income on trading activities

     43            19            1,898            16            86            1,161            3,223   

Net trading income/(expense) 44

     (519         584            5,204            431            (355         1,161            6,506   
                                      

Changes in fair value of long- term debt issued and related derivatives

                                                 4,161                       4,161   

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

     (761         33            (72                    78                       (722

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (761         33            (72                    4,239                       3,439   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     124            20            761            3            (1                    907   

Dividend income

     27            15            75            7            25                       149   

Net earned insurance premiums

     10,882            1,956            47                       (13                    12,872   

Other operating income

     907            483            577            30            6,127            (6,358         1,766   

Total operating income

     42,987            17,313            17,082            3,292            9,145            (6,358         83,461   

Net insurance claims 50

     (9,454         (1,702         (25                                          (11,181

Net operating income 4

     33,533            15,611            17,057            3,292            9,145            (6,358         72,280   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (9,319         (1,738         (984         (86                               (12,127

Net operating income

     24,214            13,873            16,073            3,206            9,145            (6,358         60,153   
                                      

Employee expenses 51

     (6,538         (2,184         (4,196         (1,351         (6,897                    (21,166

Other operating expenses

     (14,664         (5,037         (5,526         (915         (595         6,358            (20,379

Total operating expenses

     (21,202         (7,221         (9,722         (2,266         (7,492         6,358            (41,545

Operating profit

     3,012            6,652            6,351            940            1,653                       18,608   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     1,258            1,295            698            4            9                       3,264   

Profit before tax

     4,270            7,947            7,049            944            1,662                       21,872   
     %           %           %           %           %                       %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     19.6            36.3            32.2            4.3            7.6                  100.0   

Cost efficiency ratio

     63.2            46.3            57.0            68.8            81.9                  57.5   

Balance sheet data 40

                                      
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     357,907            262,039            276,463            41,856            2,164                  940,429   

Total assets

     540,548            334,966            1,877,627            119,839            180,126            (497,527         2,555,579   

Customer accounts

     529,017            306,174            306,454            111,814            466                  1,253,925   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

95a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Geographical regions

 

Summary

     96   

Europe

     98   

Hong Kong

     104   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     109   

Middle East and North Africa

     115   

North America

     120   

Latin America

     125   

 

Summary

 

Additional information on results in 2013 may be found in the ‘Financial Summary’ on pages 47 to 76.

In the analysis of profit by geographical regions that follows, operating income and operating expenses include intra-HSBC items of US$3,377m (2011: US$3,358m; 2010: US$3,421m).

All commentaries are on a constant currency basis (page 47) unless otherwise stated, while tables are on a reported basis.

 

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

 

     2013           2012           2011  
     US$m           %           US$m           %           US$m           %  

Europe

     1,825            8.1            (3,414         (16.5         4,671            21.3   

Hong Kong

     8,089            35.9            7,582            36.7            5,823            26.6   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     7,764            34.4            10,448            50.6            7,471            34.2   

Middle East and North Africa

     1,694            7.5            1,350            6.5            1,492            6.8   

North America

     1,221            5.4            2,299            11.1            100            0.5   

Latin America

     1,972            8.7            2,384            11.6            2,315            10.6   
     22,565            100.0            20,649            100.0            21,872            100.0   

Total assets 40

 

     At 31 December  
     2013           2012  
     US$m           %           US$m           %  

Europe

     1,392,959            52.1            1,389,240            51.6   

Hong Kong

     555,413            20.8            518,334            19.3   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     335,937            12.6            342,269            12.7   

Middle East and North Africa

     60,810            2.3            62,605            2.3   

North America

     432,035            16.2            490,247            18.2   

Latin America

     113,999            4.3            131,277            4.9   

Intra-HSBC items

     (219,835         (8.3         (241,434         (9.0
     2,671,318            100.0            2,692,538            100.0   
Risk-weighted assets 52                     
     At 31 December  
     2013           2012  
     US$bn           %           US$bn           %  

Total

     1,092.7                  1,123.9         

Europe

     300.1            27.1            314.7            27.6   

Hong Kong

     138.3            12.5            111.9            9.8   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     292.4            26.4            302.2            26.4   

Middle East and North Africa

     62.5            5.7            62.2            5.4   

North America

     223.8            20.2            253.0            22.2   

Latin America

     89.5            8.1            97.9            8.6   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

96


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Selected items included in profit before tax by geographical region

Fair value movements arising from changes in own credit spreads 3

 

     2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
          2011
US$m
 

Europe

     (1,015         (4,110         2,947   

Hong Kong

     (1                      

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     (1         (3         2   

Middle East and North Africa

     (4         (12         14   

North America

     (225         (1,090         970   
     (1,246         (5,215         3,933   

 

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions 41

The table below shows the gain or loss on disposal or dilution and any associated gain or loss on reclassification or impairment recognised in the year incurred, and the operating profit or loss of

the acquired, disposed of or diluted subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and businesses which are eliminated from underlying results so that results can be viewed on a like-for-like basis.

 

 

     2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
 

Europe

     18            (10

Hong Kong

                420   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     1,086            4,649   

Middle East and North Africa

                (18

North America

     (103         4,861   

Latin America

     1,224            264   
     2,225            10,166   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

97


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Europe

 

Our principal banking operations in Europe are HSBC Bank plc in the UK, HSBC France, HSBC Bank A.S. in Turkey, HSBC Bank Malta p.l.c., HSBC Private Bank (Suisse) SA and HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG. Through these subsidiaries we provide a wide range of banking, treasury and financial services to personal, commercial and corporate customers across Europe.

 

     2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
          2011
US$m
 

Net interest income

     10,693            10,394            11,001   

Net fee income

     6,032            6,169            6,236   

Net trading income

     4,423            2,707            2,161   

Other income/(expense)

     (181         (1,662         4,848   

Net operating income 4

     20,967            17,608            24,246   

LICs 42

     (1,530         (1,921         (2,512

Net operating income

     19,437            15,687            21,734   

Total operating expenses

     (17,613         (19,095         (17,069

Operating profit/(loss)

     1,824            (3,408         4,665   

Income/(expense) from associates 43

     1            (6         6   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     1,825            (3,414         4,671   

Cost efficiency ratio

     84.0%            108.4%            70.4%   

RoRWA 36

     0.6%            (1.0%         1.5%   

Year-end staff numbers

     68,334            70,061            74,892   

Best Export Finance Arranger EMEA

(Trade Finance Magazine 2013)

‘Best Bank Mortgage Provider’ Award

(Moneyfacts Awards, 2013)

Fifth consecutive year

Resilient GB&M performance

in a challenging market

For footnotes, see page 132.

The commentary is on a constant currency basis unless stated otherwise, while tables are on a reported basis.

 

Economic background

UK Gross Domestic Product (‘GDP’) growth rose to 1.9% in 2013, higher than in previous years, though the level of real GDP remained below the level seen prior to the recession. The recovery was driven in part by stronger household consumption. The Bank of England policy rate remained at 0.5% and the Asset Purchase Scheme came to a halt. The Bank of England announced a ‘forward guidance’ policy in August in which it indicated Bank Rate would not rise until unemployment had fallen towards 7%. Labour market conditions improved more rapidly than expected and the headline unemployment rate fell to 7.1% in December. The annual rate of Consumer Prices Index (CPI) inflation fell in December to 2.0%, the lowest level of inflation in almost four years.

The eurozone emerged from recession in the second quarter of 2013 with the improvement early in the year driven by Germany and France. However, activity failed to gain momentum since quarterly GDP growth averaged just 2.0% in the second half of the year. Domestic demand improved on the back of improving real wage growth and a slower pace of austerity but recovery remained heavily dependent on external demand. Given the weakness of the economy in early 2013, the ECB cut its refinancing rate from 0.75% to 0.5% in May and then in July adopted a forward guidance policy under which it committed to keep rates ‘at present or lower levels for an extended period’. Despite the return to growth, CPI inflation dropped to 0.7% in October 2013 prompting the ECB to cut the refinancing rate by a further 0.25% in November. A combination of improving growth and the ECB’s Outright Monetary Transactions programme, which enables it to buy eurozone government bonds in time of market stress, helped alleviate the sovereign crisis evident in former years and bond yields in Italy and Spain fell to their lowest levels since 2010.

Review of performance

Our European operations reported a profit before tax of US$1.8bn in 2013 compared with a loss of US$3.4bn in 2012 (US$3.3bn on a constant currency basis). On an underlying basis, excluding fair value movements on own debt, the effects of foreign currency translation and acquisitions and disposals, profit before tax increased by US$2.1bn. This was due to significantly lower operating expenses, driven by a decrease in charges relating to UK customer redress programmes, an accounting gain of US$430m relating to changes in delivering

 

 

98


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within global businesses

 

    

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

          Commercial
Banking
US$m
         

Global

Banking

and

Markets

US$m

         

Global

Private

Banking

US$m

         

Other

US$m

         

Total

US$m

 

2013

                                

UK

     1,471            1,684            1,246            252            (3,493         1,160   

France 35

     285            255            351            21            (162         750   

Germany

     30            70            183            44            (25         302   

Malta

     34            51            35                                  120   

Switzerland

                2            2            (291                    (287

Turkey

     (74         36            108            (1         1            70   

Other

     7            (10         (124         (190         27            (290
     1,753            2,088            1,801            (165         (3,652         1,825   

2012

                                

UK

     343            832            (111         235            (6,355         (5,056

France 35

     135            203            514            (11         (263         578   

Germany

     29            64            283            40            (72         344   

Malta

     39            52            31                                  122   

Switzerland

                2            1            133                       136   

Turkey

     (32         71            104                       1            144   

Other

     (5         (16         164            102            73            318   
     509            1,208            986            499            (6,616         (3,414

2011

                                

UK

     1,330            1,227            (265         192            1,037            3,521   

France 35

     69            192            (194         16            18            101   

Germany

     36            69            203            28            16            352   

Malta

     31            72            21                                  124   

Switzerland

                (8                    225                       217   

Turkey

     7            62            87            2                       158   

Other

     (151         73            225            94            (43         198   
     1,322            1,687            77            557            1,028            4,671   

For footnote, see page 132.

 

ill-health benefits to certain employees in the UK and sustainable cost savings in 2013.

In the UK, we continued to support the housing market during 2013, approving £14.4bn (US$22.5bn) of new mortgage lending to over 135,000 customers. This included £3.8bn (US$6.0bn) to over 30,000 first time buyers. The loan-to-value ratio on new lending was 59.5% compared with an average of 48.3% for the total mortgage portfolio. In addition, we implemented the Global Wealth Incentive Plan to better align customer and business interests.

CMB repositioned its Business Banking segment towards international and internationally aspirant customers while streamlining and re-engineering core processes, which enabled it to obtain efficiencies in a number of areas and supported its continued investment in corporate banking and Global Trade and Receivables Finance. Following the success of the 2012 International SME fund, CMB launched a further fund in 2013, continuing its support for UK businesses that trade or aspire to trade internationally with approved lending of £4.8bn (US$7.5bn), including the renewal

of overdraft and other lending facilities. In addition, CMB won awards for ‘Best Service from a Business Bank’ and ‘Best Online Banking Provider’ at the Business Moneyfacts awards. GB&M’s debt capital markets activity in the Credit and Capital Financing businesses was successful in capturing growth in issuance demand, which resulted in leading market positions and increased market share in the sterling markets. We were ranked first by Bloomberg for primary debt capital market issuances in 2013.

In France, CMB launched a similar SME fund to that in the UK, targeted at international trade customers, approving €1.5bn (US$2.0bn) of lending in 2013. GB&M acted as joint book runner of a €6.2bn (US$8.2bn) hybrid bond for a premier French corporate client, demonstrating our ability to deliver large and complex transactions. In RBWM, we increased our market share in the highly competitive home loans market.

In Turkey, unsecured lending grew in RBWM, notably in the credit card business due to new product features and channel capabilities including mobile banking. We launched a similar SME fund to

 

 

99


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

those in the UK and France targeted at international trade customers, approving Turkish lira 1.1bn (US$0.6bn) of lending in 2013.

We continued to support the programme of renminbi internationalisation during the year with flagship client events taking place in the UK, France and Germany.

In Switzerland we continued to address legacy issues and reposition the customer base.

Net interest income increased by 3%, primarily in the UK. In GB&M, Balance Sheet Management net interest income was higher, reflecting both portfolio growth from rising deposit balances and reduced funding costs. In addition, net interest income increased due to higher lending spreads in Capital Financing and a rise in legacy credit. In RBWM net interest income increased, driven by growth in residential mortgage balances and improved lending spreads. RBWM customer account balances also increased as customers held balances in readily accessible current and savings accounts, although the benefit was restricted by deposit spread compression. In CMB, net interest income in the UK rose as a result of growth in term lending revenue from higher spreads on new and renewed business, as well as deposit growth in Payments and Cash Management. The spreads resulted in increased portfolio margins overall.

In France, net interest income increased due to improved spreads and growth in home loan balances.

These factors were partly offset by a decline, mainly in Switzerland in GPB, as higher yielding positions matured and opportunities for reinvestment were limited by lower prevailing yields. Narrower lending and deposit spreads and reduced average deposit balances also contributed to a fall in net interest income in Switzerland.

Net fee income decreased by US$138m, mainly in Switzerland in GPB with lower brokerage fees due to a reduction in client transaction volumes, in part reflecting decreased market volatility and fewer large deals.

In the UK, net fee income decreased in RBWM due to higher fees payable under partnership agreements and lower creditor insurance fees. In GB&M, net fee income fell because of higher fees paid to other regions relating to increased foreign exchange trading activities. This was partly offset by increased issuance demand in debt capital markets and event-driven fee income in equity underwriting from increased deal volumes. In addition, we experienced a rise in lending fees in CMB.

In Turkey, net fee income rose due to the growth in card revenue as the business expanded.

Net trading income increased by US$1.7bn to US$4.4bn. This was primarily in the UK, driven in part by lower adverse foreign exchange movements on assets held as economic hedges of foreign currency debt designated at fair value, with the offset reported in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’. In addition, there was a foreign exchange gain on sterling debt issued by HSBC Holdings and increased favourable fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges compared with 2012.

In GB&M, net trading income included a favourable DVA of US$65m in 2013. 2012 included a net charge of US$312m as a result of a change in estimation methodology in respect of CVAs of US$615m and DVAs of US$303m, reflecting evolving market practices.

Also in GB&M, Foreign Exchange income rose following increased customer activity, although the rise was offset in part by margin compression and reduced market volatility in the second half of 2013. Net trading income was also higher in the Equities business due to increased deal volumes and revaluation gains. Rates revenue declined due to the benefit in 2012 from tightening spreads following the ECB liquidity intervention, despite new client mandates and increased market participation, particularly in European government bonds. We also experienced lower adverse fair value movements from own credit spreads on structured liabilities.

In France, trading income on non-qualifying hedges increased as long-term interest rates rose.

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value was US$0.4bn compared with net expense of US$2.2bn in 2012. In the UK, we reported lower adverse movements on the fair value of our own debt of US$1.0bn, compared with adverse movements of US$4.1bn in 2012. Excluding this, net income declined, driven by lower favourable foreign exchange movements on foreign currency debt than in 2012, with the offset reported in ‘Net trading income’. In addition, there were higher adverse fair value movements from interest and exchange rate ineffectiveness in the hedging of long-term debt issued principally by HSBC Holdings and its European subsidiaries than in 2012.

By contrast, in the UK and France, we recognised higher net investment gains on the fair value of assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts than in 2012, as market conditions improved.

 

 

100


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Gains less losses from financial investments increased by US$19m as in the UK we reported gains in RBWM in the Asset Management Group. In GB&M, higher disposal gains and lower impairments on available-for-sale equity securities in Principal Investments were more than offset by lower net gains on the disposal of available-for-sale debt securities in Balance Sheet Management, as part of structural interest rate risk management of the balance sheet.

Net earned insurance premiums decreased by 15%, mainly in RBWM in France reflecting lower sales of investment contracts with DPF and the run-off of business from independent financial adviser channels in 2013.

Other operating income decreased by US$600m due to a loss recognised in GPB following the write-off of goodwill relating to our Monaco business and a loss on sale in RBWM on the disposal of an HFC Bank UK secured loan portfolio.

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders was broadly in line with 2012. Lower reserves established for new business, reflecting the decline in net premium income in France, were partly offset by higher net investment gains on the fair value of assets held to support policyholder contracts in 2013 than in 2012.

LICs decreased by 20% to US$1.5bn. In the UK, GB&M recorded net releases of credit risk provisions on available-for-sale ABSs compared with impairment charges in 2012, offset in part by higher individually assessed provisions. In addition, loan impairment charges in CMB fell due to lower collectively and individually assessed provisions, and in RBWM due to lower collectively assessed provisions reflecting recoveries from debt sales.

In other countries in Europe, lower individually assessed impairment provisions in Greece were

partly offset by increases in Turkey, where there was growth in unsecured lending in RBWM, and a rise in Spain, where the challenging economic conditions continued to affect the market.

Operating expenses decreased by 7%, driven by lower charges relating to UK customer redress programmes, with US$1.2bn reported in 2013 compared with US$2.3bn (US$2.3bn as reported) in 2012. The charges in 2013 included additional estimated redress for possible mis-selling in previous years of US$756m in respect of PPI compared with US$1.7bn in 2012, US$261m in respect of interest rate protection products compared with US$586m in 2012 and US$149m in respect of Wealth Management products in 2013. Restructuring costs also fell by US$78m from 2012. In addition, 2012 included a charge relating to the US OFAC investigation of US$375m in HSBC Holdings which did not recur.

Excluding these items, operating expenses were broadly unchanged compared with 2012. We benefited from sustainable cost savings of over US$650m as we continued to streamline the business, and a decline in performance-related costs, notably in GB&M. In addition, we reported an accounting gain of US$430m relating to changes in delivering ill-health benefits to certain employees in the UK. These factors were partially offset by the higher UK bank levy charge of US$904m in respect of 2013 compared with a charge of US$571m in 2012, mainly due to an increase in its rate. In addition, operating expenses in both years included adjustments relating to the prior year charge (2013: US$12m adverse adjustment; 2012: US$99m favourable adjustment). In other countries in the region, we experienced higher Madoff-related litigation charges in GB&M in Ireland and a provision in respect of regulatory investigations in GPB in Switzerland.

 

 

101


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency profit/(loss) before tax – Europe

 

    

2012

as

reported

US$m

         

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

         

2012

at 2013

exchange

rates

US$m

         

2013

as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change 2

%

         

Constant

currency

change 2

%

 

Net interest income

     10,394            (38         10,356            10,693            3            3   

Net fee income

     6,169            1            6,170            6,032            (2         (2

Net trading income

     2,707            (19         2,688            4,423            63            65   

Own credit spread 3

     (4,110         12            (4,098         (1,015         75            75   

Other income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     1,895            12            1,907            1,433            (24         (25

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (2,215         24            (2,191         418               

Gains less losses from financial investments

     364            (4         360            379            4            5   

Net earned insurance premiums

     3,630            85            3,715            3,158            (13         (15

Other operating income (including dividend income)

     1,189            49            1,238            604            (49         (51

Total operating income

     22,238            98            22,336            25,707            16            15   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (4,630         (121         (4,751         (4,740         (2           

Net operating income 4

     17,608            (23         17,585            20,967            19            19   

LICs 42

     (1,921         15            (1,906         (1,530         20            20   

Net operating income

     15,687            (8         15,679            19,437            24            24   

Operating expenses

     (19,095         74            (19,021         (17,613         8            7   

Operating profit/(loss)

     (3,408         66            (3,342         1,824               

Income/(loss) from associates 43

     (6         (1         (7         1               

Profit/(loss) before tax

     (3,414         65            (3,349         1,825               

For footnotes, see page 132.

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items – Europe

 

     Year ended 31 December  
    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

Change

%

 

Net interest income

              

Reported

     10,693            10,394            3   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (38      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     17            15         

Underlying

     10,710            10,371            3   

Other operating income

              

Reported

     529            1,080            (51

Currency translation adjustment 1

           49         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (69         (54      

Underlying

     460            1,075            (57

Revenue 4

              

Reported

     20,967            17,608            19   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (35      

Own credit spread 3

     1,015            4,110         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (51         (36      

Underlying

     21,931            21,647            1   

 

101a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

     Year ended 31 December  
    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

Change 2

%

 

LICs 42

              

Reported

     (1,530         (1,921         20   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           15         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                        

Underlying

     (1,530         (1,906         20   

Operating expenses

              

Reported

     (17,613         (19,095         8   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           74         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     28            46         

Underlying

     (17,585         (18,975         7   

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     80.2%            87.7%         

Profit/(loss) before tax

              

Reported

     1,825            (3,414      

Currency translation adjustment 1

           53         

Own credit spread 3

     1,015            4,110         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (18         10         

Underlying

     2,822            759            272   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

101b


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

2012 compared with 2011

Economic background

The UK economy remained weak in 2012, with little growth in underlying activity. Preliminary data showed that the level of real Gross Domestic Product (‘GDP’) contracted by 0.3% in the fourth quarter, as economic activity fell back after a boost related to the Olympic Games. Despite the lacklustre economy, the labour market remained fairly resilient, with the unemployment rate in the three months to December down to 7.8% from 8.4% in the same period in 2011. In response to the stagnating economy, the Bank of England (‘BoE’) increased the size of its Asset Purchase Facility to £375bn (US$606bn) and launched a new scheme, Funding for Lending, aimed at increasing the supply of credit. Consumer Prices Index (‘CPI’) inflation fell during the first half of the year but remained above the BoE’s 2% target. In the fourth quarter, it rose back to 2.7%, partly due to increases in tuition fees and energy prices.

The eurozone returned to recession in 2012 as the initial resilience in France and Germany was more than offset by deepening contractions in the periphery, where domestic demand was dragged down by austerity and private sector deleveraging. Inflation slowed from 2.7% at the end of 2011 to 2.2% in 2012 and the European Central Bank (‘ECB’) cut the refinance (‘refi’) rate by 0.25% to 0.75% in July. The sovereign crisis worsened again in the first half of 2012 but early signs of a roadmap for future integration of the economic and monetary union, additional support for Greece and, most importantly, the ECB’s commitment to supporting the euro through its Outright Monetary Transactions bond-buying programme succeeded in lowering peripheral government bond spreads to their lowest level since March 2012.

Review of performance

Our operations in Europe reported a pre-tax loss of US$3.4bn, compared with a profit of US$4.7bn in 2011. On a constant currency basis, pre-tax profits declined by US$8.0bn.

In 2012, there were adverse movements of US$4.1bn on our own debt designated at fair value, resulting from changes in credit spreads, compared with favourable movements of US$2.9bn in 2011. On an underlying basis, pre-tax profits decreased by US$930m due to higher operating expenses reflecting a US$1.4bn increase in the provision for customer redress programmes in the UK, in particular relating to the possible mis-selling of PPI and interest rate protection products. This was partly offset by higher GB&M revenues, notably in the

Rates and Credit businesses as spreads on eurozone bonds tightened and investor sentiment improved. In addition, impairment charges fell due to lower credit risk provisions in GB&M, notably in the legacy credit portfolio, and improved delinquency rates in RBWM in the UK as we continued to improve the quality of these portfolios with a higher proportion of secured lending.

We made significant progress in reshaping our business in Europe. The disposal of non-core businesses simplified our European portfolio, allowing us to concentrate resources on businesses where we can deliver sustainable profits and growth while managing risks effectively. We exited from Hungary, Georgia, Slovakia, and RBWM in Russia and Poland, and sold Property Vision in the UK, our insurance and reinsurance businesses in Ireland and the retail equities brokerage in Greece.

During 2012, we made progress with our restructuring programme to align our businesses in each country to their respective global business operating models in order to reduce complexity and lower our costs in a sustainable way. Total restructuring costs (including impairment of assets) of US$299m were incurred across Europe as a result of organisational effectiveness and other initiatives, which delivered sustainable cost savings of approximately US$770m.

In RBWM, we continued to drive strong growth in mortgage lending in the UK through the success of our competitive offerings and marketing campaigns. Our share of new UK mortgage lending in 2012 was 12%, up from the 10% share of new lending in 2011, while maintaining a loan-to-value ratio of 58%. We have approved new mortgage lending of £19bn (US$32bn) during 2012, compared with our original lending commitment of £15bn (US$24bn), with £5bn (US$8bn) approved for first time buyers. Wealth Management revenue was marginally lower during the year reflecting the challenging economic environment. Our Wealth Management products and services were redesigned in accordance with the FSA’s Retail Distribution Review, which was introduced on 1 January 2013, and we continue to offer a competitive fee-based financial advice service to Premier customers. The expansion of the RBWM business continued in Turkey, where we are targeting mass affluent customers.

In CMB, we continued to invest in the UK, and have increased the number of International Relationship Managers to over 200 during the year. In the first half of 2012, we launched an International SME fund in the UK to support UK

 

 

101c


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

businesses that trade, or aspire to trade, internationally. By the end of 2012, we had approved lending through the fund of £5.1bn (US$8.2bn), exceeding the original target of £4.0bn (US$6.5bn), and provided £12bn (US$20bn) of gross new lending to UK SMEs, including the renewal of overdraft and other lending facilities. Over 80% of small business lending applications received during the year were approved. Revenue from international customers increased and our focus on this client base, together with targeted growth initiatives such as deposit acquisition and regional pricing strategies, led to a rise in Payments and Cash Management and Global Trade and Receivable Finance income.

Revenues from CMB’s collaboration with GB&M increased primarily from sales of foreign exchange products. During the year, we made a provision for the possible mis-selling of interest rate protection products and the sale of these products to customers in our Business Banking segment, which serves SMEs, was withdrawn.

GB&M continued to develop cross-product capabilities in the growing renminbi market. Early in the year, we issued the first international renminbi bond outside sovereign Chinese territory. Since then, a number of significant transactions were supported by in-depth collaboration between European and other regional teams which reinforced our position as the leading house for international renminbi issuance. In Foreign Exchange, the focus remained on enhancing product offerings in our e-FX platforms for a broader client base, particularly to RBWM and CMB customers. This included the launch of a ‘Dynamic Currency Conversion’ product within the transactional Foreign Exchange business. To enhance coverage efforts in Global Banking, the Corporate Finance Group was established to strengthen the financial advisory and event financing business. Payments and Cash Management won a number of mandates and implemented the Global Liquidity Solutions platform to provide advanced liquidity management functionality for its clients. In addition, our legacy credit exposure was reduced in Europe by exiting from certain positions and the business will reduce the size of this portfolio further as opportunities arise.

In GPB, we revised our medium-term strategic plan to focus the business on investing in priority markets with a redefined client offering that builds on product strengths and leverages Group capabilities. We concentrated on higher net worth international and domestic customers, enhancing our compliance and risk framework and improving alignment with the other global businesses.

Our activities are likely to be affected by proposed legislation in the UK arising from the recommendations of the UK Independent Commission on Banking (‘ICB’) to ring-fence the retail bank from wholesale operations and to require the retail bank to have a greater primary loss absorbing capacity. Proposed changes in regulations are likely to affect how we conduct activities, with the potential to curtail the types of business we carry out and increase the costs of doing business. The implementation of any proposed changes will take a considerable amount of time and involve significant cost (see page 132).

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

Net interest income decreased by 3%. Balance Sheet Management revenues declined, principally in the UK, as yield curves continued to flatten and liquidity arising from maturities and sales of available-for-sale debt securities was re-invested at lower prevailing rates. In addition we placed a greater portion of our liquidity with central banks. GPB was similarly affected as higher yielding positions matured and as we managed selectively our exposures to eurozone sovereign debt. Legacy credit revenues in the UK also fell as a result of higher interest expense on structured debt issued at the end of 2011, coupled with lower effective yields on assets. RBWM net interest income declined mainly in the UK due to lower deposit spreads reflecting strong competition in the low interest rate environment. This was partly offset by strong growth in average residential mortgage balances and improved lending spreads in the UK, along with higher personal lending and cards balances in Turkey as the business expanded. In addition, net interest income in CMB benefited from higher average customer account balances as we continued to attract deposits through our Payments and Cash Management products as a result of competitive pricing, while average lending balances also rose, mainly in the UK, despite muted demand for credit.

Net fee income increased by 2%. CMB fee income rose due to higher transaction volumes reflecting new mandates in Payments and Cash Management. RBWM fee income also increased due to lower commissions paid as a result of the run-off and subsequent disposal of the insurance businesses in Ireland. These increases were partly offset by a fall in brokerage fees in GPB, reflecting a reduction in client transaction volumes, due in part to lower market volatility. Fees from assets under management and account services also declined, as challenging market conditions in the latter half of 2011 led to a fall in average client assets in 2012,

 

 

101d


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

coupled with a reduction in client numbers as we repositioned our target client base.

Net trading income increased by 27%, primarily due to significantly higher Rates trading revenues in the UK and France, and higher Credit trading revenues, mainly in the UK, as spreads tightened and investor sentiment improved following stimuli by central banks. This was despite significant adverse fair value movements in Rates, including a charge from own credit spreads on structured liabilities as spreads tightened which compared with a gain reported in 2011, together with a charge as a result of a change in estimation methodology in respect of credit valuation adjustments on derivative assets (see Note 15 on the Financial Statements). Revenues in our legacy credit portfolio increased due to price appreciation and redemption at par of certain assets. Foreign Exchange income was also stronger due to higher income from GB&M’s ongoing collaboration with CMB, and increased volumes from improvements in our electronic pricing and distribution capabilities, although this was partly offset by the effect of less volatile markets in 2012. In addition, trading income benefited from the change in estimation methodology for debit valuation adjustments on derivative liabilities (see Note 15 on the Financial Statements).

There were lower adverse fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges, driven by favourable fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges in HSBC Holdings, compared with adverse fair value movements in 2011, reflecting the less pronounced decline in long-term US interest rates relative to sterling and euro interest rates than in 2011. This was partly offset by higher adverse movements on non-qualifying hedges in European operating entities as interest rates fell.

Adverse foreign exchange movements were reported on assets held as economic hedges of foreign currency debt designated at fair value compared with favourable movements in 2011. These offset favourable foreign exchange movements on the foreign currency debt which are reported in ‘Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value’.

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value increased by US$4.8bn. Excluding adverse fair value movements due to the change in credit spreads on our own debt held at fair value, net income from financial instruments designated at fair value of US$1.9bn in 2012 compared with a net expense of US$374m in 2011. This reflected favourable foreign exchange movements on foreign currency debt designated

at fair value issued as part of our overall funding strategy compared with adverse movements in 2011, with an offset reported in ‘Net trading income’. In addition, net investment gains were recognised on the fair value of assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts as market conditions improved, compared with net investment losses in 2011. The corresponding movement in liabilities to customers is recorded under ‘Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders’ to the extent that these investment gains or losses are attributable to policyholders holding unit-linked insurance policies and insurance or investment contracts with DPF.

Gains less losses from financial investments decreased by US$133m. This was driven by higher impairments in GB&M in the UK of available-for-sale equity securities due to significant write-downs in 2012 on three holdings, two of which were in our direct investment business in run-off. The decline was also driven by losses on the disposal of legacy assets, also in GB&M in the UK (see page 27), together with the non-recurrence of gains in 2011 on the disposal of available-for-sale debt securities in our Insurance business in RBWM. These factors were partly offset by higher gains on the disposal of available-for-sale debt securities in Balance Sheet Management, mainly in the UK, as part of structural interest rate risk management activities, coupled with a rise in disposal gains in Principal Investments in GB&M.

Net earned insurance premiums decreased by 6%. This mainly reflected lower life insurance sales in RBWM in France as a result of the adverse economic environment and increased competition from other banking products. The run-off and subsequent disposal of the insurance businesses in Ireland in 2012 also contributed to the decline. This was partly offset by a rise in net earned premiums in the UK due, in part, to the sale of a unit-linked insurance product through two new third party platforms.

Other operating income decreased by US$95m. GB&M incurred losses on the sale of certain syndicated loans in the UK. In addition, gains in 2011 on the disposal of a property fund did not recur.

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders increased by 40%, driven by net investment gains on the fair value of the assets held to support policyholder contracts, compared with net losses in 2011. This was partly offset by lower reserves established for new

 

 

101e


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

business, reflecting the decline in premiums in France.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions decreased by 22% to US$1.9bn. GB&M reported lower credit risk provisions, mainly in the UK, on available-for-sale ABSs, driven by an improvement in underlying asset prices, as well as lower charges on Greek sovereign debt. These were coupled with a reduction in loan impairment charges in RBWM, notably in the UK, as we continued to pro-actively identify and monitor customers facing financial hardship and focused on growing higher quality lending. As a result, delinquency rates improved across both the secured and unsecured lending portfolios. This was partly offset by an increase in loan impairment charges in RBWM in Turkey, reflecting business expansion. In addition, there were higher individually assessed provisions in CMB reflecting, mainly, the challenging economic conditions in the UK, Greece, Spain and Turkey.

Operating expenses increased by 15%, driven by higher charges relating to UK customer redress programmes with US$2.3bn reported in 2012, compared with a charge of US$890m (US$898m as reported) in 2011. In 2012 we included an additional charge of US$1.7bn for estimated redress for the possible mis-selling of PPI policies and US$598m in relation to the possible mis-selling of interest rate protection products in previous years, of which

US$268m related to the estimated redress to be paid to customers and the remainder to costs of closing out these positions and related administration costs. A charge relating to the US Office of Foreign Asset Control (‘OFAC’) investigation of US$375m was also incurred in HSBC Holdings, along with the UK bank levy of US$571m. This was partly offset by an adjustment of US$99m in the 2011 bank levy charge of US$570m as the basis of calculation was clarified. In addition, 2011 included a credit of US$570m (US$587m as reported) arising from the defined benefit pension obligations in the UK which did not recur. Restructuring costs of US$299m were US$92m lower than in 2011, as the review initiated in 2011 to improve cost efficiency continued to be implemented and we completed disposals and exits in Europe.

Excluding these items, operating expenses marginally increased compared with 2011. Our organisational effectiveness initiatives progressed, delivering sustainable cost savings of approximately US$770m in 2012. This enabled us to reinvest in, and reallocate capital, to our designated growth businesses such as our mortgage offering, our international CMB business and our home and priority growth markets (UK, France, Germany and Turkey), as well as launching the M&S Bank in the UK.

 

 

101f


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency profit/(loss) before tax – Europe

 

    

2011

as

reported

US$m

         

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

         

2011

at 2012

exchange

rates

US$m

         

2012

as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change 2

%

         

Constant

currency

change 2

%

 

Net interest income

     11,001            (325         10,676            10,394            (6         (3

Net fee income

     6,236            (205         6,031            6,169            (1         2   

Own credit spread 3

     2,947            (35         2,912            (4,110            

Other income 7

     4,062            (17         4,045            5,155            27            27   

Net operating income 4

     24,246            (582         23,664            17,608            (27         (26

LICs 42

     (2,512         54            (2,458         (1,921         24            22   

Net operating income

     21,734            (528         21,206            15,687            (28         (26

Operating expenses

     (17,069         406            (16,663         (19,095         (12         (15

Operating profit/(loss)

     4,665            (122         4,543            (3,408            

Income/(loss) from associates 43

     6            (8         (2         (6               (200

Profit/(loss) before tax

     4,671            (130         4,541            (3,414            

For footnotes, see page 132.

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items – Europe

 

     Year ended 31 December  
     2012
US$m
          2011
US$m
          Change 2
%
 

Revenue 4

              

Reported

     17,608            24,246            (27

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (547      

Own credit spread 3

     4,110            (2,947      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     3                    

Underlying

     21,721            20,752            5   

LICs 42

              

Reported

     (1,921         (2,512         24   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           54         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                        

Underlying

     (1,921         (2,458         22   

Operating expenses

              

Reported

     (19,095         (17,069         (12

Currency translation adjustment 1

           406         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                        

Underlying

     (19,095         (16,663         (15

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     87.9%            80.3%         

Profit/(loss) before tax

              

Reported

     (3,414         4,671         

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (95      

Own credit spread 3

     4,110            (2,947      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     3                    

Underlying

     699            1,629            (57

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

101g


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Europe

 

      2013   
     

 

 

 

 

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

  

  

  

  

  

     

 

 

Commercial

Banking

US$m

  

  

  

     

 

 

 

 

Global

Banking

and

Markets

US$m

  

  

  

  

  

     

 

 

 

Global

Private

Banking

US$m

  

  

  

  

     

 

Other

US$m

  

  

     

 

 

 

Inter-

segment

elimination 49

US$m

  

  

  

  

     

 

Total

US$m

  

  

Profit/(loss) before tax                            

Net interest income/(expense)

      5,600          3,353          1,774          722          (694       (62       10,693   

Net fee income/(expense)

      2,545          1,789          957          744          (3                6,032   
                           

Trading income excluding net interest income

      206          30          2,181          192          698                   3,307   

Net interest income on trading activities

      2          5          1,013          4          30          62          1,116   

Net trading income 44

      208          35          3,194          196          728          62          4,423   
                           

Changes in fair value of long- term debt issued and related derivatives

                                          (936                (936

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

      1,059          271          591          4          (570       (1       1,354   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

      1,059          271          591          4          (1,506       (1       418   

Gains less losses from financial investments

      52                   344          (17                         379   

Dividend income

      4          2          65          4                            75   

Net earned insurance premiums

      2,782          361          (1       16                            3,158   

Other operating income/(expense)

      (103       9          110          (253       766                   529   

Total operating income/(expense)

      12,147          5,820          7,034          1,416          (709       (1       25,707   

Net insurance claims 50

      (4,136       (567                (37                         (4,740

Net operating income/(expense) 4

      8,011          5,253          7,034          1,379          (709       (1       20,967   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

      (329       (935       (242       (24                         (1,530

Net operating income/(expense)

      7,682          4,318          6,792          1,355          (709       (1       19,437   

Total operating expenses

      (5,934       (2,231       (4,987       (1,519       (2,943       1          (17,613

Operating profit/(loss)

      1,748          2,087          1,805          (164       (3,652                1,824   

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

      5          1          (4       (1                         1   

Profit/(loss) before tax

      1,753          2,088          1,801          (165       (3,652                1,825   
        %         %         %         %         %                   %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

      7.8          9.2          8.0          (0.7       (16.2           8.1   

Cost efficiency ratio

      74.1          42.5          70.9          110.2          (415.1           84.0   
Balance sheet data 40                            
        US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                   US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net) 34

      177,357          105,498          193,226          27,289          830              504,200   

Total assets

      238,499          124,242          1,054,506          75,718          72,174          (172,180       1,392,959   

Customer accounts 34

      205,288          134,120          254,598          49,789          1,021              644,816   

 

102


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

      2012   
     

 

 

 

 

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

  

  

  

  

  

     

 

 

Commercial

Banking

US$m

  

  

  

     

 

 

 

 

Global

Banking

and

Markets

US$m

  

  

  

  

  

     

 

 

 

Global

Private

Banking

US$m

  

  

  

  

     

 

Other

US$m

  

  

     

 

 

 

Inter-

segment

elimination 49

US$m

  

  

  

  

     

 

Total

US$m

  

  

Profit/(loss) before tax                            

Net interest income/(expense)

      5,437          3,228          1,409          820          (543       43          10,394   

Net fee income

      2,622          1,658          1,032          848          9                   6,169   
                           

Trading income excluding net interest income

      67          26          848          216          25                   1,182   

Net interest income on trading activities

      7          14          1,500          14          33          (43       1,525   

Net trading income 44

      74          40          2,348          230          58          (43       2,707   
                           

Changes in fair value of long- term debt issued and related derivatives

                                          (3,091                (3,091

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

      770          139          1,073                   (1,106                876   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

      770          139          1,073                   (4,197                (2,215

Gains less losses from financial investments

      (5       (1       375          (3       (2                364   

Dividend income

               1          104          3          3                   111   

Net earned insurance premiums

      3,150          438                   42                            3,630   

Other operating income

      84          58          88          61          796          (9       1,078   

Total operating income/(expense)

      12,132          5,561          6,429          2,001          (3,876       (9       22,238   

Net insurance claims 50

      (4,054       (536                (40                         (4,630

Net operating income/(expense) 4

      8,078          5,025          6,429          1,961          (3,876       (9       17,608   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

      (347       (1,109       (436       (29                         (1,921

Net operating income/(expense)

      7,731          3,916          5,993          1,932          (3,876       (9       15,687   

Total operating expenses

      (7,225       (2,708       (4,999       (1,431       (2,741       9          (19,095

Operating profit/(loss)

      506          1,208          994          501          (6,617                (3,408

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

      3                   (8       (2       1                   (6

Profit/(loss) before tax

      509          1,208          986          499          (6,616                (3,414
        %         %         %         %         %                   %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

      2.5          5.9          4.8          2.4          (32.0           (16.5

Cost efficiency ratio

      89.4          53.9          77.8          73.0          (70.7           108.4   
Balance sheet data 40                            
        US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                   US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

      170,002          105,796          156,798          29,963          881              463,440   

Total assets

      240,744          132,718          1,044,507          76,145          75,513          (180,387       1,389,240   

Customer accounts

      191,024          121,648          184,473          57,125          739              555,009   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

103


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Europe (continued)

 

      2011   
     

 

 

 

 

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

  

  

  

  

  

     

 

 

Commercial

Banking

US$m

  

  

  

     

 

 

 

 

Global

Banking

and

Markets

US$m

  

  

  

  

  

     

 

 

 

Global

Private

Banking

US$m

  

  

  

  

     

 

Other

US$m

  

  

     

 

 

 

Inter-

segment

elimination 49

US$m

  

  

  

  

     

 

Total

US$m

  

  

Profit before tax                            

Net interest income/(expense)

      5,653          3,107          2,102          936          (574       (223       11,001   

Net fee income

      2,633          1,640          989          942          32                   6,236   
                           

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

      40          5          602          191          (201                637   

Net interest income on trading activities

      11          16          1,205          16          53          223          1,524   

Net trading income/(expense) 44

      51          21          1,807          207          (148       223          2,161   
                           

Changes in fair value of long- term debt issued and related derivatives

                                          3,180                   3,180   

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

      (672       (21       (65                46                   (712

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

      (672       (21       (65                3,226                   2,468   

Gains less losses from financial investments

      51          (1       453          1          11                   515   

Dividend income

      1          1          42          4          1                   49   

Net earned insurance premiums

      3,768          381                            (13                4,136   

Other operating income

      95          58          187          5          760          74          1,179   

Total operating income

      11,580          5,186          5,515          2,095          3,295          74          27,745   

Net insurance claims 50

      (3,212       (287                                           (3,499

Net operating income 4

      8,368          4,899          5,515          2,095          3,295          74          24,246   

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

      (596       (960       (876       (82       2                   (2,512

Net operating income

      7,772          3,939          4,639          2,013          3,297          74          21,734   

Total operating expenses

      (6,450       (2,252       (4,569       (1,456       (2,268       (74       (17,069

Operating profit

      1,322          1,687          70          557          1,029                   4,665   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

                        7                   (1                6   

Profit before tax

      1,322          1,687          77          557          1,028                   4,671   
        %         %         %         %         %                   %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

      6.0          7.7          0.4          2.5          4.7              21.3   

Cost efficiency ratio

      77.1          46.0          82.8          69.5          68.8              70.4   
Balance sheet data 40                            
        US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                   US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

      150,205          98,154          156,903          28,378          696              434,336   

Total assets

      210,140          124,049          1,021,486          77,410          63,141          (214,281       1,281,945   

Customer accounts

      176,134          104,530          154,208          58,265          267              493,404   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

103a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Hong Kong

 

HSBC’s principal banking subsidiaries in Hong Kong are The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited and Hang Seng Bank Limited. The former is the largest bank incorporated in Hong Kong and is our flagship bank in the Asia-Pacific region. It is one of Hong Kong’s three note-issuing banks, accounting for nearly 60% by value of banknotes in circulation in 2013.

 

    2013
US$m
        2012
US$m
        2011
US$m
 

Net interest income

    5,993          5,316          4,691   

Net fee income

    3,877          3,335          3,097   

Net trading income

    1,570          1,463          1,189   

Other income

    1,763          2,308          1,705   

Net operating income 4

    13,203          12,422          10,682   

LICs 42

    (137       (74       (156

Net operating income

    13,066          12,348          10,526   

Total operating expenses

    (5,045       (4,848       (4,758

Operating profit

    8,021          7,500          5,768   

Income from associates 43

    68          82          55   

Profit before tax

    8,089          7,582          5,823   

Cost efficiency ratio

    38.2%          39.0%          44.5%   

RoRWA 36

    6.4%          7.0%          5.3%   

Year-end staff numbers

    28,367          27,742          28,984   

10%

growth in underlying revenue

Strong performance in CMB

with lending growth of

18%

Best M&A House in Hong Kong 2013

(The Asset)

For footnotes, see page 132.

The commentary is on a constant currency basis unless stated otherwise, while tables are on a reported basis.

Economic background

Hong Kong ’s GDP grew at a faster pace in 2013 than in 2012. This was driven mainly by domestic demand, which offset an ongoing weakness in external orders. Labour market conditions remained resilient and strong nominal wage growth continued to support private consumption. Measures announced in February 2013 by the government and the Hong Kong Monetary Authority to dampen demand in the property market led to a softening in prices and some moderation of demand in the third quarter of the year. Headline CPI inflation fell in the fourth quarter, largely due to lower food prices and housing costs. Underlying inflation averaged 4% in 2013, lower than it was in 2012.

Review of performance

Our operations in Hong Kong reported a pre-tax profit of US$8.1bn compared with US$7.6bn in 2012, an increase of 7%. This reflected higher revenue, driven by balance sheet growth, and increased net fees from unit trusts and debt issuance. Excluding the effect of disposals in 2012, underlying profit before tax increased by 13%.

In RBWM, we grew our average mortgage balances by 8% with average loan-to-value ratios of 44% on new mortgage drawdowns and an estimated 32% on the portfolio as a whole. We continued to develop our digital capabilities and launched our mobile banking application. We also developed our Wealth Management capabilities, growing revenue by over 10%. In addition, we enhanced our wealth management systems, simplified the product range and implemented the Global Wealth Incentive Plan to better align customer and business interests.

In CMB, we further strengthened the collaboration with GB&M, raising financing for our clients of over US$14bn from debt capital markets and nearly US$4bn from equity capital markets, including the largest IPO in Hong Kong for a mainland Chinese consumer company. In addition, we were awarded Best Trade Finance Bank in Hong Kong by Global Finance .

In GB&M, we continued to lead the market in Hong Kong dollar bond issuance and are now one of the top five houses for both equity capital markets and mergers and acquisitions. We were voted Best Debt House in Hong Kong in the Euromoney 2013 Awards for Excellence and were involved in seven of the ten largest IPOs in Hong Kong this year.

 

 

104


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by global business

 

    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

          2011 US$m  

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     3,742            3,694            3,022   

Commercial Banking

     2,110            2,188            1,608   

Global Banking and Markets

     1,971            1,518            1,316   

Global Private Banking

     208            249            188   

Other

     58            (67         (311
     8,089            7,582            5,823   

 

We led the market in offshore renminbi (‘RMB’) bond issuance, including the RMB3bn (US$491m) government bond issue in December 2013 by mainland China’s Ministry of Finance, and were voted ‘Best provider of offshore renminbi products and services’ for the second year running by Asiamoney . We also won the award for RMB House of the Year from Asia Risk .

We announced the sale of our shareholding in Bank of Shanghai in 2013, a transaction which is expected to complete in the first half of 2014.

Net interest income rose by US$677m compared with 2012, led by RBWM and supported by GB&M and CMB. The increase was mainly due to higher average lending balances, wider spreads on mortgages in RBWM reflecting lower funding costs, and growth in the insurance debt securities portfolio.

There was strong loan growth in both CMB and GB&M, driven by trade-related lending in the first half of 2013 and an increase in commercial real estate and other property-related lending in the second half of the year, though the benefit of this growth was partly offset by spread compression reflecting competition and increased liquidity in the markets. Mortgage lending in RBWM also increased, although the rate of growth began to slow during 2013 as transaction volumes in the property market reduced.

Average deposit balances increased, in part reflecting new Premier customers in RBWM and increased Payments and Cash Management balances in CMB, though the benefit of this growth was more than offset by narrower deposit spreads due to a fall in short-term interbank interest rates.

Net fee income rose by US$542m in 2013, led by RBWM as strong customer demand and favourable market sentiment led to higher fees from unit trusts and increased brokerage income. Fee income increased due to a rise in debt and equity underwriting and corporate finance activity compared with 2012, in part reflecting collaboration

between GB&M and CMB. Fee income also rose in CMB as trade and Payments and Cash Management volumes increased.

Net trading income rose by US$107m in 2013. Rates revenue rose due to greater corporate flow, increased holdings of debt securities and a net favourable movement in respect of the valuation adjustments on derivatives compared with a net charge in 2012. Equities revenues rose from warrant market making as volumes increased while foreign exchange revenue grew due to improved margins and higher customer trading volumes.

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value was US$258m compared with US$447m in 2012, primarily due to lower net investment returns on assets held by the insurance business reflecting weaker equity markets and falling bond prices. To the extent that these investment returns were attributed to policyholders holding unit-linked insurance policies and insurance contracts with DPF, there was a corresponding movement in Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders .

Gains less losses from financial investments were US$53m in 2013 compared with US$322m in 2012, largely due to the non-recurrence of the gain on sale of our shares in four Indian banks in 2012.

Dividend income was US$150m compared with US$24m in 2012, mainly due to the dividend from Industrial Bank following its reclassification as a financial investment during the year.

Net earned insurance premiums grew by 2% due to increased renewals of deferred annuity and unit-linked insurance contracts, partly offset by the absence of non-life insurance premiums following the disposal of the HSBC and Hang Seng Bank general insurance businesses in 2012 and lower new business premiums. The growth in premiums resulted in a corresponding increase in Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders .

 

 

105


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Other operating income was US$131m lower than in 2012 due to the non-recurrence of the gains on sale of Global Payments Asia-Pacific Limited and the non-life insurance businesses reported in 2012, totalling US$375m on a reported basis. This more than offset higher revaluation and disposal gains on investment properties, which in part reflected the strong commercial property market, and a larger increase in the PVIF asset. The latter arose in 2013 due to favourable interest rate assumption updates, although this was more than offset in Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders .

LICs were US$63m higher due to a revision to the assumptions used in our collective assessment models in RBWM and a rise in individual

impairment charges in CMB, although these remained low. This was partly offset by collective provision releases in CMB from lower historical loss rates and individual impairment releases in GB&M.

Operating expenses rose by US$197m in 2013, reflecting higher marketing spend, costs relating to the introduction of updated payment cards and information technology platforms as well as increased property rental and maintenance costs. In addition, staff costs increased as a result of changes to the recognition of pension costs.

Share of profit from associates and joint ventures was US$15m lower, primarily due to the effect of the disposal of our interest in Global Payments Asia-Pacific Ltd in 2012.

 

 

106


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency profit before tax – Hong Kong

 

    

2012

as

reported

US$m

         

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

         

2012

at 2013

exchange

rates

US$m

         

2013

as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change 2

%

         

Constant

currency

change 2

%

 

Net interest income

     5,316                       5,316            5,993            13            13   

Net fee income

     3,335                       3,335            3,877            16            16   

Net trading income

     1,463                       1,463            1,570            7            7   

Own credit spread 3

                                                    

Other income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     447                       447            258            (42         (42

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     447                       447            258            (42         (42

Gains less losses from financial investments

     322                       322            53            (84         (84

Net earned insurance premiums

     5,957            1            5,958            6,081            2            2   

Other operating income (including dividend income)

     1,948            (2         1,946            1,941                         

Total operating income

     18,788            (1         18,787            19,773            5            5   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (6,366         (1         (6,367         (6,570         (3         (3

Net operating income 4

     12,422            (2         12,420            13,203            6            6   

LICs 42

     (74                    (74         (137         (85         (85

Net operating income

     12,348            (2         12,346            13,066            6            6   

Operating expenses

     (4,848                    (4,848         (5,045         (4         (4

Operating profit

     7,500            (2         7,498            8,021            7            7   

Income from associates 43

     82            1            83            68            (17         (18

Profit before tax

     7,582            (1         7,581            8,089            7            7   

For footnotes, see page 132.

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items – Hong Kong

 

     Year ended 31 December  
     2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
          Change 2
%
 

Net interest income

              

Reported

     5,993            5,316            13   

Currency translation adjustment 1

                   

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                (9      

Underlying

     5,993            5,307            13   

Other operating income

              

Reported

     1,791            1,924            (7

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (2      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                (375      

Underlying

     1,791            1,547            16   

Revenue 4

              

Reported

     13,203            12,422            6   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (2      

Own credit spread 3

                        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                (445      

Underlying

     13,203            11,975            10   

 

106a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

     Year ended 31 December  
     2013           2012               Change 2       

LICs 42

              

Reported

     (137         (74         (85

Currency translation adjustment 1

                   

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                        

Underlying

     (137         (74         (85

Operating expenses

              

Reported

     (5,045         (4,848         (4

Currency translation adjustment 1

                   

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                34         

Underlying

     (5,045         (4,814         (5

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     38.2%            40.2%         

Profit before tax

              

Reported

     8,089                    7,582            7   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (1      

Own credit spread 6

                        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                (420      

Underlying

     8,089            7,161            13   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

106b


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

2012 compared with 2011

Economic background

The Hong Kong economy started 2012 on a strong footing, but lost momentum in the second quarter as global trade flows slowed and the mainland Chinese economy cooled, causing GDP to contract slightly. Domestic demand stayed resilient, however, supported by continued wage growth, and firm job market conditions and asset prices. This underpinned investment and private consumption growth, leading the economy back into expansion in the third quarter (0.6%, quarter-on-quarter, seasonally adjusted). Slower economic momentum and deflationary pressures in mainland China allowed the pressure on Hong Kong’s asset prices to ease through most of 2012, resulting in reduced CPI inflation of 4.1%, compared with 5.3% in 2011.

Review of performance

Reported pre-tax profits from our operations in Hong Kong were US$7.6bn compared with US$5.8bn in 2011, an increase of 30% on both a reported and a constant currency basis.

Reported profits included gains on the sale of our shares in Global Payments Asia-Pacific Ltd of US$212m and the HSBC and Hang Seng Bank general insurance businesses of US$117m and US$46m, respectively. Excluding these gains and associated operating results, underlying profit of US$7.2bn increased by 24%, driven by higher net interest income in CMB and RBWM, the gain of US$314m on the sale of non-strategic investments in India, higher trading revenues in GB&M, increased fee income in both CMB and GB&M, and a reduction in loan impairment charges. These favourable movements were partly offset by higher operating expenses.

In RBWM, we continue to develop our Wealth Management services for our retail customers and launched new investment funds, including the Global High Yield Bond Fund which attracted over US$1bn of subscriptions by the end of the year. The sale of the general insurance businesses enabled us to focus on life insurance manufacturing, where we maintained our market leadership position. We also led the market in deposits, mortgages, mandatory provident funds and credit cards. We maintained our prudent lending approach with average loan-to-value ratios of 48% on new mortgage drawdowns and an estimated 32% on the portfolio as a whole. We now offer renminbi current accounts for non-residents and launched the first mobile payment solution in the region, enabling contactless credit card transactions through Visa payWave terminals.

In CMB, we capitalised on our international connectivity and our standing as a leading trade finance bank to grow trade-related revenues by 10%, particularly with mainland China. The collaboration between CMB and GB&M continued to strengthen, with revenue growth of 13%, most notably from the provision of foreign exchange products to our corporate customers. We won the FinanceAsia award for ‘Best Commercial Bank 2012’ and ten Asiamoney awards for Payments and Cash Management, including the ‘Best Local Cash Management Bank’ for small, medium and large corporates.

In GB&M, we led the market in Hong Kong dollar bond issuance and were the leading bookrunner for corporate high yield bonds in Asia excluding Japan. We continued to lead the market in offshore renminbi bond issuance with several high-profile deals completed in 2012 for multinationals accessing the market.

We also reinforced our position as a leading international bank for offshore renminbi products, winning the Asia Risk ‘Renminbi House of the Year’ award and all seven product categories in Asiamoney’s ‘Offshore Renminbi Survey’.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

Net interest income was 13% higher than in 2011, notably in CMB and RBWM, driven by increased customer loans and deposit balances and by growth in the insurance portfolio.

In RBWM, we continued to grow our average mortgage balances, reflecting continued strength in the property market. In CMB, average term and trade-related lending balances were higher as we capitalised on trade and capital flows.

Asset spreads in CMB were marginally wider than in 2011 on trade-related and other lending due to repricing, though they began to narrow towards the end of the year.

Net interest income also rose due to higher average deposit balances, notably in RBWM, in part reflecting reduced net outflows from customer accounts into investments. In addition, deposit spreads widened.

Net fee income of US$3.3bn was 7% higher than in 2011. Fees rose from increased transaction volumes in trade services, remittances and account services as we continued to intermediate international trade and capital flows. Fee income also increased in both CMB and GB&M as we arranged more debt issues for our customers to

 

 

106c


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

satisfy their funding requirements while the market for corporate debt improved. In RBWM, fees from unit trusts rose reflecting increased sales volumes, despite customers increasingly preferring lower risk products with lower fees. These increases were largely offset by a reduction in brokerage income from lower market turnover as a result of weaker investor sentiment.

Net trading income increased by 23% from lower adverse fair value movements on derivatives relating to certain provident funds, following reductions in long-term investment returns in 2011. There was also a strong performance in GB&M, notably in Rates trading activities, which reflected increased client demand for risk management products, particularly in yen and renminbi, in part from increased cross-currency debt issuance by corporates. Credit trading revenues also rose, in part due to increased client activity. This was partly offset by a net charge as a result of a change in estimation methodology in respect of the valuation adjustments on derivatives.

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value was US$447m compared with an expense of US$540m in 2011, due to net investment gains on assets held by the Insurance business (compared with net losses in 2011) as a result of more favourable equity market conditions. To the extent that these investment gains were attributed to policyholders of unit-linked insurance policies and insurance contracts with DPF, there was a corresponding increase in ‘ Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders ’.

Gains less losses from financial investments were US$322m compared with US$25m in 2011, largely from the gain of US$314m on the sale of our shares in four non-strategic investments in India.

Net earned insurance premiums grew by 17% following increased new sales and renewals of life insurance products. The growth in premiums

resulted in a corresponding increase in ‘Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders’.

Other operating income of US$1.9bn was US$235m higher than in 2011. We completed the sale of our shares in Global Payments Asia-Pacific Ltd and the HSBC and Hang Seng Bank general insurance businesses, realising gains of US$212m, US$117m and US$46m, respectively. While the value of the PVIF asset rose, this was not to the same extent as in 2011 as increased insurance sales in 2012 were more than offset by lower positive assumption updates during 2012 compared with 2011and the non-recurrence of the benefit from the refinement to the PVIF asset calculation in 2011.

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders increased by 38%, driven by net investment gains on fair value of the assets held to support policyholder contracts, compared with net losses in 2011. In addition, policyholder liabilities were established for new business, reflecting the higher premiums, though this was partly offset by the disposal of the insurance businesses in 2012.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions reduced to US$74m from US$157m in 2011, largely due to lower specific impairment charges in CMB and the non-recurrence of charges relating to available-for-sale Greek sovereign debt securities.

Operating expenses increased by 2%, primarily due to higher systems implementation and processing costs as we continued to invest in our technology infrastructure, and increased property rental costs. Salaries and wages were broadly unchanged as wage inflation was largely offset by reduced average staff numbers as we continued to improve efficiency across our operations, generating sustainable annual savings of approximately US$190m.

 

 

106d


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency profit before tax – Hong Kong

 

    

2011

as

reported

US$m

         

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

         

2011

at 2012

exchange

rates

US$m

         

2012

as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change 2

%

         

Constant

currency

change 2

%

 

Net interest income

     4,691            20            4,711            5,316            13            13   

Net fee income

     3,097            11            3,108            3,335            8            7   

Other income 7

     2,894            8            2,902            3,771            30            30   

Net operating income 4

     10,682            39            10,721            12,422            16            16   

LICs 42

     (156         (1         (157         (74         53            53   

Net operating income

         10,526            38            10,564            12,348            17            17   

Operating expenses

     (4,758         (18         (4,776         (4,848         (2         (2

Operating profit

     5,768            20            5,788            7,500            30            30   

Income from associates 43

     55                       55            82            49            49   

Profit before tax

     5,823            20            5,843            7,582            30            30   

For footnotes, see page 132.

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items – Hong Kong

 

     Year ended 31 December  
     2012
US$m
          2011
US$m
          Change 2
%
 

Revenue 4

              

Reported

     12,422            10,682            16   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           39         

Own credit spread 3

                        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (445         (109      

Underlying

         11,977                10,612            13   

LICs 42

              

Reported

     (74         (156         53   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (1      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                        

Underlying

     (74         (157         53   

Operating expenses

              

Reported

     (4,848         (4,758         (2

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (18      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     34            40         

Underlying

     (4,814         (4,736         (2

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     40.2%            44.6%         

Profit before tax

              

Reported

     7,582            5,823            30   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           20         

Own credit spread 3

                        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (420         (82      

Underlying

     7,162            5,761            24   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

106e


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Hong Kong

 

        2013  
       

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

       

Commercial

Banking

US$m

       

Global

Banking

and

Markets

US$m

       

Global

Private

Banking

US$m

       

Other

US$m

       

Inter-

segment

elimination 49

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

Profit before tax

                            

Net interest income/(expense)

      3,177          1,729          1,338          124          (347       (28        5,993   

Net fee income

      2,030          963          697          179          8                    3,877   
                            

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

      139          182          779          134          (17                 1,217   

Net interest income on trading activities

      3                   307                   15          28           353   
                            

Net trading income/(expense) 44

      142          182          1,086          134          (2       28           1,570   
                            

Changes in fair value of long- term debt issued and related derivatives

                                                               

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

      256                   7                   (5                 258   
                            

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

      256                   7                   (5                 258   

Gains less losses from financial investments

                        42          10          1                    53   

Dividend income

               1          6                   143                    150   

Net earned insurance premiums

      5,612          469                                               6,081   

Other operating income

      619          91          78          9          1,302          (308        1,791   

Total operating income

      11,836          3,435          3,254          456          1,100          (308        19,773   

Net insurance claims 50

      (6,025       (545                                            (6,570

Net operating income 4

      5,811          2,890          3,254          456          1,100          (308        13,203   

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

      (137       (16       20          (4                          (137

Net operating income

      5,674          2,874          3,274          452          1,100          (308        13,066   

Total operating expenses

      (1,999       (764       (1,304       (244       (1,042       308           (5,045

Operating profit

      3,675          2,110          1,970          208          58                    8,021   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

      67                   1                                      68   

Profit before tax

      3,742          2,110          1,971          208          58                    8,089   
      %          %          %          %          %               %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

      16.6          9.4          8.7          0.9          0.3               35.9   

Cost efficiency ratio

      34.4          26.4          40.1          53.5          94.7               38.2   

Balance sheet data 40

                            
        US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                    US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

      64,990          74,125          48,117          6,928          1,387               195,547   

Total assets

      103,816          84,143          311,771          8,020          59,970          (12,307        555,413   

Customer accounts

      213,471          97,191          35,617          19,428          286               365,993   

 

107


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Hong Kong (continued)

 

        2012  
       

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

       

Commercial

Banking

US$m

       

Global

Banking

and

Markets

US$m

       

Global

Private

Banking

US$m

       

Other

US$m

       

Inter-

segment

elimination 49

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                            

Net interest income/(expense)

      2,851          1,629          1,087          149          (482       82           5,316   

Net fee income

      1,769          850          548          155          13                    3,335   
                            

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

      176          163          666          170          (2                 1,173   

Net interest income on trading activities

      10          2          352                   8          (82        290   
                            

Net trading income 44

      186          165          1,018          170          6          (82        1,463   
                            

Changes in fair value of long- term debt issued and related derivatives

                                                               

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

      511          (53       23                   (34                 447   
                            

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

      511          (53       23                   (34                 447   

Gains less losses from financial investments

                        2          7          313                    322   

Dividend income

               1          5                   18                    24   

Net earned insurance premiums

      5,294          655          8                                      5,957   

Other operating income

      711          253          77          13          1,152          (282        1,924   

Total operating income

      11,322          3,500          2,768          494          986          (282        18,788   

Net insurance claims 50

      (5,757       (602       (7                                   (6,366

Net operating income 4

      5,565          2,898          2,761          494          986          (282        12,422   

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

      (97       3          17          3                             (74

Net operating income

      5,468          2,901          2,778          497          986          (282        12,348   

Total operating expenses

      (1,819       (719       (1,263       (248       (1,081       282           (4,848

Operating profit/(loss)

      3,649          2,182          1,515          249          (95                 7,500   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

      45          6          3                   28                    82   

Profit/(loss) before tax

      3,694          2,188          1,518          249          (67                 7,582   
      %          %          %          %          %               %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

      17.9          10.6          7.3          1.2          (0.3            36.7   

Cost efficiency ratio

      32.7          24.8          45.7          50.2          109.6               39.0   

Balance sheet data 40

                            
        US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                    US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

      62,533          62,944          40,223          6,464          1,449               173,613   

Total assets

      96,185          72,056          256,295          20,705          81,085          (7,992        518,334   

Customer accounts

      201,649          90,152          34,171          19,566          670               346,208   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

108


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Hong Kong (continued)

 

          2011  
         

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

         

Commercial

Banking

US$m

         

Global

Banking

and

Markets

US$m

         

Global

Private

Banking

US$m

         

Other

US$m

         

Inter-

segment

elimination 49

US$m

         

Total

US$m

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                         

Net interest income/(expense)

        2,571            1,317            1,051            173            (464         43            4,691   

Net fee income

        1,741            706            475            160            15                       3,097   
                                         

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

        120            169            652            135            (116                    960   

Net interest income on trading activities

        9            1            246                       16            (43         229   
                                         

Net trading income/(expense) 44

        129            170            898            135            (100         (43         1,189   
                                         

Changes in fair value of long- term debt issued and related derivatives

                                                                            

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

        (475         (72         (5                    15                       (537
                                         

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

        (475         (72         (5                    15                       (537

Gains less losses from financial investments

        3            10            21                       (10                    24   

Dividend income

                   1            14                       24                       39   

Net earned insurance premiums

        4,317            758            13                                             5,088   

Other operating income

        505            175            79            8            1,185            (268         1,684   

Total operating income

        8,791            3,065            2,546            476            665            (268         15,275   

Net insurance claims 50

        (3,887         (697         (9                                          (4,593

Net operating income 4

        4,904            2,368            2,537            476            665            (268         10,682   

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

        (77         (66         23            (36                               (156

Net operating income

        4,827            2,302            2,560            440            665            (268         10,526   

Total operating expenses

        (1,811         (703         (1,248         (252         (1,012         268            (4,758

Operating profit/(loss)

        3,016            1,599            1,312            188            (347                    5,768   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

        6            9            4                       36                       55   

Profit/(loss) before tax

        3,022            1,608            1,316            188            (311                    5,823   
        %            %            %            %            %                  %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

        13.8            7.3            6.0            0.9            (1.4               26.6   

Cost efficiency ratio

        36.9            29.7            49.2            52.9            152.2                  44.5   

Balance sheet data 40

                                         
          US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

        56,296            54,986            39,667            5,447            1,269                  157,665   

Total assets

        85,866            63,516            238,892            20,680            84,782            (20,712         473,024   

Customer accounts

        181,316            79,225            35,283            19,622            (101               315,345   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

108a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Rest of Asia-Pacific

 

We offer a full range of banking and financial services in mainland China, mainly through our local subsidiary, HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited. We also participate indirectly in mainland China through our associate, Bank of Communications.

Outside mainland China, we conduct business in 18 countries and territories in the Rest of Asia-Pacific region, primarily through branches and subsidiaries of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, with particularly strong coverage in Australia, India, Indonesia, Malaysia and Singapore.

 

     2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
          2011
US$m
 

Net interest income

     5,439            5,391            5,102   

Net fee income

     2,059            2,083            2,111   

Net trading income

     456            1,053            1,658   

Other income

     4,024            5,057            1,842   

Net operating income 4

     11,978            13,584            10,713   

LICs 42

     (361         (436         (267

Net operating income

     11,617            13,148            10,446   

Total operating expenses

     (5,640         (5,806         (5,806

Operating profit

     5,977            7,342            4,640   

Income from associates 43

     1,787            3,106            2,831   

Profit before tax

     7,764            10,448            7,471   

Cost efficiency ratio

     47.1%            42.7%            54.2%   

RoRWA 36

     2.7%            3.5%            3.1%   

Year-end staff numbers

     85,334            85,024            91,051   

13%

growth in customer lending balances

on a constant currency basis

Market leader in mainland China’s

state-owned enterprise bond issuances

Domestic Bond House of the Year

(IFR Asia)

For footnotes, see page 132.

The commentary is on a constant currency basis unless stated otherwise, while tables are on a reported basis.

Economic background

In mainland China , the annual pace of GDP growth was unchanged at 7.7% in 2013, above the official GDP growth target of 7.5%. The rebound in activity in the second half of the year was mainly due to measures announced by the government during the summer. Export growth remained moderate through most of 2013, only accelerating in the final months. Annual growth in fixed asset investment remained steady at an annual rate of nearly 20% and consumer spending remained resilient. Headline annual CPI inflation rose modestly to 2.6%, remaining below the government’s target of 3.5%. The People’s Bank of China maintained a relatively restrictive credit policy but overall liquidity conditions remained loose as the ‘M2’ measure of money growth expanded by 13.6% on the year.

Economic activity in Japan picked up considerably in 2013, thanks to large-scale stimuli from both the government and the Bank of Japan. Annualised growth slowed to just over 1% in the third quarter although it accelerated in the final months of the year as consumer spending rose in advance of the sales tax increase due in April 2014.

During the course of the summer, there were concerns in financial markets that global liquidity may become more expensive and less abundant as the US Federal Reserve Board indicated it may begin to ‘taper’ its purchases of financial assets. Interest rates on US Treasuries rose, attracting global capital back to developed markets. Some emerging economies suffered considerable capital outflows with large declines in the value of their currencies against the US dollar and central banks were forced to raise interest rates to attract capital. This in turn led to a slowdown in activity.

In Asia-Pacific, India and Indonesia were most affected. The current account positions of both economies had significantly deteriorated in recent years, leaving them vulnerable to changes in external financing conditions. In India , structural constraints on growth, including infrastructure bottlenecks, also contributed to a slowdown in activity. The central bank tightened monetary policy during the second half of 2013 in response to concerns over inflation.

Similar constraints in Indonesia saw GDP growth slow in 2013. However, concerted measures to reduce fuel subsidies and narrow the current account deficit should make the economy more resilient to any tightening in monetary conditions in the West. Economic activity also reduced in Malaysia as the boost to growth in 2012 from public spending abated. In Thailand , the economy slowed

 

 

109


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within global businesses

 

    

Retail
Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

          Commercial
Banking
US$m
         

Global
Banking
and

Markets

US$m

         

Global

Private
Banking
US$m

          Other
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

2013

                                

Australia

     100            131            189                       26            446   

India

     (21         113            418            7            136            653   

Indonesia

     12            106            126                       36            280   

Mainland China

     223            1,536            842            (4         1,644            4,241   

Malaysia

     148            105            236                       25            514   

Singapore

     147            120            262            74            22            625   

Taiwan

     7            30            158                       5            200   

Vietnam

     86            (34         25                       (12         65   

Other

     (25         241            448            (1         77            740   
     677            2,348            2,704            76            1,959            7,764   

2012

                                

Australia

     97            38            184                       (44         275   

India

     41            89            497            7            175            809   

Indonesia

     29            124            146                       7            306   

Mainland China

     838            1,724            1,257            (4         2,525            6,340   

Malaysia

     183            131            242                       8            564   

Singapore

     201            139            296            97            (65         668   

Taiwan

     62            36            136                                  234   

Vietnam

     9            45            57                       9            120   

Other

     57            276            510            59            230            1,132   
     1,517            2,602            3,325            159            2,845            10,448   

2011

                                

Australia

     88            106            108                       5            307   

India

     (14         122            539            5            161            813   

Indonesia

     6            89            157                       7            259   

Mainland China

     1,112            1,340            1,116            (4         117            3,681   

Malaysia

     173            118            228            1            9            529   

Singapore

     183            133            189            97            (7         595   

Taiwan

     45            23            130                       12            210   

Vietnam

                51            79                       24            154   

Other

     48            264            543            (8         76            923   
     1,641            2,246            3,089            91            404            7,471   

Analysis of mainland China

 

    

Retail
Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

          Commercial
Banking
US$m
         

Global
Banking
and

Markets

US$m

         

Global

Private
Banking
US$m

          Other
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

2013

                                

Industrial Bank

                                                 1,089            1,089   

Ping An

                                                 553            553   

Other associates

     247            1,360            284                       (38         1,853   

Other mainland China

     (24         176            558            (4         40            746   
     223            1,536            842            (4         1,644            4,241   

2012

                                

Industrial Bank

     54            273            343                                  670   

Ping An

     622            82            60                       2,459            3,223   

Other associates

     214            1,193            248                                  1,655   

Other mainland China

     (52         176            606            (4         66            792   
     838            1,724            1,257            (4         2,525            6,340   

2011

                                

Industrial Bank

     52            229            190                                  471   

Ping An

     946                       63                       117            1,126   

Other associates

     181            921            276                                  1,378   

Other mainland China

     (67         190            587            (4                    706   
     1,112            1,340            1,116            (4         117            3,681   

 

110


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

following the rapid post-flood recovery in 2012 and, more recently, political uncertainty. Elsewhere in the ASEAN region GDP growth improved during 2013. Singapore’s economic recovery gathered pace, led by net external demand, and the Philippines continued to grow robustly in the year, led by household spending. The devastating typhoon that hit the country in November disrupted activity in the fourth quarter, but will also induce reconstruction spending in 2014.

Growth in South Korea stabilised in 2013 supported by a monetary and fiscal stimulus package delivered at the start of the year. Exports remained resilient. Taiwan’s trade-dependent economy was weak in the first half of 2013, but strengthened in the second half as global trade improved.

Australian GDP growth slowed to an annual rate of around 2.5% in 2013 and unemployment rose to 5.7% towards the end of the year. This reflected a slowdown in mining investment after years of strong growth. To stimulate growth elsewhere, the Reserve Bank of Australia cut its cash rate from 3.0% to 2.5% during the year. Low interest rates drove a strong rise in housing prices. The Australian dollar remained well above its long run average levels in 2013, but fell towards the end of the year.

Review of performance

In Rest of Asia-Pacific, reported profit before tax was US$7.8bn compared with US$10.4bn in 2012. On a constant currency basis, profit before tax decreased by US$2.5bn.

The decrease in reported profits was mainly due to the gain on disposal of our shareholding in Ping An in 2012 of US$3.0bn and a reduction in our share of profit from associates of US$1.4bn due to the disposal of Ping An and the reclassification of Industrial Bank as a financial investment following its issue of share capital to third parties. These items were partly offset by the accounting gain of US$1.1bn in 2013 on the reclassification of Industrial Bank.

On an underlying basis, which excludes the items above as well as other disposals and the results of disposed of operations, profit before tax increased by 20% due to the net gain of US$553m on completion of the sale of our investment in Ping An in 2013, compared with adverse fair value movements of US$553m on the Ping An contingent forward sale contract recorded in 2012. Excluding these items, underlying profit before tax was marginally lower as increased operating expenses and lower revenues were offset by reduced loan

impairment charges and increased income from associates.

The implementation of our strategy to reduce fragmentation across the region continued, leading to the disposal of non-core insurance businesses in Vietnam, South Korea, Taiwan and Singapore, and we announced the closure of a retail brokerage in India and our retail banking operations in South Korea. We also completed the sale of our investment in Ping An.

In mainland China, where we continued to expand our branch network, we had 162 HSBC outlets, 23 HSBC rural bank outlets and 48 Hang Seng Bank outlets at the end of the year. We expanded our wealth management capabilities, and were one of the first foreign banks to be approved to distribute domestic funds to retail investors. We were the market leader in mainland China’s state-owned enterprise bond issuances and we were awarded Best Foreign Commercial Bank in China by FinanceAsia .

We continued to promote the internationalisation of the renminbi as regulations developed. We were the first foreign bank in mainland China to implement a customised renminbi cross-border centralised settlement solution and were also the first foreign bank to complete a two-way cross-border renminbi lending transaction.

In India, we revised our Wealth Management product offering to ensure customers’ needs were being met and to improve customer satisfaction levels. In Payments and Cash Management, we were awarded the ‘Best Domestic Cash Management Bank’ in 2013 by Euromoney . Our strength in debt capital markets (‘DCM’) continued, acting as a joint lead manager and bookrunner for the largest US dollar-denominated single tranche bond issuance by an Indian corporate in 2013.

In Singapore, we led the market in foreign currency DCM issuance, continuing to demonstrate our ability to structure DCM transactions. In CMB, we began to offer a renminbi settlement service.

We continued to develop our Payments and Cash Management product offering across the region and were awarded the ‘Best Cash Management House in Asia’ by Euromoney . We also strengthened our Project and Export Finance capabilities and were named the Best Project Finance House in Asia by Euromoney for the third consecutive year. Our strength in DCM continued we were the No.1 bookrunner in Asia-ex Japan bonds. We were awarded the Domestic Bond House of the Year by IFR Asia .

 

 

111


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Net interest income increased by US$167m from balance sheet growth, partly offset by spread compression in many countries from competition and increased liquidity.

Average residential mortgage balances grew, primarily in mainland China and Australia, as we focused on secured lending and in Singapore reflecting lending growth in 2012. Term and trade-related lending in CMB rose, notably in mainland China, Singapore and Indonesia, from continued client demand. Increased average loan balances were broadly offset by lending spread compression, notably on trade finance lending, reflecting competitive pressures and increased liquidity in the market.

We grew average deposit balances in both Payments and Cash Management and RBWM, though the benefit of this growth was partly offset by narrower liability spreads in many countries following central bank interest rate cuts and increased liquidity.

Net fee income rose by US$53m, primarily in GB&M, in part from increased activity in bond sales in Singapore and in CMB from increased credit facilities, notably in mainland China. These factors were partly offset by reductions in RBWM, notably in India, from lower Wealth Management sales as we revised our product offerings.

Net trading income was US$541m lower, in part from further adverse fair value movements on the Ping An contingent forward sale contract of US$682m, compared with US$553m in 2012. Rates revenues decreased, largely from reduced bond holdings in a number of countries and revaluation losses as bond yields rose, notably in mainland China. Foreign Exchange revenues also fell as market conditions in 2012 were not repeated.

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value was US$56m compared with US$108m in 2012 from lower gains on assets held by the insurance business in Singapore driven by rising bond yields.

Gains less losses from financial investments were US$1.2bn higher, due to the gain on disposal

of our investment in Ping An of US$1.2bn, which was partly offset by the adverse fair value movement of US$682m on the contingent forward sale contract included in ‘Net trading income’ leading to a net gain of US$553m.

We reported a gain on disposal of Ping An of US$3.0bn in 2012.

Other operating income increased by US$1.0bn. We recorded an accounting gain of US$1.1bn on the reclassification of Industrial Bank as a financial investment following its issue of additional share capital to third parties and a gain on the disposal of our investment in Bao Viet Holdings of US$104m. In 2012, we recorded gains totalling US$305m on a reported basis on the sale of our RBWM business in Thailand, our GPB business in Japan and our interest in a property company in the Philippines.

LICs decreased by US$63m as 2012 included a large individually assessed impairment of a corporate exposure in Australia and a credit risk provision on an available-for-sale debt security in GB&M. These factors were partly offset by an increase in individually assessed impairments in GB&M and CMB in a number of countries across the region.

Operating expenses increased by US$38m. Costs rose in India from increased use of the service centres and in mainland China from wage inflation, higher staff numbers and branch expansion. These increases were offset by the partial write back of a litigation provision in Singapore and Australia compared with a charge in 2012. In addition, in 2013 there were lower restructuring and other related costs, including termination benefits, than in 2012, and the non-recurrence of costs following the sale or closure of operations.

Share of profit from associates and joint ventures reduced by US$1.4bn following the disposal of Ping An, the reclassification of Industrial Bank as a financial investment and an impairment charge of US$106m on our banking associate in Vietnam. Excluding these factors, income from associates rose, primarily in BoCom as a result of balance sheet growth and increased fee income, partly offset by higher operating expenses and a rise in loan impairment charges.

 

 

112


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency profit before tax – Rest of Asia-Pacific

 

    

2012

as reported
US$m

         

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

         

2012

at 2013
exchange

rates

US$m

         

2013

as reported
US$m

         

Reported

change 2

%

         

Constant
currency

change 2

%

 

Net interest income

     5,391            (119         5,272            5,439            1            3   

Net fee income

     2,083            (77         2,006            2,059            (1         3   

Net trading income

     1,053            (56         997            456            (57         (54

Own credit spread 3

     (3                    (3         (1         67            67   

Other income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     109            2            111            57            (48         (49

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     106            2            108            56            (47         (48

Gains on disposal of Ping An

     3,012                       3,012                       (100         (100

Gains less losses from financial investments

     16            (1         15            1,222            7,538            8,047   

Net earned insurance premiums

     812            (1         811            837            3            3   

Other operating income (including dividend income)

     1,829            (237         1,592            2,635            44            66   

Total operating income

     14,302            (489         13,813            12,704            (11         (8

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (718         1            (717         (726         (1         (1

Net operating income 4

     13,584            (488         13,096            11,978            (12         (9

LICs 42

     (436         12            (424         (361         17            15   

Net operating income

     13,148            (476         12,672            11,617            (12         (8

Operating expenses

     (5,806         204            (5,602         (5,640         3            (1

Operating profit

     7,342            (272         7,070            5,977            (19         (15

Income from associates 43

     3,106            45            3,151            1,787            (42         (43

Profit before tax

     10,448            (227         10,221            7,764            (26         (24

For footnotes, see page 132.

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items – Rest of Asia-Pacific

 

     Year ended 31 December  
    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

            Change 2   
%
 

Net interest income

              

Reported

     5,439            5,391            1   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (119      

Own credit spread 3

     1            3         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                (22      

Underlying

     5,440            5,253            4   

Other operating income

              

Reported

     2,633            1,823            44   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (233      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (1,139         (299      

Underlying

     1,494            1,291         

Revenue 4

              

Reported

         11,978                13,584            (12

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (488      

Own credit spread 3

     1            3         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (1,139         (3,342      

Underlying

     10,840            9,757            11   

 

112a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

     Year ended 31 December  
     2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
            Change 2   
%
 

LICs 42

              

Reported

     (361         (436         17   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           12         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                (2      

Underlying

     (361         (426         15   

Operating expenses

              

Reported

     (5,640         (5,806         3   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           204         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     72            111         

Underlying

     (5,568         (5,491         (1

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     51.4%            56.3%         

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

              

Reported

     1,787            3,106            (42

Currency translation adjustment 1

           45         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (19         (1,416      

Underlying

     1,768            1,735            2   

Profit before tax

              

Reported

           7,764                10,448            (26

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (227      

Own credit spread 3

     1            3         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (1,086         (4,649      

Underlying

     6,679            5,575            20   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

112b


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

2012 compared with 2011

Economic background

In mainland China , economic growth slowed through the first three quarters of 2012 due to a decline in external demand driven by the eurozone crisis, the effect of tightening domestic monetary policy measures and sharp de-stocking by industry. This greater than expected deceleration and increasing pressure on the labour market prompted policy makers to ease monetary policy in the summer of 2012, following two interest rate cuts totalling 50bps and two cuts in the reserve requirement ratio amounting to 100bps in the first half of the year, and speeded up the approval of new infrastructure projects. As these measures took effect, the mainland Chinese economy began to show signs of recovery in the fourth quarter of 2012. GDP slowed to 7.8% in 2012 from 9.3% in 2011, but remained above Beijing’s target of 7.5%. CPI inflation was a modest 2.6%.

Japan’s economy experienced a turbulent 2012. After a very strong start supported by reconstruction demand and government subsidies, growth turned sharply negative in the third quarter as tepid overseas demand prompted a deep slump in exports and manufacturing. Sentiment improved by the end of 2012. The Bank of Japan took steps to ease monetary policy in 2012, establishing a 1% inflation goal in February 2012 and expanding its Asset Purchase Programme by JPY46 trillion (US$534bn).

Slowing global trade reduced growth in the Rest of Asia-Pacific region. South Korea’s full-year growth slowed to 2.1% in 2012, the lowest annual rate for three years, as the slowdown in global trade hit the export-dependent economy hard in the third quarter. To support domestic demand, the Bank of Korea lowered its policy rate from 3.25% to 2.75%. Singapore’s economy slowed notably, with GDP growth declining to 1.2% in 2012 from 5% the year before. 2012 was a tumultuous year for Taiwan’s export-reliant economy, as both western and mainland China demand weakened, particularly from April onwards. However, the impetus provided by key electronic product launches helped to maintain manufacturing activity and jobs, enabling domestic demand to underpin growth more effectively than it did in earlier recessions. The other ASEAN (Association of Southeast Asian Nations) countries demonstrated more resilience, supported by domestic growth. Growth in Indonesia was driven by favourable demographics and a growing middle-income class. In Thailand , rebuilding activity and policy support after the floods in 2011 led to a rebound in economic activity. Growth in India

continued to slow during the course of 2012, with weaker external demand, the lagged effects of monetary policy normalisation and the absence in recent years of structural policies and infrastructure investment playing a role in the slowdown. Encouragingly, the government embarked on a reform programme towards the end of the year which helped lift sentiment and stabilise growth.

Growth in the Australian economy was uneven in 2012 as it absorbed a mining boom which had the effect of slowing investment in other sectors. For 2012 as a whole, growth was strong at around 3.5%. Unemployment edged up to 5.4%. In response to the global slowdown and to help re-balance growth away from mining and towards the non-mining sectors, the Reserve Bank of Australia reduced its cash rate from 4.25% to 3.00%.

Review of performance

Our operations in the Rest of Asia-Pacific region reported pre-tax profits of US$10.4bn compared with US$7.5bn in 2011, an increase of 40% or 41% on a constant currency basis.

Reported profits included a gain on the disposal of our associate, Ping An of US$3.0bn. Our remaining shareholding has been classified as a financial investment (see Note 26 on the Financial Statements). Reported profits also included gains from the sale of the RBWM business in Thailand (US$108m), the GPB business in Japan (US$67m) and our interest in a property company in the Philippines (US$130m). Reported profits in 2011 included an accounting gain of US$181m arising from the dilution of our shareholding in Ping An, offset by a remeasurement loss of US$48m on its consolidation of Ping An Bank (formerly Shenzhen Development Bank).

On an underlying basis, which excludes the items described above and the associated operating results, pre-tax profit rose by 2%. This was driven by higher net interest income, notably from Balance Sheet Management in GB&M in mainland China, and strong growth in average lending balances across most of the region, as well as increased profits from our associates in mainland China. These factors were partly offset by adverse fair value movements of US$553m on the contingent forward sale contract related to the Ping An sale, the effect of which was offset in 2013 on completion of the transaction, and higher operating expenses, in part due to restructuring costs arising from the ongoing strategic review of our businesses and support functions in the region. Loan impairment charges also rose from a small number of specific corporate impairment

 

 

112c


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

charges, but remained low as credit quality remained broadly stable.

We maintained our focus on our key priority growth markets in the region. In mainland China, we continued to invest in our branch network and at the end of the year had 141 HSBC China outlets, 20 HSBC rural bank outlets and 46 Hang Seng Bank outlets. We invested a further US$1.7bn in BoCom to maintain our interest of 19.03% in this strategically important associate and reinforce our position as the leading foreign bank in mainland China.

In Malaysia, we now have the largest branch network amongst foreign banks and were designated ‘Best Bank’ for the 10th consecutive year by the Asset Triple A Country Awards .

In RBWM, we made progress in re-shaping the business in line with our strategy, completing the disposal of the non-strategic business in Thailand and announcing the sale of our life insurance business in Taiwan. With our focus on secured lending, we recorded mortgage growth in mainland China, Singapore, Australia and Malaysia, reflecting the continued strength of the property market and the expansion of our distribution network.

In CMB, trade revenues grew as we capitalised on our global network to capture cross-border trade and capital flows, particularly with mainland China. We continued to strengthen our infrastructure to capture the outbound opportunities from mainland China and now have 14 ‘China desks’ established globally to assist customers with their international trade requirements. Significant new mandates in 2012 in CMB and GB&M reflected investment in our Payments and Cash Management infrastructure. We were recognised as ‘Best Domestic Cash Management Bank’ by Euromoney in fourteen countries across the region, ‘Best Overall Cash Management Bank in Asia’ by Global Finance and ‘Best International Trade Bank in China’ by Trade Finance Magazine .

In GB&M, we continued to be a key participant in the internationalisation of the renminbi and enhanced our Payments and Cash Management systems with renminbi capabilities. We continued to build our debt and equity capital markets capabilities in key countries in the region and were involved in several significant government and large corporate issues in Australia, Singapore, India and Indonesia. Revenues from the collaboration between CMB and GB&M increased by 13% as we enhanced sales coordination between the global businesses.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

Net interest income increased by 8%, notably in mainland China from Balance Sheet Management, arising from growth in the debt securities portfolio and improved yields, as well as from increased trade-related and term lending in CMB and GB&M.

We grew average deposit balances, notably in GB&M and CMB reflecting new Payments and Cash Management mandates, and in RBWM from deposit acquisition. The benefit of this growth was partly offset by narrower liability spreads reflecting rate cuts and liquidity easing measures by central banks.

In RBWM, residential mortgage balances grew, primarily in Singapore, Australia, Malaysia and mainland China, reflecting the continued strength of property markets and expansion of our distribution network. However, net interest income was broadly unchanged due to the effect of the sale of the RBWM business in Thailand and narrower asset spreads in a number of countries attributable to competitive pricing pressures.

Net fee income increased by US$29m, primarily in GB&M, from higher fee income from our participation in more debt capital markets transactions across the region as we continued to strengthen our capabilities in this area, and lower regulatory fee expenses on Foreign Exchange and Rates transactions in mainland China as volumes reduced. RBWM reported higher income from cards in Australia from increased spending and card issuance and Wealth Management fees in mainland China. The increase from cards was more than offset by the discontinuation of our Premier business in Japan, the sale of our RBWM business in Thailand, and a fall in fund management fees as we saw a move into lower yielding products reflecting investor’s lower risk appetite.

Net trading income decreased by 34% compared with 2011, mainly from adverse fair value movements on the contingent forward sale contract of US$553m relating to Ping An (see Note 26 on the Financial Statements). Trading income was also lower, primarily in mainland China due to lower GB&M revenues in Foreign Exchange reflecting reduced volatility. These were partly offset by a net favourable movement as a result of a change in estimation methodology in respect of the valuation adjustments on derivatives.

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value was US$110m in 2012 compared with a net expense of US$19m in 2011. This was driven by

 

 

112d


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

net investment gains on assets held by the Insurance business, primarily in Singapore, due to positive equity market movements. To the extent that these investment gains were attributed to policyholders of unit-linked insurance policies and insurance contracts with DPF, there was a corresponding increase in ‘Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders’.

Gains less losses from financial investments were US$16m compared with net losses of US$23m in 2011, due to a disposal gain on investments managed by a private equity fund and a gain on the sale of government debt securities in India.

Net earned insurance premiums rose by 7% to US$812m as a result of increased renewals and new business volumes in mainland China, Singapore and Taiwan. The growth in premiums resulted in a corresponding increase in ‘Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders’.

We reported a Gain on disposal of Ping An , an associate of Mainland China, of US$3.0bn. Our remaining shareholding has been classified as a financial investment.

Other operating income increased by US$201m due to gains on the sale of our RBWM business in Thailand of US$108m, our GPB business in Japan of US$67m and our interest in a property company in the Philippines of US$130m. These were partly offset by the non-recurrence of an accounting gain of US$181m arising from the dilution of our shareholding in Ping An in 2011.

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders increased by 22%, driven by net investment gains on the fair value of the assets held to support the policyholder contracts compared with net losses in 2011. In addition, policyholder liabilities were established for new business, reflecting the rise in premiums across mainland China, Singapore and Taiwan.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions increased by US$170m as a result of individually assessed impairments on a single corporate exposure in Australia and a small number of corporate exposures in other countries in the region as well as a credit risk provision on an available-for-sale debt security in GB&M. These were partly offset by an impairment release in Singapore compared with a charge in 2011.

Operating expenses increased by 3%, due to restructuring and other related costs of US$131m (2011: US$45m) incurred across several countries as part of the ongoing strategic review of our businesses and support functions in the region. This resulted in a net reduction of approximately 6,000 FTE staff numbers and generated sustainable annual savings of approximately US$200m, which were more than offset by inflationary pressures and investment for business growth, including branch expansion in mainland China. Costs also increased from a litigation provision of US$98m made in respect of a long-standing court case and the write down by US$51m of our interest in a joint venture.

Share of profit from associates and joint ventures increased by US$212m, driven by higher profits from BoCom and Industrial Bank which reflected loan growth and higher fee income, partly offset by increased operating expenses and loan impairment charges. The contribution from Ping An reduced due to market valuation losses on equity securities held by their insurance business, which reflected volatile domestic equity markets, partly offset by increased income from the banking business, Ping An Bank. The disposal of Ping An and the dilution of our holding in Industrial Bank, following its issue of additional share capital to third parties on 7 January 2013, are expected to have a significant impact on future profits in the region.

 

 

 

112e


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency profit before tax – Rest of Asia-Pacific

 

   

2011

as

reported

US$m

       

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

       

2011

at 2012

exchange

rates

US$m

       

2012

as

reported

US$m

   

Reported

change 2

%

       

Constant

currency

change 2

%

 

Net interest income

    5,102          (111       4,991          5,391        6          8   

Net fee income

    2,111          (57       2,054          2,083        (1       1   

Own credit spread 3

    2                   2          (3      

Gains on disposal of Ping An

                               3,012         

Other income 7

    3,498          (148       3,350          3,101        (11       (7

Net operating income 4

    10,713          (316       10,397          13,584        27          31   

LICs 42

    (267       1          (266       (436     (63       (64

Net operating income

            10,446          (315               10,131                  13,148                    26                      30   

Operating expenses

    (5,806                   173          (5,633       (5,806              (3

Operating profit

    4,640          (142       4,498          7,342        58          63   

Income from associates 43

    2,831          63          2,894          3,106        10          7   

Profit before tax

    7,471          (79       7,392          10,448        40          41   

For footnotes, see page 132.

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items – Rest of Asia-Pacific

 

     Year ended 31 December  
    

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

         

      Change 2

%

 

Revenue 4

              

Reported

     13,584            10,713            27   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (316      

Own credit spread 3

     3            (2      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (3,342         (295      

Underlying

             10,245                    10,100            1   

LICs 42

              

Reported

     (436         (267         (63

Currency translation adjustment 1

           1         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (2         4         

Underlying

     (438         (262         (67

Operating expenses

              

Reported

     (5,806         (5,806           

Currency translation adjustment 1

           173         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     60            96         

Underlying

     (5,746         (5,537         (4

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     56.1%            54.8%         

Profit before tax

              

Reported

     10,448            7,471            40   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (79      

Own credit spread 3

     3            (2      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (4,048         (1,141      

Underlying

     6,403            6,249            2   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

112f


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit before tax and balance sheet data – Rest of Asia-Pacific

 

     2013  
    

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

         

Commercial

Banking

US$m

         

Global

Banking

and

Markets

US$m

         

Global

Private

Banking

US$m

         

Other

US$m

         

Inter-

segment

elimination 49

US$m

         

Total

US$m

 

Profit before tax

                                      

Net interest income

     1,718            1,374            1,907            81            223            136            5,439   

Net fee income/(expense)

     728            555            722            70            (16                    2,059   
                                      

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     99            195            704            41            (722                    317   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

     (19         (6         301                       (1         (136         139   

Net trading income/(expense) 44

     80            189            1,005            41            (723         (136         456   
                                      

Changes in fair value of long- term debt issued and related derivatives

                                                 (1                    (1

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

     59                                             (2                    57   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     59                                             (3                    56   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     (1                    16            4            1,203                       1,222   

Dividend income

                                                 2                       2   

Net earned insurance premiums

     651            185            1                                             837   

Other operating income

     145            6            85            3            2,569            (175         2,633   

Total operating income

     3,380            2,309            3,736            199            3,255            (175         12,704   

Net insurance claims 50

     (584         (142                                                     (726

Net operating income 4

     2,796            2,167            3,736            199            3,255            (175         11,978   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (210         (128         (23                                          (361

Net operating income

     2,586            2,039            3,713            199            3,255            (175         11,617   

Total operating expenses

     (2,139         (1,022         (1,256         (123         (1,275         175            (5,640

Operating profit

     447            1,017            2,457            76            1,980                       5,977   

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

     230            1,331            247                       (21                    1,787   

Profit before tax

     677            2,348            2,704            76            1,959                       7,764   
     %           %           %           %           %                       %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     3.0            10.4            12.0            0.3            8.7                  34.4   

Cost efficiency ratio

     76.5            47.2            33.6            61.8            39.2                  47.1   

Balance sheet data 40

                                      
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     46,808            48,757            48,023            3,976            233                  147,797   

Total assets

     54,640            62,755            203,252            4,974            22,483            (12,167         335,937   

Customer accounts

     64,921            44,767            61,065            11,822            51                  182,626   

 

113


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit before tax and balance sheet data – Rest of Asia-Pacific (continued)

 

     2012  
    

Retail
Banking

and Wealth
Management
US$m

         

Commercial

Banking
US$m

          Global
Banking
and
Markets
US$m
         

Global

Private
Banking
US$m

         

Other

US$m

         

Inter-
segment

elimination 49

US$m

          Total
US$m
 

Profit before tax

                                      

Net interest income

     1,787            1,396            2,156            102            137            (187         5,391   

Net fee income/(expense)

     854            499            666            71            (7                    2,083   
                                      

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     96            188            1,002            67            (592                    761   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

     (6         (3         100                       14            187            292   

Net trading income/(expense) 44

     90            185            1,102            67            (578         187            1,053   
                                      

Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives

                                                 (4                    (4

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

     109            1            (3                    3                       110   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     109            1            (3                    (1                    106   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     (1         2            (10                    25                       16   

Dividend income

                           1                       4                       5   

Net earned insurance premiums

     569            243                                                        812   

Gain on disposal of Ping An

                                                 3,012                       3,012   

Other operating income

     211            64            82            68            1,571            (172         1,824   

Total operating income

     3,619            2,390            3,994            308            4,163            (172         14,302   

Net insurance claims 50

     (523         (195                                                     (718

Net operating income 4

     3,096            2,195            3,994            308            4,163            (172         13,584   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (234         (154         (48                                          (436

Net operating income

     2,862            2,041            3,946            308            4,163            (172         13,148   

Total operating expenses

     (2,238         (993         (1,279         (149         (1,319         172            (5,806

Operating profit

     624            1,048            2,667            159            2,844                       7,342   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     893            1,554            658                       1                       3,106   

Profit before tax

     1,517            2,602            3,325            159            2,845                       10,448   
     %           %           %           %           %                       %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     7.3            12.6            16.1            0.8            13.8                  50.6   

Cost efficiency ratio

     72.3            45.2            32.0            48.4            31.7                  42.7   

Balance sheet data 40

                                      
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     46,027            43,968            44,721            3,238            165                  138,119   

Total assets

     55,509            59,123            201,774            12,142            24,534            (10,813         342,269   

Customer accounts

     63,230            44,865            64,392            11,095            39                  183,621   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

114


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Rest of Asia-Pacific (continued)

 

     2011  
    

Retail
Banking

and Wealth
Management
US$m

         

Commercial

Banking
US$m

          Global
Banking
and
Markets
US$m
         

Global

Private
Banking
US$m

         

Other

US$m

         

Inter-
segment

elimination 49

US$m

          Total
US$m
 

Profit before tax

                                      

Net interest income

     1,838            1,254            1,964            116            123            (193         5,102   

Net fee income/(expense)

     904            513            621            82            (9                    2,111   
                                      

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     94            156            1,153            66            (90                    1,379   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

     (2         1            76                       11            193            279   

Net trading income/(expense) 44

     92            157            1,229            66            (79         193            1,658   
                                      

Changes in fair value of long- term debt issued and related derivatives

                                                 4                       4   

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated
at fair value

     (38         2            1                       15                       (20

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (38         2            1                       19                       (16

Gains less losses from financial investments

                2            (25         1            (1                    (23

Dividend income

                           2                                             2   

Net earned insurance premiums

     493            266                                                        759   

Other operating income

     145            72            75            5            1,592            (178         1,711   

Total operating income

     3,434            2,266            3,867            270            1,645            (178         11,304   

Net insurance claims 50

     (351         (240                                                     (591

Net operating income 4

     3,083            2,026            3,867            270            1,645            (178         10,713   

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     (222         10            (57         2                                  (267

Net operating income

     2,861            2,036            3,810            272            1,645            (178         10,446   

Total operating expenses

     (2,409         (945         (1,268         (181         (1,181         178            (5,806

Operating profit

     452            1,091            2,542            91            464                       4,640   

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

     1,189            1,155            547                       (60                    2,831   

Profit before tax

     1,641            2,246            3,089            91            404                       7,471   
     %           %           %           %           %                       %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     7.5            10.3            14.1            0.4            1.9                  34.2   

Cost efficiency ratio

     78.1            46.6            32.8            67.0            71.8                  54.2   

Balance sheet data 40

                                      
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     40,970            38,404            41,114            3,190            190                  123,868   

Total assets

     54,484            50,688            195,549            12,879            16,616            (12,400         317,816   

Customer accounts

     60,831            40,423            60,855            11,872            31                  174,012   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

 

114a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Middle East and North Africa

 

The network of branches of HSBC Bank Middle East Limited, together with HSBC’s subsidiaries and associates, gives us the widest coverage in the region. Our associate in Saudi Arabia, The Saudi British Bank (40% owned), is the Kingdom’s fifth largest bank by total assets.

 

     2013
US$m
         2012
US$m
         2011
US$m
 

Net interest income

     1,486           1,470           1,432   

Net fee income

     622           595           627   

Net trading income

     357           390           482   

Other income

     38           (25        66   

Net operating income 4

     2,503           2,430           2,607   

LICs 42

     42           (286        (293

Net operating income

     2,545           2,144           2,314   

Total operating expenses

     (1,289        (1,166        (1,159

Operating profit

     1,256           978           1,155   

Income from associates 43

     438           372           337   

Profit before tax

             1,694                   1,350                   1,492   

Cost efficiency ratio

     51.5%           48.0%           44.5%   

RoRWA 36

     2.7%           2.2%           2.6%   

Year-end staff numbers

     8,618           8,765           8,373   

 

Best Regional

Cash Management

Provider in the

Middle East

(Euromoney)

Fifth consecutive year

  

Best Trade

Bank in the

Middle East

(Trade and Forfaiting

Review Excellence

awards 2013)

Improvement in the financial position of key

customers and loan portfolios contributed

to lower loan impairment charges

Approximately

US$40m

of sustainable cost savings from our

organisational effectiveness programmes

For footnotes, see page 132.

The commentary is on a constant currency basis unless stated otherwise, while tables are on a reported basis.

 

Economic background

Real GDP in the Middle East and North Africa grew by an estimated 4.0% in 2013, led by the Gulf Cooperation Council (‘GCC’) and Saudi Arabia’s expansionary fiscal policy and infrastructure investment programme. With oil prices steady in the US$100-110 per barrel range throughout the year, revenues were more than sufficient to fund this spending, and the region ended 2013 with both current and fiscal accounts amply in surplus. The UAE saw an accelerating recovery in 2013 led by real estate and services, but boosted towards the end of the year by an increasingly expansionary fiscal policy. Despite strong demand and loose fiscal policy, inflation remained very subdued across the region throughout 2013, apart from UAE real estate.

For Egypt , political uncertainty gave rise to a third year of sub-par growth and rising unemployment. Real GDP grew by 2.2% in the 2012/13 fiscal year, while the budget deficit widened to 14% of GDP. The country’s external position improved substantially in July, following the receipt of concessionary financing from the GCC. However, while reserves and the currency stabilised, stringent exchange rate and capital controls were still in place at the end of December 2013.

Review of performance

Our operations in the Middle East and North Africa reported a profit before tax of US$1.7bn, an increase of 25% compared with 2012. On a constant currency basis, pre-tax profits increased by 29%.

Our reported results in 2013 included adverse movements of US$4m on our own debt designated at fair value resulting from tightening of credit spreads. Our reported results in 2012 included an investment loss on a subsidiary of US$85m and adverse movements of US$12m on our own debt designated at fair value resulting from tightening credit spreads, partly offset by gains recognised on acquisitions totalling US$21m. On an underlying basis, excluding the items noted above and the results of a deconsolidated subsidiary and the Private Equity business disposed of in 2012, profit before tax increased by 26%, mainly due to lower loan impairment charges and higher income from our associate, The Saudi British Bank.

 

 

115


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within global businesses

 

    

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

        

Commercial

Banking

US$m

         

Global

Banking

and

Markets

US$m

         

Global

Private

Banking

US$m

        

Other

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

2013

                             

Egypt

     31           37            166                      (29        205   

Qatar

     10           37            62                                109   

United Arab Emirates

     142           290            275            1           (72        636   

Other

     (7        135            178                                306   

MENA (excluding Saudi Arabia)

     176           499            681            1           (101        1,256   

Saudi Arabia

     82           146            188            15           7           438   
     258           645            869            16           (94        1,694   

2012

                             

Egypt

     67           71            157                      (5        290   

Qatar

     9           36            84                                129   

United Arab Emirates

                     143                           235                            141                                1           (56        464   

Other

     (27        125            29                      (37        90   

MENA (excluding Saudi Arabia)

     192           467            411            1           (98        973   

Saudi Arabia

     60           120            170            9                             18                           377   
     252           587            581            10           (80        1,350   

2011

                             

Egypt

     43           55            129                      (2        225   

Qatar

     (4        35            81                                112   

United Arab Emirates

     134           240            200            (6        7           575   

Other

     17           109            93                                219   

MENA (excluding Saudi Arabia)

     190           439            503            (6        5           1,131   

Saudi Arabia

     57           98            140            4           62           361   
     247           537            643            (2        67           1,492   

 

In the UAE, we inaugurated a new strategic plan for growth with investment committed across all businesses, and with commensurate investment in the risk management functions including Regulatory and Financial Crime Compliance. In RBWM, we focused on improving our retail customer experience through the new ‘Customer at the Heart’ campaign and were ranked number one in the Customer Recommendation Index for banks in the UAE. We also invested in mobile and digital technologies to enhance our Wealth Management offering and to grow our retail foreign exchange revenues.

In CMB, our fourth international trade fund for SMEs of AED1bn (US$272m) was launched to support new and existing customers with cross-border trading requirements or with aspirations to grow internationally.

In GB&M, there was a focus on cross-border connectivity and CMB collaboration, with tailored risk management solutions. We supported sovereign wealth funds and government-related entities and won several Euromoney awards including ‘The Best Investment Bank in Middle East’, ‘The Best Risk Advisor in Middle East’, ‘Best Cash Management House in the Middle East’ and ‘No 1 Debt House for MENA and GCC issuer bonds’.

We were awarded the ‘Best Trade Bank in the MENA region’ by GTR Leaders in Trade 2013 and we enhanced Global Trade and Receivables Finance by investing in sales staff and giving priority to commodity structured trade finance and receivables finance. The level of service provided by our Payments and Cash Management business was reflected in our fifth consecutive Euromoney award.

In Egypt, we continued to manage risk in the uncertain political and economic environment. Surplus liquidity levels in Egyptian pounds, which arose following the introduction of foreign currency restrictions at the end of 2012, were managed through the downward re-pricing of deposits. Despite these difficult operating conditions, we continued to invest in the business, through the deployment of new automated teller machines (‘ATMs’) and the launch of a new mobile banking application. Our RBWM business was ranked number 1 in the Customer Recommendation Index while our CMB business launched an Egypt SME Fund for EGP300m (US$44m) targeting international SME growth and trade customers.

We renewed our primary dealer licence for trading in Government of Egypt treasury bills and

 

 

116


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

bonds, ranking as one of the largest primary dealers in the Egyptian market.

In Oman, following the completion of the merger in June 2012 with OIB, we completed the conversion to HSBC systems of our merged operation. We made a number of improvements to our mobile banking and internet banking applications, introducing enhanced security features including the HSBC secure key for internet banking. We also upgraded our e-platform for cash management services for our corporate banking customers. HSBC Bank Oman won Euromoney ’s ‘Best Domestic Cash Management Bank’ in Oman award for the second consecutive year.

In Saudi Arabia, our associate, The Saudi British Bank, won The Banker magazine’s award as ‘The Best Bank in Saudi Arabia, 2013’ and achieved a record net profit before tax exceeding US$1bn.

In line with our commitment to drive growth and improve returns in businesses that do not meet our six filters criteria (see page 15), we entered into an agreement to sell our operation in Jordan. The transaction is expected to complete in 2014.

Net interest income rose by 4%, mainly in Egypt in GB&M, driven by higher yields and balances on available-for-sale investment portfolios and higher balances on corporate deposits as more liquid assets were held in the volatile political environment. In Oman, net interest income increased, notably in RBWM, following the merger with OIB in June 2012. The higher net interest income in the UAE from growth in GB&M in the Credit and Lending portfolio and in RBWM from the Lloyds business acquired in 2012, was more than offset by a decline in CMB, where the business was repositioned to lower risk segments.

Net fee income increased by 7%, primarily in the UAE in GB&M due to an increase in advisory mandates in Capital Financing and higher institutional equities fee income from increased deal volumes, partially offset by lower fees from reduced volumes on Global Trade and Receivables Finance products in CMB. In Egypt, net fee income increased, notably in RBWM from cards and consumer loan fees.

Net trading income decreased by 6%, notably in Egypt from lower foreign exchange revenues, reflecting the political instability, and lower Rates trading income driven by a reduction in deal volumes. The decrease in trading income also reflected the deconsolidation of a subsidiary in 2012. These factors were partly offset by CVA releases on trading positions relating to a small number of exposures in the UAE in GB&M, compared with charges in 2012.

Gains less losses from financial investments decreased by US$27m, driven by losses on the disposal of the available-for-sale debt securities in Egypt in the first half of 2013 as we adjusted our risk positions.

Other operating income increased by US$76m, due to the non-recurrence of an US$85m investment loss on a subsidiary in 2012.

A net loan impairment release of US$42m was recorded in 2013 compared with a charge of US$282m in 2012. There were provision releases, mainly in GB&M, for a small number of UAE related exposures, reflecting an overall improvement in the loan portfolio compared with charges in 2012. In addition, loan impairment charges declined, due to lower individually assessed loan impairments in the UAE in CMB and lower provisions in RBWM on residential mortgages following a repositioning of the book towards higher quality lending and improved property prices.

Operating expenses increased by 13%, mainly in the UAE from the Lloyds business acquired in 2012, expenses for regulatory projects, operational losses and charges from a customer redress programme in RBWM relating to fees charged on overseas credit card transactions. Expenses also increased in Egypt from changes in the interpretation of tax regulations and in Oman following the merger with OIB. These factors were partly offset by approximately US$40m of sustainable savings from our organisational effectiveness programmes.

Share of profits from associates and joint ventures increased by 18%, mainly from The Saudi British Bank. This was driven by higher revenue resulting from strong balance sheet growth, and the effective management of costs.

 

 

117


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency profit before tax – Middle East and North Africa

 

    

2012

as

reported

US$m

         

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

         

2012

at 2013

exchange

rates

US$m

         

2013

as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change 2

%

         

Constant

currency

change 2

%

 

Net interest income

     1,470            (43         1,427            1,486            1            4   

Net fee income

     595            (11         584            622            5            7   

Net trading income

     390            (9         381            357            (8         (6

Own credit spread 3

     (12                    (12         (4         67            67   

Other income from financial instruments designated at fair value

                                      2               

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (12                    (12         (2         83            83   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     9                       9            (18            

Net earned insurance premiums

                                                    

Other operating income/(expense) (including dividend income)

     (22                    (22         58               

Total operating income

     2,430            (63         2,367            2,503            3            6   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

                                                    

Net operating income 4

     2,430            (63         2,367            2,503            3            6   

LICs 42

     (286         4            (282         42               

Net operating income

     2,144            (59         2,085            2,545            19            22   

Operating expenses

     (1,166         23            (1,143         (1,289         (11         (13

Operating profit

     978            (36         942            1,256            28            33   

Income from associates 43

     372                       372            438            18            18   

Profit before tax

     1,350            (36         1,314            1,694            25            29   

For footnotes, see page 132.

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items – Middle East and North Africa

 

     Year ended 31 December  
     2013           2012          Change 2  
     US$m           US$m          %  

Net interest income

             

Reported

     1,486            1,470           1   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (43     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                (8     

Underlying

             1,486                    1,419                           5   

Other operating income

             

Reported

     49            (27     

Currency translation adjustment 1

                  

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                64        

Underlying

     49            37           32   

Revenue 4

             

Reported

     2,503            2,430           3   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (63     

Own credit spread 3

     4            12        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                3        

Underlying

     2,507            2,382           5   

 

117a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

     Year ended 31 December  
     2013          2012          Change 2  
     US$m          US$m          %  

LICs 42

            

Reported

     42           (286     

Currency translation adjustment 1

                            4        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                      

Underlying

                      42           (282     

Operating expenses

            

Reported

     (1,289        (1,166        (11

Currency translation adjustment 1

          23        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

               15        

Underlying

     (1,289        (1,128        (14

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     51.4%           47.4%        

Profit before tax

            

Reported

     1,694           1,350                           25   

Currency translation adjustment 1

          (36     

Own credit spread 3

     4           12        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

               18        

Underlying

     1,698           1,344           26   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

117b


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

2012 compared with 2011

Economic background

Real GDP in the Middle East and North Africa region grew by an estimated 4.5% in 2012. However, this weighted aggregate figure masked a wide disparity between oil producers (5.1%) and non-oil producers (2.9%). For the Gulf Cooperation Council’s top performers, energy output volumes remained high and revenues rose, fuelling government spending-driven domestic demand which fed through to a stronger non-oil private sector performance, job creation and a recovery in bank lending. Saudi Arabia (which recorded growth of nearly 7% in 2012), Qatar (6%) and Oman (5%) fell into this category. In the UAE , more muted fiscal and monetary stimuli meant overall growth was slower, but Dubai’s export-oriented service sector recorded a good recovery in 2012, and Abu Dhabi picked up in the second half of the year. Despite the strong growth, inflation remained low across the Gulf region.

In Egypt , growth remained weak, held back by ongoing political uncertainty which continued to weigh on domestic and foreign investment and consumption. Pressure on public finances and Egypt’s external accounts remained pronounced, with the Egyptian pound weakening significantly. Elsewhere in the oil importing parts of the region, the pressures were not as great, but in Lebanon, Jordan, Morocco and Tunisia, growth fell and their external balances deteriorated, with the latter three, following a significant worsening of public finances, approaching the International Monetary Fund for assistance by the end of the year.

Review of performance

Our operations in the Middle East and North Africa reported a profit before tax of US$1.4bn, a decrease of 10% compared with 2011. On a constant currency basis, pre-tax profits decreased by 9%.

Our reported results in 2012 included an investment loss on a subsidiary of US$85m and adverse movements of US$12m on our own debt designated at fair value resulting from tightening credit spreads, partly offset by gains recognised on acquisitions totalling US$21m. Reported profits in 2011 included a dilution gain of US$27m on our holding in HSBC Saudi Arabia Ltd following its merger with SABB Securities Ltd and a loss of US$7m relating to the disposal of our Private Equity business. On an underlying basis, excluding the items noted above, profit before tax decreased by 3% as a result of a small number of significant impairments on GB&M exposures.

During 2012, we focused on simplifying our operations in the Middle East and North Africa by disposing of non-strategic businesses and continuing to improve our organisational efficiency while investing in strategic acquisitions.

We made significant progress in integrating our operations in Oman with OIB following the merger in June 2012. The combined entity, HSBC Bank Oman S.A.O.G., of which we own 51%, is now the third largest bank in the Sultanate. We also completed the acquisition of the onshore retail and commercial banking business of Lloyds Banking Group in the UAE in the fourth quarter of 2012. Lloyds’ strong presence in expatriate retail banking and commercial banking was a good strategic fit with our position as the leading international bank in the UAE. We also completed the disposal of 80.1% of our Private Equity business in December. We announced in September our agreement to sell our operations in Pakistan and, in October, the restructuring of our Amanah business in the region outside Saudi Arabia.

We remained focused on our priority markets, delivering profit growth in Egypt and Saudi Arabia. The strong performance in Egypt was driven by robust deposit growth in RBWM which led to higher net interest income. We also achieved growth in profits from our associates, mainly The Saudi British Bank, which won the Euromoney award for excellence as ‘The Best Bank in Saudi Arabia’ and ‘The Best Debt House in Saudi Arabia’. Although profit before tax declined in the UAE as a result of the impairments in GB&M noted above, it remains a priority market for HSBC and the economy continued to improve in 2012.

Delivery of sustainable cost savings remained a priority for 2012. Our organisational effectiveness initiatives included streamlining procedures by delayering our management structure and transferring additional operational processes to our global service centres. We realised about US$70m in sustainable savings from our organisational effectiveness programmes.

In RBWM, we remained focused on growing Wealth Management revenues. We entered into a strategic alliance with Zurich Life International (‘Zurich’) in 2012 to provide wealth and general insurance products to our customers in the region. Our focus on foreign exchange resulted in increased transaction volumes, which provided us with higher Wealth Management revenues for 2012. In addition, we enhanced our internet banking capabilities in the UAE to provide improved security and rolled out our

 

 

117c


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

digital solution for mobile banking in the region to allow customers greater accessibility.

In CMB, we continued to support internationally oriented SMEs. This was evidenced by the launch of our third SME fund in the UAE of AED1bn (US$272m), targeted at international trade customers. We continued to invest in the Global Trade and Receivables Finance client service and business development teams, and enhanced our Receivables Finance products across the region. We endeavoured to strengthen this position by holding mainland China and Turkey events to focus on these emerging trade routes.

Our Payments and Cash Management business continued to record strong revenue growth, and was named ‘The Best Cash Management House in the Middle East 2012’ in the Euromoney awards for excellence for the fourth consecutive year.

In GB&M, we continued to focus on ‘South-South’ connectivity. We leveraged our global expertise to provide access to Asian investors for issuers in the region with funding requirements with our dedicated coverage teams on our mainland China, South Korea and India desks in the UAE and Saudi Arabia. We also completed a significant number of bond issuances, reflecting the continuing investor appetite for the region’s debt. We won several Euromoney awards for excellence including ‘The Best Debt House in the Middle East’ and ‘The Best Flow House in the Middle East’. GB&M also won Global Investor’s ‘The Best Domestic Custodian’.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

Net interest income rose by 3%, driven by higher average deposit balances in RBWM, primarily savings accounts in Egypt, reflecting the competitive pricing introduced at the beginning of the year. Despite this, we benefited from wider spreads as interest rates rose in Egypt. Net interest income in CMB was in line with 2011 as higher income resulting from the merger with OIB was offset by competitive asset pricing across most of the region.

Net fee income decreased by 4% due to a decline in credit and lending, Securities Services and advisory fees in GB&M, which were affected by lower levels of deal activity and the challenging political and economic environment. Fees also declined in RBWM due to higher reward scheme charges in the UAE following revisions to the agreement with our partner aimed at improving card utilisation, partly offset by higher insurance revenues

as a result of the strategic alliance with Zurich. The decline in fees was also attributable to our exit from domestic private banking in the UAE. These factors were partly offset by higher trade import fees in CMB in Algeria, Oman and Jordan driven by higher volumes from targeted sales activity.

Net trading income decreased by 18%, mainly due to unfavourable credit valuation adjustments on trading positions relating to a small number of exposures in GB&M. We also reported adverse fair value movements on certain economic hedges as well as on structured liabilities as credit spreads tightened. This was partly offset by higher revaluation gains on equity holdings in Principal Investments.

Gains less losses from financial investments increased by US$17m, driven by the non-recurrence of impairments on two available-for-sale equity securities in 2011, together with gains on the disposal of available-for-sale equity and debt securities in 2012.

Other operating income decreased by US$89m, driven by the US$85m investment loss on a subsidiary.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions decreased by US$6m. Lower impairments in RBWM attributable to an improvement in delinquency rates reflected the repositioning of the book towards higher quality lending in previous years. In addition, CMB recorded a modest reduction in loan impairment charges as higher customer recoveries were largely offset by individually assessed impairments . These were partly offset by significant loan impairment charges recorded for a small number of large exposures in GB&M.

Operating expenses increased by 1% as a result of employee and legal costs relating to the merger of our Omani operations with OIB and the acquisition of the onshore retail and commercial banking business of Lloyds Banking Group in the UAE. This was partially offset by the benefit arising from sustainable cost saving initiatives implemented in 2011 and throughout 2012. Excluding the effect of the two acquisitions, we reduced both our employee numbers and our cost base.

Share of profits from associates and joint ventures increased by 10%, mainly from The Saudi British Bank. This was driven by higher revenue resulting from strong balance sheet growth, together with lower costs derived from effective control and monitoring.

 

 

117d


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency profit before tax – Middle East and North Africa

 

   

2011

as

reported

US$m

       

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

       

2011

at 2012

exchange

rates

US$m

       

2012

as

reported

US$m

   

Reported

change 2

%

   

Constant

currency

change 2

%

 

Net interest income

    1,432          (9       1,423          1,470        3        3   

Net fee income

    627          (4       623          595        (5     (4

Own credit spread 3

    14                   14          (12    

Other income 7

    534          (1       533          377        (29     (29

Net operating income 4

    2,607          (14               2,593                  2,430        (7     (6

LICs 42

    (293                       1          (292       (286                     2                        2   

Net operating income

    2,314          (13       2,301          2,144        (7     (7

Operating expenses

    (1,159       6          (1,153       (1,166     (1     (1

Operating profit

            1,155          (7       1,148          978        (15     (15

Income from associates 43

    337                   337          372        10        10   

Profit before tax

    1,492          (7       1,485          1,350        (10     (9

For footnotes, see page 132.

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items – Middle East and North Africa

 

     Year ended 31 December  
    

2012

        US$m

         

2011

        US$m

         

        Change 2

%

 

Revenue 4

              

Reported

     2,430            2,607            (7

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (14      

Own credit spread 3

     12            (14      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     3            (79      

Underlying

     2,445            2,500            (2

LICs 42

              

Reported

     (286         (293         2   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           1         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                        

Underlying

     (286         (292         2   

Operating expenses

              

Reported

     (1,166         (1,159         (1

Currency translation adjustment 1

           6         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     15            25         

Underlying

     (1,151         (1,128         (2

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     47.1%            45.1%         

Profit before tax

              

Reported

     1,350            1,492            (10

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (7      

Own credit spread 3

     12            (14      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     18            (54      

Underlying

     1,380            1,417            (3

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

117e


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Middle East and North Africa

 

    2013  
   

Retail
Banking

and Wealth
Management
US$m

        

Commercial

Banking
US$m

         Global
Banking
and
    Markets
US$m
        

Global

Private
    Banking
US$m

        

      Other

US$m

        

Inter-
segment

elimination 49

US$m

         Total
        US$m
 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                               

Net interest income

    585           486           390                     4           21           1,486   

Net fee income/(expense)

    161           269           197                     (5                  622   
                               

Trading income excluding net interest income

    59           85           220                                         364   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

                        14                               (21        (7

Net trading income 44

    59           85           234                               (21        357   

Net income from financial instruments designated at
fair value

                                            (2                  (2

Gains less losses from financial investments

                        (18                                      (18

Dividend income

                        9                                         9   

Other operating income

    25           30           15                     99           (120        49   

Total operating income

    830           870           827                     96           (120        2,503   

Net insurance claims 50

                                                                  

Net operating income 4

    830           870           827                     96           (120        2,503   

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

    (49        (20        110           1                               42   

Net operating income

    781           850           937           1           96           (120        2,545   

Total operating expenses

    (606        (350        (256                  (197        120           (1,289

Operating profit/(loss)

    175           500           681           1           (101                  1,256   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    83           145           188           15           7                     438   

Profit/(loss) before tax

    258           645           869           16           (94                  1,694   
    %          %          %          %          %                     %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

    1.1           2.9           3.8           0.1           (0.4             7.5   

Cost efficiency ratio

    73.0           40.2           31.0                     205.2                51.5   

Balance sheet data 40

                               
    US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m                     US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

    6,152           11,814           9,241                     4                27,211   

Total assets

    7,016           13,776           39,302           64           3,340           (2,688        60,810   

Customer accounts

    18,771           12,402           7,432           1           77                38,683   

 

118


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

    2012  
    Retail
Banking
and Wealth
Management
US$m
        

Commercial

Banking
US$m

         Global
Banking
and
      Markets
US$m
        

Global

Private
      Banking
US$m

        

Other

        US$m

        

Inter-
segment

elimination 49

US$m

        

Total

        US$m

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                               

Net interest income

    597           492           367           1           42           (29        1,470   

Net fee income/(expense)

    164           279           160           1           (9                  595   
                               

Trading income excluding net interest income

    68           94           208                     3                     373   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

              2           30                     (44        29           17   

Net trading income 44

    68           96           238                     (41        29           390   

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

                                            (12                  (12

Gains less losses from financial investments

                        9                                         9   

Dividend income

                        5                                         5   

Other operating income/(expense)

    (16        21           14           1           47           (94        (27

Total operating income

    813           888           793           3           27           (94        2,430   

Net insurance claims 50

                                                                  

Net operating income 4

    813           888           793           3           27           (94        2,430   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (55        (110        (119        (2                            (286

Net operating income

    758           778           674           1           27           (94        2,144   

Total operating expenses

    (561        (311        (264                  (124        94           (1,166

Operating profit/(loss)

    197           467           410           1           (97                  978   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    55           120           171           9           17                     372   

Profit/(loss) before tax

    252           587           581           10           (80                  1,350   
    %          %          %          %          %                     %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

    1.2           2.8           2.8                     (0.3             6.5   

Cost efficiency ratio

    69.0           35.0           33.3                     459.3                48.0   

Balance sheet data 40

                               
    US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m                     US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

    5,828           13,559           8,699                                    28,086   

Total assets

    6,562           15,651           36,582           50           6,840           (3,080        62,605   

Customer accounts

    19,802           12,826           6,880           3           72                39,583   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

119


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Middle East and North Africa (continued)

 

    2011  
    Retail
Banking
and Wealth
Management
US$m
        

Commercial

Banking
US$m

         Global
Banking
and
      Markets
US$m
        

Global

Private
      Banking
US$m

        

Other

      US$m

        

Inter-
segment

elimination 49

US$m

         Total
        US$m
 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                               

Net interest income

    589           496           371           2           2           (28        1,432   

Net fee income/(expense)

    173           271           173           13           (3                  627   
                               

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

    62           95           266           1           (1                  423   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

                        32                     (1        28           59   

Net trading income/(expense) 44

    62           95           298           1           (2        28           482   

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

                                            10                     10   

Gains less losses from financial investments

    1           1           (7                  (3                  (8

Dividend income

    1           1           3                                         5   

Other operating income/(expense)

    22           11           11           (1        124           (108        59   

Total operating income

    848           875           849           15           128           (108        2,607   

Net insurance claims 50

                                                                  

Net operating income 4

    848           875           849           15           128           (108        2,607   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (126        (116        (51                                      (293

Net operating income

    722           759           798           15           128           (108        2,314   

Total operating expenses

    (535        (320        (295        (21        (96        108           (1,159

Operating profit/(loss)

    187           439           503           (6        32                     1,155   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    60           98           140           4           35                     337   

Profit/(loss) before tax

    247           537           643           (2        67                     1,492   
    %          %          %          %          %                     %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

    1.1           2.5           2.9                     0.3                6.8   

Cost efficiency ratio

    63.1           36.6           34.7           140.0           75.0                44.5   

Balance sheet data 40

                               
    US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m                     US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

    4,921           12,446           8,479           26           3                25,875   

Total assets

    6,549           14,556           34,676           72           4,792           (3,181        57,464   

Customer accounts

    18,549           10,943           6,703           114           113                36,422   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

119a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

North America

 

Our North American businesses are located in the US, Canada and Bermuda. Operations in the US are primarily conducted through HSBC Bank USA, N.A., and HSBC Finance, a national consumer finance company. HSBC Markets (USA) Inc. is the intermediate holding company of, inter alia , HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. HSBC Bank Canada and HSBC Bank Bermuda operate in their respective countries.

 

     2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
          2011
US$m
 

Net interest income

     5,742            8,117            11,480   

Net fee income

     2,143            2,513            3,308   

Net trading income/(expense)

     948            507            (362

Gains on disposals of US branch network and cards business

                4,012              

Other income/(expense)

     (30         (456         1,574   

Net operating income 4

     8,803            14,693            16,000   

LICs 42

     (1,197         (3,457         (7,016

Net operating income

     7,606            11,236            8,984   

Total operating expenses

     (6,416         (8,940         (8,919

Operating profit

     1,190            2,296            65   

Income from associates 43

     31            3            35   

Profit before tax

     1,221            2,299            100   

Cost efficiency ratio

     72.9            60.8%            55.7%   

RoRWA 36

     0.5%            0.8%              

Year-end staff numbers

     20,871            22,443            30,981   

14%

growth in revenues from collaboration

between CMB and GB&M

Completed sales:

US$5.7bn of real estate secured loans;

US$3.7bn non-real estate

personal loan portfolio; and

US$1.6bn US insurance business

Best Regional Cash Manager

in North America

(Euromoney Awards for Excellence 2013)

For footnotes, see page 132.

The commentary is on a constant currency basis unless stated otherwise, while tables are on a reported basis.

Economic background

In the US , real GDP rose by 1.9% in 2013, after 2.8% growth in 2012. Both consumer spending and business fixed investment grew at a moderate pace in 2013. Residential investment rose by 12.1% in 2013, following 12.9% growth in 2012. Sales of new and existing homes increased in 2013, and average national home prices rose over the course of the year. Export growth slowed to 2.8% in 2013 from 3.5% in 2012. Budgetary caps on federal spending contributed to a 5.1% decline in federal government expenditure in 2013, in real terms. State and local government expenditure also contracted, though by less than in 2012. The unemployment rate fell during the year reaching 6.7% in December although, in part, this reflected the long-term unemployed leaving the labour market rather than job creation. Both headline and core CPI inflation moderated in 2013 as subdued growth in hourly wages continued to constrain labour costs. A lack of consensus between the main political parties about how best to reduce the US fiscal deficit led to a government ‘shutdown’ on 1 October. An agreement was finally reached on 16 October which allowed the US debt ceiling to be raised and ended the shutdown. The Federal Reserve Board continued to pursue a highly accommodative monetary policy in 2013, keeping the Federal Funds rate in a zero to 0.25% range. It continued with monthly purchases of longer-term treasury securities and agency mortgage-backed securities but announced in December that it would begin to ‘taper’ asset purchases from January 2014.

The Canadian economy grew by 1.6% during the first three quarters of 2013, down from 1.9% in the comparable period in 2012. Led by auto sales, consumer spending rose by 1.8%, contributing 1.2 percentage points to the expansion in 2013. Exports grew by 1.0% in 2013, which was well below the 3% export growth in 2012. Housing starts fell by 14% in 2013 though the level of activity improved during the year after a very weak start. The annual rate of CPI inflation remained close to 1% throughout the year, well below the Bank of Canada’s 2% inflation target. The Bank of Canada’s policy rate has remained at 1% since September 2010.

Review of performance

Our operations in North America reported a profit before tax of US$1.2bn in 2013, compared with US$2.3bn in 2012 on both a reported and constant currency basis.

Reported profits in both years included gains and losses on disposal of businesses not aligned to our long-term strategy, notably gains in the US of

 

 

120


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within global businesses

 

    

Retail
Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

            Commercial
Banking
US$m
         

Global

        Banking

and

Markets

US$m

         

Global

Private
        Banking
US$m

          Other
          US$m
          Total
          US$m
 

2013

                                

US

     (358         296            633            53            (350         274   

Canada

     131            506            280                       (3         914   

Bermuda

     20            (16         16            4            9            33   
     (207         786            929            57            (344         1,221   

2012

                                

US

     2,746            637            661            72            (2,901         1,215   

Canada

     207            577            314            (1         (16         1,081   

Bermuda

     42            (15         (18         1            (7         3   
     2,995            1,199            957            72            (2,924         2,299   

2011

                                

US

     (2,861         431            567            83            782            (998

Canada

     147            545            265                       8            965   

Bermuda

     49            26            43            7            9            134   

Other

                                                 (1         (1
     (2,665         1,002            875            90            798            100   

 

US$3.1bn and US$864m following the sales of the CRS business and 195 non-strategic retail branches, respectively, in 2012.

On an underlying basis, pre-tax profit was US$1.6bn in 2013 compared with a pre-tax loss of US$1.5bn in 2012. This was mainly due to a decline in loan impairment charges in 2013 in the US, primarily in the CML portfolio, and a reduction in operating expenses, as 2012 included a US$1.5bn expense as part of the settlement of investigations into inadequate compliance with AML laws in the past. These were partly offset by losses on certain portfolio disposals described further below.

Underlying profit before tax in Canada reduced due to the closure to new business in 2012 of the Canadian consumer finance company and lower revenues, reflecting spread compression due to the low interest rate environment and competitive market. These were partly offset by lower costs following cost control and sustainable savings from organisational effectiveness initiatives.

We continued to make progress in our strategy to accelerate the run-off and sales of our CML portfolio, and simplify operations. We completed the sale of the CML non-real estate personal loan portfolio with an unpaid principal balance of US$3.7bn on 1 April 2013 and recognised a loss on sale of US$271m. We completed the sales of several tranches of real estate secured accounts with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of US$5.7bn during 2013 and recognised a cumulative loss on

sale of US$153m. Gross lending balances in the CML portfolio, including loans held for sale, at 31 December 2013 were US$30.4bn, a decline of US$12.3bn from 31 December 2012.

We identified real estate secured loan balances with unpaid principal of US$3.5bn that we plan to actively market in multiple transactions over the next 15 months. The carrying value of these loans was approximately US$230m greater than their estimated fair value at 31 December 2013.

In the US, we made progress on re-engineering our processes, such as account opening and customer information management, creating standardisation and alignment with our target business and operating models and a simpler relationship experience for our customers. The US has been at the forefront of foundational work to implement Global Standards. We also launched a US$1bn SME fund in CMB to support those businesses that trade or aspire to trade internationally.

In Canada, we continued to deliver internationally oriented organic business growth and streamlined processes and procedures. In CMB, we focused on positioning ourselves as the leading international trade and business bank, and deployed several new Global Trade products to assist international clients with working capital management. In GB&M, we launched Project and Export Financing and had a strong pipeline of business going into 2014. In RBWM, we continued to work on increasing the Premier customer base, resulting in 3% growth.

 

 

121


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Net interest income decreased by 29% to US$5.7bn, primarily due to the sale of the CRS business and retail branches, lower average lending balances from the continued run-off of the CML portfolio and other portfolio disposals during the year, lower reinvestment rates in Balance Sheet Management and the closure of the Canada consumer finance company to new business in 2012.

Net fee income decreased by 14% to US$2.1bn, primarily due to the sale of the CRS business and the retail branches in 2012 and the expiry of the majority of the Transition Servicing Agreements with the buyer of the CRS business. This was partly offset by favourable adjustments to mortgage servicing rights valuations as a result of interest rate increases in 2013.

Net trading income was US$948m, an increase of 89%, primarily due to favourable fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges in HSBC Finance of US$315m in 2013 due to a rise in interest rates (compared with adverse movements of US$227m in 2012) and lower provisions for mortgage loan repurchase obligations related to loans previously sold. The increase was partly offset by a loss of US$199m arising from the early termination of qualifying accounting hedges in 2013 as a result of expected changes in funding.

Net trading income increased in GB&M as a result of favourable fair value movements on structured liabilities, in addition to higher Credit trading revenue from revaluation gains on securities, monoline reserve releases in the legacy portfolio and reduced losses from credit default swaps. Net trading income also benefited from the performance of economic hedges used to manage interest rate risk, which was positively affected by favourable interest rate movements. This was partly offset by lower Foreign Exchange revenue as a result of reduced trading volumes, and lower Rates trading revenue due to a decline in trading activities.

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value was US$288m compared with US$1.2bn in 2012. The increase was due to lower adverse fair value movements on our own debt designated at fair value as credit spreads tightened to a lesser extent in 2013 than in 2012.

Gains less losses from financial investments increased by 18% as Balance Sheet Management recognised higher gains on sales of available-for-sale debt securities as a result of the continued re-balancing of the portfolio for risk management purposes in the low interest rate environment.

Net earned insurance premiums decreased by US$159m due to the sale of our US insurance business. The reduction in net earned insurance premiums resulted in a corresponding decrease in Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders .

Other operating expense was US$108m in 2013 compared with income of US$408m in 2012. This was primarily due to the loss of US$424m on the sales of the CML non-real estate personal loan portfolio and several tranches of real estate secured loans. In addition, the decrease reflected the sale of our US insurance business and the non-recurrence of the gain on sale of the full service retail brokerage business in Canada in 2012.

LICs decreased by US$2.3bn to US$1.2bn, mainly in the US due in part to improvements in housing market conditions. In addition, the decrease reflected lower lending balances from continued run-off and loan sales, and reduced levels of new impaired loans and delinquency in the CML portfolio. US$322m of the decline in loan impairment charges was due to the sale of the CRS business in 2012. These factors were partly offset by an increase of US$130m relating to a rise in the estimated average period of time from a loss event occurring to writing off real estate loans to 12 months (previously a period of 10 months was used). In CMB, loan impairment charges increased by US$77m, reflecting higher collectively assessed charges in the US as a result of increased lending balances in key growth markets and higher individually assessed impairments on a small number of exposures mainly in Canada.

Operating expenses were US$2.5bn, 28% lower than in 2012, primarily due to the non-recurrence of a US$1.5bn settlement of investigations into inadequate compliance with AML laws in the past, lower average staff numbers and costs following business disposals in the US and Canada, and a reduction in litigation provisions and consultancy expenses in relation to US mortgage foreclosure servicing matters. Resources working on the independent foreclosure review were no longer required following the February 2013 Independent Foreclosure Review Settlement Agreement. We also achieved over US$330m of sustainable cost savings, primarily reflecting organisational effectiveness initiatives.

 

 

122


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency profit before tax – North America

 

    

2012

as

    reported

US$m

        

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

        

2012

at 2013

    exchange

rates

US$m

        

2013

as

    reported

US$m

        

    Reported

change 2

%

        

    Constant
currency

change 2

%

 

Net interest income

     8,117           (42        8,075           5,742           (29        (29

Net fee income

     2,513           (18        2,495           2,143           (15        (14

Net trading income

     507           (6        501           948           87           89   

Own credit spread 3

     (1,090                  (1,090        (226        79           79   

Other expense from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (129                  (129        (62        52           52   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (1,219                  (1,219        (288        76           76   

Gains on disposal of US branch network and US cards business

     4,012                     4,012                     (100        (100

Gains less losses from financial investments

     251           (1        250           294           17           18   

Net earned insurance premiums

     193                     193           34           (82        (82

Other operating income/(expense)(including dividend income)

     467           3           470           (31          

Total operating income

     14,841           (64        14,777           8,842           (40        (40

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (148                  (148        (39        74           74   

Net operating income 4

     14,693           (64        14,629           8,803           (40        (40

LICs 42

     (3,457        6           (3,451        (1,197        65           65   

Net operating income

     11,236           (58        11,178           7,606           (32        (32

Operating expenses

     (8,940        30           (8,910        (6,416        28           28   

Operating profit

     2,296           (28        2,268           1,190           (48        (48

Income from associates 43

     3                     3           31           933           933   

Profit before tax

     2,299           (28        2,271           1,221           (47        (46

For footnotes, see page 132.

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items – North America

 

     Year ended 31 December  
     2013
        US$m
         2012
        US$m
                 Change 2
%
 

Net interest income

            

Reported

     5,742           8,117           (29

Currency translation adjustment 1

          (42     

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (14        (1,433     

Underlying

     5,728           6,642           (14

Other operating income/(expense)

            

Reported

     (108        406        

Currency translation adjustment 1

          3        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     97           (134     

Underlying

     (11        275        

Revenue 4

            

Reported

     8,803           14,693           (40

Currency translation adjustment 1

          (64     

Own credit spread 3

     226           1,090        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     89           (5,982     

Underlying

     9,118           9,737           (6

 

122a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

     Year ended 31 December  
    

2013

        US$m

        

2012

        US$m

                 Change 2
%
 

LICs 42

            

Reported

     (1,197        (3,457        65   

Currency translation adjustment 1

          6        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

               325        

Underlying

     (1,197        (3,126        62   

Operating expenses

            

Reported

     (6,416        (8,940        28   

Currency translation adjustment 1

          30        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     14           796        

Underlying

     (6,402        (8,114        21   

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     70.2%           83.3%        

Profit/(loss) before tax

            

Reported

     1,221           2,299           (47

Currency translation adjustment 1

          (28     

Own credit spread 3

     226           1,090        

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     103           (4,861     

Underlying

     1,550           (1,500     

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

122b


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

2012 compared with 2011

Economic background

In the US , real GDP expanded by 2.2% in 2012, following 1.8% growth in 2011. Consumer spending increased at a moderate pace as households continued to pay down debt and rebuild wealth. The housing market improved in 2012. Residential investment rose by 11.9%, climbing from a multi-decade low in 2011. Sales of new and existing homes also increased, and house prices rose modestly during the year. The growth in fixed investment by business faltered in the middle of 2012, evidenced by a slowdown in capital equipment orders, but began to recover towards the end of the year. Export growth slowed to 3.2% in 2012, about half the growth recorded in 2011. Fiscal consolidation continued to hold back the economy. Budgetary caps on spending contributed to a 2.2% decline in federal government expenditure in 2012, in real terms. State and local government expenditure also continued to contract, though the severity of the cutbacks diminished compared with 2011.

Inflation was generally subdued in 2012. Headline and core CPI inflation for the year were each recorded at 2.1%. High unemployment and low wage growth continued to hold back labour costs. In addition, prices for goods imported into the US experienced very little inflation in 2012. The Federal Reserve continued to pursue a highly supportive monetary policy. At meetings in January, September, and December, the Federal Open Market Committee adjusted its forward guidance for an exceptionally low federal funds rate and agreed on open-ended purchases of longer-term securities in an effort to maintain downward pressure on interest rates, support mortgage markets and help make broader financial conditions more accommodating.

In Canada , GDP growth slowed in 2012 to 2.0% from 2.6% in 2011. The slowdown in economic activity was particularly notable in the second half of the year. One factor contributing to the slowdown, which took effect in July 2012, was the introduction of measures by the federal government to cool the housing market by tightening mortgage lending conditions. House prices, home sales and housing starts declined after those initiatives came into force. In addition, exports fell sharply with the deceleration in global manufacturing activity and global trade, and temporary disruptions in energy production in Eastern Canada and capacity constraints on Western Canada pipelines. An uncertain US economic outlook together with weakness in key Canadian commodity prices and a sharp decline in corporate

performance weighed on business investment. Headline CPI inflation fell steadily through the year to 1.5%, from 2.9% in 2011. Though the Bank of Canada slightly tightened monetary policy early in 2012, the economic slowdown and the decline in the rate of CPI inflation led the Bank to leave rates on hold throughout the year.

Review of performance

Our operations in North America reported a profit before tax of US$2.3bn in 2012, compared with US$100m in 2011. Our reported profits included gains in the US of US$3.1bn and US$864m on completion of the sale of the Card and Retail Services business in May 2012 and the 195 non-strategic retail branches in May and August 2012, respectively. Also included in our reported profits was US$618m relating to profit before tax in Card and Retail Services prior to the disposal (2011: US$2.1bn). In addition, we recorded a gain of US$83m from the sale of the full service retail brokerage business in Canada. We also recognised US$1.2bn of adverse movements on our own debt designated at fair value resulting from tightening in credit spreads, compared with favourable movements of US$964m in 2011.

On an underlying basis, our pre-tax loss of US$1.5bn in 2012 compared with a pre-tax loss of US$3.1bn in 2011. This was due to lower loan impairment charges, primarily in CML, reflecting a decline in lending balances as the portfolio continued to run off, lower delinquency levels, and higher revenue mainly driven by lower adverse movements on non-qualifying hedges in HSBC Finance. This was partly offset by higher operating expenses due to fines and penalties paid of US$1.5bn by HNAH and its subsidiaries as part of the settlement of investigations into inadequate compliance with anti-money laundering laws in the past.

Underlying profit before tax in Canada rose, as revenues benefited from an increase in fees from commercial lending activities and collaboration with GB&M, higher Rates revenue due to increased trading volumes, and higher revenues in Balance Sheet Management reflecting an increase in gains on sales of available-for-sale assets. These results were partly offset by lower net interest income due to the closure of the Canadian consumer finance company to new business, spread compression from strong competition and the prolonged low interest rate environment. Our operations in Bermuda reported a significantly reduced profit before tax, primarily due to higher loan impairment charges on a small number of exposures in GB&M and CMB.

 

 

122c


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

We made significant progress in disposing of businesses not aligned with our long-term strategy. On completing the sale of our US Card and Retail Services business, we transferred over 5,000 employees and certain real estate facilities to the purchaser. In addition, we entered into a transition services agreement to support some of the account servicing operations until all systems, processes and equipment are integrated into the purchaser’s existing infrastructure. We also completed the sale of the retail branches, principally in upstate New York, recognising gains of US$586m in RBWM and US$278m in CMB.

In Canada, we completed the sale of the full service retail brokerage business. We also announced the closure of our consumer finance business, which had net customer loan balances of US$1.5bn at 31 December 2012, and ceased the origination of loans as this business did not fit with our core strategy.

We continued to manage the run-off of lending balances in our CML portfolio and, in the third quarter of 2012, we reclassified non-real estate personal loan balances of US$3.7bn, net of impairment allowances, from our CML portfolio to ‘Assets held for sale’ as we actively marketed the portfolio. We also identified real estate secured loan balances, with a carrying amount of US$3.8bn, which, as part of our strategy, we have announced we plan to actively market in multiple transactions over the next two years. At 31 December 2012, the carrying value of the non-real estate and the real estate secured loans which we intend to sell was approximately US$1bn greater than their estimated fair value. We expect to recognise a loss on sale for these loans over the next few years, the actual amount of which will depend on market conditions at the time of the sales. It is expected that reduction in these loans in our CML portfolio will be capital accretive and will reduce funding requirements, accelerate the winding down of the portfolio and also alleviate some of the operational burdens, given that these loans are servicing intensive and subject to foreclosure delays.

At 31 December 2012, lending balances in CML, including loans held for sale, were US$43bn, a decline of 14% from December 2011, of which 8% was attributable to the balances written off.

We incurred costs of US$221m in 2012 (2011: US$235m) as a result of restructuring activities in the region. These costs were mainly related to the business disposals, the closure of our consumer finance operations in Canada and the continuation of

our organisational effectiveness initiatives. We also achieved approximately US$230m of additional sustainable cost savings in 2012, primarily derived from operational efficiencies.

Following the disposals noted above, we are reshaping our US operations to focus on core activities and are continuing to reposition our businesses in both the US and Canada towards international customers.

In RBWM, we continued to develop our Wealth Management capabilities across the region, targeting internationally connected customers in key US and Canadian urban centres. Our relationship-based model offers a suite of wealth services incorporating HSBC and third-party products, enabling our internationally-minded customers to invest in global markets. In the US, we launched a renminbi fixed income fund to provide investors with the opportunity to access mainland China’s bond market.

In CMB, we increased the number of relationship managers and specialist sales staff in 2012 in areas with strong international connectivity, notably the West Coast, South East and Midwest of the US, leading to higher lending balances than in 2011. In Canada, we introduced the first renminbi currency account. We also established dedicated sales teams to enhance CMB’s collaboration with GB&M. In addition, in CMB and GB&M, we continued to target companies with international banking requirements, leading to a rise in Global Trade and Receivables Finance revenues in both the US and Canada.

In GB&M, we continued to work on delivering integrated solutions for our customers across the region, increasing our lending to Latin American corporates. In addition, we actively reduced our legacy credit exposure in the US by exiting certain positions. We will continue to reduce the size of this portfolio as opportunities arise.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

Net interest income decreased by 29% to US$8.1bn, due to the loss of income from the Card and Retail Services business together with the continued reduction of the CML portfolio in run-off. Also contributing to the decrease was a change in composition of our lending book towards higher levels of lower yielding real estate loans.

Net fee income decreased by 24% to US$2.5bn, primarily due to the sale of the Card and Retail Services business, the retail branches and the full service retail brokerage business in Canada. This

 

 

122d


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

was partly offset by fees from the transition service agreement with the purchaser of the Card and Retail Services business and increased revenues from debt capital markets origination activity due to the strong debt issuance market.

Net trading income of US$507m was US$871m higher than in 2011, primarily due to lower adverse fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges in RBWM as long-term interest rates declined to a lesser extent than in 2011. This was partly offset by an increase from US$92m in 2011 to US$134m in 2012 of loss provisions for mortgage loan repurchase obligations related to loans previously sold.

Net trading income increased in GB&M during 2012 as a result of the improved performance of economic hedges used to manage interest rate risk, which benefited from a more stable interest rate environment. Rates revenue was higher due to increased trading volumes. In addition, credit market conditions generally reflected tighter credit spreads, which led to higher income from our credit-related products. These factors were partly offset by adverse fair value movements on structured liabilities as own credit spreads tightened, together with the closure of our bank notes business in 2011, and a reduction in foreign exchange revenue as a result of lower trading volumes in less volatile markets.

Net loss from financial instruments designated at fair value was US$1.2bn compared with net gains of US$964m in 2011. We recognised adverse fair value movements on our own debt designated at fair value as credit spreads tightened during 2012, having widened in 2011. In addition, there were adverse fair value movements from interest rate ineffectiveness in the economic hedging of our long-term debt during the year.

Gains on disposal of US branch network and cards business included a gain of US$3.1bn from the sale of the Card and Retail Services business and US$864m from the sale of 195 retail branches in upstate New York.

Other operating income increased by US$176m to US$405m, reflecting lower losses on foreclosed properties due to the reduction in foreclosure activity, less deterioration in housing prices during 2012 and, in some markets, improvements in pricing compared with 2011.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions decreased by 51% to US$3.5bn, mainly in the US, reflecting lower lending balances in CML as we continued to run off the portfolio, and lower delinquency levels. Loan impairment charges remained adversely affected by delays in expected cash flows from mortgage loans due, in part, to delays in foreclosure processing and the higher costs to obtain and realise collateral, although the effects were less pronounced than in 2011. In addition, loan impairment charges declined by US$1.3bn due to the sale of the Card and Retail Services business. These decreases were partly offset by an adjustment made following a review completed in the fourth quarter of 2012 which concluded that the estimated average period of time from current status to write-off was ten months for real estate loans (previously a period of seven months was used).

In CMB and GB&M, loan impairment charges increased, mainly in Bermuda, due to individually assessed impairments on a small number of exposures. Credit quality in Canada remained broadly unchanged.

Operating expenses increased by less than 1% to US$8.9bn, primarily due to a US$1.5bn charge for the settlement of investigations noted above. Compliance costs increased by US$307m, mainly due to investment in process enhancements and infrastructure related to anti-money laundering and Bank Secrecy Act consent orders, along with actions to address the regulatory consent orders relating to foreclosure activities. In addition, following a review of our mortgage foreclosure process, we entered into an agreement in principle with US regulators to pay into a fund and provide other customer assistance to help eligible borrowers who were active in foreclosure during 2009 and 2010 and were financially disadvantaged during the process, for which we recognised a US$104m expense in 2012. These increases were partly offset by the effect of the sale of the Card and Retail Services business and organisational effectiveness initiatives to reduce costs as we achieved approximately US$230m of additional sustainable cost savings primarily derived from operational efficiencies. Average employee numbers decreased from organisational effectiveness initiatives and business disposals. In addition, marketing costs fell and costs of holding foreclosed properties declined, while software impairment charges in 2011 did not recur.

 

 

122e


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency profit before tax – North America

 

    

2011

as
reported
US$m

         

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

         

2011

at 2012
exchange

rates

US$m

         

2012

as
reported
US$m

         

Reported

change 2

%

         

Constant
currency

change 2

%

 

Net interest income

     11,480            (17         11,463            8,117            (29         (29

Net fee income

     3,308            (7         3,301            2,513            (24         (24

Own credit spread 3

     970                       970            (1,090            

Gains on disposal of US branch network and cards business

                                      4,012               

Other income 7

     242                       242            1,141            371            371   

Net operating income 4

     16,000            (24         15,976            14,693            (8         (8

LICs 42

     (7,016         1            (7,015         (3,457         51            51   

Net operating income

     8,984            (23         8,961            11,236            25            25   

Operating expenses

     (8,919         9            (8,910         (8,940                      

Operating profit

     65            (14         51            2,296               

Income from associates 43

     35                       35            3            (91         (91

Profit before tax

     100            (14         86            2,299               

For footnotes, see page 132.

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items – North America

 

     Year ended 31 December  
    

 

2012

US$m

  

  

       

 

2011

US$m

  

  

       

 

Change 2

%

  

  

Revenue 4

              

Reported

     14,693            16,000            (8

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (24      

Own credit spread 3

     1,090            (970      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (5,924         (6,001      

Underlying

     9,859            9,005            9   

LICs 42

              

Reported

     (3,457         (7,016         51   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           1         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     324            1,599         

Underlying

     (3,133         (5,416         42   

Operating expenses

              

Reported

     (8,940         (8,919           

Currency translation adjustment 1

           9         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     712            2,210         

Underlying

     (8,228         (6,700         (23

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     83.5%            74.4%         

Profit/(loss) before tax

              

Reported

     2,299            100         

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (14      

Own credit spread 3

     1,090            (970      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (4,888         (2,192      

Underlying

     (1,499         (3,076         51   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

122f


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – North America

 

     2013  
    

Retail
Banking

and Wealth
Management
US$m

         

Commercial

Banking 53

US$m

         

Global
Banking

and

Markets
US$m

         

Global

Private
Banking
US$m

         

Other

US$m

         

Inter-
segment

elimination 49

US$m

         

Total

US$m

 
Profit/(loss) before tax                                       

Net interest income

     3,483            1,430            582            195            89            (37         5,742   

Net fee income

     605            593            741            125            79                       2,143   
                                      

Trading income excluding net interest income

     48            40            613            19            7                       727   

Net interest income on trading activities

     11            1            172                                  37            221   
                                      

Net trading income 44

     59            41            785            19            7            37            948   
                                      

Changes in fair value of long- term debt issued and related derivatives

                                                 (288                    (288

Net income from other financial instruments designated at fair value

                                                                         

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value

                                                 (288                    (288

Gains less losses from financial investments

     4                       282                       8                       294   

Dividend income

     12            9            48            4            4                       77   

Net earned insurance premiums

     34                                                                   34   

Other operating income/(expense)

     (454                    229            1            1,829            (1,713         (108

Total operating income

     3,743            2,073            2,667            344            1,728            (1,713         8,842   

Net insurance claims 50

     (39                                                                (39

Net operating income 4

     3,704            2,073            2,667            344            1,728            (1,713         8,803   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (950         (223         (20         (4                               (1,197

Net operating income

     2,754            1,850            2,647            340            1,728            (1,713         7,606   

Total operating expenses

     (2,960         (1,096         (1,718         (283         (2,072         1,713            (6,416

Operating profit/(loss)

     (206         754            929            57            (344                    1,190   

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

     (1         32                                                        31   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     (207         786            929            57            (344                    1,221   
     %            %            %            %            %                  %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     (0.9         3.5            4.1            0.3            (1.6               5.4   

Cost efficiency ratio

     79.9            52.9            64.4            82.3            119.9                  72.9   

Balance sheet data 40

                                      
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net) 34

     66,192            37,735            51,746            5,956                             161,629   

Total assets

     82,530            45,706            313,701            8,542            13,211            (31,655         432,035   

Customer accounts reported in:

                                      

– customer accounts 34

     53,600            49,225            79,799            13,871                             196,495   

 

123


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – North America (continued)

 

    2012  
   

Retail
Banking

and Wealth
Management
US$m

       

Commercial

Banking 53

US$m

        Global
Banking
and
Markets
US$m
       

Global

Private
Banking
US$m

       

Other

US$m

       

Inter-
segment

elimination 49

US$m

        Total
US$m
 
Profit/(loss) before tax                          

Net interest income

    5,481          1,443          948          192          118          (65       8,117   

Net fee income

    923          562          716          124          188                   2,513   
                         

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

    (216       47          466          20          16                   333   

Net interest income on trading activities

    17          1          91                            65          174   
                         

Net trading income/(expense) 44

    (199       48          557          20          16          65          507   
                         

Changes in fair value of long- term debt issued and related derivatives

                                        (1,219                (1,219

Net income from other financial instruments designated at fair value

                                                            
                         

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value

                                        (1,219                (1,219

Gains less losses from financial investments

    27                   223          (7       8                   251   

Dividend income

    15          11          32          3                            61   

Net earned insurance premiums

    193                                                       193   

Gains on disposal of US branch network and cards business

    3,735          277                                              4,012   

Other operating income

    173          149          191          5          1,787          (1,899       406   

Total operating income

    10,348          2,490          2,667          337          898          (1,899       14,841   

Net insurance claims 50

    (148                                                    (148

Net operating income 4

    10,200          2,490          2,667          337          898          (1,899       14,693   

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

    (3,241       (148       (71       3                            (3,457

Net operating income

    6,959          2,342          2,596          340          898          (1,899       11,236   

Total operating expenses

    (3,966       (1,144       (1,639       (268       (3,822       1,899          (8,940

Operating profit/(loss)

    2,993          1,198          957          72          (2,924                2,296   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    2          1                                              3   

Profit/(loss) before tax

    2,995          1,199          957          72          (2,924                2,299   
    %          %          %          %          %              %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

    14.5          5.8          4.6          0.3          (14.2           11.1   

Cost efficiency ratio

    38.9          45.9          61.5          79.5          425.6              60.8   
Balance sheet data 40                          
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                   US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

    76,414          36,387          22,498          5,457                       140,756   

Total assets

    101,103          48,604          345,040          8,828          12,659          (25,987       490,247   

Customer accounts reported in:

                         

– customer accounts

    57,758          48,080          29,595          13,553          51              149,037   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

124


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – North America (continued)

 

     2011  
    

Retail
Banking

and Wealth
Management
US$m

         

Commercial

Banking 57

US$m

          Global
Banking
and
Markets
US$m
         

Global

Private
Banking
US$m

         

Other

US$m

         

Inter-
segment

elimination 49

US$m

          Total
US$m
 
Profit/(loss) before tax                                       

Net interest income

     8,931            1,528            893            187            9            (68         11,480   

Net fee income/(expense)

     1,836            551            773            149            (1                    3,308   
                                      

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     (946         34            261            17            (26                    (660

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

     25            1            205                       (1         68            298   
                                      

Net trading income/(expense) 44

     (921         35            466            17            (27         68            (362
                                      

Changes in fair value of long- term debt issued and related derivatives

                                                 967                       967   

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated
at fair value

                           (5                    2                       (3

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

                           (5                    969                       964   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     58            7            195                       2                       262   

Dividend income

     15            9            13            3                                  40   

Net earned insurance premiums

     236                                                                   236   

Other operating income

     (125         110            193            11            2,244            (2,207         226   

Total operating income

     10,030            2,240            2,528            367            3,196            (2,207         16,154   

Net insurance claims 50

     (154                                                                (154

Net operating income 4

     9,876            2,240            2,528            367            3,196            (2,207         16,000   

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     (6,929         (105         (11         30            (1                    (7,016

Net operating income

     2,947            2,135            2,517            397            3,195            (2,207         8,984   

Total operating expenses

     (5,615         (1,166         (1,642         (307         (2,396         2,207            (8,919

Operating profit/(loss)

     (2,668         969            875            90            799                       65   

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

     3            33                                  (1                    35   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     (2,665         1,002            875            90            798                       100   
     %            %            %            %            %                  %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     (12.2         4.6            4.0            0.4            3.7                  0.5   

Cost efficiency ratio

     56.9            52.1            65.0            83.7            75.0                  55.7   

Balance sheet data 40

                                      
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net) reported in:

                                      

– loans and advances to customers (net)

     86,490            32,215            19,289            4,753                             142,747   

– assets held for sale (disposal groups)

     31,058            520                                                   31,578   

Total assets

     144,278            43,747            320,783            7,138            10,378            (22,022         504,302   

Customer accounts reported in:

                                      

– customer accounts

     63,558            47,003            30,465            14,862            94                  155,982   

– liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

     10,104            5,040                                                   15,144   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

124a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Latin America

 

Our operations in Latin America principally comprise HSBC Bank Brasil S.A.-Banco Múltiplo, HSBC México, S.A. and HSBC Bank Argentina S.A. In addition to banking services, we operate insurance businesses in Brazil, Mexico and Argentina.

 

   

2013

US$m

       

2012

US$m

       

2011

US$m

 

Net interest income

    6,186          6,984          6,956   

Net fee income

    1,701          1,735          1,781   

Net trading income

    936          971          1,378   

Other income

    1,745          1,261          1,338   

Net operating income 4

    10,568          10,951          11,453   

LICs 42

    (2,666       (2,137       (1,883

Net operating income

    7,902          8,814          9,570   

Total operating expenses

    (5,930       (6,430       (7,255

Operating profit

    1,972          2,384          2,315   

Income from associates 43

                        

Profit before tax

    1,972          2,384          2,315   

Cost efficiency ratio

    56.1%          58.7%          63.3%   

RoRWA 36

    2.0%          2.4%          2.3%   

Year-end staff numbers

    42,542          46,556          54,035   

Best Infrastructure Bank

in Latin America

(LatinFinance Awards, 2013)

Gain of

US$1.1bn

on the sale of our

operations in Panama

Over

US$200m

of sustainable cost savings

 

 

 

For footnotes, see page 132.

The commentary is on a constant currency basis unless stated otherwise, while tables are on a reported basis.

Economic background

In Latin America, average GDP growth fell to 2.4% in 2013 from 2.9% in 2012. Brazil ’s GDP growth accelerated from 1% in 2012 to above 2% by the end of 2013. However, this was the third year of below-trend growth. Brazil’s growing current account deficit raised concerns during the summer. The resulting capital flight and decline in the currency served to put further upward pressure on prices, pushing CPI inflation above the mid-point of the central bank’s target for the fourth consecutive year.

Mexico saw a material slowdown in economic activity in 2013, with GDP growth likely to have slowed to 1.3% from 3.9% in 2012. Inflationary pressures remained subdued and Banco de México cut its key policy rate to 3.5% from 4.5% at the start of the year. However, a significant number of structural reforms should aid the long-term performance of the Mexican economy.

The Argentinian economy accelerated in 2013 following a good agricultural harvest and a modest recovery in the Brazilian economy. Structural problems became increasingly evident with high inflation and, eventually, currency weakness.

Review of performance

In Latin America, reported profit before tax of US$2.0bn was US$412m lower than in 2012, and US$239m lower on a constant currency basis.

On an underlying basis, which excludes the US$1.1bn gain on the sale of our operations in Panama and the effect of other non-strategic business disposals, pre-tax profits decreased by US$1.2bn. This was driven by a US$714m rise in loan impairment charges and a decline in revenue of US$348m, in part reflecting adverse movements in the PVIF asset compared with 2012.

We made significant progress on repositioning our business in the region, with a particular focus on our priority growth markets of Brazil, Mexico and Argentina. We also completed the disposal of operations in Panama, Peru and Paraguay, along with the sale of a portfolio of our non-life insurance assets and liabilities and a non-strategic business in Mexico. We expect to complete the sale of our operations in Colombia and Uruguay in 2014, subject to regulatory approvals.

While our performance was affected by slower economic growth and inflationary pressures, we continued to implement the Group’s strategy in our core priority markets in order to reposition our portfolios. We made significant progress in exiting

 

 

125


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within global businesses

 

    

Retail
Banking

and Wealth
Management

US$m

          Commercial
Banking
US$m
         

Global
Banking
and
Markets

US$m

         

Global

Private
Banking
US$m

          Other
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

2013

                                

Argentina

     97            142            170                       (1         408   

Brazil

     (114         (43         514            5            (11         351   

Mexico

     154            (160         115            (3         11            117   

Panama

     335            522            362            2            (37         1,184   

Other

     (46         3            6            (3         (48         (88
     426            464            1,167            1            (86         1,972   

2012

                                

Argentina

     209            169            174                       (46         506   

Brazil

     94            359            696            17            (43         1,123   

Mexico

     338            176            201            2            (18         699   

Panama

     29            62            48            2                       141   

Other

     (62         (15         34            (1         (41         (85
     608            751            1,153            20            (148         2,384   

2011

                                

Argentina

     91            107            148                       (2         344   

Brazil

     241            566            515            13            (105         1,230   

Mexico

     403            129            268            4            (178         626   

Panama

     23            59            52            3            (9         128   

Other

     (55         6            66                       (30         (13
     703            867            1,049            20            (324         2,315   

 

certain businesses and products, strengthening transaction monitoring and account opening, and investing in improved compliance across the region.

In Brazil, we focused on growing secured lending balances for corporates and Premier customers in order to increase connectivity and reduce our risk exposure. We tightened origination criteria in unsecured lending in RBWM, resulting in slower loan growth, and in Business Banking, where volumes declined. We were awarded ‘Best Debt House in Brazil’ by Euromoney , and received the ‘Best Infrastructure Financing in Brazil’ award from LatinFinance in GB&M.

In Mexico, we increased our market share in personal lending, and launched a successful residential mortgage campaign in RBWM. In CMB, we launched a new US$1bn SME fund to support businesses that trade or aspire to trade internationally, and approved lending of US$274m. We grew revenue from collaboration between CMB and GB&M by 11%, were awarded the ‘Best Domestic Cash Manager’ award by Euromoney and won two awards for Infrastructure Financing from LatinFinance .

In Argentina, we continued to manage our business conservatively as the economic environment remained challenging. We focused on GB&M and corporate CMB customers, and

tightened credit origination criteria and strengthened our collections capabilities in Business Banking and RBWM.

Net interest income decreased by US$358m, driven by the effect of the disposal of non-strategic businesses and a decline in Brazil, partly offset by growth in Argentina.

Net interest income decreased in Brazil due to a shift to lower yielding assets in CMB with reduced lending balances in Business Banking as we focused on growing secured balances for corporates. The reduction in net interest income in RBWM reflected lower average lending balances as a result of more restrictive origination criteria, which included reducing credit limits where appropriate, the rundown of non-strategic portfolios and a change in the product mix towards more secured assets. In addition, spreads were narrower in CMB reflecting competition, notably in working capital products. Net interest income also decreased in Balance Sheet Management due to lower reinvestment rates.

In Argentina, higher net interest income was driven by increased average credit card and personal lending balances, coupled with higher deposits in RBWM and CMB, both reflecting successful sales and marketing campaigns launched during 2013.

In Mexico, net interest income remained broadly unchanged. It decreased in CMB reflecting large

 

 

126


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

prepayments relating to a small number of corporates, and in GB&M as maturing investments were renewed at lower reinvestment rates. These falls were offset by an increase in RBWM as the launch of successful sales campaigns resulted in higher average lending balances, notably in payroll and personal lending.

Net fee income increased by 4%, mainly in Argentina. This was driven by business growth, notably in Payments and Cash Management, and the sale of the non-life insurance business which resulted in the non-recurrence of sales commissions previously paid to third party distribution channels. In Brazil and Mexico, fees rose, mainly in RBWM, where higher volumes and re-pricing initiatives drove fee increases in current accounts and credit cards.

Net trading income increased by US$39m, primarily reflecting favourable results in GB&M in Argentina and Brazil. This was partly offset by lower average trading assets as maturing investments in Brazil were not renewed.

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value decreased by US$274m, notably in Brazil, as a result of lower investment gains due to market movements. To the extent that these investment gains were attributed to policyholders there was a corresponding movement in Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders .

Gains less losses from financial investments fell by 62% due to lower gains on disposal of available-for-sale government debt securities in Balance Sheet Management and the non-recurrence of the gain on sale of shares in a non-strategic investment in 2012.

Net earned insurance premiums decreased by 19%, driven by lower sales of unit-linked pension products in Brazil. Premiums also fell in Argentina

as a result of the sale of the non-life insurance business in 2012. The reduction in net earned insurance premiums resulted in a corresponding decrease in Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders .

Other operating income increased by US$910m, driven by the US$1.1bn gain on the sale of our operations in Panama. This was partly offset by a significant reduction in the PVIF asset due to an increase in lapse rates and interest rate movements in Brazil and Mexico, and the non-recurrence of the favourable effect of the recognition of a PVIF asset in Brazil in 2012.

LICs increased by US$693m, primarily in Mexico due to specific impairments in CMB relating to homebuilders from a change in the public housing policy, and higher collective impairments in RBWM as a result of increased volumes and higher delinquency in our unsecured lending portfolio. In Brazil, LICs increased due to changes to the impairment model and assumption revisions for restructured loan account portfolios in RBWM and CMB, following a realignment of local practices to Group standard policy. LICs were also adversely affected by higher specific impairments in CMB across a number of corporate exposures. These factors were partly offset by improvements in credit quality in Brazil following the modification of credit strategies in previous years to mitigate rising delinquency rates.

Operating expenses decreased by US$112m as a result of business disposals, continued strict cost control and progress with our organisational effectiveness programmes which resulted in sustainable cost savings of over US$200m. The decrease was largely offset by the effect of inflationary pressures, union-agreed salary increases in Brazil and Argentina, and higher compliance and risk costs from the implementation of Global Standards and portfolio repositioning, notably in Mexico.

 

 

127


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency profit/(loss) before tax – Latin America

 

    

2012

as
reported
US$m

        

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

        

2012

at 2013
exchange

rates

US$m

        

2013

as
reported
US$m

        

Reported

change 2

%

        

Constant
currency

change 2

%

 

Net interest income

     6,984           (440        6,544           6,186           (11        (5

Net fee income

     1,735           (98        1,637           1,701           (2        4   

Net trading income

     971           (74        897           936           (4        4   

Own credit spread 3

                                               

Other income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     667           (67        600           326           (51        (46

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     667           (67        600           326           (51        (46

Gains less losses from financial investments

     227           (11        216           82           (64        (62

Net earned insurance premiums

     2,452           (203        2,249           1,830           (25        (19

Other operating income (including dividend income)

     268           (49        219           1,124           319           413   

Total operating income

     13,304           (942        12,362           12,185           (8        (1

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (2,353        217           (2,136        (1,617        31           24   

Net operating income 4

     10,951           (725        10,226           10,568           (3        3   

LICs 42

     (2,137        164           (1,973        (2,666        (25        (35

Net operating income

     8,814           (561        8,253           7,902           (10        (4

Operating expenses

     (6,430        388           (6,042        (5,930        8           2   

Operating profit

     2,384           (173        2,211           1,972           (17        (11

Income from associates 43

                                                         

Profit before tax

     2,384           (173        2,211           1,972           (17        (11

For footnotes, see page 132.

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items – Latin America

 

     Year ended 31 December  
    

2013

US$m

          2012 US$m           Change 2 %  

Net interest income

              

Reported net interest income

     6,186            6,984            (11

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (440      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (277         (561      

Underlying net interest income

     5,909            5,983            (1

Other operating income

              

Reported other operating income

     1,115            253            341   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (48      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (1,123         (14      

Underlying other operating income

     (8         191         

Revenue 4

              

Reported revenue

     10,568            10,951            (3

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (725      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (1,495         (805      

Underlying revenue

     9,073            9,421            (4

 

127a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

     Year ended 31 December  
     2013 US$m           2012 US$m           Change 2 %  

LICs 42

              

Reported

     (2,666         (2,137         (25

Currency translation adjustment 1

           164         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     32            53         

Underlying

     (2,634         (1,920         (37

Operating expenses

              

Reported

     (5,930         (6,430         8   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           388         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     239            488         

Underlying

     (5,691         (5,554         (2

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     62.7%            59.0%         

Profit before tax

              

Reported

     1,972            2,384            (17

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (173      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (1,224         (264      

Underlying

     748            1,947            (62

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

127b


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

2012 compared with 2011

Economic background

Brazil’s GDP growth slowed further in 2012, mostly due to the effects of higher input costs, concern about global financial stability, and domestic regulatory uncertainty. Despite growth remaining low, consumer inflation remained above the 4.5% inflation target pursued by the Central Bank, ending 2012 at 5.8%.

By contrast, growth held up well in Mexico in 2012 led, in particular, by favourable industrial exports to the US. Enhanced competitiveness helped Mexican exports to gain a larger share of total US imports. Domestically, demand stayed largely unchanged, encouraged by labour reforms passed by the new administration. Despite the growth figures, inflation ended 2012 slightly below 4% and converging on the 3% inflation target pursued by Banco de Mexico.

Argentina reported a sharp slowdown in 2012. Balance of payments restrictions gradually escalated from capital flows to the current account, including imports of intermediate goods, which generated disruption in production and deterioration in business confidence. Despite this sharp slowdown, inflation continued to remain high, partly due to regulated price increases and import restrictions that lowered domestic supply.

Review of performance

Our operations in Latin America reported a profit before tax of US$2.4bn in 2012, 3% higher than in 2011 and an increase of 16% on a constant currency basis. This included a gain of US$102m following the completion of the sale of our general insurance manufacturing business in Argentina, a loss of US$62m on the sale of our operations in Costa Rica, Honduras and El Salvador and a loss of US$96m recognised following the reclassification of our non-strategic businesses in Colombia, Peru, and Paraguay to ‘Assets held for sale.’

On an underlying basis, pre-tax profits rose by 19%, primarily due to increased revenues across all global businesses, partly offset by higher loan impairment charges. In RBWM, the revenue increase reflected growth in average lending balances in Argentina and a higher yielding portfolio mix in Brazil while, in CMB, it resulted from continued balance sheet growth in Brazil which was driven by a strong demand for trade-related lending and higher balances of Payment and Cash Management current accounts in Argentina. In addition, there were higher Balance Sheet Management revenues in Brazil following a downward movement in interest rates which lowered

the cost of funding. In Brazil, loan impairment charges rose, primarily as a result of increased delinquency rates in RBWM and CMB, particularly in the Business Banking portfolio, reflecting lower economic growth in 2012. Loan impairment charges improved during the second half of 2012, mainly due to lower collective portfolio provisions in Brazil.

We made significant progress in reducing the fragmentation in our Latin American businesses through disposals in our non-strategic markets. In May 2012, we announced the sale of our businesses in Colombia, Peru, Uruguay and Paraguay, with completion expected in 2013. We will continue to offer full branch services to our customers during transition. In the second half of 2012, we completed the sale of our businesses in Costa Rica, El Salvador and Honduras. In addition, we completed the sale of our general insurance manufacturing business in Argentina and announced the agreement to sell a portfolio of general insurance assets and liabilities in Mexico with completion expected in 2013. Under the terms of these agreements, the purchasers will provide general insurance products to HSBC to sell to our retail customers in the two countries. This long-term collaboration will broaden and strengthen the suite of general insurance products available to our customers. In February 2013, we announced an agreement to sell our operations in Panama. The transaction is subject to regulatory approvals and other conditions and is expected to complete by the third quarter of 2013.

In our RBWM business, we made good progress in developing a wealth management service that addresses our customers’ needs and we strengthened our sales force capabilities to capture wealth creation in the region. Wealth Management revenues increased by over US$275m or 36%. This included the favourable effect of the recognition of a PVIF asset in Brazil. Excluding this gain, Wealth Management revenues rose by 17%, mainly from insurance and mutual funds.

In CMB, we worked closely with GB&M to ensure our clients had access to appropriate products. In addition, our relationships with CMB payroll customers enabled us to increase personal lending to their employees, who became our RBWM customers. We were able to provide support to companies as they grow internationally through our Global Trade and Receivables Finance products, and used our international expertise to capture trade and capital flows, notably in the Brazil-China trade corridors. We continued to strengthen our service to international SMEs by increasing the number of specialist International Relationship Managers in Brazil.

 

 

127c


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

In GB&M, we continued to target international corporate customers throughout Latin America. We were awarded ‘First place in International Debt Capital Markets’ by the Brazilian Financial and Capital Markets Association and ‘Best Project Finance House in Latin America’ from Euromoney . We also maintained a strong presence in the foreign exchange and derivatives markets.

Across the region, we continued to implement measures to improve operational efficiency, incurring US$167m of restructuring costs in 2012. We achieved a 14% net reduction of almost 7,500 FTEs, including more than 4,000 employees transferred with the disposals described earlier, and approximately US$285m of additional sustainable savings.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

Net interest income increased by 12% compared with 2011, with growth across all global businesses.

In RBWM, net interest income rose due to higher average lending volumes, mainly in personal loans and credit cards in Argentina as a result of successful marketing and sales campaigns. We also benefited from a change in the composition of the lending book in Brazil as we increased our balances of higher yielding assets. Net interest income from deposits also increased due to higher balances in current accounts in Mexico and savings accounts in Argentina supported by marketing campaigns.

In CMB, higher net interest income reflected a rise in average loans and advances to customers in Brazil, driven by strong demand for trade-related lending and our focus on corporate relationships and sectors with potential for international expansion. Net interest income also rose in Argentina, mainly in Payments and Cash Management current accounts, reflecting higher balances which were supported by successful marketing campaigns, and wider spreads driven by a rise in interest rates.

In GB&M, net interest income increased, notably in Balance Sheet Management in Brazil, as we benefited from the downward movements in interest rates which lowered the cost of funding assets in this portfolio.

Net fee income increased by 8% to US$1.7bn, mainly due to higher Payments and Cash Management revenues, which benefited from mandates from new customers and repricing initiatives in Argentina and Brazil. Fee income was also higher as a result of the sale of the general insurance business as fee expense associated with

this business was no longer incurred.

Net trading income of US$971m was 19% lower than in 2011, primarily due to lower reverse repos driven by positions in GB&M in Brazil that had matured but had not been renewed, and lower income related to government debt securities. This was partly offset by gains in the Rates business as a result of favourable rate movements.

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value increased by 39%, or US$187m, mainly in Brazil, reflecting higher investment gains arising from favourable equity and debt market movements and growth in policyholder assets from higher sales of unit-linked pension products. To the extent that these investment gains were attributed to policyholders there was a corresponding increase in ‘ Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders’ .

Gains less losses from financial investments of US$227m were 80% or US$100m higher than in 2011, primarily in Brazil due to gains on sale of shares in non-strategic investments and disposals of government debt securities in GB&M in 2012, partly offset by the non-recurrence of a gain in GB&M on the sale of shares in a Mexican listed company in 2011.

Net earned insurance premiums increased by 5% to US$2.5bn, driven by increased sales in Brazil of unit-linked pension products and term life insurance products. Premiums also rose in Mexico, mainly due to growth in sales of an endowment product. In Argentina, premiums were lower, following the sale of the general insurance business in 2012.

Other operating income decreased by 8% to US$253m, driven by a loss of US$62m on the sale of our operations in Costa Rica, Honduras and El Salvador, and a loss of US$96m recognised following the reclassification of our non-strategic businesses in Colombia, Peru, and Paraguay to held for sale. In addition, in 2011, we reported a gain on sale of the Mexican pension administration business, HSBC Afore, of US$83m and a gain on the sale and leaseback of branches of US$53m. These factors were partly offset by the favourable effect of the recognition of a PVIF asset in Brazil of US$119m relating to unit-linked pensions, together with an increase in the value of new term life business in Brazil, as well as the gain on sale of the general insurance business in Argentina of US$102m.

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders increased by 15%, driven

 

 

127d


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

by higher net investment gains on the fair value of the assets held to support policyholder contracts. In addition, liabilities to policyholders were established for new business, reflecting the increase in premiums in Brazil, though this was partly offset by the disposal of the general insurance business in Argentina in 2012.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions increased by 29%. This was mainly in Brazil, driven by increased delinquency rates in RBWM and CMB, particularly in Business Banking, reflecting lower economic growth in 2012. We took a number of steps to reposition our portfolios in RBWM and CMB including reducing third-party originations and lowering credit limits where appropriate. We also improved our collections capabilities. Loan impairment charges improved during the second half of the year in Brazil.

Operating expenses decreased by US$83m compared with 2011. Restructuring costs declined by US$137m as 2011 included costs associated with the consolidation of the branch network and the reorganisation of regional and country support functions. These restructuring initiatives and our continued efforts to exercise strict cost control and progress with our organisational effectiveness programmes resulted in approximately US$285m of additional sustainable cost savings and a net 7% reduction in average FTEs of around 4,000 in 2012. These savings were partly offset by inflationary pressures, union-agreed wage increases in Brazil and Argentina and a payment of fines and penalties of US$29m in connection with non-compliance with anti-money laundering systems and controls including requirements to report unusual transactions, in Mexico.

 

 

127e


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency profit/(loss) before tax – Latin America

 

    

2011

as
reported
US$m

        

Currency

translation

adjustment 1

US$m

        

2011

at 2012
exchange

rates

US$m

        

2012

as
reported
US$m

        

Reported

change 2

%

        

Constant
currency

change 2

%

 

Net interest income

     6,956           (709        6,247           6,984                     12   

Net fee income

     1,781           (174        1,607           1,735           (3        8   

Other income 7

     2,716           (333        2,383           2,232           (18        (6

Net operating income 4

     11,453           (1,216        10,237           10,951           (4        7   

LICs 42

     (1,883        221           (1,662        (2,137        (13        (29

Net operating income

     9,570           (995        8,575           8,814           (8        3   

Operating expenses

     (7,255        742           (6,513        (6,430        11           1   

Operating profit

     2,315           (253        2,062           2,384           3           16   

Income from associates 43

                                                         

Profit before tax

     2,315           (253        2,062           2,384           3           16   

For footnotes, see page 132.

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items – Latin America

 

     Year ended 31 December  
    

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

         

Change 2

%

 

Revenue 4

              

Reported

     10,951            11,453            (4

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (1,216      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (343         (492      

Underlying

     10,608            9,745            9   

LICs 42

              

Reported

     (2,137         (1,883         (13

Currency translation adjustment 1

           221         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     16            16         

Underlying

     (2,121         (1,646         (29

Operating expenses

              

Reported

     (6,430         (7,255         11   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           742         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     183            295         

Underlying

     (6,247         (6,218           

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     58.9%            63.8%         

Profit before tax

              

Reported

     2,384            2,315            3   

Currency translation adjustment 1

           (253      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (144         (181      

Underlying

     2,240            1,881            19   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

127f


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Latin America

 

     2013  
    

Retail
Banking

and Wealth
Management
US$m

         

Commercial

Banking
US$m

          Global
Banking
and
Markets
US$m
         

Global

Private
Banking
US$m

         

Other

US$m

         

Inter-
segment

elimination 49

US$m

          Total
US$m
 
Profit/(loss) before tax                                       

Net interest income/(expense)

     3,776            1,828            775            24            (12         (205         6,186   

Net fee income

     952            548            168            32            1                       1,701   
                                      

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     138            117            456            4            (4                    711   

Net interest income on trading activities

                           20                                  205            225   
                                      

Net trading income/(expense) 44

     138            117            476            4            (4         205            936   
                                      

Changes in fair value of long- term debt issued and related derivatives

                                                                         

Net income from other financial instruments designated at fair value

     264            61            1                                             326   

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     264            61            1                                             326   

Gains less losses from financial investments

                1            81                                             82   

Dividend income

     5            3            1                                             9   

Net earned insurance premiums

     1,464            360            6                                             1,830   

Other operating income

     312            485            310            1            196            (189         1,115   

Total operating income

     6,911            3,403            1,818            61            181            (189         12,185   

Net insurance claims 50

     (1,323         (291         (3                                          (1,617

Net operating income 4

     5,588            3,112            1,815            61            181            (189         10,568   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (1,552         (1,062         (52                                          (2,666

Net operating income

     4,036            2,050            1,763            61            181            (189         7,902   

Total operating expenses

     (3,610         (1,586         (596         (60         (267         189            (5,930

Operating profit/(loss)

     426            464            1,167            1            (86                    1,972   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

                                                                         

Profit/(loss) before tax

     426            464            1,167            1            (86                    1,972   
     %            %            %            %            %                  %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     1.9            2.0            5.2                       (0.4               8.7   

Cost efficiency ratio

     64.6            51.0            32.8            98.4            147.5                  56.1   

Balance sheet data 40

                                      
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     13,616            19,923            10,306            75                             43,920   

Total assets

     30,584            30,001            52,977            337            634            (534         113,999   

Customer accounts

     23,943            16,593            11,804            1,859                             54,199   

 

128


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

     2012  
    

Retail
Banking

and Wealth
Management
US$m

         

Commercial

Banking
US$m

          Global
Banking
and
Markets
US$m
         

Global

Private
Banking
US$m

         

Other

US$m

         

Inter-
segment

elimination 49

US$m

          Total
US$m
 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                      

Net interest income/(expense)

     4,145            2,173            993            30            (2         (355         6,984   

Net fee income

     873            622            207            33                                  1,735   
                                      

Trading income excluding net interest income

     85            99            398            3            1                       586   

Net interest income on trading activities

                           29                       1            355            385   

Net trading income 44

     85            99            427            3            2            355            971   
                                      

Changes in fair value of long- term debt issued and related derivatives

                                                                         

Net income from other financial instruments designated at fair value

     503            163            1                                             667   

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     503            163            1                                             667   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     75            21            131                                             227   

Dividend income

     9            5            1                                             15   

Net earned insurance premiums

     1,985            450            17                                             2,452   

Other operating income/(expense)

     309            (9         6            3            134            (190         253   

Total operating income

     7,984            3,524            1,783            69            134            (190         13,304   

Net insurance claims 50

     (1,875         (469         (9                                          (2,353

Net operating income 4

     6,109            3,055            1,774            69            134            (190         10,951   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (1,541         (581         (13         (2                               (2,137

Net operating income

     4,568            2,474            1,761            67            134            (190         8,814   

Total operating expenses

     (3,960         (1,723         (608         (47         (282         190            (6,430

Operating profit/(loss)

     608            751            1,153            20            (148                    2,384   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

                                                                         

Profit/(loss) before tax

     608            751            1,153            20            (148                    2,384   
     %           %           %           %           %                       %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     2.9            3.6            5.6            0.1            (0.7               11.6   

Cost efficiency ratio

     64.8            56.4            34.3            68.1            210.4                  58.7   

Balance sheet data 40

                                      
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     17,236            25,379            10,903            91                             53,609   

Total assets

     36,141            35,507            58,272            570            1,110            (323         131,277   

Customer accounts

     28,688            20,834            12,604            4,430                             66,556   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

129


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Latin America (continued)

 

     2011  
    

Retail
Banking

and Wealth
Management
US$m

         

Commercial

Banking
US$m

          Global
Banking
and
Markets
US$m
         

Global

Private
Banking
US$m

         

Other

US$m

         

Inter-
segment

elimination 49

US$m

         

Total

US$m

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                      

Net interest income/(expense)

     4,519            2,229            882            25            (7         (692         6,956   

Net fee income

     939            610            196            36                                  1,781   
                                      

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     68            106            372            5            (7                    544   

Net interest income on trading activities

                           134                       8            692            834   

Net trading income 44

     68            106            506            5            1            692            1,378   
                                      

Changes in fair value of long- term debt issued and related derivatives

                                                                         

Net income from other financial instruments designated at fair value

     424            124            2                                             550   

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     424            124            2                                             550   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     11            1            124            1                                  137   

Dividend income

     10            3            1                                             14   

Net earned insurance premiums

     2,068            551            34                                             2,653   

Other operating income

     265            57            32            2            222            (250         328   

Total operating income

     8,304            3,681            1,777            69            216            (250         13,797   

Net insurance claims 50

     (1,850         (478         (16                                          (2,344

Net operating income 4

     6,454            3,203            1,761            69            216            (250         11,453   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (1,369         (501         (12                    (1                    (1,883

Net operating income

     5,085            2,702            1,749            69            215            (250         9,570   

Total operating expenses

     (4,382         (1,835         (700         (49         (539         250            (7,255

Operating profit/(loss)

     703            867            1,049            20            (324                    2,315   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

                                                                         

Profit/(loss) before tax

     703            867            1,049            20            (324                    2,315   
     %           %           %           %           %                       %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     3.2            4.0            4.8            0.1            (1.5               10.6   

Cost efficiency ratio

     67.9            57.3            39.8            71.0            249.5                  63.3   

Balance sheet data 40

                                      
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     19,025            25,834            11,011            62            6                  55,938   

Total assets

     39,231            38,410            66,241            1,660            417            (1,070         144,889   

Customer accounts

     28,629            24,050            18,940            7,079            62                  78,760   

For footnotes, see page 132.

 

129a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Other information

Funds under management and assets held in custody 54

 

Funds under management

 

     2013           2012  
     US$bn           US$bn  

Funds under management

        

At 1 January

     910            847   

Net new money

     (18         5   

Value change

     34            49   

Exchange and other

     (5         9   

At 31 December

     921            910   
     At 31 December  
     2013           2012  
     US$bn           US$bn  

Funds under management by business

        

Global Asset Management

     420            425   

Global Private Banking

     282            288   

Affiliates

     5            3   

Other

     214            194   
     921            910   

For footnote, see page 132.

Funds under management (‘FuM’) at 31 December 2013 amounted to US$921bn, marginally higher than at 31 December 2012, reflecting favourable market movements which were largely offset by net outflows and adverse foreign exchange movements.

Global Asset Management funds of US$420bn at 31 December 2013 were marginally down on 31 December 2012 due to net outflows from liquidity funds, notably in the US and Europe as a result of continued low interest rate; adverse foreign exchange movements reflecting the strengthening of the US dollar against emerging market currencies; and other movements, including the amortisation and maturity of assets in an asset-backed securities mandate managed on behalf of GB&M. These factors were partly offset by strong inflows in fixed income products from our customers in Europe and Rest of Asia-Pacific and favourable movements in developed equity markets.

GPB funds decreased by 2% compared with 31 December 2012 to US$282bn. This was mainly due to negative net new money in Europe, which was driven by actions taken to refocus our client base towards higher net worth relationships, the adoption of new compliance and tax transparency standards and a large number of client withdrawals, particularly in Switzerland. These factors were partly offset by favourable market movements, notably in Europe, and positive net new money in Asia.

Other FuM increased by 10% to US$214bn, primarily due to favourable equity market movements.

Assets held in custody and under administration

Custody is the safekeeping and servicing of securities and other financial assets on behalf of clients. At 31 December 2013, we held assets as custodian of US$6.2 trillion, 3% higher than the US$6.0 trillion held at 31 December 2012. This was mainly driven by increased new business and favourable market movements, partly offset by adverse foreign exchange movements.

Our assets under administration business, which includes the provision of bond and loan administration services as well as the valuation of portfolios of securities and other financial assets on behalf of clients, complements the custody business. At 31 December 2013, the value of assets held under administration by the Group amounted to US$3.1 trillion, which was 6% higher than at 31 December 2012. This was mainly driven by increased new business and favourable market movements.

Property

 

At 31 December 2013, we operated from some 8,230 operational properties worldwide, of which approximately 2,110 were located in Europe, 2,515 in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific, 500 in North America, 2,770 in Latin America and 335 in the Middle East and North Africa. These properties had an area of approximately 56.6m square feet (2012: 59.7m square feet).

Our freehold and long leasehold properties, together with all our leasehold land in Hong Kong, were valued in 2013. The value of these properties was US$10.3bn (2012: US$9.7bn) in excess of their carrying amount in the consolidated balance sheet on a historical cost based measure. In addition, properties with a net book value of US$1.9bn (2012: US$1.3bn) were held for investment purposes.

Our operational properties are stated at cost, being historical cost or fair value at the date of transition to IFRSs (their deemed cost) less any impairment losses, and are depreciated on a basis calculated to write off the assets over their estimated useful lives. Properties owned as a consequence of an acquisition are recognised initially at fair value.

Further details are included in Note 23 on the Financial Statements.

 

 

130


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Detailed list of disclosures in this report arising from EDTF recommendations

 

 

Type of risk   Recommendation   Disclosure   Page  

General

  1   The risks to which the business is exposed.   135 to 139  
 

 

2

 

 

Our risk appetite and stress testing.

 

 

139 to 141  

 

 

3

 

 

Top and emerging risks, and the changes during the reporting period.

 

 

141 to 147  

 

 

4

 

 

Discussion of future regulatory developments affecting our business model and Group profitability, and its implementation in Europe.

 

 

142 and 309 to 317  

Risk governance, risk management and business model

 

 

5

 

 

Group Risk Committee, and their activities.

 

 

352 to 358  

 

 

6

 

 

Risk culture and risk governance and ownership.

 

 

134  

 

 

7

 

 

Diagram of the risk exposure by global business segment.

 

 

37  

 

 

8

 

 

Stress testing and the underlying assumptions.

 

 

139 to 141  

Capital adequacy and risk-weighted assets

 

 

9

 

 

Pillar 1 capital requirements.

 

For calculation of Pillar 1 capital requirements, see pages 10 to 14 of Pillar 3 Disclosures 2012 .

 

 

320 to 322  

 

 

10

 

 

Reconciliation of the accounting balance sheet to the regulatory balance sheet.

 

 

307  

 

 

11

 

 

Flow statement of the movements in regulatory capital since the previous reporting period, including changes in core tier 1, tier 1 and tier 2 capital.

 

 

304  

 

 

12

 

 

Discussion of targeted level of capital, and the plans on how to establish this.

 

 

299 and 314 to 320  

 

 

13

 

 

Analysis of risk-weighted assets by risk type, global business and geographical region, and market risk RWAs.

 

 

299 to 300  

  14   For analysis of the capital requirements for each Basel asset class, see pages 10 to 14, 23, 58 and 61 of Pillar 3 Disclosures 2012 .  
  15   For analysis of credit risk for each Basel asset class, see pages 23 to 28 and 32 to 38 of Pillar 3 Disclosures 2012 .  
  16   Flow statements reconciling the movements in risk-weighted assets for each risk-weighted asset type.   302 to 303  
    17   For discussion of Basel credit risk model performance, see pages 39 to 41 of the Pillar 3 Disclosures 2012 document.    

Liquidity

  18   Analysis of the Group’s liquid asset buffer.   215 to 216  

Funding

  19   Encumbered and unencumbered assets analysed by balance sheet category.   224 to 226  
  20   Consolidated total assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments analysed by remaining contractual maturity at the balance sheet date.   533 to 541  
    21   Analysis of the Group’s sources of funding and a description of our funding strategy.   219 to 211  

Market risk

  22   Relationship between the market risk measures for trading and non-trading portfolios and the balance sheet, by business segment.   236 to 237  
  23   Discussion of significant trading and non-trading market risk factors.   232 to 235  
  24   VaR assumptions, limitations and validation.   282 to 284  
    25   Discussion of stress tests, reverse stress tests and stressed VaR.   284  

Credit risk

  26   Analysis of the aggregate credit risk exposures, including details of both personal and wholesale lending.   152 to 154  
  27   Discussion of the policies for identifying impaired loans, defining impairments and renegotiated loans, and explaining loan forbearance policies.   185 and 268 to 273  
  28   Reconciliations of the opening and closing balances of impaired loans and impairment allowances during the year.   186 and 191  
  29   Analysis of counterparty credit risk that arises from derivative transactions.   158  
    30   Discussion of credit risk mitigation, including collateral held for all sources of credit risk.   179 to 184  

Other risks

  31   Quantified measures of the management of operational risk.   245 to 248  
    32   Discussion of publicly known risk events.   141 to 147  

The 32 recommendations listed above were made in the report ‘Enhancing the Risk Disclosures of Banks’ issued by the Enhanced Disclosure Task Force of the Financial Stability Board in October 2012.

 

131


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Disclosure controls

 

The Group Chief Executive and Group Finance Director, with the assistance of other members of management, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of HSBC Holdings’ disclosure controls and procedures as at 31 December 2013. Based upon that evaluation, the Group Chief Executive and Group Finance Director concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as at 31 December 2013 were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports which the company files and submits under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarised and reported as and when required. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.

There has been no change in HSBC Holdings’ internal controls over financial reporting during the year ended 31 December 2013 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, HSBC Holdings’ internal controls over financial reporting.

Management’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting

 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting, and has completed an assessment of the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls over financial reporting for the year ended 31 December 2013. In making the assessment, management used the framework for internal control evaluation contained within the Financial Reporting Council’s Internal Control Revised Guidance for Directors, as well as the criteria established by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission (‘COSO’) in ‘Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992)’.

Based on the assessment performed, management concluded that as at 31 December 2013, the Group’s internal controls over financial reporting were effective.

KPMG Audit Plc, which has audited the consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2013, has also audited the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting under Auditing Standard No. 5 of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) as stated in their report on page 410.

In May 2013, the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) issued the 2013 ‘Internal Control — Integrated Framework’ (Framework). HSBC plan to use the 2013 Framework for the assessment for the year ending 31 December 2014. HSBC continued to evaluate its internal control over financial reporting under the original 1992 Framework for the year ended 31 December 2013.

 

131a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Footnotes to pages 47 to 131

Reconciliations of reported and underlying profit/(loss) before tax

 

1 ‘Currency translation adjustment’ is the effect of translating the results of subsidiaries and associates for the previous year at the average rates of exchange applicable in the current year.
2 Positive numbers are favourable: negative numbers are unfavourable.
3 Changes in fair value due to movements in own credit spread on long-term debt issued. This does not include the fair value changes due to own credit risk in respect of trading liabilities or derivative liabilities.
4 Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions, also referred to as revenue.
5 The operating results of these disposals were removed from underlying results in addition to disposal gains and losses.
6 The operating results of these disposals and acquisitions were not removed from underlying results as they were not significant.
7 Other income in this context comprises where applicable net trading income, net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value, gains less losses from financial investments, dividend income, net earned insurance premiums and other operating income less net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders.

Financial summary

 

8 The effect of the bonus element of the rights issue in 2009 has been included within the basic and diluted earnings per share.
9 Dividends recorded in the financial statements are dividends per ordinary share declared in a year and are not dividends in respect of, or for, that year. For further information, see footnote 3 on page 46.
10 Dividends per ordinary share expressed as a percentage of basic earnings per share.
11 The accounting for the disposal of our interest in Ping An is described on page 521. In the first half of 2013, we recognised a net gain on the completion of the Ping An disposal of US$553m which offset the US$553m loss on the contingent forward sale contract recognised in the second half of 2012. The gain of US$553m represented the net effect of the US$1,235m gain on derecognition of the Ping An equity securities classified as available-for-sale investments and recorded in ‘Gains less losses from financial investments’, offset by the US$682m adverse change in fair value of the contingent forward sale contract in the period to the point of delivery of the equity securities recorded in ‘Net trading income’.
12 Net interest income includes the cost of internally funding trading assets, while the related external revenues are reported in ‘Trading income’. In our global business results, the cost of funding trading assets is included with Global Banking and Market’s net trading income as interest expense.
13 Gross interest yield is the average annualised interest rate earned on average interest-earning assets (‘AIEA’).
14 Net interest spread is the difference between the average annualised interest rate earned on AIEA, net of amortised premiums and loan fees, and the average annualised interest rate paid on average interest-bearing funds.
15 Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as an annualised percentage of AIEA.
16 Interest income on trading assets is reported as ‘Net trading income’ in the consolidated income statement.
17 Interest income on financial assets designated at fair value is reported as ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’ in the consolidated income statement.
18 Including interest-bearing bank deposits only.
19 Interest expense on financial liabilities designated at fair value is reported as ‘Net income on financial instruments designated at fair value’ in the consolidated income statement, other than interest on own debt which is reported in ‘Interest expense’.
20 Including interest-bearing customer accounts only.
21 Trading income also includes movements on non-qualifying hedges. These hedges are derivatives entered into as part of a documented interest rate management strategy for which hedge accounting was not, nor could be, applied. They are principally cross-currency and interest rate swaps used to economically hedge fixed rate debt issued by HSBC Holdings and floating rate debt issued by HSBC Finance. The size and direction of the changes in the fair value of non-qualifying hedges that are recognised in the income statement can be volatile from year-to-year, but do not alter the cash flows expected as part of the documented interest rate management strategy for both the instruments and the underlying economically hedged assets and liabilities if the derivative is held to maturity.
22 Net trading income includes an unfavourable movement of US$66m (2012: unfavourable movement of US$629m; 2011: favourable movement of US$458m), associated with changes in the fair value of issued structured notes and other hybrid instrument liabilities arising from movements in HSBC issuance spreads.
23 Other changes in fair value include gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of derivatives that are managed in conjunction with HSBC’s long-term debt issued.
24 Discretionary participation features.
25 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders arise from both life and non-life insurance business. For non-life business, amounts reported represent the cost of claims paid during the year and the estimated cost of incurred claims. For life business, the main element of claims is the liability to policyholders created on the initial underwriting of the policy and any subsequent movement in the liability that arises, primarily from the attribution of investment performance to savings-related policies. Consequently, claims rise in line with increases in sales of savings-related business and with investment market growth.
26 The cost efficiency ratio is defined as total operating expenses divided by net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.

Consolidated balance sheet

 

27 Net of impairment allowances.
28 The calculation of capital resources, capital ratios and risk-weighted assets on a Basel 2.5 basis.
29 Capital resources are total regulatory capital, the calculation of which is set out on page 305.
30 Including perpetual preferred securities, details of which can be found in Note 32 on the Financial Statements.

 

132


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

31 The definition of net asset value per share is total shareholders’ equity, less non-cumulative preference shares and capital securities, divided by the number of ordinary shares in issue.
32 ‘Currency translation adjustment’ is the effect of translating the assets and liabilities of subsidiaries and associates for the previous year-end at the rates of exchange applicable at the current year-end.
33 Balance included in disposal groups, per note 25 on the Financial Statements.
34 In 2013, GB&M changed the way it manages repo and reverse repo activities in the Credit and Rates businesses as set out on page 68. This led to an increase in the amount of reverse repo and repo agreements classified as ‘Loans and advances to customers’ at amortised cost and ‘Customer accounts’ at amortised cost in the balance sheet, respectively. The increase in amortised cost balances primarily occurred in Europe and North America, specifically in the UK and the US and the Global Banking and Markets global business.
35 France primarily comprises the domestic operations of HSBC France, HSBC Assurances Vie and the Paris branch of HSBC Bank plc.

Reconciliation of RoRWA measures

 

36 Risk-weighted assets (‘RWA’s) and pre-tax return on average risk-weighted assets (‘RoRWA’).
37 Underlying RoRWA is calculated using underlying pre-tax return and reported average RWAs at constant currency and adjusted for the effects of business disposals.
38 Other’ includes treasury services related to the US Consumer and Mortgage Lending business and commercial operations in run-off. US CML includes loan portfolios within the run-off business that are designated held for sale.

Global businesses and geographical regions

 

39 The main items reported under ‘Other’ are the results of HSBC’s holding company and financing operations, which includes net interest earned on free capital held centrally, operating costs incurred by the head office operations in providing stewardship and central management services to HSBC, along with the costs incurred by the Group Service Centres and Shared Service Organisations and associated recoveries. The results also include fines and penalties as part of the settlement of investigations into past inadequate compliance with anti-money laundering and sanctions laws, the UK bank levy together with unallocated investment activities, centrally held investment companies, gains arising from the dilution of interests in associates and joint ventures and certain property transactions. In addition, ‘Other’ also includes part of the movement in the fair value of long-term debt designated at fair value (the remainder of the Group’s movement on own debt is included in GB&M).
40 Assets by geographical region and global businesses include intra-HSBC items. These items are eliminated, where appropriate, under the heading ‘Intra-HSBC items’ or ‘inter-segment elimination’, as appropriate.
41 For divested businesses, this includes the gain or loss on disposal and material results of operations as described on page 47.
42 Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.
43 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures.
44 In the analysis of global businesses, net trading income/(expense) comprises all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities classified as held for trading, related external and internal interest income and interest expense, and dividends received; in the statutory presentation internal interest income and expense are eliminated.
45 In 2013, funding costs that had previously been reported within ‘Other’ were allocated to their respective business lines. For comparative purposes, 2012 data have been re-presented to reflect this change.
46 In 2013, Markets included an adverse fair value movement of US$66m on the widening of credit spreads on structured liabilities (2012: adverse fair value movement of US$629m; 2011: favourable fair value movement of US$458m).
47 ‘Other’ in GB&M includes net interest earned on free capital held in the global business not assigned to products, allocated funding costs and gains resulting from business disposals. Within the management view of total operating income, notional tax credits are allocated to the businesses to reflect the economic benefit generated by certain activities which is not reflected within operating income, for example notional credits on income earned from tax-exempt investments where the economic benefit of the activity is reflected in tax expense. In order to reflect the total operating income on an IFRS basis, the offset to these tax credits are included within ‘Other’.
48 ‘Client assets’ are translated at the rates of exchange applicable for their respective period-ends, with the effects of currency translation reported separately. The main components of client assets are funds under management, which are not reported on the Group’s balance sheet, and customer deposits, which are reported on the Group’s balance sheet.
49 Inter-segment elimination comprises (i) the costs of shared services and Group Service Centres included within ‘Other’ which are recovered from global businesses, and (ii) the intra-segment funding costs of trading activities undertaken within GB&M. HSBC’s Balance Sheet Management business, reported within GB&M, provides funding to the trading businesses. To report GB&M’s ‘Net trading income’ on a fully funded basis, ‘Net interest income’ and ‘Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities’ are grossed up to reflect internal funding transactions prior to their elimination in the inter-segment column.
50 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders.
51 ‘Employee expenses’ comprise costs directly incurred by each global business. The reallocation and recharging of employee and other expenses directly incurred in the ‘Other’ category are shown in ‘Other operating expenses’.
52 RWAs are non-additive across geographical regions due to market risk diversification effects within the Group.
53 In 2012 CMB results include US$128m of net operating income and US$43m of profit before tax, related to low income housing tax credit investments in the US which are offset within the ‘Other’ segment.
54 Funds under management and assets held in custody are not reported on the Group’s balance sheet, except where it is deemed that we are acting as principal rather than agent in our role as investment manager, and these assets are consolidated as Structured entities (see Note 42 on the Financial Statements).

 

133


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Average balance sheet

 

55 Interest income on trading assets is reported as ‘Net trading income’ in the consolidated income statement.
56 Interest income on financial assets designated at fair value is reported as ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’ in the consolidated income statement.
57 Brazilian operations comprise HSBC Bank Brasil S.A.-Banco Múltiplo and subsidiaries, plus HSBC Serviços e Participações Limitada.
58 This includes interest-bearing bank deposits only. See page 69(m) for an analysis of all bank deposits.
59 Interest expense on financial liabilities designated at fair value is reported as ‘Net income on financial instruments designated at fair value’ in the consolidated income statement, other than interest on own debt which is reported in ‘Interest Expense’.
60 This includes interest-bearing customer accounts only. See page 69(n) for an analysis of all customer accounts.
61 Net interest margin is calculated as net interest income divided by average interest earning assets.

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

 

62 For the purpose of calculating the ratios, earnings consist of income from continuing operations before taxation and non-controlling interests, plus fixed charges, and after deduction of the unremitted pre-tax income of associated undertakings. Fixed charges consist of total interest expense, including or excluding interest on deposits, as appropriate, dividends on preference shares and other equity instruments, as applicable, and the proportion of rental expense deemed representative of the interest factor.
63 Ratios previously disclosed from 2009 to 2012 excluded interest expense on certain debt instruments in addition to interest on deposits. Ratios presented for these periods have been re-presented to exclude interest on deposits only.

Balance sheet data significant to Global Banking and Markets

 

64 Trading assets and financial investments held by GB&M in North America include financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.
65 Derivative assets and derivative liabilities of GB&M include derivative transactions between different regions of GB&M.

 

133a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Legal proceedings and regulatory matters

 

HSBC is party to legal proceedings and regulatory matters in a number of jurisdictions arising out of its normal business operations. The recognition of provisions is determined in accordance with the accounting policies set out in Note 2. Apart from the matters described below, HSBC considers that none of these matters are material, either individually or in the aggregate. Where an individual provision is material, the fact that a provision has been made is stated and quantified. Any provision recognised does not constitute an admission of wrongdoing or legal liability. While the outcome of these matters is inherently uncertain, management believes that, based on the information available to it, appropriate provisions have been made in respect of legal proceedings and regulatory matters as at 31 December 2013 (see Note 31). It is not practicable to provide an aggregate estimate of potential liability for our legal proceedings and regulatory matters as a class of contingent liabilities.

Securities litigation

As a result of an August 2002 restatement of previously reported consolidated financial statements and other corporate events, including the 2002 settlement with 46 states and the District of Columbia relating to real estate lending practices, Household International and certain former officers were named as defendants in a class action lawsuit, Jaffe v. Household International, Inc., et al. (N.D. Ill. No. 02 C5893), filed 19 August 2002 in the US District Court for the Northern District of Illinois (‘District Court’). The complaint asserted claims under § 10 and § 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and alleged that the defendants knowingly or recklessly made false and misleading statements of material fact relating to Household International’s Consumer Lending operations, including collections, sales and lending practices, some of which ultimately led to the 2002 state settlement agreement, and facts relating to accounting practices evidenced by the restatement. Ultimately, a class was certified on behalf of all persons who acquired and disposed of Household International common stock between 30 July 1999 and 11 October 2002.

A jury trial concluded in April 2009, which was decided partly in favour of the plaintiffs. Various legal challenges to the verdict were raised in post-trial briefing.

In December 2011, following the submission of claim forms by class members, the Court-appointed claims administrator to the District Court reported that the total number of claims that generated an

allowed loss was 45,921, and that the aggregate amount of these claims was approximately US$2.2bn. The defendants filed legal challenges regarding the presumption of reliance as to the class and compliance with the claims form requirements, which the District Court in September 2012 rejected for the most part. The District Court directed further proceedings before a court-appointed Special Master to address certain claim submission issues.

On 4 October 2013, the District Court denied the defendants’ additional post-trial motions for judgement as a matter of law or, in the alternative, for a new trial, and granted plaintiffs’ motions for a partial final judgement and awarded pre-judgement interest at the Prime rate, compounded annually. Subsequently, on 17 October 2013, the District Court entered a partial final judgement against the defendants in the amount of approximately US$2.46bn. In addition to the partial judgement that has been entered, there also remain approximately US$527m in claims, prior to imposition of prejudgement interest, that still are subject to objections that have not yet been ruled upon by the District Court.

The defendants have filed a Notice of Appeal of the partial final judgement. The defendants have also filed a Supersedeas Bond in the approximate amount of the judgement (US$2.46bn) in order to stay execution on the judgement pending appeal. Despite the jury verdict, the various rulings of the District Court, and the partial final judgement, we continue to believe that we have meritorious grounds for appeal. The timing and outcome of the ultimate resolution of this matter is uncertain.

Given the complexity and uncertainties associated with the actual determination of damages, including the outcome of any appeals, there is a wide range of possible damages. We believe we have meritorious grounds for appeal on matters of both liability and damages, and will argue on appeal that damages should be zero or a relatively insignificant amount. If the Appeals Court rejects or only partially accepts our arguments, the amount of damages, based upon the claims submitted and the application of pre-judgement interest at the Prime rate as ordered by the District Court, may lie in a range from a relatively insignificant amount to an amount up to or exceeding US$3.5bn. Once a judgement is entered (such as the approximately US$2.46bn partial final judgement entered on 17 October 2013), post-judgement interest accrues on the judgement at a rate equal to the weekly average of the 1-year constant maturity treasury yield as published by the Federal Reserve System. A provision has been made based on management’s best estimate of probable outflows.

 

 

133b


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC

In December 2008, Bernard L. Madoff (‘Madoff’) was arrested for running a Ponzi scheme and a trustee was appointed for the liquidation of his firm, Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC (‘Madoff Securities’), an SEC-registered broker-dealer and investment adviser. Since his appointment, the trustee has been recovering assets and processing claims of Madoff Securities customers. Madoff subsequently pleaded guilty to various charges and is serving a 150 year prison sentence. He has acknowledged, in essence, that while purporting to invest his customers’ money in securities and, upon request, return their profits and principal, he in fact never invested in securities and used other customers’ money to fulfil requests for the return of profits and principal. The relevant US authorities are continuing their investigations into his fraud, and have brought charges against others, including certain former employees and the former auditor of Madoff Securities. Madoff was sentenced in June 2009.

Various non-US HSBC companies provided custodial, administration and similar services to a number of funds incorporated outside the US whose assets were invested with Madoff Securities. Based on information provided by Madoff Securities, as at 30 November 2008, the purported aggregate value of these funds was US$8.4bn, an amount that includes fictitious profits reported by Madoff. Based on information available to HSBC to date, we estimate that the funds’ actual transfers to Madoff Securities minus their actual withdrawals from Madoff Securities during the time that HSBC serviced the funds totalled approximately US$4bn.

Plaintiffs (including funds, fund investors, and the Madoff Securities trustee) have commenced Madoff-related proceedings against numerous defendants in a multitude of jurisdictions. Various HSBC companies have been named as defendants in suits in the US, Ireland, Luxembourg and other jurisdictions. Certain suits (which include US putative class actions) allege that the HSBC defendants knew or should have known of Madoff’s fraud and breached various duties to the funds and fund investors.

In December 2011, claims against HSBC and other defendants by fund investors in three related putative class actions pending in the US District Court for the Southern District of New York were dismissed on grounds of forum non conveniens . In September 2013, the US Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit affirmed the dismissal of the claims. The plaintiffs have requested a rehearing of their

appeal, and that request remains pending.

In July and December 2013, settlements were reached in respect of the claim by Thema International Fund plc and AA (Alternative Advantage) Plc respectively against HSBC Institutional Trust Services (Ireland) Limited in the Irish High Court.

The Madoff Securities Trustee has commenced suits against various HSBC companies in the US Bankruptcy Court and in the English High Court. The US action (which also names certain funds, investment managers, and other entities and individuals) sought US$9bn in damages and additional recoveries from HSBC and the various co-defendants and alleged that HSBC aided and abetted Madoff’s fraud and breach of fiduciary duty. In July 2011, the US District Court for the Southern District of New York dismissed the trustee’s various common law claims on the grounds that the trustee lacks standing to assert them, and that dismissal was affirmed in a decision issued by the Second Circuit in June 2013. On 9 October 2013, the Trustee filed a petition for writ of certiorari to review the Second Circuit’s decision with the US Supreme Court. The HSBC defendants filed their response to the petition for writ of certiorari on 16 December 2013. The Supreme Court has issued an order inviting the US Solicitor General to file a brief in the case expressing the views of the US government on the petition. The Trustee’s remaining US claims seek, pursuant to US bankruptcy law, recovery of unspecified amounts received by HSBC from funds invested with Madoff, including amounts that HSBC received when it redeemed units HSBC held in the various funds in connection with financing transactions HSBC had entered into with various clients, as well as fees earned by HSBC for providing custodial, administration and similar services to the funds. These claims remain pending.

The trustee’s English action seeks recovery of unspecified transfers of money from Madoff Securities to or through HSBC, on the ground that the HSBC defendants actually or constructively knew of Madoff’s fraud. HSBC has not been served with the trustee’s English action.

Between October 2009 and April 2012, Fairfield Sentry Limited, Fairfield Sigma Limited and Fairfield Lambda Limited (‘Fairfield’), funds whose assets were directly or indirectly invested with Madoff Securities, commenced multiple suits in the British Virgin Islands (‘BVI’) and the US against numerous fund shareholders, including various HSBC companies that acted as nominees for clients of HSBC’s private banking business and other

 

 

133c


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

clients who invested in the Fairfield funds. The Fairfield actions seek restitution of amounts paid to the defendants in connection with share redemptions, on the ground that such payments were made by mistake, based on inflated values resulting from Madoff’s fraud, and some actions also seek recovery of the share redemptions under BVI insolvency law. The actions in the US are currently stayed in the Bankruptcy Court pending developments in related appellate litigation in the BVI.

There are many factors which may affect the range of possible outcomes, and the resulting financial impact, of the various Madoff-related proceedings, including but not limited to the circumstances of the fraud, the multiple jurisdictions in which the proceedings have been brought and the number of different plaintiffs and defendants in such proceedings. For these reasons, among others, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to estimate reliably the aggregate liabilities, or ranges of liabilities, that might arise as a result of all such claims but they could be significant. In any event, HSBC considers that it has good defences to these claims and will continue to defend them vigorously.

US mortgage-related investigations

In April 2011, HSBC Bank USA entered into a consent cease and desist order with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (‘OCC’) and HSBC Finance and HSBC North America Holdings Inc. (‘HNAH’) entered into a similar consent order with the Federal Reserve Board (together with the OCC, the ‘Servicing Consent Orders’) following completion of a broad horizontal review of industry residential mortgage foreclosure practices. These consent orders require prescribed actions to address the deficiencies noted in the joint examination and described in the consent orders. HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Finance and HNAH continue to work with the OCC and the Federal Reserve Board to align their processes with the requirements of the consent orders and are implementing operational changes as required.

The Servicing Consent Orders required an independent review of foreclosures (the ‘Independent Foreclosure Review’) pending or completed between January 2009 and December 2010 to determine if any borrower was financially injured as a result of an error in the foreclosure process. As required by the Servicing Consent Orders, an independent consultant was retained to conduct that review.

On 28 February 2013, HSBC Bank USA entered into an agreement with the OCC, and HSBC Finance

and HNAH entered into an agreement with the Federal Reserve Board, (together the ‘IFR Settlement Agreements’), pursuant to which the Independent Foreclosure Review has ceased and been replaced by a broader framework under which we and 12 other participating servicers will, in the aggregate, provide in excess of US$9.3bn in cash payments and other assistance to help eligible borrowers. Pursuant to the IFR Settlement Agreements, HNAH has made a cash payment of US$96m into a fund used to make payments to borrowers that were in active foreclosure during 2009 and 2010, and in addition, will provide other assistance (e.g. loan modifications) to help eligible borrowers. Borrowers who receive compensation will not be required to execute a release or waiver of rights and will not be precluded from pursuing litigation concerning foreclosure or other mortgage servicing practices. For participating servicers, including HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Finance, fulfilment of the terms of the IFR Settlement Agreements will satisfy the Independent Foreclosure Review requirements of the Servicing Consent Orders, including the wind down of the Independent Foreclosure Review.

The Servicing Consent Orders do not preclude additional enforcement actions against HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Finance or HNAH by bank regulatory, governmental or law enforcement agencies, such as the US Department of Justice (‘DoJ’) or State Attorneys General, which could include the imposition of civil money penalties and other sanctions relating to the activities that are the subject of the Servicing Consent Orders. Pursuant to the IFR Settlement Agreement with the OCC, however, the OCC has agreed that it will not assess civil money penalties or initiate any further enforcement action with respect to past mortgage servicing and foreclosure-related practices addressed in the Servicing Consent Orders, provided the terms of the IFR Settlement Agreement are fulfilled. The OCC’s agreement not to assess civil money penalties is further conditioned on HNAH making payments or providing borrower assistance pursuant to any agreement that may be entered into with the DoJ in connection with the servicing of residential mortgage loans within two years. The Federal Reserve Board has agreed that any assessment of civil money penalties by the Federal Reserve Board will reflect a number of adjustments, including amounts expended in consumer relief and payments made pursuant to any agreement that may be entered into with the DoJ in connection with the servicing of residential mortgage loans. In addition, the IFR Settlement Agreements do not preclude private litigation concerning these practices.

 

 

133d


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Separate from the Servicing Consent Orders and the settlement related to the Independent Foreclosure Review discussed above, in February 2012 five of the largest US mortgage servicers (not including HSBC companies) reached a settlement with the DoJ, the US Department of Housing and Urban Development and State Attorneys General of 49 states with respect to foreclosure and other mortgage servicing practices. Following this settlement, these government agencies initiated discussions with mortgage industry servicers. HNAH, HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Finance have had discussions with US bank regulators and other governmental agencies regarding a potential resolution, although the timing of any settlement is not currently known. HSBC has recognised a provision to reflect the estimated liability associated with a proposed settlement of this matter. Any such settlement, however, may not completely preclude other enforcement actions by state or federal agencies, regulators or law enforcement bodies related to foreclosure and other mortgage servicing practices, including, but not limited to matters relating to the securitisation of mortgages for investors. These practices have in the past resulted in private litigation and such a settlement would not preclude further private litigation concerning these practices.

US mortgage securitisation activity and litigation

HSBC Bank USA has been involved as a sponsor/seller of loans used to facilitate whole loan securitisations underwritten by HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. (‘HSI’). During 2005-2007, HSBC Bank USA purchased and sold US$24bn of such loans to HSI which were subsequently securitised and sold by HSI to third parties. The outstanding principal balance on these loans was approximately US$6.4bn and US$7.4bn at 31 December 2013 and 31 December 2012, respectively.

Participants in the US mortgage securitisation market that purchased and repackaged whole loans have been the subject of lawsuits and governmental and regulatory investigations and inquiries, which have been directed at groups within the US mortgage market, such as servicers, originators, underwriters, trustees or sponsors of securitisations, and at particular participants within these groups. As the industry’s residential mortgage foreclosure issues continue, HSBC Bank USA has taken title to an increasing number of foreclosed homes as trustee on behalf of various securitisation trusts. As nominal record owner of these properties, HSBC Bank USA has been sued by municipalities and tenants alleging various violations of law, including laws regarding

property upkeep and tenants’ rights. While HSBC believes and continues to maintain that the obligations at issue and the related liability are properly those of the servicer of each trust, HSBC continues to receive significant and adverse publicity in connection with these and similar matters, including foreclosures that are serviced by others in the name of ‘HSBC, as trustee’.

Various HSBC companies have been named as defendants in a number of actions in connection with residential mortgage-backed securities (‘RMBS’) offerings, which generally allege that the offering documents for securities issued by securitisation trusts contained material misstatements and omissions, including statements regarding the underwriting standards governing the underlying mortgage loans. These include an action filed in September 2011 by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (‘FHFA’), acting in its capacity as conservator for the Federal National Mortgage Association (‘Fannie Mae’) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (‘Freddie Mac’) in the US District Court for the Southern District of New York (the ‘District Court’) against HSBC Bank USA, HSBC North America Holdings Inc. (‘HNAH’), HSI and HSI Asset Securitization (‘HASCO’) and five former and current officers and directors of HASCO, seeking damages or rescission of mortgage-backed securities purchased by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac that were either underwritten or sponsored by HSBC companies. The aggregate unpaid principal balance of the securities was approximately US$1.6bn at 31 December 2013. This action, captioned Federal Housing Finance Agency, as Conservator for the Federal National Mortgage Association and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation v. HSBC North America Holdings Inc., et al. (S.D.N.Y. No. CV 11-6189-LAK), is one of a series of similar actions filed against 17 financial institutions alleging violations of federal and state securities laws in connection with the sale of private-label RMBS purchased by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, primarily from 2005 to 2008. These actions were transferred to a single judge, who directed the defendant in the first-filed matter, UBS, to file a motion to dismiss. In May 2012, the District Court filed its decision denying the motion to dismiss FHFA’s securities law claims and granting the motion to dismiss FHFA’s negligent misrepresentation claims. The District Court’s ruling formed the basis for rulings on the other matters, including the action filed against HSBC Bank USA and its affiliates. On 5 April 2013, the Second Circuit Court of Appeals affirmed the ruling of the District Court. In January 2013, the FHFA parties met with the Magistrate Judge to discuss how to

 

 

133e


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

structure mediation. Since that time, a number of the FHFA defendants have resolved their lawsuits.

Discovery in HSBC’s case continues. Factual discovery closed in December 2013. Expert discovery is scheduled to continue through the end of July 2014, with the summary judgement motion scheduled to be fully briefed by the end of July 2014. These dates are subject to change by the court.

The timing and outcome of this matter is uncertain. It is possible that HSBC could be found liable to pay damages. Based upon the information currently available, it is possible that these damages could be as high as US$1.6bn.

HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Finance and Decision One Mortgage Company LLC (a subsidiary of HSBC Finance) have been named as defendants in a number of mortgage loan repurchase actions brought by trustees of securitisation trusts. These actions include (i) Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, as Trustee of HASCO 2007-NC1 v. HSBC Bank USA; (ii) Deutsche Bank, as Trustee of MSAC 2007-HE6 v. Decision One and HSBC Finance Corp., and (iii) Deutsche Bank, as Trustee of HASCO 2007-HE2 v. Decision One, HSBC Finance and HSBC Bank USA. In the aggregate, these actions seek to have the HSBC defendants repurchase mortgage loans, or pay compensatory damages in lieu of repurchase, totalling at least US$1bn. On 13 January 2014 HSBC Bank USA filed a motion to dismiss the Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, as Trustee of HASCO 2007-NC1 v. HSBC Bank USA matter. HSBC Finance was dismissed, on motion, as a defendant in Deutsche Bank, as Trustee of MSAC 2007-HE6 v. Decision One and HSBC Finance Corp., but the case remains pending against Decision One Mortgage Company LLC. One other mortgage loan repurchase action against Decision One, Seagull Point LLC, individually and on behalf of the MSAC 2007-HE5 Trust v. Decision One Mortgage Company LLC, et al. was dismissed voluntarily in January 2014.

In December 2010 and February 2011, HSBC Bank USA received subpoenas from the SEC seeking production of documents and information relating to its involvement and the involvement of its affiliates in specified private-label RMBS transactions as an issuer, sponsor, underwriter, depositor, trustee, custodian or servicer. HSBC Bank USA has also had preliminary contacts with other government authorities exploring the role of trustees in private-label RMBS transactions. In February 2011, HSBC Bank USA also received a subpoena from the US Attorney’s Office, Southern District of New York seeking production of documents and

information relating to loss mitigation efforts with respect to residential mortgages in the State of New York. In January 2012, HSI was served with a Civil Investigative Demand from the Massachusetts State Attorney General seeking documents, information and testimony related to the sale of RMBS to public and private customers in the State of Massachusetts from January 2005 to the present.

HSBC expects this level of focus will continue. As a result, HSBC companies may be subject to additional claims, litigation and governmental and regulatory scrutiny related to its participation in the US mortgage securitisation market, either individually or as a member of a group.

The timing and outcome of the ultimate resolution of these matters, and the amount of any possible obligations, is highly uncertain.

Anti-money laundering and sanctions-related

In October 2010, HSBC Bank USA entered into a consent cease and desist order with the OCC and the indirect parent of that company, HNAH, entered into a consent cease and desist order with the Federal Reserve Board (the ‘Orders’). These Orders required improvements to establish an effective compliance risk management programme across HSBC’s US businesses, including various issues relating to US Bank Secrecy Act (‘BSA’) and anti-money laundering (‘AML’) compliance. Steps continue to be taken to address the requirements of the Orders to ensure compliance, and that effective policies and procedures are maintained.

In addition, in December 2012, HSBC Holdings, HNAH and HSBC Bank USA entered into agreements with US and UK government agencies regarding past inadequate compliance with the BSA and AML and sanctions laws. Among those agreements, HSBC Holdings and HSBC Bank USA entered into a five-year deferred prosecution agreement with the DoJ, the US Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of New York, and the US Attorney’s Office for the Northern District of West Virginia (the ‘US DPA’), HSBC Holdings entered into a two-year deferred prosecution agreement with the New York County District Attorney (the ‘DANY DPA’), and HSBC Holdings consented to a cease and desist order and HSBC Holdings and HNAH consented to a monetary penalty order with the Federal Reserve Board (‘FRB’). In addition, HSBC Bank USA entered into a monetary penalty consent order with FinCEN and a separate monetary penalty order with the OCC. HSBC Holdings also entered into an agreement with the Office of Foreign Assets

 

 

133f


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Control (‘OFAC’) regarding historical transactions involving parties subject to OFAC sanctions and an undertaking with the UK Financial Services Authority, now a Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) Direction, to comply with certain forward-looking AML- and sanctions-related obligations.

Under these agreements, HSBC Holdings and HSBC Bank USA made payments totalling US$1,921m to US authorities and are continuing to comply with ongoing obligations. On 1 July 2013, the US District Court for the Eastern District of New York approved the US DPA and retained authority to oversee implementation of the same. Under the agreements with the DoJ, FCA, and the FRB, an independent monitor (who is, for FCA purposes, a ‘skilled person’ under Section 166 of the Financial Services and Markets Act) will evaluate and regularly assess the effectiveness of HSBC’s AML and sanctions compliance function and HSBC’s progress in implementing its remedial obligations under the agreements. The monitorship, which began on 22 July 2013, is proceeding as anticipated.

If HSBC Holdings and HSBC Bank USA fulfil all of the requirements imposed by the US DPA, the DoJ charges against those entities will be dismissed at the end of the five-year period of that agreement. Similarly, if HSBC Holdings fulfils all of the requirements imposed by the DANY DPA, DANY’s charges against it will be dismissed at the end of the two-year period of that agreement. The DoJ may prosecute HSBC Holdings or HSBC Bank USA in relation to the matters which are the subject of the US DPA if HSBC Holdings or HSBC Bank USA breaches the terms of the US DPA, and DANY may prosecute HSBC Holdings in relation to the matters which are subject of the DANY DPA if HSBC Holdings violates the terms of the DANY DPA.

HSBC Bank USA also entered into a separate consent order with the OCC requiring it to correct the circumstances and conditions as noted in the OCC’s then most recent report of examination and imposing certain restrictions on HSBC Bank USA directly or indirectly acquiring control of, or holding an interest in, any new financial subsidiary, or commencing a new activity in its existing financial subsidiary, unless it receives prior approval from the OCC. HSBC Bank USA also entered into a separate consent order with the OCC requiring it to adopt an enterprise wide compliance programme.

The settlement with US and UK authorities does not preclude private litigation relating to, among other things, HSBC’s compliance with applicable AML, BSA and sanctions laws or other regulatory or law enforcement actions for AML/BSA or sanctions

matters not covered by the various agreements.

US tax and broker-dealer investigations

HSBC continues to cooperate in ongoing investigations by the DoJ and the US Internal Revenue Service regarding whether certain HSBC companies and employees acted appropriately in relation to certain customers who had US tax reporting requirements. In connection with these investigations, HSBC Private Bank Suisse SA, with due regard for Swiss law, has produced records and other documents to the DoJ and is cooperating with the investigation. In August 2013, the DoJ informed HSBC Private Bank Suisse SA that it is not eligible for the ‘Program for Non-Prosecution Agreements or Non-Target Letters for Swiss Banks’ since a formal investigation had been authorised. The DoJ also requested additional information from HSBC Private Bank Suisse SA and other Swiss banks regarding the transfer of assets to and from US person related accounts and employees who serviced those accounts. It is preparing this data, in a manner consistent with Swiss law.

Other HSBC companies are also cooperating with the relevant US authorities, including with respect to US-based clients of an HSBC company in India.

In April 2011, HSBC Bank USA received a summons from the US Internal Revenue Service directing HSBC Bank USA to produce records with respect to US-based clients of an HSBC company in India. HSBC Bank USA has cooperated fully by providing responsive documents in its possession in the US to the US Internal Revenue Service.

Also in April 2011, HSBC Bank USA received a subpoena from the SEC directing HSBC Bank USA to produce records in the US related to, among other things, HSBC Private Bank Suisse SA’s cross-border policies and procedures and adherence to US broker-dealer and investment adviser rules and regulations when dealing with US resident clients. HSBC Bank USA continues to cooperate with the SEC. HSBC Private Bank Suisse SA has also produced records and other documents to the SEC and is cooperating with the SEC’s investigation.

Based on the facts currently known in respect of each of these investigations, there is a high degree of uncertainty as to the terms on which the ongoing investigations will be resolved and the timing of such resolution, including the amounts of fines and/or penalties. As matters progress, it is possible that fines and/or penalties could be significant.

 

 

133g


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

London interbank offered rates, European interbank offered rates and other benchmark interest and foreign exchange rate investigations and litigation

Various regulators and competition and enforcement authorities around the world including in the UK, the US, the EU, Switzerland, Hong Kong, Thailand, South Korea and elsewhere are conducting investigations and reviews related to certain past submissions made by panel banks and the processes for making submissions in connection with the setting of London interbank offered rates (‘Libor’), European interbank offered rates (‘Euribor’) and other benchmark interest and foreign exchange rates. As certain HSBC companies are members of such panels, HSBC has been the subject of regulatory demands for information and is cooperating with those investigations and reviews.

On 14 June 2013, in conjunction with the completion of its review, the Monetary Authority of Singapore (‘MAS’) censured The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Ltd (‘HBAP’) for deficiencies in governance, risk management, internal controls and surveillance systems in connection with its participation on the contributing panel with respect to certain foreign exchange spot benchmarks that are commonly used to settle non-deliverable forward foreign exchange contracts. At the same time, HBAP was directed to adopt measures to address the identified deficiencies, to appoint a party to ensure the robustness of its remedial measures, and to maintain additional statutory reserves with the MAS at zero interest for a period of one year. HBAP was one of twenty banks subjected to supervisory action by the MAS as a result of its review.

On 4 December 2013, the European Commission (‘Commission’) announced that it had imposed fines on eight financial institutions under its cartel settlement procedure for their participation in illegal activity related to Euro interest rate derivatives and/or yen interest rate derivatives. Although HSBC was not one of the financial institutions fined, the Commission announced that it had opened proceedings against HSBC in connection with its Euribor-related investigation of Euro interest rate derivatives only. This investigation will continue under the standard Commission cartel procedure.

On 3 January 2014, the Canadian Competition Bureau (‘CCB’) notified HSBC that it was discontinuing its investigation into alleged collusive conduct in the setting of Japanese yen Libor on the basis that the evidence collected was insufficient to

justify prosecution under applicable law.

As for ongoing regulatory investigations, reviews and proceedings, based on the facts currently known in respect of each of these, there is a high degree of uncertainty as to the terms on which the ongoing investigations, reviews or proceedings will be resolved and the timing of such resolutions, including the amounts of fines and/or penalties. As matters progress, it is possible that fines and/or penalties could be significant.

The Financial Conduct Authority is also conducting investigations alongside several other law enforcement and/or regulatory agencies in various countries into a number of firms, including HSBC, related to trading on the foreign exchange market. We are cooperating with the investigations which are ongoing. It is not practicable at this stage for HSBC to estimate reliably any possible liability that might arise.

In addition, HSBC and other panel banks have been named as defendants in a number of private lawsuits filed in the US with respect to the setting of US dollar Libor. These lawsuits include individual and putative class actions, most of which have been transferred and/or consolidated for pre-trial purposes before the US District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaints in those actions assert claims against HSBC and other US dollar Libor panel banks under various US laws including US antitrust and racketeering laws, the US Commodity Exchange Act (‘CEA’), and state law.

In March 2013, the US District Court Judge overseeing the consolidated proceeding that encompasses a number of pending actions related to US dollar Libor issued an opinion and order in the six oldest actions dismissing the plaintiffs’ federal and state antitrust claims, racketeering claims, and unjust enrichment claims in their entirety, but allowing certain of their CEA claims that were not barred by the applicable statute of limitations to proceed. Some of those plaintiffs have appealed the dismissal opinion and order to the US Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. The Court of Appeals has dismissed those appeals on the grounds that they are premature and plaintiffs’ subsequent motion for reconsideration was denied. Other plaintiffs have filed amended complaints in the District Court to assert additional allegations, and the defendants have filed motions to dismiss the amended complaints. The District Court held oral argument on the motions to dismiss in February 2014, and it has stayed proceedings with respect to all other actions in the consolidated proceeding pending its decision on the motions to dismiss.

 

 

133h


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Separately, HSBC and other panel banks have also been named as defendants in a putative class action filed in the US on behalf of persons and entities who transacted in euroyen futures and options contracts related to the euroyen Tokyo interbank offered rate (‘Tibor’). The complaint alleges, amongst other things, misconduct related to euroyen Tibor, although HSBC is not a member of the Japanese Bankers Association’s euroyen Tibor panel, as well as Japanese yen Libor, in violation of US antitrust laws, the US CEA, and state law. In April 2013, the plaintiff filed a second amended complaint which the defendants moved to dismiss in June 2013. Oral argument on the motion to dismiss is scheduled for March 2014.

In November 2013, HSBC and other panel banks were also named as defendants in a putative class action filed in the US on behalf of persons who transacted in futures contracts and other financial instruments related to Euribor. The complaint alleges, amongst other things, misconduct related to Euribor in violation of US antitrust laws, the US CEA, and state law. HSBC has not yet responded to the complaint and an amended complaint is expected by the end of March 2014. HSBC expects to file a motion to dismiss thereafter.

In late 2013 and early 2014, HSBC and a number of other banks were named as defendants in various putative class actions filed in the US on behalf of persons who executed foreign currency trades that settled on the basis of foreign exchange rates published by WM/Reuters or that otherwise occurred during the time periods when the WM/Reuters rates were being set. The complaints allege, amongst other things, that the defendants conspired to manipulate the WM/Reuters foreign exchange rates in violation of US antitrust laws. In February 2014, the US District Court Judge appointed interim lead class counsel and ordered the plaintiffs to file a consolidated amended complaint. HSBC has not yet responded, but intends to do so at the appropriate time set by the court.

Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to predict the resolution of these private lawsuits, including the timing and potential impact on HSBC.

Credit default swap regulatory investigation and litigation

In July 2013, HSBC received a Statement of Objections from the European Commission relating to its ongoing investigation of alleged anti-competitive activity by a number of market participants in the credit derivatives market between

2006 and 2009. The Statement of Objections sets out the European Commission’s preliminary views and does not prejudge the final outcome of its investigation. HSBC has submitted a response to the European Commission. Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to predict the resolution of the European Commission’s investigation, including the timing or impact on HSBC.

HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Holdings and HSBC Bank have been named as defendants, among others, in numerous putative class actions filed in federal courts located in New York and Chicago. These class actions allege that the defendants, which include ISDA, Markit and several financial institutions, conspired to restrain trade in violation of the federal anti-trust laws by, among other things, restricting access to credit default swap pricing exchanges and blocking new entrants into the exchange market, with the purpose and effect of artificially inflating the bid/ask spread paid to buy and sell credit default swaps in the US. The plaintiffs in these suits purport to represent a class of all persons who purchased credit default swaps from or sold credit default swaps to defendants primarily in the US. On 16 October 2013, the Judicial Panel on Multi-district Litigation ordered that all cases be consolidated in the Southern District of New York as In re Credit Default Swaps Antitrust Litigation, MDL No. 2476. On 5 December 2013, the District Court held its Initial Pretrial Conference, at which time it selected Lead Interim Class Counsel and set a schedule for the filing of an amended, consolidated complaint and motions to dismiss that complaint. The amended, consolidated complaint was filed on 31 January 2014 and names HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Bank, but not HSBC Holdings, as defendants, among others. Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to predict the resolution of these lawsuits, including the timing and potential impact on HSBC.

Economic plans: HSBC Bank Brasil S.A.

Economic plans were introduced in the mid 1980’s and early 1990’s by the government of Brazil to reduce escalating inflation. The implementation of certain of these plans adversely impacted savings account holders, thousands of which consequently commenced legal proceedings against financial institutions in Brazil, including HSBC Bank Brasil S.A. (‘HSBC Brazil’), alleging, inter alia, that savings account balances were adjusted by a different price index than that contractually agreed, which caused them a loss of income. Certain of these cases have reached the Brazilian Supreme Court

 

 

133i


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

(‘Supreme Court’). The proceedings in the Supreme Court are currently due to commence in February 2014. The Supreme Court has suspended all cases pending before lower courts until it delivers a final judgement on the constitutionality of the changes resulting from the economic plans. It is anticipated that the outcome of the Supreme Court’s final judgement will set a precedent for all cases pending before the lower courts. Separately, the Brazilian Superior Civil Court (‘Superior Civil Court’) is considering matters relating to, among other things, contractual and punitive interest rates to be applied to calculate any loss of income.

There is a high degree of uncertainty as to the terms on which the proceedings in the Supreme Court and Superior Civil Court will be resolved and the timing of such resolution including the amount of losses HSBC Brazil may be liable to pay in the event of an unfavourable judgement. Such losses may lie in a range from a relatively insignificant amount to an amount up to US$600m, although the upper end of this range is considered unlikely.

 

 

 

133j


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Regulation and supervision

 

With listings of its ordinary shares in London, Hong Kong, New York, Paris and Bermuda, HSBC Holdings complies with the relevant requirements for listing and trading on each of these exchanges. In the UK, these are the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) in its role as the UK Listing Authority; in Hong Kong, The Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (‘HKSE’); in the US, where the shares are traded in the form of ADSs, HSBC Holdings’ shares are registered with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (‘SEC’). As a consequence of its US listing, HSBC Holdings is also subject to the reporting and other requirements of the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the New York Stock Exchange’s (‘NYSE’) Listed Company Manual, in each case as applied to foreign private issuers. In France and Bermuda, HSBC Holdings is subject to the listing rules of Euronext, Paris and the Bermuda Stock Exchange respectively, applicable to companies with secondary listings.

A statement of our compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code issued by the Financial Reporting Council and with the Hong Kong Corporate Governance Code (formerly the Code on Corporate Governance Practice in Appendix 14 to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited) is set out in the ‘Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance’ on page 329.

Our operations throughout the world are regulated and supervised by over 400 different central banks and other regulatory authorities in those jurisdictions in which we have offices, branches or subsidiaries. These authorities impose a variety of requirements and controls designed to provide financial stability, transparency in financial markets and a contribution to economic growth. These regulations and controls cover, inter alia , capital adequacy, depositor protection, market liquidity, governance standards, customer protection (for example, fair lending practices, product design and marketing and documentation standards), and financial crime and other obligations (for example, anti-money laundering, anti-bribery and corruption, and anti-terrorist financing measures). In addition, a number of countries in which we operate impose rules that affect, or place limitations on, foreign or foreign-owned or controlled banks and financial institutions. The rules include restrictions on the opening of local offices, branches or subsidiaries and the types of banking and non-banking activities that

may be conducted by those local offices, branches or subsidiaries; restrictions on the acquisition of local banks or regulations requiring a specified percentage of local ownership; and restrictions on investment and other financial flows entering or leaving the country. Country supervisory and regulatory regimes will determine to some degree our ability to expand into new markets, the services and products that we will be able to offer in those markets and how we structure specific operations. As a result of government interventions in response to global economic conditions, there has been (and it is expected that there will continue to be) a substantial increase in government regulation and supervision of the financial services industry, including the imposition of higher capital and liquidity requirements, heightened disclosure standards and restrictions on certain types of products or transaction structures.

The Prudential Regulation Authority (‘PRA’) acts as the HSBC Group’s consolidated lead regulator. The other UK regulator, the FCA, supervises 13 HSBC regulated entities in the UK including 8 where the PRA is responsible for prudential supervision. The FCA also supervises the Group globally in relation to financial crime matters. Additionally, both the PRA and FCA have certain limited direct supervisory powers over our unregulated qualifying parent company HSBC Holdings plc, including (in the FCA’s case) pursuant to Directions issued by the FCA on 2 April 2013 in connection with HSBC Holdings plc and HSBC North America Holdings, Inc. having entered into agreements as part of a global settlement with a number of US authorities in relation to the Group’s failure to comply with anti-money laundering rules, US sanctions requirements and related matters. In addition, each operating bank, finance company or insurance operation within HSBC is regulated by local supervisors. The primary regulatory authorities are those in the UK, Hong Kong and the US, our principal jurisdictions of operation. However, and in addition, the European Banking Authority, the European Insurance and Occupational Pensions Authority and the European Securities and Markets Authority, as the three European supervisory authorities, are also likely to have greater influence on the supervisory agenda and regulatory approach across the EU. With the EU Banking Union legislation in progress and the Single Supervisory Mechanism being adopted by 17 EU member states the European Central Bank (‘ECB’) will become the single EU supervisor. The ECB will also take direct responsibility for systemically relevant banks in the eurozone from November 2014, which will include certain HSBC Group companies such as

 

 

133k


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

HSBC France and HSBC Malta. Developments in the EU will lead to changes in how the Group is regulated and supervised on a day-to-day basis as each of these authorities develops its powers having regard to some of the regulatory initiatives highlighted in this report.

UK regulation and supervision

The UK financial services regulatory structure has undergone substantial reform following the abolition of the Financial Services Authority (‘FSA’) and establishment of three new regulatory bodies on 1 April 2013. These three bodies comprise the Financial Policy Committee (‘FPC’), a committee of the Bank of England (‘BoE’), the PRA, a subsidiary of the BoE and the FCA.

The FPC is responsible for macro-prudential supervision, focussing on systemic risk that may affect the UK’s financial stability. The PRA and the FCA are micro-prudential supervisors inheriting the majority of the FSA’s functions. Some Group subsidiaries such as HSBC Bank plc will be ‘dual-regulated’ firms, subject to prudential regulation by the PRA and to conduct regulation by the FCA. Other UK subsidiaries are ‘solo regulated’ by the FCA. As a result of these reforms, the new regulatory bodies gained additional powers. For example, under certain circumstances, the PRA and FCA are empowered to issue directions to unregulated qualifying parent undertakings such as HSBC Holdings.

UK banking and financial services institutions are subject to multiple regulations. The primary UK statute in this context is the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (‘FSMA’) as amended by subsequent legislation.

Other UK financial services legislation includes that derived from EU directives and regulations relating to banking, securities, insurance, investments and sales of personal financial services.

The FCA in conjunction with the PRA is responsible for authorising and supervising all our operating businesses in the UK which require authorisation under FSMA. These include deposit-taking, retail banking, life and general insurance, pensions, investments, mortgages, custody and share-dealing businesses and treasury and capital markets activity. HSBC Bank plc is our principal authorised institution in the UK.

PRA and FCA rules establish the minimum criteria for the authorisation of banks and financial services businesses in the UK and the PRA and FCA have the right to object, on prudential grounds, to

persons who hold, or intend to hold, 10% or more of the voting power or shares of a financial institution that it regulates, or of its parent undertaking. PRA rules also set out reporting (and, as applicable, consent) requirements with regard to large individual exposures and large exposures to related borrowers. In its capacity as our supervisor on a consolidated basis, the PRA receives information on the capital adequacy of, and sets requirements for, the Group as a whole. Individual banking subsidiaries in the Group are directly regulated by their local banking supervisors, who set and monitor, inter alia , their capital adequacy requirements.

We calculate capital at a Group level using the Basel II framework of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. However, local regulators are at different stages of implementation of this framework and also of the updated Basel III requirements and as such, local reporting may differ. In most jurisdictions, non-banking financial subsidiaries are also subject to the supervision and capital requirements of local regulatory authorities.

Basel II is structured around three ‘pillars’: minimum capital requirements, supervisory review process and market discipline. The Capital Requirements Directive (‘CRD’) implemented Basel II in the EU and the FSA, then gave effect to the CRD by including the EU’s requirements in its own rulebooks. The latest iteration of this legislation, CRD IV, was formally published in the Official Journal of the EU on 27 June 2013 and the majority of the rules contained in the legislation will apply from 1 January 2014. CRD IV broadly implements the provisions of Basel III in Europe, albeit subject to amendments agreed by the EU legislative process and where certain provisions permits, national discretion by EU member states.

In December 2013, the PRA published its final rules on implementing CRD IV in Policy Statement 7/13. From 1 January 2014, major UK banks and building societies, including HSBC, are required to meet a 3% CRD IV end point tier 1 leverage ratio and to hold capital resources equivalent to at least 7% of their risk-weighted assets, using a CRD IV definition of common equity tier 1 (‘CET1’) but after taking account of any adjustments set by the PRA. This follows the FPC’s 2013 capital shortfall exercise which included an assessment of expected future losses, future costs of conduct redress and adjusting for a more prudent calculation of risk weights .

Despite final PRA rules there remains continued uncertainty as to the on-going amount of capital that banks will be required to hold under CRD IV. This

 

 

133l


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

relates to the quantification and interaction of CRD IV capital buffers and Pillar 2, where further PRA consultations are due in 2014. Furthermore, there are a significant number of draft and unpublished EBA technical standards due in 2014 which will potentially impact our capital position and risk-weighted assets. Further information on developments relevant to our prudential regulatory framework is set out in the Capital section on page 314 of our Annual Report and Accounts 2013 .

The PRA and FCA monitor authorised institutions through ongoing supervision and the review of routine and ad hoc reports relating to financial, prudential and conduct of business matters. They may also obtain independent reports from a skilled person on the adequacy of procedures and systems covering internal control and governing records and accounting. The PRA meet regularly with the Group’s senior executives to discuss our adherence to the PRA’s prudential guidelines. In addition, both the PRA and FCA regularly discuss fundamental matters relating to our business in the UK and internationally, including areas such as strategic and operating plans, risk control, loan portfolio composition and organisational changes, including succession planning and recovery and resolution arrangements. During the year, we also participated in and satisfied various regulator-required stress tests. With the rapid pace of regulatory change and market conditions, we continue to experience a high level of ongoing interaction with both the PRA and the FCA.

The FPC has been granted powers to give directions to the FCA or the PRA on the exercise of their supervisory powers, and may make recommendations within the BoE, to HM Treasury, to the FCA or the PRA or to ‘other persons’. From 2014 the FPC is also responsible for decisions on the countercyclical capital buffer (‘CCB’), a CRD IV requirement, to be applied to certain financial institutions. The CCB is a macro-prudential tool at the disposal of national authorities that can be deployed when the FPC judges that threats to financial stability have arisen in the UK increasing system-wide risk, and to protect the banking sector from future potential losses. Should a CCB be required, it is expected that the additional capital required would be in the range of 0-2.5% of risk-weighted assets, although national supervisors have powers under CRD IV to increase this.

In addition, the FPC has been granted direction power, under the new legislation, over sectoral capital requirements (‘SCR’s). The SCR tool would allow the FPC to change capital requirements above minimum regulatory standards on exposures held by

all UK banks to three broad sectors judged to pose a risk to the system as a whole (residential property, including mortgages; commercial property; and exposures to the financial sector), as well as more granular sub-sectors (for example, to mortgages with high loan-to-value or loan-to-income ratios at origination). This will include both banking book and trading book exposures and be irrespective of the domicile of the ultimate borrower.

The CCB and SCR tools are stated as broad powers designed to reduce the likelihood and severity of financial crises, their primary purpose being to tackle cyclical risks. Both tools provide the FPC with means to increase the amount of capital that banks must have when threats to financial stability are judged to be emerging.

The Financial Services Act 2010 (amongst other things) empowered the UK regulators to make rules about remuneration requiring all authorised firms to operate a remuneration policy which is consistent with the effective management of risks and the Financial Stability Board’s (‘FSB’) ‘Implementation Standards for Principles for Sound Compensation Practices’. In 2011, the FSA implemented the requirements of CRD III, which requires certain financial institutions, including banks and investment firms, to have in place remuneration policies that are consistent with effective risk management. These requirements will be updated following the agreement of CRD IV and the EBA has set out proposed rules. However, the timetable for finalisation and implementation of these rules is uncertain. In addition to the rules required by the PRA and FCA for the Group, individual legal entities may also be subject to their own local requirements.

There are a substantial number of other on-going regulatory initiatives affecting the Group driven by or from the UK. These include the UK bank levy, ongoing rule making regarding recovery and resolution plans (‘RRP’) and the implementation of the recommendations of the UK Independent Commission on Banking (‘ICB’) and the Parliamentary Commission on Banking Standards (‘PCBS’).

Legislation in respect of the UK bank levy was substantively created in July 2011, in the form of the Finance Act 2011 and the levy has been applied since January 2011. HSBC is a UK banking group for these purposes and the UK levy is chargeable on the Group’s consolidated balance sheet at the year end. A charge of US$904m for the UK bank levy on the 2013 balance sheet has been recognised of which US$484m does not relate to UK banking activity.

 

 

133m


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

The Financial Services Act 2010 also empowered the FSA (and now the PRA) to make rules requiring authorised firms to prepare and keep up-to-date RRP. During 2012, the FSA set out the rules for the RRP for HSBC on a Group basis, with additional requirements specific to HSBC Bank plc. These rules may be amended by the European Recovery and Resolution Directive, a draft of which was published in June 2012, but which is not yet finalised. In addition to the rules required by the FSA for the Group, individual legal entities may also be subject to their own local requirements.

The ICB published its final report in September 2011 and the UK Government expressed broad approval for the principle of establishing a ring-fenced bank for retail banking activities and greater loss absorbing capacity. In December 2013, the UK’s Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act 2013 received Royal Assent, becoming primary legislation. It implements the recommendations of the ICB and of the Parliamentary Commission on Banking Standards, which inter alia establish a framework for ‘ring-fencing’ the UK retail banking from trading activities, and sets out requirements for loss absorbency in the form of equity capital and loss absorbing debt. The PRA, subject to the approval of Her Majesty’s Treasury, is empowered to require banking groups to restructure their operations if it considers that the operation of the ring-fence in a group is proving to be ineffective. The exercise of these powers may lead to groups being required to split their retail and investment banking operations into separate corporate groups. A consultation has also taken place on draft secondary legislation setting out further details but the underlying rules from supervisory authorities are not yet available.

The UK Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act 2013 also creates a ‘bail-in’ mechanism as an additional resolution tool alongside existing options to transfer all or part of the bank to a private sector purchaser, to transfer parts of the bank to a new ‘bridge’ bank which is later sold or to take the bank into temporary public sector ownership. In a ‘‘bail-in’, shareholders and creditors in the bank have their investments written down in value or converted into new interests (such as new shares) without the bank being placed in liquidation. This allows the bank to continue to provide its core banking services without interruption and ensures that the solvency of the bank is addressed without taxpayer support, while also allowing the Bank of England to provide temporary funding to this newly solvent bank. Certain liabilities such as deposits protected by the Financial Services Compensation Scheme are

excluded from bail-in. It is intended that these bail-in provisions will be consistent with the European Recovery and Resolution Directive once it comes into force.

The UK government intends to complete the legislative process by the end of this Parliament in May 2015 and to have reforms in place by 2019.

At a national level in the UK, other relevant regulatory initiatives include the FCA’s Mortgage Market Reviews, transfer of consumer credit regulation to the FCA and an ever greater focus on ‘conduct risk’ including attention to sales processes and incentives, product and investment suitability, employee activities in relation to benchmark, index and other rate setting processes. Uncertainty remains about the details and timing of some of the resulting reforms and the effect they will ultimately have on HSBC.

The FCA is making increasing use of existing and new powers of intervention and enforcement, including powers to consider past business undertaken and implement customer compensation and redress schemes or other, potentially significant remedial work. Additionally, the FCA and other regulators may increasingly take actions in response to customer complaints either specific to an institution or, more generally, in relation to a particular product. We have seen recent examples of this approach across the financial services sector in the UK, for example in the context of the mis-selling of payment protection insurance, interest rate derivative products to SMEs and wealth management products.

The UK and other regulators may identify future industry-wide mis-selling, market conduct or other issues that could affect the Group. This may lead from time to time to: (i) significant direct costs or liabilities; and (ii) changes in the practices of such businesses. Further, decisions taken in the UK by the Financial Ombudsman Service in relation to customer complaints (or any overseas equivalent that has jurisdiction) could, if applied to a wider class or grouping of customers, have a material adverse effect on the operating results, financial condition and prospects of the Group.

The FCA also continues to apply close scrutiny to the Group’s financial crime control framework both generally in conjunction with the exercise of its wider powers under FSMA and more specifically under the Directions issued by the FCA against HSBC Holdings plc in April 2013 as described above. This includes ongoing consideration of the Group’s progress in meeting its obligations under

 

 

133n


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

the Deferred Prosecution Agreement and other commitments outlined below.

Hong Kong regulation and supervision

Banking in Hong Kong is subject to the provisions of the Banking Ordinance and to the powers, functions and duties ascribed by the Banking Ordinance to the Hong Kong Monetary Authority (the ‘HKMA’). The principal function of the HKMA is to promote the general stability and effective working of the banking system in Hong Kong. The HKMA is responsible for supervising compliance with the provisions of the Banking Ordinance. The Banking Ordinance gives power to the Chief Executive of Hong Kong to give directions to the HKMA and the Financial Secretary with respect to the exercise of their respective functions under the Banking Ordinance.

The HKMA has responsibility for authorising banks, and has discretion to attach conditions to its authorisation. The HKMA requires that banks or their holding companies file regular prudential returns, and holds regular discussions with the management of the banks to review their operations. The HKMA may also conduct ‘on-site’ examinations of banks and, in the case of banks incorporated in Hong Kong, of any local and overseas branches and subsidiaries. The HKMA requires all authorised institutions to have adequate systems of internal control and requires the institutions’ external auditors, upon request, to report on those systems and other matters such as the accuracy of information provided to the HKMA. In addition, the HKMA may from time to time conduct tripartite discussions with banks and their external auditors.

The HKMA has the power to serve a notice of objection on persons if they are no longer deemed to be fit and proper to be controllers of the bank, if they may otherwise threaten the interests of depositors or potential depositors, or if they have contravened any conditions specified by the HKMA. The HKMA may revoke authorisation in the event of an institution’s non-compliance with the provisions of the Banking Ordinance. These provisions require, among other things, the furnishing of accurate reports. The HKMA has implemented Basel II for all authorised institutions incorporated in Hong Kong and subsequently adopted Basel III from 1 January 2013, implementing in accordance with the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s timetable, including transitional arrangements.

The marketing of, dealing in and provision of advice and asset management services in relation to securities and futures in Hong Kong are subject to

the provisions of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong. Entities engaging in activities regulated by the Ordinance are required to be licensed. The HKMA is the primary regulator for banks involved in the securities business, while the Securities and Futures Commission (‘SFC’) is the regulator for securities and futures markets. Amongst other functions, the Securities and Futures Ordinance vested the SFC with powers to set and enforce market regulations, including investigating breaches of rules and market misconduct and taking appropriate enforcement action. The SFC is responsible for licensing and supervising intermediaries seeking to conduct SFC regulated activities, for example investment advisors, fund managers and brokers. Additionally the SFC authorises investment products and offering documents prior to their distribution to retail investors.

US regulation and supervision

The Group is subject to extensive federal and state supervision and regulation in the US. Banking laws and regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the ‘Federal Reserve Board’), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the ‘OCC’) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the ‘FDIC’) govern many aspects of our US business. Furthermore, since we have substantial operations outside the US which conduct many of their day-to-day transactions in US dollars which are ultimately cleared and settled in the US, HSBC entities’ operations outside the US are also subject to the extra-territorial effects of US regulation in many respects. The requirements of the Deferred Prosecution Agreement entered into by HSBC in December 2012 and described in this section under ‘Anti-money laundering and related regulation’ should also be noted in this context.

In July 2010, the US enacted the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (‘Dodd-Frank’), which provides a broad framework for significant regulatory changes that will extend to almost every area of US financial regulation. The implementation of Dodd-Frank requires further detailed rulemaking over several years by different US regulators, including the Department of the Treasury, the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC, the SEC, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (‘CFTC’), the Financial Stability Oversight Council (‘FSOC’) and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (‘Consumer Bureau’). Notwithstanding the time that has passed since Dodd-Frank was enacted, substantial uncertainty remains about many of the final details, timing and impact of the rules.

 

 

133o


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

The Federal Reserve Board, in consultation with the FSOC may take certain actions, including precluding mergers, restricting financial products offered, restricting or terminating activities, imposing conditions on activities or requiring the sale or transfer of assets, against any bank holding company with assets greater than US$50bn that is found to pose a grave threat to financial stability. The FSOC is supported by the Office of Financial Research (‘OFR’) which may impose data reporting requirements on financial institutions. The cost of operating both the FSOC and OFR is paid for through an assessment on large bank holding companies.

Over a transition period from 2013 to 2019, the Federal Reserve Board will apply more stringent capital and risk management requirements on bank holding companies such as HSBC North America Holdings Inc. (‘HNAH’), which will require a minimum supplementary leverage ratio of 3% and an effective minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 10.5%. The 10.5% ratio includes the capital conservation buffer which is not a minimum requirement, per se, but rather a necessary condition to capital distributions. Additionally, failure to maintain minimum regulatory ratios in simulated stress conditions will restrict HNAH from engaging in capital distributions such as dividends or share repurchases. In addition, large bank holding companies such as HNAH (or their parent companies) are now required to file resolution plans identifying material subsidiaries and core business lines domiciled in the US, describing what strategy would be followed in the event of significant financial distress and including identifying how insured bank subsidiaries are adequately protected from risk created by other affiliates. The failure to cure deficiencies in a resolution plan would enable the US regulators to impose more stringent capital, leverage and liquidity requirements, restrict the growth, activities or operations of the company or, if such failure persists, require the company to divest assets or operations. The Federal Reserve Board has also recently adopted final rules requiring a series of increased supervisory standards to be followed by large bank holding companies, and certain foreign banking organisations that meet particular thresholds including stress testing requirements and risk management standards. These rules also authorise the Federal Reserve proposed to impose a 15-to-1 debt-to-equity ratio limit on non-bank financial companies, bank holding companies and the US operations of foreign banking organisations that the FSOC determines to pose a grave threat to the

financial stability of the US. Under the proposed rule requiring remediation in the event of failure to meet capital requirements, the Federal Reserve Board would also be able to restrict the size and growth of systemically significant non-bank financial companies and large interconnected bank holding companies. In addition, the final rules require certain foreign banking organisations to restructure their US operations. Because of the current structure of our US operations, we do not expect this requirement to have a significant impact on those operations.

In October 2012, the Federal Reserve Board published a final rule setting out stress testing requirements for bank holding companies with US$50bn or more in total consolidated assets. HNAH became subject to the rule from October 2013 and was required to comply with the Federal Reserve Board’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (‘CCAR’) programme for its capital plan submission in January 2014.

Under the CCAR process, the Federal Reserve Board will consider a bank holding company’s overall financial condition, risk profile and capital adequacy over a nine-quarter forward-looking planning horizon. The Federal Reserve Board will assess a bank holding company’s ability to meet qualitative aspects of capital planning and risk management, as well as maintaining minimum regulatory ratios including a 5% tier 1 common equity ratio, for each quarter of the planning horizon under baseline, adverse and severely adverse economic scenarios. The Federal Reserve Board will also take into account a bank holding company’s planned capital actions (such as dividends or share repurchases) over the planning horizon when assessing capital adequacy. If, based on such assessment, the Federal Reserve Board were to issue an objection to a bank holding company’s capital plan or planned capital actions, the bank holding company would be required to submit a revised capital plan, and generally would not be able to undertake planned capital actions until approved by the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board will publicly release a summary of its CCAR assessments in March of each year and bank holding companies are also required to publicly release a summary of their stress test results under the supervisory severely adverse scenario. Bank holding companies subject to these stress test rules are also required to conduct a mid-year company-run stress test, submit the results to the Federal Reserve Board and publicly disclose a summary of these mid-year stress test results in September of each year.

 

 

133p


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

HSBC and its US operations are subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve Board because HSBC is a ‘bank holding company’ under the US Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (‘BHCA’), as a result of its control of HSBC Bank USA, N.A., McLean, Virginia (‘HSBC Bank USA’); and HSBC Trust Company (Delaware), N.A., Wilmington, Delaware (‘HTCD’). HNAH is also a ‘bank holding company’. Both HSBC and HNAH have elected to be financial holding companies (‘FHC’s) pursuant to the provisions of the Gramm-Leach Bliley Act (the ‘GLB Act’) and, accordingly, may affiliate with securities firms and insurance companies and engage in other activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to activities that are financial in nature.

Under regulations implemented by the Federal Reserve Board, if any financial holding company, or any depository institution controlled by a financial holding company, ceases to meet certain capital or management standards, the Federal Reserve Board may impose corrective capital and/or managerial requirements on the financial holding company and place limitations on its ability to conduct the broader financial activities permissible for financial holding companies. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board may require divestiture of the holding company’s depository institutions or its affiliates engaged in broader financial activities in reliance on financial holding company status under the GLB Act if the deficiencies persist. The regulations also provide that if any depository institution controlled by a financial holding company fails to maintain a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, the Federal Reserve Board must prohibit the financial holding company and its subsidiaries from engaging in any additional activities other than those permissible for bank holding companies that are not financial holding companies.

As reflected in the agreement entered into with the OCC on December 11, 2012 (the ‘GLBA Agreement’), the OCC has determined that HSBC Bank USA is not in compliance with the requirements set forth in 12 U.S.C. § 24a(a)(2)(c) and 12 C.F.R. § 5.39(g)(1), which provide that a national bank and each depository institution affiliate of the national bank must be both well capitalised and well managed in order to own or control a financial subsidiary. As a result, HSBC Bank USA and its parent holding companies, including HSBC Holdings plc no longer meet the qualification requirements for financial holding company status, and may not engage in any new types of financial activities without the prior approval of the Federal

Reserve Board. In addition, HSBC Bank USA may not directly or indirectly acquire control of, or hold an interest in, any new financial subsidiary, nor commence a new activity in its existing financial subsidiary, unless it receives prior approval from the OCC. If all of our affiliate US depositary institutions are not in compliance with these requirements within the time periods specified in the GLBA Agreement, as they may be extended, HSBC could be required either to divest HSBC Bank USA or to divest or terminate any financial activities conducted in reliance on financial holding company status under the GLB Act. Similar consequences could result for financial subsidiaries of HSBC Bank USA that engage in activities in reliance on expanded powers provided for in the GLB Act. The GLBA Agreement requires HSBC Bank USA to take all steps necessary to correct the circumstances and conditions resulting in HSBC Bank USA’s noncompliance with the requirements referred to above. We are taking steps to satisfy the requirements of the GLBA Agreement.

The two US banks, HSBC Bank USA and HTCD, are subject to regulation and examination primarily by the OCC. HSBC Bank USA and HTCD are subject to additional regulation and supervision, secondly by the FDIC, and by the Federal Reserve Board and the Consumer Bureau. Banking laws and regulations restrict many aspects of their operations and administration, including the establishment and maintenance of branch offices, capital and reserve requirements, deposits and borrowings, investment and lending activities, payment of dividends and numerous other matters. In addition, the FDIC requires FDIC-insured banks with US$50bn or more in total assets (such as HSBC Bank USA) to submit resolution plans that should enable the FDIC to resolve the bank in a manner that ensures that depositors receive access to their insured deposits within one business day of the institution’s failure (two business days if the failure occurs on a day other than Friday), maximises the value from the sale or disposition of its assets and minimises the amount of any loss to be realised by the institution’s creditors. Joint initial resolution plans for HNAH and HSBC Bank USA were filed with the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC in June 2013.

Large bank holding companies, including HNAH, became subject to the US rules adopted in 2007 that provided for the implementation of Basel II advanced approaches in the US. The US Basel II implementation timetable originally consisted of a parallel calculation period under the current regulatory capital regime (Basel I), followed by a three-year transitional ‘floor’ period, during which Basel II advance approaches risk-based

 

 

133q


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

capital requirements could not fall below certain floors based on Basel I regulations.

In June 2011, the US banking agencies adopted final regulations to implement the ‘capital floor’ provision of the so-called ‘Collins Amendment’ of Dodd-Frank. These regulations, as subsequently modified by the Basel III final rule (defined below), eliminated the three-year transitional floor period in favour of a permanent floor based on the generally applicable risk-based capital rules (currently Basel I although switching to the standardised approach beginning in 2015). Pursuant to these regulations, a banking organisation that has formally implemented the Basel II advanced approaches must calculate its capital requirements under Basel I and the Basel II advanced approaches (as revised by the Basel III final rule from 1 January 2014), compare the two results, and then use the lower of such ratios for purposes of determining compliance with its minimum common equity tier 1, tier 1 capital and total risk-based capital requirements. HNAH is required successfully to complete a parallel run by measuring regulatory capital under both the new regulatory capital rules and the existing Basel I general risk-based rules (and the Standardised Approach described below beginning in 2015) for a period of at least four quarters. Successful completion of the parallel run period requires the approval of US regulators. HNAH began the parallel run period, which encompasses enhancements to a number of risk policies, processes and systems to align HSBC Bank USA with the Basel III final rule requirements, in January 2010. The timing of receipt of US regulatory approval is uncertain.

In July 2013, the US banking agencies adopted a final rule that (i) implements the Basel III capital framework in the United States; (ii) replaces the current generally applicable risk-based capital rules (Basel I) with a modified version of the Basel II standardised approach; and (iii) removes from both the generally applicable risk-based rules and the Basel II advanced approaches rules all references to and reliance upon external credit ratings, as required under Dodd-Frank (the Basel III final rule). The Basel III final rule establishes an integrated regulatory capital framework to improve the quality and quantity of regulatory capital and introduces the ‘Standardised Approach’ for risk weighted assets, which will replace the Basel I risk-based guidance for determining risk-weighted assets as of 1 January 2015. For the largest banking organisations, such as HNAH, the final rule is largely unchanged from the proposed rules and took effect on 1 January 2014 with a number of the provisions being phased in through to 2019. The final rule is also largely

consistent with regard to the Standardised Approach, although it did not adopt modifications from the Basel I standards to the calculation of risk-weighting for mortgages as proposed.

In June 2012, the US banking agencies issued a final rule to amend the market risk capital rule to implement Basel 2.5 to better capture positions for which the market risk capital rules are appropriate, reduce procyclicality, enhance the sensitivity to risk not adequately captured under existing methodologies and increase transparency through enhanced disclosures. The final rule also implemented the prohibition in Dodd-Frank on references to and reliance upon the use of external credit ratings in the US banking agencies’ regulations. The final market risk rule published in August 2012 sets forth alternative methodologies to external credit ratings that must be used to determine the capital requirements applicable to certain debt and securitisation positions subject to the market risk capital rule. The final Basel 2.5 rule became effective on 1 January 2013.

HSBC Bank USA and HTCD are subject to risk-based assessments from the FDIC, which insures deposits generally to a maximum of US$250,000 per depositor for domestic deposits. Dodd-Frank changes the FDIC’s risk-based deposit insurance assessment framework primarily by basing assessments on an FDIC-insured institution’s total assets less tangible equity rather than US domestic deposits, which is expected to shift a greater portion of the aggregate assessments to large FDIC-insured institutions. The new large bank pricing system will result in higher assessment rates for banks with high-risk asset concentrations, less stable balance sheet liquidity, or potentially higher loss severity in the event of failure.

With effect from 1 October 2013, Dodd-Frank and the applicable regulations of the OCC required that the lending limits applicable to HSBC Bank USA and HTCD with respect to credit extensions to third parties take into account credit exposure from derivative transactions, securities borrowing and lending transactions, and repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements.

HSBC’s US consumer finance operations are subject to extensive state-by-state regulation in the US, and to laws relating to consumer protection (both in general, and in respect of sub-prime lending operations, which have been subject to enhanced regulatory scrutiny); discrimination in extending credit; use of credit reports; privacy matters; disclosure of credit terms; and correction of billing

 

 

133r


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

errors. They also are subject to regulations and legislation that limit operations in certain jurisdictions.

On 10 December 2013, US regulators issued final regulations implementing the Volcker Rule. The Volcker Rule will limit the ability of companies related to a US bank (including HSBC group companies outside the US) to sponsor or invest in private equity or hedge funds or to engage in certain types of proprietary trading in the US. The final rule extended the ‘conformance period’ for all banking entities until 21 July 2015 (with the possibility of two one-year extensions under certain circumstances and for certain activities), by which time financial institutions subject to the rule must bring their activities and investments into compliance with the rule. The Group continues to update its existing conformance plans and to finalise adjustments necessary to its businesses both in the US and elsewhere to comply with these final rules.

Dodd-Frank also provides regulators with tools to provide greater capital, leverage and liquidity requirements and other prudential standards, particularly for financial institutions that pose significant systemic risk. However, in imposing heightened capital, leverage, liquidity and other prudential standards on non-US banks, the Federal Reserve Board is directed to take into account the principle of national treatment and equality of competitive opportunity, and the extent to which the foreign bank is subject to comparable home country standards. As noted above, the Federal Reserve Board has recently adopted certain enhanced supervisory standards that would apply to HSBC. Certain other enhanced supervisory standards proposed by the Federal Reserve Board have not yet been finalised. The cumulative effect of the rules and proposals on HSBC is unclear.

Furthermore, Dodd-Frank provides for an extensive framework for the regulation of over-the-counter (‘OTC’) derivatives, including mandatory clearing, exchange trading and transaction reporting of certain OTC derivatives, as well as rules regarding the registration of swap dealers and major swap participants, and related capital, margin, business conduct, record keeping and other requirements applicable to such entities. These rules became effective in October 2012 and HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Bank plc are provisionally registered as Swap Dealers with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. On January 16, 2014, the CFTC confirmed the de-registration of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, and as of such date it is no longer a Swap Dealer for purposes of Dodd-Frank. We continue to assess how compliance

with these new rules will affect our business.

Dodd-Frank grants the SEC discretionary rule-making authority to modify the standard of care that applies to brokers, dealers and investment advisers when providing personalised investment advice to retail customers and to harmonise other rules applying to these regulated entities. Dodd-Frank also expands the extraterritorial jurisdiction of US courts over actions brought by the SEC or the US with respect to violations of the anti-fraud provisions in the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. In addition, regulations which the FSOC, the Consumer Bureau or other regulators may adopt could affect the nature of the activities which our FDIC-insured depository institution subsidiaries may conduct, and may impose restrictions and limitations on the conduct of such activities.

The ongoing implementation of Dodd-Frank and related final regulations could result in additional costs or limit or restrict the way we conduct our business, both in relation to our US operations and our non-US operations, although uncertainty remains about many of the details, impact and timing of these reforms and the ultimate effect they will have on HSBC.

Global and regional prudential and other regulatory developments

The Group is subject to regulation and supervision by a large number of regulatory bodies and other agencies. In addition to changes being pursued at a country level, changes are also being pursued globally through the actions of bodies such as the G-20, the FSB and Basel Committee, as well as regionally through the EU and similar. Key areas include the work of the FSB on global systemically important banks (‘G-SIBs’), the Basel Committee’s Basel III capital requirements, the EU’s measures to implement Basel III (referred to as ‘CRD IV’), and the EU’s proposed recovery and resolution framework.

Recovery and resolution

The FSB has been designated by the G-20 as the body responsible for coordinating the delivery of a global reform programme following the financial crisis, a key element of which is that no firm should be too big or too complicated to fail, and that taxpayers should not bear the cost of resolution. HSBC has been classified by the FSB as a G-SIB and therefore will be subject to what the FSB refers to as a ‘multi-pronged and integrated set of policies’. These include proposals that would place an

 

 

133s


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

additional capital buffer on the Group and require enhanced reporting.

The FSB also determined that recovery and resolution strategies should be developed for all G-SIBs. Recovery plans set out the actions which management may take during a period of stress to avoid the failure of the firm. Resolution plans are prepared by the authorities based on information provided by firms and set out the actions which may be taken if the firm reaches the point of non-viability. This work is led by the PRA and the BoE for the consolidated Group in conjunction with the regulators of HSBC’s largest operating entities which together make up the Crisis Management Group (‘CMG’) of regulators for HSBC.

In accordance with guidance from the FSB and UK requirements, HSBC has produced recovery plans for the Group, drawing together many of the actions contained in stress testing and scenario planning exercises conducted within the Group. The recovery plans identify a series of early warning signals indicative of developing financial stress and establishes triggers which, if breached, would precipitate pre-planned but urgent action from the Group. The plans also contain a series of recovery options to raise additional capital or funding for the Group or individual entities as appropriate. These options would be reviewed for applicability and feasibility once the cause and magnitude of the financial stress was evident. These Group recovery plans have been submitted to the PRA and the BoE in the UK and through them discussed with the CMG.

HSBC has also provided the PRA, the BoE and the CMG with information for them to determine a resolution strategy for the HSBC Group

European regulation

Through the UK’s membership of the EU, HSBC is both directly and indirectly subject to European financial services regulation.

In December 2010, the Basel Committee issued two documents: ‘A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems’ and ‘International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring’, which together are commonly referred to as ‘Basel III’. These will be given effect across the EU through new Capital Requirement Regulations and Directives, collectively known as CRD IV. This was published in June 2013 and the majority of the rules contained in the legislation apply from 1 January 2014. The key requirements of CRD IV include:

 

Quality of capital: a further strengthening and harmonisation of the criteria for eligibility of capital instruments with an emphasis on common equity as the principal component of tier 1 capital;

 

 

Capital buffers: this includes a capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of RWAs to be built up during periods of economic growth, aimed at ensuring the capacity to absorb losses in stressed periods that may span a number of years; a countercyclical capital buffer to be built up when threats to stability emerge, a systemic risk buffer to mitigate structural macroprudential risk and an additional capital surcharge for sytemically important institutions;

 

 

Derivatives and central counterparty clearing: higher capital requirements to be imposed for bilateral (uncleared) transactions, to incentivise the use of central clearing;

 

 

Counterparty credit risk: requirements for managing and capitalising counterparty credit risk are to be strengthened. In particular, an additional capital charge for potential losses associated with the deterioration in the creditworthiness of individual counterparties (credit valuation adjustment or CVA) will be introduced; and

 

 

Liquidity and funding: a new minimum standard, the Liquidity Coverage Ratio, designed to improve the short-term resilience of a bank’s liquidity risk profile, will be introduced after an observation and review period in 2015. In January 2013, the Basel Committee issued revisions to the later document significantly revising the liquidity coverage ratio, which requires banking organisations to hold high quality liquid assets that can be quickly and easily monetised to cover their liquidity needs over a 30-day liquidity stress scenario.

A description of the estimated effect of adopting Basel III can be found in ‘Basel III’ on page 309.

Additionally, the EU is progressing its ‘Banking Union’ legislation to achieve increased integration in the eurozone banking system. The first stage will be the introduction of a Single Supervisory Mechanism that gives ultimate responsibility for bank supervisory tasks for larger banks to the European Central Bank. This will apply initially only to systemic banks in 17 EU member states, with other EU member states having the option to ‘opt in’. Additional related initiatives being progressed include proposals for a:

 

 

Single European Rulebook;

 

 

133t


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

European Deposit Insurance Scheme; and

 

 

European Resolution Scheme funded by bank contributions.

The UK has indicated that it will not join the Banking Union.

A number of European governments have considered structural reforms of banks to separate or prohibit certain activities. France and Germany now have laws which, when implemented, will prohibit a limited range of trading activities within banks.

In February 2012, the European Commission appointed a High Level Expert Group under the Governor of the Bank of Finland, Erkki Liikanen, to consider potential structural changes in banks within the EU. The group recommended, inter alia , the ring-fencing of certain market-making and trading activities from the deposit-taking and retail payments activities of major banks and possible amendments to the use of bail-in instruments as a resolution tool, as well as a number of other comments.

In January 2014, following a consultation period, the European Commission published its own legislative proposals on the structural reform of the European banking sector which would prohibit proprietary trading in financial instruments and commodities, and enable supervisors to require trading activities such as market-making, complex derivatives and securitisation operations to be undertaken in a separate subsidiary from deposit taking activities.

The ring-fenced deposit taking entity would be subject to separation from the trading entity including capital and management structures, issuance of own debt and arms-length transactions between entities.

The proposals allow for derogation from these requirements for super-equivalent national regimes. On the current basis, it is understood that non-EU subsidiaries of the Group which could be separately resolved without a threat to the financial stability of the EU would be excluded from the proposals.

The proposals will now be subject to discussion in the European Parliament and the Council of Ministers (representing the EU member states) and are not expected to be finalised in 2014. The implementation date for any separation under the final rules would depend upon the date on which the final legislation is agreed.

In December 2013, political agreement was reached at EU level on the text of a Recovery and Resolution Directive (formerly the Crisis

Management Directive) (‘RRD’). This is intended to provide a harmonised framework for the resolution of credit institutions across the EU. While setting out a general framework, the proposals delegated much of the detailed application to local supervisors. The proposals remain subject to negotiation between EU bodies with an implementation date of 1 January 2015. See page 133(s) for more detail on the Group’s current approach to recovery and resolution.

The EU also continues to pursue the development of markets, and conduct-related EU regulations such as the Short Selling Regulation and the European Markets Infrastructure Regulation, some or all parts of which have been or are now being implemented. A number of other EU regulations are in the legislative process. For example, in 2014 it is expected that the Markets in Financial Instrument Directive/Regulation and the Market Abuse Directive/Regulation will be finalised and will move into the implementation phase.

Anti-money laundering and related regulation

HSBC places a high priority on its obligations to deter money laundering and terrorist financing. The European Commission has proposed a Fourth Directive on the prevention of the use of the financial system for the purpose of money laundering and terrorist financing (known as the Fourth Money Laundering Directive). Political agreement is expected in 2014, meaning that the new regime is likely to come into force in 2016. HSBC policy requires that all Group companies should adhere to the letter and spirit of all applicable laws and regulations and we have policies, procedures and training intended to ensure that our employees know and understand our criteria for deciding when a client relationship or business should be evaluated as higher risk.

Risk mitigation measures aimed at deterring money laundering, terrorist and proliferation (weapons) financing (collectively referred to as ‘AML’) have been focused in three key areas:

 

 

meeting HSBC’s regulatory obligations;

 

 

transitioning to a new operating infrastructure and Global Standards governance; and

 

 

managing risk.

HSBC met all obligations due in 2013 under the Deferred Prosecution Agreement with the US Department of Justice.

An AML plan setting out the key dates and

 

 

133u


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

actions to move to a new operating infrastructure was designed with the support of the Global Standards Programme Office and approved by the Board in July 2013.

An AML Compliance organisational blueprint was designed and signed off during 2013 for all countries outside the US (where it is under review by the recently appointed Head of Financial Crime Compliance).

A human capital plan is in place to develop the AML team and the supporting infrastructure. A number of experienced subject matter experts were recruited during 2013 pursuant to this plan. Among the senior roles filled were:

 

 

Global Head of AML Compliance;

 

 

Global Head of Financial Intelligence Unit; and

 

 

Global Head of Correspondent Banking Financial Crime Compliance.

An AML Risk Analytics team was established in 2013 and will be expanded throughout 2014.

To maximise information sharing across the Group, two key units were formed: the Financial Intelligence Unit and AML Investigations. These teams are priority areas for expansion in 2014.

A Financial Crime Risk Appetite Statement was approved by the Board in October 2013.

A financial crime-based component has been embedded in Group Strategy determining what business HSBC does, with whom and in what markets.

An enhanced global AML policy, incorporating risk appetite, was approved by the Board in January 2014. The policy adopts and enforces the highest or most effective standards globally, including a globally consistent approach to knowing and retaining our customers.

The AML policy is being implemented in phases by developing and applying global minimum standards of procedure to manage AML compliance. The overriding policy objective is for every HBSC employee to conduct ‘the right kind of business’, which will be a recurring theme across all pillars of the AML programme and engagement campaign.

Enhanced minimum standards for customer due diligence procedures covering the majority of HSBC’s customer types have already been completed and approved in 2013. Conducting customer due diligence is one of the fundamental ways in which we understand and manage financial crime risk.

The AML programme is being better aligned to the three lines of defence model (described on page 39) with roles and accountability across all three lines clearly set out and embedded through employee awareness initiatives.

As part of our continuing evaluation of AML and sanctions risk, we also monitor activities relating to the countries subject to US economic sanctions programmes administered by OFAC, as well as those subject to United Nations, UK and EU sanctions. HSBC Group Policy requires all Group companies to comply to the extent applicable with US law and regulation, including the country and individual sanctions promulgated by OFAC sanctions. This means that not only must US subsidiaries and US nationals comply with OFAC regulations, but that HSBC subsidiaries outside the US which are not US persons must not participate in US dollar business that would, if conducted by a US person, contravene the OFAC sanctions. We do not consider that our business activities with counterparties in, or directly relating to, these countries are material to our business, and such activities represented a very small part of the Group’s total assets at 31 December 2013 and total revenues for the year ended 31 December 2013.

Other

HSBC Bank USA entered into a Consent Cease and Desist Order with the OCC, and HNAH entered into a Consent Cease and Desist Order with the Federal Reserve Board in October 2010. These Orders require improvement of our Compliance Risk Management Programme including AML controls across our US businesses. Steps continue to be taken to address the requirements of these Orders and to ensure that compliance and effective policies and procedures are maintained.

Disclosures pursuant to Section 13(r) of the Securities Exchange Act

 

Section 13(r) of the Securities Exchange Act, requires each issuer registered with the SEC to disclose in its annual or quarterly reports whether it or any of its affiliates have knowingly engaged in specified activities or transactions with persons or entities targeted by US sanctions programmes relating to Iran, terrorism, or the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction, even if those activities are not prohibited by US law and are conducted outside the US by non-US affiliates in compliance with local laws and regulations.

In order to comply with this new requirement, HSBC Holdings Plc (together with its affiliates,

 

 

133v


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

‘HSBC’) has requested relevant information from its affiliates globally. The following activities are disclosed in response to Section 13(r).

Loans in repayment

Between 2001 and 2005, the Project and Export Finance (‘PEF’) division of HSBC arranged or participated in a portfolio of loans to Iranian energy companies and banks. All of these loans were guaranteed by European and Asian export credit agencies, and they have varied maturity dates with final maturity in 2018. For those loans that remain outstanding, we continue to seek repayment in accordance with our obligations to the supporting export credit agencies and, in all cases, with appropriate regulatory approvals. Details of these loans follow.

We have 13 loans outstanding to an Iranian petrochemical and energy company. These loans are supported by the official Export Credit Agencies of the following countries: the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Spain, The Netherlands, South Korea and Japan. We continue to seek repayments from the company under the existing loans in accordance with the original maturity profiles. All repayments made by the Iranian company have received a licence or an authorisation from relevant authorities. Two repayments have been received under each loan in 2013.

Bank Melli and Bank Saderat acted as sub-participants in three of the aforementioned loans. The repayments due to these banks under the loan agreements were paid into frozen accounts under licences or authorisations from relevant European governments.

In 2002, we provided a loan to Bank Tejarat with a guarantee from the Government of Iran to fund the construction of a petrochemical plant undertaken by a UK contractor. This loan was supported by the UK Export Credit Agency and is administered under licence from the relevant European Government. No repayments have been received directly from Bank Tejarat in 2013 and claims have been settled by the supporting Export Credit Agency.

We also maintain sub-participations in four loans provided by other international banks to Bank Tejarat and Bank Mellat with guarantees from the Government of Iran. These sub-participations were supported by the Export Credit Agencies of Italy, The Netherlands and Spain. The repayments due under the sub-participations were not received during 2013 and claims are being processed and settled by the relevant European Export Credit Agencies. Licences and relevant authorisations have been obtained from the

competent authorities of the European Union in respect of the transactions.

Estimated gross revenue generated by these loans in repayment for 2013, which includes interest and fees, was approximately US$2.2m. Estimated net profit during 2013 was approximately US$1.3m. While we intend to continue to seek repayment, we do not intend to extend any new loans.

Legacy contractual obligations related to guarantees

Between 1996 and 2007, HSBC provided guarantees to a number of its non-Iranian customers in Europe and the Middle East for various business activities in Iran. In a number of cases, HSBC issued counter indemnities in support of guarantees issued by Iranian banks as the Iranian beneficiaries of the guarantees required that they be backed directly by Iranian banks. The Iranian banks to which HSBC provided counter indemnities included Bank Tejarat, Bank Melli, and the Bank of Industry and Mine.

We have worked with relevant regulatory authorities to obtain licences where required and ensure compliance with laws and regulations while seeking to cancel the guarantees and counter indemnities. Several were cancelled during 2013, and approximately 20 remain outstanding.

Estimated gross revenue for 2013, which includes fees and/or commissions, was US$10,000. We do not allocate direct costs to fees and commissions and therefore have not disclosed a separate profits measure. We are seeking to cancel all relevant guarantees and do not intend to provide any new guarantees involving Iran.

Cheque clearing

Certain Iranian banks sanctioned by the United States continue to participate in official clearing systems in the UAE, Bahrain, Oman, Lebanon, Qatar, and Turkey. We have a presence in these countries and, as such, participate in the clearing systems. The Iranian banks participating in the clearing systems vary by location and include Bank Saderat, Bank Melli, Future Bank, and Bank Mellat. We have implemented automated and manual controls in order to preclude settling cheque transactions with these institutions. There was no measurable gross revenue or net profit generated by this activity in 2013.

Other relationships with Iranian banks

Activity related to US-sanctioned Iranian banks not covered elsewhere in this disclosure includes the following:

 

 

133w


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

We maintain a frozen account in the UK for an Iranian-owned, UK-regulated financial institution. In April 2007, the UK government issued a licence to allow us to handle certain transactions (operational payments and settlement of pre-sanction transactions) for this institution. In December 2013, the UK government issued a new licence to allow HSBC to deposit certain cheque payments. There was some licensed activity in 2013.

 

 

We act as the trustee and administrator for pension schemes involving three employees of a US-sanctioned Iranian bank in Hong Kong. Under the rules of these schemes, we accept contributions from the Iranian bank each month and allocate the funds into the pension accounts of the three Iranian bank employees. We run and operate these pension schemes in accordance with Hong Kong laws and regulations.

 

 

In 2010, we closed our representative office in Iran. We maintain a local account with a US-sanctioned Iranian bank in Tehran in order to facilitate residual activity related to the closure. During 2013 we used this account to pay tax equivalent to approximately US$20,000 to Iran’s social security organisation. We have been authorised by the US Government (and by relevant non-US regulators) to make these types of payments in connection with the liquidation and deregistration of the representative office in Tehran, and anticipate making the last of such payments in 2014.

Estimated gross revenue for 2013 for all Iranian bank-related activity described in this section, which includes fees and/or commissions, was US$109,013. We do not allocate direct costs to fees and commissions and therefore have not disclosed a separate profits measure. We intend to continue to wind down this Iranian bank-related activity and not enter into any new such activity.

Iranian embassy related activity

We held a bank account in London for the Iranian embassy in London, which was used to support Iranian students studying in the UK and in which there was minimal activity during 2013. The account was closed in 2013, and the funds were moved into unclaimed balances.

Activity related to US Executive Order 13224

We maintained a frozen personal account for an individual sanctioned under Executive Order 13224

and by the UK and the UN Security Council. Activity on this account in 2013 was permitted by a licence issued by the UK. There was no measurable gross revenue or net profits generated in 2013.

We held personal and business accounts in the UK for two individuals sanctioned by the US under Executive Order 13224. UK and UN Security Council sanctions against these individuals were lifted in 2012. All the accounts were closed during 2013. The account balances were returned to the relevant individuals. There was no measurable gross revenue or net profits generated in the second or third quarters of 2013.

We hold a frozen personal account in the United Arab Emirates for an individual who was designated under Executive Order 13224 during 2013. Subsequent to designation and prior to the freezing of the account in the second quarter, there were several transactions. Estimated gross revenue in 2013 was approximately US$250. There has been no activity and no measurable gross revenue or net profit generated since the second quarter of 2013. A second personal account held in Hong Kong for the same individual was closed in the third quarter of 2013 and the balance moved into unclaimed balances. There has been no activity and no measurable gross revenue or net profit generated on the account in 2013 since designation.

We held an account and had an outstanding loan for a partnership that included one individual sanctioned under Executive Order 13224. The account has been closed, and the sanctioned individual has been removed from the loan account. There was no measurable gross revenue or net profits recognised in 2013 for this activity.

Activity related to US Executive Order 13382

We held an account for a customer in the United Arab Emirates that was sanctioned under Executive Order 13382 in 2013. The account was closed in 2013, and the funds were moved into unclaimed balances. The estimated gross revenue or net profits generated in 2013 was US$37.

Frozen accounts and transactions

We maintain several accounts that are frozen under relevant sanctions programmes and on which no activity, other than the posting of nominal amounts of interest, took place during 2013. In 2013, we also froze payments where required under relevant sanctions programmes. There was no gross revenue or net profit to HSBC.

 

 

133x


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Risk

 

     Page      App 1  

Risk profile 2

     134      

Risk factors 2

     134a      

Risk governance

        266   
   

Managing risk 2

     135      

Risk factors

     135      

Risks managed by HSBC

     136      

Stress testing

     139      
   

Top and emerging risks 2

     141      

Macroeconomic and geopolitical risk

     141      

Macro-prudential, regulatory and legal risks to our business model

     142      

Risks related to our business operations, governance and internal control systems

     146      
   

Areas of special interest 2

     147      

Financial crime compliance and regulatory compliance

     147      

Commercial real estate

     147      

Eurozone crisis

     148      

Exposures to Egypt

     148      

Personal lending – US lending

     148      
   

Credit risk 4

     150         266   

Eurozone exposures 4

     210      
   

Liquidity and funding 4

     213         276   
   

Market risk 4

     230         281   
   

Operational risk 2

     244         287   

Compliance risk

     247         287   

Legal risk

        288   

Global security and fraud risk

        288   

Systems risk

        289   

Vendor risk management

        289   

Fiduciary risk

     248         289   
   

Risk management of insurance operations 3

     249         290   
   

Other material risks 2

     260         294   

Reputational risk

     260         294   

Pension risk

     260         295   

Sustainability risk

     263         297   

1     Appendix to Risk – risk policies and practices.

     

2     Unaudited.     3 Audited.     4 Audited where indicated.

     

 

LOGO    For details of HSBC’s policies and practices regarding risk management and governance see the Appendix to Risk on page 266.

Risk profile

 

(Unaudited)

Managing our risk profile

 

 

A strong balance sheet remains core to our philosophy.

 

 

Our portfolios continue to be aligned to our risk appetite and strategy.

 

 

Our risk management framework is supported by strong forward-looking risk identification.

Maintaining capital strength and strong liquidity position

 

 

Our core tier 1 and common equity tier 1 capital ratios remain strong at 13.6% and 10.9%.

 

 

We have sustained our strong liquidity position throughout 2013.

 

 

The ratio of customer advances to deposits remains significantly below 90%.

Strong governance

 

 

Robust risk governance and accountability is embedded across the Group.

 

 

The Board, advised by the Group Risk Committee, approves our risk appetite.

 

 

The Compliance function has been restructured into the Financial Crime Compliance and Regulatory Compliance functions to provide more in-depth focus on these areas.

 

 

Our global risk operating model supports adherence to globally consistent standards and risk management policies across the Group.

Our top and emerging risks

 

 

Macroeconomic and geopolitical risk.

 

 

Macro-prudential, regulatory and legal risks to our business model.

 

 

Risks related to our business operations, governance and internal control systems.

 

 

134


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Risk Factors

 

(Unaudited)

Macroeconomic and geopolitical risk

Current economic and market conditions may adversely affect our results

Our earnings are affected by global and local economic and market conditions. Following the global financial crisis in 2007, despite signs that economies are beginning to improve, a difficult economic climate remains with continued pressures on household, financial institutions and government finances. During 2013, world economic growth remained muted and growth is expected to remain well below its past long-term potential in 2014. Expectations of a reduction in the scale of government repurchase schemes and quantitative easing measures resulted in more volatile market conditions during the year.

Mature economies continue to deleverage and implement austerity and structural reforms that are restricting economic activity in the short term. Growth in a number of emerging markets decelerated during 2013, affected by lower world demand and cautious official policies. In addition, capital flows were volatile, particularly during the second half of the year, and in several cases lead to a tightening of monetary policy to counter capital outflows. Mainland China has experienced a slowdown in economic growth in recent years, which may be aggravated by difficulties in non-bank financial institutions. While current economic growth appears to be in line with its government’s expectations, a sharper than expected slowdown could take place with consequences for all other emerging markets.

The uncertain economic conditions continue to create a challenging operating environment for financial services companies such as HSBC. In particular, we may face the following challenges to our operations and operating model in connection with these factors:

 

 

the demand for borrowing from creditworthy customers may diminish if economic activity slows or remains subdued;

 

 

as capital flows are increasingly disrupted, some emerging markets could be tempted to impose protectionist measures that could affect financial institutions and their clients;

 

 

European banks may come under renewed stress as a result of the interdependencies between economic conditions, the sovereign financial situation in the eurozone and the impact of the

   

pending European Central Bank (‘ECB’) Asset Quality Review;

 

 

geopolitical risks might grow in different regions of the world, affecting directly the economies of these countries and their economic policies. Continuing political instability and unrest in the Middle East may affect the ability of our customers to meet their contractual commitments to HSBC;

 

 

a scaling back of quantitative easing (‘QE’) or just the expectation of a scaling back could have an adverse impact on global equity and bond prices, and create turbulence in global currency (foreign exchange) markets. The pace and timing of QE cessation could also heighten market instability;

 

 

a prolonged period of modest interest rates will constrain, for example, through margin compression and low returns on assets, the net interest income we earn from investing our excess deposits;

 

 

our ability to borrow from other financial institutions or to engage in funding transactions may be adversely affected by market disruption, for example, in the event of contagion from stress in the eurozone sovereign and financial sectors; and

 

 

market developments may depress consumer and business confidence beyond expected levels. If economic growth remains subdued, for example, asset prices and payment patterns may be adversely affected, leading to greater than expected increases in our delinquencies, default rates, write-offs and loan impairment charges. However, if growth is too rapid, new asset valuation bubbles could appear especially in the real estate sector with potentially negative consequences for banks.

The occurrence of any of these events or circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our business, our financial condition, our prospects, our customers and their operations and/or results of our operations.

We have exposure to the ongoing economic crisis in the eurozone

The risk of a split of the eurozone has receded, both as a result of the support given by the ECB and of the implementation of structural reforms and austerity measures in most countries. Confidence has returned in the eurozone as a whole and the fall in yields has also eased the situation for the sovereigns. These restructuring efforts strongly

 

 

134a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

affected growth in 2012 but have had positive effects in 2013 in several countries where growth is resuming.

Throughout 2013, core eurozone countries such as Germany and the Netherlands have demonstrated an improvement in economic fundamentals and the risk of contagion leading to a broadly based failure of the euro has abated considerably. Should a peripheral eurozone country need to leave the euro it is now expected to be on a managed basis that is less likely to present a risk to the eurozone itself. For a further description of our exposures to selected eurozone countries, eurozone banks and other financial institutions and corporates see ‘Areas of special interest’ on page 147.

We are subject to political and economic risks in the countries in which we operate, including the risk of government intervention

We operate through an international network of subsidiaries and affiliates in 75 countries and territories around the world. Our results are, therefore, subject to the risk of loss from unfavourable political developments, currency fluctuations, social instability and changes in government policies on such matters as expropriation, authorisations, international ownership, interest-rate caps, limits on dividend flows and tax in the jurisdictions in which we operate. For example, in the Middle East, continued violence and unrest in Egypt and the civil war in Syria have intensified strategic risks to regional security and global energy prices. The recent agreement with Iran on its nuclear programme diffuses the short-term risk of military intervention, but increases risk in the medium-term should Iran not comply with requirements. In East Asia, tensions over maritime sovereignty disputes involving mainland China and Japan may lead to further military escalation and have had an effect on bilateral trade. Civil unrest and demonstrations in a number of emerging markets, including Turkey and Brazil, have been driven by political grievances and concerns over prevailing economic policies and may resume if growth remains subdued.

Changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect our results

We prepare our accounts in US dollars, but because a substantial portion of our assets, liabilities, assets under management, revenues and expenses are denominated in other currencies, changes in foreign exchange rates have an effect on our reported income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity and

may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and/or results of operations.

Macro-prudential, regulatory and legal risks to our business model

Failure to implement our obligations under the deferred prosecution agreements could have a material adverse effect on our results and operations.

In December 2012, HSBC Holdings, HSBC North America Holdings, Inc (‘HNAH’), and HSBC Bank USA N.A. (‘HSBC Bank USA’) entered into agreements with US and UK authorities in relation to investigations regarding past inadequate compliance with anti-money laundering and sanctions laws. Among other agreements, HSBC Holdings and HSBC Bank USA entered into a five-year Deferred Prosecution Agreement (‘US DPA’) with the US Department of Justice (‘DoJ’) and HSBC Holdings entered into a two-year Deferred Prosecution Agreement with the New York County District Attorney (the ‘DANY DPA’). HSBC Holdings also entered into an undertaking with the FSA (revised as the ‘FCA Direction’) to comply with certain forward-looking obligations with respect to anti-money laundering and sanctions requirements.

Under the settlement agreements, HSBC Holdings, HNAH and HSBC Bank USA made payments totalling US$1.9bn to US authorities and undertook to take further action to strengthen our compliance policies and procedures. The agreements with the DoJ and the US Federal Reserve Board (‘FRB’) and the FCA Direction require us to retain an independent Monitor (who will, for FCA purposes, be a ‘skilled person’ under section 166 of the Financial Services and Markets Act (‘FSMA’)) to evaluate our progress in fully implementing our obligations and produce regular assessments of the effectiveness of our Compliance function.

Michael Cherkasky began his work as the Monitor on 22 July 2013. His work is proceeding as anticipated, consistent with the timelines and requirements set forth in the relevant agreements.

Breach of the US DPA at any time during its term may allow the DoJ to prosecute HSBC Holdings or HSBC Bank USA in relation to the matters which are the subject of the US DPA. Breach of the DANY DPA may allow the New York County District Attorney’s Office to prosecute HSBC Holdings in relation to the matters which are the subject of that DPA. There can be no assurance that the steps taken to address the requirements of the DPAs will be completely effective or that HSBC will

 

 

134b


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

not have to take additional remedial measures in the future to comply with the terms of the DPAs or the FCA Direction. Any such breach of the DPAs or the FCA Direction leading to further enforcement action, including the prosecution of HSBC would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, including the potential significant loss of business and withdrawal of funding.

Failure to comply with certain regulatory requirements would have a material adverse effect on our results and operations.

As reflected in the agreement entered into with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (‘OCC’) in December 2012 ( ‘the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (‘GLBA’) Agreement’), the OCC has determined that HSBC Bank USA is not in compliance with the requirements set forth in 12 U.S.C. § 24a(a)(2)(c) and 12 C.F.R. § 5.39(g)(1), which provide that a national bank and each depository institution affiliate of the national bank must be both well capitalised and well managed in order to own or control a financial subsidiary. As a result, HSBC Bank USA and its parent holding companies, including HSBC Holdings, no longer meet the qualification requirements for financial holding company status, and may not engage in any new types of financial activities without the prior approval of the FRB. In addition, HSBC Bank USA may not directly or indirectly acquire control of, or hold an interest in, any new financial subsidiary, nor commence a new activity in its existing financial subsidiary, unless it receives prior approval from the OCC. If all of our affiliate depositary institutions are not in compliance with these requirements within the time periods specified in the GLBA Agreement, as they may be extended, HSBC could be required either to divest HSBC Bank USA or to divest or terminate any financial activities conducted in reliance on financial holding company status under the GLBA. Similar consequences could result for financial subsidiaries of HSBC Bank USA that engage in activities in reliance on expanded powers provided for in the GLBA. Any such divestiture or termination of activities would have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operation.

Failure to meet the requirements of regulatory stress tests could have a material adverse effect on our capital plan, operations, results and future prospects

Supervisory stress test requirements are increasing in frequency and in the granularity of information

required. The Group is subject to supervisory stress testing in many jurisdictions. These exercises include the programmes of the PRA, the FRB, the European Banking Authority (‘EBA’), the ECB and the Hong Kong Monetary Authority, as well as stress tests undertaken in many other jurisdictions.

The Group is taking part in the Bank of England concurrent stress test exercise in 2014. This programme will include common base and stress scenarios applied across all major UK banks. The exercise will be supported by a complementary programme of data provision to the Bank of England under its Firm Data Submission Framework. The PRA is considering a range of disclosure options related to the stress test exercise.

In October 2013, the BoE published a discussion paper ‘A framework for stress testing the UK banking system’. The proposed framework will replace the current stress-testing for the Capital Planning Buffer and the results will inform the setting of the PRA Buffer, Countercyclical Capital Buffer, Sectoral Capital Requirements and other FPC recommendations to the PRA. The PRA is expected to consult on the transition to the PRA Buffer and the relationship between the PRA Buffer and the proposed stress testing exercise in 2014. These buffers are described on page 314.

HNAH is subject to the FRB’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (‘CCAR’). In addition, both HNAH and HSBC Bank USA are subject to the Dodd-Frank Stress Testing programme. HNAH and HSBC Bank USA made submissions under these programmes on 6 January 2014. There are significant consequences if minimum requirements are not met. Under the CCAR process, the FRB will consider a bank holding company’s overall financial condition, risk profile and capital adequacy including its ability to maintain a 5% tier 1 common equity ratio for each quarter of the forward looking nine-quarter planning horizon under baseline, adverse and severely adverse economic scenarios. The FRB will assess a bank holding company’s ability to meet qualitative aspects of capital planning and risk management. It will also take into account a bank holding company’s planned capital actions (such as dividends or share repurchases) over the planning horizon when assessing capital adequacy. If, based on such assessment, the FRB were to issue an objection to a bank holding company’s capital plan, the bank holding company would be required to submit a revised capital plan, and generally would not be able to undertake planned capital actions until approved by the FRB. The FRB will publicly release a summary of its CCAR assessments in March of each year and bank holding companies are

 

 

134c


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

also required to publicly release a summary of their Dodd-Frank stress test results under the supervisory severely adverse scenario. Bank holding companies subject to these stress test rules are also required to conduct a mid-year company-run stress test, submit the results to the FRB and publicly disclose a summary of these mid-year stress test results in September of each year.

HSBC will be included in the next round of European stress test exercises, scheduled for 2014. HSBC France and HSBC Bank Malta P.l.c. will participate in the ECB’s Asset Quality review, run as part of the ECB’s comprehensive assessment prior to inception of the Single Supervisory Mechanism. They will then be subject to the ECB’s stress testing process. The Group will take part in the related exercise run by the EBA. Disclosures of the results of these exercises are planned in late 2014. The EBA have announced capital thresholds of 8% common equity tier 1 (‘CET1’) for the baseline scenario and 5.5% CET1 for the stress scenario. Regulators may set higher hurdle rates and formally commit to take specific actions on the basis of those higher requirements.

Failure to meet requirements of regulatory stress tests, or the failure by regulators to approve our stress results and capital plans, could have a material adverse effect on our operations, results and future prospects.

We are subject to a number of legal and regulatory actions and investigations, the outcomes of which are inherently difficult to predict, but unfavourable outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and brand

We face significant legal and regulatory risks in our business. The volume and amount of damages claimed in litigation, regulatory proceedings and other adversarial proceedings against financial institutions are increasing for many reasons, including a substantial increase in the number of regulatory changes taking place globally and higher expectations from regulators and the public.

Additionally, we continue to be subject to a number of material legal proceedings, regulatory actions and investigations as described in Note 43 on the Financial Statements. It is inherently difficult to predict the outcome of many of the legal, regulatory and other adversarial proceedings involving our businesses, particularly those cases in which the matters are brought on behalf of various classes of claimants, seek damages of unspecified or indeterminate amounts or involve novel legal claims.

An unfavourable result in one or more of these proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, reputation and/or results of operations.

Unfavourable legislative or regulatory developments, or changes in the policy of regulators or governments, could generate model risk and could have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial condition and prospects

Our businesses are subject to ongoing regulation and associated regulatory risks, including the effects of changes in the laws, regulations, policies, voluntary codes of practice and interpretations in the UK, the US, Hong Kong, the EU and the other markets where we operate. This is particularly so in the current environment, where we expect government and regulatory intervention in the banking sector to continue to increase for the foreseeable future. Additionally, many of these changes increasingly have an impact beyond the country in which they are effected as regulators either deliberately enact regulation with extra-territorial impact or our operations mean that the Group is obliged to give effect to ‘local’ laws and regulations on a wider basis.

Since 2008, regulators and governments have focused on reforming both the prudential regulation of the financial services industry, to improve financial stability, and the ways in which business is conducted. Measures include enhanced capital, liquidity and funding requirements, the separation or prohibition of certain activities by banks, changes in the capital regime and the operation of capital markets activities, the introduction of tax levies and transaction taxes, changes in compensation practices and adjustments to how business is conducted. The US Government, the UK Government, our regulators in the UK, US, Hong Kong, the EU or elsewhere may intervene further in relation to areas of industry risk already identified, or in new areas, which could adversely affect us.

Changes in laws, rules or regulations, or in their interpretation or enforcement, or in how new laws, rules or regulations are implemented may adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and/or results of operations. Further, uncertainty and lack of international regulatory coordination as enhanced supervisory standards are developed and implemented may adversely affect our ability to engage in effective business, capital and risk management planning.

 

 

134d


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

More stringent regulatory requirements, including enhanced capital, liquidity and funding requirements and those governing the development of parameters applied and controls around models used for measuring risk can give rise to changes that may adversely affect our business, including increases in capital requirements.

We may fail to comply with all applicable regulations, particularly in areas where applicable regulations may be unclear or where regulators revise existing guidance or courts overturn previous rulings. Authorities in many jurisdictions have the power to bring administrative or judicial proceedings against us which could result in, among other things, the suspension or revocation of our licenses, cease and desist orders, fines, civil penalties, criminal penalties or other disciplinary action which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, reputation and/or results of operations and seriously harm our reputation.

Areas where changes could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations include, but are not limited to:

 

 

general changes in government, central bank or regulatory policy, or changes in regulatory regimes that may influence investor decisions in particular markets in which we operate;

 

 

proposed changes in and the implementation of regulations for derivatives and central counterparties; the UK’s planned framework for the ring-fencing of retail banking, other structural separation proposals or regimes, including the Volcker Rule issued under the Dodd-Frank Act, proposals in France, Germany and the European Commission’s own proposals for the ring-fencing of certain activities; the EU’s Recovery and Resolution Directive and similar country specific measures; and the US Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (‘FATCA’), any or all of which may change the structure of those markets and the products offered or may increase the costs of doing business in those markets;

 

 

external bodies applying or interpreting standards or laws differently to us;

 

 

further requirements relating to financial reporting, corporate governance, conduct of business and employee compensation; and

 

 

expropriation, nationalisation, confiscation of assets and changes in legislation or regulations relating to foreign ownership.

HSBC is supervised on a consolidated basis in the UK. On 1 April 2013, three new regulatory bodies were established: the Financial Policy Committee (‘FPC’), the Prudential Regulation Authority (‘PRA’) and the Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’). The FPC will not directly supervise firms, being responsible for macro-prudential regulation and considering systemic risk affecting economic and financial stability. The PRA and the FCA have inherited the majority of the FSA’s previous functions as the micro-prudential supervisors. Some Group subsidiaries such as HSBC Bank plc (‘HSBC Bank’) will be ‘dual-regulated’ firms, subject to prudential regulation by the PRA and to conduct regulation by the FCA. Other UK subsidiaries are ‘solo regulated’ by the FCA. The new regulatory bodies also have additional powers. For example, under certain circumstances, the PRA and the FCA are able to issue directions to unregulated qualifying parent undertakings such as HSBC Holdings. The FPC has powers to give a direction to the FCA or the PRA, and it may make recommendations within the Bank of England to the Treasury, to the FCA or the PRA or to ‘other persons’. In addition, European supervisory authorities, the EBA, the European Insurance and Occupational Pensions Authority (‘EIOPA’) and the European Securities and Markets Authority (‘ESMA’) are likely to exert greater influence on regulatory issues across the EU and with the EU Banking Union legislation in progress and the Single Supervisory Mechanism being adopted by 17 EU member states, the ECB will become the single EU supervisor, taking direct responsibility for systematically relevant banks in the eurozone from November 2014, which may include certain HSBC Group companies. These developments are expected to continue to change the way in which we are regulated and supervised and could affect our business, capital requirements or results of operations.

Since 2009, the Basel Committee has approved significant changes to the regulation of banking institutions’ capital and liquidity, involving a substantial strengthening of the minimum requirements. Implementation at the national level remains ongoing.

HSBC has been classified by the Financial Stability Board (‘FSB’) as a Global Systemically Important Bank (‘G-SIB’) and therefore will be subject to what the FSB refers to as a ‘multi-pronged and integrated set of policies’. These include proposals that would place an additional capital buffer on the Group and require enhanced reporting.

 

 

134e


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

The ongoing implementation of Dodd-Frank and related final regulations in the US could result in additional costs or limit or restrict the way we conduct our business. Uncertainty remains about the details, impact and timing of some of these reforms and the effect they will ultimately have on HSBC. Within Dodd-Frank, the Volcker Rule is intended to prohibit deposit-taking banks and their affiliates from engaging in proprietary trading and investing in or sponsoring hedge funds or private equity funds. The Volcker Rule came into force in July 2012, subject to a two-year conformance period. On 10 December 2013, US regulators released final version regulations to implement the Volcker Rule. The final Rule extended the ‘conformance period’ for all banking entities until 21 July 2015 (with the possibility of two one-year extensions under certain circumstances and for certain activities), by which time financial institutions subject to the Rule must bring their activities and investments into compliance with it. We continue to update our existing conformance plans and to finalise adjustments necessary to our businesses both in the US and elsewhere to comply with these final rules. In addition, in February 2014, the FRB adopted final rules to apply certain enhanced supervisory standards to large foreign banking organisations such as HSBC. Certain proposals that would apply other enhanced supervisory standards to large foreign banking organisation have not yet been finalised.

There are also a number of ongoing regulatory initiatives at the EU and at a national level in the UK in various stages of development which could result in additional costs or limit or restrict the way we conduct business. At an EU level, initiatives include the ongoing implementation of the EU’s version of the Basel III proposals (‘CRD IV’), the European Markets Infrastructure Regulation (‘EMIR’), the revised Markets in Financial Instruments Directive/Regulation (‘MiFID2’) and the Market Abuse Regulation.

In June 2013, the European Commission published the final Regulation and Directive, known collectively as CRD IV, to give effect to the Basel III framework in the EU. This came into effect on 1 January 2014.

In December 2013, the PRA published its final rules on implementing CRD IV in Policy Statement 7/13. From 1 January 2014, major UK banks and building societies, including HSBC, are required to meet a 3% CRD IV end point tier 1 leverage ratio and to hold capital resources equivalent to at least 7% of their risk-weighted assets, using a CRD IV definition of CET1 but after taking account of any

adjustments set by the PRA. This follows the FPC’s 2013 capital shortfall exercise which included an assessment of expected future losses, future costs of conduct redress and adjusting for a more prudent calculation of risk weights.

Despite final PRA rules there remains continued uncertainty as to the on-going amount of capital that banks will be required to hold under CRD IV. This relates to the quantification and interaction of CRD IV capital buffers and Pillar 2, where further PRA consultations are due in 2014. Furthermore, there are a significant number of draft and unpublished EBA technical standards due in 2014 which will potentially impact our capital position and risk-weighted assets.

In our capital section on page 309 of the 2013 Annual Report and Accounts we quantify the capital and RWA effects of CRD IV as at 31 December 2013 based on our interpretation of the final CRD IV regulation and final rules issued by the PRA, as supplemented by regulatory guidance. The effects of draft EBA Standards are not captured in our numbers. Consequently, there could be additional, potentially significant, impacts on our capital position and RWAs.

Other relevant regulatory initiatives in the UK include the FCA’s Mortgage Market Review, changes to the consumer credit regime in the UK and an ever greater focus by our regulators on ‘conduct risk’ including attention to sales processes and incentives, product and investment suitability and conduct of business concerns more generally. Uncertainty remains about the details and timing of some of these reforms and the effect they will ultimately have on HSBC.

These measures are concerned principally, but not exclusively, with the conduct of business with retail customers and, in conjunction with this focus, the UK regulators are making increasing use of existing and new powers of intervention and enforcement, including powers to consider past business undertaken and implement customer compensation and redress schemes or other, potentially significant remedial work. Additionally, the UK and other regulators may increasingly take actions in response to customer complaints either specific to an institution or more generally in relation to a particular product. We have seen recent examples of this approach in the context of the possible mis-selling of payment protection insurance, of interest rate derivative products to SME and wealth management products. Further, regulators in the UK and elsewhere are increasingly pursuing investigations in relation to employee

 

 

134f


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

activities in relation to benchmark, index and other rate setting and the operation of other (non-retail) markets, including foreign exchange markets. Whilst these investigations are generally focused on the wholesale sector, regulators may not only exercise powers in relation to relevant market participants in that sector, but may also consider the wider effects of such activities for customers more generally and impose appropriate measures, including, for example, customer redress or compensation schemes as well as fines and/or other actions against involved companies and relevant individuals.

Accordingly, there are significant risks that the UK and other regulators may identify future industry-wide mis-selling, market misconduct or other issues that could affect the Group. This may lead from time to time to: (i) significant direct costs or liabilities (including in relation to mis-selling or improper activities); and (ii) changes in the practices of such businesses which benefit customers at a cost to shareholders. Further, decisions taken in the UK by the Financial Ombudsman Service in relation to customer complaints (or any overseas equivalent that has jurisdiction) could, if applied to a wider class or grouping of customers, have a material adverse effect on the business, operating results, financial condition and prospects of the Group.

The UK Government has passed legislation to implement banking reforms based on the recommendations of the Independent Commission on Banking. Additional banking reform proposals are being considered in France, Germany and the EU and any resulting structural changes could have a material adverse effect on us

The Independent Commission on Banking (‘ICB’) published its final report in September 2011 and the UK Government expressed broad approval for the principle of establishing a ring-fenced bank for retail banking activities and greater loss absorbing capacity.

In December 2013, the UK’s Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act 2013 received Royal Assent, becoming primary legislation. It implements the recommendations of the ICB and of the Parliamentary Commission on Banking Standards, which inter alia establish a framework for ‘ring-fencing’ the UK retail banking from trading activities and sets out requirements for loss absorbency in the form of equity capital and loss absorbing debt. The PRA, subject to the approval of Her Majesty’s Treasury, is empowered to require banking groups to restructure their operations if it considers that the operation of the ring-fence in a

group is proving to be ineffective. The exercise of these powers may lead to groups being required to split their retail and investment banking operations into separate corporate groups. A consultation has also taken place on draft secondary legislation setting out further details but the underlying rules from supervisory authorities are not yet available.

The UK Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act 2013 also creates a ‘bail-in’ mechanism as an additional resolution tool alongside existing options to transfer all or part of the bank to a private sector purchaser, to transfer parts of the bank to a new ‘bridge’ bank which is later sold or to take the bank into temporary public sector ownership. In a ‘bail-in’, shareholders and creditors in the bank have their investments written down in value or converted into new interests (such as new shares) without the bank being placed in liquidation. This allows the bank to continue to provide its core banking services without interruption and ensures that the solvency of the bank is addressed without taxpayer support, while also allowing the Bank of England to provide temporary funding to this newly solvent bank. Certain liabilities such as deposits protected by the Financial Services Compensation Scheme are excluded from bail-in. It is intended that these bail- in provisions will be consistent with the European Recovery and Resolution Directive once it comes into force.

The UK government intends to complete the legislative process by the end of this Parliament in May 2015 and to have reforms in place by 2019.

In February 2012, the European Commission appointed a High Level Expert Group under the Governor of the Bank of Finland, Erkki Liikanen, to consider potential structural changes in banks within the EU. The group recommended, inter alia , the ring-fencing of certain market-making and trading activities from the deposit-taking and retail payments activities of major banks and possible amendments to the use of bail-in instruments as a resolution tool, as well as a number of other comments.

In January 2014, following a consultation period, the European Commission published its own legislative proposals on the structural reform of the European banking sector which would prohibit proprietary trading in financial instruments and commodities, and enable supervisors to require trading activities such as market-making, complex derivatives and securitisation operations to be undertaken in a separate subsidiary from deposit taking activities.

 

 

134g


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

The ring-fenced deposit taking entity would be subject to separation from the trading entity including capital and management structures, issuance of own debt and arms-length transactions between entities.

The proposals allow for derogation from these requirements for super-equivalent national regimes. On the current basis of the proposals, it is understood that non-EU subsidiaries of the Group which could be separately resolved without a threat to the financial stability of the EU would be excluded from the proposals.

The proposals will now be subject to discussion in the European Parliament and the Council of Ministers (representing the EU member states) and are not expected to be finalised in 2014. The implementation date for any separation under the final rules would depend upon the date on which the final legislation is agreed. The relationship between the UK, French, German and any EU proposals has still to be clarified (as does the interactivity between any of these proposals and the US Volcker Rule), although the G20 has asked the FSB, in collaboration with the IMF and OECD, to assess the cross-border consistency and global financial stability implications of structural measures, to be completed by the end of 2014.

We are subject to tax-related risks in the countries in which we operate which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results

HSBC is subject to the substance and interpretation of tax laws in all countries in which we operate and is subject to routine review and audit by tax authorities in relation thereto. We provide for potential tax liabilities that may arise on the basis of the amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities. The amounts ultimately paid may differ materially from the amounts provided depending on the ultimate resolution of such matters. Changes to tax law, tax rates and penalties for failure to comply could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and/or results of operations.

Risks related to our business operations, governance and internal control systems

Our risk management measures may not be successful

The management of risk is an integral part of all our activities. Risk constitutes our exposure to uncertainty and the consequent variability of return. Specifically, risk equates to the adverse effect on profitability or financial condition arising from

different sources of uncertainty including retail and wholesale credit risk, market risk, operational risk, non-traded market risk, insurance risk, concentration risk, liquidity and funding risk, litigation risk, reputational risk, strategic risk, pension obligation risk and regulatory risk. We seek to monitor and manage our risk exposure through a variety of separate but complementary control and reporting systems such as financial, credit, market, operational, compliance and legal. While we employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and risk mitigation techniques, such techniques and the judgements that accompany their application cannot anticipate every unfavourable event or the specifics and timing of every outcome. Failure to manage risks appropriately could have a significant effect on our business prospects, financial condition and/or results of operations.

Operational risks are inherent in our business

We are exposed to many types of operational risk, that are inherent in banking operations including fraudulent and other criminal activities (both internal and external), breakdowns in processes or procedures and systems failure or non-availability. These risks apply equally when we rely on outside suppliers or vendors to provide services to us and our customers. These operational risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operation.

Our operations are subject to the threat of fraudulent activity

Fraudsters may target any of our products, services and delivery channels including lending, internet banking, payments, cards services and account takeover. This may result in financial loss to the bank, an adverse customer experience, reputational damage and potential regulatory action depending on the circumstances of the event.

Our operations are subject to disruption from the external environment

HSBC operates in many geographical locations, which are subject to events which are outside our control. These events may be acts of God such as natural disasters and epidemics, geopolitical risks including acts of terrorism and social unrest and infrastructure issues such as transport or power failure. These risk events may give rise to disruption to our services, result in physical damage and/or loss of life, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operation.

 

 

134h


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Our operations utilise third-party suppliers

HSBC also utilises third-party firms for the supply of certain of its goods and services. The inadequate management of our significant third-party supplies of goods and services could lead to a failure to meet our operational and business requirements which, in turn, may involve regulatory breaches, civil or monetary penalties or damage both to shareholder value and to our reputation/brand image.

Our operations are highly dependent on our information technology systems

The reliability and security of our information and technology infrastructure and our customer databases are crucial to maintaining the service availability of banking applications and processes and to protecting the HSBC brand. The proper functioning of our payment systems, financial control, risk management, credit analysis and reporting, accounting, customer service and other information technology systems, as well as the communication networks between our branches and main data processing centres, are critical to our operations.

Critical system failure, any prolonged loss of service availability or any material breach of data security, particularly involving confidential customer data, could cause serious damage to our ability to service our clients, could breach regulations under which we operate and could cause long-term damage to our business and brand that could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, reputation and/or results of operations. This includes the operation of our key payments services.

The threat from cyber attacks is a concern for our organisation and failure to protect our operations from internet crime or cyber attacks may result in financial loss and loss of customer data or other sensitive information which could undermine our reputation and our ability to attract and keep customers. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and/or results of our operations. We face various cyber risks in line with other multinational organisations. During 2013, we were subjected to 20 ‘denial of service’ attacks on our external facing websites across the Group. A denial of service attack is the attempt to intentionally disrupt, paralyse and potentially extract data from a computer network by flooding it with data sent simultaneously from many individual computers.

We experienced a major global attack in July 2013. During this incident, we were attacked numerous individual times over a three-hour period.

Each attack lasted 15-20 minutes and utilised a different attack profile for each phase. During the active attacks, customers were intermittently unable to access our websites. There were three times when access to HSBC websites was unavailable.

Although most cyber attacks in 2013 had a negligible effect on our customers, services or firm, future cyber attacks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and/or results of operations.

We may not be able to meet regulatory requests for data

New regulatory requirements necessitate more frequent reporting, which requires accurate, consistent and timely management information and analysis to be produced. In addition, we are required to meet the FSB data obligations by the end of 2015. Inadequate management information systems or processes could lead to a failure to meet our regulatory reporting obligations or other internal or external information demands.

Our operations have inherent reputational risk

Reputational risk is the risk that illegal, unethical or inappropriate behaviour by the Group itself, members of staff, representatives of the Group or its clients act in a way that will damage HSBC’s reputation leading, potentially, to a loss of business, fines or penalties. Reputational risk could arise from negative public opinion about the actual, or perceived, manner in which we conduct our business activities, our financial performance, and actual or perceived practices in banking and the financial services industry generally.

Modern technologies, in particular online social networks and other broadcast tools which facilitate communication with large audiences in short time frames and with minimal costs, may significantly enhance and accelerate the impact of damaging information and allegations. Negative public opinion may adversely affect our ability to keep and attract customers and, in particular, corporate and retail depositors and could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, reputation and/or results of operations.

We may suffer losses due to employee misconduct

Our businesses are exposed to risk from potential non-compliance with policies, employee misconduct or negligence and fraud, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious reputational or

 

 

134i


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

financial harm. In recent years, a number of multinational financial institutions have suffered material losses due to the actions of ‘rogue traders’ or other employees. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not always be effective.

We rely on recruiting, retaining and developing appropriate senior management and skilled personnel

Our continued success depends in part on the continued service of key members of our management team. The ability to continue to attract, train, motivate and retain highly qualified professionals is a key element of our strategy. The successful implementation of our growth strategy depends on the availability of skilled management, both at our head office and at each of our business units. If one of our business units or other functions fails to staff its operations appropriately, or loses one or more of its key senior executives, and fails to replace them in a satisfactory and timely manner, or fails to implement successfully the organisational changes required to support the Group’s strategy, our business prospects, financial condition and/or results of operations, including control and operational risks, may be materially adversely affected. Likewise, if we fail to attract and appropriately train, motivate and retain qualified professionals, our business may be adversely affected.

Our financial statements are based in part on judgements, estimates and assumptions which are subject to uncertainty

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Due to the inherent uncertainty in making estimates, actual results reported in future periods may be based upon amounts which differ from those estimates. Estimates, judgements, assumptions and models are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised and in any future periods affected. The accounting policies deemed critical to our results and financial position, based upon materiality and significant judgements and estimates, include impairment of loans and advances, goodwill impairment, valuation of financial instruments,

deferred tax assets, provisions and interests in associates, which are discussed in detail in ‘Critical accounting policies’ on page 72.

The valuation of financial instruments measured at fair value can be subjective, in particular where models are used which include unobservable inputs. Given the uncertainty and subjectivity associated with valuing such instruments, future outcomes may differ materially from those assumed using information available at the reporting date. The effect of these differences on the future results of operations and the future financial position of the Group may be material. For further details, see ‘Critical accounting policies’ on page 72.

If the judgement, estimates and assumptions we use in preparing our consolidated financial statements are subsequently found to be materially different from those assumed using information available at the reporting date, this could affect our business, financial conditions, prospects, and/or results of operations and have a corresponding effect on our funding requirements and capital ratios.

Third parties may use us as a conduit for illegal activities without our knowledge, which could have a material adverse effect on us

We are required to comply with applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations and have adopted various policies and procedures, including internal control and ‘know your customer’ procedures, aimed at preventing use of HSBC products and services for the purpose of committing or concealing financial crime. A major focus of US and UK governmental policy relating to financial institutions in recent years has been combating money laundering and enforcing compliance with US and EU economic sanctions, and this prioritisation is evidenced by our agreements with US and UK authorities relating to various investigations regarding past inadequate compliance with anti-money laundering and sanctions law including DPAs with the US DoJ, the FCA and others. Certain US subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings have entered into a consent cease and desist order with the OCC and a similar consent order with the FRB which requires the implementation of improvements to compliance procedures regarding obligations under the US Bank Secrecy Act (the ‘BSA’), FCA Direction and anti-money laundering (‘AML’) rules. These consent orders do not preclude additional enforcement actions by bank regulatory, governmental or law enforcement agencies or private litigation.

 

 

134j


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

In relevant situations, and where permitted by regulation, we may rely upon certain counterparties to maintain and properly apply their own appropriate AML procedures. While permitted by regulation, such reliance may not be completely effective in preventing third parties from using us (and our relevant counterparties) as a conduit for money laundering including illegal cash operations without our knowledge (and that of our relevant counterparties). Becoming a party to money laundering, association with, or even accusations of being associated with money laundering will damage our reputation and could make us subject to fines, sanctions and/or legal enforcement (including being added to ‘blacklists’ that would prohibit certain parties from engaging in transactions with us). Any one of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and/or results of operations.

A number of the remedial actions taken or being taken as a result of the matters to which the DPAs relate are intended to ensure that the Group’s businesses are better protected in respect of these risks. These actions are listed in the DPAs. It will, however, take time to complete these remedial actions. Breach of the DPAs at any time during their terms may allow the DoJ or the New York County District Attorney’s Office to prosecute HSBC in relation to the matters which are the subject of the respective DPAs.

We may not achieve all the expected benefits of our strategic initiatives

The Group’s strategy (see page 11), is built around two trends, the continued growth of international trade and capital flows, and wealth creation, particularly in faster-growing markets. We have analysed those trends, and have developed criteria to help us better deploy capital in response. We have also launched an initiative to reduce costs, part of which includes the disposal of non-core businesses. The development and implementation of our strategy requires difficult, subjective and complex judgements, including forecasts of economic conditions in various parts of the world. We may fail to correctly identify the trends we seek to exploit and the relevant factors in making decisions as to capital deployment and cost reduction. Our ability to execute our strategy may also be limited by our operational capacity and the increasing complexity of the regulatory environment in which we operate. For example, the complexities of separating disposed of assets from continuing operations, including transitional arrangements, could increase operational

and reputational risks and threaten successful execution of an announced disposal. In addition, factors beyond our control, including but not limited to the market and economic conditions and other challenges discussed in detail above, could limit our ability to achieve all of the expected benefits of these initiatives.

Risks related to our business

We have significant exposure to counterparty risk within the financial sector and to other risk concentrations

We have exposure to virtually all major industries and counterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in financial services, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default by our counterparty or client. Our ability to engage in routine transactions to fund our operations and manage our risks could be materially adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial services institutions. Financial institutions are necessarily interdependent because of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. As a consequence, a default by, or decline in market confidence in, individual institutions, or anxiety about the financial services industry generally, can lead to further individual and/or systemic difficulties, defaults and losses.

Mandatory central clearing brings new risks to HSBC. As a clearing member we will be required to underwrite losses incurred at Central Counterparty (‘CCP’) by the default of other clearing members and their clients. Hence central clearing brings with it a new element of interconnectedness between clearing members and clients which we believe may increase rather than reduce our exposure to systemic risk. At the same time, our ability to manage such risk ourselves will be reduced because control has been largely outsourced to CCPs and it is unclear at present how, at a time of stress, regulators and resolution authorities will intervene.

Where bilateral counterparty risk has been mitigated by taking collateral, our credit risk may remain high if the collateral we hold cannot be realised or has to be liquidated at prices which are insufficient to recover the full amount of our loan or derivative exposure. There is a risk that collateral cannot be realised, including situations where this arises by change of law that may influence our ability to foreclose on collateral or otherwise enforce contractual rights.

 

 

134k


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

The Group also has credit exposure arising from mitigants such as credit default swaps (‘CDS’s), and other credit derivatives, each of which is carried at fair value. The risk of default by counterparties to CDSs and other credit derivatives used as mitigants affects the fair value of these instruments depending on the valuation and the perceived credit risk of the underlying instrument against which protection has been purchased. Any such adjustments or fair value changes may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Market fluctuations may reduce our income or the value of our portfolios

Our businesses are inherently subject to risks in financial markets and in the wider economy, including changes in, and increased volatility of, interest rates, inflation rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, commodity, equity, bond and property prices and the risk that our customers act in a manner inconsistent with our business, pricing and hedging assumptions.

Market movements will continue to significantly affect us in a number of key areas. For example, our pension scheme assets include equity and debt securities, the cash flows of which change as equity prices and interest rates vary. Banking and trading activities are subject to interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk, inflation risk and credit spread risk. Changes in interest rate levels, interbank spreads over official rates, yield curves and spreads affect the interest rate spread realised between lending and borrowing costs. The potential for future volatility and margin changes remains. Competitive pressures on fixed rates or product terms in existing loans and deposits sometimes restrict our ability to change interest rates applying to customers in response to changes in official and wholesale market rates.

Our insurance businesses are exposed to the risk that market fluctuations will cause mismatches to occur between product liabilities and the investment assets which back them. Market risks can affect our insurance products in a number of ways depending upon the product and associated contract. For example, mismatches between assets and liability yields and maturities give rise to interest rate risk. Some of these risks are borne directly by the customer and some are borne by the insurance businesses themselves, with their excess capital invested in the markets. Some insurance contracts involve guarantees and options that increase in value in adverse investment markets. There is a risk that the insurance businesses will bear some of the cost of such guarantees and options. The performance of the investment markets will thus have a direct effect

upon the value embedded in the insurance and investment contracts and our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

It is difficult to predict with any accuracy changes in market conditions, and such changes may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

Liquidity, or ready access to funds, is essential to our businesses

Our ability to borrow on a secured or unsecured basis and the cost of so doing can be affected by increases in interest rates or credit spreads, the availability of credit, regulatory requirements relating to liquidity or the market perceptions of risk relating to us or the banking sector, including our perceived or actual creditworthiness.

Current accounts and savings deposits payable on demand or at short notice form a significant part of our funding, and we place considerable importance on maintaining their stability. For deposits, stability depends upon preserving investor confidence in our capital strength and liquidity, and on comparable and transparent pricing. Although deposits have been, over time, a stable source of funding, this may not continue.

We also access wholesale markets in order to provide funding for entities that do not accept deposits, to align asset and liability maturities and currencies and to maintain a presence in local markets. In 2013, we issued the equivalent of US$15.6bn of term debt securities in the public capital markets in a range of currencies and maturities from a number of Group entities. Included within overall public issuance was €1.5bn of subordinated securities issued by HSBC Holdings. An inability to obtain financing in the unsecured long-term or short-term debt capital markets, or to access the secured lending markets, could have a substantial adverse effect on our liquidity. Unfavourable macroeconomic developments, market disruptions or regulatory developments may increase our funding costs or challenge our ability to raise funds to support or expand our businesses, materially adversely affecting our business, prospects, financial condition and/or results of operations.

If we are unable to raise funds through deposits and/or in the capital markets, our liquidity position could be adversely affected and we might be unable to meet deposit withdrawals on demand or at their contractual maturity, to repay borrowings as they mature, to meet our obligations under committed financing facilities and insurance contracts, or to fund new loans, investments and businesses. We

 

 

134l


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

may need to liquidate unencumbered assets to meet our liabilities. In a time of reduced liquidity, we may be unable to sell some of our assets, or we may need to sell assets at depressed prices, which in either case could materially adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operations and/or financial condition.

Any reduction in the credit rating assigned to HSBC Holdings, any subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings or any of their respective debt securities could increase the cost or decrease the availability of our funding and adversely affect our liquidity position and interest margins

Credit ratings affect the cost and other terms upon which we are able to obtain market funding. Rating agencies regularly evaluate HSBC Holdings and certain of its subsidiaries, as well as their respective debt securities. Their ratings are based on a number of factors, including their assessment of the relative financial strength of HSBC or of the relevant entity, as well as conditions affecting the financial services industry generally. There can be no assurance that the rating agencies will maintain HSBC’s or the relevant entity’s current ratings or outlook, especially in light of the difficulties in the financial services industry and the financial markets. Although at the end of 2013, HSBC Holdings’ long-term debt rating outlook by Fitch was stable, Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s ratings outlook are negative. Any reductions in these ratings and outlook could increase the cost of our funding, limit access to capital markets and require additional collateral to be placed and, consequently, materially adversely affect our interest margins and/or our liquidity position.

Under the terms of our current collateral obligations under derivative contracts, we could be required to post additional collateral as a result of a one or two notch downgrade in HSBC’s credit rating as described on page 226.

Risks concerning borrower credit quality are inherent in our businesses

Risks arising from changes in credit quality and the recoverability of loans and amounts due from borrowers and counterparties (e.g. reinsurers and counterparties in derivative transactions) are inherent in a wide range of our businesses. Adverse changes in the credit quality of our borrowers and counterparties arising from a general deterioration in economic conditions or systemic risks in the financial systems could reduce the recoverability

and value of our assets and require an increase in our loan impairment charges.

We estimate and recognise impairment allowances for credit losses inherent in our credit exposure. This process, which is critical to our results and financial condition, requires difficult, subjective and complex judgements, including forecasts of how these economic conditions might impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans and the ability of other counterparties to meet their obligations. As is the case with any such assessments, we may fail to estimate accurately the effect of factors that we identify or fail to identify relevant factors. Further, the information we use to assess the creditworthiness of our counterparties may be inaccurate or incorrect. Any failure by us to accurately estimate the ability of our counterparties to meet their obligations may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial conditions and/or results of operations.

Our insurance businesses are subject to risks relating to insurance claim rates and changes in insurance customer behaviour

We provide various insurance products for customers with whom we have a banking relationship, including several types of life insurance products. The cost of claims and benefits can be influenced by many factors, including mortality and morbidity rates, lapse and surrender rates and, if the policy has a savings element, the performance of assets to support the liabilities. Adverse developments in any of these factors may materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

HSBC Holdings is a holding company and as a result, is dependent on loan payments and dividends from its subsidiaries to meet its obligations, including obligations with respect to its debt securities, and to provide profits for payment of future dividends to shareholders

HSBC Holdings is a non-operating holding company and as such the principal sources of its income are from operating subsidiaries which hold the principal assets of HSBC. As a separate legal entity, HSBC Holdings relies on remittance of its subsidiaries’ loan payments and dividends in order to be able to pay obligations to debt holders as they fall due and to pay dividends to its shareholders. The ability of HSBC Holdings subsidiaries and affiliates to pay dividends could be restricted by changes in regulation, exchange controls and other requirements.

 

 

134m


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

We may be required to make substantial contributions to our pension plans

We operate a number of pension plans throughout the world, including defined benefit plans. Pension scheme obligations fluctuate with changes in long-term interest rates, inflation, salary levels and the longevity of scheme members. The level of contributions we make to our pension plans has a direct effect on our cash flow. To the extent plan assets are insufficient to cover existing liabilities, higher levels of contributions will be required. As a result, deficits in those pension plans may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and/or results of operations.

 

 

134n


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Managing risk

 

(Unaudited)

As a provider of banking and financial services, we actively manage risk as a core part of our day-to-day activities.

Our risk management and risk governance frameworks, which are employed at all levels of the organisation, are described on page 39.

The growth in our business during 2013 was achieved while risks were assumed in a measured manner in line with our risk appetite and risks, particularly reputational and operational, were mitigated when they exceeded our risk appetite.

On a reported basis, total assets decreased by 1% while our credit risk-weighted assets (‘RWA’s) decreased by 4% during the year.

We continue to maintain a very strong liquidity position and are well positioned for the changing regulatory landscape.

Risks faced by HSBC

All of our activities involve, to varying degrees, the analysis, evaluation, acceptance and management of risks or combinations of risks.

Risk factors

We have identified a comprehensive suite of risk factors which covers the broad range of risks our businesses are exposed to.

A number of the risk factors have the potential to affect the results of our operations or financial condition, but may not necessarily be deemed as top or emerging risks. They inform the ongoing assessment of our top and emerging risks which may result in our risk appetite being revised. The risk factors are:

Macroeconomic and geopolitical risk

 

 

Current economic and market conditions may adversely affect our results.

 

 

We have exposure to the ongoing economic crisis in the eurozone.

 

 

We are subject to political and economic risks in the countries in which we operate, including the risk of government intervention.

 

 

Changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect our results.

Macro-prudential, regulatory and legal risks to our business model

 

 

Failure to implement our obligations under the deferred prosecution agreements could have a material adverse effect on our results and operations.

 

 

Failure to comply with certain regulatory requirements would have a material adverse effect on our results and operations.

 

 

Failure to meet the requirements of regulatory stress tests could have a material adverse effect on our capital plan, operations, results and future prospects.

 

 

We are subject to a number of legal and regulatory actions and investigations, the outcomes of which are inherently difficult to predict, but unfavourable outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and brand.

 

 

Unfavourable legislative or regulatory developments, or changes in the policy of regulators or governments, could generate model risk and could have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial condition and prospects.

 

 

The UK Government has passed legislation to implement banking reforms based on the recommendations of the Independent Commission on Banking (‘ICB’). Additional banking reform proposals are being considered in France, Germany and the EU and any resulting structural changes could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

 

We are subject to tax-related risks in the countries in which we operate which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

Risks related to our business operations, governance and internal control systems

 

 

Our risk management measures may not be successful.

 

 

Operational risks are inherent in our business.

 

 

Our operations are subject to the threat of fraudulent activity.

 

 

Our operations are subject to disruption from the external environment.

 

 

Our operations utilise third-party suppliers.

 

 

Our operations are highly dependent on our information technology systems.

 

 

We may not be able to meet regulatory requests for data.

 

 

135


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

Our operations have inherent reputational risk.

 

 

We may suffer losses due to employee misconduct.

 

 

We rely on recruiting, retaining and developing appropriate senior management and skilled personnel.

 

 

Our financial statements are based in part on judgements, estimates and assumptions which are subject to uncertainty.

 

 

Third parties may use us as a conduit for illegal activities without our knowledge, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

 

We may not achieve all the expected benefits of our strategic initiatives.

 

 

We have significant exposure to counterparty risk within the financial sector and to other risk concentrations.

 

 

Market fluctuations may reduce our income or the value of our portfolios.

 

 

Liquidity, or ready access to funds, is essential to our businesses.

 

Any reduction in the credit rating assigned to HSBC Holdings, any subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings or any of their respective debt securities could increase the cost or decrease the availability of our funding and adversely affect our liquidity position and interest margins.

 

 

Risks concerning borrower credit quality are inherent in our businesses.

 

 

Our insurance business is subject to risks relating to insurance claim rates and changes in insurance customer behaviour.

 

 

HSBC Holdings is a holding company and, as a result, is dependent on loan payments and dividends from its subsidiaries to meet its obligations, including obligations with respect to its debt securities, and to provide profits for payment of future dividends to shareholders.

 

 

We may be required to make substantial contributions to our pension plans.

Risks managed by HSBC

The principal risks associated with our banking and insurance manufacturing operations are described in the tables below.

 

 

Description of risks – banking operations

 

Risks    Arising from    Measurement, monitoring and management of risk
Credit risk (page 150)     
The risk of financial loss if a customer or counterparty fails to meet an obligation under a contract.    Credit risk arises principally from direct lending, trade finance and leasing business, but also from certain other products such as guarantees and derivatives.   

Credit risk is:

 

•    measured as the amount which could be lost if a customer or counterparty fails to make repayments. In the case of derivatives, the measurement of exposure takes into account the current mark-to-market value to HSBC of the contract and the expected potential change in that value over time caused by movements in market rates;

 

•    monitored within limits, approved by individuals within a framework of delegated authorities. These limits represent the peak exposure or loss to which HSBC could be subjected should the customer or counterparty fail to perform its contractual obligations; and

 

•    managed through a robust risk control framework which outlines clear and consistent policies, principles and guidance for risk managers.

Liquidity and funding risk (page 213)
The risk that we do not have sufficient financial resources to meet our obligations as they fall due or that we can only do so at excessive cost.   

Liquidity risk arises from mismatches in the timing of cash flows.

 

Funding risk arises when the liquidity needed to fund illiquid asset positions cannot be obtained at the expected terms and when required.    

  

Liquidity and funding risk is:

 

•    measured using internal metrics including stressed operational cash flow projections, coverage ratio and advances to core funding ratios;

 

•    monitored against the Group’s liquidity and funding risk framework and overseen by regional Asset and Liability Management Committees (‘ALCO’s), Group ALCO and the Risk Management Meeting; and

 

•    managed on a stand-alone basis with no reliance on any Group entity (unless pre-committed) or central bank unless this represents routine established business as usual market practice.

 

136


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Risks    Arising from    Measurement, monitoring and management of risk
Market risk (page 230)     
The risk that movements in market factors, including foreign exchange rates and commodity prices, interest rates, credit spreads and equity prices, will reduce our income or the value of our portfolios.   

Exposure to market risk is separated into two portfolios:

 

•  trading portfolios comprise positions arising from market-making and warehousing of customer-derived positions.

 

•  non-trading portfolios comprise positions that primarily arise from the interest rate management of our retail and commercial banking assets and liabilities, financial investments designated as available for sale and held to maturity, and exposures arising from our insurance operations (page 258).

  

Market risk is:

 

•   measured in terms of value at risk, which is used to estimate potential losses on risk positions as a result of movements in market rates and prices over a specified time horizon and to a given level of confidence, augmented with stress testing to evaluate the potential impact on portfolio values of more extreme, though plausible, events or movements in a set of financial variables;

 

•   monitored using measures including the sensitivity of net interest income and the sensitivity of structural foreign exchange which are applied to the market risk positions within each risk type; and

 

•   managed using risk limits approved by the GMB for HSBC Holdings and our various global businesses. These units are allocated across business lines and to the Group’s legal entities.

Operational risk (page 244)     
The risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events, including legal risk (along with accounting, tax, security and fraud, people, systems, projects, operations and organisational change risk).   

Operational risk arises from day to day operations or external events, and is relevant to every aspect of our business.

 

Compliance risk and fiduciary risk are discussed below. Other operational risks are covered in the Appendix to Risk (page 266).

  

Operational risk is:

 

•   measured using both the top risk analysis process and the risk and control assessment process, which assess the level of risk and effectiveness of controls;

 

•   monitored using key indicators and other internal control activities; and

 

•   managed primarily by global business and functional managers. They identify and assess risks, implement controls to manage them and monitor the effectiveness of these controls utilising the operational risk management framework. Global Operational Risk is responsible for the framework and for overseeing the management of operational risks within businesses and functions.

Compliance risk (page 247)     
The risk that we fail to observe the letter and spirit of all relevant laws, codes, rules, regulations and standards of good market practice, and incur fines and penalties and suffer damage to our business as a consequence.   

Compliance risk is part of operational risk, and arises from rules, regulations, other standards and Group policies, including those relating to anti-money laundering, anti-bribery and corruption, counter-terrorist and proliferation financing, sanctions compliance, conduct of business and market conduct.

 

The DPA is discussed in Top and Emerging Risks on page 144 and the Monitor on page 24.

  

Compliance risk is:

 

•   measured by reference to identified metrics, incident assessments (whether affecting HSBC or the wider industry), regulatory feedback and the judgement and assessment of the managers of our global businesses and functions;

 

•   monitored against our compliance risk assessments and metrics, the results of the monitoring and control activities of the second line of defence functions, including the Financial Crime Compliance and Regulatory Compliance functions, and the results of internal and external audits and regulatory inspections; and

 

•   managed by establishing and communicating appropriate policies and procedures, training employees in them, and monitoring activity to assure their observance. Proactive risk control and/or remediation work is undertaken where required.

Fiduciary risk (page 248)     
The risk of breaching our fiduciary duties.    Fiduciary risk is part of operational risk, and arises from our business activities where we act in a fiduciary capacity as Trustee, Investment Manager or as mandated by law or regulation.       

Fiduciary risk is:

 

•   measured by monitoring against risk appetite;

 

•   monitored through the use of key indicators; and

 

•   managed within the designated businesses via a comprehensive policy framework.

 

137


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Description of risks – banking operations (continued)

 

Risks    Arising from    Measurement, monitoring and management of risk
Other material risks     
Reputational risk (page 260)     
The risk that illegal, unethical or inappropriate behaviour by the Group itself, members of staff or clients or representatives of the Group will damage HSBC’s reputation, leading potentially to a loss of business, fines or penalties.    Reputational risk encompasses negative reaction not only to activities which may be illegal or against regulations, but also to activities that may be counter to societal standards, values and expectations. It arises from a wide variety of causes, including how we conduct our business and the way in which clients to whom we provide financial services, and bodies who represent HSBC, conduct themselves.   

Reputational risk is:

 

•   measured by reference to our reputation as indicated by our dealings with all relevant stakeholders, including media, regulators, customers and employees;

 

•   monitored through a reputational risk management framework, taking into account the results of the compliance risk monitoring activity outlined above; and

 

•   managed by every member of staff and is covered by a number of policies and guidelines. There is a clear structure of committees and individuals charged with mitigating reputational risk, including the Group Reputational Risk Policy Committee and regional/business equivalents.

Pension risk (page 260)     
The risk that contributions from Group companies and members fail to generate sufficient funds to meet the cost of accruing benefits for the future service of active members, and the risk that the performance of assets held in pension funds is insufficient to cover existing pension liabilities.    Pension risk arises from investments delivering an inadequate return, economic conditions leading to corporate failures, adverse changes in interest rates or inflation, or members living longer than expected (longevity risk). Pension risk includes operational risks listed above.   

Pension risk is:

 

•   measured in terms of the schemes’ ability to generate sufficient funds to meet the cost of their accrued benefits;

 

•   monitored through the specific risk appetite that has been developed at both Group and regional levels; and

 

•   managed locally through the appropriate pension risk governance structure and globally through the Risk Management Meeting.

Sustainability risk (page 263)     
The risk that the environmental and social effects of providing financial services outweigh the economic benefits.    Sustainability risk arises from the provision of financial services to companies or projects which run counter to the needs of sustainable development.   

Sustainability risk is:

 

•   measured by assessing the potential sustainability effect of a customer’s activities and assigning a Sustainability Risk Rating to all high risk transactions;

 

•   monitored quarterly by the Risk Management Meeting and monthly by Group Sustainability Risk management; and

 

•   managed using sustainability risk policies covering project finance lending and sector-based sustainability polices for sectors with high environmental or social impacts.

 

Our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries are separately regulated from our banking operations. Risks in the insurance entities are managed using methodologies and processes appropriate to insurance activities, but remain subject to oversight

at Group level. Our insurance operations are also subject to the operational risks and the other material risks presented above in relation to the banking operations, and these are covered by the Group’s risk management processes.

 

 

138


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Description of risks – insurance manufacturing operations

 

Risks    Arising from    Measurement, monitoring and management of risk
Financial risks (page 253)     

Our ability to effectively match the liabilities arising under insurance contracts with the asset portfolios that back them are contingent on the management of financial risks such as market, credit and liquidity risks, and the extent to which these risks are borne by the policyholders.

 

Liabilities to policyholders under unit-linked contracts move in line with the value of the underlying assets, and as such the policyholder bears the majority of the financial risks.

 

Contracts with DPF share the performance of the underlying assets between policyholders and the shareholder in line with the type of contract and the specific contract terms.

  

Exposure to financial risks arises from:

 

•  market risk of changes in the fair values of financial assets or their future cash flows from fluctuations in variables such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates and equity prices;

 

•  credit risk and the potential for financial loss following the default of third parties in meeting their obligations; and

 

•  liquidity risk of entities not being able to make payments to policyholders as they fall due as there are insufficient assets that can be realised as cash.

  

Financial risks are:

 

•   measured separately for each type of risk:

 

•      market risk is measured in terms of exposure to fluctuations in key financial variables;

 

•      credit risk is measured as the amount which could be lost if a customer or counterparty fails to make repayments; and

 

•      liquidity risk is measured using internal metrics including stressed operational cash flow projections.

 

•   monitored within limits approved by individuals within a framework of delegated authorities; and

 

•   managed through a robust risk control framework which outlines clear and consistent policies, principles and guidance for risk managers. Subsidiaries manufacturing products with guarantees are usually exposed to falls in market interest rates and equity prices to the extent that the market exposure cannot be managed by utilising any discretionary participation (or bonus) features within the policy contracts they issue.

Insurance risk (page 258)     
The risk that, over time, the cost of acquiring and administering a contract, claims and benefits may exceed the aggregate amount of premiums received and investment income.    The cost of claims and benefits can be influenced by many factors, including mortality and morbidity experience, lapse and surrender rates and, if the policy has a savings element, the performance of the assets held to support the liabilities.   

Insurance risk is:

 

•   measured in terms of life insurance liabilities;

 

•   monitored by the RBWM Risk Management Committee, which checks the risk profile of the insurance operations against a risk appetite for insurance business agreed by the GMB; and

 

•   managed both centrally and locally using product design, underwriting, reinsurance and claims-handling procedures.

 

Stress testing

Our stress testing and scenario analysis programme examines the sensitivities of our capital plans and demand for regulatory capital under a number of scenarios and ensures that top and emerging risks have been appropriately considered. The governance and management of enterprise-wide stress testing, including model development, validation and use, is overseen by the Group Risk Committee.

The development of macroeconomic scenarios is a critical part of the process. Potential scenarios are defined and generated by an expert panel comprising Global Risk, Global Finance and external economic advisers. Variables and assumptions underpinning the scenarios, including economic indicators such as yield curves, exchange rates and volatilities, are tested through internal and external research and circulated to our businesses, along with instructions and methodologies for specific risk types.

Stress test results are subject to a review and challenge process at regional and Group levels and action plans are developed to mitigate identified risks.

The extent to which those action plans are implemented will depend on senior management’s evaluation of the risks and their potential consequences, taking into account HSBC’s risk appetite.

During 2013, the results of a number of macroeconomic stress scenarios were presented to senior management. These included an assessment of the 2013 annual operating plan under two macroeconomic scenarios: a worsening eurozone crisis and a US ‘fiscal cliff’ scenario. We also ran a PRA core programme stress testing exercise based on a global slow growth scenario, which factored in a China hard landing scenario specified by the PRA based on a pronounced economic slowdown in mainland China and Hong Kong. The slow growth component was developed internally and stipulated a period of reduced inflation across the world. The results of these stress tests demonstrated that HSBC would remain satisfactorily capitalised after taking account of assumed management actions to mitigate the results.

 

 

139


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

The macroeconomic stress scenarios are described below.

 

 

Stress scenario assumptions – 2013 annual operating plan

 

Scenario    Worsening eurozone crisis scenario    US ‘fiscal cliff’ scenario
Assumptions   

•  Greece, Ireland, Portugal, Spain and Italy exit the eurozone in the first quarter of 2013;

 

•  debt is re-denominated in new national currencies, which depreciate sharply (from 15% to 50%);

 

•  equity prices fall by around 50% in the exiting countries and initially by 30% elsewhere in the eurozone;

 

•  exiting countries experience large-scale capital outflows, rising inflation and interest rates;

 

•  government bond spreads rise significantly in exiting countries (from 700 to 1,200bps);

 

•  banking sectors in both the exiting countries and the eurozone suffer significant losses and credit standards tighten dramatically; and

 

•  the residual euro exchange rate initially depreciates by around 15% against the US dollar.

  

•  Tightening of fiscal policy;

 

•  effective federal corporate and personal tax rates are increased back towards their 2001 levels;

 

•  federal spending reduces by around US$95bn;

 

•  US dollar depreciates by around 5% as economic prospects for the US deteriorate;

 

•  Federal Reserve supports the economy with additional quantitative easing, boosting its balance sheet by another US$500bn (around 3% of GDP) and maintaining that level for one year before beginning to unwind;

 

•  government spending cuts and tax increases lead to lower consumer spending and business investment;

 

•  US GDP falls by around 7% below the pre-crisis baseline; and

 

•  lower US demand dampens exports from the rest of the world, leading to a slowdown in global GDP growth.

Stress scenario assumptions – 2013 PRA core programme

 

Scenario    Global slow growth scenario
Assumptions   

•  Mainland China suffers a 50% reduction in property prices as an intitial modest price decline becomes self-reinforcing through a deterioration in investor sentiment;

 

•  mainland China equity prices fall by around 25% and unemployment doubles to 7%;

 

•  mainland China GDP growth averages 3% per annum in the two years following the crisis;

 

•  the tightening of monetary policy in mainland China to prevent capital flight leads to liquidity issues;

 

•  Hong Kong exports to mainland China decline rapidly and significantly;

 

•  Hong Kong GDP contracts by around 4% in 2013 and 2014 and unemployment rises to 10%;

 

•  Hong Kong property and equity prices fall by about 50%;

 

•  weak macro-economic outlook currently facing major advanced economies persists over the next five years;

 

•  substantial fall in commodity prices triggered by continued slow growth, leading to a reduction in inflation, domestic demand and economic growth across commodity exporting countries;

 

•  deflation, or 0% inflation, in advanced economies as energy prices decline; and

 

•  reduction in exports from advanced economies due to reduced demand from emerging markets.

 

In addition to the Group-wide risk scenarios, each major HSBC subsidiary conducts regular macroeconomic and event-driven scenario analyses specific to their region. They may also participate in local regulatory stress testing programmes.

We also examined the effect on our businesses and our capital position of other macroeconomic and geopolitical events at Group or major subsidiary levels. These included a possible US default, renminbi internationalisation, the conflict in Syria and tensions between mainland China and Japan.

Stress testing is used across risk categories such as market risk, liquidity and funding risk and credit risk to evaluate the potential effect of stress scenarios

on portfolio values, structural long-term funding positions, income or capital.

We also conduct reverse stress testing, which is a process of working backwards from the event of non-viability of the business model to the identification of a range of occurrences that could bring that event about. Non-viability might occur before the bank’s capital is depleted, and could result from a variety of events. These include idiosyncratic or systemic events or combinations thereof, and/or could imply failure of the Group’s holding company or one of its major subsidiaries. They would not necessarily mean the simultaneous failure of all the major subsidiaries. We use reverse stress testing to strengthen resilience by helping to inform early-warning triggers, management actions and contingency plans to mitigate against

 

 

140


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

potential stresses and vulnerabilities which the Group might face.

HSBC participate, where appropriate, in scenario analyses requested by regulatory bodies.

The Group is taking part in the Bank of England concurrent stress test exercise in 2014. This programme will include common base and stress scenarios applied across all major UK banks. The exercise will be supported by a complementary programme of data provision to the Bank of England under its Firm Data Submission Framework (‘FDSF’). The PRA is considering a range of disclosure options related to the stress test exercise.

HSBC North America Holdings Inc. (‘HNAH’) and HSBC Bank USA NA (‘HBUS’) are subject to the CCAR and Dodd-Frank Stress Testing programmes of the Federal Reserve and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. HNAH and HBUS made submissions under these programmes on 6 January 2014. Disclosure by the Federal Reserve and by HNAH and HBUS of the results of these exercises will be made in March 2014.

HSBC will be included in the next round of European stress test exercises, scheduled for 2014. HSBC France and HSBC Malta will participate in the ECB’s Asset Quality Review, run as part of the ECB’s comprehensive assessment prior to inception of the Single Supervisory Mechanism. They will then be subject to the ECB’s stress testing process. The Group will take part in the related exercise run by European Banking Authority (‘EBA’). Disclosures of the results of these exercises are planned in late 2014.

Top and emerging risks LOGO / LOGO

 

(Unaudited)

Our approach to identifying and monitoring top and emerging risks is described on page 38.

During 2013, senior management paid particular attention to a number of top and emerging risks, and our current ones are as follows:

Macroeconomic and geopolitical risks

 

 

LOGO Emerging markets’ slowdown.

LOGO Increased geopolitical risk.

 

LOGO Emerging markets’ slowdown

Growth in a number of emerging markets decelerated during 2013. Weak demand for commodities and raw materials due to subdued economic growth and limited investment activity in mature markets and in mainland China affected all exporting countries. Emerging markets continued to face the risks of fiscal decline and increasing financing requirements. In addition, capital flows were volatile, particularly during the second half of the year, and in several cases lead to a tightening of monetary policy to counter capital outflows. Any consequent rise in interest rates, however, could put growth at risk and increase the risk of a liquidity crisis.

Mature economies are depending on stronger trade growth with emerging markets to help them through difficult economic times domestically. A number of them have implemented austerity measures in order to reduce their deficits and public debt. While austerity is expected to help resolve the sovereign and banking crisis in the medium term, it is limiting growth, increasing unemployment and restricting taxation revenues severely in the short term. This, in turn, is affecting the rest of the world through lower trade.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

Global trade and capital flows may contract as a result of weaker economic growth in some emerging markets, banks deleveraging, expectations of tapering of quantitative easing, the introduction of protectionist measures in certain markets, the emergence of geopolitical risks or increasing redenomination risk. The contraction might curtail our profitability.

 

 

While growth in emerging markets as a whole has been constrained by lower world demand and commodity prices, some countries are struggling with domestic issues and could trigger a new crisis of confidence with the potential for increased volatility. In Egypt, an uncertain future is affecting the economy and the country’s ability to attract the necessary financial support. In Brazil, middle class protests have highlighted concerns regarding the political and economic choices made by the authorities, while in Turkey the situation has been aggravated by internal conflict in the ruling

 

 

141


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

party. In Argentina, the unresolved dispute with ‘hold out’ bondholders is fuelling the risk of new defaults. Emerging markets have been supported during the last two years by significant capital inflows from advanced economies but a reverse of these capital flows, as happened in mid-2013, would create difficulties for all countries having to finance current account deficits, government debt or both. Finally, while economic growth in mainland China appears to be in line with its government’s expectations, structural issues remain and a sharper than expected slowdown could occur with implications for all other emerging markets. We closely watch developments in all markets to ensure insights are shared and appropriate mitigating action is taken as circumstances evolve.

LOGO Increased geopolitical risk

Our operations are exposed to risks arising from political instability and civil unrest in a number of countries which may have a wider effect on regional stability and regional and global economies.

Geopolitical risk remains high in the Middle East as a result of the continued violence and unrest in Egypt and the civil war in Syria, which may spill over into neighbouring countries. Tensions between Israel and Iran add to the risks in the region, although diplomatic contacts with Iran’s new administration may engender an improvement in relations.

In Asia, continued tensions over maritime sovereignty disputes involving mainland China and Japan may escalate to include military action, while actions by the government of the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea risk destabilising the region.

In other emerging markets such as Turkey and Brazil, demonstrations have taken place as the population has become increasingly critical of prevailing economic policies. In Turkey, there is significant political uncertainty and the government is struggling to maintain a credible policy in order to maintain creditors’ confidence.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

Our results are subject to the risk of loss from unfavourable political developments, currency fluctuations, social instability and changes in government policies on matters such as expropriation, authorisations, international ownership, interest-rate caps, foreign exchange transferability and tax in the jurisdictions in

   

which we operate. Actual conflict could put our staff in harm’s way and bring physical damage to our assets.

 

 

We have increased our monitoring of the geopolitical and economic outlook, in particular in countries where we have material exposures and a physical presence. Our internal credit risk rating of sovereign counterparties takes these factors into account and drives our appetite for conducting business in those countries. Where necessary, we adjust our country limits and exposures to reflect our appetite and mitigate these risks as appropriate.

Macro-prudential, regulatory and legal risks to our business model

 

 

LOGO Regulatory developments affecting our business model and Group profitability

 

LOGO Regulatory investigations, fines, sanctions, commitments and consent orders and requirements relating to conduct of business and financial crime negatively affecting our results and brand.

 

LOGO Dispute risk.

 

Financial service providers face increasingly stringent and costly regulatory and supervisory requirements, particularly in the areas of capital and liquidity management, conduct of business, operational structures and the integrity of financial services delivery. Increased government intervention and control over financial institutions, together with measures to reduce systemic risk, may significantly alter the competitive landscape. These measures may be introduced as formal requirements in a supra-equivalent manner and to variable timetables by different regulatory regimes.

 

LOGO Regulatory developments affecting our business model and Group profitability

Several regulatory changes are likely to affect our activities, both of the Group as a whole and of some or all of our principal subsidiaries. These changes include:

 

 

the publication on 27 June 2013 of CRD IV, which introduced in the EU the Basel III measures that came into effect on 1 January 2014, together with the publication by the PRA on 19 December 2013 of its final rules on implementing CRD IV which apply to firms regulated by the PRA in the UK;

 

 

142


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

the introduction of new regulatory bodies and powers in Europe comprising, in the UK, the FPC, the PRA and the FCA; and, in the eurozone, the granting to the European Central Bank (‘ECB’) of supervisory powers from November 2014;

 

 

the designation of the Group by the Financial Stability Board as a global systemically important bank and resultant application of higher loss absorbency and other requirements;

 

 

finalisation of the Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act 2013 in the UK to give effect to the recommendations of the Independent Commission on Banking (‘ICB’) in relation to the future ‘ring-fencing’ of our UK retail banking business from wholesale banking activities, the structural separation of certain activities envisaged in legislation and rules adopted in the US (including the final Volcker Rule adopted in December 2013 under the Dodd-Frank Act) and potential legislative changes across the EU;

 

 

changes in the regime for the operation of capital markets with increasing standardisation, central clearing, reporting and margin requirements through a number of regulatory initiatives including European Market Infrastructure Regulation, Dodd Frank and the revised Markets in Financial Instruments Directive/Regulation (‘MiFID2’);

 

 

requirements flowing from arrangements for the recovery and resolution of the Group and its main operating entities;

 

 

continued changes in the manner and standards for the conduct of business, including the effects of the recommendations made by the Parliamentary Commission on Banking Standards (which will be given effect through Part 4 of the Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act 2013);

 

 

the forthcoming ECB Asset Quality Review (‘AQR’), which may reveal that substantial recapitalisation is needed among eurozone banks;

 

 

the tightening of credit controls by regulators in a number of countries on mortgage lending and unsecured portfolios; and

 

 

the continued risk of further changes to regulation relating to remuneration and other taxes.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

Proposed changes in regulation relating to capital and liquidity requirements, remuneration and/or taxes could increase our cost of doing business, reducing future profitability.

 

 

Proposed changes in and the implementation of regulations for derivatives including mandatory central clearing, the ICB ring-fencing proposals, recovery and resolution plans, the Volcker Rule and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (known as FATCA) may affect the manner in which we conduct our activities and how the Group is structured. These measures have the potential to increase our cost of doing business and curtail the types of business we can carry out, with the consequent risk of decreased profitability. Because the development and implementation of many of these various regulations are in their early stages, it is not possible to estimate the effect on our operations.

 

 

Mandatory central clearing of derivatives also brings new risks to HSBC in our role as a clearing member, as we will be required to underwrite losses incurred by central clearing counterparties from the default of other clearing members and their clients. Hence central clearing brings with it a new element of interconnectedness between clearing members and clients which we believe may increase rather than reduce our exposure to systemic risk.

 

 

Potential market disruption as a result of the AQR, including a possible re-emergence of the eurozone crisis, may affect us directly through our exposure to eurozone banks and sovereigns, and indirectly should there be any diminution in economic activity in the eurozone.

 

 

While the tightening by regulators of credit controls limits consumer indebtedness and will benefit credit markets and our portfolios in the longer term, it may reduce our growth prospects and affect our business strategy in certain countries.

 

 

We are closely engaged with governments and regulators in the countries in which we operate to help ensure that the new requirements are properly considered and can be implemented in an effective manner. We are also ensuring that our capital and liquidity plans take into account the potential effects of the changes. Capital allocation and liquidity management disciplines have been expanded to incorporate future

 

 

 

143


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

increased capital and liquidity requirements and drive appropriate risk management and mitigating actions

 

LOGO Regulatory investigations, fines, sanctions, commitments and consent orders and requirements relating to conduct of business and financial crime negatively affecting our results and brand

Financial service providers are at risk of regulatory sanctions or fines related to conduct of business and financial crime. The incidence of regulatory proceedings and other adversarial proceedings against financial service firms is increasing.

Regulatory commitments and consent orders

In December 2012, HSBC Holdings, HNAH and HSBC Bank USA, N.A. (‘HSBC Bank USA’) entered into agreements with US and UK authorities in relation to investigations regarding past inadequate compliance with anti-money laundering and sanctions laws. Among these agreements, HSBC Holdings and HSBC Bank USA entered into a five-year deferred prosecution agreement (‘US DPA’) with the US Department of Justice (‘DoJ’) and HSBC Holdings entered into a two-year DPA with the New York County District Attorney (the ‘DANY DPA’). HSBC Holdings also entered into an undertaking with the FSA (revised as the ‘FCA Direction’) to comply with certain forward-looking obligations with respect to anti-money laundering and sanctions requirements.

Under the settlement agreements, HSBC Holdings, HNAH and HSBC Bank USA made payments totalling US$1.9bn to US authorities and undertook to continue cooperating fully with US and UK regulatory and law enforcement authorities and take further action to strengthen our compliance policies and procedures. The agreements with the DoJ and the US Federal Reserve Board and the FCA Direction require us to retain an independent monitor (who is, for FCA purposes, a ‘skilled person’ under section 166 of the Financial Services and Markets Act) to evaluate our progress in fully implementing our obligations and produce regular assessments of the effectiveness of our Compliance function.

On 1 July 2013, the US District Court for the Eastern District of New York approved the US DPA and retained authority to oversee implementation of the same. Michael Cherkasky began his work as Monitor on 22 July 2013, charged with evaluating and reporting upon, the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls, policies and procedures as they

relate to ongoing compliance with applicable anti-money laundering and sanctions laws. His work is proceeding as anticipated consistent with the timelines and requirements set forth in relevant agreements.

As reflected in the agreement entered into with the OCC in December 2012 (the ‘the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (‘GLBA’) Agreement’), the OCC has determined that HSBC Bank USA is not in compliance with the requirements which provide that a national bank and each depository institution affiliate of the national bank must be both well-capitalised and well-managed in order to own or control a financial subsidiary. As a result, HSBC Bank USA and its parent holding companies, including HSBC, no longer meet the qualification requirements for financial holding company status, and may not engage in any new types of financial activities without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. In addition, HSBC Bank USA may not directly or indirectly acquire control of or hold an interest in any new financial subsidiary, nor commence a new activity in its existing financial subsidiary, unless it receives prior approval from the OCC.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

It is difficult to predict the outcome of the regulatory proceedings involving our businesses. Unfavourable outcomes may have a material adverse effect on our reputation, brand and results, including loss of business and withdrawal of funding.

 

 

Our significant involvement in facilitating international capital flows and trade exposes the Group to the risk of financial crime or inadvertently breaching restrictions and sanctions imposed by OFAC and other regulators. Through our Global Standards programme, we are implementing consistent procedures and controls to detect, deter and protect against financial crime.

 

 

In relation to the DPAs, HSBC Holdings and HSBC Bank USA have committed to take or continue to adhere to a number of remedial measures. Breach of the US DPA at any time during its term may allow the DoJ to prosecute HSBC Holdings or HSBC Bank USA in relation to the matters which are the subject of the US DPA. Breach of the DANY DPA may allow the New York County District Attorney’s Office to prosecute HSBC Holdings in relation to the matters which are the subject of that DPA.

 

 

144


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

In relation to the GLBA Agreement, if all of our affiliate depositary institutions are not in compliance with these requirements within the time periods specified in the GLBA Agreement, HSBC could be required either to divest HSBC Bank USA or to divest or terminate any financial activities conducted in reliance on the GLBA. Similar consequences under the GLBA Agreement could result for subsidiaries of HSBC Bank USA that engage in financial activities in reliance on expanded powers provided for in the GLBA. Any such divestiture or termination of activities would have a material adverse effect on the consolidated results and operation of HSBC. The GLBA Agreement requires HSBC Bank USA to take all steps necessary to correct the circumstances and conditions resulting from non-compliance with the requirements referred to above. We have initiated steps to satisfy the requirements of the GLBA Agreement.

Steps to address many of the requirements of the DPAs, the FCA Direction and the GLBA Agreement have either already been taken or are under way. These include simplifying the Group’s control structure, strengthening the governance structure with new leadership appointments, revising key policies and establishing bodies to implement single Global Standards shaped by the highest or most effective standards available in any location where the Group operates, as well as substantially increasing spending and staffing in the anti-money laundering and regulatory compliance areas in the past few years. There can be no assurance that these steps will be effective or that HSBC will not have to take additional remedial measures in the future to comply with the terms of the DPAs, the FCA Direction or the GLBA Agreement.

Conduct of business

Regulators in the UK and other countries have continued to increase their focus on ‘conduct risk’ including paying attention to sales processes and incentives, product and investment suitability and more general conduct of business concerns. In the UK, the FCA is making increasing use of existing and new powers of intervention and enforcement, including powers to consider past business undertaken and implement customer compensation and redress schemes or other, potentially significant, remedial work. Additionally, the FCA and other regulators increasingly take actions in response to customer complaints which may be amplified through customers’ use of social media channels, either specific to an institution or more generally

in relation to a particular product. There have been recent examples of this approach by regulators in the context of the possible mis-selling of payment protection insurance (‘PPI’), of interest rate hedging products to SMEs and of wealth management products.

The Group also remains subject to a number of other regulatory proceedings involving investigations and reviews by various national regulatory, competition and enforcement authorities including in the UK, the US, Canada, the EU, Switzerland and Asia that are conducting investigations and reviews relating to certain past submissions made by panel banks and the process for making submissions in connection with the setting of London interbank offered rates (‘Libor’), European interbank offered rates (‘Euribor’) and other benchmark interest rates. In addition, regulators in the UK, the US, Hong Kong and certain other jurisdictions are conducting investigations relating to trading on foreign exchange markets. As certain HSBC entities are members of these panels and participate in the foreign exchange market, HSBC and/or its subsidiaries have been the subject of regulatory demands for information and are cooperating with those investigations and reviews.

In addition, HSBC Holdings, HSBC Bank plc, HSBC Bank USA and other panel banks have been named as defendants in private lawsuits filed in the US with respect to the setting of Libor, including putative class action lawsuits which have been consolidated before the US District Court for the Southern District of New York. HSBC and other panel banks have also been named as defendants in putative class action lawsuits in New York and Chicago relating to credit default swap pricing. The complainants in those actions assert claims against HSBC and other panel banks under various US laws including US antitrust laws, the US Commodities Exchange Act and state law (see Note 43 on the Financial Statements for further information).

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

Regulators in the UK and other countries may identify future industry-wide mis-selling, market conduct or other issues that could affect the Group. This may lead from time to time to: (i) significant direct costs or liabilities; and (ii) changes in the practices of such businesses. Also, decisions taken in the UK by the Financial Ombudsman Service in relation to customer complaints (or any overseas equivalent with jurisdiction) could, if applied to a wider class or grouping of customers, have a material

 

 

145


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

   

adverse effect on the operating results, financial condition and prospects of the Group.

LOGO Dispute risk

The current economic environment has increased the Group’s exposure to actual and potential litigation. Further details are provided in Note 43 on the Financial Statements.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

Dispute risk gives rise to potential financial loss and significant reputational damage which could adversely affect customer and investor confidence.

Risks related to our business operations, governance and internal control systems

 

 

LOGO Heightened execution risk.

 

LOGO Internet crime and fraud.

 

LOGO Information security risk.

 

LOGO Data management.

 

LOGO Model risk.

 

 

LOGO Heightened execution risk

There are a number of factors which may affect the successful delivery of our strategy. These include the increasing regulatory pressures and demands and the challenging macroeconomic environment, which may affect our ability to achieve planned earnings growth. The implementation of our strategy to simplify our business, which involves withdrawing from certain markets, presents disposal risks which must be carefully managed. Implementing organisational changes to support the Group’s strategy, including the restructuring of our Compliance function into two distinct sub-functions: Financial Crime Compliance and Regulatory Compliance, also requires close management oversight.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

Our annual planning and stress testing processes consider the effect of potential risks from the external environment on our earnings and capital position and actions by management to mitigate them.

 

 

The potential risks of disposals include regulatory breaches, industrial action, loss of key personnel and interruption to systems and processes during business transformation.

   

They can have both financial and reputational implications.

 

 

The size and scope of the change to our Compliance function could generate heightened execution and people risk (including significant resourcing demands) and are subject to close management oversight.

LOGO Internet crime and fraud

With the ever-growing acceptance of and demand for internet and mobile services by customers, HSBC is increasingly exposed to fraudulent and criminal activities via these channels. Internet crime could result in financial loss and/or customer data and sensitive information being compromised. Along with internet fraud, the overall threat of external fraud may increase during adverse economic conditions, particularly in retail and commercial banking.

We also face the risk of breakdowns in processes or procedures and systems failure or unavailability, and our business is subject to disruption from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, such as internet crime and acts of terrorism.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

Internet crime and fraud may give rise to losses in service to customers and/or economic loss to HSBC. These threats also exist when we rely on external suppliers or vendors for services provided to the Group and our customers.

 

 

We have increased our defences through enhanced monitoring and have implemented additional controls such as two-factor authentication to reduce the possibility of losses from fraud. We continually assess the threats from internet crime and fraud as they evolve and adapt our controls to mitigate them.

 

LOGO Information security risk

The security of our information and technology infrastructure is crucial for maintaining our banking applications and processes while protecting our customers and the HSBC brand.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

Information security risk gives rise to potential financial loss and reputational damage which could adversely affect customer and investor confidence. Loss of customer data would also trigger regulatory breaches which could result in fines and penalties being incurred.

 

 

146


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

We have invested significantly in addressing this risk through increased training to raise staff awareness of the requirements and enhanced multi-layered controls protecting our information and technical infrastructure.

 

LOGO Data management

We have received feedback from external stakeholders that we need a clear data strategy to meet the volume, granularity, frequency and scale of regulatory reporting requirements as well as other internal and external information demands. In addition, we are required to comply with the principles for effective risk data aggregation and risk reporting as set out by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (‘BCBS’) by the end of 2015.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

Financial institutions that fail to meet their BCBS data obligations by the required deadline may face supervisory measures. Senior management recognise the importance of data management and therefore established a Data Strategy Board in 2012 to define our data strategy and ensure consistent data aggregation, reporting and mananagement across the Group. Key initiatives and projects to deliver our strategy and work towards meeting our data obligations are now in progress.

 

 

Regulators are evaluating the industry on its ability to provide accurate information and may use the industry-developed data maturity model to assess financial services firms.

 

LOGO Model risk

Increasingly stringent regulatory requirements governing the development of parameters applied to models used for measuring risk and controls over the models can have implications for the modelled outcomes, including increases in capital requirements. This risk extends more broadly to the use of models across HSBC, for example those used in financial reporting, stress testing or pricing. The evolving external economic and legislative environment and changes in customer behaviour can lead also to the assumptions in our models becoming invalid.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

These model risks have the potential to increase our capital requirement and/or make our capital requirement more volatile

 

 

We continue to address these risks through enhanced model development, independent review and model oversight to ensure our models remain fit for purpose.

Areas of special interest

 

(Unaudited)

Financial crime compliance and regulatory compliance

In recent years, we have experienced increasing levels of compliance risk as regulators and other agencies pursued investigations into historical activities and we continued to work with them in relation to existing issues. This has included the matters giving rise to the DPAs reached with US authorities in relation to investigations regarding inadequate compliance with anti-money laundering and sanctions law, and the related undertaking with the FSA (revised as the ‘FCA Direction’ following the UK regulatory restructuring in April 2013). The work of the Monitor, who has been appointed to assess our progress against our various obligations, including the DPAs, is discussed on page 24.

We have also responded to a number of investigations by the FCA into the possible mis-selling in the UK of certain products, including PPI and interest rate hedging products sold to SMEs. In addition, we have been involved in investigations and reviews by various regulators and competition enforcement authorities relating to certain past submissions made by panel banks and the process for making submissions in connection with the setting of Libor, Euribor and other benchmark interest and foreign exchange rates.

It is clear from both our own and wider industry experience that the level of activity among regulators and law enforcement agencies in investigating possible breaches of regulations has increased, and that the direct and indirect costs of such breaches can be significant. Coupled with a substantial rise in the volume of new regulation, much of which has some element of extra-territorial reach, and the geographical spread of our businesses, we believe that the level of inherent compliance risk that we face as a Group will continue to remain high for the foreseeable future.

Commercial real estate

Details of our exposure to commercial real estate lending are set out on page 168.

 

 

147


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Eurozone crisis

Eurozone countries are members of the EU and part of the euro single currency bloc. The peripheral eurozone countries are those which exhibited levels of market volatility that exceeded other eurozone countries, demonstrating persistent fiscal or political uncertainty in 2013. In spite of austerity measures and structural reform throughout 2012 and 2013, the peripheral eurozone countries of Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal, Spain and Cyprus continued to exhibit a high ratio of sovereign debt to GDP or short to medium-term maturity concentration of their liabilities. However, some of these peripheral eurozone countries showed improvements with Ireland able to access the long-term bond markets and Spain experiencing lower borrowing costs. In March 2013, Cyprus sought assistance from the Troika (the European Commission, European Central Bank and International Monetary Fund), which ultimately agreed a bailout under conditions requiring a consolidation of banking assets and the ‘bail-in’ of larger depositors’ monies. Capital controls led to some minor disruption of payments from Cyprus. However, HSBC has limited exposure to the country and no impairments were recorded.

The European Central Bank brought interest rates to record low levels in order to support growth in the eurozone but the very low level of inflation in the region is limiting the impact of such measures. These measures are putting additional stress on the profitability of the European banking sector.

Net exposure

At 31 December 2013, our net exposure to the peripheral eurozone countries was US$37.5bn (2012: US$38.8bn), including net exposure to sovereign borrowers, agencies and banks of US$10.1bn (2012: US$11.6bn).

Our businesses in peripheral eurozone countries are funded from a mix of local deposits, local wholesale sources and intra-Group loans extended from HSBC operations with surplus funds. Intra-Group funding carries the risk that a member country might exit the eurozone and redenominate its national currency, which could result in a significant currency devaluation. A description of redenomination risk in the event of the exit of a eurozone member is provided on page 211.

Our exposure to eurozone countries is analysed in the table on page 210.

Risk management and contingency planning

We have a well-developed framework for dealing with counterparty and systemic crisis situations, both regionally and globally, which is complemented by regular specific and enterprise-wide stress testing and scenario planning. The framework functions before, during and after crises and ensures that we have detailed and evolving operational plans in the event of an adverse situation materialising. It was applied throughout 2013 to ensure that pre-crisis preparation remained apposite and robust. A Cyprus Major Incident Group was effective in dealing with the Group’s response to the Cyprus sovereign debt crisis.

Exposures to Egypt

Since the onset of the Arab Spring we have actively managed our exposure within Egypt. During 2013, our systemic crisis management processes were reinstigated in response to the unfolding constitutional crisis, and we continued to monitor developments closely. The most material risk to our overall portfolio in Egypt is the economic instability that could be caused by a further significant deterioration in the security situation.

At 31 December 2013, our total net lending exposure to Egypt was US$10.9bn. Just under half of our exposure was to other financial institutions and corporates (US$5.4bn), almost all of which was onshore lending by HSBC in Egypt to corporate entities. Of this exposure, US$3.4bn was off-balance sheet, principally undrawn committed facilities. This corporate exposure was diversified with nearly half spread across a broad range of manufacturing activities and the remainder covering a range of other industry sectors.

The sovereign and agencies exposure, including exposure to the central bank, was US$4.1bn. This exposure was almost wholly in the form of local currency denominated treasury bills and central bank deposits.

Exposure to banks was US$0.4bn, largely comprising off-balance sheet commitments consisting of trade lines to Egyptian banks for the confirmation of their letters of credit.

Personal lending – US lending

Economic conditions in the US continued to improve in 2013, supported by improvements in the housing sector and increases in consumer spending. The unemployment rate declined during the year amid signs that the labour market is becoming more stable.

 

 

148


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

We remained focused on managing the run-off of balances in our HSBC Finance portfolio and completed the sale within our CML portfolio of US$3.7bn of personal unsecured loans and US$5.7bn of real estate loans. We transferred a further US$0.1bn of real estate loans to ‘Assets held for sale’ during 2013. The sale of these assets will accelerate portfolio wind-down, reduce risk, and alleviate some of the operational burden given that these receivables are demanding to service and subject to foreclosure delays.

Total lending balances within HSBC Finance were US$30bn at 31 December 2013 including loans held for sale, a decline of US$13bn compared with the end of 2012. The rate at which balances in the

CML portfolio are declining continues to be affected by the lack of refinancing opportunities available to customers. By 31 December 2013, we had resumed processing suspended foreclosure activities in substantially all states and had referred the majority of the backlog of loans for foreclosure. We also began initiating new foreclosure activities in all states. Our loan modification programmes, which are designed to improve cash collections and avoid foreclosures, continued to slow the rate of repayment.

Total mortgage lending in the US was US$47bn at 31 December 2013, a decline of 15% compared with the end of 2012, mainly due to the continued run-off of the CML portfolio.

 

 

149


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Credit risk

 

 

     Page      App 1      Tables    Page  

Credit risk management

              266                 

Summary of credit risk in 2013

     152         

Maximum exposure to credit risk

     152   
        

Loans and advances excluding held for sale: total exposure, impairment allowances and charges

     152   
        

Personal lending

     153   
        

Wholesale lending

     154   
        

Credit quality of gross loans and advances

     155   

Impairment of loans and advances

     155         

Loan impairment charges by geographical region

     155   
        

Loan impairment charges by industry

     155   

Assets held for sale

     156         

Loans and advances to customers and banks measured at amortised cost

     156   
                      

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     157   

Credit exposure

     157            

Maximum exposure to credit risk

     157         

Counterparty analysis of notional contract amounts of derivatives by product type

     158   
        

Maximum exposure to credit risk

     159   
                      

Loan and other credit-related commitments

     160   

Personal lending

     160         

Total personal lending

     160   

Mortgage lending

     161         

Mortgage lending products

     162   

Mortgage lending in the US

     162         

HSBC Finance US CML – residential mortgages

     163   
        

Trends in two months and over contractual delinquency in the US

     163   
        

HSBC Finance: foreclosed properties in the US

     164   

Credit quality of personal lending in the US

     164            

Non-US mortgage lending

     164            

Other personal lending

     165                          

Wholesale lending

     165         

Total wholesale lending

     166   

Financial (non-bank)

     167            

Loans and advances to banks

     167            

Corporate and commercial

     168                          

Credit quality of financial instruments

     169         267      

Credit quality classification

     267   

2013 compared with 2012

     169         

Distribution of financial instruments by credit quality

     170   

Past due but not impaired gross financial instruments

     172         

Past due but not impaired loans and advances to customers and banks by geographical region

     172   
        

Ageing analysis of days for past due but not impaired gross financial instruments

     173   

Renegotiated loans and forbearance

     173         268      

Renegotiated loans and advances to customers

     174   
        

Renegotiated loans and advances to customers by geographical region

     174   
        

Movement in renegotiated loans by geographical region

     175   

HSBC Finance loan modifications and re-age programmes

     176         

Gross loan portfolio of HSBC Finance real estate secured balances

     178   
        

Movement in HSBC Finance renegotiated real estate balances

     178   
        

Number of renegotiated real estate secured accounts remaining in  HSBC Finance’s portfolio

     178   

Corporate and commercial renegotiated loans

     178                          

Collateral

     178            

Collateral and other credit enhancements held

     178         

Residential mortgage loans including loan commitments by level of collateral

     179   
        

Commercial real estate loans and advances including loan commitments by level of collateral

     181   
        

Other corporate, commercial and financial (non-bank) loans and advances including loan commitments by collateral rated CRR/EL8 to 10 only

     182   
        

Loans and advances to banks including loan commitments by level of collateral

     184   

Collateral and other credit enhancements obtained

     185               

Carrying amount of assets obtained

     185   

Impaired loans

     185         

Movement in impaired loans by geographical region

     186   

Impairment of loans and advances

     187         

Impairment allowances on loans and advances to customers by geographical region

     188   
        

Net loan impairment charge to the income statement by geographical region

     189   

2013 compared with 2012

     189            

2012 compared with 2011

     190a            

 

150


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

     Page      App 1      Tables    Page  

Further analysis of impairment

     191         

Movement in impairment allowances by industry sector and geographical region

     192   
        

Movement in impairment allowances over 5 years

     193   
        

Movement in impairment allowances on loans and advances to customers and banks

     194   
        

Individually and collectively assessed impairment charge to the income statement by industry sector

     194   
        

Net loan impairment charge to the income statement

     195   
        

Charge for impairment losses as a percentage of average gross loans and  advances to customers by geographical region

     195   
        

Charge for impairment losses as a percentage of average gross loans and advances to customers

     195   
        

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency changes by geographical region

     196   
        

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency impairment charge to the income statement

     196   

Refinance risk

        272         

Impairment assessment

              272                 

Concentration of exposure

     197         273         

Financial investments

     197         

Trading assets

     197   

Trading assets

     197            

Derivatives

     197            

Loans and advances

     197         

Gross loans and advances by industry sector

     198   
        

Gross loans and advances to customers by industry sector and by geographical region

     199   
        

Loans and advances to banks by geographical region

     200   
        

Gross loans and advances to customers by country

     201   

Country distribution of outstandings and cross-border exposures

     202a               

In-country foreign currency and cross-border amounts outstanding

     202a   

HSBC Holdings

     203               

HSBC Holdings – maximum exposure to credit risk

     203   

Securitisation exposures and other structured products

     203         274         

Exposure in 2013

     204         

Overall exposure of HSBC

     204   
        

Movement in the available-for-sale reserve

     205   

Securities investment conduits

    
205
  
     

Available-for-sale reserve and economic first loss protection in SICs, excluding Solitaire

     205   

Impairment methodologies

     205         

Impairment charges/(write-backs)

     205   
        

Carrying amount of HSBC’s consolidated holdings of ABSs, and direct lending held at fair value through profit or loss

     206   

Transactions with monoline insurers

    
208
  
           

HSBC’s exposure to derivative transactions entered into directly with monoline insurers

     208   

Leveraged finance transactions

     209               

HSBC’s exposure to leveraged finance transactions

     209   

Representations and warranties related to mortgage sales and securitisation activities

     209                          

Risk elements in the loan portfolio

     209a                          

Interest foregone on impaired and restructured loans

     209b            

Interest recognised on impaired and restructured loans

     209b            

Impaired loans

     209b            

Unimpaired loans past due 90 days or more

     209b            

Troubled debt restructurings

     209b            

Potential problem loans

     209c               

Analysis of risk elements in the loan portfolio by geographical region

     209d   

Eurozone exposures

     210            

Exposures to countries in the eurozone

     210         

Summary of exposures to peripheral eurozone countries

     210   

Redenomination risk

     211         

In-country funding exposure

     212   
                                 

 

1 Appendix to Risk – risk policies and practices.

 

151


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss if a customer or counterparty fails to meet an obligation under a contract. It arises principally from direct lending, trade finance and leasing business, but also from other products such as guarantees and credit derivatives and from holding assets in the form of debt securities.

There were no material changes to our policies and practices for the management of credit risk in 2013.

 

LOGO    A summary of our current policies and practices regarding credit risk is provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 266.

Summary of credit risk in 2013

(Unaudited)

Maximum exposure to credit risk

 

     At 31 December  
    

2013

US$m

        

2012

US$m

 

Trading assets

     239,301           367,177   

– other trading assets

     229,181           248,496   

– reverse repos

     10,120           118,681   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     12,719           12,714   

Derivatives

     282,265           357,450   

Loans and advances to banks

     211,521           152,546   

– loans and other receivables

     120,046           117,085   

– reverse repos

     91,475           35,461   

Loans and advances to customers

     1,080,304           997,623   

– loans and other receivables

     992,089           962,972   

– reverse repos

     88,215           34,651   

Financial investments

     416,785           415,312   

Assets held for sale

     3,306           9,292   

Other assets

     231,858           203,561   

Off-balance sheet exposures

     633,903           624,462   

– financial guarantees and similar contracts

     46,300           44,993   

– loan and other credit-related commitments

     587,603           579,469   

 

       
                     
     3,111,962           3,140,137   

Total exposure to credit risk remained broadly unchanged in 2013 with loans and advances remaining the largest element. While the total exposure to credit risk remained broadly stable, there was an increase in the amount of reverse repos classified as ‘Loans and advances to banks’ and ‘Loans and advances to customers’, with a corresponding reduction in the amount classified as ‘Trading assets’. This followed a change in the way GB&M manages reverse repo activities during the year, as set out on page 220.

For a detailed analysis of our maximum exposure to credit risk, see page 157.

In 2013, we successfully weathered the imposition of capital controls in Cyprus and we continued to monitor events in the eurozone. We also continued to monitor our portfolio in Egypt as the constitutional crisis unfolded.

More details of the specific political and macroeconomic risks associated with these countries, and our management response, are provided on page 148.

Loans and advances excluding held for sale: total exposure, impairment allowances and charges

(Unaudited)

 

     2013
US$bn
     2012
US$bn
 

At 31 December

     

Total gross loans and advances (A)

     1,307.0         1,166.3   

Impairment allowances (a)

     15.2         16.2   

(a) as a percentage of A

     1.16%         1.39%   

Loans and advances net of impairment allowances

     1,291.8         1,150.2   

Year ended 31 December

     

Impairment charges

     6.0         8.2   

After excluding reverse repo balances, (a) as a percentage of A was 1.35% at 31 December 2013 (2012: 1.47%).

Impairment allowances as a percentage of gross loans and advances decreased to 1.16% in 2013 from 1.39% in 2012. This reduction was mainly in North America due to the run-off and loan sales in our CML portfolio.

For further details on our loan impairment allowances, see page 188.

 

 

152


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Personal lending

(Unaudited)

 

     Europe
US$m
     Hong
Kong
US$m
    

Rest of

Asia-

Pacific

US$m

    

MENA

US$m

     North
America
US$m
     Latin
America
US$m
     Total
US$m
 

2013

                    

First lien residential mortgages

                    

Gross amount (A)

     140,474         53,762         38,285         2,451         60,955         3,948         299,875   

Impairment allowances

     439                 57         124         2,886         32         3,538   

– as a percentage of A

     0.3%                 0.1%         5.1%         4.7%         0.8%         1.2%   

Other personal lending 1

                    

Gross amount (B)

     51,633         19,794         12,688         4,033         11,735         10,970         110,853   

Impairment allowances

     959         78         144         169         532         1,182         3,064   

– as a percentage of B

     1.9%         0.4%         1.1%         4.2%         4.5%         10.8%         2.8%   

Total personal lending

                    

Gross amount (C)

     192,107         73,556         50,973         6,484         72,690         14,918         410,728   

Impairment allowances

     1,398         78         201         293         3,418         1,214         6,602   

– as a percentage of C

     0.7%         0.1%         0.4%         4.5%         4.7%         8.1%         1.6%   

2012

                    

First lien residential mortgages

                    

Gross amount (D)

     135,172         52,296         36,906         2,144         70,133         5,211         301,862   

Impairment allowances

     489         4         66         136         4,163         47         4,905   

– as a percentage of D

     0.4%         0.0%         0.2%         6.3%         5.9%         0.9%         1.6%   

Other personal lending 1

                    

Gross amount (E)

     51,102         18,045         12,399         4,088         14,221         13,376         113,231   

Impairment allowances

     977         57         143         189         684         1,257         3,307   

– as a percentage of E

     1.9%         0.3%         1.2%         4.6%         4.8%         9.4%         2.9%   

Total personal lending

                    

Gross amount (F)

     186,274         70,341         49,305         6,232         84,354         18,587         415,093   

Impairment allowances

     1,466         61         209         325         4,847         1,304         8,212   

– as a percentage of F

     0.8%         0.1%         0.4%         5.2%         5.7%         7.0%         2.0%   

For footnote, see page 263.

 

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

Total personal lending of US$411bn at 31 December 2013 was broadly in line with 2012. Balances decreased in North America from the continued run-off and loan sales in our CML portfolio, including the disposal of our non-real estate loan portfolio and several tranches of real estate loan balances. In addition, in Latin America, we disposed of our operations in Panama. These reductions were broadly offset by increases in residential mortgage balances in Rest of Asia-Pacific, the UK and Hong Kong.

Impairment allowances declined by 18% to US$7bn at 31 December 2013 from US$8bn at the end of 2012, primarily in North America

reflecting the continued run-off and loan sales in our CML portfolio and an improvement in the housing market. In Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific, impairment allowances remained at low levels throughout 2013. Impairment allowances as a percentage of total personal lending reduced to 1.6% from 2.0% in 2012. This was driven by North America for the reasons noted above. In Europe, they declined as a percentage of gross personal lending balances to 0.7% compared with 0.8% in 2012.

During the year we reviewed the impairment allowance methodology used for retail banking across the Group (see page 72).

For a more detailed analysis of our personal lending, see page 160.

 

 

153


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Wholesale lending

(Unaudited)

 

     Europe
US$m
    

Hong

Kong
US$m

    

Rest of

Asia-

Pacific

US$m

    

MENA

US$m

     North
America
US$m
     Latin
America
US$m
     Total
US$m
 

2013

                    

Corporate and commercial

                    

Gross amount (A)

     242,107         114,832         89,066         19,760         50,585         30,188         546,538   

Impairment allowances

     3,821         361         557         1,212         769         1,339         8,059   

– as a percentage of A

     1.58%         0.31%         0.63%         6.13%         1.52%         4.44%         1.47%   

Financial 2

                    

Gross amount (B)

     149,454         42,760         59,159         8,975         72,755         16,657         349,760   

Impairment allowances

     379         10         7         78         55         11         540   

– as a percentage of B

     0.25%         0.02%         0.01%         0.87%         0.08%         0.07%         0.15%   

2012

                    

Corporate and commercial

                    

Gross amount (C)

     226,755         99,199         85,305         22,452         48,083         35,590         517,384   

Impairment allowances

     3,537         383         526         1,312         732         856         7,346   

– as a percentage of C

     1.56%         0.39%         0.62%         5.84%         1.52%         2.41%         1.42%   

Financial 2

                    

Gross amount (D)

     101,052         28,046         48,847         10,394         27,400         18,122         233,861   

Impairment allowances

     358         29         11         174         37         2         611   

– as a percentage of D

     0.35%         0.10%         0.02%         1.67%         0.14%         0.01%         0.26%   

For footnote, see page 263.

 

Total wholesale lending increased to US$896bn at 31 December 2013 from US$747bn at the end of 2012 due to increased reverse repo loans to banks and customers resulting from the change in the way GB&M manages these activities (see page 220). Total reverse repos to customers increased by US$53bn and to banks by US$56bn.

Excluding reverse repos, total balances rose due to higher international trade and services lending, mainly in Hong Kong and, to a lesser extent, in Rest of Asia-Pacific as we capitalised on trade and capital flows. Commercial real estate and other property related balances increased, mainly in Hong Kong as a result of demand for financing in the property investment and development sectors. Other commercial balances increased, notably in GB&M in the UK, on corporate overdraft balances which did not meet the netting criteria. In addition, loans and advances to banks rose as a result of increased trade re-finance and central bank lending in Hong Kong.

This was partly offset by a decline in Latin America following the disposal of our operations in Panama.

Impairment allowances increased to US$9bn at 31 December 2013 from US$8bn at the end of 2012. In Latin America, they rose as a proportion of gross corporate and commercial lending to 4.44% (2012: 2.33%). This was principally in Mexico from higher individually assessed impairments in CMB relating to homebuilders resulting from a change in public housing policy. In Brazil, there were increases in CMB due to model changes and assumption revisions on restructured loan account portfolios, which were partly offset by an improvement in the quality of the portfolio. In addition there were higher specific impairments across a number of corporate exposures. In the Middle East and North Africa, impairment allowances as a proportion of gross financial lending fell from 1.70% to 0.87%, mainly due to a release on an individually assessed impairment in 2013.

For a more detailed analysis of our wholesale lending, see page 165.

 

 

154


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Credit quality of gross loans and advances

(Unaudited)

 

     Europe
US$m
     Hong
Kong
US$m
    

Rest of

Asia-

Pacific

US$m

    

MENA

US$m

     North
America
US$m
     Latin
America
US$m
     Total
US$m
 

2013

                    

Neither past due nor impaired

     568,040         229,202         195,299         32,194         174,455         55,862         1,255,052   

– of which renegotiated

     2,534         248         172         1,021         4,882         543         9,400   

Past due but not impaired

     2,399         1,499         2,723         757         6,453         1,640         15,471   

– of which renegotiated

     748         9         31         146         3,002         11         3,947   

Impaired

     13,228         445         1,178         2,285         15,123         4,244         36,503   

– of which renegotiated

     6,474         86         221         927         10,905         2,215         20,828   

2012

                    

Neither past due nor impaired

     500,599         200,110         179,337         35,628         127,457         65,520         1,108,651   

– of which renegotiated

     3,871         275         199         1,300         6,061         1,109         12,815   

Past due but not impaired

     2,339         1,311         2,974         975         7,721         3,591         18,911   

– of which renegotiated

     371         8         35         168         3,104         133         3,819   

Impaired

     11,145         477         1,147         2,474         20,345         3,188         38,776   

– of which renegotiated

     5,732         109         318         921         16,997         1,516         25,593   

 

On a reported basis at 31 December 2013, US$1,255bn of gross loans and advances were classified as neither past due nor impaired, an increase of 13% on the end of 2012, mainly in Europe and North America, resulting from higher reverse repo balances due to the change in the way GB&M manages these activities (see page 220).

At 31 December 2013, US$15bn of gross loans and advances were classified as past due but not impaired compared with US$19bn at the end of 2012, a reduction of 18%. The largest concentration of these balances was in HSBC Finance. The decrease was mainly in Latin America where we repositioned our portfolio in Brazil and disposed of our operations in Panama, and in North America, due to the continued run-off and loan sales in the CML portfolio.

Gross loans and advances classified as impaired decreased by 6% to US$37bn, mainly in North America due to the continued run-off and loan sales in the CML portfolio.

Renegotiated loans totalled US$34bn at 31 December 2013 compared with US$42bn at the end of 2012. The reduction was primarily due to the continued run-off and loan sales in the CML portfolio. North America accounted for the largest

volume of renegotiated loans, at US$19bn or 55% of the total at 31 December 2013 (2012: US$26bn or 62%), most of which were first lien residential mortgages held by HSBC Finance. US$11bn of the renegotiated loans in North America were impaired at 31 December 2013 (2012: US$17bn).

For a more detailed analysis of the credit quality of financial instruments, see page 169.

Impairment of loans and advances

(Unaudited)

Loan impairment charges by geographical region

 

LOGO

Loan impairment charges by industry

 

LOGO

 

 

155


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Loan impairment charges in 2013 decreased to US$6.0bn from US$8.2bn in 2012 on a reported basis. On a constant currency basis they were 24% lower. The reduction was primarily in RBWM in North America, due to improvements in housing market conditions and lower delinquency levels, along with the continued run-off and loan disposals in the CML portfolio and the sale of the CRS business in 2012. This decline was partly offset by increases in Latin America, principally in Mexico, where there were higher specific impairments in CMB which primarily related to homebuilders due to a change in public housing policy, and collective impairment provisions in RBWM. In Brazil, loan impairment charges increased, reflecting impairment model changes and assumption revisions for restructured loan account portfolios in RBWM and CMB and higher specific impairments across a number of corporate exposures. This rise was partly offset by improvements in the quality of the portfolio in Brazil as the modification of credit strategies in previous years helped to mitigate rising delinquency rates.

For a more detailed analysis of the impairment of loans and advances, see page 187.

Assets held for sale

During 2013, the growth in gross loans and advances was affected by a reclassification of certain lending balances to ‘Assets held for sale’. Disclosures relating to assets held for sale are provided in the following credit risk management tables, primarily where the disclosure is relevant to the measurement of these financial assets:

 

 

‘Maximum exposure to credit risk’ (page 159);

 

 

‘Distribution of financial instruments by credit quality’ (page 170); and

 

 

‘Ageing analysis of days past due but not impaired gross financial instruments’ (page 173).

Although gross loans and advances held for sale and related impairment allowances are reclassified from ‘Loans and advances to customers’ and ‘Loans and advances to banks’ in the balance sheet, there is no equivalent income statement reclassification. As a result, charges for loan impairment losses shown in the credit risk disclosures include loan impairment charges relating to financial assets classified as ‘Assets held for sale’.

 

 

Loans and advances to customers and banks measured at amortised cost

(Audited)

 

     At 31 December 2013           At 31 December 2012  
     Gross
    loans and
advances
US$m
         

Impairment

allowances

on loans and

advances
US$m

          Gross
    loans and
advances
US$m
         

Impairment

allowances

on loans and

advances
US$m

 

Reported in ‘Loans and advances to customers and banks’

     1,307,026            15,201            1,166,338            16,169   

Reported in ‘Assets held for sale’

     1,970            111            7,350            718   
     1,308,996            15,312            1,173,688            16,887   

 

The lending balances in ‘Assets held for sale’ at the end of 2013 included balances associated with the disposal of our operations in Colombia, Uruguay and Jordan, net of impairment allowances.

We continue to measure lending balances held for sale at amortised cost less allowances for impairment; such carrying amounts may differ from

fair value. Any difference between the carrying amount and the sales price, which is the fair value at the time of sale, would be recognised as a gain or a loss.

The table below analyses the amount of loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (‘LIC’s) arising from assets held for sale.

 

 

156


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

(Unaudited)

 

    

2013

      US$m

 

LICs arising from:

  

– disposals and assets held for sale

     197   

– assets not held for sale

     5,652   
     5,849   

See Note 16 on the Financial Statements for the carrying amount and the fair value at 31 December 2013 of loans and advances to banks and customers classified as held for sale.

Credit exposure

Maximum exposure to credit risk

(Audited)

The table on page 159 provides information on balance sheet items, offsets and loan and other credit-related commitments. Commentary on balance sheet movements is provided on page 66.

 

 

‘Maximum exposure to credit risk’ table (page 159)

The table presents our maximum exposure to credit risk from balance sheet and off-balance sheet financial instruments before taking account of any collateral held or other credit enhancements (unless such enhancements meet accounting offsetting requirements). For financial assets recognised on the balance sheet, the maximum exposure to credit risk equals their carrying amount; for financial guarantees and similar contracts granted, it is the maximum amount that we would have to pay if the guarantees were called upon. For loan commitments and other credit-related commitments that are irrevocable over the life of the respective facilities, it is generally the full amount of the committed facilities.

 

 

Loans and advances

For details of our maximum exposure to loans and advances, see Personal lending on page 160 (unaudited); Wholesale lending on page 165 (unaudited); Credit quality of financial instruments on page 169; and Concentration of exposure on page 197 (unaudited).

The loans and advances offset in the table on page 159 relates to customer loans and deposits and balances where there is a legally enforceable right of offset in the event of counterparty default and where, as a result, there is a net exposure for credit risk purposes. However, as there is no intention to settle these balances on a net basis under normal circumstances, they do not qualify for net presentation for accounting purposes.

Derivatives

Our maximum exposure to derivatives decreased, primarily reflecting a reduction in the fair value of interest rate derivative contracts in Europe due to upward movements in yield curves in major currencies. Over half of all trades were exchange traded or otherwise settled centrally, the majority of these being interest rate derivatives.

The derivatives offset amount in the table on page 159 relates to exposures where the counterparty has an offsetting derivative exposure with HSBC, a master netting arrangement is in place and the credit risk exposure is managed on a net basis, or the position is specifically collateralised, normally in the form of cash.

At 31 December 2013, the total amount of such offsets was US$252bn (2012: US$311bn), of which US$209bn (2012: US$270bn) were offsets under a master netting arrangement, US$36bn (2012: US$39bn) was collateral received in cash and US$7bn (2012: US$1.8bn) was other collateral. The decline in the total offset reflects the reduction in the fair value of derivative contracts in the year resulting from an upward shift in major yield curves. These amounts do not qualify for offset for accounting purposes as either there is no legally enforceable right to offset or it is not intended for settlement to be on a net basis.

Loan and other credit-related commitments

Loan and other credit-related commitments largely consist of corporate and commercial off-balance sheet commitments including term and trade-related lending balances and overdrafts, and retail off-balance sheet commitments including overdrafts, residential mortgages, personal loans and credit card balances. They remained well diversified across geographical regions.

At 31 December 2013, loan and other credit-related commitments rose to US$588bn (2012: US$579bn), driven by increased undrawn corporate facilities in Europe, mainly in France, the UK and Germany, and in North America reflecting our focus on growing in target commercial segments in the US. These increases were partly offset by a decline in Latin America following the disposal of our operations in Panama.

For details of our loans and other credit-related commitments, see page 160 (unaudited).

 

 

157


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Other credit risk mitigants

While not disclosed as an offset in the ‘Maximum exposure to credit risk’ table, other arrangements are in place which reduce our maximum exposure to credit risk. These include short positions in securities and financial assets held as part of linked insurance/investment contracts where the risk is predominantly

borne by the policyholder. In addition, we hold collateral in the form of financial instruments that are not recognised on the balance sheet.

See page 178 and Note 34 on the Financial Statements for further details on collateral in respect of certain loans and advances.

 

 

Counterparty analysis of notional contract amounts of derivatives by product type

(Unaudited)

 

                 Traded over the counter              
    

Traded on

recognised

exchanges
US$m

         

Settled by

central

counterparties
US$m

         

Not settled

by central

counterparties
US$m

          Total
US$m
 
At 31 December 2013                                           

HSBC

                    

Foreign exchange

     41,384            16,869            5,232,750            5,291,003   

Interest rate

     857,562            18,753,836            7,736,520            27,347,918   

Equity

     274,880                       315,023            589,903   

Credit

                104,532            573,724            678,256   

Commodity and other

     6,531                       71,311            77,842   
     1,180,357            18,875,237            13,929,328            33,984,922   

At 31 December 2012

                    

HSBC

                    

Foreign exchange

     27,869            11,156            4,413,532            4,452,557   

Interest rate

     837,604            12,316,673            8,459,665            21,613,942   

Equity

     225,452                       270,216            495,668   

Credit

                73,281            828,226            901,507   

Commodity and other

     19,006                       61,213            80,219   
     1,109,931            12,401,110            14,032,852            27,543,893   

The purposes for which HSBC uses derivatives are described in Note 18 on the Financial Statements.

 

158


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Maximum exposure to credit risk

(Audited)

 

     At 31 December 2013    

 

   At 31 December 2012  
     Maximum
exposure
US$m
         Offset
US$m
         Net
US$m
         Maximum
exposure
US$m
         Offset
US$m
         Net
US$m
 
                           

Cash and balances at central banks

     166,599                     166,599           141,532                     141,532   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

     6,021                     6,021           7,303                     7,303   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

     25,220                     25,220           22,743                     22,743   

Trading assets

     239,301           (1,777        237,524           367,177           (19,700        347,477   

Treasury and other eligible bills

     21,584                     21,584           26,282                     26,282   

Debt securities

     141,644                     141,644           144,677                     144,677   

Loans and advances to banks

     27,885                     27,885           78,271                     78,271   

Loans and advances to customers

     48,188           (1,777        46,411           117,947           (19,700        98,247   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     12,719                     12,719           12,714                     12,714   

Treasury and other eligible bills

     50                     50           54                     54   

Debt securities

     12,589                     12,589           12,551                     12,551   

Loans and advances to banks

     76                     76           55                     55   

Loans and advances to customers

     4                     4           54                     54   

Derivatives

     282,265           (252,344        29,921           357,450           (310,859        46,591   

Loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost 3

     1,080,304           (116,677        963,627           997,623           (91,846        905,777   

– personal

     404,126           (1,348        402,778           406,881           (1,604        405,277   

– corporate and commercial

     538,479           (90,215        448,264           510,038           (78,650        431,388   

– financial (non-bank financial institutions)

     137,699           (25,114        112,585           80,704           (11,592        69,112   

Loans and advances to banks held at amortised cost 3

     211,521           (2,903        208,618           152,546           (3,732        148,814   

Financial investments

     416,785                     416,785           415,312                     415,312   

Treasury and other similar bills

     78,111                     78,111           87,550                     87,550   

Debt securities

     338,674                     338,674           327,762                     327,762   

Assets held for sale

     3,306           (22        3,284           9,292           (164        9,128   

– disposal groups

     2,647           (22        2,625           5,359           (164        5,195   

– non-current assets held for sale

     659                     659           3,933                     3,933   

Other assets

     34,018                     34,018           31,983                     31,983   

Endorsements and acceptances

     11,624                     11,624           12,032                     12,032   

Other

     22,394                     22,394           19,951                     19,951   

Financial guarantees and similar contracts

     46,300                     46,300           44,993                     44,993   

Loan and other credit-related commitments 4

     587,603                     587,603           579,469                     579,469   
     3,111,962           (373,723        2,738,239           3,140,137           (426,301        2,713,836   

For footnotes, see page 263.

 

159


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Loan and other credit-related commitments

(Unaudited)

 

           Europe
US$m
        

Hong

Kong
      US$m

        

      Rest of

Asia-

Pacific

US$m

        

      MENA

US$m

         North
      America
US$m
         Latin
      America
US$m
         Total
      US$m
 

At 31 December 2013

                                

Personal

     92,148           50,306           24,139           2,940           15,647           9,774           194,954   

Corporate and commercial

     91,895           50,128           69,956           19,045           92,837           21,956           345,817   

Financial

     18,930           4,517           3,960           705           17,478           1,242           46,832   
     202,973           104,951           98,055           22,690           125,962           32,972           587,603   

At 31 December 2012

                                

Personal

     80,596           47,617           26,133           5,271           17,424           14,142           191,183   

Corporate and commercial

     91,957           58,082           64,618           17,197           87,631           22,770           342,255   

Financial

     15,080           2,958           6,919           453           18,099           2,522           46,031   
     187,633           108,657           97,670           22,921           123,154           39,434           579,469   

 

Personal lending

(Unaudited)

We provide a broad range of secured and unsecured personal lending products to meet customer needs. Given the diversity of the markets in which we operate, the range is not standard across all countries but is tailored to meet the demands of individual markets.

Personal lending includes advances to customers for asset purchases such as residential property, where the loans are typically secured by the assets being acquired. We also offer loans secured on existing assets, such as first and second liens on residential property and unsecured lending products such as overdrafts, credit cards and payroll loans.

 

 

Total personal lending

(Unaudited)

 

         UK
        US$m
         Rest of
      Europe
US$m
        

Hong

Kong
      US$m

         US 5
       US$m
         Rest of
North
    America
US$m
        

Other

      regions 6
US$m

         Total
      US$m
 

At 31 December 2013

                                  

First lien residential mortgages (A)

       132,174           8,300           53,762           42,317           18,638           44,684           299,875   

Other personal lending (B)

       22,913           28,720           19,794           6,257           5,478           27,691           110,853   

– motor vehicle finance

                 11                               20           2,662           2,693   

– credit cards

       11,480           3,016           6,428           734           411           8,287           30,356   

– second lien residential mortgages

                                     5,010           251           93           5,354   

– other

       11,433           25,693           13,366           513           4,796           16,649           72,450   
 

 

                                
                                                                              

Total personal lending (C)

       155,087           37,020           73,556           48,574           24,116           72,375           410,728   

Impairment allowances on personal lending

                                  

First lien residential mortgages (a)

       368           71                     2,834           52           213           3,538   

Other personal lending (b)

       450           509           78           470           62           1,495           3,064   

– motor vehicle finance

                 3                                         90           93   

– credit cards

       132           271           40           39           8           365           855   

– second lien residential mortgages

                                     421           5                     426   

– other

       318           235           38           10           49           1,040           1,690   
 

 

                                
                                                                              

Total (c)

       818           580           78           3,304           114           1,708           6,602   

(a) as a percentage of A

       0.3%           0.9%                     6.7%           0.3%           0.5%           1.2%   

(b) as a percentage of B

       2.0%           1.8%           0.4%           7.5%           1.1%           5.4%           2.8%   

(c) as a percentage of C

       0.5%           1.6%           0.1%           6.8%           0.5%           2.4%           1.6%   

 

160


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

         UK
        US$m
         Rest of
      Europe
US$m
        

Hong

Kong
      US$m

         US 5
      US$m
         Rest of
North
    America
US$m
        

Other

      regions 6
US$m

         Total
      US$m
 

At 31 December 2012

                                  

First lien residential mortgages (E)

       127,024           8,148           52,296           49,417           20,716           44,261           301,862   

Other personal lending (F)

       23,446           27,656           18,045           7,382           6,839           29,863           113,231   

– motor vehicle finance

                 24                               20           3,871           3,915   

– credit cards

       11,369           3,060           5,930           821           735           8,881           30,796   

– second lien residential mortgages

       508                               5,959           363           131           6,961   

– other

       11,569           24,572           12,115           602           5,721           16,980           71,559   
 

 

                                
                                                                              

Total personal lending (G)

       150,470           35,804           70,341           56,799           27,555           74,124           415,093   

Impairment allowances on personal lending

                                  

First lien residential mortgages (e)

       425           64           4           4,133           30           249           4,905   

Other personal lending (f)

       576           401           57           590           94           1,589           3,307   

– motor vehicle finance

                 4                               1           144           149   

– credit cards

       150           184           28           40           14           385           801   

– second lien residential mortgages

       44                               542           6                     592   

– other

       382           213           29           8           73           1,060           1,765   
 

 

                                
                                                                              

Total (g)

       1,001           465           61           4,723           124           1,838           8,212   

(e) as a percentage of E

       0.3%           0.8%                     8.4%           0.1%           0.6%           1.6%   

(f) as a percentage of F

       2.5%           1.4%           0.3%           8.0%           1.4%           5.3%           2.9%   

(g) as a percentage of G

       0.7%           1.3%           0.1%           8.3%           0.5%           2.5%           2.0%   

For footnotes, see page 263.

 

Total personal lending was US$411bn at 31 December 2013, down from US$415bn at the end of 2012 (US$412bn on a constant currency basis). The decrease on a constant currency basis reflected the continued run-off and loan sales in the CML portfolio in the US and the disposal of our operations in Panama. This was mostly offset by an increase in mortgage lending in Rest of Asia-Pacific, the UK and Hong Kong.

For further analysis of the impairment of loans and allowances, see page 187.

Mortgage lending

(Unaudited)

We offer a wide range of mortgage products designed to meet customer needs, including capital repayment, interest-only, affordability and offset mortgages.

Group credit policy prescribes the range of acceptable residential property loan-to-value (‘LTV’) thresholds with the maximum upper limit for new loans set between 75% and 95%. Specific

LTV thresholds and debt-to-income ratios are managed at regional and country levels and, although the parameters must comply with Group policy, strategy and risk appetite, they differ in the various locations in which we operate to reflect the local economic and housing market conditions, regulations, portfolio performance, pricing and other product features.

The commentary that follows is on a constant currency basis.

At 31 December 2013, total mortgage lending was US$305bn, a reduction of US$3bn on 2012. Balances declined in North America due to the continued run-off and loan sales in the CML portfolio, and in Latin America following the disposal of our operations in Panama. This was largely offset by increases in Rest of Asia-Pacific and Hong Kong which reflected our focus on secured lending, although the rate of growth in the latter began to slow as transaction volumes in the property market declined in 2013. Balances also grew in the UK due to our competitive offering.

 

 

161


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Mortgage lending products

(Unaudited)

 

     UK
      US$m
         Rest of
      Europe
US$m
        

Hong

Kong
      US$m

         US 5
       US$m
         Rest of
North
    America
US$m
        

Other

      regions 6
US$m

         Total
      US$m
 

At 31 December 2013

                                

First lien residential mortgages

     132,174           8,300           53,762           42,317           18,638           44,684           299,875   

Second lien residential mortgages

                                   5,010           251           93           5,354   

Total mortgage lending (A)

     132,174           8,300           53,762           47,327           18,889           44,777           305,229   

Second lien as a percentage of A

                                   10.6%           1.3%           0.2%           1.8%   

Impairment allowances on mortgage lending

     368           71                     3,255           57           213           3,964   

First lien residential mortgages

     368           71                     2,834           52           213           3,538   

Second lien residential mortgages

                                   421           5                     426   

Interest-only (including offset) mortgages

     48,907           553           6                     352           1,109           50,927   

Affordability mortgages, including adjustable-rate mortgages

     2           506           12           16,274                     5,581           22,375   

Other

     95                                                   159           254   

Total interest-only, affordability mortgages and other (a)

     49,004           1,059           18           16,274           352           6,849           73,556   

– (a) as a percentage of A

     37.1%           12.8%                     34.4%           1.9%           15.3%           24.1%   

At 31 December 2012

                                

First lien residential mortgages

     127,024           8,148           52,296           49,417           20,716           44,261           301,862   

Second lien residential mortgages

     508                               5,959           363           131           6,961   

Total mortgage lending (B)

     127,532           8,148           52,296           55,376           21,079           44,392           308,823   

Second lien as a percentage of B

     0.4%                               10.8%           1.7%           0.3%           2.3%   

Impairment allowances on mortgage lending

     469           64           4           4,675           36           249           5,497   

First lien residential mortgages

     425           64           4           4,133           30           249           4,905   

Second lien residential mortgages

     44                               542           6                     592   

Interest-only (including offset) mortgages

     49,650           372           30                     531           1,146           51,729   

Affordability mortgages, including adjustable-rate mortgages

     6           532           19           18,456                     5,135           24,148   

Other

     99                                                   204           303   

Total interest-only, affordability mortgages and other (b)

     49,755           904           49           18,456           531           6,485           76,180   

– (b) as a percentage of B

     39.0%           11.1%           0.1%           33.3%           2.5%           14.6%           24.7%   

For footnotes, see page 263.

 

Mortgage lending in the US

(Unaudited)

In the US, total mortgage lending balances were US$47bn at 31 December 2013, a decrease of 15% compared with the end of 2012. Overall, US mortgage lending comprised 12% of our total personal lending and 16% of our total mortgage lending.

Mortgage lending balances at 31 December 2013 in HSBC Finance were US$30bn, a decrease of 22% compared with the end of 2012 due to the continued run-off and loan sales in the CML portfolio. In HSBC Bank USA, mortgage lending balances were US$18bn at 31 December 2013, broadly in line with 2012.

HSBC Finance

The CML portfolio continued to be affected by economic conditions in the US, where the housing market improved but unemployment remained high despite levels declining during 2013. In addition, liquidation rates continued to be affected by declines in loan prepayment rates as fewer refinancing opportunities for our customers existed.

 

 

162


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

HSBC Finance US Consumer and Mortgage Lending 7 – residential mortgages

(Unaudited)

 

     At 31 December  
    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

Residential mortgages

        

First lien

     27,305            35,092   

Second lien

     3,014            3,651   

Total (A)

     30,319            38,743   

Impairment allowances

     3,028            4,480   

– as a percentage of A

     10.0%            11.6%   

For footnote, see page 263.

For first lien residential mortgages in our CML portfolio, two months and over delinquent balances were US$4.6bn at 31 December 2013 compared with US$7.6bn at 31 December 2012. The decline in delinquent balances mainly reflected the continued portfolio run-off and loan sales as well as the improved conditions in the housing market.

Second lien residential mortgage balances in our CML portfolio two months and over delinquent declined by 21% to US$276m at 31 December 2013, as a result of the continued run-off and loan sales in the CML portfolio.

 

HSBC Bank USA

In HSBC Bank USA we continued to sell a portion of new originations to the secondary market as a means of managing our interest rate risk and improving structural liquidity and focused on our strategy to grow the HSBC Premier customer base. First lien residential mortgage balances two months and over delinquent, rose in 2013 to US$1.3bn as they continued to be affected by a lengthy foreclosure process which has resulted in higher balances remaining delinquent. The delinquency ratio fell over the same period.

 

 

Second lien mortgages in the US

The majority of second lien residential mortgages are taken up by customers who hold a first lien mortgage issued by a third party. Second lien residential mortgage loans have a risk profile characterised by higher LTV ratios, because in the majority of cases the loans were taken out to complete the refinancing of properties. Loss severity on default of second liens has typically approached 100% of the amount outstanding, as any equity in the property is consumed through the repayment of the first lien loan.

Impairment allowances for these loans are determined by applying a roll-rate migration analysis which captures the propensity of these loans to default based on past experience. Once we believe that a second lien residential mortgage loan is likely to progress to write-off, the loss severity assumed in establishing our impairment allowance is close to 100% in the CML portfolios, and more than 80% in HSBC Bank USA.

 

 

 

Trends in two months and over contractual delinquency in the US

(Unaudited)

 

     At 31 December  
     2013
        US$m
         2012
        US$m
         2011
        US$m
 

In personal lending in the US

            

First lien residential mortgages

     5,931           8,926           9,065   

– Consumer and Mortgage Lending

     4,595           7,629           7,922   

– other mortgage lending

     1,336           1,297           1,143   

Second lien residential mortgages

     406           477           674   

– Consumer and Mortgage Lending

     276           350           501   

– other mortgage lending

     130           127           173   

Credit card

     25           27           714   

Private label

                         316   

Personal non-credit card

     25           335           513   

Total

     6,387           9,765           11,282   
     %          %          %  

As a percentage of the relevant loans and receivables balances

            

First lien residential mortgages

     14.0           18.1           17.1   

Second lien residential mortgages

     8.1           8.0           8.5   

Credit card

     3.4           3.3           3.8   

Private label

                         2.5   

Personal non-credit card

     4.9           7.4           8.3   

Total

     13.1           16.1           11.4   

 

163


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

HSBC Finance: foreclosed properties in the US

(Unaudited)

 

    Year ended 31 December      
    2013        2012  

Number of foreclosed properties at end of period

    4,254           2,973   

Number of properties added to foreclosed inventory in the period

    9,752           6,827   

Average loss on sale of foreclosed properties 8

    1%           6%   

Average total loss on foreclosed properties 9

    51%           54%   

Average time to sell foreclosed properties (days)

    154           172   

For footnotes, see page 263.

 

Credit quality of personal lending in the US

(Unaudited)

The increase in foreclosed residential properties was due to the suspension of foreclosure activities at the end of 2011 and during the first half of 2012. We have resumed processing suspended foreclosure actions in all states and have referred the majority of the backlog of loans for foreclosure. We also began initiating new foreclosure activities in all states. As a consequence, although the number of foreclosed properties sold increased and the time to sell these properties accelerated, the number of new properties added to the foreclosed inventory at HSBC Finance in 2013 increased to 9,752. This number will continue to be affected by refinements to our foreclosure processes. The number of real estate owned properties adding to inventory during 2014 will be affected by our receivable sale programme. We expect many of the properties currently in foreclosure to be sold prior to taking title.

 

 

Valuation of foreclosed properties in the US

We obtain real estate by foreclosing on the collateral pledged as security for residential mortgages. Prior to foreclosure, carrying amounts of the loans in excess of fair value less costs to sell are written down to the discounted cash flows expected to be recovered, including from the sale of the property.

Broker price opinions are obtained and updated every 180 days and real estate price trends are reviewed quarterly to reflect any improvement or additional deterioration. Our methodology is regularly validated by comparing the discounted cash flows expected to be recovered based on current market conditions (including estimated cash flows from the sale of the property) to the updated broker price opinion, adjusted for the estimated historical difference between interior and exterior appraisals. The fair values of foreclosed properties are initially determined on the basis of broker price opinions. Within 90 days of foreclosure, a more detailed property valuation is performed reflecting information obtained from a physical interior inspection of the property and additional allowances or write-downs are recorded as appropriate. Updates to the valuation are performed no less than once every 45 days until the property is sold, with declines or increases recognised through changes to allowances.

 

The significant backlog of foreclosures and additional delays in the processing of foreclosures could have an adverse effect on housing prices, which in turn may result in higher loss severities while foreclosures are delayed. The number of foreclosed properties at 31 December 2013 increased to 4,254 from 2,973 at the end of December 2012, reflecting the higher volume of properties added to the foreclosed inventory. The average total loss and the average loss on sale of foreclosed properties improved during 2013, reflecting improvements in home prices during the year.

For further information on renegotiated loans in North America, see page 174.

Non-US mortgage lending

(Unaudited)

The commentary that follows is on a constant currency basis.

Total non-US mortgage lending was US$258bn at 31 December 2013, an increase of US$5bn on 2012. Our most significant concentrations of mortgage lending were in the UK and Hong Kong.

The Group’s largest concentration of mortgage exposure was in the UK. At 31 December 2013 it was US$132bn, up by 1% on the end of 2012. The credit performance of our UK mortgage portfolio was stable, reflecting actions taken in previous years which included restrictions on lending to purchase residential property for the purpose of rental. Impairment allowances on first lien mortgages as a proportion of total first lien mortgage loan balances remained low. Almost all lending was originated through our own sales force, and the self-certification of income was not permitted. The majority of our mortgage lending in the UK was to existing customers who held current or savings accounts with HSBC. The average LTV ratio for new business was 60% during 2013 (2012: 59%). Loan impairment charges and delinquency levels in our UK mortgage book declined, aided by the low interest rate environment.

 

 

164


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Interest-only mortgage products in the UK totalled US$49bn or 37% of the UK mortgage portfolio, down marginally on 2012. All interest-only lending is assessed for affordability on a capital repayment basis and, since March 2013, is only available to Premier customers. Offset mortgage products in the UK totalled US$22bn or 17% of the UK mortgage portfolio. The offset mortgage product, originated only by First Direct, is assessed for affordability on a capital repayment basis. Offset mortgage customers may make regular or one-off capital repayments but are able to redraw additional funds up to an agreed limit.

The underwriting criteria for interest-only products are consistent with those for equivalent capital repayment mortgages, and such products are typically originated at more conservative LTV ratios. We monitor specific risk characteristics within the interest-only portfolio, such as LTV ratio, age at expiry, current income levels and credit bureau scores. There are currently no concentrations of higher risk characteristics that cause the interest-only portfolio to be considered as carrying unduly high credit risk, and delinquency and impairment charges remain low, demonstrating similar performance characteristics to our capital repayment products. We run contact programmes to ensure we build an informed relationship with customers so that they receive appropriate support in meeting the final repayment of principal and understand the alternative repayment options available.

Mortgage lending in Hong Kong was US$54bn, an increase of 3% on the end of 2012, although the rate of growth began to slow as transaction volumes in the property market declined in 2013. The quality of our mortgage book remained high with no new impairment allowances in 2013. The average LTV ratio on new mortgage lending was 44% compared with an estimated 32% for the overall portfolio.

Mortgage lending in Rest of North America fell by 5% to US$19bn. This included a reduction of US$857m in Canada due to tightened regulatory lending guidelines.

Mortgage lending in other regions rose by 7% to US$45bn at 31 December 2013. Balances grew in

Rest of Asia-Pacific, resulting from our focus on secured lending and supported by marketing campaigns, mainly in mainland China and Australia. This was partly offset by a reduction in Latin America due to the disposal of our operations in Panama.

Other personal lending

(Unaudited)

Credit cards

Total credit card lending of US$30bn at 31 December 2013 was 2% higher than at the end of 2012, mainly in Hong Kong from marketing campaigns and in Turkey from business expansion. This was partly offset by the sale of the private label credit card portfolio in Canada in 2013.

Other personal non-credit card lending

Other personal non-credit card lending balances remained broadly in line with 2012 at US$80bn at 31 December 2013. There were reductions in North America in the US on second lien mortgages as noted above and in Canada, mainly due to client deleveraging, high credit standards and tightened regulatory lending guidelines. In Latin America, there was a decline due to the disposal of our operations in Panama, our focus on growing secured lending and our more restrictive lending criteria in Brazil. This was largely offset by increases in term lending in France, second lien mortgages in Singapore and personal loans in Mexico.

Wholesale lending

(Unaudited)

Wholesale lending covers the range of credit facilities granted to sovereign borrowers, banks, non-bank financial institutions, corporate entities and commercial borrowers. Our wholesale portfolios are well diversified across geographical and industry sectors, with certain exposures subject to specific portfolio controls.

During the year GB&M made a change to the way it manages reverse repo activities (see page 220), materially affecting loans and advances to banks and financial (non-bank) balances.

 

 

165


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Total wholesale lending

(Unaudited)

 

     Europe
US$m
         

Hong

Kong
US$m

         

Rest of

Asia-

Pacific
US$m

         

MENA

US$m

          North
America
US$m
          Latin
America
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2013

                                      

Corporate and commercial (A)

     239,529            114,832            89,066            19,760            50,447            30,188            543,822   

– manufacturing

     55,920            11,582            19,176            3,180            11,853            12,214            113,925   

– international trade and services

     77,113            43,041            36,327            8,629            11,676            8,295            185,081   

– commercial real estate

     31,326            25,358            9,202            639            5,900            2,421            74,846   

– other property-related

     7,308            19,546            7,601            1,333            8,716            328            44,832   

– government

     3,340            739            282            1,443            564            974            7,342   

– other commercial 10

     64,522            14,566            16,478            4,536            11,738            5,956            117,796   

Financial (non-bank financial institutions) (B)

     75,550            7,610            8,522            2,532            42,591            1,376            138,181   

Asset-backed securities reclassified

     2,578                                             138                       2,716   

Loans and advances to banks (C)

     73,904            35,150            50,637            6,443            30,164            15,281            211,579   

Total wholesale lending (D)

     391,561            157,592            148,225            28,735            123,340            46,845            896,298   

Of which:

                                                                                

– reverse repos to customers

     48,091            1,991            4,457                       33,676                       88,215   

– reverse repos to banks

     49,631            2,473            10,500            24            23,744            5,103            91,475   

Impairment allowances on wholesale lending

                                      

Corporate and commercial (a)

     3,821            361            557            1,212            769            1,339            8,059   

– manufacturing

     618            85            161            182            89            384            1,519   

– international trade and services

     1,216            236            192            502            188            349            2,683   

– commercial real estate

     1,116            5            17            153            202            396            1,889   

– other property-related

     269            16            86            236            93            8            708   

– government

     3                                  10            1                       14   

– other commercial

     599            19            101            129            196            202            1,246   

Financial (non-bank financial institutions) (b)

     344            10            7            60            50            11            482   

Loans and advances to banks (c)

     35                                  18            5                       58   

Total (d)

     4,200            371            564            1,290            824            1,350            8,599   

(a) as a percentage of A

     1.60%            0.31%            0.63%            6.13%            1.52%            4.44%            1.48%   

(b) as a percentage of B

     0.46%            0.13%            0.08%            2.37%            0.12%            0.80%            0.35%   

(c) as a percentage of C

     0.05%                                  0.28%            0.02%                       0.03%   

(d) as a percentage of D

     1.07%            0.24%            0.38%            4.49%            0.67%            2.88%            0.96%   

 

166


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

     Europe
US$m
         

Hong

Kong
US$m

         

Rest of

Asia-

Pacific

US$m

          MENA
US$m
          North
America
US$m
          Latin
America
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2012

                                      

Corporate and commercial (E)

     223,061            99,199            85,305            22,452            47,886            35,590            513,493   

– manufacturing

     56,690            10,354            19,213            3,373            9,731            12,788            112,149   

– international trade and services

     70,954            33,832            32,317            9,115            13,419            9,752            169,389   

– commercial real estate

     33,279            23,384            9,286            865            6,572            3,374            76,760   

– other property-related

     7,402            16,399            6,641            2,103            7,607            380            40,532   

– government

     2,393            2,838            1,136            1,662            774            1,982            10,785   

– other commercial 10

     52,343            12,392            16,712            5,334            9,783            7,314            103,878   

Financial (non-bank financial institutions) (F)

     55,732            4,546            4,255            1,196            13,935            1,594            81,258   

Asset-backed securities reclassified

     3,694                                             197                       3,891   

Loans and advances to banks (G)

     45,320            23,500            44,592            9,198            13,465            16,528            152,603   

Total wholesale lending (H)

     327,807            127,245            134,152            32,846            75,483            53,712            751,245   

Of which:

                                      

– reverse repos to customers

     27,299            760            307                       6,281            4            34,651   

– reverse repos to banks

     22,301            1,918            6,239            500            811            3,692            35,461   
                                      

Impairment allowances on wholesale lending

                                      

Corporate and commercial (e)

     3,537            383            526            1,312            732            856            7,346   

– manufacturing

     611            86            129            210            84            287            1,407   

– international trade and services

     992            233            185            360            189            329            2,288   

– commercial real estate

     1,011            5            62            156            214            103            1,551   

– other property-related

     164            20            81            241            102            13            621   

– government

     15                                  42            2                       59   

– other commercial

     744            39            69            303            141            124            1,420   

Financial (non-bank financial institutions) (f)

     318            29            11            157            37            2            554   

Loans and advances to banks (g)

     40                                  17                                  57   

Total (h)

     3,895            412            537            1,486            769            858            7,957   

(e) as a percentage of E

     1.59%            0.39%            0.62%            5.84%            1.53%            2.41%            1.43%   

(f) as a percentage of F

     0.57%            0.64%            0.26%            13.13%            0.27%            0.13%            0.68%   

(g) as a percentage of G

     0.09%                                  0.18%                                  0.04%   

(h) as a percentage of H

     1.19%            0.32%            0.40%            4.52%            1.02%            1.60%            1.06%   

For footnote, see page 263.

After excluding reverse repo balances, (d) as a percentage of D was 1.43% for Europe, 1.24% for North America and 1.2% in total at 31 December 2013. After excluding reverse repo balances, (h) as a percentage of H was 1.4% for Europe, 1.12% for North America and 1.17% in total at 31 December 2012.

 

On a reported basis, total wholesale lending increased by US$145bn to US$896bn at 31 December 2013. On a constant currency basis balances grew by US$149bn, of which reverse repo balances to customers increased by US$53bn and to banks by US$56bn, driven by the change in the way GB&M manages these activities (see page 220). Excluding reverse repos, total balances rose due to higher international trade and services lending, mainly in Hong Kong and, to a lesser extent, in Rest of Asia-Pacific, as we capitalised on trade and capital flows. Other commercial balances increased, notably in GB&M in the UK, on corporate overdraft balances which did not meet the netting criteria. In addition, loans and advances to banks rose as a result of increased trade re-finance and central bank lending in Hong Kong. This was partly offset by a decline in Latin America following the disposal of our operations in Panama.

For more detail on impairment allowances see page 187.

The commentary that follows is on a constant currency basis.

Financial (non-bank)

Financial (non-bank) lending increased from US$82bn at 31 December 2012 to US$138bn at 31 December 2013. This was mainly in Europe and North America due to increased reverse repo balances, as discussed above.

Loans and advances to banks

Loans and advances to banks increased from US$150bn at 31 December 2012 to US$212bn at 31 December 2013. This was driven by higher reverse repo balances due to the change in the way GB&M manages these activities, mainly affecting Europe and North America. In addition, there was a rise in placements with financial institutions in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific.

 

 

167


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Corporate and commercial

Corporate and commercial lending increased by US$33bn to US$544bn at 31 December 2013. This was driven by a rise in international trade and services lending balances, mainly in Hong Kong and, to a lesser extent, Rest of Asia-Pacific as we capitalised on trade and capital flows. Other commercial balances increased, notably in GB&M in the UK, on corporate overdraft balances which did not meet the netting criteria, and in North America from growth in lending to corporate customers, reflecting our focus on target segments in the US. This was partly offset in Latin America as a result of the disposal of our operations in Panama and tightened lending criteria across most of the region coupled with a reduction of government loans in Hong Kong following repayments in the year.

Total commercial real estate and other property-related lending was US$120bn at 31 December 2013, marginally higher compared with 2012. Loan balances grew in Hong Kong as a result of demand for financing in the property investment and development sectors. This was partly offset by lower demand for lending in the UK and the disposal of our operations in Panama.

Commercial real estate

Our exposure to commercial real estate lending continued to be concentrated in Hong Kong, the UK, Rest of Asia-Pacific and North America. The markets in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific remained relatively strong throughout 2013 despite cooling measures and the prospect of an end to tapering in the US. In the UK, the commercial property market steadily improved as demand for commercial tenancies rose amid signs that the benefits of the economic recovery were beginning to filter to regional markets beyond London and the South East, which had remained relatively strong throughout the downturn. In North America, the US market showed the benefits of a return to economic growth with trends reflecting the recovery, particularly in larger metropolitan markets, where both commercial and residential demand improved. In Canada, broader concerns regarding overheating in the real estate markets did not affect the commercial property market.

Refinance risk in commercial real estate

It is not untypical for commercial real estate lending to require the repayment of a significant proportion

of the principal at maturity. Typically, a customer will arrange repayment through the acquisition of a new loan to settle the existing debt. Refinance risk is the risk that a customer, being unable to repay their debt on maturity, is unable to refinance the debt at commercial rates. Refinance risk is described in more detail on page 272. This risk is subject to close scrutiny in key commercial real estate markets because it can arise, in particular, when a loan is serviced exclusively by the property to which it relates, i.e. when the bank does not, or is not able to, place principal reliance on other cash flows available to the borrower. We monitor our commercial real estate portfolio closely, assessing those drivers that may indicate potential issues with refinancing. The principal driver is the vintage of the loan, when origination reflected previous market norms which no longer apply in the current market. Examples might be higher LTV ratios and/or lower interest cover ratios. The range of refinancing sources in the local market is also an important consideration, with risk increasing when lenders are restricted to banks and when bank liquidity is limited. In addition, underlying fundamentals such as the reliability of tenants, the ability to let and the condition of the property are important, as they influence property values.

For the Group’s commercial real estate portfolios as a whole, the behaviour of markets and the quality of assets did not cause undue concern in 2013. While the commercial real estate market in the UK has taken some time to recover, the drivers described above are not currently causing sufficient concern regarding our sensitivity to the risk of refinancing to warrant enhanced management attention. Stronger liquidity in 2013, as a wider range of international financiers returned to the market, significantly eased pressure on the options for refinance.

At 31 December 2013, we had US$22bn of commercial real estate loans in the UK of which US$7bn were due to be refinanced within the next 12 months. Of these balances, cases subject to close monitoring in our Loan Management unit amounted to US$2bn. US$2bn were disclosed as impaired with impairment allowances of US$650m. Where these loans are not considered impaired it is because there is sufficient evidence to indicate that the associated contractual cash flows will be recovered or that the loans will not need to be refinanced on terms we would consider below market norms.

 

 

168


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Credit quality of financial instruments

(Audited)

 

LOGO   A summary of our current policies and practices regarding the credit quality of financial instruments is provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 267.

The five classifications describing the credit quality of our lending, debt securities portfolios and derivatives are defined on page 267 (unaudited). Additional credit quality information in respect of our consolidated holdings of ABSs is provided on page 275.

For the purpose of the following disclosure, retail loans which are past due up to 89 days and are not otherwise classified as impaired in accordance with our disclosure convention (see page 267 (unaudited)), are not disclosed within the expected loss (‘EL’) grade to which they relate, but are separately classified as past due but not impaired.

2013 compared with 2012

(Unaudited)

We assess credit quality on all financial instruments which are subject to credit risk, as shown in the table on page 170.

On a reported basis, the balance of financial instruments bearing credit risk at 31 December 2013 was US$2,478bn, of which US$1,650bn or 67% was classified as ‘strong’ (31 December 2012: 67%). The proportion of financial instruments classified as ‘good’ and ‘satisfactory’ remained broadly stable at 17% and 13%, respectively. The proportion of ‘sub-standard’ financial instruments remained low at 2% at 31 December 2013.

Loans and advances held at amortised cost increased to US$1,292bn from US$1,150bn at 31 December 2012. At 31 December 2013, 77%

of these balances were classified as either ‘strong’ or ‘good’, broadly in line with the end of 2012.

The majority of the Group’s exposure to financial investments was in the form of available-for-sale debt securities issued by governments and government agencies classified as ‘strong’. This proportion was broadly unchanged in 2013 at 87%.

Trading assets on which credit quality has been assessed decreased by 35% from 31 December 2012 to US$239bn due to lower reverse repo balances following a change to the way GB&M manages these activities. The proportion of balances classified as ‘strong’ rose marginally from 65% at 31 December 2012 to 68% at 31 December 2013. This was due to the reduction in reverse repo balances as noted above, with most of these balances previously being spread across the ‘strong’, ‘good’ and ‘satisfactory’ classifications. In addition, there was a reduction in our holdings of government bonds in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific.

The proportion of derivative assets classified as ‘strong’ fell marginally from 79% at the end of 2012 to 78% at 31 December 2013 as a result of a decrease in the fair value of interest rate derivatives classified as ‘strong’ in Europe. The proportion of ‘satisfactory’ balances fell to 5% from 7% for the same reason.

Cash and balances at central banks rose by 18% to US$167bn, mainly in Europe due to the placement of surplus funds from deposit growth exceeding lending growth and, to a lesser extent in North America. Substantially all of the Group’s cash and balances at central banks were classified as ‘strong’, with the most significant concentrations in Europe and North America.

 

 

169


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Distribution of financial instruments by credit quality

(Audited)

 

     Neither past due nor impaired           Past due                       Impair-              
     Strong
US$m
          Good
US$m
          Satisfactory
US$m
         

Sub-

standard
US$m

          but not
impaired
US$m
          Impaired
US$m
         

ment

allowances 11
US$m

          Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2013

                                            

Cash and balances at central banks

     162,017            2,877            265            1,440                              166,599   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

     5,590            66            286            79                              6,021   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

     25,220                                                               25,220   

Trading assets 12

     163,444            39,475            34,868            1,514                              239,301   

– treasury and other eligible bills

     17,235            3,585            758            6                              21,584   

– debt securities

     107,831            16,498            16,167            1,148                              141,644   

– loans and advances:

                                                      

to banks

     15,804            5,546            6,342            193                              27,885   

to customers

     22,574            13,846            11,601            167                              48,188   

Financial assets designated at fair value 12

     6,608            5,183            671            257                              12,719   

– treasury and other eligible bills

     50                                                               50   

– debt securities

     6,490            5,179            664            256                              12,589   

– loans and advances:

                                                      

to banks

     68                       7            1                              76   

to customers

                4                                                    4   

Derivatives 12

     220,711            47,004            13,425            1,125                              282,265   

Loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost 13

     535,947            262,698            220,970            23,944            15,460            36,428            (15,143         1,080,304   

– personal

     326,269            39,024            14,882            1,580            10,175            18,798            (6,602         404,126   

– corporate and commercial

     133,355            194,970            175,046            21,281            5,009            16,877            (8,059         538,479   

– financial (non-bank financial institutions)

     76,323            28,704            31,042            1,083            276            753            (482         137,699   

of which:

                                            

– reverse repos

     47,443            19,621            21,149            2                                             88,215   

Loans and advances to banks held at amortised cost

     155,598            39,388            13,382            3,125            11            75            (58         211,521   

of which:

                                            

– reverse repos

     64,100            18,257            7,116            2,002                                             91,475   

Financial investments

     362,799            27,833            17,556            6,089                       2,508                  416,785   

– treasury and other similar bills

     69,364            5,595            1,856            1,296                                        78,111   

– debt securities

     293,435            22,238            15,700            4,793                       2,508                  338,674   

Assets held for sale

     1,129            642            1,050            351            89            156            (111         3,306   

– disposal groups

     1,093            642            496            351            86            90            (111         2,647   

– non-current assets held for sale

     36                       554                       3            66                       659   

Other assets

     11,372            7,386            13,798            808            218            436                  34,018   

– endorsements and acceptances

     1,976            4,824            4,562            225            19            18                  11,624   

– accrued income and other

     9,396            2,562            9,236            583            199            418                  22,394   
     

 

                                      
                                                                                              
     1,650,435            432,552            316,271            38,732            15,778            39,603            (15,312         2,478,059   

 

170


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

     Neither past due nor impaired           Past due                       Impair-              
     Strong
US$m
          Good
US$m
          Satisfactory
US$m
         

Sub-

standard
US$m

          but not
impaired
US$m
          Impaired
US$m
         

ment

allowances 11
US$m

          Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2012

                                            

Cash and balances at central banks

     138,124            3,235            147            26                              141,532   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

     6,661            203            439                                         7,303   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

     22,743                                                               22,743   

Trading assets 12

     237,078            60,100            66,537            3,462                              367,177   

– treasury and other eligible bills

     20,793            4,108            1,340            41                              26,282   

– debt securities

     106,453            16,685            20,931            608                              144,677   

– loans and advances:

                                                      

to banks

     49,133            21,018            7,418            702                              78,271   

to customers

     60,699            18,289            36,848            2,111                              117,947   

Financial assets designated at fair value 12

     6,186            5,884            401            243                              12,714   

– treasury and other eligible bills

     54                                                               54   

– debt securities

     6,089            5,830            391            241                              12,551   

– loans and advances:

                                                      

to banks

     43                       10            2                              55   

to customers

                54                                                    54   

Derivatives 12

     284,115            46,214            24,877            2,244                              357,450   

Loans and advances to customers held at
amortised cost 13

     507,871            222,402            202,666            23,224            18,901            38,671            (16,112         997,623   

– personal

     321,887            39,533            16,225            1,430            12,267            23,751            (8,212         406,881   

– corporate and commercial

     137,139            166,338            172,457            20,920            6,437            14,093            (7,346         510,038   

– financial (non-bank financial institutions)

     48,845            16,531            13,984            874            197            827            (554         80,704   

of which:

                                            

– reverse repos

     29,324            4,944            381            2                                             34,651   

Loans and advances to banks held at amortised cost

     117,220            23,921            10,575            772            10            105            (57         152,546   

of which:

                                            

– reverse repos

     29,483            3,509            2,467            2                                             35,461   

Financial investments

     357,452            27,428            21,143            6,759                       2,530                  415,312   

– treasury and other similar bills

     80,320            3,818            1,957            1,455                                        87,550   

– debt securities

     277,132            23,610            19,186            5,304                       2,530                  327,762   

Assets held for sale

     2,425            3,287            2,311            314            387            1,286            (718         9,292   

– disposal groups

     2,033            1,118            1,789            268            118            82            (49         5,359   

– non-current assets held for sale

     392            2,169            522            46            269            1,204            (669         3,933   

Other assets

     9,679            6,007            13,845            1,759            231            462                  31,983   

– endorsements and acceptances

     1,995            4,344            5,195            483            7            8                  12,032   

– accrued income and other

     7,684            1,663            8,650            1,276            224            454                  19,951   
     

 

                                      
                                                                                              
     1,689,554            398,681            342,941            38,803            19,529            43,054            (16,887         2,515,675   

For footnotes, see page 263.

 

171


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Past due but not impaired gross financial instruments

(Audited)

Past due but not impaired loans are those in respect of which the customer is in the early stages of delinquency and has failed to make a payment or a partial payment in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. This is typically when a loan is less than 90 days past due and there are no other indicators of impairment.

Further examples of exposures past due but not impaired include individually assessed mortgages that are in arrears more than 90 days for which there are no other indicators of impairment and the value of collateral is sufficient to repay both the principal debt and all potential interest for at least one year, or short-term trade facilities past due more than

90 days for technical reasons such as delays in documentation but there is no concern over the creditworthiness of the counterparty. When groups of loans are collectively assessed for impairment, collective impairment allowances are recognised for loans classified as past due but not impaired.

At 31 December 2013, US$15.5bn of loans and advances held at amortised cost were classified as past due but not impaired (2012: US$18.9bn). The largest concentration of these balances was in HSBC Finance, where they decreased by 13% compared with the end of 2012 due to the continued run-off and loan sales in the CML portfolio. In Latin America, balances decreased by 54% to US$1.6bn, primarily in Brazil as we reposition our portfolio. In addition, we disposed of our operations in Panama.

 

 

Past due but not impaired loans and advances to customers and banks by geographical region

(Audited)

 

     Europe
US$m
         

Hong

Kong
US$m

         

Rest of

Asia-
Pacific

US$m

          MENA
US$m
          North
America
US$m
          Latin
America
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

31 December 2013

                                      

Banks

                11                                                        11   

Customers

     2,399            1,488            2,723            757            6,453            1,640            15,460   

– personal

     1,287            882            1,882            174            4,817            1,133            10,175   

– corporate and commercial

     1,092            410            787            580            1,635            505            5,009   

– financial (non-bank financial institutions)

     20            196            54            3            1            2            276   
                                         
                                                                                   
     2,399            1,499            2,723            757            6,453            1,640            15,471   

31 December 2012

                                      

Banks

                           10                                             10   

Customers

     2,339            1,311            2,964            975            7,721            3,591            18,901   

– personal

     1,416            638            1,961            248            5,806            2,198            12,267   

– corporate and commercial

     909            579            953            726            1,910            1,360            6,437   

– financial (non-bank financial institutions)

     14            94            50            1            5            33            197   
                                         
                                                                                   
     2,339            1,311            2,974            975            7,721            3,591            18,911   

 

172


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Ageing analysis of days for past due but not impaired gross financial instruments

(Audited)

 

          Up to 29
days
US$m
          30-59
days
US$m
          60-89
days
US$m
          90-179
days
US$m
         

180 days

and over
US$m

          Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2013

                                   

Loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost

        11,689            2,587            1,057            76            51            15,460   

– personal

        7,170            2,124            865            16                       10,175   

– corporate and commercial

        4,290            418            190            60            51            5,009   

– financial (non-bank financial institutions)

        229            45            2                                  276   

Loans and advances to banks held at amortised cost

        11                                                        11   

Loans and advances

        11,700            2,587            1,057            76            51            15,471   

Assets held for sale

        61            12            8            6            2            89   

– disposal groups

        61            11            8            5            1            86   

– non-current assets held for sale

                   1                       1            1            3   

Other assets

        142            43            18            6            9            218   

– endorsements and acceptances

        13            3                       1            2            19   

– other

        129            40            18            5            7            199   
  

 

                                
                                                                         
        11,903            2,642            1,083            88            62            15,778   

At 31 December 2012

                                   

Loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost

        14,226            3,189            1,262            200            24            18,901   

– personal

        8,718            2,441            1,058            42            8            12,267   

– corporate and commercial

        5,384            675            204            158            16            6,437   

– financial (non-bank financial institutions)

        124            73                                             197   

Loans and advances to banks held at amortised cost

        10                                                        10   

Loans and advances

        14,236            3,189            1,262            200            24            18,911   

Assets held for sale

        251            84            48            2            2            387   

– disposal groups

        87            17            11            1            2            118   

– non-current assets held for sale

        164            67            37            1                       269   

Other assets

        122            37            24            12            36            231   

– endorsements and acceptances

        6            1                                             7   

– other

        116            36            24            12            36            224   
  

 

                                
                                                                         
        14,609            3,310            1,334            214            62            19,529   

 

Renegotiated loans and forbearance

(Audited)

 

LOGO    Current policies and procedures regarding renegotiated loans and forbearance are described in the Appendix to Risk on page 268.

The contractual terms of a loan may be modified for a number of reasons, including changes in market conditions, customer retention and other factors not related to the current or potential credit deterioration of a customer. ‘Forbearance’ describes concessions made on the contractual terms of a loan in response to an obligor’s financial difficulties. We classify and report loans on which concessions have been granted under conditions of credit distress as ‘renegotiated loans’ when their contractual payment terms have been modified, because we have significant concerns about the borrowers’ ability to meet contractual payments when due. Concessions on loans made to customers which do not affect the

payment structure or basis of repayment, such as waivers of financial or security covenants, do not directly provide concessionary relief to customers in terms of their ability to service obligations as they fall due and are therefore not included in this classification.

There were no material changes to our group standard policies and procedures regarding renegotiated loans in 2013. In Brazil, we realigned local practices to meet Group standard policy and reviewed the impairment allowance methodology used for our retail banking and Business Banking mass portfolios to ensure that it better reflected the level of restructuring that is taking place and the performance of these restructured accounts.

The following tables show the gross carrying amounts of the Group’s holdings of renegotiated loans and advances to customers by industry sector, geography and credit quality classification.

 

 

173


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Renegotiated loans and advances to customers

(Audited)

 

     At 31 December 2013           At 31 December 2012  
     Neither
past
due nor
impaired
US$m
          Past due
but not
impaired
US$m
          Impaired
US$m
          Total
US$m
          Neither
past
due nor
impaired
US$m
          Past due
but not
impaired
US$m
          Impaired
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

Personal

     5,895            3,585            12,092            21,572            7,952            3,524            18,279            29,755   

– first lien residential mortgages

     4,881            3,219            10,857            18,957            5,861            2,828            15,459            24,148   

– other personal 1

     1,014            366            1,235            2,615            2,091            696            2,820            5,607   

Corporate and commercial

     3,147            362            8,493            12,002            4,608            295            6,892            11,795   

– manufacturing and international trade services

     1,529            163            4,178            5,870            2,381            154            3,012            5,547   

– commercial real estate and other property-related

     1,050            113            3,385            4,548            1,796            10            3,484            5,290   

– governments

     274                       43            317            177                                  177   

– other commercial 10

     294            86            887            1,267            254            131            396            781   

Financial

     358                       243            601            255                       422            677   
     9,400            3,947            20,828            34,175            12,815            3,819            25,593            42,227   

Total renegotiated loans and advances to customers as a percentage of total gross loans and advances to customers

     3.1%                              4.2%   

For footnotes, see page 263.

Renegotiated loans and advances to customers by geographical region

(Audited)

 

     Europe
US$m
         

Hong

Kong
US$m

         

Rest of

Asia-

Pacific

US$m

          MENA
US$m
          North
America
US$m
          Latin
America
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

31 December 2013

                                      

Personal

     2,251            218            217            149            18,130            607            21,572   

– first lien residential mortgages

     1,820            52            65            91            16,853            76            18,957   

– other personal 1

     431            166            152            58            1,277            531            2,615   

Corporate and commercial

     7,270            125            205            1,583            658            2,161            12,002   

– manufacturing and international trade services

     3,709            18            85            489            198            1,371            5,870   

– commercial real estate and other property-related

     2,940            3            36            662            446            461            4,548   

– governments

                                      137                       180            317   

– other commercial 10

     621            104            84            295            14            149            1,267   

Financial

     235                       2            362            1            1            601   
     9,756            343            424            2,094            18,789            2,769            34,175   

Total impairment allowances on renegotiated loans

     1,867            13            88            460            2,285            1,014            5,727   

– individually assessed

     1,821            12            66            460            98            464            2,921   

– collectively assessed

     46            1            22                       2,187            550            2,806   

 

174


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

     Europe
US$m
         

Hong

Kong
US$m

         

Rest of
Asia-

Pacific
US$m

          MENA
US$m
          North
America
US$m
          Latin
America
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

31 December 2012

                                      

Personal

     2,817            245            248            190            25,474            781            29,755   

– first lien residential mortgages

     1,896            68            78            112            21,896            98            24,148   

– other personal 1

     921            177            170            78            3,578            683            5,607   

Corporate and commercial

     6,829            147            300            1,859            685            1,975            11,795   

– manufacturing and international trade services

     3,002            22            193            659            191            1,480            5,547   

– commercial real estate and other property-related

     3,641            25            37            899            486            202            5,290   

– governments

                                      2                       175            177   

– other commercial 10

     186            100            70            299            8            118            781   

Financial

     328                       4            340            3            2            677   
     9,974            392            552            2,389            26,162            2,758            42,227   

Total impairment allowances on renegotiated loans

     1,547            16            96            546            3,864            485            6,554   

– individually assessed

     1,545            15            63            543            39            213            2,418   

– collectively assessed

     2            1            33            3            3,825            272            4,136   

For footnotes, see page 263.

Movement in renegotiated loans by geographical region

(Unaudited)

 

     Europe
US$m
          Hong
Kong
US$m
         

Rest of
Asia-

Pacific
US$m

          MENA
US$m
          North
America
US$m
          Latin
America
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

Renegotiated loans at 1 January 2013

     9,974            392            552            2,389            26,162            2,758            42,227   

– personal

     2,817            245            248            190            25,474            781            29,755   

– corporate and commercial

     6,829            147            300            1,859            685            1,975            11,795   

– financial

     328                       4            340            3            2            677   

Loans renegotiated in the year without derecognition

     2,807                       49            101            1,727            1,311            5,995   

– personal

     264                       8            16            1,335            507            2,130   

– corporate and commercial

     2,541                       41            85            391            803            3,861   

– financial

     2                                             1            1            4   

Loans renegotiated in the year resulting in recognition of a new loan

     105            47            66            14                       62            294   

– personal

     17            46            30            14                       25            132   

– corporate and commercial

     88            1            36                                  37            162   

– financial

                                                                         

Repayments

     (2,139         (99         (134         (541         (1,759         (707         (5,379

– personal

     (489         (71         (40         (64         (1,387         (353         (2,404

– corporate and commercial

     (1,574         (28         (93         (477         (370         (354         (2,896

– financial

     (76                    (1                    (2                    (79

Amounts written off

     (426         (2         (23         (38         (1,035         (409         (1,933

– personal

     (99         (2         (18         (9         (995         (233         (1,356

– corporate and commercial

     (303                    (5         (29         (40         (175         (552

– financial

     (24                                                     (1         (25

Other

     (565         5            (86         169            (6,306         (246         (7,029

– personal

     (259                    (11         2            (6,297         (120         (6,685

– corporate and commercial

     (311         5            (74         145            (8         (125         (368

– financial

     5                       (1         22            (1         (1         24   

At 31 December 2013

     9,756            343            424            2,094            18,789            2,769            34,175   

– personal

     2,251            218            217            149            18,130            607            21,572   

– corporate and commercial

     7,270            125            205            1,583            658            2,161            12,002   

– financial

     235                       2            362            1            1            601   
     

 

                                
                                                                                  

For footnote, see page 263.

 

175


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

The above table shows the movement in renegotiated loans for the year. During the year there were US$6.3bn of new loans classified as renegotiated, of which US$294m resulted in the derecognition of the original loan and recognition of a new loan. The majority of the movement during the year was in ‘Other’, which included a reduction in North America of US$5.6bn due to loan sales in the CML portfolio and transfers to other assets upon foreclosure and repossession of the real estate collateral of US$668m. In addition, there were refinements in data collection to personal and corporate and commercial, which resulted in improved renegotiated loan identification and led to a decrease in Turkey of US$523m.

See page 270 for further details on the types of restructures that may result in derecognition accounting.

2013 compared with 2012

(Unaudited)

The following commentary is on a reported basis.

Renegotiated loans totalled US$34.2bn at 31 December 2013 (2012: US$42.2bn). The most significant portfolio remained in North America at US$18.8bn or 55% of the total at 31 December 2013 (2012: US$26.2bn or 62%), substantially all of which were retail loans held by HSBC Finance

Further commentary is provided below for retail and corporate and commercial renegotiated loans.

Retail renegotiated loans

(Unaudited)

The following commentary is on a reported basis.

Renegotiated loans to retail customers totalled US$21.6bn at 31 December 2013, a reduction of US$8.2bn compared with the end of 2012. This was due to the continued run-off and loan sales in the CML portfolio. The most significant portfolio of renegotiated retail loans remained in North America and amounted to US$18.1bn or 84% of the Group’s total, substantially all of which were retail loans held by HSBC Finance.

The next largest portfolio of renegotiated retail loans was in Europe and amounted to US$2.3bn, a reduction of US$566m compared with the end of 2012. The decrease was mainly due to repayments and write-offs on renegotiated loans in the UK.

In Latin America, renegotiated retail loans decreased by US$174m to US$607m, mainly resulting from more restrictive conditions being required for the approval of renegotiations.

Renegotiated retail loans in Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific and the Middle East and North Africa remained low.

HSBC Finance loan modifications and re-age programmes

HSBC Finance maintains loan modification and re-age (‘loan renegotiation’) programmes in order to manage customer relationships, improve collection opportunities and, if possible, avoid foreclosure.

Since 2006, HSBC Finance has implemented an extensive loan renegotiation programme, and a significant portion of its loan portfolio has been subject to renegotiation at some stage in the life of the customer relationship as a consequence of the economic conditions in the US and the nature of HSBC Finance’s customer base.

The volume of loans that qualify for modification has reduced significantly in recent years. We expect this trend to continue as HSBC Finance believes the percentage of its customers with unmodified loans who would benefit from loan modification in a way that would avoid non-payment of future cash flows is decreasing. In addition, volumes of new loan modifications are expected to decrease due to gradual improvements in economic conditions, the cessation of new real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables originations, and the continued run-off and loan sales in the CML portfolio.

Qualifying criteria

For an account to qualify for renegotiation it must meet certain criteria. However, HSBC Finance retains the right to decline a renegotiation. The extent to which HSBC Finance renegotiates accounts that are eligible under its existing policies varies according to its view of prevailing economic conditions and other factors which may change from year to year. In addition, exceptions to policies and practices may be made in specific situations in response to legal or regulatory agreements or orders.

Renegotiated real estate secured and personal lending receivables are not eligible for a subsequent renegotiation for twelve and six months, respectively, with a maximum of five renegotiations permitted within a five-year period. Borrowers must be approved for a modification and generally make two minimum qualifying monthly payments within 60 days to activate a modification. In certain circumstances where the debt has been restructured in bankruptcy proceedings, fewer or no payments may be required. Accounts whose borrowers are subject to a Chapter 13 plan filed with a bankruptcy court generally may be re-aged upon receipt of one

 

 

176


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

qualifying payment, while accounts whose borrowers have filed for Chapter 7 bankruptcy protection may be re-aged upon receipt of a signed reaffirmation agreement. In addition, for some products accounts may be re-aged without receipt of a payment in certain special circumstances (e.g. in the event of a natural disaster or a hardship programme).

 

 

Types of loan renegotiation programme in HSBC Finance

 

 

A temporary modification is a change to the contractual terms of a loan that results in HSBC Finance giving up a right to contractual cash flows over a pre-defined period. With a temporary modification the loan is expected to revert back to the original contractual terms, including the interest rate charged, after the modification period. An example is reduced interest payments.

A substantial number of HSBC Finance modifications involve interest rate reductions, which lower the amount of interest income HSBC Finance is contractually entitled to receive in future periods. Historically, modifications have generally been for six months, although extended modification periods are now more common.

Loans that have been re-aged are classified as impaired with the exception of first-time loan re-ages that were less than 60 days past due at the time of re-age. These remain classified as impaired until they have demonstrated a history of payment performance against their original contracted terms for at least 12 months.

 

 

A permanent modification is a change to the contractual terms of a loan that results in HSBC Finance giving up a right to contractual cash flows over the life of the loan. An example is a permanent reduction in the interest rate charged.

Permanent or long-term modifications which are due to an underlying hardship event remain classified as impaired for their full life.

 

 

The term ‘re-age’ describes a renegotiation by which the contractual delinquency status of a loan is reset to current after demonstrating payment performance. The overdue principal and/or interest is deferred and paid at a later date. Loan re-ageing enables customers who have been unable to make a small number of payments to have their loan delinquency status reset to current so that their credit score is not affected by the overdue balances.

Loans that have been re-aged remain classified as impaired until they have demonstrated a history of payment performance against the original contractual terms for at least 12 months.

A temporary or permanent modification may also lead to a re-ageing of a loan although a loan may be re-aged without any modification to its original terms and conditions.

Where loans have been granted multiple concessions, subject to the qualifying criteria discussed above, the concession is deemed to have been made due to concern regarding the borrower’s ability to pay, and the loan is disclosed as impaired. The loan remains disclosed as impaired from that date forward until the borrower has demonstrated a history of repayment performance for the period of time required for either modifications or re-ages, as described above.

 

2013 compared with 2012

At 31 December 2013, renegotiated real estate secured accounts in HSBC Finance represented 91% (2012: 86%) of North America’s total renegotiated loans. US$10bn (2012: US$14bn) of renegotiated real estate secured loans were classified as impaired. A significant portion of HSBC Finance’s renegotiated portfolio has received multiple renegotiations. Consequently, a significant proportion of loans included in the table below have undergone multiple re-ages or modifications. In this regard, multiple modifications have remained consistent at 75% to 80% of total modifications.

During 2013, the aggregate number of renegotiated loans reduced, due to the run-off and loan sales in the CML portfolio, despite renegotiation activity continuing. Within the constraints of our Group credit policy, HSBC Finance’s policies allow for multiple renegotiations under certain circumstances, and a significant number of accounts received second or subsequent renegotiations during the year which do not appear in the statistics presented. These statistics treat a loan as an addition to the volume of renegotiated loans on its first renegotiation only. At 31 December 2013, renegotiated loans were 57% (2012: 58%) of the total portfolio of HSBC Finance’s real estate secured accounts.

 

 

177


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Gross loan portfolio of HSBC Finance real estate secured balances

(Unaudited)

 

    

 

Re-aged

US$m

14  

  

   

 
 

Modified

and re-aged
US$m

  

  
  

    
 
Modified
US$m
  
  
    

 

 
 

Total re-

negotiated

loans
US$m

  

  

  
  

    

 

 

 

Total non-

renegotiated

loans

US$m

  

  

  

  

    

 

 
 

Total

gross

loans
US$m

  

  

  
  

    

 

 

 
 

Total

impair-

ment

allowances
US$m

  

  

  

  
  

    

 

 

 
 

Impair-

ment

allowances/

gross loans
%

  

  

  

  
  

At 31 December 2013

     8,167        8,213         768         17,148         13,171         30,319         3,028         10   

At 31 December 2012

     9,640        11,660         1,121         22,421         16,261         38,743         4,481         12   

For footnote, see page 263.

Movement in HSBC Finance renegotiated real estate balances

(Unaudited)

 

     2013           2012  
     US$m           US$m  

At 1 January

     22,421            24,588   

Additions

     967            1,221   

Payments

     (1,540         (1,133

Write-offs

     (1,122         (1,796

Transfer to ‘Assets held for sale’ and ‘Other assets’

     (3,578         (459

At 31 December

     17,148            22,421   

Number of renegotiated real estate secured accounts remaining in HSBC Finance’s portfolio

(Unaudited)

 

     Number of renegotiated loans (000s)      Total
number of
loans (000s)
 
     Re-aged     

Modified

and re-aged

     Modified      Total     

At 31 December 2013

     102         78         8         188         352   

At 31 December 2012

     117         107         11         235         427   

 

Corporate and commercial renegotiated loans

(Unaudited)

 

LOGO    For the current policies and procedures regarding renegotiated loans in the corporate and commercial sector, see the Appendix to Risk on page 271.

On a reported basis, there was a US$207m increase in renegotiated loans in the corporate and commercial sector in 2013 to US$12bn. Higher balances in Europe US$441m and Latin America US$186m, were partly offset by reductions across the other regions.

In Europe, there were higher balances in manufacturing and international trade services of US$707m, mainly in the UK due to a small number of significant individual restructurings, and in other commercial balances of US$435m, principally in Spain. This was partly offset by lower balances in the commercial real estate and other property-related sector of US$701m, mainly in the UK due to net loan repayments.

In the Middle East and North Africa, the majority of the fall of US$276m was due to loan repayments in both manufacturing and international

trade services and commercial real estate and other property-related sectors, mainly in the UAE.

In Rest of Asia-Pacific, the majority of the US$95m reduction in renegotiated loan balances was in the manufacturing and international trade services sector as well as the commercial real estate and other property-related sector.

Renegotiated balances in Latin America increased by US$186m compared with the end of 2012, primarily due to a small number of large renegotiations in the commercial real estate and other property-related sector in Mexico, related to homebuilders resulting from a change in public housing policy.

Collateral

Collateral and other credit enhancements held

(Audited)

Loans and advances held at amortised cost

It is the Group’s practice to lend on the basis of customers’ ability to meet their obligations out of cash flow resources rather than rely on the value of security offered. Depending on a customer’s standing and the type of product, facilities may

 

 

178


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

be provided without security. For other lending, a charge over collateral is obtained and considered in determining the credit decision and pricing. In the event of default, the bank may utilise the collateral as a source of repayment. Depending on its form, collateral can have a significant financial effect in mitigating our exposure to credit risk.

The tables below provide a quantification of the value of fixed charges we hold over borrowers’ specific assets where we have a history of enforcing, and are able to enforce, collateral in satisfying a debt in the event of the borrower failing to meet its contractual obligations, and where the collateral is cash or can be realised by sale in an established market. The collateral valuation in the tables below excludes any adjustments for obtaining and selling the collateral.

We may also manage our risk by employing other types of collateral and credit risk enhancements such as second charges, other liens and unsupported guarantees, but the valuation of such mitigants is less certain and their financial effect has not been quantified. In particular, loans shown in the tables below as not collateralised or

partially collateralised may benefit from such credit mitigants.

Certain credit mitigants are used strategically in portfolio management activities. While single name concentrations arise in portfolios managed by GB&M and CMB, it is only in the former that their size requires the use of portfolio level credit mitigants. Across GB&M risk limits and utilisations, maturity profiles and risk quality are monitored and managed pro-actively. This process is key to determining our risk appetite for these larger, more complex, geographically distributed customer groups. While the principal form of risk management continues to be at the point of exposure origination through the lending decision-making process, GB&M also utilises loan sales and credit default swap (‘CDS’) hedges to manage concentrations and reduce risk. These transactions are the responsibility of a dedicated GB&M portfolio management team. Hedging activity is carried out within agreed credit parameters, and is subject to market risk limits and a robust governance structure. CDS mitigants are held at portfolio level and are not reported in the presentation below.

 

 

Personal lending

Residential mortgage loans including loan commitments by level of collateral

(Audited)

 

          Europe
US$m
          Hong
Kong
US$m
          Rest of
Asia-
Pacific
US$m
          MENA
US$m
          North
America
US$m
         

Latin

America
US$m

          Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2013

                                         

Non-impaired loans and advances

                                         

Fully collateralised

        146,326            54,432            43,900            2,235            44,125            3,749            294,767   

Loan to value (‘LTV’) ratio:

                                                                                   

– less than 25%

        11,438            8,496            4,270            149            3,339            219            27,911   

– 25% to 50%

        43,590            29,508            13,205            600            9,833            1,118            97,854   

– 51% to 75%

        66,452            13,726            20,644            1,095            20,751            1,715            124,383   

– 76% to 90%

        21,603            1,887            4,949            348            6,933            606            36,326   

– 91% to 100%

        3,243            815            832            43            3,269            91            8,293   

Partially collateralised:

                                         

– greater than 100% LTV (A)

        1,410            14            348            42            4,150            59            6,023   

– collateral value on A

        852            14            293            37            3,681            49            4,926   
                                            
                                                                                      
        147,736            54,446            44,248            2,277            48,275            3,808            300,790   

Impaired loans and advances

                                         

Fully collateralised

        1,369            33            221            90            10,128            160            12,001   

LTV ratio:

                                                                                   

– less than 25%

        47            15            17            2            128            4            213   

– 25% to 50%

        197            11            57            13            1,265            93            1,636   

– 51% to 75%

        452            7            89            31            4,250            47            4,876   

– 76% to 90%

        320                       49            34            2,809            13            3,225   

– 91% to 100%

        353                       9            10            1,676            3            2,051   

Partially collateralised:

                                         

– greater than 100% LTV (B)

        104                       17            6            2,548            8            2,683   

– collateral value on B

        91                       4            6            2,272            4            2,377   
                                            
                                                                                      
        1,473            33            238            96            12,676            168            14,684   
        149,209            54,479            44,486            2,373            60,951            3,976            315,474   

 

179


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Residential mortgage loans including loan commitments by level of collateral (continued)

(Audited)

 

          Europe
US$m
          Hong
Kong
US$m
          Rest of
Asia-
Pacific
US$m
          MENA
US$m
          North
America
US$m
         

Latin

America
US$m

          Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2012

                                         

Non-impaired loans and advances

                                         

Fully collateralised

        139,769            53,431            43,399            1,955            46,312            5,035            289,901   

LTV ratio:

                                                                                   

– less than 25%

        11,569            8,076            4,419            117            3,546            308            28,035   

– 25% to 50%

        35,557            30,132            12,665            579            9,365            1,468            89,766   

– 51% to 75%

        59,702            12,760            19,534            929            20,755            2,222            115,902   

– 76% to 90%

        26,768            1,931            6,144            172            8,437            855            44,307   

– 91% to 100%

        6,173            532            637            158            4,209            182            11,891   

Partially collateralised:

                                         

– greater than 100% LTV (C)

        2,748            2            366            72            6,330            15            9,533   

– collateral value on C

        2,445            1            315            64            5,514            11            8,350   
                                            
                                                                                      
        142,517            53,433            43,765            2,027            52,642            5,050            299,434   

Impaired loans and advances

                                         

Fully collateralised

        1,904            47            263            151            13,487            158            16,010   

LTV ratio:

                                                                                   

– less than 25%

        164            14            19            8            157            11            373   

– 25% to 50%

        481            23            87            44            1,569            54            2,258   

– 51% to 75%

        693            10            91            72            5,827            73            6,766   

– 76% to 90%

        350                       51            17            3,870            16            4,304   

– 91% to 100%

        216                       15            10            2,064            4            2,309   

Partially collateralised:

                                         

– greater than 100% LTV (D)

        219                       10            13            3,880            1            4,123   

– collateral value on D

        120                       8            12            3,170            1            3,311   
                                            
                                                                                      
        2,123            47            273            164            17,367            159            20,133   
        144,640            53,480            44,038            2,191            70,009            5,209            319,567   

 

The above table shows residential mortgage lending including off-balance sheet loan commitments by level of collateral. Off-balance sheet commitments include loans that have been approved but which the customer has not yet drawn, and the undrawn portion of loans that have a flexible drawdown facility such as the offset mortgage product. The collateral included in the table above consists of first charges on real estate.

The LTV ratio is calculated as the gross on-balance sheet carrying amount of the loan and any off-balance sheet loan commitment at the balance sheet date divided by the value of collateral. The methodologies for obtaining residential property collateral values vary throughout the Group, but are typically determined by using a combination of professional appraisals, house price indices and statistical analysis. Valuations must be updated on a regular basis and, as a minimum, at intervals of every three years. They are conducted more frequently when market conditions or portfolio performance are subject to significant change or when a loan is identified and assessed as impaired.

The LTV ratio bandings are consistent with our internal risk management reporting. While we do have mortgages in the higher LTV bands, our

appetite for such lending is restricted and the larger portion of our portfolio is concentrated in the lower risk LTV bandings of 75% and below.

Other personal lending

Other personal lending consists primarily of overdrafts, credit cards and second lien mortgage portfolios. Second lien lending is supported by collateral but the claim on the collateral is subordinate to the first lien charge. The majority of our second lien portfolios were originated in North America where loss experience on defaulted second lien loans has typically approached 100%; consequently, we do not generally attach any significant financial value to this type of collateral. Credit cards and overdrafts are usually unsecured.

Corporate, commercial and financial (non-bank) lending

Collateral held is analysed separately below for commercial real estate and for other corporate, commercial and financial (non-bank) lending. This reflects the difference in collateral held on the portfolios. In each case, the analysis includes off-balance sheet loan commitments, primarily undrawn credit lines.

 

 

180


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Commercial real estate loans and advances including loan commitments by level of collateral

(Audited)

 

          Europe
US$m
          Hong
Kong
US$m
          Rest of
Asia-
Pacific
US$m
          MENA
US$m
          North
America
US$m
         

Latin

America
US$m

          Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2013

                                         

Rated CRR/EL 1 to 7

                                         

Not collateralised

        4,865            10,186            3,978            192            137            935            20,293   

Fully collateralised

        24,154            18,895            6,422            21            8,627            1,728            59,847   

Partially collateralised (A)

        2,664            1,552            825            139            704            484            6,368   

– collateral value on A

        1,827            1,278            410            24            303            292            4,134   
                                            
                                                                                      
        31,683            30,633            11,225            352            9,468            3,147            86,508   

Rated CRR/EL 8

                                         

Not collateralised

        109                       10                       1            3            123   

Fully collateralised

        793                                  72            68            1            934   

LTV ratio:

                                                                                   

– less than 25%

        13                                             4                       17   

– 25% to 50%

        126                                             11                       137   

– 51% to 75%

        367                                  72            49            1            489   

– 76% to 90%

        173                                             4                       177   

– 91% to 100%

        114                                                                   114   

Partially collateralised (B)

        360                       2                       13                       375   

– collateral value on B

        281                       1                       11                       293   
                                            
                                                                                      
        1,262                       12            72            82            4            1,432   

Rated CRR/EL 9 to 10

                                         

Not collateralised

        564                                  7            4            521            1,096   

Fully collateralised

        1,079            6            6            31            233            286            1,641   

LTV ratio:

                                                                                   

– less than 25%

        46                                             1            5            52   

– 25% to 50%

        229            2                       7            38            27            303   

– 51% to 75%

        436            3            3            7            110            57            616   

– 76% to 90%

        209            1            2            17            62            62            353   

– 91% to 100%

        159                       1                       22            135            317   

Partially collateralised (C)

        1,815                       5            181            240            56            2,297   

– collateral value on C

        1,284                       5            89            115            34            1,527   
                                            
                                                                                      
        3,458            6            11            219            477            863            5,034   
        36,403            30,639            11,248            643            10,027            4,014            92,974   

At 31 December 2012

                                         

Rated CRR/EL 1 to 7

                                         

Not collateralised

        7,068            10,790            3,647            569            181            2,083            24,338   

Fully collateralised

        23,450            17,355            6,106            92            9,054            1,846            57,903   

Partially collateralised (A)

        3,088            1,476            1,150            33            1,063            903            7,713   

– collateral value on A

        2,780            1,179            464            29            401            423            5,276   
                                            
                                                                                      
        33,606            29,621            10,903            694            10,298            4,832            89,954   

Rated CRR/EL 8 to 10

                                         

Not collateralised

        418                                  14            34            105            571   

Fully collateralised

        1,261            2            60            8            408            141            1,880   

LTV ratio:

                                                                                   

– less than 25%

        34                       1                       25            10            70   

– 25% to 50%

        119            1            55            7            86            8            276   

– 51% to 75%

        437                       2                       69            28            536   

– 76% to 90%

        501                       1                       58            63            623   

– 91% to 100%

        170            1            1            1            170            32            375   

Partially collateralised (B)

        1,585                       51            204            377            24            2,241   

– collateral value on B

        938                       15            111            265            13            1,342   
                                            
                                                                                      
        3,264            2            111            226            819            270            4,692   
        36,870            29,623            11,014            920            11,117            5,102            94,646   

 

181


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

The collateral used in the assessment of the above lending consists of fixed first charges on real estate and charges over cash for commercial real estate. These facilities are disclosed as not collateralised if they are unsecured or benefit from credit risk mitigation from guarantees, which are not quantified for the purposes of this disclosure. In Hong Kong, market practice is typically for lending to major property companies to be secured by guarantees or unsecured. In Europe, facilities of a working capital nature are generally not secured by a first fixed charge and are therefore disclosed as not collateralised.

The value of commercial real estate collateral is determined by using a combination of professional and internal valuations and physical inspections. Due to the complexity of valuing collateral for commercial real estate, local valuation policies determine the frequency of review on the basis of local market conditions. Revaluations are sought with greater frequency when, as part of the regular

credit assessment of the obligor, material concerns arise in relation to the transaction which may affect the underlying performance of the collateral, or the obligor’s credit quality declines sufficiently to raise questions over whether the principal source of payment can fully meet the obligation (i.e. the obligor’s credit quality classification indicates it is at the lower end, that is sub-standard, or approaching impaired). Where such concerns exist the revaluation method selected will depend upon the LTV relationship, the direction in which the local commercial real estate market has moved since the last valuation and, most importantly, the specific characteristics of the underlying commercial real estate which is of concern. Collateral values held for customers rated CRR 9 to 10 (i.e. classified as impaired) are separately disclosed above, starting with 2013.

For further details on cross-collateralisation and LTV calculations for commercial real estate and other corporate and commercial, see page 183.

 

 

Other corporate, commercial and financial (non-bank) loans and advances including loan commitments by level of collateral rated CRR/EL 8 to 10 only

(Audited)

 

          Europe
US$m
          Hong
Kong
US$m
          Rest of
Asia-
Pacific
US$m
          MENA
US$m
          North
America
US$m
         

Latin

America
US$m

          Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2013

                                         

Rated CRR/EL 8

                                         

Not collateralised

        2,411            5            180            37            328            456            3,417   

Fully collateralised

        259            16            35            1            227            70            608   

LTV ratio:

                                                                                   

– less than 25%

        15            1            15                       7            7            45   

– 25% to 50%

        50            15            7            1            77            4            154   

– 51% to 75%

        103                       4                       47            10            164   

– 76% to 90%

        25                       8                       31            5            69   

– 91% to 100%

        66                       1                       65            44            176   

Partially collateralised (A)

        435            14            9            528            345            73            1,404   

– collateral value on A

        17            3            2            398            89            18            527   
                                            
                                                                                      
        3,105            35            224            566            900            599            5,429   

Rated CRR/EL 9 to 10

                                         

Not collateralised

        1,467            229            456            1,089            26            1,615            4,882   

Fully collateralised

        1,121            47            114            49            309            266            1,906   

LTV ratio:

                                                                                   

– less than 25%

        36            1            6            2            7            42            94   

– 25% to 50%

        88            7            43                       17            117            272   

– 51% to 75%

        161            10            11            47            29            49            307   

– 76% to 90%

        156            24            29                       46            43            298   

– 91% to 100%

        680            5            25                       210            15            935   

Partially collateralised (B)

        1,192            53            251            770            359            290            2,915   

– collateral value on B

        606            33            117            102            149            131            1,138   
                                            
                                                                                      
        3,780            329            821            1,908            694            2,171            9,703   
        6,885            364            1,045            2,474            1,594            2,770            15,132   

 

182


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

          Europe
US$m
          Hong
Kong
US$m
         

Rest of
Asia-
Pacific

US$m

          MENA
US$m
          North
America
US$m
         

Latin

America
US$m

          Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2012

                                         

Rated CRR/EL 8 to 10

                                         

Not collateralised

        5,110            260            572            1,186            533            1,023            8,684   

Fully collateralised

        1,463            82            146            132            478            284            2,585   

LTV ratio:

                                                                                   

– less than 25%

        77            3            11                       11            68            170   

– 25% to 50%

        192            4            62            6            49            84            397   

– 51% to 75%

        290            39            31            33            131            61            585   

– 76% to 90%

        196            24            11            18            96            17            362   

– 91% to 100%

        708            12            31            75            191            54            1,071   

Partially collateralised (A)

        1,106            84            251            828            753            273            3,295   

– collateral value on A

        628            41            89            124            359            108            1,349   
                                            
                                                                                      
        7,679            426            969            2,146            1,764            1,580            14,564   

 

The collateral used in the assessment of the above lending primarily includes first legal charges over real estate and charges over cash in the commercial and industrial sector, and charges over cash and marketable financial instruments in the financial (non-bank) sector. Government sector lending is generally unsecured.

It should be noted that the above table excludes other types of collateral which are commonly taken for corporate and commercial lending such as unsupported guarantees and floating charges over the assets of a customer’s business. While such mitigants have value, often providing rights in insolvency, their assignable value is not sufficiently certain and they are assigned no value for disclosure purposes.

As with commercial real estate, the value of real estate collateral included in the table above is generally determined by using a combination of professional and internal valuations and physical inspections. The frequency of revaluation is similar to commercial real estate loans and advances; however, for financing activities in corporate and commercial lending that are not predominantly commercial real estate-oriented, collateral value is not as strongly correlated to principal repayment performance. Collateral values are generally refreshed when an obligor’s general credit performance deteriorates and we have to assess the likely performance of secondary sources of repayment should it prove necessary to rely on them. For this reason, the table above reports values only for customers with CRR 8 to 10, recognising that these loans and advances generally have valuations which are comparatively recent. Starting with 2013, collateral values held for customers rated CRR 9 to 10 (i.e. classified as impaired) are separately disclosed. For the above table, cash is valued at its nominal value and marketable securities at their

fair value. The LTV ratios presented are calculated by directly associating loans and advances with the collateral that individually and uniquely supports each facility. Where collateral assets are shared by multiple loans and advances, whether specifically or, more generally, by way of an all monies charge, the collateral value is pro-rated across the loans and advances protected by the collateral.

In both the commercial real estate and other corporate and commercial collateral tables the difference between the collateral value and the value of partially collateralised lending cannot be directly compared with any impairment allowances recognised in respect of impaired loans, as the loans may be performing in accordance with their contractual terms. When loans are not performing in accordance with their contractual terms, the recovery of cash flows may be affected by other cash resources of the customer, or other credit risk enhancements not quantified for the tables above. The values in the tables represent the expected market value on an open market basis; no adjustment has been made to the collateral for any expected costs of recovery. When a loan is considered for impairment, the value used in the impairment allowance calculation takes such costs into consideration and might also reflect any deviation from an open market value arising from the expected conditions for sale, such as a forced sale within a specified timetable. While the values reported are therefore expected to be closely aligned to the values used in impairment assessment, they will not be the same. The existence or otherwise of specific collateral is not taken into account in the modeling of wholesale impairment allowances for loss events which are incurred but not reported. These models operate on portfolio level observations of current loss in each portfolio to which they are applied as described on page 272. As current loss estimates are

 

 

 

183


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

derived from adjusted historical observations, the contribution of collateral is indirectly reflected in the loss history.

Our policy for determining impairment allowances, including the effect of collateral on these impairment allowances, is described on page 272.

Loans and advances to banks

The following table shows loans and advances to banks, including off-balance sheet loan commitments by level of collateral.

 

 

Loans and advances to banks including loan commitments by level of collateral

(Audited)

 

          Europe
US$m
          Hong
Kong
US$m
          Rest of
Asia-
Pacific
US$m
          MENA
US$m
          North
America
US$m
         

Latin

America
US$m

          Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2013

                                         

Rated CRR/EL 1 to 8

                                         

Not collateralised

        22,356            31,462            41,524            6,374            7,211            10,481            119,408   

Fully collateralised

        52,114            2,260            8,168            24            23,744            4,724            91,034   

Partially collateralised (A)

        68            1,866            2,616                                             4,550   

– collateral value on A

        3            1,696            2,516                                             4,215   
                                            
                                                                                      
        74,538            35,588            52,308            6,398            30,955            15,205            214,992   

Rated CRR/EL 9 to 10

                                         

Not collateralised

        153                                  312            14                       479   
        74,691            35,588            52,308            6,710            30,969            15,205            215,471   

At 31 December 2012

                                         

Rated CRR/EL 1 to 10

                                         

Not collateralised

        36,043            24,622            40,694            7,290            9,050            12,838            130,537   

Fully collateralised

        25,496            2,294            5,667                       811            3,691            37,959   

Partially collateralised (C)

        62            1,459            1,207                                             2,728   

– collateral value on C

        61            1,452            1,135                                             2,648   
                                            
                                                                                      
        61,601            28,375            47,568            7,290            9,861            16,529            171,224   

 

The collateral used in the assessment of the above lending relates primarily to cash and marketable securities. Loans and advances to banks are typically unsecured. Certain products such as reverse repos and stock borrowing are effectively collateralised and have been included in the above as fully or partly collateralised. The fully collateralised loans and advances to banks in Europe consist primarily of reverse repo agreements and stock borrowing. Collateral values held for customers rated CRR 9 to 10 (i.e. classified as impaired) are separately disclosed above, starting with 2013.

Derivatives

The International Swaps and Derivatives Association (‘ISDA’) Master Agreement is our preferred agreement for documenting derivatives activity. It provides the contractual framework within which dealing activity across a full range of over-the-counter (‘OTC’) products is conducted, and contractually binds both parties to apply close-out netting across all outstanding transactions covered by an agreement if either party defaults or another pre-agreed termination event occurs. It is common, and our preferred practice, for the parties to execute

a Credit Support Annex (‘CSA’) in conjunction with the ISDA Master Agreement. Under a CSA, collateral is passed between the parties to mitigate the counterparty risk inherent in outstanding positions. The majority of our CSAs are with financial institutional clients.

We manage the counterparty exposure arising from market risk on our OTC derivative contracts by using collateral agreements with counterparties and netting agreements. Currently, we do not actively manage our general OTC derivative counterparty exposure in the credit markets, although we may manage individual exposures in certain circumstances.

For a description of how the derivative offset amount in the ‘Maximum exposure to credit risk’ table is derived, see page 159.

Other credit risk exposures

In addition to collateralised lending, other credit enhancements are employed and methods used to mitigate credit risk arising from financial assets. These are described in more detail below:

 

 

some securities issued by governments, banks and other financial institutions benefit from

 

 

184


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

additional credit enhancement provided by government guarantees that cover the assets.

Details of government guarantees are included in Notes 6, 10 and 12 on the Financial Statements.

 

 

debt securities issued by corporates are primarily unsecured;

 

 

debt securities issued by banks and financial institutions include ABSs and similar instruments which are supported by underlying pools of financial assets. Credit risk associated with ABSs is reduced through the purchase of CDS protection.

Disclosure of the Group’s holdings of ABSs and associated CDS protection is provided on page 204.

 

 

trading assets include loans and advances held with trading intent. These mainly consist of cash collateral posted to satisfy margin requirements on derivatives, settlement accounts, reverse repos and stock borrowing. There is limited credit risk on cash collateral posted since in the event of default of the counterparty these would be set off against the related liability. Reverse repos and stock borrowing are by their nature collateralised.

Collateral accepted as security that the Group is permitted to sell or repledge under these arrangements is described in Note 36 on the Financial Statements.

The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk includes financial guarantees and similar arrangements that we issue or enter into, and loan commitments that we are irrevocably committed to. Depending on the terms of the arrangement, we may have recourse to additional credit mitigation in the event that a guarantee is called upon or a loan commitment is drawn and subsequently defaults. For further information on these arrangements, see Note 40 on the Financial Statements.

Collateral and other credit enhancements obtained

(Audited)

The carrying amount of assets obtained by taking possession of collateral held as security, or calling upon other credit enhancements, is as follows:

Carrying amount of assets obtained

 

     At 31 December  
     2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
 

Nature of assets

        

Residential property

     408            353   

Commercial and industrial property

     43            88   

Other

     2            3   
     453            444   

The increase in foreclosed residential properties was due to the suspension of foreclosure activities at the end of 2011 and during the first half of 2012. In the US we have resumed processing suspended foreclosure actions in all states and have referred the majority of the backlog of loans for foreclosure. We have also begun initiating new foreclosure activities in all states (see page 164 (unaudited)).

We make repossessed properties available for sale in an orderly fashion, with the proceeds used to reduce or repay the outstanding indebtedness. If excess funds arise after the debt has been repaid, they are made available to repay other secured lenders with lower priority or are returned to the customer. We do not generally occupy repossessed properties for our business use.

Impaired loans

(Audited)

Impaired loans and advances are those that meet any of the following criteria:

 

 

wholesale loans and advances classified as Customer Risk Rating (‘CRR’) 9 or CRR 10. These grades are assigned when the bank considers that either the customer is unlikely to pay its credit obligations in full, without recourse to security, or when the customer is past due 90 days or more on any material credit obligation to HSBC.

 

 

retail loans and advances classified as Expected Loss (‘EL’) 9 or EL 10. These grades are assigned to retail loans and advances greater than 90 days past due unless individually they have been assessed as not impaired.

For further details of the CRR and the EL scales see page 267 (unaudited);

 

 

185


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

renegotiated loans and advances that have been subject to a change in contractual cash flows as a result of a concession which the lender would not otherwise consider, and where it is probable that without the concession the borrower would be unable to meet the contractual payment obligations in full, unless the concession is insignificant and there are no other indicators of impairment. Renegotiated loans remain classified as impaired until there is sufficient evidence to demonstrate a significant reduction in the risk of non-payment of future cash flows, and there are no other indicators of impairment.

For loans that are assessed for impairment on a collective basis, the evidence to support reclassification as no longer impaired typically comprises a history of payment performance against the original or revised terms, depending on the nature and volume of renegotiation and the credit

risk characteristics surrounding the renegotiation. For loans that are assessed for impairment on an individual basis, all available evidence is assessed on a case-by-case basis.

In HSBC Finance, where a significant majority of HSBC’s loan forbearance activity occurs, the history of payment performance is assessed with reference to the original terms of the contract, reflecting the higher credit risk characteristics of this portfolio. The payment performance periods are monitored to ensure they remain appropriate to the levels of relapse observed within the portfolio.

For further disclosure on loans subject to forbearance, see page 268.

Renegotiated loans and forbearance disclosures are subject to evolving industry practice and regulatory guidance.

 

 

Movement in impaired loans by geographical region

(Unaudited)

 

          Europe
US$m
          Hong
Kong
US$m
         

Rest of
Asia-

Pacific
US$m

          MENA
US$m
          North
America
US$m
          Latin
America
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

Impaired loans at 1 January 2013

        11,145            477            1,147            2,474            20,345            3,188            38,776   

Personal

        2,466            172            439            368            18,726            1,580            23,751   

Corporate and commercial

        8,058            267            700            1,872            1,592            1,604            14,093   

Financial 2

        621            38            8            234            27            4            932   

Classified as impaired during the year

        4,952            371            1,053            419            6,168            4,333            17,296   

Personal

        1,176            224            574            107            5,319            1,872            9,272   

Corporate and commercial

        3,726            144            479            306            837            2,453            7,945   

Financial 2

        50            3                       6            12            8            79   

Transferred from impaired to unimpaired during the year

        (1,215         (33         (112         (166         (3,198         (642         (5,366

Personal

        (265         (27         (110         (68         (3,172         (266         (3,908

Corporate and commercial

        (804         (6         (2         (85         (24         (375         (1,296

Financial 2

        (146                               (13         (2         (1         (162

Amounts written off

        (1,411         (182         (356         (165         (1,706         (1,957         (5,777

Personal

        (423         (149         (295         (79         (1,433         (1,456         (3,835

Corporate and commercial

        (927         (30         (61         (75         (270         (499         (1,862

Financial 2

        (61         (3                    (11         (3         (2         (80

Net repayments and other

        (243         (188         (554         (277         (6,486         (678         (8,426

Personal

        (16         (76         (226         (11         (5,771         (382         (6,482

Corporate and commercial

        (339         (84         (325         (253         (708         (294         (2,003

Financial 2

        112            (28         (3         (13         (7         (2         59   
        

 

                                
                                                                                     

At 31 December 2013

        13,228            445            1,178            2,285            15,123            4,244            36,503   

Personal

        2,938            144            382            317            13,669            1,348            18,798   

Corporate and commercial

        9,714            291            791            1,765            1,427            2,889            16,877   

Financial 2

        576            10            5            203            27            7            828   
        

 

                                
                                                                                     

 

186


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

          Europe
US$m
          Hong
Kong
US$m
         

Rest of
Asia-

Pacific

US$m

          MENA
US$m
          North
America
US$m
          Latin
America
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

Impaired loans at 1 January 2012

        11,819            608            1,070            2,445            22,758            3,039            41,739   

Personal

        2,797            190            388            428            21,094            1,646            26,543   

Corporate and commercial

        8,113            372            667            1,798            1,517            1,391            13,858   

Financial 2

        909            46            15            219            147            2            1,338   

Classified as impaired during the year

        3,482            292            924            648            8,130            4,507            17,983   

Personal

        933            169            549            73            7,363            2,807            11,894   

Corporate and commercial

        2,481            123            375            531            739            1,696            5,945   

Financial 2

        68                                  44            28            4            144   

Transferred from impaired to unimpaired during the year

        (1,164         (47         (85         (321         (4,223         (1,765         (7,605

Personal

        (279         (38         (69         (32         (4,124         (1,124         (5,666

Corporate and commercial

        (858         (5         (15         (289         (99         (640         (1,906

Financial 2

        (27         (4         (1                               (1         (33

Amounts written off

        (1,891         (217         (564         (264         (3,514         (2,112         (8,562

Personal

        (632         (127         (373         (96         (3,227         (1,521         (5,976

Corporate and commercial

        (1,212         (90         (191         (143         (202         (590         (2,428

Financial 2

        (47                               (25         (85         (1         (158

Net repayments and other

        (1,101         (159         (198         (34         (2,806         (481         (4,779

Personal

        (353         (22         (56         (5         (2,380         (228         (3,044

Corporate and commercial

        (466         (133         (136         (26         (363         (253         (1,377

Financial 2

        (282         (4         (6         (3         (63                    (358
        

 

                                
                                                                                     

At 31 December 2012

        11,145            477            1,147            2,474            20,345            3,188            38,776   

Personal

        2,466            172            439            368            18,726            1,580            23,751   

Corporate and commercial

        8,058            267            700            1,872            1,592            1,604            14,093   

Financial 2

        621            38            8            234            27            4            932   
        

 

                                
                                                                                     

For footnote, see page 263.

 

Impairment of loans and advances

(Audited)

 

LOGO    A summary of our current policies and practices regarding impairment assessment is provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 272.

The tables below analyse by geographical region the impairment allowances recognised for impaired loans and advances that are either individually

assessed or collectively assessed, and collective impairment allowances on loans and advances classified as not impaired.

During 2013, we reviewed the impairment allowance methodology used for retail banking and small business portfolios across the Group (see page 72).

 

 

187


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Impairment allowances on loans and advances to customers by geographical region

(Audited)

 

         Europe
US$m
          Hong
Kong
US$m
         

Rest of
Asia-
Pacific

US$m

          MENA
US$m
          North
America
US$m
          Latin
America
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2013

                                        

Gross loans and advances to customers

                                        

Individually assessed impaired loans 15 (A)

       11,497            377            1,073            2,117            1,736            2,595            19,395   

Collectively assessed 16 (B)

       498,267            195,621            147,488            26,659            164,130            43,887            1,076,052   

– impaired loans 15

       1,690            68            105            148            13,373            1,649            17,033   

– non-impaired loans 17

       496,577            195,553            147,383            26,511            150,757            42,238            1,059,019   
                                           
                                                                                     

Total (C)

       509,764            195,998            148,561            28,776            165,866            46,482            1,095,447   

Impairment allowances (c)

       5,563            449            765            1,565            4,237            2,564            15,143   

– individually assessed (a)

       4,019            174            460            1,131            410            878            7,072   

– collectively assessed (b)

       1,544            275            305            434            3,827            1,686            8,071   
                                           
                                                                                     

Net loans and advances

       504,201            195,549            147,796            27,211            161,629            43,918            1,080,304   

Of which:

                                        

– reverse repos to customers

       48,091            1,991            4,457                       33,676                       88,215   

(a) as a percentage of A

       35.0%            46.2%            42.9%            53.4%            23.6%            33.8%            36.5%   

(b) as a percentage of B

       0.3%            0.1%            0.2%            1.6%            2.3%            3.8%            0.8%   

(c) as a percentage of C

       1.1%            0.2%            0.5%            5.4%            2.6%            5.5%            1.4%   
         US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

At 31 December 2012

                                        

Gross loans and advances to customers

                                        

Individually assessed impaired loans 15 (D)

       9,959            398            1,019            2,251            1,849            1,295            16,771   

Collectively assessed 16 (E)

       458,802            173,688            137,846            27,629            144,523            54,476            996,964   

– impaired loans 15

       1,121            79            128            197            18,482            1,893            21,900   

– non-impaired loans 17

       457,681            173,609            137,718            27,432            126,041            52,583            975,064   
                                           
                                                                                     

Total (F)

       468,761            174,086            138,865            29,880            146,372            55,771            1,013,735   

Impairment allowances (f)

       5,321            473            746            1,794            5,616            2,162            16,112   

– individually assessed (d)

       3,781            192            442            1,323            428            406            6,572   

– collectively assessed (e)

       1,540            281            304            471            5,188            1,756            9,540   
                                           
                                                                                     

Net loans and advances

       463,440            173,613            138,119            28,086            140,756            53,609            997,623   

Of which:

                                        

– reverse repos to customers

       27,299            760            307                       6,281            4            34,651   

(d) as a percentage of D

       38.0%            48.2%            43.4%            58.8%            23.1%            31.4%            39.2%   

(e) as a percentage of E

       0.3%            0.2%            0.2%            1.7%            3.6%            3.2%            1.0%   

(f) as a percentage of F

       1.1%            0.3%            0.5%            6.0%            3.8%            3.9%            1.6%   

For footnotes, see page 263.

After excluding reverse repo balances, (c) as a percentage of C was 1.21% for Europe, 3.21% for North America and 1.5% in total at 31 December 2013. After excluding reverse repos, (f) as a percentage of F was 1.21% for Europe, 4.01% for North America and 1.65% in total at 31 December 2012.

 

188


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Net loan impairment charge to the income statement by geographical region

(Unaudited)

 

          Europe
US$m
          Hong
Kong
US$m
          Rest of
Asia-
Pacific
US$m
          MENA
US$m
          North
America
US$m
          Latin
America
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

2013

                                         

Individually assessed impairment allowances

        1,376            13            132            (86         262            623            2,320   

– new allowances

        1,828            65            251            196            398            702            3,440   

– release of allowances no longer required

        (402         (44         (101         (235         (98         (31         (911

– recoveries of amounts previously written off

        (50         (8         (18         (47         (38         (48         (209

Collectively assessed impairment allowances 18

        356            122            216            42            973            2,019            3,728   

– new allowances net of allowance releases

        943            149            330            82            1,058            2,253            4,815   

– recoveries of amounts previously written off

        (587         (27         (114         (40         (85         (234         (1,087
        

 

                                
                                                                                     

Total charge for impairment losses

        1,732            135            348            (44         1,235            2,642            6,048   

– banks

                                                    5                       5   

– customers

        1,732            135            348            (44         1,230            2,642            6,043   
                                      

 

  
                                                                                     

2012

                                         

Individually assessed impairment allowances

        1,387            (8         97            205            258            200            2,139   

– new allowances

        1,960            32            239            369            380            292            3,272   

– release of allowances no longer required

        (516         (34         (117         (133         (85         (49         (934

– recoveries of amounts previously written off

        (57         (6         (25         (31         (37         (43         (199

Collectively assessed impairment allowances 18

        487            92            243            50            3,204            1,945            6,021   

– new allowances net of allowance releases

        839            117            368            94            3,296            2,254            6,968   

– recoveries of amounts previously written off

        (352         (25         (125         (44         (92         (309         (947
        

 

                                
                                                                                     

Total charge for impairment losses

        1,874            84            340            255            3,462            2,145            8,160   

– customers

        1,874            84            340            255            3,462            2,145            8,160   
                                      

 

  
                                                                                     

For footnote, see page 263.

 

2013 compared with 2012

(Unaudited)

On a reported basis, loan impairment allowances were US$15bn at 31 December 2013, a 6% decrease compared with the end of 2012. Impaired loans and advances were US$37bn, a decrease of 6% from the end of 2012.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

Loan impairment allowances fell by 5% to US$15bn. The reduction was mainly in North America, driven by the continued run-off and loan sales in the US CML portfolio and improvements in housing market conditions.

Impaired loans decreased by 5% compared with the end of 2012 to US$37bn, reflecting the continued run-off and loan sales in the US CML portfolio.

Releases and recoveries of US$2.2bn were higher than in 2012, mainly in Europe on collectively assessed recoveries in RBWM following debt sales in the UK in 2013 and, in the Middle East and North Africa, due to a small number of individual releases, mainly in GB&M on UAE-related exposures.

Regional analysis

In Europe , new loan impairment allowances decreased marginally to US$3bn, primarily due to lower new individual allowances in GB&M and in CMB, mainly in France and on Greek exposures,

 

 

189


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

reflecting improvements to the challenging economic conditions in 2012. This was largely offset by higher new collective allowances in the UK, mainly in the retail sector.

Impaired loans increased by 16% compared with the end of 2012 to US$13bn, resulting from a small number of individually assessed corporate and commercial loans in the UK and France and portfolio growth in Turkey.

Releases and recoveries in Europe were US$1bn, a rise of 13% compared with the end of 2012, mainly due to higher recoveries from debt sales in the UK in 2013. This was partly offset by lower releases, mainly in France in GB&M and CMB.

In Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific new loan impairment allowances and impaired loans remained at low levels.

In the Middle East and North Africa , new loan impairment allowances were US$278m, a decrease of US$180m. This was due to a reduction in new individually assessed allowances as a result of the overall improvement in the loan portfolio compared with 2012, and improved property prices in the UAE.

Impaired loans of US$2bn at 31 December 2013 were 7% lower than in 2012, mainly in the UAE due to recoveries and an improvement in credit quality.

Releases and recoveries in the region rose by US$114m on 2012 to US$322m due to a small number of individual releases, mainly in GB&M on UAE-related exposures.

In North America , new loan impairment allowances decreased by 60% to US$1.5bn, driven

by lower new collectively assessed allowances as a result of improvements in housing market conditions and the continued run-off and loan sales in the CML portfolio.

Impaired loans fell by 25% to US$15bn compared with the end of 2012 due to the continued run-off and loan sales in the CML portfolio.

Releases and recoveries in North America were broadly in line with 2012.

In Latin America , new loan impairment allowances increased by 25% to US$3bn, primarily in Mexico from higher specific impairments in CMB relating to homebuilders due to a change in the public housing policy, and higher collective provisions in RBWM. In Brazil, collectively assessed new allowances increased as a result of impairment methodology changes and assumption revisions for restructured loan account portfolios in RBWM and CMB as well as higher specific impairments across a number of corporate exposures. This was partly offset by improvements in credit quality in Brazil as modifications to credit strategies in previous years to mitigate rising delinquency rates took effect.

Impaired loans increased by 47% from the end of 2012 to US$4bn, mainly relating to homebuilders in Mexico and from methodology changes and higher individually assessed impairments in CMB in Brazil across a number of corporate exposures.

Releases and recoveries in Latin America reduced to US$313m compared with 2012, mainly in RBWM in Brazil and Mexico.

For an analysis of loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions by global business, see page 94.

 

 

190


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

2012 compared with 2011

(Unaudited)

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

Loan impairment allowances were US$16.2bn, a decline of 9% compared with 2011, reflecting lower lending balances in our US CML portfolio which included the reclassification of impairment allowances on non-real estate personal loan balances to ‘Assets held for sale’. Releases and recoveries of US$2.1bn were 3% lower, mainly in North America due to lower customer repayments in the corporate and commercial sector, as well as the non-recurrence of a number of releases and recoveries incurred in 2011 in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific.

Impaired loans were 3% of total gross loans and advances at the end of 2012, compared with 4% at 31 December 2011.

Regional analysis

In Europe , new loan impairment allowances were US$2.8bn, broadly unchanged compared with 2011. New collectively assessed loan impairment allowances declined by 28%, mainly in the UK personal lending book, as we focused our lending growth on higher quality assets and continued to pro-actively identify and monitor customers facing financial hardship. This resulted in lower delinquency rates across both the secured and unsecured lending portfolios. Individually assessed new loan impairment allowances increased by 21% across a range of sectors reflecting the challenging economic conditions in the UK, Greece, Spain and Turkey. In addition, a rise in impairments in Turkey was due to strong balance sheet growth in customer loans and advances in RBWM, notably in credit cards and personal loans, driven by business expansion. Impaired loans of US$11.1bn were 9% lower than at 31 December 2011, mainly due to increased focus on higher quality loans, lower delinquency rates and the continued low interest rate environment.

Releases and recoveries in Europe were US$925m, broadly unchanged on 2011.

In Hong Kong , new individually assessed loan impairment allowances fell by 28% compared with 2011 due to lower specific impairment charges in CMB. New collectively assessed loan impairment allowances also declined as delinquency rates continued to improve, reflecting stable loan growth and sound underlying economic conditions. Impaired loans declined by 22% from 31 December 2011, as a number of corporate loans in the international

trade sector were written off or upgraded following repayments, and delinquency rates reduced.

Releases and recoveries in Hong Kong were US$65m, 27% lower than at the end of 2011 when an allowance relating to a loan in GB&M that was no longer considered impaired was released.

New loan impairment allowances in Rest of Asia-Pacific increased by 8% to US$607m. This reflected higher new collectively assessed loan impairment allowances, mainly from the growth in Singapore of RBWM’s credit card portfolio. New individually assessed loan impairment allowances also increased, as a result of the impairment of a corporate exposure in Australia and individual charges on a small number of corporate exposures in India. Impaired loans in the region increased by 4% to US$1.1bn in 2012 due to the downgrade of a number of customers in Australia and Taiwan, partly offset by the restructuring of a significant loan in Singapore following the renegotiation of terms, which is therefore regarded as no longer impaired.

Releases and recoveries in the region decreased by 7%, mainly in India as the cards portfolio continued to run off, and in Thailand following the sale of the RBWM business. These were partly offset by an impairment allowance release in Singapore compared with a charge in 2011.

In the Middle East and North Africa , new loan impairment allowances decreased by 2% to US$463m in 2012. New collectively assessed loan impairment allowances declined, primarily in the UAE, due to the improvement in credit quality reflecting the repositioning of the book towards higher quality lending in previous years. New individually assessed loan impairment allowances rose due to significant loan impairment charges recorded for a small number of large exposures in GB&M. Impaired loans remained broadly unchanged compared with 31 December 2011.

Releases and recoveries in the region increased by 14% to US$208m in 2012, mainly relating to a small number of exposures in UAE.

In North America , new loan impairment allowances fell sharply, reducing by 50% to US$3.7bn. New collectively assessed loan impairment allowances declined, largely in the CML portfolio due to the reclassification of impairment allowances on non-real estate personal loan balances to ‘Assets held for sale’ as well as the continued run-off in the residential portfolios. This was partly offset by a portfolio risk factor adjustment of US$225m which was made to increase the collective

 

 

190a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

loan impairment allowances for our US mortgage lending portfolios. The adjustment was made following a review completed in the fourth quarter of 2012 which concluded that the estimated average period of time from current status to write-off was ten months for real estate loans (previously a period of seven months was used). During 2013, this revised estimate will be incorporated into the statistical impairment allowance models. It was also partly offset by new loan impairment allowances by HSBC Bank Bermuda on a small number of exposures. Releases and recoveries in North America declined by 11% to US$214m. This reflected lower levels of impairments being booked due to improving market conditions within the corporate and commercial sector.

Impaired loans decreased by 11% in 2012 to US$20.3bn, due to the continued run-off of the CML portfolio which included the reclassification of certain non-real estate personal loan balances to held for sale.

In Latin America , new loan impairment allowances increased by 23% to US$2.5bn. The increase in new collectively assessed loan impairment allowances was mainly in Brazil, driven by higher delinquency rates in RBWM and CMB, particularly in the Business Banking portfolio, reflecting lower economic growth in 2012. Impaired loans were 9% higher than at the end of 2011, driven by past growth in the CMB portfolio in Brazil.

Releases and recoveries in Latin America decreased by 2% from the end of 2011 to US$401m, mainly in Brazil.

For an analysis of loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions by global business, see page 94.

 

 

190b


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Further analysis of impairment

Movement in impairment allowances by industry sector and by geographical region

(Unaudited)

 

     Europe
US$m
          Hong
Kong
US$m
         

Rest of

Asia-

Pacific

US$m

         

MENA

US$m

          North
America
US$m
          Latin
America
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

Impairment allowances at 1 January 2013

     5,361            473            746            1,811            5,616            2,162            16,169   

Amounts written off

     (2,180         (187         (373         (195         (1,610         (2,110         (6,655

Personal

     (876         (152         (309         (107         (1,330         (1,593         (4,367

– first lien residential mortgages

     (83                    (7         (2         (779         (25         (896

– other personal 1

     (793         (152         (302         (105         (551         (1,568         (3,471

Corporate and commercial

     (1,264         (32         (64         (78         (277         (514         (2,229

– manufacturing and international trade and services

     (680         (30         (43         (64         (80         (386         (1,283

– commercial real estate and other property-related

     (289                    (7         (2         (141         (23         (462

– other commercial 10

     (295         (2         (14         (12         (56         (105         (484
                                      

Financial 2

     (40         (3                    (10         (3         (3         (59

Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years

     637            35            132            87            123            282            1,296   

Personal

     584            31            122            41            82            237            1,097   

– first lien residential mortgages

     25            3            1                       67            23            119   

– other personal 1

     559            28            121            41            15            214            978   
                                      

Corporate and commercial

     52            4            10            46            41            45            198   

– manufacturing and international trade and services

     19            4            3            2            6            27            61   

– commercial real estate and other property-related

     6                       4                       18            1            29   

– other commercial 10

     27                       3            44            17            17            108   
                                      

Financial 2

     1                                                                   1   

Charge to income statement

     1,732            135            348            (44         1,235            2,642            6,048   

Personal

     320            140            205            46            963            1,522            3,196   

– first lien residential mortgages

     (11         (8         1            (13         647            11            627   

– other personal 1

     331            148            204            59            316            1,511            2,569   
                                      

Corporate and commercial

     1,467            8            144            (13         253            1,115            2,974   

– manufacturing and international trade and services

     800            33            101            37            125            594            1,690   

– commercial real estate and other property-related

     432            (4         2            (5         79            322            826   

– other commercial 10

     235            (21         41            (45         49            199            458   
                                      

Financial 2

     (55         (13         (1         (77         19            5            (122

Exchange and other movements 19

     48            (7         (88         (76         (1,122         (412         (1,657

At 31 December 2013

     5,598            449            765            1,583            4,242            2,564            15,201   

Impairment allowances against banks:

                                      

– individually assessed

     35                                  18            5                       58   

Impairment allowances against customers:

                                      

– individually assessed

     4,019            174            460            1,131            410            878            7,072   

– collectively assessed 18

     1,544            275            305            434            3,827            1,686            8,071   

At 31 December 2013

     5,598            449            765            1,583            4,242            2,564            15,201   

 

191


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Movement in impairment allowances by industry sector and by geographical region (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

     Europe
US$m
         Hong
Kong
US$m
        

Rest of
Asia-

Pacific
US$m

         MENA
US$m
         North
America
US$m
         Latin
America
US$m
         Total
US$m
 

Impairment allowances at 1 January 2012

     5,292           581           782           1,731           7,239           2,011           17,636   

Amounts written off

     (2,375        (219        (540        (305        (4,181        (2,192        (9,812

Personal

     (828        (128        (347        (126        (3,862        (1,614        (6,905

– first lien residential mortgages

     (28                  (7        (2        (1,952        (70        (2,059

– other personal 1

     (800        (128        (340        (124        (1,910        (1,544        (4,846

Corporate and commercial

     (1,428        (91        (193        (154        (234        (577        (2,677

– manufacturing and international trade and services

     (661        (91        (164        (137        (59        (498        (1,610

– commercial real estate and other property-related

     (377                  (8        (6        (97        (18        (506

– other commercial 10

     (390                  (21        (11        (78        (61        (561

Financial 2

     (119                            (25        (85        (1        (230

Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years

     409           31           150           75           129           352           1,146   

Personal

     354           30           132           50           88           312           966   

– first lien residential mortgages

     34           4           2           5           46           49           140   

– other personal 1

     320           26           130           45           42           263           826   

Corporate and commercial

     51           1           18           25           38           39           172   

– manufacturing and international trade and services

     16           1           5           2           7           28           59   

– commercial real estate and other property-related

     9                     11                     19           2           41   

– other commercial 10

     26                     2           23           12           9           72   

Financial 2

     4                                         3           1           8   

Charge to income statement

     1,874           84           340           255           3,462           2,145           8,160   

Personal

     348           96           234           57           3,228           1,399           5,362   

– first lien residential mortgages

     (56        (11        14           7           1,986           (30        1,910   

– other personal 1

     404           107           220           50           1,242           1,429           3,452   

Corporate and commercial

     1,547           (14        102           169           252           746           2,802   

– manufacturing and international trade and services

     670           (12        32           80           62           625           1,457   

– commercial real estate and other property-related

     444           7           55           62           94           28           690   

– other commercial 10

     433           (9        15           27           96           93           655   

Financial 2

     (21        2           4           29           (18                  (4

Exchange and other movements 19

     161           (4        14           55           (1,033        (154        (961

At 31 December 2012

     5,361           473           746           1,811           5,616           2,162           16,169   

Impairment allowances against banks:

                                

– individually assessed

     40                               17                               57   

Impairment allowances against customers:

                                

– individually assessed

     3,781           192           442           1,323           428           406           6,572   

– collectively assessed 18

     1,540           281           304           471           5,188           1,756           9,540   

At 31 December 2012

     5,361           473           746           1,811           5,616           2,162           16,169   

For footnotes, see page 263.

 

192


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Movement in impairment allowances over 5 years

(Unaudited)

 

    

2013

US$m

        

2012

US$m

        

2011

US$m

        

2010

US$m

        

2009

US$m

 

Impairment allowances at 1 January

     16,169           17,636           20,241           25,649           23,972   

Amounts written off

     (6,655        (9,812        (12,480        (19,300        (24,840

Personal

     (4,367        (6,905        (10,431        (16,458        (22,703

– first lien residential mortgages

     (896        (2,059        (2,662        (4,163        (4,704

– other personal 1

     (3,471        (4,846        (7,769        (12,295        (17,999

Corporate and commercial

     (2,229        (2,677        (2,009        (2,789        (1,984

– manufacturing and international trade and services

     (1,283        (1,610        (1,137        (1,050        (1,093

– commercial real estate and other property-related

     (462        (506        (392        (1,280        (327

– other commercial 10

     (484        (561        (480        (459        (564

Financial 2

     (59        (230        (40        (53        (153

Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years

     1,296           1,146           1,426           1,020           890   

Personal

     1,097           966           1,175           846           712   

– first lien residential mortgages

     119           140           86           93           61   

– other personal 1

     978           826           1,089           753           651   

Corporate and commercial

     198           172           242           156           170   

– manufacturing and international trade and services

     61           59           135           92           123   

– commercial real estate and other property-related

     29           41           20           21           9   

– other commercial 10

     108           72           87           43           38   

Financial 2

     1           8           9           18           8   

Charge to income statement

     6,048           8,160           11,505           13,548           24,942   

Personal

     3,196           5,362           9,318           11,187           19,781   

– first lien residential mortgages

     627           1,910           4,103           3,461           4,185   

– other personal 1

     2,569           3,452           5,215           7,726           15,596   

Corporate and commercial

     2,974           2,802           2,114           2,198           4,711   

– manufacturing and international trade and services

     1,690           1,457           901           909           2,392   

– commercial real estate and other property-related

     826           690           764           660           1,492   

– other commercial 10

     458           655           449           629           827   

Financial 2

     (122        (4        73           163           450   

Exchange and other movements 19

     (1,657        (961        (3,056        (676        685   

At 31 December

     15,201           16,169           17,636           20,241           25,649   

Impairment allowances against banks:

                      

– individually assessed

     58           57           125           158           107   

Impairment allowances against customers:

                      

– individually assessed

     7,072           6,572           6,537           6,457           6,494   

– collectively assessed

     8,071           9,540           10,974           13,626           19,048   

At 31 December

     15,201           16,169           17,636           20,241           25,649   

For footnotes, see page 263.

 

193


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Movement in impairment allowances on loans and advances to customers and banks

(Audited)

 

     Banks          Customers             
    

individually

assessed
US$m

         Individually
assessed
US$m
         Collectively
assessed
US$m
         Total
US$m
 

At 1 January 2013

     57           6,572           9,540           16,169   

Amounts written off

     (4        (1,937        (4,714        (6,655

Recoveries of loans and advances previously written off

               209           1,087           1,296   

Charge to income statement

     5           2,315           3,728           6,048   

Exchange and other movements 19

               (87        (1,570        (1,657

At 31 December 2013

     58           7,072           8,071           15,201   

Impairment allowances on loans and advances to customers

          7,072           8,071           15,143   

– personal

          589           6,013           6,602   

– corporate and commercial

          6,096           1,963           8,059   

– financial

          387           95           482   
     %           %           %           %   

As a percentage of loans and advances 20,21

     0.05           0.70           0.80           1.35   
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m  

At 1 January 2012

     125           6,537           10,974           17,636   

Amounts written off

     (70        (2,361        (7,381        (9,812

Recoveries of loans and advances previously written off

               199           947           1,146   

Charge to income statement

               2,139           6,021           8,160   

Exchange and other movements 19

     2           58           (1,021        (961

At 31 December 2012

     57           6,572           9,540           16,169   

Impairment allowances on loans and advances to customers

          6,572           9,540           16,112   

– personal

          685           7,527           8,212   

– corporate and commercial

          5,407           1,939           7,346   

– financial

          480           74           554   
     %           %           %           %   

As a percentage of loans and advances 20,21

     0.05           0.67           0.98           1.48   

For footnotes, see page 263.

Individually and collectively assessed impairment charge to the income statement by industry sector

(Unaudited)

 

     2013          2012  
    

Individually
assessed

US$m

        

Collectively
assessed

US$m

        

Total

        US$m

        

Individually
assessed

US$m

        

Collectively
assessed

US$m

        

Total

        US$m

 

Banks

     5                     5                                 

Personal

     49           3,147           3,196           96           5,266           5,362   

– first lien residential mortgages

     27           600           627           40           1,870           1,910   

– other personal 1

     22           2,547           2,569           56           3,396           3,452   

Corporate and commercial

     2,414           560           2,974           2,029           773           2,802   

– manufacturing and international trade and services

     1,265           425           1,690           910           547           1,457   

– commercial real estate and other property-related

     791           35           826           604           86           690   

– other commercial 10

     358           100           458           515           140           655   

Financial

     (148        21           (127        14           (18        (4

Total charge to income statement

     2,320           3,728           6,048           2,139           6,021           8,160   

For footnotes, see page 263.

 

194


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Net loan impairment charge to the income statement

(Unaudited)

 

    

2013

US$m

        

2012

US$m

        

2011

US$m

        

2010

US$m

        

2009

US$m

 

Individually assessed impairment allowances

     2,320           2,139           1,915           2,625           4,458   

– new allowances

     3,440           3,272           2,904           3,617           5,173   

– release of allowances no longer required

     (911        (934        (798        (847        (581

– recoveries of amounts previously written off

     (209        (199        (191        (145        (134

Collectively assessed impairment allowances

     3,728           6,021           9,590           10,923           20,484   

– new allowances net of allowance releases

     4,815           6,968           10,825           11,798           21,240   

– recoveries of amounts previously written off

     (1,087        (947        (1,235        (875        (756

Total charge for impairment losses

     6,048           8,160           11,505           13,548           24,942   

– banks

     5                     (16        12           70   

– customers

     6,043           8,160           11,521           13,536           24,872   
                         
                                                       

At 31 December

                      

Impaired loans

     36,503           38,776           41,739           47,064           30,845   

Impairment allowances

     15,201           16,169           17,636           20,241           25,649   

Charge for impairment losses as a percentage of average gross loans and advances to customers by geographical region 22

(Unaudited)

 

    

Europe

%

        

Hong
Kong

%

        

Rest of

Asia-

Pacific

%

        

MENA

%

         North
America
%
         Latin
America
%
        

Total

%

 

2013

                                

New allowances net of allowance releases

     0.59           0.09           0.34           0.15           0.91           5.93           0.78   

Recoveries

     (0.16        (0.02        (0.09        (0.29        (0.08        (0.57        (0.14

Total charge for impairment losses

     0.43           0.07           0.25           (0.14        0.83           5.36           0.64   

Amount written off net of recoveries

     0.39           0.08           0.17           0.38           1.00           3.68           0.56   

2012

                                

New allowances net of allowance releases

     0.58           0.07           0.37           1.16           2.31           4.36           1.00   

Recoveries

     (0.10        (0.02        (0.11        (0.26        (0.08        (0.62        (0.12

Total charge for impairment losses

     0.48           0.05           0.26           0.90           2.23           3.74           0.88   

Amount written off net of recoveries

     0.50           0.11           0.30           0.81           2.57           3.21           0.93   

Charge for impairment losses as a percentage of average gross loans and advances to customers 22

(Unaudited)

 

    

2013

%

         

2012

%

         

2011

%

         

2010

%

         

2009

%

 

New allowances net of allowance releases

     0.78            1.00            1.34            1.65            2.92   

Recoveries

     (0.14         (0.12         (0.15         (0.12         (0.10

Total charge for impairment losses

     0.64            0.88            1.19            1.53            2.82   

Amount written off net of recoveries

     0.56            0.93            1.14            2.08            2.71   

For footnote, see page 263.

 

195


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency changes by geographical region

(Unaudited)

 

    

 

31 Dec 12

as reported

  

  

       

 

 

Currency

translation

adjustment 23

  

  

  

       
 
 
 
31 Dec 12
at 31 Dec 13
exchange
rates
  
  
  
  
       
 
 
 
Movement
- constant
currency
basis
  
  
  
  
       

 

31 Dec 13

as reported

  

  

       

 

Reported

change 24

  

  

       

 

 

Constant

currency

change 24

  

  

  

     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           %           %  

Impaired loans

                                      

Europe

     11,145            231            11,376            1,852            13,228            19            16   

Hong Kong

     477                       477            (32         445            (7         (7

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     1,147            (78         1,069            109            1,178            3            10   

Middle East and North Africa

     2,474            (6         2,468            (183         2,285            (8         (7

North America

     20,345            (54         20,291            (5,168         15,123            (26         (25

Latin America

     3,188            (291         2,897            1,347            4,244            33            46   
     38,776            (198         38,578            (2,075         36,503            (6         (5

Impairment allowances

                                      

Europe

     5,361            82            5,443            155            5,598            4            3   

Hong Kong

     473                       473            (24         449            (5         (5

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     746            (56         690            75            765            3            11   

Middle East and North Africa

     1,811            (10         1,801            (218         1,583            (13         (12

North America

     5,616            (27         5,589            (1,347         4,242            (24         (24

Latin America

     2,162            (236         1,926            638            2,564            19            33   
     16,169            (247         15,922            (721         15,201            (6         (5

For footnotes, see page 263.

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency impairment charge to the income statement

(Unaudited)

 

    

 

31 Dec 12

as reported

  

  

       

 

 

Currency

translation

adjustment 23

  

  

  

       
 
 
 
31 Dec 12
at 31 Dec 13
exchange
rates
  
  
  
  
       

 
 
 

Movement

- constant
currency
basis

  

  
  
  

       

 

31 Dec 13

as reported

  

  

       

 

Reported

change 24

  

  

       

 

 

Constant

currency

change 24

  

  

  

     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           %           %  

Charge for impairment losses

                                      

Europe

     1,874            (8         1,866            (134         1,732            (8         (7

– new allowances

     3,043            (30         3,013            69            3,082            1            2   

– releases

     (760         11            (749         36            (713         (6         (5

– recoveries

     (409         11            (398         (239         (637         56            60   

Hong Kong

     84                       84            51            135            61            61   

– new allowances

     224            (1         223            75            298            33            34   

– releases

     (109         1            (108         (20         (128         17            19   

– recoveries

     (31                    (31         (4         (35         13            13   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     340            (14         326            22            348            2            7   

– new allowances

     677            (22         655                       655            (3           

– releases

     (187         5            (182         7            (175         (6         (4

– recoveries

     (150         3            (147         15            (132         (12         (10

Middle East and North Africa

     255            (5         250            (294         (44            

– new allowances

     580            (4         576            (168         408            (30         (29

– releases

     (250                    (250         (115         (365         46            46   

– recoveries

     (75         (1         (76         (11         (87         16            14   

North America

     3,462            (5         3,457            (2,222         1,235            (64         (64

– new allowances

     3,889            (5         3,884            (2,244         1,640            (58         (58

– releases

     (298         1            (297         15            (282         (5         (5

– recoveries

     (129         (1         (130         7            (123         (5         (5

Latin America

     2,145            (165         1,980            662            2,642            23            33   

– new allowances

     2,581            (188         2,393            869            3,262            26            36   

– releases

     (84         5            (79         (259         (338         302            328   

– recoveries

     (352         18            (334         52            (282         (20         (16
     

 

                                
                                                                      

Total

     8,160            (197         7,963            (1,915         6,048            (26         (24

– new allowances

     10,994            (250         10,744            (1,399         9,345            (15         (13

– releases

     (1,688         23            (1,665         (336         (2,001         19            20   

– recoveries

     (1,146         30            (1,116         (180         (1,296         13            16   
     

 

                                
                                                                      

For footnotes, see page 263.

 

196


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Concentration of exposure

(Unaudited)

 

LOGO    Concentrations of credit risk are described in the Appendix to Risk on page 273.

The geographical diversification of our lending portfolio and our broad range of global businesses and products ensured that we did not overly depend on a few markets to generate growth in 2013. This diversification also supported our strategy for growth in faster-growing markets and in those with international connectivity.

An analysis of credit quality is provided on page 169.

Financial investments

Our holdings of available-for-sale government and government agency debt securities, corporate debt securities, ABSs and other securities were spread across a wide range of issuers and geographical regions in 2013, with 13% invested in securities issued by banks and other financial institutions and 73% in government or government agency debt securities. We also held assets backing insurance and investment contracts.

For an analysis of financial investments, see Note 19 on the Financial Statements.

Trading assets

Trading assets

(Unaudited)

 

     2013
US$bn
          2012
US$bn
 

Trading securities 25

     163            171   

Loans and advances to banks

     28            78   

Loans and advances to customers

     48            118   
     239            367   

For footnote, see page 263.

Trading securities remained the largest concentration within trading assets at 68% compared with 47% in 2012. This increase was due to a change in the way GB&M manage reverse repo activities, which led to a significant reduction in these balances in loans and advances to banks and customers. The largest concentration within the trading securities portfolio was in government and government agency debt securities. We had significant exposures to US Treasury and government agency debt securities (US$23bn) and UK (US$12bn) and Hong Kong (US$6bn) government debt securities.

For an analysis of debt and equity securities held for trading, see Note 14 on the Financial Statements.

Derivatives

Derivative assets were US$282bn at 31 December 2013 (2012: US$357bn), of which the largest concentrations were interest rate and, to a lesser extent, foreign exchange derivatives. Our exposure to derivatives decreased by 21% as upward movements in yield curves in major currencies led to a decline in the fair value of interest rate contracts, largely in Europe, although this was partly offset by a reduction in netting.

For an analysis of derivatives, see Note 18 on the Financial Statements.

Loans and advances

Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding the financial sector) of US$957bn at 31 December 2013 increased by US$25bn or 3% compared with the end of 2012 on a reported basis. On a constant currency basis they were US$30bn higher.

The following tables analyse loans and advances by industry sector and by the location of the principal operations of the lending subsidiary or, in the case of the operations of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, HSBC Bank, HSBC Bank Middle East and HSBC Bank USA, by the location of the lending branch.

 

 

197


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Gross loans and advances by industry sector

(Unaudited)

 

     2013          

Currency

effect

          Move-
ment
          2012           2011           2010           2009  
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

Personal

     410,728            (2,949         (1,416         415,093            393,625            425,320            434,206   

– first lien residential mortgages 26

     299,875            (735         (1,252         301,862            278,963            268,681            260,669   

– other personal 1

     110,853            (2,214         (164         113,231            114,662            156,639            173,537   

Corporate and commercial

     543,822            (2,758         33,087            513,493            472,816            445,512            383,090   

– manufacturing

     113,925            (1,070         2,846            112,149            96,054            91,121            80,487   

– international trade and services

     185,081            (993         16,685            169,389            152,709            146,573            115,641   

– commercial real estate

     74,846            189            (2,103         76,760            73,941            71,880            69,389   

– other property-related

     44,832            (222         4,522            40,532            39,539            34,838            30,520   

– government

     7,342            (81         (3,362         10,785            11,079            8,594            6,689   

– other commercial 10

     117,796            (581         14,499            103,878            99,494            92,506            80,364   

Financial

     138,181            1,009            55,914            81,258            86,219            101,725            96,650   

– non-bank financial institutions

     136,195            1,076            55,302            79,817            85,275            100,163            95,237   

– settlement accounts

     1,986            (67         612            1,441            944            1,562            1,413   

Asset-backed securities reclassified

     2,716            84            (1,259         3,891            5,280            5,892            7,827   

Total gross loans and advances to customers (A)

     1,095,447            (4,614         86,326            1,013,735            957,940            978,449            921,773   

Gross loans and advances to banks

     211,579            (2,421         61,397            152,603            181,112            208,429            179,888   

Total gross loans and advances

Of which:

     1,307,026            (7,035         147,723            1,166,338            1,139,052            1,186,878            1,101,661   

– reverse repos to customers

     88,215            799            52,765            34,651            41,419            60,519            58,913   

– reverse repos to banks

     91,475            (388         56,402            35,461            41,909            66,402            63,332   

Impaired loans and advances to customers

     36,428            (198         (2,045         38,671            41,584            46,871            30,606   

– as a percentage of A

     3.3%                        3.8%            4.3%            4.8%            3.3%   

Impairment allowances on loans and advances to customers

     15,143            (246         (723         16,112            17,511            20,083            25,542   

– as a percentage of A

     1.4%                        1.6%            1.8%            2.1%            2.8%   

Charge for impairment losses

     6,048            (197         (1,915         8,160            11,505            13,548            24,942   

– new allowances net of allowance releases

     7,344            (227         (1,735         9,306            12,931            14,568            25,832   

– recoveries

     (1,296         30            (180         (1,146         (1,426         (1,020         (890

For footnotes, see page 263.

 

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

Personal lending balances of US$411bn represented 38% of gross lending to customers at 31 December 2013. This was a reduction of US$1.4bn compared with 31 December 2012. First lien residential mortgage lending continued to represent our largest concentration in a single exposure type, the most significant balances being in the UK (44%), Hong Kong (18%) and the US (14%).

Corporate and commercial lending was 50% of gross lending to customers at 31 December 2013, representing our largest lending category. International trade and services, which comprised the largest portion of the corporate and commercial lending category, increased by 10% compared with

31 December 2012. This was due to continued demand for financing by customers in Hong Kong and, to a lesser extent, in Rest of Asia-Pacific.

Commercial real estate lending was 7% of total gross lending to customers, broadly unchanged from 31 December 2012. The main concentrations of commercial real estate lending were in the UK and Hong Kong.

Lending to non-bank financial institutions was US$138bn, an increase of US$56bn compared with 31 December 2012 mainly due to a change in the way GB&M manages reverse repo activities, and increased lending to other financial services companies in Hong Kong. Our exposure was spread across a range of institutions, with the most significant exposures being in the UK, France and the US.

 

 

198


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Loans and advances to banks were widely distributed across many countries and increased by 41% from 31 December 2012. This was driven by a change in the way GB&M manage reverse repo activities, and higher placements with financial institutions in Hong Kong.

The tables that follow provide information on loans and advances by geographical region and by country. The commentary on these loans and advances can be found under ‘Personal lending’ and ‘Wholesale lending’ on pages 160 and 165, respectively.

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers by industry sector and by geographical region

(Audited)

 

     Gross loans and advances to customers  
     Europe          

Hong

Kong

         

Rest of
Asia-

Pacific

          MENA           North
America
          Latin
America
          Total          

As a %

of total

gross

 
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           loans  

At 31 December 2013

                                            

Personal

     192,107            73,556            50,973            6,484            72,690            14,918            410,728            37.5   

– first lien residential mortgages 26

     140,474            53,762            38,285            2,451            60,955            3,948            299,875            27.4   

– other personal 1

     51,633            19,794            12,688            4,033            11,735            10,970            110,853            10.1   

Corporate and commercial

     239,529            114,832            89,066            19,760            50,447            30,188            543,822            49.7   

– manufacturing

     55,920            11,582            19,176            3,180            11,853            12,214            113,925            10.4   

– international trade and services

     77,113            43,041            36,327            8,629            11,676            8,295            185,081            16.9   

– commercial real estate

     31,326            25,358            9,202            639            5,900            2,421            74,846            6.8   

– other property-related

     7,308            19,546            7,601            1,333            8,716            328            44,832            4.1   

– government

     3,340            739            282            1,443            564            974            7,342            0.7   

– other commercial 10

     64,522            14,566            16,478            4,536            11,738            5,956            117,796            10.8   

Financial

     75,550            7,610            8,522            2,532            42,591            1,376            138,181            12.6   

– non-bank financial institutions

     73,993            7,353            8,449            2,532            42,591            1,277            136,195            12.4   

– settlement accounts

     1,557            257            73                                  99            1,986            0.2   

Asset-backed securities reclassified

     2,578                                             138                       2,716            0.2   

Total gross loans and advances to customers (A)

     509,764            195,998            148,561            28,776            165,866            46,482            1,095,447            100.0   

Of which:

                                            

– reverse repos

     48,091            1,991            4,457                       33,676                       88,215            8.1   

Percentage of A by geographical region

     46.5%            17.9%            13.6%            2.6%            15.2%            4.2%            100.0%         

Impaired loans

     13,187            445            1,178            2,265            15,109            4,244            36,428         

– as a percentage of A

     2.6%            0.2%            0.8%            7.9%            9.1%            9.1%            3.3%         

Total impairment allowances

     5,563            449            765            1,565            4,237            2,564            15,143         

– as a percentage of A

     1.1%            0.2%            0.5%            5.4%            2.6%            5.5%            1.4%         

 

199


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Gross loans and advances to customers by industry sector and by geographical region (continued)

(Audited)

 

     Gross loans and advances to customers  
     Europe          

Hong

Kong

         

Rest of
Asia-

Pacific

          MENA           North
America
          Latin
America
          Total          

As a %

of total

gross

 
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           loans  

At 31 December 2012

                                            

Personal

     186,274            70,341            49,305            6,232            84,354            18,587            415,093            41.0   

– first lien residential mortgages 26

     135,172            52,296            36,906            2,144            70,133            5,211            301,862            29.8   

– other personal 1

     51,102            18,045            12,399            4,088            14,221            13,376            113,231            11.2   

Corporate and commercial

     223,061            99,199            85,305            22,452            47,886            35,590            513,493            50.6   

– manufacturing

     56,690            10,354            19,213            3,373            9,731            12,788            112,149            11.1   

– international trade and services

     70,954            33,832            32,317            9,115            13,419            9,752            169,389            16.6   

– commercial real estate

     33,279            23,384            9,286            865            6,572            3,374            76,760            7.6   

– other property-related

     7,402            16,399            6,641            2,103            7,607            380            40,532            4.0   

– government

     2,393            2,838            1,136            1,662            774            1,982            10,785            1.1   

– other commercial 10

     52,343            12,392            16,712            5,334            9,783            7,314            103,878            10.2   

Financial

     55,732            4,546            4,255            1,196            13,935            1,594            81,258            8.0   

– non-bank financial institutions

     55,262            4,070            3,843            1,194            13,935            1,513            79,817            7.9   

– settlement accounts

     470            476            412            2                       81            1,441            0.1   

Asset-backed securities reclassified

     3,694                                             197                       3,891            0.4   

Total gross loans and advances to customers (B)

     468,761            174,086            138,865            29,880            146,372            55,771            1,013,735            100.0   

Of which:

                                            

– reverse repos

     27,299            760            307                       6,281            4            34,651            3.4   

Percentage of B by geographical region

     46.3%            17.2%            13.7%            2.9%            14.4%            5.5%            100.0%         

Impaired loans

     11,080            477            1,147            2,448            20,331            3,188            38,671         

– as a percentage of B

     2.4%            0.3%            0.8%            8.2%            13.9%            5.7%            3.8%         

Total impairment allowances

     5,321            473            746            1,794            5,616            2,162            16,112         

– as a percentage of B

     1.1%            0.3%            0.5%            6.0%            3.8%            3.9%            1.6%         

For footnotes, see page 263.

Loans and advances to banks by geographical region

(Unaudited)

 

     Europe        

 

Hong

Kong

  

  

    
 

 

Rest of
Asia-

Pacific

  
  

  

     MENA        
 
North
America
  
  
    
 
Latin
America
  
  
    
 
 
Loans and
advances
to banks
  
  
  
    

 

 

Impair-

ment

allowances

  

  

27  

     US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m  

At 31 December 2013

     73,904         35,150         50,637         6,443         30,164         15,281         211,579         (58

At 31 December 2012

     45,320         23,500         44,592         9,198         13,465         16,528         152,603         (57

At 31 December 2011

     54,406         35,159         47,309         8,571         14,831         20,836         181,112         (125

At 31 December 2010

     78,239         33,585         40,437         9,335         19,479         27,354         208,429         (158

At 31 December 2009

     65,614         36,197         35,648         8,435         15,386         18,608         179,888         (107

For footnote, see page 263.

 

200


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Gross loans and advances to customers by country

( Unaudited )

 

          First lien
residential
mortgages
US$m
          Other
personal
US$m
          Property-
related
US$m
         

Commercial,

international

trade and other

US$m

          Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2013

                             

Europe

        140,474            51,633            38,634            279,023            509,764   

UK 28

        132,174            22,913            28,127            219,248            402,462   

France

        2,661            13,840            8,442            38,333            63,276   

Germany

        7            218            127            6,361            6,713   

Malta

        2,007            526            434            1,627            4,594   

Switzerland

        364            8,616            269            320            9,569   

Turkey

        833            4,002            305            4,059            9,199   

Other

        2,428            1,518            930            9,075            13,951   

Hong Kong

        53,762            19,794            44,904            77,538            195,998   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

        38,285            12,688            16,803            80,785            148,561   

Australia

        9,468            1,236            2,511            7,138            20,353   

India

        1,080            297            425            4,732            6,534   

Indonesia

        69            447            78            5,361            5,955   

Mainland China

        4,880            300            5,808            22,178            33,166   

Malaysia

        5,140            1,994            1,997            5,420            14,551   

Singapore

        10,283            5,754            3,953            12,188            32,178   

Taiwan

        3,797            660            158            5,198            9,813   

Vietnam

        55            264            53            1,464            1,836   

Other

        3,513            1,736            1,820            17,106            24,175   

Middle East and North Africa
(excluding Saudi Arabia)

        2,451            4,033            1,972            20,320            28,776   

Egypt

        1            477            146            2,232            2,856   

Qatar

        13            377            261            1,245            1,896   

UAE

        2,082            1,842            1,331            12,344            17,599   

Other

        355            1,337            234            4,499            6,425   

North America

        60,955            11,735            14,616            78,560            165,866   

US 28

        42,317            6,257            10,174            59,150            117,898   

Canada

        17,036            5,116            3,912            18,557            44,621   

Bermuda

        1,602            362            530            853            3,347   

Latin America

        3,948            10,970            2,749            28,815            46,482   

Argentina

        20            1,425            62            2,103            3,610   

Brazil

        1,811            6,466            1,268            17,132            26,677   

Mexico

        2,117            3,079            1,398            8,994            15,588   

Other

                              21            586            607   
  

 

                          
                                                             
        299,875            110,853            119,678            565,041            1,095,447   

 

201


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Gross loans and advances to customers by country (continued)

( Unaudited )

 

          First lien
residential
mortgages
US$m
          Other
personal
US$m
          Property-
related
US$m
         

Commercial,

international

trade and other

US$m

          Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2012

                             

Europe

        135,172            51,102            40,681            241,806            468,761   

UK

        127,024            23,446            30,342            179,799            360,611   

France

        2,643            10,960            8,465            42,891            64,959   

Germany

        9            284            126            5,212            5,631   

Malta

        1,821            563            454            1,631            4,469   

Switzerland

        298            9,403            66            191            9,958   

Turkey

        1,062            4,084            317            3,356            8,819   

Other

        2,315            2,362            911            8,726            14,314   

Hong Kong

        52,296            18,045            39,783            63,962            174,086   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

        36,906            12,399            15,927            73,633            138,865   

Australia

        10,037            1,490            2,311            7,208            21,046   

India

        1,000            394            521            5,389            7,304   

Indonesia

        83            508            95            5,349            6,035   

Mainland China

        3,539            302            5,078            19,083            28,002   

Malaysia

        5,025            2,175            1,813            5,880            14,893   

Singapore

        10,123            4,812            3,938            9,854            28,727   

Taiwan

        3,323            597            120            5,180            9,220   

Vietnam

        50            252            60            1,710            2,072   

Other

        3,726            1,869            1,991            13,980            21,566   

Middle East and North Africa
(excluding Saudi Arabia)

        2,144            4,088            2,968            20,680            29,880   

Egypt

        2            479            124            2,600            3,205   

Qatar

        11            385            484            1,082            1,962   

UAE

        1,743            1,822            1,533            12,264            17,362   

Other

        388            1,402            827            4,734            7,351   

North America

        70,133            14,221            14,179            47,839            146,372   

US

        49,417            7,382            9,449            29,315            95,563   

Canada

        19,040            6,444            4,136            17,369            46,989   

Bermuda

        1,676            395            594            1,155            3,820   

Latin America

        5,211            13,376            3,754            33,430            55,771   

Argentina

        28            1,532            85            2,465            4,110   

Brazil

        1,745            8,042            1,287            18,022            29,096   

Mexico

        1,989            2,756            1,280            9,447            15,472   

Panama

        1,402            1,023            1,049            2,405            5,879   

Other

        47            23            53            1,091            1,214   
  

 

                          
                                                             
        301,862            113,231            117,292            481,350            1,013,735   

 

202


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Country distribution of outstandings and cross-border exposures

 

(Unaudited)

We control the risk associated with cross-border lending through a centralised structure of internal country limits. Exposures to individual countries and cross-border exposure in the aggregate are kept under continual review.

The following table summarises the aggregate of our in-country foreign currency and cross-border outstandings by type of borrower to countries which individually represent in excess of 0.75% of our total

assets. The classification is based on the country of residence of the borrower but also recognises the transfer of country risk in respect of third-party guarantees, eligible collateral held and residence of the head office when the borrower is a branch. In accordance with the Bank of England Country Exposure Report (Form CE) guidelines, outstandings comprise loans and advances (excluding settlement accounts), amounts receivable under finance leases, acceptances, commercial bills, certificates of deposit (‘CD’s) and debt and equity securities (net of short positions), and exclude accrued interest and intra-HSBC exposures.

 

 

In-country foreign currency and cross-border amounts outstanding

(Unaudited)

 

     Banks      Government
and official
institutions
     Other      Total  
     US$bn      US$bn      US$bn      US$bn  

At 31 December 2013

           

US

     5.9         34.3         24.5         64.7   

Mainland China

     28.8         6.9         19.3         55.0   

UK

     10.0         2.3         42.5         54.8   

Germany

     12.8         21.1         5.6         39.5   

Hong Kong

     10.9         0.7         26.5         38.1   

Japan 75

     7.2         14.8         7.0         29.0   

France

     6.2         8.7         11.2         26.1   

At 31 December 2012

           

US

     5.9         37.9         14.7         58.5   

UK

     18.0         2.8         34.7         55.5   

Mainland China

     23.4         3.3         16.0         42.7   

Germany

     11.6         15.9         10.2         37.7   

France

     12.8         11.3         13.2         37.3   

Hong Kong

     8.3         1.0         21.3         30.6   

Japan 75

     6.7         16.8         1.6         25.1   

Ireland 75

     0.8         0.1         19.5         20.4   

At 31 December 2011

           

UK

     9.5         4.5         53.7         67.7   

US

     8.1         40.8         16.7         65.6   

Mainland China

     25.4         7.6         13.3         46.3   

Japan

     8.6         25.8         0.9         35.3   

France

     11.0         11.3         10.0         32.3   

Hong Kong

     7.2         1.2         17.7         26.1   

Germany

     9.7         7.2         5.0         21.9   

Ireland

     1.7         0.1         17.5         19.3   

For footnote, see page 265a.

 

202a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

HSBC Holdings

(Audited)

Risk in HSBC Holdings is overseen by the HSBC Holdings Asset and Liability Management Committee (‘ALCO’). The major risks faced by HSBC Holdings are credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk (in the form of interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk), of which the most significant is credit risk.

Credit risk in HSBC Holdings primarily arises from transactions with Group subsidiaries and from guarantees issued in support of obligations assumed by certain Group operations in the normal conduct of their business. It is reviewed and managed within regulatory and internal limits for exposures by our

Global Risk function, which provides high-level centralised oversight and management of credit risks worldwide.

HSBC Holdings’ maximum exposure to credit risk at 31 December 2013 is shown below. Its financial assets principally represent claims on Group subsidiaries in Europe and North America.

All of the derivative transactions are with HSBC undertakings that are banking counterparties (2012: 100%) and for which HSBC Holdings has in place master netting arrangements. Since 2012, the credit risk exposure has been managed on a net basis and the remaining net exposure is specifically collateralised in the form of cash.

 

 

HSBC Holdings – maximum exposure to credit risk

(Audited)

 

     At 31 December 2013           At 31 December 2012  
     Maximum
exposure
          Offset           Exposure to
credit risk
(net)
          Maximum
exposure
          Offset           Exposure to
credit risk
(net)
 
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

Cash at bank and in hand:

                                

– balances with HSBC undertakings

     407                       407            353                       353   

Derivatives

     2,789            (2,755         34            3,768            (3,768           

Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings

     53,344                       53,344            41,675                       41,675   

Financial investments

     1,210                       1,210            1,208                       1,208   

Financial guarantees and similar contracts

     52,836                       52,836            49,402                       49,402   

Loan and other credit-related commitments

     1,245                       1,245            1,200                       1,200   
     111,831            (2,755         109,076            97,606            (3,768         93,838   

 

The credit quality of the loans and advances to HSBC undertakings is assessed as ‘strong’ or ‘good’, with 100% of the exposure being neither past due nor impaired (2012: 100%). The financial investments held by HSBC Holdings have a Standard and Poor’s (‘S&P’) rating of A– (2012: A–).

Securitisation exposures and other structured products

(Audited)

This section contains information about our exposure to the following:

 

 

asset-backed securities (‘ABS’s), including mortgage-backed securities (‘MBS’s) and related collateralised debt obligations (‘CDO’s);

 

 

direct lending at fair value through profit or loss;

 

 

monoline insurance companies (‘monolines’);

 

leveraged finance transactions; and

 

 

representations and warranties related to mortgage sales and securitisation activities.

Within the above is included information on the GB&M legacy credit activities in respect of Solitaire Funding Limited (‘Solitaire’), the securities investment conduits (‘SIC’s), ABS trading portfolios and derivative transactions with monolines.

Further information in respect of Solitaire and the SICs is provided in Note 42 on the Financial Statements.

 

 

Accounting policies

Our accounting policies for the classification and measurement of financial instruments are in accordance with the requirements of IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’, IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ and IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’, as described in Note 2 on the Financial Statements, and the use of assumptions and estimates in respect of the valuation of financial instruments is described in Note 15 on the Financial Statements.

 

 

 

203


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Balance Sheet Management holds ABSs primarily issued by government agency and sponsored enterprises as part of our investment portfolios.

For further information on Balance Sheet Management, see page 238

Exposure in 2013

(Audited)

2013 saw an improvement in US macro-economic indicators and continued market appetite for structured products. Following the mid-year market response to the expectation that the scale of government repurchase schemes and quantitative measures may decrease, which led to depreciation in the value of MBSs issued by government agencies

and sponsored enterprises, the second half of the year saw the market for these securities moderate and they traded with less volatility in this period. Spreads modestly tightened across the rest of the structured product market in the year, with a notable appreciation in US Alt-A RMBS prices as a result of the improved view on the US housing market.

Within the following table are assets held in the GB&M legacy credit portfolio with a carrying value of US$28bn (2012: US$31.6bn).

 

LOGO    A summary of the nature of HSBC’s exposures is provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 274.
 

 

Overall exposure of HSBC

(Audited)

 

     At 31 December 2013           At 31 December 2012  
    

 

Carrying

amount

  

29  

      

 
 

Including

sub-prime
and Alt-A

  

  
  

       

 

Carrying

amount

  

29  

      
 
 
Including
sub-prime
and Alt-A
  
  
  
     US$bn          US$bn           US$bn          US$bn  

Asset-backed securities (ABSs)

     50.1           7.2            59.0           7.0   

– fair value through profit or loss

     3.1           0.2            3.4           0.2   

– available for sale 30

     42.7           6.5            49.6           6.1   

– held to maturity 30

     1.1                      1.6           0.1   

– loans and receivables

     3.2           0.5            4.4           0.6   

Direct lending at fair value through profit or loss

     0.1           0.1            1.0           0.6   

Total ABSs and direct lending at fair value through profit or loss

     50.2           7.3            60.0           7.6   

Less securities subject to risk mitigation from credit derivatives with monolines and other financial institutions

     (1.5        (0.2         (1.9        (0.2
     48.7           7.1            58.1           7.4   

Leveraged finance loans

     1.4                      2.8             

– loans and receivables

     1.4                      2.8             
               

 

  
                                            
     50.1           7.1            60.9           7.4   

Exposure including securities mitigated by credit derivatives with monolines and other financial institutions

     51.6           7.3            62.8           7.6   

For footnotes, see page 263.

 

ABSs classified as available for sale

Our principal holdings of available-for-sale ABSs are held in GB&M structured entities (‘SE’s) established from the outset with the benefit of

external investor first loss protection support, and positions held directly and by Solitaire, where we provide first loss protection of US$1.2bn through credit enhancement and a liquidity facility.

 

 

204


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Movement in the available-for-sale reserve

(Audited)

 

     2013           2012  
    

 

 

Directly

held/

Solitaire

  

  

31  

       SEs            Total           

 

 

Directly

held/

Solitaire

  

  

31  

       SEs            Total   
     US$m          US$m           US$m           US$m          US$m           US$m  

Available-for-sale reserve at 1 January

     (1,473        (720         (2,193         (3,085        (2,061         (5,146

Increase/(decrease) in fair value of securities

     (442        599            157            1,195           914            2,109   

Effect of impairments 32

     101           61            162            339           394            733   

Repayment of capital

     38           85            123            164           174            338   

Other movements

     262           (154         108            (86        (141         (227

Available-for-sale reserve at 31 December

     (1,514        (129         (1,643         (1,473        (720         (2,193

For footnotes, see page 263.

 

Securities investment conduits

(Unaudited)

The total carrying amount of ABSs held through SEs in the overleaf table represents holdings in which significant first loss protection is provided through capital notes issued by SICs, excluding Solitaire.

At each reporting date, we assess whether there is any objective evidence of impairment in the value of the ABSs held by SEs. Impairment charges incurred on these assets are offset by a

credit to the impairment line for the amount of the loss allocated to capital note holders, subject to the carrying amount of the capital notes being sufficient to offset the loss. Where the aggregate impairment charges exceeded the carrying value of the capital notes, liability write-backs of US$20m (2012: a charge of US$119m) were attributed to HSBC as shown in the table below. In respect of the SICs, the capital notes held by third parties are expected to absorb the cash losses in the vehicles.

 

 

Available-for-sale reserve and economic first loss protection in SICs, excluding Solitaire

(Unaudited)

 

     2013      2012  
     US$m      US$m  

Available-for-sale reserve

     (37      (787

– related to asset-backed securities

     (129      (720

Economic first loss protection

     2,286         2,286   

Carrying amount of capital notes liability

     457         249   

Impairment (write-backs)/charge for the year:

     

– allocated to HSBC

     (20      119   

– allocated to capital note holders

     (96        

 

Impairment methodologies

(Audited)

The accounting policy for impairment and indicators of impairment is set out in Note 2 on the Financial Statements.

LOGO   A summary of our impairment methodologies is provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 272.
 

 

Impairment charges/(write-backs)

(Unaudited)

 

     Year ended 31 December 2013           Year ended 31 December 2012  
    

 

 

Directly

held/

Solitaire

  

  

31  

       SEs            Total           

 

 

Directly

held/

Solitaire

  

  

31  

       SEs            Total   
     US$m          US$m           US$m           US$m          US$m           US$m  

Sub-prime residential

     (16        (100         (116         23           (67         (44

US Alt-A residential

     (156        (20         (176         (209        190            (19

Commercial property

     10           6            16            125                      125   

Other assets

     (11        (2         (13         74           (4         70   

Total impairment charge/(write-back)

     (173        (116         (289         13           119            132   

For footnote, see page 263.

 

205


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Carrying amount of HSBC’s consolidated holdings of ABSs, and direct lending held at fair value through profit or loss 29

(Audited)

 

     Trading           
 
Available
for sale
  
  
       
 
Held to
maturity
  
  
       
 
 
 
 
Designated
at fair value
through
profit or
loss
  
  
  
  
  
       
 
Loans and
receivables
  
  
        Total           
 
 

 

Of which
held through
consolidated

SEs

  
  
  

  

       

 

 

Gross

principal

exposure

  

  

33  

      

 

 

 

Credit

default

swap

protection

  

  

  

34  

      

 

 

Net

principal

exposure

  

  

35  

     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m          US$m          US$m  

At 31 December 2013

                                                      

Mortgage-related assets:

                                                      

Sub-prime residential

     178            2,977                                  403            3,558            2,782            4,504           112           4,392   

Direct lending

     46                                                        46                       106                     106   

MBSs and MBS CDOs

     132            2,977                                   403            3,512            2,782            4,398           112           4,286   

US Alt-A residential

     101            3,538            18                       134            3,791            2,926            5,692           100           5,592   

Direct lending

     10                                                         10                       14                     14   

MBSs

     91            3,538            18                       134            3,781            2,926            5,678           100           5,578   

US Government agency and sponsored enterprises:

                                                      

MBSs

     178            18,661            1,110                                  19,949                       19,812                     19,812   

Other residential

     618            1,925                                  399            2,942            1,513            3,981           53           3,928   

Direct lending

                                                                                                        

MBSs

     618            1,925                                  399            2,942            1,513            3,981           53           3,928   

Commercial property

                                                      

MBSs and MBS CDOs

     133            5,667                       104            669            6,573            5,146            7,188                     7,188   
     1,208            32,768            1,128            104            1,605            36,813            12,367            41,177           265           40,912   

Leveraged finance-related assets:

                                                      

ABSs and ABS CDOs

     294            5,011                                  251            5,556            4,310            5,841           365           5,476   

Student loan-related assets:

                                                      

ABSs and ABS CDOs

     196            3,705                                  121            4,022            3,495            4,897           199           4,698   

Other assets:

                                                      

ABSs and ABS CDOs

     1,271            1,265                       34            1,186            3,756            989            4,805           1,010           3,795   
     2,969            42,749            1,128            138            3,163            50,147            21,161            56,720           1,839           54,881   

 

206


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

     Trading           
 
Available
for sale
  
  
       
 
Held to
maturity
  
  
       
 
 
 
Designated
at fair value
through
profit or loss
  
  
  
  
       
 
Loans and
receivables
  
  
        Total           
 
 

 

Of which
held through
consolidated

SEs

  
  
  

  

       

 

 

Gross

principal

exposure

  

  

33  

      

 

 

 

Credit

default

swap

protection

  

  

  

34  

      

 

 

Net

principal

exposure

  

  

35  

     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m          US$m          US$m  

At 31 December 2012

                                                      

Mortgage-related assets:

                                                      

Sub-prime residential

     698            2,455                                  435            3,588            2,723            5,483           130           5,353   

Direct lending

     566                                                        566            482            1,221                     1,221   

MBSs and MBS CDOs

     132            2,455                                  435            3,022            2,241            4,262           130           4,132   

US Alt-A residential

     157            3,658            118                       157            4,090            2,994            6,992           100           6,892   

Direct lending

     71                                                        71                       77                     77   

MBSs

     86            3,658            118                       157            4,019            2,994            6,915           100           6,815   

US Government agency and sponsored enterprises:

                                                      

MBSs

     369            23,341            1,455                                  25,165                       23,438                     23,438   

Other residential

     695            2,084                                  499            3,278            1,459            3,888           87           3,801   

Direct lending

     322                                                        322                       322                     322   

MBSs

     373            2,084                                  499            2,956            1,459            3,566           87           3,479   

Commercial property

                                                      

MBSs and MBS CDOs

     164            6,995                       109            1,319            8,587            5,959            9,489                     9,489   
     2,083            38,533            1,573            109            2,410            44,708            13,135            49,290           317           48,973   

Leveraged finance-related assets:

                                                      

ABSs and ABS CDOs

     450            5,330                                  284            6,064            4,303            6,726           717           6,009   

Student loan-related assets:

                                                      

ABSs and ABS CDOs

     179            4,219                                  156            4,554            3,722            5,826           199           5,627   

Other assets:

                                                      

ABSs and ABS CDOs

     1,511            1,553                       49            1,537            4,650            1,140            5,769           1,318           4,451   
     4,223            49,635            1,573            158            4,387            59,976            22,300            67,611           2,551           65,060   

For footnotes, see page 263.

The above table excludes leveraged finance transactions, which are shown separately on page 209.

 

207


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Transactions with monoline insurers

(Audited)

HSBC’s exposure to derivative transactions entered into directly with monolines

Our principal exposure to monolines is through a number of OTC derivative transactions, mainly CDSs. We entered into these CDSs primarily to purchase credit protection against securities held in the trading portfolio at the time.

During 2013, the notional value of contracts with monolines and our overall credit exposure to monolines decreased as a result of commutations, contract expiries and amortisations, and narrowing credit spreads. The table below sets out the fair value, of the derivative transactions at 31 December 2013, and hence the amount at risk if the CDS protection purchased were to be wholly ineffective because, for example, the monoline insurer was unable to meet its obligations. In order to further

analyse that risk, the value of protection purchased is shown subdivided between those monolines that were rated by S&P at ‘BBB- or above’ at 31 December 2013, and those that were ‘below BBB-’ (BBB- is the S&P cut-off for an investment grade classification). The ‘Credit valuation adjustment’ column indicates the valuation adjustment taken against the net exposures, and reflects our best estimate of the likely loss of value on purchased protection arising from the deterioration in creditworthiness of the monolines. These valuation adjustments, which reflect a measure of the irrecoverability of the protection purchased, have been charged to the income statement.

Market prices are generally not readily available for CDSs, so their value is based on the market prices of the referenced securities.

 

 

HSBC’s exposure to derivative transactions entered into directly with monoline insurers

(Audited)

 

    

 

Notional

amount

  

  

       

 

 

 

Net exposure

before credit

valuation

adjustment

  

  

  

  

     

 
 

 

Credit
valuation

adjustment

  
  

36  

      

 

 

 

Net exposure

after credit

valuation

adjustment

  

  

  

  

     US$m           US$m           US$m          US$m  

At 31 December 2013

                   

Derivative transactions with monoline counterparties

                   

Monolines – investment grade (BBB– or above)

     3,297            299            (61        238   

Monolines – sub-investment grade (below BBB–)

     523            190            (110        80   
     3,820            489            (171        318   

At 31 December 2012

                   

Derivative transactions with monoline counterparties

                   

Monolines – investment grade (BBB– or above)

     4,191            606            (121        485   

Monolines – sub-investment grade (below BBB–)

     957            303            (158        145   
     5,148            909            (279        630   

For footnotes, see page 263.

 

Credit valuation adjustments for monolines

 

For monolines, the standard CVA methodology (as described on page 350) applies, with the exception that the future exposure profile is deemed to be constant (equal to the current market value) over the weighted average life of the referenced security.

HSBC’s exposure to debt securities which benefit from guarantees provided by monolines

Within both the trading and available-for-sale portfolios, we hold bonds that are ‘wrapped’ with a credit enhancement from a monoline. As the bonds

are traded explicitly with the benefit of this enhancement, any deterioration in the credit profile of the monoline is reflected in market prices and, therefore, in the carrying amount of these securities at 31 December 2013. For wrapped bonds held in the trading portfolio, the mark-to-market movement has been reflected through the income statement. For wrapped bonds held in the available-for-sale portfolio, the mark-to-market movement is reflected in equity unless there is objective evidence of impairment, in which case the impairment loss is reflected in the income statement.

 

 

208


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Leveraged finance transactions

(Audited)

Leveraged finance transactions include sub-investment grade acquisition or event-driven financing. The following table shows our exposure to leveraged finance transactions arising from primary transactions. Our additional exposure to leveraged finance loans through holdings of ABSs

from our trading and investment activities is shown in the table on page 206.

We held leveraged finance commitments of US$1.4bn at 31 December 2013 (2012: US$2.8bn), of which US$1.3bn (2012: US$2.6bn) were funded.

At 31 December 2013, our principal exposure was to companies in the communications and infrastructure sector.

 

 

HSBC’s exposure to leveraged finance transactions

(Audited)

 

     Exposures at 31 December 2013           Exposures at 31 December 2012  
     Funded 37          Unfunded 38          Total            Funded 37          Unfunded 38          Total   
     US$m          US$m          US$m           US$m          US$m          US$m  

Europe

     1,256           176           1,432            2,108           162           2,270   

North America

                                    414           92           506   
     1,256           176           1,432            2,522           254           2,776   

Held within:

                            

– loans and receivables

     1,256           176           1,432            2,522           252           2,774   

– fair value through profit or loss

                                              2           2   

For footnotes, see page 263.

 

Representations and warranties related to mortgage sales and securitisation activities

(Unaudited)

We have been involved in various activities related to the sale and securitisation of residential mortgages that are not recognised on our balance sheet. These activities include:

 

 

the purchase of US$24bn of third-party originated mortgages by HSBC Bank USA and their securitisation by HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. (‘HSI’) between 2005 and 2007;

 

 

HSI acting as underwriter for the third-party issuance of private label MBSs with an original issuance value of US$37bn, most of which were sub-prime; and

 

 

the origination and sale by HSBC Bank USA of mortgage loans, primarily to government-sponsored entities.

In selling and securitising mortgage loans, various representations and warranties may be made to purchasers of the mortgage loans and MBSs. When purchasing and securitising mortgages originated by third parties and underwriting third-party MBSs, the obligation to repurchase loans in the event of a breach of loan level representations and warranties resides predominantly with the organisation that originated the loan.

Participants in the US mortgage securitisation market that purchased and repackaged whole loans, such as servicers, originators, underwriters, trustees or sponsors of securitisations, have been the subject of lawsuits and governmental and regulatory investigations and inquiries.

At 31 December 2013, a liability of US$99m (2012: US$219m) was recognised in respect of various representations and warranties regarding the origination and sale by HSBC Bank USA of mortgage loans, primarily to government sponsored entities. These relate to, among other things, the ownership of the loans, the validity of the liens, the loan selection and origination process and compliance with the origination criteria established by the agencies. In the event of a breach of its representations and warranties, HSBC Bank USA may be obliged to repurchase the loans with identified defects or to indemnify the buyers. The estimated liability was based on the level of outstanding repurchase demands, the level of outstanding requests for loan files and the expected future repurchase demands in respect of mortgages sold to date which were either two or more payments delinquent or might become delinquent at an estimated conversion rate. Repurchase demands of US$44m were outstanding at 2013 (2012: US$89m).

For further information on legal proceedings and regulatory matters, see Note 43 on the Financial Statements.

 

 

209


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Upon receipt of a repurchase demand, we perform a detailed evaluation of the request. In many cases, we ultimately are not required to repurchase a loan as we are able to resolve the purported defect. From initial inquiry to ultimate resolution, a typical case takes roughly 12 months. Acceptance of a repurchase demand will involve either a) repurchase of the loan at the unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest or b) reimbursement for any realised loss on the sale of a property (‘make-whole’ payment).

To date, repurchase demands we have received primarily relate to prime loans sourced during 2004

through 2008 from the legacy broker channel which we exited from in late 2008. Loans sold to GSEs and other third parties originated in 2004 through 2008 subject to representations and warranties for which we may be liable had an outstanding principal balance of approximately US$11.9bn at 31 December 2013, including US$7.6bn of loans sourced from our legacy broker channel.

The trend in repurchase demands received on loans sold to GSEs and other third parties by loan origination vintage, outstanding repurchase demands and movement in repurchase liabilities are as follows:

 

 

Trend in repurchase demands received by loans sold to GSEs and other third parties by origination vintage

 

    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

Pre-2004

     12            7   

2004

     27            21   

2005

     43            28   

2006

     56            80   

2007

     106            209   

2008

     60            123   

Post-2008

     14            18   

Total repurchase demands received

     318            486   

Outstanding repurchase demands received from GSEs and other third parties

 

     At 31 December  
    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

GSEs

     41            86   

Others

     3            3   

Total

     44            89   

Movement in repurchase liability for loans sold to GSEs and other third parties

 

    

2013

US$m

        

2012

US$m

 

At 1 January

     219           237   

Increase in liability recorded through earnings

     21           134   

Realised losses

     (141        (152

At 31 December

     99           219   

 

Because the level of mortgage loan repurchase losses are dependent upon economic factors, investor demand strategies and other external risk factors such as housing market trends that may change, the estimate of the liability for a mortgage loan repurchase requires significant judgement. Because these estimates are influenced by factors outside our control, there is uncertainty inherent in them, making it reasonably possible that the estimates could change.

Risk elements in the loan portfolio

(Unaudited)

The disclosure of credit risk elements in this section reflects US accounting practice and classifications. The purpose of the disclosure is to present within the US disclosure framework those elements of the loan portfolios with a greater risk of loss. The three main classifications of credit risk elements presented are:

 

 

impaired loans;

 

 

unimpaired loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal; and

 

 

209a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

troubled debt restructurings not included in the above.

Interest foregone on impaired and restructured loans

Interest income that would have been recognised under the original terms of impaired and restructured loans amounted to approximately US$2.5bn in 2013 (2012: US$2.9bn). The table below analyses this by geographic region.

 

     2013           2012  
     US$m           US$m  

Europe

     214            215   

Hong Kong

     26            29   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     66            78   

Middle East and North Africa

     147            118   

North America

     1,667            1,817   

Latin America

     421            610   
     2,541            2,867   

Interest recognised on impaired and restructured loans

Interest income from such loans of approximately US$1.7bn was recorded in 2013 (2012: US$1.7bn). The table below analyses this by geographical region.

 

     2013           2012  
     US$m           US$m  

Europe

     97            41   

Hong Kong

     10            7   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     32            29   

Middle East and North Africa

     28            29   

North America

     1,087            1,110   

Latin America

     410            491   
     1,664            1,707   

Impaired loans

In the following tables, we present information on our impaired loans and advances in accordance with the classification approach described on page 185.

A loan is impaired, and an impairment allowance is recognised, when there is objective evidence of a loss event that has an effect on the cash flows of the loan which can be reliably estimated. In accordance with IFRSs, we recognise interest income on assets after they have been written down as a result of an impairment loss.

The balance of impaired loans at 31 December 2013 was US$2.3bn lower than at 31 December 2012. This reduction occurred primarily in North America due to the continued run-off of the CML portfolio, partly offset by increases in individually assessed impaired balances in Europe and Latin America.

Unimpaired loans past due 90 days or more

Examples of unimpaired loans past due 90 days or more include individually assessed mortgages that are in arrears more than 90 days where there are no other indicators of impairment, but where the value of collateral is sufficient to repay both the principal debt and all potential interest for at least one year; and short-term trade facilities past due more than 90 days for technical reasons such as delays in documentation, but where there is no concern over the creditworthiness of the counterparty.

The amount of unimpaired loans past due 90 days or more at 31 December 2013 was US$127m, US$97m lower than at 31 December 2012. The decrease was primarily in the Middle East and North Africa due to a number of repayments.

Troubled debt restructurings

Under US GAAP, a troubled debt restructuring (‘TDR’) is a loan the terms of which have been modified for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties to grant a concession to the borrower that the lender would not otherwise consider. A modification which results in a delay in payment that is considered insignificant is not regarded as a concession for the purposes of this disclosure. The SEC requires separate disclosure of any loans which meet the definition of a TDR that are not included in the previous two loan categories. These are classified as TDRs in the table on page 209(b). Loans that have been identified as a TDR under the US guidance retain this designation until they are repaid or are derecognised. This treatment differs from the Group’s impaired loans disclosure convention under IFRS under which a loan may return to unimpaired status after demonstrating a significant reduction in the risk of non-payment of future cash flows. As a result reported TDRs include those loans that have returned to unimpaired status under the Group’s disclosure convention for renegotiated loans.

The balance of TDRs not included as impaired loans at 31 December 2013 was US$286m higher than at 31 December 2012. The increase was mainly in North America and reflects the effect of certain loans returning to unimpaired status after the demonstration of a significant reduction in the risk of non-payment of future cash flows, while retaining the TDR status. This was partly offset by a reduction in Brazil following an update to the previous estimate of the period of time taken for loans to demonstrate a return to performing status. As a result, from 2013, all restructured retail TDR loans

 

 

209b


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

in Brazil have been classified as impaired until full settlement of the loan.

Potential problem loans

Potential problem loans are loans where information on possible credit problems among borrowers causes management to seriously doubt their ability to comply with the loan repayment terms. There are no potential problem loans other than those identified in the table of risk elements on page 209(d). The following concentrations of credit risk have a higher risk of containing potential problem loans.

‘Mortgage lending’ on page 161 includes disclosure about certain homogeneous groups of loans which are collectively assessed for impairment, which may represent exposures to potential problem loans, including interest-only mortgages and affordability mortgages, including ARMs. Collectively assessed loans and advances, as set out on page 188 although not classified as impaired until more than 90 days past due, are assessed collectively for losses that have been incurred but have not yet been individually identified. This policy is further described on pages 272 and 435.

‘Renegotiated loans and forbearance’ on page 173 includes disclosure about the credit quality of loans whose contractual terms have been changed at some point in the life of the loan because of significant concerns about the borrower’s ability to make contractual payments when due. Renegotiated loans are classified as impaired when:

 

there has been a change in contractual cash flow as a result of a concession which the lender would otherwise not consider; and

 

 

it is probable that without the concession, the borrower would be unable to meet contractual payment obligations in full.

This presentation applies unless the concession is insignificant and there are no other indicators of impairment. The renegotiated loan will continue to be disclosed as impaired until there is sufficient evidence to demonstrate a significant reduction in the risk of non-repayment of future cash flows, and there are no other indicators of impairment.

Renegotiated loans that are not classified as impaired may have a higher risk of becoming delinquent in the future, and may therefore be potential problem loans. Further information regarding the credit quality classification of renegotiated loans can be found on page 270.

‘Areas of special interest’ on page 147 includes information on refinancing risk in the commercial real estate sector which is a focus of scrutiny. Where a loan which is due to be repaid through refinancing over the short term cannot, at maturity, be refinanced by HSBC or other banks on current market terms this will either lead to the loan being treated as impaired due to repayment default or, if refinanced within HSBC, may result in it being treated as a renegotiated loan because of the degree of forbearance required. Therefore loans in portfolios subject to refinancing risk may include potential problem loans.

 

 

209c


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Analysis of risk elements in the loan portfolio by geographical region

(Unaudited)

 

     At 31 December  
    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

         

2010

US$m

         

2009

US$m

 

Impaired loans

                          

Europe

     13,228            11,145            11,819            11,500            10,873   

Hong Kong

     445            477            608            665            846   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     1,178            1,147            1,070            1,324            1,201   

Middle East and North Africa

     2,285            2,474            2,445            2,549            1,666   

North America

     15,123            20,345            22,758            27,902            13,308   

Latin America

     4,244            3,188            3,039            3,124            2,951   
     36,503            38,776            41,739            47,064            30,845   

Unimpaired loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest

                          

Europe

     25            33            41            65            57   

Hong Kong

     5            4            3            7            4   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     28            10            21            40            36   

Middle East and North Africa

     56            108            214            263            215   

North America

     13            69            74            265            217   

Latin America

                           10            3            40   
     127            224            363            643            569   

Troubled debt restructurings (not included in the classifications above)

                          

Europe

     1,427            1,306            753            591            436   

Hong Kong

     168            134            108            205            236   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     109            102            122            198            135   

Middle East and North Africa

     406            593            444            141            103   

North America

     4,643            3,813            2,300            1,970            9,613   

Latin America

     482            1,001            1,037            1,274            1,518   
     7,235            6,949            4,764            4,379            12,041   

Trading loans classified as in default

                          

North America

     133            166            230            412            798   

Risk elements on loans 76

                          

Europe

     14,680            12,484            12,613            12,157            11,366   

Hong Kong

     618            615            719            877            1,086   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     1,315            1,259            1,213            1,562            1,372   

Middle East and North Africa

     2,747            3,175            3,103            2,953            1,984   

North America

     19,912            24,393            25,362            30,549            23,936   

Latin America

     4,726            4,189            4,086            4,401            4,509   
     43,998            46,115            47,096            52,499            44,253   

Assets held for resale 77

                          

Europe

     46            51            60            47            52   

Hong Kong

     4            5            4            2            10   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     6            14            10            5            8   

Middle East and North Africa

                                      2            2   

North America

     370            319            359            1,084            707   

Latin America

     27            55            69            121            153   
     453            444            502            1,261            932   

Total risk elements

                          

Europe

     14,726            12,535            12,673            12,204            11,418   

Hong Kong

     622            620            723            879            1,096   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     1,321            1,273            1,223            1,567            1,380   

Middle East and North Africa

     2,747            3,175            3,103            2,955            1,986   

North America

     20,282            24,712            25,721            31,633            24,643   

Latin America

     4,753            4,244            4,155            4,522            4,662   
     44,451            46,559            47,598            53,760            45,185   
     %            %            %            %            %   

Loan impairment allowances as a percentage of risk elements on loans 78

     34.7            35.2            37.6            38.9            59.0   

For footnotes, see page 265a.

 

209d


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Eurozone exposures

(Unaudited)

Exposures to countries in the eurozone

The disclosure in this section is limited to the peripheral eurozone countries of Spain, Ireland, Italy, Greece, Portugal and Cyprus, which exhibited levels of market volatility that exceeded other eurozone countries, demonstrating fiscal or political uncertainty that persisted throughout 2013. During the year, core eurozone countries such as Germany and the Netherlands demonstrated an improvement in economic fundamentals, and the risk of contagion leading to a broadly based failure of the euro abated considerably. Should a

peripheral country need to leave the euro it is now expected to be on a managed basis that is less likely to present a risk to the eurozone itself.

The tables in this section summarise our selected eurozone country exposures, including to:

 

 

governments, central banks and quasi government agencies;

 

 

banks;

 

 

other financial institutions and corporates; and

 

 

personal lending.

Exposures to banks, other financial institutions, other corporates and personal lending are based on the counterparty’s country of domicile.

 

 

Summary of exposures to peripheral eurozone countries

(Audited)

 

                                                                 Total net exposure  
    

On-

balance

sheet

exposures

         

Off-

balance

sheet

exposures

         

Total

gross

exposures

         

Risk

miti-

gation

         

Total

net

exposure

         

Sovereign

and
agencies

          Banks          

Other

financial

institutions

and

corporates

          Personal  
     US$bn           US$bn           US$bn           US$bn           US$bn           US$bn           US$bn           US$bn           US$bn  

At 31 December 2013

                                                  

Spain

     13.4            3.6            17.0            (5.8         11.2            0.8            2.6            7.7            0.1   

Ireland

     9.1            2.2            11.3            (1.9         9.4            0.1            0.9            8.3            0.1   

Italy

     13.4            3.5            16.9            (8.7         8.2            1.4            1.4            5.2            0.2   

Greece

     6.5            1.2            7.7            (0.4         7.3            0.1            2.2            4.0            1.0   

Portugal

     1.0            0.3            1.3            (0.2         1.1            0.3            0.3            0.5              

Cyprus

     0.3                       0.3                       0.3                                  0.2            0.1   
     43.7            10.8            54.5            (17.0         37.5            2.7            7.4            25.9            1.5   

At 31 December 2012

                                                  

Spain

     15.3            3.2            18.5            (6.4         12.1            1.0            2.8            8.3              

Ireland

     20.7            1.3            22.0            (12.1         9.9            0.4            1.8            7.6            0.1   

Italy

     12.6            3.0            15.6            (6.0         9.6            2.7            1.6            5.2            0.1   

Greece

     5.9            0.7            6.6            (0.8         5.8            0.1            0.6            4.1            1.0   

Portugal

     1.1            0.3            1.4            (0.4         1.0            0.2            0.4            0.4              

Cyprus

     0.3            0.1            0.4                       0.4                                  0.4              
     55.9            8.6            64.5            (25.7         38.8            4.4            7.2            26.0            1.2   

 

Basis of preparation

(Audited)

In the above table, ‘Total gross exposure’ represents the on-balance sheet carrying amounts recorded in accordance with IFRSs and off-balance sheet exposures.

‘Total net exposure’ is stated after taking into account mitigating offsets that are incorporated into the risk management view of the exposure but do not meet accounting offset requirements. These risk mitigating offsets include:

 

 

short positions managed together with trading assets;

 

 

derivative liabilities for which a legally enforceable right of offset with derivative assets exists; and

 

collateral received on derivative assets.

Short positions managed together with trading assets mitigate the risk to which we are exposed at the balance sheet date when, in the event of default, the trading assets and related short positions crystallise gains and losses simultaneously. When such relationships exist, an element of the risk will remain if the short and long positions do not match exactly, for example, if the maturity of the short position is less than the trading asset or the short position is not identical to the security. The remaining risk is reflected in the gross balance sheet exposure shown before risk mitigation. However, as the net position best reflects the effects of a credit event should it occur at the

 

 

210


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

balance sheet date, we consider that this measure is a key view of risk at that date.

Credit risk mitigation includes derivative liabilities with the same counterparty when a master netting arrangement is in place and the credit risk exposure is managed on a net basis or the position is specifically collateralised, normally in the form of cash. These amounts do not qualify for net presentation for accounting purposes as settlement may not actually be made on a net basis, though we consider the net presentation more accurately reflects the risk exposure.

The effect of the transfer of risk to policyholders under unit linked insurance contracts and trading assets which represent collateral to support associated liabilities are not deducted from the total net exposure.

‘Off-balance sheet exposures’ mainly relate to commitments to lend and the amounts shown in the table represent the amounts that could be drawn down by the counterparties. In the majority of cases, we are bound to fulfil these commitments. In some instances, limitations are imposed on a counterparty’s ability to draw down on a facility. These limitations are governed by the documentation, which differs from counterparty to counterparty.

Commentary on exposures

At 31 December 2013, our net exposure to the peripheral eurozone countries was US$37.5bn, US$1.3bn lower than at the end of 2012. This was primarily due to a reduction in exposure to sovereign borrowers and agencies in Italy, to banks in Ireland and to other financial institutions and corporates in Spain. These were partly offset by an increase in exposure to banks in Greece due to reverse repo activity backed by high quality bonds.

Redenomination risk

(Unaudited)

Despite some improvements, the peripheral eurozone countries continue to exhibit distress, and there is the continuing possibility of a member state exiting from the eurozone. There remains no established legal framework within the European treaties to facilitate such an event; consequently, it is not possible to accurately predict the course of events and legal consequences that would ensue.

Based on our assessment of the likelihood of a each country leaving the euro, and the related materiality of our exposures subject to the risk of redenomination it is our view that the greatest estimated impact of a eurozone exit is presented by

Greece, Italy or Spain. As a result, only exposures in Greece, Italy and Spain (described as ‘in-country’) are reported in the table below.

Key risks associated with an exit by a eurozone member include:

Foreign exchange losses: an exit would probably be accompanied by the passing of laws in the country concerned establishing a new local currency and providing for a redenomination of euro assets into the new local currency. The value of assets and liabilities in the country would immediately fall assuming the value of the redenominated currency is less than the original euros when translated into the carrying amounts. It is not possible to predict what the total consequential loss might be as it is uncertain which assets and liabilities would be legally re-denominated or the extent of the devaluation. These assets and liabilities predominantly comprise loans and deposits arising from our commercial banking operations in these countries, and the net assets represent our net funding exposure. The table also identifies in-country off-balance sheet exposures as these are at risk of redenomination should they be called, giving rise to a balance sheet exposure. It is to be noted that this analysis can only be an indication as it does not include euro-denominated exposures booked by HSBC outside the countries at risk which are connected with those countries (see ‘external contracts’ below).

External contracts redenomination risk: contracts entered into between HSBC businesses based outside a country exiting the euro with in-country counterparties or those otherwise closely connected with the relevant country may be affected by redenomination. The effect remains subject to a high level of uncertainty. Factors such as the country law under which the contract is documented, the HSBC entity involved and the payment mechanism may all be relevant to this assessment, as will the precise exit scenario as the consequences for external contracts of a disorderly exit may differ from one sanctioned under EU law. In addition, capital controls could be introduced which may affect our ability to repatriate funds including currencies not affected by the redenomination event.

We continue to identify and monitor potential redenomination risks and, where possible, take steps to mitigate them and/or reduce our overall exposure to losses that might arise in the event of a redenomination. We recognise, however, that a euro exit could take different forms, depending on the scenario. These could have distinct legal consequences which could significantly alter the

 

 

211


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

potential effectiveness of any mitigation initiatives, and it is accordingly not possible to predict how effective particular measures may be until they are

tested against the precise circumstances of a redenomination event.

 

 

In-country funding exposure

(Unaudited)

 

          Denominated in:             
         

Euros

US$bn

        

US dollars

US$bn

        

Other

currencies

US$bn

        

Total

US$bn

 

At 31 December 2013

                 

Greece

   In-country assets      1.5           0.1                     1.6   
   In-country liabilities      (1.4        (0.6        (0.1        (2.1
   Net in-country funding exposure      0.1           (0.5        (0.1        (0.5
   Off-balance sheet exposure      (0.2                  0.3           0.1   

Italy

   In-country assets      0.9                               0.9   
   In-country liabilities 39      (1.9                            (1.9
   Net in-country funding exposure      (1.0                            (1.0
   Off-balance sheet exposure      1.0                               1.0   

Spain

   In-country assets      1.5           0.8                     2.3   
   In-country liabilities      (1.0        (0.2                  (1.2
   Net in-country funding exposure      0.5           0.6                     1.1   
   Off-balance sheet exposure      0.5           0.4                     0.9   

At 31 December 2012

                 

Greece

   In-country assets      2.1           0.1                     2.2   
   In-country liabilities      (1.5        (0.8        (0.1        (2.4
   Net in-country funding exposure      0.6           (0.7        (0.1        (0.2
   Off-balance sheet exposure      (0.3        0.2           0.2           0.1   

Italy

   In-country assets      1.0                               1.0   
   In-country liabilities 39      (2.0                            (2.0
   Net in-country funding exposure      (1.0                            (1.0
   Off-balance sheet exposure      0.8                               0.8   

Spain

   In-country assets      2.4           0.8                     3.2   
   In-country liabilities      (1.7        (0.1                  (1.8
   Net in-country funding exposure      0.7           0.7                     1.4   
   Off-balance sheet exposure      0.7           0.2                     0.9   

For footnote, see page 263.

 

212


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Liquidity and funding

 

 

     Page      App 1      Tables    Page  

Liquidity and funding

        276         

Primary sources of funding

        276         
          

Liquidity and funding in 2013

     214            

Customer deposit markets

     214            

Wholesale funding market

     214            
          

Liquidity regulation

     215            
          

Management of liquidity and funding risk

     215         276         

Inherent liquidity risk categorisation

        276         

Core deposits

        277         

Advances to core funding ratio

     215         277      

Advances to core funding ratios

     215   

Stressed coverage ratios

     215         277      

Stressed one-month and three-month coverage ratios

     216   

Stressed scenario analysis

        277         

Liquid assets of HSBC’s principal operating entities

     216         278      

Liquid assets of HSBC’s principal entities

     217   

Net contractual cash flows

     217         

Net cash flows for inter-bank loans and intra-group deposits and reverse repo,  repo and short positions

     218   

Wholesale debt monitoring

        279         

Liquidity behaviouralisation

        280         
          

Contingent liquidity risk arising from committed lending facilities

     218         280      

The Group’s contractual undrawn exposures monitored under the contingent liquidity risk limit structure

     219   
          

Sources of funding

     219            

Repos and stock lending

     219         

Funding sources and uses

     221   

Cross-border intra-Group and cross-currency liquidity and funding risk

     221         

Wholesale funding cash flows payable by HSBC under financial  liabilities by remaining contractual maturities

     222   
          

Encumbered and unencumbered assets

     223         

Summary of assets available to support potential future funding and collateral needs (on and off-balance sheet)

     223   

The effect of active collateral management

     224            

Off-balance sheet collateral received and pledged for reverse repo and stock borrowing transactions

     224            

Off-balance sheet non-cash collateral received and pledged for derivative transactions

     224            

Analysis of on-balance sheet encumbered and unencumbered assets

     224         

Analysis of on-balance sheet encumbered and unencumbered assets

     225   

Additional contractual obligations

     226            

Additional information

     227            
          

Contractual maturity of financial liabilities

     227         

Cash flows payable by HSBC under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities

     228   

Management of cross-currency liquidity and funding risk

        280         
          

HSBC Holdings

     229         281      

Cash flows payable by HSBC Holdings under financial liabilities  by remaining contractual maturities

     229   
          

1 Appendix to Risk – risk policies and practices.

           

 

213


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group does not have sufficient financial resources to meet its obligations as they fall due, or will have to do so at an excessive cost. The risk arises from mismatches in the timing of cash flows.

There were no material changes to our policies and practices for the management of liquidity and funding risks in 2013.

 

LOGO   A summary of our current policies and practices regarding
liquidity and funding is provided in the Appendix to Risk on page
276.

 

 

Our liquidity and funding risk management framework

The objective of our liquidity framework is to allow us to withstand very severe liquidity stresses. It is designed to be adaptable to changing business models, markets and regulations.

 

   Our liquidity and funding risk management framework requires:

 

 

liquidity to be managed by operating entities on a stand-alone basis with no implicit reliance on the Group or central banks;

 

 

all operating entities to comply with their limits for the advances to core funding ratio; and

 

 

all operating entities to maintain a positive stressed cash flow position out to three months under prescribed Group stress scenarios.

 

Liquidity and funding in 2013

(Unaudited)

The liquidity position of the Group strengthened in 2013, and we continued to enjoy strong inflows of customer deposits and maintained good access to wholesale markets. During 2013, customer accounts grew by 11% (US$143bn) while loans and advances to customers increased by 8% (US$83bn), leading to a small decrease in our advances to deposits ratio to 73% (2012: 74%).

HSBC UK recorded a decrease in its advances to core funding (‘ACF’) ratio to 100% at 31 December 2013 (2012: 106%) mainly because core deposits increased more than advances.

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation recorded a decrease in its ACF ratio to 72% at 31 December 2013 (2012: 73%) mainly because core deposits increased more than advances.

HSBC USA recorded an increase in its ACF ratio to 85% at 31 December 2013 (2012: 78%). This increase was mainly because surplus core deposits were deployed into loans and advances to customers.

HSBC UK, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation and HSBC USA are defined in footnotes 41 to 43 on pages 264 and 265. The ACF ratio is discussed on page 215.

Customer deposit markets

Customer accounts increased by 11% in 2013. After excluding repo balances, the year-on-year increase was 4% (US$50bn).

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

RBWM customer account balances grew by 3% with significant growth in our home markets partly offset by reductions in deposit balances in certain markets either due to surplus funding requirements or disposal of our operations.

Commercial Banking

Customer accounts rose by 5% in 2013, mainly from increases in Payments and Cash Management accounts. The growth in these customer accounts and the strong growth in payment volumes was evidence of the correlation between this funding source and the operational services that HSBC provides to the CMB customer base.

Global Banking and Markets

Customer accounts increased by 36% in 2013. After excluding repo balances with customers, GB&M deposits rose by 8% year on year, with the majority resulting from increases in Payments and Cash Management accounts.

Global Private Banking

GPB customer account balances decreased by 9% as we continued to reposition our business from offshore to domestic banking and refocus our client base towards higher net worth relationships. Outflows from  the adoption of stricter compliance and tax transparency standards also contributed to the overall decline.

Wholesale fundin g markets

Conditions in the bank wholesale debt markets were generally positive in 2013, supported by strong investor demand and improvements in the economic outlook in developed markets, although there was some volatility caused by interest rate uncertainty. Subordinated debt issuance volumes increased as investor confidence grew and further regulatory clarity emerged. While there was some regional variation, the overall volume of term debt issued by banks globally decreased from previous years, primarily due to reduced issuance in the UK and Europe.

In 2013, we issued the equivalent of US$15.6bn (2012: US$10.5bn) of term debt securities in the

 

 

214


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

public capital markets in a range of currencies and maturities from a number of Group entities.

Liquidity regulation

(Unaudited)

The European adoption of the Basel Committee framework via CRD IV was published in June 2013. They require the reporting of the liquidity coverage ratio (‘LCR’) and the net stable funding ratio (‘NSFR’) from March 2014. The regulatory LCR outlined in the regulation document has been initially set at 60% from January 2015, increasing to 100% by January 2018, although individual member states are able to set a higher standard. We expect the PRA to set an 80% LCR requirement from January 2015. During 2013, additional guidance was given on the definition of the LCR, much of which takes the form of an impact assessment and recommendations that have been submitted to the European Commission by the EBA. We expect these recommendations to be materially adopted by the Commission into the final LCR delegated act on 30 June 2014. Regarding the finalisation of the NSFR metric, in January 2014 the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision issued a consultation document on a revised framework. This is intended to  be implemented as a minimum standard at the beginning of January 2018.

Management of liquidity and funding risk

(Audited)

Our liquidity and funding risk management framework (‘LFRF’) employs two key measures to define, monitor and control the liquidity and funding risk of each of our operating entities. The advances to core funding ratio is used to monitor the structural long-term funding position, and the stressed coverage ratio, incorporating Group-defined stress scenarios, is used to monitor the resilience to severe liquidity stresses.

The three principal entities listed in the tables below represented 66% (2012: 62%) of the Group’s customer accounts (excluding repos). Including the other principal entities, the percentage was 94% (2012: 94%).

Advances to core funding ratio

The table below shows the extent to which loans and advances to customers in our principal banking entities were financed by reliable and stable sources of funding.

ACF limits set for principal operating entities at 31 December 2013 ranged between 80% and 115%.

Advances to core funding ratios 40

(Audited)

 

     At 31 December  
    

2013

%

    

2012

%

 

HSBC UK 41

     

Year-end

     100         106   

Maximum

     107         106   

Minimum

     100         100   

Average

     104         103   

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation 42

     

Year-end

     72         73   

Maximum

     77         75   

Minimum

     70         71   

Average

     74         73   

HSBC USA 43

     

Year-end

     85         78   

Maximum

     85         86   

Minimum

     78         68   

Average

     82         78   

Total of HSBC’s other principal entities 44

     

Year-end

     93         91   

Maximum

     93         92   

Minimum

     89         85   

Average

     91         88   

For footnotes, see page 264.

Core funding represents the core component of customer deposits and any term professional funding with a residual contractual maturity beyond one year. Capital is excluded from our definition of core funding.

Stressed coverage ratios

The ratios tabulated below express stressed cash inflows as a percentage of stressed cash outflows over both one-month and three-month time horizons. Operating entities are required to maintain a ratio of 100% or greater out to three months.

Inflows included in the numerator of the stressed coverage ratio are generated from liquid assets net of assumed haircuts, and cash inflows related to assets contractually maturing within the time period.

In general, customer advances are assumed to be renewed and as a result do not generate a cash inflow.

 

 

215


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Stressed one-month and three-month coverage ratios 40

(Audited)

 

    

Stressed one-month coverage

ratios at 31 December

    

Stressed three-month coverage

ratios at 31 December

 
HSBC UK 41   

2013

%

    

2012

%

    

2013

%

    

2012

%

 

Year-end

     106         114         109         103   

Maximum

     114         117         109         103   

Minimum

     100         108         101         101   

Average

     106         112         103         102   

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation 42

           

Year-end

     119         129         114         126   

Maximum

     131         134         126         126   

Minimum

     113         123         109         118   

Average

     119         129         114         123   

HSBC USA 43

           

Year-end

     114         126         110         119   

Maximum

     126         137         119         130   

Minimum

     110         115         109         113   

Average

     115         127         112         123   

Total of HSBC’s other principal entities 44

           

Year-end

     121         127         114         117   

Maximum

     128         127         119         117   

Minimum

     113         117         109         108   

Average

     120         121         113         111   

For footnotes, see page 264.

 

The one-month stressed coverage ratio for HSBC UK decreased due to higher contractual repos on level 3 assets maturing beyond one month and higher cash outflows modelled for non-core deposits. The three-month stressed coverage ratio increased due to the reclassification of equities that qualify as level 3 liquid assets under LFRF.

The stressed coverage ratios for The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation decreased as a result of a methodology change with regards to intraday liquidity requirements.

The stressed coverage ratios for HSBC USA decreased as the surplus liquidity was deployed into loans and advances to customers.

The stressed coverage ratios for the total of HSBC’s other principal entities remained broadly unchanged.

Liquid assets of HSBC’s principal operating entities

The table below shows the estimated liquidity value (before assumed haircuts) of assets categorised as liquid used for the purposes of calculating the

 

three-month stressed coverage ratios, as defined under the LFRF.

Unencumbered assets held as a consequence of a reverse repo transaction with a residual contractual maturity within the stressed coverage ratio time period and unsecured interbank loans maturing within three months are not included in liquid assets, but are treated as contractual cash inflows.

Liquid assets are held and managed on a stand-alone operating entity basis. Most of the liquid assets shown are held directly by each operating entity’s Balance Sheet Management function, primarily for the purpose of managing liquidity risk, in line with the LFRF.

Liquid assets also include any unencumbered liquid assets held outside Balance Sheet Management for any other purpose. The LFRF gives ultimate control of all unencumbered assets and sources of liquidity to Balance Sheet Management.

 

LOGO

   For a summary of our liquid asset policy and definitions of the classifications shown in the table below, see the Appendix to Risk on page 278.
 

 

216


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Liquid assets of HSBC’s principal entities

(Audited)

 

     Estimated liquidity value 45  
    

31 December
2013

US$m

         

31 December
2012

US$m

 

HSBC UK 41

        

Level 1

     168,877            138,812   

Level 2

     1,076            374   

Level 3

     63,509            27,656   
     233,462            166,842   

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation 42

        

Level 1

     108,713            112,167   

Level 2

     5,191            5,740   

Level 3

     7,106            3,968   
     121,010            121,875   

HSBC USA 43

        

Level 1

     43,446            60,981   

Level 2

     12,709            15,609   

Level 3

     5,044            5,350   

Other

     8,000            6,521   
     69,199            88,461   

Total of HSBC’s other principal entities 44

        

Level 1

     144,774            154,445   

Level 2

     12,419            18,048   

Level 3

     13,663            6,468   

Other

                2,447   
     170,856            181,408   

For footnotes, see page 264.

 

All assets held within the liquid asset portfolio are unencumbered.

Liquid assets held by HSBC UK increased as a result of a rise in customer accounts, which led to an increase in the level of non-core deposits and, consequently, liquid assets. Liquid assets also increased due to the reclassification of equities qualifying as liquid assets under LFRF.

Liquid assets held by The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation remained broadly unchanged.

Liquid assets held by HSBC USA decreased as a result of the increase in loans and advances to customers.

Net contractual cash flows

The following table quantifies the contractual cash flows from interbank and intra-Group loans and deposits, and reverse repo, repo (including intra-Group transactions) and short positions for the principal entities shown. These contractual cash inflows and outflows are reflected gross in the numerator and denominator, respectively, of the one and three-month stressed coverage ratios and should be considered alongside the level of liquid assets.

Outflows included in the denominator of the stressed coverage ratios include the principal outflows associated with the contractual maturity of wholesale debt securities reported in the table headed ‘Wholesale funding cash flows payable by HSBC under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities’ on page 222.

 

 

217


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Net cash inflows/(outflows) for interbank and intra-Group loans and deposits and reverse repo, repo and short positions

(Audited)

 

     At 31 December 2013           At 31 December 2012  
    

Cash flows

within

one month
US$m

    

Cash flows

from one to

three months
US$m

         

Cash flows

within

one month
US$m

    

Cash flows

from one to

three months
US$m

 

Interbank and intra-Group loans and deposits

              

HSBC UK 41

     (19,033      (5,272         (16,464      (1,429

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation 42

     2,314         7,487            4,402         9,685   

HSBC USA 43

     (24,268      729            (30,269      (473

Total of HSBC’s other principal entities 44

     4,295         10,149            5,419         10,511   

Reverse repo, repo, stock borrowing, stock lending and outright short positions
(including intra-Group)

              

HSBC UK 41

     (39,064      149            (4,184      (13,776

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation 42

     12,662         4,297            13,672         2,501   

HSBC USA 43

     (11,001                 (4,003      62   

Total of HSBC’s other principal entities 44

     (40,223      9,551            (31,951      (231

For footnotes, see page 264.

 

Net cash flow arising from interbank and intragroup loans and deposits

Under the LFRF, a net cash inflow within three months arising from interbank and intragroup loans and deposits will give rise to a lower liquid asset requirement. Conversely, a net cash outflow within three months arising from interbank and intra-Group loans and deposits will give rise to a higher liquid assets requirement.

Net cash flow arising from reverse repo, repo, stock borrowing, stock lending and outright short positions (including intra-Group)

A net cash inflow represents liquid resources in addition to liquid assets because any unencumbered asset held as a consequence of a reverse repo transaction with a residual contractual maturity within the stressed coverage ratio time period is not reflected as a liquid asset.

The impact of net cash outflow depends on whether the underlying collateral encumbered as a result will qualify as a liquid asset when released at the maturity of the repo. The majority of the Group’s repo transactions are collateralised by liquid assets and, as such, any net cash outflow shown is offset by the return of liquid assets, which are excluded from the liquid asset table above.

Contingent liquidity risk arising from committed lending facilities

(Audited)

The Group’s operating entities provide commitments to various counterparties. In terms of liquidity risk, the most significant risk relates to committed lending facilities which, whilst undrawn, give rise to contingent liquidity risk as they could be drawn during a period of liquidity stress. Commitments are given to customers and committed lending facilities are provided to consolidated multi-seller conduits established to enable clients to access flexible market-based sources of finance (see page 550), consolidated securities investment conduits and third-party sponsored conduits.

The consolidated securities investment conduits includes Solitaire and Mazarin Funding Limited (‘Mazarin’) (see page 551). They issue asset-backed commercial paper secured against the portfolio of securities held by them. At 31 December 2013, HSBC UK had undrawn committed lending facilities to these conduits of US$15bn (2012: US$18bn), of which Solitaire represented US$11bn (2012: US$13bn) and the remaining US$4bn (2012: US$5.1bn) pertained to Mazarin. Although HSBC UK provides a liquidity facility, Solitaire and Mazarin have no need to draw on it so long as HSBC purchases the CP issued, which it intends to do for the foreseeable future. At 31 December 2013, the commercial paper issued by Solitaire and Mazarin was entirely held by HSBC UK. Since HSBC controls the size of the portfolio of securities held by these conduits, no contingent liquidity risk exposure arises as a result of these undrawn committed lending facilities.

 

 

218


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

The table below shows the level of undrawn commitments to customers outstanding for the five

largest single facilities and the largest market sector, and the extent to which they are undrawn.

 

 

The Group’s contractual undrawn exposures at 31 December monitored under the contingent liquidity risk limit structure

(Audited)

 

     HSBC UK 41          HSBC USA 43          HSBC Canada          The Hongkong and
Shanghai Banking
Corporation 42
 
     2013
US$bn
     2012
US$bn
         2013
US$bn
     2012
US$bn
         2013
US$bn
     2012
US$bn
         2013
US$bn
     2012
US$bn
 

Commitments to conduits

                             

Consolidated multi-seller conduits

                             

– total lines

     10.1         7.8           2.5         2.3           1.0         1.0                     

– largest individual lines

     0.7         0.7           0.5         0.5           0.7         0.8                     

Consolidated securities investment conduits – total lines

     14.8         18.1                                                         

Third party conduits

                             

– total lines

                       0.7         0.8                                       

Commitments to customers

                             

– five largest 46

     4.4         6.0           6.3         6.0           1.5         1.7           2.4         2.1   

– largest market sector 47

     9.5         11.0           8.2         7.5           3.4         4.5           2.7         2.4   

For footnotes, see page 264.

 

Sources of funding

(Audited)

Our primary sources of funding are customer current accounts and customer savings deposits payable on demand or at short notice. We issue wholesale securities (secured and unsecured) to supplement our customer deposits and change the currency mix, maturity profile or location of our liabilities.

The ‘Funding sources and uses’ table below, which provides a consolidated view of how our balance sheet is funded, should be read in the light of the LFRF, which requires operating entities to manage liquidity and funding risk on a stand-alone basis.

The table analyses our consolidated balance sheet according to the assets that primarily arise from operating activities and the sources of funding primarily supporting these activities. The assets and liabilities that do not arise from operating activities are presented as a net balancing source or deployment of funds.

The level of customer accounts continued to exceed the level of loans and advances to customers. Excluding the effect of repos from customer accounts and reverse repos from loans and advances to customers, the advances to deposits ratio at 31 December 2013 was 73% (2012: 73%). The positive funding gap was predominantly deployed in liquid assets; cash and balances with central banks and financial investments, as required by the LFRF.

Loans and other receivables due from banks continued to exceed deposits taken from banks. The Group remained a net unsecured lender to the banking sector.

Repos and stock lending

GB&M provides collateralised security financing services to its clients, providing them with cash financing or specific securities. When cash is provided to clients against collateral in the form of securities, the cash provided is recognised on the balance sheet as a reverse repo. When securities are provided to clients against cash collateral the cash received is recognised on the balance sheet as a repo or, if the securities are equity securities, as stock lending.

Each operating entity manages its collateral through a central collateral pool, in line with the LFRF. When specific securities need to be delivered and the entity does not have them currently available within the central collateral pool, the securities are borrowed on a collateralised basis. When securities are borrowed against cash collateral the cash provided is recognised on the balance sheet as a reverse repo or, if the securities are equity securities, as stock borrowing.

Operating entities may also borrow cash against collateral in the form of securities, using the securities available in the central collateral pool. Repos and stock lending can be used in this way to fund the cash requirement arising from securities owned outright by

 

 

219


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Markets to facilitate client business, and the net cash requirement arising from financing client securities activity.

Reverse repos, stock borrowing, repos and stock lending are reported net when the IFRSs offsetting criteria are met. In some cases transactions to borrow or lend securities are collateralised using securities. These transactions are off-balance sheet.

Securities reflected on the balance sheet that are pledged as collateral against an existing liability or lent are reflected as encumbered for the duration of the transaction. When securities are received as collateral or borrowed, and when we have the right to sell or re-pledge these securities, they are reflected as available and unencumbered for the duration of the transaction, unless re-pledged or sold. Further analysis regarding the encumbrance of securities resulting from repos and stock lending and available unencumbered assets arising from reverse repos and stock borrowing is provided under the heading ‘Encumbered and unencumbered assets’ starting on page 223.

In the normal course of business we do not seek to utilise repo financing as a source of funding to finance customer assets, beyond the collateralised security financing activities within Global Markets described above.

The original contractual maturity of reverse repo, stock borrowing, repo and stock lending is short term with the vast majority of transactions being for less than 90 days.

The residual contractual maturity profile of the balance sheet is set out on in Note 33 on the Financial Statements.

Any security accepted as collateral for a reverse repo or stock borrowing transaction must be of very high quality and its value subject to an appropriate haircut. Securities borrowed under reverse repo or stock borrowing transactions can only be recognised as part of the liquidity asset buffer for the duration of the transactions and only if the security received is eligible under the liquid asset policy within the LFRF.

Credit controls are in place to ensure that the fair value of any collateral received remains appropriate to collateralise the cash or fair value of securities given.

In 2013, GB&M changed the way it manages repo and reverse repo activities in the Credit and Rates businesses, which were previously being managed in a trading environment. During the year, the repo and reverse repo business activities were organised into trading and non-trading portfolios, with separate risk management procedures. As demonstrated in the ‘Funding sources and uses’ table below, this resulted in an increase in the amount of reverse repos classified as ‘Loans and advances to customers’ and ‘Loans and advances to banks’, and a decline in the amount classified as ‘Trading assets’ at 31 December 2013, compared with previous year-ends. Similarly, at 31 December 2013 there was an increase in the amount of repos classified as ‘Customer accounts’ and ‘Deposits by banks’ with a decline in the amount classified as ‘Trading liabilities’, compared with previous year-ends.

 

 

220


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Funding sources and uses

(Audited)

 

    

2013

US$m

        

2012

US$m

 

Sources

       

Customer accounts

     1,482,812           1,340,014   

– repos

     121,515           28,618   

– cash deposits

     1,361,297           1,311,396   

Deposits by banks

     129,212           107,429   

– repos

     42,705           11,949   

– cash deposits

     86,507           95,480   

Debt securities issued

     104,080           119,461   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

     2,804           5,018   

Subordinated liabilities

     28,976           29,479   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     89,084           87,720   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     74,181           68,195   

Trading liabilities

     207,025           304,563   

– repos

     17,421           130,223   

– stock lending

     12,218           6,818   

– settlement accounts

     17,428           17,108   

– other trading liabilities

     159,958           150,414   

Total equity

     190,459           183,129   
     2,308,633           2,245,008   
    

2013

US$m

        

2012

US$m

 

Uses

       

Loans and advances to customers

     1,080,304           997,623   

– reverse repos

     88,215           34,651   

– stock borrowing

     65           13   

– loans and other receivables

     992,024           962,959   

Loans and advances to banks

     211,521           152,546   

– reverse repos

     91,475           35,461   

– loans and other receivables

     120,046           117,085   

Assets held for sale

     4,050           19,269   

Trading assets

     303,192           408,811   

– reverse repos

     10,120           118,681   

– stock borrowing

     10,318           16,071   

– settlement accounts

     19,435           14,510   

– other trading assets

     263,319           259,549   

Financial investments

     425,925           421,101   

Cash and balances with central banks

     166,599           141,532   

Net deployment in other balance sheet assets and liabilities

     117,042           104,126   
                   
     2,308,633           2,245,008   
 

 

Cross-border, intra-Group and

cross-currency liquidity and funding risk

(Unaudited)

The stand-alone operating entity approach to liquidity and funding mandated by the LFRF restricts the exposure of our operating entities to the risks that can arise from extensive reliance on cross-border funding. Operating entities manage their funding sources locally, focusing predominantly on the local customer deposit base. The RBWM, CMB and GPB customer relationships that give rise to core deposits within an operating entity generally reflect a local customer relationship with that operating entity. Access to public debt markets is co-ordinated globally by the Global Head of Balance Sheet Management and the Group Treasurer with Group ALCO monitoring all planned public debt issuance on a monthly basis. As a general principle, operating entities are only permitted to issue in their local currency and are encouraged to focus on local private placements. The public issuance of debt instruments in foreign currency is tightly controlled and generally restricted to HSBC Holdings and HSBC Bank.

A central principle of our stand-alone approach to LFRM is that operating entities place no future reliance on other Group entities. However, operating entities may, at their discretion, utilise their respective committed facilities from other Group entities if

necessary. In addition, intra-Group large exposure limits are applied by national regulators to individual legal entities locally, which restricts the unsecured exposures of legal entities to the rest of the Group to a percentage of the lender’s regulatory capital.

Our LFRF also considers the ability of each entity to continue to access foreign exchange markets under stress when a surplus in one currency is used to meet a deficit in another currency, for example, by using the foreign currency swap markets. Where appropriate, operating entities are required to monitor stressed coverage ratios and ACF ratios for non-local currencies and set limits for them. Foreign currency swap markets in currency pairs settled through the Continuous Link Settlement Bank are considered to be extremely deep and liquid and it is assumed that capacity to access these markets is not exposed to idiosyncratic risks.

For the majority of operating entities within the Group, the only material non-local currency (exceeding 10% of balance sheet liabilities) is the US dollar. The euro is in an additional material non-local currency for HSBC UK and offshore renminbi is material for The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation. Singapore dollars and Indian rupees are also material currencies for The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, but these currencies are managed onshore within the local country branch operations on a stand-alone branch basis.

 

 

221


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Wholesale funding cash flows payable by HSBC under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities

(Unaudited)

 

    

Due not

more than

1 month

US$m

        

Due over

1 month

but not

more than

3 months

US$m

        

Due over

3 months

but not

more than

6 months

US$m

        

Due over

6 months

but not

more than

9 months

US$m

        

Due over

9 months

but not

more than
1 year
US$m

        

Due over

1 year

but not

more than

2 years

US$m

        

Due over

2 years

but not

more than

5 years

US$m

        

Due over

5 years

US$m

         Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2013

                                          

Debt securities issued

     25,426           9,752           17,942           11,659           10,587           31,839           46,934           31,066           185,205   

– unsecured CDs and CP

     7,589           7,206           9,867           3,239           5,043           4,449           2,749                     40,142   

– unsecured senior MTNs

     6,284           71           5,448           4,221           3,062           21,428           33,091           21,433           95,038   

– unsecured senior structured notes

     987           1,423           1,952           1,689           1,718           3,712           6,036           5,021           22,538   

– secured covered bonds

                                   1,250                     225           2,747           3,317           7,539   

– secured ABCP

     10,383                                                                                 10,383   

– secured ABS

     74           1,052           675           1,260           764           1,861           2,311                     7,997   

– others

     109                                                   164                     1,295           1,568   

Subordinated liabilities

               28           1,171           144           6           1,460           3,374           41,801           47,984   

– subordinated debt securities

               28           1,171           144           6           460           3,374           34,899           40,082   

– preferred securities

                                                       1,000                     6,902           7,902   

 

                                          
                                                                                                  
     25,426           9,780           19,113           11,803           10,593           33,299           50,308           72,867           233,189   

At 31 December 2012

                                          

Debt securities issued

     19,280           20,724           22,479           10,269           14,934           27,716           56,543           25,970           197,915   

– unsecured CDs and CP

     3,736           12,176           6,707           1,632           1,709           3,502           763                     30,225   

– unsecured senior MTNs

     201           5,360           12,655           6,772           10,411           15,318           41,381           17,299           109,397   

– unsecured senior structured notes

     487           1,112           1,694           1,075           897           2,584           5,779           6,208           19,836   

– secured covered bonds

                         1,133           422           758           3,578           4,557           826           11,274   

– secured ABCP

     14,583           1,891                                                                       16,474   

– secured ABS

     104           175           211           339           633           1,677           2,072           525           5,736   

– others

     169           10           79           29           526           1,057           1,991           1,112           4,973   

Subordinated liabilities

     7           44                               10           1,296           2,550           43,949           47,856   

– subordinated debt securities

     7           44                               10           1,296           1,550           36,005           38,912   

– preferred securities

                                                                 1,000           7,944           8,944   

 

                                          
                                                                                                  
     19,287           20,768           22,479           10,269           14,944           29,012           59,093           69,919           245,771   

 

222


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Measured in terms of consolidated total liabilities excluding capital, only four currencies (US dollar, sterling, euro and Hong Kong dollar) represent more than 5% of total liabilities.

Wholesale term debt maturity profile

(Unaudited)

The maturity profile of our wholesale term debt obligations is set out above in the table headed ‘Wholesale funding principal cash flows payable by HSBC under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities’.

The balances in the table do not agree directly with those in the consolidated balance sheet as the table presents gross cash flows relating to principal payments and not the balance sheet carrying value, which includes debt securities and subordinated liabilities measured at fair value.

The basis of preparation of this table has changed from that presented in the Annual Report and Accounts 2012 , which included future coupon payments in addition to the principal amounts. The disclosure of principal amounts only is consistent with how we manage the associated liquidity and funding risk.

Encumbered and unencumbered assets

(Unaudited)

The table on page 225, ‘Analysis of on-balance sheet encumbered and unencumbered assets’, summarises the total on and off-balance sheet assets that are capable of supporting future funding and collateral

needs and shows the extent to which these assets are currently pledged for this purpose. The objective of this disclosure is to facilitate an understanding of available and unrestricted assets that are valued on a liquidity and funding risk basis and could be used to support potential future funding and collateral needs.

The disclosure is not designed to identify assets which would be available to meet the claims of creditors or to predict assets that would be available to creditors in the event of a resolution or bankruptcy.

An asset is defined as encumbered if it has been pledged as collateral against an existing liability, and as a result is no longer available to the Group to secure funding, satisfy collateral needs or be sold to reduce the funding requirement. An asset is therefore categorised as unencumbered if it has not been pledged against an existing liability. Unencumbered assets are further analysed into four separate sub-categories; ‘readily realisable assets’, ‘other realisable assets’, ‘reverse repo/stock borrowing receivables and derivative assets’ and ‘cannot be pledged as collateral’.

At 31 December 2013, the Group held US$1,824bn of unencumbered assets that could be used to support potential future funding and collateral needs, representing 83% of the total assets that can support funding and collateral needs (on and off-balance sheet). Of this amount, US$754bn (US$723bn on-balance sheet) were assessed to be readily realisable.

 

 

Summary of assets available to support potential future funding and collateral needs (on and off-balance sheet)

(Unaudited)

 

     2013          2012  
     US$bn          US$bn  

Total on-balance sheet assets

     2,671           2,693   

Less:

       

Reverse repo/stock borrowing receivables and derivative assets

     (481        (562

Other assets that cannot be pledged as collateral

     (257        (247

Total on-balance sheet assets that can support funding and collateral needs

     1,933           1,884   

Add off-balance sheet assets:

       

Fair value of collateral received from reverse repo/stock borrowing that is available to sell or repledge

     260           296   

Fair value of collateral received from derivatives that is available to sell or repledge

     5           6   

Total assets that can support funding and collateral needs (on and off-balance sheet)

     2,198           2,186   

Less:

       

On-balance sheet assets pledged

     (187        (233

Off-balance sheet collateral received from reverse repo/stock borrowing which has been repledged or sold

     (186        (203

Off-balance sheet collateral received from derivative transactions which has been repledged or sold

     (1        (1

Assets available to support future funding and collateral needs

     1,824           1,749   

 

223


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

The effect of active collateral management

Collateral is managed on an operating entity basis, consistent with the approach adopted in managing liquidity and funding. Available collateral held by each operating entity is managed as a single collateral pool. In deciding which collateral to pledge, each operating entity seeks to optimise the use of the available collateral pool within the confines of the LFRF, irrespective of whether the collateral pledged is recognised on-balance sheet or was received in respect of reverse repo, stock borrowing or derivative transactions.

Managing collateral in this manner affects the presentation of asset encumbrance in that we may encumber on-balance sheet holdings while maintaining available unencumbered off-balance sheet holdings, even though we are not seeking to directly finance the on-balance sheet holdings pledged.

In quantifying the level of encumbrance of negotiable securities, the encumbrance is analysed by individual security. When a particular security is encumbered and we hold the security both on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet with the right to repledge, we assume for the purpose of this disclosure that the off-balance sheet holding is encumbered ahead of the on-balance sheet holding.

An on-balance sheet encumbered and off-balance sheet unencumbered asset will occur, for example, if we receive a specific security as a result of a reverse repo/stock borrowing transaction, but finance the cash lent by pledging a generic collateral basket, even if the security received is eligible for the collateral basket pledged. It will also occur if we receive a generic collateral basket as a result of a reverse repo transaction but finance the cash lent by pledging specific securities, even if the securities pledged are eligible for the collateral basket.

Off-balance sheet collateral received and pledged for reverse repo and stock borrowing transactions

The fair value of assets accepted as collateral that we are permitted to sell or repledge in the absence

of default was US$260bn at 31 December 2013 (2012: US$296bn). The fair value of any such collateral sold or repledged was US$186bn (2012: US$203bn). We are obliged to return equivalent securities. These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual and customary to standard reverse repo and stock borrowing transactions.

The fair value of collateral received and repledged in relation to reverse repos and stock borrowing is reported on a gross basis. The related balance sheet receivables and payables are reported on a net basis where required under IFRSs netting criteria.

As a consequence of reverse repo and stock borrowing transactions where the collateral received could be but had not been sold or re-pledged, we held US$74bn (2012: US$93bn) of unencumbered collateral available to support potential future funding and collateral needs at 31 December 2013.

Off-balance sheet non-cash collateral received and pledged for derivative transactions

The fair value of assets accepted as collateral related to derivative transactions that we are permitted to sell or repledge in the absence of default was US$5bn (2012: US$6bn). The fair value of any such collateral sold or repledged was US$1bn (2012: US$1bn). We are obliged to return equivalent securities. These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual and customary to derivative transactions.

Analysis of on-balance sheet encumbered and unencumbered assets

The table below presents an analysis of on-balance sheet holdings only, and shows the amounts of balance sheet assets on a liquidity and funding basis that are encumbered. The table therefore excludes any available off-balance sheet holdings received in respect of reverse repos, stock borrowing or derivatives.

 

 

224


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Analysis of on-balance sheet encumbered and unencumbered assets

(Unaudited)

 

    Encumbered         Unencumbered            
    Assets
pledged as
collateral
        Readily
realisable
assets
        Other
realisable
assets
        Reverse
repos/stock
borrowing
receivables
& derivative
assets
       

Cannot

be pledged

as collateral

        Total  
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

At 31 December 2013

                     

Cash and balances at central banks

             161,240          269                   5,090          166,599   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

                                        6,021          6,021   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

                                        25,220          25,220   

Trading assets

    99,326          142,211          14,654          20,438          26,563          303,192   

– Treasury and other eligible bills

    3,402          17,976          206                            21,584   

– debt securities

    83,563          57,850                            231          141,644   

– equity securities

    8,373          55,156          363                            63,892   

– loans and advances to banks

    1,796          2,813          6,151          5,263          11,861          27,884   

– loans and advances to customers

    2,192          8,416          7,934          15,175          14,471          48,188   

Financial assets designated at fair value

    19          2,706          1,883                   33,822          38,430   

– Treasury and other eligible bills

                                        50          50   

– debt securities

    19          826          776                   10,968          12,589   

– equity securities

             1,874          1,103                   22,734          25,711   

– loans and advances to banks

             6          4                   66          76   

– loans and advances to customers

                                        4          4   

Derivatives

                               282,265                   282,265   

Loans and advances to banks

    162          8,342          80,231          91,475          31,311          211,521   

Loans and advances to customers

    32,218          102,203          854,724          86,346          4,813          1,080,304   

Financial investments

    54,473          289,093          31,096                   51,263          425,925   

– Treasury and other eligible bills

    2,985          72,849          2,052                   226          78,112   

– debt securities

    51,488          210,516          25,720                   50,949          338,673   

– equity securities

             5,728          3,324                   88          9,140   

Assets held for sale

                      4,050                            4,050   

Other assets

    990          16,134          14,216                   19,599          50,939   

Current tax assets

                                        985          985   

Prepayments and accrued income

                                        11,006          11,006   

Interest in associates and joint ventures

             12          16,356                   272          16,640   

Goodwill and intangible assets

                                        29,918          29,918   

Property, plant and equipment

    38          654          6,353                   3,802          10,847   

Deferred tax

                                        7,456          7,456   
    187,226          722,595          1,023,832          480,524          257,141          2,671,318   

 

225


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Analysis of on-balance sheet encumbered and unencumbered assets (continued)

 

    Encumbered         Unencumbered            
    Assets
pledged as
collateral
        Readily
realisable
assets
        Other
realisable
assets
        Reverse
repos/stock
borrowing
receivables
& derivative
assets
       

Cannot

be pledged

as collateral

        Total  
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

At 31 December 2012

                     

Cash and balances at central banks

             139,963          220                   1,349          141,532   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

                                        7,303          7,303   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

                                        22,743          22,743   

Trading assets

    143,019          116,395          10,330          134,752          4,315          408,811   

– Treasury and other eligible bills

    2,309          23,973                                     26,282   

– debt securities

    97,157          47,311          205                   4          144,677   

– equity securities

    5,592          35,420          622                            41,634   

– loans and advances to banks

    20,588          1,909          2,582          50,376          2,816          78,271   

– loans and advances to customers

    17,373          7,782          6,921          84,376          1,495          117,947   

Financial assets designated at fair value

             447          610                   32,525          33,582   

– Treasury and other eligible bills

             14                            40          54   

– debt securities

             431          128                   11,992          12,551   

– equity securities

             2          482                   20,384          20,868   

– loans and advances to banks

                                        55          55   

– loans and advances to customers

                                        54          54   

Derivatives

                               357,450                   357,450   

Loans and advances to banks

    1,191          4,722          81,802          35,461          29,370          152,546   

Loans and advances to customers

    40,792          85,626          827,903          34,664          8,638          997,623   

Financial investments

    46,678          300,255          7,990                   66,178          421,101   

– Treasury and other eligible bills

    2,024          84,991          156                   379          87,550   

– debt securities

    44,654          214,545          4,112                   64,451          327,762   

– equity securities

             719          3,722                   1,348          5,789   

Assets held for sale

                      19,269                            19,269   

Other assets

    1,600          18,601          11,621                   22,894          54,716   

Current tax assets

                                        515          515   

Prepayments and accrued income

                                        9,502          9,502   

Interest in associates and joint ventures

                      17,480                   354          17,834   

Goodwill and intangible assets

                                        29,853          29,853   

Property, plant and equipment

                      6,772                   3,816          10,588   

Deferred tax

                                        7,570          7,570   
    233,280          666,009          983,997          562,327          246,925          2,692,538   

 

The US$32bn (2012: US$41bn) of loans and advances to customers reported in the table above as encumbered have been pledged predominantly to support the issuance of secured debt instruments such as covered bonds and ABSs, including asset-backed commercial paper issued by consolidated multi-seller conduits. It also includes those pledged in relation to any other form of secured borrowing.

In total, the Group pledged US$150bn (2012: US$152bn) of negotiable securities, predominantly as a result of market-making in securities financing to our clients.

Additional contractual obligations

Under the terms of our current collateral obligations under derivative contracts (which are ISDA compliant CSA contracts and contracts entered for pension obligations, and exclude the contracts entered for SPVs and ATEs) and based on the positions at 31 December 2013, we estimate that we could be required to post additional collateral of up to US$0.7bn (2012: US$1.5bn) in the event of a one-notch downgrade in credit ratings, which would increase to US$1.2bn (2012: US$2.5bn) in the event of a two-notch downgrade.

 

 

226


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

Definitions of the categories included in the table ‘Analysis of on-balance sheet encumbered and unencumbered assets’:

 

 

Encumbered assets are assets on our balance sheet which have been pledged as collateral against an existing liability, and as a result are assets which are unavailable to the bank to secure funding, satisfy collateral needs or be sold to reduce potential future funding requirements.

 

 

Unencumbered – readily realisable assets are assets regarded by the bank to be readily realisable in the normal course of business to secure funding, meet collateral needs, or be sold to reduce potential future funding requirements, and are not subject to any restrictions on their use for these purposes.

 

 

Unencumbered – other realisable assets are assets where there are no restrictions on their use to secure funding, meet collateral needs, or be sold to reduce potential future funding requirements, but they are not readily realisable in the normal course of business in their current form.

 

 

Unencumbered – reverse repo/stock borrow receivables and derivative assets are assets related specifically to reverse repo, stock borrowing and derivative transactions. They are shown separately as these on-balance sheet assets cannot be pledged but often give rise to the receipt of non-cash assets which are not recognised on the balance sheet, and can additionally be used to raise secured funding, meet additional collateral requirements or be sold.

 

 

Unencumbered – cannot be pledged as collateral are assets that have not been pledged and which we have assessed could not be pledged and therefore could not be used to secure funding, meet collateral needs, or be sold to reduce potential future funding requirements. An example is assets held by the Group’s insurance subsidiaries that back liabilities to policyholders and support the solvency of these entities.

Historically, the Group has not recognised any contingent liquidity value for assets other than those assets defined under the LFRF as being liquid assets, and any other negotiable instruments that under stress are assumed to be realisable after three months, even though they may currently be realisable. This approach has generally been driven by our risk appetite not to place any reliance on central banks. In a few cases, we have recognised the contingent value of discrete pools of assets, but the amounts involved are insignificant. As a result, we have reported the majority of our loans and advances to customers and banks in the category ‘Other realisable assets’ as management would need to perform additional actions in order to make the assets transferable and readily realisable.

 

Additional information

The amount of assets pledged to secure liabilities reported in Note 36 on the Financial Statements may be greater than the book value of assets reported as being encumbered in the table on page 225. Examples of where such differences occur are:

 

 

ABSs and covered bonds, where the amount of liabilities issued plus the required mandatory

   

over-collateralisation is lower than the book value of assets pledged to the pool. Any difference is categorised in the table above as ‘Unencumbered – readily realisable assets’;

 

 

negotiable securities held by custodians or settlement agents, where a floating charge has been given over the entire holding to secure intra-day settlement liabilities, are only reported as encumbered to the extent that we have a liability to the custodian or settlement agent at the reporting date, with the balance reported as ‘Unencumbered – readily realisable assets’; and

 

 

assets pre-positioned with central banks or government agencies are only reported as encumbered to the extent that we have secured funding with the collateral. The unutilised pre-positioned collateral is reported as ‘Unencumbered – readily realisable assets’.

Contractual maturity of financial liabilities

(Audited)

The balances in the table below do not agree directly with those in our consolidated balance sheet as the table incorporates, on an undiscounted basis, all cash flows relating to principal and future coupon payments (except for trading liabilities and derivatives not treated as hedging derivatives). Undiscounted cash flows payable in relation to hedging derivative liabilities are classified according to their contractual maturities. Trading liabilities and derivatives not treated as hedging derivatives are included in the ‘On demand’ time bucket and not by contractual maturity.

A maturity analysis of repos and debt securities in issue included in trading liabilities is presented in Note 33 on the Financial Statements.

In addition, loan and other credit-related commitments and financial guarantees and similar contracts are generally not recognised on our balance sheet. The undiscounted cash flows potentially payable under financial guarantees and similar contracts are classified on the basis of the earliest date they can be called.

 

 

227


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Cash flows payable by HSBC under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities

(Audited)

 

    

On

demand
US$m

          Due within
3 months
US$m
         

Due between
3 and 12
months

US$m

         

Due between

1 and 5 years

US$m

         

Due after
5 years

US$m

 

At 31 December 2013

                          

Deposits by banks

     65,839            54,175            5,612            2,819            686   

Customer accounts

     1,124,635            277,459            69,542            15,520            726   

Trading liabilities

     207,025                                               

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     18,689            1,967            3,223            39,554            64,144   

Derivatives

     269,554            456            1,684            6,099            1,638   

Debt securities in issue

     2,528            35,401            33,695            46,141            6,526   

Subordinated liabilities

     55            391            2,687            11,871            44,969   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

     1,011            241            229            66            5   

Other financial liabilities

     30,985            30,465            6,335            2,310            1,295   
     1,720,321            400,555            123,007            124,380            119,989   

Loan and other credit-related commitments

     377,352            79,599            55,124            59,747            16,872   

Financial guarantees and similar contracts

     18,039            4,796            12,040            7,479            3,988   
     2,115,712            484,950            190,171            191,606            140,849   

At 31 December 2012

                          

Deposits by banks

     45,290            51,321            4,495            11,718            789   

Customer accounts

     1,035,636            229,642            62,650            17,508            720   

Trading liabilities

     304,564                                               

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     7,778            1,211            7,825            42,683            62,279   

Derivatives

     351,367            355            995            4,785            1,855   

Debt securities in issue

     64            37,938            37,167            45,433            6,034   

Subordinated liabilities

     7            386            1,149            9,058            46,322   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

     1,416            993            707            201            24   

Other financial liabilities

     26,963            31,557            5,381            3,467            829   
     1,773,085            353,403            120,369            134,853            118,852   

Loan and other credit-related commitments

     375,818            76,394            51,330            57,506            18,421   

Financial guarantees and similar contracts

     14,321            5,506            12,104            9,266            3,796   
     2,163,224            435,303            183,803            201,625            141,069   

 

228


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

HSBC Holdings

(Audited)

Liquidity Risk in HSBC Holdings is overseen by the HSBC Holdings Asset and Liability Committee (‘HALCO’). Liquidity Risk arises because of HSBC Holdings’ obligation to make payments to debt holders as they fall due. The liquidity risk related to these cashflows is managed by matching debt obligations with internal loan cashflows and by maintaining an appropriate liquidity buffer that is monitored by HALCO. During 2013, HSBC Holdings issued US$2bn (2012: nil) of debt securities that qualify as capital in the UK but did not issue any senior debt (2012: US$2bn).

The balances in the table below do not agree directly with those on the balance sheet

of HSBC Holdings as the table incorporates, on an undiscounted basis, all cash flows relating to principal and future coupon payments (except for derivatives not treated as hedging derivatives). Undiscounted cash flows payable in relation to hedging derivative liabilities are classified according to their contractual maturities. Derivatives not treated as hedging derivatives are included in the ‘On demand’ time bucket.

In addition, loan commitments and financial guarantees and similar contracts are generally not recognised on our balance sheet. The undiscounted cash flows potentially payable under financial guarantees and similar contracts are classified on the basis of the earliest date on which they can be called.

 

 

Cash flows payable by HSBC Holdings under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities

(Audited)

 

     On
demand
          Due within
3 months
         

Due between

3 and 12
months

         

Due between

1 and 5 years

         

Due after

5 years

 
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

At 31 December 2013

                          

Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings

     2,053            1,759            2,315            857            5,654   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

                299            671            4,921            26,518   

Derivatives

     704                                               

Debt securities in issue

                37            1,780            279            1,451   

Subordinated liabilities

                225            676            5,699            24,812   

Other financial liabilities

                885            284                         
     2,757            3,205            5,726            11,756            58,435   

Loan commitments

     1,245                                               

Financial guarantees and similar contracts

     52,836                                               
     56,838            3,205            5,726            11,756            58,435   

At 31 December 2012

                          

Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings

     3,032            604            1,096            1,918            7,570   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

                269            807            5,345            31,970   

Derivatives

     760                                               

Debt securities in issue

                36            107            1,946            1,487   

Subordinated liabilities

                205            614            3,273            25,049   

Other financial liabilities

                394            211                         
     3,792            1,508            2,835            12,482            66,076   

Loan commitments

     1,200                                               

Financial guarantees and similar contracts

     49,402                                               
     54,394            1,508            2,835            12,482            66,076   

 

229


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Market risk

 

 

     Page      App 1      Tables    Page  

Market risk in 2013

     231            

Overview of market risk in global businesses

        281         

Monitoring and limiting market risk exposures

        282         
          

Sensitivity analysis

        282         

Value at risk and stressed value at risk

        283         

Stress testing

        283         
          

Trading and non-trading portfolios

     231         

Types of risk by global business

     231   

Market risk reporting measures

     232         

Overview of risk reporting

     232   
          

Trading portfolios

     232         284         

Value at risk of the trading portfolios

     232         

Trading value at risk

     232   
        

Daily VaR (trading portfolios)

     232   
        

VaR by risk type for trading activities

     233   
        

Backtesting of trading intent VaR against hypothetical profit and loss for the Group

     234   

Stressed value at risk of the trading portfolios

     234         

Stressed value at risk (one-day equivalent)

     234   

Gap risk

        284         

ABS/MBS exposures

        285         
          

Non-trading portfolios

     234         285         

Value at risk of the non-trading portfolios

     234         

Non-trading value at risk

     234   
        

Daily VaR (non-trading portfolios)

     234   
        

VaR by risk type for non-trading activities

     235   

Credit spread risk for available-for-sale debt securities

     235            

Equity securities classified as available for sale

     235         285      

Fair value of equity securities

     235   
          

Market risk balance sheet linkages

     236         

Market risk linkages to the accounting balance sheet

     236   
        

Balances included and not included in trading VaR

     237   
          

Structural foreign exchange exposures

     237         285         
          

Non-trading interest rate risk

     237            

Interest rate risk behaviouralisation

     238            
          

Balance Sheet Management

     238         

Analysis of third-party assets in Balance Sheet Management

     239   
          

Sensitivity of net interest income

     239         286      

Sensitivity of projected net interest income

     240   
        

Sensitivity of reported reserves to interest rate movements

     240   
          

Defined benefit pension schemes

     241         286      

HSBC’s defined benefit pension schemes

     241   
          

Additional market risk measures applicable only to the parent company

     241         286         

Foreign exchange risk

     241         

HSBC Holdings – foreign exchange VaR

     241   

Sensitivity of net interest income

     241         

Sensitivity of HSBC Holdings net interest income to interest rate movements

     242   

Interest rate repricing gap table

     242         

Repricing gap analysis of HSBC Holdings

     243   
          
1 Appendix to Risk – risk policies and practices.   

 

230


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Market risk is the risk that movements in market factors, including foreign exchange rates and commodity prices, interest rates, credit spreads and equity prices, will reduce our income or the value of our portfolios.

There were no material changes to our policies and practices for the management of market risk in 2013 other than the introduction of Model Oversight Committees. These govern model risk at the regional and global levels of wholesale credit and market risk and are described in more detail on page 282.

 

LOGO    A summary of our current policies and practices regarding market risk is provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 281.

 

 

Exposure to market risk

Exposure to market risk is separated into two portfolios:

 

 

Trading portfolios comprise positions arising from market-making and warehousing of customer-derived positions.

 

 

Non-trading portfolios comprise positions that primarily arise from the interest rate management of our retail and commercial banking assets and liabilities, financial investments designated as available for sale and held to maturity, and exposures arising from our insurance operations (see page 234).

Monitoring and limiting market risk exposures

Our objective is to manage and control market risk exposures while maintaining a market profile consistent with our risk appetite.

We use a range of tools to monitor and limit market risk exposures, including:

 

 

sensitivity analysis measures the impact of individual market factor movements on specific instruments or portfolios including interest rates, foreign exchange rates and equity prices for example the impact of a one basis point change in yield;

 

 

value at risk (‘VaR’) is a technique that estimates the potential losses that could occur on risk positions as a result of movements in market rates and prices over a specified time horizon and to a given level of confidence; and

 

 

in recognition of VaR’s limitations we augment it with stress testing to evaluate the potential impact on portfolio values of more extreme, though plausible, events or movements in a set of financial variables. Examples of scenarios reflecting current market concerns are the slowdown of mainland China and the potential effects of a sovereign debt default, including its wider contagion effects.

 

Market risk in 2013

(Audited)

Global financial markets generally continued to be supported by the accommodative monetary policies followed by leading central banks in 2013. However, the year was dominated by discussions around when and how quickly the US Federal Reserve would taper off its asset purchase programme. In addition, market sentiment worsened due to fears of negative spillovers for some emerging markets that had experienced slower economic growth and continued external imbalances. This led to interest rates climbing rapidly and volatile markets across most asset classes.

The delay by the US Federal Reserve in implementing the tapering process, coupled with the resolution of concerns around the US fiscal policy and the improving economic outlook in some developed countries, provided support for major equity markets reaching recent highs, credit spreads narrowing further and lower interest rates.

Against this backdrop, the defensive risk profile of the equity and foreign exchange businesses lead to lower trading VaR. Non-trading VaR increased during the period mainly as a result of an extension of the asset profile in the non-trading book.

Trading and non-trading portfolios

(Audited)

The following table provides an overview of the types of risks within our different global businesses.

Types of risk by global business

 

Risk types

 

   Global businesses

Trading risk

   GB&M including Balance

– Foreign exchange and commodities

     Sheet Management (‘BSM’)

– Interest rate

  

– Equities

  

– Credit spread

 

    

Non-trading risk

   GB&M including BSM,

– Foreign exchange (structural)

   RBWM, CMB and GPB

– Interest rate

  

– Credit spread

    

The vast majority of trading risk arises from GB&M businesses. The market risk for insurance operations is reported separately on page 254.

 

 

231


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Market risk reporting measures

The following table provides an overview of the reporting of risks within this section:

Overview of risk reporting

 

     Portfolio  
     Trading      Non-trading  

Risk type

     

Foreign exchange and commodity

     VaR         VaR   

Interest rate

     VaR        
 
VaR/
Sensitivity
  
  

Equity

     VaR         Sensitivity   

Credit spread

     VaR         VaR   

Structural foreign exchange

     n/a         Sensitivity   

The use of VaR is integrated into market risk management and is calculated for all trading positions regardless of how we capitalise those exposures. Where there is not an approved internal model, we use the appropriate local rules to capitalise exposures. In addition, we calculate VaR for non-trading portfolios in order to have a complete picture of risk. Our models are predominantly based on historical simulation. VaR is calculated at a 99% confidence level for a one-day holding period.

Where we do not calculate VaR explicitly, we use alternative tools as described in the table above. Structural foreign exchange risk is monitored using sensitivity analysis (see page 285).

The interest rate risk on the fixed-rate securities issued by HSBC Holdings is not included in the Group VaR. The management of this risk is described on page 286.

 

LOGO    For a description of the parameters used in calculating VaR, see the ‘Appendix to Risk’ on page 282.

Trading portfolios

(Audited)

Value at risk of the trading portfolios

Our Group trading VaR for the year is shown in the graph below.

Trading value at risk

 

    

2013

US$m

    

2012

US$m

 

At 31 December

     52.1         78.8   

Average

     49.9         74.2   

Minimum

     38.6         47.3   

Maximum

     81.3         130.9   

The daily levels of total trading VaR and trading VaR by risk type over the course of 2013 are set out in the graph below. The corresponding period-end levels and statistics for 2013 are illustrated in the table ‘VaR by risk type for trading activities’ below.

 

 

Daily VaR (trading portfolios) (US$m)

(Unaudited)

 

LOGO

 

232


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Almost all trading VaR resides within Markets. The VaR for trading activity at 31 December 2013 was lower than at 31 December 2012 due primarily to the defensive risk profile of the equity and foreign exchange businesses. These contributions and a higher diversification benefit across asset classes led

to VaR trending lower during the year, even though a less defensive profile towards the end of the year resulted in a rising VaR. The spike observed during September was due to a syndicated underwriting undertaken by the Rates business and the risk was placed with investors.

 

 

VaR by risk type for trading activities 48

(Audited)

 

                                                                                                                                                                 
    
 

 

Foreign
exchange and

commodity

  
  

  

    

 

Interest

rate

  

  

     Equity        

 

Credit

spread

  

  

    

 

Portfolio

diversification

  

49  

    Total 50  
     US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m     US$m  

At 31 December 2013

     16.0         33.4         9.2         14.2         (20.7     52.1   

Average

     15.2         33.4         5.1         16.5         (20.3     49.9   

Minimum

     6.5         22.8         2.2         11.2                38.6   

Maximum

     26.4         71.9         14.1         25.5                81.3   

At 31 December 2012

     20.5         37.5         17.7         16.1         (12.9     78.8   

Average

     23.5         42.7         9.3         26.8         (28.1     74.2   

Minimum

     6.9         29.5         2.7         12.2                47.3   

Maximum

     46.0         60.0         24.9         77.9                130.9   

For footnotes, see page 265.

 

We routinely validate the accuracy of our VaR models by back-testing them against the hypothetical profit and loss that excludes non-modelled items such as fees, commissions and revenues of intra-day transactions from the actual reported profit and loss. The VaR (and hypothetical profit and loss) presented here is used for internal management purposes and differs from that used for managing our regulatory exposures.

We would expect on average to see two to three profits, and two or three losses, in excess of VaR at the 99% confidence level over a one-year period. The actual number of profits or losses in excess of VaR over this period can therefore be used to gauge how well the models are performing. To ensure a conservative approach to calculating our risk exposures, it is important to note that profits in excess of VaR are only considered when back-testing the accuracy of our models and are not used to calculate the VaR numbers used for risk management or capital purposes.

We back-test our Group VaR at various levels which reflect a full legal entity scope of HSBC, including entities that do not have local permission to use VaR for regulatory purposes. In 2013, there were no loss exceptions for the Group and major entities within the Group, including the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, HSBC Bank and HNAH. However, there was one profit exception for the Group. There is no evidence of model errors or control failures. The exception was due primarily to gains from exposures to major interest rates and some emerging markets, positions on peripheral European sovereigns and client-driven trading positions in currency options.

The graph below shows the daily trading VaR against hypothetical profit and loss for the Group during 2013. On a case by case basis, the PRA may allow loss exceptions to be exempted for regulatory capital purposes.

 

 

233


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Backtesting of trading VaR against hypothetical profit and loss for the Group (US$m)

(Unaudited)

 

LOGO

 

Stressed value at risk of the trading portfolios

(Unaudited)

Stressed VaR is primarily used for regulatory capital purposes and is integrated into the risk management process to facilitate efficient capital management and to highlight potentially risky positions based on previous market volatility. Stressed VaR complements other risk measures by providing the potential losses arising from market turmoil. Calculations are based on a continuous one-year period of stress for the trading portfolio, based on the assessment at the Group level of the most volatile period in recent history.

Stressed value at risk (one-day equivalent)

(Unaudited)

 

     2013      2012  
     US$m      US$m  

At 31 December

     92.7         172.4   

Stressed VaR reduced significantly, mainly due to defensive positions taken by the Equity and Foreign Exchange businesses at the start of 2013. As

a result, the overall risk profile minimised the losses from highly volatile periods and led to a relatively low stressed VaR compared with trading VaR. Stressed VaR increased towards the end of the year due to a less defensive profile in these businesses.

Non-trading portfolios

(Audited)

Value at risk of the non-trading portfolios

Non-trading value at risk

 

     2013      2012  
     US$m      US$m  

At 31 December

     154.6         119.2   

Average

     170.2         197.9   

Minimum

     114.7         118.1   

Maximum

     252.3         322.5   

The daily levels of non-trading total VaR and non-trading VaR by risk type over the course of 2013 are set out in the graph below. The corresponding period-end levels and statistics for 2013 are illustrated in the table ‘VaR by risk type for non-trading activities’ below.

 

 

Daily VaR (non-trading portfolios) (US$m)

(Unaudited)

 

LOGO

 

234


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

VaR by risk type for non-trading activities

(Unaudited)

 

     At 31 December  
    

Interest

rate

         

Credit

spread

         

Portfolio

divers-

ification

          Total  
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

2013

     150.6            80.4            (76.4         154.6   

Average

     145.7            106.6            (82.1         170.2   

Minimum

     84.6            80.4                  114.7   

Maximum

     221.7            135.7                  252.3   

2012

     89.6            113.4            (83.7         119.2   

Average

     103.7            179.9            (85.7         197.9   

Minimum

     81.1            111.3                  118.1   

Maximum

     122.8            322.1                  322.5   

Most of the Group non-trading VaR relates to Balance Sheet Management (‘BSM’) or local treasury management functions. Contributions to Group non-trading VaR are driven by interest rates and credit spread risks arising from all global businesses, as illustrated on page 234. The increase of non-trading VAR during 2013 was due primarily to the extension of the asset profile in the non-trading book. This was partially offset by the reduced contribution of credit spread risks, as a result of lower volatilities and credit spread baselines utilised in the VaR calculations. This movement included the reduction in credit spread risks relating to the Group’s holdings of available-for-sale debt securities (excluding those held in insurance operations), which is discussed further in the following section.

Non-trading VaR also includes the interest rate risk of non-trading financial instruments held by the global businesses and transferred into portfolios managed by BSM or local treasury functions. In measuring, monitoring and managing risk in our non-trading portfolios, VaR is just one of the tools used. The management of interest rate risk in the banking book is described further in ‘Non-trading interest rate risk’ below, including the role of BSM.

Non-trading VaR excludes equity risk on available-for-sale securities, structural foreign exchange risk, and interest rate risk on fixed rate securities issued by HSBC Holdings, the scope and management of which are described in the relevant sections below.

Credit spread risk for available-for-sale debt securities

Credit spread VaR for available-for-sale debt securities, excluding those held in insurance operations, is included in the Group non-trading VaR. However, SICs are not included.

Movements in credit spreads can lead to losses in excess of those borne by the SICs capital note holders, which will impact our equity capital. At 31 December 2013, the sensitivity of equity capital to the effect of movements in credit spreads on our available-for-sale debt securities, including the gross exposure for the SICs consolidated within our balance sheet, based on credit spread VaR, was US$113m (2012: US$150m). This sensitivity was calculated before taking into account losses which would have been absorbed by the capital note holders. Excluding the gross exposure for SICs consolidated in our balance sheet, this exposure reduced to US$83m (2012: US$119m).

The decrease in this sensitivity at 31 December 2013 compared with 31 December 2012 was due mainly to the effect of lower volatilities and credit spread baselines observed during the year.

At 31 December 2013, the capital note holders would absorb the first US$2.3bn (2012: US$2.3bn) of any losses incurred by the SICs before we incur any equity losses.

Equity securities classified as available for sale

The fair value of the constituents of equity securities classified as available for sale can fluctuate considerably. The table below sets out the maximum possible loss on shareholders’ equity from available-for-sale equity securities. The increase in other strategic investments is largely due to the reclassification of our investment in Industrial Bank.

Fair value of equity securities

(Audited)

 

     2013           2012  
     US$bn           US$bn  

Private equity holdings 51

     2.7            2.9   

Funds invested for short-term cash management

                0.2   

Investment to facilitate ongoing business 52

     1.2            1.1   

Other strategic investments

     5.2            1.6   
     9.1            5.8   

For footnotes, see page 265.

 

 

235


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Market risk balance sheet linkages

(Unaudited)

The information below aims to facilitate the understanding of linkages between line items in the

balance sheet and positions included in our market risk disclosures, in line with recommendations made by the Enhanced Disclosure Task Force.

 

 

Market risk linkages to the accounting balance sheet

 

 

Trading assets and liabilities

 

The Group’s trading assets and liabilities are in substantially all cases originated by GB&M. The assets and liabilities are classified as held for trading if they have been acquired or incurred principally for the purpose of selling or repurchasing in the near term, or form part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of a recent pattern of short-term profit-taking. These assets and liabilities are treated as traded risk for the purposes of market risk management, other than a limited number of exceptions, primarily in Global Banking where the short-term acquisition and disposal of the assets are linked to other non-trading related activities such as loan origination.

 

Financial assets designated at fair value

 

Financial assets designated at fair value within HSBC are predominantly held within the Insurance entities. The majority of these assets are linked to policyholder liabilities for either unit-linked or insurance and investment contracts with DPF. The risks of these assets largely offset the market risk on the liabilities under the policyholder contracts, and are risk managed on a non-trading basis.

 

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

Financial liabilities designated at fair value within HSBC are primarily fixed-rate securities issued by HSBC entities for funding purposes. An accounting mismatch would arise if the debt securities were accounted for at amortised cost because the derivatives which economically hedge market risks on the securities would be accounted for at fair value with changes recognised in the income statement. The market risks of these liabilities are treated as non-traded risk, the principal risks being interest rate and/or foreign exchange risks. We also incur liabilities to customers under investment contracts, where the liabilities on unit-linked contracts are based on the fair value of assets within the unit-linked funds. The exposures on these funds are treated as non-traded risk and the principal risks are those of the underlying assets in the funds.

 

Derivative assets and liabilities

 

We undertake derivative activity for three primary purposes; to create risk management solutions for clients, to manage the portfolio risks arising from client business and to manage and

  

 

hedge our own risks. Most of our derivative exposures arise from sales and trading activities within GB&M and are treated as traded risk for market risk management purposes.

 

Within derivative assets and liabilities there are portfolios of derivatives which are not risk managed on a trading intent basis and are treated as non-traded risk for VaR measurement purposes. These arise when the derivative was entered into in order to manage risk arising from non-traded exposures. They include non-qualifying hedging derivatives and derivatives qualifying for fair value and cash flow hedge accounting. The use of non-qualifying hedges whose primary risks relate to interest rate and foreign exchange exposure is described on page 285. Details of derivatives in fair value and cash flow hedge accounting relationships are given in Note 18 on the Financial Statements. Our primary risks in respect of these instruments relate to interest rate and foreign exchange risks.

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

The primary risk on assets within loans and advances to customers is the credit risk of the borrower. The risk of these assets is treated as non-trading risk for market risk management purposes.

 

Financial investments

 

Financial investments include assets held on an available-for-sale and held-to-maturity basis. An analysis of the Group’s holdings of these securities by accounting classification and issuer type is provided in Note 19 on the Financial Statements and by business activity on page 69. The majority of these securities are mainly held within Balance Sheet Management in GB&M. The positions which are originated in order to manage structural interest rate and liquidity risk are treated as non-trading risk for the purposes of market risk management. Available-for-sale security holdings within insurance entities are treated as non-trading risk and are largely held to back non-linked insurance policyholder liabilities.

 

The other main holdings of available-for-sale assets are the ABSs within GB&M’s legacy credit business, which are treated as non-trading risk for market risk management purposes, the principal risk being the credit risk of the obligor.

 

The Group’s held-to-maturity securities are principally held within the Insurance business. Risks of held-to-maturity assets are treated as non-trading for risk management purposes.

 

 

For information on the accounting policies applied to financial instruments at fair value, see Note 2l on the Financial Statements.

Market risk for insurance operations is discussed on page 254.

 

 

236


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Balances included and not included in trading VaR

(Unaudited)

 

     At 31 December 2013  
     Balance
sheet
     Balances
included in
trading VaR
    

Balances not

included in

trading VaR

    

Primary

market risk

sensitivities

 
     US$m      US$m      US$m         

Assets

           

Cash and balances at central banks

     166,599            166,599         B   

Trading assets

     303,192         283,390         19,802         A   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     38,430            38,430         A   

Derivatives

     282,265         274,881         7,384         A   

Loans and advances to banks

     211,521            211,521         B   

Loans and advances to customers

     1,080,304            1,080,304         B   

Financial investments

     425,925            425,925         A   

Assets held for sale

     4,050            4,050         C   

Liabilities

           

Deposits by banks

     129,212            129,212         B   

Customer accounts

     1,482,812            1,482,812         B   

Trading liabilities

     207,025         189,929         17,096         A   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     89,084            89,084         A   

Derivatives

     274,284         269,657         4,627         A   

Debt securities in issue

     104,080            104,080         C   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

     2,804            2,804         C   

The table represents account lines where there is some exposure to market risk according to the following asset classes:

A   Foreign exchange, interest rate, equity and credit spread.

B   Foreign exchange and interest rate.

C   Foreign exchange, interest rate and credit spread.

 

The table above splits the assets and liabilities into two categories:

 

 

those that are included in the trading book and measured by VaR; and

 

 

those that are not in the trading book and/or measured by VaR.

The breakdown of financial instruments included and not included in trading VaR provides a linkage with market risk to the extent that it is reflected in our risk framework. However, it is important to highlight that the table does not reflect how we manage market risk, since we do not discriminate between assets and liabilities in our VaR model.

The assets and liabilities included in trading VaR give rise to a large proportion of the income included in net trading income. As disclosed in the income statement on page 51, HSBC’s net trading income in 2013 was US$8,690m (2012: US$7,091m). Adjustments to trading income such as valuation adjustments do not feed the trading VaR model.

Structural foreign exchange exposures

(Unaudited)

 

LOGO      For our policies and procedures for managing structural foreign exchange exposures, see page 285 of the Appendix to Risk.

For details of structural foreign exchange exposures see Note 35 on the Financial Statements.

Non-trading interest rate risk

(Unaudited)

 

LOGO      For our policies regarding the funds transfer pricing process for non-traded interest rate risk and liquidity and funding risk, see page 280 and page 276, respectively, of the Appendix to Risk.

Asset, Liability and Capital Management (‘ALCM’) is responsible for measuring and controlling non-trading interest rate risk under the supervision of the Risk Management Meeting. Its primary responsibilities are:

 

 

to define the rules governing the transfer of non-traded interest rate risk from the global businesses to BSM;

 

 

to define the rules governing the interest rate risk behaviouralisation applied to non-trading assets/liabilities (see below);

 

 

to ensure that all market interest rate risk that can be neutralised is transferred from the global businesses to BSM; and

 

 

to define the rules and metrics for monitoring the residual interest rate risk in the global businesses, including any market risk that can be neutralised.

The different types of non-trading interest rate risk and the controls which we use to quantify and limit exposure to these risks can be categorised as follows:

 

 

237


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

risk which is transferred to BSM and managed by BSM within a defined market risk mandate, predominantly through the use of fixed rate liquid assets (government bonds) held in available-for-sale portfolios and/or interest rate derivatives which are part of fair value hedging or cash flow hedging relationships. This non- traded interest rate risk is reflected in non-traded VaR, as well as in our net interest income or economic value of equity (‘EVE’) sensitivity (see below);

 

 

risk which remains outside BSM because it cannot be hedged or which arises due to our behaviouralised transfer pricing assumptions. This risk is not reflected in non-traded VaR, but is captured by our net interest income or EVE sensitivity and corresponding limits are part of our global and regional risk appetite statements for non-trading interest rate risk. A typical example would be margin compression created by unusually low rates in key currencies;

 

 

basis risk which is transferred to BSM when it can be hedged. Any residual basis risk remaining in the global businesses is reported to ALCO. This risk is not reflected in non-traded VaR, but is captured by our net interest income or EVE sensitivity. A typical example would be a managed rate savings product transfer-priced using a Libor-based interest rate curve; and

 

 

model risks which cannot be captured by non-traded VaR, net interest income or EVE sensitivity, but are controlled by our stress testing framework. A typical example would be prepayment risk on residential mortgages or  pipeline risk.

Interest rate risk behaviouralisation

Unlike liquidity risk which is assessed on the basis of a very severe stress scenario, non-traded market interest rate risk is assessed and managed on the basis of ‘business-as-usual’. In many cases the contractual profile of non-traded assets/liabilities arising from assets/liabilities created outside Markets or BSM does not reflect the behaviour observed under business-as-usual conditions. Behaviouralisation is therefore used to assess the market interest rate risk of non-traded assets/liabilities and this assessed market risk is transferred to BSM, in accordance with the rules governing the transfer of interest rate risk from the global businesses to BSM.

Behaviouralisation is applied in three key areas:

 

 

the assessed re-pricing frequency of managed rate balances;

 

the assessed duration of non-interest bearing balances, typically capital and current accounts; and

 

 

the base case expected prepayment behaviour or pipeline take-up rate for fixed rate balances with embedded optionality.

Interest rate behaviouralisation policies have to be formulated in line with the Group’s behaviouralisation policies and approved at least annually by local ALCO, regional ALCM and Group ALCM, in conjunction with local, regional and Group market risk monitoring teams.

The extent to which balances can be behaviouralised is driven by:

 

 

the amount of the current balance that can be assessed as ‘stable’ under business-as-usual conditions; and

 

 

for managed rate balances the historic market interest rate re-pricing behaviour observed; or

 

 

for non-interest bearing balances the duration for which the balance is expected to remain under business-as-usual conditions. This assessment is often driven by the re-investment tenors available to BSM to neutralise the risk through the use of fixed rate government bonds or interest rate derivatives, and for derivatives the availability of cash flow hedging capacity.

Balance Sheet Management

(Unaudited)

Effective governance across BSM is supported by the dual reporting lines it has to the CEO of GB&M and to the Group Treasurer. In each operating entity, BSM is responsible for managing liquidity and funding under the supervision of the local ALCO. It also manages the non-trading interest rate positions transferred to it within a Global Markets limit structure.

In executing the management of the liquidity risk on behalf of ALCO, and managing the non-trading interest rate positions transferred to it, BSM invests in highly-rated liquid assets in line with the Group’s liquid asset policy. The majority of the liquidity is invested in central bank deposits and government, supranational and agency securities with most of the remainder held in short-term interbank and central bank loans.

 

 

238


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Analysis of third-party assets in Balance Sheet Management

(Unaudited)

 

     At 31 December  
     2013           2012  
     US$m           US$m  

Cash and balances at central banks

     134,086            93,946   

Trading assets

     5,547            8,724   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     72            74   

Loans and advances:

        

– to banks

     86,406            72,771   

– to customers

     34,063            22,052   

Financial investments

     314,427            293,421   

Other

     3,700            2,948   
     578,301            493,936   

Withdrawable central bank deposits are accounted for as cash balances. Interbank loans, statutory central bank reserves and loans to central banks are accounted for as loans and advances to banks. BSM’s holdings of securities are accounted for as available-for-sale or, to a lesser extent, held-to- maturity assets.

Statutory central bank reserves are not recognised as liquid assets. The statutory reserves that would be released in line with the Group’s stressed customer deposit outflow assumptions are reflected as stressed inflows.

Third-party assets in BSM increased by 17% during 2013, reflecting an increase in commercial surplus which is reinvested by BSM. Deposits with central banks grew by US$40bn, driven by the placement of surplus funds in Europe and North America. Financial investments rose by 7% with an increase in Hong Kong due to the deployment of funds, partially offset by a reduction in North America due to net sales and maturities of government debt securities. Loans and advances to banks increased with higher levels of placements in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific along with an increase in reverse repos in Europe.

BSM is permitted to use derivatives as part of its mandate to manage interest rate risk. Derivative activity is predominantly through the use of vanilla interest rate swaps which are part of cash flow hedging and fair value hedging relationships.

Credit risk in BSM is predominantly limited to short-term bank exposure created by interbank lending, exposure to central banks and high quality sovereigns, supranationals or agencies which constitute the majority of BSM’s liquidity portfolio. BSM does not manage the structural credit risk of any Group entity balance sheets.

BSM is permitted to enter into single name and index credit derivatives activity, but it does so to manage credit risk on the exposure specific to its securities portfolio in limited circumstances only.

The risk limits are extremely limited and closely monitored. At 31 December 2013 and 31 December 2012 BSM had no open credit derivative index risk.

VaR is calculated on both trading and non-trading positions held in BSM. It is calculated by applying the same methodology used for the Markets business and utilised as a tool for market risk control purposes.

BSM holds trading portfolio instruments in only very limited circumstances. Positions and the associated VaR were not significant during 2013 and 2012.

Sensitivity of net interest income

(Unaudited)

The table below sets out the effect on our future net interest income of an incremental 25 basis points parallel rise or fall in all yield curves worldwide at the beginning of each quarter during the 12 months from 1 January 2014. The sensitivities shown represent the change in the base case projected net interest income that would be expected under the two rate scenarios assuming that all other non-interest rate risk variables remain constant, and there are no management actions. In deriving our base case net interest income projections the re-pricing rate of assets and liabilities used is derived from current yield curves.

A sequence of four parallel 25bps rises at the beginning of each quarter during the 12 months from 1 January 2014 (up-shock) would increase planned net interest income for 2014 by US$938m (2013: US$1,403m), while a sequence of four 25bps declines (down-shock) would decrease planned net interest income by US$1,734m (2013: US$1,550m).

The up-shock sensitivity declined in 2013, mostly as a result of a partial reversal of the margin compression experienced as rates dropped near to zero. This was partly due to the steepening of the yield curves in 2013 reflected in a higher base case net interest income projection, and partly due to an enhancement in our up-shock assumptions around customer managed rate re-pricing in the UK.

Net interest income and its associated sensitivity include the expense of funding trading assets, while related revenue is reported in ‘Net trading income’.

The asymmetry observed between the year-on-year change in the up-shock and the

 

 

239


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

down-shock is driven to some extent by the increase in repos recognised at amortised cost used to fund trading assets, following the change in the way GB&M manage repo and reverse repo activities. These repos were previously recognised as trading liabilities.

These figures incorporate the effect of any option features in the underlying exposures.

The interest rate sensitivities set out below are indicative and based on simplified scenarios. The limitations of this analysis are discussed in the Appendix to Risk on page 286.

 

 

Sensitivity of projected net interest income 53

(Unaudited)

 

    

US dollar

bloc

US$m

    

Rest of

Americas

bloc

US$m

    

Hong Kong

dollar

bloc

US$m

    

Rest of

Asia

bloc

US$m

    

Sterling

bloc

US$m

    

Euro

bloc

US$m

    

Total

US$m

 

Change in 2014 projected net interest income arising from a shift in yield curves of:

                    

+25 basis points at the beginning of each quarter

     (107      12         327         236         598         (128      938   

–25 basis points at the beginning of each quarter

     (291      (23      (412      (233      (761      (14      (1,734

Change in 2013 projected net interest income arising from a shift in yield curves of:

                    

+25 basis points at the beginning of each quarter

     133         64         246         237         679         44         1,403   

–25 basis points at the beginning of each quarter

     (366      (52      (305      (168      (602      (57      (1,550

For footnote, see page 265.

 

We monitor the sensitivity of reported reserves to interest rate movements on a monthly basis by assessing the expected reduction in valuation of available-for-sale portfolios and cash flow hedges due to parallel movements of plus or minus 100bps

in all yield curves. The table below describes the sensitivity of our reported reserves to these movements and the maximum and minimum month-end figures during the year.

 

 

Sensitivity of reported reserves to interest rate movements

(Unaudited)

 

     US$m     

Maximum

impact

US$m

    

Minimum

impact

US$m

 

At 31 December 2013

        

+ 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves

     (5,762      (5,992      (5,507

As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity

     (3.2%      (3.3%      (3.0%

– 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves

     5,634         5,786         4,910   

As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity

     3.1%         3.2%         2.7%   

At 31 December 2012

        

+ 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves

     (5,602      (5,748      (5,166

As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity

     (3.2%      (3.3%      (2.9%

– 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves

     4,996         5,418         4,734   

As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity

     2.9%         3.1%         2.7%   

 

240


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

The sensitivities above are indicative and based on simplified scenarios. The table shows the potential sensitivity of reported reserves to valuation changes in available-for-sale portfolios and from cash flow hedges following the specified shifts in yield curves. These particular exposures form only a part of our overall interest rate exposures. The accounting treatment of our remaining interest rate exposures, while economically largely offsetting the exposures shown in the above table, does not require revaluation movements to go to reserves.

Defined benefit pension schemes

(Audited)

Market risk arises within our defined benefit pension schemes to the extent that the obligations of the schemes are not fully matched by assets with determinable cash flows.

HSBC’s defined benefit pension schemes

(Audited)

 

     2013           2012  
     US$bn           US$bn  

Liabilities (present value)

     40.5            38.1   
     %            %   

Assets:

        

Equities

     18            18   

Debt securities

     70            71   

Other (including property)

     12            11   
     100            100   

For details of our defined benefit schemes, see Note 7 on the Financial Statements, and for pension risk management see page 295.

Additional market risk measures applicable only to the parent company

(Audited)

The principal tools used in the management of market risk are VaR for foreign exchange rate risk and the projected sensitivity of HSBC Holdings’ net interest income to future changes in yield curves and interest rate gap re-pricing tables for interest rate risk.

Foreign exchange risk

Total foreign exchange VaR arising within HSBC Holdings in 2013 was as follows:

HSBC Holdings – foreign exchange VaR

(Audited)

 

    

2013

US$m

    

2012

US$m

 

At 31 December

     54.1         69.9   

Average

     51.1         51.4   

Minimum

     46.7         39.2   

Maximum

     64.1         69.9   

The foreign exchange risk largely arises from loans to subsidiaries of a capital nature that are not denominated in the functional currency of either the provider or the recipient and which are accounted for as financial assets. Changes in the carrying amount of these loans due to foreign exchange rate differences are taken directly to HSBC Holdings’ income statement. These loans, and most of the associated foreign exchange exposures, are eliminated on a Group consolidated basis.

Sensitivity of net interest income

(Audited)

HSBC Holdings monitors net interest income sensitivity over a 5-year time horizon reflecting the longer-term perspective on interest rate risk management appropriate to a financial services holding company. The table below sets out the effect on HSBC Holdings’ future net interest income over a 5-year time horizon of incremental 25 basis point parallel falls or rises in all yield curves worldwide at the beginning of each quarter during the 12 months from 1 January 2014.

Assuming no management actions, a sequence of such rises would increase planned net interest income for the next five years by US$602m (2012: increase of US$532m), while a sequence of such falls would decrease planned net interest income by US$464m (2012: decrease of US$329m). These figures incorporate the effect of any option features in the underlying exposures.

 

 

241


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Sensitivity of HSBC Holdings’ net interest income to interest rate movements 53

(Audited)

 

    

US dollar

bloc

    

Sterling

bloc

    

Euro

bloc

     Total  
     US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m  

Change in projected net interest income as at 31 December arising from a shift in yield curves

           

2013

           

of + 25 basis points at the beginning of each quarter

           

0-1 year

     104         (14      2         92   

2-3 years

     382         (93      38         327   

4-5 years

     245         (101      38         182   

of – 25 basis points at the beginning of each quarter

           

0-1 year

     (53      13         (2      (42

2-3 years

     (300      91         (33      (242

4-5 years

     (243      101         (38      (180

2012

           

of + 25 basis points at the beginning of each quarter

           

0-1 year

     83         (23      4         64   

2-3 years

     303         (108      37         232   

4-5 years

     319         (120      37         236   

of – 25 basis points at the beginning of each quarter

           

0-1 year

     (34      21         (2      (15

2-3 years

     (139      65         (17      (91

4-5 years

     (306      118         (35      (223

For footnote, see page 265.

 

The interest rate sensitivities tabulated above are indicative and based on simplified scenarios. The figures represent hypothetical movements in net interest income based on our projected yield curve scenarios, HSBC Holdings’ current interest rate risk profile and assumed changes to that profile during the next five years. Changes to assumptions concerning the risk profile over the next five years can have a significant impact on the net interest income sensitivity for that period. However, the figures do not take into

account the effect of actions that could be taken to mitigate this interest rate  risk.

Interest rate repricing gap table

The interest rate risk on the fixed-rate securities issued by HSBC Holdings is not included within the Group VaR but is managed on a repricing gap basis. The interest rate repricing gap table below analyses the full-term structure of interest rate mismatches within HSBC Holdings’ balance sheet.

 

 

242


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Repricing gap analysis of HSBC Holdings

(Audited)

 

          Total          

Up to

1 year

         

From

over 1

to 5 years

         

From

over 5

to 10 years

         

More than

10 years

         

Non-interest

bearing

 
          US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

At 31 December 2013

                                   

Cash at bank and in hand:

                                   

– balances with HSBC undertakings

        407            357                                             50   

Derivatives

        2,789                                                        2,789   

Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings

        53,344            49,979            290            1,239            645            1,191   

Financial investments

        1,210            300                       731                       179   

Investments in subsidiaries

        92,695                                                        92,695   

Other assets

        391                                                        391   

Total assets

        150,836            50,636            290            1,970            645            97,295   

Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings

        (11,685         (10,865                                          (820

Financial liabilities designated at fair values

        (21,027         (1,928         (4,655         (7,810         (4,325         (2,309

Derivatives

        (704                                                     (704

Debt securities in issue

        (2,791         (1,722                               (1,069           

Other liabilities

        (1,375                                                     (1,375

Subordinated liabilities

        (14,167                    (3,030         (2,066         (8,912         (159

Total equity

        (99,087                                                     (99,087

Total liabilities and equity

        (150,836         (14,515         (7,685         (9,876         (14,306         (104,454

Off-balance sheet items attracting interest rate sensitivity

                   (18,620         4,382            9,876            4,421            (59

Net interest rate risk gap

                   17,501            (3,013         1,970            (9,240         (7,218

Cumulative interest rate gap

                   17,501            14,488            16,458            7,218              

At 31 December 2012

                                   

Cash at bank and in hand:

                                   

– balances with HSBC undertakings

        353            312                                             41   

Derivatives

        3,768                                                        3,768   

Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings

        41,675            38,473                       1,477            630            1,095   

Financial investments

        1,208                       300            731                       177   

Investments in subsidiaries

        92,234                                                        92,234   

Other assets

        246                                                        246   

Total assets

        139,484            38,785            300            2,208            630            97,561   

Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings

        (12,856         (12,259                                          (597

Financial liabilities designated at fair values

        (23,195         (1,654         (6,334         (7,708         (4,301         (3,198

Derivatives

        (760                                                     (760

Debt securities in issue

        (2,691                    (1,648                    (1,051         8   

Other liabilities

        (1,048                                                     (1,048

Subordinated liabilities

        (11,907                    (808         (2,110         (8,828         (161

Total equity

        (87,027                                                     (87,027

Total liabilities and equity

        (139,484         (13,913         (8,790         (9,818         (14,180         (92,783

Off-balance sheet items attracting interest rate sensitivity

                   (18,583         6,348            7,341            4,325            569   

Net interest rate risk gap

                   6,289            (2,142         (269         (9,225         5,347   

Cumulative interest rate gap

                   6,289            4,147            3,878            (5,347           

 

243


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Operational risk

 

(Unaudited)

 

     Page      App 1      Tables    Page  

Operational risk

        287         
          

Operational risk management framework

     244          Three lines of defence      244   
         Operational risk management framework      245   
          

Operational risk in 2013

     245            

Frequency and amount of operational risk losses

     246          Frequency of operational risk incidents by risk category      247   
         Distribution of operational risk losses in US dollars by risk category      247   
          

Compliance risk

     247         287         

Legal risk

        288         

Global security and fraud risk

        288         

Systems risk

        289         

Vendor risk management

        289         
          

Fiduciary risk

     248         289         
          

 

1 Appendix to Risk – risk policies and practices.

 

Operational risk is relevant to every aspect of our business and covers a wide spectrum of issues, in particular legal, compliance, security and fraud. Losses arising from breaches of regulation and law, unauthorised activities, error, omission, inefficiency, fraud, systems failure or external events all fall within the definition of operational risk.

Responsibility for minimising operational risk lies with HSBC’s management and staff. Each regional, global business, country, business unit and functional head is required to maintain oversight over the operational risks and internal controls of the business and operational activities for which they are responsible.

 

LOGO    A summary of our current policies and practices regarding operational risk is provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 287.

Operational risk management framework

The Group Operational Risk function and the operational risk management framework (‘ORMF’) directs business management in discharging their responsibilities.

The ORMF defines minimum standards and processes, and the governance structure for operational risk and internal control across the Group. To implement the ORMF a ‘three lines of defence’ model is used for the management of risk, as described below:

Three lines of defence

 

LOGO

A diagrammatic representation of the ORMF is presented below:

 

 

244


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Operational risk management framework

 

LOGO

 

 

RCAs are used to inform the evaluation of the effectiveness of controls over top risks.

 

KIs are used to help monitor the risks and controls.

 

TRAs (scenarios) provide management with a quantified view of our top and emerging operational risks.

 

Internal incidents are used to forecast typical losses.

 

External sources are used to inform the assessment of extreme TRAs.

 

We continued to refine our ORMF policies and procedures in 2013 and undertook various activities such as a global training programme to further embed the use of the framework in the management of the Group.

Articulating our risk appetite for material operational risks helps the organisation understand the level of risk HSBC is willing to accept. A Group Operational Risk appetite statement is approved annually by the Board under advice from the GRC. Monitoring operational risk exposure against risk appetite on a regular basis and implementing our risk acceptance process drives risk awareness in a forward-looking manner. It assists management in determining whether further action is required.

Operational risk and control assessments are performed by individual business units and functions. The risk and control assessment process is designed to provide business areas and functions with a forward looking view of operational risks and an assessment of the effectiveness of controls, and a tracking mechanism for action plans so that they can proactively manage operational risks within acceptable levels. Risk and control assessments are reviewed and updated at least annually.

Appropriate means of mitigation and controls are considered. These include:

 

 

making specific changes to strengthen the internal control environment;

 

investigating whether cost-effective insurance cover is available to mitigate the risk; and

 

 

other means of protecting us from loss.

In addition, an enhanced Top Risk Analysis process is being implemented across material legal entities to improve the quantification and management of material risks through scenario analysis.

Operational risk in 2013

During 2013, our operational top and emerging risk profile continued to be dominated by compliance and legal risks as referred to in the ‘Top and emerging risks’ section and Note 43 on the Financial Statements. Losses were realised relating to events that occurred in previous years, albeit at a lower level than in 2012. These events included the possible historical mis-selling of payment protection insurance (‘PPI’) and interest rate protection products in the UK (see Note 31 on the Financial Statements). A number of mitigating actions continued to be taken to prevent future mis-selling incidents, including enhanced new product approval processes.

The incidence of regulatory proceedings and other adversarial proceedings against financial service firms is increasing. Proposed changes relating to capital and liquidity requirements, remuneration and/or taxes could increase our cost of doing business, reducing future profitability. Various regulators and competition authorities around the world are also

 

 

245


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

investigating and reviewing certain past submissions made by panel banks and the process for making submissions in connection with the setting of Libor, Euribor and other benchmark interest and foreign exchange rates. In response, we have undertaken a number of initiatives which seek to address the issues identified, including creating a Global management structure, enhancing our governance and oversight, increasing our compliance function resource, emphasising HSBC Values and designing and implementing new Global Standards as described on page 23. For further information, see Note 43 on the Financial Statements.

Other operational risks included:

 

 

fraud risks : the threat of fraud perpetrated by or against our customers, especially in retail and commercial banking, may grow during adverse economic conditions. We have increased monitoring, analysed root causes and reviewed internal controls to enhance our defences against external attacks and reduce the level of loss in these areas. In addition, Group Security and Fraud Risk worked closely with the global businesses to continually assess these threats as they evolve and adapt our controls to mitigate these risks;

 

 

level of change creating operational complexity : management and the Risk function are engaged in business transformation initiatives to ensure robust internal controls are maintained. This includes Risk participating in all relevant management committees. The Global Transactions team has developed a framework to be applied to the management of disposal risks;

 

 

information security : the security of our information and technology infrastructure is crucial for maintaining our banking applications and processes while protecting our customers and the HSBC brand. A failure of our defences against such attacks could result in financial loss and the loss of customer data and other sensitive information which could undermine both our reputation and our ability to retain the trust of our customers.

In common with other banks and multinational organisations, we continue to be target of distributed denial of service (‘DDoS’) attacks which impact the availability of customer-facing websites. No evidence of customer data being breached was discovered as a result of these attacks.

This area will continue to be a focus of ongoing initiatives to strengthen the control environment.

Significant investment has already been made in enhancing controls, including increased training to raise staff awareness of the requirements, improved controls around data access and heightened monitoring of potential DDoS attacks. The Cyber Intelligence and Threat team continues to pro-actively develop our intelligence-driven responses to these attacks based on lessons learnt from previous attacks and through information sharing with other financial institutions, government agencies and external intelligence providers. We continue to refine our operational processes and contingency plans:

 

 

vendor risk management : we remain focused on the management of vendor risks and a pilot has commenced with our most critical suppliers to introduce a global performance tracking process; and

 

 

compliance with regulatory agreements and orders : in relation to the DPAs, the Group has committed to take or continue to adhere to a number of remedial measures. Breach of the DPAs at any time during its term may allow the DoJ or the New York County District Attorney’s Office to prosecute HSBC in relation to the matters which are the subject of the DPAs. For further details see Note 43 on the Financial Statements.

Other operational risks are also monitored and managed through the use of the ORMF, including investments made to further improve the resilience of our payments infrastructure.

Further information on the nature of these risks is provided in ‘Top and emerging risks’ on page 141.

Frequency and amount of operational risk losses

The profile of operational risk incidents and associated losses is summarised below, showing the distribution of operational risk incidents in terms of their frequency of occurrence and total loss amount in US dollars.

As in 2012, the operational risk incident profile in 2013 comprised both high frequency, low impact events and high impact events that occurred much less frequently. For example, losses due to external fraud incidents such as credit card fraud occurred more often than other types of event, but the amounts involved were often small in value. By contrast, operational risk incidents in the compliance category were relatively low frequency events, but the total cost was significant.

 

 

246


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

The number of fraud cases decreased in the past year due to the strengthening of the fraud control environment including transaction fraud monitoring capabilities. The total amount of fraud losses increased due to Madoff-related litigation costs.

Losses due to significant historical events including the possible mis-selling of PPI and interest rate protection products in the UK and the incidence of regulatory matters described in Note 43 on the Financial Statements remained substantial, but were significantly reduced from 2012.

Frequency of operational risk incidents by risk category (individual loss >US$10k)

 

LOGO

Distribution of operational risk losses in US dollars by risk category

 

LOGO

Compliance risk

(Unaudited)

Compliance risk is the risk that we fail to observe the letter and spirit of all relevant laws, codes, rules, regulations and standards of good market practice, and incur fines and penalties and suffer damage to our business as a consequence.

All Group companies and employees are required to observe the letter and spirit of all relevant laws, codes, rules, regulations and standards of good market practice.

In line with our ambition to be the world’s leading international bank, we have committed to adopt and adhere to industry-leading compliance standards across the Group. One of the ways to achieve this is to ensure that we put in place a robust compliance risk management infrastructure.

In December 2012, we appointed a Global Head of Financial Crime Compliance with particular expertise and experience in US law and regulation. When we appointed a Global Head of Regulatory Compliance in April 2013, we restructured our previous Compliance sub-function within Global Risk into two new sub-functions: Financial Crime Compliance and Regulatory Compliance, jointly supported by Compliance Shared Services. This restructuring allows us to:

 

 

manage different types of regulatory and financial crime compliance risk more effectively;

 

 

focus our efforts appropriately in addressing the issues highlighted by regulatory investigations and reviews, internal audits and risk assessments of our past business activities; and

 

 

ensure we have in place clear, robust accountability and appropriate expertise and processes for all areas of compliance risk.

Financial Crime Compliance sets policy and manages risks in the following areas:

 

 

anti-money laundering, counter terrorist financing and proliferation finance;

 

 

sanctions; and

 

 

anti-bribery and corruption.

Regulatory Compliance sets policy and manages risks in the following areas:

 

 

conduct of business;

 

 

market conduct; and

 

 

other applicable laws, rules and regulations.

We continue to invest in the Compliance sub- functions to ensure that, through their operation and the execution of the Group strategy, including measures to implement Global Standards, we are well positioned to meet increased levels of regulation and scrutiny from regulators and law enforcement agencies. In addition, the measures we have put in place are designed to ensure we have the appropriate people, processes and procedures to manage evolving markets, emerging risks and new products and business.

 

 

247


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

The Group’s focus on compliance and conduct issues is further reinforced by the Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee which reports to the Board on matters relating to financial crime and financial system abuse and provides a forward-looking perspective on financial crime risk (see page 358). In addition, the Conduct & Values Committee which was established in January 2014, will report to the Board on matters relating to responsible business conduct and adherence to HSBC’s Values (see page 25).

It is clear that the level of inherent compliance risk that we face will continue to remain high for the foreseeable future. However, we consider that good progress is being made and will continue to be made in ensuring that we are well placed to effectively manage those risks.

Fiduciary risk

(Unaudited)

Fiduciary risk is the risk to the Group of breaching our fiduciary duties when we act in a fiduciary capacity as trustee or investment manager or as mandated by law or regulation.

A fiduciary duty is one where HSBC holds, manages, oversees or has responsibility for assets for a third

party that involves a legal and/or regulatory duty to act with a high standard of care and with good faith. A fiduciary must make decisions and act in the interests of the third party and must place the wants and needs of the client first, above the needs of the Group.

We may be held liable for damages or other penalties caused by failure to act in accordance with these duties. Fiduciary duties may also arise in other circumstances, such as when we act as an agent for a principal, unless the fiduciary duties are specifically excluded (e.g. under the agency appointment contract).

Our principal fiduciary businesses (the ‘designated businesses’) have developed fiduciary risk appetite statements for their various fiduciary roles and have put in place key indicators to monitor their related risks.

Following a joint review between Global Operational Risk and RBWM, an appropriate governance structure is now in place to monitor fiduciary risk in the non-designated businesses conducting fiduciary activity within RBWM.

 

 

248


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Risk management of insurance operations

 

(Audited)

 

     Page      App 1      Tables    Page  

HSBC’s bancassurance model

     249            

Overview of insurance products

        290         

Nature and extent of risks

        290         
          

Risk management of insurance operations in 2013

     250         290         
          

Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries

     250          Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries:   
         – by type of contract      250   
         – by geographical region      252   
         Movement in total equity of insurance operations      253   
          

Financial risks

     253         291       Financial assets held by insurance manufacturing subsidiaries      253   

Market risk

     254         291      

Financial return guarantees

     255   
        

Sensitivity of HSBC’s insurance manufacturing subsidiaries to market risk factors

     255   

Credit risk

     255         293      

Treasury bills, other eligible bills and debt securities in HSBC’s insurance manufacturing subsidiaries

     256   
        

Reinsurers’ share of liabilities under insurance contracts

     257   

Liquidity risk

     257         293      

Expected maturity of insurance contract liabilities

     257   
        

Remaining contractual maturity of investment contract liabilities

     258   
          

Insurance risk

     258         294       Analysis of insurance risk – liabilities under insurance contracts      258   
        

Sensitivity analysis

     259   
          

1 Appendix to Risk – policies and practices.

 

The majority of the risk in our insurance business derives from manufacturing activities and can be categorised as insurance risk and financial risk. Insurance risk is the risk, other than financial risk, of loss transferred from the holder of the insurance contract to the issuer (HSBC). Financial risks include market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk.

There were no material changes during 2013 to our policies and practices for the management of risks arising in the insurance operations, including the risks relating to different life and non-life products. The RBWM Risk Management Committee assumed the responsibilities of the Group Insurance Risk Management Committee.

 

LOGO

  A summary of our policies and practices regarding the risk management of insurance operations, and the main contracts we manufacture, are provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 290 (unaudited).

HSBC’s bancassurance model

We operate an integrated bancassurance model which provides insurance products principally for customers with whom we have a banking relationship. Insurance products are sold through all

global businesses, but predominantly by RBWM and CMB through our branches and direct channels worldwide.

The insurance contracts we sell relate to the underlying needs of our banking customers, which we can identify from our point-of-sale contacts and customer knowledge. The majority of sales are of savings and investment products and term and credit life contracts. By focusing largely on personal and SME lines of business we are able to optimise volumes and diversify individual insurance risks.

Where we have operational scale and risk appetite, mostly in life insurance, these insurance products are manufactured by HSBC subsidiaries. Manufacturing insurance allows us to retain the risks and rewards associated with writing insurance contracts by keeping part of the underwriting profit, investment income and distribution commission within the Group.

Where we do not have the risk appetite or operational scale to be an effective insurance manufacturer, we engage with a handful of leading external insurance companies in order to provide insurance products to our customers through our banking network and direct channels. These arrangements are generally structured with our exclusive strategic partners and earn the Group a

 

 

249


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

combination of commissions, fees and a share of profits.

We distribute insurance products in all of our geographical regions. We have core life insurance manufacturing entities, the majority of which are direct subsidiaries of legal banking entities, in seven countries (Argentina, Brazil, Mexico, France, UK, Hong Kong and Singapore). There are also manufacturing subsidiaries in mainland China, Malaysia, Malta and Ireland. The majority of our non-life insurance manufacturing entities and portfolios were disposed of between 2011 and 2013.

Risk management of insurance operations in 2013

The risk profile of our life insurance manufacturing businesses did not change materially during 2013 despite the increase in liabilities to policyholders on these contracts to US$74bn (2012: US$68bn). This growth in liabilities largely resulted from new premiums received during 2013 and market value gains on underlying financial assets.

The disposals of the remaining non-core non-life insurance manufacturing businesses were completed during the year. Net written non-life premiums therefore declined to US$84m (2012:

US$656m). At the reporting date substantially all remaining manufacturing business was life business.

Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries

(Audited)

A principal tool used to manage exposures to both financial and insurance risk, in particular for life insurance contracts, is asset and liability matching. In many markets in which we operate it is neither possible nor appropriate to follow a perfect asset and liability matching strategy. For long-dated non-linked contracts, in particular, this results in a duration mismatch between assets and liabilities. We therefore structure portfolios to support projected liabilities from non-linked contracts.

In the absence of insurable events occurring, unit-linked contracts match assets more directly with liabilities. This results in the policyholder bearing the majority of the financial risk exposure.

The tables below show the composition of assets and liabilities by contract and by geographical region and demonstrate that there were sufficient assets to cover the liabilities to policyholders in each case at the end of 2013.

 

 

Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries by type of contract

(Audited)

 

          Insurance contracts    Investment contracts                         
       

 
 

With

DPF
US$m

  

  
  

       
 
 
Unit-
linked
US$m
  
  
  
       
 
 
Annu-
ities
US$m
  
  
  
       

 

 

 

Other

long

term

US$m

  

  

54  

  

      
 
Non-life
US$m
  
  
       

 

 

With

DPF

US$m

  

55  

  

      

 
 

Unit-

linked
US$m

  

  
  

       

 

 

Non-

linked

US$m

  

  

  

       

 

 

Other

assets

US$m

  

56  

  

      
 
Total
US$m
  
  

At 31 December 2013

                                                        

Financial assets

        26,382            13,348            1,651            4,703           25            25,676           9,720            4,375            5,846           91,726   

– trading assets

                              3                                                                           3   

– financial assets designated at fair value

        3,850            13,131            532            753           8            6,867           9,293            1,706            1,757           37,897   

– derivatives

        1            3                                            215           5                       55           279   

– financial investments

        19,491                       959            3,769           11            16,556                      1,853            3,745           46,384   

– other financial assets

        3,040            214            157            181           6            2,038           422            816            289           7,163   

Reinsurance assets

        182            291            522            436           3                                            2           1,436   

PVIF 57

                                                                                              5,335           5,335   

Other assets and investment properties

        757            284            23            113                      791           19            31            546           2,564   

Total assets

        27,321            13,923            2,196            5,252           28            26,467           9,739            4,406            11,729           101,061   

Liabilities under investment contracts:

                                                        

– designated at fair value

                                                                        9,730            3,761                      13,491   

– carried at amortised cost

                                                                                   448                      448   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

        26,920            13,804            2,158            4,848           24            26,427                                           74,181   

Deferred tax 58

        12                       17                      1                                            1,163           1,193   

Other liabilities

                                                                                              2,048           2,048   

Total liabilities

        26,932            13,804            2,175            4,848           25            26,427           9,730            4,209            3,211           91,361   

Total equity

                                                                                              9,700           9,700   

Total equity and liabilities 59

        26,932            13,804            2,175            4,848           25            26,427           9,730            4,209            12,911           101,061   

 

250


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

          Insurance contracts           Investment contracts                        
       

 

 

With

DPF

US$m

  

  

  

       
 

 

Unit-
linked

US$m

  
  

  

       
 

 

Annu-
ities

US$m

  
  

  

       

 

 

 

Other

long

term

US$m

  

  

54  

  

      

 

Non-life

US$m

  

  

       

 

 

With

DPF

US$m

  

55  

  

      

 
 

Unit-

linked
US$m

  

  
  

       

 
 

Non-

linked
US$m

  

  
  

       

 

 

Other

assets

US$m

  

56  

  

     
 
Total
US$m
  
  

At 31 December 2012

                                                       

Financial assets

        24,288            12,619            1,785            4,350           356            23,620           8,780            4,315            4,692          84,805   

– trading assets

                              4                                                                          4   

– financial assets designated at fair value

        2,333            12,440            571            756           196            6,043           8,206            1,486            987          33,018   

– derivatives

        40            4                       6                      117           13            86            69          335   

– financial investments

        18,283                       932            3,315           73            16,022                      1,853            2,928          43,406   

– other financial assets

        3,632            175            278            273           87            1,438           561            890            708          8,042   

Reinsurance assets

        124            593            494            320           14                                            22          1,567   

PVIF 57

                                                                                              4,847          4,847   

Other assets and investment properties

        448            7            34            110           11            754           24            28            2,420          3,836   

Total assets

        24,860            13,219            2,313            4,780           381            24,374           8,804            4,343            11,981          95,055   

Liabilities under investment contracts:

                                                       

– designated at fair value

                                                                        8,691            3,765                     12,456   

– carried at amortised cost

                                                                                   455                     455   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

        24,477            13,056            2,287            3,920           81            24,374                                          68,195   

Deferred tax 58

        13                       13            12           1                                            1,161          1,200   

Other liabilities

                                                                                              2,760          2,760   
                                                                 

Total liabilities

        24,490            13,056            2,300            3,932           82            24,374           8,691            4,220            3,921          85,066   

Total equity

                                                                                              9,989          9,989   
                                                                 

Total equity and liabilities 59

        24,490            13,056            2,300            3,932           82            24,374           8,691            4,220            13,910          95,055   

For footnotes, see page 265.

 

Our exposure to financial risks arising in the above balance sheet varies depending on the type of contract issued. For unit-linked contracts, the policyholder bears the majority of the exposure to financial risks whereas, for non-linked contracts, the majority of financial risks are borne by the

shareholder (HSBC). For contracts with DPF, the shareholder is exposed to financial risks to the extent that the exposure cannot be managed by utilising any discretionary participation (or bonus) features within the policy contracts issued.

 

 

251


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries by geographical region 60

(Audited)

 

   

Europe

US$m

         

Hong

Kong

US$m

         

Rest of

Asia-

Pacific

US$m

         

North

America 61

US$m

         

Latin

America

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

At 31 December 2013

                              

Financial assets

    41,557            39,338            3,014                       7,817           91,726   

– trading assets

                                                3           3   

– financial assets designated at fair value

    20,742            9,824            1,596                       5,735           37,897   

– derivatives

    272            7                                            279   

– financial investments

    18,080            25,247            1,258                       1,799           46,384   

– other financial assets

    2,463            4,260            160                       280           7,163   

Reinsurance assets

    823            586            10                       17           1,436   

PVIF 57

    1,156            3,455            275                       449           5,335   

Other assets and investment properties

    868            1,058            43                       595           2,564   

Total assets

    44,404            44,437            3,342                       8,878           101,061   

Liabilities under investment contracts:

                              

– designated at fair value

    8,760            4,731                                            13,491   

– carried at amortised cost

                                                448           448   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

    31,786            32,941            2,678                       6,776           74,181   

Deferred tax 58

    407            581            64                       141           1,193   

Other liabilities

    1,474            282            89                       203           2,048   

Total liabilities

    42,427            38,535            2,831                       7,568           91,361   

Total equity

    1,977            5,902            511                       1,310           9,700   

Total equity and liabilities 59

    44,404            44,437            3,342                       8,878           101,061   

At 31 December 2012

                              

Financial assets

    37,325            35,632            2,594                       9,254           84,805   

– trading assets

                                                4           4   

– financial assets designated at fair value

    17,590            7,356            1,370                       6,702           33,018   

– derivatives

    203            126            6                                 335   

– financial investments

    17,139            23,275            994                       1,998           43,406   

– other financial assets

    2,393            4,875            224                       550           8,042   

Reinsurance assets

    809            715            8                       35           1,567   

PVIF 57

    1,140            2,846            304                       557           4,847   

Other assets and investment properties

    849            983            230            1,573            201           3,836   

Total assets

    40,123            40,176            3,136            1,573            10,047           95,055   

Liabilities under investment contracts:

                              

– designated at fair value

    7,783            4,673                                            12,456   

– carried at amortised cost

                                                455           455   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

    28,954            29,402            2,200                       7,639           68,195   

Deferred tax 58

    403            532            88                       177           1,200   

Other liabilities

    782            347            267            1,037            327           2,760   

Total liabilities

    37,922            34,954            2,555            1,037            8,598           85,066   

Total equity

    2,201            5,222            581            536            1,449           9,989   

Total equity and liabilities 59

    40,123            40,176            3,136            1,573            10,047           95,055   

For footnotes, see page 265.

 

252


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Movement in total equity of insurance operations

(Audited)

 

     Total equity  
     2013           2012  
     US$m           US$m  

At 1 January

     9,989            10,629   

Change in PVIF of long-term insurance business 57

     525            737   

Return on net assets

     848            1,232   

Capital transactions

     (590         (1,525

Disposals of subsidiaries/portfolios

     (675         (382

Exchange differences and other

     (397         (702

At 31 December

     9,700            9,989   

For footnote, see page 265.

 

Financial risks

(Audited)

 

LOGO

  Details on the nature of financial risks and how they are managed are provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 290.

Financial risks can be categorised into:

 

 

market risk – risk arising from changes in the fair values of financial assets or their future cash flows from fluctuations in variables such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates and equity prices;

 

 

credit risk – the risk of financial loss following the failure of third parties to meet their obligations; and

 

liquidity risk – the risk of not being able to make payments to policyholders as they fall due as there are insufficient assets that can be realised as cash.

The following table analyses the assets held in our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries at 31 December 2013 by type of contract, and provides a view of the exposure to financial risk. For unit-linked contracts, which pay benefits to policyholders determined by reference to the value of the investments supporting the policies, we typically designate assets at fair value; for non-linked contracts, the classification of the assets is driven by the nature of the underlying contract.

 

 

Financial assets held by insurance manufacturing subsidiaries

(Audited)

 

     Unit-
linked
         Non-linked          Other             
     contracts 62          contracts 63          assets 56          Total   
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m  

At 31 December 2013

                 

Trading assets

                 

Debt securities

               3                     3   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     22,424           13,716           1,757           37,897   

Treasury bills

                         50           50   

Debt securities

     7,809           3,910           546           12,265   

Equity securities

     14,615           9,806           1,161           25,582   

Financial investments

                 

Held-to-maturity: debt securities

               21,784           2,142           23,926   

Available-for-sale:

               20,855           1,603           22,458   

– debt securities

               20,855           1,594           22,449   

– equity securities

                         9           9   

Derivatives

     8           216           55           279   

Other financial assets 64

     636           6,238           289           7,163   

Total financial assets 59

     23,068           62,812           5,846           91,726   

 

253


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Financial assets held by insurance manufacturing subsidiaries (continued)

(Audited)

 

     Unit-linked           Non-linked           Other        
    

 

contracts

US$m

62  

  

      

 

contracts

US$m

63  

  

      

 

assets

US$m

56  

  

      
 
Total
US$m
  
  

At 31 December 2012

                 

Trading assets

                 

Debt securities

               4                     4   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     20,646           11,385           987           33,018   

Treasury bills

               39                     39   

Debt securities

     8,028           3,803           408           12,239   

Equity securities

     12,618           7,543           579           20,740   

Financial investments

                 

Held-to-maturity: debt securities

               20,245           1,548           21,793   

Available-for-sale:

               20,233           1,380           21,613   

– debt securities

               20,226           1,354           21,580   

– equity securities

               7           26           33   

Derivatives

     17           249           69           335   

Other financial assets 64

     736           6,598           708           8,042   

Total financial assets 59

     21,399           58,714           4,692           84,805   

For footnotes, see page 265.

 

Approximately 64% of financial assets were invested in debt securities at 31 December 2013 (2012: 66%) with 28% (2012: 25%) invested in equity securities.

Under unit-linked contracts, premium income less charges levied is invested in a portfolio of assets. We manage the financial risks of this product on behalf of the policyholders by holding appropriate assets in segregated funds or portfolios to which the liabilities are linked. These assets represented 25% (2012: 25%) of the total financial assets of our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries at the end of 2013.

The remaining financial risks are managed either solely on behalf of the shareholder, or jointly on behalf of the shareholder and policyholders where DPF exist.

Market risk

(Audited)

Market risk arises when mismatches occur between product liabilities and the investment assets which back them. For example, mismatches between asset and liability yields and maturities give rise to interest rate risk.

Long-term insurance or investment products may incorporate benefits that are guaranteed. Fixed

 

guaranteed benefits, for example for annuities in payment, are reserved for as part of the calculation of liabilities under insurance contracts.

In the case of products that offer guaranteed financial returns, if mismatches exist as a result of current yields falling below guaranteed levels for a prolonged period, the risk that shareholder capital is required to meet liabilities to policyholders increases. The table below shows the total reserve held for the stochastically modelled cost of guarantees under products manufactured by our insurance subsidiaries that offer a guaranteed level of financial return. The cost of guarantees is reserved for through policyholder liabilities to the extent that local reserving requirements require liabilities to be held, with the remainder accounted for as a deduction to PVIF on the relevant product. The table also shows the range of investment returns on the assets supporting these products and the implied investment returns that would enable the business to meet the guarantees.

The only portfolios of contracts where current investment returns are below guaranteed rates are reported in the nominal annual return 4.1-5.0% category in the table below. These relate to closed portfolios in Hong Kong (guaranteed rate 5.0%, current yield 4.1%) and France (guaranteed rate 4.5%, current yield 4.4%).

 

 

254


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Financial return guarantees 59,65

(Audited)

 

     2013           2012  
    

Investment

returns

implied by

guarantee

    

Current

yields

     Cost of
guarantees
         

Investment

returns

implied by

guarantee

    

Current

yields

     Cost of
guarantees
 
     %      %      US$m           %      %      US$m  

Capital

     0.0         0.0 – 4.4         57            0.0         0.0 – 3.3         83   

Nominal annual return

     0.1 – 2.0         4.1 – 4.1         9            0.1 – 2.0         3.1 – 3.1        10   

Nominal annual return

     2.1 – 4.0         4.2 – 4.4         471            2.1 – 4.0         3.3 – 4.3         503   

Nominal annual return

     4.1 – 5.0         4.1 – 4.4         25            4.1 – 5.0         3.3 – 4.1         22   

Real annual return 66

     0.0 – 6.0         6.4 – 6.4         13            0.0 – 6.0         7.3 – 7.3         20   
           575                  638   

For footnotes, see page 265.

 

In addition to the above a deduction from PVIF of US$134m (2012: US$214m) is made in respect of the modelled cost of guaranteed annuity options attached to certain unit-linked pension products.

The following table illustrates the effects of selected interest rate, equity price, foreign exchange rate and credit spread scenarios on our profit for the year and the total equity of our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries.

Where appropriate, we include the impact of the stress on the PVIF in the results of the sensitivity

tests. The relationship between the profit and total equity and the risk factors is non-linear and, therefore, the results disclosed should not be extrapolated to measure sensitivities to different levels of stress. The sensitivities are stated before allowance for management actions which may mitigate the effect of changes in market rates. The sensitivities presented allow for adverse changes in policyholder behaviour that may arise in response to changes in market rates.

 

 

Sensitivity of HSBC’s insurance manufacturing subsidiaries to market risk factors

(Audited)

 

     2013           2012  
    

Effect on

profit

after tax

US$m

         

Effect on

total

equity

US$m

         

Effect on

profit

after tax

US$m

         

Effect on

total

equity

US$m

 

+ 100 basis points parallel shift in yield curves

     151            (199         125            (263

– 100 basis points parallel shift in yield curves

     (230         139            (208         205   

10% increase in equity prices

     149            149            91            91   

10% decrease in equity prices

     (129         (129         (92         (92

10% increase in US dollar exchange rate compared to all currencies

     21            21            40            40   

10% decrease in US dollar exchange rate compared to all currencies

     (21         (21         (40         (40

Sensitivity to credit spread increases

     (21         (46         (18         (50

 

Credit risk

(Audited)

Credit risk can give rise to losses through default and can lead to volatility in our income statement and balance sheet figures through movements in credit spreads, principally on the US$51bn (2012: US$48bn) bond portfolio supporting non-linked contracts and shareholders’ funds.

As tabulated above, the sensitivity of the net profit after tax of our insurance subsidiaries to the effects of increases in credit spreads has increased since 2012 due to portfolio growth during 2013. The balance and related movement are small because about 90% of the debt securities held by our

insurance subsidiaries are classified as either held to maturity or available for sale, and consequently any changes in the fair value of these financial investments, absent impairment, would have no effect on the profit after tax. We calculate the sensitivity using simplified assumptions based on a one-day movement in credit spreads over a two-year period. A confidence level of 99%, consistent with our Group VaR, is applied.

Credit quality

(Audited)

The following table presents an analysis of treasury bills, other eligible bills and debt securities within our insurance business by measures of credit quality.

 

 

255


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Only assets supporting liabilities under non-linked insurance and investment contracts and shareholders’ funds are included in the table as financial risk on assets supporting unit-linked liabilities is predominantly borne by the

policyholder. 83.4% (2012: 83.5%) of the assets included in the table are invested in investments rated as ‘strong’.

For a definition of the five credit quality classifications, see page 267 (unaudited).

 

 

Treasury bills, other eligible bills and debt securities in HSBC’s insurance manufacturing subsidiaries

(Audited)

 

         Neither past due nor impaired              
         Strong
US$m
          Good
US$m
          Satisfactory
US$m
          Sub-standard
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2013

                            

Supporting liabilities under non-linked insurance and investment contracts

                            

Trading assets – debt securities

       3                                             3   

Financial assets designated at fair value

       2,780            691            224            215            3,910   

– debt securities

         2,780            691            224            215            3,910   

Financial investments – debt securities

       36,113            4,596            1,699            231            42,639   
       38,896            5,287            1,923            446            46,552   

Supporting shareholders’ funds 67

                            

Financial assets designated at fair value

       191            298            73            34            596   

– treasury and other eligible bills

         50                                             50   

– debt securities

         141            298            73            34            546   

Financial investments – debt securities

       3,356            176            139            65            3,736   
       3,547            474            212            99            4,332   

Total 59

                            

Trading assets – debt securities

       3                                             3   

Financial assets designated at fair value

       2,971            989            297            249            4,506   

– treasury and other eligible bills

         50                                             50   

– debt securities

         2,921            989            297            249            4,456   

Financial investments – debt securities

       39,469            4,772            1,838            296            46,375   
       42,443            5,761            2,135            545            50,884   

At 31 December 2012

                            

Supporting liabilities under non-linked insurance and investment contracts

                            

Trading assets – debt securities

       1                       3                       4   

Financial assets designated at fair value

       2,807            638            219            178            3,842   

– treasury and other eligible bills

       39                                             39   

– debt securities

       2,768            638            219            178            3,803   

Financial investments – debt securities

       34,392            4,265            1,627            187            40,471   
       37,200            4,903            1,849            365            44,317   

Supporting shareholders’ funds 67

                            

Financial assets designated at fair value – debt securities

       229            146            13            20            408   

Financial investments – debt securities

       2,356            353            131            62            2,902   
       2,585            499            144            82            3,310   

Total 59

                            

Trading assets – debt securities

       1                       3                       4   

Financial assets designated at fair value

       3,036            784            232            198            4,250   

– treasury and other eligible bills

       39                                             39   

– debt securities

       2,997            784            232            198            4,211   

Financial investments – debt securities

       36,748            4,618            1,758            249            43,373   
       39,785            5,402            1,993            447            47,627   

For footnotes, see page 265.

 

256


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Credit risk also arises when assumed insurance risk is ceded to reinsurers. The split of liabilities ceded to reinsurers and outstanding reinsurance recoveries, analysed by credit quality, is shown

below. Our exposure to third parties under the reinsurance agreements described in the Appendix to Risk on page 293 is included in this table.

 

 

Reinsurers’ share of liabilities under insurance contracts

(Audited)

 

     Neither past due nor impaired           Past due              
     Strong           Good           Satisfactory           Sub-
standard
          but not
impaired
          Total  
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

At 31 December 2013

                                

Unit-linked insurance

     72            218                                             290   

Non-linked insurance 68

     1,103            8            7                                  1,118   

Total 59

     1,175            226            7                                  1,408   

Reinsurance debtors

     17            1                                  10            28   

At 31 December 2012

                                

Unit-linked insurance

     55            400                                             455   

Non-linked insurance 68

     936            4            6                       6            952   

Total 59

     991            404            6                       6            1,407   

Reinsurance debtors

     19            133                                  8            160   

For footnotes, see page 265.

 

Liquidity risk

(Audited)

The following tables show the expected undiscounted cash flows for insurance contract liabilities and the remaining contractual maturity of investment contract liabilities at 31 December 2013. The liquidity risk exposure is borne in conjunction

with policyholders for the majority of our business, and wholly borne by the policyholder in the case of unit-linked business.

The profile of the expected maturity of the insurance contracts at 31 December 2013 remained comparable with 2012.

 

 

Expected maturity of insurance contract liabilities

(Audited)

 

     Expected cash flows (undiscounted)  
     Within 1 year           1-5 years           5-15 years           Over 15 years           Total  
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

At 31 December 2013

                          

Unit-linked insurance

     1,106            3,609            9,757            13,725            28,197   

Non-linked insurance 68

     3,977            11,731            26,848            31,306            73,862   

Total 59

     5,083            15,340            36,605            45,031            102,059   

At 31 December 2012

                          

Unit-linked insurance

     1,243            3,761            10,446            13,497            28,947   

Non-linked insurance 68

     4,254            12,202            23,420            27,836            67,712   

Total 59

     5,497            15,963            33,866            41,333            96,659   

For footnotes, see page 265.

 

257


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Remaining contractual maturity of investment contract liabilities

(Audited)

 

     Liabilities under investment contracts issued
by insurance manufacturing subsidiaries
59
 
     Unit-linked
investment
contracts
         

Investment

contracts
with DPF

         

Other

investment

contracts

          Total  
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

At 31 December 2013

                    

Remaining contractual maturity:

                    

– due within 1 year

     232                       454            686   

– due over 1 year to 5 years

     778                                  778   

– due over 5 years to 10 years

     852                                  852   

– due after 10 years

     2,254                                  2,254   

– undated 69

     5,614            26,427            3,755            35,796   
     9,730            26,427            4,209            40,366   

At 31 December 2012

                    

Remaining contractual maturity:

                    

– due within 1 year

     195            4            458            657   

– due over 1 year to 5 years

     675                                  675   

– due over 5 years to 10 years

     731                                  731   

– due after 10 years

     2,061                                  2,061   

– undated 69

     5,029            24,370            3,762            33,161   
     8,691            24,374            4,220            37,285   

For footnotes, see page 265.

 

Insurance risk

Following disposals of non-life entities and portfolios in 2012 and 2013, substantially all remaining manufacturing business is life business. Insurance risk is principally measured in terms of liabilities under the contracts.

A principal risk we continue to face is that, over time, the cost of acquiring and administering a contract, claims and benefits may exceed the aggregate amount of premiums received and investment income. The cost of claims and benefits

can be influenced by many factors, including mortality and morbidity experience, lapse and surrender rates and, if the policy has a savings element, the performance of the assets held to support the liabilities.

The following tables analyse our insurance risk exposures by geographical region and by type of business. The insurance risk profile and related exposures remained largely consistent with those observed at 31 December 2012.

 

 

Analysis of insurance risk – liabilities under insurance contracts 60,61

(Audited)

 

     Europe
US$m
          Hong
Kong
  US$m
          Rest of
Asia-
Pacific
  US$m
          Latin
America
US$m
          Total
  US$m
 

At 31 December 2013

                          

Non-linked insurance 68

     1,383            28,588            1,966            2,013            33,950   

Insurance contracts with DPF 70

     380            25,964            576                       26,920   

Credit life

     130                       74                       204   

Annuities

     622                       129            1,407            2,158   

Term assurance and other long-term contracts

     250            2,624            1,171            599            4,644   

Non-life insurance

     1                       16            7            24   

Unit-linked insurance

     3,976            4,353            712            4,763            13,804   

Investment contracts with DPF 55,70

     26,427                                             26,427   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     31,786            32,941            2,678            6,776            74,181   

 

258


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

     Europe
US$m
          Hong
Kong
US$m
          Rest of
Asia-
Pacific
US$m
          Latin
America
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2012

                          

Non-linked insurance 68

     1,334            25,615            1,602            2,214            30,765   

Insurance contracts with DPF 70

     353            23,685            439                       24,477   

Credit life

     160                       61                       221   

Annuities

     586                       122            1,579            2,287   

Term assurance and other long-term contracts

     220            1,930            965            584            3,699   

Non-life insurance

     15                       15            51            81   

Unit-linked insurance

     3,249            3,786            594            5,427            13,056   

Investment contracts with DPF 55,70

     24,370                       4                       24,374   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     28,953            29,401            2,200            7,641            68,195   

For footnotes, see page 265.

 

Our most significant life insurance products are investment contracts with DPF issued in France, insurance contracts with DPF issued in Hong Kong and unit-linked contracts issued in Latin America, Hong Kong and the UK.

Sensitivities to non-economic assumptions

(Audited)

Policyholder liabilities and PVIF for life manufacturers are determined by reference to non-economic assumptions including mortality and/or morbidity, lapse rates and expense rates. The table below shows the sensitivity of profit for 2013 and total equity at 31 December 2013 to reasonably possible changes in these non-economic assumptions at that date across all our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries, with comparatives for 2012.

Mortality and morbidity risk is typically associated with life insurance contracts. The effect on profit of an increase in mortality or morbidity depends on the type of business being written. Our largest exposures to mortality and morbidity risk exist in Brazil, France and Hong Kong.

Sensitivity to lapse rates depends on the type of contracts being written. For insurance contracts, claims are funded by premiums received and income earned on the investment portfolio supporting the

liabilities. For a portfolio of term assurance, an increase in lapse rates typically has a negative effect on profit due to the loss of future premium income on the lapsed policies. However, some contract lapses have a positive effect on profit due to the existence of policy surrender charges. Brazil, France, Hong Kong and the UK are where we are most sensitive to a change in lapse rates.

Expense rate risk is the exposure to a change in the cost of administering insurance contracts. To the extent that increased expenses cannot be passed on to policyholders, an increase in expense rates will have a negative effect on our profits.

Sensitivity analysis

(Audited)

 

     2013
US$m
     2012
US$m
 

Effect on profit after tax and total equity at 31 December

     

10% increase in mortality and/or morbidity rates

     (76      (88

10% decrease in mortality and/or morbidity rates

     79         92   

10% increase in lapse rates 71

     (119      (130

10% decrease in lapse rates 71

     133         145   

10% increase in expense rates

     (101      (106

10% decrease in expense rates

     100         107   

For footnote, see page 265.

 

.

 

259


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Other material risks

 

 

   Page    App 1    Tables    Page

Reputational risk

   260    294          

Pension risk

   260    295      

Pension plans in the UK

      296      

The principal plan

   261       The principal plan – target asset allocation    261
         Benefit payments (US$m)    261

Future developments

   262         

Pension plans in Hong Kong

      296      

The HSBC Group Hong Kong Local Staff Retirement Benefit Scheme

   262         

Pension plans in North America

      296      

The HSBC North America (US) Retirement Income Plan

   263               

Sustainability risk

   263    297          

1 Appendix to Risk – risk policies and practices.

           

 

R eputational risk

(Unaudited)

Reputational risk can arise from issues, activities and associations that might pose a threat to the reputation of the Group locally, regionally or internationally.

We have continued to take steps to tackle the root causes of the deficiencies that, amongst other things, led to the Group entering into DPAs with various US authorities in relation to investigations regarding inadequate compliance with anti-money laundering and sanctions law in December 2012.

A number of measures to address the requirements of the DPAs and otherwise to enhance our anti-money laundering and sanctions compliance framework have been taken and are ongoing. These measures, which should also serve over time to enhance our reputational risk management, include the following:

 

 

simplifying our business through the ongoing implementation of our Group strategy, including the adoption of a global risk filter which is helping to standardise our approach to doing business in higher risk countries;

 

 

a substantial increase in resources and investment allocated to the Compliance function, and its reorganisation into two sub-functions (see ‘Compliance risk’ on page 247);

 

 

an increase in dedicated reputational risk resources centrally and in each region in which we operate and the introduction of a central case management and tracking process for reputational risk and client relationship matters;

 

 

the continued roll-out of training and communication about the HSBC Values

   

programme that defines the way everyone in the Group should act and seeks to ensure that the Values are embedded into our business as usual operations; and

 

 

the ongoing development and implementation of the Global Standards by which we conduct our businesses. This includes ensuring there is a globally consistent approach to knowing and retaining our customers and enforcing a uniform global sanctions policy.

Detecting and preventing illicit actors’ access to the global financial system calls for constant vigilance and we will continue to cooperate closely with all governments to achieve success. This is integral to the execution of our strategy, to our core values and to preserving and enhancing our reputation.

P ension risk

(Audited)

We operate a number of pension plans throughout the world. Some are defined benefit plans, of which the largest is the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme (‘the principal plan’).

There were no material changes to our policies and procedures for the management of pension risk in 2013.

During 2013, the Group’s defined benefit pension plans increased from a net asset of US$32m to a net asset of US$125m. This was mainly due to reductions in plan liabilities outside the UK exceeding the deterioration in the UK principal plan net balance sheet position.

 

 

260


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

The principal plan

(Audited)

In 2006 the principal plan’s assets consisted of a portfolio which reflected a largely equity-based strategy. At the time, HSBC and the Trustee of the principal plan agreed to change the investment strategy in order to reduce the investment risk and also to reduce the interest rate inflation risk of the principal plan. The target asset allocations for this strategy at that time, as revised in 2012 and at this year-end are shown below, demonstrating the ongoing evolution of the strategy. The strategy is to hold the majority of assets in bonds, with the remainder in a more diverse range of investments, and includes a portfolio of interest rate and inflation swaps (see Note 44 on the Financial Statements) by which the principal plan makes Libor-related interest payments in exchange for the receipt of cash flows which are based on projected future benefit payments to be made from the principal plan. HSBC and the Trustee have developed a general framework, which, over time, will see the Scheme’s asset strategy evolve to be less risky: this is described in further detail below.

The principal plan – target asset allocation

 

     2013           2012           2006  
     %           %           %  

Equities 72

     19.4            15.5            15.0   

Bonds

     64.5            60.5            50.0   

Alternative assets 73

     10.6            9.5            10.0   

Property

     5.5            9.0            10.0   

Cash 74

                5.5            15.0   
     100.0            100.0            100.0   

For footnotes, see page 265.

As a result of a special contribution to the principal plan in June 2010 of £1,760m (US$2,638m), a cash generating portfolio was established. The portfolio comprised supra-national, agency and government-guaranteed securities, ABSs, corporate subordinated debt and auction rate securities. A further special contribution in December 2011 of £184m (US$286m) added to this portfolio. The contribution was used to purchase ABSs from HSBC at an arm’s length value determined by the principal plan’s independent third-party advisers. However, these assets may be supplemented with other assets from time to time.

The latest actuarial valuation of the principal plan was made as at 31 December 2011 by C G Singer, Fellow of the Institute of Actuaries, of Towers Watson Limited. At that date, the market value of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme’s assets was £18.3bn (US$28.3bn) (including assets

relating to the defined benefit plan, the defined contribution plan and additional voluntary contributions). The market value of the plan assets represented 100% of the amount expected to be required, on the basis of the assumptions adopted, to provide the benefits accrued to members after allowing for expected future increases in earnings. There was therefore no resulting surplus/deficit. The method adopted for this valuation was the projected unit method.

The expected cash flows from the principal plan were projected by reference to the Retail Price Index (‘RPI’) swap break-even curve at 31 December 2011. Salary increases were assumed to be 0.5% per annum above RPI and inflationary pension increases, subject to a minimum of 0% and a maximum of 5% (maximum of 3% per annum in respect of service accrued since 1 July 2009), were assumed to be in line with RPI. The projected cash flows were discounted at the Libor swap curve at 31 December 2011 plus a margin for the expected return on the investment strategy of 160bps per annum. The mortality experience of the principal plan’s pensioners over the six-year period (2006-2011) was analysed and, on the basis of this analysis, the mortality assumptions were set, based on the SAPS S1 series of tables adjusted to reflect the pensioner experience. Allowance was made for future improvements to mortality rates in line with the Continuous Mortality Investigation core projections with a long run improvement rate set at 2% for males and 1.5% for females. The benefits payable from the defined benefit plan from 2014 are expected to be as shown in the chart below.

Benefit payments (US$m)

 

LOGO

As part of the 31 December 2011 valuation, calculations were also made of the amount of assets that might be needed to meet the liabilities if the principal plan was discontinued and the members’ benefits bought out with an insurance company (although in practice this may not be possible for a plan of this size) or the Trustee continued to run the plan without the support of HSBC. The amount

 

 

261


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

required under this approach was estimated to be £26.2bn (US$40.6bn) as at 31 December 2011. In arriving at this estimation, a more prudent assumption about future mortality was made than for the assessment of the ongoing position and it was assumed that the Trustee would alter the investment strategy to be an appropriately matched portfolio of UK government bonds. An explicit allowance for expenses was also included.

Based on the latest valuation as at 31 December 2011 and there being no deficit, no technical provisions recovery plan is required and the schedule of future funding payments agreed after the 2008 actuarial valuation was dissolved.

HSBC and the Trustee have developed a general framework which, over time, will see the principal plan’s asset strategy evolve to be less risky and further aligned to the expected future cash-flows, referred to as the Target Matching Portfolio (‘TMP’). The TMP would therefore contain sufficient assets, the majority of which will be bond-like in nature, which are more closely aligned to the liability profile. Progress towards the TMP can be achieved by asset returns in excess of that assumed and/or additional funding. In 2013, HSBC agreed to make general framework contributions of £64m (US$103m) in each of the calendar years 2013, 2014 and 2015 as well as £128m (US$212m) in 2016. Contingent upon the continued implementation of the general framework, further contributions have been agreed to be made in future years.

After the 2008 valuation, HSBC considered that the agreed recovery plan payments, together with investment returns (at an expected level of 240 basis points above the Libor swap curve), would be sufficient to meet the deficit as at 31 December 2008 over the agreed period. HSBC also agreed with the Trustee that at each subsequent actuarial valuation any shortfall in investment returns relative to this expected level, subject to a maximum of 50 basis points per annum, would be eliminated by payment of equal cash instalments over the remaining years to the end of the recovery plan period.

Although the 2011 triennial valuation disclosed no deficit and therefore no technical provisions recovery plan is required, HSBC and the Trustee have agreed to maintain this investment performance underwriting agreement. The investment performance will be assessed every three years, with an end date of 31 December 2017. Any payments due would only be payable if a technical provisions deficit is present at the reference date.

HSBC Bank is also making contributions to the principal plan in respect of the accrual of benefits of

defined benefit section members. Since April 2010, after completion of the 2008 valuation, HSBC has paid contributions at the rate of 34% of pensionable salaries (less member contributions).

Following completion of the 2011 triennial valuation, HSBC will pay contributions at the rate of 43% of pensionable salaries (less member contributions) from 1 April 2013. An additional employer contribution was paid in April 2013 equal to 9% of pensionable salaries, in respect of the period 1 January 2012 to 31 March 2013.

Future developments

(Unaudited)

In June 2013, following consultation on various employee benefit proposals, HSBC announced to employees in the UK that the future service accrual for active members of the Defined Benefit Section (‘DBS’) would cease with effect from 30 June 2015. As a result, defined benefit pensions based on service to 30 June 2015 will continue to be linked to final salary on retirement (underpinned by increases in CPI) but all active members of the DBS will become members of the Defined Contribution Section from 1 July 2015. As part of these amendments, the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme (‘the Scheme’) will cease to deliver ill-health benefits to active members of the DBS, and these benefits will, instead, be covered via insurance policies from 1 January 2015, consistent with other UK employees. This resulted in a reduction in the defined benefit obligation of the Scheme and a corresponding gain of US$430m, recorded in ‘Past service cost and (gains)/losses on settlements’.

The HSBC Group Hong Kong Local Staff Retirement Benefit Scheme

(Audited)

The scheme mainly invests in bonds with a smaller portion in equities and each investment manager has been assigned an investment mandate with the targeted asset allocation. The ranges of target asset allocations for the portfolio are as follows: bonds and cash 55-100%, equity 0-25% and alternative investments 0-20%. Alternative investments refer to high-return and high-risk alternatives including, but not limited to, private equity funds, hedge funds, energy, gold, agriculture, commodities and distressed assets.

The latest actuarial valuation of the defined benefit scheme was made at 31 December 2012 by Wing Lui, Fellow of the Society of Actuaries, of Towers Watson Hong Kong Limited. At that valuation date, the market value of the defined benefit scheme’s assets was US$1,087m. On an

 

 

262


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

ongoing basis, the defined benefit scheme’s assets represented 100% of the actuarial present value of the benefits accrued to members, after allowing for expected future increases in salaries. On a wind-up basis, the scheme’s assets represented 107% of the members’ vested benefits, based on current salaries, and the resulting surplus amounted to US$68m. The attained age method has been adopted for the valuation and the major assumptions used in this valuation were a discount rate of 5% per annum and long-term salary increases of 4% per annum. The recommended employer contribution rate as a percentage of scheme salaries is 15% over the period 1 January 2013 to 31 December 2013, and 16.1% (local staff category) and 20% (senior staff category) over the period 1 January 2014 to 31 December 2015. No additional special contributions have been agreed.

The HSBC North America (US) Retirement Income Plan

(Audited)

In 2010, the Investment Committee (the ‘Committee’) unanimously agreed to transition the retirement income plan’s target asset allocation mix to 40% equity securities, 59% fixed income securities and 1% cash over a 24-month period. In 2011, the Committee decided to accelerate this shift to the 2011 year-end and the target asset allocation mix was maintained during 2012. Should interest rates rise faster than currently projected by the Committee, a further shift to a higher percentage of fixed income securities may be made.

In the third quarter of 2012, it was agreed to cease all future contributions under the cash balance formula and freeze the plan with effect from 1 January 2013. The participants no longer accrue benefits, though those with existing balances continue to receive interest credits until the account is distributed.

The most recent actuarial valuation of the plan to determine compliance with US statutory funding requirements was made at 1 January 2013. At that date, the market value of the plan’s assets was US$3,614m. The assets represented 122% of the benefits accrued to members as valued under the provisions of the Pension Protection Act of 2006 that was effective for the plan year beginning 1 January 2008. The resulting surplus amounted to US$646m. The method employed for this valuation was the traditional unit credit method and the discount rate was determined using a segment rate method as selected by HSBC under the relevant regulations, which resulted in an effective interest rate of 6.42% per annum.

S ustainability risk

(Unaudited)

Assessing the environmental and social impacts of providing finance to our customers is integral to our overall risk management processes.

In 2013, we implemented several changes to our policies and procedures to streamline the management of sustainability risks. This ranged from producing guidelines on how we extend the Equator Principles beyond project finance into corporate loans, to technical improvements in our systems to improve the accuracy of our management information.

 

LOGO   A summary of our current policies and practices regarding reputational risk, pension risk and sustainability risk is provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 297.
 

 

Footnotes to Risk

Credit risk

 

1 ‘Other personal lending’ includes second lien mortgages and other property-related lending.
2 ‘Financial’ includes loans and advances to banks.
3 The loans and advances offset relates to customer loans and deposits and balances where there is a legally enforceable right of offset in the event of counterparty default and where, as a result, there is a net exposure for credit risk management purposes. However, as there is no intention to settle these balances on a net basis under normal circumstances, they do not qualify for net presentation for accounting purposes. The effects of collateral held are not taken into account.
4 The amount of the loan commitments reflects, where relevant, the expected level of take-up of pre-approved loan offers made by mailshots to personal customers. In addition to those amounts, there is a further maximum possible exposure to credit risk of US$34bn (2012: US$28bn), reflecting the full take-up of such irrevocable loan commitments. The take-up of such offers is generally at modest levels.
5 Includes residential mortgages of HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Finance.
6 Comprising Rest of Asia-Pacific, Middle East and North Africa, and Latin America.
7 HSBC Finance lending is shown on a management basis and includes loans transferred to HSBC USA Inc. which are managed by HSBC Finance.

 

263


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

8 Property acquired through foreclosure is initially recognised at the lower of the carrying amount of the loan or its fair value less estimated costs to sell (‘initial foreclosed property carrying amount’). The average loss on sale of foreclosed properties is calculated as cash proceeds less the initial foreclosed properties carrying amount divided by the unpaid loan principal balance prior to write-down (excluding any accrued finance income) plus certain other ancillary disbursements that, by law, are reimbursable from the cash proceeds (e.g. real estate tax advances) and were incurred prior to our taking title to the property. This ratio represents the portion of our total loss on foreclosed properties that occurred after we took title to the property.
9 The average total loss on foreclosed properties includes both the loss on sale of the foreclosed property as discussed in footnote 8 and the cumulative write-downs recognised on the loans up to the time we took title to the property.
10 ‘Other commercial loans and advances’ include advances in respect of agriculture, transport, energy and utilities.
11 Impairment allowances are not reported for financial instruments, for which the carrying amount is reduced directly for impairment and not through the use of an allowance account.
12 Impairment is not measured for assets held in trading portfolios or designated at fair value as assets in such portfolios are managed according to movements in fair value, and the fair value movement is taken directly to the income statement. Consequently, we report all such balances under ‘Neither past due nor impaired’.
13 Loans and advances to customers’ includes asset-backed securities that have been externally rated as strong (2013: US$1.7bn; 2012: US$2.3bn), good (2013: US$255m; 2012: US$457m), satisfactory (2013: US$200m; 2012: US$390m), sub-standard (2013: US$283m; 2012: US$422m) and impaired (2013: US$252m; 2012: US$259m).
14 Included in this category are loans of US$1.9bn (2012: US$2.3bn) that have been re-aged once and were less than 60 days past due at the point of re-age. These loans are not classified as impaired following re-age due to the overall expectation that these customers will perform on the original contractual terms of their borrowing in the future.
15 ‘Individually assessed impaired loans and advances’ are those classified as CRR 9, CRR 10, EL 9 or EL 10, loans and advances 90 days or more past due, unless individually they have been assessed as not impaired (see page 172, ‘Past due but not impaired gross financial instruments’) and renegotiated loans and advances meeting the criteria to be disclosed as impaired (see page 185).
16 Collectively assessed loans and advances’ comprise homogeneous groups of loans that are not considered individually significant, and loans subject to individual assessment where no impairment has been identified on an individual basis, but on which a collective impairment allowance has been calculated to reflect losses which have been incurred but not yet identified.
17 Collectively assessed loans and advances not impaired’ are those classified as CRR1 to CRR8 and EL1 to EL8 but excluding loans and advances 90 days or more past due and renegotiated loans and advances meeting the criteria to be disclosed as impaired.
18 Collectively assessed impairment allowances’ are allocated to geographical segments based on the location of the office booking the allowances or provisions. Consequently, the collectively assessed impairment allowances booked in Hong Kong may cover assets booked in branches located outside Hong Kong, principally in Rest of Asia-Pacific, as well as those booked in Hong Kong.
19 Included within ‘Exchange and other movements’ is US$0.2bn of impairment allowances reclassified to held for sale (2012: US$0.8bn).
20 Net of repo transactions, settlement accounts and stock borrowings.
21 As a percentage of loans and advances to banks and loans and advances to customers, as applicable.
22 Loans and advances to customers are excluded from balances when reclassified to ‘Assets held for sale’.
23 ‘Currency translation’ is the effect of translating the results of subsidiaries and associates for the previous year at the average rates of exchange applicable in the current year.
24 Negative numbers are favourable: positive numbers are unfavourable.
25 Equity securities not included.
26 ‘First lien residential mortgages’ include Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme loans of US$3.2bn at 31 December 2013 (2012: US$3.2bn). Where disclosed, earlier comparatives were 2011: US$3.3bn; 2010: US$3.5bn; 2009: US$3.5bn.
27 The impairment allowances on loans and advances to banks in 2013 relate to the geographical regions, Europe, North America, and Middle East and North Africa; (2012: Europe and Middle East and North Africa).
28 In 2013, GB&M changed the way it manages repo and reverse repo activities in the Credit and Rates businesses as set out on page 219. This led to an increase in the amount of reverse repo agreements classified as ‘Loans and advances to customers’ at amortised cost. The increase in amortised cost balances primarily occurred in Europe and North America, specifically in the UK and the US.
29 Carrying amount of the net principal exposure.
30 Total includes holdings of ABSs issued by The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (‘Freddie Mac’) and The Federal National Mortgage Association (‘Fannie Mae’).
31 ‘Directly held’ includes assets held by Solitaire where we provide first loss protection and assets held directly by the Group.
32 Effect of impairments’ represents the reduction or increase in the reserve on initial impairment and subsequent reversal of impairment of the assets.
33 The gross principal is the redemption amount on maturity or, in the case of an amortising instrument, the sum of the future redemption amounts through the residual life of the security.
34 Credit default swap gross protection is the gross principal of the underlying instrument that is protected by CDSs.
35 Net principal exposure is the gross principal amount of assets that are not protected by CDSs. It also includes assets that benefit from monoline protection.
36 Cumulative fair value adjustment recorded against exposures to OTC derivative counterparties to reflect their creditworthiness.
37 Funded exposures represent the loan amounts advanced to the customer, net of fees held on deposit.
38 Unfunded exposures represent the contractually committed loan facility amount not yet drawn down by the customer, less any fair value write-downs, net of fees held on deposit.
39 ‘In-country liabilities’ in Italy include liabilities issued under local law but booked outside the country.

Liquidity and funding

 

40 The most favourable metrics are a smaller advances to core funding and larger stressed one-month and three-month coverage ratios.
41 The HSBC UK entity shown comprises five legal entities; HSBC Bank plc (including all overseas branches, and SPEs consolidated by HSBC Bank plc for Financial Statement purposes), Marks and Spencer Financial Services Limited, HSBC Private Bank (UK) Ltd, HFC Bank Ltd and HSBC Trust Company (UK) Limited, managed as a single operating entity, in line with the application of UK liquidity regulation as agreed with the UK PRA.
42 The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation represents the bank in Hong Kong including all overseas branches. Each branch is monitored and controlled for liquidity and funding risk purposes as a stand-alone operating entity.

 

264


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

43 The HSBC USA principal entity shown represents the HSBC USA Inc consolidated group; predominantly HSBC USA Inc and HSBC Bank USA, NA. The HSBC USA Inc consolidated group is managed as a single operating entity.
44 The total shown for other principal HSBC operating entities represents the combined position of all the other operating entities overseen directly by the Risk Management Meeting of the GMB.
45 Estimated liquidity value represents the expected realisable value of assets prior to management assumed haircuts.
46 The undrawn balance for the five largest committed liquidity facilities provided to customers other than facilities to conduits.
47 The undrawn balance for the total of all committed liquidity facilities provided to the largest market sector, other than facilities to conduits.

Market risk

 

48 Trading portfolios comprise positions arising from the market-making and warehousing of customer-derived positions.
49 Portfolio diversification is the market risk dispersion effect of holding a portfolio containing different risk types. It represents the reduction in unsystematic market risk that occurs when combining a number of different risk types, for example, interest rate, equity and foreign exchange, together in one portfolio. It is measured as the difference between the sum of the VaR by individual risk type and the combined total VaR. A negative number represents the benefit of portfolio diversification. As the maximum and minimum occur on different days for different risk types, it is not meaningful to calculate a portfolio diversification benefit for these measures.
50 The total VaR is non-additive across risk types due to diversification effects.
51 Investments in private equity are primarily made through managed funds that are subject to limits on the amount of investment. Potential new commitments are subject to risk appraisal to ensure that industry and geographical concentrations remain within acceptable levels for the portfolio as a whole. Regular reviews are performed to substantiate the valuation of the investments within the portfolio.
52 Investments held to facilitate ongoing business include holdings in government-sponsored enterprises and local stock exchanges.
53 Instead of assuming that all interest rates move together, we group our interest rate exposures into currency blocs whose rates are considered likely to move together. See ‘Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements’ on page 574.

Risk management of insurance operations

 

54 Other long-term includes term assurance, credit life insurance, and universal life insurance.
55 Although investment contracts with discretionary participation features (‘DPF’) are financial investments, HSBC continues to account for them as insurance contracts as permitted by IFRS 4.
56 No assets and liabilities are classified as held for sale in the current period. In the comparative period assets and liabilities that were classified as held for sale were reported in the ‘Other assets’ column together with shareholder assets. The majority of these assets (which totalled US$2.0bn) were debt securities with a ‘strong’ credit rating and were reported as ‘Other assets and investment properties’. All liabilities for insurance businesses classified as held for sale were reported in ‘Other liabilities’ and totalled US$1.2bn. The majority of these liabilities were life and non-life policyholder liabilities expected to mature after five years.
57 Present value of in-force long-term insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF.
58 Deferred tax includes the deferred tax liabilities arising on recognition of PVIF.
59 Does not include associated insurance company SABB Takaful Company or joint venture insurance company Canara HSBC Oriental Bank of Commerce Life Insurance Company Limited.
60 HSBC has no insurance manufacturing subsidiaries in the Middle East and North Africa.
61 The life insurance business in North America previously reported as held-for-sale was disposed of in the first half of 2013.
62 Comprise unit-linked life insurance contracts and linked long-term investment contracts.
63 Comprise non-linked insurance contracts and non-linked long-term investment contracts.
64 Comprise mainly loans and advances to banks, cash and intercompany balances with other non-insurance legal entities.
65 The cost of guarantees figure presented comprises the modelled cost of guarantees under products manufactured by our insurance subsidiaries, including both the cost of guarantees reserved for through policyholder liabilities and the amount accounted for as a deduction to PVIF. This is considered to provide more relevant information than the total liabilities to policyholders established for guaranteed products manufactured by our insurance subsidiaries as disclosed in prior periods.
66 Real annual return guarantees provide the policyholder a guaranteed return in excess of the rate of inflation, and are supported by inflation-linked debt securities with yields that are also expressed in real terms.
67 Shareholders’ funds comprise solvency and unencumbered assets.
68 Non-linked insurance includes remaining non-life business.
69 In most cases, policyholders have the option to terminate their contracts at any time and receive the surrender values of their policies. These may be significantly lower than the amounts shown.
70 Insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF can give policyholders the contractual right to receive, as a supplement to their guaranteed benefits, additional benefits that may be a significant portion of the total contractual benefits, but whose amount and timing are determined by HSBC. These additional benefits are contractually based on the performance of a specified pool of contracts or assets, or the profit of the company issuing the contracts.
71 Sensitivity to lapse rates has been updated to show the effect of a ±10% stress compared to the effect of a ±50% stress disclosed in prior periods since this is considered to provide more relevant information which is better aligned to the severity of the other sensitivities to non-economic assumptions disclosed.

Pension risk

 

72 Option overlay strategies which are expected to improve the risk/return profile of the equity allocation will be targeted.
73 In 2012 and 2013, alternative assets included ABSs, MBSs and infrastructure assets. In 2006, alternative assets included loans and infrastructure assets.
74 Whilst there is no target cash allocation, the amount of cash is expected to vary between 0-5% depending upon the liquidity requirements of the scheme, which will affect the actual allocation of bonds correspondingly.

 

265


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Country distribution of outstandings and cross-border exposures

 

75 These balances were between 0.75% and 1% of total assets. All other balances were above 1%.

Risk elements in the loan portfolio

 

76 In addition to the numbers presented there were US$0.2bn of impaired loans (2012: US$1.3bn); US$0.04bn unimpaired loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest (2012: nil); and US$0.07bn of troubled debt restructurings (not included in the classifications above) (2012: US$0.4bn), all relating to assets held for sale at 31 December 2013.
77 Assets held for resale represent assets obtained by taking possession of collateral held as security for financial assets.
78 Ratio excludes trading loans classified as in default.

 

265a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

LOGO

  

Appendix to Risk

 

Risk policies and practices

This appendix describes the significant policies and practices employed by HSBC in managing our credit risk, liquidity and funding, market risk, operational risk (including compliance risk, legal risk and fiduciary risk), insurance risk, reputational risk, pension risk and sustainability risk.

Risk governance

(Unaudited)

Our strong risk governance reflects the importance placed by the Board and the Group Risk Committee (‘GRC’) on shaping the Group’s risk strategy and managing risks effectively. It is supported by a clear policy framework of risk ownership, a risk appetite process through which the types and levels of risk that we are prepared to accept in executing our strategy are articulated and monitored, performance scorecards cascaded from the Group Management Board (‘GMB’) that align business and risk objectives, and the accountability of all staff for identifying, assessing and managing risks within the scope of their assigned responsibilities. This personal accountability, reinforced by the governance structure, experience and mandatory learning, helps to foster a disciplined and constructive culture of risk management and control throughout HSBC.

 

 

Credit risk

Credit risk management

(Audited)

The role of an independent credit control unit is fulfilled by the Global Risk function. Credit approval authorities are delegated by the Board to certain executive officers of HSBC Holdings. Similar credit approval authorities are delegated by the boards of subsidiary companies to executive officers of the relevant subsidiaries. In each major subsidiary, a Chief Risk Officer reports to the local Chief Executive Officer on credit-related issues, while maintaining a direct functional reporting line to the Group Chief Risk Officer in Global Risk. Details of the roles and responsibilities of the credit risk management function and the policies and procedures for managing credit risk are set out below. Apart from the creation of a new Group Models Oversight Committee and supportive framework, there were no significant changes in 2013.

 

 

The high-level oversight and management of credit risk provided globally by the Credit Risk function in Global Risk

 

 

to formulate Group credit policy. Compliance, subject to approved dispensations, is mandatory for all operating companies which must develop local credit policies consistent with Group policies;

 

 

to guide operating companies on our appetite for credit risk exposure to specified market sectors, activities and banking products and controlling exposures to certain higher-risk sectors;

 

 

to undertake an independent review and objective assessment of risk. Global Risk assesses all commercial non-bank credit facilities and exposures over designated limits, prior to the facilities being committed to customers or transactions being undertaken;

 

 

to monitor the performance and management of portfolios across the Group;

 

 

to control exposure to sovereign entities, banks and other financial institutions, as well as debt securities which are not held solely for the purpose of trading;

 

 

to set Group policy on large credit exposures, ensuring that concentrations of exposure by counterparty, sector or geography do not become excessive in relation to our capital base, and remain within internal and regulatory limits;

 

 

to control our cross-border exposures (see page 274);

 

 

to maintain and develop our risk rating framework and systems, the governance of which is under the general oversight of the Group Model Oversight Committee (‘MOC’). The Group MOC meets bi-monthly and reports to the Risk Management Meeting. It is chaired by the risk function and its membership is drawn from Global Risk and global businesses;

 

 

to report to the Risk Management Meeting, the GRC and the Board on high risk portfolios, risk concentrations, country limits and cross-border exposures, large impaired accounts, impairment allowances, stress testing results and recommendations and retail portfolio performance; and

 

 

to act on behalf of HSBC Holdings as the primary interface, for credit-related issues, with the Bank of England, the PRA, local regulators, rating agencies, analysts and counterparts in major banks and non-bank financial institutions.

 

 

266


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Principal objectives of our credit risk management

 

 

to maintain across HSBC a strong culture of responsible lending and a robust risk policy and control framework;

 

 

to both partner and challenge our businesses in defining, implementing and continually re-evaluating our risk appetite under actual and scenario conditions; and

 

 

to ensure there is independent, expert scrutiny of credit risks, their costs and their mitigation.

Credit quality of financial instruments

(Audited)

Our credit risk rating systems and processes differentiate exposures in order to highlight those with greater risk factors and higher potential severity of loss. In the case of individually significant accounts that are predominantly within our wholesale businesses, risk ratings are reviewed regularly and any amendments are implemented promptly. Within our retail businesses, risk is assessed and managed using a wide range of risk and pricing models to generate portfolio data.

Our risk rating system facilitates the internal ratings-based (‘IRB’) approach under Basel II adopted by the Group to support calculation of our minimum credit regulatory capital requirement. Our credit quality classifications are defined below.

Special attention is paid to problem exposures in order to accelerate remedial action. When appropriate, our operating companies use specialist units to provide customers with support to help them avoid default wherever possible.

Group and regional Credit Review and Risk Identification teams regularly review exposures and processes in order to provide an independent, rigorous assessment of credit risk across the Group, reinforce secondary risk management controls and share best practice. Internal audit, as a tertiary control function, focuses on risks with a global perspective and on the design and effectiveness of primary and secondary controls, carrying out oversight audits via the sampling of global/regional control frameworks, themed audits of key or emerging risks and project audits to assess major change initiatives.

The five credit quality classifications defined below each encompass a range of granular internal credit rating grades assigned to wholesale and retail lending businesses and the external ratings attributed by external agencies to debt securities. There is no direct correlation between the internal and external ratings at granular level, except to the extent each falls within a single quality classification.

Credit quality classification

(Unaudited)

 

    

 

Debt securities

and other bills

  

  

       

 

Wholesale lending

and derivatives

  

  

        Retail lending   
    

External

credit rating

         

Internal

credit rating

         

12 month
probability of

default %

         

Internal

credit rating 1

         

Expected

loss %

 

Quality classification

                          

Strong

     A– and above            CRR 2 1 to CRR2            0 – 0.169            EL 3 1 to EL2            0 – 0.999   

Good

     BBB+ to BBB–            CRR3            0.170 – 0.740            EL3            1.000 – 4.999   

Satisfactory

    

 

BB+ to B+ and

unrated

  

  

        CRR4 to CRR5            0.741 – 4.914            EL4 to EL5            5.000 – 19.999   

Sub-standard

     B to C            CRR6 to CRR8            4.915 – 99.999            EL6 to EL8            20.000 – 99.999   

Impaired

     Default            CRR9 to CRR10            100            EL9 to EL10            100+ or defaulted 4  

 

1 We observe the disclosure convention that, in addition to those classified as EL9 to EL10, retail accounts classified EL1 to EL8 that are delinquent by 90 days or more are considered impaired, unless individually they have been assessed as not impaired (see page 172, ‘Past due but not impaired gross financial instruments’).
2 Customer risk rating.
3 Expected loss.
4 The EL percentage is derived through a combination of PD and LGD, and may exceed 100% in circumstances where the LGD is above 100% reflecting the cost of recoveries.

 

267


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

Quality classification definitions

 

 

‘Strong’ exposures demonstrate a strong capacity to meet financial commitments, with negligible or low probability of default and/or low levels of expected loss. Retail accounts operate within product parameters and only exceptionally show any period of delinquency.

 

 

‘Good’ exposures require closer monitoring and demonstrate a good capacity to meet financial commitments, with low default risk. Retail accounts typically show only short periods of delinquency, with any losses expected to be minimal following the adoption of recovery processes.

 

 

‘Satisfactory’ exposures require closer monitoring and demonstrate an average to fair capacity to meet financial commitments, with moderate default risk. Retail accounts typically show only short periods of delinquency, with any losses expected to be minor following the adoption of recovery processes.

 

 

‘Sub-standard’ exposures require varying degrees of special attention and default risk is of greater concern. Retail portfolio segments show longer delinquency periods of generally up to 90 days past due and/or expected losses are higher due to a reduced ability to mitigate these through security realisation or other recovery processes.

 

 

‘Impaired’ exposures have been assessed as impaired. Wholesale exposures where the bank considers that either the customer is unlikely to pay its credit obligations in full, without recourse by the bank to the actions such as realising security if held, or the customer is past due more than 90 days on any material credit obligation. Retail loans and advances greater than 90 days past due unless individually they have been assessed as not impaired. Renegotiated loans that have met the requirements to be disclosed as impaired and have not yet met the criteria to be returned to the unimpaired portfolio (see below).

 

The customer risk rating (‘CRR’) 10-grade scale summarises a more granular underlying 23-grade scale of obligor probability of default (‘PD’). All HSBC customers are rated using the 10 or 23-grade scale, depending on the degree of sophistication of the Basel II approach adopted for the exposure.

The expected loss (‘EL’) 10-grade scale for retail business summarises a more granular underlying EL scale for this customer segment; this combines obligor and facility/product risk factors in a composite measure.

For debt securities and certain other financial instruments, external ratings have been aligned to the five quality classifications. The ratings of S&P are cited, with those of other agencies being treated equivalently. Debt securities with short-term issue ratings are reported against the long-term rating of the issuer of those securities. If major rating agencies have different ratings for the same debt securities, a prudent rating selection is made in line with regulatory requirements.

Renegotiated loans and forbearance

(Audited)

A range of forbearance strategies is employed in order to improve the management of customer relationships, maximise collection opportunities and, if possible, avoid default, foreclosure or repossession. They include extended payment terms, a reduction in interest or principal repayments, approved external debt management plans, debt consolidations, the deferral of foreclosures and other forms of loan modifications and re-ageing.

Our policies and practices are based on criteria which enable local management to judge whether repayment is likely to continue. These typically provide a customer with terms and conditions that are more favourable than those provided initially. Loan forbearance is only granted in situations where the customer has showed a willingness to repay their loan and is expected to be able to meet the revised obligations.

For retail lending our credit risk management policy sets out restrictions on the number and frequency of renegotiations, the minimum period an account must have been opened before any renegotiation can be considered and the number of qualifying payments that must be received. The application of this policy varies according to the nature of the market, the product and the management of customer relationships through the occurrence of exceptional events.

Identifying renegotiated loans

The contractual terms of a loan may be modified for a number of reasons including changing market conditions, customer retention and other factors not related to the current or potential credit deterioration of a customer. When the contractual payment terms of a loan are modified because we have significant concerns about the borrower’s ability to meet contractual payments when due, these loans are classified as ‘renegotiated loans’.

For retail lending, when considering whether there is significant concern regarding a customer’s ability to meet contractual loan repayments when due, we assess the customer’s delinquency status, account behaviour, repayment history, current financial situation and continued ability to repay. If the customer is not meeting contractual repayments or it is evident that they will be unable to do so without the renegotiation, there will be a significant

 

268


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

concern regarding their ability to meet contractual payments, and the loan will be disclosed as impaired, unless the concession granted is insignificant as discussed below.

For loan restructurings in wholesale lending, indicators of significant concerns regarding a borrower’s ability to pay include:

 

 

the debtor is currently in default on any of its debt;

 

 

the debtor has declared or is in the process of declaring bankruptcy or entering into a similar process;

 

 

there is significant doubt as to whether the debtor will continue to be a going concern;

 

 

currently, the debtor has securities that have been delisted, are in the process of being delisted, or are under threat of being delisted from an exchange as a result of trading or financial difficulties;

 

 

based on estimates and projections that only encompass current business capabilities, the bank forecasts that the debtor’s entity-specific cash flows will be insufficient to service the debt (both interest and principal) in accordance with the contractual terms of the existing agreement through maturity. In this instance, actual payment default may not yet have occurred; and

 

 

absent the modification, the debtor cannot obtain funds from sources other than its existing creditors at an effective interest rate equal to the current market interest rate for similar debt for a non-distressed debtor.

Where the modification of a loan’s contractual payment terms represents a concession for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, and is a concession that we would not otherwise consider, then the renegotiated loan is disclosed as impaired in accordance with our impaired loan disclosure convention described in more detail on page 185, unless the concession is insignificant and there are no other indicators of impairment. Insignificant concessions are primarily restricted to our CML portfolio in HSBC Finance, where loans which are in the early stages of delinquency (less than 60 days delinquent) and typically have the equivalent of two payments deferred for the first time are excluded from our impaired loan classification, as the contractual payment deferrals are deemed to be insignificant compared with payments due on the loan as a whole. For details of HSBC Finance’s loan renegotiated programmes and portfolios, see pages 176 to 178.

Credit quality classification of renegotiated loans

(Audited)

Under IFRSs, an entity is required to assess whether there is objective evidence that financial assets are impaired at the end of each reporting period. A loan is impaired and an impairment allowance is recognised when there is objective evidence of a loss event that has an effect on the cash flows of the loan which can be reliably estimated. Granting a concession to a customer that we would not otherwise consider, as a result of their financial difficulty, is objective evidence of impairment and impairment losses are measured accordingly.

A renegotiated loan is presented as impaired when:

 

 

there has been a change in contractual cash flows as a result of a concession which the lender would otherwise not consider, and

 

 

it is probable that without the concession, the borrower would be unable to meet contractual payment obligations in full.

This presentation applies unless the concession is insignificant and there are no other indicators of impairment.

The renegotiated loan will continue to be disclosed as impaired until there is sufficient evidence to demonstrate a significant reduction in the risk of non-payment of future cash flows, and there are no other indicators of impairment. For loans that are assessed for impairment on a collective basis, the evidence typically comprises a history of payment performance against the original or revised terms, as appropriate to the circumstances. For loans that are assessed for impairment on an individual basis, all available evidence is assessed on a case-by-case basis.

For retail lending the minimum period of payment performance required depends on the nature of loans in the portfolio, but is typically not less than six months. Where portfolios have more significant levels of forbearance activity, such as that undertaken by HSBC Finance, the minimum repayment performance period required may be substantially more (for further details on HSBC Finance see page 176). Payment performance periods are monitored to ensure they remain appropriate to the levels of recidivism observed within the portfolio. These performance periods are in addition to a minimum of two payments which must be received within a 60-day period for the customer to initially qualify for the renegotiation (in the case of HSBC Finance, in certain circumstances, for example where debt has been restructured in bankruptcy proceedings, fewer or no qualifying payments may be required). The qualifying payments are required in order to demonstrate that the renegotiated terms are sustainable

 

269


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

for the borrower. For corporate and commercial loans, which are individually assessed for impairment and where non-monthly payments are more commonly agreed, the history of payment performance will depend on the underlying structure of payments agreed as part of the restructuring.

Renegotiated loans are classified as unimpaired where the renegotiation has resulted from significant concern about a borrower’s ability to meet their contractual payment terms but the renegotiated terms are based on current market rates and contractual cash flows are expected to be collected in full following the renegotiation. Unimpaired renegotiated loans also include previously impaired renegotiated loans that have demonstrated satisfactory performance over a period of time or have been assessed based on all available evidence as having no remaining indicators of impairment.

Loans that have been identified as renegotiated retain this designation until maturity or derecognition. When a loan is restructured as part of a forbearance strategy and the restructuring results in derecognition of the existing loan, such as in some debt consolidations, the new loan is disclosed as renegotiated.

When determining whether a loan that is restructured should be derecognised and a new loan recognised, we consider the extent to which the changes to the original contractual terms result in the renegotiated loan, considered as a whole, being a substantially different financial instrument. The following are examples of circumstances that are likely to result in this test being met and derecognition accounting being applied:

 

 

an uncollateralised loan becomes fully collateralised;

 

 

the addition or removal of cross-collateralisation provisions;

 

 

multiple facilities are consolidated into a single new facility;

 

 

removal or addition of conversion features attached to the loan agreement;

 

 

a change in the currency in which the principal or interest is denominated;

 

 

a change in the liquidation preference or ranking of the instrument; or

 

 

the contract is altered in any other manner so that the terms under the new or modified contract are substantially different from those under the original contract.

The following are examples of factors that we consider may indicate that the revised loan is a substantially different financial instrument, but are unlikely to be conclusive in themselves:

 

 

changes in guarantees or loan covenants provided;

 

 

less significant changes to collateral arrangements; or

 

 

the addition of repayment provisions or prepayment premium clauses.

Renegotiated loans and recognition of impairment allowances

(Audited)

For retail lending, renegotiated loans are segregated from other parts of the loan portfolio for collective impairment assessment to reflect the higher rates of losses often encountered in these segments. When empirical evidence indicates an increased propensity to default and higher losses on such accounts, such as for re-aged loans in the US, the use of roll-rate methodology ensures these factors are taken into account when calculating impairment allowances by applying roll rates specifically calculated on the pool of loans subject to forbearance. When the portfolio size is small or when information is insufficient or not reliable enough to adopt a roll-rate methodology, a basic formulaic approach based on historical loss rate experience is used. As a result of our roll-rate methodology, we recognise collective impairment allowances on homogeneous groups of loans, including renegotiated loans, where there is historical evidence that there is a likelihood that loans in these groups will progress through the various stages of delinquency, and ultimately prove irrecoverable as a result of events occurring before the balance sheet date. This treatment applies irrespective of whether or not those loans are presented as impaired in accordance with our impaired loans disclosure convention. When we consider that there are additional risk factors inherent in the portfolios that may not be fully reflected in the statistical roll rates or historical experience, these risk factors are taken into account by adjusting the impairment allowances derived solely from statistical or historical experience. For further details of the risk factor adjustments see ‘Critical accounting policies’ on page 72.

In the corporate and commercial sectors, renegotiated loans are typically assessed individually. Credit risk ratings are intrinsic to the impairment assessment. A distressed restructuring is classified as an impaired loan. The individual impairment assessment takes into account the higher risk of the non-payment of future cash flows inherent in renegotiated loans.

 

270


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Corporate and commercial forbearance

(Unaudited)

In the corporate and commercial sectors, forbearance activity is undertaken selectively where it has been identified that repayment difficulties against the original terms already have, or are very likely to, materialise. These cases are treated as impaired loans where:

 

 

the customer is experiencing, or is very likely to experience, difficulty in meeting a payment obligation to the Group (i.e. due to current credit distress); and

 

 

the Group is offering to the customer revised payment arrangements which constitute a concession (i.e. it is offering terms it would not normally be prepared to offer).

These cases are described as distressed restructurings. The agreement of a restructuring which meets the criteria above requires all loans, advances and counterparty exposures to the customer to be treated as impaired. Against the background of this requirement, as a customer approaches the point at which it becomes clear that there is an increasing risk that a restructuring of this kind might be necessary, the exposures will typically be regarded as sub-standard to reflect the deteriorating credit risk profile and will be graded as impaired when the restructure is proposed for approval, or sooner if there is sufficient concern regarding the customer’s likeliness to pay.

For the purposes of determining whether changes to a customer’s agreement should be treated as a distressed restructuring the following types of modification are regarded as concessionary:

 

 

transfers from the customer of receivables from third parties, real estate, or other assets to satisfy fully or partially a debt;

 

 

issuance or other granting of an equity interest to satisfy fully or partially a debt unless the equity interest is granted pursuant to existing terms for converting the debt into an equity interest; and

 

 

modification of the terms of a debt, such as one or more of the following:

 

  reduction (absolute or contingent) of the stated interest rate for the remaining original life of the debt;

 

  extension of the maturity date or dates at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk;

 

  reduction (absolute or contingent) of the face amount or maturity amount of the debt; and

 

  reduction (absolute or contingent) of accrued interest.

Modifications that are unrelated to payment arrangements, such as the restructuring of collateral or security arrangements or the waiver of rights under covenants within documentation, are not regarded by themselves to be evidence of credit distress affecting payment capacity. Typically, covenants are in place to give the Group rights of repricing or acceleration, but they are frequently set at levels where payment capacity has yet to be affected providing rights of action at earlier stages of credit deterioration. Such concessions do not directly affect the customer’s ability to service the original contractual debt and are not reported as renegotiated loans. However, where a customer requests a non-payment related covenant waiver, the significance of the underlying breach of covenant will be considered together with any other indicators of impairment, and where there is a degree of severity of credit distress evidencing uncertainty of payment, all available evidence will be considered in determining whether a loss event has occurred. The waiver will not, however, trigger classification as a renegotiated loan as payment terms have not been modified.

When both payment-related and non-payment related modifications are made together as a result of significant concerns regarding the payment of contractual cash flows, the loan is treated as a distressed restructuring and disclosed as a renegotiated loan.

Within corporate and commercial business segments, modifications of several kinds are frequently agreed for a customer contemporaneously. Transfer to an interest-only arrangement is the most common type of modification granted in the UK, whether in isolation or in combination with other concessions. Throughout the rest of the world term extensions occur more frequently with other types of concession such as interest rate changes occurring less often across all jurisdictions.

In assessing whether payment-related forbearance is a satisfactory and sustainable strategy, the customer’s entire exposure and facilities will be reviewed and the customer’s ability to meet the terms of both the revised obligation and other credit facilities not amended in the renegotiation is assessed. Should this assessment identify that a renegotiation will not deal with a customer’s payment capacity issues satisfactorily, other special management options may be applied. This process may identify the need to provide assistance to a customer specifically to restructure their business operations and activities so as to restore satisfactory payment capacity. When considering

 

271


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

acceptable restructuring terms we consider the ability of the customer to be able to service the revised interest payments as a necessity. When principal payment modifications are considered, again we require the customer to be able to comply with the revised terms as a necessary pre-condition for the restructuring to proceed. When principal payments are modified resulting in permanent forgiveness, or when it is otherwise considered that there is no longer a realistic prospect of recovery of outstanding principal, the affected balances are written off. When principal repayments are postponed, it is expected that the customer will be capable of paying in line with the renegotiated terms, including instances when the postponed principal repayment is expected from refinancing. In all cases, a loan renegotiation is only granted when the customer is expected to be able to meet the revised terms.

Modifications may be made on a temporary basis when time is needed for the customer to make arrangements for payment, when deterioration in payment capacity is expected to be acute but short lived, or when more time is needed to accommodate discussions regarding a more permanent accommodation with other bankers, for example in syndicated facilities where multilateral negotiation commonly features.

If a restructuring proceeds and the customer demonstrates satisfactory performance over a period of time, the case may be returned to a non-impaired grade (CRR1-8) provided no other indicators of impairment remain. Such a case cannot be returned to a non-impaired grade when a specific impairment allowance remains against any of the customer’s credit facilities. The period of performance will vary depending on the frequency of payments to be made by the customer under the amended agreement and the extent to which the customer’s financial position is considered to have improved.

Refinance risk

(Unaudited)

Many types of lending require the repayment of a significant proportion of the principal at maturity. Typically, the mechanism of repayment for the customer is through the acquisition of a new loan to settle the existing debt. Refinance risk arises where a customer is unable to repay such term debt on maturity, or to refinance debt at commercial rates. When there is evidence that this risk may apply to a specific contract, HSBC may need to refinance the loan on concessionary terms that it would not otherwise have considered, in order to recoup the maximum possible cash flows from the contract and potentially avoid the customer defaulting on the repayment of principal. When there is sufficient evidence that borrowers, based on their current financial capabilities, may fail at maturity to repay or refinance their loans, these loans are disclosed as impaired with recognition of a corresponding impairment allowance where appropriate.

Impairment assessment

(Audited)

It is our policy that each operating company in HSBC creates impairment allowances for impaired loans promptly and appropriately.

For details of our impairment policies on loans and advances and financial investments, see Notes 2g and 2j on the Financial Statements.

Impairment and credit risk mitigation

The existence of collateral has an effect when calculating impairment on individually assessed impaired loans. When we no longer expect to recover the principal and interest due on a loan in full or in accordance with the original terms and conditions, it is assessed for impairment. If exposures are secured, the current net realisable value of the collateral will be taken into account when assessing the need for an impairment allowance. No impairment allowance is recognised in cases where all amounts due are expected to be settled in full on realisation of the security.

Personal lending portfolios are generally assessed for impairment on a collective basis as the portfolios typically consist of large groups of homogeneous loans. Two methods are used to calculate allowances on a collective basis: a roll-rate methodology or a more basic formulaic approach based on historical losses. In 2013, we reviewed the impairment allowance methodology used for retail banking and small business portfolios across the Group to ensure that the assumptions used in our collective assessment models continued to appropriately reflect the period of time between a loss event occurring and the account proceeding to delinquency and eventual write-off.

 

 

The historical loss methodology is typically used to calculate collective impairment allowances for secured or low default portfolios such as mortgages until the point at which they are individually identified and assessed as impaired. For loans which are collectively assessed using historical loss methodology, the historical loss rate is

 

272


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

derived from the average contractual write-off net of recoveries over a defined period. The net contractual write-off rate is the actual amount of loss experienced after the realisation of collateral and receipt of recoveries.

 

 

A roll-rate methodology is more commonly adopted for unsecured portfolios when there are sufficient volumes of empirical data to develop robust statistical models. In certain circumstances mortgage portfolios have a statistically significant number of defaults and losses available, enabling reliable roll rates to be generated. In these cases a roll-rate methodology is applied until the point at which the loans are individually identified and assessed as impaired, and the average loss rate for each delinquency bucket is adjusted to reflect the average loss expected following realisation of security and receipt of recoveries. The average loss expected is derived from average historical collateral realisation values.

The nature of the collective allowance assessment prevents individual collateral values or LTV ratios from being included within the calculation. However, the loss rates used in the collective assessment are adjusted for the collateral realisation experiences which will vary depending on the LTV composition of the portfolio. For example mortgage portfolios under a historical loss rate methodology with lower LTV ratios will typically experience lower loss history and consequently a lower net contractual write-off rate.

For wholesale collectively assessed loans, historical loss methodologies are applied to measure loss event impairments which have been incurred but not reported. Loss rates are derived from the observed contractual write-off net of recoveries over a defined period, typically no lower than 60 months. The net contractual write-off rate is the actual or expected amount of loss experienced after realisation of collateral and receipt of recoveries. These historical loss rates are adjusted by an economic factor which adjusts the historical averages to better represent current economic conditions affecting the portfolio. In order to reflect the likelihood of a loss event not being identified and assessed an emergence period assumption is applied which reflects the period between a loss occurring and its identification. The emergence period is estimated by local management for each identified portfolio. The factors that may influence this estimation include economic and market conditions, customer behaviour, portfolio management information, credit management techniques and collection and recovery experiences in the market. A fixed range for the period between a loss occurring and its identification is not defined across the Group and as it is assessed empirically on a periodic basis it may vary over time as these factors change. Given that credit management policies require all customers to be reviewed at least annually, we expect this estimated period would be at most 12 months in duration

Write-off of loans and advances

For details of our policy on the write-off of loans and advances, see Note 2g on the Financial Statements.

In HSBC Finance, the carrying amounts of residential mortgage and second lien loans in excess of net realisable value are written off at or before the time foreclosure is completed or settlement is reached with the borrower. If there is no reasonable expectation of recovery, and foreclosure is pursued, the loan is normally written off no later than the end of the month in which the loan becomes 180 days contractually past due. We regularly obtain new appraisals for loans (every 180 days) and adjust carrying value to the most recent appraisal whether it has increased or decreased as the best estimate of the cash flows that will be received on the disposal of the collateral for these collateral dependent loans.

Unsecured personal facilities, including credit cards, are generally written off at between 150 and 210 days past due, the standard period being the end of the month in which the account becomes 180 days contractually delinquent. Write-off periods may be extended, generally to no more than 360 days past due but, in very exceptional circumstances, to longer than that figure in a few countries where local regulation or legislation constrain earlier write-off or where the realisation of collateral for secured real estate lending takes this time.

In retail lending, final write-off should occur within 60 months of the default at the latest.

In the event of bankruptcy or analogous proceedings, write-off may occur earlier than at the periods stated above. Collections procedures may continue after write-off.

Concentration of exposure

(Audited)

Concentrations of credit risk arise when a number of counterparties or exposures have comparable economic characteristics or such counterparties are engaged in similar activities or operate in the same geographical areas or industry sectors so that their collective ability to meet contractual obligations is uniformly affected by changes in

 

273


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

economic, political or other conditions. We use a number of controls and measures to minimise undue concentration of exposure in our portfolios across industry, country and global business. These include portfolio and counterparty limits, approval and review controls, and stress testing.

Wrong-way risk occurs when a counterparty’s exposures are adversely correlated with its credit quality. There are two types of wrong-way risk:

 

 

general wrong-way risk occurs when the probability of counterparty default is positively correlated with general risk factors such as, for example, where the counterparty is resident and/or incorporated in a higher-risk country and seeks to sell a non-domestic currency in exchange for its home currency; and

 

 

specific wrong-way risk occurs when the exposure to a particular counterparty is positively correlated with the probability of counterparty default such as a reverse repo on the counterparty’s own bonds. It is HSBC policy that specific wrong-way transactions are approved on a case-by-case basis.

We use a range of tools to monitor and control wrong-way risk, including requiring the business to obtain prior approval before undertaking wrong-way risk transactions outside pre-agreed guidelines.

Cross-border exposures

We assess the vulnerability of countries to foreign currency payment restrictions, including economic and political factors, when considering impairment allowances on cross-border exposures. Impairment allowances are assessed in respect of all qualifying exposures within vulnerable countries unless these exposures and the inherent risks are:

 

 

performing, trade-related and of less than one year’s maturity;

 

 

mitigated by acceptable security cover which is, other than in exceptional cases, held outside the country concerned;

 

 

in the form of securities held for trading purposes for which a liquid and active market exists, and which are measured at fair value daily; and

 

 

performing facilities with a principal (excluding security) of US$1m or below and/or with maturity dates shorter than three months.

Nature of HSBC’s securitisation and other structured exposures

(Audited)

Mortgage-backed securities (‘MBS’s) are securities that represent interests in groups of mortgages and provide investors with the right to receive cash from future mortgage payments (interest and/or principal). An MBS which references mortgages with different risk profiles is classified according to the highest risk class.

Collateralised debt obligations (‘CDO’s) are securities backed by a pool of bonds, loans or other assets such as asset-backed securities (‘ABS’s). CDOs may include exposure to sub-prime or Alt-A mortgage assets where these are part of the underlying assets or reference assets. As there is often uncertainty surrounding the precise nature of the underlying collateral supporting CDOs, all CDOs supported by residential mortgage-related assets are classified as sub-prime. Our holdings of ABSs and CDOs and direct lending positions, and the categories of mortgage collateral and lending activity, are described overleaf.

Our exposure to non-residential mortgage-related ABSs and direct lending includes securities with collateral relating to commercial property mortgages, leveraged finance loans, student loans, and other assets such as securities with other receivable-related collateral.

 

274


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Definitions and classifications of ABSs and CDOs

 

Categories of

ABSs and CDOs

   Definition    Classification
Sub-prime   

Loans to customers who have limited credit histories, modest incomes or high debt-to-income ratios or have experienced credit problems caused by occasional delinquencies, prior charge-offs, bankruptcy or other credit-related actions.

 

   For US mortgages, a FICO score of 620 or less has primarily been used to determine whether a loan is sub-prime. For non-US mortgages, management judgement is used.
US Home Equity Lines of Credit (‘HELoC’s)   

A form of revolving credit facility provided to customers, which is supported in the majority of circumstances by a second lien or lower ranking charge over residential property.

 

   Holdings of HELoCs are classified as sub-prime.
US Alt-A    Lower risk loans than sub-prime, but they share higher risk characteristics than lending under fully conforming standard criteria.   

US credit scores and the completeness of documentation held (such as proof of income), are considered when determining whether an Alt-A classification is appropriate. Non sub-prime mortgages in the US are classified as Alt-A if they are not eligible for sale to the major US Government mortgage agencies or sponsored entities.

 

US Government agency and sponsored enterprises mortgage-related assets   

Securities that are guaranteed by US Government agencies such as the Government National Mortgage Association (‘Ginnie Mae’), or by US Government sponsored entities including the Federal National Mortgage Association (‘Fannie Mae’) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (‘Freddie Mac’).

 

   Holdings of US Government agency and US Government sponsored enterprises’ mortgage-related assets are classified as prime exposures.
UK non-conforming mortgages   

UK mortgages that do not meet normal lending criteria. Examples include mortgages where the expected level of documentation is not provided (such as income with self-certification), or where poor credit history increases risk and results in pricing at a higher than normal lending rate.

 

   UK non-conforming mortgages are treated as sub-prime exposures.
Other mortgages    Residential mortgages, including prime mortgages, that do not meet any of the classifications described above.    Prime residential mortgage-related assets are included in this category.

Impairment methodologies

(Audited)

To identify objective evidence of impairment for available-for-sale ABSs, an industry standard valuation model is normally applied which uses data with reference to the underlying asset pools and models their projected future cash flows. The estimated future cash flows of the securities are assessed at the specific financial asset level to determine whether any of them are unlikely to be recovered as a result of loss events occurring on or before the reporting date.

The principal assumptions and inputs to the models are typically the delinquency status of the underlying loans, the probability of delinquent loans progressing to default, the prepayment profiles of the underlying assets and the loss severity in the event of default. However, the models utilise other variables relevant to specific classes of collateral to forecast future defaults and recovery rates. Management uses externally available data and applies judgement when determining the appropriate assumptions in respect of these factors. We use a modelling approach which incorporates historically observed progression rates to default to determine if the decline in aggregate projected cash flows from the underlying collateral will lead to a shortfall in contractual cash flows. In such cases, the security is considered to be impaired.

In respect of CDOs, expected future cash flows for the underlying collateral are assessed to determine whether there is likely to be a shortfall in the contractual cash flows of the CDO.

When a security benefits from a contract provided by a monoline insurer that insures payments of principal and interest, the expected recovery on the contract is assessed in determining the total expected credit support available to the ABS.

 

 

275


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Liquidity and funding

(Audited)

The management of liquidity and funding is primarily undertaken locally (by country) in our operating entities in compliance with the Group’s liquidity and funding risk management framework (the ‘LFRF’), and with practices and limits set by the GMB through the Risk Management Meeting and approved by the Board. These limits vary according to the depth and the liquidity of the markets in which the entities operate. Our general policy is that each defined operating entity should be self-sufficient in funding its own activities. Where transactions exist between operating entities, they are reflected symmetrically in both entities.

As part of our Asset, Liability and Capital Management (‘ALCM’) structure, we have established ALCOs at Group level, in the regions and in operating entities. The terms of reference of all ALCOs include the monitoring and control of liquidity and funding.

The primary responsibility for managing liquidity and funding within the Group’s framework and risk appetite resides with the local operating entities’ ALCOs. Our most significant operating entities are overseen by regional ALCOs, Group ALCO and the Risk Management Meeting. The remaining smaller operating entities are overseen by regional ALCOs, with appropriate escalation of significant issues to Group ALCO and the Risk Management Meeting.

Operating entities are predominately defined on a country basis to reflect our local management of liquidity and funding. Typically, an operating entity will be defined as a single legal entity. However, to take account of the situation where operations in a country are booked across multiple subsidiaries or branches:

 

 

an operating entity may be defined as a wider sub-consolidated group of legal entities if they are incorporated in the same country, liquidity and funding are freely fungible between the entities and permitted by local regulation, and the definition reflects how liquidity and funding are managed locally; or

 

 

an operating entity may be defined more narrowly as a principal office (branch) of a wider legal entity operating in multiple countries, reflecting the local country management of liquidity and funding.

The Risk Management Meeting reviews and agrees annually the list of entities it directly oversees and the composition of these entities.

Primary sources of funding

(Audited)

Customer deposits in the form of current accounts and savings deposits payable on demand or at short notice form a significant part of our funding, and we place considerable importance on maintaining their stability. For deposits, stability depends upon maintaining depositor confidence in our capital strength and liquidity, and on competitive and transparent pricing.

We also access wholesale funding markets by issuing senior secured and unsecured debt securities (publically and privately) and borrowing from the secured repo markets against high quality collateral, in order to obtain funding for non-banking subsidiaries that do not accept deposits, to align asset and liability maturities and currencies and to maintain a presence in local wholesale markets.

The management of funding and liquidity risk

(Audited)

Inherent liquidity risk categorisation

We place our operating entities into one of three categories (low, medium and high) to reflect our assessment of their inherent liquidity risk considering political, economic and regulatory factors within the host country and factors specific to the operating entities themselves, such as their local market, market share and balance sheet strength. The categorisation involves management judgement and is based on the perceived liquidity risk of an operating entity relative to other entities in the Group. The categorisation is intended to reflect the possible impact of a liquidity event, not the probability of an event, and forms part of our risk appetite. It is used to determine the prescribed stress scenario that we require our operating entities to be able to withstand and manage to.

 

276


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Core deposits

A key element of our internal framework is the classification of customer deposits into core and non-core based on our expectation of their behaviour during periods of liquidity stress. This characterisation takes into account the inherent liquidity risk categorisation of the operating entity originating the deposit, the nature of the customer and the size and pricing of the deposit. No deposit is considered to be core in its entirety unless it is contractually collateralising a loan. The core deposit base in each operating entity is considered to be a long-term source of funding and therefore is assumed not to be withdrawn in the liquidity stress scenario that we use to calculate our principal liquidity risk metrics.

The three filters considered in assessing whether a deposit in any operating entity is core are:

 

 

price: any deposit priced significantly above market or benchmark rates is generally treated as entirely non-core;

 

 

size: depositors with total funds above certain monetary thresholds are excluded. Thresholds are established by considering the business line and inherent liquidity risk categorisation; and

 

 

line of business: the element of any deposit remaining after the application of the price and size filters is assessed on the basis of the line of business with which the deposit is associated. The proportion of any customer deposit that can be considered core under this filter is between 35% and 90%.

Repo transactions and bank deposits cannot be classified as core deposits.

Advances to core funding ratio

Core customer deposits are an important source of funding to finance lending to customers, and militate against reliance on short-term wholesale funding. Limits are placed on operating entities to restrict their ability to increase loans and advances to customers without corresponding growth in core customer deposits or long-term debt funding with a residual maturity beyond one year; this measure is referred to as the ‘advances to core funding’ ratio.

Advances to core funding ratio limits are set by the Risk Management Meeting for the most significant operating entities, and by regional ALCOs for smaller operating entities, and are monitored by ALCM teams. The ratio describes current loans and advances to customers as a percentage of the total of core customer deposits and term funding with a remaining term to maturity in excess of one year. In general, customer loans are assumed to be renewed and are included in the numerator of the ratio, irrespective of the contractual maturity date. Reverse repo arrangements are excluded from the advances to core funding ratio.

Stressed coverage ratios

Stressed coverage ratios are derived from stressed cash flow scenario analyses and express stressed cash inflows as a percentage of stressed cash outflows over one-month and three-month time horizons.

The stressed cash inflows include:

 

 

inflows (net of assumed haircuts) expected to be generated from the realisation of liquid assets; and

 

 

contractual cash inflows from maturing assets that are not already reflected as a utilisation of liquid assets.

In line with the approach adopted for the advances to core funding ratio, customer loans are generally assumed not to generate any cash inflows under stress scenarios and are therefore excluded from the numerator of the stressed coverage ratio, irrespective of the contractual maturity date.

A stressed coverage ratio of 100% or higher reflects a positive cumulative cash flow under the stress scenario being monitored. Group operating entities are required to maintain a ratio of 100% or greater out to three months under the combined market-wide and HSBC-specific stress scenario defined by the inherent liquidity risk categorisation of the operating entity concerned.

Compliance with operating entity limits is monitored by ALCM teams and reported monthly to the Risk Management Meeting for the main operating entities and to regional ALCOs for the smaller operating entities.

Stressed scenario analysis

(Unaudited)

We use a number of standard Group stress scenarios designed to model:

 

 

combined market-wide and HSBC-specific liquidity crisis scenarios; and

 

 

market-wide liquidity crisis scenarios.

 

277


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

These scenarios are modelled by all operating entities. The appropriateness of the assumptions for each scenario is reviewed by ALCM regularly and formally approved by the Risk Management Meeting and the Board annually as part of the liquidity and funding risk appetite approval process.

Stressed cash outflows are determined by applying a standard set of prescribed stress assumptions to the Group’s cash flow model. Our framework prescribes the use of two market-wide scenarios and three further combined market-wide and HSBC-specific stress scenarios of increasing severity. In addition to our standard stress scenarios, individual operating entities are required to design their own scenarios to reflect specific local market conditions, products and funding bases.

The three combined market-wide and HSBC-specific scenarios model a more severe scenario than the two market-wide scenarios. The relevant combined market-wide and HSBC-specific stress scenario that an operating entity manages to is based upon its inherent liquidity risk categorisation. The key assumptions factored into the three combined market-wide and HSBC-specific stress scenarios are summarised as follows:

 

 

all non-core deposits are deemed to be withdrawn within three months (80% within one month), with the level of non-core deposits dependent on the operating entity’s inherent liquidity risk categorisation;

 

 

the ability to access interbank funding and unsecured term debt markets ceases for the duration of the scenario;

 

 

the ability to generate funds from illiquid asset portfolios (securitisation and secured borrowing) is restricted to 25-75% of the lower of issues in the last six months or expected issues in the next six months. The restriction is based on current market conditions and is dependent on the operating entity’s inherent liquidity risk categorisation;

 

 

the ability to access repo funding ceases for any asset not classified as liquid under our liquid asset policy for the duration of the scenario;

 

 

drawdowns on committed lending facilities must be consistent with the severity of the market stress being modelled and dependent on the inherent liquidity risk categorisation of the operating entity;

 

 

outflows are triggered by a defined downgrade in long-term ratings. We maintain an ongoing assessment of the appropriate number of notches to reflect;

 

 

customer loans are assumed to be renewed at contractual maturity;

 

 

interbank loans and reverse repos are assumed to run off contractually; and

 

 

assets defined as liquid assets are assumed to be realised in cash ahead of their contractual maturity, after applying a defined stressed haircut of up to 20%.

Liquid assets of HSBC’s principal operating entities

(Audited)

Stressed scenario analysis and the numerator of the coverage ratio include the assumed cash inflows that would be generated from the realisation of liquid assets, after applying the appropriate stressed haircut. These assumptions are made on the basis of management’s expectation of when an asset is deemed to be realisable.

Liquid assets are unencumbered assets that meet the Group’s definition of liquid assets and are either held outright or as a consequence of a reverse repo transaction with a residual contractual maturity beyond the time horizon of the stressed coverage ratio being monitored. Any unencumbered asset held as a result of reverse repo transactions with a contractual maturity within the time horizon of the stressed coverage ratio being monitored is excluded from the stock of liquid assets and is instead reflected as a contractual cash inflow.

Our framework defines the asset classes that can be assessed locally as high quality and realisable within one month and between one month and three months. Each local ALCO has to be satisfied that any asset which may be treated as liquid in accordance with the Group’s liquid asset policy will remain liquid under the stress scenario being managed to.

Inflows from the utilisation of liquid assets within one month can generally only be based on confirmed withdrawable central bank deposits, gold or the sale or repo of government and quasi-government exposures generally restricted to those denominated in the sovereign’s domestic currency. High quality ABSs (predominantly US MBSs) and covered bonds are also included but inflows assumed for these assets are capped.

Inflows after one month are also reflected for high quality non-financial and non-structured corporate bonds and equities within the most liquid indices.

 

278


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Internal categorisation    Cash inflow recognised    Asset classes
Level 1    Within one month   

Central government

 

Central bank (including confirmed withdrawable reserves)

 

Supranationals

 

Multilateral development banks

 

Coins and banknotes

 

Level 2    Within one month but capped   

Local and regional government

 

Public sector entities

 

Secured covered bonds and pass-through ABSs

 

Gold

 

Level 3    From one to three months   

Unsecured non-financial entity securities

 

Equities listed on recognised exchanges and within liquid indices

Any entity owned and controlled by central or local/regional government but not explicitly guaranteed is treated as a public sector entity.

Any exposure explicitly guaranteed is reflected as an exposure to the ultimate guarantor.

In terms of the criteria used to ensure liquid assets are of a high quality, the Group’s liquid asset policy sets out the following additional criteria:

 

1. Central bank and central government exposures denominated in the domestic currency of the related sovereign and held onshore in the domestic banking system qualify as level 1 liquid assets.

 

2. Central bank and central government exposures denominated in the domestic currency of the related sovereign and held offshore must be risk weighted 20% or lower under the Basel standardised risk weighting methodology to qualify as level 1 liquid assets.

 

3. Central bank and central government exposures denominated in a currency other than the currency of the related sovereign (i.e. foreign currency) must be risk weighted 20% or lower under the Basel standardised risk weighting methodology and issued in a limited number of major currencies to qualify as level 1 liquid assets.

The treatment of eurozone countries using the euro as their domestic currency depends on whether the exposures are held onshore in the domestic banking system or offshore. Central bank and central government exposures held onshore in the domestic banking system qualify as level 1 liquid assets under criteria 1, but central bank and central government exposures held offshore are considered to be denominated in a foreign currency under criteria 3.

 

4. Local/regional government exposures held onshore and considered by the local regulator to be the same risk as central government exposures can be considered central government exposures.

 

5. Supranationals and multilateral development banks must be 0% risk weighted under the Basel standardised risk- weighting methodology to qualify as level 1 liquid assets.

 

6. To qualify as a level 2 liquid asset, the exposure must be risk weighted 20% or lower under the Basel standardised risk-weighting methodology.

 

7. To qualify as a level 3 liquid asset, an unsecured non-financial corporate debt exposure must satisfy a minimum internal rating requirement.

On a case-by-case basis operating entities are permitted to treat other assets as liquid if these assets are realistically assessed to be liquid under stress. These liquid assets are reported as ‘Other’ separately from level 1, level 2 and level 3 liquid assets.

Wholesale debt monitoring

(Unaudited)

Where wholesale debt term markets are accessed to raise funding, ALCO is required to establish cumulative rolling three-month and 12-month debt maturity limits to ensure no concentration of maturities within these timeframes.

 

279


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Liquidity behaviouralisation

(Unaudited)

Liquidity behaviouralisation is applied to reflect our assessment of the expected period for which we are confident that we will have access to our liabilities, even under a severe liquidity stress scenario, and the expected period for which we must assume that we will need to fund our assets. Behaviouralisation is applied when the contractual terms do not reflect the expected behaviour. Liquidity behaviouralisation is reviewed and approved by local ALCO in compliance with policies set by the Risk Management Meeting. Our approach to liquidity risk management will often mean different approaches are applied to assets and liabilities. For example, management may assume a shorter life for liabilities and a longer-term funding requirement for assets. All core deposits are assumed under the Group’s core/non-core and advances to core funding frameworks to have a liquidity behaviouralised life beyond one year and to represent a homogeneous source of core funding. The behaviouralisation of assets is far more granular and seeks to differentiate the period for which we must assume that we will need to fund the asset.

Contingent liquidity risk

(Unaudited)

Operating entities provide customers with committed facilities and committed backstop lines to the conduit vehicles we sponsor. These commitments increase our funding requirements when customers draw down. The liquidity risk associated with the potential drawdown on non-cancellable commitments is factored into our stressed scenarios and limits are set for these facilities.

Management of cross-currency liquidity and funding risk

(Unaudited)

Our liquidity and funding risk framework also considers the ability of each entity to continue to access foreign exchange markets under stress when a surplus in one currency is used to meet a deficit in another currency, for example, by the use of the foreign currency swap markets. Where appropriate, operating entities are required to monitor stressed coverage ratios and advances to core funding ratios for non-local currencies.

Funds transfer pricing

(Unaudited)

Our funds transfer pricing policies give rise to a two-stage funds transfer pricing approach, reflecting the fact that we separately manage interest rate risk and liquidity and funding risk under different assumptions. They have been developed to be consistent with our risk management frameworks. Each operating entity is required to apply the Group’s transfer pricing policy framework to determine for each material currency the most appropriate interest rate risk transfer pricing curve, a liquidity premium curve (which is the spread over the interest rate risk transfer pricing curve) and a liquidity recharge assessment (which is the spread under or over the interest rate risk transfer pricing curve).

The interest rate risk transfer pricing policy seeks to ensure that all market interest rate risk arising structurally from non-trading (banking book) assets and liabilities, which is capable of being neutralised externally in the market or neutralised internally by off-setting transfers, is transferred to BSM to be managed centrally as non-traded market risk. For each material currency each operating entity employs a single interest rate risk transfer pricing curve. The transfer price curve used for this purpose reflects how BSM in each operating entity is best able to neutralise the interest rate risk in the market at the point of transfer. Where basis risk can be identified between the re-pricing basis of an external asset or external liability and the re-pricing basis of the interest rate risk transfer pricing curve, this basis risk may be transferred to BSM provided it can neutralise the basis risk in the market.

Liquidity and funding risk is transfer priced independently from interest rate risk because the liquidity and funding risk of an operating entity is transferred to ALCO to be managed centrally. ALCO monitors and manages the advances to core funding ratio and delegates the management of the liquid asset portfolio and execution of the wholesale term debt funding plan to BSM, requiring BSM to ensure the Group’s stressed coverage ratios remain above 100% out to three months.

The liquidity and funding risk transfer price consists of two components:

 

 

Liquidity recharge: the cost of holding the benchmark liquid asset (the yield under the transfer price) to meet stressed cash outflows. The benchmark liquid asset is decided by ALCO and based on the weighted average duration that can be achieved by investing in level 1 liquid assets, with a residual duration of up to one year.

 

280


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

Liquidity premium: the assessed cost/value of term funding (the yield over the transfer price) to pay for term debt and core deposits.

The assessed cost of holding liquid assets is allocated to the outflows modelled by the Group’s internal stressed coverage ratio framework.

Liquidity premium is charged to any asset that affects our three-month stressed coverage ratios based on the assessed behaviouralised liquidity life of the asset, with any asset affecting the Group’s advances to core funding metric required to have a minimum behaviouralised life of at least one year, and the prevailing liquidity premium curve rate set by ALCO and calibrated in line with Group’s calibration principles. Core deposits therefore share equally in the liquidity premiums charged to the assets they support, after deducting the cost of any term funding.

HSBC Holdings

(Audited)

HSBC Holdings’ primary sources of cash are dividends received from subsidiaries, interest on and repayment of intra-group loans and interest earned on its own liquid funds. HSBC Holdings also raises ancillary funds in the debt capital markets through subordinated and senior debt issuance. Cash is primarily used for the provision of capital to subsidiaries, interest payments to debt holders and dividend payments to shareholders.

HSBC Holdings is also subject to contingent liquidity risk by virtue of loan and other credit-related commitments and guarantees and similar contracts issued. Such commitments and guarantees are only issued after due consideration of HSBC Holdings’ ability to finance the commitments and guarantees and the likelihood of the need arising.

HSBC Holdings actively manages the cash flows from its subsidiaries to optimise the amount of cash held at the holding company level. The ability of subsidiaries to pay dividends or advance monies to HSBC Holdings depends on, among other things, their respective regulatory capital requirements, statutory reserves, and financial and operating performance. The wide range of our activities means that HSBC Holdings is not dependent on a single source of profits to fund its dividend payments to shareholders.

 

 

Market risk

Overview of market risk in global businesses

The diagram below illustrates the main business areas where trading and non-trading market risks reside.

 

LOGO

Monitoring and limiting market risk exposures

(Audited)

We employ a range of tools to monitor and limit market risk exposures. These include sensitivity analysis, value at risk (‘VaR’), stressed VaR and stress testing. While VaR provides the GMB with a measure of the market risk in the Group, sensitivity analysis and VaR are more commonly utilised for the management of the business units. Stress testing and stressed VaR complement these measures with estimates of potential losses arising from market turmoil.

Market risk is managed and controlled through limits approved by the GMB for HSBC Holdings and our various global businesses. These limits are allocated across business lines and to the Group’s legal entities.

 

281


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

LOGO   

The management of market risk is principally undertaken in Markets, where 85% of the total value at risk of HSBC Holdings (excluding insurance) and almost all trading VaR resides, using risk limits approved by the GMB. Limits are set for portfolios, products and risk types, with market liquidity being a primary factor in determining the level of limits set. Group Risk, an independent unit within Group Head Office, is responsible for our market risk management policies and measurement techniques. Each major operating entity has an independent market risk management and control function which is responsible for measuring market risk exposures in accordance with the policies defined by Group Risk, and monitoring and reporting these exposures against the prescribed limits on a daily basis. The risk appetite is governed according to the framework illustrated to the left.

 

Each operating entity is required to assess the market risks arising on each product in its business and to transfer them to either its local Markets unit for management, or to separate books managed under the supervision of the local ALCO. Our aim is to ensure that all market risks are consolidated within operations that have the necessary skills, tools, management and governance to manage them professionally. In certain cases where the market risks cannot be fully transferred, we identify the impact of varying scenarios on valuations or on net interest income resulting from any residual risk positions. Further details on the control and management process for residual risks are provided on page 284.

Model risk is governed through Model Oversight Committees (‘MOC’s) at the regional and global Wholesale Credit and Market Risk (‘WCMR’) levels. They have direct oversight and approval responsibility for all traded risk models utilised for risk measurement and management and stress testing. The Committees prioritise the development of models, methodologies and practices used for traded risk management within the Group and ensure that they remain within our risk appetite and business plans. The Global WCMR MOC reports into the Group MOC, which oversees all risk types at Group level. Group MOC informs the Group Risk Management Meeting (‘RMM’) about material issues at least on a bi-annual basis. The RMM is the Group’s ‘Designated Committee’ according to the regulatory rules and it has delegated day-to-day governance of all traded risk models to the Global WCMR MOC.

Sensitivity analysis

(Unaudited)

We use sensitivity measures to monitor the market risk positions within each risk type, for example, the present value of a basis point movement in interest rates for interest rate risk. Sensitivity limits are set for portfolios, products and risk types, with the depth of the market being one of the principal factors in determining the level of limits set.

Value at risk and stressed value at risk

(Audited)

VaR is a technique that estimates the potential losses on risk positions as a result of movements in market rates and prices over a specified time horizon and to a given level of confidence. Stressed VaR is primarily used for regulatory capital purposes but is integrated into the risk management process to facilitate efficient capital management and to highlight possible high-risk positions based on previous market volatility.

Both the VaR and stressed VaR models we use are based predominantly on historical simulation. These models derive plausible future scenarios from past series of recorded market rates and prices, taking into account inter-relationships between different markets and rates such as interest rates and foreign exchange rates. The models also incorporate the effect of option features on the underlying exposures.

 

282


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

The historical simulation models used incorporate the following features:

 

 

historical market rates and prices are calculated with reference to foreign exchange rates and commodity prices, interest rates, equity prices and the associated volatilities;

 

 

potential market movements utilised for VaR are calculated with reference to data from the past two years,

 

 

potential market movements employed for stressed VaR calculations are based on a continuous one-year period of stress for the trading portfolio; the choice of period (March 2008 to February 2009) is based on the assessment at the Group level of the most volatile period in recent history; and

 

 

VaR measures are calculated to a 99% confidence level and use a one-day holding period scaled to 10 days, whereas stressed VaR uses a 10-day holding period.

The nature of the VaR models means that an increase in observed market volatility will lead to an increase in VaR without any changes in the underlying positions.

We routinely validate the accuracy of our VaR models by back-testing the actual daily profit and loss results, adjusted to remove non-modelled items such as fees and commissions, against the corresponding VaR numbers. We expect on average to see losses in excess of VaR 1% of the time over a one-year period.

Although a valuable guide to risk, VaR should always be viewed in the context of its limitations. For example:

 

 

the use of historical data as a proxy for estimating future events may not encompass all potential events, particularly those which are extreme in nature;

 

 

the use of a holding period assumes that all positions can be liquidated or the risks offset during that period. This may not fully reflect the market risk arising at times of severe illiquidity, when the holding period may be insufficient to liquidate or hedge all positions fully;

 

 

the use of a 99% confidence level by definition does not take into account losses that might occur beyond this level of confidence;

 

 

VaR is calculated on the basis of exposures outstanding at the close of business and therefore does not necessarily reflect intra-day exposures; and

 

 

VaR is unlikely to reflect loss potential on exposures that only arise under conditions of significant market movement.

Our VaR model is designed to capture significant basis risks such as CDS versus bond, asset swap spreads and cross-currency basis. Other basis risks which are not completely covered in VaR, such as the Libor tenor basis, are complemented by our risk-not-in-VaR (‘RNIV’) (unaudited) calculations and are integrated into our capital framework. Stress testing is also used as one of the market risk tools for managing basis risks.

The RNIV framework aims to capture and capitalise material market risks that are not adequately covered in the VaR model. Risks covered by RNIV represent 14% of market risk RWAs for models with regulatory approval and include those resulting from underlying risk factors which are not observable on a daily basis across asset classes and products, such as dividend risk and correlation risks. Risk factors are reviewed on a regular basis and either incorporated directly in the VaR models, where possible, or quantified through the VaR-based RNIV approach or a stress test approach within the RNIV framework. The severity of the scenarios is calibrated to be in line with the capital adequacy requirements. The outcome of the VaR-based RNIV is included in the VaR calculation and back-testing; a stressed VaR RNIV is also computed for the risk factors considered in the VaR-based RNIV approach.

The fair value of Level 3 assets in trading portfolios, comprising trading securities and derivatives, is immaterial. Market risk arising from Level 3 assets is managed by various market risk techniques such as stress testing and notional limits to limit our exposure. We generally do not hold Level 3 assets within our trading portfolios. The table on page 489 shows the movement in Level 3 financial instruments.

Stress testing

(Audited)

In recognition of the limitations of VaR, we augment it with stress testing as an integrated risk management tool to evaluate the potential impact on portfolio values of more extreme, although plausible, events or movements in a set of financial variables.

Stress testing is implemented at the legal entity, regional and overall Group levels. A standard set of scenarios is utilised consistently across all regions within the Group. Scenarios are tailored in order to capture the relevant events or market movements at each level. The risk appetite around potential stress losses for the Group is set and monitored against referral limits.

 

283


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

The process is governed by the Stress Testing Review Group forum which, in conjunction with regional risk management, determines the scenarios to be applied at portfolio and consolidated levels, as follows:

 

 

single risk factor stress scenarios that are unlikely to be captured within the VaR models, such as the break of a currency peg;

 

 

technical scenarios consider the largest move in each risk factor without consideration of any underlying market correlation;

 

 

hypothetical scenarios consider potential macroeconomic events, for example, the slowdown in mainland China and the potential effects of a sovereign debt default, including its wider contagion effects; and

 

 

historical scenarios incorporate historical observations of market movements during previous periods of stress which would not be captured within VaR.

Representative scenarios utilised for stress testing at the regional and global levels include the following:

 

 

China hard landing: This scenario is designed to capture the effect of an economic slowdown in mainland China and in other emerging markets. The objective of this scenario is to quantify the impact of market reactions to an economic deterioration in Asia followed by Latin America. Under such an event, investors’ risk aversion and drops in commodity prices are assumed to affect a range of market factors. Credit spreads and yield curves would rise while stock prices would fall, particularly in the regions of focus. Emerging currencies would mostly depreciate against the US dollar.

 

 

US selective default: This scenario assumes that the US debt ceiling cannot be raised any higher and the US government defaults on a specific set of treasury bonds. This type of event is considered in two stages. A direct impact is assessed from missing coupons and bond principals. A secondary impact captures wider market reactions such as a sharp rise of short-term US interest rates, a widening of credit spreads, a flight to alternative safe havens to the US debt and the US dollar and a general risk aversion in emerging markets.

 

 

Currency de-peg: The managed peg of the Hong Kong dollar, renminbi and Middle Eastern currencies to the US dollar is assumed to break down. Wide and sudden exchange rate shocks for each currency pair are designed to capture the impact on our exposures.

Stress testing results are submitted to the GMB and Risk Management Committee (‘RMC’) meetings in order to provide senior management with an assessment of the financial effect such events would have. Risk management either provides recommendations to maintain exposures which are deemed to be acceptable or proposes mitigating actions that bring risk within our appetite.

In addition, reverse stress tests are undertaken, based upon the premise that there is a fixed loss. The stress test process identifies which scenarios lead to this loss. The rationale behind the reverse stress test is to understand scenarios which are beyond normal business settings that could have contagion and systemic implications.

Stressed VaR and stress testing, together with reverse stress testing and the management of gap risk, provide management with insights regarding the ‘tail risk’ beyond VaR. HSBC appetite for tail risk is limited.

Trading portfolios

(Audited)

Our control of market risk in the trading portfolios is based on a policy of restricting individual operations to trading within a list of permissible instruments authorised for each site by Group Risk, of enforcing new product approval procedures, and of restricting trading in the more complex derivative products only to offices with appropriate levels of product expertise and robust control systems.

Gap risk

Certain transactions are structured to render the risk to HSBC negligible under a wide range of market conditions or events. However, there exists a remote possibility that a gap event could lead to loss. A gap event could arise from a significant change in market price with no accompanying trading opportunity, with the result that the threshold is breached beyond which the risk profile changes from no risk to full exposure to the underlying structure. Such movements may occur, for example, when, in reaction to an adverse event or unexpected news announcement, the market for a specific investment becomes illiquid, making hedging impossible.

Given their characteristics, these transactions make little or no contribution to VaR or to traditional market risk sensitivity measures. We capture their risks within our stress testing scenarios and monitor gap risk on an ongoing

 

284


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

basis. We regularly consider the probability of gap loss, and fair value adjustments are booked against this risk where significant.

Gap risk derived from certain transactions in legacy portfolios remained immaterial and limits continued to be managed down during 2013. We did not incur any material gap loss in 2013.

ABS/MBS exposures

The ABS/MBS exposures within the trading portfolios are managed within sensitivity and VaR limits as described on page 232, and are included within the stress testing scenarios described above.

Non-trading portfolios

(Audited)

The principal objective of market risk management of non-trading portfolios is to optimise net interest income.

Interest rate risk in non-trading portfolios arises principally from mismatches between the future yield on assets and their funding cost, as a result of interest rate changes. Analysis of this risk is complicated by having to make assumptions on embedded optionality within certain product areas such as the incidence of mortgage prepayments, and from behavioural assumptions regarding the economic duration of liabilities which are contractually repayable on demand such as current accounts, and the re-pricing behaviour of managed rate products.

Our control of market risk in the non-trading portfolios is based on transferring the assessed market risk of non-trading assets and liabilities created outside BSM or Markets, to the books managed by BSM, provided the market risk can be neutralised. The net exposure is typically managed by BSM through the use of fixed rate government bonds (liquid assets held in available-for-sale books) and interest rate swaps. The interest rate risk arising from fixed rate government bonds held within available-for-sale portfolios is reflected within the Group’s non-traded VaR. Interest rate swaps used by BSM are typically classified as either a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge and are included within the Group’s non-traded VaR. Any market risk that cannot be neutralised in the market is managed by local ALCO in segregated ALCO books.

Our funds transfer pricing policies give rise to a two stage funds transfer pricing approach. For details see page 280.

Credit spread risk for available-for-sale debt instruments

The risk associated with movements in credit spreads is primarily managed through sensitivity limits, stress testing and VaR. The VaR shows the effect on income from a one-day movement in credit spreads over a two-year period, calculated to a 99% confidence interval.

Available-for-sale equity securities

Potential new commitments are subject to risk appraisal to ensure that industry and geographical concentrations remain within acceptable levels for the portfolio. Regular reviews are performed to substantiate the valuation of the investments within the portfolio and investments held to facilitate ongoing business, such as holdings in government-sponsored enterprises and local stock exchanges.

Structural foreign exchange exposures

(Unaudited)

Structural foreign exchange exposures represent net investments in subsidiaries, branches and associates, the functional currencies of which are currencies other than the US dollar. An entity’s functional currency is that of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates.

Exchange differences on structural exposures are recognised in ‘Other comprehensive income’. We use the US dollar as our presentation currency in our consolidated financial statements because the US dollar and currencies linked to it form the major currency bloc in which we transact and fund our business. Our consolidated balance sheet is, therefore, affected by exchange differences between the US dollar and all the non-US dollar functional currencies of underlying subsidiaries.

 

285


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

We hedge structural foreign exchange exposures only in limited circumstances. Our structural foreign exchange exposures are managed with the primary objective of ensuring, where practical, that our consolidated capital ratios and the capital ratios of individual banking subsidiaries are largely protected from the effect of changes in exchange rates. This is usually achieved by ensuring that, for each subsidiary bank, the ratio of structural exposures in a given currency to risk-weighted assets denominated in that currency is broadly equal to the capital ratio of the subsidiary in question.

We may also transact hedges where a currency in which we have structural exposures is considered likely to revalue adversely, and it is possible in practice to transact a hedge. Any hedging is undertaken using forward foreign exchange contracts which are accounted for under IFRSs as hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation, or by financing with borrowings in the same currencies as the functional currencies involved.

Sensitivity of net interest income

(Unaudited)

A principal part of our management of market risk in non-trading portfolios is to monitor the sensitivity of projected net interest income under varying interest rate scenarios (simulation modelling). We aim, through our management of market risk in non-trading portfolios, to mitigate the effect of prospective interest rate movements which could reduce future net interest income, while balancing the cost of such hedging activities on the current net revenue stream.

Entities apply a combination of scenarios and assumptions relevant to their local businesses, and standard scenarios which are required throughout HSBC. The latter are consolidated to illustrate the combined pro forma effect on our consolidated net interest income.

Projected net interest income sensitivity figures represent the effect of the pro forma movements in net interest income based on the projected yield curve scenarios and the Group’s current interest rate risk profile. This effect, however, does not incorporate actions which would probably be taken by BSM or in the business units to mitigate the effect of interest rate risk. In reality, BSM seeks proactively to change the interest rate risk profile to minimise losses and optimise net revenues. The net interest income sensitivity calculations assume that interest rates of all maturities move by the same amount in the ‘up-shock’ scenario. Rates are not assumed to become negative in the ‘down-shock’ scenario which may, in certain currencies, effectively result in non-parallel shock. In addition, the net interest income sensitivity calculations take account of the effect on net interest income of anticipated differences in changes between interbank interest rates and interest rates over which the entity has discretion in terms of the timing and extent of rate changes.

Defined benefit pension schemes

(Audited)

Market risk arises within our defined benefit pension schemes to the extent that the obligations of the schemes are not fully matched by assets with determinable cash flows. Pension scheme obligations fluctuate with changes in long-term interest rates, inflation, salary levels and the longevity of scheme members. Pension scheme assets include equities and debt securities, the cash flows of which change as equity prices and interest rates (and credit risk) vary. There is a risk that market movements in equity prices and interest rates could result in asset values which, taken together with regular ongoing contributions, are insufficient over time to cover the level of projected obligations and these, in turn, could increase with a rise in inflation and members living longer. Management, and in certain instances trustees (who act on behalf of the pension schemes’ beneficiaries), assess these risks using reports prepared by independent external consultants, take action and, where appropriate, adjust investment strategies and contribution levels accordingly.

HSBC Holdings

(Audited)

As a financial services holding company, HSBC Holdings has limited market risk activity. Its activities predominantly involve maintaining sufficient capital resources to support the Group’s diverse activities; allocating these capital resources across our businesses; earning dividend and interest income on its investments in our businesses; providing dividend payments to HSBC Holdings’ equity shareholders and interest payments to providers of debt capital; and maintaining a supply of short-term capital resources for deployment under extraordinary circumstances. It does not take proprietary trading positions.

The main market risks to which HSBC Holdings is exposed are interest rate risk and foreign currency risk. Exposure

 

286


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

to these risks arises from short-term cash balances, funding positions held, loans to subsidiaries, investments in long-term financial assets and financial liabilities including debt capital issued. The objective of HSBC Holdings’ market risk management strategy is to reduce exposure to these risks and minimise volatility in capital resources, cash flows and distributable reserves. Market risk for HSBC Holdings is monitored by HSBC Holdings ALCO in accordance with its risk appetite statement.

HSBC Holdings uses interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate swaps to manage the interest rate risk and foreign currency risk arising from its long-term debt issues.

 

 

Operational risk

(Unaudited)

The objective of our operational risk management is to manage and control operational risk in a cost effective manner within targeted levels of operational risk consistent with our risk appetite, as defined by the GMB.

Operational risk is organised as a specific risk discipline within Global Risk, and a formal governance structure provides oversight over its management. The Global Operational Risk function reports to the Group Chief Risk Officer and supports the Global Operational Risk and Control Committee. It is responsible for establishing and maintaining the operational risk management framework (‘ORMF’), monitoring the level of operational losses and the effectiveness of the control environment. It is also responsible for operational risk reporting at Group level, including the preparation of reports for consideration by the Risk Management Meeting and Group Risk Committee. The Global Operational Risk and Control Committee meets at least quarterly to discuss key risk issues and review the effective implementation of the ORMF.

The ORMF defines minimum standards and processes and the governance structure for the management of operational risk and internal control in our geographical regions, global businesses and global functions. The ORMF has been codified in a high level standards manual supplemented with detailed policies which describe our approach to identifying, assessing, monitoring and controlling operational risk and give guidance on mitigating action to be taken when weaknesses are identified.

Business managers throughout the Group are responsible for maintaining an acceptable level of internal control commensurate with the scale and nature of operations, and for identifying and assessing risks, designing controls and monitoring the effectiveness of these controls. The ORMF helps managers to fulfil these responsibilities by defining a standard risk assessment methodology and providing a tool for the systematic reporting of operational loss data.

A centralised database is used to record the results of the operational risk management process. Operational risk and control self-assessments are input and maintained by business units. Business and functional management and Business Risk and Control Managers monitor the progress of documented action plans to address shortcomings. To ensure that operational risk losses are consistently reported and monitored at Group level, all Group companies are required to report individual losses when the net loss is expected to exceed US$10,000, and to aggregate all other operational risk losses under US$10,000. Losses are entered into the operational risk system and are reported to the Group Operational Risk function quarterly.

For further details, see the Pillar 3 Disclosures 2013 report, page 84.

Compliance risk

(Unaudited)

Compliance risk falls within the definition of operational risk. All Group companies are required to observe the letter and spirit of all relevant laws, codes, rules, regulations and standards of good market practice. These rules, regulations, standards and Group policies include those relating to anti-money laundering, anti-bribery and corruption, counter-terrorist and proliferation financing, sanctions compliance, conduct of business, market conduct and other financial regulations.

In 2013, HSBC transformed its existing Global Compliance team into two distinct sub-functions: Financial Crime Compliance (‘FCC’) and Regulatory Compliance (‘RC’), jointly supported by Compliance Shared Services. These are control functions working as part of our Global Risk function. They are responsible for functional resourcing decisions, performance reviews, objectives, strategy, budget and accountability. They are empowered to set standards and have the authority to ensure those standards are met. The Global Head of Financial Crime Compliance and the Global Head of Regulatory Compliance both report to the Group Chief Risk Officer.

There are compliance teams in each of the countries where we operate and in all global businesses. These compliance

 

287


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

teams are principally overseen by Heads of Financial Crime Compliance and Regulatory Compliance located in Europe, the US, Canada, Latin America, Asia-Pacific and the Middle East and North Africa. There is an Assurance team within Compliance Shared Services that reviews the effectiveness of the Regional and Global Business Compliance teams.

Global policies and procedures require the prompt identification and escalation to Global Regulatory or Financial Crime Compliance of all actual or suspected breaches of any law, rule, regulation, policy or other relevant requirement. These escalation procedures are supplemented by a requirement for the submission of compliance certificates at the half-year and year-end by all Group companies and functions detailing any known breaches as above. The contents of these escalation and certification processes are used for reporting to the Risk Management Meeting, the Group Risk Committee and the Board. They are disclosed in the Annual Report and Accounts and Interim Report , as appropriate.

Legal risk

(Unaudited)

Each operating company is required to have processes and procedures in place to manage legal risk that conform to Group standards.

Legal risk falls within the definition of operational risk and includes:

 

 

contractual risk, which is the risk that the rights and/or obligations of an HSBC company within a contractual relationship are defective;

 

 

dispute risk, which is made up of the risks that an HSBC company is subject to when it is involved in or managing a potential or actual dispute;

 

 

legislative risk, which is the risk that an HSBC company fails to adhere to the laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates; and

 

 

non-contractual rights risk, which is the risk that an HSBC company’s assets are not properly owned or are infringed by others, or an HSBC company infringes another party’s rights.

Our Global Legal function assists management in controlling legal risk. There are legal departments in 51 of the countries in which we operate. In addition to the Group Legal function, there are regional legal functions in each of Europe, North America, Latin America, the Middle East and North Africa and Asia-Pacific headed by Regional General Counsels as well as a global General Counsel responsible for each of the global businesses.

Global security and fraud risk

(Unaudited)

Security and fraud risk issues are managed at Group level by Global Security and Fraud Risk. This unit, which has responsibility for physical risk, fraud, information and contingency risk, and geopolitical risk and business intelligence is fully integrated within Global Risk. This enables management to identify and mitigate the permutations of these and other non-financial risks to its business lines across the jurisdictions in which we operate.

The Fraud Risk function is responsible for ensuring that effective protection measures are in place against all forms of fraudulent activity, whether initiated internally or externally, and is available to support any part of the business. To achieve that and to attain the level of integration needed to face the threat, the management of all types of fraud (e.g. card fraud, non-card fraud and internal fraud, including investigations), is established within one management structure and is part of the Global Risk function.

We use technology extensively to prevent and detect fraud. For example, customers’ credit and debit card spending is monitored continuously and suspicious transactions are highlighted for verification, internet banking sessions are reviewed and transactions monitored in a similar way and all new account applications are screened for fraud. We have a fraud systems strategy which is designed to provide minimum standards and allow easier sharing of best practices to detect fraud and minimise false alerts.

We have developed a holistic and effective anti-fraud strategy comprising fraud prevention policies and practices, the implementation of strong internal controls, an investigations response team and liaison with law enforcement where appropriate.

The Business Continuity Planning function is responsible for ensuring that the group’s critical systems, processes and functions have the resilience to maintain continuity in the face of major disruptive events. Within this wider risk,

 

288


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Business Continuity Management covers the pre-planning for recovery, seeking to minimise the adverse effects of major business disruption, either globally, regionally or within country, against a range of actual or emerging risks. The pre-planning concentrates on the protection of customer services, our staff, revenue generation and the integrity of data and documents.

Each business and function has its own recovery plans, which are developed following the completion of a Business Impact Analysis. This determines how much time the business or function could sustain an outage before the level of losses becomes unacceptable, i.e. its criticality. These plans are reviewed and tested every year. The planning is undertaken against Group policy and standards and each business confirms in an annual compliance certificate that all have been met. Should there be exceptions, these are raised and their short-term resolution is overseen by Group and regional business continuity teams.

It is important that plans are dynamic and meet all risks, particularly those of an emerging nature such as possible pandemics and the eurozone crisis. The ORMF is used to measure our resilience to these risks, and is confirmed to Group and regional risk committees.

Resilience is managed through various risk mitigation measures. These include agreeing with IT acceptable recovery times of systems, ensuring our critical buildings have the correct infrastructure to enable ongoing operations, requiring critical vendors to have their own recovery plans and arranging with Group insurance appropriate cover for business interruption costs.

Systems risk

(Unaudited)

Systems risk is the risk of failure or other deficiency in the automated platforms that support the Group’s daily execution (application systems) and the systems infrastructure on which they reside (data centres, networks and distributed computers).

The management of systems risk is overseen globally by the HTS organisation. Oversight is provided through monthly risk management committee meetings that provide a comprehensive overview of existing top and emerging risks.

HTS line management manages the control environment over systems risks using risk and control assessments and top risk analysis. Key risk indicators are used to assure a consistent basis of risk evaluation across geographic and line of business boundaries.

Business critical services have been identified through a central, global oversight body. Quantitative scorecards called Risk Appetite Statements have been established for each of these services.

Service Resilience and Systems Continuity Planning functions are in place to ensure systems meet agreed target service levels and in the event of major disruptive events, can be recovered within recovery time objectives agreed with the business.

Vendor risk management

(Unaudited)

Our vendor risk management (‘VRM’) programme is a global framework for managing risk with third party vendors, especially where we are reliant on outsourced agreements to provide critical services to our customers. VRM contains a rigorous process to identify material contracts and their key risks and ensure controls are in place to manage and mitigate these risks.

Fiduciary risk

(Unaudited)

Business activities in which fiduciary risk is inherent should only be undertaken within designated lines of business. Fiduciary risk is managed within the designated businesses via a comprehensive policy framework and monitoring of key indicators. The Group’s principal fiduciary businesses (‘designated businesses’) are:

 

 

HSBC Securities Services, where it is exposed to fiduciary risk via its Funds Services and Corporate Trust and loan agency activities;

 

 

HSBC Global Asset Management, which is exposed to fiduciary risks via its investment management activities on behalf of clients;

 

289


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

HSBC Global Private Banking, which is exposed to fiduciary risks via its Private Wealth Services division and discretionary investment management;

 

 

HSBC Insurance, which is exposed to fiduciary risks via the investment management activities it undertakes when providing insurance products and services; and

 

 

RBWM Trust Investment Wrappers, required by regulation for the provision of normal RBWM Wealth Management products and services.

The Group’s requirements for the management of fiduciary risk are laid down in the Fiduciary section of the Global Risk Functional Instruction Manual, which is owned by Global Operational Risk. No business other than the designated businesses may undertake fiduciary activities without notifying Global Operational Risk and receiving specific dispensations from the relevant Fiduciary policy requirements.

Other policies around the provision of advice, including investment advice and corporate advisory, and the management of potential conflicts of interest, also mitigate our fiduciary risks.

 

 

Risk management of insurance operations

Overview of insurance products

(Audited)

HSBC manufactures the following main classes of life insurance contracts:

 

 

life insurance contracts with discretionary participation features (‘DPF’);

 

 

credit life insurance business;

 

 

annuities;

 

 

term assurance and critical illness policies;

 

 

linked life insurance;

 

 

investment contracts with DPF;

 

 

unit-linked investment contracts; and

 

 

other investment contracts (including pension contracts written in Hong Kong).

We additionally write a small amount of non-life insurance business primarily covering personal and commercial property.

Nature and extent of risks

(Audited)

The majority of the risks in our Insurance business derive from manufacturing activities and can be categorised between financial risks and insurance risk; financial risks include market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. Operational and sustainability risks are also present and are covered by the Group’s respective overall risk management processes.

The following sections describe how financial risks and insurance risk are managed. The assets of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries are included within the consolidated risk disclosures on pages 134 to 265, although separate disclosures in respect of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries are provided in the ‘Risk management of insurance operations’ section on pages 249 to 259.

Insurance manufacturers establish control procedures complying with the guidelines and requirements issued by Group Insurance and local regulatory requirements. Country level oversight is exercised by local risk management committees. Country Chief Risk Officers have direct reporting lines into local Insurance Chief Executive Officers and functional reporting lines into the Group Insurance Chief Risk Officer, who has overall accountability for risk management in insurance operations globally. The Group Insurance Executive Committee oversees the control framework globally and is accountable to the RBWM Risk Management Committee on risk matters.

In addition, local ALCOs monitor and review the duration and cash flow matching of insurance assets and liabilities.

All insurance products, whether manufactured internally or by a third party, are subjected to a product approval process prior to introduction.

 

290


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Financial risks

(Audited)

Our insurance businesses are exposed to a range of financial risks, including market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. Market risk includes interest rate, equity and foreign exchange risks. The nature and management of these risks is described below.

Manufacturing subsidiaries are exposed to financial risks when, for example, the proceeds from financial assets are not sufficient to fund the obligations arising from insurance and investment contracts. In many jurisdictions, local regulatory requirements prescribe the type, quality and concentration of assets that these subsidiaries must maintain to meet insurance liabilities. These requirements complement Group-wide policies.

Market risk

(Audited)

Description of market risk

The main features of products manufactured by our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries which generate market risk, and the market risk to which these features expose the subsidiaries, are discussed below.

Interest rate risk arises to the extent that yields on the assets are lower than the investment returns implied by the guarantees payable to policyholders by insurance manufacturing subsidiaries. When the asset yields are below guaranteed yields, products may be discontinued, repriced or restructured. A list of the different types of guarantees within our insurance contracts is outlined below.

 

 

Categories of guaranteed benefits

 

 

annuities in payment;

 

 

deferred/immediate annuities: these consist of two phases – the savings and investing phase and the retirement income phase;

 

 

annual return: the annual return is guaranteed to be no lower than a specified rate. This may be the return credited to the policyholder every year, or the average annual return credited to the policyholder over the life of the policy, which may occur on the maturity date or the surrender date of the contract; and

 

 

capital: policyholders are guaranteed to receive no less than the premiums paid plus declared bonuses less expenses.

 

The proceeds from insurance and investment products with DPF are primarily invested in bonds with a proportion allocated to other asset classes in order to provide customers with the potential for enhanced returns. Subsidiaries with portfolios of such products are exposed to the risk of falls in market prices which cannot be fully reflected in the discretionary bonuses. An increase in market volatility could also result in an increase in the value of the guarantee to the policyholder.

Long-term insurance and investment products typically permit the policyholder to surrender the policy or let it lapse at any time. When the surrender value is not linked to the value realised from the sale of the associated supporting assets, the subsidiary is exposed to market risk. In particular, when customers seek to surrender their policies when asset values are falling, assets may have to be sold at a loss to fund redemptions.

A subsidiary holding a portfolio of long-term insurance and investment products, especially with DPF, may attempt to reduce exposure to its local market by investing in assets in countries other than that in which it is based. These assets may be denominated in currencies other than the subsidiary’s local currency. Where the foreign exchange exposure associated with these assets is not hedged, for example because it is not cost effective to do so, this exposes the subsidiary to the risk of its local currency strengthening against the currency of the related assets.

For unit-linked contracts, market risk is substantially borne by the policyholder, but market risk exposure typically remains as fees earned for management are related to the market value of the linked assets.

Asset and liability matching

It is not always possible to match asset and liability durations, partly because there is uncertainty over policyholder behaviour which introduces uncertainty over the receipt of all future premiums and the timing of claims, and partly because the forecast payment dates of liabilities may exceed the duration of the longest dated investments available.

We use models to assess the effect of a range of future scenarios on the values of financial assets and associated liabilities, and ALCOs employ the outcomes in determining how to best structure asset holdings to support liabilities. The scenarios include stresses applied to factors which affect insurance risk such as mortality and lapse rates. Of

 

291


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

particular importance is assessing the expected pattern of cash inflows against the benefits payable on the underlying contracts, which can extend for many years.

Our current portfolio of assets includes debt securities issued at a time when yields were higher than those observed in the current market. As a result, yields on extant holdings of debt securities exceed those available on current issues. We reduced short-term bonus rates paid to policyholders on certain participating contracts to manage the immediate strain on the business. Should interest rates and yield curves remain low further reductions may be necessary.

How market risk is managed

All our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries have market risk mandates which specify the investment instruments in which they are permitted to invest and the maximum quantum of market risk which they may retain. They manage market risk by using some or all of the techniques listed below, depending on the nature of the contracts they write.

 

 

Techniques for managing market risk

 

 

for products with DPF, adjusting bonus rates to manage the liabilities to policyholders. The effect is that a significant portion of the market risk is borne by the policyholder;

 

 

structuring asset portfolios to support projected liability cash flows;

 

 

using derivatives, to a limited extent, to protect against adverse market movements or better match liability cash flows;

 

 

for new products with investment guarantees, considering the cost when determining the level of premiums or the price structure;

 

 

periodically reviewing products identified as higher risk, which contain investment guarantees and embedded optionality features linked to savings and investment products;

 

 

including features designed to mitigate market risk in new products, such as charging surrender penalties to recoup losses incurred when policyholders surrender their policies;

 

 

exiting, to the extent possible, investment portfolios whose risk is considered unacceptable; and

 

 

repricing of premiums charged to policyholders.

 

In the product approval process, the risks embedded in new products are identified and assessed. When, for example, options and guarantees are embedded in new products, the due diligence process ensures that complete and appropriate risk management procedures are in place. For all but the simplest of guaranteed benefits the assessment is undertaken by Group Insurance. Management reviews certain exposures more frequently when markets are more volatile to ensure that any matters arising are dealt with in a timely fashion.

How the exposure to market risk is measured

Our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries monitor exposures against mandated limits regularly and report them to Group Insurance. Exposures are aggregated and reported on a quarterly basis to senior risk management forums in Group Insurance.

In addition, large insurance manufacturing subsidiaries perform a high-level monthly assessment of market risk exposure against risk appetite. This is submitted to Group Insurance and a global assessment presented to the RBWM Risk Management Committee.

 

 

Standard measures for quantifying market risks

 

 

for interest rate risk, the sensitivities of the net present values of asset and expected liability cash flows, in total and by currency, to a one basis point parallel shift in the discount curves used to calculate the net present values;

 

 

for equity price risk, the total market value of equity holdings and the market value of equity holdings by region and country; and

 

 

for foreign exchange risk, the total net short foreign exchange position and the net foreign exchange positions by currency.

 

The standard measures are relatively straightforward to calculate and aggregate, but they have limitations. The most significant one is that a parallel shift in yield curves of one basis point does not capture the non-linear relationships between the values of certain assets and liabilities and interest rates. Non-linearity arises, for example, from investment guarantees and product features which enable policyholders to surrender their policies. We bear the shortfall if the yields on investments held to support contracts with guaranteed benefits are less than the investment returns implied by the guaranteed benefits.

 

292


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

We recognise these limitations and augment our standard measures with stress tests which examine the effect of a range of market rate scenarios on the aggregate annual profits and total equity of our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries, after taking into consideration tax and accounting treatments where material and relevant. The results of these tests are reported to Group Insurance and risk committees every quarter.

The table, ‘Sensitivity of HSBC’s insurance manufacturing subsidiaries to market risk factors’ on page 255), indicates the sensitivity of insurance manufacturers profit and total equity to market risk factors.

Credit risk

(Audited)

Description of credit risk

Credit risk arises in two main areas for our insurance manufacturers:

 

(i) risk of default by debt security counterparties after investing premiums to generate a return for policyholders and shareholders; and

 

(ii) risk of default by reinsurance counterparties and non-reimbursement for claims made after ceding insurance risk.

How credit risk is managed

Our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries are responsible for the credit risk, quality and performance of their investment portfolios. Our assessment of the creditworthiness of issuers and counterparties is based primarily upon internationally recognised credit ratings and other publicly available information.

Investment credit exposures are monitored against limits by our local insurance manufacturing subsidiaries, and are aggregated and reported to Group Insurance Credit Risk and Group Credit Risk. Stress testing is performed by Group Insurance on the investment credit exposures using credit spread sensitivities and default probabilities.

We use a number of tools to manage and monitor credit risk. These include a Credit Watch Report which contains a watch-list of investments with current credit concerns and is circulated fortnightly to senior management in Group Insurance and the individual Country Chief Risk Officers to identify investments which may be at risk of future impairment.

Liquidity risk

(Audited)

Description of liquidity risk

It is an inherent characteristic of almost all insurance contracts that there is uncertainty over the amount of claims liabilities that may arise and the timing of their settlement, and this creates liquidity risk.

There are three aspects to liquidity risk. The first arises in normal market conditions and is referred to as funding liquidity risk; specifically, the capacity to raise sufficient cash when needed to meet payment obligations. Secondly, market liquidity risk arises when the size of a particular holding may be so large that a sale cannot be completed around the market price. Finally, standby liquidity risk refers to the capacity to meet payment terms in abnormal conditions.

How liquidity risk is managed

Our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries primarily fund cash outflows arising from claim liabilities from the following sources of cash inflows:

 

 

premiums from new business, policy renewals and recurring premium products;

 

 

interest and dividends on investments and principal repayments of maturing debt investments;

 

 

cash resources; and

 

 

the sale of investments.

They manage liquidity risk by utilising some or all of the following techniques:

 

 

matching cash inflows with expected cash outflows using specific cash flow projections or more general asset and liability matching techniques such as duration matching;

 

 

maintaining sufficient cash resources;

 

293


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

investing in good credit-quality investments with deep and liquid markets to the degree to which they exist;

 

 

monitoring investment concentrations and restricting them where appropriate, for example, by debt issues or issuers; and

 

 

establishing committed contingency borrowing facilities.

Each of these techniques contributes to mitigating the three types of liquidity risk described above.

Every quarter, our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries are required to complete and submit liquidity risk reports to Group Insurance for collation and review. Liquidity risk is assessed in these reports by measuring changes in expected cumulative net cash flows under a series of stress scenarios designed to determine the effect of reducing expected available liquidity and accelerating cash outflows. This is achieved, for example, by assuming new business or renewals are lower, and surrenders or lapses are greater, than expected.

Insurance risk

(Audited)

Insurance risk is the risk, other than financial risk, of loss transferred from the holder of the insurance contract to the issuer (HSBC). The principal risk we face in manufacturing insurance contracts is that, over time, the cost of acquiring and administering a contract, claims and benefits may exceed the aggregate amount of premiums received and investment income.

The cost of claims and benefits can be influenced by many factors, including mortality and morbidity experience, lapse and surrender rates and, if the policy has a savings element, the performance of the assets held to support the liabilities.

Insurance risks are controlled by high-level policies and procedures set both centrally and locally, taking into account where appropriate local market conditions and regulatory requirements. Formal underwriting, reinsurance and claims-handling procedures designed to ensure compliance with regulations are applied, supplemented with stress testing.

As well as exercising underwriting controls, we use reinsurance as a means of mitigating exposure to insurance risk. Where we manage our exposure to insurance risk through the use of third-party reinsurers, the associated revenue and manufacturing profit is ceded to the reinsurers. Although reinsurance provides a means of managing insurance risk, such contracts expose us to credit risk, the risk of default by the reinsurer.

The principal drivers of our insurance risk are described below. The liabilities for long-term contracts are set by reference to a range of assumptions around these drivers. These typically reflect the issuers’ own experiences. The type and quantum of insurance risk arising from life insurance depends on the type of business, and varies considerably.

 

 

mortality and morbidity: the main contracts which generate exposure to these risks are term assurance, whole life products, critical illness and income protection contracts and annuities. The risks are monitored on a regular basis, and are primarily mitigated by underwriting controls and reinsurance and by retaining the ability in certain cases to amend premiums in the light of experience;

 

 

lapses and surrenders: the risks associated with this are generally mitigated by product design, the application of surrender charges and management actions, for example, managing the level of bonus payments to policyholders. A detailed persistency analysis at a product level is carried out at least on an annual basis; and

 

 

expense risk is mitigated by pricing, for example, retaining the ability in certain cases to amend premiums and/or policyholder charges based on experience, and cost management discipline.

Liabilities are affected by changes in assumptions (see ‘Sensitivity analysis’ on page 259).

 

 

Reputational risk

(Unaudited)

We regularly review our policies and procedures for safeguarding against reputational risk. This is an evolutionary process which takes account of relevant developments, industry guidance, best practice and societal expectations.

We have always aspired to the highest standards of conduct and, as a matter of routine, take account of reputational risks to our business. Reputational risks can arise from a wide variety of causes. As a banking group, our good reputation depends not only upon the way in which we conduct our business, but also by the way in which clients,

 

294


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

to whom we provide financial services, conduct themselves.

Group functions with responsibility for activities that attract reputational risk are represented at the Group Reputational Risk Policy Committee (‘GRRPC’), which is chaired by the Group Chairman. The primary role of the GRRPC is to consider areas and activities presenting significant reputational risk and, where appropriate, to make recommendations to the Global Standards Steering Meeting for policy or procedural changes to mitigate such risk. Each of the Group’s geographical regions is required to ensure that reputational risks are also considered at a regional level, either through a special section of their respective Regional Risk Management Committee or a regional Reputational Risk Policy Committee. Minutes from the regional meetings are tabled at GRRPC.

Each of the global businesses is required to have a procedure to assess and address reputational risks potentially arising from proposed business transactions and client activity. These are supported by a central team which ensures that issues are directed to the appropriate forum, that decisions taken are implemented and that management information is collated and actions reported to senior management.

Standards on all major aspects of business are set for HSBC and for individual subsidiaries, businesses and functions. Reputational risks, including environmental, social and governance matters, are considered and assessed by the Board, the GMB, the Risk Management Meeting, the Global Standards Steering Meeting, subsidiary company boards, Board committees and senior management during the formulation of policy and the establishment of our standards. These policies, which form an integral part of the internal control system (see page 364), are communicated through manuals and statements of policy and are promulgated through internal communications and training. The policies set out our risk appetite and operational procedures in all areas of reputational risk, including money laundering deterrence, counter-terrorist financing, environmental impact, anti-bribery and corruption measures and employee relations. The policy manuals address risk issues in detail and co-operation between Group departments and businesses is required to ensure a strong adherence to our risk management system and our sustainability practices.

 

 

Pension risk

(Audited)

We operate a number of pension plans throughout the world, as described in Note 7 on the Financial Statements, the Pension risk section on page 260 and below. Some of them are defined benefit plans, of which the largest is the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme (‘the principal plan’).

In order to fund the benefits associated with these plans, sponsoring Group companies (and, in some instances, employees) make regular contributions in accordance with advice from actuaries and in consultation with the scheme’s trustees (where relevant). The defined benefit plans invest these contributions in a range of investments designed to meet their long-term liabilities.

The level of these contributions has a direct impact on HSBC’s cash flow and would normally be set to ensure that there are sufficient funds to meet the cost of the accruing benefits for the future service of active members. However, higher contributions will be required when plan assets are considered insufficient to cover the existing pension liabilities. Contribution rates are typically revised annually or triennially, depending on the plan. The agreed contributions to the principal plan are revised triennially.

 

 

A deficit in a defined benefit plan may arise from a number of factors, including:

 

 

investments delivering a return below that required to provide the projected plan benefits. This could arise, for example, when there is a fall in the market value of equities, or when increases in long-term interest rates cause a fall in the value of fixed income securities held;

 

 

the prevailing economic environment leading to corporate failures, thus triggering write-downs in asset values (both equity and debt);

 

 

a change in either interest rates or inflation which causes an increase in the value of the scheme liabilities; and

 

 

scheme members living longer than expected (known as longevity risk).

 

A plan’s investment strategy is determined after taking into consideration the market risk inherent in the investments and its consequential impact on potential future contributions. The long-term investment objectives of both HSBC and, where relevant and appropriate, the trustees are:

 

 

to limit the risk of the assets failing to meet the liabilities of the plans over the long-term; and

 

 

to maximise returns consistent with an acceptable level of risk so as to control the long-term costs of the defined benefit plans.

 

295


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

In pursuit of these long-term objectives, a benchmark is established for the allocation of the defined benefit plan assets between asset classes. In addition, each permitted asset class has its own benchmarks, such as stock market or property valuation indices and, where relevant, desired levels of out-performance. The benchmarks are reviewed at least triennially within 18 months of the date at which an actuarial valuation is made, or more frequently if required by local legislation or circumstances. The process generally involves an extensive asset and liability review.

Ultimate responsibility for investment strategy rests with either the trustees or, in certain circumstances, a management committee. The degree of independence of the trustees from HSBC varies in different jurisdictions.

Pension plans in the UK

HSBC’s largest plan exists in the UK, where the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme (‘the Scheme’) covers employees of HSBC Bank plc and certain other employees of HSBC. This comprises a funded final salary defined benefit plan (‘the principal plan’), which is closed to new entrants, and a defined contribution plan which was established in July 1996 for new employees.

The principal plan, which accounts for approximately 71% of the obligations of our defined benefit pension plans, is overseen by a corporate trustee who has a fiduciary responsibility for the operation of the pension scheme. The trustee is responsible for monitoring and managing the investment strategy and administration of scheme benefits.

The principal plan holds a diversified portfolio of investments to meet future cash flow liabilities arising from accrued benefits as they fall due to be paid. The trustee of the principal plan is required to produce a written Statement of Investment Principles which governs decision-making about how investments are made and the need for adequate diversification is taken into account in the choice of asset allocation and manager structure in the defined benefit section.

Longevity risk in the principal plan is assessed as part of the measurement of the pension liability and managed through the funding process of the scheme.

Pension plans in Hong Kong

In Hong Kong, the HSBC Group Hong Kong Local Staff Retirement Benefit Scheme covers employees of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation and certain other employees of HSBC. The scheme comprises a funded defined benefit scheme and a defined contribution scheme. The defined benefit section of the scheme is a final salary lump sum scheme and therefore its exposure to longevity and interest rate risk is limited; it was closed to new members from 1999.

The trustee assumes the overall responsibility for the scheme but a management committee and a number of sub-committees have also been established. These committees have been established to broaden the governance and manage the concomitant issues. The finance and investment sub-committee review and make recommendations on  the various issues in relation to both assets and liabilities of the scheme, to the management committee.

Pension plans in North America

The HSBC North America (US) Retirement Income Plan covers all employees of HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Finance and other HSBC entities in the US who have reached the age of 21 and met the one year of service participation requirement. The Retirement Income Plan is a funded defined benefit plan which provides final average pay benefits to legacy participants and cash balance benefits to all other participants. Prior to 1 January 2013, all new employees participated in the cash balance section of the plan. With effect from 1 January 2013, it was agreed to cease all future contributions under the cash balance formula and freeze the plan. Whilst participants with existing balances will no longer accrue benefits, they will continue to receive interest credits. In November 2009, the Board of Directors of HSBC North America Holdings, Inc. (‘HNAH’) approved actions to cease all future benefit accruals for legacy participants under the final average pay formula components of the HSBC North America Retirement Income Plan with effect from 1 January 2011.

The Plan is governed by the Employee Retirement Security Act of 1974 (‘ERISA’), which regulations serve as guidance for the management of plan assets. In this regard, an investment committee (the ‘committee’) for the Plan has been established and its members have been appointed by the Chief Executive Officer as authorised by the Board of Directors of HNAH. The committee is responsible for establishing the funding policy and investment objectives supporting the Plan including allocating the assets of the Plan, monitoring the diversification of the Plan’s

 

296


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

investments and investment performance, assuring the Plan does not violate any provisions of ERISA and the appointment, removal and monitoring of investment advisers and the trustee.

A key factor shaping the committee’s attitude towards risk is the generally long-term nature of the underlying benefit obligations. The asset allocation decision reflects this long-term horizon as well as the ability and willingness to accept some short-term variability in the performance of the portfolio in exchange for the expectation of competitive long-term investment results for its participants.

 

 

Sustainability risk

(Unaudited)

Sustainability risks arise from the provision of financial services to companies or projects which run counter to the needs of sustainable development; in effect this risk arises when the environmental and social effects outweigh economic benefits. Within Group Head Office, a separate function, Global Corporate Sustainability, is mandated to manage these risks globally working through local offices as appropriate. Sustainability Risk Managers have regional or national responsibilities for advising on and managing environmental and social risks.

Global Corporate Sustainability’s risk management responsibilities include:

 

 

formulating sustainability risk policies. This includes overseeing our sustainability risk standards, our implementation of the Equator Principles for project finance lending, and our sector-based sustainability policies covering those sectors with high environmental or social impacts (forestry, freshwater infrastructure, chemicals, energy, mining and metals, and defence-related lending); undertaking an independent review of transactions where sustainability risks are assessed to be high; and supporting our operating companies to assess similar risks of a lower magnitude;

 

 

building and implementing systems-based processes to ensure consistent application of policies, reduce the costs of sustainability risk reviews and capture management information to measure and report on the effect of our lending and investment activities on sustainable development; and

 

 

providing training and capacity building within our operating companies to ensure sustainability risks are identified and mitigated consistently to either our own standards, international standards or local regulations, whichever is higher.

 

297


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Capital

 

 

     Page      App 1      Tables    Page  

Capital overview

     299          Capital ratios      299   
                                 

Capital management

        319         

Approach and policy

        319         

Stress testing

        319         

Risks to capital

        319         

Risk-weighted asset targets

        319         

Capital generation

        320         
                                 

Capital measurement and allocation

        320         

Regulatory capital

        320         

Pillar 1 capital requirements

        320         

Pillar 2 capital requirements

        322         

Pillar 3 disclosure requirements

        322         
                                 

Risk-weighted assets

     299         

RWAs by risk type

     299   
        

Market risk RWAs

     300   
        

RWAs by global businesses

     300   
        

RWAs by geographical regions

     300   

Credit risk RWAs

     300         

RWA movement by geographical regions by key driver – credit risk – IRB only

     302   
        

RWA movement by global businesses by key driver – credit risk – IRB only

     303   

Counterparty credit risk and market risk RWAs

     303         

RWA movement by key driver - counterparty credit risk – IRB only

     303   
        

RWA movement by key driver – market risk – internal model based

     303   

Operational risk RWAs

     304            
                                 

RWA movement by key driver – basis of preparation and supporting notes

        322         

Credit risk drivers – definitions

        322         

Counterparty risk drivers – definitions

        324         

Market risk drivers – definitions

        324         
                                 

Movement in total regulatory capital in 2013

     304         

Source and application of total regulatory capital

     304   
                                 

Capital structure

     305         

Composition of regulatory capital

     305   
        

Regulatory impact of management actions

     306   

Regulatory and accounting consolidations

     306         

Reconciliation of balance sheets – financial accounting to regulatory scope of consolidation

     307   

Basel III implementation and CRD IV

     309            
                                 

Basis of preparation of the estimated effect of the CRD IV end point applied to the 31  December 2013 position

        324      

Composition of regulatory capital on an estimated CRD IV basis and Year 1 transitional basis

     310   
        

Reconciliation of current rules to CRD IV end point rules

     311   

Key regulatory adjustments applied to core tier 1 in respect of amounts subject to CRD IV treatment

        325         

Key changes to capital requirements introduced by CRD IV

        327         
                                 

Leverage ratio: basis of preparation

        328         

Leverage ratio

     312          Estimated leverage ratio      313   
                                 

Future developments

     314            

UK regulatory update

     314            

Systemically important banks

     314            

Regulatory capital buffers

     314            

RWA integrity

     316            

Structural banking reform

     316            
                                 

 

1 Appendix to Capital.

           

 

298


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Our objective in the management of Group capital is to maintain appropriate levels of capital to support our business strategy and meet our regulatory requirements.

 

 

Capital highlights

 

 

Core tier 1 capital ratio 13.6%, up from 12.3% in 2012, as a result of capital generation and management actions.

 

 

Our end point CET1 ratio 10.9%, up from 9.5% in 2012, as a result of similar drivers.

 

Capital overview

Capital ratios

(Unaudited)

 

     At 31 December  
     2013            2012   
     %            %   

Core tier 1 ratio

     13.6            12.3   

Tier 1 ratio

     14.5            13.4   

Total capital ratio

     17.8            16.1   

CRD IV

        

Common equity tier 1 ratio (end point) 1

     10.9            9.5   

Common equity tier 1 ratio (Year 1 transition)

     10.8         

For footnote, see page 318.

In November 2013, the Prudential Regulation Authority (‘PRA’) published its expectations in relation to capital ratios for major UK banks and building societies. These were that from 1 January 2014, capital resources should be held equivalent to at least 7% of risk-weighted assets using a CRD IV end point definition of common equity tier 1 (‘CET1’) but after taking into account any adjustments set by the PRA to reflect the Financial Policy Committee’s (‘FPC’s) capital shortfall exercise recommendations. These include an assessment of expected future losses, future costs of conduct redress and adjusting for a more prudent calculation of risk weights.

In addition to the above, the PRA has established a forward-looking Basel III end point CET1 target ratio post-FPC adjustments for the Group to be met by 2019. This effectively replaced the Capital Resources Floor that was set by the FSA towards the end of 2012.

In December 2013, the PRA issued its final rules on CRD IV in Policy Statement (‘PS 7/13’). This transposes the various areas of national discretion within the final CRD IV legislation into UK law that is applicable from 1 January 2014. In its final rules,

the PRA did not adopt most of the transitional provisions available in CRD IV, thereby opting for an acceleration of the CRD IV end point definition of CET1. Notwithstanding this, the CRD IV transitional provisions for unrealised gains have been applied, so that unrealised gains on investment property are derecognised until 1 January 2015. As a result, our transitional ratio is slightly lower than end point.

Despite the final PRA rules, there remains continued uncertainty around the amount of capital that banks will be required to hold. This relates to the quantification and interaction of capital buffers and Pillar 2, where further PRA consultations are due in 2014. Furthermore, there are a significant number of draft and unpublished European Banking Authority (‘EBA’) technical and implementation standards due in 2014 which could potentially affect our capital position and RWAs.

Our approach to managing Group capital is designed to ensure that we exceed current regulatory requirements, and are well placed to meet those expected in the future.

In 2013 we managed our capital position to meet an internal target ratio of 9.5 – 10.5% on a CET1 end-point basis, changing to greater than 10% from 1 January 2014. We continue to keep this under review.

 

LOGO   A summary of our policies and practices regarding capital management, measurement and allocation is provided in the Appendix to Capital on page 319.

Risk-weighted assets

RWAs by risk type

(Unaudited)

 

     At 31 December  
    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

Credit risk

     864,300            898,416   

Standardised approach

     329,464            374,469   

IRB foundation approach

     13,612            10,265   

IRB advanced approach

     521,224            513,682   

Counterparty credit risk

     45,731            48,319   

Standardised approach 2

     3,583            2,645   

IRB approach

     42,148            45,674   

Market risk

     63,416            54,944   

Operational risk

     119,206            122,264   

Total

     1,092,653            1,123,943   

Of which:

        

Run-off portfolios

     104,869            145,689   

Legacy credit in GB&M

     26,348            38,587   

US CML and Other

     78,521            107,102   

Card and Retail Services 3

     1,143            6,858   

For footnotes, see page 318.

 

 

299


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Market risk RWAs

(Unaudited)

 

     At 31 December  
     2013 US$m           2012 US$m  

VaR

     4,870            7,616   

Stressed VaR

     9,402            11,048   

Incremental risk charge

     23,088            11,062   

Comprehensive risk measure

     2,626            3,387   

Other VaR and stressed VaR

     12,231            11,355   

Internal model based

     52,217            44,468   

PRA standard rules

     11,199            10,476   
     63,416            54,944   

RWAs by global businesses

(Unaudited)

 

     At 31 December  
     2013
US$bn
          2012
US$bn
 

Retail Banking and Wealth
Management

     233.5            276.6   

Commercial Banking

     391.7            397.0   

Global Banking and Markets

     422.3            403.1   

Global Private Banking

     21.7            21.7   

Other

     23.5            25.5   

Total

     1,092.7            1,123.9   

RWAs by geographical regions 4

(Unaudited)

 

     At 31 December  
     2013
US$bn
          2012
US$bn
 

Total

     1,092.7            1,123.9   

Europe

     300.1            314.7   

Hong Kong

     138.3            111.9   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     292.4            302.2   

MENA

     62.5            62.2   

North America

     223.8            253.0   

Latin America

     89.5            97.9   

For footnote, see page 318.

Credit risk RWAs

(Unaudited)

Credit risk RWAs are calculated using three approaches as permitted by the PRA. For consolidated Group reporting we have adopted the advanced IRB approach for the majority of our business, with a small proportion on the foundation IRB approach and the remaining portfolios being on the standardised approach.

Standardised approach RWAs

For portfolios treated under the standardised approach, credit risk RWAs reduced by US$45bn of which US$2.7bn was due to foreign exchange movements. The reduction was primarily due to the

reclassification of Industrial Bank from an associate to a financial investment. As a result, the holding was removed from the regulatory consolidation of RWAs and the investment was deducted from capital, resulting in a year-on-year reduction in RWAs of US$39.2bn. This was partly offset by loan growth in Bank of Communications, increasing RWAs by US$14.5bn.

The disposal of operations in Latin America, reduced RWAs by US$6.2bn, although this was partly offset by RWA growth of US$3.7bn in Brazil, mainly driven by corporate term lending and trade finance growth in GB&M and CMB.

RWAs reduced by US$1.2bn in the Middle East and North Africa, mainly driven by reductions in CMB in the UAE and Oman of US$2.2bn, although this was partly offset by growth in our associate, The Saudi British Bank, of US$1.1bn.

During the year there were changes in approach for several portfolios:

 

 

In Europe, income producing real estate portfolios in CMB, GPB and GB&M were moved from the standardised approach to the IRB slotting approach, reducing RWAs on the standardised approach by US$15.1bn and increasing RWAs on the IRB approach by US$13.4bn. In addition, as a result of a business restructuring, a GB&M corporate portfolio was moved to the IRB approach, reducing RWAs on the standardised approach by US$3.8bn and increasing RWAs on the IRB approach by US$2.4bn.

 

 

In North America, commercial real estate portfolios in CMB and GB&M were moved from IRB to the standardised approach, increasing RWAs on the standardised approach by US$6.7bn and reducing RWAs on the IRB approach by US$3.1bn.

 

 

In Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific, corporate exposures in CMB and GB&M were identified which did not meet full modelling requirements and these were moved temporarily to the standardised approach, increasing RWAs on the standardised approach by US$7.0bn and reducing RWAs on the IRB approach by US$6.3bn.

IRB approach RWAs

Credit risk RWA movements by key driver for portfolios treated under the IRB approach are set out in the tables on pages 302 and 303. For the basis of preparation, see the Appendix to Capital on page 319.

 

 

300


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Foreign exchange movements reduced RWAs under the IRB approach by US$4.6bn; the discussion of the remaining drivers excludes the effects of foreign currency translation.

Acquisitions and disposals

Disposals reduced Group IRB RWAs by US$11.8bn. In line with our objectives to accelerate the run-off of the US CML portfolio there were sales of non-real estate and personal homeowner loans with an RWA reduction of US$8.2bn in North America RBWM. Additional sales of defaulted mortgage exposures for the US CML portfolio, which do not generate RWAs, also had a beneficial impact on the capital position through lower deductions for regulatory expected losses in North America.

The sale of the HFC Bank UK secured loan portfolio in Europe RBWM reduced RWAs by US$1.4bn. In Latin America GB&M, the disposal of our businesses in Panama, Peru and Paraguay, reduced RWAs by US$1.7bn.

Book size

Movements in the size of the book increased Group IRB RWAs by US$14.3bn. Growth in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific for CMB and GB&M, mainly driven by corporate term and trade-related lending and trade finance business, resulted in an RWA increase of US$14.5bn, with a further increase of US$1.8bn relating to higher institutional exposures. In Hong Kong RBWM, credit card and unsecured lending portfolio growth resulted in an increase in RWAs of US$1.2bn.

Corporate exposure growth in Europe CMB and GB&M increased RWAs by US$2.1bn, while reductions for securitisation exposures resulted in a reduction in RWAs of US$1.4bn in Europe, reflecting sales and the amortisation of assets, mainly in the GB&M legacy credit portfolio. North America RBWM balance reductions reduced RWAs by US$14bn, primarily from the continued run-off of the US CML retail mortgage portfolio. In North America CMB, corporate lending growth resulted in an increase in RWAs of US$3.2bn.

Sovereign exposure growth increased RWAs by US$4.3bn, mainly in Rest of Asia-Pacific, Middle East and North Africa and Hong Kong.

Book quality

Movements in the quality of the book reduced Group IRB RWAs by US$6.0bn. In the US CML retail mortgage portfolio, accounts moving into default reduced RWAs by US$4.2bn in RBWM. This was

accompanied by a rise in regulatory expected losses, leading to higher deductions from capital.

Book quality movements in Europe GB&M were mainly the result of credit quality changes for securitisation exposures, reducing RWAs by US$4.5bn and partly reflecting the effect of exposures moving from RWAs to capital deductions. There was a reduction in RWAs of US$3.2bn from favourable shifts in corporate and institutional portfolio quality in Europe GB&M. There were further movements in book quality in Europe, including a US$5.3bn RWA management overlay applied for corporate exposures in CMB and GB&M in response to increased loss rates and in advance of model recalibration. In Europe RBWM, RWAs reduced by US$1.7bn on retail mortgage and credit card portfolios, mainly reflecting favourable changes in customer risk and the risk distribution in these portfolios.

In Hong Kong, changes in book quality for GB&M and CMB corporate customers increased RWAs by US$4.7bn, mainly due to adverse movements in customer credit standing, partly offset by favourable shifts in loss given default metrics and the risk distribution of the portfolio. In Hong Kong RBWM, improvements in the quality of the credit card and unsecured lending portfolio reduced RWAs by US$0.5bn.

RWA movements from adverse internal rating changes for sovereign exposures in Middle East and North Africa and Hong Kong were broadly offset by favourable changes in North America.

Model updates

Model updates increased Group IRB RWAs by US$11.5bn. In Europe, income producing real estate portfolios in CMB, GPB and GB&M were moved on to the IRB slotting approach, reducing RWAs on the standardised approach by US$15.1bn and increasing them on the IRB approach by US$13.4bn. This was accompanied by a rise in regulatory expected losses, leading to higher deductions from capital. Further updates included the implementation of a new corporate exposure model, reducing RWAs in Europe GB&M by US$2.3bn, with lower credit conversion factors that are more reflective of historical experience.

Methodology and policy

Methodology and policy updates increased Group IRB RWAs by US$7.5bn. In Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific, corporate exposures in CMB and GB&M were identified which did not meet full modelling requirements, and these were moved

 

 

301


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

temporarily to the standardised approach, increasing standardised RWAs by US$7.0bn and reducing RWAs on the IRB approach by US$6.3bn. In Europe CMB, business restructuring enabled the application of a retail approach to the management of a portfolio of SME customers, reducing RWAs by US$0.8bn.

Sovereign exposures were a key driver of external methodology and policy RWA movements in GB&M across a number of regions. On implementation of the PRA-determined 45% loss

given default floor, RWAs increased by US$19bn, mainly in North America, Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific.

In North America, commercial real estate portfolios in CMB and GB&M were moved on to the standardised approach as required by the PRA, increasing standardised RWAs by US$6.7bn and reducing RWAs on the IRB approach by US$3.1bn, as reflected in external methodology updates.

 

 

RWA movement by geographical regions by key driver – credit risk – IRB only 5

(Unaudited)

 

     Europe
US$bn
        

Hong

Kong
US$bn

         Rest of
Asia-
Pacific
US$bn
         MENA
US$bn
         North
America
US$bn
         Latin
America
US$bn
         Total
US$bn
 

RWAs at 1 January 2013

     150.7           70.2           92.1           12.6           187.1           11.2           523.9   

Foreign exchange movement

     3.3                     (4.5        (0.5        (1.9        (1.0        (4.6

Acquisitions and disposals

     (1.5                                      (8.6        (1.7        (11.8

Book size

     2.1           11.0           10.2           1.4           (10.6        0.2           14.3   

Book quality

     (1.5        5.6           (0.3        1.3           (10.8        (0.3        (6.0

Model updates

     11.6                               0.1           (0.2                  11.5   

Portfolios moving onto IRB approach

     13.4                                                             13.4   

New/updated models

     (1.8                            0.1           (0.2                  (1.9

Methodology and policy

     2.2           (1.0        (0.4        0.1           6.5           0.1           7.5   

Internal updates

     (0.2        (5.0        (2.8        0.1           (0.6        0.1           (8.4

External updates

     2.4           4.0           2.4                     7.1                     15.9   
                                   
                                                                             

Total RWA movement

     16.2           15.6           5.0           2.4           (25.6        (2.7        10.9   

RWAs at 31 December 2013

     166.9           85.8           97.1           15.0           161.5           8.5           534.8   

RWAs at 1 January 2012

     156.5           68.0           82.3           12.9           254.5           12.0           586.2   

Foreign exchange movement

     4.7           0.1           0.8           (0.2        0.7           0.1           6.2   

Acquisitions and disposals

                         (0.1        (0.7        (40.3        (0.9        (42.0

Book size

     (1.8        3.6           5.4           1.0           (7.6        (0.6          

Book quality

     (6.6        1.5           (1.1        (0.3        (17.9        0.1           (24.3

Model updates

     0.4                               0.1                               0.5   

Portfolios moving onto IRB approach

     1.4                               0.1                               1.5   

New/updated models

     (1.0                                                          (1.0

Methodology and policy

     (2.5        (3.0        4.8           (0.2        (2.3        0.5           (2.7

Internal updates

     (1.3        (3.0        4.8           (0.2        (2.3        0.5           (1.5

External updates

     (1.2                                                          (1.2
                                   
                                                                             

Total RWA movement

     (5.8        2.2           9.8           (0.3        (67.4        (0.8        (62.3

RWAs at 31 December 2012

     150.7           70.2           92.1           12.6           187.1           11.2           523.9   

For footnote, see page 318.

 

302


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

RWA movement by global businesses by key driver – credit risk – IRB only 5

(Unaudited)

 

    

Retail
Banking and
Wealth
Management

US$bn

        

Commercial
Banking

US$bn

         Global
Banking
and
Markets
US$bn
         Global
Private
banking
US$bn
        

Other

US$bn

        

Total

US$bn

 

RWAs at 1 January 2013

     163.1           169.0           177.7           9.6           4.5           523.9   

Foreign exchange movement

     (0.4        (1.5        (2.7        0.1           (0.1        (4.6

Acquisitions and disposals

     (10.1        (0.1        (1.6                            (11.8

Book size

     (12.7        14.5           13.5           (0.7        (0.3        14.3   

Book quality

     (6.4        3.5           (3.4        0.3                     (6.0

Model updates

     (0.2        10.1           (1.0        2.6                     11.5   

Portfolios moving onto IRB approach

               10.0           0.8           2.6                     13.4   

New/updated models

     (0.2        0.1           (1.8                            (1.9

Methodology and policy

     (2.3        (6.0        16.0           (1.3        1.1           7.5   

Internal updates

     (2.3        (3.4        (0.6        (2.1                  (8.4

External updates

               (2.6        16.6           0.8           1.1           15.9   
                              
                                                                  

Total RWA movement

     (32.1        20.5           20.8           1.0           0.7           10.9   

RWAs at 31 December 2013

     131.0           189.5           198.5           10.6           5.2           534.8   

For footnote, see page 318.

 

Counterparty credit risk and market risk RWAs

(Unaudited)

Portfolio movements for the modelled approaches to  market risk and counterparty credit risk (‘CCR’) RWAs are outlined in the tables below.

RWA movement by key driver – counterparty credit risk –

IRB only

(Unaudited)

 

     2013
US$bn
         2012 US$bn  

RWAs at 1 January

     45.7           50.6   

Book size

     (0.9        (0.8

Book quality

     (2.7        0.1   

Model updates

               (0.2

Methodology and policy

     0.1           (4.0

Internal updates

     0.1             (4.0

External updates

                   
          
                      

Total RWA movement

     (3.5        (4.9

RWAs at 31 December

     42.2           45.7   

CCR RWAs calculated on the IRB approach reduced by US$3.5bn in 2013. Book quality movements drove a reduction in RWAs of US$2.7bn due to an improvement in the credit standing of counterparties. Book size decreased by US$0.9bn, due to lower exposures across most regions as trades matured and volumes reduced.

CCR RWAs on the standardised approach increased by US$0.9bn, mainly due to higher balance sheet exposures on foreign exchange derivatives with corporate counterparties in Brazil.

RWA movement by key driver – market risk – internal model based

(Unaudited)

 

     2013
US$bn
         2012 US$bn  

RWAs at 1 January

     44.5           54.7   

Foreign exchange movement and other

               (0.4

Movement in risk levels

     (14.5        (7.4

Model updates

     17.6             

Methodology and policy

     4.6           (2.4

Internal updates

     4.6             (2.4

External updates

                   
          
                      

Total RWA movement

     7.7           (10.2

RWAs at 31 December

     52.2           44.5   

Market risk RWA increases of US$7.7bn, for internally modelled exposures, were mainly due to model updates in relation to the incremental risk charge (‘IRC’) which increased RWAs by US$17.3bn. In 2013, the IRC model was updated to account more explicitly for stressed conditions. Key input parameters were calibrated to a stressed period and further granularity in parameters were introduced to better represent the risk profile. This led to a one-off increase in the IRC requirement which is reflected in the current year. As part of the model oversight, the IRC model will be periodically recalibrated to accurately capture the risk profile in a stressed environment. Further RWA increases of US$4.6bn were due to changes in the stressed VaR period and internal methodology updates relating to a change in the basis of consolidation for modelled

 

 

303


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

market risk charges as a result of clarification of the regulatory rules.

The movement in risk levels, reducing RWAs by US$14.5bn, was due to reductions in positions sensitive to the IRC and changes in the shape of the trading portfolio due to defensive positions taken by the Equity and Foreign Exchange businesses in GB&M, leading to a lower stressed VaR and VaR.

Operational risk RWAs

(Unaudited)

The reduction in Group-level operational risk RWAs of US$3.1bn was driven by the decrease in North America of US$6.4bn, mainly due to the acceleration of the amortisation of the operational risk RWAs for the US CRS portfolio disposed of in May 2012. This was partly offset by RWA growth in Hong Kong of US$1.5bn and Rest of Asia-Pacific of US$1.2bn due to a higher three-year average operating income from increased loans and advances.

 

 

Movement in total regulatory capital in 2013

(Audited)

Source and application of total regulatory capital

 

     At 31 December  
    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

Movement in total regulatory capital

        

(Audited)

        

Opening core tier 1 capital

     138,789            122,496   

Contribution to core tier 1 capital from profit for the year

     17,124            17,827   

Consolidated profits attributable to shareholders of the parent company

     16,204            14,027   

Removal of own credit spread net of tax

     920            3,800   

Net dividends

     (6,987         (5,613

Dividends

     (9,510         (8,042

Add back: shares issued in lieu of dividends

     2,523            2,429   

Decrease in goodwill and intangible assets deducted

     535            1,686   

Ordinary shares issued

     297            594   

Foreign currency translation differences

     (1,294         989   

Other, including regulatory adjustments

     587            810   

Closing core tier 1 capital

     149,051            138,789   

Opening other tier 1 capital

     12,259            17,094   

Hybrid capital securities redeemed

     (1,239         (776

Unconsolidated investments

     (2,004         (4,120

Other, including regulatory adjustments

     88            61   

Closing tier 1 capital

     158,155            151,048   

Opening tier 2 capital

     29,758            30,744   

Unconsolidated investments

     6,447            264   

Issued tier 2 capital securities net of redemptions

     1,609            (1,483

Other, including regulatory adjustments

     (1,960         233   

Closing total regulatory capital

     194,009            180,806   

 

We complied with the PRA’s capital adequacy requirements throughout 2012 and 2013. Internal capital generation contributed US$10.1bn to core tier 1 capital, being profits attributable to

shareholders of the parent company after regulatory adjustment for own credit spread and net of dividends. The table below sets out the composition of our capital under the regulatory requirements in application at 31 December 2013.

 

 

304


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Capital structure

Composition of regulatory capital

(Audited)

 

                 At 31 December  
     Ref           2013 US$m           2012 US$m  

Tier 1 capital

              

Shareholders’ equity

           173,449            167,360   

Shareholders’ equity per balance sheet 6

     a            181,871            175,242   

Preference share premium

     b            (1,405         (1,405

Other equity instruments

     c            (5,851         (5,851

Deconsolidation of special purpose entities 7

     a            (1,166         (626

Non-controlling interests

           4,955            4,348   

Non-controlling interests per balance sheet

     d            8,588            7,887   

Preference share non-controlling interests

     e            (2,388         (2,428

Non-controlling interests transferred to tier 2 capital

     f            (488         (501

Non-controlling interests in deconsolidated subsidiaries

     d            (757         (610

Regulatory adjustments to the accounting basis

           480            (2,437

Unrealised losses on available-for-sale debt securities 8

           2,595            1,223   

Own credit spread

           1,037            112   

Defined benefit pension fund adjustment 9

     g            (518         (469

Reserves arising from revaluation of property and unrealised gains on available-for-sale equities

           (2,755         (3,290

Cash flow hedging reserve

           121            (13

Deductions

           (29,833         (30,482

Goodwill and intangible assets

     h            (25,198         (25,733

50% of securitisation positions

           (1,684         (1,776

50% of tax credit adjustment for expected losses

           151            111   

50% of excess of expected losses over impairment allowances

     i            (3,102         (3,084
                 
                             

Core tier 1 capital

           149,051            138,789   

Other tier 1 capital before deductions

           16,110            17,301   

Preference share premium

     b            1,405            1,405   

Preference share non-controlling interests

     e            2,388            2,428   

Hybrid capital securities

     j            12,317            13,468   

Deductions

           (7,006         (5,042

Unconsolidated investments 10

           (7,157         (5,153

50% of tax credit adjustment for expected losses

           151            111   
                 
                             

Tier 1 capital

           158,155            151,048   

Tier 2 capital

              

Total qualifying tier 2 capital before deductions

           47,812            48,231   

Reserves arising from revaluation of property and unrealised gains on available-for-sale equities

           2,755            3,290   

Collective impairment allowances

     k            2,616            2,717   

Perpetual subordinated debt

     l            2,777            2,778   

Term subordinated debt

     m            39,364            39,146   

Non-controlling interests in tier 2 capital

     f            300            300   

Total deductions other than from tier 1 capital

           (11,958         (18,473

Unconsolidated investments 10

           (7,157         (13,604

50% of securitisation positions

           (1,684         (1,776

50% of excess of expected losses over impairment allowances

     i            (3,102         (3,084

Other deductions

           (15         (9
                 
                             

Total regulatory capital

           194,009            180,806   

For footnotes, see page 318.

The references (a) – (m) identify balance sheet components on page 307 which are used in the calculation of regulatory capital.

 

305


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Regulatory impact of management actions

(Unaudited)

 

     At 31 December  
     Risk-
weighted
assets
          Core tier 1
capital
          Tier 1
capital
          Total
regulatory
capital
 

2012

                    

Reported capital ratios before management actions

           12.3%            13.4%            16.1%   

Reported totals (US$m)

     1,123,943            138,789            151,048            180,806   

Management actions completed in 2013 (US$m)

                    

Dilution of our shareholding in Industrial Bank and the subsequent change in accounting
treatment

     (38,073         981            (423         (1,827

Completion of the second tranche of the sale of Ping An

                553            4,637            7,984   

Estimated total after management actions completed in 2013 (US$m)

     1,085,870            140,323            155,262            186,963   

Estimated capital ratios after management actions completed in 2013

           12.9%            14.3%            17.2%   

 

Regulatory and accounting consolidations

(Unaudited)

The basis of consolidation for the purpose of financial accounting under IFRSs, described in Note 1 on the Financial Statements, differs from that used for regulatory purposes as described in ‘Structure of the regulatory group’ on page 12 of the Pillar 3 Disclosures 2013 report. The table below provides a reconciliation of the balance sheet from the financial accounting to the regulatory scope of consolidation.

It is the regulatory balance sheet, and not the financial accounting balance sheet, which forms the basis for the calculation of regulatory capital requirements.

Interests in associates are equity accounted in the financial accounting consolidation, whereas their exposures are proportionally consolidated for regulatory purposes. Subsidiaries and associates engaged in insurance and non-financial activities are excluded from the regulatory consolidation and deducted from regulatory capital. The regulatory consolidation does not include Special Purpose Entities (‘SPEs’) where significant risk has been transferred to third parties. Exposures to these SPEs are risk-weighted as securitisation positions for regulatory purposes.

Entities in respect of which the basis of consolidation for financial accounting purposes differs from that used for regulatory purposes can be found in table 3 of the Pillar 3 Disclosures 2013 report.

 

 

306


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of balance sheets – financial accounting to regulatory scope of consolidation

(Unaudited)

 

            At 31 December 2013  
     Ref      Accounting
balance
sheet
US$m
         

Decon-

solidation

of insurance/

other entities
US$m

         

Consolidation

of banking

associates
US$m

          Regulatory
balance
sheet
US$m
 

Assets

                       

Trading assets

        303,192            32            1,686            304,910   

Loans and advances to customers
of which:

        1,080,304            (13,182         110,168            1,177,290   

–  impairment allowances on IRB portfolios

     i         (9,476                               (9,476

–  impairment allowances on standardised portfolios

     k         (5,667                    (2,465         (8,132

Financial investments

        425,925            (52,680         31,430            404,675   

Capital invested in insurance and other entities

                   9,135                       9,135   

Interests in associates and joint ventures

        16,640                       (15,982         658   

of which:

                       

–  positive goodwill on acquisition

     h         608                       (593         15   

Goodwill and intangible assets

     h         29,918            (5,369         631            25,180   

Other assets

        815,339            (37,634         57,477            835,182   

of which:

                       

–  goodwill and intangible assets of disposal groups held for sale

     h         3                                  3   

–  retirement benefit assets

     g         2,140                                  2,140   

–  impairment allowances on assets held for sale

        (111                               (111

of which:

                       

– IRB portfolios

     i                                            

– standardised portfolios

     k         (111                               (111
                          
                                                  

Total assets

        2,671,318            (99,698         185,410            2,757,030   

Liabilities and equity

                       

Deposits by banks

        129,212            (193         33,296            162,315   

Customer accounts

        1,482,812            (711         142,924            1,625,025   

Trading liabilities

        207,025            (129         161            207,057   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

        89,084            (13,471                    75,613   

of which:

                                               

– term subordinated debt included in tier 2 capital

     m         18,230                                  18,230   

– hybrid capital securities included in tier 1 capital

     j         3,685                                  3,685   

Debt securities in issue

        104,080            (9,692         1,021            95,409   

Retirement benefit liabilities

     g         2,931            (11         56            2,976   

Subordinated liabilities

        28,976            2            2,961            31,939   

of which:

                       

– hybrid capital securities included in tier 1 capital

     j         2,873                                  2,873   

– perpetual subordinated debt included in tier 2 capital

     l         2,777                                  2,777   

– term subordinated debt included in tier 2 capital

     m         23,326                                  23,326   

Other liabilities

        436,739            (73,570         4,991            368,160   

of which:

                       

– contingent liabilities and contractual commitments

        177                                  177   

of which:

                       

– credit-related provisions on IRB portfolios

     i         155                                  155   

– credit-related provisions on standardised portfolios

     k         22                                  22   

Total shareholders’ equity

     a         181,871            (1,166                    180,705   

of which:

                       

– other equity instruments included in tier 1 capital

     c, j         5,851                                  5,851   

– preference share premium included in tier 1 capital

     b         1,405                                  1,405   

Non-controlling interests

     d         8,588            (757                    7,831   

of which:

                       

– non-cumulative preference shares issued by subsidiaries included in tier 1 capital

     e         2,388                                  2,388   

– non-controlling interests included in tier 2 capital, cumulative preferred stock

     f         300                                  300   

– non-controlling interests attributable to holders of ordinary shares in subsidiaries included in tier 2 capital

     f,m         188                                  188   
                          
                                                  

Total liabilities and equity

        2,671,318            (99,698         185,410            2,757,030   

 

307


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of balance sheets – financial accounting to regulatory scope of consolidation (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

            At 31 December 2012  
     Ref      Accounting
balance
sheet US$m
         

Decon-

solidation

of insurance/

other entities
US$m

         

Consolidation

of banking

associates
US$m

          Regulatory
balance
sheet US$m
 

Assets

                       

Trading assets

        408,811            (144         1,477            410,144   

Loans and advances to customers
of which:

        997,623            (11,957         119,698            1,105,364   

–  impairment allowances on IRB portfolios

     i         (10,255                               (10,255

–  impairment allowances on standardised portfolios

     k         (5,857                    (2,726         (8,583

Financial investments

        421,101            (50,256         33,110            403,955   

Capital invested in insurance and other entities

                   8,384                       8,384   

Interests in associates and joint ventures

        17,834                       (17,127         707   

of which:

                       

–  positive goodwill on acquisition

     h         670                       (640         30   

Goodwill and intangible assets

     h         29,853            (4,983         687            25,557   

Other assets

        817,316            (34,672         82,469            865,113   

of which:

                       

–  goodwill and intangible assets of disposal groups held for sale

     h         146            (117                    29   

–  retirement benefit assets

     g         2,846                                  2,846   

–  impairment allowances on assets held for sale

        (703                               (703

of which:

                       

– IRB portfolios

     i         (691                               (691

– standardised portfolios

     k         (12                               (12
                          
                                                  

Total assets

        2,692,538            (93,628         220,314            2,819,224   

Liabilities and equity

                       

Deposits by banks

        107,429            (202         51,296            158,523   

Customer accounts

        1,340,014            (652         158,631            1,497,993   

Trading liabilities

        304,563            (131         119            304,551   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

        87,720            (12,437                    75,283   

of which:

                                               

– term subordinated debt included in tier 2 capital

     m         16,863                                  16,863   

– hybrid capital securities included in tier 1 capital

     j         4,696                                  4,696   

Debt securities in issue

        119,461            (11,390         1,888            109,959   

Retirement benefit liabilities

     g         3,905            (21         52            3,936   

Subordinated liabilities

        29,479            3            2,953            32,435   

of which:

                       

– hybrid capital securities included in tier 1 capital

     j         2,828                                  2,828   

– perpetual subordinated debt included in tier 2 capital

     l         2,778                                  2,778   

– term subordinated debt included in tier 2 capital

     m         23,873                                  23,873   

Other liabilities

        516,838            (67,562         5,375            454,651   

of which:

                       

– contingent liabilities and contractual commitments

        301                                  301   

of which:

                       

– credit-related provisions on IRB portfolios

     i         267                                  267   

– credit-related provisions on standardised portfolios

     k         34                                  34   

Total shareholders’ equity

     a         175,242            (626                    174,616   

of which:

                       

– other equity instruments included in tier 1 capital

     c, j         5,851                                  5,851   

– preference share premium included in tier 1 capital

     b         1,405                                  1,405   

Non-controlling interests

     d         7,887            (610                    7,277   

of which:

                       

– non-cumulative preference shares issued by subsidiaries included in tier 1 capital

     e         2,428                                  2,428   

– non-controlling interests included in tier 2 capital, cumulative preferred stock

     f         300                                  300   

– non-controlling interests attributable to holders of ordinary shares in subsidiaries included in tier 2 capital

     f,m         201                                  201   
                          
                                                  

Total liabilities and equity

        2,692,538            (93,628         220,314            2,819,224   

The references (a) – (m) identify balance sheet components which are used in the calculation of regulatory capital on page 305.

 

308


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Basel III implementation and CRD IV

(Unaudited)

In June 2013, the European Commission published the final Regulation and Directive, known collectively as CRD IV, to give effect to the Basel III framework in the EU. This came into effect on 1 January 2014.

In December 2013, the PRA issued its final rules on CRD IV in PS 7/13, which transposes the various areas of national discretion within the final CRD IV legislation in the UK. Despite these final PRA rules further PRA consultations are due in 2014 for CRD IV capital buffers and Pillar 2.

In addition, many technical standards and guidelines have been issued by the EBA in draft form for consultation or are pending publication in 2014. These must be adopted by the European Commission to become legally enforceable, which provides further uncertainty as to the capital requirements under CRD IV.

Following publication of the final CRD IV rules and UK national discretions, in order to provide transparency to the way we manage our transition to Basel III under CRD IV, we set out information for investors on the estimated effects of these rules on our CET1 capital position in the table on page 310.

This is supplemented by a table on page 311 which presents a reconciliation of our reported core tier 1 capital and RWAs to our estimated CET1 end point capital and estimated RWAs at 31 December 2013. The position at 31 December 2013 is compared with that at 31 December 2012, where the estimated effect was based on the earlier July 2011 draft CRD IV text. The capital position is presented on an end-point definition of CET1 capital, applying all deductions and regulatory adjustments to CET1 capital in full, as they would apply at the end of the transitional period.

The tables quantify the capital and RWA impacts currently known and are based on our interpretation of the final CRD IV regulation and final rules issued by PRA, as supplemented by regulatory guidance.

The effects of draft EBA standards are not captured in our numbers. These could have additional, potentially significant effects on our capital position and RWAs.

 

LOGO      For the detailed basis of preparation, see the Appendix to Capital, page 324.
 

 

309


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Composition of regulatory capital on an estimated CRD IV end point basis and Year 1 transitional basis

(Unaudited)

 

   

At 31 December
2013

US$m

 

Shareholders’ equity

    164,057   

Shareholders’ equity per balance sheet 6

    181,871   

Foreseeable interim dividend

    (3,005

Preference share premium

    (1,405

Other equity instruments

    (5,851

Deconsolidation of special purpose entities 7

    (1,166

Deconsolidation of insurance entities

    (6,387

Non-controlling interests

    3,644   

Non-controlling interests per balance sheet

    8,588   

Preference share non-controlling interests

    (2,388

Non-controlling interests transferred to tier 2 capital

    (488

Non-controlling interests in deconsolidated subsidiaries

    (757

Surplus non-controlling interest disallowed in CET1

    (1,311

Regulatory adjustments to the accounting basis

    782   

Own credit spread 11

    1,112   

Debit valuation adjustment

    (451

Cash flow hedging reserve

    121   

Deductions

    (35,969

Goodwill and intangible assets

    (24,899

Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability (excluding those arising from temporary differences)

    (680

Defined benefit pension fund assets

    (1,731

Additional valuation adjustment (referred to as PVA)

    (2,006

Investments in own shares through the holding of composite products of which HSBC is a component (exchange traded funds, derivatives,
and index stock)

    (677

Excess of expected losses over impairment allowances

    (5,976
    
          

Common equity tier 1 capital

    132,514   

Transitional adjustment:

 

Unrealised gains arising from revaluation of property

    (1,281
    
          

Common equity tier 1 capital on year 1 transitional basis

    131,233   

For footnotes, see page 318.

 

Whilst CRD IV allows for the majority of regulatory adjustments and deductions from CET1 to be implemented on a gradual basis from 1 January 2014 to 1 January 2018, the PRA has largely decided not to make use of these transitional provisions. This results in a cost to our transitional CET1 ratio, corresponding to the treatment of unrealised gains on investment property, which are only capable of being recognised in CET1 capital from 1 January 2015.

For tier 1 and tier 2 capital, the PRA followed the transitional provisions timing as set out in CRD IV to apply the necessary regulatory adjustments and deductions. The effect of these adjustments will be phased in at 20% per annum from 1 January 2014 to 1 January 2018.

Furthermore, non-CRD IV compliant additional tier 1 and tier 2 instruments benefit from a grandfathering period. This progressively reduces

the eligible amount by 10% annually, following an initial 20% on 1 January 2014, until they are fully phased out by 1 January 2022.

Under CRD IV, banks should maintain a Pillar 1 tier 1 buffer of 1.5% of RWAs and a tier 2 buffer of 2.0% of RWAs. Going forward, as the grandfathering provisions fall away, we intend to meet these buffers in an economic manner by issuing non-equity capital as necessary. At 31 December 2013, the Group had US$11.7bn of CRD IV compliant, non-equity capital instruments and US$37.8bn of non-equity capital instruments qualifying as eligible capital under CRD IV by virtue of application of the grandfathering provisions, after applying the 20% reduction outlined above.

For a full disclosure of the CET1, tier 1 and total capital position on a ‘transitional basis’ at 31 December 2013, see Appendix III of the Pillar 3 Disclosures 2013 report.

 

 

310


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of current rules to CRD IV end point rules

(Unaudited)

 

     Final text
At 31 December 2013
          July 2011 text 1
At 31 December 2012
 
    

RWAs

US$m

         

Capital

US$m

         

RWAs

US$m

         

Capital

US$m

 

Reported core tier 1 capital under the current regime

           149,051                  138,789   

Regulatory adjustments applied to core tier 1 in respect of amounts subject to CRD IV treatment

                    

Foreseeable interim dividend

           (3,005                 

Deconsolidation of insurance undertakings in reserves

           (6,387                 

Surplus non-controlling interest disallowed in CET1

           (1,311               (2,299

Debit valuation adjustment

           (451               (372

Own credit spread on trading liabilities

           75                    

Removal of filters under current regime:

                    

– unrealised losses on available-for-sale debt securities

           (2,595               (1,223

– unrealised gains on available-for-sale equities

           1,474                  2,088   

– reserves arising from revaluation of property

           1,281                  1,202   

Deferred tax liabilities on intangibles

           299                  267   

Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability (excluding those arising from temporary differences)

           (680               (456

Defined benefit pension fund liabilities

           (1,213               (1,596

Additional valuation adjustment (referred to as PVA)

           (2,006               (1,720

Investments in own shares through the holding of composite products of which HSBC is a component (exchange traded funds, derivatives, and index stock)

           (677               (1,322

Excess of expected losses over impairment allowances deducted 100% from CET1

           (2,874               (3,084

Removal of 50% of tax credit adjustment for expected losses

           (151               (111

Securitisations positions risk-weighted under CRD IV

           1,684                  1,776   

Deductions under threshold approach

                    

Amount exceeding the 10% threshold:

                    

– significant investments in CET1 capital of banks, financial institutions and insurance

                            (6,097

Amount in aggregate exceeding the 15% threshold:

                    

– significant investments in CET1 capital of banks, financial institutions and insurance

                            (2,029

– deferred tax assets

                            (1,310

Estimated CET1 capital under CRD IV

           132,514                  122,503   

Reported total RWAs

     1,092,653                  1,123,943         

Changes to capital requirements introduced by CRD IV

                    

Amounts in aggregate below 15% threshold and therefore subject to 250% risk weight

     38,713                  45,940         

Credit valuation adjustment

     30,726                  60,360         

Securitisation positions and free deliveries risk-weighted under CRD IV

     42,288                  44,513         

Other movements

     10,559                  17,099         

Estimated total RWAs under CRD IV

     1,214,939                  1,291,855         

Estimated CET1 ratio

           10.9%                  9.5%   

Estimated regulatory impact of management actions

                    

Management actions completed in 2013:

                    

Dilution of our shareholding in Industrial Bank and the subsequent change in accounting treatment

                 (38,880         (2,150

Completion of the second tranche of the disposal of Ping An

                 3,522            9,393   

Estimated total after management actions completed in 2013

                 1,256,497            129,746   

Estimated CET1 ratio after management actions completed in 2013

                       10.3%   

For footnote, see page 318.

 

311


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

The main effect of the CRD IV final rules compared with those at 31 December 2012, when the estimated impact was based on the earlier July 2011 draft text, is detailed below.

To effect the deduction of significant investments in insurance companies from CET1, consistent with the treatment in our Interim Report 2013 , we have removed from the Group consolidated reserves the contribution of our insurance business and calculated the amount of the insurance holding deduction, subject to threshold calculations, at cost. The regulatory treatment of insurance holdings was clarified in the final PRA rules set out in PS 7/13. The change in treatment had a negative capital impact of US$6.4bn on our reserves and resulted in the value of our ‘significant investments in CET1 capital of banks, financial institutions and insurance’ falling below the threshold amounts for deduction.

The estimated amount of capital deduction for non-significant (or ‘immaterial’) holdings of financial sector entities has changed upon finalisation of the CRD IV text.

At 31 December 2012, we quantified the effect of management actions estimated to be necessary to negate a capital deduction against this item. This followed an interpretation of the draft July 2011 CRD IV text around the restriction in the rules for netting of long and short positions held in the trading book, whereby the maturity of the short position has to match the maturity of the long position, or have a residual maturity of no less than a year.

For our interim results, following confirmation of the legislation, we changed the basis of presentation of the CRD IV estimated capital position, to reflect further regulatory clarification and the anticipated impact of management actions that while contemplated at that time, could not be concluded ahead of final rules. Consequently, the presentation of the capital position at 31 December 2012 was changed to take into account the effect of those management actions on immaterial holdings.

At 31 December 2013, following evolving regulatory discussions, as well as systems enhancements, we have been able to more effectively match our long and short positions under one year maturity. In addition, we have now executed selected management actions to optimise our maturity profile and make best use of matching opportunities. These measures have brought our net long position below the deduction threshold.

The EBA’s publication of their final draft regulatory technical standards (‘RTS’) on ‘Own Funds – Part III’ on 13 December 2013 elaborates on

the capital calculation of holdings of capital instruments of financial sector entities. The draft contains significant change from the initial consultation and is still due for consideration and adoption by the European Commission. We are monitoring developments and depending upon the final standard we will consider the effect, together with any further management actions.

Our CET1 capital ratio at 31 December 2013 was reduced by US$3bn to reflect our prospective fourth interim dividend declared, net of projected scrip dividend, which will be paid in 2014. This represents a change in our basis of preparation to reflect CRD IV final rules.

A notable change compared with our 31 December 2012 estimates relates to the CVA risk capital charge, which decreased to US$30.7bn, mainly as a result of the introduction of exemptions under the final CRD IV rules.

Other movements in our RWAs include residual credit risk items following the finalisation of the rules and their respective systems implementation. The latter will continue as future regulatory proposals are published in finalised form.

For a detailed description of the items above, see the Appendix to Capital, page 324.

Leverage ratio

(Unaudited)

The leverage ratio was introduced into the Basel III framework as a non-risk-based backstop limit, to supplement risk-based capital requirements. It aims to constrain the build-up of excess leverage in the banking sector, introducing additional safeguards against model risk and measurement errors. The ratio is a volume-based measure calculated as Basel III tier 1 capital divided by total on- and off-balance sheet exposures.

Basel III provides for a transitional period for the introduction of this ratio, comprising a supervisory monitoring period that started in 2011 and a parallel run period from January 2013 to January 2017. The parallel run will be used to assess whether the proposed minimum ratio of 3% is appropriate, with a view to migrating to a Pillar 1 requirement from 1 January 2018.

In November 2013, the PRA issued a supervisory statement on leverage and capital ratios which requires major UK banks from 1 January 2014 to meet a 3% CRD IV end point tier 1 leverage ratio but after taking deductions to reflect the FPC’s assessment of expected future losses, future costs of conduct redress and adjusting for a more prudent

 

 

312


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

calculation of risk weights, as published previously in June 2013.

In January 2014, the Basel Committee published its finalised leverage ratio framework, along with the public disclosure requirements applicable from 1 January 2015. Under CRD IV, the final calibration and legislative proposals are expected to be determined following a review of the revised Basel proposals and the basis of the EBA’s assessment of the impact and effectiveness of the leverage ratio during a monitoring period from 1 January 2014 until 30 June 2016.

Monitoring leverage has been part of HSBC’s regulatory reporting since December 2010. From the 2012 year end, ahead of the Basel III disclosure timeline, UK banks were required by the PRA to disclose an estimated leverage ratio at year-end and mid-year, using a hybrid of Basel III and CRD IV rules.

In January 2014, the PRA issued a letter to major UK banks setting out the approach to be taken for

calculating the leverage ratio for year-end 2013 Pillar 3 disclosures. This confirmed that the calculation of the leverage ratio is conceptually unchanged and will continue to be based on a hybrid of Basel III and CRD IV basis. The numerator is now calculated using the final CRD IV end point tier 1 (rather than draft) capital definition. The calculation of the exposure measure will continue to be based on the December 2010 Basel III text.

It should be noted that this PRA-prescribed basis for disclosing the leverage ratio is not aligned with the November 2013 supervisory statement, the CRD IV final rules or the Basel Committee’s final proposals on the Basel III leverage ratio. However, the CRD IV basis is expected to be aligned to Basel during 2014.

 

LOGO   For a detailed basis of preparation of the leverage ratio, see the Appendix to Capital, page 328.
 

 

Estimated leverage ratio

(Unaudited)

 

    PRA-
prescribed
basis
US$bn
 

At 31 December 2013

 

Total assets per financial balance sheet

    2,671   

Adjustment to reverse netting of loans and deposits allowable under IFRS

    93   

Reversal of the accounting values:

    (482

Derivatives

    (282

Repurchase agreement and Securities finance

    (200

Replaced with regulatory values:

    386   

Derivatives

    239   

Repurchase agreement and Securities finance

    147   

Addition of off balance sheet commitments and guarantees:

    388   

Guarantees and contingent liabilities

    85   

Commitments

    295   

Other

    8   

Exclusion of items already deducted from the capital measure

    (28

Exposure measure after regulatory adjustments

    3,028   

Tier 1 capital under CRD IV (end point)

    133   

Estimated leverage ratio (end point)

    4.4%   

Tier 1 capital under CRD IV (including instruments that will be ineligible for inclusion after Basel III transitional period has fully elapsed)

    149   

Estimated leverage ratio (including instruments that will be ineligible for inclusion after Basel III transitional period has fully elapsed)

    4.9%   

At 31 December 2012

 

Estimated leverage ratio (end point)

    4.2%   

Estimated leverage ratio (including instruments that will be ineligible for inclusion after Basel III transitional period has fully elapsed)

    4.8%   

 

313


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Future developments

(Unaudited)

UK regulatory update

The UK financial services regulatory structure has undergone substantial reform following the abolition of the FSA and the establishment of three new regulatory bodies on 1 April 2013. These three bodies comprise the FPC, a committee of the Bank of England, the PRA, a subsidiary of the Bank of England and the Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’).

The PRA and the FCA are the supervisors inheriting the majority of the FSA’s functions. The FPC is responsible for macro-prudential supervision, focusing on systemic risk that may affect the UK’s financial stability.

UK authorities have a number of areas of ongoing regulatory focus. A common theme is the ability of banks’ internal models to adequately capture the risk of the portfolio.

During 2013, the PRA proposed a wholesale loss given default (‘LGD’) and exposure at default (‘EAD’) framework to UK banks that includes the treatment of low-default portfolios. This imposed LGD and EAD floors based on the foundation approach in the case of portfolios with data quality shortcomings and also those with fewer than 20 events of default per country.

In December 2013, the PRA concluded its review of HSBC and confirmed that the floors should be implemented across a range of portfolios by the end of March 2014. Work is underway to implement the change, which is currently estimated to have a negative impact on our CET1 ratio in the range of 25bps to 35bps.

In December 2013, the PRA issued its Supervisory Statement SS13/13 in relation to Market Risk. This requires firms to identify risks not adequately captured by models and to hold additional funds against those under its Risks not in VaR (‘RNIV’) framework. In assessing these risks, no offsetting or diversification will be allowed across risk factors. To align with this, we are currently reviewing and revising our methodology.

In July 2013, the EBA published a consultation paper on prudent valuation together with a Quantitative Impact Study. We await the outcome of the EBA consultation process and the finalised standard during 2014.

Systemically important banks

In parallel with the Basel III proposals, the Basel Committee issued a consultative document in July 2011, ‘Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement’. In November 2011, it published its rules and the Financial Stability Board (‘FSB’) issued the initial list of global systemically important banks (‘G-SIB’s). This list, which includes HSBC and 28 other major banks from around the world, will be re-assessed periodically through annual re-scoring of the individual banks and a triennial review of the methodology.

The banks included in the list, depending on their relative ranking, will be required to hold a buffer in the form of CET1 capital on a scale between 1% and 2.5%.The requirements, initially for those banks identified as G-SIBs in November 2014, on the basis of end-2013 data, are envisaged to be phased in from 1 January 2016, becoming fully effective on 1 January 2019. However, national regulators have discretion to introduce higher thresholds than the minima.

In July 2013, the Basel Committee issued updated final rules, ‘Global systemically important banks: updated assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement’. Based on this, in November 2013 the FSB and the Basel Committee updated the list of G-SIBs, using end-2012 data. One more institution was added to the list of 28 banking groups identified as G-SIBs in 2012, increasing the overall number to 29. The add-on of 2.5% previously assigned to HSBC was left unchanged.

The EBA is currently consulting on the implementation of the Basel methodology within the EU.

Regulatory capital buffers

CRD IV, in addition to giving effect to the Basel Committee’s surcharge for G-SIBs in the form of a global systemically important institutions buffer (‘G-SIIB’), establishes a number of additional

 

 

314


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

capital buffers, to be met by CET1 capital, broadly aligned with the Basel III framework. CRD IV contemplates that these will be phased in from 1 January 2016, subject to national discretion.

These new capital requirements include a capital conservation buffer designed to ensure banks build up capital outside periods of stress that can be drawn down when losses are incurred, set at 2.5% of RWAs.

Additionally, CRD IV sets out a systemic risk buffer (‘SRB’) for the financial sector as a whole, or one or more sub-sectors, to be deployed as necessary by each EU member state with a view to mitigate structural macro-prudential risk. It is expected that, if such a risk was found to be prevalent, the SRB would be set at a minimum of 1% of the exposures to which it would apply. This is not restricted to exposures within the member state itself. To the extent it would apply at a global level, it is expected that the higher of the G-SIIB and the SRB would apply.

To implement the CRD IV capital buffers in the UK, in August 2013 the PRA issued a consultation proposing changes to the Pillar 2 framework and explaining its interaction with the buffers. Under the Pillar 2 framework, banks are already required to hold capital in respect of the internal capital adequacy assessment and supervisory review which leads to a final determination by the PRA of individual capital guidance under Pillar 2A. This is currently met by total capital, and in accordance with PS 7/13, is now to be met 56% by CET1 from 1 January 2015.

The PRA also proposed to introduce a PRA buffer, to replace the current capital planning add-on (known as Pillar 2B), also to be held in the form of CET1 capital.

The PRA buffer is intended to be calculated independently and then compared to the extent to which other CRD IV buffers may already cover the same risks. Depending upon the business undertaken by an individual firm, the PRA has stated its expectation that the capital conservation buffer and relevant systemic buffers should serve a similar purpose to the PRA buffer and therefore be deducted from it.

In PS 7/13, the PRA delayed the publication of the remaining rules on capital buffers, pending confirmation from HM Treasury of the UK authority

responsible for setting the systemic buffers. The designated UK authority will have the discretion to set the precise buffer rates above the CRD IV minima and to accelerate the timetable for their implementation.

CRD IV also contemplates a cyclical buffer in line with Basel III, in the form of an institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer (‘CCB’), to protect against future losses where unsustainable levels of leverage, debt or credit growth pose a systemic threat. Should a CCB be required, it is expected to be set in the range of 0-2.5%, whereby the rate shall consist of the weighted average of the CCB rates that apply in the jurisdictions where relevant exposures are located.

In January 2014, the FPC issued a policy statement on its powers to supplement capital requirements, through use of the CCB and the Sectoral Capital Requirements (‘SCR’) tools. The CCB allows the FPC to raise capital requirements above the micro-prudential level for all exposures to borrowers in the UK. The SCR is a more targeted tool which allows the FPC to increase capital requirements above minimum regulatory standards for exposures to three broad sectors judged to pose a risk to the stability of the financial system as a whole: residential and commercial property; and other parts of the financial sector, potentially on a global basis.

In October 2013, the Bank of England published a discussion paper ‘A framework for stress testing the UK banking system’. The framework replaces the current stress testing for the capital planning buffer with annual concurrent stress tests, the results of which are expected to inform the setting of the PRA buffer, the CCB, sectoral capital requirements and other FPC recommendations to the PRA. The PRA is expected to further consult on Pillar 2, the transition to the PRA buffer and the relationship between the PRA buffer and the stress testing exercise in 2014.

Until outstanding consultations are published and guidance issued, there remains uncertainty as to the interaction between these buffers, the exact buffer rate requirements and the ultimate capital impact.

For a high-level representation of the proposed buffers under the new regime, see figure below.

 

 

315


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

LOGO

Potential effect of regulatory proposals on HSBC’s capital requirements

Given the developments outlined above, it remains uncertain what HSBC’s final capital requirement will be. However, elements of the capital requirements that are known to date are as follows:

 

    %  

Minimum CET1 12

    4.5   

Capital conservation buffer 12

    2.5   

G-SIIB buffer (to be phased in up to 2019) 13

    2.5   

In December 2011, against the backdrop of eurozone instability, the EBA recommended that banks aim to reach a 9% EBA-defined core tier 1 ratio by the end of June 2012. In July 2013, the EBA replaced the 2011 recapitalisation recommendation with a new measure on capital preservation. This equates for HSBC to US$104bn, compared with actual core tier 1 capital held of US$141bn at 30 June 2013. To monitor this, banks submitted additional reporting and capital plans in November 2013 to demonstrate that appropriate levels of capital are being preserved. The EBA indicated they will review this recommendation by December 2014.

RWA integrity

In July 2013, the Basel Committee published its findings on the ‘Analysis of risk-weighted assets for credit risk in the banking book’, reporting that while the majority of RWA variability arises from the underlying credit quality of a portfolio, differences also arise from banks’ choices under the IRB approach. One of its recommendations to

counteract this variance was the introduction of new or increased capital floors.

In parallel with the above and as part of the review of the Basel capital framework, also in July 2013, the Basel Committee published a discussion paper on its findings, ‘The regulatory framework: balancing risk sensitivity, simplicity and comparability’. The Basel Committee proposed that a range of measures should be considered, including the possibility of additional floors, as a potential tool to constrain the effect of variation in RWAs derived from internal model outputs, to provide further comfort that banks’ risks are adequately capitalised and to make capital ratios more comparable.

In November 2013, the FPC postponed a decision on whether to propose parallel RWA disclosures by UK banks on the Basel standardised approach, pending further assessment by the PRA of the merits, cost and benefits of such a proposition.

In December 2013, the EBA published the final results of its investigation into RWAs in the banking book, aimed at identifying any material difference in RWA outcomes between banks and understanding the sources of such differences. The report concluded that differences in implementation of the IRB approach were linked to differences in practice on the part of both supervisors and banks.

The EBA set out a number of policy recommendations to address its findings. These include enhancing the disclosure and transparency of RWA-related information, supporting supervisors in properly implementing the single rulebook with the delivery of existing mandates set out in CRD IV and developing additional guidance that specifically addresses and facilitates consistency in supervisory and bank practice.

We are reviewing these proposals and aim to further develop the measures that have already been taken to support and provide transparency to our metrics, such as RWA flow analysis (on pages 302 and 303) and RWA density analysis (on page 36 of the Pillar 3 Disclosures 2013 report), which reflects our compliance with the EDTF framework.

Structural banking reform

The Independent Commission on Banking (‘ICB’) published its final report in September 2011 and the UK government expressed broad approval for the principle of establishing a ring-fenced bank for retail banking activities and greater loss absorbing capacity.

In December 2013, the UK’s Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act 2013 received Royal Assent,

 

 

316


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

becoming primary legislation. It implements the recommendations of the ICB and of the Parliamentary Commission on Banking Standards, which inter alia establish a framework for ‘ring-fencing’ the UK retail banking from trading activities, and sets out requirements for loss absorbency in the form of equity capital and loss absorbing debt. The PRA, subject to the approval of HM Treasury, is empowered to require banking groups to restructure their operations if it considers that the operation of the ring-fence in a group is proving to be ineffective. The exercise of these powers may lead to groups being required to split their retail and investment banking operations into separate corporate groups. A consultation has also taken place on draft secondary legislation setting out further details but the underlying rules from supervisory authorities are not yet available.

The UK Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act 2013 also creates a ‘bail-in’ mechanism as an additional resolution tool alongside existing options to transfer all or part of the bank to a private sector purchaser, to transfer parts of the bank to a new ‘bridge’ bank which is later sold or takes the bank into temporary public sector ownership. In a ‘bail-in’, shareholders and creditors in the bank have their investments written down in value or converted into new interests (such as new shares) without the bank being placed in liquidation. This allows the bank to continue to provide its core banking services without interruption and ensures that the solvency of the bank is addressed without taxpayer support, while also allowing the Bank of England to provide temporary funding to this newly solvent bank. Certain liabilities such as deposits protected by the Financial Services Compensation Scheme are excluded from bail-in. It is intended that these bail-in provisions will be consistent with the European Recovery and Resolution Directive once it comes into force.

The UK government intends to complete the legislative process by the end of this Parliament in May 2015 and to have reforms in place by 2019.

In February 2012, the European Commission appointed a High Level Expert Group under the Governor of the Bank of Finland, Erkki Liikanen,

to consider potential structural changes in banks within the EU. The group recommended, inter alia , the ring-fencing of certain market-making and trading activities from the deposit-taking and retail payments activities of major banks and possible amendments to the use of bail-in instruments as a resolution tool, as well as a number of other comments.

In January 2014, following a consultation period, the European Commission published its own legislative proposals on the structural reform of the European banking sector which would prohibit proprietary trading in financial instruments and commodities, and enable supervisors to require trading activities such as market-making, complex derivatives and securitisation operations to be undertaken in a separate subsidiary from deposit taking activities.

The ring-fenced deposit taking entity would be subject to separation from the trading entity including capital and management structures, issuance of own debt and arms-length transactions between entities.

The proposals allow for derogation from these requirements for super-equivalent national regimes. On the current basis, it is understood that non-EU subsidiaries of the Group which could be separately resolved without a threat to the financial stability of the EU would be excluded from the proposals.

The proposals will now be subject to discussion in the European Parliament and the Council of Ministers (representing the EU member states) and are not expected to be finalised in 2014. The implementation date for any separation under the final rules would depend upon the date on which the final legislation is agreed. The relationship between the UK, French, German and any EU proposals has still to be clarified (as does the interactivity between any of these proposals and the US Volcker Rule), although the G20 has asked the FSB, in collaboration with the IMF and OECD, to assess the cross-border consistency and global financial stability implications of structural measures, to be completed by the end of 2014.

 

 

317


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Footnotes to Capital

 

1 The basis of preparation for the calculation of the CET1 ratio is detailed on page 324. The CET1 ratio presented for 31 December 2012 has changed from the presentation in the Annual Report and Accounts 2012 and is shown post anticipated management actions to mitigate capital deductions for non-significant holdings of financial sector entities, consistent with the Interim Report 2013. Selected management actions have since been undertaken.
2 The value represents marked-to-market method only.
3 Operational risk RWAs, under the standardised approach, are calculated using an average of the last three years’ revenues. For business disposals, the operational risk RWAs are not removed immediately on disposal, but diminish over a period of time. The RWAs for the CRS business represent the remaining operational risk RWAs for the business.
4 RWAs are non-additive across geographical regions due to market risk diversification effects within the Group.
5 There has been a change to the calculation of the key drivers of RWA movements in 2013, which is now performed at a more granular level to include global businesses. See page 322 for the basis of preparation and supporting notes.
6 Includes externally verified profits for the year ended 31 December 2013.
7 Mainly comprises unrealised gains/losses on available-for-sale debt securities related to SPEs.
8 Under PRA rules, unrealised gains/losses on debt securities net of tax must be excluded from capital resources.
9 Under PRA rules, any defined benefit asset is derecognised and a defined benefit liability may be substituted with the additional funding that will be paid into the relevant schemes over the following five-year period.
10 Mainly comprise investments in insurance entities. Due to the expiry of the transitional provision, with effect from 1 January 2013, material insurance holding companies acquired prior to 20 July 2006 are deducted 50% from tier 1 and 50% from total capital at 31 December 2013.
11 Includes own credit spread on trading liabilities.
12 In November 2013, the PRA published its expectations that from 1 January 2014, capital resources should be held equivalent to at least 7% of risk-weighted assets using a Basel III end point definition of CET1 but after taking into account any adjustments set by the PRA to reflect the FPC’s capital shortfall exercise recommendations. We assume but it has not yet been confirmed that the 7% equates to the 4.5% minimum CET1and the 2.5% capital conservation buffer requirements.
13 The systemic buffers are still pending transposition in the UK.

 

318


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 

LOGO

 

Appendix to Capital

 

Capital management, capital measurement and RWA movement

Capital management

(Audited)

Approach and policy

Our approach to capital management is driven by our strategic and organisational requirements, taking into account the regulatory, economic and commercial environment in which we operate. Pre-tax return on risk-weighted assets (‘RoRWA’) is an operational metric by which the global businesses are managed on a day-to-day basis. The metric combines return on equity and regulatory capital efficiency objectives. It is our objective to maintain a strong capital base to support the risks inherent in our business and invest in accordance with our six filters framework, exceeding both consolidated and local regulatory capital requirements at all times.

Our policy on capital management is underpinned by a capital management framework which enables us to manage our capital in a consistent manner. The framework, which is approved by the GMB annually, incorporates a number of different capital measures including market capitalisation, invested capital, economic capital and regulatory capital. Whilst also monitoring capital at a Group level on a Basel II basis, we set our internal target on an end point Basel III CET1 basis.

 

 

Capital measures

 

 

market capitalisation is the stock market value of HSBC;

 

 

invested capital is the equity capital invested in HSBC by our shareholders, adjusted for certain reserves and goodwill previously amortised or written off;

 

 

economic capital is the internally calculated capital requirement which we deem necessary to support the risks to which we are exposed; and

 

 

regulatory capital is the capital which we are required to hold in accordance with the rules established by the PRA for the consolidated Group and by our local regulators for individual Group companies.

 

Our assessment of capital adequacy is aligned to our assessment of risks, including: credit, market, operational, interest rate risk in the banking book, pension fund, insurance, structural foreign exchange risk and residual risks.

Stress testing

In addition to our internal stress tests, the Group is subject to supervisory stress testing in many jurisdictions. Supervisory requirements are increasing in frequency and in the granularity with which the results are required. These exercises include the programmes of the PRA, the Federal Reserve Board, The EBA, the ECB and the Hong Kong Monetary Authority, as well as stress tests undertaken in many other jurisdictions. We take into account the results of all such regulatory stress testing when assessing our internal capital requirements.

Risks to capital

Outside the stress-testing framework, a list of top and emerging risks is regularly evaluated for their effect on both the core tier 1 and CET1 capital ratios. In addition, other risks may be identified which have the potential to affect our RWAs and/or capital position. These risks are also included in the evaluation of risks to capital. The downside or upside scenarios are assessed against our capital management objectives and mitigating actions are assigned as necessary. The responsibility for global capital allocation principles and decisions rests with the GMB. Through our internal governance processes, we seek to maintain discipline over our investment and capital allocation decisions and seek to ensure that returns on investment are adequate after taking into account capital costs. Our strategy is to allocate capital to businesses and entities on the basis of their ability to achieve established RoRWA objectives and their regulatory and economic capital requirements.

Risk-weighted asset targets

RWA targets for our global businesses are established in accordance with the Group’s strategic direction and risk appetite, and approved through the Group’s annual planning process. As these targets are deployed to lower levels of management, action plans for implementation are developed. These may include growth strategies; active portfolio management; restructuring; business and/or customer-level reviews; RWA efficiency and optimisation initiatives and

 

319


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

risk-mitigation. Our capital management process is articulated in the annual Group capital plan which is approved by the Board.

Business performance against RWA targets is monitored through regular reporting to the Group ALCO. The management of capital deductions is also addressed in the RWA monitoring framework through additional notional charges for these items.

Analysis is undertaken in the RWA monitoring framework to identify the key drivers of movements in the position, such as book size and book quality. Particular attention is paid to identifying and segmenting items within the day-to-day control of the business and those items that are driven by changes in risk models or regulatory methodology.

Capital generation

HSBC Holdings is the primary provider of equity capital to its subsidiaries and also provides them with non-equity capital where necessary. These investments are substantially funded by HSBC Holdings’ own capital issuance and profit retention. As part of its capital management process, HSBC Holdings seeks to maintain a prudent balance between the composition of its capital and its investment in subsidiaries.

Capital measurement and allocation

(Unaudited)

The PRA supervises HSBC on a consolidated basis and therefore receives information on the capital adequacy of, and sets capital requirements for, the Group as a whole. Individual banking subsidiaries are directly regulated by their local banking supervisors, who set and monitor their capital adequacy requirements. In 2013, we calculated capital at a Group level using the Basel II framework as amended for CRD III, commonly known as Basel 2.5, and on an end point Basel III basis.

Our policy and practice in capital measurement and allocation at Group level is underpinned by the Basel II rules and Basel III rules. However, local regulators are at different stages of implementation. In most jurisdictions, non-banking financial subsidiaries are also subject to the supervision and capital requirements of local regulatory authorities.

Basel II is structured around three ‘pillars’: minimum capital requirements, supervisory review process and market discipline. The CRD implemented Basel II in the EU and, in the UK, the predecessor to the PRA then gave effect to the CRD by including the latter’s requirements in its own rulebooks.

Regulatory capital

For regulatory purposes, our capital base is divided into three main categories, namely core tier 1, other tier 1 and tier 2, depending on the degree of permanency and loss absorbency exhibited.

 

 

core tier 1 capital comprises shareholders’ equity and related non-controlling interests. The book values of goodwill and intangible assets are deducted from core tier 1 capital and other regulatory adjustments are made for items reflected in shareholders’ equity which are treated differently for the purposes of capital adequacy;

 

 

qualifying capital instruments such as non-cumulative perpetual preference shares and hybrid capital securities are included in other tier 1 capital; and

 

 

tier 2 capital comprises qualifying subordinated loan capital, related non-controlling interests, allowable collective impairment allowances and unrealised gains arising on the fair valuation of equity instruments held as available for sale. Tier 2 capital also includes reserves arising from the revaluation of properties.

To ensure the overall quality of the capital base, the PRA’s rules set restrictions on the amount of hybrid capital instruments that can be included in tier 1 capital relative to core tier 1 capital, and limits overall tier 2 capital to no more than tier 1 capital.

Pillar 1 capital requirements

Pillar 1 covers the capital resources requirements for credit risk, market risk and operational risk. Credit risk includes counterparty credit risk and securitisation requirements. These requirements are expressed in terms of RWAs.

 

320


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Credit risk capital requirements

Basel II applies three approaches of increasing sophistication to the calculation of Pillar 1 credit risk capital requirements. The most basic, the standardised approach, requires banks to use external credit ratings to determine the risk weightings applied to rated counterparties. Other counterparties are grouped into broad categories and standardised risk weightings are applied to these categories. The next level, the internal ratings-based (‘IRB’) foundation approach, allows banks to calculate their credit risk capital requirements on the basis of their internal assessment of a counterparty’s probability of default (‘PD’), but their estimates of exposure at default (‘EAD’) and loss given default (‘LGD’) are subject to standard supervisory parameters. Finally, the IRB advanced approach allows banks to use their own internal assessment in both determining PD and quantifying EAD and LGD.

The capital resources requirement, which is intended to cover unexpected losses, is derived from a formula specified in the regulatory rules which incorporates PD, LGD, EAD and other variables such as maturity and correlation. Expected losses under the IRB approaches are calculated by multiplying PD by EAD and LGD. Expected losses are deducted from capital to the extent that they exceed total accounting impairment allowances.

For credit risk we have adopted the IRB advanced approach for the majority of our portfolios, with the remainder on either IRB foundation or standardised approaches.

Under our Basel II rollout plans, a number of our Group companies and portfolios are in transition to advanced IRB approaches. At the end of 2013, the majority of our portfolios in Europe, Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific and North America were on advanced IRB approaches. Others remain on the standardised or foundation approaches under Basel II, pending definition of local regulations or model approval, or under exemptions from IRB treatment.

 

 

Counterparty credit risk

CCR arises for OTC derivatives and securities financing transactions. It is calculated in both the trading and non-trading books and is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction may default before completing the satisfactory settlement of the transaction. Three approaches to calculating CCR and determining exposure values are defined by Basel II: standardised, mark-to-market and internal model method. These exposure values are used to determine capital requirements under one of the credit risk approaches: standardised, IRB foundation and IRB advanced.

We use the mark-to-market and internal model method approaches for CCR. Our longer-term aim is to migrate more positions from the mark-to-market to the internal model method approach.

 

 

Securitisation

Securitisation positions are held in both the trading and non-trading books. For non-trading book securitisation positions, Basel II specifies two methods for calculating credit risk requirements, the standardised and the IRB approaches. Both rely on the mapping of rating agency credit ratings to risk weights, which range from 7% to 1,250%. Positions that would otherwise be weighted at 1,250% are deducted from capital.

Within the IRB approach, we use the ratings-based method for the majority of our non-trading book securitisation positions, and the internal assessment approach for unrated liquidity facilities and programme-wide enhancements for asset-backed securitisations.

The majority of securitisation positions in the trading book are treated for capital purposes as if they are held in the non-trading book under the standardised or IRB approaches. Other traded securitisation positions, known as correlation trading, are treated under an internal model approach approved by the PRA.

Market risk capital requirement

The market risk capital requirement is measured using internal market risk models where approved by the PRA, or the PRA’s standard rules. Our internal market risk models comprise VaR, stressed VaR, incremental risk charge and correlation trading under the comprehensive risk measure.

Operational risk capital requirement

Basel II includes a capital requirement for operational risk, again utilising three levels of sophistication. The capital required under the basic indicator approach is a simple percentage of gross revenues, whereas under the standardised approach it is one of three different percentages of total operating income less insurance premiums allocated to each of eight defined business lines. Both these approaches use an average of the last three financial years’ revenues.

 

321


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Finally, the advanced measurement approach uses banks’ own statistical analysis and modelling of operational risk data to determine capital requirements. We have adopted the standardised approach in determining our operational risk capital requirements.

Pillar 2 capital requirements

We conduct an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (‘ICAAP’) to determine a forward looking assessment of our capital requirements given our business strategy, risk profile, risk appetite and capital plan. This process incorporates the Group’s risk management processes and governance framework. A range of stress tests are applied to our base capital plan. These, coupled with our economic capital framework and other risk management practices, are used to assess our internal capital adequacy requirements.

The ICAAP is examined by the PRA as part of its Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process, which occurs periodically to enable the regulator to define the individual capital guidance or minimum capital requirements for HSBC and capital planning buffer where required.

Pillar 3 disclosure requirements

Pillar 3 of the Basel framework is related to market discipline. It aims to make firms more transparent by requiring them to publish, at least annually, a report giving a comprehensive view of their risk profile including specific, prescribed details of their risks, capital and the management of these. Our Pillar 3 Disclosures 2013 report is published on the HSBC website, www.hsbc.com.

 

 

RWA movement by key driver – basis of preparation and supporting notes

(Unaudited)

Credit risk drivers – definitions and quantification

The causal analysis of RWA movements splits the total movement in IRB RWAs into six drivers, described below. The first four relate to specific, identifiable and measurable changes. The remaining two, book size and book quality, are derived after accounting for movements in the first four specific drivers.

1. Foreign exchange movements

This is the movement in RWAs as a result of changes in the exchange rate between the functional currency of the HSBC company owning each portfolio and US dollars, being our presentation currency for consolidated reporting. We hedge structural foreign exchange exposures only in limited circumstances. Our structural foreign exchange exposures are managed with the primary objective of ensuring, where practical, that our consolidated capital ratios and the capital ratios of individual banking subsidiaries are largely protected from the effect of changes in exchange rates. This is usually achieved by ensuring that, for each subsidiary bank, the ratio of structural exposures in a given currency to risk-weighted assets denominated in that currency is broadly equal to the capital ratio of the subsidiary in question.

2. Acquisitions and disposals

This is the movement in RWAs as a result of the disposal or acquisition of business operations. This can be whole businesses or parts of a business. The movement in RWAs is quantified based on the credit risk exposures as at the end of the month preceding a disposal or following an acquisition.

3. Model updates

New/updated models

RWA movements arising from the implementation of new models and from changes to existing parameter models are allocated to this driver. This figure will also include changes which arise following review of modelling assumptions. Where a model recalibration reflects an update to more recent performance data, the resulting RWA changes are not assigned here, but instead reported under book quality.

RWA changes are estimated based on the impact assessments made in the testing phase prior to implementation. These values are used to simulate the impact of new or updated models on the portfolio at the point of implementation, assuming there were no major changes in the portfolio from the testing phase to implementation phase.

 

322


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Portfolios moving onto IRB approach

Where a portfolio moves from the standardised approach to the IRB approach, the RWA movement by key driver statement shows the increase in IRB RWAs, but does not show the corresponding reduction in standardised approach RWAs as its scope is limited to IRB only.

The movement in RWAs is quantified at the date at which the IRB approach is applied, and not during the testing phase as with a new/updated model.

4. Methodology and policy

Internal regulatory updates

This captures the RWA impact resulting from changing the internal treatment of exposures. This may include, but is not limited to, a portfolio or a part of one moving from an existing IRB model onto a standardised model, identification of netting and credit risk mitigation.

External regulatory updates

This specifies the impact resulting from additional or changing regulatory requirements. This includes, but is not limited to, regulatory-prescribed changes to the RWA calculation. The movement in RWAs is quantified by comparing the RWAs calculated for that portfolio under the old and the new requirements.

5. Book size

RWA movements attributed to this driver are those we would expect to experience for the given movement in exposure, as measured by EAD, assuming a stable risk profile. These RWA movements arise in the normal course of business, such as growth in credit exposures or reduction in book size from run-offs and write-offs.

The RWA movement is quantified as follows:

 

 

RWA and EAD changes captured in the four drivers above are excluded from the total movements to create an adjusted movement in EAD and RWA for the period.

 

 

The average RWA to EAD percentage is calculated for the opening position and is applied to the adjusted movement in EAD. This results in an estimated book size RWA movement based on the assumption that the EAD to RWA percentage is constant throughout the period.

As the calculation relies on averaging, the output is dependent upon the degree of portfolio aggregation and the number of discrete time periods for which the calculation is undertaken. For each quarter of 2013 this calculation was performed for each HSBC company with an IRB portfolio by global businesses, split by the main Basel categories of credit exposures, as described in the table below:

 

Basel categories of IRB credit exposures within HSBC

Central governments and central banks

   Corporate foundation IRB    Qualifying revolving retail exposures

Institutions

   Other advanced IRB    Retail SME

Corporate advanced IRB

   Retail mortgages    Other retail

The total of the results is shown in book size within the RWA movement by key driver table.

6. Book quality

This represents RWA movements resulting from changes in the underlying credit quality of customers. These are caused by changes to IRB risk parameters which arise from actions such as, but not limited to, model recalibration, change in counterparty external rating, or the influence of new lending on the average quality of the book. The change in RWAs attributable to book quality is calculated as the balance of RWA movements after taking account of all drivers described above.

The RWA movement by key driver statement includes only movements which are calculated under the IRB approach. Certain classes of credit risk exposure are treated as capital deductions and therefore reductions are not shown in this statement. If the treatment of a credit risk exposure changes from RWA to capital deduction in the period, then only the reduction in RWAs would appear in the RWA movement by key driver tables. In this instance, a reduction in RWAs does not necessarily indicate an improvement in the capital position.

 

323


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Counterparty risk drivers – definitions and quantification

The RWA movement by key driver for counterparty credit risk calculates the credit risk drivers 5 and 6 at a more granular level, by using transaction level details provided by regional sites. ‘Foreign exchange movement’ is not a reported layer for counterparty risk drivers, as there is cross currency netting across the portfolio.

Market risk drivers – definitions and quantification

The RWA movement by key driver for market risk combines the credit risk drivers 5 and 6 into a single driver called ‘Movements in risk levels’. The market risk RWA driver called ‘Foreign exchange movements and other’ includes foreign exchange movements and additional items which cannot be reasonably assigned to any of the other drivers.

 

 

Basis of preparation of the estimated effect of the CRD IV end point applied to the 31 December 2013 position

(Unaudited)

The table on page 311 presents a reconciliation of our reported core tier 1 and RWA position at 31 December 2013 to the pro forma estimated CET1 and estimated RWAs based on the Group’s interpretation of the final CRD IV legislation and final rules issued by the PRA, supplemented by ongoing regulatory guidance, as applicable. At 31 December 2012, we estimated the impact based on the July 2011 draft CRD IV text.

CRD IV was finalised in June 2013 and came into effect on 1 January 2014. The final text of the legislation contains significant provisions for national discretion and in December 2013 the PRA published Policy Statement PS7/13 containing the final rules and supervisory statements implementing CRD IV in the UK.

Notwithstanding, there remains considerable areas of uncertainty in the legislation, with numerous formal regulatory technical standards (‘RTS’) and implementing technical standards due for issue by the EBA still to be drafted and finalised by the European Commission, leaving the CRD IV rules subject to significant uncertainty. We have not incorporated the impact of those draft standards in our estimates. Furthermore, PRA consultations on capital buffers and Pillar 2 have been delayed to 2014.

As the transposition of the CRD IV rules in the UK was only published in late December, we are still in the process of upgrading our models and systems used to calculate capital numbers in a CRD IV environment. As a consequence, the estimates include manual adjustments and are subject to change.

Given the above, the final CRD IV impact on the Group’s CET1 and RWAs may differ from our current estimates.

The detailed basis of preparation is described below for items that are different from the rules in application as at 31 December 2013 (‘Basel II/PRA old regime’). We have also outlined where the basis of preparation has changed from our 31 December 2012 disclosures, principally as a result of publication of PRA’s final rules and ongoing regulatory clarification of the rules as understanding evolves.

At 31 December 2013, our estimate of individual non-significant holdings in financial sector entities that are, in aggregate, above 10% of the Group’s CET1 capital translates into a net long position amount that is below the threshold for deduction, as a result of management actions executed to optimise our maturity profile and make best use of matching opportunities. Our estimates are based on the CRD IV final rules and ongoing regulatory guidance.

The EBA’s publication of their final draft RTS on ‘Own Funds – Part III’ on 13 December 2013 elaborates on the capital calculation of holdings of capital instruments of financial sector entities. The draft contains significant change from initial consultation and still due for consideration and adoption by the European Commission. This is currently under review and depending upon the final standard we will consider what, if any, further management actions will be possible to mitigate any impact.

To effect the deduction of significant investments in insurance companies from CET1, we have removed from the Group consolidated reserves the contribution of our insurance business and calculated the amount of the insurance holding deduction, subject to threshold calculations, at cost. The regulatory treatment of insurance holdings was clarified in the final PRA rules as set out in PS 7/13.

Following regulatory guidance, our CET1 capital ratio as at 31 December 2013 reflects our prospective fourth interim dividend declared, net of projected scrip dividend, which will be paid in 2014. This represents a change in our basis of preparation.

 

324


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Key regulatory adjustments applied to core tier 1 in respect of amounts subject to CRD IV treatment

Fourth interim dividend: we have deducted the prospective fourth interim dividend from our CET1 capital at 31 December 2013, following our interpretation of the final rules and regulatory clarification. The amount deducted corresponds to the declared dividend, net of the scrip amount estimated based on our historic planning assumptions. This follows CRD IV final rules and represents a change in the basis of preparation compared with 31 December 2012 as well as the current disclosed capital position under Basel II.

Deconsolidation of insurance undertakings in reserves: under the Basel II/PRA old regime, the Group consolidated reserves include the post-acquisition reserves of our unconsolidated insurance businesses, which is then reflected in the value of the Basel II deduction from tier 1 and tier 2 capital. The CRD IV rules do not consider such a treatment. However, the PRA stated in PS 7/13 that the treatment contemplated under the PRA old regime was no longer considered appropriate. In accordance with the PRA’s final rules, we have therefore excluded the post-acquisition reserves from our CET1 reserves, leaving the investment to be deducted from CET1 (subject to thresholds) valued at cost.

Investments in own shares through the holding of composite products of which HSBC is a component (exchange traded funds, derivatives, and index stock): the value of our holdings of own CET1 instruments, where it is not already deducted under IFRSs, is deducted from CET1. Under CRD IV, this deduction comprises not only direct but also indirect and synthetic, actual and contingent, banking and trading book gross long positions. Trading book positions are calculated net of short positions only where there is no counterparty credit risk on these short positions (this restriction does not apply to short index positions being offset against other index positions).

The EBA’s publication of their final draft RTS on ‘Own Funds – Part III’ on 13 December 2013 elaborates on the capital calculation of holdings of capital instruments of financial sector entities. The draft contains significant change from initial consultation and still due for consideration and adoption by the European Commission. This is currently under review and may change our estimates. Depending upon the final standard we will consider what, if any, management actions will be possible to mitigate any impact.

Under Basel II/PRA old regime, there is no regulatory adjustment made to the amounts already deducted under IFRS rules.

Surplus non-controlling interest disallowed in CET1: non-controlling interests arising from the issue of common shares by our banking subsidiaries receive limited recognition. The excess over the minimum capital requirements of the relevant subsidiary, calculated on the basis of its local reporting as well as its contribution to the parent consolidated requirements, is not allowable in the Group’s CET1 capital to the extent it is attributable to minority shareholders.

The final rules require a calculation of the surplus to be undertaken at the sub-consolidated level for each relevant subsidiary. In addition, the calculation of the minimum requirements of the subsidiary includes any additional capital requirements imposed by the local regulations, to the extent those are to be met by CET1 capital.

Under the Basel II/PRA old regime, there is no regulatory restriction applied to minority interests.

Unrealised gains/(losses) on available-for-sale debt securities: under CRD IV, there is no adjustment to remove from CET1 capital unrealised gains and losses on available-for-sale debt securities. The final CRD IV text includes a national discretion for competent authorities to retain a prudential filter for those unrealised gains or losses on exposures to central governments. In PS 7/13, the PRA clarified that they were unlikely to apply such a filter and as a consequence we have not applied such a filter in our estimates.

Under Basel II, both unrealised gains and losses are removed from capital (net of tax).

Unrealised gains on available-for-sale equities and reserves arising from revaluation of property: there is no adjustment for unrealised gains and losses on reserves arising from the revaluation of property and on available-for-sale equities. Under the Basel II/PRA old regime, unrealised net gains on these items are included in tier 2 capital (net of deferred tax) and net losses are deducted from tier 1 capital.

Defined benefit pension fund assets and liabilities: in line with the Basel II/PRA old regime, the amount of retirement benefit assets as reported on the balance sheet is to be deducted from CET1. At 31 December 2013, the amount of retirement benefit liabilities as reported on the balance sheet was fully recognised in CET1 rather than being replaced by any commitment funding plans as allowed under the Basel II/PRA old regime.

 

325


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Excess of expected losses over impairment allowances deducted 100% from CET1: the amount of excess of expected losses over impairment allowances is deducted 100% from CET1. Under the Basel II/PRA old regime, this amount is deducted 50% from core tier 1 and 50% from total capital.

Removal of 50% of tax credit adjustment for expected losses: the amount of expected losses in excess of impairment allowances that is deducted from CET1 capital is not reduced for any related tax effects. Under the Basel II/PRA old regime, any related tax credit offset is recognised 50% in core tier 1 and 50% in tier 1 capital.

Securitisation positions risk-weighted under CRD IV: securitisation positions that were deducted from core tier 1 under the Basel II/PRA old regime have been included in RWAs at 1,250%.

Deferred tax liabilities on intangibles: the amount of intangible assets deducted from CET1 has been reduced by the related deferred tax liability. Under Basel II, the goodwill and intangible assets are deducted at their accounting value.

Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability (excluding those arising from temporary differences): the deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability and do not arise from temporary differences are deducted 100% from CET1. The deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability and arise from temporary differences are subject to the separate threshold deduction approach detailed separately. Under Basel II, these items receive a risk weighting of 100%.

Additional valuation adjustment (referred to as prudent valuation adjustment or ‘PVA’): under Basel II, banks are required to comply with requirements for prudent and reliable valuation of any balance sheet position measured at market or fair value. Under CRD IV, all assets and derivatives measured at fair value are subject to specified standards for prudent valuation, covering uncertainty around the input factors into the fair value valuation models – namely, uncertainty around the mark-to-market of positions, model risk, valuation of less liquid positions and credit valuation adjustments.

Where the accounting fair value calculated under IFRSs is higher than the valuation amount resulting from the application of the prudential adjustments, this would result in an additional valuation adjustment or PVA deduction from CET1 capital.

Following PRA direction, we have included an estimate of the impact of PVA, on a tax-effected basis, based on our current methodology. However, there is guidance outstanding following ongoing EBA consultation. A new consultation paper was issued by the EBA in July 2013 and a Quantitative Impact Study was launched on 22 July 2013 to assess the effect of the proposals. Further clarity on the requirements following finalisation of the EBA process and discussions with our regulator could potentially change this figure.

Debit valuation adjustment (‘DVA’): the amount of all fair value gains and losses on OTC derivative liabilities that results from changes to our own credit spread are derecognised from CET1.

Individually non-significant holdings in CET1 capital of financial sector entities in aggregate above 10% of HSBC CET1: under CRD IV, the investments in CET1 instruments of financial sector entities, where we have a holding of not more than 10% of the CET1 instruments issued by those entities, are deducted from CET1 to the extent the aggregate amount of such holdings exceeds 10% of our CET1 capital (calculated before any threshold deductions).

At 31 December 2012 we had quantified the effect of management actions estimated to be necessary to negate a capital deduction against this item. This followed an interpretation of the draft July 2011 CRD IV rules around the restriction in the rules for netting of long and short positions held in the trading book, whereby the maturity of the short position has to match the maturity of the long position, or have a residual maturity of no less than a year. Consistent with our interim disclosures, we have changed the basis of presentation of the CRD IV estimated capital position as at 31 December 2012 in the table on page 311 to reflect the effect of the management actions deemed necessary at the time.

At 31 December 2013, following publication of CRD IV and evolving regulatory discussions, as well as systems enhancements, we have been able to more effectively match our long and short positions under one year maturity. In addition, we have now executed selected management actions to optimise our maturity profile and make best use of matching opportunities which bring our net long position below the deduction threshold.

The EBA’s publication of their final draft RTS on ‘Own Funds – Part III’ on 13 December 2013 offers clarification on the extent to which we are required to look through holdings in intermediate entities to identify indirect financial

 

326


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

sector exposures. This is currently under review and depending upon the final standard we will consider the impact and what, if any, further management actions will be taken.

Deductions under threshold approach: under CRD IV, where we have a holding of more than 10% of the CET1 instruments issued by banks, financial institutions and insurance entities which is not part of our regulatory consolidation, that holding is subject to a threshold deduction approach. Under the Basel II/PRA old regime, these exposures are deducted 50% from tier 1 capital and 50% from total capital, except for certain insurance holdings that met the requirements under the transitional provision of the current rules and until 31 December 2012 that were allowed to be deducted 100% from total capital.

Deferred tax assets that rely on the future profitability of the bank to be realised and which arise from temporary differences are also subject to this threshold deduction approach. Under the Basel II/PRA old regime, these assets would be subject to 100% risk weighting.

Under CRD IV, the amount of such deferred tax assets and significant investments which individually and in aggregate exceed 10% and 15% respectively of our CET1, are fully deducted from CET1 capital. Amounts falling below the 10% and 15% thresholds are risk-weighted at 250%.

Key changes to capital requirements introduced by CRD IV

Credit valuation adjustment (‘CVA’) risk: introduced as a new requirement under CRD IV rules, this is a capital charge to cover the risk of mark-to-market losses on expected counterparty risk, and is referred to as a regulatory CVA risk capital charge.

Where we have both specific risk VAR approval and internal model method approval for a product, the CVA VAR approach has been used to calculate the CVA capital charge. Where we do not hold both approvals, the standardised approach has been applied. We have estimated our regulatory CVA risk capital charge calculated on a full range of derivative counterparties on the basis of the final CRD IV text, which exempts from the calculation of the CVA risk capital charge certain corporates, retirement benefits pension funds and specific sovereign bodies.

We have identified the counterparties falling under the corporates exemption in a manner consistent with their categorisation for the purposes of related EU regulation concerning mandatory clearing of derivatives. We have also exempted applicable sovereigns.

At 31 December 2012, we had estimated our regulatory CVA risk capital charge based on the draft July 2011 CRD IV text, without any exemptions.

Amounts in aggregate below 15% threshold and therefore subject to 250% risk weight: as explained above, items that fall under the threshold approach treatment under CRD IV, and which are below the 10% and 15% thresholds, are risk-weighted at 250%.

Securitisation positions and free deliveries risk-weighted under CRD IV: securitisation positions which were deducted 50% from core tier 1 and 50% from total capital, and free deliveries (i.e., transactions where payment has been made for securities, foreign currencies or commodities, before receiving them, or where these have been delivered before receiving payment) that were deducted from total capital under current rules, are now included in RWAs at 1,250%.

Other movements: includes residual items following the finalisation of the rules and our continued systems implementation of these.

Notable items relate to changes in counterparty credit risk, such as the increase in the asset value correlation multiplier for financial counterparties, additional requirements for collateralised counterparties, margin period of risk and new requirements for exposures to central counterparties (‘CCPs’).

Similarly for credit risk, this includes key items such as the increase in the multiplier for financial counterparties, the change in the treatment of deferred tax assets and the confirmation of risk weights for immovable property following PRA final rules.

 

327


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Leverage ratio: basis of preparation

(Unaudited)

The estimated tier 1 capital figure is based on an ‘end point Basel III’ definition of tier 1 capital applicable from 1 January 2022, applying the final CRD IV rules published in June 2013. We have calculated our tier 1 capital in accordance with the basis of preparation outlined on page 324. We also disclose an estimated leverage ratio which includes, in our tier 1 capital, instruments that will be ineligible for inclusion after the Basel III transitional period has fully elapsed.

The total exposures are calculated according to the December 2010 Basel III rules text, the instructions for the Basel III July 2012 Quantitative Impact Study, its related Frequently Asked Questions and the PRA’s guidance on the methodologies used there. They are based on financial accounting rules for on- and off-balance exposures, adjusted as follows:

 

 

the scope of netting for derivatives and securities financing transactions (‘SFTs’) is extended to all scenarios where we would recognise a netting agreement for Basel II regulatory purposes, except for cross-product netting which is not permitted. For SFTs, only cash payables and receivables are netted and not securities provided or received;

 

 

the inclusion of potential future exposure add-ons for both OTC and exchange-traded derivatives;

 

 

off-balance sheet items are included in full except for commitments that are unconditionally cancellable at any time by HSBC without prior notice, where only 10% of the exposures are included;

 

 

the exclusion of items deducted from the calculation of end point tier 1 capital; and

 

 

for investments in banking associates that are equity accounted in the financial accounting consolidation but proportionally consolidated for regulatory purposes, the accounting treatment is used.

It should be noted that this PRA-prescribed basis for disclosing the leverage ratio is not at this time aligned with the November 2013 supervisory statement, the CRD IV final rules or the Basel Committee’s final proposals on the Basel III leverage ratio.

 

328


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance

  

 

Corporate Governance

 

     Page      App 1  

Corporate Governance Report

     329      

Letter from the Group Chairman

     329      

Directors

     330      

Secretary

     335      

Group Managing Directors

     336      
   

Board of Directors

     338      

Directors

     338      

Corporate governance codes

     346      
   

Board committees

     347      

Group Management Board

     347      

Group Audit Committee

     348      

Group Risk Committee

     352      

Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee

     358      

Group Remuneration Committee

     360      

Nomination Committee

     361      

Corporate Sustainability Committee

     362      
   

Internal control

     364      
   

Statement on going concern

     367      
   

Employees

     367      

Reward

     367      

Employee relations

     367      

Diversity and inclusion

     367      

Employee development

     368      

Employment of disabled persons

     368      

Health and safety

     368      

Remuneration policy

     368      

Employee share plans

     369      
   

Other required disclosures

     371      

Share capital

        372   

Directors’ interests

        375   

Dividends and shareholders

        376   
   

2013 Annual General Meeting

     371      
1 Appendix to Report of the Directors.      

Corporate Governance Report

 

The statement of corporate governance practices set out on pages 329 to 415 and information incorporated by reference constitutes the Corporate Governance Report of HSBC Holdings. The reports of Board Committees are contained within the Corporate Governance Report.

Letter from the Group Chairman

 

 

 

Dear Shareholder

During 2013, your Board has taken positive steps to enhance the Group’s corporate governance framework globally, in part to reflect the heightened expectations of all of our stakeholders.

We believe that a robust and transparent corporate governance framework is vital to the sustainable success of HSBC. The Board has a critical role in overseeing the transformation agenda which is underway to simplify the way we run the Group, making it easier to manage and control. Management’s focus on the transformation agenda reflects HSBC’s three strategic priorities: to implement Global Standards, grow the business and to simplify and streamline processes. At each of its meetings and through its Committees, the Board reviews progress made on implementation of this agenda and challenges management over the speed of delivery and options considered. Strengthening our corporate governance framework to support the successful implementation of our Global Standards programme, which includes enhancement of compliance-related controls and standards relating to financial crime risk, is a continuing priority focus within the Board’s agenda.

As an early indication of the Board’s commitment to support the transformation agenda, at the start of 2013 we established the Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee (‘FSVC’) chaired by Rona Fairhead. Throughout the year this committee has overseen our progress in achieving enhanced standards and has provided valuable input in connection with the controls and procedures adopted to underpin them. It has also, with the support of its advisers, worked to identify emerging risks, such as cyber security, and challenged management on its plans to address such risks. A key element of its work in 2013 has been on bolstering ‘Know Your Customer’ and ‘Enhanced Due Diligence’ procedures, recommending to the Board revisions and enhancements to existing practices. In January 2014, the Board approved and adopted revised Global Sanctions and Global Anti-Money Laundering Programme Policies, to facilitate implementation and assurance of globally consistent practices. Adherence to these enhanced standards is vital to ensure we adopt globally the high behavioural and compliance standards consistent with our brand and which meet all of our commitments under the deferred prosecution agreement entered into with the US Department of Justice in December 2012 as well as associated legal and regulatory undertakings.

 

 

329


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

The emphasis we place on adhering to high behavioural standards and ‘doing the right thing’ has led us to establish a further new Board Committee, the Conduct & Values Committee (‘CVC’), which will be chaired by Rachel Lomax. The CVC, which incorporates much of what was previously done in the Corporate Sustainability Committee, will, with a much expanded role, oversee the design and application of our policies, procedures and standards to ensure that we conduct business responsibly and consistently adheres to HSBC Values. The CVC will focus on the key themes that underpin our commitment to meeting societal expectations of the banking sector; treating customers fairly and openly, doing business with the right clients, doing business the right way, being a responsible employer, acting responsibly towards the communities in which HSBC operates and treating all stakeholders fairly.

We recognise, and are preparing for, the specific challenges resulting from continuing regulatory and legislative changes, such as the corporate governance aspects of the EU’s Capital Requirements Directive IV, proposals for a senior persons regime now contained in the 2014 Banking Reform Act and support for the establishment of a professional standards body for banking in the UK.

Ensuring we have a diverse balance of skills, knowledge and experience on the Board is a fundamental aspect of successful corporate governance. In my statement to shareholders on pages 3 to 5, I welcomed Kathleen Casey, who will join the Board on 1 March 2014, bringing extensive experience of financial services regulation. Sir Jonathan Evans, who joined the Board on 6 August 2013, has added considerable insight on emerging risks and threats and will take over the chairmanship of the FSVC during the second quarter of this year. The Board has also been strengthened by the appointment of Marc Moses, Group Chief Risk Officer, as an executive Director with effect from 1 January 2014. This reflects the criticality of the Risk function.

On behalf of the Board and with the very capable leadership of its new and existing committees, I can assure you that your Directors remain committed to establishing and maintaining the highest standards of corporate governance wherever we operate. This is key to the Group’s ability to capitalise on the opportunities arising from successful implementation of our strategic priorities.

D J Flint, Group Chairman

24 February 2014

 

Directors

 

 

 

Douglas Flint, CBE, 58

Group Chairman

 

Skills and experience: Member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland and the Association of Corporate Treasurers. Fellow of The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants. Extensive governance experience gained through membership of the Boards of HSBC and BP p.l.c.; considerable knowledge of finance and risk management in banking, multinational financial reporting, treasury and securities trading operations; honoured with a CBE in recognition of his services to the finance industry. Joined HSBC in 1995 as Group Finance Director.

Appointed Group Chairman: 2010

Appointed to the Board: 1995

Current appointments include: A director of The Hong Kong Association and Chairman of the Institute of International Finance. A member of the Mayor of Beijing’s International Business Leaders’ Advisory Council as well as the Mayor of Shanghai’s International Business Leaders’ Advisory Council; a member of the International Advisory Board of the China Europe International Business School, Shanghai; an independent external member of the UK Government’s Financial Services Trade and Investment Board since 20 September 2013, and by invitation from the Prime Minister a British Business Ambassador from January 2014.

Former appointments include: Group Finance Director; Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director, Risk and Regulation. Co-Chairman of the Counterparty Risk Management Policy Group III; Chairman of the Financial Reporting Council’s review of the Turnbull Guidance on Internal Control; member of the Accounting Standards Board and the Standards Advisory Council of the International Accounting Standards Board; served on the Large Business Forum on Tax and Competitiveness and the Consultative Committee of the Large Business Advisory Board of HM Revenue and Customs; partner in KPMG; and non-executive director and Chairman of the Audit Committee of BP p.l.c..

 

 

Stuart Gulliver, 54

Group Chief Executive

Chairman of the Group Management Board

 

Skills and experience: A career banker with over 30 years’ international experience with HSBC; has held a number of key roles in the Group’s operations

 

 

330


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

worldwide, including in London, Hong Kong, Tokyo, Kuala Lumpur and the United Arab Emirates; played a leading role in developing and expanding Global Banking and Markets. Joined HSBC in 1980 as International Officer Trainee.

Appointed Group Chief Executive: 2011

Appointed to the Board: 2008

Current appointments include: Chairman of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited and Chairman of the Group Management Board. A member of the Monetary Authority of Singapore International Advisory Panel and the International Advisory Council of the China Banking Regulatory Commission.

Former appointments include: Chairman, Europe, Middle East and Global Businesses and Chairman of HSBC Bank plc, HSBC Bank Middle East Limited and HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA. Head of Global Banking and Markets; Co-Head of Global Banking and Markets; Head of Global Markets; Head of Treasury and Capital Markets in Asia-Pacific; Deputy Chairman of HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG and a member of its Supervisory Board; and Chairman of HSBC France.

 

 

Kathleen Casey , 47

 

Member of the Group Audit Committee and Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee with effect from 1 March 2014.

Skills and experience: Extensive financial regulatory policy experience. Formerly Commissioner of the US Securities and Exchange Commission, acting as the regulator’s principal representative in multilateral and bilateral regulatory dialogues, the G-20 Financial Stability Board and the International Organisation of Securities Commissions.

Appointed to the Board: 1 March 2014

Current appointments include: Chairman of the Alternative Investment Management Association, Senior Advisor of Patomak Global Partners, member of the Board of Trustees of Pennsylvania State University, the Trust Fund Board of the Library of Congress and the Advisory Council of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

Former appointments include: Staff Director and Counsel of the United States Senate Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs and Legislative Director and Chief of Staff for a US Senator.

 

Safra Catz , 52

 

Skills and experience: A background in international business leadership, having helped transform Oracle into the largest producer of business management software and the world’s leading supplier of software for information management.

Appointed to the Board: 2008

Current appointments include: President and Chief Financial Officer of Oracle Corporation. Joined Oracle in 1999 and appointed to the board of directors in 2001.

Former appointments include: Managing Director of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette.

 

 

Laura Cha , GBS, 64

 

Chairman of the Corporate Sustainability Committee from 1 January 2013 to 31 December 2013. Member of the Conduct & Values Committee since 17 January 2014 and, with effect from the conclusion of the 2014 Annual General Meeting, member of the Nomination Committee.

Skills and experience: Extensive regulatory and policy making experience in the finance and securities sector in Hong Kong and mainland China; formerly Vice Chairman of the China Securities Regulatory Commission, being the first person outside mainland China to join the Central Government of the People’s Republic of China at vice-ministerial rank; awarded Gold and Silver Bauhinia Stars by the Hong Kong Government for public service; formerly Deputy Chairman of the Securities and Futures Commission in Hong Kong; and has worked in the US and Asia.

Appointed to the Board: 2011

Current appointments include: Non-executive Deputy Chairman of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited; non-official member of the Executive Council of Hong Kong SAR; a Hong Kong Deputy to the 12th National People’s Congress of China; non-executive director of China Telecom Corporation Limited; Senior International Advisor for Foundation Asset Management Sweden AB; member of the State Bar of California and Chairman of the Financial Services Development Council of Hong Kong SAR since 17 January 2013. A non-executive director of Unilever PLC and Unilever N.V. since 14 May 2013. Vice Chairman of the China Securities Regulatory Commission’s International Advisory Council since July 2004

 

 

331


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

and a member of the China Banking Regulatory Commission’s International Advisory Council since 12 July 2013. Hong Kong delegate for the 12th National People’s Congress, People’s Republic of China, since 5 March 2013.

Former appointments include: A non-executive director of Bank of Communications Co. Ltd., Baoshan Iron and Steel Co. Limited, Johnson Electric Holdings Limited and Chairman of the University Grants Committee in Hong Kong. Non-executive director of Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited and Tata Consultancy Services Limited; and Chairman of the ICAC Advisory Committee on Corruption. Ceased to be a member of the Advisory Board of the Yale School of Management on 18 April 2013.

 

 

Marvin Cheung , GBS, OBE, 66

 

Member of the Group Audit Committee.

Skills and experience: A background in international business and financial accounting, particularly in Greater China and the wider Asian economy; retired from KPMG Hong Kong in 2003 after more than 30 years; awarded the Gold Bauhinia Star by the Hong Kong Government. Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

Appointed to the Board: 2009

Current appointments include: A non-executive director of Hang Seng Bank Limited and HKR International Limited; non-executive Chairman of the Airport Authority Hong Kong and the Council of the Hong Kong University of Science and Technology; director of The Association of Former Council Members of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and The Hong Kong International Film Festival Society Ltd; Member of the Working Group on Transportation under the Economic Development Commission of the Hong Kong SAR Government since 17 January 2013 and member of the court of The Open University of Hong Kong since 1 November 2013.

Former appointments include: A non-executive director of Sun Hung Kai Properties Limited and Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of KPMG Hong Kong; council member of the Open University of Hong Kong; and non-official member of the Executive Council of the Hong Kong SAR.

 

John Coombe , 68

 

Chairman of the Group Audit Committee and member of the Group Risk Committee and Group Remuneration Committee.

Skills and experience: A background in international business, financial accounting and the pharmaceutical industry. Formerly Chief Financial Officer of GlaxoSmithKline plc with responsibility for the group’s financial operations globally. Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

Appointed to the Board: 2005. Due to retire at the conclusion of the 2014 Annual General Meeting.

Current appointments include: Non-executive Chairman of Hogg Robinson Group plc and Home Retail Group plc.

Former appointments include: An executive director and Chief Financial Officer of GlaxoSmithKline plc; non-executive director of GUS plc; member of the supervisory board of Siemens AG; Chairman of The Hundred Group of Finance Directors; member of the Accounting Standards Board; and a council member of The Royal Academy of Arts.

 

 

Sir Jonathan Evans , 56

 

Member of the Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee since 6 August 2013 and, with effect from the conclusion of the 2014 Annual General Meeting, Chairman. Member of the Conduct & Values Committee since 17 January 2014.

Skills and experience: Extensive experience in national security policy and operations. Formerly Director General of MI5 with responsibility for the leadership, policy and strategy of the Security Service, including international and domestic counter-terrorism, counter-espionage and counter-proliferation activities and cyber security. Responsibility for the oversight of the Joint Terrorist Analysis Centre and the Centre for the Protection of National Infrastructure and attended the National Security Council.

Appointed to the Board: 6 August 2013.

Current appointments include: Senior Associate of Accenture plc since 24 October 2013, a member of the advisory board of Darktrace Limited since 16 September 2013 and a non-executive Director of the UK National Crime Agency since 2 December 2013.

 

 

332


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

Former appointments include: Various positions in the UK Security Service over a 30-year career, including: Director General; Deputy Director General; Director of International Counter-Terrorism; and Head of the Security Service’s Secretariat.

 

 

Joachim Faber , 63

 

Member and, since 24 May 2013, Chairman of the Group Risk Committee.

Skills and experience: A background in banking and asset management with significant international experience, having worked in Germany, Tokyo, New York and London. Former Chief Executive Officer of Allianz Global Investors AG and member of the management board of Allianz SE; 14 years’ experience with Citigroup Inc. holding positions in Trading and Project Finance and as Head of Capital Markets for Europe, North America and Japan. Has a doctorate from the University of Administrative Sciences in Speyer.

Appointed to the Board: 2012

Current appointments include: Chairman of the supervisory board of Deutsche Börse AG; Chairman of the Shareholder Committee of Joh A. Benckiser SARL; independent director of Coty Inc.; director of Allianz France S.A., Allianz Investment Management GmbH and Allianz Climate Solutions GmbH; member of the advisory boards of the Siemens Group Pension Board, the European School for Management and Technology; member of the supervisory board and Chairman of the audit and risk committee of OSRAM Licht AG since 5 July 2013; and council member of The Hongkong – Europe Business Council since 1 June 2013.

Former appointments include: Chairman of Allianz Global Investors Kapitalanlagegesellschaft and Allianz Global Investors Deutschland GmbH; Chairman of the board of Allianz Global Investors SGR; and member of the board of Allianz SpA and of the supervisory board of Bayerische Börse AG. Ceased to be a member of the German Council for Sustainable Development on 1 July 2013.

 

 

Rona Fairhead , CBE, 52

 

Chairman of the Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee since 18 January 2013. Will cease to be Chairman with effect from the conclusion of the 2014 Annual General Meeting. Ceased to be Chairman of the Group Risk Committee and member of the Nomination Committee and the Group Audit Committee on 24 May 2013.

Skills and experience: A background in international industry, publishing, finance and general management. Formerly Chairman and CEO of the Financial Times Group Limited responsible for the strategy, management and operations of a global media and information business and Finance Director of Pearson plc with responsibility for overseeing the day-to-day running of the finance function and direct responsibility for global financial reporting and control, tax and treasury. Has a Master’s in Business Administration from the Harvard Business School.

Appointed to the Board: 2004.

Current appointments include: Chairman of HSBC North America Holdings Inc. since 1 January 2014. A non-executive member of the board of the UK Government’s Cabinet Office, a non-executive director of The Economist Newspaper Limited and by invitation from the Prime Minister a British Business Ambassador from January 2014. Appointed as a non-executive Director of PepsiCo Inc. with effect from 13 March 2014.

Former appointments include: Executive Vice President, Strategy and Group Control of Imperial Chemical Industries plc; Finance Director of Pearson plc and Chairman and director of Interactive Data Corporation. Ceased to be Chairman and CEO of Financial Times Group Limited and director of Pearson plc on 27 April 2013.

 

 

Renato Fassbind , 58

 

Member and, with effect from the conclusion of the 2014 Annual General Meeting, Chairman of the Group Audit Committee (subject to regulatory approval). Member of the Group Remuneration Committee since 1 March 2013.

Skills and experience: A background in financial accounting and international business. Formerly Chief Financial Officer of Credit Suisse Group AG and ABB Group. Has a Master’s in Business Administration and a PhD in Economics from the University of Zurich.

Appointed to the Board: 1 January 2013

Current appointments include: Vice Chairman of the supervisory board and member of the audit and compensation committees of Swiss Reinsurance Company; member of the supervisory board and audit committee of Kühne + Nagel International AG; independent director of Oanda Corporation; and member of the supervisory board of the Swiss Federal Audit Oversight Authority.

Former appointments include: Chief Financial

 

 

333


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

Officer of Credit Suisse Group AG; Senior Advisor to the Chief Executive, Credit Suisse Group AG; Chief Executive Officer of Diethelm Keller Group; Chief Financial Officer of ABB Group; Chairman of ABB (Switzerland) AG and DKSH AG; and a member of the supervisory board of Winterthur Insurance Company.

 

 

James Hughes-Hallett , CMG , SBS, 64

 

Member of the Nomination Committee and, since 1 January 2013, member of the Corporate Sustainability Committee.

Skills and experience: A background in financial accounting and experience of management of a broad range of international businesses, including aviation, insurance, property, shipping, manufacturing and trading in the Far East, UK, US and Australia. Awarded the Silver Bauhinia Star by the Hong Kong Government. Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

Appointed to the Board: 2005. Due to retire at the conclusion of the 2014 Annual General Meeting.

Current appointments include: Chairman of John Swire & Sons Limited; non-executive director of Cathay Pacific Airways Limited and Swire Pacific Limited; Chairman of the Esmée Fairbairn Foundation; member of The Hong Kong Association; and Chairman of the Governing Board of the Courtauld Institute of Art.

Former appointments include: A non-executive director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited and a trustee of the Dulwich Picture Gallery.

 

 

Sam Laidlaw , 58

 

Member of the Group Remuneration Committee and with effect from the conclusion of the 2014 Annual General Meeting, member of the Nomination Committee.

Skills and experience: Significant international experience, particularly in the energy sector, having had responsibility for businesses in four continents. Qualified solicitor and Master’s in Business Administration from INSEAD.

Appointed to the Board: 2008

Current appointments include: Chief Executive Officer of Centrica plc; and Lead Non-executive Board Member of the UK Department for Transport.

Former appointments include: Executive Vice President of Chevron Corporation; non-executive

director of Hanson PLC; Chief Executive Officer of Enterprise Oil plc; President and Chief Operating Officer of Amerada Hess Corporation; and a member of the UK Prime Minister’s Business Advisory Group.

 

 

John Lipsky , 67

 

Member of the Group Risk Committee, the Nomination Committee and, with effect from the conclusion of the 2014 Annual General Meeting, member of the Group Remuneration Committee.

Skills and experience: International experience having worked in Chile, New York, Washington and London and interacted with financial institutions, central banks and governments in many countries. Served at the International Monetary Fund as First Deputy Managing Director, Acting Managing Director and as Special Advisor. Has a PhD in Economics from Stanford University.

Appointed to the Board: 2012

Current appointments include: Senior Fellow, Foreign Policy Institute at the Paul H. Nitze School of Advanced International Studies, Johns Hopkins University. Co-chairman of the Aspen Institute Program on the World Economy; director of the National Bureau of Economic Research and the Center for Global Development; and member of the advisory board of the Stanford Institute for Economic Policy Research and the Council on Foreign Relations. Global Policy Advisor for Anderson Global Macro, LLC since 4 February 2013 and Chairman of World Economic Forum’s Global Agenda Council on the International Monetary System since 1 June 2013.

Former appointments include: Vice Chairman J P Morgan Investment Bank; director of the American Council on Germany and the Japan Society; and a trustee of the Economic Club of New York.

 

 

Rachel Lomax , 68

 

Chairman of the Conduct & Values Committee since 17 January 2014. Member of the Group Audit Committee and Group Risk Committee.

Skills and experience: Experience in both the public and private sectors and a deep knowledge of the operation of the UK government and financial system.

Appointed to the Board: 2008

Current appointments include: Chairman of the

 

 

334


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

International Regulatory Strategy Group and a director of TheCityUK since 1 January 2013; non-executive director of The Scottish American Investment Company PLC, Arcus European Infrastructure Fund GP LLP and Heathrow Airport Holdings Limited (formerly BAA Limited); member of the Council of Imperial College, London; and President of the Institute of Fiscal Studies.

Former appointments include: Deputy Governor, Monetary Stability, at the Bank of England and member of the Monetary Policy Committee; Permanent Secretary at the UK Government Departments for Transport and Work and Pensions and the Welsh Office; and Vice President and Chief of Staff to the President of the World Bank. Ceased to be a non-executive director of Reinsurance Group of America Inc. on 15 May 2013.

 

 

Iain Mackay , 52

Group Finance Director

 

Skills and experience: Extensive financial and international experience, having worked in London, Paris, US, Africa and Asia. Member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland. Joined HSBC in 2007 as Chief Financial Officer of HSBC North America Holdings Inc .

Appointed to the Board: 2010

Current appointments include: a member of the Group Management Board.

Former appointments include: director of Hang Seng Bank Limited; Chief Financial Officer, Asia-Pacific; and Chief Financial Officer, HSBC North America Holdings Inc; Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of GE Consumer Finance and Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of GE Healthcare – Global Diagnostic Imaging.

 

 

Marc Moses , 56

Group Chief Risk Officer

 

Skills and experience: Member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales. Extensive risk management and financial experience. Joined HSBC in 2005 as Chief Financial and Risk Officer, Global Banking and Markets.

Appointed to the Board: 1 January 2014

Current appointments include: A member of the Group Management Board. Director of HSBC Insurance (Bermuda) Limited; HSBC Private Bank (Suisse) SA; and of HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA.

Former appointments include: Chief Financial and Risk Officer, Global Banking and Markets. Formerly European chief financial officer at JP Morgan and audit partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers.

 

 

Sir Simon Robertson , 72

Deputy Chairman and senior independent

non-executive Director

 

Chairman of the Nomination Committee and, since 24 May 2013, the Group Remuneration Committee. Member of the Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee since 18 January 2013.

Skills and experience: A background in international corporate advisory with a wealth of experience in mergers and acquisitions, merchant banking, investment banking and financial markets; honoured with a knighthood in recognition of his services to business; extensive international experience having worked in France, Germany, the UK and the US.

Appointed Senior Independent Director: 2007

Appointed Deputy Chairman: 2010

Appointed to the Board: 2006

Current appointments include: The founding member of Robertson Robey Associates LLP, formerly Simon Robertson Associates LLP; non-executive director of Berry Bros. & Rudd Limited, The Economist Newspaper Limited, NewShore Partners Limited and Troy Asset Management; and trustee of the Eden Project Trust and the Royal Opera House Endowment Fund.

Former appointments include: Managing Director of Goldman Sachs International; Chairman of Dresdner Kleinwort Benson; and non-executive director of Royal Opera House, Covent Garden Limited. Ceased to be non-executive Chairman of Rolls-Royce Holdings plc on 2 May 2013.

Independent non-executive Director.

Secretary

 

 

 

Ben Mathews , 47

Group Company Secretary

 

Joined HSBC on 11 June 2013 and became Group Company Secretary on 1 July 2013. Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Secretaries and Administrators. Former appointments include: Company Secretary of Rio Tinto plc from 2007 to 7 June 2013; and Company Secretary of BG Group plc.

 

 

335


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

Group Managing Directors

 

 

 

Ann Almeida , 57

Group Head of Human Resources and Corporate Sustainability

 

Joined HSBC in 1992. A Group Managing Director since 2008. Former HSBC appointments include: Global Head of Human Resources for Global Banking and Markets, Global Private Banking, Global Transaction Banking and HSBC Amanah.

 

 

Samir Assaf , 53

Chief Executive, Global Banking and Markets

 

Joined HSBC in 1994. A Group Managing Director since 2011. Chairman of HSBC France and director of HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG. Former HSBC appointments include: director of HSBC Global Asset Management Limited and of HSBC Bank Egypt S.A.E.; Head of Global Markets; and Head of Global Markets for Europe, Middle East and Africa.

 

 

Peter Boyles , 58

Chief Executive, Global Private Banking

 

Joined HSBC in 1975. A Group Managing Director since 1 October 2013. A director of HSBC Global Asset Management Limited since 12 April 2013. Former HSBC appointments include: Chief Executive of HSBC France and Continental Europe and a director of HSBC Bank plc. Ceased to be director of HSBC Bank Malta p.l.c on 5 March 2013 and director of HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG on 31 August 2013.

 

 

Simon Cooper , 46

Chief Executive, Global Commercial Banking

 

Joined HSBC in 1989. A Group Managing Director and Chief Executive of Global Commercial Banking since 1 October 2013. A director of HSBC Bank plc since 18 April 2013. Former HSBC appointments include: Chief Executive of HSBC Korea and Head of Corporate and Investment Banking of HSBC Singapore. Ceased to be Chairman of HSBC Bank Egypt S.A.E on 29 June 2013, director of The Saudi British Bank on 22 September 2013, Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive of HSBC Bank Middle East Limited on 1 October 2013, director and Chairman of HSBC Bank Oman on 10 October 2013 and a director of HSBC Bank Middle East Limited on 13 February 2014.

 

Irene Dorner , 59

President and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC USA

 

Joined HSBC in 1986. A Group Managing Director since 1 February 2013. Chairman of HSBC Bank USA, National Association and HSBC USA Inc.; President and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC North America Inc. Former HSBC appointments include: Chairman of HSBC Amanah Malaysia Berhad and HSBC Amanah Takaful (Malaysia) Sendirian Berhad; Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive of HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad; Chief Operating Officer, Treasury and Capital Markets; General Manager of Marketing, General Manager of Human Resources; and General Manager of Premier and Wealth Management, HSBC Bank plc.

 

 

John Flint , 45

Chief Executive, Retail Banking and Wealth Management

 

Joined HSBC in 1989. A Group Managing Director since 1 January 2013. A director of HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA since 6 June 2013 and of HSBC Bank Canada. Former HSBC appointments include: Chief of Staff to the Group Chief Executive and Group Head of Strategy and Planning; Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Global Asset Management; Group Treasurer; and Deputy Head of Global Markets.

 

 

Pam Kaur , 50

Group Head of Internal Audit

 

Joined HSBC and became a Group Managing Director on 1 April 2013. A co-opted member of The Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales Council since 1 May 2013. Former appointments include: Global Head of Group Audit for Deutsche Bank AG; Chief Financial Officer & Chief Operating Officer, Restructuring & Risk Division, Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc; Group Head of Compliance and Anti-Money Laundering, Lloyds TSB; and Global Director of Compliance, Global Consumer Group, Citigroup.

 

 

336


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

 

Alan Keir , 55

Chief Executive, HSBC Bank plc

 

Joined HSBC in 1981. A Group Managing Director since 2011. Chief Executive of HSBC Bank plc since 1 October 2013. A Director of HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG since 31 August 2013, and a director of HSBC France since 10 December 2013. Former HSBC appointments include: Global Head, Global Commercial Banking.

 

 

Stuart Levey , 50

Chief Legal Officer

 

Joined HSBC and became a Group Managing Director in January 2012. Former appointments include: Under Secretary for Terrorism and Financial Intelligence in the US Department of Treasury; Senior Fellow for National Security and Financial Integrity at the Council on Foreign Relations; Principal Associate Deputy Attorney General at the US Department of Justice; and Partner at Miller, Cassidy, Larroca & Lewin LLP and Baker Botts LLP.

 

 

Antonio Losada , 59

Chief Executive, Latin America and the Caribbean

 

Joined HSBC in 1973. A Group Managing Director since December 2012. Ceased to be Chairman of HSBC Bank (Panama) S.A on 28 October 2013. A director of HSBC Bank Argentina S.A, HSBC Mexico, S.A., Institucion de Banca Multiple, Grupo Financiero HSBC and Grupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V. Director of HSBC North America Holdings from 1 January 2014. Former HSBC appointments include: Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Argentina; and Deputy Head, Personal Financial Services, Brazil.

 

Sean O’Sullivan , 58

Group Chief Operating Officer

 

Joined HSBC in 1980. A Group Managing Director since 2011. Former HSBC appointments include: Group Chief Technology and Services Officer; director and Chief Operating Officer of HSBC Bank plc; and Chief Operating Officer of HSBC Bank Canada.

 

 

Peter Wong , 62

Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

 

Joined HSBC in 2005. A Group Managing Director since 2010. Chairman of HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited and HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad. A non-executive director of Hang Seng Bank Limited and Bank of Communications Co. Ltd. An independent non-executive director of Cathay Pacific Airways Limited. Former HSBC appointments include: Vice Chairman of HSBC Bank (Vietnam) Ltd; director of HSBC Bank Australia Limited; and a director of Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd.

 

 

337


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

Board of Directors

 

The Board of Directors of HSBC Holdings (the ‘Board’) exists to promote the long-term success of the Company and deliver sustainable value to our shareholders. Led by the Group Chairman, it sets the strategy and risk appetite for the Group and approves capital and operating plans presented by management for the achievement of the strategic objectives. Implementation of the strategy is delegated to the Group Management Board (‘GMB’) which, in turn, is led by the Group Chief Executive.

Directors

HSBC Holdings has a unitary Board. The authority of the Directors is exercised in Board meetings where the Board acts collectively. The Directors who served during the year were Safra Catz, Laura Cha, Marvin Cheung, Jim Comey (appointed 4 March 2013 and retired 4 September 2013), John Coombe, Sir Jonathan Evans (appointed 6 August 2013), Joachim Faber, Rona Fairhead, Renato Fassbind (appointed 1 January 2013), Douglas Flint, Stuart Gulliver, James Hughes-Hallett, Sam Laidlaw, John Lipsky, Rachel Lomax, Iain Mackay, Sir Simon Robertson and John Thornton (retired 24 May 2013).

Marc Moses, Group Chief Risk Officer, was appointed a Director with effect from 1 January 2014.

At the time of approval of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013 on 24 February 2014, the Board comprised the Group Chairman, Group Chief Executive, Group Finance Director, Group Chief Risk Officer and 13 non-executive Directors. Kathleen Casey has been appointed a non-executive Director with effect from 1 March 2014.

The names and brief biographical details of the Directors are included on pages 330 to 335.

Executive Directors

The Group Chairman, Group Chief Executive, Group Finance Director and Group Chief Risk Officer are HSBC employees.

Non-executive Directors

Non-executive Directors are not HSBC employees and do not participate in the daily management of HSBC; they bring an independent perspective, constructively challenge and help develop proposals on strategy, scrutinise the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives

and monitor the Group’s risk profile and the reporting of performance. The non-executive Directors bring a wide variety of experience from the public and private sectors, including the leadership of large complex multinational enterprises.

Non-executive Directors’ terms of appointment

The Board has determined the time commitment expected of non-executive Directors to be 30 to 36 days per annum. Time devoted to the Company could be considerably more, particularly if serving on Board committees.

Non-executive Directors are appointed for an initial three-year term and, subject to re-election by shareholders at Annual General Meetings, are typically expected to serve two three-year terms. The Board may invite a director to serve additional periods. All Directors are subject to annual election by shareholders.

Letters setting out the terms of appointment of each of the non-executive Directors, including the time commitment expected of each of them, are available for inspection at 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ and will be made available for 15 minutes before the Annual General Meeting and during the meeting itself.

Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive

The roles of Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive are separate and a clear division of responsibilities has been approved by the Board to distinguish between the running of the Board and the executive responsibility for running HSBC’s business. Descriptions of the roles and responsibilities of the Group Chairman and the Group Chief Executive are available at www.hsbc.com/investor-relations/governance/ board-committees. Their key responsibilities are set out below.

Key responsibilities

 

 

Group Chairman – Douglas Flint

 

 

Leads the Board and ensures its effectiveness.

 

 

Develops relationships with governments, regulators and investors.

 

 

Leads the Group’s interactions on matters of public policy and regulatory reform with regard to the banking and financial services industry.

 

 

Maintains corporate reputation and character.

 

 

Undertakes performance management of the Group Chief Executive.

 

 

 

338


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

 

Group Chief Executive – Stuart Gulliver

 

 

Develops, and delivers performance against, business plans.

 

 

Develops Group strategy, in agreement with the Group Chairman, for recommendation to the Board.

 

 

As Chairman of the GMB, drives performance within strategic goals and commercial objectives agreed by the Board.

 

Deputy Chairman and senior independent non-executive Director

A description of the roles and responsibilities of the Deputy Chairman and senior independent non-executive Director, which has been approved by the Board, is available at http://www.hsbc.com/ investor-relations/governance/board-committees. His key responsibilities are set out below.

Key responsibilities

 

 

Deputy Chairman and senior independent non-executive Director – Sir Simon Robertson

 

 

Deputises for the Group Chairman at meetings of the Board or shareholders.

 

 

Supports the Group Chairman in his role.

 

 

Acts as an intermediary for other non-executive Directors when necessary.

 

 

Leads the non-executive Directors in the oversight of the Group Chairman.

 

 

Ensures there is a clear division of responsibility between the Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive.

 

 

Is available to shareholders should they have concerns which contact through the normal channels cannot resolve or for which such contact would be inappropriate.

 

Appointment, retirement and re-election of Directors

The Board may at any time appoint any person who is willing to act as a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing Board, but the total number of Directors shall not exceed twenty-five. Any Director so appointed by the Board shall retire at the Annual General Meeting following his or her appointment and shall be eligible for election but would not be taken into account in determining the number of Directors who are to retire by rotation at such meeting in accordance with the Articles of Association. The Board may appoint any Director to hold any employment or executive office and may revoke or terminate any such appointment. Shareholders may, by ordinary resolution, appoint a person a Director or remove any Director before the expiration of his period of office. On the recommendation of the Nomination Committee and in compliance with provision B.7.1 of the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Board has decided that all of the Directors should be subject to annual re-election by shareholders. Accordingly, all of the Directors will retire at the forthcoming Annual

General Meeting and offer themselves for election or re-election, with the exception of John Coombe and James Hughes-Hallett who will retire and will not offer themselves for re-election. Each of the executive Directors is employed, on a rolling contract which requires 12 months’ notice to be given by either party. None of the non-executive Directors has a service contract with HSBC.

Powers of the Board

The Board is responsible for overseeing the management of HSBC globally and, in so doing, may exercise its powers, subject to any relevant laws and regulations and to the Articles. The Board has adopted terms of reference which are available at www.hsbc.com/1/2/about/board-of-directors. The Board reviews its terms of reference annually.

In particular, the Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property or assets (present or future) of HSBC Holdings and may also exercise any of the powers conferred on it by the Companies Act 2006 and/or by shareholders. The Board is able to delegate and confer on an executive Director any of its powers, authorities and discretions (including the power to sub-delegate) for such time and on such terms as it thinks fits. In addition, the Board may establish any local or divisional boards or agencies for managing the business of HSBC Holdings in any specified locality and delegate and confer on any local or divisional board, manager or agent so appointed any of its powers, authorities and discretions (including the power to sub-delegate) for such time and on such terms as it thinks fit. The Board may also, by power of attorney or otherwise, appoint any person or persons to be the agent of HSBC Holdings and may delegate to any such person or persons any of its powers, authorities and discretions (including the power to sub-delegate) for such time and on such terms as it thinks fit.

The Board delegates the day to day management of HSBC Holdings to the GMB but reserves to itself approval of certain matters including operating plans, risk appetite and performance targets, procedures for monitoring and controlling operations, credit, market risk limits, acquisitions, disposals, investments, capital expenditure or realisation or creation of a new venture, specified senior appointments and any substantial change in balance sheet management policy.

HSBC Holdings was registered in Hong Kong under part XI of the Companies Ordinance on 17 January 1991.

 

 

339


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

Board meetings

Seven Board meetings and two one-day strategy meetings were held in 2013. At least one Board meeting each year is held in a key strategic location outside the UK. During 2013, Board meetings were held in Hong Kong and Washington DC.

The table below shows each Director’s attendance at meetings of the Board held while he or she was a Director during 2013.

During 2013, the non-executive Directors and the Group Chairman met once without the other executive Directors. The non-executive Directors also met four times without the Group Chairman, including to appraise the Group Chairman’s performance.

Board attendance record

 

    

Meetings

attended

    

Meetings

eligible to

attend as

a Director

 

Safra Catz

     7         7   

Laura Cha

     7         7   

Marvin Cheung

     7         7   

Jim Comey 1,2

     2         3   

John Coombe

     7         7   

Sir Jonathan Evans 2,3

     2         2   

Joachim Faber

     7         7   

Rona Fairhead

     7         7   

Renato Fassbind 4

     7         7   

Douglas Flint

     7         7   

Stuart Gulliver

     7         7   

James Hughes-Hallett

     7         7   

Sam Laidlaw

     7         7   

John Lipsky

     7         7   

Rachel Lomax

     7         7   

Iain Mackay

     7         7   

Sir Simon Robertson

     7         7   

John Thornton 5

     3         4   

Meetings held in 2013

     7      

 

1 Appointed a Director on 4 March 2013 and retired on 4 September 2013.
2 Also attended one meeting by invitation before becoming a Director.
3 Appointed a Director on 6 August 2013.
4 Appointed a Director on 1 January 2013.
5 Retired as a Director on 24 May 2013.

Attendance of committee meetings to discharge specific business

Eleven meetings of committees of the Board appointed to discharge specific business were held during 2013. The Directors who attended these meetings are shown in the table below.

Attendance at committee meetings

 

    

Meetings

Attended

 

Executive Directors

  

Douglas Flint

     11   

Stuart Gulliver

     8   

Iain Mackay

     7   

Non-executive Directors

  

Safra Catz

     2   

Marvin Cheung

     2   

Jim Comey

     1   

John Coombe

     3   

Joachim Faber

     2   

Rona Fairhead

     1   

Renato Fassbind

     2   

James Hughes-Hallett

     1   

John Lipsky

     2   

Rachel Lomax

     1   

Sir Simon Robertson

     2   

Board balance and independence of Directors

The Board comprises a majority of independent non-executive Directors to ensure that no individual or small group can dominate its decision making. The size of the Board is considered to be appropriate given the complexity and geographical spread of our business and the significant time demands placed on the Directors.

The Nomination Committee regularly reviews the structure, size and composition of the Board (including skills, knowledge, experience, independence and diversity) and makes recommendations to the Board with regard to any changes.

The Board has adopted a policy on Board diversity which is consistent with the Group’s strategic focus on ethnicity, age and gender diversity for the employee base. Further information on the Board diversity policy can be found on page 362.

The Board considers all of the non-executive Directors to be independent. Rona Fairhead has served on the Board for more than nine years and, in that respect only, does not meet the usual criteria for independence set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code. She will stand for re-election at the 2014 Annual General Meeting. The Board has determined Rona Fairhead to be independent in character and judgement, notwithstanding her length of service, taking into account her continuing level of constructive challenge of management and strong contribution to Board discussions. The Board will continue to consider Rona Fairhead’s independence annually.

 

 

340


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

When determining independence the Board considers that calculation of the length of service of a non-executive Director begins on the date of his or her election by shareholders following their appointment as a Director of HSBC Holdings. The experience of previous service on an HSBC subsidiary company board can be a considerable benefit and does not detract from a Director’s independence. In reaching its determination of each non-executive Director’s independence, the Board has concluded that there are no relationships or circumstances which are likely to affect a Director’s judgement and any relationships or circumstances which could appear to do so were considered not to be material.

In accordance with the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, each non-executive Director determined by the Board to be independent has provided an annual confirmation of his or her independence to HSBC Holdings.

Information and support

The Board regularly reviews reports on performance against financial and other strategic objectives, business developments and investor and external relations. The chairmen of Board committees and the Group Chief Executive report to each meeting of the Board on the activities of the committees since the previous Board meeting. The Board receives regular reports and presentations on strategy and developments in the global businesses and principal geographical areas. Regular reports are also provided on the Group’s risk appetite, top and emerging risks, risk management, credit exposures and the Group’s loan portfolio, asset and liability management, liquidity, litigation, compliance and reputational issues.

The Directors have free and open contact with management at all levels. When attending Board offsite meetings and when travelling for other reasons, non-executive Directors are encouraged to take opportunities to see business operations at first hand and to meet management.

Non-executive Directors have an open invitation to attend meetings of the GMB to further enhance their understanding and awareness of our businesses and the senior leadership team.

Role of the Group Company Secretary

All Directors have access to the advice and services of the Group Company Secretary, who is responsible to the Board for ensuring that Board procedures and

all applicable rules and regulations are complied with.

Under the direction of the Group Chairman, the Group Company Secretary’s responsibilities include ensuring good information flows within the Board and its committees and between senior management and non-executive Directors, as well as facilitating induction and assisting with professional development as required.

The Group Company Secretary is responsible for advising the Board through the Group Chairman on corporate governance matters.

The agenda and supporting papers are distributed in advance of all Board and Board committee meetings to allow time for appropriate review and to facilitate full discussion at the meetings. All Directors have full and timely access to all relevant information and may take independent professional advice if necessary at the Company’s expense.

Induction

Full, formal and tailored induction programmes, with particular emphasis on risk management and internal controls systems, are arranged for newly appointed Directors. The programmes consist of a series of meetings with other Directors and senior executives to enable new Directors to familiarise themselves with the business. Directors also receive comprehensive guidance from the Group Company Secretary on directors’ duties and liabilities. As part of their induction, the Group Company Secretary will develop a programme based on an individual Director’s needs. Induction programmes are also arranged for newly appointed members of committees.

Training and development

Focused in-house training sessions are arranged in conjunction with scheduled Board meetings. Directors attended Board and strategy meetings in 2013 at which briefings on the following topics were given:

 

 

RBWM strategy and business update 1

 

 

GB&M strategy and business update 1

 

 

GPB strategy and business update 1

 

 

CMB strategy and business update 1

 

 

Information technology 1

 

 

Macroeconomic outlook

 

 

Regulatory development

 

 

Global geopolitics

 

 

Recommendations from the Independent Commission of Banking 1

 

 

341


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

 

Central Clearing Counterparties and Collateral Management 1

 

 

Financial intelligence systems 1

 

 

Shanghai free trade zone 1

 

 

Balance Sheet Management 1

 

 

Industry outlook 1

Except:

1 Jim Comey was not a Director at the time of the briefings.

A number of Directors attended a forum for chairmen of HSBC Group audit and risk committees, which included briefings on the following topics:

 

 

cyber security;

 

 

the changing financial and regulatory reporting landscape;

 

 

developments in regulatory capital requirements; and

 

 

technical accounting issues

A number of Directors attended a forum for HSBC Group non-executive Directors, which included briefings on the following topics:

 

 

US strategy;

 

 

Mexico strategy;

 

 

public policy and financial crime;

 

 

international co-operation against tax evasion; and

 

 

regulatory expectations.

Executive Directors

In the performance of their roles as Group Chairman, Group Chief Executive and Group Finance Director, respectively, Douglas Flint, Stuart Gulliver and Iain Mackay develop and refresh their skills and knowledge of the Group’s businesses and operations through day-to-day interactions and briefings with senior management of the Group’s businesses and functions; and presenting on the Group’s businesses to investors and analysts. They remain abreast of developments affecting the financial services sector, and banking in particular, by representing HSBC’s interests at conferences, advisory groups and other events and meetings with regulators and other authorities. During 2013, this included the activities set out below:

Douglas Flint

Chaired meetings of and gave key note speeches to the International Institute of Finance. Participated in panel discussions and gave key note speeches on economic growth and financial regulation at a number of leading events including the Eurofi High Level Seminar, Asian Leadership Conference, 43rd St. Gallen Symposium and The Salzburg Global Seminar. Attended and participated in panel

discussions at the World Economic Forum in Davos. Attended the Global Investment Conference with representatives of the UK Government to discuss how the UK can pursue global growth. Hosted the annual forum for HSBC Group non-executive Directors. Attended regulatory meetings with the PRA and FCA.

Stuart Gulliver

Participated in a panel discussion at the Singapore Summit, on China in transition. Participated in the China Banking Regulatory Commission’s International Advisory Council on changes in the international banking environment, influence on regulation, banking services for the real economy, financial support for small and medium-sized enterprises and consumer protection and education. Attended regulatory meetings with the PRA and FCA and the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. Chaired the Group’s update for investors in London.

Iain Mackay

Spoke at a conference sponsored by Bank of America Merrill Lynch on making finance work in a higher capital world and the European Conference run by UBS for policymakers and industry experts to share insights into the crucial issues affecting the global economy. Chaired meetings of the European Chief Financial Officers network. Attended regulatory meetings with the PRA and FCA and the Hong Kong Monetary Authority. Presented at the Group’s update for investors in London and hosted regular meetings with investors in the UK, the rest of Europe, US and Hong Kong. Participated in the annual forum for the chairmen of HSBC Group audit and risk committees.

Non-executive Directors

A personalised approach to training and development of non-executive Directors is applied. Non-executive Directors are given opportunities to update and develop their skills and knowledge through briefings by senior executives and externally run seminars. Non-executive Directors have access to internal training and development resources. Development plans and records of training and development activities are maintained by the Group Company Secretary to facilitate the Group Chairman’s annual review of each non-executive Director.

In addition to the briefings given at Board meetings of HSBC Holdings, the following non-executive Directors undertook bespoke training sessions and other activities, including attending

 

 

342


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

Board and committee meetings at which briefings were given during 2013 to develop and refresh their knowledge and skills as set out below:

Safra Catz

Attended a briefing on HSBC’s IT strategy, risk and governance framework which was given at a meeting of the Group Risk Committee. Attended regulatory meetings with the PRA and FCA.

Laura Cha

Gave keynote speeches on financial services at a number of Hong Kong institutions. Participated in the Bloomberg 20th Anniversary panel discussion on women and the economy in Hong Kong. Attended meetings of the Corporate Sustainability Committee at which briefings were given on sustainability in HSBC’s operations in Europe and Asia. As a director and Vice Chairman of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation attended bespoke briefings or board meetings at which briefings were given on: specific aspects of the Group’s operations in Hong Kong, Singapore, India and other countries in Asia Pacific; the four global businesses; IT and operations (including real estate issues and the organisational effectiveness programme); finance and risk-related issues (including Basel III, FATCA, stress testing and recovery and resolution planning); and succession planning.

Marvin Cheung

Attended events for independent non-executive directors organised by KPMG. As a director of Hang Seng Bank attended bespoke briefings on the statutory obligation to disclose inside information and disclosure of interests. Attended meetings of the Group Audit Committee at which briefings were given on developments in regulatory and accounting requirements and the regulatory environment.

John Coombe

Attended events for non-executive directors run by Tapestry Networks and by Ernst & Young on emerging issues in financial services. Participated in a meeting of audit committee chairmen with the PRA and Bank of England to discuss emerging issues. Attended regulatory meetings with the PRA and FCA. Attended meetings of Board committees at which briefings were given on: developments in regulatory and accounting requirements; the regulatory environment; the risk control frameworks for the global businesses; Group recovery and resolution planning; risk modelling; stress testing; risk data aggregation; competition law; the

remuneration-related aspects of CRD IV; the Parliamentary Commission on Banking Standards report; and the remuneration reporting regulations issued by the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills. Co-chaired the annual forum for the chairmen of HSBC Group audit and risk committees. Participated in the annual forum for HSBC Group non-executive Directors.

Sir Jonathan Evans

Attended a regulatory meeting with the FCA. Undertook a personal induction programme comprising bespoke briefings on the four global businesses; the Group’s regional operations; the structure and responsibilities of a number of the Group’s global functions, including: Strategy and Planning; Corporate Sustainability; Risk (including Regulatory and Financial Crime Compliance, security and fraud risk, financial intelligence and client intelligence); Finance; Legal; IT and operations; Human Resources; Internal Audit and corporate governance (including Directors’ duties and obligations, HSBC’s governance structure, Global Standards and Business Principles, international corporate governance codes and listing obligations).

Joachim Faber

Attended and spoke at conferences on corporate governance. As a member of the German Corporate Governance Codex Commission received regular briefings on corporate governance. Attended a regulatory meeting with the PRA and FCA. Regular interactions with, and receipt of briefings from, the Group Chief Risk Officer. Attended meetings of the Group Risk Committee at which briefings were given on: the risk control frameworks for the global businesses; Group recovery and resolution planning; risk modelling; stress testing; risk data aggregation and competition law.

Rona Fairhead

Attended a regulatory meeting with the FCA. As Chairman of the Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee received a bespoke overview of the US business including strategy, CMB, compliance (including anti-money laundering, Bank Secrecy Act, country risk rating and assessment). Attended meetings of the Group Risk Committee at which briefings were given on: the risk control frameworks for CMB and GPB; risk modelling and stress testing. Co-chaired the annual forum for the chairmen of HSBC Group audit and risk committees. Participated in the annual forum for HSBC Group non-executive Directors.

 

 

343


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

Renato Fassbind

Attended an event for non-executive directors run by Tapestry Networks. Received bespoke briefings on internal audit issues and RBWM. Attended meetings of committees of the Board at which briefings were given on: developments in regulatory and accounting requirements; the regulatory environment; the remuneration-related aspects of CRD IV; the Parliamentary Commission on Banking Standards report; and the remuneration reporting regulations issued by the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills. Participated in the annual forum for HSBC Group non-executive Directors.

James Hughes-Hallett

Attended meetings of the Corporate Sustainability Committee at which briefings were given on sustainability in HSBC’s operations in Europe and Asia.

Sam Laidlaw

Attended a regulatory meeting with the PRA and FCA. Attended meetings of the Group Remuneration Committee at which briefings were given on the remuneration-related aspects of CRD IV, the Parliamentary Commission on Banking Standards report and the remuneration reporting regulations issued by the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills.

John Lipsky

Attended and participated in panel discussions at the World Economic Forum in Davos, the European Commission conference in Brussels on competitiveness, structural reform and growth in an international context and the HSBC conference in Brussels on European trade and investment as engines of growth. Attended the annual meeting of the International Monetary Fund. Received a bespoke briefing on the UK economy. Attended meetings of the Group Risk Committee at which briefings were given on: the risk control frameworks for the global businesses; Group recovery and resolution planning; risk meetings; stress testing; risk data aggregation; and competition law. Participated in the annual forum for HSBC Group non-executive Directors.

Rachel Lomax

Attended an event for non-executive Directors run by Tapestry Networks. Attended conferences run by the Ditchley Foundation and the Ditchley Canadian Foundation on European developments and the regulatory aftermath of the financial crisis,

respectively. Attended regulatory meetings with the PRA and the FCA. Undertook a site visit and received bespoke briefings giving an overview of the Group’s US business. Attended meetings of committees of the Board at which briefings were given on: the regulatory environment and developments in regulatory and accounting requirements; the risk control frameworks for the global businesses; Group recovery and resolution planning; risk modelling; stress testing; risk data aggregation; and competition law. Participated in the annual fora for the chairmen of HSBC Group audit and risk committees and for HSBC Group non-executive Directors.

Sir Simon Robertson

Attended regulatory meetings with the PRA and FCA and the Federal Reserve Board. Develops and refreshes knowledge of the Group’s businesses and operations through regular interactions with, and receipt of briefings from, the Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive as well as other senior executives including the Heads of Financial Crime Compliance and Global Banking and Markets. Attended meetings of the Group Remuneration Committee at which briefings were given on the remuneration-related aspects of CRD IV, the Parliamentary Commission on Banking Standards report and the remuneration reporting regulations issued by the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills. Participated in the annual fora for the chairmen of HSBC Group audit and risk committees and for HSBC Group non-executive Directors.

Performance evaluation

The Board strongly supports the principle of regular evaluation of its own effectiveness and that of its committees and individual Directors. A routine externally facilitated process brings with it added rigour. In October 2013, Bvalco Ltd 1 was commissioned for a second year to facilitate and report on the review of effectiveness of the Board, in particular building upon the review undertaken in 2012. The review considered the level and nature of debate at Board meetings, engagement between non-executive Directors and executive management, the relationship and information flows between subsidiaries and the Board and progress made against the actions identified and agreed since the review undertaken in 2012. Bvalco’s report was prepared following interviews with Directors and senior members of management and a review of relevant documents.

Bvalco presented their report at a full meeting of the Board. It concluded that the Board is operating

 

 

344


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

effectively with a number of important strengths and that significant progress had been made during 2013 to address recommendations made by Bvalco in its 2012 review of the Board’s effectiveness and which were agreed with the Board as part of its annual performance evaluation. This process also enables additional feedback to be provided for the annual evaluation of the effectiveness of the principal Board committees.

Evaluation of the individual performance of each non-executive Director is undertaken annually by the Group Chairman. During this evaluation, the Group Chairman discusses the individual contribution of the Director, explores training and development needs, seeks input on areas where the Director feels he or she could make a greater contribution and discusses whether the time commitment required of the Director can continue to be delivered. Based upon their individual evaluation, the Group Chairman has confirmed that all of the non-executive Directors continue to perform effectively, contribute positively to the governance of HSBC and demonstrate full commitment to their roles.

Evaluation of the individual performance of each executive director is undertaken as part of the performance management process for all employees, the results of which are considered by the Group Remuneration Committee when determining variable pay awards each year.

The non-executive Directors, led by the Deputy Chairman and senior independent non-executive Director, are responsible for the evaluation of the performance of the Group Chairman.

The Board will monitor the implementation of actions arising from its 2013 performance evaluation.

It is the intention of the Board to continue to undertake an evaluation of its performance and that of its committees and individual Directors annually, with independent external input to the process, as appropriate, at least every third year.

 

1 A legal firm which is engaged from time to time by the Company to provide legal services holds a 20% shareholding in Bvalco Ltd. Bvalco Ltd has confirmed that it does not have any other connection with the Company.

Relations with shareholders

All Directors are encouraged to develop an understanding of the views of major shareholders. Non-executive Directors are invited to attend analyst presentations and other meetings with institutional investors and their representative bodies. Directors

also meet representatives of institutional shareholders annually to discuss corporate governance matters.

All executive Directors and certain other senior executives hold regular meetings with institutional investors. The Board receives a regular investor relations activity report which provides feedback from meetings with institutional shareholders and brokers, analysts’ forecasts, information from research reports and share price performance data. Twice each year the Board also receives a report from one of our corporate brokers.

The Group’s shareholder communication policy is available on www.hsbc.com.

On several occasions during 2013, non-executive Directors, including the Deputy Chairman and senior independent non-executive Director, met or corresponded with institutional investors and their representatives to discuss corporate governance and executive remuneration.

As Deputy Chairman and senior independent non-executive Director, Sir Simon Robertson is available to shareholders should they have concerns which contact through the normal channels of Group Chairman, Group Chief Executive, Group Finance Director, Group Chief Risk Officer, or other executives cannot resolve or for which such contact would be inappropriate. He may be contacted through the Group Company Secretary at 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ.

Conflicts of interest, indemnification of Directors and contracts of significance

The Board has adopted a policy and procedures relating to Directors’ conflicts and potential conflicts of interest and can determine the terms of authorisation for such situations. The Board’s powers to authorise conflicts are operating effectively and the procedures are being followed. A review of situational conflicts which have been authorised from time to time and the terms of those authorisations are undertaken by the Board annually.

The Articles provide that Directors are entitled to be indemnified out of the assets of HSBC Holdings against claims from third parties in respect of certain liabilities. Such provisions have been in place during the financial year but have not been utilised by the Directors. All Directors have the benefit of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

None of the Directors had, during the year or at the end of the year, a material interest, directly or indirectly, in any contract of significance with any HSBC company.

 

 

345


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

Corporate governance codes

HSBC is committed to high standards of corporate governance. HSBC has complied during 2013 with the applicable code provisions of: (i) The UK Corporate Governance Code issued by the Financial Reporting Council; and (ii) the Hong Kong Corporate Governance Code set out in Appendix 14 to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, save that the Group Risk Committee is responsible for the oversight of internal control (other than internal control over financial reporting) and risk management systems (Hong Kong Corporate Governance Code provision C.3.3 paragraphs (f), (g) and (h)). If there were no Group Risk Committee, these matters would be the responsibility of the Group Audit Committee. The UK Corporate Governance Code is available at www.frc.org.uk and the Hong Kong Corporate Governance Code is available at www.hkex.com.hk.

The Board has adopted a code of conduct for transactions in HSBC Group securities by Directors. The code of conduct complies with The Model Code

in the Listing Rules of the FCA and with The Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers (‘Hong Kong Model Code’) set out in the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, save that The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited has granted certain waivers from strict compliance with the Hong Kong Model Code. The waivers granted by The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited primarily take into account accepted practices in the UK, particularly in respect of employee share plans. Following specific enquiry, each Director has confirmed that he or she has complied with the code of conduct for transactions in HSBC Group securities throughout the year, save that, on 10 January 2013, an independent non-executive Director disposed of an interest as beneficial owner in 500 units of euro-denominated preferred securities of €1,000 each issued by HSBC Capital Funding (Euro 2) L.P. before giving notification. All Directors have since been reminded of their obligations under the code of conduct for transactions in HSBC Group Securities.

 

 

346


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

Board committees

 

 

LOGO

 

1 Established on 17 January 2014.
2 Established on 22 November 2013.

 

The Board has established a number of committees consisting of Directors, Group Managing Directors and, in the case of the Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee, co-opted non-director members. The key roles of the Board committees are described above. The Chairman of each non-executive Board committee reports to each meeting of the Board on the activities of the committee since the previous Board meeting.

The terms of reference of the principal non-executive Board committees are available at www.hsbc.com/ boardcommittees. Each non-executive Board committee reviews its terms of reference annually.

Group Management Board

Role and members

The GMB is responsible for the day-to-day management of HSBC Holdings.

 

 

Members Stuart Gulliver (Chairman), Iain Mackay and Marc Moses who are executive Directors, and Ann Almeida, Samir Assaf, Peter Boyles, Simon Cooper, Irene Dorner, John Flint, Pam Kaur, Alan Keir, Stuart Levey, Antonio Losada, Sean O’Sullivan and Peter Wong, all of whom are Group Managing Directors.

 

The Group Chief Executive Officer chairs the GMB. The head of each global business and global function and the chief executive of each region attend GMB meetings, either as members or by invitation.

 

 

347


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

The GMB is a key element of our management reporting and control structure such that all of our line operations are accountable either to a member of the GMB or directly to the Group Chief Executive, who in turn reports to the Group Chairman. The Board has set objectives and measures for the GMB. These align senior executives’ objectives and measures with the strategy and operating plans throughout HSBC.

The Group Chief Executive (who is Chairman of the GMB) reports to each meeting of the Board on the activities of the GMB.

Regular Risk Management Meetings of the GMB, chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer, are held to establish, maintain and periodically review the policy and guidelines for the management of risk within the Group.

Regular Global Standards Steering Meetings of the GMB, co-chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer and Chief Legal Officer, are held to develop and implement Global Standards reflecting best practices which must be adopted and adhered to consistently throughout the Group. The Head of Group Financial Crime Compliance and Group Money Laundering Reporting Officer attends each meeting.

Group Audit Committee

Chairman’s Statement

 

 

HSBC’s Annual Report and Accounts 2013 differs from previous years in line with the new UK legislation requiring that UK companies include in their annual report a Strategic Report section covering the company’s strategy and business model and the principal risks and challenges it faces. The GAC has provided input and guidance on the way in which the Annual Report and Accounts 2013 has been presented and we hope shareholders find the Strategic Report section to be concise and useful.

We have set out in the report below further information on the role and activities of the GAC during 2013.

A particular focus area for the GAC in the year was oversight of the tender process which resulted in the recommendation to the Board that PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (‘PwC’) be appointed the Group’s auditor for the financial year commencing 1 January 2015. The transition process for PwC to familiarise themselves with the Group’s business and to take steps to satisfy auditor

independence requirements, is a crucial element in the handover of audit responsibilities by KPMG. This transition process will continue to be a focus for the GAC in 2014.

At the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting, I shall be stepping down from the Board and it is proposed that Renato Fassbind will become Chairman of the GAC at this time. I should like to congratulate him on his appointment and welcome Kathleen Casey, who will become a Director and member of the GAC in March 2014.

John Coombe

Chairman, Group Audit Committee

24 February 2014

 

Role and members

The Group Audit Committee has non-executive responsibility for oversight of, and advice to the Board on, matters relating to financial reporting.

 

   

Meetings

attended

   

Meetings

eligible

to attend

 

Members 1

   

John Coombe (Chairman)

    5        5   

Marvin Cheung

    5        5   

Rona Fairhead 2

    3        3   

Renato Fassbind 3

    3        3   

Rachel Lomax

    5        5   

Meetings held in 2013

    5     

 

1 All members are independent non-executive Directors. Kathleen Casey will be appointed as a non-executive Director with effect from 1 March 2014 and will become a member of the Committee from this date. With effect from the conclusion of the 2014 Annual General Meeting, John Coombe will retire as a Director and Chairman of the GAC and Renato Fassbind will become Chairman of the GAC (subject to regulatory approval).
2 Retired as a member of the Committee on 24 May 2013.
3 Appointed as a member of the Committee on 1 March 2013.

The Board has determined that Marvin Cheung, John Coombe, Renato Fassbind and Rachel Lomax are, and Rona Fairhead was, independent according to SEC criteria and may be regarded as audit committee financial experts for the purposes of section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and have recent and relevant financial experience for the purposes of the UK Corporate Governance Code.

The governance structure for the oversight of financial reporting is set out below. Each major operating subsidiary has established a board committee with non-executive responsibility for oversight of matters relating to financial reporting.

 

 

348


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

Governance structure for the oversight of financial reporting

 

Authority   Membership   Responsibilities include:
Board   Executive and non-executive Directors  

•   Financial reporting

•   Appointing senior financial officers

         
GAC   Independent non-executive Directors  

•   Monitoring the integrity of financial statements

•   Overseeing the internal control systems over financial reporting, including reviewing their effectiveness

•   Monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the internal audit function

•   Reviewing the Company’s financial and accounting policies and practices

•   Advising the Board on appointment of the external auditor and is responsible for oversight and remuneration of the external auditor

         
Disclosure Committee   Representatives from global businesses, functions and certain Group companies  

•   Reviewing the Group’s material communications with investors

•   Assisting the Group Chief Executive and Group Finance Director to discharge their obligations relating to financial reporting under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

•   Monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of controls and procedures established to ensure that information is disclosed appropriately and on a timely basis

•   Reporting findings and making recommendations to the Group Chief Executive, Group Finance Director and the GAC

         
Subsidiary board committees responsible for oversight of financial reporting and global business audit committees   Independent non-executive directors and/or HSBC Group employees with no line of functional responsibility for the activities of relevant subsidiary or global business, as appropriate.  

•   Providing reports to the GAC on financial statements and internal controls over financial reporting of relevant subsidiaries or businesses, as requested

 

Committee activities

The GAC undertook the following activities in the discharge of its responsibilities:

 

 

Financial reporting . The Committee advised the Board on meeting its external financial reporting obligations through its reviews of financial statements, interim reports and interim management statements prior to approval by the Board. The Committee also undertook the following:

 

  endorsed the going concern statement and the statement of compliance with the UK and Hong Kong Corporate Governance Codes for inclusion in the financial statements;

 

  advised the Board that the annual report and accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable;

 

  received reports on proposed changes to the Group’s disclosures in the financial statements and the adequacy of procedures to identify transactions and matters requiring disclosure under certain accounting standards;

 

  reviewed accounting policies and practices, including approval of the critical accounting policies;
  considered provisioning for, and disclosure of, certain litigation and regulatory matters with external legal counsel providing a status update on these matters;

 

  received presentations from the Global Head of Tax on current tax issues;

 

  received a report on the accounting issues raised in the Report of the Parliamentary Commission on Banking Standards; and

 

  reviewed the procedures for the submission by employees of concerns regarding accounting and/or auditing matters.

The GAC considered the significant accounting issues described below and in addressing these issues the Committee considered the appropriateness of management’s judgements and estimates and, where appropriate, discussed these judgements and estimates with the external auditor, reviewing the matters referred to in the external auditor’s report as risks of material misstatement. The Committee considered:

 

 

loan impairment allowances and charges throughout the year, discussing with management the reasons for significant changes. Judgements and estimates discussed included changes to the loan impairment model and assumptions for

 

 

349


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

  restructured loans in Brazil; a review of assumptions about the time period between loss events occurring, discovery and eventual write-off for the collective impairment assessment of retail banking and small business portfolios; collective provisioning for US mortgage portfolios, and management judgements on notable individual cases of impairment in wholesale banking;

 

  the recognition and level of provisions, the existence of contingent liabilities, and the disclosures relating to provisions and contingent liabilities, for legal proceedings and regulatory matters;

 

  HSBC’s exposure to the payment of redress in respect of the possible mis-selling of payment protection insurance policies in the UK and the related provisions. The Committee considered the key assumptions which determine the provisions and the factors driving the increase during the year. Management’s assessment was that the amount of provision at 31 December 2013 is based on appropriate assumptions about future expected redress payments, while noting the sensitivity of the provision to different outcomes from those assumed;

 

  HSBC’s exposure to remediation costs relating to the possible mis-selling of interest rate swaps to small and medium-sized businesses in the UK, noting the reasons for the additional provisions made during 2013;

 

  developments in the industry investigations and reviews into the setting of Libor, Euribor and other benchmark interest and foreign exchange rates, and matters relating to trading on foreign exchange and credit derivatives markets, by various regulators and competition and enforcement authorities around the world. The Committee discussed the high degree of uncertainty as to the resolution of these regulatory investigations and reviews;

 

  the valuation of financial instruments measured at fair value, including the measurement of derivatives. Developments in market practice regarding accounting for funding costs in the valuation of uncollateralised derivatives were considered. HSBC does not currently include funding fair value adjustments (‘FFVA’) in the fair value measurement of uncollateralised derivatives,
  as no industry consensus has yet emerged on how FFVA should be calculated. However, FFVA may be adopted by HSBC in future as such consensus develops;

 

  the impairment test performed on HSBC’s investment in BoCom as at 31 December 2013. The impairment test identified that, based on an assessment of the value in use of the investment, the investment is not impaired. The Committee noted the sensitivity of the impairment test result to projected future cash flows and the discount rate;

 

  the results of the annual goodwill impairment test completed as at 1 July 2013, which identified no impairment. The goodwill relating to GPB Europe was re-tested as at 31 December 2013 following reduced forecast profitability in the second half of 2013, and management concluded that it was not impaired. The Committee noted that disclosure has been made with regards to the extent to which a change in key assumptions would result in the recoverable amount being equal to its carrying amount;

 

  the recognition of deferred tax assets, including in the US, where reliance is placed on the Group’s continued investment of sufficient capital to ensure realisation of deferred tax assets, in Mexico, where the recoverability of deferred tax assets has been affected by clarifications in legislation, and in the UK, where projections of future taxable income of HSBC Holdings plc are insufficient to enable recognition of deferred tax assets for its carried forward tax losses.

 

Internal controls over financial reporting . The Committee undertook an annual review of HSBC’s systems of internal controls over financial reporting. During 2013, the Committee monitored the effectiveness of such internal controls and reported regularly to the Board as described on page 366. The Committee received regular reports from the Group Finance Director, the Group Chief Accounting Officer, and the Group Head of Internal Audit. Minutes of the Group Risk Committee and executive committee meetings including the GMB, Risk Management Meetings and Global Standard Steering Meetings were provided to the Committee members. The Committee also reviewed the adequacy of resources, qualifications and experience of staff in the Finance function. Reports were submitted to
 

 

350


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

the Committee on internal control matters in relation to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Group Finance Director, the Group Chief Risk Officer, the Group Head of Internal Audit, the Group Chief Accounting Officer, Group Company Secretary, external auditor and other senior executives attended Committee meetings. The Committee had regular discussions with the external auditor and the Group Head of Internal Audit, with an opportunity at each meeting for discussions to take place without management present.

 

Effectiveness of the internal audit function . The Committee satisfied itself that the internal audit function was effective and adequately resourced through regular meetings held with, and reports provided by, the Group Head of Internal Audit on internal audit issues, including the effectiveness and adequacy of resources. PwC were engaged to undertake a review of the internal audit function to assess compliance with industry and regulatory internal audit guidance and progress made by the function in addressing the recommendations contained in the external quality assurance review performed by KPMG in 2012. The Committee received reports over the course of 2013 on the activities of the internal audit function and reviewed its planned activities for the following year.

 

Legal and regulatory environment . The Committee received regular reports on litigation and on the application of changes in law, regulation, accounting policies and practices and regulatory developments, including reports on developments in the programme to change IFRSs, Basel III/CRD IV, the recommendations of the ICB and accounting issues raised in the report from the Parliamentary Commission on Banking Standards.

 

External auditor . The Committee provided oversight of the external auditor through regular meetings with the external auditor, including meetings without management present, and receiving reports on the external auditor’s strategy in relation to the audit of financial statements and the progress of the audit. The Committee monitored the effectiveness of the audit process through a review of the public report published by the Financial Reporting Council’s Audit Inspection Unit on the inspection of the external auditor, an assessment against a best practice checklist for evaluating external auditors, an external audit assessment questionnaire completed by the chief financial officers of the Group’s major geographical
  regions, a review of the relationship between the Group and the external auditor at a senior level and considered the results of feedback provided to the external auditor by members of the finance function throughout the Group. The Committee approved the remuneration and terms of engagement and recommended to the Board the re-appointment of the external auditor.

 

Terms of reference and effectiveness of the Committee . The Committee undertook an annual review of its terms of reference and of its own effectiveness.

In addition to the scheduled Committee meetings, the Chairman met regularly with the Group Finance Director, the Group Chief Accounting Officer, the Group Chief Risk Officer, the Group Head of Internal Audit, the external auditor and other senior executives as required.

Terms of reference and subsidiary company audit oversight

The GAC is responsible for non-executive oversight of internal controls over financial reporting.

To ensure consistency of scope and approach by subsidiary company audit committees, the GAC has established core terms of reference to guide subsidiary companies when adopting terms of reference for their non-executive audit committees. The Committee’s endorsement is required for any proposed material changes to subsidiary audit committee terms of reference and for appointments to such committees.

A forum for the chairmen of our principal subsidiary company committees with responsibility for non-executive oversight of financial reporting and risk-related matters was held in June 2013 to share understanding and to facilitate a consistent approach to the way in which these subsidiary company committees operate. The next forum will be held in June 2014.

Arrangements relating to the external auditor

The Committee has recommended to the Board that KPMG Audit Plc be reappointed as auditor at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

KPMG has been the Group’s auditor since 1991, when HSBC Holdings became the ultimate holding company of the Group, without a tender process for the external audit contract having taken place. A tender process was undertaken in 2013, resulting in a recommendation, which was endorsed by the

 

 

351


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

Board, that PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP be appointed as external auditor for the financial year commencing 1 January 2015. The appointment will be subject to shareholders’ approval at the 2015 AGM.

The Board has approved, on the recommendation of the Committee, a policy for the employment by HSBC of former employees of KPMG. The Committee receives an annual report on such former employees who are employed and the number in senior positions. This report enables the Committee to consider whether there has been any impairment, or appearance of impairment, of the external auditor’s judgement, objectivity or independence in respect of the audit. The external auditor provided written confirmation of its independence under industry standards.

The policies for the pre-approval of specific services that may be provided by the principal auditor are kept under review by the Committee and amended as necessary to meet the dual objectives of ensuring that we benefit in a cost effective manner from the cumulative knowledge and experience of our auditor, while also ensuring that our external auditor maintains the necessary degree of independence and objectivity. These pre-approval policies apply to all services where any HSBC company pays for the service, or is a beneficiary or addressee of the service, and has selected or influenced the choice of KPMG. All services provided by KPMG during 2013 were pre-approved by the Committee or were entered into under pre-approval policies established by the Committee.

The pre-approved services relate to regulatory reviews, agreed-upon procedures reports, other types of attestation reports, the provision of advice and other non-audit services allowed under SEC independence rules. The services fall into the categories of audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services.

An analysis of the remuneration paid in respect of audit and non-audit services provided by KPMG for each of the past three years is disclosed in Note 8 on the Financial Statements.

Group Risk Committee

Chairman’s Statement

 

 

I assumed the chairmanship of the Group Risk Committee (‘GRC’) in May 2013 from Rona Fairhead, under whose leadership the role of the GRC continued to evolve. Following my appointment and the establishment of the Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee (‘FSVC’) in January 2013 to oversee financial crime-related risk matters and the Group’s adoption of enhanced compliance standards, the GRC has been in a position to increase its focus on oversight of other areas of risk that the Group faces and to take an increasingly forward-looking approach to identifying emerging risks.

As the Group has continued to pursue its transformation agenda to simplify the way the Group is run and make it easier to manage, the GRC has focused on identification and management of risks inherent in the implementation of this agenda. As businesses have been disposed of or closed, pressure has been exerted on costs and our global businesses and functions have been re-shaped, the GRC has overseen risk management actions with a particular focus on seeking assurance that management’s controls across the Group are not adversely affected.

The culture of the Group and the tone set by senior management throughout its global operations are critical to effective risk management. The GRC focuses on steps taken to communicate and reinforce the Group’s commitment to ‘doing the right thing’ particularly during reviews of the strategies and risk governance frameworks of the global businesses and functions. This is also reflected in the risk-related advice the GRC provides to the Group Remuneration Committee in connection with determination of the variable pay pool and individual awards.

The implications for the Group of evolving legal and regulatory requirements applicable to financial institutions, and preparatory steps being taken to address them, are kept under close review by the Committee. Aspects of the changing legal and regulatory environment which have been priority focus areas for the GRC in 2013 include the increased regulatory focus on conduct issues, particularly in the UK retail banking business, the implementation of new UK legislation on ‘ring-fencing’ of a UK bank’s retail operations from its investment banking operations, the application of the Volcker rule (which is part of the US Dodd-Frank Act) and the introduction of a ‘bail-in’ capital regime for UK banks. The nature and pace of legal and

 

 

352


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

regulatory change in 2013 has led to increased scrutiny by the GRC of the Group’s risk appetite profile and management actions to mitigate risks and exposures.

We have set out in the report below further information on the role and activities of the GRC during 2013.

On behalf of the Committee I should like to thank John Coombe, who will be stepping down as a Director with effect from the 2014 Annual General Meeting, for his valuable contribution.

Joachim Faber

Chairman, Group Risk Committee

24 February 2014

 

Role and members

The GRC is responsible for advising the Board on high-level risk-related matters and risk governance and for non-executive oversight of risk management and internal controls (other than financial reporting).

 

    

Meetings

attended

    

Meetings

eligible

to attend

 

Members 1

     

Joachim Faber 2 (Chairman)

     9         9   

John Coombe

     9         9   

Rona Fairhead 3

     5         5   

John Lipsky

     9         9   

Rachel Lomax

     9         9   

Meetings held in 2013

     9      

 

1 All members are independent non-executive Directors. . With effect from the conclusion of the 2014 Annual General Meeting, John Coombe will retire as a Director and member of the GRC.
2 Appointed chairman of the Committee on 24 May 2013.
3 Retired as a member and chairman of the Committee on 24 May 2013.

John Trueman, a non-executive director of HSBC Bank plc and Chairman of its risk committee, and Robert Herdman, a non-executive director of HSBC North America Holdings Inc. and HSBC Bank USA have both attended meetings of the GRC by invitation during 2013. Their experience of risk-related matters in the financial services industry is valued by the Committee.

Governance

All of HSBC’s activities involve, to varying degrees, the measurement, evaluation, acceptance and management of risk or combinations of risks. The Board, advised by the Committee, requires and encourages a strong risk governance culture which shapes the Group’s attitude to risk. The Board and the Committee oversee the maintenance and development of a strong risk management framework by continually monitoring the risk environment, top and emerging risks facing the Group and mitigating actions planned and taken.

The Committee monitors the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal controls systems other than over financial reporting, which are monitored by the GAC.

The governance structure for the management of risk is set out in the following table. Each major operating subsidiary has established a board committee with non-executive responsibility for oversight of risk-related matters and an executive committee with responsibility for risk-related matters.

 

 

Governance structure for the management of risk

 

Authority    Membership    Responsibilities include:
Board    Executive and non-executive Directors   

• Approving risk appetite, strategy and performance targets for the Group

• Approving appointment of chief risk officers of subsidiary companies

• Encouraging a strong risk governance culture which shapes the Group’s attitude to risk

 

GRC

  

 

Independent non-executive Directors

  

 

• Advising the Board on:

–  risk appetite and alignment with strategy

–  alignment of remuneration with risk appetite (through advice to the Group Remuneration

       Committee)

–  risks associated with proposed strategic acquisitions and disposals

• Overseeing high-level risk related matters

• Reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s systems of risk management and internal controls

   (other than over financial reporting)

• Overseeing the maintenance and development of a supportive culture in relation to the

   management of risk

 

353


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

 

Authority

   Membership    Responsibilities include:

Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee

  

Executive Directors and co-opted non-director members

  

•    Overseeing controls and procedures designed to identify areas of exposure to financial crime or system abuse

•    Overseeing matters relating to anti-money laundering, sanctions, terrorist financing and proliferation financing

•    Reviewing policies and procedures to ensure continuing obligations to regulatory and law enforcement agencies are met

GAC

  

Independent non-executive Directors

  

•    Overseeing risks relating to financial reporting and internal control over financial reporting.

Risk Management Meeting of the GMB

  

Group Chief Risk Officer

Chief Legal Officer

Group Chief Executive

Group Finance Director

All other Group Managing Directors

  

•    Formulating high-level global risk policy

•    Exercising delegated risk management authority

•    Overseeing implementation of risk appetite and controls

•    Monitoring all categories of risk and determining appropriate mitigating action

•    Promoting a supportive Group culture in relation to risk management

Global Standards Steering Meeting of the GMB

  

Group Chief Risk Officer

Chief Legal Officer

Group Chief Executive

Group Finance Director

Global Head of Financial Crime Compliance and Group Money Laundering Reporting Officer

All other Group Managing Directors

  

•    Developing and implementing Global Standards reflecting best practices which must be adopted and adhered to throughout the Group

•    Overseeing initiatives to ensure our conduct matches our values

Global Risk Management Board

  

Group Chief Risk Officer

Chief Risk Officers of HSBC’s global businesses and regions

Heads of risk areas within the Global Risk Function

  

•    Supporting the Risk Management Meeting and the Group Chief Risk Officer in providing strategic direction for the Global Risk function, setting priorities and overseeing their execution

•    Overseeing consistent approach to accountability for, and mitigation of, risk across the Global Risk function

Subsidiary board committees responsible for risk-related matters and global business risk committees

  

Independent non-executive directors and/or HSBC Group employees with no line or functional responsibility for the activities of the relevant subsidiary or global business, as appropriate

  

•    Providing reports to the GRC or intermediate risk committee on risk-related matters and internal controls (other than over financial reporting) of relevant subsidiaries or businesses, as requested

 

Risk reporting and monitoring

The GRC regularly monitors:

 

 

the Group’s risk appetite and risk profile against key performance/risk indicators, as set out in the Group’s Risk Appetite Statement, on Group-wide, global business and regional bases;

 

 

the top and emerging risks facing the Group; and

 

 

the risk profiles for separate categories of risk within the Group’s business identified in the Group’s Risk Appetite Statement, on Group-wide, global business and regional bases;

and reviews the mitigating actions proposed by management.

Reports on these items are presented at each meeting of the Committee. Regular reports from the Risk Management Meeting of the GMB, which is the executive body responsible for overseeing risk, are also presented.

In carrying out its responsibilities the Committee is closely supported by the Group Chief

Risk Officer. The Committee also receives regular presentations from the Global Head of Financial Crime Compliance and Group Money Laundering Reporting Officer, Global Head of Regulatory Compliance, Group Head of Internal Audit, the Chief Legal Officer and other business, function and risk heads.

Risk appetite

Risk appetite is a key component of our management of risk. The Board, advised by the GRC, approves the Group’s risk appetite, which describes the types and levels of risk that the Group is prepared to accept in executing our strategy and which is set out in the Group’s Risk Appetite Statement. Embedding risk appetite statements and the related monitoring and reporting framework across the Group has continued to be an area of significant focus in 2013 with initiatives undertaken to:

 

 

further enhance the Global risk appetite framework for consistent adoption by all regions and global businesses within the Group; and

 

 

354


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

 

complete a formal triennial review and assessment that HSBC’s risk appetite framework remains fit for purpose, is in line with best practice and adheres to the highest standards.

Our risk appetite framework is underpinned by the core characteristics listed to the right. These core characteristics are applied to define the risk appetite statements on Group-wide, global business and regional levels. The relevant strategic and operational objectives, within which we expect

businesses and regions to operate, are expressed quantitatively across the following dimensions:

 

Risk appetite: core characteristics

 

• Risk must be commensurate with sustainable returns

• Strong balance sheet

• Healthy capital position

• Conservative liquidity management

• Strong brand

• Robust Group structure of separate legal entities

• The global businesses should produce sustainable long-term earnings growth

• Risk diversification

 

 

Strategic and operational objectives
Earnings   

  1.   Generate sustainable economic profit commensurate with the risks taken

Capital and liquidity   

  2.   Maintain capital in excess of regulatory and internal economic capital requirements

  

  3.   Maintain a strong capital ratio comprising a high proportion of core tier 1 (common equity tier 1 from 2014)

  

  4.   Maintain a well-diversified funding structure with a particular focus on advances to core funding ratios

  

  5.   Off-balance sheet vehicles should not be material in size relative to the total balance sheet

Impairments   

  6.   Manage impairments within the Group’s tolerance

Risk category and diversification   

  7.   Manage all risk categories within the risk appetite

    

  8.   Harness benefits from business diversification to generate non-volatile and sustainable earnings

Intra-Group lending   

  9.   Group entities should operate at all times within intra-group exposure limits

Scenario and stress testing   

10.   Use robust and appropriate scenario stress testing to assess the potential impact on the Group’s capital adequacy and strategic plans

 

Top and emerging risks

Identifying and monitoring top and emerging risks is integral to our approach to risk management. We define a ‘top risk’ as being a current, emerged risk which has arisen across any of our risk categories, regions or global businesses and has the potential to have a material impact on our financial results or our reputation and the sustainability of our long-term business model, and which may form and crystallise within a one-year horizon. We consider an ‘emerging risk’ to be one which has large uncertain outcomes which may form and crystallise beyond a one-year horizon and, if it were to crystallise, could have a material effect on our long-term strategy.

The GRC discusses top and emerging risks with management at each of its meetings. Current top and emerging risks, which are summarised below, are viewed as falling into three broad categories: macroeconomic and geopolitical; macro-prudential, regulatory and legal risks to our business model; and risks related to our business operations, governance and internal control systems.

The following table shows the current top and emerging risks identified through our risk management processes:

 

 

Current top and emerging risks

 

Categories    Top and emerging risks
Macroeconomic and geopolitical risk   

• Emerging markets slowdown

• Increased geopolitical risk

Macro-prudential, regulatory and legal risks to our business model   

• Regulatory developments affecting our business model and Group profitability

• Regulatory investigations, fines, sanctions, commitments and consent orders and requirements relating

    to conduct of business and financial crime negatively affecting our results and brand

• Dispute risk

Risks related to our business operations, governance and internal control systems   

• Heightened execution risk

• Internet crime and fraud

• Information security risk

• Data management

• Model risk

 

355


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

Stress testing

Our stress testing and scenario analysis programme is central to the monitoring of top and emerging risks. It highlights the vulnerabilities of our business and capital plans to the adverse effects of extreme but plausible events.

The outcome of the testing and analysis is also used to assess the potential impact of the relevant scenarios on the demand for regulatory capital compared with its supply.

Management develops action plans to mitigate risks identified. The extent to which those action plans are implemented depends on management’s evaluation of the risks and their potential consequences, taking into account HSBC’s risk appetite.

Further information on scenario stress testing is set out on page 139.

Stress tests and scenario tests fall into three main classifications: regulatory scenarios; Group-wide business scenarios; and specific business or exposure scenarios.

During 2013, the GRC reviewed the outcome of a number of stress tests undertaken by the Group and action plans to mitigate risks where appropriate, including a Group reverse liquidity test and stress tests on the Annual Operating Plan under severe eurozone crisis and US fiscal cliff scenarios, the potential consequences of a breach of the Deferred Prosecution Agreements, worsening economic conditions in Japan and Brazil, a global slowdown scenario, including a hard landing in mainland China, and a eurozone break-up.

The development of HSBC’s stress testing and scenario testing analysis programme will continue to be an area of focus for the Committee.

Committee activities

The GRC undertook the following key activities in the discharge of its responsibilities:

 

 

Oversight of executive risk management . Regular reports and presentations were received from the Group Chief Risk Officer including at each meeting a presentation of a ‘risk map’, which provides analysis, on Group-wide, global business and regional bases, of risk profiles for categories of risk identified in the Group Risk Appetite Statement, and a top and emerging risks report which summarises proposed mitigating actions for identified risks. The Committee received regular reports on matters discussed at Risk Management Meetings.

 

Legal and regulatory environment . Reports were received from the Chief Legal Officer on forward-looking legal risks, the Global Head of Financial Crime Compliance and Group Money Laundering Reporting Officer, the Global Head of Regulatory Compliance on forward-looking compliance risks and the Head of Group Performance and Reward. Regular updates were received on the US regulatory and law enforcement authorities and US dispute risk and compliance matters in the US and the steps taken to remediate these compliance issues.

 

 

Obligations under US and UK agreements . Regular updates have been received and reviewed on the Group’s progress in meeting obligations under the agreements and orders entered into or made in connection with the resolution of the investigations by US and UK regulatory and law enforcement authorities in December 2012 and actions completed to date.

 

 

HSBC Global Standards . The Committee received regular updates on the Global Standards initiative being undertaken by the Group and the activities of the Global Standards Steering Meeting.

 

 

Financial Crime . The Committee received regular reports on the activities of the Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee.

 

 

Compliance-related initiatives . The Committee received regular reports on the restructuring of the Compliance function, including the development of the blueprint and target operating model for each of the Financial Crime Compliance team and the Regulatory Compliance team and the establishment of a project management office for implementation of compliance-related initiatives.

 

 

US matters . The Committee received regular reports from the Chief Executive Officer of HSBC USA on compliance and regulatory matters in the US.

 

 

Country risk tolerances . The Committee considered enhancements to the Group’s country risk tolerance framework. The risk tolerance in respect of the Group’s two home markets and 20 priority markets were considered by the Committee.

 

 

Risk data aggregation and risk reporting . The Committee received reports on actions to comply with the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s principles on data aggregation and risk reporting.

 

 

 

356


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

 

Review of risk management and internal controls . The Committee undertook an annual review of HSBC’s systems of internal controls, other than over financial reporting. During 2013, the Committee monitored the effectiveness of such risk management and internal controls and reported regularly to the Board as described on page 364. A series of presentations were made, and reports submitted, by the heads of the global businesses and global functions to the Committee on the risk control framework in their respective business or function. Reports from the Group Head of Internal Audit on the internal audit process and weaknesses identified in internal controls (other than over financial reporting) were presented to the Committee, as well as reports from regulators relating to the internal control systems.

 

 

Risk appetite . The Committee reviewed the alignment of risk appetite and Group strategy. Regular reviews were undertaken of the Group’s risk profile against the key performance indicators set out in the Risk Appetite Statement which considered the need for any adjustment to the risk appetite. The Risk Appetite Statement for 2014 was recommended to the Board for approval, to be used in the preparation of the Annual Operating Plan for 2014. Reports and presentations were received from the Group Chief Risk Officer, including on the results of HSBC’s stress testing and scenario analysis programme.

 

 

Alignment of remuneration with risk appetite . Presentations and reports were received on remuneration-related proposals to assist the Committee in giving advice to the Group Remuneration Committee on the alignment of remuneration with risk appetite. The GRC considered risk-related issues to have been appropriately taken into account by the Group Remuneration Committee, including when determining the total variable pay funding pool for the 2013 performance year and the proposed design of the performance scorecard for the 2014 performance year. The Committee received presentations on the procedure for determining individual variable pay awards, including the risk assessment process for identifying matters for which risk-related adjustments may be made to individual and team awards. The process by which an individual’s adherence to HSBC Values and the Group’s risk-related policies and procedures is taken into account in performance assessment

   

and determination of variable pay was also reported to the Committee. The Committee provided advice and feedback on risk-related matters to the Group Remuneration Committee where appropriate.

 

 

Reputational risk . The Committee received reports from executive management on reputational risk.

 

 

Benchmarking . The Committee received reports on internal benchmarking exercises undertaken against third party assessment of industry best practices for risk and compliance functions.

 

 

Top and emerging risks . In monitoring top and emerging risks the Committee received reports from the Group Chief Risk Officer and the Global Head of Financial Crime Compliance and Group Money Laundering Reporting Officer, the Global Head of Regulatory Compliance as well as other members of senior management on risks identified and developments in the Group’s business, including model risk, people risk, the changing regulatory environment; the implications of regulatory investigations and global market risk such as the implications of an emerging market slowdown and the impact on trade and capital flows.

 

 

Acquisitions and disposals . The Committee received reports and presentations on risk issues relating to proposed strategic acquisitions and the risk management of disposals and advised the Board appropriately.

 

 

Operational risk . The Committee received regular reports on the Group’s operational risk management framework.

 

 

Oversight of risk governance framework . Minutes of the GAC, the Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee, Group Remuneration Committee, GMB including the Risk Management Meeting and the Global Standards Steering Meeting, and the Group Reputational Risk Policy Committee were made available to Committee members.

 

 

Terms of reference and Committee effectiveness . The Committee undertook a review of its terms of reference and of its own effectiveness.

In addition to the scheduled Committee meetings, the Chairman met regularly with the Group Chief Risk Officer, the Group Head of Internal Audit, the Group Finance Director, the

 

 

357


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

Chief Legal Officer and other senior executives as required.

The Group Finance Director, Group Chief Risk Officer, Group Chief Accounting Officer, Group Company Secretary and the external auditor and other senior executives attended Committee meetings.

Professional external advice on US compliance matters has been provided by Promontory Financial Group, US financial consultants.

Terms of reference and subsidiary company risk oversight

The GRC is responsible for non-executive oversight of risk management and internal controls, other than internal controls over financial reporting which is the responsibility of the GAC.

To ensure consistency of scope and approach by subsidiary company committees, the GRC has established core terms of reference to guide subsidiary companies when adopting terms of reference for their non-executive risk committees (or audit committees if those committees are also responsible for the oversight of risk related matters).

The Committee’s endorsement is required for any proposed material changes to subsidiary company risk committee terms of reference and for appointments to such committees.

A forum for the chairmen of HSBC’s principal subsidiary company committees with responsibility for non-executive oversight of financial reporting and risk-related matters was held in June 2013 to share understanding and to facilitate a consistent approach to the way in which these subsidiary committees operate. The next forum will be held in June 2014.

Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee

Chairman’s Statement

 

Having been established in January 2013, the FSVC has two primary purposes – to oversee our compliance with regulatory orders, including oversight of the relationship with the Monitor, and to help identify and then oversee appropriate responses to emerging exogenous threats to HSBC. By so doing, we support HSBC’s objective of adopting and enforcing high compliance standards throughout the Group and also help protect HSBC. We recognise that in the past HSBC did not consistently identify, and so prevent, misuse and abuse of the financial system through its network. The adoption of high compliance standards – allied with the highest standards of behaviour – forms part of our strategy to eliminate the possibility of this happening again, and will address our obligations under the deferred prosecution agreements and other agreements and orders entered into or made with US and UK regulatory and law enforcement authorities in 2012.

 

The FSVC will continue to focus in 2014 on approving and monitoring the adoption of controls and procedures which will underpin our high behavioural and compliance standards. Building and maintaining a strong compliance culture throughout the Group, which is essential to the success of our strategy, will remain a focus area for the FSVC in 2014.

 

An equally important aspect of the FSVC’s role is providing the Group with a forward-looking perspective on financial crime risk and other exogenous threats such as cyber-security. The five subject matter experts appointed to the FSVC, as well as Sir Jonathan Evans who joined the Committee on 6 August 2013, have provided invaluable guidance and advice in identifying risk areas where the Group could become exposed, and working with us to mitigate those risks. In 2014, we will continue to build on this work and I’m delighted that Sir Jonathan has agreed to take over the chairmanship of the Committee during the second quarter of this year.

 

I would also like to welcome our new Director, Kathleen Casey, who will be joining the FSVC in March 2014.

 

We have set out in the report below further information on the role and activities of the FSVC during 2013.

 

Rona Fairhead

Chairman, Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee

24 February 2014

 

 

358


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

Role and members

The FSVC has non-executive responsibility for governance, oversight and policy guidance over the framework of controls and procedures designed to identify areas where HSBC and the financial system more broadly may become exposed to financial crime or system abuse. The Committee also has oversight of matters relating to anti-money laundering, sanctions, terrorist financing and proliferation financing, including the establishment, implementation, maintenance and review of adequate policies and procedures sufficient to ensure the continuing obligations to regulatory and law enforcement agencies are met.

The Committee oversees and reports to the Board on implementation of the actions necessary to build assurance in these areas and seeks to provide the Board with a forward-looking perspective on financial crime risk.

 

    

Meetings

attended

    

Meetings

eligible

to attend

 

Members 1

     

Rona Fairhead (Chairman)

     6         6   

Jim Comey 2

     3         4   

Sir Jonathan Evans 3,4

     2         2   

Nick Fishwick 5

     6         6   

Dave Hartnett 5

     6         6   

Bill Hughes 5

     6         6   

Sir Simon Robertson

     6         6   

Leonard Schrank 5

     6         6   

Juan Zarate 5,6

     6         6   

Meetings held in 2013

        6   

 

1 Sir Jonathan Evans will become Chairman of the FSVC with effect from the conclusion of the 2014 Annual General Meeting. Kathleen Casey will be appointed as a non-executive Director with effect from 1 March 2014 and will become a member of the Committee from this date.
2 Retired as a Director and member on 4 September 2013.
3 Appointed a Director and member on 6 August 2013.
4 Also attended one meeting by invitation before becoming a Director.
5 Co-opted non-director member of the Committee.
6 Also provides advisory services to the board of HSBC North America Holdings Inc.

Co-opted non-director members

Five co-opted non-director members have been appointed advisers to the Committee to support its work. Brief biographies are set out below:

Nick Fishwick, CMG : former senior official in the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, specialising in security, intelligence and counter-terrorism; seconded from 2001 to 2004 to HM Customs and Excise as Head of Intelligence (Law Enforcement), focusing on international counter-narcotics, tax and excise fraud; awarded the CMG in 2009.

Dave Hartnett, CB : former Permanent Secretary for Tax at HM Revenue and Customs; focused on tax policy development, compliance and enforcement and international tax issues during his 36-year career in tax administration; former deputy chairman of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s Forum on Tax Administration.

Bill Hughes, CBE QPM : former head of the UK’s Serious Organised Crime Agency; international experience in the disruption, dismantling and criminal investigation of organised crime.

Leonard Schrank : former chief executive officer of SWIFT, the industry owned, global financial messaging system; oversaw SWIFT’s relationship with the US Treasury Department and other countries on counter-terrorism issues. Member MIT Corporation (board of trustees) from 2011 to 2016.

The Honourable Juan Zarate : Senior Advisor at the Center for Strategic and International Studies; the Senior National Security Analyst for CBS News; a Visiting Lecturer of Law at the Harvard Law School; national security consultant; former Deputy Assistant to the President and Deputy National Security Advisor for Combating Terrorism responsible for developing and implementing the US Government’s counter-terrorism strategy and policies related to transnational security threats; former Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Terrorist Financing and Financial Crime; and former federal prosecutor who served on terrorism prosecution teams.

Committee activities

The Committee undertook the following key activities in the discharge of its responsibilities:

 

 

Forward looking perspective on financial crime risk : The Committee agreed areas of focus where HSBC and the financial system more broadly may become exposed to financial crime or system abuse. The Committee received updates from the adviser members of the Committee on activities they had undertaken in connection with these agreed areas and received reports on actions being taken to address these risks including (i) the enhancement of the Group’s cyber security capabilities; (ii) the development of a dedicated team and systems to provide our global businesses with proactive enhanced customer due diligence; (iii) the tax transparency initiatives undertaken by HSBC; and (iv) initiatives HSBC is undertaking with external parties related to financial crime

 

 

359


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

   

compliance, financial integrity and regulatory enforcement.

 

 

Oversight of financial crime-related issues : The Committee received updates on financial crime-related issues facing the Group and relevant mitigating controls including: (i) development of financial crime compliance related aspects of the Group’s technology and data systems strategy; (ii) Group policies and procedures on anti-money laundering, sanctions and other financial crime related matters; and (iii) enhancements to transaction monitoring systems. The Committee received regular reports on forward-looking financial crime compliance risks, matters identified by Internal Audit relating to financial crime compliance, and reviews undertaken of the Group’s anti-money laundering programme. The Committee received updates on thematic reviews being undertaken by regulators.

 

 

Obligations under US and UK agreements : The Committee oversaw the Group’s anti-money laundering and compliance-related initiatives to address obligations under the deferred prosecution agreements, and other agreements and orders entered into or made in connection with the resolution of the investigations by US and UK regulatory and law enforcement authorities in December 2012 and actions completed to date.

 

 

Compliance-related initiatives : The Committee received reports on the restructuring of the Compliance function, including the development of the operating model for each of the financial crime compliance and regulatory compliance team and reports on progress in recruitment. The Committee reviewed, and received regular updates on, the Compliance Plan, which documents the Group’s strategy to augment HSBC’s anti-money laundering and sanctions compliance programme, which includes policies, procedures and enhanced training.

 

 

Reporting to regulators : Regular updates were provided by the Chief Legal Officer, Group Chief Risk Officer, Global Head of Financial Crime Compliance and Group Money Laundering Reporting Officer and Global Head of Regulatory Compliance on reports to, and meetings held with, regulators about the Group’s compliance-related initiatives. The Committee reviewed reports submitted to regulators on compliance-related initiatives being undertaken by the Group.

 

 

Global Standards programme : The Committee received regular updates on progress being made in implementing Global Standards. The

   

Committee reviewed the framework for the execution and implementation of the Global Standards programme and received a presentation on Group-wide communications to employees. Minutes of the Global Standards Steering Meeting were made available to Committee members.

 

 

Monitor : The Group’s Monitor outlined his planned approach to the monitorship of HSBC. The Committee received regular updates on HSBC’s interactions with the Monitor.

 

 

Terms of reference and Committee effectiveness : The Committee undertook a review of its terms of reference and of its own effectiveness.

In addition to the scheduled Committee meetings, the Chairman met regularly with the Group Chairman, the adviser members of the Committee and senior executives as required. The Group Chairman, Group Chief Executive, Chief Legal Officer, Group Chief Risk Officer, Global Head of Financial Crime Compliance and Group Money Laundering Reporting Officer and Global Head of Regulatory Compliance regularly attend Committee meetings.

Group Remuneration Committee

Role and members

The Group Remuneration Committee is responsible for approving remuneration policy. As part of its role, it considers the terms of annual incentive plans, share plans, other long-term incentive plans and the individual remuneration packages of executive Directors and other senior Group employees, including all positions of significant influence and those having a material impact on our risk profile and in doing so takes into account the pay and conditions across the Group. No Directors are involved in deciding their own remuneration.

 

    

Meetings

attended

    

Meetings

eligible

to attend

 

Members 1

     

Sir Simon Robertson (Chairman) 2

     4         4   

John Thornton 3

     6         7   

John Coombe

     12         12   

Renato Fassbind 4

     5         5   

Sam Laidlaw

     12         12   

Meetings held in 2013

     12         12   

 

1 . All members are independent non-executive Directors. With effect from the conclusion of the 2014 Annual General Meeting, John Coombe will retire as a Director and member of the Committee and John Lipsky will become a member of the Committee.
2 Appointed a member and Chairman of the Committee on 24 May 2013.
 

 

360


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

3 Retired as a Director and Chairman of the Committee on 24 May 2013.
4 Appointed a member of the Committee on 1 March 2013.

The Directors’ Remuneration Report is set out on pages 378 to 407.

Nomination Committee

Chairman’s Statement

 

 

A key responsibility of the Nomination Committee is to ensure there is an appropriate balance of skills, knowledge, experience, independence and diversity on the Board.

Another important responsibility of the Committee is to ensure that plans are in place for the selection, appointment and orderly succession of executive Directors and senior executives. The Committee met once last year to undertake with the Group Chief Executive an in-depth review of succession plans and satisfied itself after discussion that such plans were sufficient and appropriate but needed to be kept under annual review.

At the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting in May 2014, both John Coombe and James Hughes-Hallett who have served the Board for many years with distinction will be retiring.

The Committee continues to monitor regulatory developments as they may affect Board composition. The Committee has considered in detail the new requirements under the EU’s Capital Requirements Directive IV which comes into effect on 1 July 2014 and which will restrict the number of directorships that may be held by members of the Board. The ramifications of these new requirements for the current Board are being reviewed. The Committee is also considering the implications the new requirements may have on the pipeline of potential non-executive Directors with the appropriate skills, knowledge and experience to augment the Board.

On behalf of the Committee I would like to thank James Hughes-Hallett, who will be stepping down as a Director with effect from the 2014 Annual General Meeting, for his commitment, insights and valuable contribution as a member of the Committee. I would like to welcome Laura Cha and Sam Laidlaw who will be appointed as members of this Committee from the conclusion of the 2014 Annual General Meeting.

Sir Simon Robertson

Chairman, Nomination Committee

24 February 2014

 

Members

 

    

Meetings

attended

   

Meetings

eligible

to attend

 

Members 1

    

Sir Simon Robertson (Chairman)

     4        4   

Rona Fairhead

     4        4   

James Hughes-Hallett

     4        4   

John Lipsky

     4        4   

Meetings held in 2013

     4     

 

1 All members are independent non-executive Directors. With effect from the conclusion of the 2014 Annual General Meeting, James Hughes-Hallett will retire as a Director and member of the Committee and Laura Cha and Sam Laidlaw will become members of the Committee.

Committee activities

The Committee undertook the following key activities in the discharge of its responsibilities:

 

 

Appointments of new Directors . Following a rigorous selection process, the Committee recommended to the Board the appointment of Jim Comey (appointed with effect from 4 March 2013 and resigned with effect from 4 September 2013 as he was asked by President Obama to become head of the Federal Bureau of Investigation), Sir Jonathan Evans (appointed with effect from 6 August 2013) and Kathleen Casey (appointed with effect from 1 March 2014). Both Jim Comey and Sir Jonathan Evans have a background in combatting financial and other crime. Kathleen Casey brings to the Board extensive experience of financial services regulation. An external search consultancy, MWM Consulting, was used in relation to the appointment of Sir Jonathan Evans and Kathleen Casey. MWM Consulting has no other connection with HSBC. Jim Comey was introduced to us by a member of senior management. Having regard to his public and private sector roles, the Committee considered that neither external consultants nor advertising were considered necessary in relation to this appointment. Finally, the Committee also recommended the appointment of Marc Moses, Group Chief Risk Officer, as an executive Director with effect from 1 January 2014 in recognition of the criticality of the Risk function to the Group.

 

 

Forward planning. The Committee adopts a forward-looking approach to potential candidates for appointment to the Board that takes into account the needs and development of the Group’s businesses and the expected retirement dates of current Directors. The

 

 

361


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

   

Committee believes that the Group will continue to face increased financial services regulation which will include the requirement to assist the authorities to combat financial crime and accordingly will broaden the risks facing the Group.

 

 

Size, structure and composition . The Committee monitored the size, structure and composition of the Board (including skills, knowledge, experience, independence and diversity). Consideration is given to ensuring that the Board’s decision-making is not dominated by any one individual or small group of individuals. The Committee reviews and recommends to the Board appropriate changes to the roles of the Group Chairman, the Group Chief Executive and the senior independent non-executive Director. The Committee considered the election or re-election of Directors at the Annual General Meeting and has recommended to the Board that all Directors should stand for election or re-election, other than John Coombe and James Hughes-Hallett who will retire at the conclusion of the 2014 Annual General Meeting, having served nine years as Directors.

 

 

Regulatory developments. The Committee monitored regulatory developments as they may affect Board composition. During 2013, the Committee considered the implications of the corporate governance requirements of the EU’s Capital Requirements Directive IV and the European Parliament’s adoption of a proposal on gender balance for non-executive directors of listed companies.

 

 

Diversity . Bearing in mind the geographical spread of the Group’s business, the Committee pays particular attention to the ethnicity, age and gender diversity of the Board. Board appointments continue to be made based on merit and candidates are considered against objective criteria, having due regard for the benefits of diversity on the Board. The Board diversity policy is available at www.hsbc.com/investor-relations/governance/ corporate-governance-codes. The Committee regularly monitored progress towards the implementation of the Board diversity policy using the following measurable objectives: 25% of the Board should be female, with a target of 30% to be achieved by 2020; only external search consultants who are signatories to the Executive Search Firms Voluntary Code of Conduct should be engaged by the Nomination Committee; and at least 30% of candidates,

   

proposed by search firms for consideration as non-executive Directors, should be women. As at 31 December 2013, 25% of the Board is female. The benefits of diversity continue to influence succession planning and are key criteria in the instructions to external search consultants.

 

 

Director training and development . The Committee reviewed and monitored the training and continuous professional development of Directors and senior management.

 

 

Time commitment and independence of non-executive Directors . The Committee assessed the independence of, and time required from, non-executive Directors. The Committee is satisfied that all non-executive Directors have the time to fulfil their fiduciary responsibilities to provide oversight of the business of the Group and to serve on the Committees of the Board. Prospective Directors are asked to identify any significant other commitments and confirm they have sufficient time to discharge what is expected of them.

 

 

Terms of reference and Committee effectiveness . The Committee undertook a review of its terms of reference and its own effectiveness.

Corporate Sustainability Committee

 

    

Meetings

attended

   

Meetings

eligible

to attend

 

Members

    

Laura Cha (Chairman) 1

     4        4   

James Hughes-Hallett 2

     4        4   

Lord May 3

     2        4   

Dame Mary Marsh 3

     4        4   

Meetings held in 2013

     4     

 

1 Appointed Chairman on 1 January 2013.
2 Appointed a member of the Committee on 1 January 2013.
3 Co-opted non-director member of the Committee.

Sustainability governance

The Corporate Sustainability Committee was responsible during 2013 for advising the Board, committees of the Board and executive management on corporate sustainability policies across the Group including environmental, social and ethical issues. The Committee has been demised by resolution of the Board with effect from 31 December 2013. A Conduct & Values Committee has been established which undertakes much of what was previously done by the Corporate Sustainability Committee. Further information on the Conduct & Values Committee can be found on page 364.

 

 

362


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

Corporate Sustainability exists as a global function. Senior executives are charged with implementing sustainable business practice in all major regions through inclusion in the HSBC Global Standards Manuals; and, through induction and developmental training. Local teams are in charge of embedding corporate sustainability strategies within banking activities.

HSBC reports on its progress in developing and implementing its sustainability strategy annually in the HSBC Sustainability Report , which is independently verified and prepared using the Global Reporting Initiative framework. The HSBC Sustainability Report 2013 will be issued on 23 May 2014 and will be available at www.hsbc.com/ sustainability.

Our sustainable operations strategy

HSBC’s carbon dioxide emissions are calculated on the basis of the energy used in our buildings and employee business travel from over 30 countries (covering about 93% of our operation by FTE). The data gathered on energy consumption and distance travelled are converted to carbon dioxide emissions using conversion factors from the following sources, if available, in order of preference:

 

1. factors provided by the data/service providers;

 

2. factors provided by the local public environmental authorities. For electricity, if specific factors cannot be obtained from the above two sources, we use the latest available carbon emission factors for national grid electricity from the International Energy Agency as recommended for use by the Greenhouse Gas Protocol; and

 

3. for other types of energy and travel, if no specific factors can be obtained from the first two sources, we use the latest available factors provided by the UK Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs and/or the Department of Energy and Climate Change in the UK.

To incorporate all of the operations over which we have financial (management) control, the calculated carbon dioxide emissions are scaled up on the basis of the FTE coverage rate to account for any missing data (typically less than 10% of FTEs). In addition, emission uplift rates are applied to allow for uncertainty on the quality and coverage of emission measurement and estimation. The rates are 4% for electricity, 10% for other energy and 6% for business travel, based on the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change Good Practice Guidance and Uncertainty Management in National

Greenhouse Gas Inventories, and HSBC’s internal analysis of data coverage and quality.

Carbon dioxide emissions in tonnes

 

     2013      2012  

Total

     889,000         963,000   

From energy

     755,000         825,000   

From travel

     134,000         138,000   

 

Carbon dioxide emissions in tonnes per FTE

 

  

     2013      2012  

Total

     3.43         3.61   

From energy

     2.91         3.09   

From travel

     0.52         0.52   

Our greenhouse gas reporting year runs from October to September. For the year from 1 October 2012 to 30 September 2013, carbon dioxide emissions from our operations were 889,000 tonnes.

HSBC Technology and Services employs around a third of our workforce and runs our operations, including real estate, IT infrastructure and supply chain. One of these goals, known as ‘REDUCE’, is to cut annual carbon dioxide emissions per employee by a tonne between 2012 and 2020 to 2.5 tonnes. Our baseline year is 2011, in which emissions were 3.44 tonnes (rounded up to 3.5).

To tackle this challenge, we set a 10-point sustainable operations strategy at the start of 2012, listed below. This strategy covers issues from sustainability leadership and engagement to supply-chain collaboration, and includes ambitious targets to reduce our use of energy and reduce our waste. We made progress in 2013, but recognise that stretching goals like these will take time to achieve. We have capitalised on ‘quick wins’ where possible, but have also spent time to analyse thoroughly and prepare for achieving these targets.

 

 

Our 10-point sustainable operations strategy

 

1. We are engaging all employees in delivering improved efficiency by 2020 with training and sustainability leadership programmes.

 

2. We will increase energy consumption from renewables from 24% to 40% and increase self-generated electricity capacity from zero to 5%.

 

3. We will collaborate with our supply chain to achieve sustainable savings through efficiency and innovation.

 

4. We will improve the energy efficiency of our Group data centres.

 

5. An annual US$5m investment in an HSBC Eco-efficiency Fund has been committed to trial sustainable innovation.

 

6. Our target is to increase the recycling of HSBC’s waste from 60% to 100% of our office waste and electronic waste.

 

 

 

363


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

 

7. Work on all new and redesigned buildings costing over US$10m in our portfolio of 7,500 buildings will be done to Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (‘LEED’) certification standards.

 

8. We aim to reduce annual energy consumption per employee by 1MWh.

 

9. We will reduce paper usage, ensure it comes from sustainable sources, and encourage paperless banking for all retail and commercial customers.

 

10. We continue to promote alternatives to travel, reducing travel carbon emissions per employee.

 

Further details on our progress with achieving our sustainability operations programme will be published in our Sustainability Report 2013 on 23 May 2014.

Further information on environmental, social and community obligations can be found on page 34.

Sustainability risk

Our approach to managing sustainability risk is detailed in the Appendix to Risk on page 297.

Conduct & Values Committee

 

 

Members 1  

Rachel Lomax (Chairman)

     Laura Cha
     Sir Jonathan Evans

 

 

1 All members appointed on 17 January 2014.

The Conduct & Values Committee, established by resolution of the Board in January 2014, will focus on ensuring that in the conduct of its business, HSBC treats customers fairly and openly, does business with the right clients and in the right way, is a responsible employer, acts responsibly towards the communities in which HSBC operates and treats other stakeholders fairly.

The Committee has non-executive responsibility for, and advises the Board on, HSBC policies, procedures and standards to ensure that the Group conducts business responsibly and consistently adheres to HSBC Values.

The Committee will meet at least four times each year.

Chairman’s Committee

 

 

Members 1  

Douglas Flint (Chairman)

     John Coombe
     Joachim Faber
     Rona Fairhead
     Stuart Gulliver
     Rachel Lomax
     Iain Mackay
     Marc Moses
     Sir Simon Robertson

 

 

1 All members appointed on 22 November 2013, unless otherwise indicated.

The Chairman’s Committee, established by resolution of the Board in November 2013, has the power to act on behalf of the Board between scheduled Board meetings to facilitate ad hoc unforeseen business requiring urgent Board approval.

Internal control

 

Procedures

The Directors are responsible for maintaining and reviewing the effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems and for determining the nature and extent of the significant risks it is willing to take in achieving its strategic objectives. To meet this requirement and to discharge its obligations under the ‘Handbook of Rules and Guidance’ issued by the FCA and PRA, procedures have been designed for safeguarding assets against unauthorised use or disposal; for maintaining proper accounting records; and for ensuring the reliability and usefulness of financial information used within the business or for publication. These procedures can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement, errors, losses or fraud.

These procedures are designed to provide effective internal control within HSBC and accord with the Financial Reporting Council’s guidance for directors issued in its revised form in 2005 and which is the subject of a recent consultation which closed in January 2014. They have been in place throughout the year and up to 24 February 2014, the date of approval of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013 . In the case of companies acquired during the year, the risk management and internal controls in place are being reviewed against HSBC’s benchmarks and integrated into HSBC’s processes.

HSBC’s key risk management and internal control procedures include the following:

 

 

Group standards . Functional, operating, financial reporting and certain management reporting standards are established by global function management committees, for application throughout HSBC. These are supplemented by operating standards set by functional and local management as required for the type of business and geographical location of each subsidiary.

 

 

Delegation of authority within limits set by the Board . Authority is delegated to each relevant Group Managing Director to manage the day to day affairs of the business or function for which he or she is accountable within limits set by the Board. Delegation of authority from

 

 

364


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

 

the Board requires those individuals to maintain a clear and appropriate apportionment of significant responsibilities and to oversee the establishment and maintenance of systems of control that are appropriate to the business or function. Appointments to the most senior positions within HSBC requires the approval of the Board.

 

 

Risk identification and monitoring . Systems and procedures are in place to identify, control and report on the major risks facing HSBC (see page 36) including credit, market, liquidity and funding, capital, financial management, model, reputational, pension, strategic, sustainability, operational (including accounting, tax, legal, regulatory compliance, financial crime compliance, fiduciary, security and fraud, systems operations, project and people risk), insurance and Islamic finance risk. Exposure to these risks is monitored by risk management committees, asset, liability and capital management committees and executive committees in subsidiaries and, for the Group, in Risk Management Meetings (‘RMM’) of the GMB which are chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer. RMM meets regularly to address asset, liability and risk management issues. HSBC’s operational risk profile and the effective implementation of the Group’s operational risk management framework is monitored by the Global Operational Risk and Control Committee (‘GORCC’), which reports to the RMM. Model risks are monitored by the Model Oversight Committee which also reports to the RMM. The minutes of the GMB meetings and the RMM are provided to members of the GAC, the GRC and the Board.

 

 

Changes in market conditions/practices . Processes are in place to identify new risks arising from changes in market conditions/practices or customer behaviours, which could expose HSBC to heightened risk of loss or reputational damage. During 2013, attention was focused on:

 

  emerging markets’ slowdown;

 

  increased geopolitical risk;

 

  regulatory developments affecting our business model and Group profitability;

 

  regulatory investigations, fines, sanctions commitments and consent orders and requirements relating to conduct of business and financial crime negatively affecting our results and brand;

 

  dispute risk;

 

  heightened execution risk;
  internet crime and fraud;

 

  information security risk; and

 

  model risk.

 

 

Strategic plans . Periodic strategic plans are prepared for global businesses, global functions and certain geographical regions within the framework of the Group’s strategy. Annual Operating Plans, informed by detailed analysis of risk appetite describing the types and quantum of risk that we are prepared to take in executing our strategy, are prepared and adopted by all major HSBC operating companies and set out the key business initiatives and the likely financial effects of those initiatives.

 

 

Disclosure Committee . The Disclosure Committee reviews material public disclosures made by HSBC Holdings for any material errors, misstatements or omissions. The membership of the Disclosure Committee, which is chaired by the Group Company Secretary, includes the heads of Global Finance, Legal, Risk (including Financial Crime Compliance and Regulatory Compliance), Communications, Investor Relations, and Internal Audit functions and representatives from the principal regions and global businesses. The integrity of disclosures is underpinned by structures and processes within the Global Finance and Risk functions that support expert and rigorous analytical review of financial reporting complemented by certified reviews by heads of global businesses, global functions and certain legal entities.

 

 

Financial reporting . The Group financial reporting process for preparing the consolidated Annual Report and Accounts 2013 is controlled using documented accounting policies and reporting formats, supported by a chart of accounts with detailed instructions and guidance on reporting requirements, issued by Group Finance to all reporting entities within the Group in advance of each reporting period end. The submission of financial information from each reporting entity to Group Finance is subject to certification by the responsible financial officer, and analytical review procedures at reporting entity and Group levels.

 

 

Responsibility for risk management . Management of global businesses and global functions are primarily accountable for managing, measuring and monitoring their risks and controls. Processes consistent with the three lines of defence risk management and the internal control model are in place to ensure

 

 

365


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

 

weaknesses are escalated to senior management and addressed.

 

 

IT operations . Centralised functional control is exercised over all IT developments and operations. Common systems are employed for similar business processes wherever practicable.

 

 

Functional management . Global functional management is responsible for setting policies, procedures and standards for the following risks: credit, market, liquidity and funding, capital, financial management, model, reputational, pension, strategic, sustainability and operational risk (including accounting, tax, legal, financial crime compliance, regulatory compliance, fiduciary, information security, security and fraud, systems and people risk) insurance and Islamic finance risk. Authorities to enter into credit and market risk exposures are delegated with limits to line management of Group companies. The concurrence of the appropriate global function is required, however, to credit proposals with specified higher risk characteristics. Credit and market risks are measured and reported on in subsidiaries and aggregated for review of risk concentrations on a Group-wide basis.

 

 

CEO Attestation process . Global Operational Risk coordinate the annual CEO Attestation process under which the chief executive officer of each of the Group’s material subsidiaries confirms that the internal control framework applicable to that subsidiary has been assessed and any significant open issues have been identified, with action plans in place to address weaknesses. The remediation of these issues is monitored by the Operational Risk and Internal Control (‘ORIC’) teams for the relevant regions/ global businesses and reports on progress are presented to their ORIC committees and quarterly to Global Operational Risk. An annual report and updates on identified issues and remediation plans are presented to the GRC and the GAC.

 

 

Internal Audit . The establishment and maintenance of appropriate systems of risk management and internal control is primarily the responsibility of business management. The Global Internal Audit function, which is centrally controlled, provides independent and objective assurance in respect of the adequacy of the design and operating effectiveness of the Group’s framework of risk management, control and governance processes across the Group, focusing on the areas of greatest risk to HSBC

   

using a risk-based approach. The Group Head of Global Internal Audit reports to the Chairman of the GRC and Chairman of the GAC in relation to the independence of the function and resourcing, with a secondary executive reporting line to the Group Chief Executive Officer.

 

 

Internal Audit recommendations . Executive management is responsible for ensuring that recommendations made by the Global Internal Audit function are implemented within an appropriate and agreed timetable. Confirmation to this effect must be provided to Global Internal Audit.

 

 

Reputational risk . Policies to guide subsidiary companies and management at all levels in the conduct of business to safeguard the Group’s reputation are established by the Board and its committees, subsidiary company boards and their committees and senior management. Reputational risks can arise from a variety of causes including environmental, social and governance issues, as a consequence of operational risk events and as a result of employees acting in a manner inconsistent with HSBC Values. HSBC’s reputation depends upon the way in which it conducts its business and may be affected by the way in which clients, to which it provides financial services, conduct their business or use financial products and services.

Role of GAC and GRC

On behalf of the Board, the GAC has responsibility for oversight of risk management and internal controls over financial reporting and the GRC has responsibility for oversight of risk management and internal controls, other than over financial reporting.

During the year, the GRC and the GAC have kept under review the effectiveness of this system of internal control and have reported regularly to the Board. In carrying out their reviews, the GRC and the GAC receive regular business and operational risk assessments, regular reports from the Group Chief Risk Officer and the Global Head of Internal Audit; reports on the annual reviews of the internal control framework of HSBC Holdings which cover all internal controls, both financial and non-financial; annual confirmations from chief executives of principal subsidiary companies as to whether there have been any material losses, contingencies or uncertainties caused by weaknesses in internal controls; internal audit reports; external audit reports; prudential reviews; and regulatory reports. The GRC monitors the status of top and

 

 

366


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

emerging risks and considers whether the mitigating actions put in place are appropriate. In addition, when unexpected losses have arisen or when incidents have occurred which indicate gaps in the control framework or in adherence to Group policies, the GRC and the GAC review special reports, prepared at the instigation of management, which analyse the cause of the issue, the lessons learned and the actions proposed by management to address the issue.

Effectiveness of internal controls

The Directors, through the GRC and the GAC, have conducted an annual review of the effectiveness of our system of risk management and internal control covering all material controls, including financial, operational and compliance controls, risk management systems, the adequacy of resources, qualifications and experience of staff of the accounting and financial reporting function and the risk function, and their training programmes and budget. The review does not extend to joint ventures or associates.

The GRC and the GAC have received confirmation that executive management has taken or is taking the necessary actions to remedy any failings or weaknesses identified through the operation of our framework of controls.

Statement on going concern

 

The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis, as the Directors are satisfied that the Group and parent company have the resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future.

In making this assessment, the Directors have considered a wide range of information relating to present and future conditions, including future projections of profitability, cash flows and capital resources.

HSBC’s principal activities, business and operating models, strategic direction and top and emerging risks are described in the ‘Strategic Report’; a financial summary, including a review of the consolidated income statement and consolidated balance sheet, is provided in the ‘Financial Review’ section; HSBC’s objectives, policies and processes for managing credit, liquidity and market risk are described in the ‘Risk’ section; and HSBC’s approach to capital management and allocation is described in the ‘Capital’ section.

Employees

 

At 31 December 2013 we had a total workforce of 263,000 full-time and part-time employees compared with 270,000 at the end of 2012 and 298,000 at the end of 2011. Our main centres of employment are the UK with approximately 46,000 employees, India 31,000, Hong Kong 29,000, Brazil 22,000, mainland China 19,000, Mexico 18,000, the US 16,000 and France 9,000.

In the context of the current global financial services operating environment, a high performance and values-led work force is critical. We encourage open and honest communication in decision making. Employment issues and financial, economic, regulatory and competitive factors affecting HSBC’s performance are regularly shared with our employees.

Reward

Our approach to reward is meritocratic and market competitive, underpinned by an ethical and values based performance culture which aligns the interests of our employees, shareholders, regulators and customers.

Employee relations

We negotiate and consult with recognised unions as appropriate. The five highest concentrations of union membership are in Argentina, Brazil, mainland China, Malta and Mexico. It is our policy to maintain well-developed communications and consultation programmes with all employee representative bodies and there have been no material disruptions to our operations from labour disputes during the past five years.

Diversity and inclusion

HSBC is committed to building a values-driven high performance culture where all employees are valued, respected and where their opinions count. We remain committed to meritocracy, which requires a diverse and inclusive culture where employees believe that their views are heard, their concerns are attended to and they work in an environment where bias, discrimination and harassment on any matter, including gender, age, ethnicity, religion, sexuality and disability are not tolerated and where advancement is based on objective criteria. Our inclusive culture helps us respond to our diverse customer base, while developing and retaining a secure supply of skilled, committed employees. Our culture will be strengthened by employing the best

 

 

367


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

people and optimising their ideas, abilities and differences.

Oversight of our diversity and inclusion agenda and related activities resides with executives on the Group Diversity Committee, complemented by the Group People Committee and local People/Diversity Committees.

Employee development

The development of employees in both developed and emerging markets is essential to the future strength of our business. We have implemented a systematic approach to identifying, developing and deploying talented employees to ensure an appropriate supply of high calibre individuals with the values, skills and experience for current and future senior management positions.

In 2013, we continued to build global consistency across our learning curricula and to improve the relevance and quality of learning programmes. We have endeavoured to achieve a standard of excellence focusing on leadership, values  and technical capability.

Employment of disabled persons

We believe in providing equal opportunities for all employees. The employment of disabled persons is included in this commitment and the recruitment, training, career development and promotion of disabled persons is based on the aptitudes and abilities of the individual. Should employees become disabled during their employment with us, efforts are made to continue their employment and, if necessary, appropriate training and reasonable equipment and facilities are provided.

Health and safety

HSBC is committed to providing a safe and healthy environment for our employees, customers and visitors and pro-actively managing the health and safety risks associated with our business. Our objectives include compliance with health and safety laws in the countries in which we operate, identifying, removing, reducing or controlling material health and safety risks, reducing the likelihood of fires, dangerous occurrences and accidents to employees, customers and visitors.

The Corporate Real Estate department within HSBC has overall responsibility for health and safety and has set global health and safety policies and standards for use wherever in the world HSBC operates. Achieving these policies and standards is the responsibility of the country Chief Operating Officer.

In terms of physical and geopolitical risk, Global Security and Fraud Risk provide regular security risk assessments to assist management in judging the level of terrorist and violent criminal threat. Regional Security and Fraud Risk functions conduct biannual security reviews of all Group critical buildings to ensure measures to protect our staff, buildings, assets and information are appropriate to the level of threat.

HSBC remains committed to the effective management of health and safety and protecting employees, customers and visitors to HSBC.

Remuneration policy

The quality and commitment of our employees is fundamental to our success and accordingly the Board aims to attract, retain and motivate the very best people. As trust and relationships are vital in our business our goal is to recruit those who are committed to making a long-term career with the organisation.

HSBC’s reward strategy supports this objective through balancing both short-term and sustainable performance. Our reward strategy aims to reward success, not failure, and be properly aligned with our risk framework and related outcomes. In order to ensure alignment between remuneration and our business strategy, individual remuneration is determined through assessment of performance delivered against both annual and long-term objectives summarised in performance scorecards as well as adherence to the HSBC Values of being ‘open, connected and dependable’ and acting with ‘courageous integrity’. Altogether, performance is judged, not only on what is achieved over the short and long term, but also on how it is achieved, as the latter contributes to the sustainability of the organisation.

 

 

368


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

The financial and non-financial measures incorporated in the annual and long-term scorecards are carefully considered to ensure alignment with the long-term strategy of the Group.

Further information on the Group’s approach to remuneration is given on page 378.

Employee share plans

Share options and discretionary awards of shares granted under HSBC share plans align the interests of employees with those of shareholders. The tables on the following pages set out the particulars of outstanding options, including those held by employees working under employment contracts that are regarded as ‘continuous contracts’ for the purposes of the Hong Kong Employment Ordinance. The options were granted at nil consideration. No options have been granted to substantial shareholders, suppliers of goods or services, or in excess of the individual limit for each share plan. No options were cancelled by HSBC during the year.

A summary for each plan of the total number of the options which were granted, exercised or lapsed during 2013 is shown in the following tables. Further details required to be disclosed pursuant to Chapter 17 of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited are available on our website at www.hsbc.com by selecting ‘Investor Relations’, then ‘Governance’, then ‘Share Plans’, and on the website of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited at www.hkex.com.hk or can be obtained

upon request from the Group Company Secretary, 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ. Particulars of options held by Directors of HSBC Holdings are set out on page 403.

Note 7 on the Financial Statements gives details on share-based payments, including discretionary awards of shares granted under HSBC share plans.

All-employee share plans

All-employee share option plans have operated within the Group and eligible employees have been granted options to acquire HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. Options under the plans are usually exercisable after one, three or five years. The exercise of options may be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, for example on retirement, and may be extended in certain circumstances, for example on the death of a participant, the executors of the participant’s estate may exercise options up to six months beyond the normal exercise period. The middle market closing price for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares quoted on the London Stock Exchange, as derived from the Daily Official List on 19 September 2013, the day before options were granted in 2013, was £6.99.

There will be no further grants under the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International. A new international all-employee share purchase plan was launched in the third quarter of 2013. The all-employee share option plans will terminate on 27 May 2015 unless the Directors resolve to terminate the plans at an earlier date.

 

 

HSBC Holdings All-employee Share Option Plans

 

         HSBC Holdings ordinary shares
Dates of awards         Exercise price         Exercisable         At         Granted         Exercised         Lapsed         At
     from    to         from    to         from    to         1 Jan 2013         during year         during year         during year         31 Dec 2013

Savings-Related Share Option Plan 1

                          
     25 Apr
2007
   20 Sep
2013
       

(£)

3.3116

  

(£)

6.1760

        1 Aug
2012
   1 May
2019
        54,976,065         8,679,304         4,863,212         4,841,271         53,950,886

Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International 2

                          
     25 Apr
2007
   24 Apr
2012
        (£)3.3116    (£)6.1760        

1 Aug

2012

   1 Feb
2018
        17,468,737                 5,552,255         1,894,032         10,022,450
     25 Apr
2007
   24 Apr
2012
        (US$)
4.8876
   (US$)
12.0958
        1 Aug
2012
   1 Feb
2018
        6,488,894                 1,218,127         1,273,698         3,997,069
     25 Apr
2007
   24 Apr
2012
        (€)3.6361    (€)9.0818        

1 Aug

2012

   1 Feb
2018
        2,180,263                 434,028         171,583         1,574,652
     25 Apr
2007
   24 Apr
2012
        (HK$)
37.8797
   (HK$)
94.5057
        1 Aug
2012
   1 Feb
2018
        31,637,840                 5,900,170         1,522,329         24,215,341

 

1 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £7.20.
2 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £7.30.

 

369


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

Discretionary Share Option Plans

There have been no grants of discretionary share options under employee share plans since 30 September 2005.

 

                    Exercise                        HSBC Holdings ordinary shares
Dates of awards         price (£)         Exercisable         At         Exercised         Lapsed         At
     from    to         from    to         from    to         1 Jan 2013         during year         during year         31 Dec 2013

HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan 1,2

                    
     2 May
2003
   20 Apr
2005
        6.0216    7.9606         2 May
2006
   20 Apr
2015
        87,172,923         17,594,891         14,552,164         55,025,868

HSBC Share Plan 1

                    
     30 Sep
2005
             7.9911              30 Sep
2008
   30 Sep
2015
        86,046                         86,046

 

1 The HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan expired on 26 May 2005 and the HSBC Share Plan expired on 27 May 2011. No options have been granted under the Plan since that date.
2 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £7.11.

Subsidiary company share plans

 

HSBC Bank Bermuda

Upon the acquisition of HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited (‘HSBC Bank Bermuda’) in 2004, all outstanding options over HSBC Bank Bermuda shares were converted into options to acquire HSBC Holdings ordinary shares using an exchange ratio calculated by dividing US$40 (being the consideration paid for each HSBC Bank Bermuda share) by the average price of HSBC Holdings

ordinary shares over the five-day period to the completion of the acquisition. The exercise price payable for each option was adjusted using the same exchange ratio.

Details of options to acquire shares in HSBC Holdings under the share plans of HSBC Bank Bermuda are set out in the following table. No further options will be granted under the share plans of HSBC Bank Bermuda.

 

 

HSBC Bank Bermuda

 

                    Exercise                        HSBC Holdings ordinary shares
Dates of awards         price (US$)         Exercisable         At         Exercised         Lapsed         At
     from    to         from    to         from    to         1 Jan 2013         during year         during year         31 Dec 2013

Share Option Plan 2000

                    
     4 Feb
2003
   21 Apr
2003
        9.32    10.33        

4 Feb

2004

   21 Apr
2013
        149,924                 149,924        

 

370


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

Other required disclosures

 

Further information about share capital, directors’ interests, dividends and shareholders is set out in the Appendix to this section on page 372.

Annual General Meeting

 

All Directors listed on pages 330 to 335 attended the Annual General Meeting in 2013, with the exception of Marc Moses and Sir Jonathan Evans who were appointed Directors on 1 January 2014 and 6 August 2013 respectively, and Kathleen Casey who will be appointed a Director with effect from 1 March 2014.

Our Annual General Meeting in 2014 will be held at the Barbican Hall, Barbican Centre, London EC2 on 23 May 2014 at 11.00am.

An informal meeting of shareholders will be held at 1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong on 19 May 2014 at 4.30pm.

Resolutions to receive the Annual Report and Accounts 2013 , approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report, HSBC’s remuneration policy and an increase in the maximum variable component of remuneration under CRD IV from 100% to 200% of the fixed component of remuneration, elect or

re-elect Directors and reappoint KPMG Audit Plc as auditor will be submitted to the Annual General Meeting. KPMG Audit Plc has expressed its willingness to continue in office and the Group Audit Committee and the Board has recommended that KPMG Audit Plc be reappointed. Resolutions will also be submitted to the Annual General Meeting to renew the authorities for the allotment of shares, the disapplication of pre-emption rights and the purchase of ordinary shares, seek an authority for the creation and issue of convertible securities and approve general meetings (other than Annual General Meetings) being called on a minimum of 14 clear days’ notice.

A live webcast of the Annual General Meeting will be available on www.hsbc.com. A recording of the proceedings will be available shortly after the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting until 30 June 2014 on www.hsbc.com.

 

On behalf of the Board   
D J Flint, Group Chairman    24 February 2014
HSBC Holdings plc   
Registered number 617987   
 

 

371


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

 

LOGO   

Appendix to Report of the Directors

 

Other required disclosures

Share capital

Issued share capital

The nominal value of our issued share capital paid up at 31 December 2013 was US$9,415,018,019.50 divided into 18,830,007,039 ordinary shares of US$0.50 each, 1,450,000 non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each and 1 non-cumulative preference share of £0.01.

The percentage of the nominal value of our total issued share capital paid up at 31 December 2013 represented by the ordinary shares of US$0.50 each, non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each and the non-cumulative preference share of £0.01 was approximately 99.9998%, 0.0002%, and 0%, respectively.

Rights and obligations attaching to shares

The rights and obligations attaching to each class of shares in our share capital are set out in our Articles of Association subject to certain rights and obligations that attach to each class of preference share as determined by the Board prior to allotment of the relevant preference shares. Set out below is a summary of the rights and obligations attaching to each class of shares with respect to voting, dividends, capital and, in the case of the preference shares, redemption.

To be registered, a transfer of shares must be in relation to shares which are fully paid up and on which we have no lien and to one class of shares denominated in the same currency. The transfer must be in favour of a single transferee or no more than four joint transferees and it must be duly stamped (if required). The transfer must be delivered to our registered office or our Registrars accompanied by the certificate to which it relates or such other evidence that proves the title of the transferor.

If a shareholder or any person appearing to be interested in our shares has been sent a notice under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006 (which confers upon public companies the power to require information from any person whom we know or have reasonable cause to believe to be interested in the shares) and has failed in relation to any shares (the ‘default shares’) to supply the information requested within the period set out in the notice, then the member, unless the Board otherwise determines, is not entitled to be present at or to vote the default shares at any general meeting or to exercise any other right conferred by being a shareholder. If the default shares represent at least 0.25% in nominal value of the issued shares of that class, unless the Board otherwise determines, any dividend shall be withheld by the Company without interest, no election may be made for any scrip dividend alternative, and no transfer of any shares held by the member will be registered except in limited circumstances.

Ordinary shares

Subject to the Companies Act 2006 and the Articles HSBC Holdings may, by ordinary resolution, declare dividends to be paid to the holders of ordinary shares, though no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Board. The Board may pay interim dividends as appears to the Board to be justified by the profits available for distribution. All dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the percentage of the nominal amount paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid, but if any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date, it shall rank for dividend accordingly. Subject to the Articles, the Board may, with the prior authority of an ordinary resolution passed by the shareholders and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may determine, offer to any holders of ordinary shares the right to elect to receive ordinary shares of the same or a different currency, credited as fully paid, instead of cash in any currency in respect of the whole (or some part, to be determined by the Board) of any dividend specified by the ordinary resolution. At the 2012 Annual General Meeting shareholders gave authority to the Directors to offer a scrip dividend alternative until the earlier of the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting in 2017 or 24 May 2017.

Further information on the policy adopted by the Board for paying interim dividends on the ordinary shares can be found on page 567.

 

372


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

Preference shares

There are three classes of preference shares in the share capital of HSBC Holdings, non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each (the ‘Dollar Preference Shares’), non-cumulative preference shares of £0.01 each (the ‘Sterling Preference Shares’) and non-cumulative preference shares of €0.01 (the ‘Euro Preference Shares’). The Dollar Preference Shares in issue are Series A Dollar Preference Shares and the Sterling Preference Share in issue is a Series A Sterling Preference Share. There are no Euro Preference Shares in issue.

Dollar Preference Shares

Holders of the Dollar Preference Shares are only entitled to attend and vote at general meetings if any dividend payable on the relevant preference shares in respect of such period as the Board shall determine prior to allotment thereof is not paid in full or in such other circumstances, and upon and subject to such terms, as the Board may determine prior to allotment of the relevant preference shares. In the case of the Dollar Preference Shares in issue at 24 February 2014 the relevant period determined by the Board is four consecutive dividend payment dates. Whenever holders of the Dollar Preference Shares are entitled to vote on a resolution at a general meeting, on a show of hands every such holder who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote and on a poll every such holder who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote per preference share held by him or her or such number of votes per share as the Board shall determine prior to allotment of such share.

Subject to the Articles of Association, holders of the Dollar Preference Shares have the right to a non-cumulative preferential dividend at such rate, on such dates and on such other terms and conditions as may be determined by the Board prior to allotment thereof in priority to the payment of any dividend to the holders of ordinary shares and any other class of shares of HSBC Holdings in issue (other than (i) the other preference shares in issue and any other shares expressed to rank pari passu therewith as regards income; and (ii) any shares which by their terms rank in priority to the relevant preference shares as regards income). A dividend of US$62 per annum is payable on each Dollar Preference Share in issue at 24 February 2014. The dividend is paid at the rate of US$15.50 per quarter at the sole and absolute discretion of the Board.

A dividend will not be declared or paid on the Dollar Preference Shares if payment of the dividend would cause HSBC Holdings not to meet the applicable capital adequacy requirements of the PRA or the profit of HSBC Holdings available for distribution as dividends is not sufficient to enable HSBC Holdings to pay in full both dividends on the relevant preference shares and dividends on any other shares that are scheduled to be paid on the same date and that have an equal right to dividends. Dividends will not be declared or paid on any class of shares of HSBC Holdings ranking lower in the right to dividends than the Dollar Preference Shares nor redeem nor purchase in any manner any of its other shares ranking equal with or lower than the Dollar Preference Shares unless it has paid in full, or set aside an amount to provide for payment in full, the dividends on the Dollar Preference Shares for the then-current dividend period.

The Dollar Preference Shares carry no rights to participate in the profits or assets of HSBC Holdings other than as set out in the Articles of Association and subject to the Companies Act 2006, do not confer any right to participate in any offer or invitation by way of rights or otherwise to subscribe for additional shares in HSBC Holdings, do not confer any right of conversion and do not confer any right to participate in any issue of bonus shares or shares issued by way of capitalisation of reserves.

Subject to the relevant insolvency laws and the Articles of Association of HSBC Holdings, holders of the Dollar Preference Shares have the right in a winding up of HSBC Holdings to receive out of the assets of HSBC Holdings available for distribution to its shareholders, in priority to any payment to the holders of the ordinary shares and any other class of shares of HSBC Holdings in issue (other than (i) the other relevant preference shares and any other shares expressed to rank pari passu there with as regards repayment of capital; and (ii) any shares which by their terms rank in priority to the relevant preference shares as regards repayment of capital), a sum equal to any unpaid dividend on the Dollar Preference Shares which is payable as a dividend in accordance with or pursuant to the Articles of Association and the amount paid up or credited as paid up on the Dollar Preference Shares together with such premium (if any) as may be determined by the Board prior to allotment thereof. In the case of the Dollar Preference Shares in issue at 24 February 2014, the premium is US$999.99 per Dollar Preference Share.

The Dollar Preference Shares may be redeemed in accordance with the Articles of Association and the terms on which Dollar Preference Shares were issued and allotted. In the case of the Dollar Preference Shares in issue at 24 February 2014, HSBC Holdings may redeem such shares in whole at any time on or after 16 December 2010, subject to the prior consent of the PRA.

 

373


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

Sterling Preference Shares

The Sterling Preference Shares carry the same rights and obligations under the Articles of Association as the Dollar Preference Shares, save in respect of certain rights and obligations that attach to Sterling Preference Shares to be determined by the Board prior to allotment of the relevant preference shares and the timing and payment of proceeds from the redemption of each class of share. The one Sterling Preference Share in issue at 24 February 2014 carries the same rights and obligations as the Dollar Preference Shares in issue at 24 February 2014 to the extent described in the section above save as follows:

 

1. the holder of the Sterling Preference Share is not entitled to attend or vote at general meetings;

 

2. the Sterling Preference Share may be redeemed in whole on any date as may be determined by the Board; and

 

3. the exceptions to the circumstances in which a dividend will not be declared or paid do not apply.

A dividend of £0.04 per annum is payable on the Sterling Preference Share in issue at 24 February 2014. The dividend is paid at the rate of £0.01 per quarter at the sole and absolute discretion of the Board.

Euro Preference Shares

The Euro Preference Shares carry the same rights and obligations under the Articles of Association as the Dollar Preference Shares, save in respect of certain rights and obligations that attach to Euro Preference Shares which are to be determined by the Board prior to allotment of the relevant preference shares and the timing and payment of proceeds from the redemption of each class of share.

Share capital during 2013

The following events occurred during the year in relation to the ordinary share capital of HSBC Holdings:

Scrip dividends

 

     HSBC Holdings
ordinary shares issued
          Aggregate
nominal value
          Market value per share  
Issued in lieu of    On      Number           US$           US$      £  

Fourth interim dividend for 2012

     8 May 2013         50,730,560            25,365,280            10.6452         7.0182   

First interim dividend for 2013

     11 July 2013         14,989,132            7,494,566            11.1545         7.4126   

Second interim dividend for 2013

     9 October 2013         89,435,788            44,717,894            10.6401         6.8646   

Third interim dividend for 2013

     11 December 2013         78,809,402            39,404,701            10.9669         6.8202   

All-Employee share plans

 

     Number      Aggregate
nominal value
           Exercise price  
            US$            from      to  

HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans

             

HSBC ordinary shares issued in £

     10,415,467         5,207,734         £        3.3116         7.2869   

HSBC ordinary shares issued in HK$

     5,900,170         2,950,085         HK$        37.8797         63.9864   

HSBC ordinary shares issued in US$

     1,218,1277         609,064         US$        4.8876         11.8824   

HSBC ordinary shares issued in €

     434,028         217,014                3.6361         7.5571   

Options over HSBC ordinary shares lapsed

     9,702,913         4,851,457           

Options over HSBC ordinary shares granted in response to approximately 15,000 applications from HSBC employees in the UK on 20 September 2013

     8,679,304         4,339,652           

Plan d’Epargne

             

HSBC ordinary shares issued for the benefit of non-UK resident employees of HSBC France and its subsidiaries

     1,970,877         985,439                6.6368      

Discretionary share incentive plans

 

    

HSBC Holdings

ordinary shares

     Aggregate
nominal value
     Exercise price      Options  
     issued      US$      from (£)      to (£)      lapsed  

Options exercised under:

              

The HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan

     17,594,891         8,797,446         6.0216         7.0848         9,939,310   

HSBC share plans

 

     HSBC Holdings
ordinary shares
     Aggregate
nominal value
     Market value per share  
     issued      US$      from (£)      to (£)  

Vesting of awards under the HSBC Share Plan and HSBC Share Plan 2011

     82,499,933         41,249,967         6.465         7.547   

 

374


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

Authority to allot shares

At the Annual General Meeting in 2013, shareholders renewed the general authority for the Directors to allot new shares. The general authority is to allot up to 3,712,800,000 ordinary shares, 15,000,000 non-cumulative preference shares of £0.01 each, 15,000,000 non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each and 15,000,000 non-cumulative preference shares of €0.01 each. Within this, the Directors have authority to allot up to a maximum of 928,200,000 ordinary shares wholly for cash to persons other than existing shareholders.

Other than as described in the table above headed ‘Share capital during 2013’, the Directors did not allot any shares during 2013.

Treasury shares

In accordance with the terms of a waiver granted by the Hong Kong Stock Exchange on 19 December 2005, HSBC Holdings will comply with the applicable law and regulation in the UK in relation to the holding of any shares in treasury and with the conditions of the waiver in connection with any shares it may hold in treasury. No shares are currently held in treasury.

 

 

Directors’ interests

Pursuant to the requirements of the UK Listing Rules and according to the register of Directors’ interests maintained by HSBC Holdings pursuant to section 352 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, the Directors of HSBC Holdings at 31 December 2013 had the following interests, all beneficial unless otherwise stated, in the shares and loan capital of HSBC Holdings and its associated corporations:

Directors’ interests – shares and loan capital

 

            At 31 December 2013  
    

At

1 January

2013

    

Beneficial

owner

    

Child

under 18

or spouse

     Jointly
with another
person
     Trustee     

Total

interests 1

 

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares

                 

J D Coombe

     22,387         23,397                                 23,397   

Sir Jonathan Evans

             1,495                                 1,495   

J Faber

             10,605                                 10,605   

R A Fairhead

     21,300                         21,660                 21,660   

D J Flint

     350,488         392,664                                 392,664   

S T Gulliver

     2,730,477         2,553,592         176,885                         2,730,477   

W S H Laidlaw

     33,668         33,706                         1,416 2         35,122   

J P Lipsky 3

     15,000         15,000                                 15,000   

I J Mackay

     118,813         65,130                                 65,130   

Sir Simon Robertson

     177,236         9,912                                 9,912   

HSBC Holdings 6.5% Subordinated Notes 2036

  

     US$      US$      US$      US$      US$      US$  

L M L Cha

     300,000                                           

HSBC Bank 2.875% Notes 2015

  

     RMBm      RMBm      RMBm      RMBm      RMBm      RMBm  

J Faber 4

     5.1         5.1                                 5.1   

HSBC Capital Funding (Euro 2) L.P. 5.3687% Preferred Securities 2014

  

                                               

R Fassbind

     500,000                                           

HSBC Capital Funding (Dollar 2) L.P. 4.61% Non-cumulative Step-up Perpetual Preferred Securities

  

     US$         US$         US$         US$         US$         US$   

R Fassbind

     500,000                                           

 

1 Executive Directors’ other interests in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares arising from the HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans, the HSBC Share Plan and the HSBC Share Plan 2011 are set out in the Scheme interests in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 403. At 31 December 2013, the aggregate interests under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, including interests arising through employee share plans were: Douglas Flint – 444,103; Stuart Gulliver – 4,885,384 and Iain Mackay – 678,831. Each Director’s total interests represents less than 0.03% of the shares in issue.
2

Non-beneficial.

 

375


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

3 Interest in 3,000 listed American Depositary Shares (‘ADS’), which are categorised as equity derivatives under Part XV of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong. Each ADS represents five HSBC Holdings ordinary shares .
4 Non-beneficial interest in renminbi (RMB) 1.2m 2.875% Notes 2015.

No Directors held any short position as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong in the shares and loan capital of HSBC Holdings and its associated corporations. Save as stated above, none of the Directors had an interest in any shares or debentures of HSBC Holdings or any associated corporation at the beginning or at the end of the year, and none of the Directors or members of their immediate families were awarded or exercised any right to subscribe for any shares or debentures in any HSBC corporation during the year. Since the end of the year, the aggregate interests of the following Director has increased by the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares shown against his name:

 

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares

  
D J Flint (beneficial owner)             20 1

 

1 The acquisition of shares in the HSBC Holdings UK Share Incentive Plan through regular monthly contributions.

There have been no other changes in the share and loan capital interests of the Directors from 31 December 2013 to the date of this report. Any subsequent changes up to the last practicable date before the publication of the Notice of Annual General Meeting will be set out in the notes to that notice.

At 31 December 2013, non-executive Directors and senior management (being executive Directors and Group Managing Directors of HSBC Holdings) held, in aggregate, beneficial interests in 14,702,234 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares (0.0781% of the issued ordinary shares).

At 31 December 2013, executive Directors and senior management held, in aggregate, options to subscribe for 224,916 of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under the HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans and HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan. These options are exercisable between 2013 and 2016 at prices ranging from £3.3116 to £7.2181 per ordinary share.

 

 

Dividends and shareholders

Dividends for 2013

First, second and third interim dividends for 2013, each of US$0.10 per ordinary share, were paid on 11 July 2013, 9 October 2013 and 11 December 2013 respectively. Note 10 on the Financial Statements gives more information on the dividends declared in 2013. On 24 February 2014, the Directors declared a fourth interim dividend for 2013 of US$0.19 per ordinary share in lieu of a final dividend, which will be payable on 30 April 2014 in cash in US dollars, or in sterling or Hong Kong dollars at exchange rates to be determined on 22 April 2014, with a scrip dividend alternative. As the fourth interim dividend for 2013 was declared after 31 December 2013 it has not been included in the balance sheet of HSBC as a debt. The reserves available for distribution at 31 December 2013 were US$49,339m.

A quarterly dividend of US$15.50 per 6.20% non-cumulative US Dollar Preference Share, Series A (‘Series A Dollar Preference Share’), (equivalent to a dividend of US$0.3875 per Series A American Depositary Share, each of which represents one-fortieth of a Series A Dollar Preference Share), was paid on 15 March, 17 June, 16 September and 16 December 2013.

Dividends for 2014

Quarterly dividends of US$15.50 per Series A Dollar Preference Share (equivalent to a dividend of US$0.3875 per Series A American Depositary Share, each of which represents one-fortieth of a Series A Dollar Preference Share) and £0.01 per Series A Sterling Preference Share were declared on 7 February 2014 for payment on 17 March 2014.

Communication with shareholders

Communication with shareholders is given high priority. The Board has adopted a shareholder communication policy which is available on www.hsbc.com. Extensive information about our activities is provided to shareholders in the Annual Report and Accounts , the Strategic Report and the Interim Report which are available on www.hsbc.com. There is regular dialogue with institutional investors and enquiries from individuals on matters relating to their shareholdings and our business are welcomed and are dealt with in an informative and timely manner. All shareholders are encouraged to attend the Annual General Meeting or the informal meeting of shareholders held in Hong Kong to discuss our

 

376


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance (continued)

  

 

progress. Shareholders may send enquiries to the Board in writing to the Group Company Secretary, HSBC Holdings plc, 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ or by sending an email to shareholderquestions@hsbc.com.

Shareholders may require the Directors to call a general meeting, other than an annual general meeting as provided by the UK Companies Act 2006. Requests to call a general meeting may be made by members representing at least 5% of the paid-up capital of the Company as carries the right of voting at general meetings of the Company (excluding any paid-up capital held as treasury shares). A request must state the general nature of the business to be dealt with at the meeting and may include the text of a resolution that may properly be moved and is intended to be moved at the meeting. A resolution may properly be moved at a meeting unless it would, if passed, be ineffective (whether by reason of inconsistency with any enactment or the Company’s constitution or otherwise); it is defamatory of any person; or it is frivolous or vexatious. A request may be in hard copy form or in electronic form and must be authenticated by the person or persons making it. A request may be made in writing to the postal address referred to in the paragraph above or by sending an email to shareholderquestions@hsbc.com. At any meeting convened on such request no business shall be transacted except that stated by the requisition or proposed by the Board.

Notifiable interests in share capital

At 31 December 2013, we had received the following disclosures (which have not been subsequently changed) of major holdings of voting rights pursuant to the requirements of Rule 5 of the FCA Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules:

 

 

Legal & General Group Plc gave notice on 10 July 2013 that on 9 July 2013 its holding of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares fell below 3.00% of the total voting rights at that date; and

 

 

BlackRock, Inc. gave notice on 9 December 2009 that on 7 December 2009 it had the following: an indirect interest in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of 1,142,439,457; qualifying financial instruments with 705,100 voting rights that may be acquired if the instruments are exercised or converted; and financial instruments with similar economic effect to qualifying financial instruments which refer to 234,880 voting rights, each representing 6.56%, 0.0041% and 0.0013%, respectively, of the total voting rights at that date.

At 31 December 2013, according to the register maintained by HSBC Holdings pursuant to section 336 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong:

 

 

JPMorgan Chase & Co. gave notice on 27 December 2013 that on 23 December 2013 it had the following interests in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares: a long position of 1,316,912,627 shares; a short position of 100,981,726 shares; and a lending pool of 874,324,091 shares, each representing 6.99%, 0.53% and 4.64%, respectively, of the ordinary shares in issue at that date; and

 

 

BlackRock, Inc. gave notice on 8 January 2013 that on 3 January 2013 it had the following interests in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares: a long position of 1,110,172,768 shares and a short position of 35,234,325 shares, each representing 6.00% and 0.19%, respectively, of the ordinary shares in issue at that date.

In compliance with the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited at least 25% of the total issued share capital has been held by the public at all times during 2013 and up to the date of this report.

Dealings in HSBC Holdings shares

Except for dealings as intermediaries by HSBC Bank and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, which are members of a European Economic Area exchange, neither we nor any of our subsidiaries have purchased, sold or redeemed any of our listed securities during the year ended 31 December 2013.

 

377


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report

  

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report

 

     Page      App  

Annual Statement from the Group Remuneration Committee Chairman

     378      

Directors’ remuneration policy

     381      

Annual report on remuneration

     392      
                   

Appendix to Directors’ Remuneration Report

        406   

Annual Statement from the Group Remuneration Committee Chairman

 

Dear Shareholder,

I am very pleased to present the Remuneration Report for the year ended 31 December 2013. In this report we provide details of the HSBC remuneration policy, what we paid our Directors in respect of the year 2013, and why.

I believe the Directors’ Remuneration Report should be transparent, and include a link between the performance of our executives and their pay. I hope, therefore, that this report will give you a greater understanding of this link. This report has been prepared in compliance with Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013, as well as the Companies Act 2006 and other related regulations.

Building on the enhancements we made last year in anticipation of the new regulations, this report is divided into three sections: my letter to you as Chairman of the Group Remuneration Committee (the ‘Committee’); our proposed remuneration policy; and an annual report on what we paid our Directors for the year ended 31 December 2013. Additional remuneration-related disclosures are provided in the appendix to this report.

Industry changes and key challenges

The main drivers of change in remuneration policy and practice within the financial services industry are the new regulations under CRD IV and the additional regulatory technical standards released under the requirements of CRD IV by the European Banking Authority (‘EBA’). Specifically, the changes in the rules on remuneration and the application of a cap on variable pay that can be paid to any ‘material risk taker’ (being employees who have been identified as having a material impact on the institution’s risk profile) in EU headquartered banks, presents significant challenges for the HSBC Group.

As a worldwide business, a significant number of our material risk takers are based outside the EU. In these key markets, most of our international peers and

domestic competitors do not have to comply with similar restrictions. This situation has necessitated a review of our remuneration policy, especially the balance between fixed and variable pay, to ensure that HSBC can remain competitive on a total compensation basis for our key talent.

Under the variable pay cap introduced by CRD IV, variable pay awards are restricted to 100% of fixed pay for a material risk taker but this can be increased to 200% of fixed pay with shareholders’ approval.

Following a review of the key factors of our remuneration policy and bearing in mind the interests of our shareholders, the Committee believes it is necessary to increase the variable pay cap to 200% of fixed pay for material risk takers, who include all the executive Directors. This will be put to shareholders for approval at the Annual General Meeting on 23 May 2014. The requested increase in the cap would give us the ability to minimise the increase in fixed remuneration costs and so help to maintain greater flexibility on total pay. It will also enable us to retain a larger quantum of variable pay that would be subject to malus than would be the case if the Committee were not to take advantage of this provision. We believe that it is vital to maintain the link of variable pay to the achievement of the business objectives of the Company, and it is also necessary to ensure our total compensation package for material risk takers remains competitive. As a result, a rebalancing from variable pay to fixed pay to the extent necessary to achieve this objective is warranted.

We have discussed with a representative group of our major shareholders the proposed changes to our remuneration policy to deal with this rebalancing. Overall, our shareholders have been broadly supportive of the proposed changes and recognise the importance of ensuring that we can retain our key talent not just in the EU, but also in Asia, Latin America and North America where the majority of our material risk takers reside. These changes are detailed in the section on remuneration policy.

One further change relates to the proposed arrangements for the Group Chairman. Upon his appointment in 2010, it was agreed that he would not be eligible for any annual incentive. This remains appropriate. Our current remuneration policy provides that the Group Chairman is not expected to be granted awards under the Group Performance Share Plan (‘GPSP’) other than in exceptional circumstances. To date, the Committee has not made any such awards to him. In framing the proposed remuneration policy, the Committee is required to clarify and more clearly define the circumstances in which an award could be made. Under the current policy, the theoretical maximum award for the Group Chairman would have been the same as for

 

 

378


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

other executive directors, namely 200% of fixed pay. The Committee determined this should be restricted to 100% of fixed pay. Additionally, the Committee determined that given the exceptional circumstances over the medium term of intense regulatory change, an increased focus on changing conduct and behaviour and the implementation of enhanced banking standards, it would be appropriate for the Group Chairman to be eligible to receive an award under the GPSP, given his executive role in leading the Group’s interactions on regulatory policy and providing leadership and tone to drive an improvement in the Group’s compliance, conduct and behaviour. Any GPSP award to the Group Chairman will be determined by reference to non-financial and qualitative measures and will in all other material respects be made on the same basis as GPSP awards to other executive directors. All other components of the Group Chairman’s remuneration arrangements are unaffected and he will not be eligible for the fixed pay allowance outlined above. Further details are set out in this report.

We are not proposing any other material changes to our remuneration policy. The votes in favour of our Directors’ Remuneration Report at recent Annual General Meetings show that this policy has been well supported by our shareholders in the past.

The Committee is aware that the UK government has lodged a legal challenge to the variable pay cap in CRD IV with the European Court of Justice (‘ECJ’). If the legal challenge is successful, depending on the detail of the ECJ’s ruling and the extent and timing of any consequential challenges to CRD IV, a revised remuneration policy may need to be submitted to shareholders for approval.

The Committee continues to ensure that its malus policy and procedures are sufficiently robust to handle any potential redress and has sought advice from external legal counsel in shaping this policy.

Remuneration strategy

The quality and long-term commitment of all of our employees is fundamental to our success. We therefore aim to attract, retain and motivate the very best people who are committed to maintaining a long-term career with the Group, and who will perform their role in the long-term interests of shareholders.

HSBC’s reward package comprises four key elements:

 

1. fixed pay;

 

2. benefits;

 

3. annual incentive; and

 

4. the Group Performance Share Plan

These elements support the achievement of our objectives through balancing reward for both short-term and long-term sustainable performance. Our strategy is designed to reward only success, and to align employees’ remuneration with our risk framework and risk outcomes. For our most senior employees, the greater part of their reward is deferred and thereby subject to malus, that is, it can be cancelled if warranted by events.

In order to ensure alignment between what we pay our people and our business strategy, we assess individual performance against annual and long-term financial and non-financial objectives summarised in performance scorecards. This assessment also takes into account adherence to the HSBC Values of being ‘open, connected and dependable’ and acting with ‘courageous integrity’. Altogether, performance is therefore judged not only on what is achieved over the short and long-term but also importantly on how it is achieved, as the Committee believes the latter contributes to the long-term sustainability of the business.

Overall performance summary of 2013

During 2013, management continued to reshape the Group and improve returns. The Group announced 20 additional disposals or closures, exiting non-strategic markets and selling businesses and non-core investments. The Group also recorded an additional US$1.5bn in sustainable cost savings, which takes the total annualised savings to US$4.9bn. This surpasses the cumulative target of US$2.5bn to US$3.5bn on sustainable savings since 2011. Management’s continued focus on positioning the business for growth delivered increased underlying revenue in our home markets of the UK and Hong Kong.

The following summarises the Group’s 2013 financial performance highlighting the features which were most influential in the Committee’s assessment of management’s performance:

 

 

profit before tax rose on both a reported and underlying basis compared with 2013;

 

 

underlying revenue grew by 3%, notwithstanding the continuing run-off of our US CML portfolio and the repositioning of our client base in GPB. Revenue increased in CMB reflecting balance sheet growth and improved collaboration with other global businesses. In GB&M, revenue was higher in part reflecting our concentration on customer-facing businesses;

 

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (‘LICs’) reduced significantly, notably in North America, Europe, and in the Middle East and North Africa. In North America, which drove the majority of the decrease, the reduction was due in part to improvements in housing market conditions,

 

 

379


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

 

actions taken to accelerate the continued run-off of the portfolio, and lower levels of newly impaired loans and delinquencies in the CML portfolio. In Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific, LICs remained at low levels. By contrast, LICs rose in Latin America, particularly in Mexico, due to specific impairments in CMB relating to homebuilders reflecting a change in public housing policy and higher collective impairments in RBWM. In Brazil, although credit quality improved as changes to credit strategies in prior periods took effect, higher charges were required for restructured loan account portfolios in RBWM and CMB, and higher specific impairments in CMB;

 

 

the cost efficiency ratio decreased from 62.8% in 2012 to 59.6% in 2013. There was a reduction in legal and regulatory settlement costs, notably in the United States, together with lower customer redress charges and restructuring and related costs. The Group continued to invest in strategic initiatives, risk management and compliance resources. Additional sustainable cost savings were generated to partially offset higher operational costs and general inflation;

 

 

we maintained a strong balance sheet, with a ratio of customer advances to customer accounts of 72.9%;

 

 

the return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity was 9.2%, up from 8.4% in 2012, primarily reflecting lower adverse movements in the fair value of our own debt attributable to credit spreads and lower operating expenses;

 

 

dividends in respect of 2013 were increased from US$0.45 per ordinary share in 2012 to US$0.49 per ordinary share; and

 

 

our core tier 1 capital increased to 13.6%, up from 12.3% in 2012 and our estimated CRD IV end point basis common equity tier 1 ratio increased to 10.9%, up from 9.5% in 2012, driven by a combination of capital generation and a reduction in risk-weighted assets from management actions.

Major decisions and changes to Directors’ remuneration in 2013

There were no major changes to Directors’ remuneration for 2013. Marc Moses was appointed an executive Director with effect from 1 January 2014, reflecting the criticality of the Risk function to HSBC, his leadership of that function and his personal contribution to the Group. His remuneration has therefore been brought in line with the executive Directors’ remuneration policy.

Exercise of discretion

The Committee exercised its discretion to reduce the annual incentive and GPSP award for the Group CEO from that which a formulaic application of his scorecard

would have generated. The details are contained on page 397.

Discretion was also applied to reduce variable pay proposed for 2013 for other Group employees by US$22m, including members of senior management, consistent with the approach for the Group CEO. Further, the Committee used its discretion to postpone communication and payment of 2013 variable pay awards and postpone the vesting of unvested deferred awards granted to certain individuals in prior years pending completion of internal reviews of certain Group-wide notable events. The Committee has the authority to reduce or cancel such awards and may use this authority based on the outcome of the on-going reviews.

As previously disclosed in the Directors Remuneration Report in the Annual Report and Accounts 2012 , the Committee used its discretion to apply malus provisions to cancel part of the unvested deferred awards granted to certain individuals, in respect of the US regulatory and law enforcement fines and penalties.

Summary of awards

The Group variable pay pool for 2013 was established by reference to the Group’s underlying profit before tax, after excluding movements in the fair value of own debt attributable to credit spread and the gains and losses from disposals. For the sake of clarity, the impact of fines, penalties and other items of redress is included in the profit measure used to calibrate the variable pay pool. The table below summarises the variable pay pool outcome for 2013. For details see page 393.

 

     Group  
     2013      2012  
     US$m      US$m  

Variable pay pool

     

– total

     3,920         3,689   

– as a percentage of pre-tax profit (pre-variable

   pay) calculated as described above

     15%         17%   

– percentage of pool deferred

     18%         17%   

The following table summarises awards made to executive Directors for the relevant performance years. A breakdown of the awards and further details can be found within the ‘single figure of remuneration’ section on page 395.

 

     Total remuneration           Variable pay  
     2013      2012           2013      2012  
     £000      £000           £000      £000  

Douglas Flint

     2,427         2,424                      

Stuart Gulliver

     8,033         7,532            5,500         4,950   

Iain Mackay

     4,365         3,887                3,222             2,748   

Sir Simon Robertson

Chairman of the Group Remuneration Committee

24 February 2014

 

 

380


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

Directors’ remuneration policy

 

The following section sets out HSBC’s remuneration policy for our executive and non-executive Directors which is subject to shareholder approval. Our policy is in accordance with the new CRD IV regulations subject to shareholders’ approval which we will seek at the Annual General Meeting on 23 May 2014. If approved, the policy is intended to apply for three years to the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting in 2017. During the term of the policy, the Committee will have the authority and discretion to determine, where appropriate, the quantum of each element of remuneration up to the maximum

opportunity set out in the table below. Information on how the policy will be implemented is given on page 386.

There are two main changes from our current remuneration policy:

 

 

the introduction of a fixed pay allowance based on role and responsibility; and

 

 

variable remuneration opportunity limited to a maximum of 200% of fixed pay.

Both of these changes are detailed in the policy table and the accompanying notes below.

 

 

Remuneration policy – executive Directors

 

Purpose and link to strategy    Operation    Maximum opportunity    Performance metrics

Fixed pay

 

              

Base salary

 

              
To attract and retain key talent by being market competitive and rewarding on-going contribution to role.   

Base salary reflects the individual’s role, experience and responsibility. Changes are reviewed and approved by the Committee within the context of local requirements and market competitiveness.

 

Base salaries are benchmarked on an annual basis against relevant comparator groups as set out on page 388.

  

The annual base salary for each executive Director is set out in the table on page 404.

 

Base salaries are set at an appropriate level within the range determined by the benchmark group, reflecting each Director’s role, experience and responsibility.

 

Other than in exceptional circumstances, base salary increases for each of the current executive Directors will not increase by more than 15% of current base salary levels during the duration of this policy (for three years to the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting in 2017).

 

   None

Fixed pay allowance 1

 

              
To deliver fixed pay required to reflect the role, skills, and experience of the Directors and to maintain a competitive total remuneration package for the retention of key talent.   

Fixed pay allowances are non-pensionable and will be granted in shares that vest immediately on a quarterly basis or in such other frequencies as the Committee deems appropriate.

 

These shares (net of shares sold to cover any income tax and social security) will be subject to a retention period. 20% of these shares will be released in March immediately following the end of the financial year in which the shares are granted. The remaining 80% will be subject to a retention period of at least 5 years. Dividends will be paid on the vested shares held during the retention period.

  

Fixed pay allowances are determined based on the role and responsibility of each individual.

 

Other than in exceptional circumstances, the expectation will be that the maximum fixed pay allowance for each executive Director will be the difference between (i) 50% of target total remuneration of the executive Director under this policy as shown in the ‘Remuneration scenarios’ chart on page 389 and (ii) the aggregate of the base salary and cash allowance in lieu of pension for that executive Director 2 .

   No performance conditions are attached to the fixed pay allowance. However, to align the interest of the executives with the long-term interest of shareholders, the shares awarded will be subject to a retention period.

Pension

 

              
To attract and retain key talent by being market competitive.    Directors receive a cash allowance in lieu of pension entitlements.    The policy maximum will be 50% of base salary.    None

 

381


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

Remuneration policy – executive Directors (continued)

 

Purpose and link to strategy    Operation    Maximum opportunity    Performance metrics
Variable pay   

Adhering to the HSBC Values is a prerequisite for any employee to be considered for any variable pay. The HSBC Values are key to the running of a sound, sustainable bank. Specifically, our most senior employees have a separate HSBC Values rating which directly influences their overall performance rating considered by the Committee following the financial year end and, accordingly, their variable pay.

 

Annual incentive 1

 

              

To drive and reward performance against annual financial and non-financial measures and adherence to HSBC Values which are consistent with the medium to long-term strategy and align to shareholder interests.

 

Deferral structure provides retention value and the ability to apply malus.

  

Awards are delivered in the form of cash and shares. A minimum of 50% of awards will be made in shares.

 

A minimum of 60% of the total award will be deferred and vest over a period of three years or such other period as determined by the Committee.

 

The share awards (net of shares sold to cover any income tax and social security) will be subject to a retention period upon vesting, for such period of time as determined by the Committee using its discretion and taking into account regulatory requirements.

 

In respect of deferred share awards, on the vesting of these awards, an amount (in cash or shares), equal to the dividends paid or payable between the grant date and the vesting of the award may be paid on the number of shares vested.

 

In respect of deferred cash awards, a notional return, determined by reference to the dividend yield on shares or such other rate as determined by the Committee for the period between grant and vest, may be paid on vesting in respect of the amount that vests.

 

Awards are made on a discretionary basis. The Committee can, in appropriate circumstances, apply malus to all or part of an unvested award. It may also determine to introduce and operate clawback, in appropriate circumstances and subject to compliance with applicable local laws and regulations, in respect of incentive awards (whether paid in cash or shares) that have vested and been paid out. See page 388 for more details on malus and clawback.

 

The rules of the HSBC Share Plan 2011 provide the Committee with the discretion to adjust the vesting period of share awards and/or the number of shares underlying an award on the occurrence of corporate events and other reorganisation events specified in the plan rules.

  

The maximum opportunity for variable pay awards is set at 200% of fixed pay 2,3 .

 

For the purpose of determining incentive awards, fixed pay consists of base salary, fixed pay allowance and cash allowance in lieu of pension. Other benefits are not included.

 

The maximum annual incentive award will be 1/3 of the maximum variable pay opportunity, resulting in a maximum annual incentive of 67% of fixed pay. Target award is 50% of the maximum annual incentive award. 2

 

The Committee assesses performance against targets set for each performance measure and uses its judgement to determine the level of performance achieved for that measure. The overall payout level could be between 0% and 100% of the maximum amount discussed above.

 

The Committee can reduce (to zero if appropriate) the level of payout of awards as determined based on the outcome of the performance measures, if it considers that the level of payout so determined does not properly reflect the overall position and performance of the Company during the performance period.

  

Performance is measured against an annual scorecard, based on targets set for financial and non-financial measures. The scorecards vary by individual.

 

For Stuart Gulliver, the financial measures have a weighting of 60% and non-financial measures have a weighting of 40%.

 

For Iain Mackay and Marc Moses, the performance measures will be based on their respective functional objectives linked to our strategic priorities with a weighting of 90% and people-based objectives with a weighting of 10%.

 

Over the duration of the current remuneration policy, the Committee has the discretion to change the overall weighting of each category based on feedback from shareholders and regulators. In addition, the Committee has the discretion to vary the measures and their respective weightings within each category. The specific performance measures will be disclosed in the ‘Annual report on remuneration’ for the relevant year in question.

 

The Committee reserves the right to make adjustments to performance targets to reflect significant one-off items which occur during the measurement period (for example a major transaction). The Committee will make full and clear disclosure of any such adjustments within the ‘Annual report on remuneration’, subject to commercial confidentiality.

 

382


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

Purpose and link to strategy    Operation    Maximum opportunity    Performance metrics

Group Performance Share Plan (‘GPSP’) 1

 

    

To incentivise sustainable long-term performance through the use of pre-grant performance measures and aligns with shareholder interests by requiring shares to be held for the duration of employment.

 

Five-year vesting period provides retention value and the ability to apply malus.

  

Award levels are determined by considering performance up to the end of the financial year against enduring performance measures set out in the long-term performance scorecard.

 

The award vests after a five year period. On vesting, the shares (net of shares sold to cover any income tax and social security) must be retained for the duration of the participant’s employment. On cessation of employment the vested shares for good leavers will be released within 30 days of cessation of employment (for the definition of good leaver, see policy on payments for loss of office section on page 391). For leavers not deemed to be good leavers, the vested shares will be released in three equal instalments on each anniversary of the date of cessation of employment.

 

On the vesting of these awards, an amount (in cash or shares), equal to the dividends paid or payable between the grant date and the vesting of the award may be paid on the number of shares vested.

 

Awards are made on a discretionary basis. The Committee can, in appropriate circumstances, apply malus to all or part of an unvested award. It may also determine to introduce and operate clawback, in appropriate circumstances and subject to compliance with applicable local laws and regulations, in respect of incentive awards (whether paid in cash or shares) that have vested and been paid out. See page 388 for more details on malus and clawback.

 

The rules of the HSBC Share Plan 2011 provide the Committee with the discretion to adjust the vesting period of share awards and/or the number of shares underlying an award on the occurrence of corporate events and other reorganisation events specified in the plan rules.

  

The maximum opportunity for variable pay awards is set at 200% of fixed pay 2,3 .

 

For the purpose of determining incentive awards fixed pay consists of base salary, fixed pay allowance and cash in lieu of pension. Other benefits are not included.

 

The maximum GPSP award will be 2/3 of the maximum variable pay opportunity, resulting in a maximum GPSP award of 133% of fixed pay. Target award potential is 50% of the maximum GPSP award. 2

 

The maximum GPSP award for the Group Chairman will be 100% of his fixed pay. Target award potential is 50% of the maximum GPSP award.

 

The Committee assesses performance against targets set for each performance measure and uses its judgement to determine the level of performance achieved for that measure. The overall payout level could be between 0% and 100% of the maximum amount discussed above.

 

The Committee can reduce (to zero if appropriate) the level of payout of awards as determined based on the outcome of the performance measures, if it considers that the level of payout so determined does not properly reflect the overall position and performance of the Company during the performance period.

  

Performance is measured against a long-term scorecard with financial (60% weighting) and non-financial (40% weighting) measures.

 

Awards for the Group Chairman will be determined by reference to non-financial and qualitative measures including: monitoring and improving HSBC’s reputation with all stakeholders, and providing leadership and tone to drive improvement in the Group’s compliance, conduct and behaviour with a view to becoming over time one of the most reliably compliant financial institutions.

 

Overall performance is to be judged on achievement of measures in the long-term scorecard during the financial year and adherence to HSBC Values, which acts as a gateway.

 

Over the duration of the current remuneration policy, the Committee has the discretion to change the overall weighting of financial and non-financial categories based on feedback from shareholders and regulators. In addition, the Committee has the discretion to vary the measures and their respective weightings within each category. The specific performance measures will be disclosed in the ‘Annual report on remuneration’ for the relevant year in question.

 

The Committee reserves the right to make adjustments to performance targets to reflect significant one-off items which occur during the measurement period (for example a major transaction). The Committee will make full and clear disclosure of any such adjustments within the ‘Annual report on remuneration’, subject to commercial confidentiality.

 

383


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

Remuneration policy – executive Directors (continued)

 

Purpose and link to strategy    Operation    Maximum opportunity    Performance metrics

Benefits

 

    
To provide benefits in accordance with local market practice   

On-going benefits take account of local market practice and include the provision of medical insurance, income protection insurance, health assessment, life assurance, club membership, tax assistance, use of company car (including any tax due on the benefit) and travel assistance.

 

Stuart Gulliver is also provided with an accommodation and car benefit in Hong Kong. Any tax due on this benefit is borne by HSBC.

 

Additional benefits may also be provided where an executive is relocated or spends a substantial proportion of his/her time in more than one jurisdiction based on business needs. Such benefits could include, but are not restricted to, airfare, accommodation, shipment, storage, utilities and any tax and social security that may be due in respect of such benefits.

   The maximum for each benefit is determined by the nature of the benefit provided and the cost of benefits may vary from year to year based on market premium rates, the Directors’ personal and/or other external circumstances.    None

Other

 

    

Provision in case of regulatory changes

 

    
     In the event that regulatory requirements change, such that HSBC must make changes to remuneration that would be in breach of this policy, HSBC will ensure regulatory compliance, even if a revised policy has not been put to shareholders for approval. Any such change in policy would be put to shareholders for approval at the next Annual General Meeting.        Not applicable    Not applicable

 

384


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

Purpose and link to strategy    Operation    Maximum opportunity    Performance metrics

Provisions of previous policy that will continue to apply:

 

    
2011 – 2013 GPSP, deferred cash and share awards.   

Vesting of outstanding deferred cash and share based awards granted in prior years, including restricted shares and GPSP awards granted under the HSBC Share Plan 2011 and HSBC Share Plan, will continue to form part of the remuneration policy until vesting.

 

The awards normally vest over a period of up to five years from the date of grant. On vesting of GPSP awards, the shares (net of any shares sold to cover income tax and social security) will be subject to a retention period as discussed in the table above for GPSP awards. On vesting of the deferred share awards granted in 2011 and 2012, the shares (net of any shares sold to cover income tax and social security) will be subject to a retention period of up to six months as specified at the date of grant.

 

On vesting of the deferred share awards and GPSP awards, an amount (in cash or shares) equal to the dividends paid or payable between grant and vesting would be payable on the number of shares vested.

 

For deferred cash awards, a notional return, determined by reference to the dividend yield on shares or such other rate as determined by the Committee for the period between grant and vest may be paid on vesting in respect of the amount that vests.

  

Award levels have already been determined based on the outcome of relevant performance measures in the relevant prior year.

 

The unvested award would be cancelled if the relevant service condition is not met. Also, the deferred share awards granted in March 2013 would be cancelled if the Committee determines in its absolute discretion that the condition of the satisfactory conclusion of the Deferred Prosecution Agreement with the US Department of Justice (‘DPA’), is not met.

 

The maximum grant in prior years for a deferred share award was £5.20m, £0.84m for a deferred cash award, and £3.75m for a GPSP award.

  

Performance was measured against a long-term scorecard including financial and non-financial measures.

 

The vesting of these awards is subject to a service condition. For the deferred share awards granted in March 2013 as part of the annual incentive awards for financial year 2012, the vesting of the awards is also subject to satisfactory conclusion of the DPA. The DPA condition ends on the fifth anniversary of the award date unless the DPA is extended or otherwise continues beyond that date, in which case the awards will vest on the date on which the DPA expires and otherwise ceases to operate.

 

1 This approach applies to all executive Directors with the exception of the Group Chairman, Douglas Flint. He is not eligible for fixed pay allowance and annual incentive awards but will be eligible for GPSP awards.
2 Maximum award potentials for fixed pay allowances and variable pay awards are based on obtaining shareholder approval to increase the maximum variable pay award as a percentage of fixed pay under CRD IV from 100% to 200% at the Annual General Meeting on 23 May 2014. If shareholder approval is not obtained the maximum fixed pay allowance payable for each executive Director under the policy will be the difference between (i) 50% of maximum total remuneration of the executive Director under this policy as shown in the ‘Remuneration scenarios’ chart on page 389 and (ii) the aggregate of the base salary and cash allowance in lieu of pension for that executive Director. Maximum variable pay award levels will be revised to 100% of fixed pay and the maximum annual incentive and GPSP awards will accordingly be reduced to 1/3 and 2/3 of this amount (i.e. 33% and 67% of fixed pay respectively). The increase in the cap to 200% would enable us to minimise the increase in fixed remuneration costs and so help to maintain greater flexibility on total pay, whilst retaining a larger quantum of variable pay that can be subject to malus.
3 Consideration was given to the application of discount factors under the proposed EBA guidelines to compute the value of the GPSP awards for the variable pay cap under CRD IV. Based on the current terms of the EBA guidelines, the Committee considers the impact of the discount factors would be minimal and does not intend to use the discount factors to increase the variable pay cap for executive Directors in order to maintain a simple and transparent remuneration structure.

 

Notes to the ‘Remuneration policy table – executive Directors’

Differences in policy applied to employees generally

The mix of fixed and variable pay granted to an

employee is commensurate with the individual’s role, experience and responsibility and the local market.

Fixed pay allowances will only be granted to certain material risk takers as defined by the EBA based on their role, function, experience and

 

 

385


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

technical expertise. Group Managing Directors and Group General Managers will receive shares with the same release profile as the executive Directors. All other employees will receive the fixed pay allowance in cash when it is below a specified threshold. Where the fixed pay allowance is above the specified threshold, all of it will be received in shares that vest immediately. Any shares delivered (net of shares sold to cover any income tax and social security) as part of the fixed pay allowance would be subject to a retention period. 40% of the shares will be released in March following the end of the relevant financial year in which the shares were granted. The remaining 60% will be released in three equal annual tranches on each anniversary of the initial release.

Group Managing Directors participate in both the annual incentive and the GPSP. Group General Managers participate in the annual incentive and may receive other long-term awards. Other employees across the Group are eligible to participate in annual incentive arrangements.

Choice of performance measures and targets

The Committee selected the performance measures as they reflect the Group’s financial targets and strategy. The measures were determined in consultation with major shareholders.

Performance targets are set taking into account the economic environment, the Group’s strategic priorities and risk appetite.

Changes in policy for 2014 from 2013

The requirement in CRD IV to limit the variable pay that can be awarded to 100% of fixed pay or, with shareholders’ approval, 200% of fixed pay (in accordance with the requirement in CRD IV) presents challenges for HSBC to remain competitive commercially with our non-EU based international and domestic competitors and protect our talent and market positions. In order to deal with these challenges we have introduced changes to our remuneration structure for 2014. The table below summarises the changes from the remuneration policy. These changes will be effective from the 2014 Annual General Meeting, subject to shareholders’ approval.

UK government legal challenge

The UK government has lodged a legal challenge to the variable pay cap in CRD IV with the ECJ. If the legal challenge is successful, depending on the detail of the ECJ’s ruling and the extent and timing of any consequential changes to CRD IV, a revised remuneration policy may need to be submitted to shareholders for approval before the expiry of the current policy at the conclusion of the 2017 Annual General Meeting.

 

 

Changes in remuneration policy for 2014

 

Purpose and link to strategy    Operation    Maximum opportunity    Performance
metrics
Salary    No change    No change    No change (none)
Fixed pay allowance 1    Introduction of share allowance    Maximum fixed pay allowance for each executive Director will be the difference between (i) 50% of target remuneration of the executive Director under this policy as shown in the ‘Remuneration scenarios’ chart on page 389 and (ii) the aggregate of the base salary and cash allowance in lieu of pension for that executive Director.    None
Benefits    No change    No change    No change (none)        
Total variable pay    No change    Maximum at 900% of salary reduced to 200% of fixed pay    No change
Annual incentive 1    No change    Maximum incentive reduced from 300% of base salary to 67% of fixed pay    See page 382
GPSP 1    No change    Maximum incentive reduced from 600% of base salary to 133% of fixed pay    See page 383
Pension    No change    No change    No change (none)

 

1 Maximum award potentials for fixed pay allowances and variable pay awards are based on obtaining shareholder approval to increase the maximum variable pay award as a percentage of fixed pay under CRD IV from 100% to 200% at the Annual General Meeting on 23 May 2014. If shareholder approval is not obtained the maximum fixed pay allowance payable for each executive Director under the policy will be the difference between (i) 50% of maximum total remuneration of the executive Director under this policy as shown in the ‘Remuneration scenarios’ chart on page 389 and (ii) the aggregate of the base salary and cash allowance in lieu of pension for that executive Director. Maximum variable pay award levels will be revised to 100% of fixed pay and the maximum annual incentive and GPSP awards will accordingly be reduced to 1/3 and 2/3 of this amount (i.e. 33% and 67% of fixed pay respectively). The increase in the cap to 200% would enable us to minimise the increase in fixed remuneration costs and maintain greater flexibility on total pay whilst retaining a larger quantum of variable pay that can be subject to malus.

 

386


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

Remuneration policy - non-executive Directors

 

Principles, parameters and protocol for the determination of fees

 

In accordance with our Articles of Association, Directors are entitled to receive fees for their services as Directors as determined from time to time by HSBC Holdings plc in general meeting. Non-executive Directors, who are not employees, receive such fees but are not entitled to receive a base salary, fixed pay allowance, benefits, pension or any variable pay. The executive Group Chairman and other executive Directors are not eligible to receive fees for their services as Directors.

 

The fee levels payable reflect the time commitment and responsibilities required of a non-executive Director of HSBC Holdings plc. Fees are determined by benchmark against other UK companies and banks in the FTSE 30, and with reference to the fees paid by other non-UK international banks.

 

The Board will review the amount of each component of the fees periodically to assess whether, individually and in aggregate, they remain competitive and appropriate in light of changes in roles, responsibilities, and/or time commitment of the non-executive Directors and to ensure that individuals of the appropriate calibre are able to be retained or appointed. The Board (excluding the non-executive Directors) has discretion to approve changes to the fees. The Board may also introduce any new component of fee for non-executive Directors subject to the principles, parameters and other requirements set out in this remuneration policy.

 

In addition to fees payable by HSBC Holdings plc, certain of the non-executive Directors may be entitled to receive fees for their services as directors of subsidiary companies of HSBC Holdings plc. Such additional remuneration is determined by the board of directors of each relevant subsidiary and the relevant subsidiary is entitled to make or continue to make such payments to the relevant non-executive Director as the board of directors of each relevant subsidiary, in its discretion, may determine.

 

It is common practice for non-executive Directors to be reimbursed expenses incurred in performing their role and any related tax.

 

Component   Approach to the determination of each component of fees
Base fee  

The current base fee for a non-executive Director is £95,000 per annum.

 

The base fee may be reviewed and adjusted in line with the ‘Principles, parameters and protocol for the determination of fees’, provided that the aggregate of any increases in base fee effected over the duration of this remuneration policy shall not exceed 20% of the current fee level.

 

Fee for the senior independent non-executive Director  

The current fee for the senior independent non-executive Director is £45,000 per annum.

 

The additional fee may be reviewed and adjusted in line with the ‘Principles, parameters and protocol for the determination of fees’, provided that the aggregate of any increases in additional fee effected over the duration of this remuneration policy shall not exceed 20% of the current fee level.

 

Committee fees  

The current fees for non-executive Directors serving on Board committees are as follows:

 

• Group Audit, Group Risk, Group Remuneration, Financial System Vulnerabilities, Conduct & Values Committees:

    -   Chairman: £50,000 per annum; Member: £30,000 per annum

 

• Nomination Committee:

    -   Chairman: £40,000 per annum; Member: £25,000 per annum

 

The committee fees may be reviewed and adjusted in line with the ‘Principles, parameters and protocol for the determination of fees’, provided that the aggregate of any increases in committee fees effected over the duration of this remuneration policy shall not exceed 20% of the respective current fee levels.

 

If a new Board committee is established or there is a substantial change in the nature or responsibility of an existing Board committee, the fees for such a committee will be determined in line with the ‘Principles, parameters and protocol for the determination of fees’, provided that the committee fees shall not exceed the then fee levels of the Group Audit Committee.

 

Material factors taken into account when setting pay policy

The Committee takes into account a variety of factors when determining the remuneration policy for Directors.

Internal factors

Funding

Both the annual incentive and GPSP awards are funded from a single annual variable pay pool from which individual awards are considered. Funding of the Group’s annual variable pay pool is determined in the context of Group profitability, capital strength, and shareholder returns. Details on the calculation of this year’s variable pay pool can be found on page 393.

 

The dilution limits set out in the HSBC share plans comply with the Association of British Insurers’ guidelines. Prior to 2012, all equity-settled awards of Performance Shares and Restricted Shares vesting under the HSBC Share Plans were satisfied by the transfer of existing shares held under a trust. To create additional core tier 1 capital and retain funds within HSBC, vestings of Restricted Share awards are now satisfied by a mixture of existing shares from the trust and newly issued shares.

Pay and employment conditions in the Group

HSBC considers pay across the Group when determining remuneration levels for its executive Directors. In considering individual awards, a comparison of the pay and employment conditions of

 

 

387


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

our employees and senior executives is considered by the Committee.

The Committee invites the Head of Group Performance and Reward to present proposals for remuneration for the wider employee population and on any other changes in remuneration policy within the company. The Head of Group Performance and Reward also consults the Committee on the extent to which the different elements of remuneration should be cascaded to other employees.

Feedback from employee engagement surveys and HSBC Exchange meetings are taken into account in determining the Group’s remuneration policy.

External factors

Regulation

There is still a wide divergence in local regulations governing remuneration structures globally. This presents significant challenges to HSBC which operates worldwide. In order to deliver long-term sustainable performance, it is important that we have market-competitive remuneration and which is broadly equivalent across geographic boundaries in order to attract, motivate and retain talented and committed employees around the world. We aim to ensure that our remuneration policy is aligned with regulatory practices and the interests of shareholders. HSBC is fully compliant with the Financial Stability Board (‘FSB’), FCA, PRA and Hong Kong Monetary Authority (‘HKMA’) guidance and rules on remuneration which apply at the date of this report.

Comparator group

The Committee considers market data for executive Directors’ remuneration packages from a defined remuneration comparator group. This group consists of nine global financial services companies, namely Banco Santander, Bank of America, Barclays, BNP Paribas, Citigroup, Deutsche Bank, JPMorgan Chase & Co, Standard Chartered and UBS. These companies were selected on the basis of their broadly similar business coverage, size and international scope, and are subject to annual review for continuing relevance. The Committee can also review other companies where relevant in determining the remuneration policy.

Shareholder views

The Chairman of the Committee, the Head of Group Performance and Reward and the Group Company Secretary met with a representative number of key institutional shareholders in October and November 2013. We consider these types of meetings vital to

gather views on our current and developing remuneration practices to ensure that our reward strategy continues to be aligned with the long-term interests of our shareholders.

These shareholders were consulted on the proposed changes to our remuneration policy to be operated from 2014 as a result of the introduction of the cap on variable pay awards under CRD IV. In these meetings we discussed the challenges this cap on variable pay presents to HSBC in retaining talent. We presented and discussed our proposal to increase the fixed pay of affected individuals through the payment of a fixed pay allowance.

Overall, the shareholders we met appreciated the importance of retaining talent and acknowledged the competitive disadvantage the variable pay cap in CRD IV has on HSBC relative to a number of our international peers and domestic competitors. Overall, the shareholders were supportive of our need to address the imbalance and our approach to doing so through the use of a fixed pay allowance. In response to feedback received from shareholders, the increase to the fixed pay of all executive Directors, General Managing Directors and Group General Managers will be delivered in shares which will be subject to a retention period to ensure a strong alignment with the long-term interests of our shareholders. Other employees will receive the fixed pay allowance in cash when it is below a specified threshold. The target and maximum total compensation for the executive Directors has been reduced given the increase in fixed pay.

Adjustments, malus and clawback

In order solely to reward genuine performance, individual awards are made on the basis of a risk-adjusted view of both financial and non-financial performance. In light of this, the Committee has discretion to reduce an employee’s current year variable pay to reflect detrimental conduct or involvement in Group-wide notable events.

Further, the Committee can, in appropriate circumstances, reduce or cancel all or part of any unvested awards under the applicable malus provision. Appropriate circumstances include (but are not limited to) conduct detrimental to the business; past performance being materially worse than originally understood; restatement, correction or amendment of any financial statements; or improper or inadequate risk management.

The Committee can also suspend the vesting of unvested deferred awards granted in prior years where the awards are scheduled to vest before the outcome of a review of a Group-wide notable event is known.

 

 

388


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

Since 2013, following advice from Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer, the Committee’s legal adviser on the malus framework, the Committee has implemented a formal policy, with supporting procedures, which will be continuously updated.

The Committee may also decide to introduce and operate clawback, in appropriate circumstances and subject to compliance with applicable local laws and regulations, in respect of incentive awards (whether paid in cash or shares) that have vested and been paid out.

Risk

Risk (including in particular, compliance) is a critical part of the assessment process in determining the performance of senior executives and risk-takers (defined as HSBC Code Staff, which includes executive Directors) and in ensuring that their individual remuneration has been appropriately assessed with regard to risk.

The Global Risk function carries out annual reviews for HSBC Code Staff, which determine whether there are any instances of non-compliance with Risk procedures and expected behaviour. Instances of non-compliance are escalated to senior management and the Committee for consideration in variable pay decisions. Consideration is given to whether adjustments, malus and/or clawback should apply and in certain circumstances, whether employment should be continued.

Group-wide thematic reviews of risk are also carried out to determine if there are any transgressions which could affect the amount of current year variable pay or any instances where malus of previously awarded variable pay is required.

Remuneration scenarios

As a result of rebalancing fixed and variable remuneration to meet the requirements of CRD IV, total remuneration for target and maximum performance has been reduced for those executive Directors currently eligible for annual incentive and GPSP awards in order to offset any benefit arising from increases in fixed pay. As noted above and subject to approval of the remuneration policy, the Group Chairman will be eligible for a GPSP award from 2014.

The following charts show how the total value of remuneration and its composition would vary under three performance scenarios for executive Directors. The ‘current’ scenario models the 2013 policy for executive Directors and the ‘policy’ scenario models the policy, which will be effective from the date of the

Annual General Meeting, subject to shareholders’ approval.

Stuart Gulliver

 

LOGO

Iain Mackay

 

LOGO

Marc Moses

Marc Moses was promoted to executive Director with effect from 1 January 2014.

 

LOGO

Douglas Flint

Douglas Flint is not eligible for annual incentive awards but is eligible for GPSP awards.

 

LOGO

 

 

389


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

1 Fixed pay includes base salary, fixed pay allowance and pension allowance for the year. Benefits value is based on the value of all benefits received in 2013. For executive Directors other than Stuart Gulliver, the value of the benefits have been shown together with fixed pay in the above charts given their relatively small impact.
2 Maximum award level as stated in our remuneration policy on the basis that shareholders approve the increase in the CRD IV cap on variable pay awards as a percentage of fixed pay to 200%. Includes deferred portion of award. Target has been defined as 50% of the maximum award. Minimum assumes no annual incentive award.
3 Maximum award level as stated in our remuneration policy on the basis that shareholders approve the increase in the CRD IV cap on variable pay awards as a percentage of fixed pay to 200%. Target has been defined as 50% of the maximum award. The GPSP scorecard has not been designed with a numeric targeted or expected value of performance. Minimum assumes no GPSP award.
4 The maximum award level of the GPSP for Douglas Flint is 100% of fixed pay. Target has been defined as 50% of the maximum award. Minimum assumes no GPSP award.

Approach to recruitment remuneration

On the recruitment or appointment of a new executive Director the Committee would adhere to the following principles:

 

 

remuneration packages should be in line with the policy as outlined on page 381;

 

remuneration packages must meet any applicable local regulatory requirements; and

 

 

where necessary, compensation may be provided in respect of forfeiture of awards from an existing employer (buyout awards).

The maximum level of variable remuneration (excluding buyout awards) for any new hires will be 200% of fixed pay, subject to shareholder approval at the Annual General Meeting on 23 May 2014.

Outlined in the following table are all components that would be considered for inclusion in the remuneration package of a new executive Director and, for each, the approach that would be adopted.

In the case of an internal appointment, any variable element awarded in respect of the prior role may be allowed to pay out according to its terms on grant.

For non-executive Directors recruitment, remuneration will be in line with the ‘Remuneration policy’ table on page 387.

 

 

Components of remuneration package of a new executive Director

 

Component                         Approach taken to each component of remuneration
Fixed pay   

Base salary and fixed pay allowance to reflect the individual’s role, experience and responsibility and be set in the context of market practice.

 

Pension in line with policy as set out in the ‘Remuneration policy’ table on page 381.

Benefits    Benefits to be provided will be dependent on circumstances but in line with Group policy and ‘Remuneration policy’ table, including the global mobility policy, where applicable, and local regulations.
Annual incentive   

New joiners will be eligible to be considered for an annual incentive award as set out in the ‘Remuneration policy’ table on page 382.

 

Guaranteed bonuses are only permitted by exception and must be limited to the first year of service, subject to the Group Deferral Policy and performance requirements.

GPSP    May be considered for GPSP award in year as set out in the ‘Remuneration policy’ table on page 383.
Buyout   

May be offered if the individual holds any outstanding unvested shares which are forfeited on resignation from the previous employer.

 

Group buyout policy is in line with the PRA Remuneration Code which states that both the terms and amount of any replacement awards will not be more generous than the award forfeited on departure from the former employer.

 

Delivered as HSBC restricted shares with vesting and retention periods to match the terms of forfeited awards with previous employer as closely as possible, subject to proof of forfeiture and other relevant documentation. Where the time to vesting is less than 60 days, deferred cash may be awarded for administrative purposes.

 

Service contracts

Executive Directors

Our policy is to employ executive Directors on service agreements with 12 months’ notice period. Consistent

with the best interests of the Group, the Committee will seek to minimise termination payments. Directors may be eligible for a payment in relation to statutory rights.

 

 

390


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

Director   

Contract date

(rolling)

   Notice period

(Director & HSBC)

Douglas Flint    14 February 2011    12 months
Stuart Gulliver    10 February 2011    12 months
Iain Mackay    4 February 2011    12 months

Marc Moses was appointed as an executive Director with effect from 1 January 2014. He will receive a new service agreement in line with the remuneration policy table for executive Directors after the Annual General Meeting on 23 May 2014.

Other than as set out in the ‘Directors’ remuneration policy’ section on page 381 and the ‘Policy on payments for loss of office’ table below, there are no further obligations which could give rise to remuneration payments or payments for loss of office.

Non-executive Directors

Non-executive Directors are appointed for fixed terms not exceeding three years, which may be renewed subject to their election or re-election by shareholders at Annual General Meetings. Non-executive Directors have no service contracts, but are bound by their respective letters of appointment issued for and on behalf of HSBC Holdings plc. Other than as set out in the ‘Remuneration policy’ table on page 387, there are no obligations in any and all of the non-executive Directors’ letters of appointment which could give rise to remuneration payments or payments for loss of office. Non-executive Directors’ current terms of appointment will expire as follows:

 

 

in 2014, Safra Catz, Laura Cha, John Coombe 1 , Rona Fairhead, James Hughes-Hallett 1 and Sam Laidlaw;

 

 

in 2015, Marvin Cheung, Joachim Faber, John Lipsky, Rachel Lomax and Sir Simon Robertson;

 

 

in 2016, Renato Fassbind; and

 

in 2017, Kathleen Casey and Sir Jonathan Evans.

 

1 Not seeking re-election.

Other directorships

Executive Directors, if so authorised by either the Nomination Committee or the Board, may accept appointments as non-executive directors of suitable companies which are not part of HSBC.

Approval will not be given for an executive Director to accept a non-executive directorship of more than one FTSE 100 company or the chairmanship of such a company. In addition, with effect from 1 July 2014, Directors will be subject to the following limits on the number of directorships that they may hold under CRD IV. CRD IV states that members of the management body, which includes both executive and non-executive Directors, may not hold more than:

 

 

one executive directorship with two non-executive directorships; or

 

 

four non-executive directorships.

With the consent of the PRA one additional non-executive directorship may be held.

When considering a request to accept a non-executive appointment, the Nomination Committee or Board will take into account, amongst other things, the expected time commitment of such appointment. The time commitment for Directors’ external appointments will be reviewed as part of the annual Board review.

Any remuneration receivable in respect of an external appointment of an executive Director is normally paid to the Group, unless otherwise approved by the Nomination Committee or the Board.

 

 

Policy on payments for loss of office

 

Component of remuneration        Approach taken
Fixed pay and benefits   

In the event of redundancy, executive Directors employed on service agreements with HSBC Holdings would be entitled to a severance payment which is calculated using a multiplier of a number of weeks’ pay based on their full years’ service. The calculation of a week’s pay in the context of this severance payment is a pro rata proportion of the individual’s base salary, the last paid annual incentive and any ongoing special allowances. This would only be applicable for Douglas Flint, Iain Mackay and Marc Moses. Stuart Gulliver is not entitled to a severance payment under his service agreement.

 

Executive Directors may also be entitled to payments in lieu of:

 

• notice, which shall consist of base salary, pension entitlements and other contractual benefits 1 (or an amount in lieu of); and/or

• accrued but untaken holiday entitlement.

 

391


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

Component of remuneration        Approach taken
Annual incentive   

Executive Directors are not eligible to be considered for or receive an annual incentive award if, on the date of grant, they are no longer employed by the Group or are under notice of termination of employment, other than in exceptional circumstances as determined by the Committee based on the individual executive Director’s circumstances.

 

In relation to unvested annual incentives granted in prior years, these may be subject to good leaver rights at the discretion of the Committee (see below for further details on reasons that may qualify for good leaver status).

 

If the executive Director is deemed a good leaver, the following apply:

 

• unvested awards will continue to vest in line with the applicable vesting dates, subject to the share plan rules, malus and clawback

    provisions (see notes below); or

• in the event of Death unvested awards will vest and will be released to the executive Director’s estate as soon as practicable.

 

If the executive Director is not deemed a good leaver, all unvested awards will lapse.

 

GPSP   

Executive Directors are not eligible to be considered for or receive a GPSP award if, on the date of grant, they are no longer employed by the Group or are under notice of termination of employment, other than in exceptional circumstances as determined by the Committee based on the individual executive Director’s circumstances.

 

In relation to deferred GPSP awards granted in prior years, these may be subject to good leaver rights at the discretion of the Committee (see below for further details on reasons that may qualify for good leaver status).

 

If the executive Director is deemed a good leaver, the following apply:

 

• vested shares, subject to retention, will be released to the executive Director on cessation of employment;

• unvested awards will continue to vest in line with the applicable vesting dates, subject to the share plan rules, and malus provisions and

    will be released on the normal vesting dates (see also notes below); or

• in the event of death unvested awards will vest and, together with the vested shares, they will be released to the executive Director’s

    estate as soon as practicable.

 

If the executive Director is not deemed a good leaver, the following applies:

 

• vested shares, subject to retention, will be released to the executive Director in three equal tranches on each of the first, second and third

    anniversary of cessation of employment; and

• all unvested awards will lapse.

 

Legal claims    The Committee retains the discretion to make payments (including professional and outplacement fees) to mitigate against legal claims, subject to any such payments being made pursuant to a statutory settlement agreement.

 

1 The other benefits as part of the payment in lieu of notice do not include the taxable value of accommodation, car and chauffeur provided in Hong Kong to Stuart Gulliver.

 

Our policy is for notice periods to be set at 12 months for both the executive Director and HSBC.

Subject to the approval of the Committee, an individual would be considered as a good leaver if they cease to be employed by reason of:

 

 

redundancy;

 

 

sale of business;

 

 

retirement from HSBC;

 

 

death;

 

 

injury, ill health and disability; or

 

 

any other reason as determined by the Committee.

In respect of GPSP awards, for an individual to be considered as a good leaver by reason of retirement or ‘any other reason’, the Committee needs to be satisfied that the executive has no current or future intention at the date of leaving HSBC of being employed by any competitor financial services

firm. If the Committee becomes aware of any evidence to the contrary before vesting, the award will lapse.

Under the HSBC Share Plan 2011 rules, the Committee has the discretion to determine that the award will vest immediately or on any other date.

Annual report on remuneration

 

Role, membership and advisers to the Committee

Role

Within the authority delegated by the Board, the Committee is responsible for approving the Group’s remuneration policy. The Committee also determines the remuneration of executive Directors, senior employees, employees in positions of significant influence and employees whose activities have or could have an impact on our risk profile and, in

 

 

392


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

doing so, takes into account the pay and conditions across the Group. No Directors are involved in deciding their own remuneration.

Membership

The members of the Group Remuneration Committee during 2013 were Sir Simon Robertson (Chairman, appointed 24 May 2013), John Thornton (retired as a Director on 24 May 2013), John Coombe, Renato Fassbind (appointed 1 March 2013) and Sam Laidlaw.

There were 12 meetings of the Committee during 2013. The table on page 360 gives details of Directors attendance at these meetings.

Advisers

In 2013, the Committee decided not to use external advisers, and in future will only seek external support on remuneration policy as and when necessary.

During the year, the Group Chief Executive provided regular briefings to the Committee and the Committee received advice from the Group Managing Director, Group Head of Human Resources and Corporate Sustainability, Ann Almeida, the Head of Group Performance and Reward, Alexander Lowen (and his predecessor, Tristram Roberts), the Group Chief Risk Officer, Marc Moses, and the Global Head of Financial Crime Compliance and Group Money Laundering Reporting Officer, Robert Werner, all of whom provided advice as part of their executive role as employees of HSBC. The Committee also received advice and feedback from the Group Risk Committee on risk and compliance-related matters relevant to remuneration and the alignment of remuneration with risk appetite.

Group variable pay pool

Variable pay pool determination

The Committee considers many factors in determining the Group’s variable pay pool funding.

Performance and Risk Appetite Statement

The variable pay pool takes into account the performance of the Group which is considered within the context of our Risk Appetite Statement. This helps to ensure that the variable pay pool is shaped by risk considerations and any Group-wide notable events. The Risk Appetite Statement describes and measures the amount and types of risk that HSBC is prepared to take in executing its strategy. It shapes the integrated approach to

business, risk and capital management and supports achievement of the Group’s objectives. The Group Chief Risk Officer regularly updates the Committee on the Group’s performance against the Risk Appetite Statement.

The Committee uses these updates when considering remuneration to ensure that return, risk and remuneration are aligned.

Counter-cyclical funding methodology

We use a counter-cyclical funding methodology which is categorised by both a floor and a ceiling and the payout ratio reduces as performance increases to avoid pro-cyclicality risk. The floor recognises that competitive protection is typically required irrespective of performance levels. The ceiling recognises that at higher levels of performance it is possible to limit reward as it is not necessary to continue to increase the variable pay pool, thereby limiting the risk of inappropriate behaviour to drive financial performance.

Distribution of profits

In addition, our funding methodology considers the relationship between capital, dividends and variable pay to ensure that the distribution of post-tax profits between these three elements is considered appropriate (see page 394 for the 2012, 2013 and target split).

Commerciality and affordability

Finally, the commercial requirement to remain competitive in the market and overall affordability are considered. Both the annual incentive and GPSP are funded from a single annual variable pay pool from which individual awards are considered. Funding of the Group’s annual variable pay pool is determined in the context of Group profitability, capital strength, and shareholder returns. This approach ensures that performance-related awards for individual global businesses, global functions, geographical regions and levels of staff are considered in a holistic fashion.

This year’s variable pay pool was established by reference to the Group’s underlying profit before tax which excludes movements in the fair value of own debt attributable to credit spread and the gains and losses from disposals, and includes the costs of fines, penalties and other items of redress. For the purposes of considering the variable pay pool, the normal profits from disposed of businesses up to their actual disposal are included in the calculation.

 

 

393


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

Taking into account all of the above, the Committee decided that in light of performance, the market environment, risk inputs, and other factors,

the underlying pre-tax pre-variable pay profit payout ratio for 2013 would be 15%.

 

 

Variable pay pool outcome

 

     Group           Global Banking and Markets  
     2013           2012           2013           2012  
             US$m                    US$m                    US$m                    US$m   

Total variable pay pool

     3,920            3,689            1,327            1,266   
     %            %            %            %   

Variable compensation incentive pool as a percentage of pre-tax profit (pre-variable pay) 1

     15            17            13            13   

Percentage of variable pay pool deferred 2

     18            17            30            28   

 

1 The 2013 Group pre-tax profit pre-variable pay calculation as described on the previous page.
2 The percentage of variable pay deferred for the Code Staff population is 64%.

 

Relative importance of spend on pay

The chart to the right provides a breakdown of total staff pay relative to the amount paid out in dividends.

Pro forma post-tax profits allocation

On a pro forma basis, attributable post-tax profits (excluding movements in the fair value of own debt and before pay distributions) were allocated in the proportions shown in the chart below. The Group’s target policy is for the vast majority of post-tax profit to be allocated to capital and to shareholders.

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

1 Dividends per ordinary share in respect of that year. For 2013, this includes the first, second and third interim dividends paid in 2013 of US$5.6bn (gross of scrip) and a fourth interim dividend of US$3.6bn.
2 Inclusive of dividends to holders of other equity instruments and net of scrip issuance based on an assumption of scrip take up for the fourth quarter of 2013 of 20%. Dividends per ordinary share declared in respect of 2013 were US$0.49, an increase of 9% compared with 2012.
3 Total variable pay pool net of tax and portion to be delivered by the award of HSBC shares.

 

394


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

Single figure of remuneration

Executive Directors

 

     Douglas Flint           Stuart Gulliver           Iain Mackay  
             2013                   2012                   2013                   2012                   2013                   2012  
     £000           £000           £000           £000           £000           £000  

Fixed pay

                                

Base salary

     1,500            1,500            1,250            1,250            700            700   

Pension

     750            750            625            625            350            350   
     2,250            2,250            1,875            1,875            1,050            1,050   

Benefits

     48            64            591            642            33            36   

Variable pay

                                

Annual incentive

                           1,833            780            1,074            539   

GPSP

                           3,667            3,000            2,148            1,400   
                           5,500            3,780            3,222            1,939   

Notional return on deferred cash

     27            12                                  7            3   

Non-taxable benefits

     102            98            67            65            53            50   

Total single figure of remuneration

     2,427            2,424            8,033            6,362            4,365            3,078   

Addendum

                                

Annual incentive with performance conditions 1

                                      1,170                       809   

Total single figure of remuneration and annual incentive with performance conditions

     2,427            2,424            8,033            7,532            4,365            3,887   

 

1 60% of the 2012 annual incentive for Stuart Gulliver and Iain Mackay disclosed in the 2012 Directors’ Remuneration Report was deferred for five years. The vesting of these awards is subject to service condition and satisfactory completion of the DPA. The DPA condition ends on the fifth anniversary of the award date unless the DPA is extended or otherwise continues beyond that date, in which case the awards will vest on the date on which the DPA expires and otherwise ceases to operate.

Notes to the single figure of remuneration

Base salary

 

Salary paid in year for executive Directors. No fees were paid to executive Directors.

Pension

 

Pension values generally consist of an allowance of 50% of annual basic salary in lieu of personal pension arrangements.

 

For 2012, Stuart Gulliver received employer contributions of 4% of base salary into a personal pension plan and a cash allowance of 46% of base salary from 1 January 2012 to 31 March 2012. From 1 April 2012, he received a cash allowance of 50% of base salary as per above. The employer contributions and the allowance for the whole of 2012 amounted to £625,000.

 

No other benefits were received by the executive Directors from the Group pension plans.

Benefits

 

All taxable benefits (gross value before payment of tax). Benefits include provision of medical insurance, accommodation and car, club membership, and tax gross up for accommodation and car benefit. The 2012 numbers are restated to be in line with the new final regulations on benefits to be reported in the single figure table.

 

Non-taxable benefits include the provision of life assurance and other insurance cover.

 

The values of the significant benefits in the above table are as follows:

 

    Douglas Flint          Stuart Gulliver          Iain Mackay  
           2013                  2012                  2013                 2012                  2013                 2012  
    £000          £000          £000          £000          £000          £000  

Pool cars (UK and Hong Kong)

    1          1          79           73           1          1  

Hong Kong bank-owned accommodation 2

                        229           237                       

Tax expense on pool cars and Hong Kong bank-owned accommodation

    1          1          266           310           1          1  

Insurance benefit (non-taxable)

    78           75           54           53           1          1  

 

1 The pool car and tax on pool car for Douglas Flint and Iain Mackay is not included in the above table as it was not significant. The insurance benefit for Iain Mackay is not included in the above table as it was not significant.
2 Based on the current market rental value of the bank-owned property, as estimated by an external lease service provider, plus utility costs, rates, the taxable value of furniture and taking into account the business use of the property, the taxable value of the accommodation is considered to be 70% of the total of these amounts.

 

395


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

Annual incentive

Annual incentive awarded (including deferred amounts) as a result of achievement of performance measures for the relevant financial year. 60% of the award is deferred. 50% of both the deferred and non-deferred component of the award is payable in cash and the remaining 50% in shares, subject to a six month retention period on vesting.
The deferred element of the 2013 award pays out over a period of three years, subject to service and malus conditions: 33% vests on the first and second anniversary of grant and 34% on the third anniversary of grant. In 2012, there was a one-time change where the deferred element of the 2012 award was extended to pay out 100% cliff vesting subject to the satisfactory completion of the DPA as per footnote 1 of the ‘Addendum to the single figure of remuneration’. During the vesting period the Committee has the authority to cancel all or part of the unvested award.
For the 2013 award the performance measures and the outcomes of the performance conditions can be found on page 397. Outcomes for the 2012 award can be found in the Directors’ Remuneration Report in the Annual Report and Accounts 2012.
The deferred share awards also include a right to receive dividend equivalents. Dividend equivalents on deferred share awards are delivered in the form of additional shares, in the same time and in the same manner and in such proportion as the original deferred award that vests. The expected value of these dividend equivalents are included in the value of deferred share awards.
The deferred cash awards also include a right to receive notional returns for the period between grant date and vesting date and determined by reference to the dividend yield on HSBC shares. A payment of notional return is made in the same proportion as the vesting of the deferred awards on each vesting date.

GPSP

GPSP awards where final vesting is determined as a result of achievement of performance conditions over more than one financial year that end in the respective year. Figures shown reflect the face value of awards granted in 2014 and 2013 respectively.
Award levels are determined by considering performance against enduring performance measures set out in the long-term performance scorecard. There are no post-grant performance conditions.
The award is subject to a five-year vesting period during which the Committee has the authority to cancel all or part of the award. On vesting, the shares (net of tax) must be retained for the duration of the participant’s employment.
For the 2013 award the outcomes of the performance conditions can be found in the section titled ‘Awards under the GPSP’ on page 399. Outcomes for the 2012 award can be found in the Directors’ Remuneration Report in the Annual Report and Accounts 2012.
The GPSP awards also include a right to receive dividend equivalents for the period between the grant and the vesting date. Dividend equivalents on the GPSP awards will be delivered when the GPSP awards vest. There was no vesting of GPSP awards in 2013. The expected value of these dividend equivalents are included in the value of GPSP awards included in the table above.

Non-executive Directors

 

     Fees           Benefits 6           Total  
             2013                   2012                   2013                   2012                   2013                   2012  
     £000           £000           £000           £000           £000           £000  

Safra Catz

     95            95            14            11            109            106   

Laura Cha 1

     195            548            47            42            242            590   

Marvin Cheung 2

     197            166            45            59            242            225   

John Coombe

     205            205            14            17            219            222   

Sir Jonathan Evans 3

     50                                             50              

Joachim Faber

     137            104            21            15            158            119   

Rona Fairhead

     202            200            6            1            208            201   

Renato Fassbind 4

     145                       23                       168              

James Hughes-Hallett

     145            138            1            2            146            140   

Sam Laidlaw

     125            125                                  125            125   

John Lipsky

     150            119            25            26            175            145   

Rachel Lomax

     155            155            8            5            163            160   

Sir Simon Robertson

     240            180            1                       241            180   

Total 5

     2,041            2,035            205            178            2,246            2,213   

Total (US$000)

     3,191            3,225            320            282            3,511            3,507   

 

1 Includes fees as Director, Deputy Chairman and member of the nomination committee of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited.
2 Includes fees as Director, Chairman of the risk committee and member of the audit committee of Hang Seng Bank Limited.
3 Appointed on 6 August 2013.
4 Appointed on 1 January 2013.
5

Excludes fees and benefits for Jim Comey and John Thornton who were not Directors at 31 December 2013. Jim Comey was appointed a Director on 4 March 2013 and resigned on 4 September 2013. Fees and benefits 6 for 2013 were £63,000 and £10,000 respectively. John Thornton retired as a Director on 24 May 2013. Fees (including fees as Chairman of HSBC North America Holdings Inc) for 2013 were £472,000 (£1,092,000 for 2012). Benefits 6 for 2013 were £7,000 (£26,000 for 2012).

6 Benefits include travel-related expenses relating to the attendance at Board and other meetings at HSBC Holdings registered office. Amounts disclosed are estimated and have been grossed up using a tax rate of 45%, where relevant.

 

396


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

Variable pay outcomes

Summary of pay outcomes

 

     Stuart Gulliver          Iain Mackay  
    

Maximum

multiple

        

Pre-

discretion

per-

formance

outcome

        

Multiple

awarded

        

Pre-

discretion

value

        

Com-

mittee

discretion

        

Post-

discretion

value

        

Maximum

multiple

        

Post-

discretion

per-

formance

outcome

        

Multiple

awarded

             Value  
                                      £000          £000          £000                                           £000  

Salary

     1.00           100%           1.00           1,250           n/a           1,250           1.00          100%          1.00          700  

Annual incentive

     3.00           60%           1.80           2,250           (417        1,833           3.00          51%          1.53          1,074  

GPSP

     6.00           60%           3.60           4,500           (833        3,667           5.10          60%          3.07          2,148  

Total

                    8,000           (1,250        6,750                          3,922  

 

Determining executive Directors’ annual performance

Stuart Gulliver

The annual incentive award made to Stuart Gulliver in respect of 2013 reflected the Committee’s assessment of the extent to which he had achieved the personal and corporate objectives set for him within his performance scorecard as agreed by the Board at the beginning of the year. This measurement took into account his performance against both the financial and non-financial measures which had been set to reflect the risk appetite and

strategic priorities determined by the Board to be appropriate for 2013.

In order for any award of annual incentive to be made under the above performance scorecard, the Committee had to satisfy itself that Stuart Gulliver had personally met and shown leadership in promoting HSBC Values. This overriding test assessed behaviour around the HSBC Values principles of being ‘open, connected and dependable’ and acting with ‘courageous integrity’.

A summary of the assessment against specific performance measures is provided in the following table.

 

 

Stuart Gulliver – Annual assessment

 

Measure    Weighting           Target           Performance           Assessment           Outcome  

Pre-tax profit (US$bn) 1

     17.5%            n/a 3           23.8            100%            17.5%   

Return on equity (%) 1

     10%            12-15            9.8            0%            0%   

Cost efficiency ratio (%) 1

     17.5%            48-52            58.5            0%            0%   

Dividend payout (%)

     10%            40-60            57.1            100%            10%   

Capital strength (%) 2

     5%            >10            13.6            100%            5%   

Financial

     60%                              32.5%   

Strategy execution

     25%            Judgement            n/a            80%            20%   

Compliance and reputation

     15%            Judgement            n/a            50%            7.5%   

Non-financial

     40%                              27.5%   

Promoting HSBC Values

    
 
Over-
riding test
  
  
                          100%   

Total

     100%                              60%   

Result of exercise of Committee’s discretion

                                   49%   

 

1 Pre-tax profit, return on equity and cost efficiency ratio excludes from the return the impact of fair value movements on own debt designated at fair value resulting from changes in credit spreads.
2 Capital strength is defined as core tier 1 capital.
3 Specific target not disclosed as deemed to be commercially sensitive.

 

Rationale

On HSBC values, independent feedback was taken from the Group Chairman, his executive colleagues and other employees in the organisation. Taking this

into account as well as its own experience and observation, the Committee concluded that Stuart Gulliver had exhibited strong leadership and personal behaviour in this area and so met the required standard.

 

 

397


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

In aggregate, in assessing the calibration of Stuart Gulliver’s 2013 annual incentive against his theoretical maximum opportunity of three times base salary, an overall score of 60% (2012: 52%) of that maximum opportunity was judged to have been achieved. A summary of the assessment and rationale for the conclusions is set out below. Unless otherwise indicated, the figures in parentheses denote the opportunity within the scorecard.

Financial (60% weighting – achieved 32.5%)

An opportunity of 17.5% was available in respect of delivering pre-tax profit improvement against the Board approved target and this was judged to have been fully met with the Committee awarding 100% of the available opportunity (17.5% award). The Committee noted that the Group CEO led the restructuring and reshaping of the Group aggressively to meet the imperative of implementing Global Standards, notwithstanding that in the short to medium term this would hold back attainment of the financial metrics against which he was judged. Additionally, the Group CEO promoted a cautious risk appetite as the Group worked through legacy issues that have impacted the Group in terms of customer redress and impairment charges in prior years.

Return on equity (weighting of 10%) did not meet the target return. The cost efficiency ratio (weighting of 17.5%) also fell outside the target range, in large part attributable to notable items, including customer redress provisions, restructuring costs and other regulatory provisions.

Capital strength (weighting of 5%) and dividend payout (weighting of 10%) remain critically important reflections of financial performance as they encapsulate a number of key factors of importance to shareholders. In essence these elements demonstrate a combination of profit generation, control of capital usage, cash availability at the holding company and regulatory satisfaction with the preceding factors sufficient to support HSBC’s progressive dividend policy. These elements are therefore important indicators of the sustainability of shareholder reward. Reflecting an increased dividend per share, a dividend payout ratio within the target range in 2013 and a strengthened capital position with an improvement in the core tier 1 ratio, the Committee awarded full weighting of these elements of the scorecard.

Non-financial (40% weighting – achieved 27.5%)

An opportunity of 25% in this area related to strategy execution and 80% was judged to have been achieved (20% awarded). Overall, there was significant progress in strategy execution, reflected through growing global business collaboration, maintained leadership in key products and markets, and progress towards HSBC’s digital strategy. There was also progress on effective streamlining and business simplification strategies, which resulted in further disposals and closures, and the run-off of legacy portfolios in the global businesses. The Group CEO led the drive for restructuring and de-risking, including progress towards global implementation of Global Standards and exiting non-core elements of existing businesses.

The final opportunity under non-financial measures (15%) related to compliance and reputation. Minimising the long term impact of regulatory and compliance issues remains a top priority and significant progress was made during the year. Recognising the extensive work during the year to restructure the Global Compliance function, including an increase in headcount of 54%, and the launch of the ‘Driving a Values-led high performance culture’ programme, 50% was judged to have been achieved (7.5% awarded); a full award was not made to reflect the significant work still to be delivered.

This performance assessment resulted in an overall score of 60%.

Notwithstanding this, the Committee subsequently used their discretion to reduce overall variable pay by £1.25m (equivalent to 18.5% of the total annual incentive and GPSP). This adjustment was considered appropriate in the context of overall Group-wide year-over-year profitability and incentive pool funding, Group-wide risk and compliance, market remuneration benchmarks and the remuneration recommendations for the Group CEO’s direct reports. The exercise of discretion by the Committee discretion resulted in a final performance outcome for 2013 of 49%.

Iain Mackay

The same deliberations and assessments with regard to performance and adherence to HSBC Values were undertaken by the Committee with regard to the performance of Iain Mackay.

A summary of the assessment is provided in the following table.

 

 

398


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

Iain Mackay – Annual assessment

 

Measure    Weighting           Target           Performance           Assessment           Outcome  

Manage global functional costs and full-time equivalent (FTE) employee numbers

     30%            Various 1           n/a            92%            28%   

Financial

     30%                              28%   

Management information and business support

     20%            Judgement            n/a            Met         

Basel III compliance

     15%            Judgement            n/a            Met         

Regulation and compliance

     15%            Judgement            n/a            Met         

Control and governance environment

     10%            Judgement            n/a            Met         

People

     10%            Judgement            n/a            Met               

Non-financial

     70%                  n/a                  70%   

Promoting HSBC Values

    
 
Overriding
test
  
  
                          100%   

Total

     100%                              98%   

Result of exercise of Committee discretion

                             51%   

 

1 Specific targets relating to the global function are not disclosed as deemed to be commercially sensitive.

 

The Committee considered that performance against the financial metric of managing global functional costs and the number of FTE employee numbers (30%) had been partially met, giving an outcome of 28%. The Committee considered that performance against the non-financial targets including management information and business support (20%), Basel III compliance (15%), regulation and compliance (15%), control and governance environment (10%) and people (10%) had been met, giving an outcome of 70%. This performance assessment resulted in an overall score of 98%. However, based on an assessment of overall total compensation, the Committee awarded a discretionary annual incentive equal to an assessment of 51%. 1

 

1 This adjustment was considered appropriate in the context of overall year-over-year Group-wide profitability and incentive pool funding and market remuneration benchmarks.

Awards under the GPSP

Awards to be granted in 2014 in respect of 2013 were assessed against the 2013 long-term scorecard published in the Annual Report and Accounts 2012 and reproduced below.

The performance assessment under the 2013 long-term scorecard took into account achievements under both financial and non-financial objectives, both of which were set within the context of the risk appetite and strategic direction agreed by the Board. Notwithstanding the detail or extent of performance delivery against the objectives, an individual’s eligibility for a GPSP award requires confirmation of adherence to HSBC Values which acts in effect as a gateway to GPSP participation. A summary of the assessment and rationale for the conclusions is set out below.

 

 

Awards under the GPSP

 

Measure    Weighting          

Long-term

target range

         

Actual 2013

performance

          Assessment           Outcome  

Return on equity (%) 1

     15%            12-15            9.8            0%            0%   

Cost efficiency ratio (%) 1

     15%            48-52            58.5            0%            0%   

Capital strength (%) 1

     15%            >10            13.6            100%            15%   

Progressive dividend payout (%)

     15%            40-60            57.1            100%            15%   

Financial

     60%                              30%   

Strategy execution

     20%            Judgement            n/a            80%            16%   

Compliance and reputation

     10%            Judgement            n/a            50%            5%   

Brand equity 2

     5%           

 

 

Top 3 rating

and improved

US$value

  

  

  

        n/a            100%            5%   

People

     5%            Judgement            n/a            80%            4%   

Non-financial

     40%                              30%   

Total performance outcome

     100%                              60%   

 

1 See footnotes in ‘Stuart Gulliver – Annual assessment’ table.
2 Based on results from The Brand Finance ® Banking 500 2014 survey.

 

399


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

Rationale

Financial (60% weighting – achieved 30%)

The opportunity of 60% was equally split in 2013 between capital strength, progressive dividend payout, return on equity and cost efficiency ratio.

While the annual assessment also looked at achievement of the same performance elements in 2013, consideration under the long-term plan looked at the sustainability of short-term performance and reflected on whether to recognise progress made towards stated targets where these had not been met in the current year.

The Committee considered favourably the strengthened capital position shown both by the improvement in the year-end core tier 1 ratio and the increase in the estimated end-point position under CRD IV. Having reviewed these factors the Committee awarded the full opportunity (15%).

The Committee noted favourably the projected capacity to maintain a progressive dividend policy which was underpinned by the Group’s strong capital position, its distributable reserves, its cash position and its planning assumptions around future performance. The Committee also reflected upon independent research which included forecasts of dividend paying capacity and discussed with management regulatory interactions around the Group’s capital position. Having considered these factors, it awarded the full opportunity (15%).

Noting that the Group has not yet reached its target return on equity of 12-15%, the Committee deliberated whether to recognise in the GPSP the cumulative progress that has been made in restructuring and reshaping the Group and the achievement of sustainable cost savings ahead of target. The Committee further considered the on-going redeployment of capital from under-performing and exit portfolios to targeted areas of investment which will enhance future returns. There was also debate around the extent to which account should be taken at this stage of the more sustainable revenue streams that are projected to arise through enhanced controls around compliance and financial crime risk. The Committee concluded that while good progress had been made there was still a great deal to do to embed the improvements underway. The Committee also took into account that shareholders still faced continuing uncertainties from an incomplete regulatory reform agenda, from contingent legal risks from on-going matters of note and from continuing significant customer redress costs. As a consequence, the Committee decided not to make any award under this opportunity (15%).

Similarly, under the cost efficiency ratio element of the scorecard the Committee judged that no award could be made under this opportunity (15%).This was despite strong delivery of further sustainable cost savings. The Committee noted that the ratio remained above the target range of 48-52%, and further noted that a notable element of the underperformance related to continuing legal and regulatory fines and penalties and customer redress costs, none of which it could view for the time being as non-recurring.

Non-financial (40% weighting – achieved 30%)

With regard to the execution of strategic priorities laid down by the Board, the Committee reviewed delivery under the programmes for restructuring and de-risking the Group’s businesses. This included, inter alia , the implementation of Global Standards, plans to maintain product leadership and improve digital strategy and steps to enhance global business co-operation and integration. The Committee concluded that it would be an appropriate reflection of management achievement to award 80% of the available opportunity, namely 16%.

With regard to compliance and reputation (10%), minimising the long-term impact of regulatory and compliance issues on the Group’s reputation remains a top priority and the Committee noted further progress made in 2013. The continuing work on restructuring the Global Compliance function, investment in greater compliance and financial crime resources and capabilities, the launch of the ‘Driving a Values-led high performance culture’ programme and continued strengthening of governance were all favourably assessed. Reflecting, however, that there was still much to deliver, the Committee concluded to make a 50% achievement against long-term goals, which resulted in a 5% award in the scorecard.

Brand equity (5%) scored 100% of the available opportunity as independent research recorded that the value of the HSBC brand had increased. The Committee noted that HSBC had retained its status as one of the world’s strongest banking brands, ranking second in The Brand Finance ® Banking 500 2014 survey.

In relation to the people aspect of long-term strategy delivery, the Committee looked, inter alia , at progress made in talent development, succession planning and diversity. Recognising the continued progress, the Committee awarded 80% of the available opportunity of 5%, which was 4%. This performance assessment resulted in an overall score of 60%.

 

 

400


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

As per Stuart Gulliver’s annual assessment, during its 15 January 2014 meeting the Committee used their discretion to reduce the Group CEO’s overall variable pay by £1.25 million (equivalent to 18.5% of the total annual incentive and GPSP). The result of the Committee discretion was a final performance outcome for 2013 of 49% for the GPSP.

Total pension entitlements

No employees who served as executive Directors during the year have a right to amounts under any HSBC final salary pension schemes or are entitled to

additional benefits in the event of early retirement. There is no retirement age set for Directors, but the normal retirement age for employees is 65.

Scheme interests awarded during the year

The table below sets out the scheme interests awarded to Directors in 2013 (for performance in 2012) as disclosed in the 2012 Directors’ Remuneration Report. No non-executive Directors received scheme interests during the financial year.

 

 

Scheme interests awarded during the year

 

    

Type of

interest awarded

  

Basis on

which

award made

  

Dates of

award

  

Face value

awarded 1

£000

    

Percentage

receivable for

minimum

performance 2

    

Number of

shares

awarded

    

Share

price on

date of

grant 1

    

End of  

performance  

period  

Stuart Gulliver

   Deferred cash   

Annual

incentive

2012

   11 Mar 2013      585         0%         n/a         n/a       31 Dec 2012  

Stuart Gulliver

   Restricted shares   

Annual

incentive

2012

   11 Mar 2013      585         0%         79,375         £7.37       31 Dec 2012  

Stuart Gulliver

   Restricted shares    GPSP 2012    11 Mar 2013      3,000         0%         407,055         £7.37       31 Dec 2012  

Iain Mackay

   Deferred cash   

Annual

incentive

2012

   11 Mar 2013      404         0%         n/a         n/a       31 Dec 2012  

Iain Mackay

   Restricted shares   

Annual

incentive

2012

   11 Mar 2013      404         0%         54,874         £7.37       31 Dec 2012  

Iain Mackay

   Restricted shares    GPSP 2012    11 Mar 2013      1,400         0%         189,959         £7.37       31 Dec 2012  

GPSP awards made based on performance up to the financial year end preceding the grant date with no further performance conditions after grant. Vesting occurs five years after grant date and is normally subject to the Director remaining an employee on the vesting date. Any shares (net of tax) which the director becomes entitled to on the vesting date are subject to a retention requirement.

 

1 Share price used is the closing mid-market price on the last working day preceding the date of grant.
2 Awards determined based on performance achieved during the period to 31 December 2012. The overall award level could have been 0% of the maximum opportunity if minimum performance was achieved for the period to 31 December 2012. After grant, awards are subject to service condition and malus provisions.

 

Summary of performance

HSBC TSR and FTSE100 index

The following graph shows the TSR performance against the FTSE 100 Index for the five-year period ended 31 December 2013. The FTSE 100 Index has been chosen as this is a recognised broad equity market index of which HSBC Holdings is a member.

 

LOGO

Source: Datastream

CEO remuneration

Historical CEO remuneration

The table below summarises the CEO’s single figure remuneration over the past five years together with the outcomes of the respective annual incentive and long term incentive awards.

 

 

401


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

Historical CEO remuneration

 

     CEO      Single figure of
remuneration
    

Annual incentive

maximum 2

    

Annual

incentive paid 2

    

Long term

incentive

maximum 3

    

Long term

incentive paid 3

 
            (£000)      (% of salary)      (% of maximum)      (% of salary)      (% of maximum)  

2009 1

     Michael Geoghegan         7,580         400%         93.5%         700%         25%   

2010 1

     Michael Geoghegan         7,932         400%         81.6%         700%         19%   

2011

     Stuart Gulliver         8,047         300%         57.5%         600%         50%   

2012

     Stuart Gulliver         7,521         300%         52.0%         600%         40%   

2013

     Stuart Gulliver         8,032         300%         49.0%         600%         49%   

 

1 The GPSP was introduced in 2011. Prior to this, values shown relate to awards of Performance Shares under the HSBC Share Plan. Under this plan Performance Share awards vest three years after grant subject to performance conditions of total shareholder return, economic profit and earnings per share, and an over-riding ‘sustained improvement’ judgement by the committee.
2 The 2012 annual incentive figure for Stuart Gulliver used for this table includes 60% of the annual incentive disclosed in the 2012 Directors’ Remuneration Report which was deferred for five years. The vesting of these awards is subject to service condition and satisfactory completion of the DPA. The DPA condition ends on the fifth anniversary of the award date unless the DPA is extended or otherwise continues beyond that date, in which case the awards will vest on the date on which the DPA expires and otherwise ceases to operate.
3 Long term incentive awards are shown in the year where the performance period is deemed to be substantially completed. For performance share awards this is at the end of the third financial year following the date of grant (Performance Share awards shown in 2009 and 2010 therefore relate to awards granted in 2007 and 2008 respectively). For GPSP awards this is at the end of the financial year preceding the date of grant (GPSP awards shown in 2011 to 2013 therefore relate to awards granted in 2012 to 2014).

 

Comparison of Group CEO and all-employee pay

The following table gives a comparison of the changes in Group CEO pay to employees between 2012 and 2013:

Percentage change in remuneration

 

    

Base

salary

          Benefits 2          

Annual

incentive 3

 

Group CEO

     0.0%            (7.9%         (6.0%

Employee group 1

     2.1%            1.4%            6.4%   

 

1 Employee group consists of all employees globally, based on costs included in wages and salaries disclosed in financial reports and staff numbers (full-time equivalents averaged over the financial year).
2 Employee group consists of UK employees only (full-time equivalents averaged over the financial year) as it was deemed the most appropriate comparison for the Group CEO given varying local requirements.
3 The 2012 annual incentive figure for Stuart Gulliver used for this table includes the 60% of the annual incentive disclosed in the 2012 Directors’ Remuneration Report which was deferred for five years. The vesting of these awards is subject to service condition and satisfactory completion of the DPA. The DPA condition ends on the fifth anniversary of the award date unless the DPA is extended or otherwise continues beyond that date, in which case the awards will vest on the date on which the DPA expires and otherwise ceases to operate. Employee group consists of all employees globally, based on annual incentive pool less GPSP as disclosed in financial reports and staff numbers (full-time equivalents at the financial year end).

Payments to past directors

No payments were made to past Directors in 2013.

Exit payments made in year

No payments for loss of office were made in 2013 to any person serving as a Director in the year or any previous years.

Directors’ interests in shares

Guidelines

To ensure appropriate alignment with our shareholders, we have shareholding guidelines, expressed as a number of shares, for executive Directors and Group Managing Directors. The Committee considers that material share ownership by senior executives helps align their interests with that of shareholders.

Following a review, the Committee has revised these guidelines as follows:

 

 

Increased the number of shares executive Directors and Group Managing Directors are expected to hold.

 

 

Unvested shares will no longer count towards the minimum shareholding under the guidelines.

The new guidelines will come into effect in 2014 and individuals will be expected to build up the following levels of shareholdings:

 

     Number of shares  
    

Current

guidelines

         

New

guidelines

 

Group Chairman

     400,000            400,000   

Group CEO

     600,000            750,000   

Other executive Directors

     200,000            450,000   

Group Managing Directors

     125,000            250,000   
 

 

402


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

Individuals will be given five years from 2014 or (if later) their appointment as executive Director or Group Managing Director to build up the recommended levels of shareholding.

HSBC operates an anti-hedging policy for all employees. As part of this all employees are required to certify each year that they have not entered into any personal hedging strategies.

The Committee monitors compliance with the share ownership guidelines annually. The Committee has full discretion in determining any penalties in cases of non-compliance, which could include a reduction of future awards of GPSP and/or an

increase in the proportion of the annual variable pay that is deferred into shares.

The shareholdings of all persons who were Directors in 2013 (including the shareholdings of their connected persons) at 31 December 2013 or at the time of their retirement are set out below.

In 2014, the Committee introduced the shareholding guidelines for non-executive Directors, to help align the long-term interests of shareholders and non-executive Directors. Non-executive Directors are expected to build up a shareholding of 15,000 HSBC Holdings plc shares within five years from 2014 or, if later, their appointment as a non-executive Director.

 

 

Shares

 

                 At 31 December 2013 or date of retirement  
                             Scheme interests  
     Current                                   Shares awarded
subject to deferral
 
     shareholding
requirement
(number)
         

Total share

interests 1

(number)

         

Share

options 2

         

without
performance

conditions 3

          with
performance
conditions
 

Executive Directors

                          

Douglas Flint

     400,000            442,087            2,016            49,423              

Stuart Gulliver

     600,000            4,885,384                       2,071,952            82,955   

Iain Mackay

     200,000            678,831                       556,352            57,349   

Group Managing Directors 4

     125,000            n/a            n/a            n/a            n/a   

Non-executive Directors 5

                          

John Coombe

     n/a            23,397            n/a            n/a            n/a   

Sir Jonathan Evans

     n/a            1,495            n/a            n/a            n/a   

Joachim Faber

     n/a            10,605            n/a            n/a            n/a   

Rona Fairhead

     n/a            21,660            n/a            n/a            n/a   

Sam Laidlaw

     n/a            35,122            n/a            n/a            n/a   

John Lipsky

     n/a            15,000            n/a            n/a            n/a   

Sir Simon Robertson

     n/a            9,912            n/a            n/a            n/a   

 

1 For the purposes of our current shareholding guidelines, unvested awards of restricted shares and GPSP awards are included. Under the new guidelines coming into effect in 2014, unvested shares will no longer count towards the expected minimum shareholdings.
2 All share options are unexercised.
3 Includes GPSP awards which are made following an assessment of performance over the relevant period ending on 31 December immediately before the grant date but are subject to a five-year vesting period.
4 All of the Group Managing Directors exceed the expected holdings.
5 Those who were non-executive Directors in 2013 but are not in the list above did not hold any shares as at 31 December 2013, or at the time of their retirement, directly or through any connected persons.

Share options

 

                   Exercisable                                 
    

Date of

award

     Exercise price      from 1      until     

At 1 Jan

2013

          Exercised
in year
         

At 31 Dec

2013

 

Douglas Flint

     25 Apr 2007         6.1760         1 Aug 2012         31 Jan 2013         2,650                       2  

Douglas Flint

     24 Apr 2012         4.4621         1 Aug 2015         31 Jan 2016         2,016                       2,016   

The HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans are all-employee share plans under which eligible employees may be granted options to acquire HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. Employees may make contributions of up to £250 (or equivalent) each month over a period of one, three or five years which may be used on the first, third or fifth anniversary of the commencement of the relevant savings contract, at the employee’s election, to exercise the options. The plans help align the interests of employees with the creation of shareholder value. The options were awarded for nil consideration and are exercisable at a 20% discount to the average market value of the ordinary shares on the five business days immediately preceding the invitation date. There are no performance criteria conditional upon which the outstanding options are exercisable and there have been no variations to the terms and conditions since the awards were made. The market value per ordinary share at 31 December 2013 was £6.62. The highest and lowest market values per ordinary share

 

403


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

during the year were £7.70 and £6.47. Market value is the mid-market price derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List on the relevant date. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, the options are categorised as unlisted physically settled equity derivatives.

 

1 May be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, e.g. retirement.
2 Option lapsed on 31 January 2013 following the end of the exercise period.

Shareholder context

The table below shows the advisory vote to approve the 2012 Directors’ Remuneration Report at the Annual General Meeting of HSBC Holdings plc held on 24 May 2013.

 

    

Number of

votes cast

          For           Against           Withheld  

Advisory vote on 2012 Remuneration Report

     9,331,516,789            8,304,766,707            1,026,750,082            399,765,100   
           (89.0%         (11.0%      

Implementation of remuneration policy in 2014

The table below summarises how each element of pay will be implemented in 2014.

 

Purpose and link to strategy    Operation and planned changes to policy
Fixed pay     
Base salary   

Base salary levels for Douglas Flint, Stuart Gulliver and Iain Mackay remain unchanged from their 2013 levels. Following his appointment to executive Director, the base salary for Marc Moses has been set in line with his new role. Base salary levels to apply in 2014 are:

 

•  Douglas Flint: £1,500,000

•  Stuart Gulliver: £1,250,000

•  Iain Mackay: £700,000

•  Marc Moses: £700,000

Fixed pay allowance 1   

Executive Directors will receive a fixed pay allowance as follows 2 :

 

•  Douglas Flint: Nil

•  Stuart Gulliver: £1,700,000

•  Iain Mackay: £950,000

•  Marc Moses: £950,000

 

Fixed pay allowances will be paid in shares. The first delivery of shares as part of the fixed pay allowance for 2014, including those in respect of the first and second quarter, will be in the third quarter of 2014. Thereafter, shares will be awarded and delivered on a quarterly basis in arrears.

 

The shares will vest immediately but the shares (net of shares sold to cover any income tax and social security) will be subject to a retention period. 20% of these shares will be released in March 2015 and the remaining 80% will be released on or after December 2019.

Pension    No changes proposed. Directors will continue to receive a cash allowance of 50% of salary in lieu of pension entitlements. Pension received by Marc Moses will be bought in line with this policy.
Benefits     
Benefits    No changes are proposed to the benefits package for 2014.
Variable pay     
Annual incentive 1   

Changes are proposed to the maximum annual incentive opportunity for the 2014 performance year, as part of the rebalancing of fixed pay and variable pay to comply with CRD IV:

 

•  Maximum variable pay potential is set at 200% of fixed pay. The maximum annual incentive award will be 1/3 of this amount, resulting in

    a maximum annual incentive of 67% of fixed pay 2 .

•  The scorecards to apply are as outlined in the below table.

•  The operation is unchanged and will be as outlined in the ‘Remuneration policy’ table on page 382.

GPSP   

Changes are proposed to the maximum opportunity for the 2014 performance year, as part of rebalancing of fixed pay and variable pay to comply with CRD IV:

 

•  Maximum variable pay potential is set at 200% of fixed pay. The maximum GPSP award will be 2/3 of this amount, resulting in a

    maximum GPSP of 133% of fixed pay 2 .

•  The scorecards to apply are as outlined in the below table.

•  The Group Chairman would be eligible for a GPSP award.

•  The operation is unchanged and will be as outlined in the ‘Remuneration policy’ table on page 383.

 

1 This approach applies to all executive Directors with the exception of the Group Chairman, Douglas Flint, who is not eligible for a fixed pay allowance or annual incentive awards.

 

404


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

2 Award levels for fixed pay allowances and maximum variable pay awards are based on obtaining shareholder approval to increase the maximum variable pay award as a percentage of fixed pay under CRD IV from 100% to 200% at the Annual General Meeting on 23 May 2014. If approval is not obtained the fixed pay allowance for 2014 will increase to £3,488,000 for Stuart Gulliver, £1,950,000 for Iain Mackay, and £1,950,000 for Marc Moses. The maximum variable pay award level will be revised to 100% of fixed pay and the annual incentive and GPSP awards will accordingly be reduced to 1/3 and 2/3 of this amount (i.e. 33% and 67% of fixed pay, respectively). The requested increase in the cap to 200% would give us the ability to minimise the increase in fixed remuneration costs and so help to maintain greater flexibility on total pay.

 

Annual bonus scorecards

The measures and weightings of the performance measures to apply to the 2014 annual incentive for Stuart Gulliver, Iain Mackay and Marc Moses are given below. Douglas Flint is not included as he will not be eligible for an annual incentive award in the 2014 performance year.

The Committee is of the opinion that the performance targets for the annual incentive are commercially sensitive and that it would be detrimental to the interests of the company to disclose them before the start of the financial year. Subject to commercial sensitivity, the targets will be disclosed after the end of the relevant financial year in that year’s remuneration report.

 

 

2014 annual incentive scorecards

 

Stuart Gulliver           Iain Mackay           Marc Moses  

Measures

     Weighting          Functional measures linked to         Weighting          Functional measures linked to         Weighting   

Underlying pre-tax profit

     17.5%         

Grow both business and dividends

        15%         

Grow both business and dividends

        20%   

Return on equity

     10%         

Risk and compliance including Global Standards

        50%         

Risk and compliance including Global Standards

        50%   

Cost efficiency

     17.5%         

Streamline processes and procedures

        25%         

Streamline processes and procedures

        20%   

Capital

     5%                           

Dividends

     10%                                       

Financial

     60%         

Strategic priorities

        90%         

Strategic priorities

        90%   

Strategy execution

     20%         

People

        10%         

People

        10%   

Risk and compliance

     20%                                       

Non-financial

     40%         

People

        10%         

People

        10%   

Promoting HSBC Values

    
 

 

Over-
riding

test

  
  

  

     

Promoting HSBC Values

       
 

 

Over-
riding

test

  
  

  

     

Promoting HSBC Values

       
 

 

Over-
riding

test

  
  

  

Total

     100%         

Total

        100%         

Total

        100%   

 

2014 Group GPSP scorecard

 

           
Measure                     Long-term target range    Weighting  

Return on equity

            12% – 15%    15%   

Cost efficiency ratio

            Mid 50s, positive jaws 1    15%   

Capital strength

            >10%    15%   

Progressive dividend payout

            40% – 60%    15%   

Financial

                        60%   

Strategy execution

            Judgement    20%   

Risk and compliance

            Judgement    15%   

People

            Judgement    5%   

Non-financial

                        40%   

Total

                        100%   

 

1 Revenue growth less operating expense growth.

 

GPSP awards for the Group Chairman will be determined by reference to non-financial and qualitative measures including: monitoring and improving HSBC’s reputation with all stakeholders,

and providing leadership and tone to drive improvement in the Group’s compliance, conduct and behaviour with a view to becoming over time one of the most reliably compliant financial institutions.

 

 

405


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

 

LOGO   

Appendix to Directors’ Remuneration Report

 

Additional disclosures

This appendix provides disclosures required under the Hong Kong Ordinances, Hong Kong Listing Rules, Project Merlin agreement, and the US Securities and Exchange Commission Form 20-F disclosures.

Employee Compensation and Benefits

Emoluments of Directors

Set out below are details of emoluments paid to executive Directors for the year ended 31 December 2013.

 

     Douglas Flint
£000
          Stuart Gulliver
£000
          Iain Mackay
£000
 

Basic salaries, allowances and benefits in kind

     2,400            2,533            1,136   

Pension contributions

                             

Performance-related pay paid or receivable

                5,500            3,222   

Inducements to join paid or receivable

                             

Compensation for loss of office

                             

Total

     2,400            8,033            4,358   

Total (US$000)

     3,752            12,558            6,813   

Total 2012 (US$000)

     3,771            11,775            6,071   

The aggregate amount of Directors emoluments (including both executive Directors and non-executive Directors) for the year ended 2013 was US$27,149,418, including no pension payments. No payments were made in respect of loss of office.

Emoluments of senior management

Set out below are details of emoluments paid to senior management (being executive Directors and Group Managing Directors of HSBC Holdings) for the year ended 31 December 2013 or for the period of appointment as a Director or Group Managing Director.

Emoluments of senior management

 

   

Senior

management

£000

 

Basic salaries, allowances and benefits in kind

    17,369   

Pension contributions

    458   

Performance-related pay paid or receivable

    42,318   

Inducements to join paid or receivable

    -   

Compensation for loss of office

    -   

Total

    60,145   

Total (US$000)

    94,024   

 

The aggregate emoluments of senior management for the year ended 31 December 2013 was US$94,023,875. The emoluments of senior management were within the following bands:

 

   

   

Number

senior

management

 

£0 –£1,000,000

    1   

£1,000,001 – £2,000,000

    3   

£2,000,001 – £3,000,000

    5   

£3,000,001 – £4,000,000

    5   

£4,000,001 – £5,000,000

    1   

£5,000,001 – £6,000,000

    1   

£7,000,001 – £8,000,000

    1   

£8,000,001 – £9,000,000

    1   

The aggregate amount set aside or accrued to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for executive Directors and senior management for the year ended 31 December 2013 was US$715,710.

 

406


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

  

 

Emoluments of five highest paid employees

Set out below are details of remuneration paid to the five individuals whose emoluments were the highest in HSBC (including two executive Directors and two Group Managing Directors of HSBC Holdings), for the year ended 31 December 2013.

Emoluments of the five highest paid employees

 

   

5 highest paid

employees

£000

 

Basic salaries, allowances and benefits in kind

    6,282   

Pension contributions

    141   

Performance-related pay paid or receivable

    22,531   

Inducements to join paid or receivable

    -   

Compensation for loss of office

    -   

Total

    28,954   

Total (US$000)

    45,263   

The emoluments of the five highest paid employees were within the following bands:

 

  

   

Number of

5 highest paid

employees

 

£4,300,001 – £4,400,000

    2   

£5,000,001 – £5,100,000

    1   

£7,100,001 – £7,200,000

    1   

£8,000,001 – £8,100,000

    1   

Remuneration of eight highest paid senior executives

Set out below are details of the remuneration of the eight highest paid senior executives (including members of the GMB, but not Directors of HSBC Holdings):

 

     Employee  
     1          2          3          4          5          6          7          8  
     £000          £000          £000          £000          £000          £000          £000          £000  

Fixed

                                     

Cash based

     650           641           650           650           798           700           650           650   

Total fixed

     650           641           650           650           798           700           650           650   

Annual incentive 1

                                     

Cash

     641           353           215           344           296           287           292           288   

Non-deferred shares 2

     641           353           215           344           296           287           292           288   

Deferred cash 3

     961           529           322           515           444           431           439           433   

Deferred shares 3

     961           529           322           515           444           431           439           433   

Total annual incentive

     3,204           1,764           1,074           1,718           1,480           1,436           1,462           1,442   

GPSP

                                     

Deferred shares

     3,203           1,763           2,148           859           739           718           731           721   

Total variable pay

     6,407           3,527           3,222           2,577           2,219           2,154           2,193           2,163   

Total remuneration

     7,057           4,168           3,872           3,227           3,017           2,854           2,843           2,813   

US$000

                                     

Total remuneration

     11,030           6,514           6,052           5,045           4,716           4,464           4,444           4,398   

 

1 Annual incentive in respect of performance year 2013.
2 Awards vested, subject to a six-month retention period.
3 Awards vest over a three year period, 33% vests on the first and second anniversary of grant and 34% on third anniversary of grant.

 

407


Table of Contents

These pages are intentionally left blank.

 

 

 

408 and 409


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm to the Board of Directors and Shareholders of HSBC Holdings plc

  

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of HSBC Holdings plc and its subsidiary undertakings (together ‘HSBC’) on pages 417 to 564 which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of 31 December 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of changes in equity, for each of the years in the three-year period ended 31 December 2013, including the disclosures marked ‘audited’ within each of the critical accounting policies on pages 72 to 76, the ‘Report of the Directors: Risk’ section on pages 134 to 297, and the ‘Report of the Directors: Capital’ section on pages 299 to 328. We have also audited HSBC’s internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2013, based on the framework for Directors’ internal control evaluation contained within Internal control: Revised guidance for directors on the Combined Code (Turnbull Guidance), and the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). HSBC’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying ‘Management’s Assessment of Internal Controls’. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the effectiveness of HSBC’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of HSBC as of 31 December 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 31 December 2013, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as adopted by the European Union (‘EU’) and IFRSs as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’). Also, in our opinion, HSBC maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2013, based on the framework for Directors’ internal control evaluation contained within Internal control: Revised guidance for directors on the Combined Code (Turnbull Guidance) , and the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

KPMG Audit Plc

London, England

24 February 2014

 

410


Table of Contents

These pages are intentionally left blank.

 

 

 

411 to 415


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements

  

 

Financial Statements and Notes on the Financial Statements

 

         Page  

Financial Statements

  

Consolidated income statement

     417   

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

     418   

Consolidated balance sheet

     419   

Consolidated statement of cash flows

     420   

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

     421   

HSBC Holdings balance sheet

     424   

HSBC Holdings statement of cash flows

     425   

HSBC Holdings statement of changes in equity

     426   
  
 

Notes on the Financial Statements

  

  1

 

Basis of preparation

     428   

  2

 

Summary of significant accounting policies

     432   

  3

 

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     450   

  4

 

Net earned insurance premiums

     451   

  5

 

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     451   

  6

 

Operating profit

     452   

  7

 

Employee compensation and benefits

     453   

  8

 

Auditors’ remuneration

     465   

  9

 

Tax

     466   

10

 

Dividends

     471   

11

 

Earnings per share

     471   

12

 

Segmental analysis

     472   

13

 

Analysis of financial assets and liabilities by measurement basis

     477   

14

 

Trading assets

     481   

15

 

Fair values of financial instruments carried at fair value

     482   

16

 

Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value

     495   

17

 

Financial assets designated at fair value

     498   
         Page  
    

18

 

Derivatives

     479   

19

 

Financial investments

     504   

20

 

Transfers of financial assets

     506   

21

 

Interests in associates and joint ventures

     508   

22

 

Goodwill and intangible assets

     512   

23

 

Property, plant and equipment

     518   

24

 

Investments in subsidiaries

     519   

25

 

Assets held for sale and other assets

     521   

26

 

Trading liabilities

     522   

27

 

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     523   

28

 

Debt securities in issue

     523   

29

 

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale and other liabilities

     524   

30

 

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     525   

31

 

Provisions

     526   

32

 

Subordinated liabilities

     528   

33

 

Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments

     532   

34

 

Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities

     540   

35

 

Foreign exchange exposures

     542   

36

 

Assets charged as security for liabilities and collateral accepted as security for assets

     542   

37

 

Non-controlling interests

     543   

38

 

Called up share capital and other equity instruments

     544   

39

 

Notes on the statement of cash flows

     546   

40

 

Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and guarantees

     548   

41

 

Lease commitments

     549   

42

 

Structured entities

     550   

43

 

Legal proceedings and regulatory matters

     554   

44

 

Related party transactions

     562   

45

 

Events after the balance sheet date

     564   

46

 

Non-statutory accounts

     564   
 

 

 

416


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Consolidated income statement for the year ended 31 December 2013

 

     Notes     

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

 
                 

Interest income

        51,192            56,702            63,005   

Interest expense

        (15,653         (19,030         (22,343
                 

Net interest income

        35,539            37,672            40,662   
                 

Fee income

        19,973            20,149            21,497   

Fee expense

        (3,539         (3,719         (4,337
                 

Net fee income

        16,434            16,430            17,160   
                 

Trading income excluding net interest income

        6,643            4,408            3,283   

Net interest income on trading activities

        2,047            2,683            3,223   
                 

Net trading income

        8,690            7,091            6,506   
                 

Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives

        (1,228         (4,327         4,161   

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

        1,996            2,101            (722
                 

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     3         768            (2,226         3,439   

Gains less losses from financial investments

        2,012            1,189            907   

Dividend income

        322            221            149   

Net earned insurance premiums

     4         11,940            13,044            12,872   

Gains on disposal of US branch network, US cards business and Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd (‘Ping An’)

     25                    7,024              

Other operating income

        2,632            2,100            1,766   

Total operating income

        78,337            82,545            83,461   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     5         (13,692         (14,215         (11,181

Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

        64,645            68,330            72,280   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     6         (5,849         (8,311         (12,127

Net operating income

        58,796            60,019            60,153   

Employee compensation and benefits

     7         (19,196         (20,491         (21,166

General and administrative expenses

        (17,065         (19,983         (17,459

Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment

     23         (1,364         (1,484         (1,570

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets

     22         (931         (969         (1,350

Total operating expenses

        (38,556         (42,927         (41,545

Operating profit

     6         20,240            17,092            18,608   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     21         2,325            3,557            3,264   

Profit before tax

        22,565            20,649            21,872   

Tax expense

     9         (4,765         (5,315         (3,928

Profit for the year

        17,800            15,334            17,944   

Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company

        16,204            14,027            16,797   

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

        1,596            1,307            1,147   
            US$           US$           US$  

Basic earnings per ordinary share

     11         0.84            0.74            0.92   

Diluted earnings per ordinary share

     11         0.84            0.74            0.91   

The accompanying notes on pages 428 to 564 form an integral part of these financial statements 1 .

For footnote, see page 427.

 

417


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 December 2013

 

    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

 

Profit for the year

     17,800            15,334            17,944   

Other comprehensive income/(expense)

              

Items that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss when specific conditions are met:

              

Available-for-sale investments 2

     (1,718         5,070            674   

– fair value gains/(losses)

     (1,787         6,396            1,279   

– fair value gains transferred to the income statement on disposal

     (1,277         (1,872         (820

– amounts transferred to the income statement in respect of impairment losses

     286            1,002            583   

– income taxes

     1,060            (456         (368
              

Cash flow hedges

     (128         109            187   

– fair value gains/(losses)

     776            552            (581

– fair value (gains)/losses transferred to the income statement

     (894         (423         788   

– income taxes

     (10         (20         (20
              

Share of other comprehensive income/(expense) of associates and joint ventures

     (71         533            (710

– share for the year

     (35         311            (710

– reclassified to income statement on disposal

     (36         222              
              

Exchange differences

     (1,444         1,017            (2,865

– foreign exchange gains reclassified to income statement on disposal of a foreign operation

     (290         (1,128           

– other exchange differences

     (1,154         2,145            (2,865

Income tax attributable to exchange differences

     72                       165   

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

              

Remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability

     (458         (195         1,009   

– before income taxes

     (601         (391         1,267   

– income taxes

     143            196            (258

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

     (3,747         6,534            (1,540

Total comprehensive income for the year

     14,053            21,868            16,404   

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to:

              

– shareholders of the parent company

     12,644            20,455            15,366   

– non-controlling interests

     1,409            1,413            1,038   
     14,053            21,868            16,404   

The accompanying notes on pages 428 to 564 form an integral part of these financial statements 1 .

For footnotes, see page 427.

 

418


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Consolidated balance sheet at 31 December 2013

 

     Notes     

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

Assets

           

Cash and balances at central banks

        166,599            141,532   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

        6,021            7,303   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

        25,220            22,743   

Trading assets

     14         303,192            408,811   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     17         38,430            33,582   

Derivatives

     18         282,265            357,450   

Loans and advances to banks

        211,521            152,546   

Loans and advances to customers

        1,080,304            997,623   

Financial investments

     19         425,925            421,101   

Assets held for sale

     25         4,050            19,269   

Other assets

     25         50,939            54,716   

Current tax assets

        985            515   

Prepayments and accrued income

        11,006            9,502   

Interests in associates and joint ventures

     21         16,640            17,834   

Goodwill and intangible assets

     22         29,918            29,853   

Property, plant and equipment

     23         10,847            10,588   

Deferred tax assets

     9         7,456            7,570   

Total assets

        2,671,318            2,692,538   

Liabilities and equity

           

Liabilities

           

Hong Kong currency notes in circulation

        25,220            22,742   

Deposits by banks

        129,212            107,429   

Customer accounts

        1,482,812            1,340,014   

Items in the course of transmission to other banks

        6,910            7,138   

Trading liabilities

     26         207,025            304,563   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     27         89,084            87,720   

Derivatives

     18         274,284            358,886   

Debt securities in issue

     28         104,080            119,461   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

     29         2,804            5,018   

Other liabilities

     29         30,421            33,862   

Current tax liabilities

        607            1,452   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     30         74,181            68,195   

Accruals and deferred income

        16,185            13,184   

Provisions

     31         5,217            5,252   

Deferred tax liabilities

     9         910            1,109   

Retirement benefit liabilities

     7         2,931            3,905   

Subordinated liabilities

     32         28,976            29,479   

Total liabilities

        2,480,859            2,509,409   

Equity

           

Called up share capital

     38         9,415            9,238   

Share premium account

        11,135            10,084   

Other equity instruments

        5,851            5,851   

Other reserves

        26,742            29,722   

Retained earnings

        128,728            120,347   

Total shareholders’ equity

        181,871            175,242   

Non-controlling interests

     37         8,588            7,887   

Total equity

        190,459            183,129   

Total equity and liabilities

        2,671,318            2,692,538   

The accompanying notes on pages 428 to 564 form an integral part of these financial statements 1 .

For footnote, see page 427.

 

 

LOGO

D J Flint, Group Chairman

 

419


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 December 2013

 

     Notes     

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

 

Cash flows from operating activities

                 

Profit before tax

        22,565            20,649            21,872   

Adjustments for:

                 

– net gain from investing activities

        (1,458         (2,094         (1,196

– share of profits in associates and joint ventures

        (2,325         (3,557         (3,264

– gain on disposal of associates, joint ventures, subsidiaries and businesses

        (1,173         (7,024           

– other non-cash items included in profit before tax

     39         11,995            19,778            19,878   

– change in operating assets

     39         (148,899         (116,521         (7,412

– change in operating liabilities

     39         164,757            89,070            44,012   

– elimination of exchange differences 3

        4,479            (3,626         10,840   

– dividends received from associates

        694            489            304   

– contributions paid to defined benefit plans

        (962         (733         (1,177

– tax paid

        (4,696         (5,587         (4,095

Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities

        44,977            (9,156         79,762   

Cash flows from investing activities

                 

Purchase of financial investments

        (363,979         (342,974         (319,008

Proceeds from the sale and maturity of financial investments

        342,539            329,926            311,702   

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

        (1,952         (1,318         (1,505

Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment

        441            241            300   

Proceeds from the sale of loan portfolios

        6,518                         

Net purchase of intangible assets

        (834         (1,008         (1,571

Net cash inflow from disposal of US branch network and US cards business

                   20,905              

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from disposal of other subsidiaries and businesses

        2,918            (863         216   

Net cash outflow from acquisition of or increase in stake of associates

        (26         (1,804         (90

Proceeds from disposal of Ping An

        7,413            1,954              

Proceeds from disposal of other associates and joint ventures

        377            594            25   

Net cash generated from/(used in) investing activities

        (6,585         5,653            (9,931

Cash flows from financing activities

                 

Issue of ordinary share capital

        297            594            96   

Net sales/(purchases) of own shares for market-making and investment purposes

        (32         (25         (225

Net sales/(purchases) of own shares to meet share awards and share option awards

                              (136

Subordinated loan capital issued

        1,989            37            7   

Subordinated loan capital repaid

        (1,662         (1,754         (3,777

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from change in stake in subsidiaries

                   (14         104   

Dividends paid to shareholders of the parent company

        (6,414         (5,925         (5,014

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

        (586         (572         (568

Dividends paid to holders of other equity instruments

        (573         (573         (573

Net cash used in financing activities

        (6,981         (8,232         (10,086

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

        31,411            (11,735         59,745   

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

        315,308            325,449            274,076   

Exchange differences in respect of cash and cash equivalents

        (438         1,594            (8,372

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

     39         346,281            315,308            325,449   

The accompanying notes on pages 428 to 564 form an integral part of these financial statements 1 .

For footnotes, see page 427.

 

420


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year ended 31 December 2013

 

    2013  
                                            Other reserves                          
   

Called up

share

capital

US$m

       

Share

premium 4
US$m

       

Other

equity

instru-

ments
US$m

       

Retained

earnings 5,6
US$m

       

Available-

for-sale

fair value

reserve
US$m

       

Cash flow

hedging

reserve 7
US$m

       

Foreign

exchange

reserve
US$m

       

Merger

reserve 5,8
US$m

       

Total

share-

holders’

equity
US$m

       

Non-

controlling

interests
US$m

       

Total

equity
US$m

 

At 1 January

    9,238          10,084          5,851          120,347          1,649          13          752          27,308          175,242          7,887          183,129   

Profit for the year

                               16,204                                              16,204          1,596          17,800   

Other comprehensive income (net of tax)

                               (561       (1,577       (128       (1,294                (3,560       (187       (3,747

Available-for-sale investments

                                        (1,577                                  (1,577       (141       (1,718

Cash flow hedges

                                                 (128                         (128                (128

Remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability

                               (490                                           (490       32          (458

Share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures

                               (71                                           (71                (71

Exchange differences

                                                          (1,294                (1,294       (78       (1,372
   

 

                                     
                                                                                                             

Total comprehensive income for the year

                               15,643          (1,577       (128       (1,294                12,644          1,409          14,053   

Shares issued under employee remuneration and share plans

    60          1,168                   (931                                           297                   297   

Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon 4

    117          (117                2,523                                              2,523                   2,523   

Dividends to shareholders 9

                               (9,510                                           (9,510       (718       (10,228

Tax credit on distributions

                               42                                              42                   42   

Own shares adjustment

                               (36                                           (36                (36

Cost of share-based payment arrangements

                               630                                              630                   630   

Income taxes on share-based payments

                               2                                              2                   2   

Other movements

                               18          25          (6                         37          19          56   

Acquisition and disposal of subsidiaries

                                                                                     (24       (24

Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries that did not result in loss of control

                                                                                     15          15   

At 31 December

    9,415          11,135          5,851          128,728          97          (121       (542       27,308          181,871          8,588          190,459   

 

421


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year ended 31 December 2013 (continued)

 

    2012  
                                            Other reserves                                
   

Called up

share

capital

US$m

       

Share

premium 4

US$m

       

Other

equity

instru-

ments

US$m

       

Retained

earnings 5,6

US$m

       

Available-

for-sale

fair value

reserve

US$m

       

Cash flow

hedging

reserve 7

US$m

       

Foreign

exchange

reserve

US$m

       

Merger

reserve 5,8

US$m

       

Total

share-

holders’

equity

US$m

       

Non-

controlling

interests

US$m

       

Total

equity

US$m

 

At 1 January

    8,934          8,457          5,851          111,868          (3,361       (95       (237       27,308          158,725          7,368          166,093   

Profit for the year

                               14,027                                              14,027          1,307          15,334   

Other comprehensive income (net of tax)

                               321          5,010          108          989                   6,428          106          6,534   

Available-for-sale investments

                                        5,010                                     5,010          60          5,070   

Cash flow hedges

                                                 108                            108          1          109   

Remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability

                               (212                                           (212       17          (195

Share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures

                      533                                  533                533   

Exchange differences

                                                          989                   989          28          1,017   
   

 

                                     
                                                                                                             

Total comprehensive income for the year

                               14,348          5,010          108          989                   20,455          1,413          21,868   

Shares issued under employee remuneration and share plans

    119          1,812                   (1,337                                           594                   594   

Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon 4

    185          (185                2,429                                              2,429                   2,429   

Dividends to shareholders 9

                               (8,042                                           (8,042       (707       (8,749

Tax credit on distributions

                               32                                              32                   32   

Own shares adjustment

                               2                                              2                   2   

Cost of share-based payment arrangements

                               988                                              988                   988   

Income taxes on share-based payments

                               42                                              42                   42   

Other movements

                               (26                                           (26       (20       (46

Acquisition and disposal of subsidiaries

                                                                                     (108       (108

Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries that did not result in loss of control

                               43                                              43          (59       (16

At 31 December

    9,238          10,084          5,851          120,347          1,649          13          752          27,308          175,242          7,887          183,129   

 

422


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

    2011  
                                            Other reserves                                
   

Called up

share

capital

US$m

       

Share

premium 4

US$m

       

Other

equity

instru-

ments

US$m

       

Retained

earnings 5,6

US$m

       

Available-

for-sale

fair value

reserve

US$m

       

Cash flow

hedging

reserve 7

US$m

       

Foreign

exchange

reserve

US$m

       

Merger

reserve 5,8

US$m

       

Total

share-

holders’

equity

US$m

       

Non-

controlling

interests

US$m

       

Total

equity

US$m

 

At 1 January

    8,843          8,454          5,851          99,105          (4,077       (285       2,468          27,308          147,667          7,248          154,915   

Profit for the year

                               16,797                                              16,797          1,147          17,944   

Other comprehensive income (net of tax)

                               368          716          190          (2,705                (1,431       (109       (1,540

Available-for-sale investments

                                        716                                     716          (42       674   

Cash flow hedges

                                                 190                            190          (3       187   

Remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability

                               1,078                                              1,078          (69       1,009   

Share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures

                               (710                                           (710                (710

Exchange differences

                                                           (2,705                (2,705       5          (2,700
   

 

                                     
                                                                                                             

Total comprehensive income for the year

                               17,165          716          190          (2,705                15,366          1,038          16,404   

Shares issued under employee share plans

    6          90                                                                96                   96   

Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon 4

    85          (87                2,232                                              2,230                   2,230   

Dividends to shareholders 9

                               (7,501                                           (7,501       (815       (8,316

Tax credit on distributions

                               128                                              128              128   

Own shares adjustment

                               (361                                           (361                (361

Cost of share-based payment arrangements

                               1,154                                              1,154                   1,154   

Income taxes on share-based payments

                               21                                              21                   21   

Other movements

                               (75                                           (75       28          (47

Acquisition and disposal of subsidiaries

                                                                                     (252       (252

Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries that did not result in loss of control

                                                                                     121          121   

At 31 December

    8,934          8,457          5,851          111,868          (3,361       (95       (237       27,308          158,725          7,368          166,093   

The accompanying notes on pages 428 to 564 form an integral part of these financial statements 1 .

For footnotes, see page 427.

 

423


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

HSBC Holdings balance sheet at 31 December 2013

 

     Notes     

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

Assets

           

Cash at bank and in hand:

           

– balances with HSBC undertakings

        407            353   

Derivatives

     18         2,789            3,768   

Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings

        53,344            41,675   

Financial investments

        1,210            1,208   

Current tax assets

        245            147   

Prepayments and accrued income

        130            82   

Investments in subsidiaries

     24         92,695            92,234   

Property, plant and equipment

        3            3   

Deferred tax assets

     9         13            14   

Total assets

        150,836            139,484   

Liabilities and equity

           

Liabilities

           

Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings

        11,685            12,856   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     27         21,027            23,195   

Derivatives

     18         704            760   

Debt securities in issue

     28         2,791            2,691   

Other liabilities

     29         61            30   

Current tax liabilities

        48            -   

Accruals and deferred income

        1,266            1,018   

Subordinated liabilities

     32         14,167            11,907   

Total liabilities

        51,749            52,457   

Equity

           

Called up share capital

     38         9,415            9,238   

Share premium account

        11,135            10,084   

Other equity instruments

        5,828            5,828   

Other reserves

        37,303            37,170   

Retained earnings

        35,406            24,707   

Total equity

        99,087            87,027   

Total equity and liabilities

        150,836            139,484   

The accompanying notes on pages 428 to 564 form an integral part of these financial statements 1 .

For footnote, see page 427.

 

LOGO

D J Flint, Group Chairman

 

424


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

HSBC Holdings statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 December 2013

 

     Notes     

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

Cash flows from operating activities

           

Profit before tax

        17,725            8,679   

Adjustments for:

           

– non-cash items included in profit before tax

     39         74            535   

– change in operating assets

     39         (10,795         (4,011

– change in operating liabilities

     39         (1,061         2,951   

– tax received/(paid)

        156            (549

Net cash generated from operating activities

        6,099            7,605   

Cash flows from investing activities

           

Net cash outflow from acquisition of or increase in stake of subsidiaries

        (665         (1,973

Net cash used in investing activities

        (665         (1,973

Cash flows from financing activities

           

Issue of ordinary share capital

        1,192            1,905   

Sales of own shares to meet share awards and share option awards

        44            178   

Subordinated loan capital issued

        1,989              

Subordinated loan capital repaid

        (1,618         (760

Debt securities issued

                   2,000   

Debt securities repaid

                   (2,420

Dividends paid

        (6,414         (5,925

Dividends paid to holders of other equity instruments

        (573         (573

Net cash used in financing activities

        (5,380         (5,595

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

        54            37   

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

        353            316   

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

     39         407            353   

The accompanying notes on pages 428 to 564 form an integral part of these financial statements 1 .

For footnote, see page 427.

 

425


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

HSBC Holdings statement of changes in equity for the year ended 31 December 2013

 

                                                Other reserves            
       

Called up

share

capital

US$m

       

Share

premium 4

US$m

       

Other

equity

instru-

ments

US$m

       

Retained

earnings 10

US$m

       

Available-

for-sale

fair value

reserve

US$m

       

Other

paid-in

capital 11

US$m

       

Merger

and other

reserves 8

US$m

       

Total

share-

holders’

equity

US$m

 

At 1 January 2013

      9,238          10,084          5,828          24,707          114          1,929          35,127          87,027   

Profit for the year

                                 17,882                                     17,882   

Other comprehensive income (net of tax)

                                          10                            10   

Available-for-sale investments

                                          2                            2   

Income tax

                                          8                            8   
 

 

                             
                                                                                 

Total comprehensive income for the year

                                 17,882          10                            17,892   

Shares issued under employee share plans

      60          1,168                   (36                                  1,192   

Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon 4

      117          (117                2,523                                     2,523   

Dividends to shareholders 9

                                 (9,510                                  (9,510

Tax credit on distributions

                                 42                                     42   

Own shares adjustment

                                 222                                     222   

Exercise and lapse of share options

                                 (123                123                     

Cost of share-based payment arrangements

                                 49                                     49   

Income taxes on share-based payments

                                                                       

Equity investments granted to employees of subsidiaries under employee share plans

                                 (350                                  (350

At 31 December 2013

      9,415          11,135          5,828          35,406          124          2,052          35,127          99,087   

At 1 January 2012

      8,934          8,457          5,828          22,115          12          1,710          35,127          82,183   

Profit for the year

                                 8,082                                     8,082   

Other comprehensive income (net of tax)

                                          102                            102   

Available-for-sale investments

                                          129                            129   

Income tax

                                          (27                         (27
 

 

                             
                                                                                 

Total comprehensive income for the year

                                 8,082          102                            8,184   

Shares issued under employee share plans

      119          1,812                   (26                                  1,905   

Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon 4

      185          (185                2,429                                     2,429   

Dividends to shareholders 9

                                 (8,042                                  (8,042

Tax credit on distributions

                                 32                                     32   

Own shares adjustment

                                 379                                     379   

Exercise and lapse of share options

                                 (219                219                     

Cost of share-based payment arrangements

                                 55                                     55   

Income taxes on share-based payments

                                 10                                     10   

Equity investments granted to employees of subsidiaries under employee share plans

                                 (108                                  (108

At 31 December 2012

      9,238          10,084          5,828          24,707          114          1,929          35,127          87,027   

Dividends per ordinary share at 31 December 2013 were US$0.48 (2012: US$0.41; 2011: US$0.39).

The accompanying notes on pages 428 to 564 form an integral part of these financial statements 1 .

For footnotes, see page 427.

 

426


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Footnotes to Financial Statements

 

1 The ‘Critical accounting policies’ on pages 72 to 76, the audited sections of ‘Risk’ on pages 134 to 297 and the audited sections of ‘Capital’ on pages 298 to 328 are also an integral part of these financial statements.
2 Available-for-sale investments include nil in respect of the investment in Ping An classified as ‘Assets held for sale’ (2012: US$737m).
3 Adjustment to bring changes between opening and closing balance sheet amounts to average rates. This is not done on a line-by-line basis, as details cannot be determined without unreasonable expense.
4 Share premium includes no deduction in respect of issuance costs incurred during the year (2012: nil; 2011: US$2m).
5 Cumulative goodwill amounting to US$5,138m has been charged against reserves in respect of acquisitions of subsidiaries prior to 1 January 1998, including US$3,469m charged against the merger reserve arising on the acquisition of HSBC Bank plc. The balance of US$1,669m has been charged against retained earnings.
6 Retained earnings include 85,997,271 (US$915m) of own shares held within HSBC’s Insurance business, retirement funds for the benefit of policyholders or beneficiaries within employee trusts for the settlement of shares expected to be delivered under employee share schemes or bonus plans, and the market-making activities in Global Markets (2012: 86,394,826 (US$874m); 2011: 98,498,019 (US$1,320m)).
7 Amounts transferred to the income statement in respect of cash flow hedges include a gain of US$223m (2012: US$43m gain; 2011: US$104m gain) taken to ‘Net interest income’ and a gain of US$671m (2012: US$380m gain; 2011: US$893m loss) taken to ‘Net trading income’.
8 Statutory share premium relief under Section 131 of the Companies Act 1985 (the ‘Act’) was taken in respect of the acquisition of HSBC Bank plc in 1992, HSBC France in 2000 and HSBC Finance Corporation in 2003 and the shares issued were recorded at their nominal value only. In HSBC’s consolidated financial statements the fair value differences of US$8,290m in respect of HSBC France and US$12,768m in respect of HSBC Finance Corporation were recognised in the merger reserve. The merger reserve created on the acquisition of HSBC Finance Corporation subsequently became attached to HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited (‘HOHU’), following a number of intra-group reorganisations. During 2009, pursuant to Section 131 of the Companies Act 1985, statutory share premium relief was taken in respect of the rights issue and US$15,796m was recognised in the merger reserve. The merger reserve includes the deduction of US$614m in respect of costs relating to the rights issue, of which US$149m was subsequently transferred to the income statement. Of this US$149m, US$121m was a loss arising from accounting for the agreement with the underwriters as a contingent forward contract. The merger reserve excludes the loss of US$344m on a forward foreign exchange contract associated with hedging the proceeds of the rights issue.
9 Including distributions paid on preference shares and capital securities classified as equity.
10 Retained earnings include 330,030 (US$5m) (2012: 3,903,901 (US$57m))of own shares held to fund employee share plans.
11 Other paid-in capital arises from the exercise and lapse of share options granted to employees of HSBC Holdings subsidiaries.

 

427


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

1 Basis of preparation

 

 

  (a) Compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards

The consolidated financial statements of HSBC and the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) and as endorsed by the EU. EU-endorsed IFRSs could differ from IFRSs as issued by the IASB if, at any point in time, new or amended IFRSs were not to be endorsed by the EU.

At 31 December 2013, there were no unendorsed standards effective for the year ended 31 December 2013 affecting these consolidated and separate financial statements, and there was no difference between IFRSs endorsed by the EU and IFRSs issued by the IASB in terms of their application to HSBC. Accordingly, HSBC’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013 are prepared in accordance with IFRSs as issued by the IASB.

IFRSs comprise accounting standards issued by the IASB and its predecessor body as well as interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (‘IFRIC’) and its predecessor body.

Standards adopted during the year ended 31 December 2013

On 1 January 2013, HSBC adopted the following significant new standards and amendments to standards. The financial effect of these new standards and amendments is insignificant to these consolidated financial statements:

 

   

IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’, IFRS 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’, IFRS 12 ‘Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities’ and amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12 ‘Transition Guidance’ are required to be applied retrospectively.

 

   

Under IFRS 10, there is one approach for determining consolidation for all entities, based on the concepts of power, variability of returns and their linkage. This replaces the approach which applied to previous financial statements which emphasised legal control or exposure to risks and rewards, depending on the nature of the entity. HSBC controls and consequently consolidates an entity when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns by exercising its power over the entity.

In accordance with the transitional provisions of IFRS 10, we reviewed the population of investments in entities as at 1 January 2013 to determine whether entities previously consolidated or unconsolidated in accordance with IAS 27 ‘Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements’ and SIC 12 ‘Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities’ changed their consolidation status as a result of applying IFRS 10. The result of this review was that the effect of applying the requirements of IFRS 10 did not have a material effect on these consolidated financial statements. Therefore no restatements are necessary on application of IFRS 10.

IFRS 11 places more focus on the investors’ rights and obligations than on the structure of the arrangement when determining the type of joint arrangement with which HSBC is involved, unlike the previous approach, and introduces the concept of a joint operation. The application of IFRS 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’ did not have a material effect on these consolidated financial statements.

 

   

IFRS 12 is a comprehensive standard on disclosure requirements for all forms of interests in other entities, including for unconsolidated structured entities. The disclosure requirements of IFRS 12 do not require comparative information to be provided for periods prior to initial application. New disclosures are provided in Note 42.

 

   

IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ establishes a single framework for measuring fair value and introduces new requirements for disclosure of fair value measurements. IFRS 13 is required to be applied prospectively from the beginning of the first annual period in which it is applied. The disclosure requirements of IFRS 13 do not require comparative information to be provided for periods prior to initial application. Disclosures are provided in Notes 15 and 16.

 

   

Amendments to IFRS 7 ‘Disclosures – Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities’ requires disclosure of the effect or potential effects of netting arrangements on an entity’s financial position. The amendment requires disclosure of recognised financial instruments that are subject to an enforceable master

 

428


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

 

netting arrangement or similar agreement. The amendments have been applied retrospectively. Disclosures are provided in Note 34.

 

   

The amendments to IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’ (‘IAS 19 revised’) are required to be applied retrospectively. The main effect of IAS 19 revised for HSBC is that it replaces the interest cost on the plan liability and expected return on plan assets with a finance cost comprising the net interest on the net defined benefit liability or asset. This finance cost is determined by applying to the net defined benefit liability or asset the same discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation. The difference between the actual return on plan assets and the return included in the finance cost component reflected in the income statement is presented in other comprehensive income. The effect of this change is to increase or decrease the pension expense by the difference between the current expected return on plan assets and the return calculated by applying the relevant discount rate.

During 2013, HSBC adopted a number of interpretations and amendments to standards which had an insignificant effect on the consolidated financial statements of HSBC and the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings.

 

  (b) Differences between IFRSs and Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards

There are no significant differences between IFRSs and Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards in terms of their application to HSBC and consequently there would be no significant differences had the financial statements been prepared in accordance with Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards. The Notes on the Financial Statements, taken together with the Report of the Directors, include the aggregate of all disclosures necessary to satisfy IFRSs and Hong Kong reporting requirements.

 

  (c) Presentation of information

Disclosures under IFRS 4 ‘Insurance Contracts’ and IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ concerning the nature and extent of risks relating to insurance contracts and financial instruments have been included in the audited sections of the ‘Report of the Directors: Risk’ on pages 134 to 297.

Capital disclosures under IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’ have been included in the audited sections of ‘Report of the Directors: Capital’ on pages 298 to 328.

Disclosures relating to HSBC’s securitisation activities and structured products have been included in the audited section of ‘Report of the Directors: Risk’ on pages 134 to 297.

In accordance with HSBC’s policy to provide disclosures that help investors and other stakeholders understand the Group’s performance, financial position and changes thereto, the information provided in the Notes on the Financial Statements and the Report of the Directors goes beyond the minimum levels required by accounting standards, statutory and regulatory requirements and listing rules. In particular, HSBC provides additional disclosures having regard to the recommendations of the Enhanced Disclosures Task Force (‘EDTF’) report ‘Enhancing the Risk Disclosures of Banks’ issued in October 2012. The report aims to help financial institutions identify areas that investors had highlighted needed better and more transparent information about banks’ risks, and how these risks relate to performance measurement and reporting. The recommendations for disclosure improvement focused on the principal risks faced by the banking industry, and included disclosures about risk governance, capital adequacy, liquidity, funding, credit risk, market risk and other risks. In addition, HSBC follows the British Bankers’ Association Code for Financial Reporting Disclosure (‘the BBA Code’). The BBA Code aims to increase the quality and comparability of UK banks’ disclosures and sets out five disclosure principles together with supporting guidance. In line with the principles of the BBA Code, HSBC assesses good practice recommendations issued from time to time by relevant regulators and standard setters and will assess the applicability and relevance of such guidance, enhancing disclosures where appropriate.

In publishing the parent company financial statements here together with the Group financial statements, HSBC Holdings has taken advantage of the exemption in section 408(3) of the Companies Act 2006 not to present its individual income statement and related notes that form a part of these financial statements.

HSBC’s consolidated financial statements are presented in US dollars which is also HSBC Holdings’ functional currency. HSBC Holdings’ functional currency is the US dollar because the US dollar and currencies linked to it are the most significant currencies relevant to the underlying transactions, events and conditions of its subsidiaries, as well as representing a significant proportion of its funds generated from financing activities.

 

429


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

HSBC uses the US dollar as its presentation currency in its consolidated financial statements because the US dollar and currencies linked to it form the major currency bloc in which HSBC transacts and funds its business.

 

  (d) Use of estimates and assumptions

The preparation of financial information requires the use of estimates and assumptions about future conditions. The use of available information and the application of judgement are inherent in the formation of estimates; actual results in the future may differ from estimates upon which financial information is prepared. Management believes that HSBC’s critical accounting policies where judgement is necessarily applied are those which relate to impairment of loans and advances, goodwill impairment, the valuation of financial instruments, interests in associates, deferred tax assets and provisions for liabilities. See ‘Critical accounting policies’ on pages 72 to 76, which form an integral part of these financial statements.

Further information about key assumptions concerning the future, and other key sources of estimation uncertainty, are set out in the Notes on the Financial Statements.

 

  (e) Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements of HSBC comprise the financial statements of HSBC Holdings and its subsidiaries made up to 31 December, with the exception of the banking and insurance subsidiaries of HSBC Bank Argentina, whose financial statements are made up to 30 June annually to comply with local regulations. Accordingly, HSBC uses their audited interim financial statements, drawn up to 31 December annually.

HSBC controls and consequently consolidates an entity when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. HSBC is considered to have power over an entity when it has existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities. For HSBC to have power over an entity, it must have the practical ability to exercise those rights. In the rare situations where potential voting rights exist, these are taken into account if HSBC has the practical ability to exercise those rights.

Where voting rights are not relevant in deciding whether HSBC has power over an entity, the assessment of control is based on all facts and circumstances. Where it is not immediately clear where control rests, an analysis of the purpose and design of the entity, including determining which party has power over the activities which most affect its returns and whether there are any additional rights held that may confer such power, is undertaken.

When assessing whether to consolidate investment funds, HSBC reviews all facts and circumstances to determine whether HSBC, as fund manager, is acting as agent or principal. HSBC is deemed to be a principal, and hence controls and consolidates the funds, when it acts as fund manager and cannot be removed without cause, has variable returns through significant unit holdings and/or a guarantee, and is able to influence the returns of the funds by exercising its power.

The acquisition method of accounting is used when subsidiaries are acquired by HSBC. The cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the consideration, including contingent consideration, given at the date of exchange. Acquisition-related costs are recognised as an expense in the income statement in the period in which they are incurred. The acquired identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are generally measured at their fair values at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is measured as the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred, the amount of non-controlling interest and the fair value of HSBC’s previously held equity interest, if any, over the net of the amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. The amount of non-controlling interest is measured either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. In a business combination achieved in stages, the previously held equity interest is remeasured at the acquisition-date fair value with the resulting gain or loss recognised in the income statement. In the event that the amount of net assets acquired is in excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred, the amount of non-controlling interest and the fair value of HSBC’s previously held equity interest, the difference is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Changes in a parent’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control are treated as transactions between equity holders and are reported in equity.

Entities that are controlled by HSBC are consolidated from the date HSBC gains control and cease to be consolidated on the date HSBC loses control of the entities.

 

430


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

HSBC performs a re-assessment of consolidation whenever there is a change in the facts and circumstances determining the control of entities.

All intra-HSBC transactions are eliminated on consolidation.

The consolidated financial statements of HSBC also include the attributable share of the results and reserves of joint ventures and associates. These are based on financial statements made up to 31 December, with the exception of the Bank of Communications, which is included on the basis of financial statements made up for the twelve months to 30 September. This is equity accounted three months in arrears in order to meet the requirements of the Group’s reporting timetable. HSBC has taken into account the effect of any significant transactions or events that occurred in the period from 1 October to 31 December that would have a material effect on its results.

Disclosures of interests in unconsolidated structured entities provide information on involvement in these entities which exposes HSBC to variability of returns from the performance of the other entity. Involvement is considered on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the nature of the entity’s activity. This could include holding debt and equity instruments, or the provision of structured derivatives, but excludes involvement that exist only because of typical customer supplier relationships, such as market-making transactions to facilitate secondary trading or senior lending in the normal course of business.

 

  (f) Future accounting developments

In addition to the projects to complete financial instrument accounting, discussed below, the IASB is continuing to work on projects on insurance and lease accounting which could represent significant changes to accounting requirements in the future.

Amendments issued by the IASB and endorsed by the EU

In December 2011, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 32 ‘Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities’ which clarified the requirements for offsetting financial instruments and addressed inconsistencies in current practice when applying the offsetting criteria in IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014 with early adoption permitted and are required to be applied retrospectively.

We do not expect the amendments to IAS 32 to have a material effect on HSBC’s financial statements.

Standards and amendments issued by the IASB but not endorsed by the EU

During 2012 and 2013, the IASB issued various amendments to IFRS that are effective from 1 January 2014 and which are expected to have an insignificant effect on the consolidated financial statements of HSBC.

In November 2009, the IASB issued IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ which introduced new requirements for the classification and measurement of financial assets. In October 2010, the IASB issued an amendment to IFRS 9 incorporating requirements for financial liabilities. Together, these changes represent the first phase in the IASB’s planned replacement of IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement.’ IFRS 9 classification and measurement requirements are to be applied retrospectively but prior periods need not be restated.

In November 2012, the IASB issued proposed amendments to IFRS 9 in respect of classification and measurement. Since the final requirements for classification and measurement are uncertain, it remains impracticable to quantify the effect of IFRS 9 as at the date of the publication of these financial statements.

The second phase in the IASB’s project to replace IAS 39 will address the impairment of financial assets. It is proposed to replace the ‘incurred loss’ approach to the impairment of financial assets carried at amortised cost in IAS 39 with an expected credit loss approach, and require that the expected credit loss approach be applied to other categories of financial instrument, including loan commitments and financial guarantees. The final requirements for impairment of financial assets are expected to be published in 2014.

The third phase of the project addresses general hedge accounting. Macro hedging is not included in the IFRS 9 project and will be considered separately. In November 2013, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 9 in respect of the general hedge accounting requirements, transition and effective date. As a result of these amendments, it is confirmed that all phases of IFRS 9 (except for changes to the presentation of gains and losses for certain

 

431


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

liabilities measured at fair value) must be applied from the same effective date. The IASB has tentatively decided that the effective date is 1 January 2018. The revised hedge accounting requirements are applied prospectively and HSBC is currently assessing the impact they may have on the financial statements.

 

2 Summary of significant accounting policies

 

 

  (a) Interest income and expense

Interest income and expense for all financial instruments except for those classified as held for trading or designated at fair value (except for debt securities issued by HSBC and derivatives managed in conjunction with those debt securities) are recognised in ‘Interest income’ and ‘Interest expense’ in the income statement using the effective interest method. The effective interest method is a way of calculating the amortised cost of a financial asset or a financial liability (or groups of financial assets or financial liabilities) and of allocating the interest income or interest expense over the relevant period.

The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts or payments through the expected life of the financial instrument or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability. When calculating the effective interest rate, HSBC estimates cash flows considering all contractual terms of the financial instrument but excluding future credit losses. The calculation includes all amounts paid or received by HSBC that are an integral part of the effective interest rate of a financial instrument, including transaction costs and all other premiums or discounts.

Interest on impaired financial assets is recognised using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss.

 

  (b) Non-interest income

Fee income is earned from a diverse range of services provided by HSBC to its customers. Fee income is accounted for as follows:

 

   

income earned on the execution of a significant act is recognised as revenue when the act is completed (for example, fees arising from negotiating, or participating in the negotiation of, a transaction for a third party, such as an arrangement for the acquisition of shares or other securities);

 

   

income earned from the provision of services is recognised as revenue as the services are provided (for example, asset management, portfolio and other management advisory and service fees); and

 

   

income which forms an integral part of the effective interest rate of a financial instrument is recognised as an adjustment to the effective interest rate (for example, certain loan commitment fees) and recorded in ‘Interest income’.

Net trading income comprises all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities held for trading, together with the related interest income, expense and dividends.

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value includes:

 

   

all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss, including liabilities under investment contracts;

 

   

all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of derivatives that are managed in conjunction with financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss; and

 

   

interest income, interest expense and dividend income in respect of:

 

   

financial assets and financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss; and

 

   

derivatives managed in conjunction with the above,

except for interest arising from debt securities issued by HSBC and derivatives managed in conjunction with those debt securities, which is recognised in ‘Interest expense’. (Note 2a).

Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive payment is established. This is the ex-dividend date for listed equity securities, and usually the date when shareholders have approved the dividend for unlisted equity securities.

 

432


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

  (c) Operating segments

HSBC has a matrix management structure. HSBC’s chief operating decision-maker regularly reviews operating activity on a number of bases, including by geographical region and by global business. HSBC considers that geographical operating segments represent the most appropriate information for the users of the financial statements to best evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business activities in which HSBC engages, and the economic environments in which it operates. This reflects the importance of geographic factors on business strategy and performance, the allocation of capital resources, and the role of geographical regional management in executing strategy. As a result, HSBC’s operating segments are considered to be geographical regions.

Measurement of segmental assets, liabilities, income and expenses is in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies. Segmental income and expenses include transfers between segments and these transfers are conducted on arm’s length terms and conditions. Shared costs are included in segments on the basis of the actual recharges made. The expense of the UK bank levy is included in the Europe geographical region as HSBC regards the levy as a cost of carrying on a business and being headquartered in the UK.

 

  (d) Valuation of financial instruments

All financial instruments are recognised initially at fair value. In the normal course of business, the fair value of a financial instrument on initial recognition is the transaction price (that is, the fair value of the consideration given or received). In certain circumstances, however, the fair value will be based on other observable current market transactions in the same instrument, without modification or repackaging, or on a valuation technique whose variables include only data from observable markets, such as interest rate yield curves, option volatilities and currency rates. When such evidence exists, HSBC recognises a trading gain or loss on inception of the financial instrument, being the difference between the transaction price and the fair value. When unobservable market data have a significant impact on the valuation of financial instruments, the entire initial difference in fair value from the transaction price as indicated by the valuation model is not recognised immediately in the income statement. Instead, it is recognised over the life of the transaction on an appropriate basis, when the inputs become observable, the transaction matures or is closed out, or when HSBC enters into an offsetting transaction.

The fair value of financial instruments is generally measured by the individual financial instrument. However, in cases where HSBC manages a group of financial assets and financial liabilities according to its net exposure to either market risks or credit risk, HSBC measures the fair value of the group of financial instruments on a net basis, but presents the underlying financial assets and liabilities separately in the financial statements, unless they satisfy the IFRS offsetting criteria as described on page 74.

Subsequent to initial recognition, the fair values of financial instruments measured at fair value are measured in accordance with HSBC’s valuation methodologies, which are described in Notes 15 and 16.

 

  (e) Cash and cash equivalents

For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of change in value. Such investments are normally those with less than three months’ maturity from the date of acquisition. Cash and cash equivalents include cash and balances at central banks, treasury bills and other eligible bills, loans and advances to banks, items in the course of collection from or in transmission to other banks, and certificates of deposit.

 

  (f) Loans and advances to banks and customers

Loans and advances to banks and customers include loans and advances originated by HSBC which are not classified as held for trading or designated at fair value. Loans and advances are recognised when cash is advanced to a borrower. They are derecognised when either the borrower repays its obligations, or the loans are sold or written off, or substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are transferred. They are initially recorded at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any reduction from impairment or uncollectibility. Where exposures are hedged by derivatives designated and qualifying as fair value hedges, the carrying value of the loans and advances so hedged includes a fair value adjustment relating only to the hedged risk.

 

433


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Loans and advances are reclassified to ‘Assets held for sale’ when their carrying amounts are to be recovered principally through sale, they are available for sale in their present condition and their sale is highly probable (Note 2ab); however, such loans and advances continue to be measured in accordance with the policy described above.

HSBC may commit to underwrite loans on fixed contractual terms for specified periods of time, where the drawdown of the loan is contingent upon certain future events outside the control of HSBC. Where the loan arising from the lending commitment is expected to be held for trading, the commitment to lend is recorded as a derivative and measured at fair value through profit or loss. On drawdown, the loan is classified as held for trading and measured at fair value through profit or loss. Where it is not HSBC’s intention to trade but hold the loan, a provision on the loan commitment is only recorded where it is probable that HSBC will incur a loss. This may occur, for example, where a loss of principal is probable or the interest rate charged on the loan is lower than the cost of funding. On inception of the loan, the loan to be held is recorded at its fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. For certain transactions, such as leveraged finance and syndicated lending activities, the cash advanced is not necessarily the best evidence of the fair value of the loan. For these loans, where the initial fair value is lower than the cash amount advanced (for example, due to the rate of interest charged on the loan being below the market rate of interest), the write-down is charged to the income statement. The write-down will be recovered over the life of the loan, through the recognition of interest income using the effective interest method, unless the loan becomes impaired. The write-down is recorded as a reduction to other operating income.

 

  (g) Impairment of loans and advances

Losses for impaired loans are recognised promptly when there is objective evidence that impairment of a loan or portfolio of loans has occurred. Impairment allowances are calculated on individual loans and on groups of loans assessed collectively. Impairment losses are recorded as charges to the income statement. The carrying amount of impaired loans on the balance sheet is reduced through the use of impairment allowance accounts. Losses which may arise from future events are not recognised.

Individually assessed loans and advances

The factors considered in determining whether a loan is individually significant for the purposes of assessing impairment include:

 

   

the size of the loan;

 

   

the number of loans in the portfolio; and

 

   

the importance of the individual loan relationship, and how this is managed.

Loans that meet the above criteria will be individually assessed for impairment, except when volumes of defaults and losses are sufficient to justify treatment under a collective assessment methodology.

Loans considered as individually significant are typically to corporate and commercial customers and are for larger amounts, which are managed on an individual relationship basis. Retail lending portfolios are generally assessed for impairment on a collective basis as the portfolios generally consist of large pools of homogeneous loans.

For all loans that are considered individually significant, HSBC assesses on a case-by-case basis at each balance sheet date whether there is any objective evidence that a loan is impaired. The criteria used by HSBC to determine that there is such objective evidence include:

 

   

known cash flow difficulties experienced by the borrower;

 

   

contractual payments of either principal or interest being past due for more than 90 days;

 

   

the probability that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or other financial realisation;

 

   

a concession granted to the borrower for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty that results in forgiveness or postponement of principal, interest or fees, where the concession is not insignificant; and

 

   

there has been deterioration in the financial condition or outlook of the borrower such that its ability to repay is considered doubtful.

For those loans where objective evidence of impairment exists, impairment losses are determined considering the following factors:

 

434


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

   

HSBC’s aggregate exposure to the customer;

 

   

the viability of the customer’s business model and their capacity to trade successfully out of financial difficulties and generate sufficient cash flow to service debt obligations;

 

   

the amount and timing of expected receipts and recoveries;

 

   

the likely dividend available on liquidation or bankruptcy;

 

   

the extent of other creditors’ commitments ranking ahead of, or pari passu with, HSBC and the likelihood of other creditors continuing to support the company;

 

   

the complexity of determining the aggregate amount and ranking of all creditor claims and the extent to which legal and insurance uncertainties are evident;

 

   

the realisable value of security (or other credit mitigants) and likelihood of successful repossession;

 

   

the likely deduction of any costs involved in recovery of amounts outstanding;

 

   

the ability of the borrower to obtain, and make payments in, the currency of the loan if not denominated in local currency; and

 

   

when available, the secondary market price of the debt.

The realisable value of security is determined based on the current market value when the impairment assessment is performed. The value is not adjusted for expected future changes in market prices; however, adjustments are made to reflect local conditions such as forced sale discounts.

Impairment losses are calculated by discounting the expected future cash flows of a loan, which includes expected future receipts of contractual interest, at the loan’s original effective interest rate and comparing the resultant present value with the loan’s current carrying amount. The impairment allowances on individually significant accounts are reviewed at least quarterly and more regularly when circumstances require. This normally encompasses re-assessment of the enforceability of any collateral held and the timing and amount of actual and anticipated receipts. Individually assessed impairment allowances are only released when there is reasonable and objective evidence of a reduction in the established loss estimate.

Collectively assessed loans and advances

Impairment is assessed on a collective basis in two circumstances:

 

   

to cover losses which have been incurred but have not yet been identified on loans subject to individual assessment; and

 

   

for homogeneous groups of loans that are not considered individually significant.

Incurred but not yet identified impairment

Individually assessed loans for which no evidence of impairment has been specifically identified on an individual basis are grouped together according to their credit risk characteristics for the purpose of calculating an estimated collective impairment. These credit risk characteristics may include country of origination, type of business involved, type of products offered, security obtained or other relevant factors. This reflects impairment losses that HSBC has incurred as a result of events occurring before the balance sheet date, which HSBC is not able to identify on an individual loan basis, and that can be reliably estimated. These losses will only be individually identified in the future. As soon as information becomes available which identifies losses on individual loans within the group, those loans are removed from the group and assessed on an individual basis for impairment.

The collective impairment allowance is determined after taking into account:

 

   

historical loss experience in portfolios of similar credit risk characteristics (for example, by industry sector, loan grade or product);

 

   

the estimated period between impairment occurring and the loss being identified and evidenced by the establishment of an appropriate allowance against the individual loan; and

 

   

management’s experienced judgement as to whether current economic and credit conditions are such that the actual level of inherent losses at the balance sheet date is likely to be greater or less than that suggested by historical experience.

The period between a loss occurring and its identification is estimated by local management for each identified portfolio. The factors that may influence this estimation include economic and market conditions, customer

 

435


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

behaviour, portfolio management information, credit management techniques and collection and recovery experiences in the market. As it is assessed empirically on a periodic basis the estimated period between a loss occurring and its identification may vary over time as these factors change.

Homogeneous groups of loans and advances

Statistical methods are used to determine impairment losses on a collective basis for homogeneous groups of loans that are not considered individually significant, because individual loan assessment is impracticable. Losses in these groups of loans are recorded on an individual basis when individual loans are written off, at which point they are removed from the group. The methods that are used to calculate allowances on a collective basis are as follows:

 

   

When appropriate empirical information is available, HSBC utilises roll-rate methodology. This methodology employs statistical analyses of historical data and experience of delinquency and default to estimate the amount of loans that will eventually be written off as a result of the events occurring before the balance sheet date which HSBC is not able to identify on an individual loan basis, and that can be reliably estimated. Under this methodology, loans are grouped into ranges according to the number of days past due and statistical analysis is used to estimate the likelihood that loans in each range will progress through the various stages of delinquency, and ultimately prove irrecoverable. In addition to the delinquency groupings, loans are segmented according to their credit characteristics as described above. In applying this methodology, adjustments are made to estimate the periods of time between a loss event occurring and its discovery, for example through a missed payment, (known as the emergence period) and the period of time between discovery and write-off (known as the outcome period). Current economic conditions are also evaluated when calculating the appropriate level of allowance required to cover inherent loss. The estimated loss is the difference between the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate of the portfolio, and the carrying amount of the portfolio. In certain highly developed markets, sophisticated models also take into account behavioural and account management trends as revealed in, for example, bankruptcy and rescheduling statistics.

 

   

When the portfolio size is small or when information is insufficient or not reliable enough to adopt a roll-rate methodology, HSBC adopts a basic formulaic approach based on historical loss rate experience, or a discounted cash flow model. Where a basic formulaic approach is undertaken, the period between a loss occurring and its identification is explicitly estimated by local management, and is typically between six and twelve months.

The inherent loss within each portfolio is assessed on the basis of statistical models using historical data observations, which are updated periodically to reflect recent portfolio and economic trends. When the most recent trends arising from changes in economic, regulatory or behavioural conditions are not fully reflected in the statistical models, they are taken into account by adjusting the impairment allowances derived from the statistical models to reflect these changes as at the balance sheet date.

These additional portfolio risk factors may include recent loan portfolio growth and product mix, unemployment rates, bankruptcy trends, geographic concentrations, loan product features (such as the ability of borrowers to repay adjustable-rate loans where reset interest rates give rise to increases in interest charges), economic conditions such as national and local trends in housing markets and interest rates, portfolio seasoning, account management policies and practices, current levels of write-offs, changes in laws and regulations and other factors which can affect customer payment patterns on outstanding loans, such as natural disasters. These risk factors, where relevant, are taken into account when calculating the appropriate level of impairment allowances by adjusting the impairment allowances derived solely from historical loss experience.

Roll rates, loss rates and the expected timing of future recoveries are regularly benchmarked against actual outcomes to ensure they remain appropriate.

Write-off of loans and advances

Loans (and the related impairment allowance accounts) are normally written off, either partially or in full, when there is no realistic prospect of recovery. Where loans are secured, this is generally after receipt of any proceeds from the realisation of security. In circumstances where the net realisable value of any collateral has been determined and there is no reasonable expectation of further recovery, write-off may be earlier.

 

436


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Reversals of impairment

If the amount of an impairment loss decreases in a subsequent period, and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, the excess is written back by reducing the loan impairment allowance account accordingly. The write-back is recognised in the income statement.

Assets acquired in exchange for loans

Non-financial assets acquired in exchange for loans as part of an orderly realisation are recorded as assets held for sale and reported in ‘Other assets’ if the carrying amounts of the assets are recovered principally through sale, the assets are available for sale in their present condition and their sale is highly probable. The asset acquired is recorded at the lower of its fair value less costs to sell and the carrying amount of the loan (net of impairment allowance) at the date of exchange. No depreciation is charged in respect of assets held for sale. Any subsequent write-down of the acquired asset to fair value less costs to sell is recognised in the income statement, in ‘Other operating income’. Any subsequent increase in the fair value less costs to sell, to the extent this does not exceed the cumulative write-down, is also recognised in ‘Other operating income’, together with any realised gains or losses on disposal.

Renegotiated loans

Loans subject to collective impairment assessment whose terms have been renegotiated are no longer considered past due, but are treated as up to date loans for measurement purposes once a minimum number of payments required have been received. Loans subject to collective impairment assessment whose terms have been renegotiated are segregated from other parts of the loan portfolio for the purposes of collective impairment assessment, to reflect their risk profile. Loans subject to individual impairment assessment, whose terms have been renegotiated, are subject to ongoing review to determine whether they remain impaired. The carrying amounts of loans that have been classified as renegotiated retain this classification until maturity or derecognition.

A loan that is renegotiated is derecognised if the existing agreement is cancelled and a new agreement made on substantially different terms, or if the terms of an existing agreement are modified, such that the renegotiated loan is substantially a different financial instrument.

 

  (h) Trading assets and trading liabilities

Treasury bills, debt securities, equity securities, loans, deposits, debt securities in issue, and short positions in securities are classified as held for trading if they have been acquired or incurred principally for the purpose of selling or repurchasing in the near term, or they form part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of a recent pattern of short-term profit-taking. These financial assets or financial liabilities are recognised on trade date, when HSBC enters into contractual arrangements with counterparties to purchase or sell the financial instruments, and are normally derecognised when either sold (assets) or extinguished (liabilities). Measurement is initially at fair value, with transaction costs taken to the income statement. Subsequently, the fair values are remeasured, and gains and losses from changes therein are recognised in the income statement in ‘Net trading income’.

 

  (i) Financial instruments designated at fair value

Financial instruments, other than those held for trading, are classified in this category if they meet one or more of the criteria set out below, and are so designated by management. HSBC may designate financial instruments at fair value when the designation:

 

   

eliminates or significantly reduces measurement or recognition inconsistencies that would otherwise arise from measuring financial assets or financial liabilities, or recognising gains and losses on them, on different bases. Under this criterion, the main classes of financial instruments designated by HSBC are:

Long-term debt issues . The interest payable on certain fixed rate long-term debt securities issued has been matched with the interest on ‘receive fixed/pay variable’ interest rate swaps as part of a documented interest rate risk management strategy. An accounting mismatch would arise if the debt securities issued were accounted for at amortised cost, because the related derivatives are measured at fair value with changes in the fair value recognised in the income statement. By designating the long-term debt at fair value, the movement in the fair value of the long-term debt will also be recognised in the income statement.

 

437


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities under unit-linked insurance and unit-linked investment contracts . Liabilities to customers under linked contracts are determined based on the fair value of the assets held in the linked funds, with changes recognised in the income statement. If no designation was made for the assets relating to the customer liabilities they would be classified as available for sale and the changes in fair value would be recorded in other comprehensive income. These financial instruments are managed on a fair value basis and management information is also prepared on this basis. Designation at fair value of the financial assets and liabilities under investment contracts allows the changes in fair values to be recorded in the income statement and presented in the same line;

 

   

applies to groups of financial assets, financial liabilities or combinations thereof that are managed, and their performance evaluated, on a fair value basis in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy, and where information about the groups of financial instruments is reported to management on that basis. Under this criterion, certain financial assets held to meet liabilities under non-linked insurance contracts are the main class of financial instrument so designated. HSBC has documented risk management and investment strategies designed to manage such assets at fair value, taking into consideration the relationship of assets to liabilities in a way that mitigates market risks. Reports are provided to management on the fair value of the assets. Fair value measurement is also consistent with the regulatory reporting requirements under the appropriate regulations for these insurance operations; and

 

   

relates to financial instruments containing one or more embedded derivatives that significantly modify the cash flows resulting from those financial instruments, including certain debt issues and debt securities held.

The fair value designation, once made, is irrevocable. Designated financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when HSBC enters into the contractual provisions of the arrangements with counterparties, which is generally on trade date, and are normally derecognised when either sold (assets) or extinguished (liabilities). Measurement is initially at fair value, with transaction costs taken to the income statement. Subsequently, the fair values are remeasured, and gains and losses from changes therein are recognised in the income statement in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’.

 

  (j) Financial investments

Treasury bills, debt securities and equity securities intended to be held on a continuing basis, other than those designated at fair value, are classified as available for sale or held to maturity. Financial investments are recognised on trade date when HSBC enters into contractual arrangements with counterparties to purchase securities, and are normally derecognised when either the securities are sold or the borrowers repay their obligations.

 

  (i) Available-for-sale financial assets are initially measured at fair value plus direct and incremental transaction costs. They are subsequently remeasured at fair value, and changes therein are recognised in other comprehensive income in ‘Available-for-sale investments – fair value gains/(losses)’ until the financial assets are either sold or become impaired. When available-for-sale financial assets are sold, cumulative gains or losses previously recognised in other comprehensive income are recognised in the income statement as ‘Gains less losses from financial investments’.

Interest income is recognised on available-for-sale debt securities using the effective interest rate, calculated over the asset’s expected life. Premiums and/or discounts arising on the purchase of dated investment securities are included in the calculation of their effective interest rates. Dividends are recognised in the income statement when the right to receive payment has been established.

At each balance sheet date an assessment is made of whether there is any objective evidence of impairment in the value of a financial asset. Impairment losses are recognised if, and only if, there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the financial asset (a ‘loss event’) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset that can be reliably estimated.

If the available-for-sale financial asset is impaired, the difference between the financial asset’s acquisition cost (net of any principal repayments and amortisation) and the current fair value, less any previous impairment loss recognised in the income statement, is removed from other comprehensive income and recognised in the income statement.

 

438


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Impairment losses for available-for-sale debt securities are recognised within ‘Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions’ in the income statement and impairment losses for available-for-sale equity securities are recognised within ‘Gains less losses from financial investments’ in the income statement. The impairment methodologies for available-for-sale financial assets are set out in more detail below.

 

   

Available-for-sale debt securities . When assessing available-for-sale debt securities for objective evidence of impairment at the reporting date, HSBC considers all available evidence, including observable data or information about events specifically relating to the securities which may result in a shortfall in recovery of future cash flows. These events may include a significant financial difficulty of the issuer, a breach of contract such as a default, bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation, or the disappearance of an active market for the debt security because of financial difficulties relating to the issuer.

These types of specific event and other factors such as information about the issuers’ liquidity, business and financial risk exposures, levels of and trends in default for similar financial assets, national and local economic trends and conditions, and the fair value of collateral and guarantees may be considered individually, or in combination, to determine if there is objective evidence of impairment of a debt security.

In addition, when assessing available-for-sale asset-backed securities (‘ABS’s) for objective evidence of impairment, HSBC considers the performance of underlying collateral and the extent and depth of market price declines. Changes in credit ratings are considered but a downgrade of a security’s credit rating is not, of itself, evidence of impairment. The primary indicators of potential impairment are considered to be adverse fair value movements and the disappearance of an active market for a security. ABS impairment methodologies are described in more detail in ‘Impairment methodologies’ on page 275.

 

   

Available-for-sale equity securities . Objective evidence of impairment for available-for sale equity securities may include specific information about the issuer as detailed above, but may also include information about significant changes in technology, markets, economics or the law that provides evidence that the cost of the equity securities may not be recovered.

A significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the asset below its cost is also objective evidence of impairment. In assessing whether it is significant, the decline in fair value is evaluated against the original cost of the asset at initial recognition. In assessing whether it is prolonged, the decline is evaluated against the period in which the fair value of the asset has been below its original cost at initial recognition.

Once an impairment loss has been recognised on an available-for-sale financial asset, the subsequent accounting treatment for changes in the fair value of that asset differs depending on the nature of the available-for-sale financial asset concerned:

 

   

for an available-for-sale debt security, a subsequent decline in the fair value of the instrument is recognised in the income statement when there is further objective evidence of impairment as a result of further decreases in the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset. Where there is no further objective evidence of impairment, the decline in the fair value of the financial asset is recognised in other comprehensive income. If the fair value of a debt security increases in a subsequent period, and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognised in the income statement, the impairment loss is reversed through the income statement. If there is no longer objective evidence that the debt security is impaired, the impairment loss is also reversed through the income statement;

 

   

for an available-for-sale equity security, all subsequent increases in the fair value of the instrument are treated as a revaluation and are recognised in other comprehensive income. Impairment losses recognised on the equity security are not reversed through the income statement. Subsequent decreases in the fair value of the available-for-sale equity security are recognised in the income statement, to the extent that further cumulative impairment losses have been incurred in relation to the acquisition cost of the equity security.

 

  (ii)

Held-to-maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturities that HSBC positively intends, and is able, to hold to maturity. Held-to-maturity investments

 

439


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

  are initially recorded at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs, and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, less any impairment losses.

 

  (k) Sale and repurchase agreements (including stock lending and borrowing)

When securities are sold subject to a commitment to repurchase them at a predetermined price (‘repos’), they remain on the balance sheet and a liability is recorded in respect of the consideration received. Securities purchased under commitments to sell (‘reverse repos’) are not recognised on the balance sheet and the consideration paid is recorded in ‘Loans and advances to banks’, ‘Loans and advances to customers’ or ‘Trading assets’ as appropriate. The difference between the sale and repurchase price is treated as interest and recognised in net interest income over the life of the agreement for loans and advances to banks and customers. For trading assets, the interest and other fair value movements on the instrument are shown in net trading income.

Securities lending and borrowing transactions are generally secured, with collateral taking the form of securities or cash advanced or received. The transfer of securities to counterparties under these agreements is not normally reflected on the balance sheet. Cash collateral advanced or received is recorded as an asset or a liability respectively.

Securities borrowed are not recognised on the balance sheet. If they are sold on to third parties, an obligation to return the securities is recorded as a trading liability and measured at fair value, and any gains or losses are included in ‘Net trading income’.

 

  (l) Derivatives and hedge accounting

Derivatives are recognised initially, and are subsequently remeasured, at fair value. Fair values of exchange-traded derivatives are obtained from quoted market prices. Fair values of over-the-counter derivatives are obtained using valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow models and option pricing models.

Derivatives may be embedded in other financial instruments, for example, a convertible bond with an embedded conversion option. Embedded derivatives are treated as separate derivatives when their economic characteristics and risks are not clearly and closely related to those of the host contract; the terms of the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a stand-alone derivative if they were contained in a separate contract; and the combined contract is not held for trading or designated at fair value. These embedded derivatives are measured at fair value with changes therein recognised in the income statement.

Derivatives are classified as assets when their fair value is positive, or as liabilities when their fair value is negative. Derivative assets and liabilities arising from different transactions are only offset if the transactions are with the same counterparty, a legal right of offset exists, and the parties intend to settle the cash flows on a net basis.

The method of recognising fair value gains and losses depends on whether derivatives are held for trading or are designated as hedging instruments, and if the latter, the nature of the risks being hedged. All gains and losses from changes in the fair value of derivatives held for trading are recognised in the income statement. When derivatives are designated as hedges, HSBC classifies them as either: (i) hedges of the change in fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or firm commitments (‘fair value hedges’); (ii) hedges of the variability in highly probable future cash flows attributable to a recognised asset or liability, or a forecast transaction (‘cash flow hedges’); or (iii) a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation (‘net investment hedges’). Hedge accounting is applied to derivatives designated as hedging instruments in a fair value, cash flow or net investment hedge provided certain criteria are met.

Hedge accounting

At the inception of a hedging relationship, HSBC documents the relationship between the hedging instruments and the hedged items, its risk management objective and its strategy for undertaking the hedge. HSBC also requires a documented assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether or not the hedging instruments, primarily derivatives, that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting the changes attributable to the hedged risks in the fair values or cash flows of the hedged items. Interest on designated qualifying hedges is included in ‘Net interest income’.

 

440


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Fair value hedge

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedging instruments are recorded in the income statement, along with changes in the fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities or group thereof that are attributable to the hedged risk.

If a hedging relationship no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the cumulative adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item is amortised to the income statement based on a recalculated effective interest rate over the residual period to maturity, unless the hedged item has been derecognised, in which case, it is released to the income statement immediately.

Cash flow hedge

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income within ‘Cash flow hedges – fair value gains/(losses)’. Any gain or loss in fair value relating to an ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement.

The accumulated gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to the income statement in the periods in which the hedged item will affect profit or loss. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously recognised in other comprehensive income are removed from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the asset or liability.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive income at that time remains in equity until the forecast transaction is eventually recognised in the income statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was recognised in other comprehensive income is immediately reclassified to the income statement.

Net investment hedge

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted for in a similar way to cash flow hedges. A gain or loss on the effective portion of the hedging instrument is recognised in other comprehensive income; a gain or loss on the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. Gains and losses previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to the income statement on the disposal, or part disposal, of the foreign operation.

Hedge effectiveness testing

To qualify for hedge accounting, HSBC requires that at the inception of the hedge and throughout its life, each hedge must be expected to be highly effective (prospective effectiveness), and demonstrate actual effectiveness (retrospective effectiveness) on an ongoing basis.

The documentation of each hedging relationship sets out how the effectiveness of the hedge is assessed. The method adopted by an entity to assess hedge effectiveness will depend on its risk management strategy.

For prospective effectiveness, the hedging instrument must be expected to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk during the period for which the hedge is designated. For actual effectiveness to be achieved, the changes in fair value or cash flows must offset each other in the range of 80% to 125%.

Hedge ineffectiveness is recognised in the income statement in ‘Net trading income’.

Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting

All gains and losses from changes in the fair values of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the income statement. These gains and losses are reported in ‘Net trading income’, except where derivatives are managed in conjunction with financial instruments designated at fair value (other than derivatives managed in conjunction with debt securities issued by HSBC), in which case gains and losses are reported in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’. The interest on derivatives managed in conjunction with debt securities issued by HSBC which are designated at fair value is recognised in

 

441


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

‘Interest expense’. All other gains and losses on these derivatives are reported in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’.

Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting include non-qualifying hedges entered into as part of documented interest rate management strategies for which hedge accounting was not, or could not, be applied. The size and direction of changes in fair value of non-qualifying hedges can be volatile from year to year, but do not alter the cash flows expected as part of the documented management strategies for both the non-qualifying hedge instruments and the assets and liabilities to which the documented interest rate strategies relate. Non-qualifying hedges therefore operate as economic hedges of the related assets and liabilities.

 

  (m) Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual right to receive cash flows from the assets has expired; or when HSBC has transferred its contractual right to receive the cash flows of the financial assets, and either:

 

   

substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred; or

 

   

HSBC has neither retained nor transferred substantially all the risks and rewards, but has not retained control.

Financial liabilities are derecognised when they are extinguished, that is when the obligation is discharged, cancelled, or expires.

 

  (n) Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

  (o) Subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures

HSBC classifies investments in entities which it controls as subsidiaries. Investments in which HSBC, together with one or more parties, has joint control of an arrangement set up to undertake an economic activity are classified as joint ventures. HSBC classifies investments in entities over which it has significant influence, and that are neither subsidiaries nor joint ventures, as associates.

HSBC Holdings’ investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less any impairment losses. Impairment losses recognised in prior periods are reversed through the income statement if, and only if, there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount of the investment in subsidiary since the last impairment loss was recognised.

Investments in associates and interests in joint ventures are recognised using the equity method. Under this method, such investments are initially stated at cost, including attributable goodwill, and are adjusted thereafter for the post-acquisition change in HSBC’s share of net assets.

Profits on transactions between HSBC and its associates and joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of HSBC’s interest in the respective associates or joint ventures. Losses are also eliminated to the extent of HSBC’s interest in the associates or joint ventures unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

A structured entity is an entity that has been designed so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity, for example when any voting rights relate to administrative tasks only, and key activities are directed by contractual agreement. Structured entities often have restricted activities and a narrow and well defined objective. Examples of structured entities include investment funds, securitisation vehicles and asset backed financings. Involvement with consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities is disclosed in Note 42.

For the purposes of disclosure, HSBC would be considered to sponsor another entity if, in addition to ongoing involvement with the entity, it had a key role in establishing that entity or in bringing together the relevant counterparties so that the transaction, which is the purpose of the entity, could occur. This would generally include situations where HSBC initially sets up an entity for a structured transaction. HSBC would not be considered a sponsor once our initial involvement in setting up the structured entity had ceased if we were

 

442


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

subsequently involved with the entity only to the extent of providing arm’s length services, for example through the provision of senior lending in the ordinary course of business.

 

  (p) Goodwill and intangible assets

 

  (i) Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries, when the aggregate of the fair value of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest and the fair value of any previously held equity interest in the acquiree exceed the amount of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired. If the amount of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired is greater, the difference is recognised immediately in the income statement. Goodwill arises on the acquisition of interests in joint ventures and associates when the cost of investment exceeds HSBC’s share of the net fair value of the associate’s or joint venture’s identifiable assets and liabilities.

Intangible assets are recognised separately from goodwill when they are separable or arise from contractual or other legal rights, and their fair value can be measured reliably.

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units (‘CGU’s) for the purpose of impairment testing, which is undertaken at the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. HSBC’s cash-generating units are based on geographical regions subdivided by global business. Impairment testing is performed at least annually, and whenever there is an indication that the CGU may be impaired, by comparing the recoverable amount of a CGU with its carrying amount. The carrying amount of a CGU is based on the assets and liabilities of each CGU, including attributable goodwill. The recoverable amount of an asset is the higher of its fair value less cost to sell, and its value in use. Value in use is the present value of the expected future cash flows from a cash-generating unit. If the recoverable amount is less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is charged to the income statement. Goodwill is stated at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

Goodwill on acquisitions of interests in joint ventures and associates is included in ‘Interests in associates and joint ventures’ and is not tested separately for impairment.

At the date of disposal of a business, attributable goodwill is included in HSBC’s share of net assets in the calculation of the gain or loss on disposal.

Goodwill is included in a disposal group if the disposal group is a CGU to which goodwill has been allocated or it is an operation within such a CGU. The amount of goodwill included in a disposal group is measured on the basis of the relative values of the operation disposed of and the portion of the CGU retained.

 

  (ii) Intangible assets include the present value of in-force long-term insurance business, computer software, trade names, mortgage servicing rights, customer lists, core deposit relationships, credit card customer relationships and merchant or other loan relationships. Computer software includes both purchased and internally generated software. The cost of internally generated software comprises all directly attributable costs necessary to create, produce and prepare the software to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management. Costs incurred in the ongoing maintenance of software are expensed immediately as incurred.

Intangible assets are subject to impairment review if there are events or changes in circumstances that indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Where:

 

   

intangible assets have an indefinite useful life, or are not yet ready for use, they are tested for impairment annually. This impairment test may be performed at any time during the year, provided it is performed at the same time every year. An intangible asset recognised during the current period is tested before the end of the current year; and

 

   

intangible assets have a finite useful life, except for the present value of in-force long-term insurance business, they are stated at cost less amortisation and accumulated impairment losses and are amortised over their estimated useful lives. Estimated useful life is the lower of legal duration and expected useful life. The amortisation of mortgage servicing rights is included within ‘Net fee income’.

For the accounting policy governing the present value of in-force long-term insurance business (see Note 2y).

 

443


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

  (iii) Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortised, generally on a straight-line basis, over their useful lives as follows:

 

Trade names    10 years
Mortgage servicing rights    generally between 5 and 12 years
Internally generated software    between 3 and 5 years
Purchased software    between 3 and 5 years
Customer/merchant relationships    between 3 and 10 years
Other    generally 10 years

 

  (q) Property, plant and equipment

Land and buildings are stated at historical cost, or fair value at the date of transition to IFRSs (‘deemed cost’), less any impairment losses and depreciation calculated to write-off the assets over their estimated useful lives as follows:

 

   

freehold land is not depreciated;

 

   

freehold buildings are depreciated at the greater of 2% per annum on a straight-line basis or over their remaining useful lives; and

 

   

leasehold land and buildings are depreciated over the shorter of their unexpired terms of the leases or their remaining useful lives.

Equipment, fixtures and fittings (including equipment on operating leases where HSBC is the lessor) are stated at cost less any impairment losses and depreciation, is calculated on a straight-line basis to write-off the assets over their useful lives, which run to a maximum of 35 years but are generally between 5 years and 20 years.

Property, plant and equipment is subject to an impairment review if there are events or changes in circumstances which indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

HSBC holds certain properties as investments to earn rentals or for capital appreciation, or both. Investment properties are included in the balance sheet at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in the income statement. Fair values are determined by independent professional valuers who apply recognised valuation techniques.

 

  (r) Finance and operating leases

Agreements which transfer to counterparties substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to the ownership of assets, but not necessarily legal title, are classified as finance leases. When HSBC is a lessor under finance leases the amounts due under the leases, after deduction of unearned charges, are included in ‘Loans and advances to banks’ or ‘Loans and advances to customers’, as appropriate. The finance income receivable is recognised in ‘Net interest income’ over the periods of the leases so as to give a constant rate of return on the net investment in the leases.

When HSBC is a lessee under finance leases, the leased assets are capitalised and included in ‘Property, plant and equipment’ and the corresponding liability to the lessor is included in ‘Other liabilities’. A finance lease and its corresponding liability are recognised initially at the fair value of the asset or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments. Finance charges payable are recognised in ‘Net interest income’ over the period of the lease based on the interest rate implicit in the lease so as to give a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

All other leases are classified as operating leases. When acting as lessor, HSBC includes the assets subject to operating leases in ‘Property, plant and equipment’ and accounts for them accordingly. Impairment losses are recognised to the extent that residual values are not fully recoverable and the carrying value of the assets is thereby impaired. When HSBC is the lessee, leased assets are not recognised on the balance sheet. Rentals payable and receivable under operating leases are accounted for on a straight-line basis over the periods of the leases and are included in ‘General and administrative expenses’ and ‘Other operating income’, respectively.

 

444


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

  (s) Income tax

Income tax comprises current tax and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in the same statement in which the related item appears.

Current tax is the tax expected to be payable on the taxable profit for the year, calculated using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. HSBC provides for potential current tax liabilities that may arise on the basis of the amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities. Current tax assets and liabilities are offset when HSBC intends to settle on a net basis and the legal right to offset exists.

Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the balance sheet and the amounts attributed to such assets and liabilities for tax purposes. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred tax is calculated using the tax rates expected to apply in the periods in which the assets will be realised or the liabilities settled, based on tax rates and laws enacted, or substantively enacted, by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they arise in the same tax reporting group and relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority, and when HSBC has a legal right to offset.

Deferred tax relating to actuarial gains and losses on post-employment benefits is recognised in other comprehensive income. Deferred tax relating to share-based payment transactions is recognised directly in equity to the extent that the amount of the estimated future tax deduction exceeds the amount of the related cumulative remuneration expense. Deferred tax relating to fair value re-measurements of available-for-sale investments and cash flow hedging instruments which are charged or credited directly to other comprehensive income, is also charged or credited to other comprehensive income and is subsequently recognised in the income statement when the deferred fair value gain or loss is recognised in the income statement.

 

  (t) Pension and other post-employment benefits

HSBC operates a number of pension and other post-employment benefit plans throughout the world. These plans include both defined benefit and defined contribution plans and various other post-employment benefits such as post-employment healthcare.

Payments to defined contribution plans and state-managed retirement benefit plans, where HSBC’s obligations under the plans are equivalent to a defined contribution plan, are charged as an expense as the employees render service.

The defined benefit pension costs and the present value of defined benefit obligations are calculated at the reporting date by the schemes’ actuaries using the Projected Unit Credit Method. The net charge to the income statement mainly comprises the service cost and the net interest on the net defined benefit liability and is presented in operating expenses. Service cost comprises current service cost, past service cost, and gain or loss on settlement.

The past service cost which is charged immediately to the income statement, is the change in the present value of the defined benefit obligation for employee service in prior periods, resulting from a plan amendment (the introduction or withdrawal of, or changes to, a defined benefit plan) or curtailment (a significant reduction by the entity in the number of employees covered by a plan). A settlement is a transaction that eliminates all further legal and constructive obligations for part or all of the benefits provided under a defined benefit plan, other than a payment of benefits to, or on behalf of, employees that is set out in the terms of the plan and included in the actuarial assumptions.

Remeasurements of the net defined benefit liability, which comprise actuarial gains and losses, return on plan assets (excluding interest) and the effect of the asset ceiling (if any, excluding interest), are recognised immediately in other comprehensive income.

Actuarial gains and losses comprise experience adjustments (the effects of differences between the previous actuarial assumptions and what has actually occurred), as well as the effects of changes in actuarial assumptions.

 

445


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

The defined benefit liability recognised on the balance sheet represents the present value of defined benefit obligations reduced by the fair value of plan assets. Any net defined benefit surplus is limited to the present value of available refunds and reductions in future contributions to the plan.

The cost of obligations arising from other post-employment defined benefit plans, such as defined benefit health-care plans, are accounted for on the same basis as defined benefit pension plans.

 

  (u) Share-based payments

HSBC enters into both equity-settled and cash-settled share-based payment arrangements with its employees as compensation for services provided by employees. Equity-settled share-based payment arrangements entitle employees to receive equity instruments of HSBC. Cash-settled share-based payment arrangements entitle employees to receive cash or other assets based on the price or value of the equity instruments of HSBC.

The cost of equity-settled share-based payment arrangements with employees is measured by reference to the fair value of equity instruments on the date they are granted and recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, with a corresponding credit to ‘Retained earnings’. The vesting period is the period during which all the specified vesting conditions of the arrangement are to be satisfied. The fair value of equity instruments that are made available immediately, with no vesting period attached to the award, are expensed immediately.

For cash-settled share-based payment arrangements, the services acquired and liability incurred are measured at the fair value of the liability, as the employees render service. Until settlement, the fair value of the liability is remeasured, with changes in fair value recognised in the income statement.

Fair value is determined by using appropriate valuation models, taking into account the terms and conditions of the award. Vesting conditions include service conditions and performance conditions; any other features of the arrangement are non-vesting conditions. Market performance conditions and non-vesting conditions are taken into account when estimating the fair value of the award at the date of grant, so that an award is treated as vesting irrespective of whether these conditions are satisfied, provided all other vesting conditions are satisfied.

Vesting conditions, other than market performance conditions, are not taken into account in the initial estimate of the fair value at the grant date. They are taken into account by adjusting the number of equity instruments included in the measurement of the transaction, so that the amount recognised for services received as consideration for the equity instruments granted shall be based on the number of equity instruments that eventually vest. On a cumulative basis, no expense is recognised for equity instruments that do not vest because of a failure to satisfy non-market performance or service conditions.

Where an award has been modified, as a minimum, the expense of the original award continues to be recognised as if it had not been modified. Where the effect of a modification is to increase the fair value of an award or increase the number of equity instruments, the incremental fair value of the award of the extra equity instruments is recognised in addition to the expense of the original grant, measured at the date of modification, over the modified vesting period.

A cancellation that occurs during the vesting period is treated as an acceleration of vesting, and recognised immediately for the amount that would otherwise have been recognised for services over the vesting period.

Where HSBC Holdings enters into share-based payment arrangements involving employees of subsidiaries, the cost is recognised in ‘Investment in subsidiaries’ and credited to the ‘Retained earnings’ over the vesting period. When a subsidiary funds the share-based payment arrangement, ‘Investment in subsidiaries’ is reduced by the fair value of the equity instruments.

 

  (v) Foreign currencies

Items included in the financial statements of each of HSBC’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). HSBC’s consolidated financial statements are presented in US dollars which is also HSBC Holdings’ functional currency.

Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded in the functional currency at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. Any resulting exchange differences are included in the income statement. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured at

 

446


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

historical cost in a foreign currency are translated into the functional currency using the rate of exchange at the date of the initial transaction. Non-monetary assets and liabilities measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated into the functional currency using the rate of exchange at the date the fair value was determined. Any exchange component of a gain or loss on a non-monetary item is recognised in other comprehensive income if the gain or loss on the non-monetary item is recognised in other comprehensive income. Any exchange component of a gain or loss on a non-monetary item is recognised in the income statement if the gain or loss on the non-monetary item is recognised in the income statement.

In the consolidated financial statements, the assets, including related goodwill where applicable, and liabilities of branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates whose functional currency is not US dollars, are translated into the Group’s presentation currency at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. The results of branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates whose functional currency is not US dollars are translated into US dollars at the average rates of exchange for the reporting period. Exchange differences arising from the retranslation of opening foreign currency net assets, and exchange differences arising from retranslation of the result for the reporting period from the average rate to the exchange rate prevailing at the period end, are recognised in other comprehensive income. Exchange differences on a monetary item that is part of a net investment in a foreign operation are recognised in the income statement of the separate financial statements. In consolidated financial statements these exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income. On disposal of a foreign operation, exchange differences relating thereto and previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to the income statement as a reclassification adjustment when the gain or loss on disposal is recognised.

 

  (w) Provisions

Provisions are recognised when it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle a current legal or constructive obligation, which has arisen as a result of past events, and for which a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

Contingent liabilities, which include certain guarantees and letters of credit pledged as collateral security, are possible obligations that arise from past events whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence, or non-occurrence, of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of HSBC; or are present obligations that have arisen from past events but are not recognised because it is not probable that settlement will require the outflow of economic benefits, or because the amount of the obligations cannot be reliably measured. Contingent liabilities are not recognised in the financial statements but are disclosed unless the probability of settlement is remote.

 

  (x) Financial guarantee contracts

Liabilities under financial guarantee contracts which are not classified as insurance contracts are recorded initially at their fair value, which is generally the fee received or receivable. Subsequently, financial guarantee liabilities are measured at the higher of the initial fair value, less cumulative amortisation, and the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligations.

HSBC Holdings has issued financial guarantees and similar contracts to other Group entities. Where it has previously asserted explicitly that it regards such contracts as insurance contracts and has used accounting applicable to insurance contracts, HSBC may elect to account for guarantees as an insurance contract in HSBC Holdings’ financial statements. This election is made on a contract by contract basis, but the election for each contract is irrevocable. Where these guarantees have been classified as insurance contracts, they are measured and recognised as insurance liabilities.

 

  (y) Insurance contracts

Through its insurance subsidiaries, HSBC issues contracts to customers that contain insurance risk, financial risk or a combination thereof. A contract under which HSBC accepts significant insurance risk from another party by agreeing to compensate that party on the occurrence of a specified uncertain future event, is classified as an insurance contract. An insurance contract may also transfer financial risk, but is accounted for as an insurance contract if the insurance risk is significant.

 

447


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Insurance premiums

Premiums for life insurance contracts are accounted for when receivable, except in unit-linked insurance contracts where premiums are accounted for when liabilities are established.

Gross insurance premiums for non-life insurance business are reported as income over the term of the insurance contracts based on the proportion of risks borne during the accounting period. The unearned premium (the proportion of the business underwritten in the accounting year relating to the period of risk after the balance sheet date) is calculated on a daily or monthly pro rata basis.

Reinsurance premiums are accounted for in the same accounting period as the premiums for the direct insurance contracts to which they relate.

Insurance claims and reinsurance recoveries

Gross insurance claims for life insurance contracts reflect the total cost of claims arising during the year, including claim handling costs and any policyholder bonuses allocated in anticipation of a bonus declaration. Claims arising during the year include maturities, surrenders and death claims.

Maturity claims are recognised when due for payment. Surrenders are recognised when paid or at an earlier date on which, following notification, the policy ceases to be included within the calculation of the related insurance liabilities. Death claims are recognised when notified.

Gross insurance claims for non-life insurance contracts include paid claims and movements in outstanding claims liabilities.

Reinsurance recoveries are accounted for in the same period as the related claim.

Liabilities under insurance contracts

Liabilities under non-linked life insurance contracts are calculated by each life insurance operation based on local actuarial principles. Liabilities under unit-linked life insurance contracts are at least equivalent to the surrender or transfer value which is calculated by reference to the value of the relevant underlying funds or indices.

Outstanding claims liabilities for non-life insurance contracts are based on the estimated ultimate cost of all claims incurred but not settled at the balance sheet date, whether reported or not, together with related claim-handling costs and a reduction for the expected value of salvage and other recoveries. Liabilities for claims incurred but not reported are made on an estimated basis, using appropriate statistical techniques.

A liability adequacy test is carried out on insurance liabilities to ensure that the carrying amount of the liabilities is sufficient in the light of current estimates of future cash flows. When performing the liability adequacy test, all contractual cash flows are discounted and compared with the carrying value of the liability. When a shortfall is identified it is charged immediately to the income statement.

Future profit participation on insurance contracts with discretionary participation features

Where contracts provide discretionary profit participation benefits to policyholders, liabilities for these contracts include provisions for the future discretionary benefits to policyholders. These provisions reflect actual performance of the investment portfolio to date and management expectation on the future performance in connection with the assets backing the contracts, as well as other experience factors such as mortality, lapses and operational efficiency, where appropriate. This benefit may arise from the contractual terms, regulation, or past distribution policy.

Investment contracts

Unit linked and non-linked

Customer liabilities under linked and certain non-linked investment contracts and the corresponding financial assets are designated at fair value. Movements in fair value are recognised in ‘Net income from financial investments designated at fair value’. Premiums receivable and amounts withdrawn are accounted for as increases or decreases in the liability recorded in respect of investment contracts.

 

448


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Liabilities under linked investment contracts are at least equivalent to the surrender or transfer value which is calculated by reference to the value of the relevant underlying funds or indices.

Investment management fees receivable are recognised in the income statement over the period of the provision of the investment management services, in ‘Net fee income’.

The incremental costs directly related to the acquisition of new investment contracts or renewing existing investment contracts are deferred and amortised over the period during which the investment management services are provided.

Investment contracts with discretionary participation features

While investment contracts with discretionary participation features are financial instruments, they continue to be treated as insurance contracts as permitted by IFRS 4. The Group therefore recognises the premiums for those contracts as revenue and recognises as an expense the resulting increase in the carrying amount of the liability.

In the case of net unrealised investment gains on these contracts, whose discretionary benefits principally reflect the actual performance of the investment portfolio, the corresponding increase in the liabilities is recognised in either the income statement or other comprehensive income, following the treatment of the unrealised gains on the relevant assets. In the case of net unrealised losses, a deferred participating asset is recognised only to the extent that its recoverability is highly probable. Movements in the liabilities arising from realised gains and losses on relevant assets are recognised in the income statement.

Present value of in-force long-term insurance business

The value placed on insurance contracts that are classified as long-term insurance business or long-term investment contracts with discretionary participating features (‘DPF’) and are in force at the balance sheet date is recognised as an asset. The asset represents the present value of the equity holders’ interest in the issuing insurance companies’ profits expected to emerge from these contracts written at the balance sheet date.

The present value of in-force long-term insurance business and long-term investment contracts with DPF, referred to as ‘PVIF’, is determined by discounting the equity holders’ interest in future profits expected to emerge from business currently in force using appropriate assumptions in assessing factors such as future mortality, lapse rates and levels of expenses, and a risk discount rate that reflects the risk premium attributable to the respective contracts. The PVIF incorporates allowances for both non-market risk and the value of financial options and guarantees. The PVIF asset is presented gross of attributable tax in the balance sheet and movements in the PVIF asset are included in ‘Other operating income’ on a gross of tax basis.

 

  (z) Debt securities issued and deposits by customers and banks

Financial liabilities are recognised when HSBC enters into the contractual provisions of the arrangements with counterparties, which is generally on trade date, and initially measured at fair value, which is normally the consideration received, net of directly attributable transaction costs incurred. Subsequent measurement of financial liabilities, other than those measured at fair value through profit or loss and financial guarantees, is at amortised cost, using the effective interest method to amortise the difference between proceeds received, net of directly attributable transaction costs incurred, and the redemption amount over the expected life of the instrument.

 

  (aa) Share capital

Shares are classified as equity when there is no contractual obligation to transfer cash or other financial assets. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of equity instruments are shown in equity as a deduction from the proceeds, net of tax.

HSBC Holdings plc shares held by HSBC are recognised in equity as a deduction from retained earnings until they are cancelled. When such shares are subsequently sold, reissued or otherwise disposed of, any consideration received is included in equity, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and related income tax effects.

 

449


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

  (ab) Assets held for sale

Non-current assets and disposal groups (including both the assets and liabilities of the disposal groups) are classified as held for sale when their carrying amounts will be recovered principally through sale, they are available for sale in their present condition and their sale is highly probable. Non-current assets held for sale and disposal groups are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell, except for those assets and liabilities that are not within the scope of the measurement requirements of IFRS 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ such as deferred taxes, financial instruments, investment properties, insurance contracts and assets and liabilities arising from employee benefits. These are measured in accordance with the accounting policies described above. Immediately before the initial classification as held for sale, the carrying amounts of the asset (or assets and liabilities in the disposal group) are measured in accordance with applicable IFRSs. On subsequent remeasurement of a disposal group, the carrying amounts of the assets and liabilities noted above that are not within the scope of the measurement requirements of IFRS 5 are remeasured in accordance with applicable IFRSs before the fair value less costs to sell of the disposal group is determined.

 

3 Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

 

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value includes:

 

   

all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value, including liabilities under investment contracts;

 

   

all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of derivatives that are managed in conjunction with financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value; and

 

   

interest income, interest expense and dividend income in respect of:

–  financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value; and

–  derivatives managed in conjunction with the above,

except for interest arising from HSBC’s issued debt securities and derivatives managed in conjunction with those debt securities, which is recognised in ‘Interest expense’.

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

 

     2013           2012           2011  
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Net income/(expense) arising on:

              

– financial assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts

     3,170            2,980            (933

– other financial assets designated at fair value

     118            83            1,050   

– derivatives managed in conjunction with other financial assets designated at fair value

     (26         35            (182
     3,262            3,098            (65

– liabilities to customers under investment contracts

     (1,237         (996         231   

– HSBC’s long-term debt issued and related derivatives

     (1,228         (4,327         4,161   

– changes in own credit spread on long-term debt

     (1,246         (5,215         3,933   

– derivatives managed in conjunction with HSBC’s issued debt securities

     (3,743         431            3,165   

– other changes in fair value

     3,761            457            (2,937

– other financial liabilities designated at fair value

     (39         (23         (911

– derivatives managed in conjunction with other financial liabilities designated at fair value

     10            22            23   
     (2,494         (5,324         3,504   
     768            (2,226         3,439   

 

450


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

HSBC Holdings

Net income/(expense) arising on HSBC Holdings long-term debt issued and related derivatives

 

     2013           2012           2011  
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Net income/(expense) arising on:

              

– changes in own credit spread on long-term debt

     (695         (2,260         1,657   

– derivatives managed in conjunction with HSBC Holdings issued debt securities

     (1,558         456            1,368   

– other changes in fair value

     1,213            (474         (1,113
     (1,040         (2,278         1,912   

 

4 Net earned insurance premiums

 

 

        

Non-linked

insurance 1

         

Linked life

insurance

         

Investment

contracts

with DPF 2

          Total  
         US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

2013

                      

Gross earned premiums

       7,002            3,012            2,384            12,398   

– gross written premiums

       6,963            3,012            2,384            12,359   

– movement in unearned premiums

       39                                  39   

Reinsurers’ share of gross earned premiums

       (450)            (8                    (458

– gross written premiums ceded to reinsurers

       (427)            (8                    (435

– reinsurers’ share of movement in unearned premiums

       (23)                                  (23
 

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

  
                                                      
       6,552            3,004            2,384            11,940   

2012

                      

Gross earned premiums

       7,578            3,325            2,699            13,602   

– gross written premiums

       7,575            3,325            2,699            13,599   

– movement in unearned premiums

       3                                  3   

Reinsurers’ share of gross earned premiums

       (550)            (8                    (558

– gross written premiums ceded to reinsurers

       (512)            (8                    (520

– reinsurers’ share of movement in unearned premiums

       (38)                                  (38
 

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

  
                                                      
       7,028            3,317            2,699            13,044   

2011

                      

Gross earned premiums

       7,382            2,801            3,155            13,338   

– gross written premiums

       7,382            2,804            3,155            13,341   

– movement in unearned premiums

                  (3                    (3

Reinsurers’ share of gross earned premiums

       (458)            (8                    (466

– gross written premiums ceded to reinsurers

       (437)            (8                    (445

– reinsurers’ share of movement in unearned premiums

       (21)                                  (21
 

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

  
                                                      
       6,924            2,793            3,155            12,872   

 

  1 Includes non-life insurance.
  2 Discretionary participation features.

 

5 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

 

 

        

Non-linked

insurance 1

         

Linked life

insurance

         

Investment

contracts

with DPF 2

          Total  
         US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

2013

                      

Gross claims incurred and movement in liabilities

       6,892            3,379            3,677            13,948   

– claims, benefits and surrenders paid

       3,014            1,976            2,308            7,298   

– movement in liabilities

       3,878            1,403            1,369            6,650   

Reinsurers’ share of claims incurred and movement in liabilities

       (367)            111                       (256

– claims, benefits and surrenders paid

       (164)            (426                    (590

– movement in liabilities

       (203)            537                       334   
 

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

  
                                                      
       6,525            3,490            3,677            13,692   

 

451


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders (continued)

 

        

Non-linked

insurance 1

         

Linked life

insurance

         

Investment

contracts

with DPF 2

          Total  
         US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

2012

                      

Gross claims incurred and movement in liabilities

       6,900            3,984            3,645            14,529   

– claims, benefits and surrenders paid

       1,905            1,810            2,525            6,240   

– movement in liabilities

       4,995            2,174            1,120            8,289   

Reinsurers’ share of claims incurred and movement in liabilities

       (537)            223                       (314

– claims, benefits and surrenders paid

       (217)            (681                    (898

– movement in liabilities

       (320)            904                       584   
 

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

  
                                                      
       6,363            4,207            3,645            14,215   

2011

                      

Gross claims incurred and movement in liabilities

       6,164            2,462            3,005            11,631   

– claims, benefits and surrenders paid

       2,424            1,129            2,628            6,181   

– movement in liabilities

       3,740            1,333            377            5,450   

Reinsurers’ share of claims incurred and movement in liabilities

       (339)            (111                    (450

– claims, benefits and surrenders paid

       (245)            (56                    (301

– movement in liabilities

       (94)            (55                    (149
 

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

  
                                                      
       5,825            2,351            3,005            11,181   

 

  1   Includes non-life insurance.
  2   Discretionary participation features.

 

6 Operating profit

 

Operating profit is stated after the following items of income, expense, gains and losses, and loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions:

 

          2013           2012           2011  
          US$m           US$m           US$m  

Income

                 

Interest recognised on impaired financial assets

        1,261            1,261            1,604   

Fees earned on financial assets or liabilities not held for trading nor designated at fair value, other than fees included in effective interest rate calculations on these types of assets and liabilities

        9,799            10,042            11,318   

Fees earned on trust and other fiduciary activities where HSBC holds or invests assets on behalf of its customers

        3,176            2,897            3,072   

Income from listed investments

        5,432            5,850            8,283   

Income from unlisted investments

        6,860            7,677            8,031   

Expense

                 

Interest on financial instruments, excluding interest on financial liabilities held for trading or designated at fair value

        (14,610         (17,625         (20,965

Fees payable on financial assets or liabilities not held for trading nor designated at fair value, other than fees included in effective interest rate calculations on these types of assets and liabilities

        (1,396         (1,501         (1,697

Fees payable relating to trust and other fiduciary activities where HSBC holds or invests assets on behalf of its customers

        (171         (170         (182

UK bank levy

        (916         (472         (570

Auditors’ remuneration (see Note 8)

        (45         (49         (51

Gains/(losses)

                 

Impairment of available-for-sale equity securities

        (175         (420         (177

Gains/(losses) recognised on assets held for sale

        (729         485            55   

Gains on disposal of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and non-financial investments

        178            187            57   

Gains on disposal of HSBC Bank (Panama) S.A .

        1,107                         

Net gains arising from dilution of interest in Industrial Bank and other associates and joint ventures

        1,051                       208   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

        (5,849         (8,311         (12,127

Net impairment charge on loans and advances

        (6,048         (8,160         (11,505

Release/(impairment) of available-for-sale debt securities

          211              (99           (631

Release/(impairment) in respect of other credit risk provisions

          (12           (52           9   

 

452


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

7 Employee compensation and benefits

 

 

     2013           2012           2011  
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Wages and salaries

     16,879            17,780            18,923   

Social security costs

     1,594            1,633            1,754   

Post-employment benefits

     723            1,078            489   
     19,196            20,491            21,166   

 

Average number of persons employed by HSBC during the year

 

              
     2013           2012           2011  

Europe

     75,334            77,204            81,263   

Hong Kong

     28,540            28,764            30,323   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     85,676            88,015            92,685   

Middle East and North Africa

     9,181            8,645            8,816   

North America

     22,568            27,396            34,871   

Latin America

     47,496            54,162            58,026   
     268,795            284,186            305,984   

 

Included in ‘Wages and salaries’ above are share-based payments arrangements, as follows:

 

Share-based payments income statement charge

 

        
     2013           2012           2011  
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Restricted and performance share awards 1

     599            912            1,041   

Savings-related and other share award option plans 2

     63            96            121   
     662            1,008            1,162   

Equity-settled share-based payments

     630            988            1,154   

Cash-settled share-based payments

     32            20            8   

 

  1   Restricted share awards include awards granted under the Group Performance Share Plan (‘GPSP’).
  2   Includes US$1m relating to the HSBC International Employee Share Purchase Plan. This new broad-based employee plan was launched in Hong Kong in September 2013.

The above ‘Share-based payments income statement charge’ includes US$542m (2012: US$837m; 2011: US$974m) relating to deferred share awards. These awards are generally granted to employees early in the year following the year to which the award relates. The charge for these awards is recognised from the start of the period to which the service relates to the end of the vesting period. The vesting period is the period over which the employee satisfies certain service conditions in order to become entitled to the award. Due to the staggered vesting profile of certain deferred share awards, the employee becomes entitled to a portion of the award on an annual basis during the vesting period. The income statement charge reflects this vesting profile.

In addition, ‘Wages and salaries’ also includes US$154m (2012: US$111m; 2011: US$88m) in respect of deferred cash awards for current and prior performance years. The reconciliation of total incentive awards (both deferred and non-deferred) to income statement charge is as follows:

Reconciliation of total incentive awards granted to incentive awards in employee compensation and benefits

 

     2013           2012           2011  
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Total incentive awards approved and granted for the current year 1

     3,920            3,689            3,966   

Less: deferred bonuses awarded for the current year but not amortised

     (436         (355         (369

Total incentives awarded and recognised in the current year

     3,484            3,334            3,597   

Current year charges for deferred bonuses from previous years

     427            671            897   

Other 2

     (164         (28         (261

Total incentive awards for the current year included in employee compensation and benefits

     3,747            3,977            4,233   

 

  1   This represents the amount of the Group variable pay pool that has been approved and granted. The total amount of Group variable pay pool approved by the Group Remuneration Committee is disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 380.

 

453


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

  2   This mainly comprises incentive awards paid to employees acting as selling agents, which form an integral part of the effective interest of a financial instrument, recognised as an adjustment to the effective interest rate and recorded in ‘Interest income’.

The following table identifies the charge recognised in the current year, or expected to be recognised in future years, in relation to deferred bonus awards from the current year and prior year bonus pools.

Income statement charge for current and prior year bonus pools

 

   

Current year

bonus pool 1

        

Prior year

bonus pools

         Total  
    US$m          US$m          US$m  

2013

           

Charge recognised in 2013

    269           427           696   

Deferred share awards

    188           354           542   

Deferred cash awards

    81           73           154   

Charge expected to be recognised in 2014 or later

    436           306           742   

Deferred share awards

    356           259           615   

Deferred cash awards

    80           47           127   

2012

           

Charge recognised in 2012

    277           671           948   

Deferred share awards

    224           613           837   

Deferred cash awards

    53           58           111   

Charge expected to be recognised in 2013 or later

    355           376           731   

Deferred share awards

    315           335           650   

Deferred cash awards

    40           41           81   

2011

           

Charge recognised in 2011

    165           897           1,062   

Deferred share awards

    131           843           974   

Deferred cash awards

    34           54           88   

Charge expected to be recognised in 2012 or later

    369           731           1,100   

Deferred share awards

    289           652           941   

Deferred cash awards

    80           79           159   

 

  1   Current year bonus pool relates to the bonus pool declared for the reporting period (2013 for the current year, 2012 for the 2012 comparatives and 2011 for the 2011 comparatives).

Share-based payments

HSBC share awards

 

Award   Policy   Purpose

Restricted

share awards (including

GPSP

awards)

 

•    Vesting of awards generally subject to continued employment with HSBC.

 

•    Vesting is generally staggered over three years. GPSP awards vest after five years.

 

•    Certain shares subject to a retention requirement post-vesting. In the case of GPSP awards retention applies until cessation of employment.

 

•    Awards generally not subject to performance conditions.

•    Awards granted from 2010 onwards are subject to clawback provision prior to vesting.

 

•    Rewards employee performance and potential and supports retention of key employees.

 

•    To defer variable pay.

 

454


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Movement on HSBC share awards

 

           Restricted share awards 1         
     2013           2012  
     Number
(000s)
                Number
(000s)
 

Outstanding at 1 January

     165,589            262,241   

Additions during the year

     59,261            107,928   

Released in the year

     (99,820         (193,692

Forfeited in the year

     (8,098         (10,888

Outstanding at 31 December

     116,932            165,589   

Weighted average fair value of awards granted (US$)

     10.95            8.93   

 

  1   Restricted share awards include awards granted under the Group Performance Share Plan (‘GPSP’).

HSBC share option plans

 

Main plans   Policy   Purpose
Savings-related share option plans  

•   Two plans: the UK plan and the International Plan. The last grant of options under the International Plan was in 2012.

 

•   Eligible employees save up to £250 per month (or for options granted prior to 2013, the equivalent in US dollars, Hong Kong dollars or euros), with the option to use the savings to acquire shares.

 

•   Exercisable within six months following either the third or fifth anniversaries of the commencement of a three-year or five-year contract, respectively, (or for options granted prior to 2013, three months following the first anniversary of the commencement of a one-year savings contract).

 

•   The exercise price is set at a 20% (2012: 20%) discount to the market value immediately preceding the date of invitation (except for the one-year options granted under the US sub-plan prior to 2013 where a 15% discount was applied).

 

•   To align the interests of all employees with the creation of shareholder value.

HSBC Holdings Group share option plan  

•   Plan ceased in May 2005.

 

•   Exercisable between third and tenth anniversaries of the date of grant.

 

•   Long-term incentive plan between 2000 and 2005 during which certain HSBC employees were awarded share options.

The table on page 456 shows the movement on HSBC share option plans during the year.

Calculation of fair values

The fair values of share options at the date of grant of the option are calculated using a Black-Scholes model.

The fair value of a share award is based on the share price at the date of the grant.

Significant weighted average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted

 

     Savings-related share option plans  
     1-year plan      3-year plans      5-year plans  

2013

        

Risk-free interest rate 1 (%)

     n/a         0.91         1.73   

Expected life (years)

     n/a         3         5   

Expected volatility 2 (%)

     n/a         20         20   

Share price at grant date (£)

     n/a         6.89         6.89   

2012

        

Risk-free interest rate 1 (%)

     0.4         0.6         1.2   

Expected life (years)

     1         3         5   

Expected volatility 2 (%)

     25         25         25   

Share price at grant date (£)

     5.46         5.46         5.46   

2011

        

Risk-free interest rate 1 (%)

     0.8         1.7         2.5   

Expected life (years)

     1         3         5   

Expected volatility 2 (%)

     25         25         25   

Share price at grant date (£)

     6.37         6.37         6.37   

 

455


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

  1   The risk-free rate was determined from the UK gilts yield curve. A similar yield curve was used for the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International.
  2   Expected volatility is estimated by considering both historic average share price volatility and implied volatility derived from traded options over HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of similar maturity to those of the employee options.

The expected US dollar denominated dividend yield was determined to be 4.5% per annum in line with consensus analyst forecasts (2012: 5.0%; 2011: 4.5%).

HSBC subsidiary company share option plans

There are employee share option plans relating to HSBC Bank Bermuda as a result of the acquisition of this entity.

Options granted prior to public announcement of the acquisition vested on acquisition and are not included in the table below. Full details of the options under these plans that lapsed during 2013 can be found in Note 38. There were no options outstanding under these plans as at 31 December 2013.

Movement on HSBC share option plans

 

    

Savings-related

share option plans

        

HSBC Holdings Group share

option plan

 
     Number
(000s)
        

WAEP 1

£

         Number
(000s)
        

WAEP 1

£

 

2013

                 

Outstanding at 1 January

     112,752           4.04           87,173           6.94   

Granted during the year 2

     8,679           5.47                       

Exercised during the year 3

     (17,968        4.56           (17,595        6.21   

Expired during the year

     (9,703        4.47           (14,552        4.21   

Outstanding at 31 December

     93,760           4.04           55,026           7.23   

At 31 December 2013

                 

Exercise price range (£):

                 

3.00 – 4.50

     76,091                       

4.51 – 6.00

     17,669                       

6.01 – 7.50

                    54,744        

7.51 – 7.96

                    282        

Of which exercisable

     873                55,026        

Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)

     1.80                0.45        

2012

                 

Outstanding at 1 January

     153,465           3.80           120,792           7.02   

Granted during the year 2

     44,868           4.44                       

Exercised during the year 3

     (63,954        3.47           (1,606        6.02   

Expired during the year

     (21,627        4.82           (32,013        7.29   

Outstanding at 31 December

           112,752           4.04           87,173           6.94   

At 31 December 2012

                 

Exercise price range (£):

                 

3.00 – 4.50

     95,333                       

4.51 – 6.00

     16,129                       

6.01 – 7.50

     1,290                82,278        

7.51 – 9.29

                    4,895        

Of which exercisable

     4,538                87,173        

Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)

     2.26                1.11        

 

  1   Weighted average exercise price.
  2   The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year was US$2.98 (2012: US$1.63).
  3   The weighted average share price at the date the options were exercised was US$10.86 (2012: US$8.78) and US$10.93 (2012: US$9.00) for the savings-related share option plans and HSBC Holdings Group share option plan, respectively.

 

456


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Post-employment benefit plans

Income statement charge

 

    

2013

    US$m

        

2012

    US$m

        

2011

    US$m

 

Defined benefit pension plans

     54           427           (172

– HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme

     (312        169           (428

– other plans

     366           258           256   

Defined contribution pension plans

     597           599           626   
     651           1,026           454   

Defined benefit healthcare plans

     67           49           32   

Defined contribution healthcare plans

     5           3           3   
     723           1,078           489   

Net assets/(liabilities) recognised on balance sheet in respect of defined benefit plans

 

    

2013

US$m

        

2012

US$m

 

Defined benefit pension plans

       

HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme

     2,036           2,617   

– fair value of plan assets

     31,665           29,092   

– present value of defined benefit obligations

     (29,629        (26,475

Other plans

     (1,911        (2,585

– fair value of plan assets

     8,957           9,015   

– present value of defined benefit obligations

     (10,838        (11,581

– effect of limit on plan surpluses

     (30        (19
                   
     125           32   

Defined benefit healthcare plans

       

– fair value of plan assets

     190           189   

– present value of defined benefit obligations

     (1,106        (1,280
     (916        (1,091

Fair value of plan assets

     40,812           38,296   

Present value of defined benefit obligations

     (41,573        (39,336

Effect of limit on plan surpluses

     (30        (19
     (791        (1,059

Total employee benefit liabilities

     (2,931        (3,905

Total employee benefit assets

     2,140           2,846   

Cumulative actuarial gains/(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income

    

2013

  US$m

        

2012

  US$m

        

2011

  US$m

 

At 1 January

     (3,844        (3,453        (4,720
            

HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme

     (1,524        208           1,945   

Other plans

     796           (440        (642

Healthcare plans

     143           (154        (61

Change in the effect of limit on plan surpluses 1

     (16        (5        25   

Total actuarial gains/(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income

     (601        (391        1,267   

At 31 December 2

     (4,445        (3,844        (3,453

 

  1   Excludes exchange gain of US$5m (2012: US$4m loss; 2011: US$4m loss).
  2   Includes cumulative movements related to the limit on plan surpluses. This limit was US$30m at 31 December 2013 (2012: US$19m; 2011: US$18m).

 

457


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

HSBC pension plans

 

             2013                   2012                   2011  

Number of plans worldwide

     216            225            230   
     %           %           %  

Percentage of HSBC employees:

              

– enrolled in defined contribution plans

     64            62            64   

– enrolled in defined benefit plans

     23            23            25   

– covered by HSBC pension plans

     87            85            89   

HSBC has been progressively offering all new employees membership of defined contribution plans.

The majority of the Group’s defined benefit plans are funded plans. The assets of most of the larger plans are held in trusts or similar funds separate from HSBC. The plans are reviewed at least annually or in accordance with local practice and regulations by qualified actuaries. The actuarial assumptions used to calculate the defined benefit obligations and related current service costs vary according to the economic conditions of the countries in which the plans are situated.

At 31 December 2013, the present values of the defined benefit obligations of The HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme was US$29,629m (2012: US$26,475m), The HSBC Group Hong Kong Local Staff Retirement Benefit Scheme was US$1,326m (2012:US$1,476m) and the HSBC North America (US) Retirement Income Plan was US$3,892m (2012: US$4,374m). These defined benefit pension plans covered 12% of HSBC’s employees and represented 84% of the Group’s present value of defined benefit obligations. The Pension Risk section on page 260 and the Appendix to Risk on page 266 contain details about the characteristics and risks and amount, timing and uncertainty of future cash flows and policies and practices associated with these three schemes.

The determinations described in the Pension Risk section on page 260 for actuarial funding valuation purposes are based on different methods and assumptions from those used for financial reporting purposes, and as a result should neither be compared nor related to other determinations included in these financial statements. There is no actuarial deficit in the Principal plan.

HSBC healthcare benefits plans

HSBC also provides post-employment healthcare benefits under plans in the UK, the US, Bermuda, Canada, Mexico and Brazil, the majority of which are unfunded. The majority of post-employment healthcare benefits plans are defined benefit plans and are accounted for in the same manner as defined benefit pension plans. The plans are reviewed at least annually or in accordance with local practice and regulations by qualified actuaries. The actuarial assumptions used to calculate the defined benefit obligation and related current service cost vary according to the economic conditions of the countries in which they are situated.

At 31 December 2013, the present value of the defined benefit obligation of HSBC’s healthcare benefit plans was US$1,106m (2012: US$1,280m). In aggregate, healthcare benefit plans comprised 3% of HSBC’s present value of defined benefit obligations.

 

458


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Defined benefit pension plans

Net asset/(liability) under defined benefit pension plans

 

    Fair value of
plan assets
        Present value of
defined benefit
obligations
        Effect of the
asset ceiling
        Net defined
benefit liability
 
   

HSBC

Bank (UK)

Pension

Scheme

       

Other

plans

       

HSBC

Bank (UK)

Pension

Scheme

       

Other

plans

       

HSBC

Bank (UK)

Pension

Scheme

       

Other

plans

       

HSBC

Bank (UK)

Pension

Scheme

       

Other

plans

 
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

Net defined benefit liability

                             

At 1 January 2013

    29,092          9,015          (26,475       (11,581                (19       2,617          (2,585

Current service cost

                      (259       (249                         (259       (249

Past service cost and gains/(losses) from settlements

             (3       438          (41                         438          (44

–  plan amendments

                      438                                     438            

–  curtailments

                               7                                     7   

–  settlements 1

             (3                14                                     11   

–  past service cost and gains and losses from settlement occurring together

                               (62                                  (62
                                                                             

Service cost

             (3               179          (290                         179          (293

Net interest income/(cost) on the net defined benefit liability

    1,260                  156          (1,127       (229                            –                  133          (73

Remeasurement effects recognised in other comprehensive income

    817          21          (2,341               775                      –          (16       (1,524               780   

–  return on plan assets (excluding interest income)

            817          21                                              817          21   

–  actuarial gains/(losses) from changes in demographic assumptions

                      159          (95                         159          (95

–  actuarial gains/(losses) from changes in financial assumptions

                      (2,453       829                            (2,453       829   

–  actuarial gains/(losses) from experience

                      (47       41                            (47       41   

–  changes in the effect of limit on plan surpluses 2   

                                                 (16)                  (16

Exchange differences

    766          (59       (740       23                   5          26          (31

Contributions by HSBC

    605          336                                              605          336   

–  normal

    399          274                                              399          274   

–  special

    206          62                                              206          62   

Contributions by employees

    38          17          (38       (17                                    

Benefits paid

    (876       (513       876          452                                     (61

Administrative costs and taxes paid by plan

    (37       (13       37          13                                       

Disposals

                               16                                     16   

At 31 December 2013

    31,665          8,957          (29,629       (10,838                (30       2,036          (1,911

Retirement benefit liabilities recognised on the balance sheet

                                     (2,015

Retirement benefit assets recognised on the balance sheet (within ‘Other assets’)

                            2,036          104   

Present value of defined benefit obligation relating to:

                             

–  actives

            (8,896       (5,465                

–  deferreds

            (8,358       (2,144                

–  pensioners

            (12,375       (3,229                

 

459


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Net asset/(liability) under defined benefit pension plans (continued)

 

     Fair value of
plan assets
          Present value of
defined benefit
obligations
          Effect of the
asset ceiling
          Net defined
benefit liability
 
    

HSBC

Bank (UK)

Pension

Scheme

         

Other

plans

         

HSBC

Bank (UK)

Pension

Scheme

         

Other

plans

         

HSBC

Bank (UK)

Pension

Scheme

         

Other

plans

         

HSBC

Bank (UK)

Pension

Scheme

         

Other

plans

 
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

Net defined benefit liability 3

     26,604            8,232            (24,367         (10,659                    (18         2,237            (2,445

At 1 January 2012

                                            

Current service cost

                           (236         (310                               (236         (310

Past service cost and gains/(losses) from settlements

                (16               (14                                          (30

–  plan amendments

                                      (51                                          (51

–  curtailments

                                      11                                             11   

–  settlements 1

                (16                    26                                             10   

–  past service cost and gains and losses from settlement occurring together

                                                                                    
                                                                                            

Service cost

                (16         (236         (334                               (236         (340

Net interest income/(cost) on the net defined benefit liability

     1,245            486            (1,178         (404                               67            82   

Remeasurement effects recognised in other comprehensive income

             680                    410            (472         (850                    (5         208            (445

–  return on plan assets (excluding interest income)

     680            410                                                        680            410   

–  actuarial gains/(losses) from changes in demographic assumptions

                           (612         (160                               (612         (160

–  actuarial gains/(losses) from changes in financial assumptions

                           (740         (746                               (740         (746

–  actuarial gains/(losses) from experience

                                   880                      56                        –                        –                    880                      56   

–  changes in the effect of limit on plan surpluses 2   

                                                            (5                     (5

Exchange differences

     1,195            38            (1,092         (66                    4            103            (24

Contributions by HSBC

     238            475                                                        238            475   

–  normal

     238            191                                                        238            191   

–  special

                284                                                                   284   

Contributions by employees

     37            20            (36         (21                               1            (1

Benefits paid

     (876         (618         875            731                                  (1         113   

Administrative costs and taxes paid by plan

     (31         (12         31            12                                               

Disposals

                                                                                    

At 31 December 2012

     29,092            9,015            (26,475         (11,581                    (19         2,617            (2,585

Retirement benefit liabilities recognised on the balance sheet

                                                    (2,814

Retirement benefit assets recognised on the balance sheet (within ‘Other assets’)

                                         2,617            229   

Present value of defined benefit obligation relating to:

                                            

–  actives

                 (7,625         (5,572                        

–  deferreds

                 (7,094         (2,290                        

–  pensioners

                 (11,756         (3,719                        

 

  1   (Gains) and losses from settlements arise as the difference between assets distributed and liabilities extinguished on settlements.
  2   IAS 19 discloses how the maximum economic benefit available under the effect of the asset ceiling was determined, i.e. are benefits available in the form of refunds, reductions in future contributions or a combination of both.

 

460


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

  3 On transition to IAS 19 Revised, unrecognised past service cost of US$19m at 31 December 2012 has been recognised as an actuarial experience gain.

HSBC expects to make US$655m of contributions to defined benefit pension plans during 2014. Benefits expected to be paid from the plans to retirees over each of the next five years, and in aggregate for the five years thereafter, are as follows:

Benefits expected to be paid from plans

 

     2014           2015           2016           2017           2018           2019-2023  
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme 1

     995            1,028            1,063            1,098            1,134            6,424   

Other plans 1

     524            523            542            585            613            3,530   

 

  1 The duration of the defined benefit obligation is 19.5 years for the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme under the disclosure assumptions adopted (2012: 19.3 years) and 13.7 years for all other plans combined (2012: 14.6 years).

Included within ‘Employee compensation and benefits’ are components of net periodic benefit cost related to HSBC’s defined benefit pension plans and other post-employment benefits, as follows:

Total (income)/expense recognised in the income statement in ‘Employee compensation and benefits’

 

     2013           2012  
             US$m                   US$m  

Defined benefit pension plans

        

Current service cost

     458            503   

Net interest income on the net defined benefit asset/liability

     (60         (149

Past service cost and (gains)/losses on settlements

     (394         30   

Administrative costs and taxes paid by plan 1

     50            43   
     54            427   

Defined benefit healthcare plans

     67            49   

Total (income)/expense

     121            476   

 

  1 Amounts previously disclosed within ‘Current service cost’ disclosed separately under the requirements of IAS 19 revised.

In 2013, following consultation on various employee benefit proposals, HSBC announced to employees in the UK that the future service accrual for active members of the Defined Benefit Section (‘DBS’) would cease with effect from 30 June 2015. As a result, defined benefit pensions based on service to 30 June 2015 will continue to be linked to final salary on retirement (underpinned by increases in CPI) but all active members of the DBS will become members of the Defined Contribution Section from 1 July 2015. As part of these amendments, the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme (‘the Scheme’) will cease to deliver ill-health benefits to active members of the DBS and these benefits will, instead, be covered via insurance policies from 1 January 2015, consistent with other UK employees. This resulted in a reduction in the defined benefit obligation of the Scheme and a corresponding gain of US$430m, recorded in ‘Past service cost and (gains)/losses on settlements’ in the table above.

 

461


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Fair value of plan assets by asset classes

 

     31 December 2013           31 December 2012  
     Value          

Quoted

market

price in

active

market

         

No quoted

market

price in

active

market

         

Thereof

HSBC 1

          Value          

Quoted

market

price in

active

market

         

No quoted

market

price in

active

market

         

Thereof

HSBC 1

 
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme

                                            

Fair value of plan assets

     31,665            26,520            5,145            2,827            29,092            22,441            6,651            5,226   

Equities

     4,655            3,667            988                       3,899            3,899                         

Bonds

     17,708            17,708                                  13,868            13,868                         

Contractually linked instruments

     2,936            2,936                                  1,582            1,582                         

Property

     1,330                       1,330                       1,425                       1,425              

Derivatives

     2,827                       2,827            2,827            5,226                       5,226            5,226   

Other

     2,209            2,209                                  3,092            3,092                         

Other plans

                                            

Fair value of plan assets

     8,957            7,731            1,226            574            9,021            8,359            662            640   

Equities

     2,854            2,789            65            14            2,688            2,688                       20   

Bonds

     4,892            4,409            483            9            4,963            4,963                         

Contractually linked instruments

     3                       3                                                          

Property

     104            36            68                       108                       108              

Derivatives

     399                       399            399            328                       328            328   

Other

     705            497            208            152            934            708            226            292   

 

  1 This column shows equities, bonds and contractually linked instruments issued by HSBC, property used by HSBC and derivatives entered into with HSBC.

The fair value of plan assets included derivatives entered into with HSBC Bank plc by the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme and the HSBC International Staff Retirement Benefits Scheme with positive fair values of US$2,827m at 31 December 2013 (2012: US$5,226m) and US$399m (2012: US$328m), respectively. Further details of these swap arrangements are included in Note 44.

The actual return on plan assets for the year ended 31 December 2013 was a positive return of US$2,254m (2012: positive US$2,784m).

Post-employment defined benefit plans’ principal actuarial financial assumptions

The present value of the defined benefit pension obligations disaggregated by the nature of the benefits provided.

 

     2013           2012  
     Final salary    Cash           Final salary           Cash  
     pension           lump sum           balance           pension           lump sum           balance  

HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme

     25,970            3,659                       23,430            3,045              

Hong Kong

                1,362                                  1,476              

US

     3,423            233            236            3,781            318            275   

The principal actuarial financial assumptions used to calculate the Group’s obligations for the largest defined benefit pension plans at 31 December for each year, and used as the basis for measuring periodic costs under the plans in the following years, were as follows:

 

462


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Principal actuarial assumptions

 

   

        Discount

rate

   

        Inflation

rate

   

Rate of

        increase for

pensions 1

    

Rate

of pay

        increase

    

        Interest

credit

rate

 
    %     %     %      %      %  

At 31 December 2013

           

UK 2

    4.45        3.60        3.30         4.10         n/a   

Hong Kong

    2.15        n/a        n/a         4.00         n/a   

US

    4.80        2.50        n/a         n/a         4.75   

At 31 December 2012

           

UK 2

    4.50        3.10        2.90         3.60         n/a   

Hong Kong

    0.60        n/a        n/a         4.00         n/a   

US

    3.95        2.50        n/a         2.75         4.75   

At 31 December 2011

           

UK 2

    4.80        3.20        3.10         3.70         n/a   

Hong Kong

    1.47        n/a        n/a         5.00         n/a   

US

    4.60        2.50        n/a         2.75         4.75   

 

  1 Rate of increase for pensions in payments and deferred pensions (except for the UK).
  2 Rate of increase for pensions in the UK is for pensions in payment only, capped at 5%. Deferred pensions are projected to increase in line with the CPI, capped at 5%. For 2010, deferred pensions were projected to increase in line with the RPI, capped at 5%.

HSBC determines the discount rates to be applied to its obligations in consultation with the plans’ local actuaries, on the basis of current average yields of high quality (AA rated or equivalent) debt instruments, with maturities consistent with those of the defined benefit obligations. In countries where there is not a deep market in corporate bonds, government bond yields are used. The yield curve is extrapolated when the term of the liabilities is longer than the duration of available bonds, in which case the discount rate takes into account the term of the liabilities and the shape of the yield curve. When determining the discount rate with reference to a bond index, an appropriate index for the specific region is used.

Mortality tables and average life expectancy at age 65

 

    Mortality table  

Life expectancy at

age 65 for a male

member currently:

        

Life expectancy at

age 65 for a female

member currently:

 
                Aged 65             Aged 45                  Aged 65             Aged 45  

At 31 December 2013

            

UK

  SAPS S1 1     23.6        25.2           24.9        26.8   

Hong Kong 2

  n/a     n/a        n/a           n/a        n/a   

US

  RP 2000 fully generational     21.2        23.2           23.3        25.1   

At 31 December 2012

            

UK

  SAPS S1 1     23.9        25.6           25.4        27.7   

Hong Kong 2

  n/a     n/a        n/a           n/a        n/a   

US

  RP 2000 fully generational     21.1        23.1           23.2        25.0   

 

  1 SAPS S1 with Continuous Mortality Investigation 2013 improvements (2012:2011improvements) and a 1.25% long-term allowance improvement. Light table with 1.01 rating for male pensioners and 1.02 rating for female pensioners.
  2 The significant plans in Hong Kong are lump sum plans which do not use a post-retirement mortality table.

Actuarial assumption sensitivities

The discount rate is sensitive to changes in market conditions arising during the reporting period. The mortality rates used are sensitive to experience from the plan member profile. The following table shows the effect of changes in these and the other key assumptions on the principal defined benefit pension plan:

 

463


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

The effect of changes in key assumptions on the principal plan

 

    HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme
    2013     2012  
    US$m     US$m  

Discount rate

   

Change in pension obligation at year end from a 25bps increase

  (1,352)    (1,191) 

Change in pension obligation at year end from a 25bps decrease

  1,450     1,275  

Change in 2014 pension cost from a 25bps increase

  (83)    (78) 

Change in 2014 pension cost from a 25bps decrease

  79     76  

Rate of inflation

   

Change in pension obligation at year end from a 25bps increase

  994     881  

Change in pension obligation at year end from a 25bps decrease

  (1,137)    (842) 

Change in 2014 pension cost from a 25bps increase

  53     48  

Change in 2014 pension cost from a 25bps decrease

  (68)    (47) 

Rate of increase for pensions in payment and deferred pensions

   

Change in pension obligation at year end from a 25bps increase

  1,301     719  

Change in pension obligation at year end from a 25bps decrease

  (1,225)    (692) 

Change in 2014 pension cost from a 25bps increase

  66     36  

Change in 2014 pension cost from a 25bps decrease

  (64)    (34) 

Rate of pay increase

   

Change in pension obligation at year end from a 25bps increase

  212     175  

Change in pension obligation at year end from a 25bps decrease

  (205)    (173) 

Change in 2014 pension cost from a 25bps increase

  15     15  

Change in 2014 pension cost from a 25bps decrease

  (15)    (13) 

Mortality

   

Change in pension obligation from each additional year of longevity assumed

  712     663  

 

The effect of changes in the discount rate and in mortality rates on plans other than the principal plan

 

    Other plans
  2013     2012  
  US$m     US$m  

Change in defined benefit obligation at year-end from a 25bps increase in discount rate

  (364)    (379) 

Change in 2014 pension cost from a 25bps increase in discount rate

  (18)    (17) 

Increase in defined benefit obligation from each additional year of longevity assumed

  207     174  

HSBC Holdings

Employee compensation and benefit expense in respect of HSBC Holdings’ employees in 2013 amounted to US$542m (2012: US$439m). The average number of persons employed by HSBC Holdings during 2013 was 1,525 (2012: 1,323).

Employees of HSBC Holdings who are members of defined benefit pension plans are principally members of either the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme or the HSBC International Staff Retirement Benefits Scheme. HSBC Holdings pays contributions to such plans for its own employees in accordance with the schedules of contributions determined by the Trustees of the plan and recognises these contributions as an expense as they fall due.

Directors’ emoluments

The aggregate emoluments of the Directors of HSBC Holdings, computed in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 were:

 

     2013           2012           2011  
             US$000                   US$000                   US$000  

Fees

     4,027            5,435            5,108   

Salaries and other emoluments

     9,488            10,316            12,906   

Annual incentives

     7,357            13,983            12,516   

Total

     20,872            29,734            30,530   

Vesting of long-term incentive awards

                5,733            2,596   

 

464


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

In addition, there were payments under retirement benefit agreements with former Directors of US$1,198,744 (2012: US$1,171,796). The provision at 31 December 2013 in respect of unfunded pension obligations to former Directors amounted to US$19,729,103 (2012: US$19,285,971).

During the year, aggregate contributions to pension schemes in respect of Directors were nil (2012: US$29,078).

Discretionary annual incentives for Directors are based on a combination of individual and corporate performance and are determined by the Group Remuneration Committee. Details of Directors’ remuneration, share options and awards under the HSBC Share Plan and HSBC Share Plan 2011 are included in the ‘Directors’ Remuneration Report’ on page 378 to 407.

 

8 Auditors’ remuneration

 

 

     2013           2012           2011  
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Audit fees payable to KPMG 1

     43.4            47.2            48.8   

Audit fees payable to non-KPMG entities

     1.1            1.4            1.9   

Total auditors’ remuneration

     44.5            48.6            50.7   

 

1   Fees payable to KPMG for HSBC Holdings’ statutory audit and audit of HSBC’s subsidiaries, pursuant to legislation.

 

The following fees were payable by HSBC to the Group’s principal auditor, KPMG Audit Plc and its associates (together ‘KPMG’):

 

Fees payable by HSBC to KPMG

 

      

  

  

     2013           2012           2011  
             US$m                   US$m                   US$m  

Fees for HSBC Holdings’ statutory audit 1

     12.9            13.2            12.7   

– relating to current year

     12.6            12.8            12.4   

– relating to prior year

     0.3            0.4            0.3   

Fees for other services provided to HSBC

     67.5            67.3            74.4   

Audit of HSBC’s subsidiaries 2

     30.5            34.0            36.1   

Audit-related assurance services 3

     27.4            23.6            25.7   

Taxation-related services:

                    

– taxation compliance services

     1.3            2.1            2.8   

– taxation advisory services

     1.3            1.3            1.5   

Other assurance services

     0.5            1.1            1.3   

Other non-audit services 4

     6.5            5.2            7.0   
                                

Total fees payable

     80.4            80.5            87.1   

 

  1 Fees payable to KPMG for the statutory audit of the consolidated financial statements of HSBC and the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings. They include amounts payable for services relating to the consolidation returns of HSBC Holdings’ subsidiaries which are clearly identifiable as being in support of the Group audit opinion. Until 2012, these fees were included in ‘Fees for other services provided to HSBC’. Comparative information has been updated accordingly. The adjustment reduced ‘Fees for other services provided to HSBC’ and increased ‘Fees for HSBC Holdings’ statutory audit’ by US$10.5m in 2011. There was no effect on basic or diluted earnings per share following the change.
  2 Fees payable for the statutory audit of the financial statements of HSBC’s subsidiaries.
  3 Including services for assurance and other services that relate to statutory and regulatory filings, including comfort letters and interim reviews.
  4 Including valuation and actuarial services, translation services, ad-hoc accounting advice, review of financial models, advice on IT security and business continuity, corporate finance transactions and performing agreed-upon IT testing procedures.

No fees were payable by HSBC to KPMG for the following types of services: internal audit services, services related to litigation and recruitment and remuneration.

 

 

465


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Fees payable by HSBC’s associated pension schemes to KPMG

 

     2013           2012           2011  
     US$000           US$000           US$000  

Audit of HSBC’s associated pension schemes

     379            256            248   

Audit related assurance services

     5               

Taxation-related services

                           11   

– taxation advisory services

                           11   
                                

Total fees payable

                 384                        256                        259   

No fees were payable by HSBC’s associated pension schemes to KPMG for the following types of services: audit related assurance services, internal audit services, other assurance services, services related to corporate finance transactions, valuation and actuarial services, litigation, recruitment and remuneration, and information technology.

In addition to the above, KPMG estimate they have been paid fees of US$5.3m (2012: US$3.3m; 2011: US$8.6m) by parties other than HSBC but where HSBC is connected with the contracting party and may therefore be involved in appointing KPMG. These fees arise from services such as auditing mutual funds managed by HSBC and reviewing the financial position of corporate concerns which borrow from HSBC.

Fees payable to KPMG for non-audit services for HSBC Holdings are not disclosed separately because such fees are disclosed on a consolidated basis for the HSBC Group.

 

9 Tax

 

Tax expense

 

     2013           2012           2011  
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Current tax

              

UK corporation tax

     (8         250            820   

– for this year

     103            60            462   

– adjustments in respect of prior years

     (111         190            358   

Overseas tax 1

     3,949            5,560            4,255   

– for this year

     3,947            5,421            4,155   

– adjustments in respect of prior years

     2                        139                        100   
                                
     3,941            5,810            5,075   

Deferred tax

                 824            (495         (1,147

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

     739            (269         (1,178

Effect of changes in tax rates

     93            66            (3

Adjustments in respect of prior years

     (8         (292         34   
                                

Tax expense

     4,765            5,315            3,928   

 

  1 Overseas tax included Hong Kong profits tax of US$1,133m (2012: US$1,049m; 2011: US$997m). The Hong Kong tax rate applying to the profits of subsidiaries assessable in Hong Kong was 16.5% (2012: 16.5%; 2011: 16.5%). Other overseas subsidiaries and overseas branches provided for taxation at the appropriate rates in the countries in which they operate.

 

466


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Tax reconciliation

The tax charged to the income statement differs to the tax charge that would apply if all profits had been taxed at the UK corporation tax rate as follows:

 

 

     2013           2012           2011  
         US$m                       %               US$m                       %               US$m                       %  

Profit before tax

     22,565                  20,649                  21,872         

Tax at 23.25% (2012: 24.5%; 2011: 26.5%)

     5,246            23.25            5,057            24.5            5,796            26.5   

Effect of differently taxed overseas profits

     (177         (0.8         (57         (0.3         (492         (2.2

Adjustments in respect of prior period liabilities

     (117         (0.5         37            0.2            495            2.3   

Deferred tax temporary differences not recognised/(previously not recognised)

     332            1.5            374            1.8            (923         (4.2

Effect of profits in associates and joint ventures

     (543         (2.4         (872         (4.3         (865         (4.0

Tax effect of disposal of Ping An

     (111         (0.5         (204         (1.0                      

Tax effect of reclassification of Industrial Bank

     (317         (1.4                                            

Non-taxable income and gains

     (871         (3.9         (542         (2.6         (613         (2.8

Permanent disallowables

     647            2.9            1,092            5.3            467            2.1   

Change in tax rates

     93            0.4            78            0.4            (3           

Local taxes and overseas withholding taxes

     551            2.4            581            2.8            267            1.2   

Other items

     32            0.1            (229         (1.1         (201         (0.9

Tax expense

     4,765            21.1            5,315            25.7            3,928            18.0   

The effective tax rate for the year was 21.1% compared with 25.7% for 2012. The effective tax rate for the year benefited from the non-taxable gain on the reclassification of Industrial Bank as a financial investment and the disposal of our operations in Panama and our investment in Ping An. The effective tax rate in 2012 was higher because of the non tax deductible effect of fines and penalties as part of the settlement of investigations into past inadequate compliance with anti-money laundering and sanction laws.

The UK Government announced that the main rate of corporation tax for the year beginning 1 April 2013 will reduce from 24% to 23%, to be followed by a further 2% reduction to 21% for the year beginning 1 April 2014 and a 1% reduction to 20% for the year beginning 1 April 2015. The reduction in the corporate tax rate to 23%, which was enacted through the 2012 Finance Act, and this resulted in a weighted average rate of 23.25% for 2013 (2012: 24.5%; 2011: 26.5%). The reductions to 21% and 20% that were announced in the 2012 Autumn Statement and 2013 Budget, respectively, became enacted through the 2013 Finance Act on 17 July 2013. It is not expected that the future rate reductions will have a significant effect on the Group.

The Group’s legal entities are subject to routine review and audit by tax authorities in the territories in which the Group operates. The Group provides for potential tax liabilities that may arise on the basis of the amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities. The amounts ultimately paid may differ materially from the amounts provided depending on the ultimate resolution of such matters.

Deferred taxation

The table overleaf shows the gross deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised in the balance sheet and the related amounts recognised in the income statement, other comprehensive income and directly in equity.

The amounts presented in the balance sheet are different from the amounts disclosed in the table overleaf as they are presented after offsetting asset and liability balances where HSBC has the legal right to set-off and intends to settle on a net basis.

The net deferred tax assets totalled US$6.5bn at 31 December 2013 (2012: US$6.5bn). The main items to note are:

US

The net deferred tax asset relating to HSBC’s operations in the US was US$4.4bn (2012: US$4.6bn). The deferred tax assets included in this total reflected the carry forward of tax losses and tax credits of US$0.7bn (2012: nil), deductible temporary differences in respect of loan impairment allowances of US$1.2bn (2012: US$2.0bn) and other temporary differences of US$2.5bn (2012: US$2.6bn).

Deductions for loan impairments for US tax purposes generally occur when the impaired loan is charged off, or if earlier, when the impaired loan is sold. The tax deduction is often in the period subsequent to that in which the

 

467


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

impairment is recognised for accounting purposes. As a result, the amount of the associated deferred tax asset should generally move in line with the impairment allowance balance.

On the evidence available, including historical levels of profitability, management projections of future income and HSBC Holdings’ commitment to continue to retain sufficient capital in North America to recover the deferred tax asset, it is expected that there will be sufficient taxable income generated by the business to realise these assets. Management projections of profits from the US operations are prepared for a ten year period and include assumptions about future house prices and US economic conditions, including unemployment levels.

Management projections of profits from the US operations currently indicate that tax losses and tax credits will be fully recovered by 2017. The current level of the deferred tax asset in respect of loan impairment allowances and other deductible temporary differences is projected to reduce over the ten year period.

As there has been a recent history of losses in HSBC’s US operations, management’s analysis of the recognition of these deferred tax assets significantly discounts any future expected profits from the US operations and relies on capital support from HSBC Holdings, including tax planning strategies in relation to such support. The principal strategy involves generating future taxable profits through the retention of capital in the US in excess of normal regulatory requirements in order to reduce deductible funding expenses or otherwise deploy such capital to increase levels of taxable income. As financial performance in our US operations improves it is anticipated that projected future profits from US operations will be relied on in the evaluation of the recognition of the deferred tax asset in future periods.

Brazil

The net deferred tax asset relating to HSBC’s operations in Brazil was US$1.0bn (2012: US$0.9bn). The deferred tax assets included in this total reflected the carry forward of tax losses of US$0.1bn (2012: nil), deductible temporary differences in respect of loan impairment allowances of US$0.7bn (2012: US$0.9bn) and other temporary differences of US$0.2bn (2012: nil).

Deductions for loan impairments for Brazilian tax purposes generally occur when the impaired loan is charged off, often in the period subsequent to that in which the impairment is recognised for accounting purposes. As a result, the amount of the associated deferred tax asset should generally move in line with the impairment allowance balance.

Management projections of profits from the Brazilian operations currently indicate that the tax losses will be fully recovered within the next five years and that the other temporary differences will be recovered within the next ten years. Loan impairment deductions are recognised for tax purposes typically within two years of the accounting recognition.

On the evidence available, including historic levels of profitability, management projections of income and the state of the Brazilian economy, it is anticipated that there will be sufficient taxable income generated by the business to realise these assets when deductible for tax purposes.

Mexico

The net deferred tax asset relating to HSBC’s operations in Mexico was US$0.5bn (2012: US$0.6bn). The deferred tax assets included in this total related primarily to deductible temporary differences in respect of accounting provisions for the loan portfolio. The annual deduction for loan impairment charges was historically capped under Mexican legislation at 2.5% of the average qualifying loan portfolio. The balance is carried forward to future years without expiry.

Following the clarification of tax law by the Mexican fiscal authority during the second quarter of the year, which led to a write down of the deferred tax assets on loan impairments of US$0.3bn, management’s analysis of the recognition of these deferred tax assets now relies on the primary strategy of selling certain loan portfolios, the losses on which are deductible for tax in Mexico when sold. Any such deductions for tax would lead to the reversal of the carried forward loan impairment provision recognised for deferred tax purposes.

On the evidence available, including historical and projected levels of loan portfolio growth, loan impairment rates and profitability, it is anticipated that the business will now realise these assets over a shorter period, within the next 6 years, than originally was the case under the previous strategy of projecting loan portfolio growth, loan impairment rates and profitability, which anticipated that the assets would be realised within the next 15 years.

 

468


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Movement of deferred tax assets and liabilities before offsetting balances within countries

 

   

Retirement

benefits

       

Loan

impairment

provisions

       

Unused tax

losses and

tax credits

       

Accelerated

capital

allowances

and assets

leased to

customers

       

Available-

for-sale

investments

       

Cash

flow

hedges

       

Share-

based

payments

       

Fee

income

       

Derivatives,

FVOD 1

and other

investments

       

Insurance

technical

provisions

       

Expense

provisions

        Other         Total  
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

2013

                                                 

Assets

    469          3,912          617          473                   285          305                   1,530                   1457          (22       9,026   

Liabilities

                               (226       (1,203       (44                (105       (162       (815                (10         (2,565

At 1 January

    469          3,912          617          247          (1,203       241          305          (105       1,368          (815       1,457          (32       6,461   

Acquisitions and disposals

                      (9                (3       1                                                       (26       (37

Income statement

    (419       (985       399          123          (53       (91       (49       42          (165       (72       47          399          (824

Other comprehensive income

    169                                     1,026          38                            (12                                  1,221   

Equity

                                                          (2                                                    (2

Foreign exchange and other adjustments

    55          (90       (29       35          (65       (2       (1       4          (21       47          (106       (100         (273

At 31 December

    274          2,837          978          405          (298       187          253          (59       1,170          (840       1,398          241            6,546   

Assets

    274          2,837          978          549                   211          253                   1,383                   1,398          461          8,344   

Liabilities

                               (144       (298       (24                (59       (213       (840                (220       (1,798

2012

                                                 

Assets

    742          4,448          1,328          131                   487          286                   302          35          1,389          (17       9,131   

Liabilities

    (107                         (595       (557       (137                (737       (329       (627       (68       234            (2,923

At 1 January

    635          4,448          1,328          (464       (557       350          286          (737       (27       (592       1,321          217          6,208   

Acquisitions and disposals

                                                                       (2       (1       (4       10          3   

Income statement

    (313       (590       (692       737          (270       (9       (52       616          1,337          (214       102          (157       495   

Other comprehensive income

    174                   (33                (395       (90                                                             (344

Equity

                                                          45                                                       45   

Foreign exchange and other adjustments

    (27       54          14          (26       19          (10       26          16          60          (8       38          (102         54   

At 31 December

    469          3,912          617          247          (1,203       241          305          (105       1,368          (815       1,457          (32         6,461   

Assets

    469          3,912          617          473                   285          305                   1,530                   1457          (22       9,026   

Liabilities

                               (226       (1,203       (44                (105       (162       (815                (10       (2,565

1   Fair value of own debt.

 

 

469


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

On 8 September 2013, the Mexican Government proposed a number of tax reforms that were approved by the Chamber of Senate on 31 October 2013 and published in the Official Gazette on 11 December 2013. The tax reforms include a new basis of tax deduction for loan impairment charges that will allow banks to recognise tax deductions as and when loans are written off the balance sheet. The reforms also brought in transitional rules to allow banks to continue to claim any unclaimed deductions with regard to the 2.5% pool as at 31 December 2013. These transitional rules are subject to further clarification by the Mexican fiscal authority. It is not expected that the tax reform will have a significant effect on the deferred tax assets held in HSBC’s operations in Mexico.

There were no material carried forward tax losses or tax credits recognised within the Group’s deferred tax assets in Mexico.

UK

The net deferred tax asset relating to HSBC’s operations in the UK was US$0.4bn (2012: US$0.3bn). The deferred tax asset in respect of the carry forward of tax losses and tax credits reversed in full during the year (2012: US$0.3bn). The closing net deferred tax asset represents other temporary differences of US$0.4bn (2012: nil).

On the evidence available, including historical levels of profitability and management projections of future income it is anticipated that there will be sufficient taxable income generated by the business to recover the net deferred tax asset within the next ten years.

Unrecognised deferred tax

The amount of temporary differences, unused tax losses and tax credits for which no deferred tax asset is recognised in the balance sheet was US$22.0bn (2012: US$16.6bn). These amounts included unused state losses arising in our US operations of US$17.3bn (2012: US$12.6bn).

Of the total amounts unrecognised, US$5.0bn (2012: US$3.9bn) had no expiry date, US$1.0bn (2012: US$0.3bn) was scheduled to expire within ten years and the remaining will expire after ten years.

Deferred tax is not recognised in respect of the Group’s investments in subsidiaries and branches where remittance or other realisation is not probable, and for those associates and interests in joint ventures where it has been determined that no additional tax will arise. No amount is disclosed for the unrecognised deferred tax or the 2013 and 2012 temporary differences associated with such investments as it is impracticable to determine the amount of income taxes that would be payable when any temporary differences reverse. Deferred tax of US$20m (2012: US$269m) has, however, been provided in respect of distributable reserves of associates that, on distribution, would attract withholding tax.

HSBC Holdings

Movement of deferred tax assets

 

   

Accelerated

capital

allowances

         Short-term
timing
differences
         Available-
for-sale
investments
         Fair valued
assets and
liabilities
         Share-
based
payments
         Unused
tax
losses
         Total  
    US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m  

2013

                               

At 1 January

    2                     (31        31           12                     14   

Income statement

              4                     (12        (1                  (9

Other comprehensive income

                        8                                         8   

Equity

                                                                  

At 31 December

    2           4           (23        19           11                     13   

2012

                               

At 1 January

                        (4        46           9           40           91   

Income statement

    2                               (15        (7        (40        (60

Other comprehensive income

                        (27                                      (27

Equity

                                            10                     10   

At 31 December

    2                     (31        31           12                     14   

The amount of unused tax losses for which no deferred tax asset is recognised in the balance sheet was US$3,405m (2012: US$1,775m) of which US$9m (2012: US$9m) relate to capital losses. The losses have no expiry date.

 

 

470


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

10 Dividends

 

Dividends to shareholders of the parent company

 

     2013            2012            2011   
     Per
share
US$
          Total
US$m
         

Settled

in scrip
US$m

          Per
share
US$
          Total
US$m
         

Settled

in scrip
US$m

          Per
share
US$
          Total
US$m
         

Settled

in scrip
US$m

 

Dividends declared on ordinary shares

                                                  

In respect of previous year:

                                                  

– fourth interim dividend

     0.18            3,339            540            0.14            2,535            259            0.12            2,119            1,130   

In respect of current year:

                                                  

– first interim dividend

     0.10            1,861            167            0.09            1,633            748            0.09            1,601            204   

– second interim dividend

     0.10            1,864            952            0.09            1,646            783            0.09            1,603            178   

– third interim dividend

     0.10            1,873            864            0.09            1,655            639            0.09            1,605            720   
     0.48            8,937            2,523            0.41            7,469            2,429            0.39            6,928            2,232   

Quarterly dividends on preference shares classified as equity

                                                  

March dividend

     15.50            22                  15.50            22                  15.50            22         

June dividend

     15.50            23                  15.50            23                  15.50            23         

September dividend

     15.50            22                  15.50            22                  15.50            22         

December dividend

     15.50            23                  15.50            23                  15.50            23         
     62.00            90                  62.00            90                  62.00            90         

Quarterly coupons on capital securities classified as equity 1

 

     2013            2012                  2011         
     Per share                   Total           Per share           Total           Per share           Total  
     US$           US$m           US$           US$m           US$           US$m  

January coupon

     0.508            44            0.508            44            0.508            44   

March coupon

     0.500            76            0.500            76            0.500            76   

April coupon

     0.508            45            0.508            45            0.508            45   

June coupon

     0.500            76            0.500            76            0.500            76   

July coupon

     0.508            45            0.508            45            0.508            45   

September coupon

     0.500            76            0.500            76            0.500            76   

October coupon

     0.508            45            0.508            45            0.508            45   

December coupon

     0.500            76            0.500            76            0.500            76   
     4.032            483            4.032            483            4.032            483   

 

  1 HSBC Holdings issued Perpetual Subordinated Capital Securities of US$3,800m in June 2010 and US$2,200m in April 2008 which are classified as equity under IFRSs.

The Directors declared after the end of the year a fourth interim dividend in respect of the financial year ended 31 December 2013 of US$0.19 per ordinary share, a distribution of approximately US$3,578m. The fourth interim dividend will be payable on 30 April 2014 to holders of record on 13 March 2014 on the Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register and 14 March 2014 on the Principal Register in the UK or the Bermuda Overseas Branch Register. No liability is recorded in the financial statements in respect of the fourth interim dividend for 2013.

On 15 January 2014, HSBC paid a further coupon on the capital securities of US$0.508 per security, a distribution of US$44m. No liability is recorded in the balance sheet at 31 December 2013 in respect of this coupon payment.

 

11 Earnings per share

 

‘Basic earnings per ordinary share’ is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, excluding own shares held. ‘Diluted earnings per ordinary share’ is calculated by dividing the basic earnings, which require no adjustment for the effects of dilutive potential ordinary shares, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, excluding own shares held, plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on conversion of dilutive potential ordinary shares.

 

471


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the parent company

 

          2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
          2011
US$m
 

Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company

        16,204            14,027            16,797   

Dividend payable on preference shares classified as equity

        (90         (90         (90

Coupon payable on capital securities classified as equity

          (483         (483         (483

Profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the parent company

          15,631            13,454            16,224   

Basic and diluted earnings per share

 

     2013            2012            2011   
     Profit
US$m
          Number
of shares
(millions)
         

Per

share

US$

          Profit
US$m
          Number
of shares
(millions)
          Per
share
US$
          Profit
US$m
          Number
of shares
(millions)
          Per
share
US$
 

Basic 1

     15,631            18,530            0.84            13,454            18,125            0.74            16,224            17,700            0.92   

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares

           124                        146                        222         

– Savings-related Share Option Plan

           36                        23                        45         

– Other plans

           88                        123                        177         
     

 

                                            
                                                                                                          

Diluted 1

     15,631            18,654            0.84            13,454            18,271            0.74            16,224            17,922            0.91   

 

  1   Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding (basic) or assuming dilution (diluted).

The weighted average number of dilutive potential ordinary shares excluded 60m employee share options that were anti-dilutive (2012: 103m; 2011: 151m).

 

12 Segmental analysis

 

HSBC’s operates a matrix management structure which includes geographical regions, global businesses and global functions. HSBC’s operating segments are Europe, Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific, Middle East and North Africa (‘MENA’), North America and Latin America. These geographical operating segments represent the most appropriate information for the users of the financial statements to best evaluate the nature and financial effects of HSBC’s business activities and the economic environments in which it operates.

Geographical information is classified by the location of the principal operations of the subsidiary or, for The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, HSBC Bank, HSBC Bank Middle East and HSBC Bank USA, by the location of the branch responsible for reporting the results or advancing the funds.

HSBC’s chief operating decision-maker is the Group Management Board (‘GMB’) which operates as a general management committee under the direct authority of the Board. Information provided to GMB to make decisions about allocating resources to, and assessing the performance of, operating segments is measured in accordance with IFRSs. The financial information shown below includes the effects of intra-HSBC transactions between operating segments which are conducted on an arm’s length basis and are eliminated in arriving at the total. Shared costs are included in operating segments on the basis of the actual recharges made.

Products and services

HSBC provides a comprehensive range of banking and related financial services to its customers in its six geographical regions. The products and services offered to customers are organised by global business.

 

   

Retail Banking and Wealth Management (‘RBWM’) offers a broad range of products and services to meet the personal banking and wealth management needs of individual customers. Typically, customer offerings include personal banking products (current and savings accounts, mortgages and personal loans, credit cards, debit cards and local and international payment services) and wealth management services (insurance and investment products, global asset management services and financial planning services).

 

   

Commercial Banking (‘CMB’) offers a broad range of products and services to serve the needs of our commercial customers, including small and medium-sized enterprises, mid-market enterprises and corporates. These include credit and lending, international trade and receivables finance, treasury management and liquidity solutions (payments and cash management and commercial cards), commercial insurance and investments. CMB also offers its customers access to products and services offered by other global businesses, for example Global

 

472


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

 

Banking & Markets (‘GB&M’), which include foreign exchange products, raising capital on debt and equity markets and advisory services.

 

   

GB&M provides tailored financial solutions to major government, corporate and institutional clients and private investors worldwide. The client-focused business lines deliver a full range of banking capabilities including financing, advisory and transaction services, a markets business that provides services in credit, rates, foreign exchange, money markets and securities services, and principal investment activities.

 

   

Global Private Banking (‘GPB’) provides a range of services to high net worth individuals and families with complex and international needs within the Group’s priority markets.

Financial information

In the following segmental analysis, the benefit of shareholders’ funds impacts the analysis only to the extent that these funds are actually allocated to businesses in the segment by way of intra-HSBC capital and funding structures.

Profit/(loss) for the year

 

         Europe
US$m
        

Hong

Kong
      US$m

        

    Rest of

Asia-

Pacific
US$m

             MENA
US$m
        

North

    America
US$m

        

Latin

    America
US$m

        

Intra-

      HSBC

items
US$m

         Total
      US$m
 

2013

                                     

Net interest income

     10,693           5,993           5,439           1,486           5,742           6,186                     35,539   

Net fee income

     6,032           3,877           2,059           622           2,143           1,701                     16,434   

Net trading income/(expense)

     4,423           1,570           456           357           948           936                     8,690   

Other income /(expense)

     (181        1,763           4,024           38           (30        1,745           (3,377        3,982   

Net operating income 1

     20,967           13,203           11,978           2,503           8,803           10,568           (3,377        64,645   

Loan impairment charges and other
credit risk provisions

     (1,530        (137        (361        42           (1,197        (2,666                  (5,849

Net operating income

     19,437           13,066           11,617           2,545           7,606           7,902           (3,377        58,796   
                                     

Employee compensation and benefits

     (7,175        (2,624        (3,042        (634        (3,098        (2,623                  (19,196

General and administrative expenses

     (9,479        (2,019        (2,390        (607        (3,051        (2,896        3,377           (17,065

Depreciation and impairment of
property, plant and equipment

     (559        (225        (167        (35        (176        (202                  (1,364

Amortisation and impairment of
intangible assets

     (400        (177        (41        (13        (91        (209       

  
       (931

Total operating expenses

     (17,613        (5,045        (5,640        (1,289        (6,416        (5,930        3,377           (38,556

Operating profit

     1,824           8,021           5,977           1,256           1,190           1,972                     20,240   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     1           68           1,787           438           31                               2,325   

Profit before tax

     1,825           8,089           7,764           1,694           1,221           1,972                     22,565   

Tax expense

     (1,279        (1,312        (858        (328        (313        (675                  (4,765

Profit for the year

     546           6,777           6,906           1,366           908           1,297                     17,800   

 

473


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) for the year (continued)

 

    

Europe

US$m

        

Hong

Kong

US$m

        

Rest of

Asia-

Pacific

US$m

        

MENA

US$m

        

North

America

US$m

        

Latin

America

US$m

        

Intra-

HSBC

items

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

2012

                                     

Net interest income

     10,394           5,316           5,391           1,470           8,117           6,984                     37,672   

Net fee income

     6,169           3,335           2,083           595           2,513           1,735                     16,430   

Net trading income

     2,707           1,463           1,053           390           507           971                     7,091   

Gains on disposal of US branch network, US cards business and Ping An

                         3,012                     4,012                               7,024   

Other income/(expense)

     (1,662        2,308           2,045           (25        (456        1,261           (3,358        113   

Net operating income 1

     17,608           12,422           13,584           2,430           14,693           10,951           (3,358        68,330   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (1,921        (74        (436        (286        (3,457        (2,137                  (8,311

Net operating income

     15,687           12,348           13,148           2,144           11,236           8,814           (3,358        60,019   
                                     

Employee compensation and benefits

     (8,070        (2,572        (3,140        (652        (3,243        (2,814                  (20,491

General and administrative expenses

     (10,059        (1,860        (2,433        (459        (5,413        (3,117        3,358           (19,983

Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment

     (597        (236        (191        (44        (195        (221                  (1,484

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets

     (369        (180        (42        (11        (89        (278                  (969

Total operating expenses

     (19,095        (4,848        (5,806        (1,166        (8,940        (6,430        3,358           (42,927

Operating profit/(loss)

     (3,408        7,500           7,342           978           2,296           2,384                     17,092   

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

     (6        82           3,106           372           3                               3,557   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     (3,414        7,582           10,448           1,350           2,299           2,384                     20,649   

Tax expense

     (173        (1,095        (1,616        (254        (1,313        (864                  (5,315

Profit/(loss) for the year

     (3,587        6,487           8,832           1,096           986           1,520                     15,334   
     Europe
US$m
        

Hong

Kong
US$m

        

Rest of

Asia-

Pacific
US$m

         MENA
US$m
        

North

America
US$m

        

Latin

America
US$m

        

Intra-

HSBC

items
US$m

         Total
US$m
 

2011

                                     

Net interest income

     11,001           4,691           5,102           1,432           11,480           6,956                     40,662   

Net fee income

     6,236           3,097           2,111           627           3,308           1,781                     17,160   

Net trading income/(expense)

     2,161           1,189           1,658           482           (362        1,378                     6,506   

Other income

     4,848           1,705           1,842           66           1,574           1,338           (3,421        7,952   

Net operating income 1

     24,246           10,682           10,713           2,607           16,000           11,453           (3,421        72,280   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (2,512        (156        (267        (293        (7,016        (1,883                  (12,127

Net operating income

     21,734           10,526           10,446           2,314           8,984           9,570           (3,421        60,153   
                                     

Employee compensation and benefits

     (7,621        (2,610        (3,179        (659        (3,928        (3,169                  (21,166

General and administrative expenses

     (8,473        (1,724        (2,378        (458        (4,404        (3,443        3,421           (17,459

Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment

     (581        (245        (198        (36        (261        (249                  (1,570

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets

     (394        (179        (51        (6        (326        (394                  (1,350

Total operating expenses

     (17,069        (4,758        (5,806        (1,159        (8,919        (7,255        3,421           (41,545

Operating profit

     4,665           5,768           4,640           1,155           65           2,315                     18,608   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     6           55           2,831           337           35                               3,264   

Profit before tax

     4,671           5,823           7,471           1,492           100           2,315                     21,872   

Tax income/(expense)

     (1,589        (1,043        (1,315        (266        958           (673                  (3,928

Profit for the year

     3,082           4,780           6,156           1,226           1,058           1,642                     17,944   

 

  1   Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions, also referred to as revenue.

 

474


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Other information about the profit/(loss) for the year

 

     Europe
US$m
        

Hong

Kong
US$m

        

Rest of

Asia-

Pacific

US$m

        

MENA

US$m

        

North

America
US$m

        

Latin

America
US$m

        

Intra-

HSBC

items

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

2013

                                     

Net operating income 1

     20,967           13,203           11,978           2,503           8,803           10,568           (3,377        64,645   

External

     20,108           12,031           10,822           2,497           8,569           10,618                     64,645   

Inter-segment

     859           1,172           1,156           6           234           (50        (3,377          

Profit for the year includes the following significant non-cash items:

                                     

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

     957           402           208           48           303           412                     2,330   

Loan impairment losses gross of recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     2,165           172           493           45           1,321           2,949                     7,145   

Impairment of financial investments

     (61                  4                     15           6                     (36

Changes in fair value of long-term debt and related derivatives

     (936                  (1        (3        (288                            (1,228

Restructuring costs

     211           5           74           3           100           42                     435   

2012

                                     

Net operating income 1

     17,608           12,422           13,584           2,430           14,693           10,951           (3,358        68,330   

External

     16,405           11,307           12,586           2,455           14,566           11,011                     68,330   

Inter-segment

     1,203           1,115           998           (25        127           (60        (3,358          

Profit for the year includes the following significant non-cash items:

                                     

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

     966           416           233           55           363           499                     2,532   

Loan impairment losses gross of recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     2,329           105           586           361           3,587           2,489                     9,457   

Impairment of financial investments

     420           (21        83           1           32           4                     519   

Changes in fair value of long-term debt and related derivatives

     (3,091                  (4        (13        (1,219                            (4,327

Restructuring costs

     292           21           107           27           219           94                     760   

2011

                                     

Net operating income 1

     24,246           10,682           10,713           2,607           16,000           11,453           (3,421        72,280   

External

     23,188           9,598           9,663           2,609           15,760           11,462                     72,280   

Inter-segment

     1,058           1,084           1,050           (2        240           (9        (3,421          

Profit for the year includes the following significant non-cash items:

                                     

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

     975           424           249           42           802           643                     3,135   

Loan impairment losses gross of recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     3,085           202           453           395           7,147           2,271                     13,553   

Impairment of financial investments

     705           55           25           13           9           1                     808   

Changes in fair value of long-term debt and related derivatives

     3,180                     4           10           967                               4,161   

Restructuring costs

     357           47           34           27           73           259                     797   

 

  1   Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions, also referred to as revenue.

 

475


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Balance sheet information

 

     Europe     

Hong

Kong

    

Rest of

Asia-

Pacific

     MENA     

North

America

    

Latin

America

    

Intra-

HSBC

items

     Total  
     US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m  

At 31 December 2013

                       

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     504,200         195,547         147,797         27,211         161,629         43,920                 1,080,304   

Interests in associates and joint ventures

     169         275         13,547         2,575         74                         16,640   

Total assets

     1,392,959         555,413         335,937         60,810         432,035         113,999         (219,835      2,671,318   

Customer accounts

     644,816         365,993         182,626         38,683         196,495         54,199                 1,482,812   

Total liabilities

     1,326,537         523,579         306,918         50,706         393,635         99,319         (219,835      2,480,859   

Capital expenditure incurred 1

     907         1,124         112         32         265         385                 2,825   

At 31 December 2012

                       

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     463,440         173,613         138,119         28,086         140,756         53,609                 997,623   

Interests in associates and joint ventures

     178         224         15,085         2,262         85                         17,834   

Total assets

     1,389,240         518,334         342,269         62,605         490,247         131,277         (241,434      2,692,538   

Customer accounts

     555,009         346,208         183,621         39,583         149,037         66,556                 1,340,014   

Total liabilities

     1,327,487         496,640         308,815         53,498         450,480         113,923         (241,434      2,509,409   

Capital expenditure incurred 1

     925         336         208         102         248         458                 2,277   

At 31 December 2011

                       

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     434,336         157,665         123,868         25,875         142,747         55,938                 940,429   

Interests in associates and joint ventures

     150         196         17,916         2,036         101                         20,399   

Total assets

     1,281,945         473,024         317,816         57,464         504,302         144,889         (223,861      2,555,579   

Customer accounts

     493,404         315,345         174,012         36,422         155,982         78,760                 1,253,925   

Total liabilities

     1,224,386         458,179         288,485         49,005         464,990         128,302         (223,861      2,389,486   

Capital expenditure incurred 1

     1,177         432         207         29         342         951                 3,138   

 

  1   Expenditure incurred on property, plant and equipment and other intangible assets. Excludes assets acquired as part of business combinations and goodwill.

 

476


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Other financial information

Net operating income by global business

 

     RBWM          CMB          GB&M          GPB          Other 1          Intra-
HSBC
items
         Total  
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m  

2013

                                

Net operating income 2

     26,740           16,365           19,176           2,439           5,651           (5,726        64,645   

External

     25,038           17,241           20,767           1,955           (356                  64,645   

Internal

     1,702           (876        (1,591        484           6,007           (5,726          

2012

                                

Net operating income 2

     33,861           16,551           18,273           3,172           2,332           (5,859        68,330   

External

     31,980           17,295           20,410           2,413           (3,768                  68,330   

Internal

     1,881           (744        (2,137        759           6,100           (5,859          

2011

                                

Net operating income 2

     33,533           15,611           17,057           3,292           9,145           (6,358        72,280   

External

     32,024           15,362           19,881           2,207           2,806                     72,280   

Internal

     1,509           249           (2,824        1,085           6,339           (6,358          

 

  1   The main items reported in the ‘Other’ category are certain property activities, unallocated investment activities, centrally held investment companies, movements in fair value of own debt and HSBC’s holding company and financing operations. The ‘Other’ category also includes gains and losses on the disposal of certain significant subsidiaries or business units.
  2   Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions, also referred to as revenue.

Information by country

 

     2013          2012          2011  
    

External

net

operating

income 1,2
US$m

        

Non-
      current

assets 3
US$m

        

External

net

operating

income 1,2
US$m

        

Non-
      current

assets 3
US$m

        

External

net

operating

income 1,2
US$m

        

Non-
      current

assets 3
US$m

 

UK

     13,347           17,481           9,149           18,391           16,058           21,414   

Hong Kong

     12,031           12,170           11,307           11,657           9,600           6,257   

USA

     6,121           4,189           11,779           6,718           12,972           3,830   

France

     3,111           11,565           2,881           11,074           2,747           10,790   

Brazil

     5,364           1,715           6,395           2,017           6,637           2,149   

Other countries

     24,671           27,879           26,819           30,078           24,266           31,590   
     64,645           74,999           68,330           79,935           72,280           76,030   

 

  1   External net operating income is attributed to countries on the basis of the location of the branch responsible for reporting the results or advancing the funds.
  2   Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions, also referred to as revenue.
  3   Non-current assets consist of property, plant and equipment, goodwill, other intangible assets, interests in associates and joint ventures and certain other assets expected to be recovered more than twelve months after the reporting period.

 

13 Analysis of financial assets and liabilities by measurement basis

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities are measured on an ongoing basis either at fair value or at amortised cost. The summary of significant accounting policies in Note 2 describes how the classes of financial instruments are measured, and how income and expenses, including fair value gains and losses, are recognised. The following table analyses the carrying amounts of the financial assets and liabilities by category as defined in IAS 39 and by balance sheet heading.

 

477


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Analysis of financial assets and liabilities by measurement basis

HSBC

  

  

     At 31 December 2013  
     Held for
trading
US$m
         Designated
at fair value
US$m
        

Held-to-

maturity

securities
US$m

        

Available-

for-sale

securities

US$m

        

Financial

assets and

liabilities at

amortised

cost US$m

         Derivatives
designated
as fair value
hedging
instruments
US$m
         Derivatives
designated
as cash flow
hedging
instruments
US$m
         Total
US$m
 

Financial assets

                                     

Cash and balances at central banks

                                             166,599                               166,599   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

                                             6,021                               6,021   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

                                             25,220                               25,220   

Trading assets

     303,192                                                                       303,192   

Financial assets designated at fair value

               38,430                                                             38,430   

Derivatives

     277,709                                                   1,168           3,388           282,265   

Loans and advances to banks

                                             211,521                               211,521   

Loans and advances to customers

                                             1,080,304                               1,080,304   

Financial investments

                         25,084           400,841                                         425,925   

Assets held for sale

     22                     4           965           2,511                               3,502   

Other assets

                                             23,957                               23,957   

Accrued income

                                             10,176                               10,176   
     580,923           38,430           25,088           401,806           1,526,309           1,168           3,388           2,577,112   

Financial liabilities

                                     

Hong Kong currency notes in circulation

                                             25,220                               25,220   

Deposits by banks

                                             129,212                               129,212   

Customer accounts

                                             1,482,812                               1,482,812   

Items in the course of transmission to other banks

                                             6,910                               6,910   

Trading liabilities

     207,025                                                                       207,025   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

               89,084                                                             89,084   

Derivatives

     269,739                                                   2,889           1,656           274,284   

Debt securities in issue

                                             104,080                               104,080   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

     1                                         2,764                               2,765   

Other liabilities

                                             28,925                               28,925   

Accruals

                                             14,568                               14,568   

Subordinated liabilities

                                             28,976                               28,976   
     476,765           89,084                               1,823,467           2,889           1,656           2,393,861   

 

478


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

HSBC

  

     At 31 December 2012  
     Held for
trading
         Designated
at fair value
         Held-to-
maturity
securities
         Available-
for-sale
securities
         Financial
assets and
liabilities at
amortised
cost
         Derivatives
designated
as fair value
hedging
instruments
         Derivatives
designated
as cash flow
hedging
instruments
         Total  
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m  

Financial assets

                                     

Cash and balances at central banks

                                             141,532                               141,532   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

                                             7,303                               7,303   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

                                             22,743                               22,743   

Trading assets

     408,811                                                                       408,811   

Financial assets designated at fair value

               33,582                                                             33,582   

Derivatives

     353,803                                                   199           3,448           357,450   

Loans and advances to banks

                                             152,546                               152,546   

Loans and advances to customers

                                             997,623                               997,623   

Financial investments

                         23,413           397,688                                         421,101   

Assets held for sale

     9           72                     10,700           7,341                               18,122   

Other assets

                                             23,584                               23,584   

Accrued income

                                             8,540                               8,540   
     762,623           33,654           23,413           408,388           1,361,212           199           3,448           2,592,937   

Financial liabilities

                                     

Hong Kong currency notes in circulation

                                             22,742                               22,742   

Deposits by banks

                                             107,429                               107,429   

Customer accounts

                                             1,340,014                               1,340,014   

Items in the course of transmission to other banks

                                             7,138                               7,138   

Trading liabilities

     304,563                                                                       304,563   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

               87,720                                                             87,720   

Derivatives

     352,195                                                   4,450           2,241           358,886   

Debt securities in issue

                                             119,461                               119,461   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

     8           23                               3,772                               3,803   

Other liabilities

                                             32,417                               32,417   

Accruals

                                             11,663                               11,663   

Subordinated liabilities

                                             29,479                               29,479   
     656,766           87,743                               1,674,115           4,450           2,241           2,425,315   

 

479


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

HSBC Holdings

 

       Held for
trading
         Designated
at fair value
         Available-
for-sale
securities
        

Financial

assets and

liabilities at

amortised

cost

         Total  
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m                  US$m  

At 31 December 2013

                      

Financial assets

                      

Cash at bank and in hand

                                   407           407   

Derivatives

     2,789                                         2,789   

Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings

                                   53,344           53,344   

Financial investments

                         1,210                     1,210   

Other assets

                                   10           10   
     2,789                     1,210           53,761           57,760   

Financial liabilities

                      

Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings

                                   11,685           11,685   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

               21,027                               21,027   

Derivatives

     704                                         704   

Debt securities in issue

                                   2,791           2,791   

Accruals

                                   1,169           1,169   

Subordinated liabilities

                                   14,167           14,167   
     704           21,027                     29,812           51,543   

At 31 December 2012

                      

Financial assets

                      

Cash at bank and in hand

                                   353           353   

Derivatives

     3,768                                         3,768   

Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings

                                   41,675           41,675   

Financial investments

                         1,208                     1,208   

Other assets

                                   4           4   
     3,768                     1,208           42,032           47,008   

Financial liabilities

                      

Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings

                                   12,856           12,856   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

               23,195                               23,195   

Derivatives

     760                                         760   

Debt securities in issue

                                   2,691           2,691   

Accruals

                                   605           605   

Subordinated liabilities

                                   11,907           11,907   
     760           23,195                     28,059           52,014   

 

480


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

14 Trading assets

 

 

     2013
        US$m
         2012
        US$m
 

Trading assets:

       

– not subject to repledge or resale by counterparties

     201,492           305,312   

– which may be repledged or resold by counterparties

     101,700           103,499   
     303,192           408,811   

Treasury and other eligible bills

     21,584           26,282   

Debt securities

     141,644           144,677   

Equity securities

     63,891           41,634   

Trading securities at fair value

     227,119           212,593   

Loans and advances to banks

     27,885           78,271   

Loans and advances to customers

     48,188           117,947   
     303,192           408,811   

Trading securities valued at fair value 1

 

       
     Fair value  
    

2013

US$m

        

2012

US$m

 

US Treasury and US Government agencies 2

     23,450           28,405   

UK Government

     11,591           11,688   

Hong Kong Government

     5,909           6,228   

Other government

     86,714           91,498   

Asset-backed securities 3

     2,736           2,896   

Corporate debt and other securities

     32,828           30,244   

Equity securities

     63,891           41,634   
     227,119           212,593   

 

  1   Included within these figures are debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions of US$22,989m (2012: US$20,274m), of which US$3,973m (2012: US$3,469m) are guaranteed by various governments.
  2   Include securities that are supported by an explicit guarantee issued by the US Government.
  3   Exclude asset-backed securities included under US Treasury and US Government agencies.

Trading securities listed on a recognised exchange and unlisted

 

    

Treasury

and other

eligible bills

        

Debt

    securities

         Equity
    securities
         Total  
     US$m          US$m          US$m                      US$m  

Fair value at 31 December 2013

                 

Listed 1

     194           85,821           62,724           148,739   

Unlisted 2

     21,390           55,823           1,167           78,380   
     21,584           141,644           63,891           227,119   

Fair value at 31 December 2012

                 

Listed 1

     606           82,732           39,945           123,283   

Unlisted 2

     25,676           61,945           1,689           89,310   
     26,282           144,677           41,634           212,593   

 

  1   Included within listed investments are US$3,836m (2012: US$2,828m) of investments listed on a recognised exchange in Hong Kong.
  2   Unlisted treasury and other eligible bills primarily comprise treasury bills not listed on an exchange but for which there is a liquid market.

Loans and advances to banks held for trading

 

     2013
        US$m
         2012
        US$m
 

Reverse repos 1

     2,940           45,015   

Settlement accounts

     7,572           6,324   

Stock borrowing

     2,323           5,361   

Other

     15,050           21,571   
     27,885           78,271   

 

481


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Loans and advances to customers held for trading

 

     2013
        US$m
         2012
        US$m
 

Reverse repos 1

     7,180           73,666   

Settlement accounts

     11,863           8,186   

Stock borrowing

     7,995           10,710   

Other

     21,150           25,385   
     48,188           117,947   

 

  1   In 2013, GB&M changed the way it manages repo and reverse repo activities in the Credit and Rates businesses as set out on page 220. This led to a reduction in the amount of reverse repos classified as trading assets.

 

15 Fair values of financial instruments carried at fair value

 

The accounting policies which determine the classification of financial instruments and the use of assumptions and estimation in valuing them are described on pages 432 to 450 and page 74. The fair value of financial instruments is generally measured on the basis of the individual financial instrument. However, when HSBC manages a group of financial assets and financial liabilities on the basis of its net exposure to either market risks or credit risk, it measures the fair value of the group of financial instruments on a net basis, but presents the underlying financial assets and liabilities separately in the financial statements, unless they satisfy the IFRSs offsetting criteria as described on page 442.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The following table sets out the financial instruments carried at fair value.

Financial instruments carried at fair value and bases of valuation

 

                 Valuation techniques              
    

Quoted

market

price

Level 1

         

Using

observable

inputs

Level 2

         

With

significant

unobservable

inputs

Level 3

          Total  
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

Recurring fair value measurements

                    

At 31 December 2013

                    

Assets

                    

Trading assets

     182,721            115,124            5,347            303,192   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     30,173            7,649            608            38,430   

Derivatives

     2,539            277,224            2,502            282,265   

Financial investments: available for sale

     262,836            130,760            7,245            400,841   

Liabilities

                    

Trading liabilities

     88,935            110,576            7,514            207,025   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     10,482            78,602                       89,084   

Derivatives

     4,508            267,441            2,335            274,284   

At 31 December 2012

                    

Assets

                    

Trading assets

     198,843            205,590            4,378            408,811   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     25,575            7,594            413            33,582   

Derivatives

     1,431            352,960            3,059            357,450   

Financial investments: available for sale

     253,246            135,931            8,511            397,688   

Liabilities

                    

Trading liabilities

     116,550            180,543            7,470            304,563   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     10,703            77,017                       87,720   

Derivatives

     1,506            354,375            3,005            358,886   

The decrease in Level 2 trading assets and liabilities reflects the change in the way GB&M manages repo and reverse repo activities described on page 220. Movement in derivative balances is described in Note 18.

 

482


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair values

 

    Assets          Liabilities  
    Available
for sale
     Held for
trading
   

Designated
at fair value

through

profit or loss

     Derivatives          Held for
trading
   

Designated

at fair value

through

profit or loss

     Derivatives  
    US$m      US$m     US$m      US$m          US$m     US$m      US$m  

At 31 December 2013

                   

Transfers from Level 1 to Level 2

    110         24,140                18           35,274                17   

Transfers from Level 2 to Level 1

    1,275         1,264        423                                    

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are deemed to occur at the end of each semi-annual reporting period. Transfers from Level 1 to Level 2 reflect the reclassification of settlement balances and cash collateral following reassessment of the application of levelling criteria to these balances. Transfers from Level 2 to Level 1 related to increased liquidity in certain emerging market government bonds.

Control framework

Fair values are subject to a control framework designed to ensure that they are either determined or validated by a function independent of the risk-taker.

For all financial instruments where fair values are determined by reference to externally quoted prices or observable pricing inputs to models, independent price determination or validation is utilised. In inactive markets, direct observation of a traded price may not be possible. In these circumstances, HSBC will source alternative market information to validate the financial instrument’s fair value, with greater weight given to information that is considered to be more relevant and reliable. The factors that are considered in this regard are, inter alia :

 

   

the extent to which prices may be expected to represent genuine traded or tradeable prices;

 

   

the degree of similarity between financial instruments;

 

   

the degree of consistency between different sources;

 

   

the process followed by the pricing provider to derive the data;

 

   

the elapsed time between the date to which the market data relates and the balance sheet date; and

 

   

the manner in which the data was sourced.

For fair values determined using valuation models, the control framework may include, as applicable, development or validation by independent support functions of (i) the logic within valuation models; (ii) the inputs to those models; (iii) any adjustments required outside the valuation models; and (iv) where possible, model outputs. Valuation models are subject to a process of due diligence and calibration before becoming operational and are calibrated against external market data on an ongoing basis.

The majority of financial instruments measured at fair value are in GB&M. GB&M’s fair value governance structure is illustrated below as an example:

 

LOGO

 

483


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Determination of fair value

Fair values are determined according to the following hierarchy:

 

   

Level 1 – quoted market price: financial instruments with quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets that HSBC can access at the measurement date.

 

   

Level 2 – valuation technique using observable inputs: financial instruments with quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets and financial instruments valued using models where all significant inputs are observable.

 

   

Level 3 – valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs: financial instruments valued using valuation techniques where one or more significant inputs are unobservable.

The best evidence of fair value is a quoted price in an actively traded market. The fair values of financial instruments that are quoted in active markets are based on bid prices for assets held and offer prices for liabilities issued. Where a financial instrument has a quoted price in an active market, the fair value of the total holding of the financial instrument is calculated as the product of the number of units and quoted price. In the event that the market for a financial instrument is not active, a valuation technique is used.

The judgement as to whether a market is active may include, but is not restricted to, the consideration of factors such as the magnitude and frequency of trading activity, the availability of prices and the size of bid/offer spreads. The bid/offer spread represents the difference in prices at which a market participant would be willing to buy compared with the price at which they would be willing to sell. In inactive markets, obtaining assurance that the transaction price provides evidence of fair value or determining the adjustments to transaction prices that are necessary to measure the fair value of the instrument requires additional work during the valuation process.

Valuation techniques

Valuation techniques incorporate assumptions about factors that other market participants would use in their valuations. A range of valuation techniques is employed, dependent on the instrument type and available market data. Most valuation techniques are based upon discounted cash flow analyses, in which expected future cash flows are calculated and discounted to present value using a discounting curve. Prior to considering credit risk, the expected future cash flows may be known, as would be the case for the fixed leg of an interest rate swap, or may be uncertain and require projection, as would be the case for the floating leg of an interest rate swap. ‘Projection’ utilises market forward curves, if available. In option models, the probability of different potential future outcomes must be considered. In addition, the value of some products are dependent on more than one market factor, and in these cases it will typically be necessary to consider how movements in one market factor may affect the other market factors. The model inputs necessary to perform such calculations include interest rate yield curves, exchange rates, volatilities, correlations, prepayment and default rates. For interest rate derivatives with collateralised counterparties and in significant currencies, HSBC uses a discounting curve that reflects the overnight interest rate (‘OIS discounting’).

The majority of valuation techniques employ only observable market data. However, certain financial instruments are valued on the basis of valuation techniques that feature one or more significant market inputs that are unobservable, and for them the measurement of fair value is more judgemental. An instrument in its entirety is classified as valued using significant unobservable inputs if, in the opinion of management, a significant proportion of the instrument’s inception profit (‘day 1 gain or loss’) or greater than 5% of the instrument’s valuation is driven by unobservable inputs. ‘Unobservable’ in this context means that there is little or no current market data available from which to determine the price at which an arm’s length transaction would be likely to occur. It generally does not mean that there is no data available at all upon which to base a determination of fair value (consensus pricing data may, for example, be used). All fair value adjustments are included within the levelling determination.

In certain circumstances, HSBC records its own debt in issue at fair value, based on quoted prices in an active market for the specific instrument concerned, where available. An example of this is where own debt in issue is hedged with interest rate derivatives. When quoted market prices are unavailable, the own debt in issue is valued using valuation techniques, the inputs for which are either based upon quoted prices in an inactive market for the instrument, or are estimated by comparison with quoted prices in an active market for similar instruments. In both cases, the fair value includes the effect of applying the credit spread which is appropriate to HSBC’s liabilities. The change in fair value of issued debt securities attributable to the Group’s own credit spread is computed as follows: for each security at each reporting date, an externally verifiable price is obtained or a price is derived using credit spreads for similar

 

484


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

securities for the same issuer. Then, using discounted cash flow, each security is valued using a Libor-based discount curve. The difference in the valuations is attributable to the Group’s own credit spread. This methodology is applied consistently across all securities.

Structured notes issued and certain other hybrid instrument liabilities are included within trading liabilities and are measured at fair value. The credit spread applied to these instruments is derived from the spreads at which HSBC issues structured notes.

Gains and losses arising from changes in the credit spread of liabilities issued by HSBC reverse over the contractual life of the debt, provided that the debt is not repaid at a premium or a discount.

Changes in fair value are generally subject to a profit and loss analysis process. This process disaggregates changes in fair value into three high level categories; (i) portfolio changes, such as new transactions or maturing transactions, (ii) market movements, such as changes in foreign exchange rates or equity prices, and (iii) other, such as changes in fair value adjustments, discussed below.

Fair value adjustments

Fair value adjustments are adopted when HSBC considers that there are additional factors that would be considered by a market participant which are not incorporated within the valuation model. HSBC classifies fair value adjustments as either ‘risk-related’ or ‘model-related’. The majority of these adjustments relate to GB&M.

Movements in the level of fair value adjustments do not necessarily result in the recognition of profits or losses within the income statement. For example, as models are enhanced, fair value adjustments may no longer be required. Similarly, fair value adjustments will decrease when the related positions are unwound, but this may not result in profit or loss.

Global Banking and Markets fair value adjustments

 

    

At 31

December

2013

US$m

        

At 31

December

2012

US$m

 

Type of adjustment

       

Risk-related

     1,565           2,013   

Bid-offer

     561           638   

Uncertainty

     343           142   

Credit valuation adjustment

     1,274           1,747   

Debit valuation adjustment

     (616        (518

Other

     3           4   

Model-related

     202           162   

Model limitation

     199           161   

Other

     3           1   

Inception profit (Day 1 P&L reserves) (Note 18)

     167           181   
     1,934           2,356   

Fair value adjustments declined by US$422m during the year. The most significant movement was a decline of US$473m in respect of the credit valuation adjustment, as a result of both reduced derivative counterparty exposures and general narrowing of CDS spreads.

Risk-related adjustments

Bid-offer

IFRS 13 requires use of the price within the bid-offer spread that is most representative of fair value. Valuation models will typically generate mid-market values. The bid-offer adjustment reflects the extent to which bid-offer costs would be incurred if substantially all residual net portfolio market risks were closed using available hedging instruments or by disposing of or unwinding the position.

 

485


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Uncertainty

Certain model inputs may be less readily determinable from market data, and/or the choice of model itself may be more subjective. In these circumstances, there exists a range of possible values that the financial instrument or market parameter may assume and an adjustment may be necessary to reflect the likelihood that in estimating the fair value of the financial instrument, market participants would adopt more conservative values for uncertain parameters and/or model assumptions than those used in the valuation model.

Credit valuation adjustment

The credit valuation adjustment is an adjustment to the valuation of OTC derivative contracts to reflect within fair value the possibility that the counterparty may default and that HSBC may not receive the full market value of the transactions (see below).

Debit valuation adjustment

The debit valuation adjustment is an adjustment to the valuation of OTC derivative contracts to reflect within fair value the possibility that HSBC may default, and that HSBC may not pay full market value of the transactions (see below).

Model-related adjustments

Model limitation

Models used for portfolio valuation purposes may be based upon a simplifying set of assumptions that do not capture all material market characteristics. Additionally, markets evolve, and models that were adequate in the past may require development to capture all material market characteristics in current market conditions. In these circumstances, model limitation adjustments are adopted. As model development progresses, model limitations are addressed within the valuation models and a model limitation adjustment is no longer needed.

Inception profit (Day 1 P&L reserves)

Inception profit adjustments are adopted when the fair value estimated by a valuation model is based on one or more significant unobservable inputs. The accounting for inception profit adjustments is discussed on page 433. An analysis of the movement in the deferred Day 1 P&L reserve is provided on page 501.

Credit valuation adjustment/debit valuation adjustment methodology

HSBC calculates a separate credit valuation adjustment (‘CVA’) and debit valuation adjustment (‘DVA’) for each HSBC legal entity, and within each entity for each counterparty to which the entity has exposure. The calculation of the monoline credit valuation adjustment is described on page 208.

HSBC calculates the CVA by applying the probability of default (‘PD’) of the counterparty, conditional on the non-default of HSBC, to HSBC’s expected positive exposure to the counterparty and multiplying the result by the loss expected in the event of default. Conversely, HSBC calculates the DVA by applying the PD of HSBC, conditional on the non-default of the counterparty, to the expected positive exposure of the counterparty to HSBC and multiplying by the loss expected in the event of default. Both calculations are performed over the life of the potential exposure.

For most products HSBC uses a simulation methodology to calculate the expected positive exposure to a counterparty. This incorporates a range of potential exposures across the portfolio of transactions with the counterparty over the life of the portfolio. The simulation methodology includes credit mitigants such as counterparty netting agreements and collateral agreements with the counterparty. A standard loss given default (‘LGD’) assumption of 60% is generally adopted for developed market exposures, and 75% for emerging market exposures. Alternative loss given default assumptions may be adopted when both the nature of the exposure and the available data support this.

For certain types of exotic derivatives where the products are not currently supported by the simulation, or for derivative exposures in smaller trading locations where the simulation tool is not yet available, HSBC adopts alternative methodologies. These may involve mapping to the results for similar products from the simulation tool or, where the mapping approach is not appropriate, using a simplified methodology which generally follows the same principles as the simulation methodology. The calculation is applied at a trade level, with more limited recognition of credit mitigants such as netting or collateral agreements than is used in the simulation methodology.

 

486


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

The methodologies do not, in general, account for ‘wrong-way risk’. Wrong-way risk arises when the underlying value of the derivative prior to any CVA is positively correlated to the probability of default by the counterparty. When there is significant wrong-way risk, a trade-specific approach is applied to reflect the wrong-way risk within the valuation.

With the exception of certain central clearing parties, HSBC includes all third-party counterparties in the CVA and DVA calculations and does not net these adjustments across Group entities. During the year, HSBC refined the methodologies used to calculate the CVA and DVA to more accurately reflect the impact of ratings downgrade triggers on credit mitigation. HSBC reviews and refines the CVA and DVA methodologies on an ongoing basis.

Valuation of uncollateralised derivatives

HSBC values uncollateralised derivatives by discounting expected future cash flows at a benchmark interest rate, typically Libor or its equivalent. This approach has historically been adopted across the industry, and has therefore been an appropriate basis for fair value. HSBC and other industry participants are currently considering whether this approach appropriately reflects the manner in which the derivatives are funded, which may occur at rates other than interbank offer rates. No consensus has yet emerged on how such funding should be reflected in the fair value measurement for uncollateralised derivatives. In the future, and possibly in 2014, HSBC may adopt a ‘funding fair value adjustment’ to reflect funding of uncollateralised derivatives at rates other than interbank offer rates.

Fair value valuation bases

Financial instruments measured at fair value using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs – Level 3

 

     Assets          Liabilities  
    

Available

for sale

US$m

        

Held for

trading

US$m

        

At fair

value 1

US$m

        

Deriv-

atives

US$m

        

Total

US$m

        

Held for

trading

US$m

        

At fair

value 1

US$m

        

Deriv-

atives

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

At 31 December 2013

                                          

Private equity including strategic investments

     3,729           103           420                     4,252                                           

Asset-backed securities

     1,677           643                               2,320                                           

Loans held for securitisation

               83                               83                                           

Structured notes

               14                               14           7,514                               7,514   

Derivatives with monolines

                                   320           320                                           

Other derivatives

                                   2,182           2,182                               2,335           2,335   

Other portfolios

     1,839           4,504           188                     6,531                                           
     7,245           5,347           608           2,502           15,702           7,514                     2,335           9,849   

At 31 December 2012

                                          

Private equity including strategic investments

     3,582           92           377                     4,051                                           

Asset-backed securities

     2,288           652                               2,940                                           

Loans held for securitisation

               547                               547                                           

Structured notes

               23                               23           6,987                               6,987   

Derivatives with monolines

                                   630           630                                           

Other derivatives

                                   2,429           2,429                               3,005           3,005   

Other portfolios

     2,641           3,064           36                     5,741           483                               483   
     8,511           4,378           413           3,059           16,361           7,470                     3,005           10,475   

 

  1   Designated at fair value through profit or loss.

Level 3 instruments are present in both ongoing and legacy businesses. Loans held for securitisation, derivatives with monolines, certain ‘other derivatives’ and all level 3 asset-backed securities are legacy. HSBC has the capability to hold these positions.

Private equity and strategic investments

HSBC’s private equity and strategic investments are generally classified as available for sale and are not traded in active markets. In the absence of an active market, an investment’s fair value is estimated on the basis of an analysis of the investee’s financial position and results, risk profile, prospects and other factors, as well as by reference to market valuations for similar entities quoted in an active market, or the price at which similar companies have changed ownership.

 

487


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Asset-backed securities

While quoted market prices are generally used to determine the fair value of these securities, valuation models are used to substantiate the reliability of the limited market data available and to identify whether any adjustments to quoted market prices are required. For ABSs including residential MBSs, the valuation uses an industry standard model and the assumptions relating to prepayment speeds, default rates and loss severity based on collateral type, and performance, as appropriate. The valuations output is benchmarked for consistency against observable data for securities of a similar nature.

Loans, including leveraged finance and loans held for securitisation

Loans held at fair value are valued from broker quotes and/or market data consensus providers when available. In the absence of an observable market, the fair value is determined using valuation techniques. These techniques include discounted cash flow models, which incorporate assumptions regarding an appropriate credit spread for the loan, derived from other market instruments issued by the same or comparable entities.

Structured notes

The fair value of structured notes valued using a valuation technique is derived from the fair value of the underlying debt security, and the fair value of the embedded derivative is determined as described in the paragraph below on derivatives.

Trading liabilities valued using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs principally comprised equity-linked structured notes which are issued by HSBC and provide the counterparty with a return that is linked to the performance of certain equity securities, and other portfolios. The notes are classified as Level 3 due to the unobservability of parameters such as long-dated equity volatilities and correlations between equity prices, between equity prices and interest rates and between interest rates and foreign exchange rates.

Derivatives

OTC (i.e. non-exchange traded) derivatives are valued using valuation models. Valuation models calculate the present value of expected future cash flows, based upon ‘no-arbitrage’ principles. For many vanilla derivative products, such as interest rate swaps and European options, the modelling approaches used are standard across the industry. For more complex derivative products, there may be some differences in market practice. Inputs to valuation models are determined from observable market data wherever possible, including prices available from exchanges, dealers, brokers or providers of consensus pricing. Certain inputs may not be observable in the market directly, but can be determined from observable prices via model calibration procedures or estimated from historical data or other sources. Examples of inputs that may be unobservable include volatility surfaces, in whole or in part, for less commonly traded option products, and correlations between market factors such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices. The valuation of derivatives with monolines is discussed on page 208.

Derivative products valued using valuation techniques with significant unobservable inputs included certain types of correlation products, such as foreign exchange basket options, equity basket options, foreign exchange interest rate hybrid transactions and long-dated option transactions. Examples of the latter are equity options, interest rate and foreign exchange options and certain credit derivatives. Credit derivatives include certain tranched CDS transactions.

Reconciliation of fair value measurements in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy

The following table provides a reconciliation of the movement between opening and closing balances of Level 3 financial instruments, measured at fair value using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs:

 

488


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Movement in Level 3 financial instruments

 

         Assets          Liabilities  
        

Available

for sale

US$m

        

Held for

trading

US$m

        

Designated

at fair value

through

profit

or loss

US$m

        

Derivatives

US$m

        

Held for

trading

US$m

        

Designated

at fair value

through

profit

or loss

US$m

        

Derivatives

US$m

 

At 1 January 2013

       8,511           4,378           413           3,059           7,470                     3,005   

Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss

       (52        343           36           (205        (747                  393   

–  trading income excluding net interest income

                 343                     (205        (747                  393   

–  net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

                           36                                           

–  gains less losses from financial investments

       (66                                                            

–  loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

       14                                                               

Total gains/(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income 1

       487           20                     (7        9                     57   

–  available-for-sale investments: fair value gains/(losses)

       568                                                               

–  cash flow hedges: fair value gains/(losses)

                                     (11                              

–  exchange differences

       (81        20                     4           9                     57   

Purchases

       1,838           1,293           56                     (482                    

New issuances

                                               3,161                       

Sales

       (766        (1,821        (4                  (14                    

Settlements

       (756        (473        (27        (311        (1,150                  (1,004

Transfers out

       (3,121        (385        (68        (171        (1,051                  (160

Transfers in

       1,104           1,992           202           137           318                     44   

At 31 December 2013

       7,245           5,347           608           2,502           7,514                     2,335   

Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss relating to assets and liabilities held at 31 December 2013

       (166        362           41           (297        (401                  72   

–  trading income excluding net interest income

                 362                     (297        (401                  72   

–  net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

                           41                                           

–  loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

       (166                                                            

At 1 January 2012

       9,121           4,780           716           4,449           7,827           567           3,129   

Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss

       (414        356           10           (974        319                     10   

Total gains/(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income 1

       472           78           (32        92           143                     84   

Purchases

       1,738           942           113                     (368                    

New issuances

                                               2,852                       

Sales

       (840        (1,408        (69                                        

Settlements

       (367        (617        (25        (14        (1,604                  18   

Transfers out

       (2,944        (298        (350        (571        (1,901        (567        (291

Transfers in

       1,745           545           50           77           202                     55   

At 31 December 2012

       8,511           4,378           413           3,059           7,470                     3,005   

Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss relating to assets and liabilities held at 31 December 2012

       166           339           9           (1,294        384                     (395

 

  1   Included in ‘Available-for-sale investments: fair value gains/(losses)’ and ‘Exchange differences’ in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

 

489


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Purchases of Level 3 available-for-sale assets primarily reflect the acquisition of certain less liquid emerging market government and corporate debt. Transfers in of Level 3 available-for-sale securities reflect decreased confidence in the pricing of certain ABS assets. This is offset by transfers out reflecting increased confidence in the pricing of certain other ABS assets and increased liquidity in certain emerging market sovereign and corporate debt. Sales of Level 3 trading assets reflect the unwind of certain legacy monoline and structured credit exposures. New issuances of trading liabilities reflect structured note issuances, predominantly equity-linked notes.

Effect of changes in significant unobservable assumptions to reasonably possible alternatives

The following table shows the sensitivity of Level 3 fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions:

Sensitivity of fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions

 

     Reflected in profit or loss         

Reflected in other

comprehensive income

 
    

Favourable

changes

US$m

        

Unfavourable

changes

US$m

        

Favourable

changes

US$m

        

Unfavourable

changes

US$m

 

At 31 December 2013

                 

Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities 1

     350           (285                    

Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value

     32           (51                    

Financial investments: available for sale

                         434           (673
     382           (336        434           (673

At 31 December 2012

                 

Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities 1

     465           (384                    

Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value

     41           (41                    

Financial investments: available for sale

                         680           (710
     506           (425        680           (710

 

  1   Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities are presented as one category to reflect the manner in which these financial instruments are risk-managed.

The decrease in the effect of favourable and unfavourable changes in significant unobservable inputs in relation to derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities reflects a reduction in exposures and reduced market data dispersion as market volatility generally declined over the year. The reduction in the effect of favourable changes in financial investments primarily reflects a decline in private equity, following a reassessment of potential upside.

Sensitivity of fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions by Level 3 instrument type

 

     Reflected in profit or loss         

Reflected in other

comprehensive income

 
    

Favourable

changes
US$m

         Unfavourable
changes
US$m
        

  Favourable

changes
US$m

        

  Unfavourable

changes

US$m

 

At 31 December 2013

                 

Private equity including strategic investments

     31           (61        226           (436

Asset-backed securities

     60           (27        113           (99

Loans held for securitisation

     3           (3                    

Structured notes

     16           (9                    

Derivatives with monolines

     25           (16                    

Other derivatives

     212           (164                    

Other portfolios

     35           (56        95           (138
     382           (336        434           (673

At 31 December 2012

                 

Private equity including strategic investments

     62           (62        353           (353

Asset-backed securities

     41           (27        143           (139

Loans held for securitisation

     3           (3                    

Structured notes

     4           (5                    

Derivatives with monolines

     36           (20                    

Other derivatives

     320           (267                    

Other portfolios

     40           (41        184           (218
     506           (425        680           (710

Favourable and unfavourable changes are determined on the basis of sensitivity analysis. The sensitivity analysis aims to measure a range of fair values consistent with the application of a 95% confidence interval. Methodologies take account of the nature of the valuation technique employed, as well as the availability and reliability of

 

490


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

observable proxy and historical data. When the available data is not amenable to statistical analysis, the quantification of uncertainty is judgemental, but remains guided by the 95% confidence interval.

When the fair value of a financial instrument is affected by more than one unobservable assumption, the above table reflects the most favourable or the most unfavourable change from varying the assumptions individually.

Key unobservable inputs to Level 3 financial instruments

The table below lists key unobservable inputs to Level 3 financial instruments, and provides the range of those inputs as at 31 December 2013. The core range of inputs is the estimated range within which 90% of the inputs fall. A further description of the categories of key unobservable inputs is given below.

Private equity including strategic investments

HSBC’s private equity and strategic investments are generally classified as available for sale and are not traded in active markets. In the absence of an active market, an investment’s fair value is estimated on the basis of an analysis of the investee’s financial position and results, risk profile, prospects and other factors, as well as by reference to market valuations for similar entities quoted in an active market, or the price at which similar companies have changed ownership. Given the bespoke nature of the analysis in respect of each holding, it is not practical to quote a range of key unobservable inputs.

Prepayment rates

Prepayment rates are a measure of the anticipated future speed at which a loan portfolio will be repaid in advance of the due date. Prepayment rates are an important input into modelled values of ABSs. A modelled price may be used where insufficient observable market prices exist to enable a market price to be determined directly. Prepayment rates are also an important input into the valuation of derivatives linked to securitisations. For example, so-called securitisation swaps have a notional value that is linked to the size of the outstanding loan portfolio in a securitisation, which may fall as prepayments occur. Prepayment rates vary according to the nature of the loan portfolio, and expectations of future market conditions. For example, current prepayment rates in US residential mortgage-backed securities would generally be expected to rise as the US economy improves. Prepayment rates may be estimated using a variety of evidence, such as prepayment rates implied from proxy observable security prices, current or historic prepayment rates and macro-economic modelling.

Market proxy

Market proxy pricing may be used for an instrument for which specific market pricing is not available, but evidence is available in respect of instruments that have some characteristics in common. In some cases it might be possible to identify a specific proxy, but more generally evidence across a wider range of instruments will be used to understand the factors that influence current market pricing and the manner of that influence. For example, in the collateralised loan obligation market it may be possible to establish that A-rated securities exhibit prices in a range, and to isolate key factors that influence position within the range. Application of this to a specific A-rated security within HSBC’s portfolio allows assignment of a price.

The range of prices used as inputs into a market proxy pricing methodology may therefore be wide. This range is not indicative of the uncertainty associated with the price derived for an individual security.

Volatility

Volatility is a measure of the anticipated future variability of a market price. Volatility tends to increase in stressed market conditions, and decrease in calmer market conditions. Volatility is an important input in the pricing of options. In general, the higher the volatility, the more expensive the option will be. This reflects both the higher probability of an increased return from the option, and the potentially higher costs that HSBC may incur in hedging the risks associated with the option. If option prices become more expensive, this will increase the value of HSBC’s long option positions (i.e. the positions in which HSBC has purchased options), while HSBC’s short option positions (i.e. the positions in which HSBC has sold options) will suffer losses.

 

491


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Quantitative information about significant unobservable inputs in Level 3 valuations

 

     Fair value                                                                
     Assets          Liabilities                   Key unobservable        Full range of inputs          Core range of inputs  
     US$m          US$m          Valuation technique        inputs        Lower          Higher          Lower          Higher  

At 31 December 2013

                                     

Private equity including strategic investments

     4,252                   See notes on page 491      See notes on page 491        n/a           n/a           n/a           n/a   

Asset-backed securities

     2,320                                           

CLO/CDO 1

     1,180                   Model –Discounted cash flow      Prepayment rate        0%           5%           0%           5%   
                 Market proxy      Bid quotes        0           102           46           95   

Other ABSs

     1,140                                           

Loans held for securitisation

     83                                           

Structured notes

     14           7,514                                 

Equity-linked notes

               5,750         Model – Option model      Equity volatility        6%           73%           13%           39%   
                 Model – Option model      Equity correlation        51%           59%           52%           57%   

Fund-linked notes

               717         Model – Option model      Fund volatility        18%           22%           20%           21%   

FX-linked notes

     14           662         Model – Option model      FX volatility        0.1%           28%           5%           15%   

Other

               385                                 

Derivatives with monolines

     320                   Model – Discounted cash flow      Credit spread        3%           5%           4%           5%   

Other derivatives

     2,182           2,335                                 

Interest rate derivatives:

                                                 

– securitisation swaps

     275           1,127         Model – Discounted cash flow      Prepayment rate        0%           22%           2%           20%   

– long-dated swaptions

     655           185         Model – Option model      IR volatility        3%           160%           13%           41%   

– other

     540           265                                 
                                     

FX derivatives:

                                     

– FX options

     114           151         Model – Option model      FX volatility        0.1%           75%           7%           18%   

– other

     69           51                                 
                                     

Equity derivatives:

                                     

– long-dated single stock options

     218           247         Model – Option model      Equity volatility        6%           73%           15%           36%   

– other

     24           151                                 
                                     

Credit derivatives:

                                                 

– other

     287           158                                 

Other portfolios

     6,531                                           

Structured certificates

     3,800                   Model –Discounted cash flow      Credit volatility        1%           3%           1%           3%   

EM corporate debt

     2,073                   Market proxy      Credit spread        0.2%           17%           1%           7%   
                 Market proxy      Bid quotes        57           141           100           134   

Other 2

     658                                           
                                                 
     15,702           9,849                                 

1     Collateralised loan obligation/collateralised debt obligation.

2     Includes a range of smaller asset holdings.

 

492


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Volatility varies by underlying reference market price, and by strike and maturity of the option. Volatility also varies over time. As a result, it is difficult to make general statements regarding volatility levels. For example, while it is generally the case that foreign exchange volatilities are lower than equity volatilities, there may be examples in particular currency pairs or for particular equities where this is not the case.

Certain volatilities, typically those of a longer-dated nature, are unobservable. The unobservable volatility is then estimated from observable data. For example, longer-dated volatilities may be extrapolated from shorter-dated volatilities.

The range of unobservable volatilities quoted in the table reflects the wide variation in volatility inputs by reference market price. For example, foreign exchange volatilities for a pegged currency may be very low, whereas for non-managed currencies the foreign exchange volatility may be higher. As a further example, volatilities for deep-in-the-money or deep-out-of-the-money equity options may be significantly higher than at-the-money options. The core range is significantly narrower than the full range because these examples with extreme volatilities occur relatively rarely within the HSBC portfolio. For any single unobservable volatility, the uncertainty in the volatility determination is significantly less than the range quoted above.

Correlation

Correlation is a measure of the inter-relationship between two market prices. Correlation is a number between minus one and one. A positive correlation implies that the two market prices tend to move in the same direction, with a correlation of one implying that they always move in the same direction. A negative correlation implies that the two market prices tend to move in opposite directions, with a correlation of minus one implying that the two market prices always move in opposite directions.

Correlation is used to value more complex instruments where the payout is dependent upon more than one market price. For example, an equity basket option has a payout that is dependent upon the performance of a basket of single stocks, and the correlation between the price movements of those stocks will be an input to the valuation. This is referred to as equity-equity correlation. There is a wide range of instruments for which correlation is an input, and consequently a wide range of both same-asset correlations (e.g. equity-equity correlation) and cross-asset correlations (e.g. foreign exchange rate-interest rate correlation) used. In general, the range of same-asset correlations will be narrower than the range of cross-asset correlations.

Correlation may be unobservable. Unobservable correlations may be estimated on the basis of a range of evidence, including consensus pricing services, HSBC trade prices, proxy correlations and examination of historical price relationships.

The range of unobservable correlations quoted in the table reflects the wide variation in correlation inputs by market price pair. For any single unobservable correlation, the uncertainty in the correlation determination is likely to be less than the range quoted above.

Credit spread

Credit spread is the premium over a benchmark interest rate required by the market to accept lower credit quality. In a discounted cash flow model, the credit spread increases the discount factors applied to future cash flows, thereby reducing the value of an asset. Credit spreads may be implied from market prices. Credit spreads may not be observable in more illiquid markets.

Inter-relationships between key unobservable inputs

Key unobservable inputs to Level 3 financial instruments may not be independent of each other. As described above, market variables may be correlated. This correlation typically reflects the manner in which different markets tend to react to macroeconomic or other events. For example, improving economic conditions may lead to a ‘risk on’ market, in which prices of risky assets such as equities and high yield bonds rise, while ‘safe haven’ assets such as gold and US Treasuries decline. Furthermore, the impact of changing market variables upon the HSBC portfolio will depend on HSBC’s net risk position in respect of each variable. For example, increasing high-yield bond prices will benefit long high-yield bond positions, but the value of any credit derivative protection held against these bonds will fall.

 

493


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

HSBC Holdings

The following table provides an analysis of the basis for valuing financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value in the financial statements:

Basis of valuing HSBC Holdings’ financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value

 

     At 31 December  
    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

Valuation technique using observable inputs: Level 2

        

Assets

        

Derivatives

     2,789            3,768   

Available for sale

     1,210            1,208   

Liabilities

        

Designated at fair value

     21,027            23,195   

Derivatives

     704            760   

Financial instruments measured at fair value – Level 3

Financial instruments measured using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) comprised fixed-rate preferred securities and senior notes purchased from HSBC undertakings. The unobservable elements of the valuation technique included the use of implied credit spreads and simplified bond pricing assumptions.

Movement in Level 3 financial instruments available for sale

 

     2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
 

At 1 January

                1,078   

Total gains or losses:

        

– recognised in profit or loss

                  

– recognised in other comprehensive income

                130   

Settlements

                  

Transfers out

                (1,208

At 31 December

                  

Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss relating to assets and liabilities held at 31 December

                  

 

494


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

16 Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value

 

The classification of financial instruments is determined in accordance with the accounting policies set out in Note 2.

Fair values of financial instruments which are not carried at fair value and bases of valuation

 

     At 31 December 2013          At 31 December 2012  
            Fair value                    
                   Valuation techniques                           
    

Carrying

amount

US$m

    

Quoted

market

price

Level 1

US$m

    

Using

observable

inputs

Level 2

US$m

    

With

significant

unobserv-

able

inputs

Level 3

US$m

    

Total

US$m

        

Carrying

amount

US$m

    

Fair

value

US$m

 

Assets and liabilities not held for sale

                      

Assets

                      

Loans and advances to banks

     211,521                 201,643         9,858         211,501           152,546         152,823   

Loans and advances to customers 1

     1,080,304                 98,932         971,555         1,070,487           997,623         973,741   

Financial investments: debt securities

     25,084         1,432         23,960         25         25,417           23,413         25,458   

Liabilities

                      

Deposits by banks

     129,212                 129,144         52         129,196           107,429         107,392   

Customer accounts

     1,482,812                 1,467,812         14,622         1,482,434           1,340,014         1,340,521   

Debt securities in issue

     104,080         166         101,551         2,941         104,658           119,461         120,779   

Subordinated liabilities

     28,976                 29,704         1,309         31,013           29,479         32,159   

Loans and advances and customer accounts held for sale 2

                      

Loans and advances to banks and customers

     1,973                 249         1,731         1,980           6,632         6,387   

Customer accounts

     2,187                 2,186                 2,186           2,990         2,990   

 

  1   Level 2 fair value amounts primarily include reverse repos.
  2   Including financial instruments within disposal groups held for sale.

Fair values are determined according to the hierarchy set out in Note 15.

The following is a list of financial instruments whose carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value because, for example, they are short-term in nature or reprice to current market rates frequently:

 

Assets

Cash and balances at central banks

Items in the course of collection from other banks

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

Endorsements and acceptances

Short-term receivables within ‘Other assets’

  

Liabilities

Hong Kong currency notes in circulation

Items in the course of transmission to other banks

Investment contracts with discretionary participation features within ‘Liabilities under insurance contracts’

Endorsements and acceptances

Short-term payables within ‘Other liabilities’

  

 

495


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Carrying amount and fair value of loans and advances to customers by industry sector

 

     Carrying amount at 31 December  
     Not impaired
US$m
        

Impaired

US$m

        

Impairment

allowances 1

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

2013

                 

Loans and advances to customers

     1,059,019           36,428           (15,143        1,080,304   

– personal

     391,930           18,798           (6,602        404,126   

– corporate and commercial

     529,661           16,877           (8,059        538,479   

– financial

     137,428           753           (482        137,699   

2012

                 

Loans and advances to customers

     975,064           38,671           (16,112        997,623   

– personal

     391,342           23,751           (8,212        406,881   

– corporate and commercial

     503,291           14,093           (7,346        510,038   

– financial

     80,431           827           (554        80,704   
                 
                Fair value at 31 December  
               

Not impaired

US$m

        

Impaired

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

2013

                 

Loans and advances to customers

          1,045,900           24,587           1,070,487   

– personal

          379,353           13,774           393,127   

– corporate and commercial

          529,586           10,340           539,926   

– financial

          136,961           473           137,434   

2012

                 

Loans and advances to customers

          948,822           24,919           973,741   

– personal

          369,692           15,369           385,061   

– corporate and commercial

          499,261           9,158           508,419   

– financial

          79,869           392           80,261   

 

  1   Impairment allowances relate to both impaired and not impaired loans and advances.

Analysis of loans and advances to customers by geographical segment

 

     At 31 December 2013          At 31 December 2012  
    

Carrying

amount
US$m

        

Fair

value
US$m

        

Carrying

amount
US$m

        

Fair

value
US$m

 

Loans and advances to customers

                 

Europe

     504,201           501,422           463,440           453,382   

Hong Kong

     195,549           194,081           173,613           171,926   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     147,796           147,488           138,119           138,015   

Middle East and North Africa

     27,211           26,891           28,086           27,954   

North America

     161,629           156,500           140,756           128,637   

Latin America

     43,918           44,105           53,609           53,827   
        1,080,304              1,070,487                997,623                973,741   

Valuation

The fair value measurement is HSBC’s estimate of the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. It does not reflect the economic benefits and costs that HSBC expects to flow from the instruments’ cash flows over their expected future lives. Other reporting entities may use different valuation methodologies and assumptions in determining fair values for which no observable market prices are available.

The fair values of loans and advances to customers in the US are substantially lower than their carrying amount, reflecting the market conditions at the balance sheet date. The secondary market demand and estimated value for US loans and advances have been heavily influenced by the challenging economic conditions during the past number of years, including house price depreciation, rising unemployment, changes in consumer behaviour, changes in discount rates and the lack of financing options available to support the purchase of loans and advances. Many investors are non-bank financial institutions or hedge funds with high equity levels and a high cost of debt. For certain consumer loans, investors take a more conservative view of future performance than HSBC. As a result, third parties are likely to assume higher charge-off levels and/or slower voluntary prepayment speeds than HSBC believes will ultimately be the case. The investor discount rates reflect this difference in the overall cost of capital as well as the potential

 

496


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

volatility in the underlying cash flow assumptions, the combination of which may yield a significant pricing discount from HSBC’s intrinsic value. The relative fair value of loans and advances to customers increased during 2013 largely due to improved conditions in the housing industry driven by increased property values and, to a lesser extent, lower required market yields and increased investor demand for these types of loans and advances.

The fair value of loans and advances to customers has improved in Europe relative to carrying amounts, primarily in the UK mortgage market where increased competition and Central Bank policies to stimulate lending have reduced interest rates and increased fair values accordingly. The overall improvement in fair value has also benefited from higher valuations of ABSs classified as loans and advances following improved market appetite for such securities.

The fair values of loans and advances to customers in Latin America are higher than their carrying amount, primarily driven by mortgages where the market interest rate remains below the historic average.

Fair values of the following assets and liabilities are estimated for the purpose of disclosure as described below:

Loans and advances to banks and customers

The fair value of loans and advances is based on observable market transactions, where available. In the absence of observable market transactions, fair value is estimated using valuation models that incorporate a range of input assumptions. These assumptions may include value estimates from third party brokers which reflect over-the-counter trading activity, forward looking discounted cash flow models using assumptions which HSBC believes are consistent with those which would be used by market participants in valuing such loans, and trading inputs from other market participants which includes observed primary and secondary trades.

Loans are grouped, as far as possible, into homogeneous groups and stratified by loans with similar characteristics to improve the accuracy of estimated valuation outputs. The stratification of a loan book considers all material factors including vintage, origination period, estimates of future interest rates, prepayment speeds, delinquency rates, loan-to-value ratios, the quality of collateral, default probability, and internal credit risk ratings.

Valuation techniques are calibrated on a regular basis and tested for validity using prices from observable current market transactions in the same instrument, without modification or repackaging, or are based on any available observable market data.

The fair value of a loan reflects both loan impairments at the balance sheet date and estimates of market participants’ expectations of credit losses over the life of the loans, and the fair value effect of repricing between origination and the balance sheet date.

Financial investments

The fair values of listed financial investments are determined using bid market prices. The fair values of unlisted financial investments are determined using valuation techniques that take into consideration the prices and future earnings streams of equivalent quoted securities.

Deposits by banks and customer accounts

For the purpose of estimating fair value, deposits by banks and customer accounts are grouped by remaining contractual maturity. Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flows, applying current rates offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. The fair value of a deposit repayable on demand is approximated by its carrying value.

Debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities

Fair values are determined using quoted market prices at the balance sheet date where available, or by reference to quoted market prices for similar instruments.

The fair values in this note are stated at a specific date and may be significantly different from the amounts which will actually be paid on the maturity or settlement dates of the instruments. In many cases, it would not be possible to realise immediately the estimated fair values given the size of the portfolios measured. Accordingly, these fair values do not represent the value of these financial instruments to HSBC as a going concern.

 

497


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

HSBC Holdings

The methods used by HSBC Holdings to determine fair values of financial instruments for the purpose of measurement and disclosure are described above.

The following table provides an analysis of the fair value of financial instruments not carried at fair value on the balance sheet:

Fair values of HSBC Holdings’ financial instruments not carried at fair value on the balance sheet

 

     At 31 December 2013           At 31 December 2012  
    

    Carrying

amount
US$m

         

Fair

value 1
    US$m

         

    Carrying

amount
US$m

         

Fair

value
    US$m

 

Assets

                    

Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings

     53,344            55,332            41,675            42,843   

Liabilities

                    

Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings

     11,685            11,868            12,856            13,133   

Debt securities in issue

     2,791            3,124            2,691            3,188   

Subordinated liabilities

     14,167            16,633            11,907            14,865   

 

  1   Fair values were determined using valuation techniques with observable inputs (Level 2).

 

17 Financial assets designated at fair value

 

 

     At 31 December  
     2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
 

Financial assets designated at fair value:

        

– not subject to repledge or resale by counterparties

     38,062            33,562   

– which may be repledged or resold by counterparties

     368            20   
     38,430            33,582   

Treasury and other eligible bills

     50            54   

Debt securities

     12,589            12,551   

Equity securities

     25,711            20,868   

Securities designated at fair value

     38,350            33,473   

Loans and advances to banks

     76            55   

Loans and advances to customers

     4            54   
             38,430                    33,582   

Securities designated at fair value 1

 

     At 31 December  
    

2013

US$m

          2012
US$m
 

Fair value

        

US Treasury and US Government agencies 2

     34            37   

UK Government

     534            625   

Hong Kong Government

     113            135   

Other government

     4,097            4,508   

Asset-backed securities 3

     140            158   

Corporate debt and other securities

     7,721            7,142   

Equities

     25,711            20,868   
             38,350                    33,473   

 

  1   Included within these figures are debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions of US$4,419m (2012: US$3,509m), of which US$92m (2012: US$5m) are guaranteed by various governments.
  2   Include securities that are supported by an explicit guarantee issued by the US Government.
  3   Exclude asset-backed securities included under US Treasury and US Government agencies.

 

498


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Securities listed on a recognised exchange and unlisted

 

    

Treasury

and other

eligible bills

         

Debt

          securities

          Equity
securities
          Total  
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

Fair value at 31 December 2013

                    

Listed 1

                2,773            18,235            21,008   

Unlisted

     50            9,816            7,476            17,342   
     50            12,589            25,711            38,350   

Fair value at 31 December 2012

                    

Listed 1

                3,007            14,063            17,070   

Unlisted

     54            9,544            6,805            16,403   
     54            12,551            20,868            33,473   

 

  1   Included within listed investments are US$1,148m of investments listed on a recognised exchange in Hong Kong (2012: US$931m).

 

18 Derivatives

 

Fair values of derivatives by product contract type held by HSBC

 

     Assets          Liabilities  
     Trading
US$m
          Hedging
US$m
          Total
US$m
         Trading
US$m
          Hedging
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2013

                               

Foreign exchange

     78,652            2,262            80,914           75,350            448            75,798   

Interest rate

     456,282            2,294            458,576           448,434            4,097            452,531   

Equity

     18,389                       18,389           22,573                       22,573   

Credit

     9,092                       9,092           8,926                       8,926   

Commodity and other

     2,624                       2,624           1,786                       1,786   

Gross total fair values

     565,039            4,556            569,595           557,069            4,545            561,614   

Offset

                 (287,330                    (287,330

Total

                 282,265                       274,284   

At 31 December 2012

                               

Foreign exchange

     68,277            1,227            69,504           70,944            239            71,183   

Interest rate

     628,162            2,417            630,579           618,808            6,491            625,299   

Equity

     15,413                       15,413           19,889                       19,889   

Credit

     12,740                       12,740           13,508                       13,508   

Commodity and other

     1,443                       1,443           1,236                       1,236   

Gross total fair values

     726,035            3,644            729,679           724,385            6,730            731,115   

Offset

                 (372,229                    (372,229

Total

                 357,450                       358,886   

Derivative assets and liabilities decreased during the year, driven by a decrease in the fair value of interest rate derivatives as yield curves in major currencies steepened. This resulted in the decrease in gross fair values and a commensurate decrease in the offset amount.

 

499


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Fair values of derivatives by product contract type held by HSBC Holdings with subsidiaries

 

     Assets           Liabilities  
     Trading           Hedging           Total           Trading           Hedging           Total  
     US$m            US$m            US$m            US$m            US$m            US$m   

At 31 December 2013

                                

Foreign exchange

     1,774            45            1,819            471                       471   

Interest rate

     955            15            970            233                       233   
     2,729            60            2,789            704                       704   

At 31 December 2012

                                

Foreign exchange

     1,636                       1,636            760                       760   

Interest rate

     2,132                       2,132                                    
     3,768                       3,768            760                       760   

Derivatives are financial instruments that derive their value from the price of underlying items such as equities, bonds, interest rates, foreign exchange, credit spreads, commodities and equity or other indices. Derivatives enable users to increase, reduce or alter exposure to credit or market risks.

Derivatives are carried at fair value and shown in the balance sheet as separate totals of assets and liabilities. A description of how the fair value of derivatives is derived is set out on page 488. Derivative assets and liabilities are only offset and reported net in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset and the cash flows are intended to be settled on a net basis.

Use of derivatives

HSBC transacts derivatives for three primary purposes: to create risk management solutions for clients, to manage the portfolio risks arising from client business and to manage and hedge HSBC’s own risks. Derivatives (except for derivatives which are designated as effective hedging instruments as defined in IAS 39) are held for trading. Within the held-for-trading classification are two types of derivatives: those used in sales and trading activities, and those used for risk management purposes but which for various reasons do not meet the qualifying criteria for hedge accounting. The second category includes derivatives managed in conjunction with financial instruments designated at fair value. These activities are described more fully below.

HSBC’s derivative activities give rise to significant open positions in portfolios of derivatives. These positions are managed constantly to ensure that they remain within acceptable risk levels. When entering into derivative transactions, HSBC employs the same credit risk management framework to assess and approve potential credit exposures that it uses for traditional lending.

Trading derivatives

Most of HSBC’s derivative transactions relate to sales and trading activities. Sales activities include the structuring and marketing of derivative products to customers to enable them to take, transfer, modify or reduce current or expected risks. Trading activities include market-making and risk management. Market-making entails quoting bid and offer prices to other market participants for the purpose of generating revenues based on spread and volume. Risk management activity is undertaken to manage the risk arising from client transactions, with the principal purpose of retaining client margin.

Other derivatives classified as held for trading include non-qualifying hedging derivatives, ineffective hedging derivatives and the components of hedging derivatives that are excluded from assessing hedge effectiveness. Non-qualifying hedging derivatives are entered into for risk management purposes but do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting. Trading derivatives also include derivatives managed in conjunction with financial instruments designated at fair value.

Gains and losses from changes in the fair value of derivatives, including the contractual interest, that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported in ‘Net trading income’ except for derivatives managed in conjunction with financial instruments designated at fair value, where gains and losses are reported in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’ together with the gains and losses on the economically hedged items. Where the derivatives are managed with debt securities in issue, the contractual interest is shown in ‘Interest expense’ together with the interest payable on the issued debt. Substantially all of HSBC Holdings’ derivatives entered into with HSBC undertakings are managed in conjunction with financial liabilities designated at fair value.

 

500


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

The notional contract amounts of derivatives held for trading purposes indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do not represent amounts at risk. The 23% increase in the notional contract amounts of HSBC’s derivatives during 2013 was primarily driven by an increase in the trading volumes of interest rate contracts.

Notional contract amounts of derivatives held for trading purposes by product type

 

     HSBC           HSBC Holdings  
    

At

31 December
2013

US$m

         

At

31 December
2012

US$m

         

At

31 December
2013

US$m

         

At

31 December
2012

US$m

 

Foreign exchange

     5,264,978            4,435,729            17,280            17,576   

Interest rate

     27,056,367            21,355,749            10,304            11,554   

Equity

     589,903            495,668                         

Credit

     678,256            901,507                         

Commodity and other

     77,842            80,219                         
     33,667,346            27,268,872            27,584            29,130   

Credit derivatives

HSBC trades credit derivatives through its principal dealing operations and acts as a principal counterparty to a broad range of users, structuring transactions to produce risk management products for its customers, or making markets in certain products. Risk is typically controlled through entering into offsetting credit derivative contracts with other counterparties.

HSBC manages the credit risk arising on buying and selling credit derivative protection by including the related credit exposures within its overall credit limit structure for the relevant counterparty. Trading of credit derivatives is restricted to a small number of offices within the major centres which have the control infrastructure and market skills to manage effectively the credit risk inherent in the products.

Credit derivatives are also deployed to a limited extent for the risk management of the Group’s loan portfolios. The notional contract amount of credit derivatives of US$678bn (2012: US$902bn) consisted of protection bought of US$339bn (2012: US$446bn) and protection sold of US$339bn (2012: US$455bn). The credit derivative business operates within the market risk management framework described on page 281.

Derivatives valued using models with unobservable inputs

The difference between the fair value at initial recognition (the transaction price) and the value that would have been derived had valuation techniques used for subsequent measurement been applied at initial recognition, less subsequent releases, is as follows:

Unamortised balance of derivatives valued using models with significant unobservable inputs

 

    

2013

US$m

         2012
US$m
 

Unamortised balance at 1 January

     181           200   

Deferral on new transactions

     206           149   

Recognised in the income statement during the period:

       

– amortisation

     (105        (112

– subsequent to unobservable inputs becoming observable

     (39        (1

– maturity, termination or offsetting derivative

     (77        (46

– risk hedged

               (11

Exchange differences

     1           2   

Unamortised balance at 31 December 1

     167           181   

 

  1   This amount is yet to be recognised in the consolidated income statement.

 

501


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Hedge accounting derivatives

HSBC uses derivatives (principally interest rate swaps) for hedging purposes in the management of its own asset and liability portfolios and structural positions. This enables HSBC to optimise the overall cost to the Group of accessing debt capital markets, and to mitigate the market risk which would otherwise arise from structural imbalances in the maturity and other profiles of its assets and liabilities.

The accounting treatment of hedge transactions varies according to the nature of the instrument hedged and the type of hedge transactions. Derivatives may qualify as hedges for accounting purposes if they are fair value hedges, cash flow hedges, or hedges of net investment in foreign operations. These are described under the relevant headings below.

The notional contract amounts of derivatives held for hedge accounting purposes indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do not represent amounts at risk.

Notional contract amounts of derivatives held for hedge accounting purposes by product type

 

    At 31 December 2013          At 31 December 2012  
    Cash flow
hedge
            US$m
        Fair value
hedge
            US$m
         Cash flow
hedge
            US$m
        Fair value
hedge
            US$m
 

HSBC

              

Foreign exchange

    25,799          226           16,716          112   

Interest rate

    201,197          90,354           182,688          75,505   
    226,996          90,580           199,404          75,617   
                        

Fair value hedge

at 31 December

 
                         2013
          US$m
        2012
        US$m
 

HSBC Holdings

              

Foreign exchange

             1,120            

Interest rate

             1,977            
             3,097            

Fair value hedges

HSBC’s fair value hedges principally consist of interest rate swaps that are used to protect against changes in the fair value of fixed-rate long-term financial instruments due to movements in market interest rates. For fair value hedges, all changes in the fair value of the derivative and in the fair value of the item in relation to the risk being hedged are recognised in the income statement. If the hedge relationship is terminated, the fair value adjustment to the hedged item continues to be reported as part of the basis of the item and is amortised to the income statement as a yield adjustment over the remainder of the hedging period.

Fair value of derivatives designated as fair value hedges

 

     At 31 December 2013           At 31 December 2012  
           Assets
US$m
          Liabilities
US$m
                Assets
US$m
          Liabilities
US$m
 

HSBC

                    

Foreign exchange

     5                                    

Interest rate

     1,163            2,889            199            4,450   
     1,168            2,889            199            4,450   

HSBC Holdings

                    

Foreign exchange

     45                                    

Interest rate

     15                                    
     60                                    

 

502


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Gains or losses arising from fair value hedges

 

     2013
      US$m
          2012
    US$m
          2011
      US$m
 

HSBC

              

Gains/(losses):

              

– on hedging instruments

     1,997            (898         (4,082

– on the hedged items attributable to the hedged risk

     (1,932         871            3,858   
     65            (27         (224

HSBC Holdings

              

Gains/(losses):

              

– on hedging instruments

     14                         

– on the hedged items attributable to the hedged risk

     (21                      
     (7                      

The gains and losses on ineffective portions of fair value hedges are recognised immediately in ‘Net trading income’.

Cash flow hedges

HSBC’s cash flow hedges consist principally of interest rate swaps, futures and cross-currency swaps that are used to protect against exposures to variability in future interest cash flows on non-trading assets and liabilities which bear interest at variable rates or which are expected to be re-funded or reinvested in the future. The amounts and timing of future cash flows, representing both principal and interest flows, are projected for each portfolio of financial assets and liabilities on the basis of their contractual terms and other relevant factors, including estimates of prepayments and defaults. The aggregate principal balances and interest cash flows across all portfolios over time form the basis for identifying gains and losses on the effective portions of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges of forecast transactions. Gains and losses are initially recognised in other comprehensive income, and accumulated in the cash flow hedging reserve, and are transferred to the income statement when the forecast cash flows affect the income statement.

Fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

 

     At 31 December 2013          At 31 December 2012  
     Assets
US$m
         Liabilities
US$m
         Assets
US$m
         Liabilities
US$m
 

Foreign exchange

     2,257           439           1,230           200   

Interest rate

     1,131           1,208           2,218           2,041   
     3,388           1,647           3,448           2,241   

 

Forecast principal balances on which interest cash flows are expected to arise

 

  

    

        3 months
or less

US$m

         More than 3
months but less
than 1 year
US$m
         5 years or less
but more than
1 year
US$m
        

        More than
5 years

US$m

 

At 31 December 2013

                 

Assets

     135,857           124,670           89,405           2,156   

Liabilities

     (60,402        (46,990        (38,406        (10,221

Net cash inflows/(outflows) exposure

     75,455           77,680           50,999           (8,065

At 31 December 2012

                 

Assets

     112,846           93,072           72,557           5,055   

Liabilities

     (68,534        (43,800        (29,401        (4,777

Net cash inflows exposure

     44,312           49,272           43,156           278   

This table reflects the interest rate repricing profile of the underlying hedged items.

 

503


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

The gains and losses on ineffective portions of such derivatives are recognised immediately in ‘Net trading income’. During the year to 31 December 2013 a gain of US$22m (2012: gain of US$35m; 2011: gain of US$26m) was recognised due to hedge ineffectiveness.

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations

The Group applies hedge accounting in respect of certain consolidated net investments. Hedging is undertaken using forward foreign exchange contracts or by financing with currency borrowings.

At 31 December 2013, the fair values of outstanding financial instruments designated as hedges of net investments in foreign operations were assets of US$4m (2012: US$3m), liabilities of US$23m (2012: US$50m) and notional contract values of US$2,840m (2012: US$2,654m).

The ineffectiveness recognised in ‘Net trading income’ in the year ended 31 December 2013 that arose from hedges in foreign operations was nil (2012 and 2011: nil).

 

19 Financial investments

 

 

                        At 31 December  
                       

2013

US$m

        

2012

US$m

 

Financial investments:

              

– not subject to repledge or resale by counterparties

            394,207           399,613   

– which may be repledged or resold by counterparties

            31,718           21,488   
                    425,925                   421,101   

 

Carrying amount and fair value of financial investments

 

  

    At 31 December 2013         At 31 December 2012  
    Carrying
amount
US$m
       

Fair

value

US$m

        Carrying
amount
US$m
        

Fair

value

US$m

 

Treasury and other eligible bills

    78,111          78,111          87,550           87,550   

– available for sale

    78,111          78,111          87,550           87,550   

Debt securities

    338,674          339,007          327,762           329,807   

– available for sale

    313,590          313,590          304,349           304,349   

– held to maturity

    25,084          25,417          23,413           25,458   

Equity securities

    9,140          9,140          5,789           5,789   

– available for sale

    9,140          9,140          5,789           5,789   
       

 

      
                                        

Total financial investments

            425,925                  426,258                  421,101                   423,146   

 

Financial investments at amortised cost and fair value

 

  

                       

Amortised

cost 1

US$m

        

Fair

value 2
US$m

 

At 31 December 2013

              

US Treasury

            50,369           50,421   

US Government agencies 3

            19,211           18,771   

US Government sponsored entities 3

            5,263           5,445   

UK Government

            23,565           23,580   

Hong Kong Government

            49,570           49,579   

Other government

            153,619           156,208   

Asset-backed securities 4

            25,961           24,115   

Corporate debt and other securities

            87,469           88,999   

Equities

            8,081           9,140   
                    423,108                   426,258   

 

504


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

    

Amortised

cost 1

US$m

         

Fair

value 2
US$m

 

At 31 December 2012

        

US Treasury

     60,657            61,925   

US Government agencies 3

     22,579            23,500   

US Government sponsored entities 3

     5,262            5,907   

UK Government

     17,018            17,940   

Hong Kong Government

     42,687            42,711   

Other government

     146,507            149,179   

Asset-backed securities 4

     29,960            26,418   

Corporate debt and other securities

     86,099            89,777   

Equities

     4,284            5,789   
             415,053                    423,146   

At 31 December 2011

        

US Treasury

     43,848            45,283   

US Government agencies 3

     25,079            26,093   

US Government sponsored entities 3

     4,425            5,056   

UK Government

     32,165            33,603   

Hong Kong Government

     33,359            33,374   

Other government

     125,623            127,049   

Asset-backed securities 4

     35,096            28,625   

Corporate debt and other securities

     94,110            95,233   

Equities

     5,122            7,210   
             398,827                    401,526   

 

  1   Represents the amortised cost or cost basis of the financial investment.
  2   Included within these figures are debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions of US$55,303m (2012: US$59,908m; 2011: US$68,334m;), of which US$8,946m (2012: US$6,916m; 2011: US$17,079m) are guaranteed by various governments. The fair value of the debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions was US$55,467m (2012: US$60,616m; 2011: US$68,765m).
  3   Include securities that are supported by an explicit guarantee issued by the US Government.
  4   Exclude asset-backed securities included under US Government agencies and sponsored entities.

Financial investments listed on a recognised exchange and unlisted

 

    

Treasury

and other

eligible bills
available
for sale
US$m

         

Debt

securities

available

for sale
US$m

         

Debt

securities

held to

maturity
US$m

         

Equity

securities
available
for sale
US$m

          Total
US$m
 

Carrying amount at 31 December 2013

                          

Listed 1

     1,404            134,473            6,176            3,950            146,003   

Unlisted 2

     76,707            179,117            18,908            5,190            279,922   
     78,111            313,590            25,084            9,140            425,925   

Carrying amount at 31 December 2012

                          

Listed 1

     3,284            113,399            5,599            536            122,818   

Unlisted 2

     84,266            190,950            17,814            5,253            298,283   
     87,550            304,349            23,413            5,789            421,101   

 

  1   The fair value of listed held-to-maturity debt securities as at 31 December 2013 was US$6,281m (2012: US$6,123m). Included within listed investments were US$2,832m (2012: US$3,512m) of investments listed on a recognised exchange in Hong Kong.
  2   Unlisted treasury and other eligible bills available for sale primarily comprise treasury bills not listed on an exchange but for which there is a liquid market.

 

505


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Maturities of investments in debt securities at their carrying amount

 

     At 31 December  
    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

Remaining contractual maturity of total debt securities:

        

1 year or less

     81,215            67,268   

5 years or less but over 1 year

     154,580            157,075   

10 years or less but over 5 years

     50,998            47,123   

Over 10 years

     51,881            56,296   
     338,674            327,762   

Remaining contractual maturity of debt securities available for sale:

        

1 year or less

     78,222            65,500   

5 years or less but over 1 year

     146,200            149,195   

10 years or less but over 5 years

     44,556            39,498   

Over 10 years

     44,612            50,156   
             313,590                    304,349   

Remaining contractual maturity of debt securities held to maturity:

        

1 year or less

     2,993            1,768   

5 years or less but over 1 year

     8,380            7,880   

10 years or less but over 5 years

     6,442            7,625   

Over 10 years

     7,269            6,140   
     25,084            23,413   

Contractual maturities and weighted average yields of investment debt securities at 31 December 2013

 

    Within one year          After one year but
within five years
         After five years but
within ten years
         After ten years  
        Amount               Yield              Amount              Yield              Amount              Yield              Amount              Yield  
    US$m         %          US$m          %          US$m          %          US$m          %  

Available for sale

                                   

US Treasury

    11,876          0.3           29,185           0.7           5,871           2.2           1,991           4.1   

US Government agencies

                       46           2.1           98           2.1           18,802           2.6   

US Government-sponsored agencies

    50          0.4           821           2.3           2,773           3.3           775           3.8   

UK Government

                       12,129           3.6           10,165           7.2           644           5.1   

Hong Kong Government

    773          1.8           109           0.7                                           

Other governments

    49,919          2.5           63,276           3.2           10,212           5.1           2,432           5.2   

Asset-backed securities

    72          1.7           1,681           2.4           6,666           0.7           17,524           0.8   

Corporate debt and other securities

    15,244          2.9           36,703           2.0           8,136           2.0           4,249           3.3   

Total amortised cost

            77,934               143,950                43,921                46,417        

Total carrying value

    78,222               146,200                44,556                44,612        

Held to maturity

                                   

US Treasury

    1          4.0           55           4.8           59           4.8           109           4.2   

US Government agencies

                       1           7.6           2           7.7           262           6.5   

US Government-sponsored agencies

    1          8.0           1           6.9           2           8.0           843           6.1   

Hong Kong Government

                       30           0.4           28           2.7           2           1.2   

Other governments

    267          4.1           317           4.5           278           4.9           661           4.8   

Asset-backed securities

                                                               18           6.2   

Corporate debt and other securities

    2,724          3.9           7,976           3.7           6,073           4.1           5,374           4.1   

Total amortised cost

    2,993               8,380                6,442                7,269        

Total carrying value

    2,993               8,380                6,442                7,269        

The maturity distributions of asset-backed securities are presented in the above table on the basis of contractual maturity dates. The weighted average yield for each range of maturities is calculated by dividing the annualised interest income for the year ended 31 December 2013 by the book amount of available-for-sale debt securities at that date. The yields do not include the effect of related derivatives.

 

20 Transfers of financial assets

 

HSBC enters into transactions in the normal course of business by which it transfers financial assets to third parties including structured entities (‘SEs’). Depending on the circumstances, these transfers may either result in these financial assets being derecognised or continuing to be recognised.

 

506


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

   

Full derecognition occurs when HSBC transfers its contractual right to receive cash flows from the financial assets, or retains the right but assumes an obligation to pass on the cash flows from the asset, and transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. The risks include credit, interest rate, foreign currency, prepayment and other price risks.

 

   

Derecognition does not occur when HSBC transfers its contractual right to receive cash flows from the financial assets, or retains the right but assumes an obligation to pass on the cash flows from the asset, but either:

 

  (i) retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the transferred asset; or

 

  (ii) neither retains nor transfers substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership but has retained control of the financial asset. In this situation, the financial assets are recognised on the balance sheet to the extent of HSBC’s continuing involvement.

The majority of transferred financial assets that do not qualify for derecognition are (i) debt securities held by counterparties as collateral under repurchase agreements or (ii) equity securities lent under securities lending agreements. As the substance of these transactions is secured borrowings the asset collateral continues to be recognised in full and the related liability reflecting the Group’s obligation to repurchase the transferred assets for a fixed price at a future date is recognised in deposits from banks or customers as appropriate. As a result of these transactions, the Group is unable to use, sell or pledge the transferred assets for the duration of the transaction. The Group remains exposed to interest rate risk and credit risk on these pledged instruments. The counterparty’s recourse is not limited to the transferred assets.

Other transactions that do not qualify for full derecognition include other sales where the counterparty’s recourse is only to the transferred asset. ‘Other sales (recourse to transferred asset only)’ in the table below includes a Canadian government sponsored securitisation programme, where HSBC Bank Canada assigns ownership and its right to sell or pledge residential mortgages. HSBC Bank Canada remains exposed to credit and interest rate risk on the assigned residential mortgages, which continue to be recorded as loans and advances. Third party funds received by HSBC Bank Canada under the programme are accounted for as secured borrowings and presented as debt securities in issue on the consolidated balance sheet.

In a small number of securitisation transactions, HSBC has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the transferred assets, and has retained control of the transferred assets. Circumstances in which HSBC has continuing involvement in the transferred assets may include retention of servicing rights over the transferred assets, entering into a derivative transaction with the securitisation vehicle or retaining an interest in the securitisation vehicle. Where HSBC has continuing involvement it continues to recognise the transferred assets to the extent of its continuing involvement and recognises an associated liability. The net carrying amount of the transferred assets and associated liabilities reflects the rights and obligations that HSBC has retained.

The following table analyses the carrying amount of financial assets that did not qualify for derecognition and their associated financial liabilities, including those that are recognised to the extent of HSBC’s continuing involvement and the associated liabilities.

Financial assets not qualifying for full derecognition and associated financial liabilities

 

    

Carrying

amount of

assets

before

transfer

    

Carrying

amount of

transferred

assets

    

Carrying

amount of

associated

liabilities

    

Fair

value of

transferred

assets

    

Fair

value of

associated

liabilities

    

Net

position

 
     US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m  

At 31 December 2013

                 

Repurchase agreements

        125,508         126,175            

Securities lending agreements

        9,175         8,884            

Other sales (recourse to transferred asset only)

        6,707         7,019         6,827         6,707         120   

Securitisations recognised to the extent of continuing involvement

     17,427         16         8         16         8         8   

At 31 December 2012

                 

Repurchase agreements

        122,130         121,589            

Securities lending agreements

        5,891         5,820            

Other sales (recourse to transferred asset only)

        9,727         9,733         9,767         9,856         (89

Securitisations recognised to the extent of continuing involvement

     17,427         12         6         12         6         6   

 

507


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Financial assets qualifying for full derecognition and associated financial liabilities by type of continuing involvement

 

     At 31 December          For the year  
     Carrying amount                                   Gain or             Income/  
     of continuing          Fair value of                 loss      Income/      (expenses)  
     involvement in          continuing          Maximum      recognised      (expenses)      recognised  
     the balance sheet          involvement          exposure      at transfer      recognised      cumulat-  
     Assets      Liabilities          Assets      Liabilities          to loss      date      in year      ively  
     US$m      US$m          US$m      US$m          US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m  

Interest in structured entities

                           

2013

     305                   307                   305         10         8         68   

2012

     393                   354                   393         10         8         58   

The assets in the table above represent our continuing involvement in securitisations where HSBC has transferred assets to an unconsolidated SE, but has retained some of the notes issued by the SE. These notes are reported in loans and advances to customers. The maximum exposure to loss is the carrying amount of the notes.

 

21 Interests in associates and joint ventures

 

Associates

At 31 December 2013, the carrying amount of HSBC’s interests in associates was US$16,417m (2012: US$17,523m).

Principal associates of HSBC

 

     At 31 December 2013          At 31 December 2012  
             Carrying
amount
US$m
        

Fair

            value 1
US$m

                 Carrying
amount
US$m
        

Fair

            value 1
US$m

 

Listed

                 

Bank of Communications Co., Limited

     13,412           9,954           11,770           10,633   

Industrial Bank Co., Limited

                         2,851           3,665   

The Saudi British Bank

     2,437           4,693           2,135           3,189   
     15,849           14,647           16,756           17,487   

 

1     Principal associates are listed on recognised stock exchanges. The fair values are based on the quoted market prices of the shares held (Level 1 in the

       fair value hierarchy).

 

        

          

     At 31 December 2013  
    

Country of

incorporation

and principal

place of

business

        

Principal

activity

        

HSBC’s

interest

in equity

capital

        

Issued

equity

capital

 

Bank of Communications Co., Limited

     PRC 1         

 

Banking

services

  

  

       19.03%           RMB74,263m   

The Saudi British Bank

    

 

Saudi

Arabia

  

  

      

 

Banking

services

  

  

       40.00%           SR10,000m   

 

  1   People’s Republic of China.

Details of all HSBC associates and joint ventures, as required under Section 409 of the Companies Act 2006, will be annexed to the next Annual Return of HSBC Holdings filed with the UK Registrar of Companies.

HSBC had US$13,412m (2012: US$11,770m) of interests in associates listed in Hong Kong.

HSBC’s interest in Industrial Bank Co., Limited (‘Industrial Bank’) was equity accounted with effect from May 2004. HSBC’s significant influence was established as a result of representation on Industrial Bank’s Board of Directors. In January 2013, Industrial Bank completed a private placement of additional share capital to a number of third parties which diluted HSBC’s equity holding from 12.8% to 10.9%. As a result of this and other factors, HSBC is no longer in a position to exercise significant influence over Industrial Bank and ceased to account for the interest as an associate from that date, giving rise to a gain of US$1.1bn recognised in other operating income. Thereafter, the holding was recognised as an available-for-sale financial investment.

 

508


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Bank of Communications Co., Limited (‘BoCom’)

HSBC’s investment in BoCom was equity accounted with effect from August 2004. HSBC’s significant influence in BoCom was established as a result of representation on the Board of Directors and, in accordance with the Technical Cooperation and Exchange Programme, HSBC is assisting in the maintenance of financial and operating policies and a number of staff have been seconded to assist in this process.

Impairment testing

As at 31 December 2013, the fair value of HSBC’s investment in BoCom had been below the carrying amount for approximately 20 months, apart from a short period in 2013. As a result, we performed an impairment test on the carrying amount of the investment in BoCom. The test confirmed that there was no impairment as at 31 December 2013.

Basis of recoverable amount

The impairment test was performed by comparing the recoverable amount of BoCom, determined by a value-in-use (‘VIU’) calculation, with its carrying amount. The VIU calculation used discounted cash flow projections based on management’s estimates. Cash flows beyond the short to medium-term were then extrapolated in perpetuity using a long-term growth rate. Management judgement is required in estimating the future cash flows of BoCom. The projected values are particularly sensitive to the following key assumptions.

Key assumptions in VIU calculation

Long-term growth rate: the growth rate is 5% for periods after 2018 and does not exceed forecast GDP growth in China.

Discount rate: the discount rate of 13% is derived from a range of values obtained by applying a Capital Asset Pricing Model (‘CAPM’) calculation for BoCom, using market data. Management supplements this by comparing the rates derived from the CAPM with discount rates available from external sources, and HSBC’s discount rate for evaluating investments in mainland China. The discount rate used is within the range of 10.5% to 15% indicated by the CAPM and external sources.

Loan impairment charge as a percentage of customer advances: the ratio used increases from 0.64% to 1% in the short to medium term. The long-term ratio is assumed to revert to a historical rate of 0.64%. The rates are within the medium-term range forecast of 0.55% and 1.20% used by external analysts.

Management’s judgement in estimating the VIU

In 2013, the impairment testing model for BoCom was changed to reflect the expected regulatory impact on cash flow projections. The changes reduced the projected available cash flows by including a regulatory cap on the loan-to-deposit ratio and by retaining a proportion of cash flows to maintain capital ratio requirements above the expected regulatory minima. If these changes had been made as at 31 December 2012, the VIU would still have been above the carrying amount as at that date.

VIU was US$14bn, or US$0.6bn (‘headroom’) in excess of the carrying amount of the investment in BoCom of US$13.4bn as at 31 December 2013. The carrying amount increased by US$1.6bn during 2013. At the point where the carrying amount exceeds the value in use, the carrying amount would be reduced to equal value in use, with a corresponding reduction in income, unless the market value has increased to a level above the carrying amount.

Sensitivity analyses were performed on each key assumption to ascertain the impact of reasonably possible changes in assumptions. The following changes to the key assumptions used in the VIU calculation would be necessary to reduce headroom to nil:

 

Key assumption    Change to key assumption to reduce headroom to nil

Discount rate

   Increase by 20 basis points

Long-term growth rate

   Decrease by 23 basis points

Loan impairment charge as a percentage of customer advances

   Increase by 0.12% in each of the years from 2013 to 2018 respectively

 

509


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

The following illustrates the impact on VIU of reasonably possible changes to key assumptions:

 

     Favourable change           Current model           Unfavourable change  
     US$bn      US$bn           US$bn           US$bn      US$bn  

Carrying value

                    

Long-term growth rate (basis points)

     +50         +100            5%            -50         -100   

VIU

     15.4         16.9            14.0            12.9         11.8   

Increase/(decrease) in VIU

     1.4         2.9                  (1.1      (2.2

Discount rate (basis points)

     -50         -100            13%            +50         +100   

VIU

     15.6         17.3            14.0            12.7         11.6   

Increase/(decrease) in VIU

     1.6         3.3                  (1.3      (2.4

Loan impairment charge as a percentage of customer advances

     0.64% throughout           

 

 

 

2013 to 2018:

0.64% to 1%

2019 onwards

0.64%

  

  

  

  

        1% from 2014 to 2018   

VIU

     14.8            14.0            13.5    

Increase/(decrease) in VIU

       0.8                  (0.5)   

Selected financial information of BoCom

The statutory accounting reference date of BoCom is 31 December. For the year ended 31 December 2013, HSBC included the associate’s results on the basis of financial statements made up for the 12 months to 30 September 2013, taking into account changes in the subsequent period from 1 October 2013 to 31 December 2013 that would have materially affected the results. BoCom’s results announcements for the nine months ended 30 September formed the bases for the 12 month financial statements which include adjustments made by HSBC when applying equity accounting.

 

    

At
30 September

2013

US$m

        

At
30 September

2012

US$m

 

Selected balance sheet information of BoCom

       

Cash and balances at central banks

     142,209           131,044   

Loans and advances to banks and other financial institutions

     88,049           82,042   

Loans and advances to customers

     516,161           445,958   

Other financial assets

     165,521           138,283   

Other assets

     34,392           25,997   

Total assets

     946,332           823,324   

Deposits by banks and other financial institutions

     170,916           151,147   

Customer accounts

     667,588           579,158   

Other financial liabilities

     20,564           16,177   

Other liabilities

     19,655           18,072   

Total liabilities

     878,723           764,554   

Total equity

     67,609           58,770   

Reconciliation of BoCom’s total shareholders’ equity to the carrying amount in HSBC’s consolidated financial statements as at 31 December 2013

       

HSBC’s share of total shareholders’ equity

     12,810           11,142   

Add: Goodwill

     541           524   

Add: Intangible assets

     61           104   

Carrying amount

     13,412           11,770   
    

For the 12 months ended

30 September 2013

 
    

2013

US$m

        

2012

US$m

 

Selected income statement information of BoCom

       

Net interest income

     20,768           18,404   

Net fee and commission income

     4,010           3,118   

Loan impairment charges

     (2,811        (2,153

Depreciation and amortisation

     (809        (689

Tax expense

     (2,823        (2,618

Profit for the year

     10,099           9,002   

Other comprehensive income

     (375        250   

Total comprehensive income

     9,724           9,264   

Dividends received from BoCom

     549           188   

 

510


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Summarised aggregate financial information in respect of all associates excluding BoCom

 

     2013
          US$m
     2012  
          US$m  
 

Carrying amount

     3,005         5,753     

HSBC’s share of:

     

– total assets

     21,007         80,659     

– total liabilities

     18,056         74,960     

– revenues

     927         9,825     

– profit or loss from continuing operations

     408         1,851     

– other comprehensive income

     9         243     

– total comprehensive income

     417         2,094     

Joint ventures

At 31 December 2013, the carrying amount of HSBC’s interests in joint ventures was US$223m (2012: US$311m).

Principal joint ventures of HSBC

 

     2013  
    

Country of

incorporation

and principal

place of

business

    

Principal

activity

    

HSBC’s

interest

in equity

capital

    

Issued

equity

         capital

 

HSBC Saudi Arabia Limited

    

 

Saudi

Arabia

 

  

    

 

Investment

banking

  

  

     49.00%         SR500m   

 

Vaultex UK Limited

     England        

 

Cash

management

  

  

     50.00%         £10m   

Summarised aggregate financial information in respect of all joint ventures

 

     2013
          US$m
         2012
          US$m
 

Carrying amount

     223           311   
HSBC’s share of:        

– total assets

     734           2,166   

– total liabilities

     526           1,885   

– revenues

     251           347   

– profit or loss from continuing operation

     39           36   

– other comprehensive income

               3   

– total comprehensive income

     39           39   

Associates and joint ventures

For the year ended 31 December 2013, HSBC’s share of associates and joint ventures’ tax on profit was US$556m (2012: US$959m), which is included within ‘Share of profit in associates and joint ventures’ in the income statement.

Movements in interests in associates and joint ventures

 

     2013
           US$m
         2012
          US$m
 

At 1 January

     17,834           20,399   

Additions

     26           1,804   

Disposals

     (3,148        (7,580

Share of results

     2,325           3,557   

Dividends

     (694        (489

Exchange differences

     396           60   

Share of other comprehensive income/(expense) of associates and joint ventures

     (35        311   

Other movements

     (64        (228

At 31 December

     16,640           17,834   

 

511


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Goodwill included in carrying amount of associates and joint ventures

 

     2013
        US$m
         2012
         US$m
 

Gross amount

       

At 1 January

     670           1,551   

Disposals

     (75        (874

Exchange differences

     13           3   

Other changes

               (10

At 31 December 1

     608           670   

 

  1   Includes the carrying amount of goodwill arising from joint ventures of US$15m (2012: US$30m).

 

22 Goodwill and intangible assets

 

 

     At 31 December  
    

2013

         US$m

         2012
          US$m
 
       

Goodwill

     21,179           21,390   

Present value of in-force long-term insurance business (‘PVIF’)

     5,335           4,847   

Other intangible assets

     3,404           3,616   
     29,918           29,853   

Goodwill

Reconciliation of goodwill

 

     Europe          Hong
Kong
        

Rest of

Asia-

Pacific

         MENA          North
America
         Latin
America
         Total  
           US$m                US$m                US$m                US$m                US$m                US$m                US$m  

Gross amount

                                

At 1 January 2013

     14,660           114           1,020           60           8,339           3,646           27,839   

Disposals

                                                       (1        (1

Exchange differences

     596           6           (135        (5        (2        (132        328   

Reclassified to held for sale 1

     (611                                                (272        (883

Reinstated from held for sale

     332                                                             332   

Other

                         11                     (476                  (465

At 31 December 2013

     14,977           120           896           55           7,861           3,241           27,150   

Accumulated impairment losses

                                

At 1 January 2013

                                             (6,449                  (6,449

Exchange differences

                                             2                     2   

Other

                                             476                     476   

At 31 December 2013

                                             (5,971                  (5,971

Net carrying amount at 31 December 2013

     14,977           120           896           55           1,890           3,241           21,179   

Gross amount

                                

At 1 January 2012

     14,433           124           1,063           63           8,747           3,765           28,195   

Disposals

     (2        (4        (5                            (21        (32

Exchange differences

     229           (6        (38        (3                  23           205   

Reclassified to held for sale

                                             (408        (121        (529

At 31 December 2012

     14,660           114           1,020           60           8,339           3,646           27,839   

Accumulated impairment losses

                                

At 1 January 2012

                                             (6,857                  (6,857

Reclassified to held for sale

                                             408                     408   

At 31 December 2012

                                             (6,449                  (6,449

Net carrying amount at 31 December 2012

     14,660           114           1,020           60           1,890           3,646           21,390   

 

  1   During the year, goodwill in Europe amounting to US$611m was reclassified to assets held for sale following the decision to sell the private banking operations of HSBC Private Bank Holdings (Suisse) SA. On transfer to held for sale, a write down of the disposal group by US$279m was recorded and allocated to goodwill. Following the later decision to retain the private banking operations in Monaco, the reclassification of the private banking operations in Monaco out of held for sale resulted in the reinstatement of the remaining goodwill.

 

512


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Impairment testing

Timing of impairment testing

HSBC’s impairment test in respect of goodwill allocated to each cash-generating unit (‘CGU’) is performed as at 1 July each year. In line with the accounting policy described in Note 2(p), goodwill is also retested for impairment whenever there is an indication that it may be impaired. For the purpose of impairment testing, the Group’s CGUs are based on geographical regions subdivided by global businesses. The CGUs represent the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. For the Global Private Banking – Europe CGU, reduced forecast cash flows in management’s latest approved plan was an indicator of goodwill impairment leading to a retest at 31 December 2013. For other CGUs there was no indication of impairment in the period to 31 December 2013 and therefore goodwill has not been retested since 1 July 2013.

Basis of the recoverable amount – value in use or fair value less costs to sell

The recoverable amount of all CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated was equal to its value in use (‘VIU’) at each respective testing date for 2012 and 2013.

For each significant CGU, the VIU is calculated by discounting management’s cash flow projections for the CGU. The discount rate used is based on the cost of capital HSBC allocates to investments in the countries within which the CGU operates. The long-term growth rate is used to extrapolate the cash flows in perpetuity because of the long-term perspective within the Group of the business units making up the CGUs. For the goodwill impairment test conducted at 1 July 2013, management’s cash flow projections until the end of 2017 were used. For the retest of goodwill impairment for the Global Private Banking – Europe CGU at 31 December 2013, management’s cash flow projections until the end of 2018 were used.

Key assumptions in VIU calculation and management’s approach to determining the values assigned to each key assumption

 

    

Goodwill at

1 July

2013

         Discount
rate
    

Nominal

growth rate

beyond initial
cash flow

projections

 
     US$m          %      %  

2013

          

Cash-generating unit

          

Retail Banking and Wealth Management – Europe

     4,135           8.0         3.9   

Commercial Banking – Europe

     3,062           10.0         3.8   

Global Private Banking – Europe

     3,607           7.3         3.0   

Global Banking and Markets – Europe

     3,101           9.9         3.7   

Retail Banking and Wealth Management – Latin America

     1,812           11.2         8.6   
     15,717           
          

2012

          

Cash-generating unit

          

Retail Banking and Wealth Management – Europe

     4,054           10.0         3.9   

Commercial Banking – Europe

     2,968           10.2         3.7   

Global Private Banking – Europe

     4,139           9.1         3.2   

Global Banking and Markets – Europe

     3,016           10.2         3.5   

Retail Banking and Wealth Management – Latin America

     1,994           15.3         8.7   
     16,171           

At 1 July 2013, aggregate goodwill of US$4,550m (1 July 2012: US$4,741m) had been allocated to CGUs that were not considered individually significant. The Group CGUs do not carry on their balance sheets any significant intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, other than goodwill.

Nominal long-term growth rate : this growth rate reflects GDP and inflation for the countries within which the CGU operates. The rates are based on IMF forecast growth rates as these rates are regarded as the most relevant estimate of likely future trends. The rates used for 2013 and 2012 do not exceed the long-term growth rate for the countries within which the CGU operates.

 

513


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Discount rate : the discount rate used to discount the cash flows is based on the cost of capital assigned to each CGU, which is derived using a CAPM. The CAPM depends on inputs reflecting a number of financial and economic variables including the risk-free rate and a premium to reflect the inherent risk of the business being evaluated. These variables are based on the market’s assessment of the economic variables and management’s judgement. In addition, for the purposes of testing goodwill for impairment, management supplements this process by comparing the discount rates derived using the internally generated CAPM with cost of capital rates produced by external sources. HSBC uses externally-sourced cost of capital rates where, in management’s judgement, those rates reflect more accurately the current market and economic conditions. For 2013 and 2012, internal costs of capital rates were consistent with externally-sourced rates.

Management’s judgement in estimating the cash flows of a CGU : the cash flow projections for each CGU are based on plans approved by the Group Management Board. The key assumptions in addition to the discount rate and nominal long-term growth rate for each significant CGU are discussed below.

Global Private Banking – Europe: the cash flow forecast for GBP – Europe primarily reflects the repositioning of the business that is underway to concentrate on clients aligned with the Group’s priorities. Revenues in GPB – Europe are predominately generated through HSBC’s client relationships and the key assumption in the cash flow forecast is the level of assets under management and profitability therein following the strategic repositioning. The cash flow forecast includes increased profitability in GPB – Europe which is dependent on management achieving the planned strategic repositioning.

At 1 July 2013, GPB – Europe had an excess of recoverable amount over carrying amount (‘headroom’) of US$4.5bn. At 31 December 2013, headroom was US$0.4bn based on goodwill at that point of US$4.1bn. The change in goodwill carrying value between 1 July 2013 and 31 December 2013 arises from the partial reinstatement of goodwill classified as held for sale at 1 July 2013 as well as retranslating goodwill into the presentation currency of the group. For the test of goodwill impairment at 31 December 2013 for GPB – Europe, in addition to updated cash flow forecasts the nominal long-term growth rate was updated to 3.3% and the discount rate updated to 7.6%.

The following changes to the key assumptions used in the value in use calculation would be necessary in order to reduce headroom to nil:

 

Key assumption    Change to key assumption to reduce headroom to nil

 

  

Discount rate

   Increase by 23 basis points

 

  

Nominal growth rate beyond initial cash flow projection

   Decrease by 27 basis points

 

  

Cash flow projection over the forecast period

   Decrease by 5.2%

Retail Banking and Wealth Management – Europe and Commercial Banking – Europe: the assumptions included in the cash flow projections for RBWM – Europe and CMB – Europe reflect the economic environment and financial outlook of the European countries within these two CGUs. Key assumptions include the level of interest rates, nominal GDP growth, competitors’ positions within the market and the level and change in unemployment rates. While current economic conditions in Europe continue to be challenging, management’s cash flow projections are based primarily on these prevailing conditions. Risks include slower than expected growth and an uncertain regulatory environment. RBWM – Europe specifically, is sensitive to further customer remediation and regulatory actions. Based on the conditions at the balance sheet date, management determined that a reasonably possible change in any of the key assumptions described above would not cause an impairment to be recognised in respect of RBWM – Europe or CMB – Europe.

Global Banking and Markets – Europe: the key assumption included in the cash flow projection for GB&M – Europe is that European markets will continue to recover during 2014. Accordingly, recovery in European revenues is assumed to continue over the projection period to 2017. Interest rate fluctuations would put further pressure on European markets revenue recovery. Our ability to achieve the forecast cash flows for GB&M – Europe could be adversely impacted by regulatory change during the forecast period including but not limited to the extent that the recommendations set out in the Final Report by the Independent Commission on Banking are implemented. Based on the conditions at the balance sheet date, management determined that a reasonably possible change in any of the key assumptions described above would not cause an impairment to be recognised in respect of GB&M Europe.

Retail Banking and Wealth Management – Latin America: the assumptions included in the cash flow projections for RBWM – Latin America reflect the economic environment and financial outlook of the countries within this

 

514


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

CGU, with Brazil and Mexico being the two largest. Key assumptions include growth in lending and deposit volumes and the credit quality of the loan portfolios. Mexico in particular is sensitive to economic conditions in the US which could constrain demand. Potential challenges include unfavourable economic conditions restricting client demand and competitor pricing constraining margins. Based on the conditions at the balance sheet date, management determined that a reasonably possible change in any of the key assumptions described above would not cause an impairment to be recognised in respect of RBWM – Latin America.

Present value of in-force long-term insurance business (‘PVIF’)

Our life insurance business is accounted for using the embedded value approach which, inter alia, provides a risk and valuation framework. The PVIF asset at 31 December 2013 was US$5.3bn (2012: US$4.8bn), representing the present value of the equity holders’ interest in the issuing insurance companies’ profits expected to emerge from long-term insurance business and the long-term investment contracts with DPF in force at the balance sheet date.

Movements in PVIF

  (Audited)

 

     2013          2012  
     PVIF
        US$m
         PVIF
        US$m
 

At 1 January

     4,847           4,092   
       

Value of new business written during the year 1

     924           1,027   

Movements arising from in-force business:

           

– expected return

     (505        (420

– experience variances 2

     (20        12   

– changes in operating assumptions

     186           (3

Investment return variances

     42           (18

Changes in investment assumptions

     (120        78   

Other adjustments 3

     18           61   

Change in PVIF of long-term insurance business

     525           737   

Exchange differences and other

     (37        18   

At 31 December

     5,335           4,847   

 

  1   Value of net new business during the year is the present value of the projected stream of profits from the business.
  2   Experience variances include the effect of the difference between demographic, expense and persistency assumptions used in the previous PVIF calculation and actual experience observed during the year to the extent this affects profits on future business.
  3   Other adjustments for 2012 included a one-off gain of US$119m for a PVIF asset recognised on linked insurance business in Brazil.

In the PVIF calculation, expected cash flows are projected after adjusting for a variety of assumptions made by each insurance operation to reflect local market conditions and management’s judgement of future trends, and after applying risk margins to reflect any uncertainty in the underlying assumptions. The main assumptions relate to economic and non-economic assumptions and policyholder behaviour. Variations in actual experience and changes to assumptions can contribute to volatility in the results of the insurance business.

The key drivers of the movement in the value of the PVIF asset are the expected cash flows from:

 

   

new business adjusted for anticipated maturities and assumptions relating to policyholder behaviour (‘Value of new business written during the year’);

 

   

unwind of the discount rate less the reversal of expected cash flows for the period (‘Expected return’);

 

   

changes in non-economic operating assumptions such as mortality or lapse rates (‘Change in operating assumptions’);

 

   

the effects of changes in projected future cash flows associated with operating assumption experience variances compared with those assumed at the start of the period (‘Experience variances’);

 

   

changes related to future investment returns (‘Changes in investment assumptions’); and

 

   

the effect of actual investment experience on existing assets compared with the assumptions at the start of the period (‘Investment return variances’).

 

515


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

The valuation of the PVIF asset includes explicit risk margins for non-economic risks in the projection assumptions and explicit allowances for financial options and guarantees using stochastic methods. Risk discount rates are set on an active basis with reference to market risk-free yields.

Key assumptions used in the computation of PVIF for main life insurance operations

Economic assumptions are set in each country in a way that is consistent with observable market values where deep and liquid markets exist. When economic assumptions are set for a term that is beyond the observable range or the observable values are not appropriate with regard to the nature and term of liabilities, we use relevant historical data and research analyses performed by the Group’s Economic Research team and internationally reputable consultants in deriving the assumptions.

 

       2013            2012  
       UK       

Hong

Kong

       France            UK       

Hong

Kong

       France  
       %        %        %            %        %        %  

Risk free rate

       2.45           2.31           2.38             1.53           0.60           2.12   

Risk discount rate

       2.95           7.41           4.69             2.03           7.46           4.05   

Expense inflation

       3.39           3.00           2.00             2.84           3.00           2.00   

Sensitivity to changes in economic assumptions

The Group sets the risk discount rate applied to the PVIF calculation by starting from an observed risk-free rate curve and adding explicit allowances for risks not reflected in the best estimate cash flow modelling. Where shareholders provide guarantees and options to policyholders the cost of these options and guarantees is an explicit reduction to PVIF, unless it is already allowed for as an explicit addition to the technical provisions required by regulators. See page 254 for further details of these guarantees.

The following table shows the effect on the PVIF of reasonably possible changes in the main economic assumption, risk-free rates, across all insurance manufacturing subsidiaries. Due to certain characteristics of the contracts, the relationships are non-linear and the results of the sensitivity testing should not be extrapolated to higher levels of stress. The sensitivities shown are before actions that could be taken by management to mitigate effects and before resultant changes in policyholder behaviour.

 

     2013
        US$m
    2012
        US$m
 

Effect on PVIF at 31 December of:

    

+ 100 basis point shift in risk-free rate

     184        137   

– 100 basis point shift in risk-free rate

     (289     (191

Sensitivity to changes in non-economic assumptions

Policyholder liabilities and PVIF for life manufacturers are determined by reference to non-economic assumptions including mortality and/or morbidity, lapse rates and expense rates. The table below shows the sensitivity of PVIF to reasonably possible changes in these non-economic assumptions at that date across all our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries.

 

     2013
        US$m
    2012
        US$m
 

Effect on PVIF at 31 December of:

    

10% increase in mortality and/or morbidity rates

     (84     (115

10% decrease in mortality and/or morbidity rates

     84        111   

10% increase in lapse rates

     (154     (156

10% decrease in lapse rates

     173        178   

10% increase in expense rates

     (109     (114

10% decrease in expense rates

     110        114   

 

516


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Other intangible assets

Movement of intangible assets excluding goodwill and the PVIF

 

    

Internally

generated

software

         Other          Total  
                 US$m                    US$m                    US$m  

Cost

            

At 1 January 2013

     5,703           3,345           9,048   

Additions

     731           142           873   

Disposals

     (117        (196        (313

Amount written off

     (57        (47        (104

Other changes

     (261        (269        (530

At 31 December 2013

     5,999           2,975           8,974   

Accumulated amortisation

            

At 1 January 2013

     (3,469        (1,963        (5,432

Charge for the year 1

     (675        (179        (854

Impairment

     (39        (4        (43

Disposals

     111           167           278   

Amount written off

     57           47           104   

Other changes

     206           171           377   

At 31 December 2013

     (3,809        (1,761        (5,570

Net carrying amount at 31 December 2013

     2,190           1,214           3,404   

Cost

            

At 1 January 2012

     5,598           3,315           8,913   

Additions

     765           277           1,042   

Disposals

     (32        (189        (221

Amount written off

     (680        (60        (740

Other changes

     52           2           54   

At 31 December 2012

     5,703           3,345           9,048   

Accumulated amortisation

            

At 1 January 2012

     (3,437        (1,872        (5,309

Charge for the year 1

     (645        (334        (979

Impairment

     (63        (5        (68

Disposals

     28           183           211   

Amount written off

     680           60           740   

Other changes

     (32        5           (27

At 31 December 2012

     (3,469        (1,963        (5,432

Net carrying amount at 31 December 2012

     2,234           1,382           3,616   

 

  1   The amortisation charge for the year is recognised within the income statement under ‘Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets’, with the exception of the amortisation of mortgage servicing rights which is recognised in ‘Net fee income’. The revaluation net of amortisation charge for mortgage servicing rights was a credit of US$34m in 2013 (2012: amortisation charge of US$78m).

 

517


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

23 Property, plant and equipment

 

 

    

Freehold and
leasehold land

and buildings

        

Equipment,

fixtures

    and fittings

         Total  
     US$m          US$m                    US$m  

Cost or fair value

            

At 1 January 2013

     9,427           11,771           21,198   

Additions at cost

     1,022           958           1,980   

Fair value adjustments

     149                     149   

Disposals

     (329        (666        (995

Other changes

     (230        (175        (405

At 31 December 2013

     10,039           11,888           21,927   

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

            

At 1 January 2013

     (2,379        (8,231        (10,610

Depreciation and impairment

     (339        (1,025        (1,364

Disposals

     174           554           728   

Other changes

     111           55           166   

At 31 December 2013

     (2,433        (8,647        (11,080

Net carrying amount at 31 December 2013

     7,606           3,241           10,847   

Cost or fair value

            

At 1 January 2012

     9,209           11,650           20,859   

Additions at cost

     433           1,066           1,499   

Fair value adjustments

     72                     72   

Disposals

     (209        (929        (1138

Other changes

     (78        (16        (94

At 31 December 2012

     9,427           11,771           21,198   

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

            

At 1 January 2012

     (2,057        (7,937        (9,994

Depreciation and impairment

     (354        (1,130        (1,484

Disposals

     97           857           954   

Other changes

     (65        (21        (86

At 31 December 2012

     (2,379        (8,231        (10,610

Net carrying amount at 31 December 2012

     7,048           3,540           10,588   

Investment properties

Freehold and leasehold land and buildings include US$1,945m of investment properties at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: US$1,334m). Investment properties are valued on a market value basis as at 31 December each year by independent professional valuers who have recent experience in the location and type of properties. Investment properties in Hong Kong, the Macau Special Administrative Region and mainland China, which represent more than 75% by value of HSBC’s investment properties subject to revaluation, were valued by DTZ Debenham Tie Leung Limited whose valuers are members of the Hong Kong Institute of Surveyors. Properties in other countries, which represent 25% by value of HSBC’s investment properties, were valued by different independent professionally qualified valuers.

At 31 December 2013, the classification of land and buildings in Hong Kong in accordance with Hong Kong Companies Ordinance requirements was long leasehold US$1,309m (2012: US$1,319m), medium leasehold US$2,472m (2012: US$1,600m) and short leasehold US$2m (2012: US$3m).

 

518


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

24 Investments in subsidiaries

 

Principal subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings

 

     At 31 December 2013
    

Country of

incorporation

or registration

    

HSBC’s

interest
in

equity
capital

%

    

Issued

equity

capital

    

Share  

class  

Europe

           

HSBC Asset Finance (UK) Limited

     England         100         £265m       Ordinary £1  

HSBC Bank A.S.

     Turkey         100         TRL652m      

A–Common TRL1  

B–Common TRL1  

HSBC Bank plc

     England         100         £797m      

Ordinary £1  

Preferred Ordinary £1  

Series 2 Third Dollar   Preference US$0.01  

Third Dollar   Preference US$0.01  

HSBC France

     France         99.99         €337m       Shares €5.00  

HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA

     Switzerland         100         CHF1,363m       Ordinary CHF1,000  

HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG

     Germany         80.62         €75.4m       Shares of no par value  

Hong Kong

           

Hang Seng Bank Limited 1

     Hong Kong         62.14         HK$9,559m       Ordinary HK$5.00  

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

     Hong Kong         100         HK$85,319m      

Ordinary HK$2.50  

CIP 2 US$1.00  

CRP 3 US$1.00  

NIP 4 US$1.00  

HSBC Life (International) Limited

     Bermuda         100         HK$4,178m       Ordinary HK$1.00  

Rest of Asia-Pacific

           

HSBC Bank Australia Limited

     Australia         100         A$811m       Ordinary no par value  

HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited

     PRC 5        100         RMB15,400m       Ordinary CNY1.00  

HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad

     Malaysia         100         RM115m       Ordinary RM0.50  

HSBC Bank (Vietnam) Limited

     Vietnam         100         VND3,000,000m       Ordinary VND1.00  

HSBC Bank (Taiwan) Limited

     Taiwan         100         TWD30,000m       Ordinary TWD10.00  

Middle East and North Africa

           

HSBC Bank Middle East Limited

     Jersey         100         US$931m      

Ordinary US$1.00  

CRP 3 US$1.00  

HSBC Bank Egypt S.A.E.

     Egypt         94.54         EGP2,796m       Ordinary EGP84.00  

North America

           

HSBC Bank Canada

     Canada         100         C$1,225m       Common NPV 6

HSBC Bank USA, N.A.

     US         100         US$2m       Common US$100  

HSBC Finance Corporation

     US         100         7      Common US$0.01  

HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.

     US         100         7      Common US$0.05  

Latin America

           

HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.

     Argentina         99.99         ARS1,244m      

Ordinary–A ARS1.00  

Ordinary–B ARS1.00  

HSBC Bank Brasil S.A. – Banco Múltiplo

     Brazil         100         BRL6,402m       Shares of no par value  

HSBC Mexico, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero HSBC

     Mexico         99.99         MXN5,681m       Ordinary MXN2.00  

 

1     Listed in Hong Kong.

 

      5     People’s Republic of China.

2     Cumulative Irredeemable Preference shares.

 

      6     Preference shares of nil par value.

3     Cumulative Redeemable Preference shares.

 

      7     Issued equity capital is less than US$1m.

4     Non-cumulative Irredeemable Preference shares.

 

Details of the debt, subordinated debt and preference shares issued by the principal subsidiaries to parties external to the Group are included in the Notes 28 ‘Debt securities in issue’, 32 ‘Subordinated liabilities’ and 37 ‘Non-controlling interests’, respectively.

All the above subsidiaries are included in the HSBC consolidated financial statements.

Details of all HSBC subsidiaries, as required under Section 409 of the Companies Act 2006, will be annexed to the next Annual Return of HSBC Holdings filed with the UK Registrar of Companies.

The principal countries of operation are the same as the countries of incorporation except for HSBC Bank Middle East Limited, which operates mainly in the Middle East and North Africa, and HSBC Life (International) Limited, which operates mainly in Hong Kong.

HSBC is structured as a network of regional banks and locally incorporated regulated banking entities. Each bank is separately capitalised in accordance with applicable prudential requirements and maintains a capital buffer consistent

 

519


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

with the Group’s risk appetite for the relevant country or region. Within the legal entity structure, HSBC Holdings is the primary provider of equity capital to its subsidiaries and non-equity capital where necessary. These investments are substantially funded by HSBC Holdings’ own capital issuance and profit retention. During 2013 and 2012, none of the Group’s subsidiaries experienced significant restrictions on paying dividends or repaying loans and advances. The ability of subsidiaries to pay dividends or advance monies to HSBC Holdings depends on, among other things, their respective local regulatory capital and banking requirements, statutory reserves, and financial and operating performance.

The amount of guarantees by HSBC Holdings in favour of other HSBC Group entities is set out in Note 40.

Structured entities consolidated by HSBC where HSBC owns less than 50% of the voting rights

 

    Carrying value of total
        consolidated  assets        
  Nature of SPE
   

2013  

      US$bn  

 

2012  

US$bn  

   

Solitaire Funding Ltd

  10.2     11.3     Securities investment conduit

Mazarin Funding Limited

  7.4     8.0     Securities investment conduit

Barion Funding Limited

  3.8     3.9     Securities investment conduit

Malachite Funding Limited

  3.0     3.4     Securities investment conduit

HSBC Home Equity Loan Corporation I

  2.1     2.0     Securitisation

HSBC Home Equity Loan Corporation II

  1.6     2.2     Securitisation

Regency Assets Limited

  13.5     10.1     Conduit

Bryant Park Funding LLC

  0.4     0.9     Conduit

In addition to the above, HSBC consolidates a number of individually insignificant structured entities with total assets of US$26.1bn (2012: US$21.2bn). For further details, see Note 42.

In each of the above cases, HSBC controls and consolidates an entity when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity.

Disposals

On 19 February 2013, we announced an agreement to sell HSBC Bank (Panama) S.A., resulting in the classification of the associated assets and liabilities as a disposal group held for sale. On 25 October 2013, we completed the disposal for total cash consideration of US$2.2bn, realising a gain on disposal of US$1.1bn within ‘Other income’.

Subsidiaries with significant non-controlling interests

 

     2013      2012  

Hang Seng Bank Limited

     

Proportion of ownership interests and voting rights held by non-controlling interests

     37.86%         37.86%   

Place of business

     Hong Kong             Hong Kong   
     US$m      US$m  

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

     1,332         1,009   

Accumulated non-controlling interests of the subsidiary

     4,591         3,894   

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

     495         485   

Summarised financial information:

     

– total assets

     145,380         137,024   

– total liabilities

     133,253         126,738   

– net operating income before loan impairment

     4,876         3,296   

– profit for the year

     3,517         2,664   

– total comprehensive income for the year

     3,145         2,831   

 

520


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

25 Assets held for sale and other assets

 

Assets held for sale

 

     2013
        US$m
         2012
        US$m
 

Disposal groups

     2,912           5,797   

Non-current assets held for sale:

     1,138           13,472   

– property, plant and equipment

     459           500   

– investment in Ping An

               8,168   

– loans and advances to customers

     101           3,893   

– other

     578           911   
    

 

  
                     
     4,050           19,269   

Disposal groups

At 31 December 2013, the following businesses represented the majority of disposal groups held for sale:

 

   

Latin American businesses, including banking operations in Uruguay and Colombia. These operations had total assets held for sale of $2.0bn and total liabilities held for sale of $1.8bn.

 

   

Banking operations in Jordan, with total assets held for sale of $0.9bn and total liabilities held for sale of $1.0bn.

The following businesses that were held for sale at 31 December 2012 were sold in 2013, with losses recognised in other operating income:

 

   

The sale of the US life insurance business was completed on 29 March 2013 with a loss on disposal of US$99m.

 

   

The sale of the Latin America operations in Peru was completed on 4 October 2013, resulting in a cumulative loss until the point of disposal of US$18m.

 

   

The sale of the Latin America operations in Paraguay was completed on 29 November 2013, resulting in a cumulative loss until the point of disposal of US$21m.

The following businesses were held for sale wholly within the year ended 31 December 2013:

 

   

In the first quarter of 2013, we announced the disposal of HSBC Bank (Panama) S.A. at which point it was classified as held for sale. The sale was completed on 25 October 2013. Further details are provided in Note 24.

 

   

In the first quarter of 2013, the private banking operations of HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) S.A. in Monaco were classified as held for sale. At this time, a loss on reclassification to held for sale of US$279m was recognised in the income statement following a write down in the value of goodwill allocated to the operation. On 11 July 2013, we announced that following a strategic review we had decided to retain this business. As a result of this decision all assets and liabilities of the business were reclassified to the relevant balance sheet categories. The loss on reclassification to held for sale was not reversed and remains a permanent reduction in the value of goodwill allocated to this operation.

Investment in Ping An

On 5 December 2012, we entered into an agreement to dispose of our entire shareholding in Ping An for US$9.4bn. The disposal was carried out in two tranches and the selling price for both tranches was fixed. The first tranche of shares was disposed of on 7 December 2012 at which point we recognised a gain on disposal of US$3.0bn. Following the first tranche of the disposal, our remaining shareholding was recognised as an available-for-sale investment. At 31 December 2012, the fair value of our remaining shareholding in Ping An, US$8.2bn, was included within assets held for sale above, with US$737m accumulated unrealised gains recorded in ‘Other comprehensive income’.

The fixing of the sale price gave rise to a contingent forward sale contract, the fair value of which at 31 December 2012 was based on the difference between the agreed sale price and the market price for the shares, adjusted for an assessment of the probability of the transaction being completed. The adverse fair value of this contract was US$553m at 31 December 2012, recorded in ‘Net trading income’.

On 6 February 2013, we completed the disposal of our remaining investment in Ping An realising a gain on derecognition of US$1,235m recorded in ‘Gains less losses from financial investments’. This was partly offset by an adverse fair value movement of US$682m on the contingent forward sale contract in the period to the point of

 

521


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

delivery of the remaining shares recorded in ‘Net trading income’, resulting in a net income statement gain before tax of US$553m.

Property, plant and equipment

The property, plant and equipment classified as held for sale is the result of repossessing property that had been pledged as collateral by customers. Substantially all of these assets are disposed of within 12 months of acquisition. The majority arose within the North America operating segment.

Loans and advances to customers

We completed the sale of the CML non-real estate personal loan portfolio with loan balances of US$3.4bn on 1 April 2013 and recognised a loss on sale of US$271m. We completed the sales of several tranches of real estate secured accounts with loan balances of US$5.7bn during 2013 and recognised a total loss on sale of US$153m in other operating income.

Other assets

 

     At 31 December  
    

2013

        US$m

        

2012

        US$m

 

Bullion

     22,929           26,508   

Reinsurers’ share of liabilities under insurance contracts (Note 30)

     1,408           1,407   

Endorsements and acceptances

     11,624           12,032   

Retirement benefit assets

     2,140           2,846   

Other accounts

     12,838           11,923   
     50,939           54,716   

 

26 Trading liabilities

 

 

     At 31 December  
    

2013

        US$m

        

2012

        US$m

 

Deposits by banks

     43,130           61,686   

Customer accounts

     57,688           150,705   

Other debt securities in issue (Note 28)

     32,155           31,198   

Other liabilities – net short positions in securities

     74,052           60,974   
     207,025           304,563   

At 31 December 2013, the cumulative amount of change in fair value attributable to changes in HSBC’s credit risk was a loss of US$95m (2012: loss of US$29m).

Deposits by banks held for trading

 

     2013
        US$m
         2012
        US$m
 

Repos 1

     7,810           26,740   

Settlement accounts

     7,764           7,647   

Stock lending

     8,409           4,523   

Other

     19,147           22,776   
     43,130           61,686   

 

522


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Customer accounts held for trading

 

     2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
 

Repos 1

     9,611            103,483   

Settlement accounts

     9,664            9,461   

Stock lending

     3,809            2,295   

Other

     34,604            35,466   
           57,688                  150,705   

 

  1   In 2013, GB&M changed the way it manages repo and reverse repo activities in the Credit and Rates businesses as set out on page 220 of the Liquidity and funding section. This led to a reduction in the amount of repos classified as trading liabilities.

 

27 Financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

HSBC

 

     At 31 December      
    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

Deposits by banks and customer accounts

     315            496   

Liabilities to customers under investment contracts

     13,491            12,456   

Debt securities in issue (Note 28)

     53,363            53,209   

Subordinated liabilities (Note 32)

     18,230            16,863   

Preferred securities (Note 32)

     3,685            4,696   
           89,084                  87,720   

The carrying amount at 31 December 2013 of financial liabilities designated at fair value was US$4,375m more than the contractual amount at maturity (2012: US$7,032m more). The cumulative amount of the change in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk was a loss of US$1,334m (2012: loss of US$88m).

HSBC Holdings

 

     At 31 December      
     2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
 

Debt securities in issue (Note 28):

        

– owed to third parties

     8,106            8,577   
Subordinated liabilities (Note 32):         

– owed to third parties

     9,760            10,358   

– owed to HSBC undertakings

     3,161            4,260   
           21,027                  23,195   

The carrying amount at 31 December 2013 of financial liabilities designated at fair value was US$2,309m more than the contractual amount at maturity (2012: US$3,199m more). The cumulative amount of the change in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk was a loss of US$859m (2012: loss of US$164m).

 

28 Debt securities in issue

 

 

     At 31 December      
     2013
US$m
         2012
US$m
 

Bonds and medium-term notes

     146,116           155,661   

Other debt securities in issue

     43,482           48,207   
     189,598           203,868   

Of which debt securities in issue reported as:

       

– trading liabilities (Note 26)

     (32,155        (31,198

– financial liabilities designated at fair value (Note 27)

     (53,363        (53,209
        104,080              119,461   

The following table analyses the carrying amount of bonds and medium-term notes in issue at 31 December with original maturities greater than one year:

 

523


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Bonds and medium-term notes

HSBC

 

     At 31 December      
    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

Fixed rate

        

Secured financing:

        

0.01% to 3.99%: until 2056

     10,712            7,514   

4.00% to 4.99%: until 2013

                231   

5.00% to 5.99%: until 2019

     90            189   

8.00% to 9.99%: until 2028

                252   

Other fixed rate senior debt:

        

0.01% to 3.99%: until 2078

     48,219            48,620   

4.00% to 4.99%: until 2046

     16,862            18,722   

5.00% to 5.99%: until 2041

     11,097            14,766   

6.00% to 6.99%: until 2046

     4,775            5,207   

7.00% to 7.99%: until 2026

     470            713   

8.00% to 9.99%: until 2036

     153            199   

10.00% or higher: until 2028

     35            108   
     92,413            96,521   

Variable interest rate

        

Secured financings – 0.01% to 13.99%: until 2068

     5,416            7,897   

FHLB advances – 0.01% to 0.99%: until 2036

     1,000            1,000   
Other variable interest rate senior debt – 0.01% to 12.99%: until 2057      39,281            43,104   
     45,697            52,001   

Structured notes

        

Interest rate, equity, equity index or credit-linked

     8,006            7,139   
         146,116                155,661   

HSBC Holdings

 

     At 31 December      
     2013
US$m
         2012
US$m
 

Debt securities

     10,897           11,268   

Of which debt securities in issue reported as:

       

– financial liabilities designated at fair value (Note 27)

     (8,106        (8,577
     2,791           2,691   

Fixed rate senior debt, unsecured

       

3.00% to 3.99%: until 2016

     1,283           1,258   

4.00% to 4.99%: until 2022

     4,797           4,945   

5.00% to 5.99%: until 2021

     2,817           2,990   

6.00% to 6.99%: until 2042

     2,000           2,075   
           10,897                 11,268   

 

29 Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale and other liabilities

 

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

 

     HSBC  
     2013
US$m
          2012
US$m
 

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale 1

             2,804                    5,018   

 

  1   Further details in respect of liabilities of disposal groups held for sale is provided on page 521.

 

524


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Other liabilities

 

     HSBC          HSBC Holdings  
     2013
US$m
         2012
US$m
         2013
US$m
         2012
US$m
 

Amounts due to investors in funds consolidated by HSBC

     1,008           564                       

Obligations under finance leases (Note 41)

     252           304                       

Endorsements and acceptances

     11,614           12,031                       

Other liabilities

     17,547           20,963           61           30   
         30,421               33,862                     61                     30   

 

30 Liabilities under insurance contracts

 

 

    

Gross

US$m

        

Reinsurers’

share

US$m

        

Net

US$m

 

2013

            

Non-linked insurance contracts 1

            

At 1 January

     30,765           (952        29,813   

Benefits paid

     (3,014        164           (2,850

Increase in liabilities to policyholders

     6,892           (367        6,525   

Disposals/transfers to held-for-sale

     (52        13           (39

Exchange differences and other movements

     (641        24           (617

At 31 December

     33,950           (1,118        32,832   

Investment contracts with discretionary participation features

            

At 1 January

     24,374                     24,374   

Benefits paid

     (2,308                  (2,308

Increase in liabilities to policyholders

     3,677                     3,677   

Exchange differences and other movements 2

     684                     684   

At 31 December

     26,427                     26,427   

Linked life insurance contracts

            

At 1 January

     13,056           (455        12,601   

Benefits paid

     (1,976        426           (1,550

Increase in liabilities to policyholders

     3,379           111           3,490   

Exchange differences and other movements 3

     (655        (372        (1,027

At 31 December

     13,804           (290        13,514   

Total liabilities to policyholders

     74,181           (1,408        72,773   

2012

            

Non-linked insurance contracts 1

            

At 1 January

     28,561           (899        27,662   

Benefits paid

     (1,905        217           (1,688

Increase in liabilities to policyholders

     6,900           (537        6,363   

Disposals/transfers to held-for-sale

     (2,130        254           (1,876

Exchange differences and other movements

     (661        13           (648

At 31 December

     30,765           (952        29,813   

Investment contracts with discretionary participation features

            

At 1 January

     21,488                     21,488   

Benefits paid

     (2,525                  (2,525

Increase in liabilities to policyholders

     3,645                     3,645   

Exchange differences and other movements 2

     1,766                     1,766   

At 31 December

     24,374                     24,374   

Linked life insurance contracts

            

At 1 January

     11,210           (903        10,307   

Benefits paid

     (1,810                 681           (1,129

Increase in liabilities to policyholders

     3,984           223           4,207   

Disposals/transfers to held-for-sale

     (26                  (26

Exchange differences and other movements 3

     (302        (456        (758

At 31 December

     13,056           (455        12,601   

Total liabilities to policyholders

           68,195           (1,407              66,788   

 

525


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

  1 Includes liabilities under non-life insurance contracts.
  2 Includes movement in liabilities relating to discretionary profit participation benefits due to policyholders arising from net unrealised investment gains recognised in other comprehensive income.
  3 Includes amounts arising under reinsurance agreements.

The increase in liabilities to policyholders represents the aggregate of all events giving rise to additional liabilities to policyholders in the year. The key factors contributing to the movement in liabilities to policyholders include death claims, surrenders, lapses, liabilities to policyholders created at the initial inception of the policies, the declaration of bonuses and other amounts attributable to policyholders.

 

31 Provisions

 

 

    

Restruc-

turing

costs

US$m

        

Contingent

liabilities and

contractual

commitments

US$m

        

Legal

proceedings

and

regulatory

matters

US$m

        

Customer

remediation

US$m

        

Other

provisions

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

At 1 January 2013

     251           301           1,667           2,387           646           5,252   

Additional provisions/increase in provisions

     179           57           1,209           1,536           230           3,211   

Provisions utilised

     (111        (5        (709        (1,487        (167        (2,479

Amounts reversed

     (65        (66        (340        (94        (126        (691

Unwinding of discounts

                         38           7           13           58   

Exchange differences and other movements

     17           (110        (33        33           (41        (134

At 31 December 2013

     271           177           1,832           2,382           555           5,217   

At 1 January 2012

     169           206           1,473           1,067           409           3,324   

Additional provisions/increase in provisions

     434           73           2,779           2,473           376           6,135   

Provisions utilised

     (320        (2        (2,510        (1,022        (153        (4,007

Amounts reversed

     (89        (58        (104        (137        (63        (451

Unwinding of discounts

                         42           1           5           48   

Exchange differences and other movements

     57           82           (13        5           72           203   

At 31 December 2012

     251           301           1,667           2,387           646           5,252   

Further details of legal proceedings and regulatory matters are set out in Note 43. Legal proceedings include civil court, arbitration or tribunal proceedings brought against HSBC companies (whether by way of claim or counterclaim) or civil disputes that may, if not settled, result in court, arbitration or tribunal proceedings. Regulatory matters refer to investigations, reviews and other actions carried out by, or in response to the actions of, regulators or law enforcement agencies in connection with alleged wrongdoing by HSBC. In December 2012, HSBC made payments totalling US$1,921m to US authorities in relation to investigations regarding inadequate compliance with anti-money laundering and sanctions laws. Further details of the agreements reached with the US authorities are set out on page 558.

Customer remediation refers to activities carried out by HSBC to compensate customers for losses or damages associated with a failure to comply with regulations or to treat customers fairly. Customer remediation is initiated by HSBC in response to customer complaints and/or industry developments in sales practices, and is not necessarily initiated by regulatory action.

Payment protection insurance

An increase in provisions of US$756m was recognised during 2013 in respect of the estimated liability for redress regarding the mis-selling of payment protection insurance (‘PPI’) policies in previous years. Cumulative provisions made since the Judicial Review ruling in 2011 amount to US$3,153m, of which US$1,138m was paid in 2013 (2012: US$957m). At 31 December 2013, the provision amounted to US$946m (2012: US$1,321m).

The estimated liability for redress is calculated on the basis of total premiums paid by the customer plus simple interest of 8% per annum (or the rate inherent in the related loan product where higher). The basis for calculating the redress liability is the same for single premium and regular premium policies. Future estimated redress levels are based on historically observed redress per policy.

 

526


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

A total of approximately 5.4m PPI policies have been sold by HSBC since 2000, generating estimated revenues of US$4.1bn at 2013 average exchange rates. The gross written premiums on these polices was approximately US$5.0bn at 2013 average exchange rates. At 31 December 2013, the estimated total complaints expected to be received was 1.5m, representing 29% of total policies sold. It is estimated that contact will be made with regard to 1.9m policies, representing 35% of total policies sold. This estimate includes inbound complaints as well as HSBC’s proactive contact exercise on certain policies (‘outbound contact’).

The following table details the cumulative number of complaints received at 31 December 2013 and the number of claims expected in the future:

 

   

  Cumulative to

31 December

2013

  

Future

expected

 

Inbound complaints 1 (000s of policies)

  1,022      240   

Outbound contact (000s of policies)

  375      234   

Response rate to outbound contact

  49%      44%   

Average uphold rate per claim 2

  76%      72%   

Average redress per claim (US$)

  2,627      2,404   

 

  1 Excludes invalid claims where the complainant has not held a PPI policy.
  2 Claims include inbound and responses to outbound contact.

The main assumptions involved in calculating the redress liability are the volume of inbound complaints, the projected period of inbound complaints, the decay rate of complaint volumes, the population identified as systemically mis-sold and the number of policies per customer complaint. The main assumptions are likely to evolve over time as root cause analysis continues, more experience is available regarding customer initiated complaint volumes received, and we handle responses to our ongoing outbound contact. A 100,000 increase/decrease in the total inbound complaints would increase/decrease the redress provision by approximately US$203m at 2013 average exchange rates. Each 1% increase/decrease in the response rate to our outbound contact exercise would increase/decrease the redress provision by approximately US$8m. In addition to these factors and assumptions, the extent of the required redress will also depend on the facts and circumstances of each individual customer’s case. For these reasons, there is currently a high degree of uncertainty as to the eventual costs of redress for this matter. The decay rate implies that by the end of 2015 inbound claim volumes would mean that the redress programme is complete. However, this timing is subject to some level of uncertainty as the decay rate may change over time based on actual experience.

Interest rate derivatives

A provision of US$776m (2012: US$598m) was recognised relating to the estimated liability for redress in respect of the possible mis-selling of interest rate derivatives in the UK. Of this provision, US$453m related to the estimated redress payable to customers in respect of historical payments under derivative contracts, the remaining provision covered the expected write-off by the bank of open derivative contracts balances and estimated project costs. Following an FCA review of the sale of interest rate derivatives, HSBC agreed to pay redress to customers where mis-selling of these products occurred under the FCA’s criteria. On 31 January 2013, the FCA announced the findings from their review of pilot cases completed by the banks. Following its review, the FCA clarified the eligibility criteria to ensure the programme is focused on those small businesses that were unlikely to understand the risks associated with those products. HSBC has also been working with the FCA and an independent ‘skilled person’ adviser to clarify the standards against which it should assess sales, and how redress should be calculated (for example, when it would be appropriate to assume a customer would have taken an alternative interest rate product). The extent to which HSBC is required to pay redress depends on the responses of contacted and other customers during the review period and the facts and circumstances of each individual case. For these reasons, there is currently a high degree of uncertainty as to the eventual costs of redress related to this programme. HSBC expects to make the main redress payments in respect of this programme in the near future.

Brazilian labour and fiscal claims

Within ‘Legal proceedings and regulatory matters’ above are labour and fiscal litigation provisions of US$500m (2012: US$506m) which include provisions in respect of labour and overtime litigation claims brought by past employees against HSBC operations in Brazil following their departure from the bank. The main assumptions involved in estimating the liability are the expected number of departing employees, individual salary levels and the facts and circumstances of each individual case.

 

527


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

32 Subordinated liabilities

 

HSBC

 

     At 31 December  
    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

Subordinated liabilities

        

At amortised cost

     28,976            29,479   

– subordinated liabilities

     24,573            25,119   

– preferred securities

     4,403            4,360   

Designated at fair value (Note 27)

     21,915            21,559   

– subordinated liabilities

     18,230            16,863   

– preferred securities

     3,685            4,696   
           
                       
     50,891            51,038   

Subordinated liabilities

        

HSBC Holdings

     22,308            20,569   

Other HSBC

     28,583            30,469   
     50,891            51,038   

Subordinated liabilities rank behind senior obligations and generally count towards the capital base of HSBC. Where applicable, capital securities may be called and redeemed by HSBC subject to prior notification to the PRA and, where relevant, the consent of the local banking regulator. If not redeemed at the first call date, coupons payable may step-up or become floating rate based on interbank rates.

Interest rates on the floating rate capital securities are generally related to interbank offered rates. On the remaining capital securities, interest is payable at fixed rates of up to 10.176%.

The balance sheet amounts disclosed below are presented on an IFRSs basis and do not reflect the amount that the instruments contribute to regulatory capital. The IFRSs accounting and regulatory treatments differ due to the inclusion of issuance costs and regulatory amortisation.

HSBC’s subordinated liabilities

Tier 1 capital securities

Tier 1 capital securities are perpetual subordinated securities on which investors are entitled, subject to certain conditions, to receive distributions which are non-cumulative. Such securities do not generally carry voting rights but rank above ordinary shares for coupon payments and in the event of a winding-up.

Qualifying tier 1 capital securities in issue accounted for as liabilities

 

                      At 31 December  
         

First call

date

         

2013

        US$m

         

2012

        US$m

 

Tier 1 capital securities guaranteed by HSBC Holdings 1

              

US$1,250m

   4.61% non-cumulative step-up perpetual preferred securities 2      Jun 2013                       1,250   

€1,400m

   5.3687% non-cumulative step-up perpetual preferred securities 3      Mar 2014            2,022            1,933   

£500m

   8.208% non-cumulative step-up perpetual preferred securities      Jun 2015            825            806   

€750m

   5.13% non-cumulative step-up perpetual preferred securities      Mar 2016            1,129            1,033   

US$900m

   10.176% non-cumulative step-up perpetual preferred securities, series 2      Jun 2030            891            891   
              4,867            5,913   

Tier 1 capital securities guaranteed by HSBC Bank plc 1

              

£300m

   5.862% non-cumulative step-up perpetual preferred securities      Apr 2020            534            480   

£700m

   5.844% non-cumulative step-up perpetual preferred securities      Nov 2031            1,157            1,131   
              1,691            1,611   

 

  1   See paragraph below, ‘Guaranteed by HSBC Holdings or HSBC Bank plc’.
  2   In June 2013, HSBC called its US$1,250m 4.61% non-cumulative step-up preferred securities at par.
  3   In January 2014, HSBC gave notice that it will call and redeem the €1,400m 5.3687% non-cumulative step-up perpetual preferred securities at par in March 2014.

 

528


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Guaranteed by HSBC Holdings or HSBC Bank plc

The six capital securities guaranteed on a subordinated basis by HSBC Holdings or HSBC Bank are non-cumulative step-up perpetual preferred securities issued by Jersey limited partnerships. The proceeds of the issues were on-lent to the respective guarantors by the limited partnerships in the form of subordinated notes. These preferred securities qualify as tier 1 capital for HSBC Group and the two capital securities guaranteed by HSBC Bank also qualify as tier 1 capital for HSBC Bank (on a solo and a consolidated basis).

These preferred securities, together with the guarantee, are intended to provide investors with economic rights equivalent to the rights that they would have had if they had purchased non-cumulative perpetual preference shares of the relevant issuer.

There are limitations on the payment of distributions if such payments are prohibited under UK banking regulations or other requirements, if a payment would cause a breach of HSBC’s capital adequacy requirements or if HSBC Holdings or HSBC Bank have insufficient distributable reserves (as defined).

HSBC Holdings and HSBC Bank have individually covenanted that if prevented under certain circumstances from paying distributions on the preferred securities in full, they will not pay dividends or other distributions in respect of their ordinary shares, or effect repurchases or redemptions of their ordinary shares, until the distribution on the preferred securities has been paid in full.

With respect to preferred securities guaranteed by HSBC Holdings – if (i) HSBC’s total capital ratio falls below the regulatory minimum ratio required, or (ii) the Directors expect, in view of the deteriorating financial condition of HSBC Holdings, that (i) will occur in the near term, then the preferred securities will be substituted by preference shares of HSBC Holdings which have economic terms which are in all material respects equivalent to those of the preferred securities and the guarantee taken together.

With respect to preferred securities guaranteed by HSBC Bank – if (i) any of the two issues of preferred securities are outstanding in April 2049 or November 2048, respectively, or (ii) the total capital ratio of HSBC Bank on a solo and consolidated basis falls below the regulatory minimum ratio required, or (iii) in view of the deteriorating financial condition of HSBC Bank, the Directors expect (ii) to occur in the near term, then the preferred securities will be substituted by preference shares of HSBC Bank having economic terms which are in all material respects equivalent to those of the preferred securities and the guarantee taken together.

Upper tier 2 capital securities

Upper tier 2 capital securities are perpetual subordinated securities on which there is an obligation to pay coupons. Such securities rank below lower tier 2 securities for coupon payments and in the event of a winding-up.

Qualifying upper tier 2 securities in issue

 

                      At 31 December  
         

First call

date

         

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

HSBC Bank plc

              

US$750m

   Undated floating rate primary capital notes      Jun 1990            751            750   

US$500m

   Undated floating rate primary capital notes      Sep 1990            499            499   

US$300m

   Undated floating rate primary capital notes, series 3      Jun 1992            299            301   
              1,549            1,550   

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Ltd

              

US$400m

   Primary capital undated floating rate notes      Aug 1990            404            405   

US$400m

   Primary capital undated floating rate notes (second series)      Dec 1990            402            402   

US$400m

   Primary capital undated floating rate notes (third series)      Jul 1991            400            400   
                1,206              1,207   

Other HSBC subsidiaries

              
  

Other perpetual subordinated loan capital less than US$100m

           22            21   

Lower tier 2 capital securities

Lower tier 2 capital securities are dated securities on which there is an obligation to pay coupons. In accordance with the PRA’s GENPRU, the capital contribution of lower tier 2 securities is amortised for regulatory purposes on a straight-line basis in their final five years before maturity.

 

529


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Qualifying lower tier 2 securities in issue

 

          At 31 December  
         

First call

date

    

Maturity

date

         

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

HSBC Bank plc

                 

£500m

   4.75% callable subordinated notes 1      Sep 2015         Sep 2020            866            844   

£350m

   5.00% callable subordinated notes 2      Mar 2018         Mar 2023            635            630   

£300m

   6.50% subordinated notes              Jul 2023            494            483   

£350m

   5.375% callable subordinated step-up notes 3      Nov 2025         Nov 2030            602            630   

£500m

   5.375% subordinated notes              Aug 2033            884            925   

£225m

   6.25% subordinated notes              Jan 2041            370            362   

£600m

   4.75% subordinated notes              Mar 2046            980            958   

€500m

   Callable subordinated floating rate notes 4      Sep 2015         Sep 2020            655            606   

US$300m

   7.65% subordinated notes              May 2025            380            394   
                       5,866                  5,832   

HSBC Bank Australia Limited

                 

AUD200m

   Callable subordinated floating rate notes      Nov 2015         Nov 2020            179            207   

AUD42m

   Callable subordinated floating rate notes 5      Mar 2013         Mar 2018                       44   
                 179            251   

HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad

                 

MYR500m

   4.35% subordinated bonds      Jun 2017         Jun 2022            152            164   

MYR500m

   5.05% subordinated bonds      Nov 2022         Nov 2027            154            168   
                 306            332   

HSBC USA Inc.

                 

US$200m

   7.808% capital securities      Dec 2006         Dec 2026            200            200   

US$200m

   8.38% capital securities      May 2007         May 2027            200            200   

US$150m

   9.50% subordinated debt              Apr 2014            151            152   

US$150m

   7.75% Capital Trust pass through securities      Nov 2006         Nov 2026            150            150   

US$750m

   5.00% subordinated notes              Sep 2020            746            745   

US$250m

   7.20% subordinated debentures              Jul 2097            215            214   
   Other subordinated liabilities each less than US$150m               299            302   
                 1,961            1,963   

HSBC Bank USA, N.A.

                 

US$1,000m

   4.625% subordinated notes              Apr 2014            1,000            1,002   

US$500m

   6.00% subordinated notes              Aug 2017            513            516   

US$1,250m

   4.875% subordinated notes              Aug 2020            1,262            1,263   

US$1,000m

   5.875% subordinated notes              Nov 2034            1,081            1,151   

US$750m

   5.625% subordinated notes              Aug 2035            811            864   

US$700m

   7.00% subordinated notes              Jan 2039            696            694   
                 5,363            5,490   

HSBC Finance Corporation

                 

US$1,000m

   5.911% trust preferred securities 6      Nov 2015         Nov 2035            996            995   

US$2,939m

   6.676% senior subordinated notes 7              Jan 2021            2,182            2,180   
                 3,178            3,175   

HSBC Bank Brazil S.A.

                 

BRL383m

   Subordinated certificates of deposit              Feb 2015            162            289   

BRL500m

   Subordinated floating rate certificates of deposit              Dec 2016            212            464   
   Other subordinated liabilities each less than US$150m 8               224            491   
                 598            1,244   

HSBC Mexico, S.A.

                 

MXN1,818m

   Non-convertible subordinated obligations 9      Sep 2013         Sep 2018            138            139   

MXN2,273m

   Non-convertible subordinated obligations 9      Dec 2013         Dec 2018            173            173   

US$300m

   Non-convertible subordinated obligations 9,10      Jun 2014         Jun 2019            240            240   
                 551            552   

HSBC Bank Canada

                 

CAD400m

   4.80% subordinated debentures      Apr 2017         Apr 2022            403            438   

CAD200m

   4.94% subordinated debentures      Mar 2016         Mar 2021            188            201   

CAD39m

   Floating rate debentures      Oct 1996         Nov 2083            37            39   
                 628            678   

 

530


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

          At 31 December  
         

First call

date

  

Maturity

date

       

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

Other HSBC subsidiaries

                 
   Other subordinated liabilities each less than US$200m 9               618            650   

Total of subordinated liabilities issued by HSBC subsidiaries

              28,583            30,469   

Amounts owed to third parties by HSBC Holdings

              22,308            20,569   
                   50,891            51,038   

 

  1   The interest rate payable after September 2015 is the sum of the three-month sterling Libor plus 0.82%.
  2   The interest rate payable after March 2018 is the sum of the gross redemption yield of the then prevailing five-year UK gilt plus 1.80%.
  3   The interest rate payable after November 2025 is the sum of the three-month sterling Libor plus 1.50%.
  4   The interest margin increases by 0.5% from September 2015.
  5   In March 2013, HSBC called its callable subordinated floating rate notes at par.
  6   The distributions change in November 2015 to three-month dollar Libor plus 1.926%.
  7   Approximately 25% of the senior subordinated notes are held by HSBC Holdings.
  8   Some securities included here are ineligible for inclusion in the capital base of HSBC in accordance with guidance in PRA’s GENPRU.
  9   These securities are ineligible for inclusion in the capital base of HSBC in accordance with guidance in PRA’s GENPRU.
  10   Approximately US$60m of the subordinated obligations are held by HSBC Holdings.

HSBC Holdings

 

       At 31 December  
      

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

Subordinated liabilities:

          

– at amortised cost

       14,167            11,907   

– designated at fair value (Note 27)

       12,921            14,618   
       27,088            26,525   

HSBC Holdings’ subordinated liabilities

 

            At 31 December  
         

First call

date

    

Maturity

date

           

2013

US$m

        

2012

US$m

 

Amounts owed to third parties 1

                  

US$488m

   7.625% subordinated notes              May 2032              554           579   

US$222m

   7.35% subordinated notes              Nov 2032              278           258   

US$2,000m

   6.5% subordinated notes              May 2036              2,029           2,034   

US$2,500m

   6.5% subordinated notes              Sep 2037              3,039           3,202   

US$1,500m

   6.8% subordinated notes              Jun 2038              1,487           1,486   

£250m

   9.875% subordinated bonds 2      Apr 2013         Apr 2018                        442   

£900m

   6.375% callable subordinated notes 3      Oct 2017         Oct 2022              1,672           1,648   

£650m

   5.75% subordinated notes              Dec 2027              1,158           1,210   

£650m

   6.75% subordinated notes              Sep 2028              1,066           1,041   

£750m

   7.0% subordinated notes              Apr 2038              1,288           1,264   

£900m

   6.0% subordinated notes              Mar 2040              1,464           1,431   

€1,600m

   6.25% subordinated notes              Mar 2018              2,210           2,118   

€1,750m

   6.0% subordinated notes              Jun 2019              2,884           2,882   

€700m

   3.625% callable subordinated notes 4      Jun 2015         Jun 2020              1,007           974   

€1,500m

   3.375% callable subordinated notes 5      Jun 2019         Jun 2024              2,075             
                   22,211           20,569   

Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings

                  

US$1,250m

   4.61% fixed/floating subordinated notes 6      Jun 2013         Jun 2043                        1,264   

€1,400m

   5.3687% fixed/floating subordinated notes 7      Mar 2014         Dec 2043              2,024           1,952   

£500m

   8.208% subordinated step-up cumulative notes      Jun 2015         Jun 2040              825           806   

€750m

   5.13% fixed/floating subordinated notes      Mar 2016         Dec 2044              1,137           1,043   

US$900m

   10.176% subordinated step-up cumulative notes      Jun 2030         Jun 2040              891           891   
                   4,877           5,956   
                     27,088           26,525   

 

  1   Amounts owed to third parties represent securities included in the capital base of HSBC as lower tier 2 securities in accordance with guidance in the PRA’s GENPRU.
  2   In April 2013, HSBC Holdings called its £250m 9.875% subordinated bonds at par.
  3   The interest rate payable after October 2017 is the sum of the three-month sterling Libor plus 1.3%.

 

531


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

  4   The interest rate payable after June 2015 is the sum of the three-month Euribor plus 0.93%.
  5   This subordinated note is measured at amortised cost in HSBC Holdings, where the interest rate risk is hedged using a fair value hedge, while it is measured at fair value in the Group.
  6   In June 2013, HSBC Holdings called its US$1,250m 4.61% fixed/floating subordinated notes at par.
  7   In January 2014, HSBC Holdings gave notice that it will call and redeem the €1,400m 5.3687% fixed/floating subordinated notes at par in March 2014.

 

33 Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments

 

The table on page 533 provides an analysis of consolidated total assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments by residual contractual maturity at the balance sheet date. Asset and liability balances are included in the maturity analysis as follows:

 

   

except for reverse repos, repos and debt securities in issue, trading assets and liabilities (including trading derivatives) are included in the ‘Due not more than 1 month’ time bucket, and not by contractual maturity because trading balances are typically held for short periods of time;

 

   

financial assets and liabilities with no contractual maturity (such as equity securities) are included in the ‘Due over 5 years’ time bucket. Undated or perpetual instruments are classified based on the contractual notice period which the counterparty of the instrument is entitled to give. Where there is no contractual notice period, undated or perpetual contracts are included in the ‘Due over 5 years’ time bucket;

 

   

non-financial assets and liabilities with no contractual maturity (such as property, plant and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets, current and deferred tax assets and liabilities and retirement benefit liabilities) are included in the ‘Due over 5 years’ time bucket;

 

   

financial instruments included within assets and liabilities of disposal groups held for sale are classified on the basis of the contractual maturity of the underlying instruments and not on the basis of the disposal transaction; and

 

   

liabilities under insurance contracts are included in the ‘Due over 5 years’ time bucket. Liabilities under investment contracts are classified in accordance with their contractual maturity. Undated investment contracts are classified based on the contractual notice period investors are entitled to give. Where there is no contractual notice period, undated contracts are included in the ‘Due over 5 years’ time bucket.

Loan and other credit-related commitments are classified on the basis of the earliest date they can be drawn down.

 

532


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

HSBC

Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities

 

    At 31 December 2013  
   

Due not

more than

1 month

       

Due over

1 month

but not

more than

3 months

       

Due over

3 months

but not

more than

6 months

       

Due over

6 months

but not

more than

9 months

       

Due over

9 months

but not

more than

1 year

       

Due over

1 year

but not

more than

2 years

       

Due over

2 years

but not

more than

5 years

       

Due over

5 years

        Total  
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

Financial assets

                                 

Cash and balances at central banks

    166,599                                                                         166,599   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

    6,021                                                                         6,021   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

    25,220                                                                         25,220   

Trading assets

    296,396          3,098          1,536          2,062          100                                     303,192   

–  reverse repos

    3,324          3,098          1,536          2,062          100                                     10,120   

–  other trading assets

    293,072                                                                         293,072   

Financial assets designated at fair value

    1,929          254          494          426          328          2,145          2,819          30,035          38,430   

Derivatives

    277,747          48          88          389          552          716          1,486          1,239          282,265   

–  trading

    277,709                                                                         277,709   

–  non-trading

    38          48          88          389          552          716          1,486          1,239          4,556   

Loans and advances to banks

    144,558          41,509          6,886          1,910          2,164          6,966          3,164          4,364          211,521   

–  reverse repos

    68,007          19,402          1,489          481          874          837          385                   91,475   

–  other loans and advances to banks

    76,551          22,107          5,397          1,429          1,290          6,129          2,779          4,364          120,046   

Loans and advances to customers

    296,971          89,390          59,851          30,031          33,392          88,241          182,525          299,903          1,080,304   

–  personal

    43,805          8,929          8,561          6,603          7,578          26,915          58,611          243,124          404,126   

–  corporate and commercial

    173,965          58,038          43,723          19,896          21,092          53,887          113,897          53,981          538,479   

–  financial

    79,201          22,423          7,567          3,532          4,722          7,439          10,017          2,798          137,699   

    of which:

                                 

    – reverse repos

    66,235          15,927          3,798          758          1,198          299                            88,215   

Financial investments

    34,331          48,053          35,877          22,353          18,816          50,711          105,340          110,444          425,925   

Assets held for sale

    1,067          541          193          199          229          156          373          744          3,502   

Accrued income

    3,593          2,312          619          644          148          653          581          1,626          10,176   

Other financial assets

    14,059          4,831          1,655          526          323          324          73          2,166          23,957   

Total financial assets

    1,268,491          190,036          107,199          58,540          56,052          149,912          296,361          450,521          2,577,112   

Non-financial assets

                                                                   94,206          94,206   

Total assets

    1,268,491          190,036          107,199          58,540          56,052          149,912          296,361          544,727          2,671,318   

 

533


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities (continued)

 

    At 31 December 2013  
   

Due not

more than

1 month

       

Due over

1 month

but not

more than

3 months

       

Due over

3 months

but not

more than

6 months

       

Due over

6 months

but not

more than

9 months

       

Due over

9 months

but not

more than

1 year

       

Due over

1 year

but not

more than

2 years

       

Due over

2 years

but not

more than

5 years

       

Due

over

5 years

        Total  
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

Financial liabilities

                                 

Hong Kong currency notes in circulation

    25,220                                                                         25,220   

Deposits by banks

    113,566          7,492          3,329          858          661          737          1,922          647          129,212   

–  repos

    37,268          3,561          1,533                   343                                     42,705   

–  other deposits by banks

    76,298          3,931          1,796          858          318          737          1,922          647          86,507   

Customer accounts 1

    1,328,563          70,180          31,990          17,415          19,272          8,717          5,937          738          1,482,812   

–  personal

    572,514          33,956          16,953          10,544          10,520          6,093          5,138          59          655,777   

–  corporate and commercial

    506,902          21,209          7,414          2,717          3,786          1,643          674          140          544,485   

–  financial

    249,147          15,015          7,623          4,154          4,966          981          125          539          282,550   
                                 

    of which: repos

    98,869          9,497          5,050          3,711          3,888                            500          121,515   

Items in the course of transmission to other banks

    6,910                                                                         6,910   

Trading liabilities

    161,231          11,405          4,886          2,844          3,653          6,323          7,979          8,704          207,025   

–  repos

    2,565          9,763          2,715          1,012          1,279          87                            17,421   

–  debt securities in issue

    1,217          1,642          2,171          1,832          2,374          6,236          7,979          8,704          32,155   

–  other trading liabilities

    157,449                                                                         157,449   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

    4,907          157          92          2,266          68          9,348          21,544          50,702          89,084   

–  debt securities in issue: covered bonds

                               1,268                   230          2,841          3,257          7,596   

–  debt securities in issue: otherwise secured

                                                                              

–  debt securities in issue: unsecured

    3,511          5          45          945          11          8,876          18,117          14,256          45,766   

–  subordinated liabilities and preferred securities

             121                                     21                   21,773          21,915   

–  other

    1,396          31          47          53          57          221          586          11,416          13,807   

Derivatives

    269,816          33          95          84          61          563          1,978          1,654          274,284   

–  trading

    269,739                                                                         269,739   

–  non-trading

    77          33          95          84          61          563          1,978          1,654          4,545   

Debt securities in issue

    20,739          8,280          15,734          7,442          8,106          18,552          19,850          5,377          104,080   

–  covered bonds

                                                 6          92                   98   

–  otherwise secured

    10,450          1,051          675          1,260          764          1,857          2,313          1,013          19,383   

–  unsecured

    10,289          7,229          15,059          6,182          7,342          16,689          17,445          4,364          84,599   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

    2,125          208          131          98          107          49          42          5          2,765   

Accruals

    6,016          3,950          1,388          584          741          811          618          460          14,568   

Subordinated liabilities

    21          28          1,171          144          6          1,435          3,406          22,765          28,976   

Other financial liabilities

    17,126          6,317          1,759          598          751          971          932          471          28,925   

Total financial liabilities

    1,956,240          108,050          60,575          32,333          33,426          47,506          64,208          91,523          2,393,861   

Non-financial liabilities

                                                                   86,998          86,998   

Total liabilities

    1,956,240          108,050          60,575          32,333          33,426          47,506          64,208          178,521          2,480,859   

 

534


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

    At 31 December 2012  
   

Due not

more than

1 month

       

Due over

1 month

but not

more than

3 months

       

Due over

3 months

but not

more than

6 months

       

Due over

6 months

but not

more than

9 months

       

Due over

9 months

but not

more than

1 year

       

Due over

1 year

but not

more than

2 years

       

Due over

2 years

but not

more than

5 years

       

Due over

5 years

        Total  
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

Financial assets

                                 

Cash and balances at central banks

    141,532                                                                         141,532   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

    7,303                                                                         7,303   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

    22,743                                                                         22,743   

Trading assets

    382,654          12,506          9,829          248          3,169          405                            408,811   

–  reverse repos

    92,525          12,506          9,829          248          3,169          405                            118,682   

–  other trading assets

    290,129                                                                         290,129   

Financial assets designated at fair value

    437          576          425          526          239          2,462          3,545          25,372          33,582   

Derivatives

    354,222          65          252          22          227          596          1,127          939          357,450   

–  trading

    353,803                                                                         353,803   

–  non-trading

    419          65          252          22          227          596          1,127          939          3,647   

Loans and advances to banks

    104,397          22,683          5,859          2,292          5,032          6,238          2,027          4,018          152,546   

–  reverse repos

    28,832          3,101          2,071          356          963          138                            35,461   

–  other loans and advances to banks

    75,565          19,582          3,788          1,936          4,069          6,100          2,027          4,018          117,085   

Loans and advances to customers

    221,242          69,709          47,507          29,659          71,928          59,100          194,147          304,331          997,623   

–  personal

    49,042          8,578          7,242          6,763          9,547          17,696          66,684          241,329          406,881   

–  corporate and commercial

    138,999          49,166          35,463          19,334          53,766          38,070          119,330          55,910          510,038   

–  financial

    33,201          11,965          4,802          3,562          8,615          3,334          8,133          7,092          80,704   

of which:

                                 

  – reverse repos

    19,847          10,640          2,310          1,050          554          250                            34,651   

Financial investments

    28,085          51,339          33,996          14,072          26,478          61,443          93,127          112,561          421,101   

Assets held for sale

    4,953          298          515          125          669          519          1,079          9,964          18,122   

Accrued income

    2,776          2,325          739          493          542          164          217          1,284          8,540   

Other financial assets

    13,383          3,486          1,759          337          745          332          372          3,170          23,584   

Total financial assets

    1,283,727          162,987          100,881          47,774          109,029          131,259          295,641          461,639          2,592,937   

Non-financial assets

                                                                   99,601          99,601   

Total assets

    1,283,727          162,987          100,881          47,774          109,029          131,259          295,641          561,240          2,692,538   

 

535


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities (continued)

 

    At 31 December 2012  
   

Due not

more than

1 month

       

Due over

1 month

but not

more than

3 months

       

Due over

3 months

but not

more than

6 months

       

Due over

6 months

but not

more than

9 months

       

Due over

9 months

but not

more than

1 year

       

Due over

1 year

but not

more than

2 years

       

Due over

2 years

but not

more than

5 years

       

Due over

5 years

        Total  
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  
Financial liabilities                                                                                      

Hong Kong currency notes in circulation

    22,742                                                                         22,742   

Deposits by banks

    79,100          12,029          1,957          437          2,155          1,695          9,440          616          107,429   

–  repos

    6,593          4,645          711                                                       11,949   

–  other deposits by banks

    72,507          7,384          1,246          437          2,155          1,695          9,440          616          95,480   

Customer accounts 1

    1,193,736          67,638          34,010          11,939          16,019          7,034          8,985          653          1,340,014   

–  personal

    539,792          35,260          21,939          7,900          11,100          4,687          3,916          307          624,901   

–  corporate and commercial

    473,370          24,018          9,044          2,925          3,354          1,069          1,193          305          515,278   

–  financial

    180,574          8,360          3,027          1,114          1,565          1,278          3,876          41          199,835   
                                 

    of which: repos

    22,446          3,869          1,047          345          567          344                            28,618   

Items in the course of transmission to other banks

    7,131          7                                                                7,138   

Trading liabilities

    240,212          29,003          4,707          1,820          5,197          3,867          9,736          10,021          304,563   

–  repos

    96,690          27,002          3,319          985          2,227                                     130,223   

–  debt securities in issue

    380          2,001          1,388          835          2,970          3,867          9,736          10,021          31,198   

–  other trading liabilities

    143,142                                                                         143,142   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

    427          81          2,068          2,163          1,605          2,916          28,902          49,558          87,720   

–  debt securities in issue: covered bonds

                                                          4,633                   4,633   

–  debt securities in issue: otherwise secured

             8          2,023                   22          2,040          228          221          4,542   

–  debt securities in issue: unsecured

    392          49          1          2,117          1,357          690          23,495          15,933          44,034   

–  subordinated liabilities and preferred securities

                                                          21          21,538          21,559   

–  other

    35          24          44          46          226          186          525          11,866          12,952   

Derivatives

    352,696          75          43          29          2,408          628          1,212          1,795          358,886   

–  trading

    352,195                                                                         352,195   

– non-trading

    501          75          43          29          2,408          628          1,212          1,795          6,691   

Debt securities in issue

    23,738          12,368          6,355          2,840          27,992          11,992          29,100          5,076          119,461   

–  covered bonds

                      1,133          422          757          2,328          1,920          486          7,046   

–  otherwise secured

    14,598          1,894                   184          753          1,634          5,779          950          25,792   

–  unsecured

    9,140          10,474          5,222          2,234          26,482          8,030          21,401          3,640          86,623   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

    2,475          242          433          254          188          166          45                   3,803   

Accruals

    3,369          4,173          907          521          1,200          232          419          842          11,663   

Subordinated liabilities

    32          44                   10                   1,481          1,516          26,396          29,479   

Other financial liabilities

    19,837          4,881          2,115          519          867          599          1,409          2,190          32,417   

Total financial liabilities

    1,945,495          130,541          52,595          20,532          57,631          30,610          90,764          97,147          2,425,315   

Non-financial liabilities

                                                                   84,094          84,094   

Total liabilities

    1,945,495          130,541          52,595          20,532          57,631          30,610          90,764          181,241          2,509,409   

1   Includes US$355,980m (2012: US$366,203m) insured by guarantee schemes.

 

536


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Maturity analysis of off-balance sheet commitments received

 

    

Due not

more than

1 month

         

Due over

1 month

but not

more than

3 months

         

Due over

3 months

but not

more than

6 months

         

Due over

6 months

but not

more than

9 months

         

Due over

9 months

but not

more than

1 year

         

Due over

1 year

but not

more than

2 years

         

Due over

2 years

but not

more than

5 years

         

Due over

5 years

          Total  
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

At 31 December 2013

                                                  

Loan and other credit-related commitments

     953                                                                                         953   

At 31 December 2012

                                                  

Loan and other credit-related commitments

     2,455            3            8            5            8            25            75            98            2,677   

 

Maturity analysis of off-balance sheet commitments given

 

  

     
    

Due not

more than

1 month

         

Due over

1 month

but not

more than

3 months

         

Due over

3 months

but not

more than

6 months

         

Due over

6 months

but not

more than

9 months

         

Due over

9 months

but not

more than

1 year

         

Due over

1 year

but not

more than

2 years

         

Due over

2 years

but not

more than

5 years

         

Due over

5 years

          Total  
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

At 31 December 2013

                                                  

Loan and other credit-related commitments

     404,598            45,255            18,770            16,927            20,242            13,320            46,652            21,839            587,603   

Of which:

                                                  

–  personal

     148,541            14,700            454            10,683            12,131            1,273            704            6,469            194,955   

–  corporate and commercial

     225,333            29,191            17,794            5,662            4,879            9,009            41,851            12,096            345,815   

–  financial

     30,724            1,364            522            582            3,232            3,038            4,097            3,274            46,833   

At 31 December 2012

                                                  

Loan and other credit-related commitments

     408,815            43,394            8,389            5,191            37,751            11,598            45,910            18,421            579,469   

Of which:

                                                  

–  personal

     153,255            6,999            704            185            19,049            1,216            1,616            8,159            191,183   

–  corporate and commercial

     225,899            34,368            6,365            4,951            15,412            9,488            37,179            8,593            342,255   

–  financial

     29,661            2,027            1,320            55            3,290            894            7,115            1,669            46,031   

 

537


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

HSBC Holdings

Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments

 

    At 31 December 2013  
   

Due not

more than

1 month

         

Due over

1 month

but not

more than

3 months

         

Due over

3 months

but not

more than

6 months

         

Due over

6 months

but not

more than

9 months

         

Due over

9 months

but not

more than

1 year

         

Due over

1 year

but not

more than

2 years

         

Due over

2 years

but not

more than

5 years

         

Due over

5 years

          Total  
    US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

Financial assets

                                                 

Cash at bank and in hand:

                                                 

–  balances with HSBC undertakings

    407                                                                                         407   

Derivatives

    2,789                                                                                         2,789   

Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings

    8,394            4,374            7,595            14            16                                  32,951            53,344   

Financial investments

    23                       8                                             330            849            1,210   

Other financial assets

    10                                                                                         10   

Total financial assets

    11,623            4,374            7,603            14            16                       330            33,800            57,760   

Non-financial assets

                                                                                 93,076            93,076   

Total assets

    11,623            4,374            7,603            14            16                       330            126,876            150,836   

Financial liabilities

                                                 

Amounts owing to HSBC undertakings

    3,770            12            2,234                       1                       463            5,205            11,685   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

                                                                      1,283            19,744            21,027   

–  debt securities in issue

                                                                      1,283            6,823            8,106   

–  subordinated liabilities and preferred securities

                                                                                 12,921            12,921   

Derivatives

    704                                                                                         704   

Debt securities in issue

                          1,721                                                        1,070            2,791   

Accruals

    777            109            261            22                                                        1,169   

Subordinated liabilities

                                                                      2,210            11,957            14,167   

Total financial liabilities

    5,251            121            4,216            22            1                       3,956            37,976            51,543   

Non-financial liabilities

                                                                                 206            206   

Total liabilities

    5,251            121            4,216            22            1                       3,956            38,182            51,749   

Off-balance sheet commitments given

                                                 

Undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend

    1,245                                                                                         1,245   

 

538


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

    At 31 December 2012  
   

Due not

more than

1 month

         

Due over

1 month

but not

more than

3 months

         

Due over

3 months

but not

more than

6 months

         

Due over

6 months

but not

more than

9 months

         

Due over

9 months

but not

more than

1 year

         

Due over

1 year

but not

more than

2 years

         

Due over

2 years

but not

more than

5 years

         

Due over

5 years

          Total  
    US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

Financial assets

                                                 

Cash at bank and in hand:

                                                 

–  balances with HSBC undertakings

    353                                                                                         353   

Derivatives

    3,768                                                                                         3,768   

Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings

    6,275            2,395            3,992                       15            35            635            28,328            41,675   

Financial investments

    23                       8                                                        1,177            1,208   

Other financial assets

    4                                                                                         4   

Total financial assets

    10,423            2,395            4,000                       15            35            635            29,505            47,008   

Non-financial assets

                                                                                 92,476            92,476   

Total assets

    10,423            2,395            4,000                       15            35            635            121,981            139,484   

Financial liabilities

                                                 

Amounts owing to HSBC undertakings

    3,576            19            980                                             1,333            6,948            12,856   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

                                                                 1,258            21,937            23,195   

–  debt securities in issue

                                                                      1,258            7,319            8,577   

–  subordinated liabilities and preferred securities

                                                                                 14,618            14,618   

Derivatives

    760                                                                                         760   

Debt securities in issue

                                                           1,646                       1,045            2,691   

Accruals

    223            171            190            21                                                        605   

Subordinated liabilities

                                                                                 11,907            11,907   

Total financial liabilities

    4,559            190            1,170            21                       1,646            2,591            41,837            52,014   

Non-financial liabilities

                                                                                 443            443   

Total liabilities

    4,559            190            1,170            21                       1,646            2,591            42,280            52,457   

Off-balance sheet commitments given

                                                 

Undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend

    1,200                                                                                         1,200   

 

539


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

34 Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities

 

Financial assets subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements and similar agreements

 

    

Gross

amounts of

recognised

financial

assets

         

Gross

amounts

offset in the

balance

sheet

         

Amounts

presented

in the

balance

sheet

         

Amounts not offset in

the balance sheet

             
                      

 

Financial

instruments 1

  

  

       

 

 

Cash

collateral

received

  

  

  

       

 

Net

amount

  

  

     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

At 31 December 2013

                                

Derivatives 2 (Note 18)

     569,595            (287,330         282,265            (215,957         (36,387         29,921   

Reverse repos, stock borrowing and similar agreements 3

     288,903            (88,775         200,128            (197,287         (57         2,784   

Classified as:

                                

–  trading assets

     39,008            (18,570         20,438            (20,438                      

–  loans and advances to banks at amortised cost

     106,684            (15,209         91,475            (88,711         (39         2,725   

–  loans and advances to customers at amortised cost

     143,211            (54,996         88,215            (88,138         (18         59   

Loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos at amortised cost 4

     192,437            (92,654         99,783            (89,419                    10,364   
     1,050,935            (468,759         582,176            (502,663         (36,444         43,069   

At 31 December 2012

                                

Derivatives 2 (Note 18)

     729,679            (372,229         357,450            (271,944         (38,915         46,591   

Reverse repos, stock borrowing and similar agreements 3

     293,953            (89,089         204,864            (202,575         (214         2,075   

Classified as:

                                

–  trading assets

     195,112            (60,360         134,752            (134,328                    424   

–  loans and advances to banks at amortised cost

     42,430            (6,969         35,461            (33,721         (170         1,570   

–  loans and advances to customers at amortised cost

     56,411            (21,760         34,651            (34,526         (44         81   

Loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos at amortised cost 4

     172,530            (89,838         82,692            (76,761                    5,931   
     1,196,162            (551,156         645,006            (551,280         (39,129         54,597   

 

  1 Including non-cash collateral.
  2 Including amounts that are both subject to and not subject to enforceable master netting agreements and similar agreements.
  3 For the amount of reverse repos, stock borrowing and similar agreements recognised in the balance sheet, see the ‘Funding sources and uses’ table on page 221. In the analysis above, the US$20,438m (2012: US$134,752m) of trading assets presented in the balance sheet comprised US$10,120m of reverse repos (2012: US$118,681m) and US$10,318m of stock borrowing (US$16,071m).
  4 At 31 December 2013, the total amount of loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos at amortised cost was US$992,089m (2012: US$962,972m) of which US$99,783m (2012: US$82,692m) was subject to offsetting. For the amount of loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos at amortised cost recognised in the balance sheet, see the ‘Funding sources and uses’ table on page 221.

 

540


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Financial liabilities subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements and similar agreements

 

    

Gross

amounts
of

recognised

financial

liabilities

         

Gross

amounts

offset in
the

balance

sheet

         

Amounts

presented

in the

balance

sheet

         

Amounts not offset in

the balance sheet

             
                      

 

Financial

instruments 1

  

  

       

 

 

Cash

collateral

pledged

  

  

  

       

 

Net

amount

  

  

     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

At 31 December 2013

                                

Derivatives 2 (Note 18)

     561,614            (287,330         274,284            (216,596         (29,093         28,595   

Repos, stock lending and similar agreements 3

     282,634            (88,775         193,859            (193,354         (81         424   

Classified as:

                                

–  trading liabilities

     48,209            (18,570         29,639            (29,625                    14   

–  deposits by banks at amortised cost

     57,914            (15,209         42,705            (42,375         (70         260   

–  customer accounts at amortised cost

     176,511            (54,996         121,515            (121,354         (11         150   

Customer accounts excluding repos at amortised cost 4

     195,153            (92,654         102,499            (89,394                    13,105   
     1,039,401            (468,759         570,642            (499,344         (29,174         42,124   

At 31 December 2012

                                

Derivatives 2 (Note 18)

     731,115            (372,229         358,886            (275,723         (39,594         43,569   

Repos, stock lending and similar agreements 3

     266,697            (89,089         177,608            (176,573         (94         941   

Classified as:

                                

–  trading liabilities

     197,401            (60,360         137,041            (136,173                    868   

–  deposits by banks at amortised cost

     18,918            (6,969         11,949            (11,857         (92           

–  customer accounts at amortised cost

     50,378            (21,760         28,618            (28,543         (2         73   

Customer accounts excluding repos at amortised cost 4

     180,494            (89,838         90,656            (76,761                    13,895   
     1,178,306            (551,156         627,150            (529,057         (39,688         58,405   

 

  1 Including non-cash collateral.
  2 Including amounts that are both subject to and not subject to enforceable master netting agreements and similar agreements.
  3 For the amount of repos, stock lending and similar agreements recognised in the balance sheet, see the ‘Funding sources and uses’ table on page 221. In the analysis above, the US$29,639m (2012: US$137,041m) of trading liabilities presented in the balance sheet comprised US$17,421m of repos (2012: US$130,223m) and US$12,218m of stock lending (US$6,818m).
  4 At 31 December 2013, the total amount of customer accounts excluding repos at amortised cost was US$1,361,297m (2012: US$1,311,396m) of which US$102,499m (2012: US$90,656m) was subject to offsetting. For the amount of customer accounts excluding repos at amortised cost recognised in the balance sheet, see the ‘Funding sources and uses’ table on page 221.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously (‘the offset criteria’).

Derivatives and reverse repurchase/repurchase agreements included in the ‘Amounts not offset in the balance sheet’ column relate to transactions where:

 

   

the counterparty has an offsetting exposure with HSBC and a master netting or similar arrangement is in place with a right of set off only in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy, or the offset criteria are otherwise not satisfied; and

 

   

cash and non-cash collateral received/pledged in respect of the transactions described above.

The Group offsets certain loans and advances to customers and customer accounts when the offset criteria are met and the amounts presented above represent this subset of the total amounts recognised in the balance sheet. Of this subset, the loans and advances to customers and customer accounts included in ‘Amounts not offset in the balance sheet’ column primarily relate to transactions where the counterparty has an offsetting exposure with HSBC and an agreement is in place with the right of offset but the offset criteria are otherwise not satisfied.

 

541


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

 

35 Foreign exchange exposures

 

Structural foreign exchange exposures

HSBC’s structural foreign exchange exposures are represented by the net asset value of its foreign exchange equity and subordinated debt investments in subsidiaries, branches, joint ventures and associates with non-US dollar functional currencies. Gains or losses on structural foreign exchange exposures are recognised in other comprehensive income. HSBC’s management of its structural foreign exchange exposures is discussed on page 285.

In its separate financial statements, HSBC Holdings recognises its foreign exchange gains and losses on structural foreign exchange exposures in the income statement.

Net structural foreign exchange exposures

 

     At 31 December  
    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

Currency of structural exposure

        

Pound sterling

     28,403            27,305   

Euro

     22,014            23,945   

Chinese renminbi

     20,932            19,060   

Hong Kong dollars

     18,974            14,466   

Mexican pesos

     5,932            5,948   

Brazilian reais

     5,581            6,279   

Canadian dollars

     4,372            5,024   

Indian rupees

     3,222            3,967   

UAE dirhams

     3,069            2,807   

Saudi riyals

     2,531            2,219   

Malaysian ringgit

     2,194            2,165   

Swiss francs

     1,940            2,925   

Turkish lira

     1,533            1,787   

Taiwanese dollars

     1,527            1,513   

Australian dollars

     1,515            1,602   

Korean won

     1,373            1,520   

Indonesian rupiah

     1,244            1,317   

Argentine pesos

     1,067            1,054   

Singapore dollars

     849            874   

Egyptian pounds

     739            699   

Qatari rial

     624            599   

Thailand baht

     593            653   

Philippine pesos

     553            787   

Others, each less than US$500m

     4,387            4,931   

Total

     135,168            133,446   

Shareholders’ equity would decrease by US$2,521m (2012: US$2,562m) if euro and sterling foreign currency exchange rates weakened by 5% relative to the US dollar.

 

36 Assets charged as security for liabilities and collateral accepted as security for assets

 

Financial assets pledged to secure liabilities

 

     Assets pledged at 31 December  
     2013 US$m           2012 US$m  

Treasury bills and other eligible securities

     6,387            4,381   

Loans and advances to banks

     17,733            22,074   

Loans and advances to customers

     87,894            81,333   

Debt securities

     190,095            198,671   

Equity shares

     8,816            6,255   

Other

     1,035            1,090   
     311,960            313,804   

The table above shows assets where a charge has been granted to secure liabilities on a legal and contractual basis. The amount of such assets may be greater than the book value of assets utilised as collateral for funding purposes or to cover liabilities. This is the case for securitisations and covered bonds where the amount of liabilities issued, plus any mandatory over-collateralisation, is less than the book value of financial assets available for funding or collateral

 

542


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

purposes in the relevant pool of assets. This is also the case where financial assets are placed with a custodian or settlement agent which has a floating charge over all the financial assets placed to secure any liabilities under settlement accounts.

These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual and customary to collateralised transactions including, where relevant, standard securities lending and repurchase agreements.

Collateral accepted as security for assets

The fair value of assets accepted as collateral in relation to reverse repo and stock borrowing that HSBC is permitted to sell or repledge in the absence of default is US$259,617m (2012: US$295,709m). The fair value of any such collateral that has been sold or repledged was US$186,013m (2012: US$202,662m). HSBC is obliged to return equivalent securities.

These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual and customary to standard securities borrowing and reverse repurchase agreements.

 

37 Non-controlling interests

 

 

     At 31 December  
    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

Non-controlling interests attributable to holders of ordinary shares in subsidiaries

     5,900            5,159   

Preferred securities issued by subsidiaries

     2,688            2,728   
     8,588            7,887   

Preferred securities issued by subsidiaries

Preferred securities are securities for which there is no obligation to pay a dividend and, if the dividend is not paid, it may not be cumulative. Such securities do not generally carry voting rights but rank higher than ordinary shares for dividend payments and in the event of a winding-up. These securities have no stated maturity date but may be called and redeemed by the issuer, subject to prior notification to the PRA and, where relevant, the consent of the local banking regulator. Dividends on floating rate preferred securities are generally related to interbank offer rates.

Included in the capital base of HSBC are non-cumulative preferred securities classified as tier 1 capital and cumulative preferred securities classified as tier 2 capital in accordance with the rules and guidance in GENPRU.

Preferred securities issued by HSBC’s subsidiaries

 

                 At 31 December  
         

First call

date

    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 
HSBC USA Inc.            
US$150m   

Depositary shares each representing 25% interest in a share of adjustable-rate cumulative preferred stock, series D

     Jul 1999         150            150   
US$150m   

Cumulative preferred stock

     Oct 2007         150            150   
US$518m   

Floating rate non-cumulative preferred stock, series F

     Apr 2010         518            518   
US$374m   

Floating rate non-cumulative preferred stock, series G

     Jan 2011         374            374   
US$374m   

6.50% non-cumulative preferred stock, series H

     Jul 2011         374            374   
HSBC Finance Corporation            
US$575m   

6.36% non-cumulative preferred stock, series B

     Jun 2010         559            559   
HSBC Bank Canada            
CAD175m   

Non-cumulative redeemable class 1 preferred shares, series C

     Jun 2010         164            176   
CAD175m   

Non-cumulative class 1 preferred shares, series D

     Dec 2010         164            176   
CAD250m   

Non-cumulative 5 year rate reset class 1 preferred shares, series E

     Jun 2014         235            251   
           2,688            2,728   

 

543


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

 

38 Called up share capital and other equity instruments

 

Issued and fully paid

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 each

 

    At 31 December  
   

2013

US$m

          2012
                US$m
 

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares 1

    9,415            9,238   
       
    Number           US$m  

At 1 January 2013

    18,476,008,664            9,238   

Shares issued under HSBC employee share plans

    120,033,493            60   

Shares issued in lieu of dividends

    233,964,882            117   

At 31 December 2013

    18,830,007,039            9,415   

At 1 January 2012

    17,868,085,646            8,934   

Shares issued under HSBC employee share plans

    238,587,766            119   

Shares issued in lieu of dividends

    369,335,252            185   

At 31 December 2012

    18,476,008,664            9,238   

 

HSBC Holdings non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each

 

       
    Number           US$m  

At 1 January 2013 and 31 December 2013 2

    1,450,000              

At 1 January 2012 and 31 December 2012

    1,450,000              

 

  1   All HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in issue confer identical rights, including in respect of capital, dividends and voting.
  2   Included in the capital base of HSBC as tier 1 capital in accordance with the rules and guidance in GENPRU.

Dividends on the HSBC Holdings non-cumulative dollar preference shares in issue (‘dollar preference shares’) are paid quarterly at the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors will not declare a dividend on the dollar preference shares if payment of the dividend would cause HSBC Holdings not to meet the applicable capital adequacy requirements of the PRA or the profit of HSBC Holdings available for distribution as dividends is not sufficient to enable HSBC Holdings to pay in full both dividends on the dollar preference shares and dividends on any other shares that are scheduled to be paid on the same date and that have an equal right to dividends. HSBC Holdings may not declare or pay dividends on any class of its shares ranking lower in the right to dividends than the dollar preference shares nor redeem nor purchase in any manner any of its other shares ranking equal with or lower than the dollar preference shares unless it has paid in full, or set aside an amount to provide for payment in full, the dividends on the dollar preference shares for the then current dividend period. The dollar preference shares carry no rights to conversion into ordinary shares of HSBC Holdings. Holders of the dollar preference shares will only be entitled to attend and vote at general meetings of shareholders of HSBC Holdings if the dividend payable on the dollar preference shares has not been paid in full for four consecutive dividend payment dates. In such circumstances, holders of the dollar preference shares will be entitled to vote on all matters put to general meetings until such time as HSBC Holdings has paid a full dividend on the dollar preference shares. HSBC Holdings may redeem the dollar preference shares in whole at any time on or after 16 December 2010, subject to prior notification to the PRA.

HSBC Holdings non-cumulative preference share of £0.01

The one non-cumulative sterling preference share of £0.01 in issue (‘sterling preference share’) has been in issue since 29 December 2010 and is held by a subsidiary of HSBC Holdings. Dividends on the sterling preference share are paid quarterly at the sole and absolute discretion of the Board. The sterling preference share carries no rights of conversion into ordinary shares of HSBC Holdings and no rights to attend and vote at general meetings of shareholders of HSBC Holdings. HSBC Holdings may redeem it in whole at any time at the option of the Company.

Other equity instruments

Other equity instruments which have been included in the capital base of HSBC were issued in accordance with the rules and guidance in the PRA’s GENPRU. These securities may be called and redeemed by HSBC subject to prior notification to the PRA. If not redeemed at the first call date interest coupons remain unchanged.

 

544


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Tier 1 capital securities

Tier 1 capital securities are perpetual subordinated securities on which coupon payments may be deferred at the discretion of HSBC Holdings. While any coupon payments are unpaid or deferred, HSBC Holdings will not declare, pay dividends or make distributions or similar periodic payments in respect of, or repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any securities of lower or equal rank. Such securities do not generally carry voting rights but rank higher than ordinary shares for coupon payments and in the event of a winding-up.

At HSBC Holdings’ discretion, and subject to certain conditions being satisfied, the capital securities may be exchanged on any coupon payment date for non-cumulative preference shares to be issued by HSBC Holdings and ranking pari passu with the dollar and sterling preference shares in issue. The preference shares would be issued at a nominal value of US$0.01 per share and a premium of US$24.99 per share, with both such amounts being subscribed and fully paid.

HSBC’s qualifying tier 1 capital securities in issue which are accounted for in equity

 

                 At 31 December  
         

First call

date

    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 
US$2,200m   

8.125% perpetual subordinated capital securities

     Apr 2013         2,133            2,133   
US$3,800m   

8.00% perpetual subordinated capital securities, Series 2

     Dec 2015         3,718            3,718   
           5,851            5,851   

Shares under option

For details of the options outstanding to subscribe for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan, the HSBC Share Plan and HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans, see Note 7.

Aggregate options outstanding under these plans

 

    

Number of

HSBC Holdings
ordinary shares

     Period of exercise      Exercise price  

31 December 2013

     119,085,250         2013 to 2019         £3.3116 – 7.9911   
     24,215,341         2013 to 2018         HK$37.8797 – 92.5881   
     1,574,652         2013 to 2018         €3.6361 – 7.5571   
     3,997,069         2013 to 2018         US$4.8876 – 11.8824   

31 December 2012

     159,703,771         2013 to 2018         £3.3116 – 7.9911   
     31,637,840         2013 to 2018         HK$37.8797 – 94.5057   
     2,180,263         2013 to 2018         €3.6361 – 9.5912   
     6,488,894         2013 to 2018         US$4.8876 – 12.0958   

31 December 2011

     216,078,250         2012 to 2017         £3.3116 – 7.9911   
     45,422,511         2012 to 2017         HK$37.8797 –94.5057   
     3,176,265         2012 to 2017         €3.6361 – 9.5912   
     9,752,066         2012 to 2017         US$4.8876 – 12.0958   

HSBC Bank Bermuda plans

Upon the acquisition of HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited (‘HSBC Bank Bermuda’) in 2004, all outstanding options over HSBC Bank Bermuda shares were converted into options to acquire HSBC Holdings ordinary shares using an exchange ratio calculated by dividing US$40 (being the consideration paid for each HSBC Bank Bermuda Share) by the average price of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares over the five-day period to the completion of the acquisition. The exercise price payable for each option was adjusted using the same exchange ratio.

During 2012 and 2013 there were no options exercised over HSBC Holdings ordinary shares and no shares were delivered from the HSBC (Bank of Bermuda) Employee Benefit Trust 2004. During 2013, options over 149,924 (2012: 880,983) HSBC Holdings ordinary shares lapsed.

At 31 December 2013, the HSBC (Bank of Bermuda) Employee Benefit Trust 2004 held nil (2012: 2,108,830) HSBC Holdings ordinary shares.

 

545


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Options outstanding over HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under the HSBC Bank Bermuda share plan

 

    

Number of

HSBC Holdings

ordinary shares

     Period of exercise      Exercise price  

31 December 2013

             2013         US$ 9.32 – 10.33   

31 December 2012

     149,924         2013         US$9.32 – 10.33   

31 December 2011

     1,030,907         2012 to 2013         US$9.32 – 15.99   

Maximum obligation to deliver HSBC Holdings ordinary shares

At 31 December 2013, the maximum obligation to deliver HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under all of the above option arrangements, together with GPSP awards and restricted share awards granted under the HSBC Share Plan and/or the HSBC Share Plan 2011, was 265,534,885 (2012: 364,082,766). The total number of shares at 31 December 2013 held by employee benefit trusts that may be used to satisfy such obligations to deliver HSBC Holdings ordinary shares was 12,068,136 (2012: 18,009,459).

 

39 Notes on the statement of cash flows

 

Other non-cash items included in profit before tax

 

     HSBC               HSBC Holdings      
    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

         

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

     2,330            2,531            3,135            35            457   

Gains arising from dilution of interests in associates

     (1,051                    (208                      

Revaluations on investment property

     (113         (72         (118                      

Share-based payment expense

     630            988            1,162            49            55   

Loan impairment losses gross of recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     7,356            9,358            13,553                         

Provisions

     2,578            5,732            2,199                         

Impairment of financial investments

     (36         519            808                         

Charge/(credit) for defined benefit plans

     121            476            (140                      

Accretion of discounts and amortisation of premiums

     180            246            (513         (10         23   
     11,995            19,778            19,878            74            535   
Change in operating assets                           
     HSBC           HSBC Holdings  
    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

         

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

Change in loans to HSBC undertakings

                                      (11,669         (3,451

Change in prepayments and accrued income

     (1,568         557            1,907            (65         (5

Change in net trading securities and net derivatives

     (24,870         (36,829         27,058            923            (507

Change in loans and advances to banks

     (21,578         1,083            2,618                         

Change in loans and advances to customers

     (100,115         (72,619         (30,853                      

Change in financial assets designated at fair value

     (4,922         (2,698         (583                      

Change in other assets

     4,154            (6,015         (7,559         16            (48
     (148,899         (116,521         (7,412         (10,795         (4,011
Change in operating liabilities                           
     HSBC           HSBC Holdings  
    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

         

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

Change in accruals and deferred income

     3,085            78            (800         248            10   

Change in deposits by banks

     22,975            (5,393         2,238                         

Change in customer accounts

     150,262            90,071            48,401                         

Change in debt securities in issue

     (15,381         (11,552         (14,388         98            86   

Change in financial liabilities designated at fair value

     994            2,549            5,468            (550         2,464   

Change in other liabilities

     2,822            13,317            3,093            (857         391   
     164,757            89,070            44,012            (1,061         2,951   

 

546


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Cash and cash equivalents                           
     HSBC           HSBC Holdings  
    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

         

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

Cash at bank with HSBC undertakings

                                      407            353   

Cash and balances at central banks

     166,599            141,532            129,902                         

Items in the course of collection from other banks

     6,021            7,303            8,208                         

Loans and advances to banks of one month or less

     164,591            148,232            169,858                         

Treasury bills, other bills and certificates of deposit less than three months

     15,980            25,379            26,226                         

Less: items in the course of transmission to other banks

     (6,910         (7,138         (8,745                      
     346,281            315,308            325,449            407            353   
Interest and dividends                           
     HSBC           HSBC Holdings  
     2013 US$m           2012 US$m           2011 US$m           2013 US$m           2012 US$m  

Interest paid

     (17,262         (18,412         (23,125         (2,705         (2,661

Interest received

     50,823            61,112            66,734            1,986            1,759   

Dividends received

     1,133            766            602            20,925            13,709   

The amount of cash and cash equivalents not available for use by HSBC at 31 December 2013 was US$38,019m (2012: US$32,368m), of which US$21,811m (2012: US$20,464m) related to mandatory deposits at central banks.

Disposal of subsidiaries and businesses

In October 2013, we completed the disposal of HSBC Bank (Panama) S.A., receiving total cash consideration of US$2,210m which is included under ‘Cash flow from investing activities’ in the Consolidated statement of cash flows on page 420. The effect of disposals of subsidiaries and businesses in 2012 is tabulated below.

 

     2012  
    

US cards

business
US$m

         

US branch

network
US$m

         

Other

disposals
US$m

          Total
US$m
 

Assets

                    

Loans and advances to banks

                           799            799   

Loans and advances to customers

     26,748            2,091            3,632            32,471   

Financial investments

                           924            924   

Prepayments and accrued income

     572                       53            625   

Goodwill and intangible assets

     318            7            276            601   

Other assets

     369            68            1,618            2,055   

Total assets excluding cash and cash equivalents

     28,007            2,166            7,302            37,475   

Liabilities

                    

Deposits by banks

                           385            385   

Customer accounts

                13,199            5,986            19,185   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

                           1,080            1,080   

Other liabilities

     161            7            1,012            1,180   

Total liabilities

     161            13,206            8,463            21,830   

Aggregate net assets at date of disposal, excluding cash and cash equivalents

     27,846            (11,040         (1,161         15,645   

Non-controlling interests disposed

                           (81         (81

Gain on disposal including costs to sell

     3,148            864            355            4,367   

Add back: costs to sell

     72            15            56            143   

Selling price

     31,066            (10,161         (831         20,074   

Satisfied by:

                    

Cash and cash equivalents received/(paid) as consideration

     31,066            (10,091         (542         20,433   

Cash and cash equivalents sold

                (70         (321         (391

Cash consideration received/(paid) up to 31 December 2012

     31,066            (10,161         (863         20,042   

Cash still to be received at 31 December 2012

                           32            32   

Total cash consideration

     31,066            (10,161         (831         20,074   

 

547


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

 

40 Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and guarantees

 

 

     HSBC           HSBC Holdings  
    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

Guarantees and contingent liabilities

                    

Guarantees

     84,554            80,364            52,836            49,402   

Other contingent liabilities

     182            209                         
     84,736            80,573            52,836            49,402   

Commitments

                    

Documentary credits and short-term trade-related transactions

     12,154            13,359                         

Forward asset purchases and forward forward deposits placed

     1,005            419                         

Undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend

     574,444            565,691            1,245            1,200   
     587,603            579,469            1,245            1,200   

The above table discloses the nominal principal amounts of commitments excluding capital commitments, which are separately disclosed below, and guarantees and other contingent liabilities, which are mainly credit-related instruments including both financial and non-financial guarantees and commitments to extend credit. Contingent liabilities arising from legal proceedings and regulatory matters against Group companies are disclosed in Note 43. Nominal principal amounts represent the amounts at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default. The amount of the loan commitments shown above reflects, where relevant, the expected level of take-up of pre-approved loan offers made by mailshots to personal customers. As a significant portion of guarantees and commitments is expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total of the nominal principal amounts is not indicative of future liquidity requirements.

Guarantees

HSBC provides guarantees and similar undertakings on behalf of both third-party customers and other entities within the HSBC Group. These guarantees are generally provided in the normal course of HSBC’s banking business. The principal types of guarantees provided and the maximum potential amount of future payments which HSBC could be required to make at 31 December 2013 were as follows:

 

     At 31 December 2013           At 31 December 2012  
    

Guarantees

in favour of

third parties
US$m

         

Guarantees

by HSBC

Holdings

in favour of

other HSBC

Group entities
US$m

         

Guarantees

in favour of

third parties
US$m

         

Guarantees

by HSBC

Holdings

in favour of

other HSBC

Group entities
US$m

 

Guarantee type

                    

Financial guarantees 1

     31,224            36,800            32,036            36,800   

Credit-related guarantees 2

     15,076            16,036            12,957            12,602   

Other guarantees

     38,254                       35,371              
     84,554            52,836            80,364            49,402   

 

  1   Financial guarantees are contracts that require the issuer to make specified payments to reimburse the holder for a loss incurred because a specified debtor fails to make payment when due in accordance with the original or modified terms of a debt instrument.
  2   Credit-related guarantees are contracts that have similar features to financial guarantee contracts but fail to meet the definition of a financial guarantee contract under IAS 39.

The amounts disclosed in the above table are nominal principal amounts and reflect HSBC’s maximum exposure under a large number of individual guarantee undertakings. The risks and exposures arising from guarantees are captured and managed in accordance with HSBC’s overall credit risk management policies and procedures. Approximately half of the above guarantees have a term of less than one year. Guarantees with terms of more than one year are subject to HSBC’s annual credit review process.

 

548


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Financial Services Compensation Scheme

The Financial Services Compensation Scheme (‘FSCS’) has provided compensation to consumers following the collapse of a number of deposit takers. The compensation paid out to consumers is currently funded through loans from the Bank of England and HM Treasury which at 31 December 2013 stood at approximately £17 billion (US$28.1bn).

In order to repay the loan principal which is not expected to be recovered, the FSCS confirmed in February 2013 that it would levy approximately £363m (US$587m) in Scheme Year 2013/2014 and in the following two Scheme Years on participating financial institutions. In January 2014, the FSCS announced that the expected levy on participating financial institutions for Scheme Year 2014/2015 would be £399m (US$660m).

HSBC could be liable to pay a further proportion of the outstanding borrowings that the FSCS has borrowed from HM Treasury.

The ultimate FSCS levy to the industry as a result of the collapses cannot currently be estimated reliably as it is dependent on various uncertain factors including the potential recoveries of assets by the FSCS and changes in the level of protected deposits and the population of FSCS members at the time.

Capital commitments

In addition to the commitments disclosed on page 548, at 31 December 2013 HSBC had US$401m (2012: US$607m) of capital commitments contracted but not provided for and US$112m (2012: US$197m) of capital commitments authorised but not contracted for.

Associates

HSBC’s share of associates’ contingent liabilities amounted to US$46,574m at 31 December 2013 (2012: US$46,148m). No matters arose where HSBC was severally liable.

 

41 Lease commitments

 

Finance lease commitments

HSBC leases land and buildings (including branches) and equipment from third parties under finance lease arrangements to support its operations.

 

     At 31 December 2013           At 31 December 2012  
     Total future
minimum
payments
US$m
          Future
interest
        charges
US$m
         

Present value

of finance

lease

commitments
US$m

          Total future
minimum
payments
US$m
          Future
interest
        charges
US$m
          Present value
of finance
lease
commitments
US$m
 

Lease commitments:

                                

– no later than one year

     59            (23         36            81            (21         60   

– later than one year and no later than five years

     132            (76         56            153            (71         82   

– later than five years

     185            (25         160            196            (34         162   
     376            (124         252            430            (126         304   

At 31 December 2013, future minimum sublease payments of US$237m (2012: US$244m) were expected to be received under non-cancellable subleases at the balance sheet date.

Operating lease commitments

At 31 December 2013, HSBC was obligated under a number of non-cancellable operating leases for properties, plant and equipment on which the future minimum lease payments extend over a number of years.

 

549


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

     At 31 December 2013           At 31 December 2012  
    

Land and

buildings
US$m

          Equipment
US$m
         

Land and

buildings
US$m

          Equipment
US$m
 

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases:

                    

– no later than one year

     960            11            943            23   

– later than one year and no later than five years

     2,499            14            2,495            23   

– later than five years

     2,007            5            2,246              
     5,466            30            5,684            46   

At 31 December 2013, future minimum sublease payments of US$10m (2012: US$14m) were expected to be received under non-cancellable subleases at the balance sheet date.

In 2013, US$1,425m (2012: US$1,166m; 2011: US$973m) was charged to ‘General and administrative expenses’ in respect of lease and sublease agreements, of which US$1,098m (2012: US$1,149m; 2011: US$952m) related to minimum lease payments, US$326m (2012: US$17m; 2011: US$20m) to contingent rents, and US$1m (2012: US$0.4m; 2011: US$1m) to sublease payments.

The contingent rent represents escalation payments made to landlords for operating, tax and other escalation expenses.

Finance lease receivables

HSBC leases a variety of assets to third parties under finance leases, including transport assets (such as aircraft), property and general plant and machinery. At the end of lease terms, assets may be sold to third parties or leased for further terms. Lessees may participate in any sales proceeds achieved. Lease rentals arising during the lease terms will either be fixed in quantum or be varied to reflect changes in, for example, tax or interest rates. Rentals are calculated to recover the cost of assets less their residual value, and earn finance income.

 

     At 31 December 2013           At 31 December 2012  
    

Total future
minimum

payments
US$m

         

Unearned

finance

income
US$m

         

Present

value
US$m

         

Total future
minimum

payments
US$m

         

Unearned

finance

income
US$m

         

Present

value
US$m

 

Lease receivables:

                                

– no later than one year

     3,370            (360         3,010            3,712            (379         3,333   

– later than one year and no later than five years

     7,933            (990         6,943            8,414            (966         7,448   

– later than five years

     5,064            (856         4,208            5,277            (951         4,326   
     16,367            (2,206         14,161            17,403            (2,296         15,107   

At 31 December 2013, unguaranteed residual values of US$205m (2012: US$253m) had been accrued, and the accumulated allowance for uncollectible minimum lease payments receivable amounted to US$7m (2012: US$3m). No contingent rents were received in 2013 (2012: nil).

 

42 Structured entities

 

HSBC is involved with structured entities, mainly through securitisation of financial assets, conduits and investment funds.

HSBC arrangements that involve structured entities are authorised centrally when they are established to ensure appropriate purpose and governance. The activities of structured entities administered by HSBC are closely monitored by senior management. HSBC has involvement with both consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities, which may be established by HSBC or by a third party, as detailed below.

Structured entities are assessed for consolidation in accordance with the accounting policy set out in Note 1(e).

 

550


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Consolidated structured entities

Total assets of HSBC’s consolidated structured entities, split by entity type

 

    

Conduits

US$bn

          Securitisations
US$bn
         

HSBC

managed

funds
US$bn

          Other
US$bn
          Total
US$bn
 

At 31 December 2013

     38.9            7.1            13.9            8.2            68.1   

At 31 December 2012

     38.4            9.0            12.1            3.5            63.0   

Conduits

HSBC has established and manages two types of conduits: securities investment conduits (‘SIC’s) and multi-seller conduits. These entities have been designed so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who has control; in such cases, the relevant activities are directed by means of contractual arrangement. The conduits are consolidated as HSBC is exposed or has the right to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect its returns through its power over the entity.

Securities investment conduits

Solitaire, HSBC’s principal SIC, purchases highly rated asset-backed securities (‘ABS’s) to facilitate tailored investment opportunities. At 31 December 2013, Solitaire held US$9.0bn of ABSs (2012: US$10.0bn). These are included within the disclosures of ABS ‘held through consolidated structured entities’ on page 206. HSBC’s other SICs, Mazarin, Barion and Malachite, evolved from the restructuring of HSBC’s structured investment vehicles (‘SIV’s) in 2008.

 

   

Solitaire – Solitaire is currently funded entirely by commercial paper ‘CP’ issued to HSBC. Although HSBC continues to provide a liquidity facility, Solitaire has no need to draw on it so long as HSBC purchases the CP issued, which it intends to do for the foreseeable future. At 31 December 2013, HSBC held US$11.0bn of CP (2012: US$13.0bn).

 

   

Mazarin – HSBC is exposed to the par value of Mazarin’s assets through the provision of a liquidity facility equal to the lesser of the amortised cost of issued senior debt and the amortised cost of non-defaulted assets. At 31 December 2013, this amounted to US$7.4bn (2012: US$8.4bn). First loss protection is provided through the capital notes issued by Mazarin, which are substantially all held by third parties.

At 31 December 2013, HSBC held 1.3% of Mazarin’s capital notes (2012: 1.3%) with a par value of US$17m (2012: US$17m) and a carrying amount of US$0.3m (2012: nil).

 

   

Barion and Malachite – HSBC’s primary exposure to these SICs is represented by the amortised cost of the debt required to support the non-cash assets of the vehicles. At 31 December 2013, this amounted to US$6.3bn (2012: US$7.4bn). First loss protection is provided through the capital notes issued by these vehicles, which are substantially all held by third parties.

At 31 December 2013, HSBC held 3.8 % of the capital notes (2012: 3.7%) issued by these vehicles with a par value of US$37m (2012: US$36m) and a carrying amount of US$3.3m (2012: US$1.7m).

Multi-seller conduits

These vehicles were established for the purpose of providing access to flexible market-based sources of finance for HSBC’s clients.

HSBC bears risk equal to transaction-specific liquidity facilities offered to the multi-seller conduits amounting to US$15.7bn at 31 December 2013 (2012: US$14.3bn). First loss protection is provided by the originator of the assets, and not by HSBC, through transaction-specific credit enhancements. A layer of secondary loss protection is provided by HSBC in the form of programme-wide enhancement facilities.

Securitisations

HSBC uses structured entities to securitise customer loans and advances that it has originated in order to diversify its sources of funding for asset origination and capital efficiency purposes. The loans and advances are transferred by

 

551


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

HSBC to the structured entities for cash or synthetically through credit default swaps, and the structured entities issue debt securities to investors.

HSBC managed funds

HSBC has established a number of money market and non-money market funds. Where it is deemed to be acting as principal rather than agent in its role as investment manager, HSBC controls and hence consolidates these funds.

Other

HSBC has also entered into a number of transactions in the normal course of business which include asset and structured finance transactions where it has control of the structured entity. In addition, HSBC is deemed to control a number of third-party managed funds through its involvement as a principal in the funds.

Unconsolidated structured entities

The term ‘unconsolidated structured entities’ refers to all structured entities that are not controlled by HSBC. HSBC enters into transactions with unconsolidated structured entities in the normal course of business to facilitate customer transactions and for specific investment opportunities.

The table below shows the total assets of unconsolidated structured entities in which HSBC has an interest at the reporting date, as well as its maximum exposure to loss in relation to those interests.

The maximum exposure to loss from HSBC’s interests in unconsolidated structured entities represents the maximum loss that HSBC could incur as a result of HSBC’s involvement with unconsolidated structured entities regardless of the probability of the loss being incurred.

 

   

For commitments and guarantees, and written credit default swaps, the maximum exposure to loss is the notional amount of potential future losses.

 

   

For retained and purchased investments in and loans to unconsolidated structured entities, the maximum exposure to loss is the carrying value of these interests at the balance sheet reporting date.

The maximum exposure to loss is stated gross of the effects of hedging and collateral arrangements entered into to mitigate HSBC’s exposure to loss.

 

552


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Nature and risks associated with HSBC interests in unconsolidated structured entities

 

    

Securitisations

US$bn

        

HSBC

managed

funds

US$bn

        

Non-HSBC

managed

funds

US$bn

        

Other

US$bn

        

Total

US$bn

 

At 31 December 2013

                      

Total assets of the entities

     9.6           290.3           2,843.3           26.7           3,169.9   

HSBC’s interest – assets

                      

Cash

                                               

Trading assets

               0.1           0.2           3.8           4.1   

Financial assets designated at fair value

               5.1           1.4                     6.5   

Derivatives

                                   1.2           1.2   

Loans and advances to customers

     0.9                               1.5           2.4   

Financial investments

               2.3           5.4           0.1           7.8   

Other assets

               0.1                               0.1   

Total assets in relation to HSBC’s interests in the unconsolidated structured entities

     0.9           7.6           7.0           6.6           22.1   

HSBC’s interest – liabilities

                      

Trading liabilities

                                   0.1           0.1   

Total liabilities in relation to HSBC’s interests in the unconsolidated structured entities

                                   0.1           0.1   

HSBC’s maximum exposure

     1.0           7.6           7.0           10.6           26.2   

Total income from HSBC interests 1

               0.1           0.3           0.3           0.7   

 

  1   Income includes recurring and non-recurring fees, interest, dividends, gains or loss on the re-measurement or derecognition of interests in structured entities, any mark-to-market gains/losses on a net basis and gains or losses from the transfer of assets and liabilities to the structured entity.

Securitisations

HSBC has interests in unconsolidated securitisation vehicles through holding notes issued by these entities.

HSBC managed funds

HSBC establishes and manages money market funds and non-money market investment funds to provide customers with investment opportunities. Further information on ‘Funds under management’ is provided on page 130.

HSBC, as fund manager, may be entitled to receive management and performance fees based on the assets under management. HSBC may also retain units in these funds.

Non-HSBC managed funds

HSBC purchases and holds units of third-party managed funds in order to facilitate both business and customer needs.

Other

HSBC has established structured entities in the normal course of business such as structured credit transactions for customers, to provide finance to public and private sector infrastructure projects, and for asset and structured finance transactions.

HSBC sponsored structured entities

The definition of a sponsor is given in Note 2(o).

In some cases, HSBC does not have an interest in these entities at the reporting date.

The amount of assets transferred to and income received from such sponsored entities during 2013 was not significant.

 

553


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

43 Legal proceedings and regulatory matters

 

HSBC is party to legal proceedings and regulatory matters in a number of jurisdictions arising out of its normal business operations. The recognition of provisions is determined in accordance with the accounting policies set out in Note 2. Apart from the matters described below, HSBC considers that none of these matters are material, either individually or in the aggregate. Where an individual provision is material, the fact that a provision has been made is stated and quantified. Any provision recognised does not constitute an admission of wrongdoing or legal liability. While the outcome of these matters is inherently uncertain, management believes that, based on the information available to it, appropriate provisions have been made in respect of legal proceedings and regulatory matters as at 31 December 2013 (see Note 31). It is not practicable to provide an aggregate estimate of potential liability for our legal proceedings and regulatory matters as a class of contingent liabilities.

Securities litigation

As a result of an August 2002 restatement of previously reported consolidated financial statements and other corporate events, including the 2002 settlement with 46 states and the District of Columbia relating to real estate lending practices, Household International and certain former officers were named as defendants in a class action lawsuit, Jaffe v. Household International, Inc., et al. (N.D. Ill. No. 02 C5893), filed 19 August 2002 in the US District Court for the Northern District of Illinois (‘District Court’). The complaint asserted claims under § 10 and § 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and alleged that the defendants knowingly or recklessly made false and misleading statements of material fact relating to Household International’s Consumer Lending operations, including collections, sales and lending practices, some of which ultimately led to the 2002 state settlement agreement, and facts relating to accounting practices evidenced by the restatement. Ultimately, a class was certified on behalf of all persons who acquired and disposed of Household International common stock between 30 July 1999 and 11 October 2002.

A jury trial concluded in April 2009, which was decided partly in favour of the plaintiffs. Various legal challenges to the verdict were raised in post-trial briefing.

In December 2011, following the submission of claim forms by class members, the Court-appointed claims administrator to the District Court reported that the total number of claims that generated an allowed loss was 45,921, and that the aggregate amount of these claims was approximately US$2.2bn. The defendants filed legal challenges regarding the presumption of reliance as to the class and compliance with the claims form requirements, which the District Court in September 2012 rejected for the most part. The District Court directed further proceedings before a court-appointed Special Master to address certain claim submission issues.

On 4 October 2013, the District Court denied the defendants’ additional post-trial motions for judgement as a matter of law or, in the alternative, for a new trial, and granted plaintiffs’ motions for a partial final judgement and awarded pre-judgement interest at the Prime rate, compounded annually. Subsequently, on 17 October 2013, the District Court entered a partial final judgement against the defendants in the amount of approximately US$2.46bn. In addition to the partial judgement that has been entered, there also remain approximately US$527m in claims, prior to imposition of prejudgement interest, that still are subject to objections that have not yet been ruled upon by the District Court.

The defendants have filed a Notice of Appeal of the partial final judgement. The defendants have also filed a Supersedeas Bond in the approximate amount of the judgement (US$2.46bn) in order to stay execution on the judgement pending appeal. Despite the jury verdict, the various rulings of the District Court, and the partial final judgement, we continue to believe that we have meritorious grounds for appeal. The timing and outcome of the ultimate resolution of this matter is uncertain.

Given the complexity and uncertainties associated with the actual determination of damages, including the outcome of any appeals, there is a wide range of possible damages. We believe we have meritorious grounds for appeal on matters of both liability and damages, and will argue on appeal that damages should be zero or a relatively insignificant amount. If the Appeals Court rejects or only partially accepts our arguments, the amount of damages, based upon the claims submitted and the application of pre-judgement interest at the Prime rate as ordered by the District Court, may lie in a range from a relatively insignificant amount to an amount up to or exceeding US$3.5bn. Once a judgement is entered (such as the approximately US$2.46bn partial final judgement entered on 17 October 2013), post-judgement interest accrues on the judgement at a rate equal to the weekly average of the 1-year constant maturity treasury yield as published by the Federal Reserve System. A provision has been made based on management’s best estimate of probable outflows.

 

554


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC

In December 2008, Bernard L. Madoff (‘Madoff’) was arrested for running a Ponzi scheme and a trustee was appointed for the liquidation of his firm, Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC (‘Madoff Securities’), an SEC-registered broker-dealer and investment adviser. Since his appointment, the trustee has been recovering assets and processing claims of Madoff Securities customers. Madoff subsequently pleaded guilty to various charges and is serving a 150 year prison sentence. He has acknowledged, in essence, that while purporting to invest his customers’ money in securities and, upon request, return their profits and principal, he in fact never invested in securities and used other customers’ money to fulfil requests for the return of profits and principal. The relevant US authorities are continuing their investigations into his fraud, and have brought charges against others, including certain former employees and the former auditor of Madoff Securities. Madoff was sentenced in June 2009.

Various non-US HSBC companies provided custodial, administration and similar services to a number of funds incorporated outside the US whose assets were invested with Madoff Securities. Based on information provided by Madoff Securities, as at 30 November 2008, the purported aggregate value of these funds was US$8.4bn, an amount that includes fictitious profits reported by Madoff. Based on information available to HSBC to date, we estimate that the funds’ actual transfers to Madoff Securities minus their actual withdrawals from Madoff Securities during the time that HSBC serviced the funds totalled approximately US$4bn.

Plaintiffs (including funds, fund investors, and the Madoff Securities trustee) have commenced Madoff-related proceedings against numerous defendants in a multitude of jurisdictions. Various HSBC companies have been named as defendants in suits in the US, Ireland, Luxembourg and other jurisdictions. Certain suits (which include US putative class actions) allege that the HSBC defendants knew or should have known of Madoff’s fraud and breached various duties to the funds and fund investors.

In December 2011, claims against HSBC and other defendants by fund investors in three related putative class actions pending in the US District Court for the Southern District of New York were dismissed on grounds of forum non conveniens . In September 2013, the US Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit affirmed the dismissal of the claims. The plaintiffs have requested a rehearing of their appeal, and that request remains pending.

In July and December 2013, settlements were reached in respect of the claim by Thema International Fund plc and AA (Alternative Advantage) Plc respectively against HSBC Institutional Trust Services (Ireland) Limited in the Irish High Court.

The Madoff Securities Trustee has commenced suits against various HSBC companies in the US Bankruptcy Court and in the English High Court. The US action (which also names certain funds, investment managers, and other entities and individuals) sought US$9bn in damages and additional recoveries from HSBC and the various co-defendants and alleged that HSBC aided and abetted Madoff’s fraud and breach of fiduciary duty. In July 2011, the US District Court for the Southern District of New York dismissed the trustee’s various common law claims on the grounds that the trustee lacks standing to assert them, and that dismissal was affirmed in a decision issued by the Second Circuit in June 2013. On 9 October 2013, the Trustee filed a petition for writ of certiorari to review the Second Circuit’s decision with the US Supreme Court. The HSBC defendants filed their response to the petition for writ of certiorari on 16 December 2013. The Supreme Court has issued an order inviting the US Solicitor General to file a brief in the case expressing the views of the US government on the petition. The Trustee’s remaining US claims seek, pursuant to US bankruptcy law, recovery of unspecified amounts received by HSBC from funds invested with Madoff, including amounts that HSBC received when it redeemed units HSBC held in the various funds in connection with financing transactions HSBC had entered into with various clients, as well as fees earned by HSBC for providing custodial, administration and similar services to the funds. These claims remain pending.

The trustee’s English action seeks recovery of unspecified transfers of money from Madoff Securities to or through HSBC, on the ground that the HSBC defendants actually or constructively knew of Madoff’s fraud. HSBC has not been served with the trustee’s English action.

 

555


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Between October 2009 and April 2012, Fairfield Sentry Limited, Fairfield Sigma Limited and Fairfield Lambda Limited (‘Fairfield’), funds whose assets were directly or indirectly invested with Madoff Securities, commenced multiple suits in the British Virgin Islands (‘BVI’) and the US against numerous fund shareholders, including various HSBC companies that acted as nominees for clients of HSBC’s private banking business and other clients who invested in the Fairfield funds. The Fairfield actions seek restitution of amounts paid to the defendants in connection with share redemptions, on the ground that such payments were made by mistake, based on inflated values resulting from Madoff’s fraud, and some actions also seek recovery of the share redemptions under BVI insolvency law. The actions in the US are currently stayed in the Bankruptcy Court pending developments in related appellate litigation in the BVI.

There are many factors which may affect the range of possible outcomes, and the resulting financial impact, of the various Madoff-related proceedings, including but not limited to the circumstances of the fraud, the multiple jurisdictions in which the proceedings have been brought and the number of different plaintiffs and defendants in such proceedings. For these reasons, among others, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to estimate reliably the aggregate liabilities, or ranges of liabilities, that might arise as a result of all such claims but they could be significant. In any event, HSBC considers that it has good defences to these claims and will continue to defend them vigorously.

US mortgage-related investigations

In April 2011, HSBC Bank USA entered into a consent cease and desist order with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (‘OCC’) and HSBC Finance and HSBC North America Holdings Inc. (‘HNAH’) entered into a similar consent order with the Federal Reserve Board (together with the OCC, the ‘Servicing Consent Orders’) following completion of a broad horizontal review of industry residential mortgage foreclosure practices. These consent orders require prescribed actions to address the deficiencies noted in the joint examination and described in the consent orders. HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Finance and HNAH continue to work with the OCC and the Federal Reserve Board to align their processes with the requirements of the consent orders and are implementing operational changes as required.

The Servicing Consent Orders required an independent review of foreclosures (the ‘Independent Foreclosure Review’) pending or completed between January 2009 and December 2010 to determine if any borrower was financially injured as a result of an error in the foreclosure process. As required by the Servicing Consent Orders, an independent consultant was retained to conduct that review.

On 28 February 2013, HSBC Bank USA entered into an agreement with the OCC, and HSBC Finance and HNAH entered into an agreement with the Federal Reserve Board, (together the ‘IFR Settlement Agreements’), pursuant to which the Independent Foreclosure Review has ceased and been replaced by a broader framework under which we and 12 other participating servicers will, in the aggregate, provide in excess of US$9.3bn in cash payments and other assistance to help eligible borrowers. Pursuant to the IFR Settlement Agreements, HNAH has made a cash payment of US$96m into a fund used to make payments to borrowers that were in active foreclosure during 2009 and 2010, and in addition, will provide other assistance (e.g. loan modifications) to help eligible borrowers. Borrowers who receive compensation will not be required to execute a release or waiver of rights and will not be precluded from pursuing litigation concerning foreclosure or other mortgage servicing practices. For participating servicers, including HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Finance, fulfilment of the terms of the IFR Settlement Agreements will satisfy the Independent Foreclosure Review requirements of the Servicing Consent Orders, including the wind down of the Independent Foreclosure Review.

The Servicing Consent Orders do not preclude additional enforcement actions against HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Finance or HNAH by bank regulatory, governmental or law enforcement agencies, such as the US Department of Justice (‘DoJ’) or State Attorneys General, which could include the imposition of civil money penalties and other sanctions relating to the activities that are the subject of the Servicing Consent Orders. Pursuant to the IFR Settlement Agreement with the OCC, however, the OCC has agreed that it will not assess civil money penalties or initiate any further enforcement action with respect to past mortgage servicing and foreclosure-related practices addressed in the Servicing Consent Orders, provided the terms of the IFR Settlement Agreement are fulfilled. The OCC’s agreement not to assess civil money penalties is further conditioned on HNAH making payments or providing borrower assistance pursuant to any agreement that may be entered into with the DoJ in connection with the servicing of residential mortgage loans within two years. The Federal Reserve Board has agreed that any assessment of civil money penalties by the Federal Reserve Board will reflect a number of adjustments, including amounts expended in consumer relief and payments made pursuant to any agreement that may be entered into with the DoJ in connection

 

556


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

with the servicing of residential mortgage loans. In addition, the IFR Settlement Agreements do not preclude private litigation concerning these practices.

Separate from the Servicing Consent Orders and the settlement related to the Independent Foreclosure Review discussed above, in February 2012 five of the largest US mortgage servicers (not including HSBC companies) reached a settlement with the DoJ, the US Department of Housing and Urban Development and State Attorneys General of 49 states with respect to foreclosure and other mortgage servicing practices. Following this settlement, these government agencies initiated discussions with mortgage industry servicers. HNAH, HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Finance have had discussions with US bank regulators and other governmental agencies regarding a potential resolution, although the timing of any settlement is not currently known. HSBC has recognised a provision to reflect the estimated liability associated with a proposed settlement of this matter. Any such settlement, however, may not completely preclude other enforcement actions by state or federal agencies, regulators or law enforcement bodies related to foreclosure and other mortgage servicing practices, including, but not limited to matters relating to the securitisation of mortgages for investors. These practices have in the past resulted in private litigation and such a settlement would not preclude further private litigation concerning these practices.

US mortgage securitisation activity and litigation

HSBC Bank USA has been involved as a sponsor/seller of loans used to facilitate whole loan securitisations underwritten by HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. (‘HSI’). During 2005-2007, HSBC Bank USA purchased and sold US$24bn of such loans to HSI which were subsequently securitised and sold by HSI to third parties. The outstanding principal balance on these loans was approximately US$6.4bn and US$7.4bn at 31 December 2013 and 31 December 2012, respectively.

Participants in the US mortgage securitisation market that purchased and repackaged whole loans have been the subject of lawsuits and governmental and regulatory investigations and inquiries, which have been directed at groups within the US mortgage market, such as servicers, originators, underwriters, trustees or sponsors of securitisations, and at particular participants within these groups. As the industry’s residential mortgage foreclosure issues continue, HSBC Bank USA has taken title to an increasing number of foreclosed homes as trustee on behalf of various securitisation trusts. As nominal record owner of these properties, HSBC Bank USA has been sued by municipalities and tenants alleging various violations of law, including laws regarding property upkeep and tenants’ rights. While HSBC believes and continues to maintain that the obligations at issue and the related liability are properly those of the servicer of each trust, HSBC continues to receive significant and adverse publicity in connection with these and similar matters, including foreclosures that are serviced by others in the name of ‘HSBC, as trustee’.

Various HSBC companies have been named as defendants in a number of actions in connection with residential mortgage-backed securities (‘RMBS’) offerings, which generally allege that the offering documents for securities issued by securitisation trusts contained material misstatements and omissions, including statements regarding the underwriting standards governing the underlying mortgage loans. These include an action filed in September 2011 by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (‘FHFA’), acting in its capacity as conservator for the Federal National Mortgage Association (‘Fannie Mae’) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (‘Freddie Mac’) in the US District Court for the Southern District of New York (the ‘District Court’) against HSBC Bank USA, HSBC North America Holdings Inc. (‘HNAH’), HSI and HSI Asset Securitization (‘HASCO’) and five former and current officers and directors of HASCO, seeking damages or rescission of mortgage-backed securities purchased by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac that were either underwritten or sponsored by HSBC companies. The aggregate unpaid principal balance of the securities was approximately US$1.6bn at 31 December 2013. This action, captioned Federal Housing Finance Agency, as Conservator for the Federal National Mortgage Association and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation v. HSBC North America Holdings Inc., et al. (S.D.N.Y. No. CV 11-6189-LAK), is one of a series of similar actions filed against 17 financial institutions alleging violations of federal and state securities laws in connection with the sale of private-label RMBS purchased by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, primarily from 2005 to 2008. These actions were transferred to a single judge, who directed the defendant in the first-filed matter, UBS, to file a motion to dismiss. In May 2012, the District Court filed its decision denying the motion to dismiss FHFA’s securities law claims and granting the motion to dismiss FHFA’s negligent misrepresentation claims. The District Court’s ruling formed the basis for rulings on the other matters, including the action filed against HSBC Bank USA and its affiliates. On 5 April 2013, the Second Circuit Court of Appeals affirmed the ruling of the District Court. In January 2013, the FHFA parties met with the Magistrate Judge to discuss how to structure mediation. Since that time, a number of the FHFA defendants have resolved their lawsuits.

 

557


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Discovery in HSBC’s case continues. Factual discovery closed in December 2013. Expert discovery is scheduled to continue through the end of July 2014, with the summary judgement motion scheduled to be fully briefed by the end of July 2014. These dates are subject to change by the court.

The timing and outcome of this matter is uncertain. It is possible that HSBC could be found liable to pay damages. Based upon the information currently available, it is possible that these damages could be as high as US$1.6bn.

HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Finance and Decision One Mortgage Company LLC (a subsidiary of HSBC Finance) have been named as defendants in a number of mortgage loan repurchase actions brought by trustees of securitisation trusts. These actions include (i) Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, as Trustee of HASCO 2007-NC1 v. HSBC Bank USA; (ii) Deutsche Bank, as Trustee of MSAC 2007-HE6 v. Decision One and HSBC Finance Corp., and (iii) Deutsche Bank, as Trustee of HASCO 2007-HE2 v. Decision One, HSBC Finance and HSBC Bank USA. In the aggregate, these actions seek to have the HSBC defendants repurchase mortgage loans, or pay compensatory damages in lieu of repurchase, totalling at least US$1bn. On 13 January 2014 HSBC Bank USA filed a motion to dismiss the Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, as Trustee of HASCO 2007-NC1 v. HSBC Bank USA matter. HSBC Finance was dismissed, on motion, as a defendant in Deutsche Bank, as Trustee of MSAC 2007-HE6 v. Decision One and HSBC Finance Corp., but the case remains pending against Decision One Mortgage Company LLC. One other mortgage loan repurchase action against Decision One, Seagull Point LLC, individually and on behalf of the MSAC 2007-HE5 Trust v. Decision One Mortgage Company LLC, et al. was dismissed voluntarily in January 2014.

In December 2010 and February 2011, HSBC Bank USA received subpoenas from the SEC seeking production of documents and information relating to its involvement and the involvement of its affiliates in specified private-label RMBS transactions as an issuer, sponsor, underwriter, depositor, trustee, custodian or servicer. HSBC Bank USA has also had preliminary contacts with other government authorities exploring the role of trustees in private-label RMBS transactions. In February 2011, HSBC Bank USA also received a subpoena from the US Attorney’s Office, Southern District of New York seeking production of documents and information relating to loss mitigation efforts with respect to residential mortgages in the State of New York. In January 2012, HSI was served with a Civil Investigative Demand from the Massachusetts State Attorney General seeking documents, information and testimony related to the sale of RMBS to public and private customers in the State of Massachusetts from January 2005 to the present.

HSBC expects this level of focus will continue. As a result, HSBC companies may be subject to additional claims, litigation and governmental and regulatory scrutiny related to its participation in the US mortgage securitisation market, either individually or as a member of a group.

The timing and outcome of the ultimate resolution of these matters, and the amount of any possible obligations, is highly uncertain.

Anti-money laundering and sanctions-related

In October 2010, HSBC Bank USA entered into a consent cease and desist order with the OCC and the indirect parent of that company, HNAH, entered into a consent cease and desist order with the Federal Reserve Board (the ‘Orders’). These Orders required improvements to establish an effective compliance risk management programme across HSBC’s US businesses, including various issues relating to US Bank Secrecy Act (‘BSA’) and anti-money laundering (‘AML’) compliance. Steps continue to be taken to address the requirements of the Orders to ensure compliance, and that effective policies and procedures are maintained.

In addition, in December 2012, HSBC Holdings, HNAH and HSBC Bank USA entered into agreements with US and UK government agencies regarding past inadequate compliance with the BSA and AML and sanctions laws. Among those agreements, HSBC Holdings and HSBC Bank USA entered into a five-year deferred prosecution agreement with the DoJ, the US Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of New York, and the US Attorney’s Office for the Northern District of West Virginia (the ‘US DPA’), HSBC Holdings entered into a two-year deferred prosecution agreement with the New York County District Attorney (the ‘DANY DPA’), and HSBC Holdings consented to a cease and desist order and HSBC Holdings and HNAH consented to a monetary penalty order with the Federal Reserve Board (‘FRB’). In addition, HSBC Bank USA entered into a monetary penalty consent order with FinCEN and a separate monetary penalty order with the OCC. HSBC Holdings also entered into an agreement with the Office of Foreign Assets Control (‘OFAC’) regarding historical transactions involving parties subject to OFAC sanctions and an undertaking with the UK Financial Services Authority, now a Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) Direction, to comply with certain forward-looking AML- and sanctions-related obligations.

 

558


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Under these agreements, HSBC Holdings and HSBC Bank USA made payments totalling US$1,921m to US authorities and are continuing to comply with ongoing obligations. On 1 July 2013, the US District Court for the Eastern District of New York approved the US DPA and retained authority to oversee implementation of the same. Under the agreements with the DoJ, FCA, and the FRB, an independent monitor (who is, for FCA purposes, a ‘skilled person’ under Section 166 of the Financial Services and Markets Act) will evaluate and regularly assess the effectiveness of HSBC’s AML and sanctions compliance function and HSBC’s progress in implementing its remedial obligations under the agreements. The monitorship, which began on 22 July 2013, is proceeding as anticipated.

If HSBC Holdings and HSBC Bank USA fulfil all of the requirements imposed by the US DPA, the DoJ charges against those entities will be dismissed at the end of the five-year period of that agreement. Similarly, if HSBC Holdings fulfils all of the requirements imposed by the DANY DPA, DANY’s charges against it will be dismissed at the end of the two-year period of that agreement. The DoJ may prosecute HSBC Holdings or HSBC Bank USA in relation to the matters which are the subject of the US DPA if HSBC Holdings or HSBC Bank USA breaches the terms of the US DPA, and DANY may prosecute HSBC Holdings in relation to the matters which are subject of the DANY DPA if HSBC Holdings violates the terms of the DANY DPA.

HSBC Bank USA also entered into a separate consent order with the OCC requiring it to correct the circumstances and conditions as noted in the OCC’s then most recent report of examination and imposing certain restrictions on HSBC Bank USA directly or indirectly acquiring control of, or holding an interest in, any new financial subsidiary, or commencing a new activity in its existing financial subsidiary, unless it receives prior approval from the OCC. HSBC Bank USA also entered into a separate consent order with the OCC requiring it to adopt an enterprise wide compliance programme.

The settlement with US and UK authorities does not preclude private litigation relating to, among other things, HSBC’s compliance with applicable AML, BSA and sanctions laws or other regulatory or law enforcement actions for AML/BSA or sanctions matters not covered by the various agreements.

US tax and broker-dealer investigations

HSBC continues to cooperate in ongoing investigations by the DoJ and the US Internal Revenue Service regarding whether certain HSBC companies and employees acted appropriately in relation to certain customers who had US tax reporting requirements. In connection with these investigations, HSBC Private Bank Suisse SA, with due regard for Swiss law, has produced records and other documents to the DoJ and is cooperating with the investigation. In August 2013, the DoJ informed HSBC Private Bank Suisse SA that it is not eligible for the ‘Program for Non-Prosecution Agreements or Non-Target Letters for Swiss Banks’ since a formal investigation had been authorised. The DoJ also requested additional information from HSBC Private Bank Suisse SA and other Swiss banks regarding the transfer of assets to and from US person related accounts and employees who serviced those accounts. It is preparing this data, in a manner consistent with Swiss law.

Other HSBC companies are also cooperating with the relevant US authorities, including with respect to US-based clients of an HSBC company in India.

In April 2011, HSBC Bank USA received a summons from the US Internal Revenue Service directing HSBC Bank USA to produce records with respect to US-based clients of an HSBC company in India. HSBC Bank USA has cooperated fully by providing responsive documents in its possession in the US to the US Internal Revenue Service.

Also in April 2011, HSBC Bank USA received a subpoena from the SEC directing HSBC Bank USA to produce records in the US related to, among other things, HSBC Private Bank Suisse SA’s cross-border policies and procedures and adherence to US broker-dealer and investment adviser rules and regulations when dealing with US resident clients. HSBC Bank USA continues to cooperate with the SEC. HSBC Private Bank Suisse SA has also produced records and other documents to the SEC and is cooperating with the SEC’s investigation.

Based on the facts currently known in respect of each of these investigations, there is a high degree of uncertainty as to the terms on which the ongoing investigations will be resolved and the timing of such resolution, including the amounts of fines and/or penalties. As matters progress, it is possible that fines and/or penalties could be significant.

London interbank offered rates, European interbank offered rates and other benchmark interest and foreign exchange rate investigations and litigation

Various regulators and competition and enforcement authorities around the world including in the UK, the US, the

 

559


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

EU, Switzerland, Hong Kong, Thailand, South Korea and elsewhere are conducting investigations and reviews related to certain past submissions made by panel banks and the processes for making submissions in connection with the setting of London interbank offered rates (‘Libor’), European interbank offered rates (‘Euribor’) and other benchmark interest and foreign exchange rates. As certain HSBC companies are members of such panels, HSBC has been the subject of regulatory demands for information and is cooperating with those investigations and reviews.

On 14 June 2013, in conjunction with the completion of its review, the Monetary Authority of Singapore (‘MAS’) censured The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Ltd (‘HBAP’) for deficiencies in governance, risk management, internal controls and surveillance systems in connection with its participation on the contributing panel with respect to certain foreign exchange spot benchmarks that are commonly used to settle non-deliverable forward foreign exchange contracts. At the same time, HBAP was directed to adopt measures to address the identified deficiencies, to appoint a party to ensure the robustness of its remedial measures, and to maintain additional statutory reserves with the MAS at zero interest for a period of one year. HBAP was one of twenty banks subjected to supervisory action by the MAS as a result of its review.

On 4 December 2013, the European Commission (‘Commission’) announced that it had imposed fines on eight financial institutions under its cartel settlement procedure for their participation in illegal activity related to Euro interest rate derivatives and/or yen interest rate derivatives. Although HSBC was not one of the financial institutions fined, the Commission announced that it had opened proceedings against HSBC in connection with its Euribor-related investigation of Euro interest rate derivatives only. This investigation will continue under the standard Commission cartel procedure.

On 3 January 2014, the Canadian Competition Bureau notified HSBC that it was discontinuing its investigation into alleged collusive conduct in the setting of Japanese yen Libor on the basis that the evidence collected was insufficient to justify prosecution under applicable law.

As for ongoing regulatory investigations, reviews and proceedings, based on the facts currently known in respect of each of these, there is a high degree of uncertainty as to the terms on which the ongoing investigations, reviews or proceedings will be resolved and the timing of such resolutions, including the amounts of fines and/or penalties. As matters progress, it is possible that fines and/or penalties could be significant.

The Financial Conduct Authority is also conducting investigations alongside several other law enforcement and/or regulatory agencies in various countries into a number of firms, including HSBC, related to trading on the foreign exchange market. We are cooperating with the investigations which are ongoing. It is not practicable at this stage for HSBC to estimate reliably any possible liability that might arise.

In addition, HSBC and other panel banks have been named as defendants in a number of private lawsuits filed in the US with respect to the setting of US dollar Libor. These lawsuits include individual and putative class actions, most of which have been transferred and/or consolidated for pre-trial purposes before the US District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaints in those actions assert claims against HSBC and other US dollar Libor panel banks under various US laws including US antitrust and racketeering laws, the US Commodity Exchange Act (‘CEA’), and state law.

In March 2013, the US District Court Judge overseeing the consolidated proceeding that encompasses a number of pending actions related to US dollar Libor issued an opinion and order in the six oldest actions dismissing the plaintiffs’ federal and state antitrust claims, racketeering claims, and unjust enrichment claims in their entirety, but allowing certain of their CEA claims that were not barred by the applicable statute of limitations to proceed. Some of those plaintiffs have appealed the dismissal opinion and order to the US Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. The Court of Appeals has dismissed those appeals on the grounds that they are premature and plaintiffs’ subsequent motion for reconsideration was denied. Other plaintiffs have filed amended complaints in the District Court to assert additional allegations, and the defendants have filed motions to dismiss the amended complaints. The District Court held oral argument on the motions to dismiss in February 2014, and it has stayed proceedings with respect to all other actions in the consolidated proceeding pending its decision on the motions to dismiss.

Separately, HSBC and other panel banks have also been named as defendants in a putative class action filed in the US on behalf of persons and entities who transacted in euroyen futures and options contracts related to the euroyen Tokyo interbank offered rate (‘Tibor’). The complaint alleges, amongst other things, misconduct related to euroyen Tibor, although HSBC is not a member of the Japanese Bankers Association’s euroyen Tibor panel, as well as Japanese yen Libor, in violation of US antitrust laws, the US CEA, and state law. In April 2013, the plaintiff filed

 

560


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

a second amended complaint which the defendants moved to dismiss in June 2013. Oral argument on the motion to dismiss is scheduled for March 2014.

In November 2013, HSBC and other panel banks were also named as defendants in a putative class action filed in the US on behalf of persons who transacted in futures contracts and other financial instruments related to Euribor. The complaint alleges, amongst other things, misconduct related to Euribor in violation of US antitrust laws, the US CEA, and state law. HSBC has not yet responded to the complaint and an amended complaint is expected by the end of March 2014. HSBC expects to file a motion to dismiss thereafter.

In late 2013 and early 2014, HSBC and a number of other banks were named as defendants in various putative class actions filed in the US on behalf of persons who executed foreign currency trades that settled on the basis of foreign exchange rates published by WM/Reuters or that otherwise occurred during the time periods when the WM/Reuters rates were being set. The complaints allege, amongst other things, that the defendants conspired to manipulate the WM/Reuters foreign exchange rates in violation of US antitrust laws. In February 2014, the US District Court Judge appointed interim lead class counsel and ordered the plaintiffs to file a consolidated amended complaint. HSBC has not yet responded, but intends to do so at the appropriate time set by the court.

Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to predict the resolution of these private lawsuits, including the timing and potential impact on.

Credit default swap regulatory investigation and litigation

In July 2013, HSBC received a Statement of Objections from the European Commission relating to its ongoing investigation of alleged anti-competitive activity by a number of market participants in the credit derivatives market between 2006 and 2009. The Statement of Objections sets out the European Commission’s preliminary views and does not prejudge the final outcome of its investigation. HSBC has submitted a response to the European Commission. Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to predict the resolution of the European Commission’s investigation, including the timing or impact on HSBC.

HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Holdings and HSBC Bank have been named as defendants, among others, in numerous putative class actions filed in federal courts located in New York and Chicago. These class actions allege that the defendants, which include ISDA, Markit and several financial institutions, conspired to restrain trade in violation of the federal anti-trust laws by, among other things, restricting access to credit default swap pricing exchanges and blocking new entrants into the exchange market, with the purpose and effect of artificially inflating the bid/ask spread paid to buy and sell credit default swaps in the US. The plaintiffs in these suits purport to represent a class of all persons who purchased credit default swaps from or sold credit default swaps to defendants primarily in the US. On 16 October 2013, the Judicial Panel on Multi-district Litigation ordered that all cases be consolidated in the Southern District of New York as In re Credit Default Swaps Antitrust Litigation, MDL No. 2476. On 5 December 2013, the District Court held its Initial Pretrial Conference, at which time it selected Lead Interim Class Counsel and set a schedule for the filing of an amended, consolidated complaint and motions to dismiss that complaint. The amended, consolidated complaint was filed on 31 January 2014 and names HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Bank, but not HSBC Holdings, as defendants, among others. Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to predict the resolution of these lawsuits, including the timing and potential impact on HSBC.

Economic plans: HSBC Bank Brasil S.A.

Economic plans were introduced in the mid 1980’s and early 1990’s by the government of Brazil to reduce escalating inflation. The implementation of certain of these plans adversely impacted savings account holders, thousands of which consequently commenced legal proceedings against financial institutions in Brazil, including HSBC Bank Brasil S.A. (‘HSBC Brazil’), alleging, inter alia, that savings account balances were adjusted by a different price index than that contractually agreed, which caused them a loss of income. Certain of these cases have reached the Brazilian Supreme Court (‘Supreme Court’). The proceedings in the Supreme Court are currently due to commence in February 2014. The Supreme Court has suspended all cases pending before lower courts until it delivers a final judgement on the constitutionality of the changes resulting from the economic plans. It is anticipated that the outcome of the Supreme Court’s final judgement will set a precedent for all cases pending before the lower courts. Separately, the Brazilian Superior Civil Court (‘Superior Civil Court’) is considering matters relating to, among other things, contractual and punitive interest rates to be applied to calculate any loss of income.

There is a high degree of uncertainty as to the terms on which the proceedings in the Supreme Court and Superior Civil Court will be resolved and the timing of such resolution including the amount of losses HSBC Brazil may be

 

561


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

liable to pay in the event of an unfavourable judgement. Such losses may lie in a range from a relatively insignificant amount to an amount up to US$600m, although the upper end of this range is considered unlikely.

 

44 Related party transactions

 

Related parties of the Group and HSBC Holdings include subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures, post-employment benefit plans for HSBC employees, Key Management Personnel, close family members of Key Management Personnel and entities which are controlled or jointly controlled by Key Management Personnel or their close family members.

Key Management Personnel are defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of HSBC Holdings, being the Directors and Group Managing Directors of HSBC Holdings.

Compensation of Key Management Personnel

 

     HSBC  
    

 

2013

US$m

  

  

       

 

2012

US$m

  

  

       

 

2011

US$m

  

  

Short-term employee benefits

     38            37            34   

Post-employment benefits

     2            1            2   

Other long-term employee benefits

     10            10            7   

Share-based payments

     35            43            53   
     85            91            96   

Transactions, arrangements and agreements involving related parties

Particulars of advances (loans and quasi-loans), credits and guarantees entered into by subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings during 2013 with Directors, disclosed pursuant to section 413 of the Companies Act 2006, are shown below:

 

     At 31 December  
    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

 

Advances and credits

     7            7   

Particulars of transactions with related parties, disclosed pursuant to the requirements of IAS 24, are shown below. The disclosure of the year-end balance and the highest amounts outstanding during the year in the table below is considered to be the most meaningful information to represent the amount of the transactions and the amount of outstanding balances during the year.

 

     2013          2012  
    

Balance at

31 December

US$m

    

Highest

amounts

outstanding

during year

US$m

        

Balance at

31 December

US$m

    

Highest

amounts

outstanding

during year

US$m

 

Key Management Personnel 1

             

Advances and credits

     146         171           153         242   

Guarantees

             8           8         12   

 

  1   Includes Key Management Personnel, close family members of Key Management Personnel and entities which are controlled or jointly controlled by Key Management Personnel or their close family members.

Some of the transactions were connected transactions, as defined by the Rules Governing The Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited but were exempt from any disclosure requirements under the provisions of those rules. The above transactions were made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with persons of a similar standing or, where applicable, with other employees. The transactions did not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavourable features.

 

562


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

Shareholdings, options and other securities of Key Management Personnel

 

     At 31 December  
    

2013

(000s)

         

2012

(000s)

 

Number of options held over HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under employee share plans

     225            358   

Number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares held beneficially and non-beneficially

     14,704            14,713   

Number of HSBC Holdings 6.5% Subordinated Notes 2036 held beneficially and non-beneficially

                300   

Number of HSBC Bank 2.875% Notes 2015 held beneficially and non-beneficially

     5            5   
     14,934            15,376   

Transactions with other related parties of HSBC

Associates and joint ventures

The Group provides certain banking and financial services to associates and joint ventures, including loans, overdrafts, interest and non-interest bearing deposits and current accounts. Details of the interests in associates and joint ventures are given in Note 21. Transactions and balances during the year with associates and joint ventures were as follows:

 

     2013          2012  
    

Highest balance

during the year 1

US$m

        

Balance at

31 December 1

US$m

        

Highest balance

during the year 1

US$m

        

Balance at

31 December 1

US$m

 

Amounts due from joint ventures:

                 

– subordinated

     1                     5           1   

– unsubordinated

     300           300           391           210   

Amounts due from associates:

                 

– unsubordinated

     4,884           4,084           3,554           2,736   
     5,185           4,384           3,950           2,947   

Amounts due to joint ventures

     7           7           135           1   

Amounts due to associates

     1,178           290           854           264   
     1,185           297           989           265   

Commitments

     70           17           326           45   

 

  1   The disclosure of the year-end balance and the highest balance during the year is considered the most meaningful information to represent transactions during the year.

The above outstanding balances arose from the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with third-party counterparties.

Post-employment benefit plans

At 31 December 2013, US$5.2bn (2012: US$5bn) of HSBC post-employment benefit plan assets were under management by HSBC companies. Fees of US$23m (2012: US$20m) were earned by HSBC companies for these management services provided to its post-employment benefit plans. HSBC’s post-employment benefit plans had placed deposits of US$620m (2012: US$285m) with its banking subsidiaries, on which interest payable to the schemes amounted to US$1m (2012: US$2m). The above outstanding balances arose from the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with third-party counterparties.

HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme entered into swap transactions with HSBC as part of the management of the inflation and interest rate sensitivity of its liabilities. At 31 December 2013, the gross notional value of the swaps was US$38bn (2012: US$31bn), the swaps had a positive fair value of US$2.8bn (2012: positive fair value of US$5.2bn) to the scheme and HSBC had delivered collateral of US$3.8bn (2012: US$7.1bn) to the scheme in respect of these swaps, on which HSBC earned US$33m of interest (2012: US$31m). All swaps were executed at prevailing market rates and within standard market bid/offer spreads. Previously there were special collateral provisions for the swap transactions between HSBC and the scheme. Those provisions stipulated that the scheme never posted collateral to HSBC, although HSBC posted collateral to the scheme. From December 2013, the swap transactions between HSBC and the scheme are now on substantially the same terms as for comparable transactions with third party counterparties, including the two-way posting of collateral.

 

563


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

  

 

The International Staff Retirement Benefit Scheme entered into swap transactions with HSBC to manage the inflation and interest rate sensitivity of the liabilities and selected assets. At 31 December 2013, the gross notional value of the swaps was US$1.8bn (2012: US$1.8bn) and the swaps had a net positive fair value of US$399m to the scheme (2012: US$328m). All swaps were executed at prevailing market rates and within standard market bid/offer spreads.

HSBC Holdings

Details of HSBC Holdings’ principal subsidiaries are shown in Note 24. Transactions and balances during the year with subsidiaries were as follows:

 

     2013          2012  
    

Highest

balance during

the year 1

US$m

        

Balance at

31 December 1

US$m

        

Highest

balance during

the year 1

US$m

        

Balance at

31 December 1

US$m

 

Assets

                 

Cash at bank

     420           407           429           353   

Derivatives

     3,768           2,789           4,122           3,768   

Loans and advances

     53,344           53,344           41,675           41,675   

Financial investments

     1,220           1,210           1,208           1,208   

Investments in subsidiaries

     92,695           92,695           92,234           92,234   

Total related party assets

     151,447           150,445           139,668           139,238   

Liabilities

                 

Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings

     12,856           11,685           12,856           12,856   

Derivatives

     1,154           704           1,536           760   

Subordinated liabilities:

                 

– at amortised cost

     1,716           1,716           2,493           1,696   

– designated at fair value

     4,350           3,161           4,271           4,260   

Total related party liabilities

     20,076           17,266           21,156           19,572   

Guarantees

     52,836           52,836           49,560           49,402   

Commitments

     1,245           1,245           1,811           1,200   

 

  1   The disclosure of the year-end balance and the highest balance during the year is considered the most meaningful information to represent transactions during the year. The above outstanding balances arose in the ordinary course of business and were on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with third-party counterparties.

Some employees of HSBC Holdings are members of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme, which is sponsored by a separate Group company. HSBC Holdings incurs a charge for these employees equal to the contributions paid into the scheme on their behalf. Disclosure in relation to the scheme is made in Note 7 to the accounts.

 

45 Events after the balance sheet date

 

A fourth interim dividend for 2013 of US$0.19 per ordinary share (a distribution of approximately US$3,578m) was declared by the Directors after 31 December 2013.

These accounts were approved by the Board of Directors on 24 February 2014 and authorised for issue.

 

46 Non-statutory accounts

 

The information set out in these accounts does not constitute the company’s statutory accounts for the years ended 31 December 2013 or 2012. Those accounts have been reported on by the company’s auditors: their reports were unqualified and did not contain a statement under section 498 (2) or (3) of the Companies Act 2006. The accounts for 2012 have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies and those for 2013 will be delivered in due course.

 

564


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information

  

 

Shareholder Information

 

Fourth interim dividend for 2013

     565   

Interim dividends for 2014

     565   

Shareholder profile

     566   

2013 Annual General Meeting

     566   

Interim Management Statements and Interim Results

     567   

Shareholder enquiries and communications

     567   

Stock symbols

     568   

Investor relations

     569   

Where more information about HSBC is available

     569   

Simplified structure chart

     570   

Taxation of shares and dividends

     571   

Information about the enforceability of judgements made in the US

     573a   

 

Exchange controls and other limitations affecting equity security holders

     573a   

Dividends on the ordinary shares of HSBC Holdings

     573a   

American Depositary Shares

     573a   

Nature of trading market

     573b   

Memorandum and Articles of Association

     573c   

History and development of HSBC

     573d   

Differences in HSBC Holdings / New York Stock Exchange corporate governance practices

     573e   

2013 HSBC 20F reconciliation table

     573g   

Glossary of accounting terms and US equivalents

     574   

Abbreviations

     575   

Glossary and Index

     579   
 

 

Fourth interim dividend for 2013

 

The Directors have declared a fourth interim dividend for 2013 of US$0.19 per ordinary share. Information on the scrip dividend scheme and currencies in which shareholders may elect to have the cash dividend paid will be sent to shareholders on or about 25 March 2014. The timetable for the dividend is:

 

Announcement

     24 February 2014   

Shares quoted ex-dividend in London, Hong Kong, Paris and Bermuda

     12 March 2014   

ADSs quoted ex-dividend in New York

     12 March 2014   

Record date in Hong Kong

     13 March 2014   

Record date in London, New York, Paris and Bermuda 1

     14 March 2014   

Mailing of Annual Report and Accounts 2013 and/or Strategic Report 2013 , Notice of Annual General Meeting and dividend documentation

     25 March 2014   

Final date for receipt by registrars of forms of election, Investor Centre electronic instructions and revocations of standing instructions for scrip dividends

     15 April 2014   

Exchange rate determined for payment of dividends in sterling and Hong Kong dollars

     22 April 2014   

Payment date: dividend warrants, new share certificates or transaction advices and notional tax vouchers mailed and shares credited to stock accounts in CREST

     30 April 2014   

 

1 Removals to and from the Overseas Branch register of shareholders in Hong Kong will not be permitted on this date.

Interim dividends for 2014

 

The Board has adopted a policy of paying quarterly interim dividends on the ordinary shares. Under this policy it is intended to have a pattern of three equal interim dividends with a variable fourth interim dividend. It is envisaged that the first interim dividend in respect of 2014 will be US$0.10 per ordinary share.

Dividends are declared in US dollars and, at the election of the shareholder, paid in cash in one of, or in a combination of, US dollars, sterling and Hong Kong dollars, or, subject to the Board’s determination that a scrip dividend is to be offered in respect of that dividend, may be satisfied in whole or in part by the issue of new shares in lieu of a cash dividend.

 

565


Table of Contents

 HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Shareholder profile

 

At 31 December 2013 the share register recorded the following details:

 

Ordinary shares held   

Number of

shareholders

        

Total

shares held

 

1-100

     36,671           1,085,236   

101-400

     29,459           7,226,259   

401-500

     7,506           3,397,827   

501-1,000

     31,360           22,984,271   

1,001-5,000

     70,724           166,667,452   

5,001-10,000

     18,439           130,183,641   

10,001-20,000

     10,902           152,062,623   

20,001-50,000

     6,611           202,833,471   

50,001-200,000

     3,256           300,217,089   

200,001-500,000

     706           221,550,972   

500,001 and above

     1,063           17,621,798,198   

Total

     216,697           18,830,007,039   

2013 Annual General Meeting

 

All resolutions considered at the 2013 Annual General Meeting held at 11.00am on 24 May 2013 at The Barbican Centre, London EC2 were passed on a poll as follows:

 

        Votes  
Resolution   For 1      %      Against      %      Total      % 2      Withheld 3  

1

  To receive the Annual Report and Accounts for 2012     9,582,599,011         98.62         134,219,149         1.38         9,716,818,160         52.17         15,724,907   

2

  To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report for 2012     8,304,766,707         89.00         1,026,750,082         11.00         9,331,516,789         50.10         399,765,100   

3

  To elect or re-elect the following as Directors:                    
  (a)    S A Catz     9,705,465,619         99.87         12,747,527         0.13         9,718,213,146         52.18         15,960,825   
  (b)    L M L Cha     9,572,286,348         99.48         49,577,260         0.52         9,621,863,608         51.66         111,431,942   
  (c)    M K T Cheung     9,685,695,545         99.66         32,573,965         0.34         9,718,269,510         52.18         15,908,254   
  (d)    J Comey     9,705,606,332         99.87         12,578,071         0.13         9,718,184,403         52.18         15,972,535   
  (e)    J D Coombe     9,480,244,194         97.55         237,837,940         2.45         9,718,082,134         52.17         15,955,253   
  (f)     J Faber     9,696,534,776         99.78         21,625,814         0.22         9,718,160,590         52.17         15,973,448   
  (g)    R A Fairhead     9,663,011,443         99.46         52,731,976         0.54         9,715,743,419         52.16         18,424,393   
  (h)    R Fassbind     9,704,174,178         99.86         13,994,077         0.14         9,718,168,255         52.17         15,963,055   
  (i)     D J Flint     9,501,654,886         97.92         201,964,145         2.08         9,703,619,031         52.10         30,545,606   
  (j)     S T Gulliver     9,688,105,732         99.70         29,297,560         0.30         9,717,403,292         52.17         16,759,939   
  (k)    J W J Hughes-Hallett     9,671,525,325         99.55         43,259,963         0.45         9,714,785,288         52.16         19,360,574   
  (l)    W S H Laidlaw     9,631,950,561         99.64         34,439,677         0.36         9,666,390,238         51.90         67,764,178   
  (m)   J P Lipsky     9,695,295,317         99.76         22,865,509         0.24         9,718,160,826         52.17         15,882,750   
  (n)    J R Lomax     9,675,152,284         99.56         43,120,545         0.44         9,718,272,829         52.18         15,880,430   
  (o)    I J Mackay     9,681,451,307         99.62         36,645,895         0.38         9,718,097,202         52.17         15,979,019   
  (p)    Sir Simon Robertson     9,561,469,393         99.37         60,350,649         0.63         9,621,820,042         51.66         111,440,980   

4

 

To reappoint the Auditor at remuneration to be determined by the Group Audit Committee

    9,441,326,833         97.86         206,449,570         2.14         9,647,776,403         51.80         86,358,827   

5

 

To authorise the Directors to allot shares

    9,456,469,654         97.32         260,668,567         2.68         9,717,138,221         52.17         17,007,896   

6

 

To disapply pre-emption rights (Special Resolution)

    9,524,207,114         98.03         191,306,185         1.97         9,715,513,299         52.16         18,654,074   

7

 

To authorise the Company to purchase its own shares

    9,538,869,292         99.15         81,838,761         0.85         9,620,708,053         51.65         111,077,756   

8

 

To approve general meetings (other than annual general meetings) being called on 14 clear days’ notice (Special Resolution)

    8,610,798,049         88.61         1,106,498,079         11.39         9,717,296,128         52.17         16,736,806   

 

1 Includes discretionary votes.
2 Percentage of Issued Share Capital voted.
3 A ‘Vote Withheld’ is not a ‘vote’ in law and is not counted in the calculation of the votes ‘For’ and ‘Against’ the resolution.

 

566


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Interim Management Statements and Interim Results

 

Interim Management Statements are expected to be issued on or around 7 May 2014 and 3 November 2014. The Interim Results for the six months to 30 June 2014 are expected to be issued on 4 August 2014.

Shareholder enquiries and communications

 

Enquiries

Any enquiries relating to shareholdings on the share register, for example transfers of shares, change of name or address, lost share certificates or dividend cheques, should be sent to the Registrars at the address given below. The Registrars offer an online facility, Investor Centre, which enables shareholders to manage their shareholding electronically.

 

Principal Register:    Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register:    Bermuda Overseas Branch Register:

Computershare Investor Services PLC

The Pavilions

Bridgwater Road

Bristol BS99 6ZZ

United Kingdom

Telephone: 44 (0) 870 702 0137

Email via website: www.investorcentre.co.uk/contactus

  

Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited

Rooms 1712-1716, 17 th Floor

Hopewell Centre

183 Queen’s Road East

Hong Kong

Telephone: 852 2862 8555

Email: hsbc.ecom@computershare.com.hk

   Investors Relations Team

HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited

6 Front Street

Hamilton HM 11

Bermuda

Telephone: 1 441 299 6737

Email: hbbm.shareholder.services@hsbc.bm

Investor Centre:

www.investorcentre.co.uk

  

Investor Centre:

www.investorcentre.com/hk

   Investor Centre:

www.investorcentre.com/bm

Any enquiries relating to ADSs should be sent to the depositary:

The Bank of New York Mellon

Depositary Receipts

PO Box 43006

Providence, RI 02940-3006

USA

Telephone (US): 1 877 283 5786

Telephone (International): 1 201 680 6825

Email: shrrelations@bnymellon.com

Website: www.bnymellon.com/shareowner

Any enquiries relating to shares held through Euroclear France, the settlement and central depositary system for NYSE Euronext Paris, should be sent to the paying agent:

HSBC France

103, avenue des Champs Elysées

75419 Paris Cedex 08

France

Telephone: 33 1 40 70 22 56

Email: ost-agence-des-titres-hsbc-reims.hbfr-do@hsbc.fr

Website: www.hsbc.fr

If you have been nominated to receive general shareholder communications directly from HSBC Holdings, it is important to remember that your main contact for all matters relating to your investment remains the registered shareholder, or perhaps custodian or broker, who administers the investment on your behalf. Therefore any changes or queries relating to your personal details and holding (including any administration thereof) must continue to be directed to your existing contact at your investment manager or custodian. HSBC Holdings cannot guarantee dealing with matters directed to it in error.

 

567


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Further copies of this Annual Report and Accounts 2013 may be obtained by writing to the following departments:

 

For those in Europe, the Middle East and Africa:

  

For those in Asia-Pacific:

   For those in the Americas:

Global Communications

HSBC Holdings plc

8 Canada Square

London E14 5HQ

United Kingdom

  

Communications (Asia)

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking
Corporation Limited

1 Queen’s Road Central

Hong Kong

   Global Publishing Services

HSBC – North America

26525 N Riverwoods Boulevard

Mettawa, Illinois 60045

USA

Electronic communications

Shareholders may at any time choose to receive corporate communications in printed form or to receive notifications of their availability on HSBC’s website. To receive future notifications of the availability of a corporate communication on HSBC’s website by email, or revoke or amend an instruction to receive such notifications by email, go to www.hsbc.com/ecomms. If you provide an email address to receive electronic communications from HSBC, we will also send notifications of your dividend entitlements by email. If you received a notification of the availability of this document on HSBC’s website and would like to receive a printed copy or, if you would like to receive future corporate communications in printed form, please write or send an email (quoting your shareholder reference number) to the appropriate Registrars at the address given above. Printed copies will be provided without charge.

Chinese translation

A Chinese translation of this Annual Report and Accounts 2013 is available upon request after 25 March 2014 from the Registrars:

 

Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited

Rooms 1712-1716, 17 th Floor

Hopewell Centre

183 Queen’s Road East

Hong Kong

  

Computershare Investor Services PLC

The Pavilions

Bridgwater Road

Bristol BS99 6ZZ

United Kingdom

Please also contact the Registrars if you wish to receive Chinese translations of future documents or if you have received a Chinese translation of this document and do not wish to receive such translations in future.

 

LOGO

Stock symbols

 

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares trade under the following stock symbols:

 

London Stock Exchange    HSBA    Euronext Paris    HSB
Hong Kong Stock Exchange    5    Bermuda Stock Exchange    HSBC.BH
New York Stock Exchange (ADS)    HSBC      

Investor relations

 

Enquiries relating to HSBC’s strategy or operations may be directed to:

 

Manager Investor Relations

HSBC Holdings plc

8 Canada Square

London E14 5HQ

United Kingdom

  

SVP Investor Relations

HSBC North America Holdings Inc.

26525 N Riverwoods Boulevard

Mettawa, Illinois 60045

USA

  

Head of Investor Relations, Asia-Pacific

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

1 Queen’s Road Central

Hong Kong

Telephone: 44 020 7991 8041

  

1 224 880 8008

  

852 2822 4908

Facsimile: 44 0845 587 0225

  

1 847 383 3331

  

852 3418 4469

Email:      investorrelations@hsbc.com

  

investor.relations.usa@us.hsbc.com

  

investorrelations@hsbc.com.hk

 

568


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Where more information about HSBC is available

 

This Annual Report and Accounts 2013 , and other information on HSBC, may be viewed on HSBC’s website: www.hsbc.com.

Reports, statements and information that HSBC Holdings files with the Securities and Exchange Commission are available at www.sec.gov. Investors can also request hard copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC at the Office of Investor Education and Advocacy, 100 F Street N.E., Washington, DC 20549-0123 or by emailing PublicInfo@sec.gov. Investors should call the Commission at (202) 551 8090 if they require further assistance. Investors may also obtain the reports and other information that HSBC Holdings files at www.nyse.com (telephone number (1) 212 656 3000).

HM Treasury has transposed the requirements set out under CRD IV and issued the Capital Requirements Country-by-Country Reporting Regulations 2013, effective 1 January 2014. The legislation will require HSBC Holdings to publish additional information, in respect of the year ended 31 December 2013, by 1 July 2014. This information will be available at the time on HSBC’s website: www.hsbc.com.

 

569


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

LOGO

 

570


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Taxation of shares and dividends

 

Taxation – UK residents

The following is a summary, under current law, of certain UK tax considerations that are likely to be material to the ownership and disposition of shares. The summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to a holder of shares. In particular, the summary deals principally with shareholders who are resident solely in the UK for UK tax purposes and only with holders who hold the shares as investments and who are the beneficial owners of the shares, and does not address the tax treatment of certain classes of holders such as dealers in securities. Holders and prospective purchasers should consult their own advisers regarding the tax consequences of an investment in shares in light of their particular circumstances, including the effect of any national, state or local laws.

Taxation of dividends

Currently no tax is withheld from dividends paid by HSBC Holdings. However, dividends are paid with an associated tax credit which is available for set-off by certain shareholders against any liability they may have to UK income tax. Currently, the associated tax credit is equivalent to 10% of the combined cash dividend and tax credit, i.e. one-ninth of the cash dividend.

For individual shareholders who are resident in the UK for taxation purposes and liable to UK income tax at the basic rate, no further UK income tax liability arises on the receipt of a dividend from HSBC Holdings. Individual shareholders who are liable to UK income tax at the higher rate or additional rate are taxed on the combined amount of the dividend and the tax credit at the dividend upper rate (currently 32.5%) and the dividend additional rate (currently 37.5%), respectively. The tax credit is available for set-off against the dividend upper rate and the dividend additional rate liability. Individual UK resident shareholders are not entitled to any tax credit repayment.

Although non-UK resident shareholders are generally not entitled to any repayment of the tax credit in respect of any UK dividend received, some such shareholders may be so entitled under the provisions of a double taxation agreement between their country of residence and the UK. However, in most cases no amount of the tax credit is, in practice, repayable.

 

Information on the taxation consequences of the HSBC Holdings scrip dividends offered in lieu of the 2012 fourth interim dividend and the first, second and third interim dividends for 2013 was set out in the Secretary’s letters to shareholders of 3 April, 6 June, 5 September and 5 November 2013. In no case was the difference between the cash dividend foregone and the market value of the scrip dividend in excess of 15% of the market value. Accordingly, the amount of the dividend income chargeable to tax, and, the acquisition price of HSBC Holdings US$0.50 ordinary shares (the ‘shares’) for UK capital gains tax purposes, was the cash dividend foregone.

Taxation of capital gains

The computation of the capital gains tax liability arising on disposals of shares in HSBC Holdings by shareholders subject to UK tax on capital gains can be complex, partly depending on whether, for example, the shares were purchased since April 1991, acquired in 1991 in exchange for shares in The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, or acquired subsequent to 1991 in exchange for shares in other companies.

For capital gains tax purposes, the acquisition cost for ordinary shares is adjusted to take account of subsequent rights and capitalisation issues. Any capital gain arising on a disposal by a UK company may also be adjusted to take account of indexation allowance. If in doubt, shareholders are recommended to consult their professional advisers.

Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax

Transfers of shares by a written instrument of transfer generally will be subject to UK stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% of the consideration paid for the transfer, and such stamp duty is generally payable by the transferee.

An agreement to transfer shares, or any interest therein, normally will give rise to a charge to stamp duty reserve tax at the rate of 0.5% of the consideration. However, provided an instrument of transfer of the shares is executed pursuant to the agreement and duly stamped before the date on which the stamp duty reserve tax becomes payable, under the current practice of UK HM Revenue and Customs it will not be necessary to pay the stamp duty reserve tax, nor to apply for such tax to be cancelled. Stamp duty reserve tax is generally payable by the transferee.

 

 

571


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Paperless transfers of shares within CREST, the UK’s paperless share transfer system, are liable to stamp duty reserve tax at the rate of 0.5% of the consideration. In CREST transactions, the tax is calculated and payment made automatically. Deposits of shares into CREST generally will not be subject to stamp duty reserve tax, unless the transfer into CREST is itself for consideration. Following the case HSBC pursued before the European Court of Justice (Case C-569/07 HSBC Holdings plc and Vidacos Nominees Ltd v The Commissioners for HM Revenue & Customs) and a subsequent case in relation to depositary receipts, HMRC now accepts that the charge to stamp duty reserve tax at 1.5% on the issue of shares to a depositary receipt issuer or a clearance service is prohibited.

Taxation – US residents

The following is a summary, under current law, of the principal UK tax and US federal income tax considerations that are likely to be material to the ownership and disposition of shares or American Depositary Shares (‘ADS’s) by a holder that is a resident of the US for US federal income tax purposes (a ‘US holder’) and who is not resident in the UK for UK tax purposes.

The summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a holder of shares or ADSs. In particular, the summary deals only with US holders that hold shares or ADSs as capital assets, and does not address the tax treatment of holders that are subject to special tax rules, such as banks, tax-exempt entities, insurance companies, dealers in securities or currencies, persons that hold shares or ADSs as part of an integrated investment (including a ‘straddle’) comprised of a share or ADS and one or more other positions, and persons that own, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting stock of HSBC Holdings. This discussion is based on laws, treaties, judicial decisions and regulatory interpretations in effect on the date hereof, all of which are subject to change.

Holders and prospective purchasers should consult their own advisers regarding the tax consequences of an investment in shares or ADSs in light of their particular circumstances, including the effect of any national, state or local laws.

Any US federal tax advice included in this Annual Report and Accounts is for informational purposes only; it was not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of avoiding US federal tax penalties.

Taxation of dividends

Currently no tax is withheld from dividends paid by HSBC Holdings. For US tax purposes, a US holder must include cash dividends paid on the shares or ADSs in ordinary income on the date that such holder or the ADS depositary receives them, translating dividends paid in UK pounds sterling into US dollars using the exchange rate in effect on the date of receipt. A US holder that elects to receive shares in lieu of a cash dividend must include in ordinary income the fair market value of such shares on the dividend payment date, and the tax basis of those shares will equal such fair market value.

Subject to certain exceptions for positions that are held for less than 61 days or are hedged, and subject to a foreign corporation being considered a ‘qualified foreign corporation’ (which includes not being classified for US federal income tax purposes as a passive foreign investment company), certain dividends (‘qualified dividends’) received by an individual US holder generally will be subject to US taxation at preferential rates. Based on the company’s audited financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, HSBC Holdings does not anticipate being classified as a passive foreign investment company. Accordingly, dividends paid on the shares or ADSs generally should be treated as qualified dividends.

Taxation of capital gains

Gains realised by a US holder on the sale or other disposition of shares or ADSs normally will not be subject to UK taxation unless at the time of the sale or other disposition the holder carries on a trade, profession or vocation in the UK through a branch or agency or permanent establishment and the shares or ADSs are or have been used, held or acquired for the purposes of such trade, profession, vocation, branch or agency or permanent establishment. Such gains will be included in income for US tax purposes, and will be long-term capital gains if the shares or ADSs were held for more than one year. A long-term capital gain realised by an individual US holder generally will be subject to US tax at preferential rates.

Inheritance tax

Shares or ADSs held by an individual whose domicile is determined to be the US for the purposes of the United States-United Kingdom Double Taxation Convention relating to estate and gift taxes (the ‘Estate Tax Treaty’) and who is not for such purposes a national of the UK will not, provided

 

 

572


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

any US federal estate or gift tax chargeable has been paid, be subject to UK inheritance tax on the individual’s death or on a lifetime transfer of shares or ADSs except in certain cases where the shares or ADSs (i) are comprised in a settlement (unless, at the time of the settlement, the settlor was domiciled in the US and was not a national of the UK), (ii) is part of the business property of a UK permanent establishment of an enterprise, or (iii) pertains to a UK fixed base of an individual used for the performance of independent personal services. In such cases, the Estate Tax Treaty generally provides a credit against US federal tax liability for the amount of any tax paid in the UK in a case where the shares or ADSs are subject to both UK inheritance tax and to US federal estate or gift tax.

Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax – ADSs

If shares are transferred to a clearance service or American Depositary Receipt (‘ADR’) issuer (which will include a transfer of shares to the Depositary) under the current HMRC practice UK stamp duty and/or stamp duty reserve tax will be payable. The stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax is generally payable on the consideration for the transfer and is payable at the aggregate rate of 1.5%.

The amount of stamp duty reserve tax payable on such a transfer will be reduced by any stamp duty paid in connection with the same transfer.

No stamp duty will be payable on the transfer of, or agreement to transfer, an ADS, provided that the ADR and any separate instrument of transfer or written agreement to transfer remain at all times outside the UK, and provided further that any such transfer or written agreement to transfer is not executed in the UK. No stamp duty reserve tax will be payable on a transfer of, or agreement to transfer, an ADS effected by the transfer of an ADR.

US backup withholding tax and information reporting

Distributions made on shares or ADSs and proceeds from the sale of shares or ADSs that are paid within the US, or through certain financial intermediaries to US holders, are subject to information reporting and may be subject to a US ‘backup’ withholding tax unless, in general, the US holder complies with certain certification procedures or is a corporation or other person exempt from such withholding. Holders that are not US persons generally are not subject to information reporting or backup withholding tax, but may be required to comply with applicable certification procedures to establish that they are not US persons in order to avoid the application of such information reporting requirements or backup withholding tax to payments received within the US or through certain financial intermediaries.

 

 

573


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Information about the enforceability of judgements made in the US

 

HSBC Holdings is a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales. Most of the Directors and executive officers live outside the US. As a result, it may not be possible to serve process on such persons or HSBC Holdings in the US or to enforce judgements obtained in US courts against them or HSBC Holdings based on civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the US. There is doubt as to whether English courts would enforce:

 

 

civil liabilities under US securities laws in original actions; or

 

 

judgements of US courts based upon these civil liability provisions.

In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the US or elsewhere may be unenforceable in the UK. The enforceability of any judgement in the UK will depend on the particular facts of the case as well as the laws and treaties in effect at the time.

 

Exchange controls and other limitations affecting equity security holders

 

Other than certain economic sanctions which may be in force from time to time, there are currently no UK laws, decrees or regulations which would prevent the import or export of capital or remittance of distributable profits by way of dividends and other payments to holders of HSBC Holdings’ equity securities who are not residents of the UK. There are also no restrictions under the laws of the UK or the terms of the Memorandum and Articles of Association concerning the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold HSBC Holdings’ equity securities or,  when entitled to vote, to do so.

Dividends on the ordinary shares of HSBC Holdings

 

HSBC Holdings has paid dividends on its ordinary shares every year without interruption since it became the HSBC Group holding company by a scheme of arrangement in 1991. The dividends declared, per ordinary share, in respect of each of the last five years were:

 

 

          First
interim
       Second
interim
       Third
interim
      

Fourth

interim 1

       Total 2  

2013

   US$      0.100           0.100           0.100           0.190           0.490   
   £      0.066           0.064           0.062           0.114           0.306   
   HK$      0.776           0.775           0.775           1.473           3.799   

2012

   US$      0.090           0.090           0.090           0.180           0.450   
   £      0.058           0.056           0.056           0.111           0.281   
   HK$      0.698           0.698           0.698           1.395           3.489   

2011

   US$      0.090           0.090           0.090           0.140           0.410   
   £      0.056           0.058           0.058           0.090           0.262   
   HK$      0.701           0.702           0.699           1.088           3.190   

2010

   US$      0.080           0.080           0.080           0.120           0.360   
   £      0.053           0.051           0.051           0.077           0.232   
   HK$      0.622           0.621           0.622           0.933           2.798   

2009

   US$      0.080           0.080           0.080           0.100           0.340   
   £      0.048           0.050           0.048           0.062           0.208   
   HK$      0.620           0.620           0.620           0.775           2.635   

 

1 The fourth interim dividend for 2013 of US$0.19 per share has been translated into pounds sterling and Hong Kong dollars at the closing rate on 31 December 2013. The dividend will be paid on 30 April 2014.
2 The above dividends declared are accounted for as disclosed in Note 10 on the Financial Statements.

 

American Depositary Shares

 

A holder of HSBC Holdings’ American Depositary Shares (‘ADS’s) may have to pay, either directly or indirectly (via the intermediary through whom their ADSs are held) fees to the Bank of New York Mellon as depositary. Fees may be paid or recovered

in several ways: by deduction from amounts distributed; by selling a portion of distributable property; by deduction from dividend distributions; by directly invoicing the holder; or by charging the intermediaries who act for them. The fees for which the holders of the HSBC ADSs will be responsible include:

 

 

573a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

 

For:    HSBC ADS holders must pay:
Each issuance of HSBC ADSs, including as a result of a distribution of shares (including through a stock dividend, stock split or distribution of rights or other property)   

US$5.00 (or less) per 100 HSBC ADSs or portion thereof

 

Each cancellation of HSBC ADSs, including if the deposit agreement terminates

  

 

US$5.00 (or less) per 100 HSBC ADSs or portion thereof

 

Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to/from the holder’s name to/from the name of The Bank of New York Mellon or its agent when the holder deposits or withdraws shares

  

 

Registration or transfer fees (of which there currently are none)

 

Conversion of non-US currency to US dollars

  

Charges and expenses incurred by The Bank of New York Mellon

with respect to the conversion

Each cash distribution to HSBC ADS holders

  

US$0.02 or less per ADS

Transfers of HSBC ordinary shares to the depositary in exchange for HSBC ADSs

  

Any applicable taxes and/or other governmental charges

 

Distribution of securities by the Depository to HSBC ADS holders

  

 

A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you had been shares and those shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs

 

Any other charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing shares or other securities deposited

  

 

As applicable

 

The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.

The depositary has agreed to reimburse us for expenses we incur, and to pay certain out-of-pocket expenses and waive certain fees, in connection with the administration, servicing and maintenance of our ADS programme. There are limits on the amount of expenses for which the depositary will reimburse

us. The amount of reimbursement available is not tied to the amount of fees the depositary collects from holders of ADSs. During the year ended 31 December 2013, the depositary reimbursed, paid and/or waived fees and expenses totalling US$650,505.65 in connection with the administration, servicing and maintenance of the programme, as detailed below:

 

 

Category of expense/fees       

2013

US$

 

Fees relating to stock exchange listing

       216,394.34   

Fulfilment costs including shareholder meeting costs (printing and distribution of materials and vote tabulation) and beneficial holder searches

       232,872.51   

Fees and expenses paid and/or waived including: account servicing fees, postage and envelopes for mailing annual and interim financial reports, dividend warrants, electronic filing of US Federal tax information, mailing required tax forms, stationery, postage, facsimile and telephone calls

       201,238.80   

Total

       650,505.65   

 

Nature of trading market

 

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares are listed or admitted to trading on the London Stock Exchange, the Hong Kong Stock Exchange (‘HKSE’), Euronext Paris, the Bermuda Stock Exchange, and the New York Stock Exchange (‘NYSE’) in the form of ADSs. HSBC Holdings maintains its principal share register in England and overseas branch share registers in Hong Kong and Bermuda (collectively, the ‘share register’).

As at 31 December 2013, there were a total of 216,702 holders of record of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares on the share register.

As at 31 December 2013, a total of 20,203,754 of the HSBC Holdings ordinary shares were registered in the HSBC Holdings’ share register

in the name of 14,119 holders of record with addresses in the US. These shares represented 0.11% of the total HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in issue.

As at 31 December 2013, there were 7,576 holders of record of ADSs holding approximately 164.5m ADSs, representing approximately 822.5m HSBC Holdings ordinary shares 7,412 of these holders had addresses in the US, holding approximately 164.3m ADSs, representing 821.5m HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. As at 31 December 2013, approximately 3.9% of the HSBC Holdings ordinary shares were represented by ADSs held by holders of record with addresses in the US.

The following table shows, for the years, calendar quarters and months indicated, the highest and lowest prices for the HSBC Holdings ordinary shares and ADSs. These are based on mid-market prices at close of business on the London Stock Exchange, HKSE, Euronext Paris, NYSE and the

 

 

573b


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Bermuda Stock Exchange, as adjusted for the 5-for-12 rights issue completed in April 2009.

Past share price performance should not be regarded as a guide to future performance.

 

 

High and low mid-market closing prices

 

     London     Hong Kong         New York         Paris     Bermuda  
         US$0.50 shares             US$0.50 shares                     ADSs 1                      US$0.50 shares             US$0.50 shares      
     High      Low     High      Low     High      Low     High      Low     High      Low  
     pence      pence     HK$      HK$     US$      US$     euro      euro     US$      US$  

2013

     770         647        90.4         79.3        58.6         50.7        9.1         7.7        11.4         10.5   

2012

     655         491        82.0         59.5        53.1         38.3        8.0         5.8        10.5         7.6   

2011

     731         464        91.8         56.1        59.0         35.8        8.7         5.4        11.8         7.0   

2010

     740         596        92.4         69.6        59.3         44.4        8.3         7.2        11.6         8.8   

2009

     761         304        98.0         30.6        64.0         22.0        8.6         3.3        12.5         4.7   

2013

                         

4th Quarter

     703         647        87.1         81.8        56.5         53.0        8.4         7.7        11.3         10.5   

3rd Quarter

     755         670        89.6         79.8        58.0         52.2        8.7         7.9        11.3         10.6   

2nd Quarter

     770         656        90.4         79.3        58.6         50.7        9.1         7.7        11.4         10.5   

1st Quarter

     740         647        88.3         81.3        57.1         52.8        8.6         7.9        11.4         10.5   

2012

                         

4th Quarter

     655         581        82.0         72.6        53.1         47.0        8.0         7.3        10.5         9.4   

3rd Quarter

     588         511        74.1         62.1        47.7         39.7        7.4         6.5        9.4         8.3   

2nd Quarter

     573         503        71.6         60.2        46.0         38.7        7.1         6.2        9.2         8.1   

1st Quarter

     582         491        71.7         59.5        45.9         38.3        7.0         5.8        9.3         7.6   

2014

                         

January

     681         626        86.1         81.0        56.0         51.5        8.2         7.6        11.0         10.8   

2013

                         

December

     677         647        87.1         81.8        55.6         53.0        8.2         7.7        10.9         10.5   

November

     703         682        87.0         84.8        56.5         55.2        8.4         8.1        11.2         10.9   

October

     690         665        86.0         83.3        56.0         53.5        8.2         7.9        11.3         10.6   

September

     708         669        88.0         83.1        56.8         52.4        8.4         8.0        11.3         10.6   

August

     755         676        89.6         82.0        58.0         52.4        8.7         7.9        11.2         10.7   

July

     748         681        88.1         79.8        56.8         52.2        8.6         8.0        11.2         11.0   

 

1 In New York each ADS represents five underlying ordinary shares.

 

Memorandum and Articles of Association

 

The disclosure under the caption ‘Memorandum and Articles of Association’ contained on Form 20-F for the years ended 31 December 2000 and 2001 is incorporated by reference herein, together with the disclosure below.

Directors’ interests

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 and provided that the Articles are complied with, a Director, notwithstanding his office:

 

 

may enter into or otherwise be interested in any contract, arrangement, transaction or proposal with HSBC Holdings or in which HSBC Holdings is otherwise interested;

 

 

may hold any other office or place of profit under HSBC Holdings (except that of auditor or auditor of a subsidiary of HSBC Holdings) in conjunction with the office of Director and may act by himself or through his firm in a

   

professional capacity for HSBC Holdings, and in any such case on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the Board may arrange;

 

 

may be a director or other officer, or employed by, or a party to any transaction or arrangement with or otherwise interested in, any company promoted by HSBC Holdings or in which HSBC Holdings is otherwise interested or as regards which HSBC Holdings has any powers of appointment; and

 

 

shall not be liable to account to HSBC Holdings for any profit, remuneration or other benefit realised by any such office, employment, contract, arrangement, transaction or proposal or from any interest in any body corporate and no such contract, arrangement, transaction, proposal or interest shall be avoided on the grounds of any such interest or benefit nor shall the receipt of any such profit, remuneration or any other benefit constitute a breach of his or her duty under the Companies Act 2006 not to accept benefits from third parties.

 

 

573c


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Since 1 October 2008, the Board may authorise any matter proposed to it which would, if not so authorised, involve a breach by a Director of his or her duty to avoid conflicts of interest under the Companies Act 2006, including, without limitation, any matter which relates to a situation in which a Director has, or can have, an interest which conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interest of HSBC Holdings (including the exploitation of any property, information or opportunity, whether or not HSBC Holdings could take advantage of it, but excluding any situation which cannot reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest). Any such authorisation will be effective only if:

 

 

any requirement as to quorum at the meeting at which the matter is considered is met without counting the Director in question or any other interested Director; and

 

 

the matter was agreed to without their voting or would have been agreed to if their votes had not been counted.

The Board may (whether at the time of the giving of the authorisation or subsequently) make any such authorisation subject to any limits or conditions it expressly imposes but such authorisation is otherwise given to the fullest extent permitted. The Board may vary or terminate any such authorisation at any time.

A Director shall be under no duty to HSBC Holdings with respect to any information which he obtains or has obtained otherwise than as a Director of HSBC Holdings and in respect of which he has a duty of confidentiality to another person.

Retirement

There is no mandatory retirement age for Directors of HSBC Holdings.

History and development of HSBC

 

 

1865    The founding member of the HSBC Group, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, is established in both Hong Kong and Shanghai.
1959    The Mercantile Bank of India Limited and The British Bank of the Middle East, now HSBC Bank Middle East Limited, are purchased.
1965    We acquire a 51% interest (subsequently increased to 62.14%) in Hang Seng Bank Limited. Hang Seng Bank is the fourth-largest listed bank in Hong Kong by market capitalisation.
1980    We acquire a 51% interest in Marine Midland Banks, Inc., now HSBC USA, Inc, (with the remaining interest acquired in 1987).
1981    The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation incorporates its then existing Canadian operations. HSBC Bank Canada subsequently makes numerous acquisitions, expanding rapidly to become the largest foreign-owned bank in Canada.
1987    We purchase a 14.9% interest in Midland Bank plc, now HSBC Bank plc, one of the UK’s principal clearing banks.
1991    HSBC Holdings plc is established as the parent company of the HSBC Group.
1992    We purchase the remaining interest in Midland Bank plc.
1993    As a consequence of the Midland acquisition, our Head Office is transferred from Hong Kong to London in January.
1997    We assume selected assets, liabilities and subsidiaries of Banco Bamerindus do Brasil S.A., now HSBC Bank Brazil, following the intervention of the Central Bank of Brazil, and in Argentina complete the acquisition of Grupo Roberts, now part of HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.
1999    We acquire Republic New York Corporation, subsequently merged with HSBC USA, Inc., and Safra Republic Holdings S.A.
2000    We complete our acquisition of 99.99% of the issued share capital of Crédit Commercial de France S.A., now HSBC France.
2002    We acquire 99.59% of Grupo Financiero Bital, S.A. de C.V., the holding company of what is now HSBC Mexico.
2003    We acquire Household International, Inc., now HSBC Finance Corporation.
2003    We acquire Banco Lloyds TSB S.A.–Banco Múltiplo in Brazil and the country’s leading consumer finance company, Losango Promotora de Vendas Limitada.
2004    HSBC Bank USA, Inc. merges with HSBC Bank & Trust (Delaware) N.A. to form HSBC Bank USA, N.A.
2004    We complete the acquisition of The Bank of Bermuda Limited.
2004    We acquire Marks and Spencer Retail Financial Services Holdings Limited, which trades as Marks and Spencer Money (‘M&S Money’) in the UK.
2004    We acquire 19.9% of Bank of Communications, and Hang Seng Bank acquires 15.98% of Industrial Bank.
 

 

573d


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

2005    We increase our holding in Ping An to 19.9%, having made our initial investment in 2002. Ping An is the second-largest life insurer and the third-largest property and casualty insurer in mainland China.
2005    HSBC Finance completes the acquisition of Metris Companies Inc., making HSBC the fifth-largest issuer of MasterCard and Visa cards in the USA.
2006    We acquire Grupo Banistmo S.A. (‘Banistmo’), the leading banking group in Central America, through a tender offer to acquire 99.98% of the outstanding shares of Banistmo.
2007    Our three associates in mainland China, Industrial Bank, Ping An and Bank of Communications, issue new shares. We do not subscribe and, as a result, our interests in the associates’ equity decrease.
2008    We acquire the assets, liabilities and operations of The Chinese Bank in Taiwan.
2008    We complete the sale of our seven French regional banks.
2009    We complete the acquisition of 88.89% of PT Bank Ekonomi Raharja Tbk in Indonesia.
2012    In May, we complete the sale of our US Card and Retail Services business, together with certain real estate and other assets and liabilities.
2012    In May, we complete the sale of 138 retail branches in upstate New York. The disposal of a further 57 branches is completed in August.
2012    In December, we complete the sale we announced in January of our businesses in Costa Rica, El Salvador and Honduras to the Columbian banking group, Banco Davivienda, for US$801m.
2012    In December, we announce the disposal of our shares in Ping An to Charoen Pokphand Group Company for approximately US$9,385m in cash.
2012    In December, we announce an agreement to sell our 18% shareholding in Bao Viet Holdings to Sumitomo Life Insurance Company for US$340m in cash.
2013    In November, we sell HSBC Bank (Panama) S.A. to Bancolombia S.A. for US$2.1bn in cash.

Differences in HSBC Holdings/New York

Stock Exchange corporate

governance practices

 

Under the NYSE’s corporate governance rules for listed companies and the applicable rules of the SEC, as a NYSE-listed foreign private issuer, HSBC Holdings must disclose any significant ways in which its corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US companies subject to NYSE listing standards. HSBC Holdings believes the following to be the significant differences between its corporate governance practices and NYSE corporate governance rules applicable to US companies.

US companies listed on the NYSE are required to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines. The Listing Rules of the FCA require each listed company incorporated in the UK to include in its Annual Report and Accounts a

statement of how it has applied the principles of The UK Corporate Governance Code issued by the Financial Reporting Council and a statement as to whether or not it has complied with the code provisions of The UK Corporate Governance Code throughout the accounting period covered by the Annual Report and Accounts . A company that has not complied with the code provisions, or complied with only some of the code provisions or (in the case of provisions whose requirements are of a continuing nature) complied for only part of an accounting period covered by the report, must specify the code provisions with which it has not complied, and (where relevant) for what part of the reporting period such non-compliance continued, and give reasons for any non-compliance. As stated above, HSBC Holdings complied throughout 2013 with the applicable code provisions of The UK Corporate Governance Code. The UK Corporate Governance Code does not require HSBC Holdings to disclose the full range of corporate governance guidelines with which it complies.

Under NYSE standards, companies are required to have a nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of directors determined to be independent in accordance with the NYSE’s corporate governance rules. All of the members of the Nomination Committee during 2013 were independent non-executive Directors, as determined in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code. The terms of reference of our Nomination Committee, which comply with the UK Corporate Governance Code, require a majority of members to be independent. In addition to identifying individuals qualified to become Board members, a nominating/ corporate governance committee must develop and recommend to the Board a set of corporate governance principles. The Nomination Committee’s terms of reference do not require it to develop and recommend corporate governance principles for HSBC Holdings. As stated above, HSBC Holdings is subject to the corporate governance principles of The UK Corporate Governance Code. The Board of Directors is responsible under its terms of reference for the development and review of Group policies and practices on corporate governance.

Under the NYSE standards, companies are required to have a compensation committee composed entirely of directors determined to be independent in accordance with the NYSE’s corporate governance rules. All of the members of the Group Remuneration Committee during 2013 were independent non-executive Directors, as determined in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code. The terms of reference of our

 

 

573e


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Group Remuneration Committee, which comply with the UK Corporate Governance Code, require at least three members to be independent. A compensation committee must review and approve corporate goals and objectives relevant to chief executive officer compensation and evaluate a chief executive officer’s performance in light of these goals and objectives. The Group Remuneration Committee’s terms of reference require it to review and approve performance-based remuneration of the executive Directors by reference to corporate goals and objectives which are set by the Board of Directors.

Pursuant to NYSE listing standards, non-management directors must meet on a regular basis without management present and independent directors must meet separately at least once per year.

During 2013, the non-executive Directors and the Group Chairman met once without the other executive Directors. The non-executive Directors also met four times without the Group Chairman, including to appraise the Group Chairman’s performance. HSBC Holdings’ practice, in this regard, complies with The UK Corporate Governance Code.

In accordance with the requirements of The UK Corporate Governance Code, HSBC Holdings discloses in its Annual Report and Accounts how the Board, its committees and the Directors are evaluated (on pages 344 to 345) and provides extensive information regarding Directors’ compensation in the Directors’ Remuneration Report (on pages 378 to 407). The terms of reference of HSBC Holdings’ Group Audit, Group Nomination, Group Remuneration and Group Risk Committees are available at www.hsbc.com/investor-relations/governance/boardcommittees.

NYSE listing standards require US companies to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees, and promptly disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers. In 2009, the Board endorsed three HSBC Values statements underpinned by the continued use of our Business Principles, in replacement of the Group Business Principles and Values. In addition to the HSBC Values statements and Business Principles (and previously the Group Business Principles and Values), which apply to the employees of all our companies, pursuant to the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act the Board of HSBC Holdings has adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to the Group Chairman and the Group Chief Executive, as the principal executive officers, and to the Group Finance Director and Group Chief Accounting Officer. HSBC Holdings’ Code of Ethics is available on www.hsbc.com/codeofethics or from

the Group Company Secretary at 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ. If the Board amends or waives the provisions of the Code of Ethics, details of the amendment or waiver will appear at the same website address. During 2013, HSBC Holdings made no amendments to its Code of Ethics and granted no waivers from its provisions. The references to the standards to be followed by all employees reflect the Board’s endorsement of HSBC Values statements underpinned by the continued use of our Business Principles. The HSBC Values statements and Business Principles are available on www.hsbc.com/groupvalues.

Under NYSE listing rules applicable to US companies, independent directors must comprise a majority of the board of directors. Currently, more than three-quarters of HSBC Holdings’ Directors are independent.

Under The UK Corporate Governance Code the HSBC Holdings Board determines whether a Director is independent in character and judgement and whether there are relationships or circumstances which are likely to affect, or could appear to affect, the Director’s judgement. Under the NYSE rules a director cannot qualify as independent unless the board affirmatively determines that the director has no material relationship with the listed company; in addition the NYSE rules prescribe a list of circumstances in which a director cannot be independent. The UK Corporate Governance Code requires a company’s board to assess director independence by affirmatively concluding that the director is independent of management and free from any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with the exercise of independent judgement. Lastly, a chief executive officer of a US company listed on the NYSE must annually certify that he or she is not aware of any violation by the company of NYSE corporate governance standards. In accordance with NYSE listing rules applicable to foreign private issuers, HSBC Holdings’ Group Chief Executive is not required to provide the NYSE with this annual compliance certification. However, in accordance with rules applicable to both US companies and foreign private issuers, the Group Chief Executive is required promptly to notify the NYSE in writing after any executive officer becomes aware of any material non-compliance with the NYSE corporate governance standards applicable to HSBC Holdings.

HSBC Holdings is required to submit annual and interim written affirmations of compliance with applicable NYSE corporate governance standards, similar to the affirmations required of NYSE-listed US companies.

 

 

573f


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Form 20-F Item Number and Caption    Location    Page
                 
PART I      
1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers    Not required for Annual Report   
2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable    Not required for Annual Report   
3. Key Information      
A. Selected Financial Data    Consolidated income statement, Consolidated balance sheet, Shareholder information    51, 65, 565
B. Capitalisation and Indebtedness    Not required for Annual Report   
C. Reasons for the Offer and use of Proceeds    Not required for Annual Report   
D. Risk Factors    Report of the Directors: Financial Review    134a-134n
4. Information on the Company      
A. History and Development of the Company    Strategic Report    9-15
   Report of the Directors: Financial Review    47-133x
   Shareholder Information   

565-566, 594,

573d-573e

B. Business Overview    Strategic Report    9-35
   Financial Review: Regulation and Supervision    133k-133v
   Report of the Directors: Financial Review    47-133x
C. Organisational Structure    Note 24 – Notes on the Financial Statements    519
   Strategic Report    14-15
   Shareholder Information – Simplified structure chart of HSBC Holdings    570
D. Property, Plants and Equipment    Financial Review –Property    130
   Note 23 – Notes on the Financial Statements    518
4 A. Unresolved Staff Comments    Not Applicable   
5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects      
A. Operating Results    Report of the Directors: Financial Review    47-133x
B. Liquidity and Capital Resources   

Financial Review: Liquidity and Funding

 

Financial Review: Risk management of insurance operations

  

213-229

 

257-258

  

Financial Review: Appendix to Risk

  

276-281

C. Research and Development, Patents and Licences, etc.    Not Applicable   
D. Trend Information    Strategic Report    11

 

573g


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Form 20-F Item Number and Caption    Location    Page
                 
   Report of the Directors: Financial Review    47-133x
E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements    Note 33 – Notes on the Financial Statements    532-539
   Note 40 – Notes on the Financial Statements    548-549
   Note 42 – Notes on the Financial Statements    550-553
F. Tabular disclosure of Contractual Obligations    Report of the Directors: Financial Review    69k
6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees      
A. Directors and Senior Management    Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance    329-337
B. Compensation    Directors’ Remuneration Report    378-407
C. Board Practices    Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance    330-335, 338,
348-352, 360
   Directors’ Remuneration Report    392-393
D. Employees    Strategic Report    27
E. Share Ownership    Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance    369-370, 375-376
  

Directors’ Remuneration Report

 

Note 7 – Notes on the Financial Statements

 

Note 38 – Notes on the Financial Statements

  

381-405

 

454-457,

 

545-546

7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions      
A. Major Shareholders    Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance    377
B. Related Party Transactions    Note 44 – Notes on the Financial Statements    562-564
C. Interests of Experts and Counsel    Not required for Annual Report   
8. Financial Information      
A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information    Financial Statements    410-564
   Shareholder Information    565
B. Significant Changes    Not Applicable   
9. The Offer and Listing      
A. Offer and Listing Details    Shareholder Information    573b-573c
B. Plan of Distribution    Not required for Annual Report   
C. Markets    Shareholder Information    573b-573c
D. Selling Shareholders    Not required for Annual Report   

 

573h


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Form 20-F Item Number and Caption    Location    Page
                 
E. Dilution    Not required for Annual Report   
F. Expenses of the Issue    Not required for Annual Report   
10. Additional Information      
A. Share Capital    Not required for Annual Report   
B. Memorandum and Articles of Association    Shareholder Information    573c-573d
C. Material Contracts    Note 43 – Notes on the Financial Statements    558-559
D. Exchange Controls    Shareholder Information    573a
E. Taxation    Shareholder Information    571-573
F. Dividends and Paying Agents    Not required for Annual Report   
G. Statements by Experts    Not required for Annual Report   
H. Documents on Display    Shareholder Information    569
I. Subsidiary Information    Not Applicable   
11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk    Report of the Directors: Financial Review    230-243
   Note 18 and 35 – Notes on the Financial Statements    499-504, 542
12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities      
A. Debt Securities    Not required for Annual Report   
B. Warrants and Rights    Not required for Annual Report   
C. Other Securities    Not required for Annual Report   
D. American Depositary Shares    Shareholder Information    573a-573b
PART II      
13. Defaults, Dividends Arrearages and Delinquencies    Not Applicable   
14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Securities Holders and Use of Proceeds    Not Applicable   
15. Controls and Procedures    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm to the Board of Directors and Shareholders of HSBC Holdings plc    410
   Report of the Directors: Financial Review    131a
16. [Reserved]      
A. Audit Committee Financial Expert    Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance    348
B. Code of Ethics    Shareholder Information    573f
C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services    Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance    351-352
   Note 8 – Notes on the Financial Statements    465-466

 

573i


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Form 20-F Item Number and Caption    Location    Page
                 
D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees    Not Applicable   
E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers    Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance    377
F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant    Not Applicable   
G. Corporate Governance    Shareholder Information    573e-573f
PART III      
17. Financial Statements    Not Applicable   
18. Financial Statements    Financial Statements    410-564
19. Exhibits (including Certifications)       *

 

573j


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Glossary of accounting terms and US equivalents

 

 

Accounting term    US equivalent or brief description

Accounts

  

Financial Statements

Articles of Association

  

Articles of incorporation

Called up share capital

  

Shares issued and fully paid

Creditors

  

Payables

Debtors

  

Receivables

Deferred tax

  

Deferred income tax

Finance lease

  

Capital lease

Freehold

  

Ownership with absolute rights in perpetuity

Interests in associates and joint ventures

  

Interests in entities over which we have significant influence or joint control, which are accounted for using the equity method.

Loans and advances

  

Loans

Loan capital

  

Long-term debt

Nominal value

  

Par value

One-off

  

Non-recurring

Ordinary shares

  

Common stock

Overdraft

  

A line of credit, contractually repayable on demand unless a fixed-term has been agreed, established through a customer’s current account

Preference shares

  

Preferred stock

Premises

  

Property

Provisions

  

Liabilities of uncertain timing or amount

Share premium account

  

Additional paid-in capital

Shares in issue

  

Shares outstanding

Write-offs

  

Charge-offs

 

574


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Abbreviations

 

 

Abbreviation    Brief description
A   
A$    Australian dollar
ABCP    Asset-backed commercial paper
ABS 1    Asset-backed security
ACF    Advances to Core Funding
ADR    American Depositary Receipt
ADS    American Depositary Share
AIEA    Average interest-earning assets
ALCM    Asset, Liability and Capital Management
ALCO    Asset and Liability Management Committee
AML    Anti-money laundering
ARM 1    Adjustable-rate mortgage
ARS    Argentine peso
B   
Basel Committee    Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
Basel II 1    2006 Basel Capital Accord
Basel III 1    Basel Committee’s reforms to strengthen global capital and liquidity rules
BBA    British Bankers’ Association
BMD    Bermudan dollar
BoCom    Bank of Communications Co., Limited, one of China’s largest banks
Bps 1    Basis points. One basis point is equal to one hundredth of a percentage point
BRL    Brazilian real
BSA    Bank Secrecy Act (US)
BSM    Balance Sheet Management
C   
C$    Canadian dollar
CAPM    Capital Asset Pricing Model
CCR 1    Counterparty credit risk
CD    Certificate of deposit
CDO 1    Collateralised debt obligation
CDS 1    Credit default swap
CET1 1    Common equity tier 1
CGU    Cash-generating unit
CHF   

Swiss franc

CMB    Commercial Banking, a global business
CML 1    Consumer and Mortgage Lending (US)
CNY    Chinese yuan
CP 1    Commercial paper
CPB 1    Capital planning buffer
CPI    Consumer price index
CRD 1    Capital Requirements Directive
CRR 1    Customer risk rating
CRS    Card and Retail Services
CVA 1   

Credit valuation adjustment

D   
DANY DPA    Two-year deferred prosecution agreement with the New York County District Attorney (US)
DBS    Defined Benefit Section
Dodd-Frank    Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (US)
DoJ    Department of Justice (US)
DPA    Deferred Prosecution Agreement (US)
DPF    Discretionary participation feature of insurance and investment contracts
DVA 1    Debit valuation adjustment
E   
EAD 1    Exposure at default
EBA    European Banking Authority
ECB    European Central Bank
EDTF    Enhanced Disclosure Task Force
EGP    Egyptian pound
ECJ    European Court of Justice
EL 1    Expected loss
EU    European Union
Euribor    European Interbank Offered Rate

 

575


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Abbreviation    Brief description
F   
Fannie Mae    Federal National Mortgage Association (US)
FCA    Financial Conduct Authority (UK)
FCA Direction   

Undertaking originally with the FSA to comply with certain forward-looking obligations with respect to AML and sanctions requirements

FHFA    Federal Housing Finance Agency
First Direct    A division of HSBC Bank plc
FPC    Financial Policy Committee (UK)
Freddie Mac    Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (US)
FSMA    Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, (UK)
FSVC    Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee
FTE    Full-time equivalent staff
FTSE    Financial Times – Stock Exchange index
FuM    Funds under management
G   
G20    Leaders, finance ministers and central bank governors of the Group of Twenty countries
GAC    Group Audit Committee
GB&M    Global Banking and Markets, a global business
GDP    Gross domestic product
GENPRU    PRA’s rules, as set out in the General Prudential Sourcebook
Ginnie Mae    Government National Mortgage Association (US)
GLBA    Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (US)
Global Markets    HSBC’s treasury and capital markets services in Global Banking and Markets
GMB    Group Management Board
GPB    Global Private Banking, a global business
GPSP    Group Performance Share Plan
GRC    Group Risk Committee
Group    HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiary undertakings
G-SIB 1    Global systemically important bank
H   
Hang Seng Bank    Hang Seng Bank Limited, one of Hong Kong’s largest banks
HK$    Hong Kong dollar
HNAH    HSBC North America Holdings Inc.
Hong Kong    Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China
HSBC    HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiary undertakings
HSBC Afore    HSBC Afore S.A. de C.V.
HSBC Bank    HSBC Bank plc
HSBC Bank Argentina    HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.
HSBC Bank Bermuda    HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited
HSBC Bank Malaysia    HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad
HSBC Bank Middle East    HSBC Bank Middle East Limited
HSBC Bank USA    HSBC’s retail bank in the US, HSBC Bank USA, N.A.
HSBC Canada   

The sub-group, HSBC Bank Canada, HSBC Trust Company Canada, HSBC Mortgage Corporation Canada, HSBC Securities Canada and HSBC Financial Co. Canada, consolidated for liquidity purposes

HSBC Finance    HSBC Finance Corporation, the US consumer finance company (formerly Household International, Inc.)
HSBC France    HSBC’s French banking subsidiary, formerly CCF S.A.
HSBC Holdings    HSBC Holdings plc, the parent company of HSBC
HSBC Mexico    HSBC México S.A., the commercial banking subsidiary of Grupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.
HSBC Premier    HSBC’s premium global banking service
HSBC Private Bank (Suisse)    HSBC Private Bank (Suisse) SA, HSBC’s private bank in Switzerland
HSBC USA   

The sub-group, HSBC USA Inc (the holding company of HSBC Bank USA) and HSBC Bank USA, consolidated for liquidity purposes

HSI    HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.
HTCD    HSBC Trust Company (Delaware), N.A.
I   
IAS    International Accounting Standards
IASB    International Accounting Standards Board
ICB    Independent Commission on Banking
IFRIC    IFRS Interpretations Committee
IFRSs    International Financial Reporting Standards
Industrial Bank   

Industrial Bank Co. Limited, a national joint-stock bank in mainland China in which Hang Seng Bank Limited has a shareholding

INR    Indian rupee
IRB 1    Internal ratings-based
ISDA    International Swaps and Derivatives Association

 

576


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Abbreviation    Brief description
K   
KPMG    KPMG Audit Plc and its affiliates
KRW    South Korean won
KYC    Know your customer
L   
LCR    Liquidity Coverage Ratio
LFRF    Liquidity and funding risk management framework
LGD 1    Loss given default
Libor    London Interbank Offer Rate
LIC    Loan impairment charge and other credit risk provision
LTV 1    Loan-to-value ratio
M   
Madoff Securities    Bernard L Madoff Investment Securities LLC
Mainland China    People’s Republic of China excluding Hong Kong
Mazarin    Mazarin Funding Limited, an asset-backed CP conduit
MBS    US mortgage-backed security
MENA    Middle East and North Africa
Monoline 1    Monoline insurance company
MSCI    Morgan Stanley Capital International index
MTN    Medium-term notes
MXN    Mexican peso
N   
NSFR    Net Stable Funding Ratio
NYSE    New York Stock Exchange
O   
OCC    Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (US)
OFAC    Office of Foreign Assets Control (US)
OIB    Oman International Bank S.A.O.G.
OIS    Overnight index swap
ORMF    Operational risk management framework
OTC 1    Over-the-counter
P   
PAB    Panamanian balboa
PD 1    Probability of default
Performance Shares 1   

Awards of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under employee share plans that are subject to corporate performance conditions

Ping An   

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd, the second-largest life insurer in the PRC

PPI    Payment protection insurance product
PRA    Prudential Regulation Authority (UK)
PRC    People’s Republic of China
Premier    HSBC Premier, HSBC’s premium personal global banking service
PVIF    Present value of in-force long-term insurance business
R   
RBWM    Retail Banking and Wealth Management, a global business
Repo 1    Sale and repurchase transaction
Restricted Shares   

Awards of Restricted Shares define the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares to which the employee will become entitled, generally between one and three years from the date of the award, and normally subject to the individual remaining in employment

Reverse repo    Security purchased under commitments to sell
Risk Management Meeting    A committee of the Group Management Board
RM    Malaysian ringgit
RMB    Renminbi
RMBS    Residential mortgage-backed securities
RMC    Risk Management Committee
RoRWA    Return on average risk-weighted assets
RPI    Retail price index (UK)
RRP    Recovery and resolution plan
RWA 1    Risk-weighted assets

 

577


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Abbreviation    Brief description
S   
S&P   

Standard and Poor’s rating agency

SE   

Structured entity

SEC   

Securities and Exchange Commission (US)

SIC   

Securities investment conduit

SIV 1   

Structured investment vehicle

SME   

Small and medium-sized enterprise

Solitaire   

Solitaire Funding Limited, a special purpose entity managed by HSBC

SPE 1   

Special Purpose Entity

SR   

Saudi Arabian riyal

T   

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

   The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, the founding member of the HSBC Group
TRL   

Turkish lira

TSR   

Total shareholder return

U   
UAE   

United Arab Emirates

UK   

United Kingdom

US$   

United States dollar

US   

United States of America

US DPA   

Five-year deferred prosecution agreement with the Department of Justice and others (US)

US run-off portfolio   

Includes our CML, vehicle finance and Taxpayer Financial Services businesses and insurance, commercial, corporate and treasury activities in HSBC Finance on an IFRSs management basis

V   
VaR 1   

Value at risk

Visa   

Visa Inc.

VIU   

Value in use

VND   

Vietnamese dong

 

1 Full definition included in Glossary on page 579.

 

578


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Glossary

 

 

Term    Definition
A   

Adjustable-rate mortgages (‘ARM’s)

  

Mortgage loans in the US on which the interest rate is periodically changed based on a reference price. These are included within ‘affordability mortgages’.

Affordability mortgages

  

Mortgage loans where the customer’s monthly payments are set out at a low initial rate, either variable or fixed, before resetting to a higher rate once the introductory period is over.

Agency exposures

  

Exposures to near or quasi-government agencies including public sector entities fully owned by government carrying out non-commercial activities, provincial and local government authorities, development banks and funds set up by government.

Alt-A

  

A US description for loans regarded as lower risk than sub-prime, but with higher risk characteristics than lending under normal criteria.

Arrears

  

Customers are said to be in arrears (or in a state of delinquency) when they are behind in fulfilling their obligations, with the result that an outstanding loan is unpaid or overdue. When a customer is in arrears, the total outstanding loans on which payments are overdue are described as delinquent.

Asset-backed securities (‘ABS’s)

  

Securities that represent an interest in an underlying pool of referenced assets. The referenced pool can comprise any assets which attract a set of associated cash flows but are commonly pools of residential or commercial mortgages.

B   

Back-testing

  

A statistical technique used to monitor and assess the accuracy of a model, and how that model would have performed had it been applied in the past.

Bail-inable debt

  

Bail-in refers to imposition of losses at the point of non viability (but before insolvency) on bank liabilities (bail-inable debt) that are not exposed to losses while the institution remains a viable, going concern. Whether by way of write-down or conversion into equity, this has the effect of recapitalising the bank (although it does not provide any new funding).

Bank levy

  

A levy that applies to UK banks, building societies and the UK operations of foreign banks from 1 January 2011. The amount payable is based on a percentage of the group’s consolidated liabilities and equity as at 31 December after deducting certain items the most material of which are those related to insured deposit balances, tier 1 capital, insurance liabilities, high quality liquid assets and items subject to a legally enforceable net settlement agreement.

Basel II

  

The capital adequacy framework issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2006 in the form of the ‘International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards’.

Basel 2.5

  

The update to Basel II including changes to capital and disclosure requirements for securitisation and market risk, which took effect in December 2011.

Basel III

  

In December 2010, the Basel Committee issued ‘Basel III rules: a global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems’ and ‘International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring’. Together these documents present the Basel Committee’s reforms to strengthen global capital and liquidity rules with the goal of promoting a more resilient banking sector. In June 2011, the Basel Committee issued a revision to the former document setting out the finalised capital treatment for counterparty credit risk in bilateral trades. The Basel III requirements will be phased in with full implementation by 1 January 2019.

Basis point (‘bps’)

  

One hundredth of a per cent (0.01%), so 100 basis points is 1%. Used in quoting movements in interest rates or yields on securities.

C   

Capital conservation buffer

  

A capital buffer prescribed by regulators under Basel III and designed to ensure banks build up capital buffers outside periods of stress which can be drawn down as losses are incurred. Should a bank’s capital levels fall within the capital conservation buffer range, capital distributions will be constrained by the regulators.

Capital planning buffer (‘CPB’)

  

A capital buffer, prescribed by the PRA under Basel II, and designed to ensure banks build up capital buffers outside periods of stress which can be drawn down as losses are incurred. Should a bank’s capital levels fall within the capital planning buffer range, a period of heightened regulatory interaction would be triggered.

Capital requirements directive (‘CRD’)

  

A capital adequacy legislative package issued by the European Commission and adopted by EU member states. The first CRD legislative package gave effect to the Basel II proposals in the EU and came into force on 20 July 2006. CRD II, which came into force on 31 December 2010, subsequently updated the requirements for capital instruments, large exposure, liquidity risk and securitisation. A further CRD III amendment, updated market risk capital and additional securitisation requirements, and came into force on 31 December 2011.

  

CRD IV package comprises a recast Capital Requirements Directive and a new Capital Requirements Regulation. The package implements the Basel III capital proposals together with transitional arrangements for some of its requirements. CRD IV came into force on 1 January 2014.

Central counterparty (‘CCP’)

  

An intermediary between a buyer and a seller (generally a clearing house).

 

579


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Term    Definition

Clawback

  

Remuneration already paid to an individual, which has to be returned to an organisation under certain circumstances.

Collateralised debt obligation (‘CDO’)

  

A security issued by a third-party which references ABSs and/or certain other related assets purchased by the issuer. CDOs may feature exposure to sub-prime mortgage assets through the underlying assets.

Collectively assessed impairment

  

Impairment assessment on a collective basis for homogeneous groups of loans that are not considered individually significant and to cover losses which have been incurred but have not yet been identified on loans subject to individual assessment.

Commercial paper (‘CP’)

  

An unsecured, short-term debt instrument issued by a corporation, typically for the financing of accounts receivable, inventories and meeting short-term liabilities. The debt is usually issued at a discount, reflecting prevailing market interest rates.

Commercial real estate

  

Any real estate, comprising buildings or land, intended to generate a profit, either from capital gain or rental income.

Common equity tier 1 capital (‘CET1’)

  

The highest quality form of regulatory capital under Basel III that comprises common shares issued and related share premium, retained earnings and other reserves excluding the cash flow hedging reserve, less specified regulatory adjustments.

CET 1 ratio

  

A Basel III measure, of CET 1 capital expressed as percentage of total risk exposure amount.

Common reporting (‘COREP’)

  

Harmonised European reporting framework established in the Capital Requirements Directives, to be mandated by the European Banking Authority.

Compliance risk

  

The risk that the Group fails to observe the letter and spirit of all relevant laws, codes, rules, regulations and standards of good market practice, and incurs fines and penalties and suffers damage to its business as a consequence.

Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (‘CCAR’)

  

CCAR is an annual exercise by the Federal Reserve to ensure that institutions have robust, forward-looking capital planning processes that account for their unique risks and sufficient capital to continue operations throughout times of economic and financial stress.

Conduits

  

HSBC sponsors and manages multi-seller conduits and ‘SIC’s. The multi-seller conduits hold interests in diversified pools of third-party assets such as vehicle loans, trade receivables and credit card receivables funded through the issuance of short-dated commercial paper and supported by a liquidity facility. The SICs hold predominantly asset-backed securities referencing such items as commercial and residential mortgages, vehicle loans and credit card receivables funded through the issuance of both long-term and short-term debt.

Constant currency

  

A non-GAAP financial measure that adjusts for the year-on-year effects of foreign currency translation differences by comparing reported results for the reported period with reported results for comparative period retranslated at exchange rates for the reported period. The foreign currency translation differences reflect the movements of the US dollar against most major currencies during the reported period.

Constant net asset value fund (‘CNAV’)

  

A fund that prices its assets on an amortised cost basis, subject to the amortised book value of the portfolio remaining within 50 basis points of its market value.

Consumer and Mortgage Lending (‘CML’)

  

In the US, the CML portfolio consists of our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services businesses, which are in run-off.

  

The Consumer Lending business offered secured and unsecured loan products, such as first and second lien mortgage loans, open-ended home equity loans and personal non-credit card loans through branch locations and direct mail. The majority of the mortgage lending products were for refinancing and debt consolidation rather than home purchases. In the first quarter of 2009, we discontinued all originations by our Consumer Lending business.

  

Prior to the first quarter of 2007, when we ceased loan purchase activity, the Mortgage Services business purchased non-conforming first and second lien real estate secured loans from unaffiliated third parties. The business also included the operations of Decision One Mortgage Company (‘Decision One’), which historically originated mortgage loans sourced by independent mortgage brokers and sold these to secondary market purchasers. Decision One ceased originations in September 2007.

Contractual maturities

  

The date on which the final payment (principal or interest) of any financial instrument is due to be paid, at which point all the remaining outstanding principal and interest have been repaid.

Core tier 1 capital

  

The highest quality form of regulatory capital, under Basel II, that comprises total shareholders’ equity and related non-controlling interests, less goodwill and intangible assets and certain other regulatory adjustments.

Core tier 1 capital ratio

  

A Basel II measure, of core tier 1 capital expressed as a percentage of the total risk-weighted assets.

Countercyclical capital buffer (‘CCB’)

  

A capital buffer prescribed by regulators under Basel III which aims to ensure that capital requirements take account of the macro-financial environment in which banks operate. This will provide the banking sector with additional capital to protect it against potential future losses, when excess credit growth in the financial system as a whole is associated with an increase in system-wide risk.

Counterparty credit risk (‘CCR’)

  

Counterparty credit risk, in both the trading and non-trading books, is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction may default before completing the satisfactory settlement of the transaction.

 

580


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Term    Definition

Credit default swap

  

A derivative contract whereby a buyer pays a fee to a seller in return for receiving a payment in the event of a defined credit event (e.g. bankruptcy, payment default on a reference asset or assets, or downgrades by a rating agency) on an underlying obligation (which may or may not be held by the buyer).

Credit enhancements

  

Facilities used to enhance the creditworthiness of financial obligations and cover losses due to asset default.

Credit risk

  

Risk of financial loss if a customer or counterparty fails to meet an obligation under a contract. It arises mainly from direct lending, trade finance and leasing business, but also from products such as guarantees, derivatives and debt securities.

Credit valuation adjustment (‘CVA’)

  

An adjustment to the valuation of OTC derivative contracts to reflect the creditworthiness of OTC derivative counterparties.

Credit spread risk

  

The risk that movements in credit spreads will affect the value of financial instruments.

Customer deposits

  

Money deposited by account holders. Such funds are recorded as liabilities.

Customer remediation

  

Activities carried out by HSBC to compensate customers for losses or damages associated with a failure to comply with regulations. Customer remediation is initiated by HSBC in response to customer complaints, and not specifically initiated by regulatory action.

Customer risk rating (‘CRR’)

  

A scale of 23 grades measuring obligor PD.

CVA risk capital charge

  

A capital charge under CRDIV to cover the risk of mark-to-market losses on expected counterparty risk to derivatives.

D   

Debit valuation adjustment (‘DVA’)

  

An adjustment made by an entity to the valuation of OTC derivative liabilities to reflect within fair value the entity’s own credit risk.

Debt restructuring

  

A restructuring by which the terms and provisions of outstanding debt agreements are changed. This is often done in order to improve cash flow and the ability of the borrower to repay the debt. It can involve altering the repayment schedule as well as debt or interest charge reduction.

Debt securities

  

Financial assets on the Group’s balance sheet representing certificates of indebtedness of credit institutions, public bodies or other undertakings, excluding those issued by central banks.

Debt securities in issue

  

Transferable certificates of indebtedness of the Group to the bearer of the certificates. These are liabilities of the Group and include certificates of deposits.

Deed-in-lieu

  

An arrangement in which a borrower surrenders the deed for a property to the lender without going through foreclosure proceedings and is subsequently released from any further obligations on the loan.

Defined benefit obligation

  

The present value of expected future payments required to settle the obligations of a defined benefit plan resulting from employee service.

Delinquency

  

See ‘Arrears’.

Deposits by banks

  

All deposits received from domestic and foreign banks, excluding deposits or liabilities in the form of debt securities or for which transferable certificates have been issued.

E   

Economic capital

  

The internally calculated capital requirement which is deemed necessary by HSBC to support the risks to which it is exposed.

Economic profit

  

The difference between the return on financial capital invested by shareholders and the cost of that capital. Economic profit may be expressed as a whole number or as a percentage.

Economic Value of Equity (‘EVE’) sensitivity

  

Considers all re-pricing mismatches in the current balance sheet and calculates the change in market value that would result from a set of defined interest rate shocks.

Encumbered assets

  

Assets on our balance sheet which have been pledged as collateral against an existing liability.

Enhanced Variable Net Asset Fund (‘ENAV’)

  

A fund that prices its assets on a fair value basis. Consequently, process may change from one day to the next.

Equator Principles

  

The Equator Principles are used by financial institutions to reduce the potential impact of large projects, which they finance, on people or on the environment.

Equity risk

  

The risk arising from positions, either long or short, in equities or equity-based instruments, which create exposure to a change in the market price of the equities or equity instruments.

Eurozone

  

The 18 European Union countries using the euro as their common currency. The 18 countries are Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Portugal, Slovakia, Slovenia and Spain.

Expected loss (‘EL’)

  

A regulatory calculation of the amount expected to be lost on an exposure using a 12-month time horizon and downturn loss estimates. EL is calculated by multiplying the PD (a percentage) by the EAD (an amount) and LGD (a percentage).

Exposure

  

A claim, contingent claim or position which carries a risk of financial loss.

Exposure at default (‘EAD’)

  

The amount expected to be outstanding after any credit risk mitigation, if and when the counterparty defaults. EAD reflects drawn balances as well as allowance for undrawn amounts of commitments and contingent exposures.

 

581


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Term    Definition
F   

Fair value adjustment

  

An adjustment to the fair value of a financial instrument which is determined using a valuation technique (level 2 and level 3) to include additional factors that would be considered by a market participant that are not incorporated within the valuation model.

Fiduciary risk

  

The risk to the Group of breaching its fiduciary duties where it acts in a fiduciary capacity as trustee, investment manager or as mandated by law or regulation.

Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’)

  

The Financial Conduct Authority regulates the conduct of financial firms and, for certain firms, prudential standards in the UK. It has a strategic objective to ensure that the relevant markets function well.

Financial Policy Committee (‘FPC’)

  

The Financial Policy Committee, at the Bank of England, is charged with a primary objective of identifying, monitoring and taking action to remove or reduce systemic risks with a view to protecting and enhancing the resilience of the UK financial system. The FPC has a secondary objective to support the economic policy of the UK Government.

Financial Reporting (‘FINREP’)

  

Harmonised European financial reporting framework, proposed by the European Union, which will be used to obtain a comprehensive view of a firm’s risk profile.

First lien

  

A security interest granted over an item of property to secure the repayment of a debt that places its holder first in line to collect repayment from the sale of the underlying collateral in the event of a default on the debt.

Forbearance strategies

  

Employed in order to improve the management of customer relationships, maximise collection opportunities and, if possible, avoid default, foreclosure or repossession. Such arrangements include extended payment terms, a reduction in interest or principal repayments, approved external debt management plans, debt consolidations, the deferral of foreclosures, other modifications and re-ages.

Funded exposure

  

A situation where the notional amount of a contract is or has been exchanged.

Funding risk

  

A form of liquidity risk arising when the liquidity needed to fund illiquid asset positions cannot be obtained at the expected terms and when required.

G   

Gap risk

  

The risk of financial loss arising from a significant change in market price with no accompanying trading opportunity.

Global systemically important bank
(‘G-SIB’)

  

In parallel with the Basel III proposals, the Basel Committee issued in July 2011 a consultative document: ‘Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement’, and in November 2011, its first rules on G-SIBs. The Financial Stability Board (‘FSB’) periodically issues the list of G-SIBs, which currently includes HSBC and 28 other major banks from around the world and is re-assessed through annual re-scoring of the individual banks and a triennial review of the methodology.

  

The requirements, initially for those banks identified in November 2014 as G-SIBs, will be phased in from 1 January 2016, becoming fully effective on 1 January 2019. National regulators have discretion to introduce higher thresholds than the minima. In November 2013, the FSB published a revised list of G-SIBs and their current assessment of the appropriate capital charge. HSBC was assigned an add-on of 2.5%.

Government-sponsored enterprises (‘GSE’s)

  

A group of financial services enterprises created by the US Congress to reduce the cost of capital for certain borrowing sectors of the economy, and to make them more efficient and transparent. Examples in the residential mortgage borrowing segment are Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. GSEs carry the implicit backing, but are not direct obligations, of the US government.

GPSP Awards

  

Awards that define the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares to which the employee will become entitled, generally five years from the date of the award, and normally subject to individual remaining in employment. The shares to which the employee becomes entitled are subject to a retention requirement until cessation of employment.

Guarantee

  

An undertaking by a party to pay a creditor should a debtor fail to do so.

H   

Haircut

  

A discount applied by management when determining the amount at which an asset can be realised. The discount takes into account the method of realisation including the extent to which an active market for the asset exists.

Historical rating transition matrices

  

The probability of a counterparty with a particular rating moving to a different rating over a defined time horizon.

Home equity lines of credit (‘HELoC’s)

  

A form of revolving credit facility provided to US customers, which is supported in the majority of cases by a second lien or lower ranking charge over residential property. Holdings of HELoCs are classified as sub-prime.

I   

Impaired loans

  

Loans where the Group does not expect to collect all the contractual cash flows or expects to collect them later than they are contractually due.

Impairment allowances

  

Management’s best estimate of losses incurred in the loan portfolios at the balance sheet date.

Individually assessed impairment

  

Exposure to loss is assessed on all individually significant accounts and all other accounts that do not qualify for collective assessment.

 

582


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Term    Definition

Insurance risk

  

A risk, other than a financial risk, transferred from the holder of a contract to the insurance provider. The principal insurance risk is that, over time, the combined cost of claims, administration and acquisition of the contract may exceed the aggregate amount of premiums received and investment income.

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process

  

The Group’s own assessment of the levels of capital that it needs to hold through an examination of its risk profile from regulatory and economic capital viewpoints.

Internal Model Method

  

One of three approaches defined by Basel II to determine exposure values for counterparty credit risk.

Internal ratings-based approach (‘IRB’)

  

A method of calculating credit risk capital requirements using internal, rather than supervisory, estimates of risk parameters.

Invested capital

  

Equity capital invested in HSBC by its shareholders, adjusted for certain reserves and goodwill previously amortised or written off.

Investment grade

  

Represents a risk profile similar to a rating of BBB- or better, as defined by an external rating agency.

IRB advanced approach (‘AIRB’)

  

A method of calculating credit risk capital requirements using internal PD, LGD and EAD models.

IRB foundation approach (‘FIRB’)

  

A method of calculating credit risk capital requirements using internal PD models but with supervisory estimates of LGD and conversion factors for the calculation of EAD.

ISDA Master agreement

  

Standardised contract developed by ISDA used as an umbrella contract under which bilateral derivatives contracts are entered into.

K   

Key management personnel

  

Directors and Group Managing Directors of HSBC Holdings.

L   

Legacy credit in GB&M

  

A separately identifiable, discretely managed business comprising Solitaire Funding Limited, the securities investment conduits, the asset-backed securities trading portfolios and credit correlation portfolios, derivative transactions entered into directly with monoline insurers, and certain other structured credit transactions.

Legal proceedings

  

Civil court, arbitration or tribunal proceedings brought against HSBC companies (whether by way of claim or counterclaim) or civil disputes that may, if not settled, result in court, arbitration or tribunal proceedings.

Legal risk

  

The risk of financial loss, sanction and/or reputational damage resulting from contractual risk (the risk that the rights and/or obligations of a Group member within a contractual relationship are defective); dispute risk (the risk when involved in or managing potential or actual disputes); legislative risk (the risk that a Group member fails to adhere to laws of the jurisdiction in which it operates); and non contractual rights risk (the risk that a Group member’s assets are not properly owned or are infringed by others or the infringement by a Group member of another party’s rights).

Level 1 – quoted market price

  

Financial instruments with quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

Level 2 – valuation technique using observable inputs

  

Financial instruments with quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets and financial instruments valued using models where all significant inputs are observable.

Level 3 – valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs

  

Financial instruments valued using valuation techniques where one or more significant inputs are unobservable.

Leveraged finance

  

Funding provided for entities with higher than average indebtedness, which typically arises from sub-investment grade acquisitions or event-driven financing.

Leverage ratio

  

A measure, prescribed by regulators under Basel III, which is the ratio of tier 1 capital to total exposures. Total exposures include on-balance sheet items, off-balance sheet items and derivatives, and should generally follow the accounting measure of exposure. This supplementary measure to the risk-based capital requirements is intended to constrain the build-up of excess leverage in the banking sector.

Liquidity coverage ratio (‘LCR’)

  

The ratio of the stock of high quality liquid assets to expected net cash outflows over the following 30 days. High quality liquid assets should be unencumbered, liquid in markets during a time of stress and, ideally, be central bank eligible. The Basel III rules require this ratio to be at least 100% with effect from 2015. The LCR is still subject to an observation period and review to address any unintended consequences.

Liquidity enhancement

  

Liquidity enhancement makes funds available if required for reasons other than asset default, e.g. to ensure timely repayment of maturing commercial paper.

Liquidity risk

  

The risk that HSBC does not have sufficient financial resources to meet its obligations as they fall due, or will have to do so at an excessive cost. This risk arises from mismatches in the timing of cash flows.

Loan modification

  

An account management action that results in a change to the original terms and conditions of a loan either temporarily or permanently without resetting its delinquency status, except in case of a ‘modification re-age’ where delinquency status is also reset to up-to-date. Account modifications may include revisions to one or more terms of the loan including, but not limited to, a change in interest rate, extension of the amortisation period, reduction in payment amount and partial forgiveness or deferment of principal.

 

583


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Term    Definition

Loan re-age

  

An account management action that results in the resetting of the contractual delinquency status of an account to up-to-date upon fulfilment of certain requirements which indicate that payments are expected to be made in accordance with the contractual terms.

Loans past due

  

Loans on which repayments are overdue.

Loan to value ratio (‘LTV’)

  

A mathematical calculation that expresses the amount of the loan as a percentage of the value of security. A high LTV indicates that there is less cushion to protect the lender against house price falls or increases in the loan if repayments are not made and interest is added to the outstanding loan balance.

Loss given default (‘LGD’)

  

The estimated ratio (percentage) of the loss on an exposure to the amount outstanding at default (EAD) upon default of a counterparty.

Loss severity

  

The realised amount of losses incurred (including ancillary amounts owed) when a loan is foreclosed or disposed of through the arrangement with the borrower. The loss severity is represented as a percentage of the outstanding loan balance.

M   

Malus

  

An arrangement that permits an organisation to prevent vesting of all or part of the amount of a deferred remuneration award in relation to risk outcomes or performance.

Market risk

  

The risk that movements in market risk factors, including foreign exchange rates and commodity prices, interest rates, credit spreads and equity prices will reduce income or portfolio values.

Medium term notes (‘MTN’s)

  

Issued by corporates across a range of maturities. Under MTN Programmes notes are offered on a regular and continuous basis to investors.

Monoline insurers (‘monolines’)

  

Entities which specialise in providing credit protection to the holders of debt instruments in the event of default by the debt security counterparty. This protection is typically held in the form of derivatives such as CDSs referencing the underlying exposures held.

Mortgage-backed securities (‘MBS’s)

  

Securities that represent interests in groups of mortgages, which may be on residential or commercial properties. Investors in these securities have the right to cash received from future mortgage payments (interest and/or principal). When the MBS references mortgages with different risk profiles, the MBS is classified according to the highest risk class.

Mortgage-related assets

  

Referenced to underlying mortgages.

Mortgage vintage

  

The year a mortgage was originated.

N   

Negative equity mortgages

  

Equity is the value of the asset less the outstanding balance on the loan. Negative equity arises when the value of the property purchased is below the balance outstanding on the loan.

Net asset value per share

  

Total shareholders’ equity, less non-cumulative preference shares and capital securities, divided by the number of ordinary shares in issue.

Net interest income

  

The amount of interest received or receivable on assets net of interest paid or payable on liabilities.

Net interest income sensitivity

  

Considers all pricing mismatches in the current balance sheet, with suitable assumptions for balance sheet growth in the future, and calculates the change in net interest income that would result from a set of defined interest rate shocks.

Net principal exposure

  

The gross principal amount of a financial asset after taking account of credit protection purchased but excluding the effect of any counterparty credit valuation adjustment to that protection. It includes assets that benefit from monoline protection, except where this protection is purchased with a CDS.

Net stable funding ratio (‘NSFR’)

  

The ratio of available stable funding to required stable funding over a one year time horizon, assuming a stressed scenario. Available stable funding would include items such as equity capital, preferred stock with a maturity of over one year and liabilities with an assessed maturity of over one year. The Basel III rules require this ratio to be over 100% with effect from 2018. The NSFR is still subject to an observation period and review to address any unintended consequences.

Non-conforming mortgages

  

US mortgages that do not meet normal lending criteria. Examples include mortgages where the expected level of documentation is not provided (such as with income self-certification), or where poor credit history increases the risk and results in pricing at a higher than normal lending rate.

Non-trading portfolios

  

Portfolios that comprise positions that primarily arise from the interest rate management of our retail and commercial banking assets and liabilities, financial investments designated as available for sale and held to maturity, and exposures arising from our insurance operations.

Non-trading risk

  

The market risk arising from non-trading portfolios.

O   

Offset mortgages

  

A flexible type of mortgage where a borrower’s savings balance(s) held at the same institution can be used to offset the mortgage balance outstanding. The borrower pays interest on the net balance which is calculated by subtracting the credit balance(s) from the debit balance. As part of the offset mortgage a total facility limit is agreed and the borrower may redraw up to a pre-agreed limit.

Overnight Index Swap (‘OIS’) discounting

  

A method of valuing collateralised interest rate derivatives which uses a discount curve that reflects the overnight interest rate typically earned or paid in respect of collateral received.

Operational risk

  

The risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events, including legal risk.

 

584


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Term    Definition

Over-the-counter (‘OTC’)

  

A bilateral transaction (e.g. derivatives) that is not exchange traded and that is valued using valuation models.

P   

Pension risk

  

The risk that contributions from Group companies and members fail to generate sufficient funds to meet the cost of accruing benefits for the future service of active members, and the risk that the performance of assets held in pension funds is insufficient to cover existing pension liabilities.

Performance shares

  

Awards of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under employee share plans that are subject to the achievement of corporate performance conditions.

Personal lending

  

See ‘Retail loans’.

PRA standard rules

  

The method prescribed by the PRA for calculating market risk capital requirements in the absence of VaR model approval.

Prime

  

A US description for mortgages granted to the most creditworthy category of borrowers.

Private equity investments

  

Equity securities in operating companies not quoted on a public exchange, often involving the investment of capital in private companies or the acquisition of a public company that results in its delisting.

Probability of default (‘PD’)

  

The probability that an obligor will default within one-year.

Prudential Regulation Authority (‘PRA’)

  

The Prudential Regulation Authority in the UK is responsible for prudential regulation and supervision of banks, building societies, credit unions, insurers and major investment firms.

R   

Refi rate

  

The refi (or refinancing) rate is set by the European Central Bank (‘ECB’) and is the price banks pay to borrow from ECB.

Regulatory capital

  

The capital which HSBC holds, determined in accordance with rules established by the PRA for the consolidated Group and by local regulators for individual Group companies.

Regulatory matters

  

Investigations, reviews and other actions carried out by, or in response to the actions of, regulators or law enforcement agencies in connection with alleged wrongdoing by HSBC.

Renegotiated loans

  

Loans for which the contractual payment terms have been changed because of significant concerns about the borrower’s ability to meet the contractual payments when due.

Repo/reverse repo (or sale and repurchase agreement)

  

A short-term funding agreement that allows a borrower to create a collateralised loan by selling a financial asset to a lender. As part of the agreement the borrower commits to repurchase the security at a date in the future repaying the proceeds of the loan. For the party on the other end of the transaction (buying the security and agreeing to sell in the future) it is reverse repurchase agreement or a reverse repo.

Reputational risk

  

The risk that illegal, unethical or inappropriate behaviour by the Group itself, members of staff or clients or representatives of the Group will damage HSBC’s reputation, leading, potentially, to a loss of business, fines or penalties.

Residential mortgage

  

A loan to purchase a residential property which is then used as collateral to guarantee repayment of the loan. The borrower gives the lender a lien against the property, and the lender can foreclose on the property if the borrower does not repay the loan per the agreed terms.

Restricted Shares

  

Awards that define the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares to which the employee will become entitled, generally between one and three years from the date of the award, and normally subject to the individual remaining in employment. The shares to which the employee becomes entitled may be subject to retention requirement.

Retail loans

  

Money lent to individuals rather than institutions. This includes both secured and unsecured loans such as mortgages and credit card balances.

Return on equity

  

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company divided by average ordinary shareholders’ equity.

Risk appetite

  

The aggregate level and types of risk a firm is willing to assume within its risk capacity to achieve its strategic objectives and business plan.

Risk capacity

  

The maximum level of risk the firm can assume before breaching constraints determined by regulatory capital and liquidity needs and its obligations, also from a conduct perspective, to depositors, policyholders, other customers and shareholders.

Risk-weighted assets (‘RWA’s)

  

Calculated by assigning a degree of risk expressed as a percentage (risk weight) to an exposure value in accordance with the applicable Standardised or IRB approach rules.

Run-off portfolios

  

Legacy credit in GB&M, the US CML portfolio and other US run-off portfolios, including the treasury services related to the US CML businesses and commercial operations in run-off. Origination of new business in the run-off portfolios has been discontinued and balances are being managed down through attrition and sale.

S   

Sale and repurchase agreement

  

See repo above.

Second lien

  

A security interest granted over an item of property to secure the repayment of a debt that is issued against the same collateral as a first lien but that is subordinate to it. In the case of default, repayment for this debt will only be received after the first lien has been repaid.

 

585


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Term    Definition

Securitisation

  

A transaction or scheme whereby the credit risk associated with an exposure, or pool of exposures, is tranched and where payments to investors in the transaction or scheme are dependent upon the performance of the exposure or pool of exposures. A traditional securitisation involves the transfer of the exposures being securitised to an SE which issues securities. In a synthetic securitisation, the tranching is achieved by the use of credit derivatives and the exposures are not removed from the balance sheet of the originator.

Securitisation swap

  

An interest rate or cross currency swap with notional linked to the size of the outstanding asset portfolio in a securitisation. Securitisation swaps are typically executed by securitisation vehicles to hedge interest rate risk arising from mismatches between the interest rate risk profile of the asset portfolio and that of the securities issued by the vehicle.

Short sale

  

In relation to credit risk management, a ‘short sale’ is an arrangement in which a bank permits the borrower to sell the property for less than the amount outstanding under a loan agreement. The proceeds are used to reduce the outstanding loan balance and the borrower is subsequently released from any further obligations on the loan.

Single-issuer liquidity facility

  

A liquidity or stand-by line provided to a corporate customer which is different from a similar line provided to a conduit funding vehicle.

Six filters

  

An internal measure designed to improve capital deployment across the Group. Five of the filters examine the strategic relevance of each business in each country, in terms of connectivity and economic development, and the current returns, in terms of profitability, cost efficiency and liquidity. The sixth filter requires adherence to global risk standards.

Sovereign exposures

  

Exposures to governments, ministries, departments of governments, embassies, consulates and exposures on account of cash balances and deposits with central banks.

Special Purpose Entity (‘SPE’)

  

A corporation, trust or other non-bank entity, established for a narrowly defined purpose, including for carrying on securitisation activities. The structure of the SPE and its activities are intended to isolate its obligations from those of the originator and the holders of the beneficial interests in the securitisation.

Structured entities (‘SE’s)

  

An entity that has been designed so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity, such as when voting rights relate to administrative tasks only and the relevant activities are directed by means of contractual arrangements.

Standardised approach (‘STD’)

  

In relation to credit risk, a method for calculating credit risk capital requirements using External Credit Assessment Institutions (‘ECAI’) ratings and supervisory risk weights. In relation to operational risk, a method of calculating the operational capital requirement by the application of a supervisory defined percentage charge to the gross income of eight specified business lines.

Stressed VaR

  

A market risk measure based on potential market movements for a continuous one-year period of stress for a trading portfolio

Structured finance/notes

  

An instrument whose return is linked to the level of a specified index or the level of a specified asset. The return on a structured note can be linked to equities, interest rates, foreign exchange, commodities or credit. Structured notes may or may not offer full or partial capital protection in the event of a decline in the underlying index or asset.

Structured Investment Vehicles (‘SIV’s)

  

Structured entities which invest in diversified portfolios of interest-earning assets, generally funded through issues of commercial paper, medium-term notes and other senior debt to take advantage of the spread differentials between the assets in the SIV and the funding cost.

Student loan-related assets

  

Securities with collateral relating to student loans.

Subordinated liabilities

  

Liabilities which rank after the claims of other creditors of the issuer in the event of insolvency or liquidation.

Sub-prime

  

A US description for customers with high credit risk, for example those who have limited credit histories, modest incomes, high debt-to-income ratios, high loan-to-value ratios (for real estate secured products) or have experienced credit problems caused by occasional delinquencies, prior charge-offs, bankruptcy or other credit-related problems.

Sustainability risk

  

The risk that the environmental and social effects of providing financial services outweigh the economic benefits.

Sustainable cost savings

  

Permanent cost reductions at a given level of business activity. Sustainable cost savings exclude cost avoidance and revenue and loan impairment charge benefits as these do not represent operational expense reductions. Cost savings resulting from business disposals are not classified as sustainable.

Systems risk

  

The risk of failure or other deficiency in the automated platforms that support the Group’s daily execution and the systems infrastructure on which they reside, including data centres, networks and distributed computers.

T   

Tier 1 capital

  

A component of regulatory capital, comprising core tier 1 and other tier 1 capital. Other tier 1 capital includes qualifying capital instruments such as non-cumulative perpetual preference shares and hybrid capital securities.

Tier 2 capital

  

A component of regulatory capital, comprising qualifying subordinated loan capital, related non-controlling interests, allowable collective impairment allowances and unrealised gains arising on the fair valuation of equity instruments held as available-for-sale. Tier 2 capital also includes reserves arising from the revaluation of properties.

 

586


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Term    Definition

Trading portfolios

  

Positions arising from market-making and warehousing of customer-derived positions.

Trading risk

  

Market risk arising from trading portfolios.

Troubled debt restructuring

  

A US description for restructuring a debt whereby the creditor for economic or legal reasons related to a debtor’s financial difficulties grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider.

U   

Unencumbered assets

  

Assets on our balance sheet which have not been pledged as collateral against an existing liability.

Unfunded exposures

  

An exposure where the notional amount of a contract has not been exchanged.

US government agency and US government sponsored enterprises mortgage-related assets

  

Securities that are guaranteed by US government agencies such as Ginnie Mae, or by US government sponsored entities including Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

V   

Value-at-risk (‘VaR’)

  

A measure of the loss that could occur on risk positions as a result of adverse movements in market risk factors (e.g. rates, prices, volatilities) over a specified time horizon and to a given level of confidence.

W   

Wholesale loans

  

Money lent to sovereign borrowers, banks, non-bank financial institutions and corporate entities.

Write-down/write-off

  

When a financial asset is written down or written off, a customer balance is partially or fully removed, respectively, from the balance sheet. Loans (and related impairment allowance accounts) are normally written off, either partially or in full, when there is no realistic prospect of recovery. Where loans are secured, this is generally after receipt of any proceeds from the realisation of security. In circumstances where the net realisable value of any collateral has been determined and there is no reasonable expectation of further recovery, write-off may be earlier.

Wrong-way risk

  

An adverse correlation between the counterparty’s PD and the mark-to-market value of the underlying transaction.

 

587


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Index

 

 

A

Abbreviations 575

Accounting

developments (future) 431

policies (critical) 72

policies (significant) 432

Accounts

approval 564

basis of preparation 77, 428

consolidation 417, 430

judgements (risk) 134i

presentation of information 429

use of estimates 430

Acquisitions and disposals 78, 97

Actuarial assumptions 463

Advances to core funding ratio 215, 277

Annual General Meeting 371, 566

Anti-money laundering and sanctions 133f, 133u, 558

Areas of special interest 147

Asset-backed securities 204, 206, 275

Assets 66

average balance sheet 53, 69a

by country 96, 477

by geographical region 96, 476

by global business 77, 102, 107, 113, 118, 123, 128

charged as security 542

constant currency/reported reconciliation 68

deferred tax 467

distribution 69g

encumbered/unencumbered 223

five years 65

held for sale 156, 521

held in custody and under administration 130

intangible 517

interest earning 69c

liquid assets of principal operating entities 278

maturity analysis 532

other 522

risk-weighted 65, 78, 96, 299, 322

trading 481

Associates and joint ventures

accounting policy 442

contingent liabilities 549

interests in 74, 508

share of profit in 50, 64j

transactions with other related parties 563

Auditor

arrangements 351

remuneration 465

report 410

B

Balance sheet

average 53, 69a

consolidated 65, 419

constant currency/reported reconciliation 68

data 65, 94, 102, 107, 113, 118, 123, 128, 476

HSBC Holdings 424

insurance manufacturing subsidiaries 250

linkages 236

movement in 2013 66

Balance Sheet Management 69, 238

Bancassurance 249

Basel 309

Board of Directors

balance and independence 340

changes 4

committees 340, 347

information and support 341

meetings 340

powers 339

Brand 21

Brazilian labour claims 527

Buffers (capital) 314

Business model 13, 134h

Business principles 25

C

Capital 298

future developments 314

generation 320

management 319

measurement and allocation 320

movement in regulatory capital in 2013 304

overview 299

ratio 19

regulatory 304, 320

regulatory and accounting 306

resources 65

risk 299, 319

strength 19

structure 305

Carbon dioxide emissions 35, 363

Cash flow

accounting policy 433

consolidated statement 420

HSBC Holdings 425

notes 546

Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking

statements 2a

Certificates of deposit 70a

Chairman’s Committee 26

Chinese translation 568

Client assets 90

Client selection 33

Climate business 34

Collateral and credit enhancements 178, 542

management 224

Commercial Banking 84, 214, 477

constant currency/reported profit 48, 93e

products and services 79

underlying/reported reconciliation 93f

Commercial real estate 147, 168

Committees (Board) 347

Communication with shareholders 376,567

Compliance risk 137, 247, 287

Concentration of exposure 197, 273

Conduct and Values committee 26

Conduits 551

Constant currency 47

Contents inside front cover

Contingent liabilities and contractual commitments 548

Contractual maturity of financial liabilities 227

Contractual obligations 69k

Core tier 1 capital 2, 65, 299

Corporate and commercial lending 168

Corporate governance 329, 346

codes report 346

differences between HSBC and NYSE 573e

Corporate Sustainability Committee 362

Cost efficiency ratio 30, 63, 102, 107, 113, 118, 123, 128

Counterparty credit risk 134k, 303, 324

Country distribution of outstandings and cross-border

exposures 202a

CRD IV 309, 324

Credit default swap regulatory investigation 133i, 561

Credit exposure 157

Credit mitigants 158

Credit quality 134m, 155, 164, 169

classifications 267

Credit risk 136, 150

in 2013 36, 152

 

 

588


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

insurance 255, 293

management thereof 39, 266

policies and practices 266

risk-weighted assets 300, 322

Credit valuation adjustment 486

Critical accounting policies 72

Cross-border exposures 221

Customer accounts 69e, 69i, 69n, 70, 102, 107, 113, 118,

123, 128

Customers 32

Customer deposit markets 214

Customer lending and deposit (combined) 69

Customers service and satisfaction 31

D

Daily trading/non-trading VaR 232, 234

Dealings in HSBC Holdings plc shares 377

Debit valuation adjustment 486

Debt securities in issue 69e, 523

accounting policy 449

Deferred Prosecution Agreements 134b

Defined terms inside front cover

Deposits 69m

accounting policy 449

average balances and average rates 53

by banks 69d, 69i, 69m

core 277

Derivatives 157,197, 487, 499

accounting policy 440

Directors

annual incentives 382

appointments and re-election 339

benefits 396

biographies 330

Board of Directors 338

conflicts of interest 345

emoluments 464

executive 338, 342, 390, 395

exit payments 402

fees 396

induction 341

interests 402

loss of office 391

non-executive 338, 342, 391, 395

other directorships 391

pensions 401

performance evaluation 379

relations with shareholders 345

remuneration (executive) 380, 395, 397

service contracts 390

training and development 341

variable pay 397

Disclosure controls 129a

Disposal gains 49 / groups 521

Disposals 520, 547

Diversity and inclusion 28

Dividends 471, 565, 572, 573a

payout ratio 51

per share 51

E

Earnings per share 16, 51, 417, 471

Earnings to fixed charges 71a

Economic background

Europe 98, 101c

Hong Kong 104, 106c

Latin America 125, 127c

Middle East and North Africa 115, 117c

North America 120, 122c

Rest of Asia-Pacific 109, 112c

Economic contribution 21

Economic plans: HSBC Bank Brazil 133i, 561

Egypt (exposures to) 148

Employees 27

compensation and benefits 406, 453

development 27, 368

disabled 368

diversity and inclusion 28, 367

engagement 27

gender balance 28

health, welfare and safety 29

highest paid 407

misconduct 134i

numbers 27, 62, 367, 453

relations 367

remuneration policy 42, 368

reward 367

share plans 369

volunteering 34

whistleblowing 29

Encumbered assets 223

Enforceability of judgements in the US 573a

Enhanced Disclosure Task Force 131

Enquiries (from shareholders) 567

Equity 67, 69d

Equity securities 235

Environmental, social and community 34

Europe 98

balance sheet data 102, 476

certificates of deposit 70a

collateral 179-184

constant currency/reported reconciliation 48, 101a,101g

customer accounts 69n, 70

economic background 98, 101c

lending 180-184, 186

loan impairment charges/allowances 188-192

operating expenses 62

pension plans 261, 296

principal operations 98

profit/(loss) 98, 102, 475

profit/(loss) by country 99

regulatory update 314

review of performance 98, 101c

risk-weighted assets 96

underlying/reported reconciliation 101a, 101g

Eurozone 148

exposures 210

Events after the balance sheet date 564

Exchange controls 573a

F

Fair value 484

accounting policy 437

adjustments 485

control framework 483

determination 484

movements 97

reconciliation 488

valuation bases 496

Fee income (net) 55, 64e

Fiduciary risk 137, 248, 289

Filters (six) 15

Financial assets

accounting policy 442

designated at fair value 498

not qualifying for de-recognition 507

transfers 506

Financial assets and liabilities

accounting policy 442

by measurement basis 477

Financial crime compliance 147

Financial guarantee contracts

accounting policy 47

Financial instruments

accounting policy (fair value) 437

accounting policy (valuation) 433

at fair value 482

credit quality 169, 267

 

 

 

589


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

net income from 56, 64f, 450

not at fair value 495

past due but not impaired 172

Financial investments 69, 69b, 69i, 197, 504

accounting policy 74, 438

gains less losses from 58, 64g

Financial liabilities designated at fair value 69d, 69i, 523

contractual maturities 227

Financial performance 16

Financial risks (insurance) 139, 253

Financial Services Compensation Scheme 549

Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee 26, 358

Financial statements 416

Five-year comparison 51, 65

Fixed pay 381

Footnotes 46, 132, 263, 318, 427

Forbearance 268

Foreclosures 164

Foreign currencies/exchange

accounting policy 446

exposures 542

rates 51, 65, 134b

Funding sources (diversity) 219

Funds under management 130

G

Gains on disposal of US branch network, US cards

and Ping An 59, 64g

Geographical regions 13, 96

Global businesses 15, 77, 94

Global Banking and Markets 87, 214, 477

constant currency/reported profit 48, 93g

management view 88, 93h

products and services 80

significant balance sheet data 93j

underlying/reported reconciliation 93i

Global functions 14

Global People Survey 27

Global Private Banking 90, 214, 477

constant currency/reported profit 48, 93k

products and services 80

underlying/reported reconciliation 93l

Glossary 579

accounting terms and US equivalents 574

Going concern 367

Goodwill

accounting policy 73, 443

and intangible assets 512

Governance 25, 134h

Group Audit Committee 26, 348

Group CEO’s Review 6

Group Chairman’s Statement 3, (letter) 329

Group Company Secretary 335, 341

Group Management Board 25, 26, 347

Group Remuneration Committee 26, 360, 392

Group Risk Committee 26, 352

Growth priorities 12, 83, 85, 89, 91

H

Health and safety 29

Held for sale assets 521

accounting policy 450

Highlights 2

History and development of HSBC 573d

Hong Kong 104

balance sheet data 107, 476

certificates of deposit 70a

collateral 179-184

constant currency/reported reconciliation 48, 106a, 106e

customer accounts 69n, 70

economic background 104, 106c

lending 180-184, 186

loan impairment charges/allowances 188-192

pension plans 262, 296

principal operations 104

profit/(loss) 104, 107, 475

regulation and supervision 133o

review of performance 104, 106c

risk-weighted assets 96

underlying/reported reconciliation 106a, 106e

HSBC Finance 93d, 162

foreclosures 164

loan modifications 176

HSBC Holdings plc

balance sheet 424

cash flow 229, 425

credit risk 203

deferred tax 470

dividends 471

employee compensation 464

financial assets and liabilities 480, 494, 523

financial instruments not at fair value 498

liquidity and funding 229, 281

market risk 241, 286

maturity analysis of assets and liabilities 538

net income from financial instruments 451

operating model 14

related parties 564

share capital 544

statement of changes in equity 426

structural foreign exchange exposures 542

subordinated liabilities 531

Human rights 34

I

Impairment

accounting policy 72, 434

allowances 188-194

assessment 272

charges 50, 61, 64i

constant currency/reported reconciliation 48

goodwill 73

impaired loans and advances 155, 185, 187

losses as percentage of loans and advances 195

methodologies 205, 275

movement by industry and geographical region 186, 191

reported/underlying reconciliation 50

Income statement (consolidated) 51, 64b, 417

Independent Commission on Banking 134g

Information on HSBC (availability thereof) 569

Insurance

accounting policy 447

balance sheet of manufacturing subsidiaries 250

bancassurance model 249

claims incurred (net) and movements in liabilities to

policyholders 60, 64h, 451

in 2013 250

liabilities under contracts issued 525

net earned premiums 58, 64g, 451

products 290

PVIF business 59

risk 134m, 139, 250, 258, 290, 294

Interest income/expense (net) 53, 64d, 69h

accounting policy 432

average balance sheet 53

changes 69h

reported/underlying reconciliation 50

sensitivities 239, 259, 286

Interest rate derivatives 527

Interim management statements 567

Interim results 567

Internal control 134h, 364

Internet crime 146

IFRSs and Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards comparison 429

IFRSs compliance 428

Investment criteria 15

Investment properties 444, 518

 

 

590


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

Investor relations 568

Iran 133x

J

Joint ventures 74, 511

K

Key management personnel 562

Key performance indicators 16, 18, 19, 20, 21

L

Latin America 125

balance sheet data 128, 476

certificates of deposit 70a

collateral 179-184

constant currency/reported reconciliation 48, 127a, 127f

customer accounts 69n, 70

economic background 125, 127c

lending 180-184, 186

loan impairment charges/allowances 188-192

principal operations 125

profit/(loss) 125, 128, 475

profit/(loss) by country 126

review of performance 125

risk-weighted assets 96

underlying/reported reconciliation 127a, 127f

Lease commitments 549

accounting policy 444

Legal

proceedings and regulatory matters 133b, 555

risk 288

Lending – combined view 69

Leveraged finance transactions 209

Leverage ratio 19, 312, 328

Liabilities 66

average balance sheet 53

by geographical region 476

constant currency/reported reconciliation 68

deferred tax 467

five years 65

interest bearing 69f

maturity analysis 532

of disposal groups 524

other 525

retirement benefit 457

subordinated 528

trading 522

under insurance contracts 525

Libor, Euribor and other rates investigations 133h, 559

Liquidity and funding

assets 216, 278

description 136

funds transfer pricing 280

in 2013 214

insurance 257, 293

management of risk 134l, 215, 276

net contractual cash flows 217

policies and procedures 276

primary sources of funding 276

regulation 215

Loans and advances 157, 197

accounting policy 433

by country 201

collateral 178

concentration of exposure 197

credit quality of 155

delinquency in the US 163

impairment 185, 209b

maturity and interest sensitivity analysis 69l

past due but not impaired 172

renegotiated 173, 268

risk elements 209a

to banks 69a, 69h

by geographical region 184, 200

to customers 69b, 69h

by industry sector and geographical region 198, 199

write-off 273

M

Madoff 133l, 555

Management’s assessment of internal controls over

financial reporting 129a

Margin 69g

Market capitalisation 22

Market risk

balance sheet linkages 236

description 137

in 2013 231

insurance 254, 291

monitoring and limiting exposures 281

risk-weighting assets 303, 324

sensitivity analysis 282

Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities 532

Memorandum and Articles of Association 573c

Maximum exposure to credit risk 152, 157, 159

Middle East and North Africa 115

balance sheet data 118, 476

certificates of deposit 70a

collateral 179-184

constant currency/reported reconciliation 48, 117a, 117e

customer accounts 69n, 70

economic background 115, 117c

lending 180-184, 186

loan impairment charges/allowances 188-192

principal operations 115

profit/(loss) 115, 118, 475

profit/(loss) by country 116

review of performance 115, 117c

risk-weighted assets 96

underlying/reported reconciliation 117a, 117e

Model risk 147

Monitor 24

Monoline insurers 208

Mortgages

lending 161, 164

lending in the US 162

mortgage-backed securities 203

US mortgage-related investigations 133d, 274, 556

N

Nature of trading market 573b

Nomination Committee 26, 361

Non-controlling interests 543

Non-GAAP measures 47

Non-interest income

accounting policy 432

Non-statutory accounts 564

Non-trading portfolios 231, 234, 285

North America 120

balance sheet data 123, 476

certificates of deposit 70a

collateral 179-184

constant currency/reported reconciliation 48, 122a, 122f

customer accounts 69a, 70

economic background 120, 122c

lending 180-184, 186

loan impairment charges/allowances 188-192

mortgage lending 161

pension plans 263, 296

personal lending 179

principal operations 120

profit/(loss) 120, 123, 475

profit/(loss) by country 121

review of performance 120, 122c

risk-weighted assets 96

underlying/reported reconciliation 122a, 122f

Notable items 52

 

 

591


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

O

Offsetting 540

accounting policy 442

Operating expenses 50, 62, 64j

Operating income 59, 64h, 88, 477

Operating profit 452

Operating model 14

Operational risk 244, 287

in 2013 245

losses/incidents 246

Ordinary shares 373

Organisational structure chart 570

Other 92, 93m, 477

Outlook 5, 8

P

Payment protection insurance 526

Pension plans

accounting policy 445

defined benefit plans 286, 459

for directors 401

risk 134n, 138, 260, 295

Performance 7, 16, 64b, 81, 84, 87, 90, 98, 101c, 104, 106c,

    111, 112c, 115, 117c, 120, 122c, 127c

operational 30

Personal lending 148, 153, 160, 165

Pillar I, II and III 320, 322

Ping An 521

Post-employment benefit plans 457

Preference shares 373

Preferred securities 528

Products and services 79, 472

Profit before tax

by country 99, 110, 116

by geographical region 96, 102, 107, 113, 118, 123

by global business 77, 94, 102, 105, 107, 113, 118, 123

consolidated 51, 417

constant currency/reported reconciliation 48, 64a

reported/underlying reconciliation 48, 64b

Profit for the year 473

Property plant and equipment 130, 518

accounting policy 444

Provisions 526

accounting policy 75, 447

Purpose 1

R

Ratios

advances to core funding 215, 277

capital 299

capital strength 2

common equity tier 1 19

core tier 1 (CET 1) 2, 65

cost efficiency 2, 63

customer advances to deposits 18

dividend payout 20, 51

dividends per share 2, 51

earnings per share 16, 51, 417

earnings to fixed charges 71a

elements in loan portfolio 209a

leverage 19, 312

return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity 2, 51

return on risk-weighted assets 20

return on average total assets 18, 51

stressed coverage 215, 277

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items 50

Reconciliation of RoRWA 71

Redenomination risk 211

Regulation and supervision 133k

UK 133l

US 133o

Regulatory reform

capital 305, 320

capital buffers 314

CRD IV end point 324

prudential and other developments 133s

reconciliation to financial accounting 306

RWA integrity 316

structured banking reform 316

systemically important banks 314

UK update 314

Related party transactions 562

Remuneration

annual report 392

benefits 384, 404

committee 360

exit factors 387

fixed pay 381, 404

GPSP 399, 405

in 2013 379

in 2014 404

key challenges 378

letter 378

members 360, 393

policy 44, 381, 387

report 378

reward strategy 379

scenarios 389

single figure 43, 395

variable pay 42, 44, 380, 393, 397, 404

Renegotiated loans 173, 178, 268

Representations and warranties 209

Repricing gap 242

Reputational risk 138, 260, 294

Rest of Asia-Pacific 109

balance sheet data 113, 476

certificates of deposit 70a

collateral 179-184

constant currency/reported reconciliation 48, 112a, 112f

customer accounts 69n, 70

economic background 109, 112c

lending 180-184, 186

loan impairment charges/allowances 188-192

principal operations 109

profit/(loss) 109, 113, 475

profit/(loss) by country 110

review of performance 111, 112c

risk-weighted assets 96

underlying/reported reconciliation 112a, 112f

Retail Banking and Wealth Management 81, 214, 477

constant currency/reported profit 48, 93a

customers 31

principal RBWM business 78, 82, 93c

products and services 79

underlying/reported reconciliation 93b

Revenue 50

Risk

appetite 40

banking risks 136

capital 299

committee 352

compliance 137, 247, 287

contingent liquidity 280

counterparty 303

credit 136, 255, 266, 293

credit spread 235

cross-currency 280

description 136

data management 134i, 147

dispute 146

emerging markets 141

eurozone 134a, 148

execution 146

factors 134a, 135

fiduciary 137, 248, 289

financial (insurance) 139, 253, 290

foreign exchange 241

 

 

592


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

gap risk 284

geopolitical 134a, 142

governance 266

in 2013 36

information security 146

information technology 134i

insurance operations 134m, 139, 249, 258

interest rate 237

internet crime 146

investigations 144

legal 134b, 134d, 288

liquidity and funding 136, 257, 293

management 39, 135

market 137, 244, 281, 291

model 147

operational 134h, 137, 244

pension 138, 260, 295

political 134b

policies and practices 266

profile 134

redenomination 211

refinance 272

regulatory 134c, 134i, 142, 144

reputational 134i, 138, 260, 294

scenario stress testing 139

security and fraud 134h, 288

sustainability 138, 263, 297

systems 289

tax-related 134h

top and emerging 37, 141, 355

vendors 134i, 289

Risk-weighted assets 20, 65, 78, 96, 299, 322

integrity 316

movement in 2013 299

reported/underlying reconciliation 71

RoRWA (reconciliation of measures) 71

S

Sale and repurchase agreements 54, 68, 69k, 219, 224

accounting policy 440

Section 13(r) of the Securities Exchange Act 133v

Securities litigation 133b, 554

Securitisation

exposures203, 274

litigation 133e, 557

Security and fraud risk 288

Segmental analysis 472

accounting policy 433

Senior management

biographies 335, 336

emoluments 406

Share-based payments 454

accounting policy 446

Share capital 65, 544

accounting policy 449

in 2013 374

notifiable interests 377

rights and obligations 372

Share information 2, 22

Share options 403

Share plans 545

for directors 403

for employees 369

HSBC Bank Bermuda plans 545

Shareholder (communications with) 567

profile 566

Short-term borrowings 69k

Short-term funds 69h

Social contribution 35

Standards (Global) 4, 23

Statement of changes in equity 421

Statement of comprehensive income 418

Stock symbols 568

Strategic direction 7, 11, 12, 81, 84, 87, 90

Stressed coverage ratios 215

Stress testing 139, 283, 356

Structural banking reform 316

Structural foreign exchange exposure 237, 285

Structured entities 69, 550

Subsidiaries 519

accounting policy 442

Sustainable savings 30

Sustainability 10

committee 362

risk 138, 263, 297

Systemically important banks 314

Systems risk 289

T

Tax

accounting policy 75, 445

deferred tax 467

expense 64, 64k, 466

of shares and dividends 571

paid 21

reconciliation 467

tax and broker-dealer investigations 133g, 559

Three lines of defence 39, 244

Tier 1 capital (core) 299

Total shareholder return 22, 401

Trading assets 197, 481

accounting policy 437

Trading income (net) 55, 64e

Trading liabilities 522

accounting policy 437

Trading portfolios 231, 232, 284

Troubled debt restructurings 209b

U

Underlying performance 16, 47

Unobservable inputs 49

US executive orders 133x

V

Value at risk 231, 282

Value creation 9

Values (HSBC) 25, 27

Vendor risk management 289

W

Water programme 35

Whistleblowing 29

Wholesale funding 214, 222

Wholesale lending 154, 165

Y

Youth education 35

 

 

593


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Shareholder Information (continued)

  

 

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Incorporated in England on 1 January 1959 with

limited liability under the UK Companies Act

Registered in England: number 617987

REGISTERED OFFICE AND

GROUP HEAD OFFICE

8 Canada Square

London E14 5HQ

United Kingdom

Telephone: 44 020 7991 8888

Facsimile: 44 020 7992 4880

Web: www.hsbc.com

REGISTRARS

Principal Register

Computershare Investor Services PLC

The Pavilions

Bridgwater Road

Bristol BS99 6ZZ

United Kingdom

Telephone: 44 0870 702 0137

Email: via website

Web: www.investorcentre.co.uk/contactus

Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register

Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services

Limited

Rooms 1712-1716, 17 th floor

Hopewell Centre

183 Queen’s Road East

Hong Kong

Telephone: 852 2862 8555

Email: hsbc.ecom@computershare.com.hk

Web: www.computershare.com/hk/investors

Bermuda Overseas Branch Register

Investor Relations Team

HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited

6 Front Street

Hamilton HM11

Bermuda

Telephone: 1 441 299 6737

Email: hbbm.shareholder.services@hsbc.bm

Web: www.computershare.com/investor/bm

ADR Depositary

The Bank of New York Mellon

Depositary Receipts

PO Box 43006

Providence, RI 02940-3006

USA

Telephone (US): 1 877 283 5786

Telephone (International): 1 201 680 6825

Email: shrrelations@bnymellon.com

Web: www.bnymellon.com/shareowner

Paying Agent (France)

HSBC France

103 avenue des Champs Elysées

75419 Paris Cedex 08

France

Telephone: 33 1 40 70 22 56

Email: ost-agence-des-titres-hsbc-reims.hbfr-

do@hsbc.fr

Web: www.hsbc.fr

STOCKBROKERS

Goldman Sachs International

Peterborough Court

133 Fleet Street

London EC4A 2BB

United Kingdom

Credit Suisse Securities (Europe) Limited

1 Cabot Square

London E14 4QT

United Kingdom

HSBC Bank plc

8 Canada Square

London E14 5HQ

United Kingdom

 

 

594


Table of Contents

Item 19. Exhibits

Documents files as exhibits to this Form 20-F:

 

Exhibit
Number
  

Description

1.1    Memorandum and Articles of Association of HSBC Holdings plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 8, 2011).
2.1    The total amount of long-term debt securities of HSBC Holdings plc authorized under any instrument does not exceed 10 percent of the total assets of the Group on a consolidated basis. HSBC Holdings plc hereby agrees to furnish to the Commission, upon its request, a copy of any instrument defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of HSBC Holdings plc or of its subsidiaries for which consolidated or unconsolidated financial statements are required to be filed.
4.1    Service Agreement dated December 9, 2010 between HSBC Holdings plc and Marc Moses, as amended by a letter agreement dated November 1, 2013 by HSBC Holdings plc.
4.2    Deferred Prosecution Agreement dated December 11, 2012, between HSBC Holdings plc, HSBC Bank USA, N.A., HSBC North America Holdings, Inc., the United States Department of Justice, the United States Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of New York and the United States Attorney’s Office for the Northern District of West Virginia (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 6-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12, 2012).
4.3    Consent to the Assessment of a Civil Money Penalty dated December 11, 2012, of the United States Department of Treasury Financial Crimes Enforcement Network in the Matter of HSBC Bank USA, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 6-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12, 2012).
4.4    Undertaking by HSBC Holdings plc to the Financial Services Authority (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 6-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12, 2012).
4.5    Deferred Prosecution Agreement between HSBC Holdings plc and the District Attorney of the County of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 6-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12, 2012).
4.6    Cease and Desist Order issued by the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System in the Matter of HSBC Holdings plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 6-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12, 2012).
4.7    Order of Assessment of a Civil Money Penalty Issued Upon Consent Issued by the Board of Governors of the U.S. Federal Reserve System in the Matter of HSBC Holdings plc and HSBC North America Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.6 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 6-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12, 2012).
4.8    Settlement Agreement between HSBC Holdings plc, and the United States Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.7 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 6-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12, 2012).


Table of Contents
4.9    Consent Order dated December 11, 2012, of the Comptroller of the Currency of the United States in the Matter of HSBC Bank USA, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.8 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 6-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12, 2012).
4.10    Consent Order for the Assessment of a Civil Money Penalty dated December 11, 2012, of the Comptroller of the Currency of the United States in the Matter of HSBC Bank USA, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.9 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 6-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12, 2012).
4.11    Agreement by and between HSBC Bank USA, N.A. McLean, Virginia and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency dated December 11, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.10 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 6-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12, 2012).
7.1    Computation of ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges (and preference share dividends).
8.1    Subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings plc (set forth in Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Form 20-F).
12.1    Certificate of HSBC Holdings plc’s Group Chief Executive pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
12.2    Certificate of HSBC Holdings plc’s Group Finance Director pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
13.1    Annual Certification of HSBC Holdings plc’s Group Chief Executive and Group Finance Director pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
15.1    Consent of KPMG Audit Plc.
15.2    Pages of HSBC Holdings plc’s 2000 Form 20-F/A dated February 26, 2001 relating to the Memorandum and Articles of Association of HSBC Holdings plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.2 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 20, 2006).
15.3    Pages of HSBC Holdings plc’s 2001 Form 20-F dated March 13, 2002 relating to the Memorandum and Articles of Association of HSBC Holdings plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.3 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 20, 2006).
15.4    Consent of Wing Lui.
15.5    Consent of C G Singer.

 

2


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

HSBC Holdings plc
By:   /s/ Iain J Mackay
  Name: Iain J Mackay
  Title:   Group Finance Director

Dated: 28 February 2014

Exhibit 4.1

Private & Confidential

Dated 9 December 2010

 

 

   HSBC HOLDINGS PLC           

        (1)

   and           
   MARC MOSES           

        (2)

 

 

SERVICE AGREEMENT

 

 


Contents

 

Clause        Page  

1

  Appointment      3   

2

  Remuneration      3   

3

  Benefits      5   

4

  Duration of the Employment      6   

5

  Scope and Duties of the Employment      6   

6

  Hours and place of work      8   

7

  Deductions      8   

8

  Expenses      8   

9

  Holidays      9   

10

  Sickness benefits      9   

11

  Restrictions during the Employment      10   

12

  Confidential Information and Company documents      11   

13

  Inventions and other intellectual property      12   

14

  Termination      13   

15

  Restrictive covenants      16   

16

  Grievance, dismissal and disciplinary procedures      21   

17

  Disclosure of information      21   

18

  General      21   

19

  Other Agreements      22   

20

  Choice of law and submission to jurisdiction      23   

21

  Definitions      23   


THIS AGREEMENT is dated 9 December 2010 and is made BETWEEN :

 

(1) HSBC Holdings plc (No. 617987), whose registered office is at 8 Canada Square, London, E14 5HQ (the “ Company ”); and

 

(2) Marc Moses of 16 Crespigny Road, Hendon, London, NW4 3DY (the “ Executive ”).

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1 Appointment

 

1.1 The Company shall continue to employ the Executive and the Executive agrees to act as Group Chief Risk Officer and Group Managing Director of the Company (a Band 0 role) on and subject to the following terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement.

 

1.2 The Executive will report to the Group Chief Executive although the Company has the right in its absolute discretion to change the person or persons to whom the Executive reports at any time subject always to such reporting line being appropriate to the Executive’s seniority within the Group.

 

1.3 The Executive represents and warrants that he is not bound by or subject to any court order, agreement, covenant, arrangement, regulatory code or undertaking or has any other interest or obligation which in any way restricts or prohibits the Executive from entering into this Agreement or from performing his duties hereunder.

 

2 Remuneration

 

2.1 The Company shall pay to the Executive a salary, currently at the rate of GBP650,000 per annum (the “ Salary ”) less Statutory Deductions which shall accrue day to day and be payable by equal monthly instalments in arrears on or about the 20th of each calendar month. The Board will review the Executive’s salary annually in March, the first such review to take place in March 2011. There is no obligation on the Company to increase the Executive’s Salary pursuant to any such review or otherwise. There will be no review of the Salary after notice has been given by either party to terminate the Employment.

 

2.2 The Company may at its sole discretion both as to whether to pay or award any Variable Pay (as defined at clause 2.3) and if so, how much, pay or award the Executive Variable Pay of such amount as the Board may determine in respect of each complete financial year of the Company during which the Employment subsists. The Executive acknowledges that he has no contractual right to receive any Variable Pay until it is declared in writing in respect of the financial year to which it relates and that he will not acquire such a right on the basis that during the Employment he has received one or more Variable Pay awards.

 

2.3 For the purposes of this Agreement “ Variable Pay ” means any non-pensionable incentive compensation including any bonus or deferred bonus in the form of (i) cash or (ii) equity awarded under any share plan in force from time to time (in relation to which performance conditions may or may not be attached) and subject to clauses 2.10 and 2.11.


2.4 The operation of and all arrangements relating to any such Variable Pay, (including without limitation the payment or award date for any Variable Pay from time to time}, will be at the absolute discretion of the Board which may in its absolute discretion, terminate, replace or amend any such plan at any time.

 

2.5 The Executive shall not be entitled to be considered for and/or to receive any Variable Pay if on the date that any such Variable Pay is due to be declared he is no longer employed (for whatever reason and howsoever caused and whether the termination of the Employment was in breach of contract or otherwise) by the Company or any Group Company or is under notice of termination of employment (whether such notice is given by the Executive or the Company) or is not assigned any duties in accordance with clause 14.4, or is suspended pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or is subject to disciplinary proceedings.

 

2.6 The remuneration specified in clauses 2.1 and 2.2 (if any), shall be inclusive of any fees to which the Executive may be entitled as a director of the Company or any Group Company or of any other company or any unincorporated body in which the Executive holds the office as nominee or representative of the Company or any Group Company.

 

2.7 Payment of Salary and any Variable Pay to the Executive shall be made either by the Company or by a Group Company and, if by more than one company, in such proportions as the Board may from time to time think fit.

 

2.8 The Executive may be eligible to participate in any employee share plan established by the Company from time to time. Eligibility to participate is subject to the rules of the relevant plan in force from time to time and is at the discretion of the Board.

 

2.9 If the Executive is eligible to participate in an employee share plan pursuant to clauses 2.2 and/or 2.8, his rights under such plan will be subject to and in accordance with the rules of that plan in force from time to time. Subject to such rules, the rights and obligations of the Executive under the terms and conditions of his office or employment shall not be affected by his participation in the plan or any right he may have to participate in the plan.

 

2.10 Subject to the rules of the relevant plan as referenced at clause 2.2 and 2.8, in participating in such a plan, the Executive waives all and any rights to compensation or damages from the Company or any Group Company arising from the loss or failure to receive any rights or benefits under the plan (or the diminution in value of such rights or benefits) as a result of:

 

(a) the termination of his office or employment and/or giving notice of termination of employment with any Group Company for any reason whatsoever (whether lawful or unlawful); and/or

 

(b) the exercise or failure to exercise any discretion (whether lawful or unlawful) conferred by the rules of the plan.


3 Benefits

 

3.1 Benefits

 

  The Executive may be eligible to take advantage of certain employee benefits, a summary of which is set out in section 4 of the Company’s Employee Handbook and specific details are available in the Company’s HR Procedures Manual. These benefits are not contractual and are subject to the terms and conditions of each benefit in force from time to time.

 

  The Executive will also be able to participate in the Company’s flexible benefits scheme “My Choice” , subject always to the scheme’s terms and conditions in force from time to time and subject to the Executive meeting the requirements of each relevant benefit and being deemed eligible by any relevant insurance provider. Full details are set out in the brochure entitled “Your Guide to My Choice” which is available at www.job.hsbc.co.uk .

 

  The Company reserves the right to amend or withdraw any employee benefit including the level of benefits, at its absolute discretion without replacement at any time and the Executive will be advised of any such variation or withdrawal. The Company shall not be liable to provide any benefits or any compensation in lieu thereof or take any action to enforce the provision of such benefits in circumstances where any relevant scheme provider refuses for any reason whatsoever, to provide any benefits to the Executive.

 

3.2 Pension

 

  The Company operates the Defined Contribution Section of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme (“the DCS”). DCS members participate in the state second pension scheme.

 

  Further details on eligibility and the principal benefits and features of the DCS, as they may exist from time to time, are set out in the enclosed DCS Explanatory Booklet and on the dedicated DCS intranet site at http://dcsscheme.hacl.uk.hsbc/ .

 

  The DCS offers a range of investment funds and strategies for the investment of the Executive’s contributions and those credited on behalf of the Group. It is the Executive’s responsibility to select the investment fund(s) or strategy that best meets his requirements. For administration reasons, if the Executive does not make an investment selection, the Trustee will make the selection. By signing this Service Agreement, the Executive agrees to this approach and agrees that it will not be the Trustee’s responsibility if the selected investment fund or strategy is not the most appropriate for the Executive’s specific circumstances.

 

  The terms of the DCS Explanatory Booklet (including the level of the Group credits) and the other DCS documentation (including the Trust Deed and Rules of the scheme) do not form part of the Service Agreement between the Company and the Executive and may be subject to change from time to time.


3.3 Medical Benefits

 

  The Executive shall participate in such medical expenses insurance schemes and death in service benefit schemes as the Company shall from time to time maintain for the benefit of senior executives subject always to the relevant schemes’ terms and conditions from time to time in force and subject to the Executive meeting the requirements of the relevant scheme and being deemed eligible by the relevant insurance provider. The Company reserves the right to withdraw or amend such schemes including the level of benefits, and reserves the right to terminate the Executive’s participation in such schemes. The Company shall not be liable to provide any benefits or any compensation in lieu thereof or take any action to enforce the provision of such benefits in circumstances where the scheme provider refuses for any reason whatsoever, to provide any benefits to the Executive.

 

4 Duration of the Employment

 

4.1 The Employment pursuant to this Agreement shall commence on the Commencement Date and, subject to clause 14, shall continue until terminated by either party giving to the other not less than 6 months’ notice in writing.

 

4.2 Notwithstanding clause 4.1 and any retirement date specified in any applicable pension scheme, the Employment shall automatically terminate when the Executive reaches the normal retiring age from time to time applicable to senior executives of the Company which, for the avoidance of doubt, is currently 65.

 

4.3 The Executive’s period of continuous employment commenced on 28 November 2005.

 

5 Scope and Duties of the Employment

 

5.1 In the Executive’s position as Group Chief Risk Officer and Group Managing Director, he shall:

 

5.1.1 devote the whole of his time, attention and skill to his duties;

 

5.1.2 faithfully and diligently perform such duties and exercise such powers consistent with his position as may from time to time be assigned to or vested in him by the Group Chief Executive;

 

5.1.3 obey the reasonable and lawful directions of the Group Chief Executive;

 

5.1.4 perform his services in a professional and competent manner and in cooperation with others;

 

5.1.5 keep the Group Chief Executive at all times promptly and fully informed (in writing if so requested) of his conduct of and activities in relation to the business of the Company and any Group Company and provide such explanations in connection therewith as the Group Chief Executive may require from time to time including for the avoidance of doubt, any misconduct of other employees or directors or his own; and

 

5.1.6 comply with the duties set out in the Companies Act 2006.

 

5.2 The Executive shall comply with:


5.2.1 all the Company’s and Group Company’s codes, rules, regulations, policies and procedures (including without limitation the Compliance Manual),

 

5.2.2 the codes, practices, rules, principles and regulations of the UK Listing Authority (including the Model Code on directors’ dealings in securities as set out in Annex 1 to Chapter 9 of the Listing Rules), the FSA, all stock exchanges and/or regulatory authorities relevant to the Company or any Group Company from time to time and of any association or professional body to which the Company and/or any Group Company and/or the Executive belong to from time to time,

 

5.2.3 such laws as may be relevant to the Group and to the Executive’s duties under this Agreement; and

 

5.2.4 the Code for Dealing in HSBC Group Securities and every regulation of the Group for the time being in force in relation to dealings in shares or other securities of the Company or any Group Company insofar as they may affect him, the Company, any Group Company or its or their directors, officers or employees.

 

5.3 The Executive shall comply with any rules, policies and procedures set out in the Company’s Employee Handbook, a copy of which is available on the Company’s intranet. The Employee Handbook does not form part of this agreement and the Company may amend it at any time.

 

5.4 The Executive’s continued employment will be subject to him continuing to hold approved status for any position he may hold that requires FSA approval. In the event of approval being withdrawn (under current FSA regulations this includes instances such as insider dealing and market manipulation) in respect of this position or any subsequent position, the Company reserves the right to summarily terminate the Executive’s employment without being further liable to him other than in respect of amounts accrued due at the Termination Date. If the Executive’s current role does not require registration with the FSA, his role in the future may require him to pass regulatory exams and/or obtain regulatory registrations. It is therefore a condition of the Executive’s continuing employment that he passes any such exams and obtains such registrations.

 

5.5 The Company reserves the right to require the Executive with immediate effect to carry out the duties of another position of equivalent status either in addition to or instead of his duties as Group Chief Risk Officer and Group Managing Director.

 

5.6 The Company reserves the right to appoint any other person or persons to act jointly with the Executive including in the event that the Executive is not assigned any duties in accordance with clause 14.4 (or in place of the Executive if he is suspended in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement) in any position to which he may be assigned from time to time.

 

5.7 The Executive shall if and so long as the Company requires and without any further remuneration therefore (except as otherwise agreed):

 

5.7.1 carry out duties on behalf of any Group Company; and

 

5.7.2 act as a director or officer of any Group Company.


5.8 The Company may at its sole discretion transfer the Executive’s employment and assign the provisions of this Agreement to any Group Company at any time on the same terms and conditions as are set out herein.

 

5.9 The Executive agrees that a copy of clauses 5, 11, 12 and 15 of this Agreement will be provided to any person, firm, company or other entity making an offer of employment, appointment as a director or officer, agency, consultancy, partnership or joint venture to him during the Employment or thereafter whilst any restrictions in clause 15 remain in force immediately upon receiving any such offer.

 

6 Hours and place of work

 

6.1 The Company’s standard working week is 35 hours (excluding unpaid lunch breaks). The Executive shall be required to work such hours, including additional hours (without further remuneration) as are necessary for the proper performance of the duties hereunder.

 

6.2 Notwithstanding clause 6.1 the Executive acknowledges that because of the autonomous nature of his role the duration of the Executive’s working time is not measured or monitored or determined by the Company so that the limit on weekly working time set out in Regulation 4 of the Working Time Regulations 1998 (or such other regulations as may from time to time come into force) does not apply to the Executive’s Employment.

 

6.3 The Executive’s place of work will initially be the Company’s offices at 8 Canada Square, London, E14 5HQ but the Company may require the Executive to work at any place of business of the Company or the Group within the United Kingdom, or by mutual agreement, overseas, on either a temporary or an indefinite basis. The Executive will be given reasonable notice of any permanent change in his place of work. In the performance of the duties hereunder the Executive may be required to travel and undertake his duties both throughout and outside the United Kingdom.

 

7 Deductions

 

  For the purposes of the Employment Rights Act 1996, the Executive hereby authorises the Company to deduct from the remuneration hereunder any sums due from the Executive to the Company including, without limitation, any overpayments, loans or advances made to him by the Company, the cost of repairing any damage or loss to the Company’s property caused by the Executive (and of recovering such costs) and any losses suffered by the Company as a result of any negligence or breach of duty by the Executive or sums in respect of sub-clause 10.5 of this Agreement.

 

8 Expenses

 

  The Company shall reimburse the Executive in respect of all expenses reasonably incurred by the Executive in the proper performance of the duties hereunder subject to the Executive providing such receipts or other evidence as the Company may require and subject to the Company’s rules and policies from time to time relating to expenses.


9 Holidays

 

9.1 The Executive shall be entitled to receive his normal remuneration for all bank and public holidays normally observed in England and a further 30 working days’ paid holiday in each holiday year (being the period from 1 January to 31 December) including one period of 10 consecutive working days which must be taken as Core Leave. The Executive may only take his holiday at such times as are agreed with the Group Chief Executive.

 

9.2 In the holiday year in which the Employment terminates, the Executive’s entitlement to holiday shall accrue on a pro rata basis for each complete month of service during the relevant year. If, on the termination of the Employment, the Executive has exceeded his accrued holiday entitlement, the excess may be deducted from any sums due to the Executive and the Executive hereby authorises the Company to make such deduction. If the Executive has any unused holiday entitlement, the Company may either require the Executive to take such unused holiday during any notice period (whether or not the Executive is on garden leave in accordance with clause 14.4) or make payment in lieu thereof.

 

9.3 Holiday entitlement for one holiday year may not be taken in subsequent holiday years unless otherwise agreed by the Group Chief Executive. Failure to take holiday entitlement in the appropriate holiday year will lead to forfeiture of any accrued holiday not taken, without any right to payment in lieu thereof.

 

10 Sickness benefits

 

10.1 The Company shall continue to pay the Salary during any period of absence on medical grounds in accordance with the sick pay policy set out in the Company’s Employee Handbook (“ Company Sick Pay ”) provided that the Executive complies in full with any of the requirements set out in the Company’s Employee Handbook and clause 10.2 below. Thereafter the Executive will only be entitled to such salary and benefits, if any, as the Board shall in its absolute discretion from time to time allow.

 

10.2 At any time during the Employment, the Executive shall, if so required by the Board, undergo, at the expense of the Company, an examination by a registered medical practitioner or practitioners to be nominated by the Company (including but not limited to the Executive’s general practitioner or any other physician responsible for the Executive’s care). The Executive authorises the medical practitioner to disclose and discuss with the Company any report prepared as a result of any such examination pursuant to the Access to Medical Reports Act 1988. The Company has the right to postpone the Executive’s return to work (and the continuance or reinstatement of his normal pay, if appropriate) until the medical practitioner has confirmed that the Executive is fit to perform his duties.

 

10.3 Payment of the Executive’s Salary pursuant to clause 10.1 shall be inclusive of any Statutory Sick Pay to which the Executive may be entitled by law. The Company will also deduct from it any other statutory benefits if applicable due to the Executive, together with any Statutory Deductions.

 

10.4 During the Executive’s absence from work on medical grounds, the Executive will continue to be covered by the Company’s pension and life assurance arrangements, private medical insurance and personal accident insurance. The Executive’s entitlement to participation in any Variable Pay plan and the accrual


  of holiday entitlement shall cease on the expiry of the payment of Company Sick Pay.

 

10.5 The Company reserves the right to terminate the Employment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for reasons unrelated to the Executive’s illness or sickness absence when the Executive is absent through sickness or injury at any time, notwithstanding any outstanding or prospective entitlement to pay in accordance with clause 10.1, private medical insurance, permanent health insurance or long term disability benefits. The Company shall not be liable for any loss arising from such termination.

 

10.6 If the Executive’s absence shall be occasioned by the actionable negligence of a third party in respect of which damages are recoverable in respect of the period of the Executive’s incapacity, then the Executive shall:

 

10.6.1 forthwith notify the Company of all the relevant circumstances and of any claim, compromise, settlement or judgment made or awarded in connection therewith;

 

10.6.2 if the Company so requires, refund to the Company such sum as the Company may determine, not exceeding the lesser of:

 

  (a) the amount of damages recovered by the Executive under such compromise, settlement or judgment; and

 

  (b) the sums advanced to the Executive in respect of the period of incapacity

 

  subject to any deductions made by any court or tribunal that takes into account the payments made to the Executive in this clause 10 when awarding any such damages or compensation.

 

11 Restrictions during the Employment

 

11.1 The Executive shall not during the Employment directly or indirectly either on his own account or on behalf of any other person, company, business entity or other organisation be employed, engaged, concerned or interested in any other business or undertaking, provided that this shall not prohibit the holding (directly or through nominees) of investments listed on the London Stock Exchange plc or in respect of which dealing takes place on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange pic or on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited or on any Recognised Investment Exchange as long as not more than 5 per cent of the issued shares or other securities of any class of any one company shall be so held without the prior sanction of a resolution of the Board. The Executive agrees to disclose to the Board (to the best of his knowledge, information and belief) any similar matters relating to his spouse or children under the age of 18.


11.2 Subject to any regulations issued by the Company, the Executive and any Connected Person shall not be entitled to receive or obtain directly or indirectly any discount, rebate or commission in respect of any sale or purchase of goods effected or other business transacted (whether or not by the Executive) by or on behalf of the Company or any Group Company and if he or any Connected Person (or any firm or company in which he or any Connected Person is interested) shall obtain any such discount, rebate or commission the Executive shall account to the Company or the relevant Group Company for the amount received by the Executive or any Connected Person (or a due proportion of the amount received by such company or firm having regard to the extent of the Executive’s or the Connected Person’s interest therein).

 

11.3 During the Employment, the Executive agrees that he will not in competition with the Company or any Group Company:

 

11.3.1 deal with, canvass, solicit or endeavour to take away from the Company or any Group Company, whether directly or indirectly and whether on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person, firm, company or other entity any customers or prospective customers; or

 

11.3.2 directly or indirectly solicit or entice away from or endeavour to entice away from the Company or any Group Company any individual employed or engaged by the Company or any Group Company; or

 

11.3.3 directly or indirectly make preparations to compete with any business carried on by the Company or any Group Company.

 

11.4 During the Employment the Executive shall inform the appropriate member of the Board without delay if he becomes aware that any director, officer, or senior employee of the Company or any Group Company is planning to materially breach any of the provisions of their contract of employment or implied duties of loyalty, good faith and fidelity.

 

11.5 The Executive shall not, other than with the prior written approval of the Board make or issue any press, radio or television statement or publish or submit for publication any letter or article relating directly or indirectly to the business or affairs of the Company or any Group Company its or their officers, directors or employees or the Executive’s Employment or its termination.

 

12 Confidential Information and Company documents

 

12.1 The Executive recognises that, whilst performing the duties hereunder for the Company the Executive will have access to and come into contact with trade secrets and confidential information belonging to the Company and/or any Group Company and will obtain personal knowledge of and influence over its or their customers, suppliers and/or employees. The Executive therefore agrees that the restrictions set out in this clause 12 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company and the Group both during and after the termination of the Employment. The Executive shall neither during the Employment (except in the proper performance of the duties) nor at any time (without limit) after the termination of the Employment directly or indirectly:

 

12.1.1 divulge or communicate to any person, company, business entity or other organisation; or


12.1.2 use for his own purposes or for any purposes other than those of the Company or any Group Company; or

 

12.1.3 through any failure to exercise due care and diligence, cause any unauthorised disclosure of any trade secrets or Confidential Information relating to the Company or any Group Company, but so that these restrictions shall cease to apply to any information which shall become available to the public generally otherwise than through the default of the Executive and to any use or disclosure authorised by the Board or required by law.

 

12.2 Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Executive from making a protected disclosure in accordance with section 43A Employment Rights Act 1996 and the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998.

 

12.3 “Confidential Information ”—shall include details of suppliers and their terms of business, details of customers, clients and prospective customers/clients and their requirements, the prices charged to and terms of business with customers, marketing plans and sales forecasts, financial information, results and forecasts (save to the extent that these are included in published audited accounts), any proposals relating to the acquisition or disposal of a company or business or any part thereof or to any proposed expansion or contraction of activities, or any other business strategy or tender, details of employees and officers and of the remuneration and other benefits paid to them, information relating to research activities. inventions, secret processes, designs, software, formulae and product lines, any information which the Executive either is aware or reasonably ought to know is confidential and any information which has been given to the Company or any Group Company in confidence by customers, suppliers or other persons.

 

12.4 All notes, memoranda, records, lists of customers and suppliers and employees, correspondence, documents, computer and other discs and tapes, data listings, codes. designs and drawings and other documents and material whatsoever (whether made or created by the Executive or otherwise) relating to the business of the Company or any Group Company (and any copies of the same):

 

12.4.1 shall be and remain the property of the Company or the relevant Group Company; and

 

12.4.2 shall be handed over by the Executive to the Company or to the relevant Group Company or irrevocably deleted from any computer and/or word processing system in the Executive’s possession or under the Executive’s control, on demand and in any event on the termination of the Employment.

 

13 Inventions and other intellectual property

 

13.1 The Executive may make inventions or create other intellectual property during the Employment. In this respect the Executive has a special responsibility to further the interests of the Company and the Group given the Executive’s position at the Company and the remuneration paid to the Executive under this Agreement.


13.2 In recognition of the Executive’s position, remuneration and responsibility, the Executive acknowledges and agrees that any invention, improvement, design, process, information, copyright work, trade mark, trade name or get-up or any other intellectual property (together the “Intellectual Property”) made, created or discovered by him during the Employment (whether capable of being patented or registered or not) in conjunction with or in any way affecting or relating to the business of the Company or any Group Company or capable of being used or adapted for use in the Company or any such Group Company or in connection therewith shall be immediately disclosed to the Company and shall belong to and be the absolute property of the Company or such Group Company as the Company may direct.

 

13.3 However clause 13.2 shall only apply to the extent that any invention was made by the Executive in the course of his duties or in the course of duties falling outside the Executive’s normal duties but which have been specifically assigned to him (together “Duties”) and (i) such invention was reasonably expected to result therefrom; and/or (ii) at the time of making the invention, because of the nature of his Duties and the particular responsibilities arising therefrom, the Executive had a special obligation to further the interests of the Company.

 

13.4 The Executive acknowledges that he has no rights, interest or claims, either during the Employment or after the termination of the Employment, in or to any such Intellectual Property and he shall not use such Intellectual Property other than during the period of the Employment and for the purpose of the Company or the Group.

 

13.5 If and whenever required to do so by the Company, (whether during the Employment or after its termination), the Executive shall at the expense of the Company or such Group Company as the Company may direct:

 

13.5.1 apply or join with the Company or such Group Company in applying for letters patent or other protection or registration in the United Kingdom and in any other part of the world for any such Intellectual Property; and

 

13.5.2 execute and do all instruments and things necessary for vesting the said letters patent or other protection or registration when obtained and all right title and interest to and in the same absolutely and as sole beneficial owner in the Company or such Group Company or in such other person as the Company may specify.

 

13.6 The Executive agrees that he irrevocably and unconditionally waives all rights (including all moral rights) under Chapter IV of the Copyrights, Designs and Patents Act 1988 in connection with his authorship of any existing or future copyright work, in whatever parts of the world such rights may be enforceable.

 

13.7 Nothing in this clause shall be construed as restricting the Executive’s rights or those of the Company under the Patents Act 1977 and in particular, sections 39 to 43 Patents Act 1977.

 

14 Termination

 

14.1 Notwithstanding clause 4.1 the Employment shall be subject to termination by the Company:


14.1.1 notwithstanding the actual or expected provision of any permanent health insurance benefits or any other benefit, by not less than 6 months’ notice in writing given at any time while the Executive shall have been incapacitated by reason of ill health or accident from performing the duties hereunder for a period of or periods aggregating the total period during which the Executive is entitled to receive Company Sick Pay. If at any time during the currency of such a notice the Executive shall provide a medical certificate satisfactory to the Board to the effect that he has fully recovered physical and/or mental health and that no recurrence of illness or incapacity can reasonably be anticipated, the Company shall withdraw the notice;

 

14.1.2 by summary notice in writing and with no liability to make any further payment to the Executive (other than in respect of amounts accrued due at the date of termination) if the Executive shall have:

 

  (a) committed an act of gross misconduct; or

 

  (b) committed by any act or omission any serious breach or repeated or continued (after warning) a material breach of the Executive’s obligations hereunder; or

 

  (c) been guilty of conduct by act or omission (whether in the course of the duties hereunder or otherwise) tending to bring the Executive or the Company or any Group Company into disrepute in the reasonable opinion of the Board or which causes the Company or any Group Company substantial economic harm, provided that if such conduct is capable of remedy, he has first been given the opportunity to remedy the contract and has failed to do so, or

 

  (d) been convicted of an offence under any statutory enactment or regulation (other than an offence under any road traffic legislation in the United Kingdom or elsewhere for which a fine or non-custodial penalty is imposed and which does not render him unable to discharge his duties under this Agreement); or

 

  (e) become bankrupt or had an interim order made against the Executive under the Insolvency Act 1986 or compounded with his creditors generally; or

 

  (f) in the reasonable opinion of the Board, failed to perform the duties hereunder to a satisfactory standard, after having received a written warning from the Company relating to the same; or

 

  (g) been disqualified from being a director by reason of any order made under the Company Directors Disqualification Act 1986 or any other enactment; or

 

  (h) become prevented by an applicable law or regulation from performing any material part of his duties; or

 

  (i) been guilty of a breach of the rules or regulations as amended from time to time of the UK Listing Authority (including the Model Code for transactions in securities by directors of listed companies), The London Stock Exchange plc, the FSA or any regulatory authorities relevant to


  the Company or any Group Company or any Code of Practice issued by the Company (as amended from time to time); or

 

  (j) been expelled, suspended or subject to any serious disciplinary action by a relevant professional body or failed or ceased to meet the requirements of any regulatory body or statutory authority as a result of which the Executive is no longer able to perform all or any of the duties under this Agreement or;

 

  (k) ceased to be eligible to work in the United Kingdom in accordance with Sections 15-25 of the Immigration, Asylum and Nationality Act 2006.

 

    Any delay by the Company in exercising such right of termination shall not constitute a waiver thereof.

 

14.2 If the Company becomes entitled to terminate the Employment pursuant to clauses 5.4 or 14.1.2 or whilst the Company or any external body investigates any allegation which would or may entitle the Company to terminate the Employment pursuant to clauses 5.4 or 14.1.2 it shall be entitled (but without prejudice to its right subsequently to terminate such appointment on the same or any other ground) to suspend the Executive on full pay for so long as it may think fit or, for such period as is reasonable in the circumstances. During the period of any suspension the Executive will continue to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement and must continue at all times to conduct himself with good faith towards the Company and all Group Companies.

 

14.3 The Company reserves the right in its absolute discretion to give the Executive pay in lieu of all or any part of the notice of termination (whether given by the Company or by the Executive). A dismissal without notice per se shall not constitute or imply an election under this clause 14.3. For this purpose, the Executive agrees that:

 

14.3.1 pay in lieu will consist of the Salary and other contractual benefits for the relevant period of notice (subject to Statutory Deductions in the normal way) and excluding any Variable Pay and any other emolument referable to the Employment;

 

14.3.2 where the Company decides to exercise its power pursuant to this clause 14.3 to make a payment, the Executive undertakes to take all reasonable steps to find alternative employment.

 

14.4 During any period of notice of termination or part thereof (whether given by the Company or the Executive), the Company shall be under no obligation to assign any duties to the Executive and shall be entitled to exclude him from its premises and to direct that the Executive refrains from contacting any customers, clients, suppliers, agents, professional advisers or employees of the Company or any Group Company and refrains from accessing the computer or other data or similar system of the Company or any Group Company (whether directly or indirectly) and remove him from office as a director of the Company and from all or any offices held by him in the Company or any Group Company, provided that this shall not affect the Executive’s entitlement to receive Salary and other contractual benefits (excluding Variable Pay). For the avoidance of doubt, during such period the Executive shall continue to be bound by the same obligations to the Company as were owed prior to the commencement of the period including the duty of good faith and fidelity.


14.5 The Executive agrees that during any period of notice of termination whether given by the Company or by the Executive he will give such assistance in effecting an orderly and comprehensive handover as the Company may require and/or in respect of any claim made by or against the Company or any Group Company. For the avoidance of doubt such assistance may include attending meetings, reviewing documents, giving and signing statements/affidavits and attending hearings and giving evidence.

 

14.6 Without prejudice to the constitution (including for the avoidance of doubt the articles of association) of the Company or any Group Company. on the termination of the Employment (howsoever arising) or on either the Company or the Executive having served notice of such termination and the Company having exercised its right to place the Executive on garden leave pursuant to clause 14.4, the Executive shall:

 

14.6.1 at the request of the Company resign from all offices held by the Executive in any Group Company provided however that such resignation shall be without prejudice to any claims which the Executive may have against the Company or any Group Company arising out of the termination of the Employment; and

 

14.6.2 shall transfer without payment to the Company or as the Company may direct to any third party, any shares or other securities held by the Executive in the Company or any Group Company as a nominee or trustee for the Company or any Group Company and deliver to the Company the related certificates; and

 

14.6.3 forthwith deliver to the Company all Confidential information and all materials within the scope of clause 12.4 including any copies of any such materials and all credit cards and other property of or relating to the business of the Company or of any Group Company which may be in the Executive’s possession or under the Executive’s power or control and, if requested, provide a signed statement that he has fully complied with the obligations under this clause 14.6.3.

 

14.7 If the Executive shall have been offered but shall unreasonably have refused to agree to the transfer of this Agreement by way of novation to a company which has acquired or agreed to acquire the whole or substantially the whole of the undertaking and assets of or of the equity share capital of the Company, the Executive shall have no claim against the Company in respect of the termination of his employment hereunder by reason of the subsequent voluntary winding-up of the Company or of the disclaimer of this Agreement by the Company within one month after such acquisition.

 

15 Restrictive covenants

 

15.1 For the purposes of this clause 15 the following words have the following meanings:

 

15.1.1 “Company Products” means any banking or financial products researched into, developed, supplied, distributed or sold by the Company with which the duties of the Executive were materially concerned or for which he was directly or ultimately responsible during the Restricted Period;


15.1.2 Company Services ” means any banking or financial services (including but not limited to technical and product support, technical advice and customer services) developed or supplied by the Company with which the duties of the Executive were materially concerned or for which he was directly or ultimately responsible during the Restricted Period;

 

15.1.3 Comparator Group ” means the following companies and entities subject always to amendment from time to time by the Remuneration Committee of the Board and as notified to the Executive by no later than 30 days after any such amendment: Banco Bradesco, Banco ltau, Banco Santander, Bank of America, Bank of China, Barclays, BBVA, BNP Paribas, Citigroup, Credit Suisse Group, DBS Group, Deutsche Bank, Fortis, ICBC, JP Morgan Chase, Lloyds Banking Group, National Australia Bank, Royal Bank of Canada, Royal Bank of Scotland, Societe Generate, Standard Chartered, UBS, Unicredito Italiano and Wells Fargo (and all group companies of the companies and entities set out in this clause 15.1.3) and, where any companies or entities set out in this clause 15.1.3 are the subject of a takeover or undergo any form of reconstruction, the entities to which the relevant business assets of such companies or entities are transferred from time to time;

 

15.1.4 Confidential Information ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 12.2;

 

15.1.5 Customer ” means any person or firm or company or other organisation whatsoever to whom or which the Company supplied Company Products and/or Company Services during the Restricted Period and with whom or which, during the Restricted Period:

 

  (a) the Executive had material personal dealings pursuant to the Employment; or

 

  (b) any employee who was under the direct or indirect supervision of the Executive had material personal dealings pursuant to their employment,

 

    provided that in the case of a firm, company or other organisation “Customer” shall not include any division, branch or office of such firm or company or other organisation with which the Executive and/or any such employee as defined in sub-clause (b) above had no dealings during the Restricted Period save that where a restructuring of the firm or company or organisation has occurred following such personal dealings “Customer” shall include the part of the business with which the Executive or any employee as defined in sub-clause (b) above had dealings during the Restricted Period;

 

15.1.6 Prospective Customer ” means any person or firm or company or other organisation whatsoever with whom or which the Company shall have had negotiations or material discussions regarding the possible distribution, sale or supply of Company Products and/or Company Services during the Restricted Period and which were ongoing and not finally concluded at the Termination Date and with whom or which during such period:

 

  (a) the Executive shall have had material personal dealings pursuant to the Employment; or


  (b) any employee who was under the direct or indirect supervision of the Executive shall have had material personal dealings pursuant to their employment; or

 

  (c) the Executive was directly responsible in a client management capacity on behalf of the Company,

 

  provided that in the case of a firm, company or other organisation “Prospective Customer” shall not include any division, branch or office of such firm, company or other organisation with which the Executive and/or any such employee had no dealings during the Restricted Period save that where a restructuring of the firm or company or organisation has occurred following such personal dealings, “Prospective Customer” shall include the part of the business with which the Executive or any employee as defined in sub-clause (b) had dealings during the Restricted Period;

 

15.1.7 Restricted Employee ” means any person who is on the Termination Date, or was during the Restricted Period, employed or engaged by the Company or any Group Company and is by reason of such employment or engagement in possession of, or is reasonably likely to be in possession of, any trade secret or Confidential Information relating to the business of the Company or any Group Company or has acquired influence over its Customers or Prospective Customers (as defined in this clause 15 but so that references to “the Executive” shall be replaced by references to the relevant employee and so that references to Employment shall mean the relevant employee’s employment with the Company or Group Company, being in either case a person with whom the Executive had material dealings during the Restricted Period);

 

15.1.8 Restricted Period ” means the period of 12 months ending on the Termination Date or, in the event that no duties were assigned to the Executive for any part of the duration of the notice period, the 12 months immediately preceding the last day on which the Executive carried out any duties for the Company;

 

15.1.9 Restricted Products ” means Company Products or any products of the same or of a similar kind;

 

15.1.10 Restricted Services ” means Company Services or any services of the same or of a similar kind;

 

15.1.11 Restricted Supplier ” means any person, company, business entity or other organisation whatsoever who has supplied goods or services to the Company or any Group Company (other than utilities and goods or services supplied for administrative purposes) during any part of the Restricted Period or who has agreed prior to the Termination Date to supply goods or services to the Company to commence at any time in the twelve months following the Termination Date;

 

15.2 The Executive recognises that, whilst performing his duties for the Company, he will have access to and come into contact with trade secrets and Confidential Information belonging to the Company and certain Group Companies and will obtain personal knowledge of and influence over its or their customers and/or employees. The Executive therefore agrees that the restrictions set out in this clause 15 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company and any applicable Group Company both during and after the termination of the Employment.


15.3 The Executive hereby undertakes with the Company that he will not for the period of six months after the Termination Date without the prior written consent of the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) whether by himself, through his employees or agents or otherwise howsoever and whether on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person, firm, company or other organisation, directly or indirectly:

 

15.3.1 in competition with the Company:

 

  anywhere in the world in a senior capacity, be employed by or engaged or otherwise interested in any of the companies (or other entities) in the Comparator Group in the business of researching into, developing, distributing, selling, supplying or otherwise dealing with Restricted Products or Restricted Services; or

 

15.3.2 in competition with the Company, accept orders or facilitate the acceptance of any orders or have any business dealings for Restricted Products or Restricted Services from any Customer or Prospective Customer; or

 

15.3.3 employ or otherwise engage in the business of or be personally involved to a material extent in employing or otherwise engaging in the business of researching into, developing, manufacturing, distributing, selling, supplying or otherwise dealing with Restricted Products or Restricted Services any Restricted Employee; or

 

15.3.4 interfere with or endeavour to interfere with, the supply or provision of goods or services (other than utilities, or goods or services supplied for an administrative purpose) to the Company or to induce the cessation of the supply or provision of such goods or services from any Restricted Supplier; or

 

15.3.5 In competition with the Company, solicit business from, or solicit the supply of goods or services (other than utilities, or goods or services supplied for an administrative purpose) from any Restricted Supplier for the purposes of the provision of Restricted Products or Restricted Services.

 

15.4 The Executive hereby undertakes with the Company that he shall not for the period of twelve months after the Termination Date without the prior written consent of the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) whether by himself through his employees or agents or otherwise howsoever and whether on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person, firm, company or other organisation, directly or indirectly:

 

15.4.1 in competition with the Company, solicit business from or endeavour to entice away or canvass any Customer or Prospective Customer if such solicitation or canvassing is in respect of Restricted Products or Restricted Services; or

 

15.4.2 solicit or induce or endeavour to solicit or induce any Restricted Employee to cease working for or providing services to the Company, whether or not any such person would thereby commit a breach of contract.

 

15.5 If the restrictions in clauses 15.3 and/or 15.4 are for any reason held to be unenforceable in any jurisdiction in the world the Executive shall agree to such amended or lesser restriction as would enable that restriction to be enforced so far as possible in such jurisdiction.


15.6 The benefit of clauses 15.3 and 15.4 shall be held on trust by the Company for each Group Company and the Company reserves the right to assign the benefit of such provisions to any Group Company, in addition such provisions also apply as though there were substituted for references to “the Company” references to each Group Company in relation to which the Executive has in the course of his duties for the Company or by reason of rendering services to or holding office in such Group Company:

 

15.6.1 acquired knowledge of its trade secrets or Confidential Information; or

 

15.6.2 had material personal dealings with its Customers or Prospective Customers; or

 

15.6.3 supervised directly or indirectly employees having material personal dealings with its Customers or Prospective Customers, but so that references in clause 15 to “the Company” shall for this purpose be deemed to be replaced by references to the relevant Group Company. The obligations undertaken by the Executive pursuant to this clause 15.6 shall, with respect to each such Group Company, constitute a separate and distinct covenant and the invalidity or unenforceability of any such covenant shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the covenants in favour of any other Group Company or the Company. In addition, at the request of the Company the Executive shall enter into a direct agreement or undertaking with any Group Company whereby he will accept restrictions corresponding to the restrictions in this clause 15 (or such of them as may be appropriate).

 

15.7 In the event of the transfer (within the meaning of the Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of Employment) Regulations 2006 (“the Transfer Regulations”) of the undertaking or the part of the undertaking in which the Executive shall at the time be employed as the result of which (by virtue of the Transfer Regulations) the Employment is automatically transferred to another (“the Transferee”), the provisions of this clause 15 shall have effect as though references in it (and in all associated terms defined in this Agreement) to “the Group” are construed as references to “any other company within the Transferee’s Group” (which for these purposes shall comprise the Transferee and any holding company of the Transferee and the subsidiaries of the Transferee and of any such holding companies for the time being).

 

15.8 The Executive hereby undertakes with the Company that he will not at any time without the consent of the Company after the Termination Date:

 

15.8.1 engage other than as a private consumer in any trade or business or be associated with any person, firm or company engaged in any trade or business using the name(s) “HSBC” or “Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation” or incorporating the word(s) “Hongkong Shanghai Banking Corporation”;

 

15.8.2 in the course of carrying on any trade or business, claim, represent or otherwise indicate any present association with the Company or any Group Company or for the purpose of carrying on or retaining any business or custom, claim, represent or otherwise indicate any past association with the Company or any Group Company to its detriment other than simple and factual statements regarding the Executive’s period of employment, job title, responsibilities and role.


15.9 The parties agree that the periods referred to in clauses 15.3 and 15.4 above will be reduced by one day for every day, during which, at the Company’s direction, the Executive is on garden leave in accordance with clause 14.4.

 

15.10 While the restrictions in this clause 15 (on which the Executive has had the opportunity to take independent legal advice, as the Executive hereby acknowledges) are considered by the parties to be reasonable in all the circumstances, it is agreed that if any such restrictions, by themselves, or taken together, shall be adjudged to go beyond what is reasonable in all the circumstances for the protection of the legitimate interests of the Company or a Group Company but would be adjudged reasonable if part or parts of the wording thereof were deleted, the relevant restriction or restrictions shall apply with such deletion(s) as may be necessary to make it or them valid and effective.

 

16 Grievance, dismissal and disciplinary procedures

 

16.1 If the Executive wishes to obtain redress of any grievance relating to the Employment or is dissatisfied with any reprimand, suspension or other disciplinary step taken by the Company, he shall apply in writing to the Chairman of the Board setting out the nature and details of any such grievance or dissatisfaction. If the Executive is not satisfied with the decision of the Chairman of the Board he may within seven days of the decision appeal in writing to a non-executive director of the Company nominated by the Board.

 

16.2 The disciplinary rules applicable to the Executive are set out in the Company’s Employee Handbook. The disciplinary procedure is not contractually binding on the Company.

 

17 Disclosure of information

 

17.1 For the purposes of the Data Protection Act 1998 the Executive hereby consents to the processing by the Company of personal data including sensitive data of which the Executive is the subject. The Executive agrees that the data may be collected and held by the Company, or be disclosed or transferred to other employees of the Company or to any other member of a Group Company (including if necessary to other offices of the Company or any Group Company outside the European Economic Area) or to any other person as may be reasonably necessary or as otherwise permitted by law. In this event, the Executive’s personal information/data and sensitive personal data will be protected by the strictest code of secrecy and security, and only used in accordance with the Company’s strict instructions.

 

17.2 The Executive agrees that the Company and any Group Company may intercept, process and monitor communications transmitted by or to the Executive via any private telecommunication systems (including e-mail) or services of the Company or any Group Company.

 

18 General

 

18.1 The provisions of this Agreement are severable and, if any one or more provision may be determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable in whole or in part under the laws of any jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of this Agreement in that jurisdiction shall not be affected and the legality and enforceability of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction shall not be affected.


18.2 Any notice or other document to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and may be given personally to the Executive or to the Secretary of the Company (as the case may be) or may be sent by first class post or other fast postal service or by facsimile transmission to, in the case of the Company, its registered office for the time being and in the case of the Executive either to his address shown on the face hereof or to his last known place of residence.

 

18.3 Any such notice shall be deemed served when in the ordinary course of the means of transmission it would first be received by the addressee in normal business hours.

 

18.4 The Executive hereby irrevocably appoints any other director of the Company from time to time, jointly and severally, to be his attorney in his name and on his benefit to sign any documents and do things necessary or requisite to give effect to those matters which he is obliged to do pursuant to this Agreement (including but not limited to clauses 13 and 14.6.1). In favour of any third party a certificate in writing signed by any director or by the Secretary of the Company that any instrument or act falls within the authority hereby conferred shall be conclusive evidence that such is the case.

 

18.5 Any Group Company may enforce the terms of this Agreement. No other person who is not a party to this Agreement may enforce any of its terms under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

18.6 This Agreement contains the statement of initial employment particulars of the Executive as required under the Employment Rights Act 1996.

 

18.7 There are no collective agreements that affect the terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment.

 

19 Other Agreements

 

19.1 This Agreement together with the Company’s Employee Handbook (as amended from time to time) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties and shall be in substitution for and shall replace any previous letters of appointment, agreements or arrangements (including without limitation the Executive’s contract of employment with the Company dated 4 November 2005, whether written, oral or implied, relating to the employment of the Executive by the Company or any Group Company.

 

19.2 Without prejudice to clause 19.1, in the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and any other document purporting to relate to the employment of the Executive (including the Company’s Employee Handbook from time to time in force) the terms of this Agreement prevail.

 

19.3 The Executive hereby acknowledges that he has no outstanding claims of any kind against the Company/any Group Company (otherwise than in respect of remuneration and expenses accrued due and existing rights with respect to deferred bonuses and/or under and in accordance with any HSBC share plan, as at the date of this Agreement but not yet paid).


20 Choice of law and submission to jurisdiction

 

20.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of England and Wales.

 

20.2 The Executive hereby submits to the jurisdiction of the High Court of Justice in England but this Agreement may be enforced by the Company in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

21 Definitions

 

21.1 In this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires the following expressions have the following meanings:

 

  “Board” means the Board of Directors for the time being of the Company or any committee of the Board (including the Group Management Board) to which powers have been properly delegated or such person or persons designated by the Board from time to time as its representative for the purposes of this Agreement;

 

   “Combined Code” means the Combined Code on Corporate Governance published by the Financial Reporting Council (as amended from time to time);

 

  “Commencement Date” means [date] 200[ ];

 

  “Employment” means the Executive’s employment under this Agreement;

 

  FSA ” means the Financial Services Authority;

 

  Group ” means (1) HSBC Holdings plc and any entity which from time to time is a holding company of HSBC Holdings plc or a subsidiary of HSBC Holdings pic or of any such holding company; and (2) any entity over which from time to time any of the entities defined in paragraph (1) of this definition either directly or indirectly exercises management control, even though it may own less than fifty per cent (50%) of the shares and is prevented by law from owning a greater shareholding and “ Group Company ” and “ Group Companies ” shall be construed accordingly;

 

  Group Chief Executive means the Group Chief Executive of the Company from time to time;

 

  Recognised Investment Exchange ” means an investment exchange granted recognition under section 285 (1) Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 including a recognised overseas investment exchange;

 

  Statutory Deductions ” means appropriate tax, national insurance contributions and any other applicable statutory deductions;

 

  Termination Date ” means the date on which the Executive’s Employment terminated;

 

  UK Listing Authority ” means the FSA in its capacity as the competent authority for the purposes of Part VI of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.


21.2 references to clauses, sub-clauses and schedules are unless otherwise stated to clauses and sub-clauses of and schedules to this Agreement;

 

21.3 the headings to the clauses are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement; and

 

21.4 the words “subsidiary” and “holding company” have the meanings set out in section 1159 of the UK Companies Act 2006 and “management control” shall be demonstrated by the ability to exercise significant influence over an entity or its management.

 

21.5 a reference to any statute or statutory provision (whether of the United Kingdom or elsewhere) includes any subordinate provision (as defined by section 21(1) Interpretation Act 1978) made under it and provision which has superseded it or re-enacted it (with or without modification) before or after the date of this Agreement except where it is after the date of this Agreement to the extent that the liability of any party is thereby increased or extended.

THIS AGREEMENT has been signed on behalf of the Company and by the Executive on the date set out at the beginning.

 

SIGNED by Ann Almeida        )
for and on behalf of    )
HSBC Holdings pic    )
/s/ Ann Almeida      9-12-10
Ann Almeida       Dated
SIGNED by      )
Marc Moses      )
/s/ Marc Moses    9 December 2010
Marc Moses             Dated


 

LOGO

Marc M Moses

HSBC Holdings plc

Chief Risk Officer

Level 42

8 Canada Square

London, E14 5HQ

1 November 2013

Dear Marc,

I confirm that you have today been appointed an executive Director of HSBC Holdings plc with effect from 1 January 2014. There will be no change to your terms of employment for 2013. With effect from 1 January 2014, the terms of your employment as set out in your service contract dated 9 December 2010 will be amended to reflect the following terms:

 

Fixed Pay:    GBP700,000
Variable Pay:    Eligible for discretionary annual variable pay award up to three times fixed pay for 2013 prior to implementation of Capital Requirements Directive (CRD) IV.
Group Performance   
Share Award:    Eligible for awards under the Group Performance Share Plan, current maximum award for 2013 prior to implementation of CRD IV will be six times fixed pay.
Pension:    Executive allowance of 50% of annual fixed pay (equal to GBP350,000)
Benefits:    Standard benefits. Car allowance (GBP9,000p.a.) will cease with effect from 1 January 2014.

We will arrange for a new service contract to be prepared reflecting these amended terms of employment which will include standard provisions relating to your position as a Director of HSBC Holdings plc.

Yours sincerely,

/s/ Ben J.S. Mathews

Ben J.S. Mathews

Group Company Secretary

HSBC Holdings plc

Level 41, 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ

Tel: 020-7991 8888

Registered in England number 617987. Registered Office: 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ.

Incorporated in England with limited liability.

Exhibit 7.1

Computation of ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges (and preference share dividends)

 

For the purpose of calculating the ratios, earnings consist of income from continuing operations before taxation and non-controlling interests, plus fixed charges, and after deduction of the unremitted pre-tax income of associated undertakings. Fixed charges consist of total interest expense, including or excluding interest on deposits, as appropriate, dividends on preference shares and other equity instruments, as applicable, and the proportion of rental expense deemed representative of the interest factor.

 

    

2013

US$m

        

2012

US$m

        

2011

US$m

        

2010

US$m

        

2009

US$m

 

Profit before tax

     22,565           20,649           21,872           19,037           7,079   

Dividends received from associates

     694           489           304           441           414   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     (2,325        (3,557        (3,264        (2,517        (1,781

Fixed charges

     19,238           23,056           27,768           23,246           26,201   

– interest on deposits

     11,874           14,413           17,371           13,305           15,397   

– rental expense and other charges 1

     7,364           8,643           10,397           9,941           10,804   

Earnings 2

                      

– excluding interest on deposits 3

     28,298           26,224           29,309           26,902           16,516   

– including interest on deposits

     40,172           40,637           46,680           40,207           31,913   

Preference share dividends 4

     726           759           699           574           374   

Combined fixed charges and preference share dividends

                      

– excluding interest on deposits 3

     8,090           9,402           11,096           10,515           11,178   

– including interest on deposits

     19,964           23,815           28,467           23,820           26,575   

 

1 Includes an estimate of the interest in rental expense, charges incurred in respect of subordinated liabilities and interest on preference shares.
2 Includes profit before tax, dividends received from associates, and fixed charges, less share of profit in associates and joint ventures.
3 Amounts previously disclosed from 2009 to 2012 excluded interest expense on certain debt instruments in addition to interest on deposits. Amounts presented for these periods have been re-presented to exclude only interest on deposits.
4 Dividends on preference shares and other equity instruments.

Exhibit 12.1

Section 302 Certification for Group Chief Executive

I, Stuart T Gulliver, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of HSBC Holdings plc;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and


5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Dated: 28 February 2014

 

/s/ Stuart T Gulliver
Stuart T Gulliver, Group Chief Executive

Exhibit 12.2

Section 302 Certification for Group Finance Director

I, Iain J Mackay, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of HSBC Holdings plc;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and


5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Dated: 28 February 2014

 

/s/ Iain J Mackay
Iain J Mackay, Group Finance Director

Exhibit 13.1

Annual Certification

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), each of the undersigned officers of HSBC Holdings plc (the “Company”), does hereby certify, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

The Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2013 of the Company fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and information contained in the Form 20-F fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

Dated: 28 February 2014

  

/s/ Stuart T Gulliver

Stuart T Gulliver, Group Chief Executive

 

Dated: 28 February 2014

  

/s/ Iain J Mackay

Iain J Mackay, Group Finance Director

Exhibit 15.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

HSBC Holdings plc

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Numbers: 333-183806, 333-180288, 333-10474, 333-92024, 333-102027, 333-103887, 333-104203, 333-109288, 333-113427, 333-127327, 333-126531, 333-135007, 333-143639, 333-145859, 333-155338, 333-158054, 333-158065, 333-162565, 333-170525, 333-176732) of our report dated 24 February 2014, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of HSBC Holdings plc and its subsidiary undertakings as of 31 December 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of changes in equity, for each of the years in the three-year period ended 31 December 2013, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as at 31 December 2013, which report appears in the 31 December 2013 Annual Report on Form 20-F of HSBC Holdings plc.

 

/s/ KPMG Audit Plc

KPMG Audit Plc

London, England

28 February 2014

Exhibit 15.4

 

LOGO    Wing Lui      T +852 2827 8833
   Senior Consultant      D +852 2820 8281
        F +852 2827 8899
   36 th  Floor, Sun Hung Kai Centre      wing.lui@towerswatson.com
   30 Harbour Road      towerswatson.com
   Wanchai     
   Hong Kong     
       

18 December 2013

The Board of Directors

HSBC Holdings plc

Dear Sirs,

I, Wing Lui, consent to be named as valuation actuary of the HSBC Group Hong Kong Local Staff Retirement Benefit Scheme in the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2013 of HSBC Holdings plc and to the incorporation by reference of references to us in the registration statements (nos. 333-10474, 333-92024, 333-102027, 333-103887, 333-104203, 333-109288, 333-113427, 333-127327, 333-126531, 333-135007, 333-143639, 333-145859, 333-155338, 333-158054, 333-158065, 333-162565, 333-170525, 333-176732, 333-180288 and 333-183806).

 

Sincerely,
/s/ Wing Lui, F.S . A .

Wing Lui, F.S . A .

Senior Consultant

Towers Watson Hong Kong Limited

Towers Watson Hong Kong Limited

LOGO

Exhibit 15.5

 

LOGO    C G Singer       T +44 1737 241144
   Consulting Actuary       D +44 1737 274192
         F +44 1737 241496
   Watson House       colin.singer@towerswatson.com
   London Road       towerswatson.com
   Reigate      
   Surrey RH2 9PQ      
   UK      

17 December 2013

The Board of Directors

HSBC Holdings plc

I, C G Singer, consent to be named as valuation actuary of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme in the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2013 of HSBC Holdings plc and to the incorporation by reference of references to us in the registration statements (nos. 333-10474, 333-92024, 333-102027, 333-103887, 333-104203, 333-109288, 333-113427, 333-127327, 333-126531, 333-135007, 333-143639, 333-145859, 333-155338, 333-158054, 333-158065, 333-162565, 333-170525, 333-176732, 333-180288 and 333-183806).

 

Sincerely,
/s/ C G Singer

C G Singer

Fellow of the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries

Towers Watson Limited is registered in England and Wales

Registration number: 5379716, Registered address: Watson House, London Road, Reigate, Surrey RH2 9PQ, UK.

Authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority.

 

Page 1 of 1